Skip to content

Police: Charge or Release Mubarak Bala

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 769

Keywords: charge, Leo Igwe, Mubarak Bala, Nigeria, release.

Police: Charge or Release Mubarak Bala[1],[2]

It is a month today since the police arrested Nigerian atheist, Mubarak Bala. It is still difficult to comprehend how the police had in the past four weeks connived with the petitioners to deny Mr. Bala his basic human rights. The petitioners and their sponsors have been in a triumphant mood, celebrating the arrest and illegal detention of a person who committed no crime. What was his alleged offense? He made a post on Facebook that was critical of the prophet of Islam. And nothing more!

Since the arrest of Mr. Bala, efforts have been made to get the police to ensure that he is fairly treated, that his human and constitutional rights are respected. Unfortunately, these initiatives have not yielded any significant results. Efforts have been made to get the police to move Mr. Bala to a neutral place while the investigation goes on. But the police have refused to honor the request. Instead the police have held him incommunicado. They have refused to grant him access to a lawyer. The police have yet to charge him in court. There has not been any independent confirmation that Bala is alive. Some people are saying that the police could be keeping him in protective custody. They claim that the police are concerned about the safety of Mr. Bala; that if they made public where he was detained, Muslim fanatics could invade the place and murder him.

Of course that is a valid concern. There have been cases of such religious bloodletting in Kano in the past years. And with the many death threats against Mr. Bala, the police need to protect him from violent extremists. Now the question is: How long are the police going to keep Mr. Bala in protective custody? Four months? One year? Four years? What is the constitutional and legal value in putting him in protective custody in a place such as Kano where he is most at risk of being maltreated, tortured, or killed? In fact, how protective is this protective custody when it is an arrangement on the terms of the petitioners, not according to the state law? Does keeping Mr. Bala in protective custody preclude giving him access to a lawyer? So why are the police more interested in ‘protecting’ Mr. Bala than in granting him access to an attorney?Does Bala not have the right to a defense lawyer? Why are the police going about this case like this? Why are they making it so clear that they are carrying out a sham investigation? Why are they making it obvious to the world that Bala will not receive a fair trial if he is eventually charged? Are these four weeks not enough for the police to retrace their steps and tow the path of law, equity, and justice?

The petitioners have a strong Islamist base in Kano. This is well known. And the police want to appease them by handling Bala’s case this way. But four weeks are enough. Yes four weeks of flagrant illegality and unconstitutionality should be enough. Four weeks of being held incommunicado. Four weeks of not granting him access to a lawyer. Four weeks of not charging him in a court. Four weeks of not giving him access to family members. Four weeks of no confirmation if he is dead or alive. Four weeks of no confirmation of what he is eating, where and how he is sleeping? Four weeks of mental and psychological torture. Four weeks of treating as guilty a person who has not been tried and convicted in a court of law. Look, the Nigerian police, four weeks are enough.  The way that the case of Mr. Bala has been handled does not speak well of the police system. It does not speak well of the justice system. It does not speak well of the petitioners who are in connivance in the maltreatment of Mr. Bala. 

Now the police should rise to their constitutional role and handle the case of Mubarak Bala as required by the law of Nigeria, not the religion of the petitioners. The police should begin to investigate this case in a way that ensures that justice is served. Justice is not served when the police hold Mr. Bala incommunicado. Justice is not served when they keep him in a ‘protective custody’ sine die. Justice is not served when the police are using every means to detain him without trial. The police should grant Mubarak Bala access to his lawyers and then charge him in a court. Or they should unconditionally release him. Four weeks are enough. The world is watching.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/police-charge-or-release-mubarak-bala.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Atheist Sallah Message to Muslims

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 534

Keywords: atheist, Eid-el-Fitr, Leo Igwe, Nigeria, Sallah.

Atheist Sallah Message to Muslims[1],[2]

I am writing to extend warm greetings to all Muslims across the country on the occasion of Eid-el-Fitr, being aware this message may come as a surprise to many of you.

But it should not, especially for those who understand the history of humanism and atheism in the country. Humanism is not against Islam. Atheists are not against Muslims. Almost all members of the humanist/atheist community are very well versed in Islamic, Christian and various other religions. Most of us have religious ties. We have connections to Muslims; as friends and family members as parents and children; as husbands and wives; as brothers and sisters; as uncles and aunts, nieces and nephews; as colleagues and bosses; as business partners, as tenants and landlords, and as fellow teachers and students – but more importantly – as fellow citizens of Nigeria. We cherish these connections and want them preserved and celebrated, not destroyed.  Nigeria being a nation that is religiously diverse is a country of believers and non believers, theists, polytheists, pantheists, atheists, and people who identify as none of these. Nigeria is a country of traditionalists, Christians, Muslims, religious minorities and also the non-religious. It is important that we as citizens be mindful of diversity in our everyday dealings.

I know that the past weeks have been the one of the most tense periods in the history of the relationship between the muslim community and the humanist/atheist non religious community in the country. The post that Mr Mubarak Bala reportedly made on Facebook and the reactions by muslims; his arrest and detention without access to a lawyer, have tested and strained that relationship. But know this all muslim friends and fellow citizens of Nigeria, we have had similar incidents in the past that tested the relationship between Muslims and Muslims, Muslims and Christians, Muslims and traditionalists. And just as we overcame those and continued to live in peace and tolerance with one another, we shall overcome the current crisis.

Atheists and Muslims will once again begin to live side by side in peace and harmony. Atheists and humanists do not seek conflict with Muslims in this country, whether in the North or in the South. This country has had enough mindless religious violence and bloodletting. We cannot afford to spill any more blood in pursuit of a needless religious vendetta. Humanists and atheists want to live and relate with Muslims in a way that is marked by equality, dignity and respect; in a way that ensures their right to freely express their thoughts and beliefs. To this end it is important to underscore the fact that people are bound to say things that could annoy or provoke. In fact atheists/humanists say things that Muslims deem insulting, and disrespectful as in the case of Mubarak Bala. Muslims make declarations which some atheists and humanists may consider offensive or disrespectful. Please try to understand that offensive comments are not justifications for death threats, such as we have witnessed in the case of Mr. Bala.

So let us all, as Muslims and atheists learn to tolerate offensive remarks. Let us learn to live in peace and harmony with one another. Once again, warm Sallah greetings. Eid Mubarak.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/atheist-sallah-message-to-muslims.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Mubarak Bala: Blasphemy Allegations, Religious Oppression and Muslim Majority in Northern Nigeria

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 986

Keywords: arrest, hate, Islamic, Leo Igwe, Nigeria.

Mubarak Bala: Blasphemy Allegations, Religious Oppression and Muslim Majority in Northern Nigeria[1],[2]

It is now almost four weeks since the police arrested Nigerian atheist, Mubarak Bala following a petition that he insulted the prophet of Islam. The police have, in the quest to appease the petitioners and the Islamist base, held Mr. Bala incommunicado, without access to lawyers and family members. The police have yet to charge him in court. And in an apparent endorsement of the detention, the Islamic establishment has remained silent in the face of this outrage. There has not been any press statement from Islamic organizations regarding the case of Mubarak Bala. A few Muslim clerics have spoken out but in support of the arrest and detention of Mr. Bala. The Ulama councils have yet to condemn the abuse and maltreatment of Mr. Bala including the several death threats that Muslims have issued against him. In this piece, I argue that Muslims are taking undue advantage of their numerical strength in Kano and other parts of Northern Nigeria to oppress and persecute Mr. Bala and other non-Muslims in the region.

According to Nigeria’s religious demographics, Muslims are dominant in Northern Nigeria. And most of them live in the Northeast and Northwest Nigeria. While some think that the dominance of the Muslim population is real, others are of the view that Muslim majoritarian demographics are exaggerated; that they are due to lack of a credible census and the machinery of forced/violent Islam in the region.

Mr. Bala was born in Kano but he resides in Kaduna. Muslims claim to be the dominant population in these places. Mr. Bala allegedly made posts on his Facebook page. Meanwhile, Facebook is a company that is headquartered in California, not in Kano or Kaduna. According to the petitioners, the posts suggested that Muhammad was a terrorist and a pedophile.

Now look at this, some Muslims lodged a petition with the police in Kano and police detectives came and arrested Mr. Bala in Kaduna and took him to Kano where he is currently held for allegedly committing a crime on Facebook. The Facebook company is headquartered in the US. By the way, the assumption is that Mr. Bala is still alive even though no one that I know has seen Mr. Bala since police detectives whisked him away on April 29. There are legitimate concerns over his life, health, and human rights. The police have yet to formally charge him. They have informally stated that Bala’s posts breached public peace.

Unfortunately, the police are subjecting Mr. Bala to maltreatment and abuse in an attempt to appease the Muslim majority base in Kano. If Bala were a Muslim and made critical comments about Jesus as Muslims do all the time, would the police have arrested and detained him the way they have done in the case of Mr. Bala? If Bala were a Muslim cleric and posted on social media comments that incite hate and violence against nonbelievers, would the police have arrested him?

In fact, if Bala were a Christian from the south and living in the south and made these posts on Facebook, it is unlikely that the police would have arrested him for breaching public peace.

If for instance, non-Muslims in Southern Nigeria post on their Facebook that the prophet of Islam is a terrorist, a pedophile, a rapist or a war criminal, would Muslims petition them for making those annoying and provoking comments? Would the police arrest all of them for blasphemy, for insulting the prophet of Islam and for breaching public peace?

Muslims are persecuting Mr. Bala because they are in the majority in Kano and most of the northern Nigerian states. His current predicament is a factor of Islamic privilege. Bala is a victim of the oppressive Muslim majority that holds sway in the region. Over the years, Muslims have capitalized on their dominance to impose sharia law and turn non-Muslims into second class citizens in their country.They have gotten away with so many atrocities and crimes against humanity. For instance, they have killed and jailed those who made comments that were critical of Islam and the prophet. They have carried out extrajudicial murder of those who allegedly desecrated the Quran. They have provided a subsoil for the operation of vicious militant groups, such Boko Haram and their affiliates.  Now Muslims in Kano are deploying their oppressive majority against Mr. Bala for making comments that were critical of the prophet of Islam.

Meanwhile, as part of their everyday talk, Muslim individuals and Islamic scholars make comments that are critical of other religions and other prophets. They incite hatred and violence against non-Muslims and nonbelievers daily. Muslims post statements on Facebook that make a caricature of non-Muslim beliefs and practices. So it is important to remind Muslims in Kano that they are not always in the majority; and they should stop abusing their numerical strength in Kano and other parts of the region. In fact, in many parts of Nigeria, Muslims are in the minority and they make comments and posts similar to Mr. Bala’s. But no one arrests them. No one petitions them. No one threatens to murder them as Muslims have threatened in the case of Bala.

Muslims in Kano and other parts of Northern Nigeria should bear in mind that, as a saying goes: The majority will have their way, but the minority will have their say. Incidentally, the Muslim majority in the region want to have both their way and their say. They are unwilling to concede any say-space even on Facebook to the minorities. Nonreligious minorities like atheists should have their say online and offline. Muslims should not police their thoughts and expressions. Muslims cannot continue to deny minorities their right to freely express their ideas and beliefs. They should not criminalize expressions that are critical of Islam and the prophet. Muslims should not capitalize on their demographics to oppress and persecute non-Muslims including atheists with impunity.

Free Mubarak Bala.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mubarak-bala-blasphemy-allegations-religious-oppression-and-muslim-majority-in-northern-nigeria.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Mubarak Bala: Facebook Posts and Freedom of Expression

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,292

Keywords: arrest, hate, Islamic, Leo Igwe, Nigeria.

Mubarak Bala: Why They Hate Him[1],[2]

Some Muslims have asked the police to prosecute Nigerian Humanist, Mubarak Bala for making some posts on Facebook. They claim that his posts insulted the prophet of Islam. And for that reason, they want Mr. Bala penalized. Others are threatening to execute him. The police have arrested Mr. Bala and may soon charge him. In this piece, I argue that the police should unconditionally release Mr. Bala because what they said he did was not an offence against the state.  I am aware that some Muslims are unhappy with the posts, and would want Mr. Bala punished. But I do not think it is a sufficient reason to prosecute or threaten to kill him as some Muslims have proposed.Muslims make offensive, annoying, and provoking posts and comments both online and offline, don’t they? 

I am of the view that the said posts of Mr. Bala were within his right to freedom of expression and belief. I submit that if the police, in an attempt to appease the petitioners,  prosecute and convict Mr. Bala based on the said comments, they would be setting a legal precedent that would negatively reflect on the right to freedom of expression of all persons including Muslims. In fact, the legal precedent would later come to hunt, hurt, and hamper the rights of Muslims especially in parts of Nigeria where they are in the minority. Why do I say so? 

First, let’s take a look at the said posts as contained in the petition and find out if something criminal exists therein. According to S S Umar who made the complaint, Mr. Bala has, on his Facebook page, called the prophet of Islam “denigrating names pedophile, terrorist”. Umar said that Bala made “other statements that will incite Muslims and provoke them to take laws into their hands, which may result in public disturbance and breach of the peace”. Umar later referred to a post where Mr. Bala compared Prophet T B Joshua and Prophet Muhammad of Saudi Arabia, and stated that the former was better because he was not a terrorist. In making their case for the arrest and prosecution of Mr. Bala, the petitioners noted that Bala’s posts crossed the line in terms of freedom of expression and should be seen as an offence against the state. Now I understand that Muslims hold prophet Muhammad in high esteem and would not be happy if the prophet of Islam is described in irreverent terms.

But these are personal positions and dispositions. I am also aware that some Muslims may be offended by comments that designate the prophet of Islam as a criminal or a villain. That is a fact. But my question is: is that enough reason to ask the police to investigate and punish Mr. Bala? Is that a justification for the numerous death threats that some Muslims have issued against Mr. Bala? In a religiously pluralistic setting such as Nigeria, statements or posts such as the ones attributed to Mr. Bala abound. Muslims make them. Christians make them. Atheists make them. Similar statements are found in the religious texts, in the Bible and the Quran. Clerics use such statements in the preaching and sermons. Against this backdrop, who determines which posts are respectful or disrespectful? Who decides which comments are insulting and not insulting, and to whom? Even if by some means these distinctions could be made, does making disrespectful and insulting comments warrant police arrests and prosecutions? Does making insulting posts justify death threats? I do not think so. The police must try not to validate the sentiment of the petitioners that anybody who makes any adjudged insulting posts on Facebook is a criminal, and breaches public peace. Such a position has a wide range of implications for free expression of ideas and beliefs. In a culturally pluralistic society such as Nigeria, Muslims should not expect everyone to speak, write, and comment about the prophet of Islam in a reverential and respectful manner.

Both Islam and the prophet are objects on the table on inquiry and analysis. So both Muslims and non-Muslims write and speak about them from different perspectives. Everybody is not a Muslim and not everybody believes in Islam and Muhammad as a prophet. Millions of Nigerians profess other religions and beliefs, and do not recognize the prophet of Islam. There are Muslims who may agree with Mr. Bala’s statements but who may not publicly say so. Muslims should not expect all persons to talk about the prophet of Islam as if they are believers. Mubarak Bala is not a Muslim could not have commented about Muhammad as Muslims would do. He could not have represented the prophet of Islam in ways that all Muslims would appreciate and find acceptable.

He made posts that reflected his belief and unbelief, his thoughts and outlook. Even if Mr. Bala were to be a Muslim he has the right to hold own view and express his thoughts about the prophet of Islam, Muhammad. Muslims who think that he was mistaken should engage him. They should make Facebook posts and comments to correct and educate him. Muslims should not ask that Bala be jailed. They should not use violence or death threats to respond to any adjudged ‘denigrating’ posts. That is not a peaceful and non-compulsive way to respond to offensive remarks. Is it? The use of violence and threatening violence against those who make posts and comments which some Muslims find disagreeable reinforce the notion that Islam is a violent religion On their part, the police should not forget that if in their quest to appease the petitioners, they secure a judgment against Mubarak based on the said posts, they will set a legal precedent that could be used against Muslims particularly in parts of the country where Muslims are in the minority. Muslims also make posts to express their faith.

They post comments about prophets of other religions on Facebook and social media. Muslims make statements that describe non-believers and infidels in very disparaging terms. Muslim clerics try to convert traditionalists, Christians, and atheists in other parts of the country. In the process, they declare the nonexistence of other gods but Allah. Muslims make it clear that other gods are fake, false, and fetish, and that Allah is the only true and existing god.  They openly declare that the prophets of other religions are inferior to Muhammad. As in the case of Mubarak Bala, persons of other religions could also petition and ask that the police to arrest and prosecute Muslims for expressing ideas and beliefs that are annoying and provoking.  

If Muslims would not sanction the incarceration or execution of their clerics and scholars for ‘insulting’ the prophets of other religions, why do they sanction and endorse imprisonment and murder of those who make ‘insulting’ posts on Facebook as in the case of Mr. Bala? Like Muslim clerics and scholars who hold and express different views about prophets and gods of other religions, what Mr. Bala is said to have posted on his Facebook page is an exercise in the free expression of ideas and beliefs. It is not a crime. I agree that some Muslims find the posts offensive and annoying. But that does not make the action an offence against the state. Prosecuting Mr. Bala for making the said post is a waste of judicial resources. That Muslims or persons of other religions are offended by posts made on Facebook does not entitle them to engage in public disturbance or in activities that will breach public peace. Muslims should learn the culture of nonviolent reactions to online and offline posts that insult the prophet of Islam. They should embrace the culture of free expression and civilized debate Free Mubarak Bala.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mubarak-bala-facebook-posts-and-freedom-of-expression.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Mubarak Bala: Why They Hate Him

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,227

Keywords: arrest, hate, Islamic, Leo Igwe, Nigeria.

Mubarak Bala: Why They Hate Him[1],[2]

​For allegedly making posts and comments on his Facebook page which some Muslims interpreted as insults on the prophet of Islam, police in Nigeria arrested Mubarak Bala. They have detained and held him incommunicado for almost three weeks. The Islamic establishment has refused to speak out against this illegality and infringement on his fundamental human rights. In fact, some Muslims have threatened to kill Mr. Bala if he was not adequately punished by the ‘state’.

It is important to ask, why do they hate Mubarak Bala? Why is there so much dislike for a little known individual who made innocuous posts on his Facebook page? By ‘they’ here I mean those who wrote the petition against Mr. Bala including all Muslims who are directly or indirectly calling for him to be dealt with? Why has Mr. Bala become such as bête noire, someone that is so despised in the local Muslim community? Here are the reasons. But before explaining them, I would like to provide some background to my relationship with Mr. Bala.I never knew Mubarak Bala before 2014. I never heard about the name. We connected through some strange circumstances. In 2014, I was studying for my doctorate in Germany. One day I got a message that an ex Muslim had been taken to a mental hospital. I was both worried and confused. All the ex-Muslims that I knew then were in the closet. I was asked to join efforts to release him from the hospital. Bala’s family took him to this health facility after he went open and public with his disbelief and criticism of Islamic religion. The family thought he was out of his mind. For days, I struggled to understand what was going on. Religion, especially Islam is a charged issue in Northern Nigeria. I wondered how I could effectively intervene in this case while living thousands of miles away.I was under immense local and international pressure to rally support because time was of the essence. Bala was being treated for mental illness that he did not have. Those who contacted me were in Lagos which was very far from Kano where Mubarak Bala was. They also relied on information from third parties. I managed to call the psychiatric hospital in Kano. And they confirmed that Mubarak was a patient and had been admitted to the facility. But they refused to provide details of his case. After some back and forth calls and emails, I managed to piece together what could be going on and joined the campaign. I issued a statement calling for Mr. Bala’s release. We hired a lawyer to help with his case. Incidentally, as we were trying to figure out how to get him out from the hospital, the staff embarked on industrial action and Mr. Bala left the hospital. He became a free man. Since then, Mr. Bala has been very outspoken in his criticism of Islamic extremism. He has been the face of atheism and freethought in Northern Nigeria. His experience has inspired many atheists and ex-Muslims in northern Nigeria to go open and public with their views and positions. Bala has become synonymous with apostasy and blasphemy in the Islamic Northern Nigeria.

So they hate Mr. Bala because he renounced Islam. They believe that Islam is a perfect religion that people can embrace but not abandon. Bala was born into a Muslim family and they had expected him to remain a Muslim for the rest of his life. However, Bala disappointed them. He did not live up to their expectations. He left Islam. Bala did not even convert to Christianity, which would have been bad enough but not as bad. He became an atheist, a ‘bloody infidel’.

Mr. Bala betrayed them. And they are angry and furious with him. Now they are trying to punish him for the betrayal. Apostasy is a crime under sharia law and in Islam. As an apostate, Mubarak Bala is, for them, a criminal who deserves to be punished as required by Islamic law. Bala should be forced to recant and return to the Islamic fold or be removed from the Islamic community via imprisonment or execution. This has not happened. Mr. Bala has not received any punishment, or better an adequate penalty (I was told that his family had disowned him). To them, Mr. Bala has not been given a penalty that is severe enough to make him regret leaving Islam.

Instead, Bala has made it seem acceptable to leave Islam. He has been living his normal life and freely going about his everyday business. And this has not gone down well with them. Mr. Bala has made it look as if one can abandon Islam and still live happily and freely, not hiding or living in fear for one’s life in Islamic Northern Nigeria. In fact, Mr. Bala has gone to the extent of openly declaring to contest for a political office in Kano.

Now if they had some residual love for Mubarak Bala given his family and ethnic ties to the region, that affection has disappeared. Mr. Bala has caused them to hate him more by openly criticizing Islam. As an apostate, they expected Bala to keep quiet and not to say anything about Islam and the prophet. By renouncing Islam, Bala had lost the authority to speak freely about religion. For them, only Muslims can talk about Islam. It is only believers or those who have something apologetic, complementary, and supportive to say about Islam and the prophet that can talk or openly comment on this perfect religion and its perfect messenger. 

For them, critical views about Islam and the prophet are not allowed even if these viewpoints are true and based on facts. Critical views about Islam and the prophet are blasphemes. And blasphemy is a crime, another crime that is punishable by death under sharia law. Blasphemy law is a weapon to silence and eliminate critics of Islam and perpetuate the teachings of this religion whether they are true or false. It is a mechanism to stop people from making unauthorized comments about Islam. Blasphemy law is what the Islamic establishment use to police and censor what people say and express about Islam and the prophet.So they hate Mr. Bala because he criticizes Islam and freely speaks about the prophet of Islam. He is a progressive mind and a champion of Islamic reformation and social change. Mr. Bala draws attention to aspects of Islam and the prophet’s life which are often hidden and forbidden. He points out those teachings of Islam and the prophet which he finds mistaken and incompatible with human rights, science, and critical thinking. He calls attention to those Islamic practices that he finds morally repugnant and objectionable. They hate Mr. Bala because he is not afraid to speak his mind. Simply put, they hate Bala because he is an apostate and a ‘blasphemer’.In addition, they hate Mubarak Bala because he has emboldened many atheists in Muslim dominated communities in Northern Nigeria. Many atheists in Northern Nigeria are leaving their closet and becoming assertive of their views and identities. Bala has inspired many young people in Northern Nigeria to begin to freely express their disbelief in Islam. They dislike him because he has become a formidable moral and intellectual force behind the growing wave of atheism in Islamic Northern Nigeria.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mubarak-bala-why-they-hate-him.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

We are all atheists

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 771

Keywords: atheism, Facebook, Kaduna, Leo Igwe, Nigeria.

We are all atheists[1],[2]

It is now over two weeks since police detectives arrested Nigerian atheist, Mubarak Bala in Kaduna in Northern Nigeria. His arrest was in connection with posts that he made on Facebook. The petitioners said that the posts insulted the prophet of Islam, Muhammad. Mr. Bala was transferred to Kano the following day but since then his whereabouts are unknown. He has been held incommunicado without access to a lawyer and family members. The police have not charged him in court. 

Meanwhile, there have been reports that a list of atheists, to be arrested and arraigned alongside Mr. Bala, is being compiled. There is an ongoing witch hunt for atheists, especially in Northern Nigeria. One source said that these were atheists who had allegedly made comments that insulted Muhammad or posted comments that annoyed Muslims. 

Some atheists have received calls from strange numbers or from unknown individuals who tried to confirm their identities. Most atheists in Nigeria are in the closet due to fear of being persecuted or killed by extremists. The situation is worse and more dangerous in Northern Nigeria where sharia law is in force in most states. Until recently, the atheist movement in the region has been underground. However, there has been growing visibility of atheism in Northern Nigeria since Mubarak came out as an atheist in 2014. 

The emergence of atheism in the region has worried Muslim leaders. And last year an Islamic institute organized a seminar to discuss the disturbing trend of Atheism and Social Media.

Following the arrest of Mubarak Bala, there have been numerous threats to expose and deal with other atheists. But those Muslims who are trying to clamp down on the atheist movement have not thought it through. It may not have occurred to them that they too are atheists.In this piece, I argue that we are all atheists because atheism entails a lack of belief in a god or gods. And everybody is an atheist in relation to one god or another. My submission is that if we are all atheists, why are some Muslims in Northern Nigeria persecuting fellow atheists? Why do they want to deny other atheists their rights to life, freedom of conscience, expression, and association?

First, let’s establish how Muslims are atheists or unbelievers. Muslims believe in Allah and in that sense, they are theists. They are believers. There is no doubt about it. However Muslim relationship to the god idea does not end with the belief in Allah. In Islam, there is this saying: “There is no other god but Allah”. Take note, “no other god”. This statement is an affirmation of belief in god as well as a declaration of disbelief in other gods. So concerning other gods, Muslims are atheists. Muslims are “unbelievers”. They are infidels. Like atheists, Muslims do not believe in the Christian god. They do not have faith in Zeus, Vishnu, Osiris, Amadioha, Sango, Ogun, Urim, Tsumburburra, Haptu, and thousands of other gods that human beings have worshipped throughout history. 

 The difference between Muslims and other atheists is that other atheists go one god further in their disbelief. They do not believe in the Allah-god. So all Muslims are atheists, even though all atheists are not Muslims. And to make a clearer distinction between Muslims and other atheists, Believers in the Allah-god will be described as Muslim atheists.In Nigeria, Muslim atheists exercise their rights to freedom of belief and unbelief- their freedom to believe in Allah/prophet Muhammad and to unbelieve in Urim and Ogun. Muslims exercise their right to freedom of expression including their right to express their belief in Allah and their unbelief in other gods such as Odin and Krishna. In declaring their unbelief in other gods, Muslims atheists make and could make statements that others could consider to be insulting, provoking and annoying.In seeking to penalize Mubarak and other atheists for statements and sentiments, posts, and comments that they made on Facebook, Muslim atheists are trying to deny other atheists the same rights that they enjoy. That is not fair. Is it? This inequity has been central to the entrenched Islamic privilege in Nigeria. This injustice has escaped the minds of those who are persecuting Mubarak Bala and other atheists in the region. Blinded by their theism, and forgetful of their atheism, Muslims who are threatening to kill and deal with atheists need to realize that atheists are human beings and the rights of atheists are human rights. More importantly, Muslims in Nigeria need to know that they are atheists too; that they belong to the family of unbelievers and infidels. 

Yes, we are all atheists!

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/we-are-all-atheists.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

COVID19 and Snake Oil Salesmanship in Nigeria

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 611

Keywords: COVID19, Leo Igwe, Nigeria, Snake Oil Salesmanship.

COVID19 and Snake Oil Salesmanship in Nigeria[1],[2]

As the world grapples with the coronavirus pandemic, and the search for a vaccine continues, many people are gullible and are easily swayed by peddlers of cures or solutions. There are so much fear and uncertainty in the communities. People are hoping for some miracle or magical remedy. However, charlatans are having a field day in places such as Nigeria. They are marketing all sorts of concoction and treatment even as scientists are still trying to understand the nature of the virus. Quacks are mining people’s desperation and vulnerability. Snake oil salesmanship is pervasive. Incidentally at the forefront of the health care, fraudulent schemes are pastors and churches, and other marketers of spiritual solutions.
 Recently, a pentecostal pastor, Apostle Suleman, claimed that he could heal COVID19 patients. He appealed to the government to allow him into the isolation centers so that he could exercise his faith healing powers. Apostle Suleman has been challenged to demonstrate his faith healing abilities. He has been asked to heal a COVID19 patient and get five thousand dollars. However, this pastor has yet to accept the challenge to heal a patient under agreed medical and scientific conditions.
Meanwhile, another Pentecostal pastor has come out with a spiritual solution to the pandemic. This pastor goes by a Facebook name, Goodheart Val Aloysius, also known as My Father My Father. Aloysius is marketing an anti COVID19 oil which he claims would provide people with spiritual immunity against the virus. Aloysius, who is also the owner of the Father’s House International Church in Calabar, Cross River State, is a witch hunting pastor. On his Facebook, Pastor Aloysius declares: THE SOLUTION IS HERE!!!” Then he goes further to say: Get this COVID-19 PREVENTION OIL and gain spiritual immunity to the deadly pandemic with a seed of faith of 100 USD (100$)”.  A hundred US dollars is about forty thousand nairas.
Faith healing claims are forms of medical quackery. They undermine evidence-based efforts and guidelines for the management of the coronavirus and other health problems. In the case of the coronavirus pandemic, faith healing propositions confuse and misinform the people, and get them to conduct themselves as if there are cures and solutions when none exists. As in the case of My Father My Father, these faith remedies are not free. They cost money. In fact, these spiritual goods are devices that these charlatans use to extort money from desperate individuals. NCDC should take all necessary measures to check the proliferation of faith healing schemes and help bring these snake oil salesmen to book.
 ​
Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/covid19-snake-oil-salesmanship-nigeria.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Life, Love, Psychopaths, and Sociopaths (Part Four)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 5,590

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Christian is a Philosopher that comes from Belgium. What identifies him the most and above all is simplicity, for everything is better with “vanilla flavour.” Perhaps, for this reason, his intellectual passion is criticism and irony, in the sense of trying to reveal what “hides behind the mask,” and give birth to the true. For him, ignorance and knowledge never “cross paths.” What he likes the most in his leisure time, is to go for a walk with his wife. He discusses: love; meaning of life; love as part of the meaning of life; emotional version of hell; psychopaths, narcissists, and sociopaths in love; differentiation of a psychopath from a sociopath; differentiation of ordinary notions of narcissist from formal Narcissistic Personality Disorder; definition of the West; definition of the East; cultures in the East flourishing; nations mixing values; a show of love; more on “seeking death”; the “pink feeling”; more on love; mimicking of moral behaviour by psychopaths and sociopaths; a narcissistic age; Babylon and Persia; the flourishing of some nations compared to others in the 21st century; the extreme form of love leading to hatred exemplified in some of the extreme loves of the young; secondary narcissism; nonconformity and defiant nonconformity differing from regular isolationism of an ordinary unsocial person or a similarly in-isolation genius who requires said isolation to pursue their intellectual or artistic work; something most likely missing from the brain for a complete absence of conscience; the pathology of the psychopath and the pathology and the sociopath; a primary narcissistic age; theatrical examples of the “strictly moralistics” oriented individual;  more differences between the sociopath and the psychopath; “spiritualist wisdom”; resisting the pull for the desire of ourselves; other important characteristics feed into high performance or higher probability of achievement; moral repressions; the lack of remorse as a key indicator of psychopaths; Nietzsche Ubermensch in contrast to Untermensch; the primary narcissism idea reflecting an age of infantilism as opposed to immaturity; the reasons for the higher stature given to religious figures; abuse of women by men; simple behavourial, speech, or emotional cues/proxies of psychopaths and sociopaths; delay of gratification and other mental skills; first love extensions; the roaring lion as the child; and the collapse of Nietzsche.

Keywords: Christian Sorenson, life, love, psychopaths, sociopaths.

An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Life, Love, Psychopaths, and Sociopaths (Part Four)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s talk more about love and life. What is love?

Christian Sorenson: I feel, that if there is no greater “show of love,” than giving until you don’t have anything else to give, and therefore to get to give what you “do not have.” Then if this is right, and to love is to “donate” something or ourselves, it could be said that love is a “gift,” in the sense of “nothing.”

2. Jacobsen: What is the meaning of life?

Sorenson: I believe, that is equivalent to the opposite of a state of perfect equilibrium that would be equal to “zero.” In turn, it is an insistent search to “return” towards an original state, that previously existed, and that is synonymous with “inert.” In this sense, it would be a “force of compulsion,” that tends to repeat, and therefore “seeks death.”

3. Jacobsen: What makes love part of the meaning of life for most?

Sorenson: I feel, it is the desire to live a “pink feeling,” that strictly speaking, seeks to complete the “ideal statue” of ourselves, “through pieces” that are “swallowed” inside, from “partial identifications” with others.

4. Jacobsen: Is an emotional version of hell quintessentially the inability to love?

Sorenson: The emotional version of hell has nothing to do with the inability to love, but rather with not “feeling loved,” and the consequences of “not being reciprocated” or even worse, “abandonment” by the loved object, which is lived as an experience of “mourning.” I think that love as such, and realistically speaking, is “conditional” on something, and therefore, it is more further from romanticism than from aggression, and if within a vital context, is “never eternal,” then it always will be intrinsically linked to “suffering.”

5. Jacobsen: What do you make of the ‘love’ of psychopaths and narcissists and sociopaths?

Sorenson: Psychopaths and narcissists, and sometimes sociopaths, dispense with love, since they only establish “symbiotic” relationships of “dependency” towards them, for “profit-utilitarian” purposes.

6. Jacobsen: What differentiates a psychopath from a sociopath?

Sorenson: The psychopath, unlike the sociopath who is “anomic,” draws attention because he appears as someone “too normal.” In this sense, the second openly and oppositionally, defies the “law,” with the clear intention of violating it and staying out of it, regardless of the damage this may cause to “others” and to “society.” The former, on the other hand, feels in a certain way that he “represents the law,” and therefore who has the right, discerns between “good” and “bad,” and therefore tries to “challenge” the established norms, by demonstrating that he is able to benefit of it, by staying within their limits, but without suffering any sanction for his conduct.

7. Jacobsen: What differentiates ordinary notions of a narcissist from formal Narcissistic Personality Disorder?

Sorenson: They differ, because “ordinary” notions, are generally related to “narcissistic traits,” that fundamentally have to do with “self-recognition” needs and to “attract the attention”of others. While in “formal” notions, what exists is the absence of “remorse” and “empathy,” the “lack of control” for violent behavior, and the inability to establish “lasting emotional” relationships.

8. Jacobsen: I live in North America. We both live in what is deemed – without current geographic considerations anymore – “the West,” as in Greek Humanism through Western European Enlightenment into North American techno-capitalist freedom culture, including offshoots in Israel – save me Tel Aviv! What defines the West?

Sorenson: It is determined by the “Judeo-Christian” religious values, ​​and the “cultural” development, that emerged from the “Greek” and “Roman” empires.

9. Jacobsen: By comparison and contrast, naturally, what defines the East?

Sorenson: In my opinion, it is mainly defined by the Babylonian, Neo-Babylonian and Persian empires.

10. Jacobsen: Why have some cultures in the East flourished when taking on the West’s values and not when sitting purely on the East’s values?

Sorenson: Due to the “anthropological” vision that they had of man, especially in relation to “liberalism,” to the development of some sciences such as “mathematics,” and because of the “cosmogonic” conception they had of the universe.

11. Jacobsen: Why have some, as Singapore, flourished, as under Lee Kuan Yew, Goh Chok Tong (briefly), and currently under Lee Hsien Loong, when mixing and matching values of East and West (as represented by the United States and China) as appropriate?

Sorenson: I feel that from the point of view of historical origin, prevailing values ​​and the development achieved there is a close analogy between Singapore and Israel. Both fought to become independent from English colonialism, with founding prime ministers such as Lee Kuan Yew and Ben Gurion with stories of similar lives and coming to lead in both cases the development of high technology worldwide in addition to other achievements. Both states have the peculiarity of representing “models of democracy,” since they have managed to integrate different ethnic groups and cultures of the West and East, from the idiomatic to the religious, being the common factor that has articulated it and enabled this, the strong investment they have made in education, and strengthening citizen values ​​such as respect for the law and diversity.

12. Jacobsen: Is a show of love truly love or merely an adornment on a tree for presentation, admiration, rather than true instinct, true feeling, of the utter giving of oneself?

Sorenson: From my point of view, “instinct,” in a human context, goes beyond the “biological,” and therefore is analogous to an extremely variable “force” regarding the “object” as such, and the “behavioral process.” In this sense, “true love” is not equivalent to a “feeling,” but rather to a certain way of relating to a “particular object,” and consequently to a form of “human drive.”

13. Jacobsen: Some philosophical systems preach denial self. Others instruct self-annihilationism. Is this part of the ‘seeking death’? A differentiation of a common pathway for the meaning of lie to seek death.

Sorenson: I believe, that it is neither “one” nor the “other,” by itself but rather “both,” since in human beings, these represents two tendencies that are contrary, but coexisting. Meanwhile one of them “struggles to live,” the other “seeks death.” Therefore “one” and the “other,” leads us to live in a “continuous conflict” with ourselves, that finally to be worse, doesn’t allows to know for what reason this happens.

14. Jacobsen: Can you expand on the “pink feeling”?

Sorenson: “Pink feeling” or “pink love,” is to suppose that love is similar to a romantic idyll of “twin souls,” who “unite” for “eternity.” Or an “unconditional surrender” of oneself, in order to seek the “good of another,” when “deep down,” is neither a “feeling” nor one “altruistic oblation” for another. As well, at the same time, it is not something eternal, nor a romantic or disinterested motion towards someone. Paradoxically, with love we generally do not understand, “why our right hand, knows what the left does,” or for what reason does it “translate into violence,” rather than being an “expression of sweetness.” And lastly, why sometimes it becomes into the “other side of the coin of hatred” or vice versa. Therefore if what love means, is taken to the extreme, I feel that sometimes “true love, will end in hatred.”

15. Jacobsen: Is love fundamentally internal hope for extrinsic reciprocation, where the external reciprocation is received (or perceived as received) in like kind? If so, this may help clarify individuals who marry apartment complexes, or some such thing.

Sorenson: I would rather say, that love is an “internal ideal” to be “internally reciprocated.” In my opinion, love is “phantasmatic,” since what is “sought” generally is not real, and it is not even “fulfilled” on that plane, and therefore it is an “ideal,” because it’s always an “unsatisfied desire.” Its frustration, is “intrinsic,” due to the fact that the “object” being pursued is “a mirage,” that does “not exist.” And in consequence, is “not even real” in an imaginary dimension.Nevertheless, in turn, this is the “great surprise” of love, that thanks to the “failure” for fulfilling its desire, it “exists” and is “so longed” by everyone.

16. Jacobsen: Can psychopaths and sociopaths be moral, or only mimic that which is intrinsically moral? In this sense, a parrot can simulate human statements without corresponding comprehension, i.e., a psychopath or a sociopath can enact a moral act, which is play-acted without comprehension of the importance of the consideration and intent behind the act, and the outcome of the act.

Sorenson: In fact I would say, that what they both do is a “morality role play” or even a “staging of it” more than something else.Paying attention to some subtleties, it could be said that what differentiates them, is the way of how psychopaths, unlike sociopaths, are “strictly moralistics,” since the know perfectly norm’s meanings, nevertheless, “acted-out” hypocriticallythem in an “exemplary way.” While the second ones, in this sense are “defiantly” more opened and franks, “leaving clear” their lack of interest and “nonconformity” towards any social conventionalism. The essential point in here regarding the formers more than the last ones, is the absolute absence of real “conviction of conscience,” that is ethically aggravated by its “life motive” to “deceive” and “pervert” others.

17. Jacobsen: Do we live in an informally-defined narcissistic age?

Sorenson: In some way yes, since I consider that our age lives in what I would denominate “state of primary narcissism,” due to the fact that to a certain extent it could be classified as “infantilist.” Similar to that of the child, when as a “little beast” felt himself to be the “center” of the world, and wanted to “capture” the full attention of its mother or substitute, at the same time he intended to “devour,” without being able to “postpone” the immediacy of its needs, everything within his reach, as if “everything” and “everyone,” was “disposable,” and had to “prostrate” at his feet.

18. Jacobsen: Why Babylon and Persia as representative of the East?

Sorenson: Since in Babylon, “occult knowledge systems” were developed, who in turn promoted the emerging of certain sciences, that after its fall as an empire, they separated from each other, for passing towards Persia first and then to the East, as a part of these, and through becoming into “spiritualists wisdoms.”

19. Jacobsen: Why will some nations flourish and dominate in the 21st century compared to others?

Sorenson: Because they will be able to “integrate” existing polarities, with “emotional maturity,” overcoming all kinds of “totalitarianisms” and “fundamentalisms,” and by managing to postpone the “desire for oneself” satisfying the “desire of the other.” Reaching to understand, in a certain way, that by the exercise of “alienating ourselves,” the “cycle of life” is going to gives us back, that energy transformed into “good.”

20. Jacobsen: Is the extreme form of love leading to hatred exemplified in some of the extreme loves of the young?

Sorenson: Not only, because it also sometimes occurs in adults. When I refer to the term “extreme,” rather than wanting to say something that is of the order of “intensity,” what I intend is to allude to a “logical consequence,” in relation to what is expected of love after analyzing its parts. Therefore, hatred can arise regardless of the “depth,” with which love has been lived. However, there exists a condition whose antecedent as “necessary presence” for the manifestation of love, and in consequence probably also for hate, will be fundamental. This, is the “feeling of infatuation” which in my opinion, refers to an “experience of identification,” that is not “consciously perceived,” with part of the “object” of the loved one. And which ultimately, has a character of “appropriation,” and therefore, when it is not possible to be “possessed” is experienced as a “non-correspondence.” Lastly this may befelt as a “rejection,” and in consequence can easily trigger “aggressive feelings” that may end in “hatred.”

21. Jacobsen: What would be secondary narcissism?

Sorenson: It would properly be known as “pathological narcissism,” in contrast to the “primary” one, that would necessarily constitute part of the child’s “normal” psychological development. It’s named “secondary,” because “evolutionarily” speaking, always appears from early adulthood, and since it would derive from a “personality disorder,” that therefore, “psychodynamically” regards a “psychic structure,” which would be able to explained it.

22. Jacobsen: How does this nonconformity and defiant nonconformity differ from regular isolationism of an ordinary unsocial person or a similarly in-isolation genius who requires said isolation to pursue their intellectual or artistic work?

Sorenson: They are different, since first of all antisocials are usually “not geniuses.” Besides, the latters in general are mobilized by high “universal ethical canons.” Also they differentiate each other regarding their goals, because meanwhile one pursues an “intellectually productive matter,” the other tries to challenge and destroy “moral conventions,” that are necessary for the proper functioning of society, and in many cases are valuable and fundamental. And on the other hand, both are far from each other, due to the fact that geniuses seek isolation, as something similar to a “facilitating space” for what they search. While sociopaths, pursues it by following an “empty sense,” that doesn’t have anything else beyond the simple fact of “marginality.”

23. Jacobsen: What would most likely be missing from the brain for a complete absence of conscience?

Sorenson: I believe, it’s likely to a sort of “lobotomy” with hereditary or congenital etiology, and therefore, it may be represented bysome kind of failure, at “neurochemical conductivity,” or “anatomical neurostructures” levels, either in the frontal sector as well as the hippocampus.

24. Jacobsen: From a philosophical standpoint on the psychological condition, what best represents the pathology of the psychopath and the pathology and the sociopath?

Sorenson: In my opinion, by the concepts in Nietzsche, of “rebellion,” represented by the figure of a “roaring lion” trying to free himself from all the moral restraints imposed, in the case of the sociopaths. And that of “super-man,” in psychopaths, embodied by a “child,” who simply plays with everything, without measuring the consequences of anything regarding its acts.

25. Jacobsen: Is a primary narcissistic age one of immaturity reflected in socioemotional and intellectual age? In more precise terms, what would be the approximate emotional and intellectual age of the general population of the planet to produce such a primary narcissism?

Sorenson: “Primary narcissism” in the context of individual evolutionary development, “does not reflects” psycho-social or intellectual immaturity. Nevertheless, analogically speaking, society could be said that rather to be considered as immatured, it could be more seeing as “infantile,” since its state is of “evolutionary fixation.” Equivalent, to the most primitive or basic stage of individuals development. In this sense, from a “symbolical perspective,” what represents its maturity level, is “orality,” because is not capable of “integrating” into a “single object,” both positives and negatives aspects, regarding “mother’s images” of good and bad breasts. At the same time, “eagerly devours” everything around, with the sole purpose of satiating itself, and “aggressively bites” the object, if its perceived as “threatening,” when does not meets the expectations of needs.

26. Jacobsen: Any theatrical examples of the “strictly moralistics” oriented individual?

Sorenson: Leaving aside the examples of “moral repressions,” that obey a different nature, in my opinion the best “graphed examples,” on the one hand are the cases of pedophilia, “veiled” by supposedly “asexual clergy figures” invested with “sacred holiness.” And on the other side, the “swindlers of neck and tie,” and the men who psychologically and physically “violates women,” maintaining the “status quo” of normality and happy couples.

27. Jacobsen: I heard one casual differentiation, between the psychopath and the sociopath, is the sociopath in a bar room who is insulted and then will react and punch. Whereas, the psychopath will wait until three days later and then disrepute the individual, subsequently murdering them. It is much more impulsive in the former and calculated in the latter. Any thoughts on simple thought experiments or examples to make the point as clear as possible with a mental image?

Sorenson: Not necessarily. It is easier to find sociopaths with a base of psychopathy, than psychopaths with antisocial behaviours. One of the characteristics that stands out the most in the latter’s profile, is the importance they gives to their “self-images,” arriving almost to an obsessive concern about it, since has an outstanding importance, the fact of “projecting” it positively in order to reach a “favorable impression” of themselves on others. Linked to this last, lacks of “moral conscience,” in the sense of not having a “feeling of conviction” or conviction regarding why they choose good instead of evil, all though paradoxically “know” that they “know it.” Their “maxim,” will always be “to pass the traffic light with a yellow light,” and therefore will know better than anyone their “underlying motivations,” and the reason because they have an absence of conscience about the “existence” of some kind of “good” independent from themselves, has nothing to do with a “condition of impossibility.”

28. Jacobsen: What makes “spiritualist wisdom” spiritual and wisdom?

Sorenson: I feel, that the fact of “constituting complex knowledge” that’s capable of being “rationally explained,” on what regards not only the origin, but the functioning and destination as well of everything that exists, and therefore in what the “cycle of life” means.

29. Jacobsen: Will this resisting the pull for the desire of ourselves require more trainable skills like postponement of gratification?

Sorenson: I believe, that this “simple principle” covers everything, and in turn translates into the need to “re-do” the path backwards, from creation until now. In other words, by “returning” to our origin, as if we were “climbing” the steps of a ladder, in which each stage poses a “challenge” with an additional difficult. The fact of “overcoming” it, allows us to “achieve knowledge” at that level. In consequence, if it is done successively, it will facilitate everyone to reach the “head” from where everything was “emerged.” In this way, what “renunciation of oneself” means, is “progressive,” since it is acquired depending on each stage, and therefore it is “not possible” to know it “a priori,” before having passed each state of “spiritual evolution.”

30. Jacobsen: Aside from global characteristics of intelligence, what other important characteristics feed into high performance or higher probability of achievement?

Sorenson: I feel, that both, the “emotional” and “intellectual” capacities, for “desiring” to put ourselves in the other’s place, after having understood the other as deeply as possible, And simultaneously with the last, the capacity, that I will name of “ambiguity” and “ambivalence,” in order to be able of “refraining ourselves” from making a “premature closure,” in relation to the “meaning” of things.

31. Jacobsen: What characterizes moral repressions?

Sorenson: I would say that’s a “psychic conflict,” originated by the “conscious effort” to stifle the “sexual impulse” without success, that is experienced with “displeasure,” through some “symbolic representative” of the paternal law that generates “guilt” and threatens with “punishment.” This internal trouble, “conversively” moves towards the body, provoking some kind of “suffering,” that’s expressed by “symptoms” of functional nature.

32. Jacobsen: What characterizes, philosophically speaking, the lack of remorse as a key indicator of psychopaths?

Sorenson: For who lacks of “remorse,” the “end pursued,” justifies the use of any type of “means” necessary to achieve it. In other words, transforms the person into a “resourse” who’s destiny is to satisfy its “utilitarian goals,” through the “indolent” use of “seduction” and “violence,” and therefore “alienating” its individual “dignity.”

33. Jacobsen: What was Nietzsche intending when he spoke of an Ubermensch, in contrast to an Untermensch? Is it the eternal child who plays with everything without a sense of remorse for immoral and unjust acts?

Sorenson: In my opinion, to understand both concepts well, it is necessary to analyze the works “Also sprach Zarathustra,” “Ecce Homo,” and “Der Antichrist” of Nietzsche. Regarding the image of the child who plays, is related more to the übermensch since he should be carried away by its “feelings” and “passions,” and in that way represent what the “super-man” really means. Nevertheless, at the same time, this child must be able to control himself, and therefore not only “seek pleasure,” because that would express a “weakness,” typical of the “last man,” but that in turn is quite different from acting with “moral remorse.” Respect the untermensch, I understand it rather with the meaning that I will denominate “infra-human,” which is very well reflected in the use that Nazi ideology gave through the term of “inferior people,” that ended up linked fundamentally with the Jewish people.

34. Jacobsen: What separates the primary narcissism idea reflecting an age of infantilism as opposed to immaturity, as infantilism can be seen as a cross-section of immaturity?

Sorenson: From my point of view, ”infantilism” is always synonymous with “immaturity,” nevertheless “immaturity” doesn’t mean necessarily the same as “infantilism.” In turn, “primary narcissism,” is not equivalent to “immaturity,” since one is a natural stage in development and the other not, however it may be analogous to “infantilism” in the context of an era. Therefore, if the latter is defined as a “condition of immaturity,” which it also could be “chronic”and “asymmetric,” since it is “not overcome” with the simple passage of time, and is “disharmonious” between parts that are adult and others that are not. Then it is possible, to talk about “primary narcissism” in an era, that is “immature,” and “childish” in that context.

35. Jacobsen: Why are clergy – religious authority figures – given such mythology around them, e.g., the “sacred holiness,” the ‘asexuality,’ and an assumed authority on things only spoken and never seen? How can members of these religious groups leave them in order to find a healthier way of life or one of freedom from the constraints of living under the authority of clergy figures?

Sorenson: Since in my opinion, they are “representations” of a “representative who represents” in the “symbolizing process” of what for me is the “name of the father,” which would establishes the “duty of being,” as moral conscience. Religion, is one of the possible ways but not the only to get there. If it’s the option chosen, I feel that the only manner to find a healthier way of life, is to adopt a religion, “but without becoming religious.”

36. Jacobsen: For the other category given, of the men who psychologically and physically violate, or abuse, women, what drives them? What draws some women to them? How can people get out of those kinds of relationships?

Sorenson: What leads many men to that, is something they cannot avoid, and in that sense the weight of their “psychic constellation” weighs more than anything else. They are subjects “who know,” and what is worse, “they know what is good for one woman,” which is already “violent” as such. Afterwards usually comes the “seduction process,” in which she may succumb, but sooner or later will wake up, to realize in the best of cases, that has lived in captivity “inside a golden cage,” without really having conscience of what she was doing. The outcome is her “rebellion,” and the search of breathable space. This triggers the “second moment of violence,” through “imposition” and the spiral of aggression that follows it. These type of subjects don’t have the option of being different, and its pattern will be identical regardless of who is involved, since invariably needs to “seduce” and after to “convince” their victims, in order to “pervert” them through “deception,” and therefore are “hardly treatable.” They are generally “dialectical” and “mutually symbiotic” relationships, where there are women who look without really knowing, this pattern, because in some way they tend to “repeat” by an “acting-out” mechanism, of the ancient relationships with their father, who used to become “idealized,” when they have being too “authoritarian” and “punishing” figures. To get out of these “vicious circles,” it must be she who puts the “brakes” first, since it is difficult that he does it. And in turn, it is necessary to do so by “applying zero tolerance” criterion against the minimum abuse, being aware at the same time, that it depends directly on her, “that no other woman is going to be aggressed.”

37. Jacobsen: When you come across sociopaths or psychopaths, what are simple behavourial, speech, or emotional cues/proxies of them? We can tell a sick person based on a persistent cough. We can avoid them. Similarly, there must be “coughs” of a like-kind in the behaviour, speech, and emotions (feigned or real-but-blunted).

Sorenson: Precisely, that’s the “mis-conception” about them, since these kind of subjects “aren’t sick persons.” In fact they do not have any disease, because they have a perfectly preserved “reality judgment,” and in addition in the broadest sense of the word.

They do not “suffer from anything,” as normal patients do. Rather it is the opposite, since it is a society that “suffers” because of them. If the above is correct, then it would not be appropriate to give them a “treatment” of something.

And therefore, the “environment” that should have them, it must be the prison and not the hospital. It seems to me, that the most “remarkable behavioural” characteristic of these individuals, is that they present themselves with a mixture of “excess seduction and goodness,” at the same time that it is possible to perceive them, as if they were “cold as ice,” and “sharp as a knife.”

38. Jacobsen: Matt Scillitani noted this “simple principle” covers everything about the core of intelligence too. There is research on Executive Function as a larger compilation of cognitive attributes. Does delay of gratification reflect the necessary function for the development of complex, sustainable social arrangements, including marriages and societies?

Sorenson: In some way yes, since the “delay of gratification,” requires to develops cognitive skills that allow “the source” or “object” of gratification to be symbolized, in the sense of “resignifying” it immaterially, in order to be able to satisfy the original need, through what I am going to name as “procuration” or “second intention.” As a “substitute,” that also allows to “cathectize” the energy that first triggered it. In turn, it would be possible to do something similar with “social dynamics,” which could improve the different levels of real interrelation in society.

39. Jacobsen: Our first love in the world is love of mother, as part of an integrated organism. Our second love is others. Our third love is the differentiation of self from mother. The lattermost as the process of individuation. How does this pattern of loves put constraints on types of loves and kinds of interpersonal arrangements for human beings?

Sorenson: I think that the different loves throughout life, are a sort of “reissue” of the “first or original love” with the mother. In a way, we also always “yearn to return” to maternal love, comparing all loved ones with that “first figure.” Something existed in our development, “symbolically” speaking, that did not allow us “to access” our mother, and forcing then to go out, and seek “substitute loves” throughout life. That “prohibition,” in my opinion is the one that enabled us to successfully enter the “symbolic world,” and “accept a law” that we carry within ourselves in order to discern with conviction, between the “morally” good and bad.

40. Jacobsen: Is the “roaring lion,” in terms of “rebellion,” more a child wailing than anything else?

Sorenson: I feel that he is a “self-centered” and “capricious” child, who plays with a “yo-yo,” expecting that the toy “goes and comes” back, nevertheless if that doesn’t happens, since he can’t pick it up with the string, he “cries but with rage,” because feels that the world, does not want to “follow his rules” of the game.

41. Jacobsen: What happened to Nietzsche’s thoughts over time? What was the symbolism of the moment that he collapsed and went insane? The purported moment of seeing the flogging of a horse, running over to it, and then holding its neck so as to protect it, followed by a collapse. A rather dramatic narrative of a mind unravelling over time with a climactic instant.

Sorenson: I am not sure if Nietzsche was really crazy or not, maybe he just felt so. In any case, I think that “no one can go crazy, even if he wants to.” He ends up being a “slave”to his beliefs, even though he tried to rebel from almost everything. In some way, it’s similar to what happened to Robinson Crusoe, when he “saw a mark”on the beach. Somehow, is a manner of finding “the presence” of something, that at the same time is “absent,” and therefore, when he wanted to “erase it,” its existence became even more evident for him.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Independent Philosopher.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-four; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Life, Love, Psychopaths, and Sociopaths (Part Four) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 22). An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Life, Love, Psychopaths, and Sociopaths (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Life, Love, Psychopaths, and Sociopaths (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Life, Love, Psychopaths, and Sociopaths (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Life, Love, Psychopaths, and Sociopaths (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Life, Love, Psychopaths, and Sociopaths (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Life, Love, Psychopaths, and Sociopaths (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Life, Love, Psychopaths, and Sociopaths (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Life, Love, Psychopaths, and Sociopaths (Part Four) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Justin Duplantis on the Gifted Young (Part Four)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,365

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Justin Duplantis is a Member of the Triple Nine Society and the current Editor of its journal entitled VidyaHe discusses: nurturance of the young and gifted; differentiation based on learning styles; schooling and moral education; synchrony difficulties; the pervasively intelligent child; nutritional and health habits; social life; guidance in early relationships for boy-boy, girl-girl, or boy-girl time; and modelling healthy relationships by example. 

Keywords: gender, gifted, health, Justin Duplantis, nutrition, synchrony difficulties, Triple Nine Society, young.

An Interview with Justin Duplantis on the Gifted Young: Editor, Vidya (Part Four)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What about the nurturance of the young and highly intelligent? You have children. How should this be done and with the proper care of a benevolent parent or guardian?

Justin Duplantis: I would hardly consider myself an expert in this realm. I have three and four year old boys. Both are members of Mensa. They joined a year ago. For me, the key was identifying their giftedness early. This enables them to ascertain the proper resources during this critical developmental time. With that said, they are very different. Although they are both highly gifted, they have unique challenges and interests.

2. Jacobsen: For girls and boys, should there be gender differences in the style of the gifted education?

Duplantis: I do not feel as though it is so much as a question of gender, rather the necessity of differentiation based upon learning style. My oldest is able to hear information once and retain, as opposed to my youngest. He requires more tactical learning, to stay engaged. This may be due to the 18 month age separation, but I feel it is personality characteristics.

3. Jacobsen: For girls and boys, how should schooling and moral education in the home reflect the level of giftedness – highly, exceptionally, profoundly, etc.?

Duplantis: It is vital for parents to be well-informed regarding the characteristics of gifted youth. Generally speaking, the higher the intelligence, the more exaggerated the characteristics. My eldest, Anderson, is stereotypical. He is emotional sensitive, has a strong moral compass, and requires positive reinforcement. My younger boy, Crawford, does not share these. Although they may share a high level of intelligence, they are still very different.

4. Jacobsen: What are some of the synchrony difficulties gifted adolescents may experience as they travel through the turbulent and rapid changes of the teenage years?

Duplantis: Acceptance in society and social groups is tough for any adolescent, but when there is a significant variance in intelligence with your “peers”, it creates an additional challenge. Just as someone that has an IQ of 60 would have a difficulty in societal integration, an individual with an IQ of 140+ would face different, but similar issues. There are resources that aid the mentally challenged with these sort of difficulties, yet assistance for the exceptionally gifted is nonexistent. This is what I hope to change.

5. Jacobsen: For the pervasively intelligent child, how can adults in their lives help them form confidence based on real talents and competencies?

Duplantis: The key is acceptance and support. When a child shows interest in whatever it may be, the parents need to ensure they provide the proper resources to harness their potential. At the same time, pushing them into an area of disinterest is just as harmful as lacking support in areas that they would like to pursue.

6. Jacobsen: What about the nutritional and health habits for them? This one is probably more general. How can a parent assist the gifted child have appropriate nutrition to perform optimally in school and have the energy to do kid and teenager stuff throughout the day?

Duplantis: Health and nutrition habits are not intellectually dependent. Regardless of intelligence, proper nutrition is necessary for mental and physical development and maintenance.

7. Jacobsen: Social life may be a neglected part of the lives of the young gifted. Based on personal experience in the Triple Nine Society, or through reading and conversations with other gifted individuals, does this reflect a common problem? Is social life a concern for the gifted more than others because of a trend of isolation, or not?

Duplantis: The lacking of a traditional social life seems to absolutely be a common thread among the exceptionally gifted. The reason I say traditional, is because many times there are nontraditional relationships forged. At times socialization is between intellectual peers. Often times there is a substantial age differential, which creates its own challenges. The further from the mean an individual is in intelligence, the more difficult it is to have the traditional relationships.

8. Jacobsen: What about when it comes boy-boy, girl-girl, or boy-girl time for the gifted adolescent and young adult? How can a parent or a guardian guide and nurture healthy relations at those crucial periods of early life?

Duplantis: I have yet to enter that stage with my two boys, so I am unsure how we will aid in navigating our boys through those treacherous waters. With that said, I would recommend starting early with reiterating different is not damaged. Embracing the unique qualities of others aids in the establishment and maintaining of relationships, regardless of gender.

9. Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, how can parents model healthy relations?

Duplantis: Leading by example. If we call for our children to be accepting of the differences of others, we must practice what we preach. If our children see us judging others, they will follow suit and vice versa.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Editor, Vidya, Triple Nine Society; Member, Executive Committee, Triple Nine Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-four; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Justin Duplantis on the Gifted Young (Part Four) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 22). An Interview with Justin Duplantis on the Gifted Young (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Justin Duplantis on the Gifted Young (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Justin Duplantis on the Gifted Young (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Justin Duplantis on the Gifted Young (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Justin Duplantis on the Gifted Young (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Justin Duplantis on the Gifted Young (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Justin Duplantis on the Gifted Young (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Justin Duplantis on the Gifted Young (Part Four)[Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on History, Internationalism, and Ethical Systems (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,928

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Tor Arne Jørgensen is a member of 50+ high IQ societies, including World Genius Directory, NOUS High IQ Society, 6N High IQ Society just to name a few. He has several IQ scores above 160+ sd15 among high range tests like Gift/Gene Verbal, Gift/Gene Numerical of Iakovos Koukas and Lexiq of Soulios. His further interests are related to intelligence, creativity, education developing regarding gifted students, and his love for history in general, mainly around the time period of the 19th century to the 20th century. Tor Arne works as a teacher at high school level with subjects as; History, Religion, and Social Studies. He discusses: interest in history; global governance; ethics; philosophy and ethics; governance as important in a modern world; fundamentalist religion; governance in the highly technological world; human beings in relation to one another and the institutions built by them; a digital world; and future human societies on the risks and promises of the 21st century.

Keywords: ethics, governance, history, religion, rights, technology, Tor Arne Jørgensen.

An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Background, Identity, Mentors, Education, and Interests (Part Two)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s talk about history, your interest in it. Why this particular focused interest in history?

Tor Arne Jørgensen: My interest in history comes from an early stage around 10 years of age, and forward. Why? Well as it goes, it all started with movies of the old west, cowboys and Indians an such. This particular time period was very exciting to me, and by that fact started to dive myself into books about old western themes. As time went on, this fascination led me further into the time period as a whole from the early 19th century and up to the late 20th century. Then my interest shifted from the old west, to be more about history divided into sections within numerical fields. By that, I saw history as a big jigsaw puzzle to be solved.

Thus gaining a better understanding of terms and their reasons for why, within; politics, commercial interest, migration patterns, trade routes, and the transition into the industrial revolution, as both national and global interests alike. Specific to Norwegian democratic processes in the year of 1814, and thus paving the new way forward into today’s democracy, first influenced by the American Revolution, then followed by the French Revolution, is for me the chief field of interest as to the historical aspect in question.

2. Jacobsen: As with many gifted individuals, there persists a desire for fresh information. You mentioned Mark Mazower. What about his text provided a context for understanding global governance within a historical contextualization of the issue?

Jørgensen: Angle of reply is to look back at the time of The League of Nations, built on Woodrow Wilson’s initiative, and as I would like to point out, idealism in its most fragile state regarding utopianism. A failed project with horrible after-effects on a global scale within numerous fields, like economics, trade, state governance just to name a few. Hereby instigated by greedy state leader, built on the notion of world peace. We all know today how well that went, with reference to the tragic outcome of WWII. Forward into the days of the beginning of the United Nations. The UN then was more effective than today, the leaders of yesterday more robust than the leaders of today.

This organization, is built on the same idealism as regards utopianism, but in a more liberal way now the before. How well is it working, hereby agrees on a long debate on its own merits, but still. The outlines are evident within a structural notion as to the fundamental principles of Effective Altruism regards to global governance. The structural draft from the implementations of wars throughout the ages, the dividing of nations for a better and more understanding world of tomorrow, mirrored in the belief of global imprisonment of idealism within an altered state of mind, as to be debated on a later time.

3. Jacobsen: Peter Singer remains a controversial and important figure within the atheist and secular community, and within the professional ethicist class in Academia. How does Practical Ethics, and Effective Altruism, provide a basis for the advancement of a utilitarian ethic into the area of broader ideas of rights? A current era in which divinity of individual human rights and special privileges afforded to most royals, as in the Divine Right of Kings, collapsed and gave way to the democratization of rights as seen in documents including December 10, 1948, United Nations Universal Declaration of Human Rights. We can see this instantiated, even bolstered, by modern scientific findings with the discovery of the evolved nature of human beings in a tree of life and one species amongst a litany of others. Some philosophies, including Humanism, incorporate international human rights and modern science within a set of guiding principles of understanding the nature of the world and for orienting human life. 

Jørgensen: Peter Singer and his view on ethics as to the field of Academia, was and is of great importance for all students and scholars alike. His opinions of an ethical nature towards the utilitarianism of theocracy, as an aspect of divinity both on religious ground and an of the notion of constitutional royalism. The aspect of human rights for both humans and all life in general, hereby the equality of human/animal rights. The settlements of an endemic by the termination of these rights, to cross the religious implementations of preserving all life at all cost, but at what personal gain.

The fall of the superior rule of feudalism, to nothing else, then to be replaced by the democratic realism fueled by capitalism. To what aim is this to be understood as nothing else than a replacement of divine powers, driven by the notion of Darwinism. To bring about the understanding of and by the fact, that divinity is to the beholder, in terms of the notion of lust to rule as by personal intent. This thus understood as the implementation of ethics on both sides of the religious spectrum at the cost of democracy.

4. Jacobsen: What philosophies and ethics make the most sense to you?

Jørgensen: The moral and ethical aspect within a philosophical thought line, now when outline seeks to be debated as to the developing stages regarding its historical continuity. The conceptual fault-lines as a paradigm in its own right with regards to inequality across the political sphere. The social diversity of trade politics within the EU trade organization as to belittling the terms of agreement of the nation’s importance, is what I seek to speculate over as ethics of importance.

5. Jacobsen: When considering history and ethics, and the modern scientific world tied to technology, why is governance more important than ever?

Jørgensen: The importance of governance within the global society of today is indeed a nice angle of question. The technological imprint that is ever more evident, and by that as I see it, spinning more and more out of control. This is maybe one of the most important factors to be addressed in both present time and forward into the future. If one is to look at the present pandemic outbreak of the COVID-19 virus, governance for how to deal with this pandemic is needed now more then ever, as we will most surely be seeing a lot more of these types of outbreaks in the future. So hopefully in the next event, we will then be more prepared, as to how to contain or at least control its effect on a global scale more effectively.

As to both natural disasters and man-made disasters, the effect that the human race will further expose upon our planet as to an upscaling of global warming, marine pollution, overfishing, overpopulation, and more… What history has shown us if anything, is that the ethical aspect is seen as nothing more than a hindering obstacle to be tumbled over.

But even so, the most worrying factor of the ethical aspect is within economic politics, as the world is ever more seen as an interconnected unity to be profited upon as the cash cow for the greedy government powerhouses to fulfill their most vivid imaginations.

6. Jacobsen: How does fundamentalist religion work against modernist versions of ethics and governance?

Jørgensen: As an example, I would refer to the ancient religious rules of “hamarabi” in Judaism or “qisas” in Islam, or commonly what we refer to as “an eye for an eye,” these ancient religious rules fuel a tit-for-tat approach to justice, which then leads to escalation and further damage. Indeed, you could contend that much of the troubles in the Middle East are generated out of this single religious tenet of revenge. It directly conflicts with much of our more relatively recent International flora and fauna of conflict resolution from the United Nations and approaches to justice, etc.

7. Jacobsen: What kinds of governance make most sense for a highly advanced technological society now?

Jørgensen: Where do you start with a technological society? A “technological society” has been around since the industrial revolution – what we are moving to is a predominantly digital society, take for example a drone – a drone (a physical device but also driving digitization) can be used by the police to trace and catch criminals, they can carry food and essential items into inhospitable places, they are also arguably low emission means of carrying goods to peoples homes – yet is it right we see Amazon patenting the use of a ‘drone-zeppelin warehouse’ where drones literally pick up products from a zeppelin and bring them down to that areas houses based on the known demand for that area?

Drones are also now implements of war, controlled by a pilot sitting in a Nevada cave thousands of miles from where the drone is deployed – how do they fit in with the Geneva Convention? So, I would suggest refinement in the question posed. I would suggest the need for checks and balances to manage the issue between state control and individual freedom, and between international standards and national priorities. It is right that governments assess and govern those standards as mandated by that nation’s own standards of its people collectively, and as to what ‘de minimis’ standards and standards of international communications (but what about implements of war, e.g., drones?) – but also that governments themselves are held in check and do not ‘over-reach’ in tracking the populace for erstwhile means.

8. Jacobsen: How can the world of re-interpretations of ancient mythologies, i.e., religion, and newer ethics, i.e., Effective Altruism, come to bring about better understandings of the place of human beings in relation to one another and the institutions built by them?

Jørgensen: What could we learned from looking to the past, as to ground alone to further seeking answers to bring about a broader understanding of this principle. If one is to look at the religious content of understanding for a speculative better world, regards to redemption for the politics that your religious leaders fault themselves by. For reasons alone to seek guidance, is by that fact to rid themselves of their disciples wants and grievances. The effect that religion has had as to uphold this principle, is indeed lacking as to the content of ethical aspects for personal gain. Effective Altruism as a concept alone with the religion sided out, with that done, we can move forward in redefining ethics or maybe re-interpretation of a better way of an ethical route forward. Understanding how to implement a positive outlook in moulding a stronger and better world of tomorrow. What directions can we take, well in the use of the collaboration of stately institution, governments, support of donations to organizations that gives the biggest effect as to health, medicine support, and more…hereby as a possible suitable paradigm for explorations as an outlook for honourable intentions.

9. Jacobsen: As we see now, the world of the digital comes to coincide with the world of the material. Digital information as algorithms and biological systems as entities working in unison for a modern form of political systems and ethics bringing about unfathomably complex, previously, forms of human society tied to digital computation with a modicum of intelligence with well-structured and narrow domains. What does this portend now?

Jørgensen: What it portends now is to what aim it seeks to be understood as, and by what intent it appears to the general public, this within a widespread of governing resolutions. What does this mean, well that the purpose of unison politics is now to be understood as a means to endemic widespread propaganda within the governing resolutions of policy. As formatted by its complexity regarding the ethical aspect of combination toward the regulatory system, thus for the sole purpose of bettering, and ultimately preface of consolidation of this structural integrity by alterations of intent, directed by progress within the shift of political alignment. Then the system is modified, as by the underlying legal understandings by the term «ethics of justice». Does the complexity in question as a medium of intelligence serves its general purpose, yes within the framework of contemporary consent, and to the degree of forward-looking intent by structural implementations of governing policy.

10. Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, what does this portend for the future of human societies into the rest of the 21st century as the promises and risks increase more and more for human societies and the realization of the best and worst aspects of human nature and proclivities bolstered and built upon the incredible power of modern mastery and power of silicon, metal, concrete, and the informational?

Jørgensen: If one is to look beyond our selves as an output of the previous line of question, I would like to point out the following. First on the positive side, that we will further our selves in a way of implementing the fundamentals with regards to structural alterations of the policymaker at the governance level.

The educational fundaments for development into tomorrow with regards to what has been pointed out will ensure and secure positive output throw positive input by these indicators as a countermeasure against ethical fading. Next, human nature is and always will be to seek more complex forms of knowledge, for a reason to evolve oneself to confront the unknown factors within his or her own state of mind. The negative side will start a downward spiral, as within the endemic of revelatory proclamations. For the reasoning of pathetic self-deplorations of content. We can secure the world of tomorrow through the implementations of personal interest through the terms of Effective Altruism, but also we can just as easily cause our own demise on these same terms.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Child and Youth Worker.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on History, Internationalism, and Ethical Systems (Part Two) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 22). An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on History, Internationalism, and Ethical Systems (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on History, Internationalism, and Ethical Systems (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on History, Internationalism, and Ethical Systems (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on History, Internationalism, and Ethical Systems (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on History, Internationalism, and Ethical Systems (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on History, Internationalism, and Ethical Systems (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on History, Internationalism, and Ethical Systems (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on History, Internationalism, and Ethical Systems (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Cautionary Notes About the High-Range (Part Six)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,162

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Matthew Scillitani, member of The Glia Society and The Giga Society, is a web developer and SEO specialist living in North Carolina. He is of Italian and British lineage, and is predominantly English-speaking. He earned his bachelor’s degree in psychology at East Carolina University, with a focus on neurobiology and a minor in business marketing. He’s previously worked as a research psychologist, data analyst, and writer, publishing over three hundred papers on topics such as nutrition, fitness, psychology, neuroscience, free will, and Greek history. You may contact him via e-mail at mattscil@gmail.comHe discusses: intelligence as a global character; gap in the research before; test reliability and validity; caution about highest scores, highest measured scores, and so on; and other things to keep in mind.

Keywords: Giga Society, Glia Society, high-IQ, high-range, intelligence, Matthew Scillitani.

An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Cautionary Notes About the High-Range: Member, Giga Society; Member, Glia Society (Part Six)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: This is the final session before the release of the book. Let’s wrap some things up, about half or a teensy bit more of the known Giga Society membership agreed to and conducted interviews over the period of about 4-5 years. As always, interviewees co-copyright the materials and can distribute for their own independent purposes. Now, this period of research comes to a close, except for additional versions of e-books or new e-books. What makes intelligence a global character of human thought when measured in the relevant reliable ranges of 40 to 160 IQ at S.D.15?

Matthew Scillitani: Intelligence is a very important feature that, I.Q. tests aside, we can all determine by communication alone. I think everyone knows that qualities like beauty, intelligence, and athleticism are important. But, because intelligence is the only one of those that can’t be perceived with our eyes, it’s harder to find, and easier to fake.

When someone’s lacking positive qualities the instinct is to keep searching until they find one in themselves. Lots of people, especially young people, focus on their intelligence (or lack thereof) when that happens. It’s made easier that intelligence is quantifiable on a familiar scale from I.Q. tests.

2. Jacobsen: If anyone has recommendations of IQ 160+ people – get them in now, this is the time for the interviews in the Summer (ending August 22). In addition, if any have IQs less than 160 S.D.15 while having some unique or special quality, then, please, send appropriate recommendations of others or oneself, I want to have the voices presented here. By the way, on the high range testers, why was this such a huge gap in the research before?

Scillitani: Small sample size, both in the tests and participants. Not many mainstream tests attempt to measure above I.Q. 160 (15 S.D.) anymore, and few people are willing (or seek) to take high-range I.Q. tests from fear of not doing well. Finding high-quality I.Q. tests with good reliability along with the participants to take those tests is hard. Paul Cooijmans formed the Giga Society as an incentive for test candidates to take more tests and do their best.

3. Jacobsen: Some important lessons for everyone to bear in mind here. The mainstream IQ tests – WAIS-IV, Stanford-Binet, Raven’s Advanced Progressive Matrices, etc. – ranging IQ 40-160, depending on the test, (160 would be perfect verbal and quantitative scores on the GRE, for example, or near it accounting for margins of error) on S.D. 15 averaged on 100 are the most reliable by far and with a trained professional psychometrician present or administered by a professional psychologist. There are sincere and honest efforts for above 4-sigma. However, as I have placed as a cautionary note in most or all relevant contexts of interviews recently, there should be a consideration. Some base their entire identities on one, maybe two, test scores, or a few media reportages years ago, and then proclaim themselves greatest mind in the history of the human race, or simply lie. Several cases of this abound in the niche community. It’s on the documentary record. Any thoughts here? I am breaking questions here, as I believe more needs statement.

Scillitani: It’s not good when someone bases their entire identity on an I.Q. test score, especially when it’s a jackpot score or from an unreliable test. Unfortunately, I’ve come across a fair share of high-range I.Q. test constructors who charge an incredible amount of money and clearly give scores much higher than the test candidate’s true level. When someone’s identity is really weak, it’s dangerous for them to take I.Q. tests, especially from those test makers. If the mean I.Q. of a test is 150-160 (15 S.D.), there is little variance in scores, it’s self-scoring, or allows re-tests then it’s safe to assume that test should be ignored.

There’s not really a point in worrying about who has the highest I.Q. or not because, besides low accuracy in that range, we don’t know if or when there are diminishing returns with higher scores.

4. Jacobsen: One common example as I like to note: Only five societies make the cut based on Wikipedia: Mensa International, Intertel, Triple Nine Society, Prometheus Society, and Mega Society. That’s for a good reason. One reason came from members of the high-IQ communities, some, faking names/having pseudonyms and trying to warp the editorial record of Wikipedia in their favour. Some of them got caught and heavily penalized internally to Wikipedia. That’s publicly known, on the record, and most relevant people remain aware of this, or can be informed with some research. That’s well-known, and often lied about to their relevant constituencies. That’s nothing surprising, ordinary human behaviour. [Ed. It can get a lot worse – eyes wide-open folks.] With that covered, it becomes a sort of “move along, nothing to see here” phenomenon. Next! So, on another large trend, there are, for example, 84 active high-IQ societies listed in the World Intelligence Network of Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis (Founder and President) and Dr. Manahel Thabet (Vice-President) here: https://www.iqsociety.org/iq-societies/iq-societies-alphabetical-list/. Wikipedia deserves kudos for its public service and narrowing down the listing to the safer and reliable societies, including the Guinness Book of World Records, as Dr. Ronald Hoeflin noted, about the Guinness Book of World Records and some of the contexts of the high-IQ societies, to me:

The Guinness Book of World Records abandoned its “Highest IQ” entry in 1989 because the new editor thought (correctly) that it is impossible to compare people’s IQs successfully at world-record level…

..Leta Speyer and Marilyn vos Savant, both of whom I had dated for a time, had been listed in the Guinness Book of World Records as having world-record IQs of 196 and of 228, respectively, Marilyn having displaced Leta in the 1986 edition. Leta felt that the 228 IQ of Marilyn was fake, but I was aware that these childhood scores could go well beyond 200 IQ because they fail to conform to the normal curve that Francis Galton had hypothesized as the shape of the intelligence curve in his seminal book Hereditary Genius (first edition 1869, second edition 1892). I was unable to contact Alicia Witt to see if she would be interested in joining the Mega Society. I should note that the three key founders of the ultra-high-IQ societies (99.9 percentile or above) were Chris Harding, Kevin Langdon, and myself. Harding founded his first such society in 1974, Langdon in 1978, and myself in 1982. Mensa, the granddaddy of all high-IQ societies with a 98th percentile minimum requirement, was founded in 1945 or 1946 by Roland Berrill and L. L Ware, and Intertel, with a 99th percentile minimum requirement, was founded in 1966 or 1967 by Ralph Haines. I don’t care to quibble about the precise dates that Mensa and Intertel were founded, so I have given two adjacent dates for each. In its article “High IQ Societies” Wikipedia lists just 5 main high-IQ societies: Mensa, Intertel, the Triple Nine Society, the Prometheus Society, and the Mega Society (minimum percentile requirements: 98, 99, 99.9, 99.997, and 99.9999, respectively; or one-in 50, one-in-100, one-in-1,000, one-in-30,000, and one-in-1,000,000; dates founded: roughly 1945, 1966, 1979, 1982, and 1982; founders: Berrill and Ware, Haines, Kevin Langdon, Ronald K. Hoeflin, and Ronald K. Hoeflin, respectively.

In short, any “Highest IQ in the world” claim is highly dubious – never believe it – based on the aforementioned reasons. “Highest measured IQ” may be tolerable, but then look at the test validity and reliability while bearing in mind the golden mean range of 40 to 160 IQ on S.D.15 or 4-sigma in either direction from the average. However, as I have learned, and others, too, “among the highest” may be a reasonable claim if amongst the highest rigorous high-range tests known to date, e.g., the Titan Test, and only first attempts under a person’s real name. Any further thoughts come to mind here?

Scillitani: I think that’s a smart idea, saying “among the highest” instead of “the highest” when discussing high scorers. Regarding the highest measured I.Q.s, it’s also probably best to discuss the top score(s) on any particular test and not across all tests due to differences between high-range tests. So, something like, “he had a record score on the WAIS” instead of “he had the highest I.Q. ever recorded” would be better.

Jacobsen: As a public service, I put this on most interviews with these individuals in the high-range environments now, at least somewhere:

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.*

Any thoughts on this? I would encourage others to do the same, as a public service or as a public service announcement.

Scillitani: That makes a lot of sense and is much better than stating matter-of-factly that I.Q. tests are either completely accurate or total bunk in the high-range.

5. Jacobsen: What else should be kept in mind about the communities here?

Scillitani: That they’re not perfect, there’s no or low standards for admission into most I.Q. societies, and we should continue to be skeptical about the validity of extremely high I.Q. claimants. I really do hope that, in the future, we’ll tighten up admission into these societies and focus on promoting collaboration and productivity.

6. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Matthew.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Member, Giga Society; Member, Glia Society. Bachelor’s Degree, Psychology, East Carolina University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-six; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Matthew Scillitani.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Cautionary Notes About the High-Range (Part Six) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-six.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 22). An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Cautionary Notes About the High-Range (Part Six)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-six.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Cautionary Notes About the High-Range (Part Six). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-six>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Cautionary Notes About the High-Range (Part Six).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-six.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Cautionary Notes About the High-Range (Part Six).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-six.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Cautionary Notes About the High-Range (Part Six)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-six>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Cautionary Notes About the High-Range (Part Six)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-six.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Cautionary Notes About the High-Range (Part Six).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-six>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Cautionary Notes About the High-Range (Part Six) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-six.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Free of Charge 2 – Free to Think and Free to Speak

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,392

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Dr. Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition for America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. He authored Complex variables (1975), Candidate Without a Prayer: An Autobiography of a Jewish Atheist in the Bible Belt (2012) and An Atheist Stranger in a Strange Religious Land: Selected Writings from the Bible Belt (2017). He co-authored The Fundamentals of Extremism: The Christian Right in America (2003) with Kimberley Blaker and Edward S. Buckner, Complex Variables with Applications (2007) with Saminathan Ponnusamy, and Short Reflections on Secularism (2019), Short Reflections on American Secularism’s History and Philosophy (2020), and Short Reflections on Age and Youth (2020). He discusses: Article 19 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights or the UDHR, and Article 19 of the UDHR as recognized by the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR); American Convention on Human Rights; and First Amendment to the American Constitution.

Keywords: freedom, freedom of expression, freedom of speech, Herb Silverman, human rights, rights.

Free of Charge 2 – Free to Think and Free to Speak[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Several documents governing international law and international human rights give endowments to human beings based on the premise of a global rights-based order and particular conceptualizations of the constituents of a human being and, therefore, human nature with the need for freedom of expression as a fundamental part of human life. Article 19 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights or the UDHR states:

Everyone has the right to freedom of opinion and expression; this right includes freedom to hold opinions without interference and to seek, receive and impart information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers. (United Nations, 1948)

On the international law rather than the international right side, Article 19 of the UDHR is recognized by the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR): 

  1. Everyone shall have the right to hold opinions without interference.
  2. Everyone shall have the right to freedom of expression; this right shall include freedom to seek, receive and impart information and ideas of all kinds, regardless of frontiers, either orally, in writing or in print, in the form of art, or through any other media of his choice.
  3. The exercise of the rights provided for in paragraph 2 of this article carries with it special duties and responsibilities. It may therefore be subject to certain restrictions, but these shall only be such as are provided by law and are necessary:

(a) For respect of the rights or reputations of others;

(b) For the protection of national security or of public order (ordre public), or of public health or morals. (UN General Assembly, 1966)

Indeed, this continues into the national level of the stipulation of rights and laws. The international community not only supports the freedom of speech, but goes much farther than the United States of America in the permission for the widest possible definition of freedom in the transmission of communication between two operators or citizens with the “Freedom of Expression” as opposed to the “Freedom of Speech” enshrined at a national level for America. Why are these international rights and laws important for the protection of individual Americans who may, for example, take a knee in protest of brutality against black Americans in front of the Vice President of the United States?

Dr. Herb Silverman: I think you are asking, in part, about the distinction between freedom of expression and freedom of speech. In the broad sense, I view “expression” as a form of “speech,” non-verbal communication. Taking a knee during the playing of the National Anthem is a non-verbal form of protest. Though it may be offensive to many, I support such a perfectly legitimate expression of dissent.

I also support the free-speech rights of those whose actions appall me. Many did not want to allow the Ku Klux Klan to march in my hometown of Charleston, South Carolina, some years ago. I felt the Klan does a thousand bad things, and I didn’t want to deny them the right to do the one good thing they do—exercise their free-speech right to march. I also disagreed with a local school board that prevented a student from wearing a Confederate flag shirt to school.

The question of free speech often arises in the context of how offensive you are permitted to be, and the extent to which you may be harming others. I support the right of the American Nazi Party to march, even though it might lead to violence. For the same reason, I supported civil rights marchers in the South, which did lead to violence.

However, I am not a free speech absolutist. I agree with the old cliché that you can’t yell “Fire!” in a crowded theater. I don’t support the right of anyone to purposely incite violence. Anti-abortion activists should not be allowed to publish addresses of doctors who perform abortions, with pictures of targets on their heads.

I don’t think any specific words should be censored. I was appalled when several schools banned the great American novel Huckleberry Finn because one of Mark Twain’s characters was “Nigger” Jim. Of course, the novel was anti-slavery. In one important scene, Huckleberry Finn helps free Nigger Jim from slavery, and says, “All right then, I’ll go to hell,” referring to the belief he was taught about the biblical correctness of owning slaves.

Interestingly, it’s considered OK for African Americans to use the word “nigger” when talking to other African Americans, but it is not considered OK for whites to use the N word. Similarly, it’s acceptable for Jews like me to tell anti-Semitic jokes to fellow Jews, but it is considered wrong for Gentiles to do so. Here is one of my favorite anti-Semitic jokes.

Two Jews see a sign in front of a church that says “$100 to convert.” One of the Jews asks, “Why not? It’s an easy way to make a quick buck,” and enters the church. The other Jew waits outside to see what happens. After forty-five minutes the first Jew comes out and the second Jew asks, “Well, did you get the $100?” The first responds, “Is that all you Jews ever think about, money?”

2. Jacobsen: The relevant regional documents – less commonly known – express many of the similar rights and values for the broad base of communication rights with the freedom of expression include the American Convention on Human Rights. A document for which, especially for a country so often ranting and raving about “freedom of speech,” the United States of America only signed and did not ratify (Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, 2020). Article 13 states:

  1. Everyone has the right to freedom of thought and expression. This right includes freedom to seek, receive, and impart information and ideas of all kinds, regardless of frontiers, either orally, in writing, in print, in the form of art, or through any other medium of one’s choice.
  2. The exercise of the right provided for in the foregoing paragraph shall not be subject to prior censorship but shall be subject to subsequent imposition of liability, which shall be expressly established by law to the extent necessary to ensure:
  3. respect for the rights or reputations of others; or
  4. the protection of national security, public order, or public health or morals.
  5. The right of expression may not be restricted by indirect methods or means, such as the abuse of government or private controls over newsprint, radio broadcasting frequencies, or equipment used in the dissemination of information, or by any other means tending to impede the communication and circulation of ideas and opinions.
  6. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2 above, public entertainments may be subject by law to prior censorship for the sole purpose of regulating access to them for the moral protection of childhood and adolescence.
  7. Any propaganda for war and any advocacy of national, racial, or religious hatred that constitute incitements to lawless violence or to any other similar action against any person or group of persons on any grounds including those of race, color, religion, language, or national origin shall be considered as offenses punishable by law.[Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, 1969)

How can Americans when “ranting and raving” about freedom of speech keep in mind the right of other Member States[3] to protest state violence against them by the United States without violent interference in this right to communication?

Silverman: Ranting and raving is protected speech in the United States, including ranting and raving against official U.S. policies. I’ve been known to rant and rave during protests about entering wars in Vietnam, Iraq, Afghanistan, Iran, and other countries. Many supporters of Donald Trump rant and rave about a so-called “deep state” in America, and something Trump calls “Obamagate,” about which he fails to define or provide evidence. As we can see, ranters and ravers are often misguided and wrong—depending on your point of view.

I also support non-violent civil disobedience (breaking the law) as long as participants are willing to take the consequences of their lawbreaking while trying to change bad laws.

How should the United States engage with other countries? I would like human rights to be a core value, which, unfortunately, it is not under the present administration. We ignore human rights violations when dealing with so-called friends in countries like Saudi Arabia, Russia, and North Korea, blatant abusers of human rights. We should look for ways to encourage countries we deal with to protect its citizens and treat them fairly. Through the Internet or by other means, we should try to give people in some countries valuable information about basic human rights they deserve. We should also work with our allies on issues like climate change and other science-based information to help make the world a better place.

3. Jacobsen: The First Amendment to the American Constitution states, “Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances” (Cornell Law School, 2020). A right to freedom from the abridgement of speech – an interesting framing – and the prevention of the creation of a religion by the state while not prohibiting religion at large. What do most Americans forget about this First Amendment regarding rights for speech? What do they always remember, and also forget, about the right to the establishment of religion and the separation of church and state?

Silverman: What many Americans forget about free speech in the First Amendment is that it is there to protect unpopular speech. Popular speech does not need protection.

As far as freedom of religion, many people don’t understand that you can’t have freedom of religion without also having freedom from religion. You are not free if you are forced to choose a deity to worship. Some people don’t understand that we have a secular Constitution with no mention of any gods. Its first three words are “We the People,” not “Thou the Deity.” Many Christian conservatives incorrectly claim that the United States was formed as a Christion nation. They also say that our country now discriminates against Christians, and favors Muslims and atheists. Losing some of the Christian privilege they once had does not constitute discrimination against Christians. Citizens must be treated the same, regardless of their religious beliefs or disbeliefs.

4. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Herb.

Silverman: Thank you.

References

Cornell Law School. (2020). U.S. Constitution: First Amendment. Retrieved from https://www.law.cornell.edu/constitution/first_amendment.

Inter-American Commission on Human Rights. (2020). B-32: AMERICAN CONVENTION ON HUMAN RIGHTS “PACT OF SAN JOSE, COSTA RICA”. Retrieved from www.cidh.org/Basicos/English/Basic4.Amer.Conv.Ratif.htm.

Inter-American Commission on Human Rights. (1969, November 22). American Convention on Human Rights. Retrieved from www.cidh.org/Basicos/English/Basic3.American%20Convention.htm.

United Nations General Assembly. (1966, December 16). International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. Retrieved from ohchr.org/en/professionalinterest/pages/ccpr.aspx.

United Nations. (1948, December 10). Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Retrieved from https://www.un.org/en/universal-declaration-human-rights/.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Secular Coalition for America.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[3] In this context, a “Member State” refers to a nation, country, or state with approved and formal status within the United Nations.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Free of Charge 2 – Free to Think and Free to Speak [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 22). Free of Charge 2 – Free to Think and Free to SpeakRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Free of Charge 2 – Free to Think and Free to Speak. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Free of Charge 2 – Free to Think and Free to Speak.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Free of Charge 2 – Free to Think and Free to Speak.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Free of Charge 2 – Free to Think and Free to SpeakIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Free of Charge 2 – Free to Think and Free to SpeakIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Free of Charge 2 – Free to Think and Free to Speak.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Free of Charge 2 – Free to Think and Free to Speak [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

 

An Interview with Christian Sorenson on God, Genius, and Intelligence (Part Three)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 9,080

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Christian is a Philosopher that comes from Belgium. What identifies him the most and above all is simplicity, for everything is better with “vanilla flavour.” Perhaps, for this reason, his intellectual passion is criticism and irony, in the sense of trying to reveal what “hides behind the mask,” and give birth to the true. For him, ignorance and knowledge never “cross paths.” What he likes the most in his leisure time, is to go for a walk with his wife. He discusses: “mystical state,” “reminiscent” experience; other forms of anguish; comparative sense of everything else as slow; a cognitive generalist without cognitive singularism; a cognitive singularist without cognitive generalism; a healthier pivot than impatient and exasperated in awaiting others’ catching up; Greek culture, Humanism, and anthropomorphism; the things Christianity “demonizes” and “angelizes”; Humanism and Greek notions of life; belief in an afterlife; religious afterlives; understanding oppressor and oppressed; predatory systems; some killed to find the truths; noumenic identification; unbearable lightness of being; Hegelian synthesis thinking; Schelling’s obscurity; favourite Mozart piece; limits of human science; non-irrational postmodern position; the way empirical and rational hardly come together in this postmodern conceptualization; body with an idea about itself as the soul; the idea of the soul as “divine breath” or a “transcendent spirit”; this “floating condition”; the “staples” or the “parentheses” a spatio-temporal volume, so as to provide a theoretical object for study; “nothing” makes reality real; empirical and rational traditions represent modernity under the single banner rationalism; other externally induced internal factors besides guilt and notions of sin drive down the possibility of genius; more women in the middle range and more men at the lower and higher ranges of general intelligence; “higher value”; post-humanist sensibility as one extensive in its tensions and touches with the culture in which it embeds itself; propositions of trans-humanism; death; Hegelian notion of freedom; primary principles or ultimate principles; infinite intersect of knowledge and truth, or only first apprehension of the primary principles or ultimate principles; Schelling using such a hermetic language; Karl Popper; Kuhn; Lakatos and Feyerabend; extended meaning of the consciousness of being; post-modernism in a modified, extended and highly differentiated meaning of post-modernism; post-modernist Humanist; modern ‘religions’ or communal organizations; freedom of thought and expression; freedom of expression; a process of punishment of women and a reinforcement for men; meaning mostly directed sensibly in a communal sense; “trans-personal” values; differentiation of the egosyntonic from the common good; human beings as emds and as means; technology, the internal, the external, and the human being; techno-ethics; artificial intelligence; donkeys; Crowley and Thelemites; Jesus Christ/Yeshua Ben Josef and Satan/the Devil; theoretically defined constructs or study objects through delimits of spatiotemporal capacities, physics; biology; chemistry; ultimate principles or “principles of existence”; Verificationism and Falsificationism; Kuhnian notion of revolutions; simplify the linguistic landscape to make things less pompous, more accessible, and logically straightforward; to know that you know, to be in existence here-and-now; “rational post-rationalism”; a personalized post-modernist Humanist ethic; a theistic god; an atheistic absence of gods; an agnostic stance on gods; a deistic god; a pandeistic god; a pantheistic god; a panendeistic god; a panentheistic god; apatheism; henotheism; polytheism; monolatry; kathenotheism; omnism; transtheism; metaphysics; metaphysicalism differing from supernaturalism or extramaterialism; a world built on the metaphysical; a world built on the supernatural; a world built on the extramaterial; epistemology; ontology; knowledge; forms of knowledge; epistemology with ontology; aforementioned relation leading to different forms of knowledge; science grounded on metaphysical assumptions; theistic evolutionists, progressive creationists, Intelligent Design advocates, young earth creationists, and old earth creationists; pseudoscience and non science; medical quacks, guru charlatans, miracle men, or fringe cranks and crackpots; Lutheranism; and freedom of the will.

Keywords: Christian Sorenson, intelligence, genius, philosophy, traits.

An Interview with Christian Sorenson on God, Genius, and Intelligence (Part Three)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What makes a “mystical state” mystical? What marks the reason for the belief in the “supposed” condition of an existence with eternal beings? What would be a synonym for the “reminiscent” experience?

Christian Sorenson: It is the experience of having lived, or felt in a “mysterious way,” that is without knowing under what condition of “existence” was it possible, “the union” with the “divine subjectively defined,” in a framework of confinement, since the sensation lived, is that of an “exclusive relationship” with a “great other,” which leaves everything that exists outside of it. There isn’t any reason that marks that belief, since there are “reasons” that not even the reason itself understands. A synonym would be the “experience of shadows.”

2. Jacobsen: What are other forms of anguish involved here?

Sorenson: What I would denominate as “vital anguish,” which from my point of view, would be a type of anguish that has no “object,” and consequently, since it cannot be “invested” or “cathectized” in something, it is felt with different intensity but permanently, and is equivalent to the sensation of “vertigo” and “nausea.”

3. Jacobsen: For a comparative sense of everything as mostly “extremely slow,” how much slower – quantitatively and qualitatively?

Sorenson: As slow as in “slow-motion” but not as slow as “being paralyzed.” It is to feel that a part of the “vital breath” is lost, when it is not possible to express a response because timing makes it impossible.

4. Jacobsen: What would be a cognitive generalist without cognitive singularism?

Sorenson: The closest thing to what a “divine intuition” could be.

5. Jacobsen: What would be a cognitive singularist without cognitive generalism?

Sorenson: A “realistic” thinker without “idealism.”

6. Jacobsen: What would be a healthier pivot than impatient and exasperated in awaiting others’ catching up, as a means of emotionally coming to terms with the intellectual pace of much of the rest of the species?

Sorenson: I think that being able to “sublimate,” that is, to channel the attention and intellectual energy towards something else that I consider of “greater value.”

7. Jacobsen: Why did Greek culture exhibit more Humanism and anthropocentrism than Christian culture?

Sorenson: Because the Greek culture did not have the notion of “sin,” in the sense of “guilt and atonement” for a misconduct.

8. Jacobsen: Why did Christianity – well – “demonize” reason? What did Christianity – does Christianity – “angelize”?

Sorenson: They demonize it as a “defence mechanism” to protect its doctrine and dogmatism. “Angelizes” the “asexuality” of the sacred figures, since it was through “the flesh,” that the first sin entered into humanity, and therefore it is necessary to “retrace” that path, until an “immaculate woman” is able to “step on the head” of the snake that tries to “bite its heel.”

9. Jacobsen: How does a Humanism mix well with Greek notions of life and, probably, many notions of life for you?

Sorenson: I believe through a humanism “post-humanist,” capable of relativizing cultural principles and values in the sense of giving them a more “symbolic and interpretive” character, than of “univocal meanings,” and at the same time being able to reach more “eclectic and inclusive” elaborations with these.

10. Jacobsen: Do you believe in an afterlife? If so, why? If not, why not? What would comprise the content of this afterlife if any?

Sorenson: I “would like” to believe in an afterlife, because “I need to do it,” and I need it to be so, because I need to “perpetuate enjoyment” and the persons who I love, nevertheless, since my reason doesn’t always “understand my heart,” I am obliged to impose the “power of the will.”

11. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on proposed religious afterlives – hypotheses on the hereafter? 

Sorenson: I feel that in general, they are forms of evasion to “numb the suffering” in this life, which often consist of “land sold in green,” that nourish hope and faith.

12. Jacobsen: What is your framework for understanding oppressor and oppressed here?

Sorenson: The dialectic of the “master and the slave,” in the sense that both need each other to exist, but that nevertheless have feelings with different valence, since while one feels “contempt and annoyance” the other has “resentment and hatred.”

13. Jacobsen: When life on Earth is made into a hell here-and-now, does this explain many of the predatory aspects of some political systems, religious belief structures, and human relations? They want to relieve the anguish of the aforementioned oppression.

Sorenson: They want to alleviate from the “punishment” that awaits them in the afterlife, for the hell they make this world, and in this way reduce the amount of anguish they feel for knowing what “awaits” them later. In my opinion, the problem is that it is not understood that this, is a “conflict” that is not called to be resolved in a “supernatural” world, but on the contrary, it is a “critical instance or period,” of individual evolutionary development, and that of the species itself, which must be resolved in this earthly world.

14. Jacobsen: Why were some killed for finding the truth? What is the threat of the truth to the political and religious authorities?

Sorenson: Doing a “double reading” to put aside the “obvious reason,” and stay with the “underlying” one, I would say that this arrived, since they put “the survival” of the system at risk. It is the fact of denouncing the “deceit of conscience” in which they maintained the population, and consequently, the loss of power to “subdue and exploit” people.

15. Jacobsen: Please elaborate on the “noumenic identification.” First, the term “noumenic” and, second, the term “identification” in context; together, the meaning of “noumenic identification” for a unity with the whole. Is this truly a unity or simply apparent unity with the whole?

Sorenson: I believe that the noumenic or “noumenon” is like the “substance” of an existing being, that is to say that it is “now existing,” and that acts as a “representative-representing” of an “ideal form” or “idea,” that has its own subsistence. In this context, the identification of the “noumenon” with the “whole,” would be something similar to “capture” in a precise moment and instantly, that is “without reasoning,” the response “came out” of something, as if it was “floating” in front of us in space. It is an identification with the “whole” since, besides me having the “apoptiptic certainty” related to the validity of the answer, which in turn is verifiable through a verification process. I also have in this experience, “the sensation of union” between me as an individual self or subject, and an other as “great other.” The latter, although this “other” is in a different place than mine, I feel that he “encompasses” me, because of the “synchronicity” that I lived at that time. From a logical point of view, if it’s possible to sustain that the “whole” itself is “unique,” since nothing else exists outside it, then it could be said, that the “whole” is equivalent to “number one,” and if this is true, then I could affirm that “unity” with the “whole” exists, because at the same time the “number one” is a “numeric unit,” and a “unity” in the sense of union.

16. Jacobsen: Why is existence an unbearable lightness of being for most or all of us?

Sorenson: Because we feel that we are not able to “escape” from our “instinctual determinism,” that always brings us to the same point, that identifies with “death,” and therefore we “struggle striving” to live, as a way to “evade” from that end.

17. Jacobsen: Continually, I see the synthesis thinking for you. So, I observe the Hegelian influence on you. Any other crucial elements of Hegelian philosophy for you?

Sorenson: His concept of “freedom” has influenced me, since I think that from this, I can develop a “theory of conflict.”

18. Jacobsen: Why Schelling, too, especially with the apparent obscurity of the philosophy?

Sorenson: I am struck by his “idealism” and the way he brings concepts such as world, self and freedom, to a transcendent level, through a “symbolically hermetic” language.

19. Jacobsen: Mozart! Any favourite pieces? I happen to be listening to him.

Sorenson: Die “Zauberflöte.”

20. Jacobsen: What are the limits of human science? What are limits of human philosophy? What could extra-terrestrial superintelligences develop past possible human sciences and conceive beyond the categories considered axiomatic in human philosophy?

Sorenson: The limits of science are given by its “method” that is necessarily inductive, while that of philosophy is given by “natural theology.” I believe that this superintelligence, dispensed with any method, and was able to arrive at the “ultimate” or “primary principles,” that did not require any verification process, as they were “self-evident” and therefore impossible to be “refuted.”

21. Jacobsen: What is the non-irrational “postmodern” to you?

Sorenson: It is a “post modernism” that well postulates that “knowledge” and “truth,” are like “two asymptotes” that only intersect in a point at “infinity.” And therefore, questions the “belief” in an unlimited advance of science, as modernity does, and in consequence, postulates at the same time, the demand for “empirical refutations” of “hypothetical knowledges.”

22. Jacobsen: Why can the empirical and rational hardly come together in this postmodern conceptualization?

Sorenson: It is hard but “not impossible,” since, despite the regrets, it is feasible to continue working with the “scientific method.”

23. Jacobsen: A body with an idea about itself as the soul. Any extended meanings of a soul here?

Sorenson: The soul, is an “idea” that has an “object” as a “thing in itself,” which is the body, and since this last is an “object-thing,” it is possible to have an idea of it, “the soul.”

24. Jacobsen: Why reject the idea of the soul as “divine breath” or a “transcendent spirit”?

Sorenson: Because if I accept it, I have a limit, since, in the analysis, I cannot go beyond a “condition of possibility” from a logical point of view, and then regardless of whether it is true or not, it does not become in an “irrefutable hypothesis,” in the sense of “truth provided with certainty,” and therefore I cannot even prove its “falsehood.”

25. Jacobsen: Why do you think you live in this “floating condition”?

Sorenson: Since I need to “problematize” everything, as a way to activate my adrenergic mechanisms, and feel the emotion of “finding flaws” everywhere.

26. Jacobsen: What defines the “staples” or the “parentheses” of a spatio-temporal volume, so as to provide a theoretical object for study?

Sorenson: It is defined by the “nature” of the “phenomenon” under study, the development of the “theoretical model” with which it is boarded, and the “scientific status” of the discipline from which it is being studied.

27. Jacobsen: If “nothing” makes reality real, and if things need delimiting for study as theoretical constructs, what differentiates the inner from the outer, the delimited from the delimiter?

Sorenson: The “consciousness of being.”

28. Jacobsen: Why do empirical and rational traditions represent modernity under the single banner rationalism?

Sorenson: Due to a historical matter, they have “reduced” rationalism exclusively to that, when in reality, rationalism is more complex and comprehensive than this. A way to test it, is for example by demonstrating that “post modernism” is not necessarily equivalent to “post rationalism.”

29. Jacobsen: What other externally induced internal factors besides guilt and notions of sin drive down the possibility of genius?

Sorenson: Religions and all forms of authoritarianism and dogmatism, since they inhibit “freedom” of thought and expression, which is the fundamental necessary condition for the existence of genius. The opposite would be “fear,” which is the common and necessary condition that makes possible the existence of guilt and sin.

30. Jacobsen: Why do we see more women in the middle range and more men at the lower and higher ranges of general intelligence?

Sorenson: In the case of women middle range and men who are located in high ranks, it is due to the process of “natural selection” which selects the “fittest” during individual development, being the “sociocultural conditioning” the force who regulates this process, through the practice of positive and negative “punishment” in women, and positive and negative “reinforcement” in men, in order to maintain this trend. In the situation of men with low ranges, are genetic and biological characteristics as pre-existing “endogenous conditions,” who determines it. In this sense from an “ontogenetic” point of view, men would tend to have the worst scores than women in low levels of intelligence.

31. Jacobsen: What do you consider “higher value”? What internal energies can be best sublimated towards singular aims?

Sorenson: What I will denominate as “trans-personal” values, since they would allow us to leave our “egosyntonic sphere,” and in that way, go beyond the simple needs of individual “self-recognition” and “self-realization.” Therefore, if at the same time, they are directed towards the needs of the community and society, by the search for the “common good being,” which is what makes understandable the “meaning” and “for what” reason they must be pursued as “an end,” then they are susceptible of being channelled.

32. Jacobsen: I agree with the notions of a post-humanist sensibility as one extensive in its tensions and touches with the culture in which it embeds itself. Is this truly post-humanist or more adaptation of Humanism to a native culture, whether Latin American, Aboriginal, Native American, European, Asian, or African?

Sorenson: Both forms, place man at the center with its “self-worth,” and share aspects such as equality, freedom and dignity. However, post-humanism manages to make a “qualitative leap,” since, although this, it is capable of relativizing their concepts, to “clearly and distinctly” differentiate them. Due to this, I feel that post-humanism successfully reaches to establish categorically, that “man should never be treated as a means, but only as an end.”

33. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on the propositions of trans-humanism?

Sorenson: “Futurologically” speaking, the change of the human condition towards “trans and post-humanity,” seems to me that although it is a feasible possibility, it demands our attention in relation to “technoethics,” and particularly with respect to the development of “artificial intelligence,” and the purpose of its use, since it easily could turn against ourselves.

34. Jacobsen: Is death final?

Sorenson: I think that death is a “change of state” in an energetic sense, that is to say, that “it would not be destroyed but only transformed.” This doesn’t mean that energy would necessarily be transformed into a form or something similar to how we currently know living things. In this sense, death would be “half the way,” between the life that arises from “emanations” of “transmuting energy,” that comes from some type of “vessel,” that acts as a container, and the return of it to that place of origin, until another “emanating” process occurs again.

35. Jacobsen: Does this Hegelian notion of freedom itself produce its own conflict with a singular resolution in the “determinism” of the single point for all: death? In that, freedom while in the world to “struggle striving” while all paths lead to the single numeric unity of physical annihilation.

Sorenson: Although it is possible to deduce it in a Hegelian sense, I feel that freedom is “conflicting,” since it’s the “delusion” of the “neurotic,” and the “one who pursues it, is a donkey.” I do not believe that death solves anything, because the “conflict” expressed in that or in something else, will be “re-edited,” in this or another “dimension,” perhaps indefinitely.

36. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on primary principles or ultimate principles? Rosner and I call them principles of existence, in a similar manner of thinking.

Sorenson: The fact of being “principles,” makes them evident, and therefore “indisputable,” since it is not possible to go beyond them. In that way, I relate these to “natural theology,” that is to say, to the study of God in those properties, that are “accessible” to reason, in what could be understood as the “preambles of faith.”

37. Jacobsen: Is there ever a reaching of the infinite intersect of knowledge and truth, or only first apprehension of the primary principles or ultimate principles and then the asymptote towards infinity at knowledge-truth merely fills in the details deriving from the primary principles or ultimate principles?

Sorenson: If I assume that “knowledge” is not equivalent to “truth,” but nevertheless the “ultimate principles” are, then it could be affirmed that “knowledge” and “ultimate principles” are not equivalents, and therefore “knowledge” would never intersect at one point not even in infinity with the “truth.” The aforementioned its possible, since, in Popper’s terminology, some are “refutables,” while others aren’t. Ultimate principles don’t admit any “confrontation,” because in my opinion, if they weren’t “true,” then “formal logic” couldn’t be able to operate, and neither could our “thinking” do.

38. Jacobsen: Why was Schelling using such a hermetic language? Is he pulling an Aleister Crowley coded language of a different kind?

Sorenson: Because I feel that due to his “romantic” tendency, he develops a philosophy that he tries to convert into an extremely “transcendental system.” I indeed believe that he influenced the thinking of “occultism and esotericism” as it happened with A. Crowley and his “Thelema” philosophy.

39. Jacobsen: Is Karl Popper an influence on you? If so, how? If not, why not?

Sorenson: I share his “critical rationalist” vision and his position regarding the “refutability” of scientific knowledge. Nevertheless, I think that he is wrong, from a “formal logical” point of view, when he says, regarding “irrefutable postulates,” that these aren’t “true” or that it is not possible to pronounce anything in relation to its “veracity.” I also believe that, among other aspects, the “inability to delve” into the connotation of “partiality” and “relativism,” regarding the “objects” of study in science. This last, question the “validity” of his idea, regarding that the “knowledge is always plausible.”

40. Jacobsen: Is Kuhn an influenced on you? If so, how? If not, why not?

Sorenson: I share his idea about “paradigms,” but I think that is an incomplete concept in relation to the notion of change, and revolution, and regarding to the possibility of “building new constructionist bases.” In this sense, I feel that rather than finding ourselves in the midst of “paradigms,” we live in a “post-paradigmatic era.”

41. Jacobsen: Any extensions into more recent thinkers like Lakatos and Feyerabend?

Sorenson: I consider that both not only don’t depart from Popper, but also aren’t able to achieve any kind of important goal. This is how Lakatos, in his attempt to make more rigorous what he calls Popper’s “naive falsificationism,” does nothing more than “turning around” over the same, like a “dog chasing its tail,” for remaining exactly in the point from where he started. And Feyeraband for his part, with his proposal of “methodological anarchism,” does little more than “sustain the unsustainable.” To claim what he says, it’s as “absurd” as believing that “by perceiving, reality is being created.”

42. Jacobsen: What is an extended meaning of the consciousness of being?

Sorenson: The fact, of “knowing that I know” about the “being in there.”

43. Jacobsen: Is rationalism extended beyond empiricism and rationalist discourses into post-modernism in a modified, extended and highly differentiated meaning of post-modernism?

Sorenson: What I consider as “post-modernism” in this context, it is equivalent to a “rational post-rationalism,” which is far from how the former is usually understood.

44. Jacobsen: Where does this post-modernist Humanist (as in post-humanian/post-humanist) context place ethics differentiated from transcendentalist religious discourses as in more human rights and humanitarian law-based morality

Sorenson: In my opinion, this “post-modernist Humanist” should based its morality on a “personalistic ethic.” What I mean with this, it is an ethic that focuses on the “intentionality” of the “human act,” in contrast to what the “act of man” is, since it sees the conduct, by a purely “formal,” and “normative” prism.

45. Jacobsen: What about modern ‘religions’ or communal organizations bound by principle including the Ethical Cultures/Ethical Societies, Humanisms, Sunday Assemblies, Secular Judaism/Humanistic Judaism, and so on? Do these perform an important function as non-dogmatic and non-authoritarian structures beneficial to the health and wellbeing individual members wanting community and the community too?

Sorenson: I feel it’s necessary to differentiate the fact of “having a religion,” from the one of “being religious of that religion.” Following the sense of the former, it could be said, that these as other similar systems, promote the moral development of men through values that are “ethical principles,” since they are “transversals” among all. It could be said, that they are the result on the one hand of the union between the innate and therefore “universal form” that constitutes the “practical moral reason,” that simply discriminates between “good and evil,” and in turn dictates in conscience “do good and avoid evil,” and on the other hand concrete behaviours.

46. Jacobsen: How do freedom of thought and expression help create better soil for geniuses to emerge, crop up?

Sorenson: Society is prepared, receptive, and positively values brilliants, and even highly and exceptionally gifted minds, to the point that generally positions them as “elites of power.” Nevertheless, something very different happens with geniuses and the “incommensurable geniuses.” Geniuses, need freedom of thought and expression to emerge, but any kind of freedom is not enough, since their “self-being” is necessarily linked to their intrinsically “revolutionary way of being.” Therefore, if they do not pursue any mode of change in society, but one that is radical and absolutely novel, freedom of thought as a condition of possibility for the emergence of genius, will always be conditional and relative.

47. Jacobsen: The international institutions harbour the freedom of expression in principle and, for the most part, apply these rights in most countries in the world. Are they on the right track with the stipulated rights of freedom of expression and freedom of opinion?

Sorenson: I feel, that the discourse of freedom of thought and expression that they have, is “hypocritical,” since it is only an “ideal-of-being,” that’s only and therefore, very far from putting it into practice. There’s no consequence between one and the other, and finally what operates is a “censorship,” that represses by “surreptitious punishments,” all conduct that departs from what should be the “must-be.”

48. Jacobsen: Why focus on a process of punishment of women and a reinforcement for men?

Sorenson: Partly, because society is essentially “abusive” of different forms of weakness. Woman historically, unlike man who is identified with the place of “father” or a “totemic figure,” has often been represented “mythically” with “evil and sin,” since Eva and Lilith, and as the subject of “castration” lived in her body, with which she should continue “symbolically” paying her “guilt” indefinitely, and therefore being worthy of “punishment,” as the only means for “expiation and purification.”

49. Jacobsen: In the aforementioned sense of a “for what” and community, can meaning mostly be directed sensibly in a communal sense? Does this apply to productions of genius as well?

Sorenson: If we see it backwards, what I meant by the question of “for what,” regards man as well as community, on their “search for meaning,” since for both is like a “first immobile motor” that mobilizes everything, but without which nothing can be moved, not even productions of genius.

50. Jacobsen: Can you unpack “trans-personal” values some more, please? I mean origin of the term and the current contextualization of its use in a post-modern Humanism.

Sorenson: Both terms, “trans-personal” values and “post-modern Humanism” are mine. With the first I intend to dismantle Maslow’s pyramid, and rebuild it, since I think that self-actualization needs, do not constitute the “apex” of the pyramid as Maslow indicates. From my point of view, they are values that have a scope that goes beyond the individual sphere, since they seek the “common social good,” and therefore are “trans-personals,” but that nevertheless constitute part of “individual needs,” insofar as they promote “individual spiritual development.” And therefore within a “pyramid of need,” they’re at a higher level than those indicated by Maslow. For this reason, also it is a “post-modern Humanism,” because places both, man and society, at the “center of concerns,” but at the same time, as “mutually interdependent” entities of development.

51. Jacobsen: What differentiates the egosyntonic from the common good (as in a co-egosyntonic positive relational dynamic)?

Sorenson: The dynamic of the relation, is between the “egosyntonic” and what I will denominate the “ego-dystonic” sphere, not the co-egosyntonic. Since individuals, by “leaving” outside and “emptying” themselves of their “own needs,” at the same time that they “fill” themselves with the “needs of others,” they will able to advance in a “personal spiritual correction.”

52. Jacobsen: What makes human beings treat others as means? What makes human beings treat others as ends? What are the inevitable ethical outcomes in either case?

Sorenson: “Egoism” and “the inferiority complex,” is what causes human beings to be treated as a means. Being able to “empty ourselves of our selfish desire for ourselves,” to fill it instead with the “desire of the other,” makes us capable of treating the human being as an “end in itself.” The former, takes us on the path of “pain and suffering,” from which it is not possible to escape, while the last, leads us on the path of “completeness and happiness.”

53. Jacobsen: Human beings seem like technology to me. What we create, it looks like technology to me. All part of the same comprehensive system with different timelines of emergence. To deny this, it would seem as if a denial of souls in animals seen in the past, as for a justification to abuse and kill them. Similarly, the removal of this – what seems like an – illusion, to me, could pre-empt and reduce the possibility of the mistreatment of constructed or synthetic (non-carbon) intellects in the future. In many ways human beings harbour an entirely different form of technology, but, in many other ways, the same, the idea of a trans-humanism future as proposed often as a trans-human – beyond or after human – future seems unreasonable if not on principle false. In that, any outcropping will become part of humanity or an extension of current human forms in thought and action and, thus, in all cases, or in all futures, a future is a human future co-extensive with the human present into all possible futures. The idea of trans-humanism, as such, seems completely unreasonable and illogical to me; whereas, post-humanism makes sense as this acknowledges, incorporates, and naturally develops the current human systems and extends them outward in a multidimensional way. So, in a post-humanist vision rather than logically untenable trans-humanist vision, how could these technological entities and yonder-present technologies lead to the annihilation of humanity or the nature of human beings in general with these as outcroppings of the same beings, the same nature, and the same proclivities of thought and form? Fundamentally, with technology, we speak of aspects of our extended selves killing its original patterns and, thus, would remark on another human condition, psychology and behaviour, of self-murder or suicide rather than a murder from some outside force, as the “outside force” represents our extended selves, i.e., a derivation of post-Humanism rather than trans-Humanism. If one wants to stretch the argument as much as possible, then it’s both an extrinsic manifestation of some other force while an internal representation projected outward into a functional manifestation with an internal made into an external other and an internal-represented-external with human extinction by these forces as a form of murder and suicide at the same time. But that is long-winded and annoying. 

Sorenson: Due to the development of technology and specifically of artificial intelligence in the future, the “post-humanism” that will exist, in the sense of “after man, but not beyond man,” It’s probably going to be given, by a humanity in which “humans” and “humanoids,” endowed with thoughts, emotions and will, will be autonomous as we are, and identical to us. Therefore, we are going to relate in every way as equals with them, at the point that they would represent “artificial human species,” but “human species” as well. Perhaps at the beginning, we will develop these beings first, nevertheless maybe in a second stage, they are going to have the capacity to develop them too. I feel that the “quid” in this point, is how it’s plausible to project that novel humanity, in order to have a harmonious and collaborative coexistence. One of the keys necessary for that purpose, I believe is to develop entities with similar capacities from the qualitative and quantitative point of view. The risk, would be to “lose proportions” by the development of superintelligences, and “losing sight” also of a “normal distribution of population,” since this could feasibly break the “balance,” and in that sense, could transform into a threat for the survival of the “natural human species.”

54. Jacobsen: Following from the last question, on techno-ethics, and if the distinction between technologies becomes artificial in the end, should any generalized ethic then apply to ‘technology’ and humanity at the same time? ‘Techno-ethics’ as bound to an ethics of consciousnesses, i.e., of those that know they know and have a sense of being in themselves.

Sorenson: It depends because in an eventual “post-human humanity,” where we could coexist harmoniously with humanoids, it would be essential to verify, in order to apply an eventual “generalized ethic,” the existence of “consciousness,” in these beings. Since this property, probably has a nature analogous with something close to “spirituality,” therefore if it is not certain that they possess it, it would not be possible to apply an “inclusive ethic.”

55. Jacobsen: Is artificial intelligence truly artificial or more constructed intelligence as opposed to evolved-by-natural force intelligence? In that, human thought patterns evolved. Those evolved and constructed thought replication in devices for different processing and similar output. Both remain part of the natural world, the hermetically sealed natural world, known by noetic consensus with the noetic consensus itself influenced by these constructed intelligences, so-called ‘artificial.’ Our evolved human thought patterns reflected in some processing and more in output of the constructed intelligences makes them an extension of us with substance differences, carbon versus silicon.

Sorenson: It seems to me, that what makes artificial intelligence “artificial,” is the fact that there’s an “intervention” and “manipulation” on it, in contrast to what it would be for it, to follow a development or a course without the action of any external agent. In this sense, artificial intelligence would be “artificial,” not always because develops an intelligent being, but also if it intervenes in any way on the intelligence of a “natural intelligent being.”

56. Jacobsen: Are we all donkeys in some sense?

Sorenson: No, since “obedient individuals” certainly would not be.

57. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on Crowley and Thelemites, or on offshoots in the Temple of Satan, Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn, Temple of Set, Church of Satan, the LaVeyans, demonology, and the like?

Sorenson: All start from a common principle in which the only law is to do one’s “own will,” and likewise they identify love with that law, as long as it is under the exercise of “will.” However, I believe that Crowley’s position is not completely equivalent to the others, since he identifies more with Luciferian’s postulates, while the rest do so with Satanist or demonological ones.

58. Jacobsen: Christianity and Islam comprise about half of the population of the world’s minds. Two big figures in their theologies as philosophies. One is Satan/the Devil. Another is Jesus. Both believe in the former in the same way. They believe in the latter as the Son of God/Son of Man in one manner (acceptance of the resurrection) and then a great prophet in another (denial of the resurrection). What do these figures represent to you? How do these philosophies spread so much, so fast, among so many human beings? What is Jesus Christ/Yeshua Ben Josef? What is Satan/the Devil?

Sorenson: I feel that the figure of Jesus, represents that of a misunderstood revolutionary who fought for the poorest. The devil is a figure basically distorted by the Christianity from the figure of the “fallen angel,” Lucifer. For me represents both, Lucifer and “Baphomet” which are in some way, “humanistic and earthly god,” since they demonstrate in some degree, concern for what happens to man and its destiny. Though it could be identified in a negative sense with the יצר הרע, the “inclination towards evil,” in my opinion is more related with the figure of “Adonay.” I believe that these philosophies spread so much and so fast, because they are a “breeding ground,” that ignites strong in “ignorance” and “foolishness.”

59. Jacobsen: We talked about theoretically defined constructs or study objects through delimits of spatiotemporal capacities relevant for study objects for human beings. Let’s focus on sets of theoretically defined/confined constructs or study objects for fields of study or disciplines devoted to particular scales of spatiotemporal delimitation and types of patterns in this hermetically sealed world, some point to “physics,” “chemistry,” and “biology” as the foundational fields of the sciences with everything following from them, especially when one considers mathematics or “maths” as a form of science/natural philosophy defined as the “mathematical sciences.” Within some of the conversation before, what is physics?

Sorenson: For me, it is “cosmology.” Therefore, would be the study of all natural entities, including those that could be derived from them.

60. Jacobsen: What is biology?

Sorenson: In my opinion, it is the science that studies living beings, or those endowed with some activity equivalent to this.

61. Jacobsen: What is chemistry?

Sorenson: For me, it is the science that studies the composition, properties and transformations of matter, in relation to elements already known or not yet known.

62. Jacobsen: For the ultimate principles or “principles of existence,” we have them, for the sake of argument, as a knowledge-truth 2-dimensionality attempt at infinite intersect developed through growing experimentation databases of facts about the world and little theories to tie them together. In this extensive example of physics, biology, and chemistry, those three points of contact merely exist as the manifestation of the knowledge-truth 2-dimensionality with the fundamental basis for any dimensionality whatsoever bound in the penultimate rules of the universe. Where does this place thinking critters like us?

Sorenson: In this context, the “primary principles” don’t take place in this double dimension of truth/ knowledge, since they are postulates of a “metaphysical” nature, they are not empirical, in consequence do not represent any knowledge, and therefore it is not possible to pronounce on their “veracity” not either its “falsity.”

63. Jacobsen: How are Verificationism and Falsificationism different manifestations of the same underlying principle fundamental to the empiricist-scientific endeavour?

Sorenson: “Verificationism” is not equivalent to “validationism,” since the first one only allows us to affirm that a postulate is “not false” at the moment, but it can never tell me anything about its veracity. At the same time, it is “falsificationism,” because the intentionality must always be to try to “demonstrate the falsity,” and not the veracity of a postulate. In that sense, it is analogous to what should happen between a “null and investigative hypothesis,” when intentionality seeks to demonstrate that both are equals, due to the fact that there are “no significant” differences between them.

64. Jacobsen: The Kuhnian notion of revolutions in science has a hidden premise, too. The idea of human revolutions in science. As we become less dominant in the thinking sphere of the conducting of science, revolutions will be partially post-human. I can agree with the post-paradigmatic view in one way; I can see an argument for partially post-human paradigm shifts making the paradigms not-so easily perceptible or definable in precise terms now. Demarcations become opaque. What’s next?

Sorenson: In my opinion, the next that will arrive, since it is not a matter of “opacity of demarcation,” is a simultaneously situation of “post-humanian” and “post-paradigmaticism,” in relation to what strictly explains the meaning of the second. For this goal, it’s fundamental to recognize as a fact, that today main theoretical systems and paradigms, have collapsed. If in turn, there are “no novel revolutions,” not even on the horizon, then it’s expectable that neither “really new theories,” will emerge. Therefore, it’s conclusive, in function of the aforementioned, that in a following stage, the theoretical bases which are supposed to be available, won’t be enough in order to construct future paradigms. Maybe not even for “an everlasting time.”

65. Jacobsen: I agree on both remarks about Lakatos and Feyerabend. Also, I find the terms “philosophy of” annoying and redundant. Science was defined as an extension of philosophy; scientists were defined as practitioners of philosophy. In that, science is natural philosophy; scientists are natural philosophers. In this sense, scientists do philosophy via natural philosophy, where philosophy extends into natural philosophy, and vice versa, but with philosophy containing natural philosophy, by history and definition, and not vice versa. All these Nobel Prize winners and developers of redundant fields with “meta-” this and “philosophy of” that miss the point entirely. It’s all philosophy while the contraction of focus brings them more to practical elements of the field or the application of the principles for economics, statistics, mathematics, biology, physics, and so on. How could we simplify the linguistic landscape to make things less pompous, more accessible, and logically straightforward?

Sorenson: It’s simple, “they lose their way” by doing so, since what occurs is that from the origin itself, they start their search from a wrong point of view, and afterwards they continue to enlarge the error, and lose more and more the “route” of what is being looked, as they try to get closer to the goal they are pursuing. What I mean, is that all particular sciences, always and forever, because their objects of study and their methodologies determine it, will respond to only one and the same question, the question “about how,” while philosophy, does it respect to “what.” The former, refers to “phenomenon” of things, meanwhile the last is going to refer to the “being” or the “thing itself.” Consequently, as one response to what I will denominate “intermediate” or “second causes,” the other answers to causes that are “ultimates” or “primaries.” If the latest is correct, then one would belong to the “physical” plane in the sense of “nature,” while the second should correspond to the “metaphysician,” and therefore between both, there will never be a “continuity” or “unity” in any sense.

66. Jacobsen: To know that you know, to be in existence here-and-now, is this an implication of a time-sense as first-principles knowledge? 

Sorenson: Not really, because at the very moment that I want to “capture” the experience of what is here-and-now, I immediately “lose it.” Therefore, the only thing that I can reliably demonstrate in that experience, as a time-sense and first-principles knowledge, is that it doesn’t exists in my “conscience.”

67. Jacobsen: Can you expand on “rational post-rationalism”?

Sorenson: What I mean with this term, it is that I place rationalism with “its feet on the ground, while pointing towards the sky.” In this sense I believe empirically speaking, that it is possible to “advance” with the “truth,” as long as it is “partial and relative.” Since what “ties” it, it is the object that is “not real,” and is always “constantly changing.”

68. Jacobsen: How would a personalized post-modernist Humanist ethic become both universal and individual?

Sorenson: I rather would denominate it as a “personalistic” ethics, and therefore focused on the sense behind the “human person,” more than in the individual as such. Through these notions, I synthesize the meanings both of “post-modernist Humanistic ethic” and what regards “universal and individual.” In this way, the concept of “human person” comprehensively encompasses this last two, since the “personal being” of each individual, on the one hand represents what is “universal” with our human nature, and that is replicated in all, by “investing” ourselves with a “dignity” that makes all uniques. And on other side, “individualizes” everyone, to the extent that it transforms us, in specific subjects endowed with an “identity.”

69. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on a theistic god?

Sorenson: It sounds like paternalism and “totemic veneration.”

It is more related to the Islamic, Jewish and Christian religions, within which the “paternalistic” need, is emphasized, has to be fulfilled, and transferred to that of “government,” and “intervention” of God with what is created.

70. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on an atheistic absence of gods?

Sorenson: It is equivalent to believing in the existence of “chance,” which is more or less to believe in the god “of the absurd.”

I think that from a “practical” point of view, it is logically sustainable, but not “theoretically” speaking.

71. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on an agnostic stance on gods?

Sorenson: If not, god wouldn’t be god.

From a point of view that regards divine “transcendence,” it is reasonable for god to remain on a “mysterious,” and “inaccessible” plane.

72. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on a deistic god?

Sorenson: A “watchmaker” god, seems more logical for me.

It seems logically unsustainable, to postulate a divine “transcendence,” without making a distinction between “substance,” and “matter.”

73. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on a pandeistic god?

Sorenson: It is made with the same “deistic sponge cake.”

In relation to “immanence,” it is coherent, but since there is no “delimitation” and “distinction” between god, and the universe, it is difficult to “signify” his “name.”

74. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on a pantheistic god?

Sorenson: It sounds to me like a “veganian” god.

In a way, it represents an energetic “circularity,” and the Platonic idea that god or gods, in their “wisdom,” knew how to change their positions.

75. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on a panendeistic god?

Sorenson: So, who’s who?

The distinction of “immanence” and “transcendence” is not clear enough, and neither the reason why the interaction with god, would be reduced to contemplation of nature, meanwhile “thought” is excluded.

76. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on a panentheistic god?

Sorenson: There is “no need” to believe in this type of god.

If god supposedly “intervenes” in the universe, it is not understood how this is possible.

77. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on apatheism?

Sorenson: It is the abbreviation of “apathy” and “theism,” sounds like “child oppositional behavior.”

It seems to me more like an “emotional predisposition” of opposition towards “theism,” however its theoretical foundation, is not sufficiently understandable.

78. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on henotheism?

Sorenson: It’s like equivalent to a “perverse object fixation.”

I believe it is one of the most basic expressions of religiosity, since it divinizes “beings from nature,” to explain “metaphysical phenomena.”

79. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on polytheism?

Sorenson: It makes me noise with Anubis, my dog, and “animalists.”

In my opinion it is the most basic expression of religiosity in the symbolic sense, regarding its “belief system,” and the use of “images.”

80. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on monolatry?

Sorenson: Christianity and “idolatry.”

I feel that it is equivalent to what happens with Christianity, in the sense that it “sanctifies” worldly images, in order to “venerate” and “adore” them.

81. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on kathenotheism?

Sorenson: It is like an “object fixation” but with “symptom displacement.”

It is found within the naturalistic expressions of religiosity, but I believe that it is even more rudimentary because is heavily invested with “irrational superstitious beliefs,” since it cyclically invokes divinized meanings, depending on the “situational context.”

82. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on omnism?

Sorenson: It is equivalent to the “negation sign.”

It is to pretend to achieve a “religious eclecticism,” from theoretical assumptions that in many cases are “irreconcilables,” therefore beyond being a “utopian thought,” and constituting a position on the practical plane, I do not see how it could be achieved “conceptually” speaking.

83. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on transtheism?

Sorenson: It is a synonym of “meaningless transcendence.”

It tries to transcend “atheism” and “theism,” into a kind of “meta-religiosity,” however what is verified is that the transcendence of which it is spoken, “lacks” or even is “empty” of content.

84. Jacobsen: Metaphysics, what is it?

Sorenson: In my opinion, it is “theology,” since it studies the “non-visible” properties of being, which in turn coincide with those of God. Therefore, in a certain way, they are “supernatural,” but at the same time, they are studied through “reason,” and in consequence, it is “natural.”

85. Jacobsen: How would metaphysicalism differ from supernaturalism or extramaterialism, or some other formulation?

Sorenson: I feel that it does not necessarily differ from these, it may even coincide perfectly. What is going to disagree, will be the means by which are studied, since it can be through faith that is “irrational,” or reason that is “reasonable.” Being the latter, always the one used by “philosophical metaphysics.”

86. Jacobsen: What would a world look like built on the metaphysical? 

Sorenson: Something similar to be sitting in a “powder keg,” that can explode at any time, since with metaphysics there is a “risk” of dispensing with the use of reason, and because it generally arises where it is “felt” that reason is not capable of reaching, it is therefore easy to arrive at explanations full of “superstition,” and loaded with dogmatism and fanaticism.

87. Jacobsen: What would a world look like built on the supernatural? 

Sorenson: Like a world built on the metaphysical, but with “saving doctrines,” that is to say with “religions.”

88. Jacobsen: What would a world look like built on the extramaterial? 

Sorenson: As a “spiritualist world,” where everything that exists, would be part of the “same” and “unique” spirit.

89. Jacobsen: What is epistemology?

Sorenson: It is something like a “knowledge” about “knowledge,” with “inquisitive” traits.

90. Jacobsen: What is ontology?

Sorenson: It is the study of being, in relation to the “substance” and “matter” that constitute it.

91. Jacobsen: What is knowledge?

Sorenson: For me, it is to “remember.”

92. Jacobsen: What are the forms of knowledge?

Sorenson: They are the ways, in which the “identification” between the subjective form, and that which allows a certain thing to be what it is, is “mediated.”

93. Jacobsen: What relates epistemology with ontology?

Sorenson: The cognizant subject.

94. Jacobsen: How does this aforementioned relation lead to different forms of knowledge?

Sorenson: Depending on where the “abstracted form” will be located, regarding the intellectual intuition, and the reasoning or rational discursive process.

95. Jacobsen: Does science need a bit of metaphysics? Is science grounded on metaphysical assumptions?

Sorenson: I guess that in relation to science with a capital, yes. But with respect to the “particular sciences,” no. Since the sciences as we currently know them, do not work with “noumene,” and therefore do not respond, about the question that regards “the what” of being.

96. Jacobsen: Any thoughts of theistic evolutionists, progressive creationists, Intelligent Design advocates, young earth creationists, and old earth creationists?

Sorenson: In my opinion, they all lack the same element. That is, the “missing link.”

97. Jacobsen: What makes pseudoscience and non-science pseudoscience and non-science? How does these differ from science properly understood and practiced?

Sorenson: What makes “pseudoscience” and “non-science” what they are, is fundamentally the inability to have their own “research method,” and the lack of “criticism,” in order to be able to constantly review themselves, in relation to their achievements. While what gives science its “proper status,” it is the ability to reach theories and laws, through empirically verifiable “research hypotheses.”

98. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on medical quacks, guru charlatans, miracle men, or fringe cranks and crackpots?

Sorenson: I feel, they owe their existence to a “dialectical process,” opposed by educational, social and intellectual poverty. Which lastly, it is the engine to seek “saving responses,” to the feeling of loss of existential meaning, and the “fear” of eventual punishment to come.

99. Jacobsen: Is Lutheranism still influential on you?

Sorenson: I think that Lutheranism does not, but Luther’s personality in part yes, in what refers to his rebellious character and his idea of ​​predestination.
100. Jacobsen: Do we have freedom of the will (if so, how, why, etc.)?
Sorenson: I feel we have the “power of will”, but not the “will of power”. What I mean with this, it is that we have freedom in the sense of “self-affirmation” as individuals, that in turn is the only power of which we cannot be dispossessed, not even with the deprivation of physical freedom. Nevertheless, at the same time, we are predetermined at least in an instinctual, and unconscious sense, in some manner, we have no way to escape from it. And our instinctive drive, in one way or another it is neither accessible nor controllable.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Independent Philosopher.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-three; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Christian Sorenson on God, Genius, and Intelligence (Part Three) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 15). An Interview with Christian Sorenson on God, Genius, and Intelligence (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Christian Sorenson on God, Genius, and Intelligence (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Christian Sorenson on God, Genius, and Intelligence (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Christian Sorenson on God, Genius, and Intelligence (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Christian Sorenson on God, Genius, and Intelligence (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Christian Sorenson on God, Genius, and Intelligence (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Christian Sorenson on God, Genius, and Intelligence (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Christian Sorenson on God, Genius, and Intelligence (Part Three) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Middle Ages to Computer Age (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,330

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Professor Henrik Lagerlund is a Professor in the Department of Philosophy at Stockholm University. He discusses: skepticism in the Middle Ages; skepticissm’s survival into the Computer Age; first traces of skepticism in history; skepticism and the natural order; the opposite of skepticism; Middle Ages as the focus for the upcoming books; common organizational values oriented around skepticism; traditional religious sentiments and skepticism; and seminal contributors to skeptical thought. 

Keywords: Henrik Lagerlund, James Randi, Middle Ages, Pyrrhonism, skepticism.

An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Middle Ages to Computer Age: Professor, Philosophy, Stockholm University (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did skepticism not disappear in the Middle Ages? 

Professor Henrik Lagerlund: It was for a long time assumed that skepticism was not present in the Middle Ages. This view was mostly due to the fact that scholars were almost only looking at the 13th century and the time around Thomas Aquinas, which was called High Scholasticism. It was dominated by the influence of Aristotle and Avicenna, neither of whom have a skeptical bone in their bodies and both of them are perpetual optimists when it comes to our ability to acquire knowledge about the external world. Philosophy radically changed in the late 13th and early 14th centuries. Something scholars have only recent come to appreciate as they look at 14th century thinking. There is a different attitude to Aristotle as an authority  and new themes started to dominate the main philosophical debates. One such theme was the return or perhaps emergence of epistemology. Due to some sharp criticism of Aristotelian metaphysics, epistemological themes and questions started to appear. There was also the emergence of a new skeptical argument, that is, the hypothesis of God as a deceiver. The mere possibility of a deceiving God threaten the justification of any knowledge of the external world. The argument had a profound influence on philosophy. It is a similar argument to the one used by Descartes of an evil demon in the first meditation.

Skepticism in the form of Academic skepticism remained throughout the Middle Ages because of Cicero’s Academica and Augustine’s Against the Academics. These works were both read to a varying degree throughout the whole Middle Ages. There was also some knowledge of Pyrrhonism and Sextus Empiricus. His famous work Outlines of Pyrrhonism was translated from its original Greek to Latin in the late 13th century. It is still unclear why it was translated and what influence it had on Latin philosophy.

Of course, if one thinks of the Middle Ages as mainly Christian or religious thinking then it might seem strange that skepticism existed at all. As Augustine teaches us and as Bayle repeats, doubt is incompatible with faith in God, but medeival though is so much more that theology. It is a great melting pot of old and new ideas out of which the seeds of modern thought and science emerge.

2. Jacobsen: Why did skepticism continue to have adherents? How was this important for the survival of skeptical thought from the ancient world to the Computer Age? 

Lagerlund: This is a great and difficult question to answer. In some sense skepticism is omnipresent throughout the history of philosophy and will always show its ugly head as soon as we start to ask for the justifications or evidence for our beliefs about the world. This can be clearly seen in the Middle Ages, since while philosophy was dominated by the realist metaphysics of Aristotle, skepticism played no role and knowledge was not a huge concern, but as soon as that metaphysics began to be question epistemology and issues surrounding knowledge, scientific or otherwise, became a concern. It is also then that we see skepticism return.

In contemporary philosophy epistemology is to some extent held hostage by a very general argument saying that if we don’t know that skepticism is false, then we seem to know very little. The question becomes to show that skepticism is false or don’t really hold sway over us. One way out is to lower our constraints on knowledge or the conditions under which we can be said to have knowledge.

Skepticism also lives on as part of the scientific method. I discuss this in the last chapter of the book.

I am also sure there is an evolutionary explanation why we humans so easily are skeptical towards new things. It is probably good for our survival and have contributed to our success as a species. It is a problem for knowledge acquisition, however. Too much skepticism becomes a hindrance for new knowledge, but on the other hand too little and we risk accepting false beliefs. We need to balance skepticism to live a good life.

3.Jacobsen: What were some of the first traces of skepticism in history?

Lagerlund: Perhaps the first trace is found already in Plato and his earlier dialogues, which is thought to preserve and reflect the thoughts of Socrates. Socrates are portrayed there as someone who never holds a position of his own but questions the beliefs and thoughts of others. This is the so-called Socratic method. Another aspect is what is expressed in the Apology as Socrates intellectual humility, that is, the phrase that he only knows that he does not know anything.

There are thought among the Cyrenaic and the Cynics in Ancient times that contain aspects of skepticism as well. Both these philosophies have their origin in students of Socrates. Obviously, so do the Academics, since Academic skepticism originated in the school Plato founded. However, the only ancient school or philosophy that called itself skeptic was the Pyrrhonian. It is from them that we derive the word, skeptic. The Greek skeptikos means to inquire or to seek. So, the skeptics are seekers of the truth.

4. Jacobsen: Also, when you think about skepticism, how does this come to mesh with the overarching picture of the world of the natural and cause-and-effect, and no divine inspiration or powers behind the universe? No magic, no governor anywhere, no true mystery except within humans’ comprehension limitations, and human problems often caused by human beings and not by the gods. 

Lagerlund: For certain, I don’t think that there are any absolutes, but instead that we humans have to make our way in life with what is more or less probable. If you follow Hume’s thinking on this we can never know anything with certainty about the natural world, but we can with various methods, scientific or otherwise, come to hold beliefs, that even though they are fallible, have a lot of evidence behind them. This is also his argument against religious beliefs and miracles. There is little evidence for the existence of God or for miracles and it makes little sense to put your faith in things that are so improbable even though one cannot prove that they are false.

I think there is plenty of magic in the world without assuming supernatural beings. The magic of love and emotional attachments between human beings are mystical and wonderous to behold. The intricate workings of nature is equally mysterious although not supernatural. Skepticism is important at keeping at bay lies and religions that seek to profit on and delude us. I think religion is fascinating as a human phenomenon – despite the fact that I am not religious myself I have spent most of my adult life studying a period where the Cristian and Islamic religions dominated the life of all people. That should tell you that it deeply fascinates me. I also have great respect for religious people, even though I don’t share their religion and I know how much evil religion has brought to the world, which does not take away the good that it also brings to many peoples lives.

5. Jacobsen: What would seem like the appropriate opposite, by definition and practice, of skepticism?

Lagerlund: I would take dogmatism to be the opposite of skepticism in the sense that Sextus does – dogmatism of any kind. Contemporary skepticism, at least, non-philosophical skepticism does not seems to think so, however, since most such skepticism takes it starting point from some form of dogmatic belief. In that way skepticism nowadays is often used to defend some form of dogmatism. Skepticism then becomes doubt or an argument against a rival dogmatic belief and is often used on both sides. They have failed to learn the lesson of Ancient skepticism.

In the last chapter of my book, I distinguish between science skepticism and skepticism towards a scientific consensus. Science skepticism is divided into that kind of skepticism that we see in skeptical societies that use science to argue against pseudo-science, UFO’s etc., and the one we find within science itself as part of the scientific method. Skepticism towards a scientific consensus is on the other hand skepticism that is directed at a scientific consensus like human made climate change or the vaccines (that is, the Anti-Vaxxer movement). These kinds of skepticism all take their origin in some kind of dogmatism, that is, either science or something else. The combination of these can be very intricate and sometimes hard to spot. I have lately, at least before the Covid-19 crisis started, been fascinated with the Heartland Institutes promotion of the German teenager Naomi Seibt, who is promoted as an Anti-Greta Thunberg. I was watching the Youtube video the Heartland Institute put up on their website. She was arguing for a skeptical attitude towards human made climate change and that the human contribution of CO2 to the atmosphere is not responsible for the average rise in temperature that  that we have been able to measure. What was fascinating to me was that she was arguing like a science skeptic while she was really a skeptic of scientific consensus. She was pretending to have the science on her side while she was really a skeptic towards science. It is a propaganda trick that is not easily spotted by the non-informed layperson. Putting these words in the mouth of a seemingly innocent teenager ads to the power of the performance.

6. Jacobsen: You have a focus on the Middle Ages. Why select this for a significant portion of the research for yourself? How will the upcoming book be covering this?

Lagerlund: I have always had a fascination with medieval times. As a child I naturally read Lord of the Rings, but more so I was drawn to the philosophy of the time when I was a student in Uppsala and Helsinki. It was the incredible advancements in logic that was made then that interested me, and the fact that when I started there were still lots to do for a young scholar and there were relatively few working in the field. It has changed a lot in 20 years. Research on medieval philosophy is now becoming more like other areas of the history of philosophy and many more young people are interested in it, although it is still not the case that philosophy department’s hire medievalists in the same rate as they would hire someone working in Ancient or Early Modern philosophy. It probably still suffers from the prejudice that it is mainly religious philosophy.

The forthcoming book on skepticism include three chapters on medieval discussions of skepticism, which is unprecedented in the writing on skepticism. All previous histories of skepticism ignore the Middle Ages. I hope the readers when they see the whole history presented, like it is in the book, will appreciate that and I also think it greatly illuminates the history of skepticism to include the middle ages.

7. Jacobsen: Skepticism can be seen institutionalized in organizations including the Center for Inquiry, Skeptical Inquirer, and so on. Many in the humanist or other movements will adhere to the principles. Sometimes, they will shift away from skepticism towards a tinge of faith because of the preferability of particular beliefs or attitudes to their sensibilities, but, by and large, the emphasis will be skepticism. Why are some arrangements and communities of common values more skeptic oriented than not?

Lagerlund: The skepticism you talk about here I call science skepticism in the book and it is identified by its strong adherence to science and its skepticism, doubt and negative arguments, towards what they deem as pseudo-science. These societies see themselves as gatekeepers of science and the last line of defense against charlatans and those that promote and profit on unjustified and false theories in the name of science. Many of these group play an important role in education and keeping away the worst pseudo-science. Perhaps you remember the magician James Randi who made a career out of exposing frauds promoting all kinds of paranormal phenomena. I am old enough to remember his TV shows. I think for many he is still the definition of a skeptic. One problem today is that it is so easy to promote conspiracy theories and false views through social media. The Flat Earth Society has greatly benefitted from this. It seems bigger than ever; although its beliefs are so obviously false. I think a healthy skeptical attitude is more important than ever. A problem is that if you are too skeptical you will most likely miss out on some knowledge. It is here that I think Hume is very important and his emphasis on how skepticism can mediate our human reason and in that way help guide us on our quest for truth and knowledge.

8. Jacobsen: Can traditional religious sentiments and beliefs mix with a skeptical view of the world? If so, in what sense, and if not, why not?

Lagerlund: Historically, skepticism has been used as an argument for religion and a so-called fideistic viewpoints, that is, the view that reason has no sway over faith. Skepticism is then used to show that reason is unable to reject or justify faith or religious belief in any way. In that sense you cannot give an argument for faith – a belief in God is irrational. It has been argued that this was how Montaigne used skepticism to justify Catholicism, since there is no argument or reason to justify believing in either Catholicism or Calvinism the suggestion is that we must remain in the belief system we already have. Skepticism is then being used as an argument for conservatism.

There are also arguments in history that skepticism construed as doubt is the death of religious faith. As soon as doubt creeps into a belief in a God that belief is destroyed.

9. Jacobsen: Who have been some of the seminal contributors to the history of skeptical thought – either as an attitude or as a formal set of principles, processes, and methodologies (e.g., scientific methodology)?

Lagerlund: Well, there are many, but an obvious one is the introduction of skepticism and Pyrrhonian philosophy, which is the first and perhaps only sustained effort to develop skepticism as a way of life. Pyrrhonism is an attempt to live skepticism and the attitude of the skeptic is meant to lead the practitioner to a better life of tranquility and happiness. It was debated and mostly rejected as impossible throughout the history of philosophy mainly because it advised its practitioners to have no beliefs about the world. The criticism was that this is impossible. Beliefs are essential to our life and to the possibility of acting at all. Hume’s criticism is perhaps the most famous, but the idea was rejected already by the Stoics and by Augustine. It is, however, a fascinating idea at practicing skepticism.

There are many arguments that should be mentioned, but the introduction of God as a deceiver and the evil demon argument is of course especially spectacular. An important use of skepticism can be found in the 17th century when it was introduced, by Gassendi and others, as part of the scientific method. This is an aspect of skepticism the lives on in science today. Pierre Bayle is of central importance for all developments of philosophy in the 18th century, but he is often ignored. He was an important critique of Descartes and as such released external world skepticism on 18th century philosophy pushing it towards idealism. One of my favorite philosophers is David Hume. The way he uses skepticism to reign in reason is important. In the 20th century I am a great fan of Soul Kripke’s meaning skepticism; very original, but there is a special place in my heart for John Buridan and his insight that fallibilism can be used as an anti-skeptical position. This has been unknown before and instead Charles Sanders Peirce has been credited with that idea.

10. Jacobsen: What were some of the interesting developments in skepticism within the Middle Ages?

Lagerlund: The Middle Ages play an important role in the history of skepticism. Early on doubt becomes associated with skepticism. Something it did not really have in Ancient times, but which will never leave it after the Middle Ages. Another very important aspect is of course the introduction of the deceiving God-hypothesis, which will develop into Descartes’ evil demon-hypothesis. It is in the 14th century through this argument that external work skepticism is introduced into philosophy. The other already mentioned aspect of medieval skepticism is Buridan’s introduction of fallibilism. He uses it explicitly as an anti-skeptical position, which is completely new in philosophy and is our prevalent way of dealing with skepticism today. These three aspects make the Middle Ages one of the most important period in the history of skepticism. Something that has not been appreciated before.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Professor, Philosophy, Stockholm University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Middle Ages to Computer Age (Part Two) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 15). An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Middle Ages to Computer Age (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Middle Ages to Computer Age (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Middle Ages to Computer Age (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Middle Ages to Computer Age (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Middle Ages to Computer Age (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Middle Ages to Computer Age (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Middle Ages to Computer Age (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Middle Ages to Computer Age (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Lifework (Part Twelve)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,541

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Rick Rosner and I conduct a conversational series entitled Ask A Genius on a variety of subjects through In-Sight Publishing on the personal and professional website for Rick. According to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing hereRick G. Rosner may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. Erik Haereid earned a score at 185, on the N-VRA80. He is an expert in Actuarial Sciences. Both scores on a standard deviation of 15. A sigma of 6.00+ (or ~6.13 or 6.20) for Rick – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 1,009,976,678+ (with some at rarities of 1 in 2,314,980,850 or 1 in 3,527,693,270) – and ~5.67 for Erik – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 136,975,305. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population. This amounts to a joint interview or conversation with Erik Haereid, Rick Rosner, and myself.

Keywords: America, Erik Haereid, Norway, Rick Rosner, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Lifework (Part Twelve)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: This is the last of the brainstormed topics: when profoundly gifted and talented and finding something worth their time and effort and intelligence for a life work (if they’re lucky), and how society supports or destroys the profoundly gifted. We’ve covered a wide span of material. I am going to consider this the bees and hive finale. The real crux or fulcrum of the entire discussions focuses on the relation of the high cognitive ability minority in societies and the societies. As Aurelius said, “That which is not good for the bee-hive cannot be good for the bees” – good quote, probably true for the most part. 

When certain bees get the opportunity to flourish to their full capacity, which appears sufficiently greater than the norm, what should be the criteria in the selection of life works worth their time, effort, and talents?

Rick Rosner: The glib answer, if they are so smart, they should be able to figure it out.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Rosner: I don’t know how to answer that. In that, we know about really smart people – a few famous cases – who came up with theories that changed the world, or in other fields, e.g., wrote books or plays, whatever they’re still revered for hundreds of years later today. I don’t know that it is at all clear to those people of the time that that should have been their pursuit. A lot of stuff was circumstantial. Newton got sent home from school because there was the Plague. So, he thought about Calculus and Gravitation, which set the ground for theorization or later in life. Yet, he spent a lot of his life not researching that stuff. Einstein spent the second half of his life trying to come up with a Unified Field Theory and got nowhere with it. Darwin would have come up with his theory, except that he was hired to be the companion on a boat, a ship, that was doing a 5-year voyage around the world. So, the captain wouldn’t get lonely because the captain tended to be depressed. Shakespeare was probably just trying o make a living as a showman and made some art on the side.

So, the idea of people of destiny can choose their destiny, or people can choose to become people of destiny; I don’t know if that is a legit thing. I don’t know if I can offer any advice about life choices for smart people. I can offer all sorts of advice on how to appear to be a genius and, maybe, get laid out of it if you’re good at it or get some money out of it. But in terms of how to use actual genius, I am not sure that I know. I’ve suffered for not having the discipline to really get myself the proper grounding in the mathematics and physics that I need to think about math and physics. I have taken some. But I have not studied it up to a doctoral level. I can’t do a Hamiltonian or, off the top of my head, calculate an eigen function. Stuff that people should be able to do if they are going to do good physics. If you want to do work in a field, then get trained in that fucking field, but don’t limit yourself to the field. Because, sometimes, what gives people an edge are differences in perspective via differences in background, but, again, that’s a wild guess. It worked for Darwin. Will it work for anyone else?

Erik Haereid: The simple but not complete answer is “follow your heart”. What motivates you? Answer that, and do it. If the answer is devastating for yourself or others, it’s something wrong with your heart. Then use your intelligence to solve that problem. If it’s still devastating, it’s something wrong with your intelligence. I don’t know what else to say. There are different kinds of motivations; it can destroy and it can heal society. But if you have that inner glow towards a goal that don’t seem to be destructive, go for it; if you have a talent, it will flourish.

The society will probably never accept your talent and effort, if people can’t see a benefit from it. E.g. many love different sports and athletes because they function as beacon; inspirations towards some goals people have. But geniuses’ goals or means are often far away from inspiring. It’s invisible and difficult to apprehend for ordinary people. It’s odd. Until they are finished; the piece of art, the mathematical problem solved, the invention is obvious. It’s like when a pianist or guitarist trains, which sounds disharmonic but is basic to make him or her play professional later. But to be virtuoso you have to practice and do all the stuff that most people don’t understand and therefore reject. The resilience is part of making your talent come through. Don’t give up even though people in their ignorance do what they can to make you do that. I think that’s important. If you have that talent and initially believe in it, it’s crucial to know that the social, other physical and mental obstacles are a part of the road. Maybe that’s why so many talents get screwed. They can’t look through the wall of bricks meeting them. It’s difficult to maintain the motivation. Being aware of that could help you maintain your effort.

Jacobsen: Will there be a democratization of talent into the future with the emergence of more powerful computers and sophisticated applications for people to use?

Rosner: There certainly will because people will have more and more access to powerful information processing utilities. The smart people of the future will be smart not necessarily because they were born smart, but because they learned how to maximize the utility of the smart technology that is emerging. It will be democratized. There is already some of that. My standard example is Waze. Waze makes everyone a genius at getting where they want to go and not getting lost. If you don’t want to use Waze, then use the GPS in your car past 2012, which will have some GPS Sat-Nav system. People used to get lost. Now, anybody with a phone doesn’t get lost. That’s a kind of democratization of ability. So, yes, everyone in the future will be both an idiot, from too much time on social media, and a genius from a bunch of apps.

Haereid: We are in an exponential technological evolution. Everything goes faster, and people thinks faster. People get more and more used to think abstract. The intelligence increases. We communicate more, and share thoughts and ideas. We explore worlds that are virtual, and see ourselves as a part of these realities. We have read fictions and fairytales and lived lives in such alternative realities for a long time. But now we are active inside these worlds. We contribute. We are not pure spectators. We create and communicate in the virtual and fictional universe in new and more complex ways, and that make us better to transform ideas into the real world.  

We live using our internal four-dimensional map, creating the best estimations of reality. Using technological additions to improve that map, is a part of being more intelligent. We develop tech that lessen the distance between estimations and reality. Our prejudgments and different believes are estimates, and they become more scientific or objectively accurate when we get more information that contributes to make us more convinced. When maps become better, they actually draw wood, water and mountain exactly at the spots where you experience wood, water and mountain in reality; we don’t have to guess that much anymore. The new generation of maps are not limited to describe the static nature accurately, but also the moving figures. And also identifying and categorizing the moving figures; the different events. One can take pictures/videos of events and reality, from satellites, airplanes or locally, download it into the map and make it available for others as part of the map; the map converges towards objectivity. By searching in an extended part of our “brain”, we will expand our internal four-dimensional map, and become more accurate in our estimations about the reality in those four dimensions. This is e.g. Googles’ business idea. Our internal and external technological brain is constantly expanding with help of our talents and intelligence, and everyone can and will use it.

It’s also about recognition; people have to understand what’s going on. When they do, they accept and internalize it. Then more people will nurture their own talents, and become more intelligent and contribute to technological advancement.

Jacobsen: What do you consider your lifework if you have one?  

Rosner: It should be doing physics and coming up with or fleshing out the Information Cosmology. If it is my lifework, then I’m failing at it. Because I am not coming up with a complete enough or a persuasive enough theory. If I do not do better, and if it turns out to be true, then I will be a footnote to the guy who came up with a tight version of it.

Haereid: I don’t have one, but what I think most about and have done the last years is how humans could benefit on exploiting and using each other’s different abilities instead of marginalizing humans into an illusion of perfection. It’s about control, and about loosen up and accepting diversity as an advantage instead of a hindrance; without losing control. If all could trick the brain to be curious instead of frightened, anxious and superior, we would improve as a species beyond the thinkable, I think.

Jacobsen: Rick, Erik, thank you both very much for the extensive effort, thoughtfulness, and time over these twelve sessions.

Rosner: Thank you.

Haereid: Thank you, Scott, it has been a pleasure.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Erik Haereid has been a member of Mensa since 2013, and is among the top scorers on several of the most credible IQ-tests in the unstandardized HRT-environment. He is listed in the World Genius Directory. He is also a member of several other high IQ Societies.

Erik, born in 1963, grew up in OsloNorway, in a middle class home at Grefsen nearby the forest, and started early running and cross country skiing. After finishing schools he studied mathematics, statistics and actuarial science at the University of Oslo. One of his first glimpses of math-skills appeared after he got a perfect score as the only student on a five hour math exam in high school.

He did his military duty in His Majesty The King’s Guard (Drilltroppen)).

Impatient as he is, he couldn’t sit still and only studying, so among many things he worked as a freelance journalist in a small news agency.  In that period, he did some environmental volunteerism with Norges Naturvernforbund (Norwegian Society for the Conservation of Nature), where he was an activist, freelance journalist and arranged ‘Sykkeldagen i Oslo’ twice (1989 and 1990) as well as environmental issues lectures. He also wrote some crime short stories in A-Magasinet (Aftenposten (one of the main newspapers in Norway), the same paper where he earned his runner up (second place) in a nationwide writing contest in 1985. He also wrote several articles in different newspapers, magazines and so on in the 1980s and early 1990s.

He earned an M.Sc. degree in Statistics and Actuarial Sciences in 1991, and worked as an actuary novice/actuary from 1987 to 1995 in several Norwegian Insurance companies. He was the Academic Director (1998-2000) of insurance at the BI Norwegian Business School (1998-2000), Manager (1997-1998) of business insurance, life insurance, and pensions and formerly Actuary (1996-1997) at Nordea in Oslo Area, Norway, a self-employed Actuary Consultant (1996-1997), an Insurance Broker (1995-1996) at Assurance Centeret, Actuary (1991-1995) at Alfa Livsforsikring, novice Actuary (1987-1990) at UNI Forsikring.

In 1989 he worked in a project in Dallas with a Texas computer company for a month incorporating a Norwegian pension product into a data system. Erik is specialized in life insurance and pensions, both private and business insurances. From 1991 to 1995 he was a main part of developing new life insurance saving products adapted to bank business (Sparebanken NOR), and he developed the mathematics behind the premiums and premium reserves.

He has industry experience in accounting, insurance, and insurance as a broker. He writes in his IQ-blog the online newspaper Nettavisen. He has personal interests among other things in history, philosophy and social psychology.

In 1995, he moved to Aalborg in Denmark because of a Danish girl he met. He worked as an insurance broker for one year, and took advantage of this experience later when he developed his own consultant company.

In Aalborg, he taught himself some programming (Visual Basic), and developed an insurance calculation software program which he sold to a Norwegian Insurance Company. After moving to Oslo with his girlfriend, he was hired as consultant by the same company to a project that lasted one year.

After this, he became the Manager of business insurance in the insurance company Norske Liv. At that time he had developed and nurtured his idea of establishing an actuarial consulting company, and he did this after some years on a full-time basis with his actuarial colleague. In the beginning, the company was small. He had to gain money, and worked for almost two years as an Academic Director of insurance at the BI Norwegian Business School.

Then the consultant company started to grow, and he quitted BI and used his full time in NIA (Nordic Insurance Administration). This was in 1998/99, and he has been there since.

NIA provides actuarial consulting services within the pension and life insurance area, especially towards the business market. They was one of the leading actuarial consulting companies in Norway through many years when Defined Benefit Pension Plans were on its peak and companies needed evaluations and calculations concerning their pension schemes and accountings. With the less complex, and cheaper, Defined Contribution Pension Plans entering Norway the last 10-15 years, the need of actuaries is less concerning business pension schemes.

Erik’s book from 2011, Benektelse og Verdighet, contains some thoughts about our superficial, often discriminating societies, where the virtue seems to be egocentrism without thoughts about the whole. Empathy is lacking, and existential division into “us” and “them” is a mental challenge with major consequences. One of the obstacles is when people with power – mind, scientific, money, political, popularity – defend this kind of mind as “necessary” and “survival of the fittest” without understanding that such thoughts make the democracies much more volatile and threatened. When people do not understand the genesis of extreme violence like school killings, suicide or sociopathy, asking “how can this happen?” repeatedly, one can wonder how smart man really is. The responsibility is not limited to let’s say the parents. The responsibility is everyone’s. The day we can survive, mentally, being honest about our lives and existence, we will take huge leaps into the future of mankind.

Rick G. Rosner, according to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing here, may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. He has received 8 Writers Guild Awards and Emmy nominations, and was titled 2013 North American Genius of the Year by The World Genius Directory with the main “Genius” listing here.

He has written for Remote ControlCrank YankersThe Man ShowThe EmmysThe Grammys, and Jimmy Kimmel Live!. He worked as a bouncer, a nude art model, a roller-skating waiter, and a stripper. In a television commercialDomino’s Pizza named him the “World’s Smartest Man.” The commercial was taken off the air after Subway sandwiches issued a cease-and-desist. He was named “Best Bouncer” in the Denver Area, Colorado, by Westwood Magazine.

Rosner spent much of the late Disco Era as an undercover high school student. In addition, he spent 25 years as a bar bouncer and American fake ID-catcher, and 25+ years as a stripper, and nearly 30 years as a writer for more than 2,500 hours of network television. Errol Morris featured Rosner in the interview series entitled First Person, where some of this history was covered by Morris. He came in second, or lost, on Jeopardy!, sued Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? over a flawed question and lost the lawsuit. He won one game and lost one game on Are You Smarter Than a Drunk Person? (He was drunk). Finally, he spent 37+ years working on a time-invariant variation of the Big Bang Theory.

Currently, Rosner sits tweeting in a bathrobe (winter) or a towel (summer). He lives in Los AngelesCalifornia with his wife, dog, and goldfish. He and his wife have a daughter. You can send him money or questions at LanceVersusRick@Gmail.Com, or a direct message via Twitter, or find him on LinkedIn, or see him on YouTube.”

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-twelve; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Lifework (Part Twelve) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-twelve.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 15). Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Lifework (Part Twelve)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-twelve.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Lifework (Part Twelve). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-twelve>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Reproductive Rights (Part Eleven).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-twelve.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Lifework (Part Twelve).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-twelve.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Lifework (Part Twelve)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-twelve>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Lifework (Part Twelve)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-twelve.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Lifework (Part Twelve).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-twelve>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Ask Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Lifework (Part Twelve) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-twelve.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Other Considerations for High-IQ Societies (Part Five)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,133

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Matthew Scillitani, member of The Glia Society and The Giga Society, is a web developer and SEO specialist living in North Carolina. He is of Italian and British lineage, and is predominantly English-speaking. He earned his bachelor’s degree in psychology at East Carolina University, with a focus on neurobiology and a minor in business marketing. He’s previously worked as a research psychologist, data analyst, and writer, publishing over three hundred papers on topics such as nutrition, fitness, psychology, neuroscience, free will, and Greek history. You may contact him via e-mail at mattscil@gmail.com. He discusses: high intelligence as a basis for community; other bases for community; needs met by these communities; healthy community; unhealthy community; Mensa International, Intertel, Triple Nine Society, Prometheus Society, and the Mega Society for safe starts into high-IQ communities; community and camaraderie; safety precautions; founding a group; lack of collaboration and communication; individualism; Keith Raniere; communication gap more as a social gap; and mental health examinations; professional path; relationships; systems of American governance; America as a top technology competitor; the next decades; favourite political philosopher; favourite economic philosopher; human nature; and a pragmatic extension of this understanding of human nature help refine our political, economic, and social systems in society.

Keywords: America, community, Giga Society, Glia Society, high-IQ, Matthew Scillitani.

An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Other Considerations for High-IQ Societies: Member, Giga Society; Member, Glia Society (Part Five)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Thank you for continuing to take the time for this ongoing series. Recap: we talked about personal history, political extremes, God, and some more. This round, I want to focus on community. The sense of coming together for a common cause or becoming part of a common group for a variety of reasons, and healthy community versus unhealthy community. To take the obvious example here, we have the high-IQ communities gathered on, basically, one metric identified with a composite identifier, intelligence quotient or IQ. Is this a reasonable or an unreasonable basis to form communities for individuals with high measured intelligence?

Matthew Scillitani: I think it makes sense to form communities based on certain traits, especially intelligence. The unfortunate problem that all I.Q. societies face is either lack of collaboration or communication altogether. If we put our heads together, I’m sure we could accomplish fantastic things and change the world for the better. That will probably never happen because of the individualism we see in high-I.Q. societies though.

2. Jacobsen: Others form a community, not on intelligence but, on common scientific, political, or other interests to them. Is this reasonable or unreasonable as the basis to form community?

Scillitani: This can be good or bad depending on what the common interest is. Lots of pseudo-scientific communities form and keep the members there trapped in a never-ending delusion, isolated from reality. These groups include Flat-Earthers, Anti-Vaxxers, Holocaust deniers, and the like. Political communities aren’t necessarily bad but can be just as bad as pseudo-scientific ones. When we only interact with people with the same opinions it becomes a problem, especially when those opinions are backed by strong emotions. Every political party has flaws, but the members may find them hard to find and ultimately accept when joining such groups.

Productive communities like the ones that perform community services, do book readings, study, have diverse views on the same topics, and so on are extremely important.

3. Jacobsen: Looking at either case, what needs are met in these communities?

Scillitani: I think the three primary needs met by these communities are socializing, altruism, or to reduce cognitive dissonance. I spoke of the latter a few times in previous sections and it also applies here. Flat-Earthers, for example, are told by normal, rational people that their beliefs are absurd. This produces cognitive dissonance: they believe they’re correct but everyone tells them they’re wrong. To reduce that cognitive dissonance, they may either believe that they are, in fact, wrong or believe everyone else is. Often, it’s the second option that’s picked and joining groups with other irrational members with the same beliefs helps maintain the delusion.

4. Jacobsen: What defines a healthy community?

Scillitani: Any community that helps its members or non-members is a healthy one. That could mean a lot of things, and some examples are (diverse) scientific communities, community service groups, and fitness communities.

5. Jacobsen: What defines an unhealthy community?

Scillitani: Communities that feed their members delusions and harm members or non-members are unhealthy ones. These communities, even ones that seem innocent enough, can be dangerous and evolve into cults.

6. Jacobsen: Based on entering some of the communities and taking the larger view of the political and social dynamics of the high-IQ communities, have these been more or less successful than the comparable communities organized around different principles and entrance criteria?

Scillitani: On the whole, I think the fitness communities I’ve joined were much more successful than any of the I.Q. societies. In fact, most communities work better than them but only because of the great interaction and collaboration between members. High-I.Q. communities could be a wonderful thing if we all put our egos aside.

7. Jacobsen: Over some of the history of Wikipedia and its apparent internal debates on the nature of IQ, high-IQ societies, personalities, and the like, they appear to have narrowed down the search to five main societies with the longest, most robust histories, and the best records for the establishment of different segments of high-IQ communities: Mensa International, Intertel, Triple Nine Society, Prometheus Society, and the Mega Society. For a safe search for individuals wishing to enter into the communities, as a start, those seem the safest. What criteria should individuals at 2-sigma through 6-sigma incorporate into searching for societies for them? Those aspects of the community worth valuing if individuals wish to join them.

Scillitani: Probably society age, location, and interaction level. Older societies aren’t necessarily better but are usually more reliable than are newer ones. It’s beneficial for societies to have a physical location near the prospective member for in-person meet-ups. The interaction level should also be one that the prospective member is comfortable with. Some societies have meetings or group discussions daily, some monthly, and others even less often. Once a prospective member decides what distance and interaction level they’re comfortable with they should begin their search by seeing how often the society’s meet-ups and journals are posted.

Of course, I.Q. cut-off for inclusion may be important too. Someone with an I.Q. of 175 may not want to join a society with a cut-off of I.Q. 130, for example.

8. Jacobsen: What community sense and camaraderie can high-IQ individuals get somewhere else than high-IQ communities?

Scillitani: Probably in science, philosophy, or any other community that requires higher intelligence.

9. Jacobsen: For problem personalities, cults of personality, literal cults, cult-like entities, aggressive ad hominem and belligerently prejudiced behaviour, even abusive behaviour, anti-science propagandistic efforts, or individuals who lie about their IQs or their IQ scores (inflated or false IQ), how could the community identify, target, isolate, and marginalize such individuals or entities/organizations, as a safety precaution for the health of the overall community moving into the future? Although, bearing in mind, these communities remain extraordinarily niche communities while providing an important need for some members.  Nonetheless, an encouragement of healthy communities can provide a positive image to the public for this niche set of communities for individuals with such an interest in them, as more gifted and talented people exist outside of them than inside of them while meeting socio-emotional and intellectual needs in any case.

Scillitani: Requiring multiple standardized (normed) I.Q. scores at or above the cut-off, expelling members whose behavior is clearly below that cut-off or is disruptive, and maybe even adding a mental health test before admission to filter out certain unsteady groups.

10. Jacobsen: Have you ever thought of founding a high-IQ organization? Even if not, what would its name, principles, mission, and values be?

Scillitani: No, I’ve never thought of that since there are so many others already. If I were to found one, the mission would be to gather intelligent, diverse, and collaborative people together for both socializing and problem-solving. I think an I.Q. cut-off of 135 (S.D. 15) or so would be good for that. It’s high enough that all the members would be smart while also low enough that many people could join. I’d also try and form the society locally and, if it became popular, open up membership to different locations.

I also think many high-I.Q. societies have ridiculous or grandiose names, which I would want to avoid. Something simple like the Thinker Society may be good.

11. Jacobsen: Why the lack of collaboration and communication between high-IQ society members?

Scillitani: Too big egos, tendency towards individualism, and wanting not to look stupid. When someone’s entire identity is formed around their intelligence and they have to collaborate with other smart people then they’re going to feel a bit worried about saying something not-so-smart. I think that’s one of the main reasons smart people choose not to collaborate – fear of looking dumb.

12. Jacobsen: Why is individualism a defining characteristic in the high-IQ societies and a problem for their integration towards singular goals of common substance, interest, and import?

Scillitani: It’s not often someone with an I.Q. of 150+ can successfully share ideas with another person or group who understands them. For that reason, I think many of us share our thoughts with other society members rather than collaborate on solving problems.

13. Jacobsen: Keith Raniere was a recent terrible case of a known cult brought to some semblance of justice with finalizations ongoing for said justice. It shows a case where things can get really, really out of hand. I notice one trend. Why are more men founding these narcissism-driven ‘societies’ or ‘foundations’ and the like more than the women?

Scillitani: Personality differences relating to grandiosity and assertiveness. I think there are few or no sex differences when it comes to narcissism but there are many more grandiose and assertive men than women. That also explains more male entrepreneurs, politicians, and the like. It takes some grandiosity to think someone should be rich, famous, or control others and it takes assertiveness to make it happen.

14. Jacobsen: What do you think the 30-point (S.D. 15) communication gap for intelligence? This may reflect the comment about someone with an IQ of 175 not wanting to join a group with a cut-off of 130.

Scillitani: I think any intelligence-based communication gap is mostly an excuse used by smart people who have too many dissenting opinions and are tired of being told they’re wrong. If someone’s really smart they should be able to express their ideas in such a way that even a child could understand them. When someone disagrees with me I know it’s probably more a personality difference than an intelligence one. That’s because even the smartest people on Earth have drastically different political, religious, and moral beliefs. It’s easier to say “ah, they just disagree because they’re dumb” than to admit one party may be suffering from my favorite term – cognitive dissonance.

That’s not to say anybody can explain anything to anyone; just that the whole communication gap excuse is usually to remedy a hurt ego. I think that rather than a gap there’s probably some requisite intelligence necessary to understand any particular concept. Maybe it takes an I.Q. of 124 to understand how memory is consolidated. If that were the case, as an example, then someone with an I.Q. of 125 explaining it to a person whose I.Q. is 120 would end nowhere. Even though there’s only a 5-point I.Q. gap, the latter person can’t understand how memory is consolidated no matter how hard they try.

While that’s true for any concept, even the average person can understand most things if they’re explained simply enough. In socializing, those topics should rarely come up anyway, so it’s possible for someone with an I.Q. of 175 to get along swell with people whose I.Q.s are 50, 75, or even 100-points below theirs.

15. Jacobsen: Any proposed mental health examinations? Other than some loose questionnaire: “Do you hear voices?”, “Do you think you’re God?”, etc.

Scillitani: An extensive one like the MMPI-2 (Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory) would be my preference. The MMPI-2 has nearly 600 questions and takes the average person 2-3 hours to complete. Long tests like these are good because they tell us a lot about the prospective member, not just in their answers but also in their willingness to take the test in the first place.

16. Jacobsen: With your intelligence, why select the current professional path?

Scillitani: My professional path has changed a lot over the last few years. I was a research psychologist intending on working towards my doctoral degree but was disillusioned by the sorry state of American psychology. I went into business advertising and as a hobby taught myself how to build websites, which soon became my full-time job. I’m currently working on a few projects outside of web development that’ll hopefully help me on my way towards an early retirement.

17. Jacobsen: Has this intelligence helped with development of friendships and more intimate relationships?

Scillitani: It’s definitely helped strengthen relationships and mitigate arguments. However, my introversion keeps me from having many friends in the first place. It’s probably personality differences like that which determine the size of our social circles more than does our intelligence.

18. Jacobsen: What systems of American governance could use a facelift?

Scillitani: The judicial system immediately comes to mind. Most of our government requires reform but our judiciary is especially subpar.

19. Jacobsen: What makes America a/the top contender in the economic and technological sphere of the world?

Scillitani: Capitalism, unethical business practices, highly competitive markets, and so on. Unfortunately, our economic system, which is heavily criticized by about 2/5th of U.S. citizens, is the very reason we’re at the forefront of technology. A country can have (near) economic equality or rapid technological progress, but never both. Competition and high financial rewards are like petrol in the tech engine.

20. Jacobsen: We live in the decade of transition from a unipolar/bipolar world into a political and economic multipolar world. What nations will continue to dominate the top of the international relations and economic spheres in the coming decades?

Scillitani: I’m not so sure what will happen and which nations will continue to do well. Many countries are close to or undergoing an economic or social collapse, the United States being among them. After that happens, it’s hard to tell which countries will bounce back or stay down.

21. Jacobsen: Do you have a favourite political philosopher?

Scillitani: I only know of some but don’t have positive opinions of them.

22. Jacobsen: What about favourite economic philosopher?

Scillitani: Probably Adam Smith. I’m not a proponent of a free market economic system but think Smith’s ideas are interesting and very ahead of his time. Economics aside, he was also a very unique person that’s worth learning about.

23. Jacobsen: What is human nature?

Scillitani: In a previous segment, I said there was a duality to human nature: consumers and producers. Most or all of us have traits of both, with a little more of one or the other. Consumers destroy while producers build. Sometimes destruction is necessary for growth, but a world without consumers may not be so bad. Producers also must consume but do so in a more elegant, refined way – in moderation.

24. Jacobsen: How can this a pragmatic extension of this understanding of human nature help refine our political, economic, and social systems in society?

Scillitani: By accepting that there is no best system of government or economics which will yield great results for every person. Meeting somewhere in the middle on most issues usually produces the highest rate of satisfaction while still never achieving a perfect system for everyone. Ironically, consumers, in spite of making the most fuss about their living situations, will be unhappy no matter what social, economical, or governmental system they’re in.

 

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Member, Giga Society; Member, Glia Society. Bachelor’s Degree, Psychology, East Carolina University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-five; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Matthew Scillitani.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Other Considerations for High-IQ Societies (Part Five) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-five.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 15). An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Other Considerations for High-IQ Societies (Part Five)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-five.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Other Considerations for High-IQ Societies (Part Five). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-five>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Other Considerations for High-IQ Societies (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-five.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Other Considerations for High-IQ Societies (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-five.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Other Considerations for High-IQ Societies (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-five>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Other Considerations for High-IQ Societies (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-five.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Other Considerations for High-IQ Societies (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-five>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Other Considerations for High-IQ Societies (Part Five)[Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-five.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Intelligence Measurements, Italy, Scholastics, and MIUR (Part Four)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,372

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Dr. Giuseppe Corrente is a Computer Science teacher at Torino University. He earned a Ph.D. in Science and High Technology – Computer Science in 2013 at Torino University. He has contributed to the World Intelligence Network’s publication Phenomenon. He discusses: Scholastica in Italy; non-identification of the gifted; intelligence in Italy; selection criteria in academics; MIUR; valorization of Ph.D.; poor quality control mechanisms in Italy; school directors reflecting some of the aforementioned; and the basis for the personal opinions. 

Keywords: gifted, Giuseppe Corrente, IQ, Italy, scholastic.

An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Intelligence Measurements, Italy, Scholastics, and MIUR (Part Four)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: For the scholastic system in Italy, what is the level of inclusion of the wider international community at the postsecondary level? 

Giuseppe Corrente: We are not attractive as funds and also because of not English country language for foreign students and post-docs. For ten Italians that go abroad, the so-called ‘fuga dei cervelli’, I suppose there is only one or two foreign students that come to Italy.

2. Jacobsen: The gifted are either helped or not. Before this question is answered, implied, they’re either identified or not. How is testing and identification of the gifted and talented in Italy?

Corrente:  They are not identified here. In Italy, there are only a few exceptions in which some programs for the gifted experiments, but there is no screening of the scholastic population searching for them.

3. Jacobsen: How is intelligence defined in the Italian context? South of the Canadian border, obviously, intelligence is seen as IQ and IQ is seen as the be-all and end-all of intelligence and its identification. 

Corrente:  The most note tool for IQ testing is WAIS-IV, but I don’t know if it was adapted to scholastic screening or not.

4. Jacobsen: How does this view of intelligence in Italian society influence its selection criteria in universities and considerations of the gifted and talented in Italian society?

Corrente:  One of the first reasons of mobbing in Italy is that some heads don’t tolerate being overcome by no one of their employees, also if talented or gifted or overall if talented or gifted. One’ s consideration and prestige can be earned only after reached a good social level, and only if one can express his own talents, and this in Italy is not easy. The universities, the companies, the political and artistic elites are all closed groups and often, not ever but often, it is that more one has talent more he is opposed.

5. Jacobsen: Why did the government decide to split the MIUR into school and university?

Corrente: In the government’s opinion it is to focus better on the specific problem of these two strategic parts. Politically it has been an answer to the previous minister’s self-resignation. He dismissed himself because of a lack of funds from the Italian government for university and school compartment.

6. Jacobsen: What about the valorization or less of the Ph.D. as a title in both public administration and instruction in non-academic systems in Italy? Any thoughts there?

Corrente: It is only from a couple of years that in Italy exists the “Comitato per la valorizzazione del dottorato”, it is promoting the Ph.D. title also outside Academic life and career. There is a need for high competence both in the industry system that in Public Administration, and also inside schools, while the academic jobs are becoming the exception also for who has a Ph.D. title. It is correct in my opinion to not waste and to valorize excellence and expertise promoting the valorization of Ph.D. title also outside Academia.

7. Jacobsen: What are some of the indications of poor quality control mechanisms in the school systems in Italy?

Corrente: Fioramonti’s self-discharge from MIUR’s (Instruction, University and Research)  minister position in December of 2019. There are decades that this compartment has fewer funds than necessary, he asked three of 24 billions of euro calculated for renewing and to really invest in schools, university and research usefulness. No one euro was dedicated to these needs. He published a strong Facebook post and discharged himself proudly. Because of this scarcity of funds the quality of the whole MIUR compartment is compromised, the controls are penalized also when urgent, and the quality or control general system null.

8. Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, how is this reflected in the school directors in Italy?

Corrente: Now the directors of Italian schools are as a manager or navy pilot with no guide or central control. It depends on single if some school reaches a good quality, but no great organization can be without some form of central control.

9. Jacobsen: What is the basis for these opinions of yours?

Corrente: In 2017 the Instruction system cost in Italy was less than 1% of the whole public costs, while German, United Kingdom and France spend about 10% of their public costs. In Italy, there are about 190 school inspectors, not enough for the scholastic system of Italy, a country with 60 million persons. The scholastic control system would also promote the improvement of the whole scholastic system and society, but with these numbers nothing of this can be done.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Ph.D. (2013), Science and High Technology – Computer Science, Torino University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-four; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Intelligence Measurements, Italy, Scholastics, and MIUR (Part Four) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 15). An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Intelligence Measurements, Italy, Scholastics, and MIUR (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Intelligence Measurements, Italy, Scholastics, and MIUR (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Intelligence Measurements, Italy, Scholastics, and MIUR (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Intelligence Measurements, Italy, Scholastics, and MIUR (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Intelligence Measurements, Italy, Scholastics, and MIUR (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Intelligence Measurements, Italy, Scholastics, and MIUR (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Intelligence Measurements, Italy, Scholastics, and MIUR (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Intelligence Measurements, Italy, Scholastics, and MIUR (Part Four) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Jason Robert on Background, Christianity, and Christ (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,706

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Jason Robert grew up in Orange Country, California, where he also currently resides. He holds a degree from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). He directs a non-profit Christian ministry and has written nine books. He is a people-person and enjoys spending time with friends and family. He discusses: conversational opener; family heritage; family life; faith as part of earlier family life; formative moments; important moments in higher education; lessons from work; touching moments in life; faith in Jesus; and and personal relationship with God and Jesus Christ as “LOVE.”

Keywords: Christ, Christian, Christianity, faith, Jason Roberts, ministry, MIT.

An Interview with Jason Robert on Background, Christianity, and Christ: Author (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Hi Jason! Thank you for taking the time to participate in the series with the others, as you have valuable contributions to make in the overall narrativees and views provided here, I can note the consistency of well-considered and thoughtful divergent opinions on all manner of subject, which can make for vibrant community life for the individuals who wish to find this in some of the high-IQ communities. Firstly, let us give emphasis on the personal narrative for you, as this becomes an important part of the groundwork, the story of you. What is some family history? Only have to provide as much data as you feel comfortable placing in a publication.

Jason Robert: Thank you, Scott.

2. Jacobsen: Are there any points of this family heritage that stuck throughout life for you? I mean in terms of a sense of identity, of self, stretched across the vast expanse of time for family, even centuries.

Robert: The Robert name comes from the French quarter of Switzerland where my family has lived for hundreds of years. We were a great family of painters. My uncle, Leopold Robert, is featured in the Louvre. And my Grandfather, Leo-Paul Robert, was a very influential Christian painter in Switzerland. I have not inherited a talent for art from my family, however. On the other hand, I value our rich Christian heritage which I can trace back seven generations.

3. Jacobsen: When you reflect on some family life as opposed to some of the things in the deeper family history, what were some of the warmer memories from childhood?

Robert: I remember my Dad leading me to the Lord when I was three years old and growing up in a Southern Baptist church. I can still remember worshiping God in my childhood at church and feeling his wonderful love for the first time. I still think of those days with fond memories.

4. Jacobsen: As I am aware, you are a person of faith. Was this part of earlier life and in the family?

Robert: Yes.

5. Jacobsen: What were some formative moments of adolescence when it’s, as for many, a time of turbulence and rapid physical development and mental maturation?

Robert: I was only interested in sports during my childhood. I played football and basketball competitively all throughout my childhood and adolescence. It wasn’t until being introduced to Algebra as a freshman in high school that I developed an interest in academics, primarily mathematics.

6. Jacobsen: What were some important moments in higher education and achievements there too if any?

Robert: I was accepted to MIT as part of the class of 2003. I worked hard in college there and was very intellectually satisfied there. I graduated in three years with a degree in Management Science and a concentration in Finance. I was, however, not relationally satisfied at school. Pulling some of those guys away from their desks to go have a fun time in the city was like trying to pull a rusty nail out of a 100-year-old train track. Though I made a few friends at MIT, I did most of my socializing at Harvard where I was part of an inter-collegiate Christian group called Real Life Boston.

7. Jacobsen: As you began to enter the formal working world, what were some important lessons gathered from the experience for you? The life lessons any individual with academic talent, or not, can benefit from in the longer term, setting them forward with certain sensibilities and images of a wider range of the possible lives to live in a society.

Robert: I left college with a degree in Finance, but I soon learned that I knew nothing about starting a business or leading other people. This is where guest-speaker at the Sloan School of Management, the billionaire Warren Buffett’s advice came in handy, “If you are smart enough to get into this school, you are smart enough to make it without this school. Find a mentor that is doing what you want to do and learn from them.” Buffett’s advice back in the Spring of 1999 as been paying me dividends ever since I started using it after I graduated. You see, there’s a difference between being book-smart and life-smart. What I never learned in school was that I needed to learn to become life-smart. Buffet’s advice has greatly helped me in this as I have employed it. In fact, it is still helping me now, over 20 years later. There is just so much to learn and many great people to learn it from!

8. Jacobsen: Since you’re more established professionally, intellectually, and emotionally in life, what have been some touching moments in life, which you’d recommend for others to potentially aim for in their lives? In one sense, the things valuable to individuals with a religious faith. In another sense, the things valuable to anyone, faithful or not, men or women, at some point in life, so as to become more well-rounded in their approach to life.

Robert: If you are religious and share my Christian faith, I would encourage you to pursue God’s Spirit through God’s Word, the Bible. You see, there are spiritual people and there are mature people, but there are very few spiritually mature people. If you do not share my faith, I encourage you to discover the universal laws that Providence has put in place and can be discovered through the people you meet, the books you read, and by reflecting on the lessons that life presents us all with.

9. Jacobsen: Let’s set some of the stage for the next part, a focus will be on religion and philosophy, potentially extending in social and ethical views. To use the appropriate verbiage and tone, how does faith in the Son of God, Jesus Christ, and His redemptive sacrifice on the Cross influence every part of life – body, mind (intellect and emotions), and soul – for you?

Robert: My faith in Jesus influences my life by providing me with the hope of eternal life. On a daily basis, my faith provides me with a framework for learning, growing, and improving my life as well as the lives of those around me.

10. Jacobsen: What is Christianity to you? What does being a follower of Christ mean to you? What does living as a Christian do for you?

Robert: Christianity is faith that Jesus Christ is the Son of God, died on the cross, and rose on the third day. If you believe that, you have eternal life now – a relationship with God and Jesus Christ based on LOVE. Being a Christian means following Christ’s commandments to love God and others. Living as a Christian gives me a purpose because God has given me spiritual gifts that he uses to bring both me and others joy.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Author.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Jason Robert on Background, Christianity, and Christ (Part One) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 15). An Interview with Jason Robert on Background, Christianity, and Christ (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Jason Robert on Background, Christianity, and Christ (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Jason Robert on Background, Christianity, and Christ (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Jason Robert on Background, Christianity, and Christ (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Jason Robert on Background, Christianity, and Christ (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Jason Robert on Background, Christianity, and Christ (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Jason Robert on Background, Christianity, and Christ (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Jason Robert on Background, Christianity, and Christ (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Intelligence, Genius, and Philosophy (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,427

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Christian is a Philosopher that comes from Belgium.  What identifies him the most and above all is simplicity, for everything is better with “vanilla flavour.”  Perhaps, for this reason, his intellectual passion is criticism and irony, in the sense of trying to reveal what “hides behind the mask,” and give birth to the true. For him, ignorance and knowledge never “cross paths.” What he likes the most in his leisure time, is to go for a walk with his wife. He discusses: media, genius, and high intelligence; evading public presence; crappy mood as a trait of geniuses; deductive logic; expansion of partials, relatives, and invisibles; science as partials, relatives, and invisibles; the supernatural; living in a multidimensional reality; intuition; genius and theological thinking; theology and the advancement of the material conditions of human beings; cognitive generalism; Ancient Greece generating geniuses; extrasensory perception as an experience and not a reality; meta-intelligence and mystical states; belief behind begging God; nothing making reality ultimately real; empirical and rational traditions of the world; a soul; being an obsessive individual; punishment of geniuses; genius as a quality in itself; other forms of reasoning; inductive and deductive logic; discovering principles of existence; genius and simplicity; societies and genius; restricting genius; genius and excitability and hallucinations; fetishization of genius gone wrong; intelligence; genius; fake genius; intelligence and genius; real genius; ow societies destroy genius; genius; common traits of genius; lunatics; and the criteriaa entering into the “theoretically defined constructs.”

Keywords: Christian Sorenson, intelligence, genius, traits.

An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Intelligence, Genius, and Philosophy (Part Two)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s talk about intelligence and genius, by the nature of high intelligence combined with unique qualities and cultural factors, there can be a conflation between high scores on intelligence tests and then the idea of genius. The media loves stories on geniuses, as we see with Marilyn vos Savant or Robert Jarvik, M.D. We see these trends in the public mind with an individual who scores high on an alternative I.Q. test or on a mainstream intelligence test, and then media, as per the desire for a good and unusual story, cling to this with all their journalistic might and then want the interview. Sometimes, they get them. What is the fascination of the media with genius and high intelligence?

Christian Sorenson: I believe that commonly genius and high intelligence represents for society and then to media a sort of “fetish.” In this sense, they’re forms of “objects of desire,” which are invested with power, and therefore this functions analogously to sexual objects, and for that reason causes fascination of the media.

2. Jacobsen: How do some, like yourself, evade explicit public presence? I am aware of a few who go for presence and then pretend as if they don’t, get it and don’t want it and then simply live with it, or do go for it and don’t care a smidgen about the other aspects, even social or personal consequences, as in only caring about the coverage for the sake of the coverage. Even at the blip-score highest measured levels (rarity of 1-in-30,938,221,975 people out of the general population, or 198 on S.D. 15), as in the case of the Non-Verbal Cognitive Performance Examination (N-VCP) designed by Dr. Xavier Jouve, published in Cerebrals Online Journal Issue 11 & Gift of Fire Issue 129, and scored very high on by Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis, M.D., Ph.D. (who was friends with Dr. Jouve), there is a lifelong presence in the media on the personality level and a Greek journalist fascination with the psychiatrist. While to the vos Savant & Jarvik example, she has only given a few interviews outside of productions in Parade Magazine at any reasonable length to discern views, attitudes, and sensibilities. In them, she matches Mencken’s commentary comparison between men and women with men as more sentimental and vain while women have far more sense as the “supreme realists of the race” (species).

Sorenson: Evading explicit public presence not necessarily means you’re doing so with “high profile,” and the opposite neither does it. “In essence” what I would evade from the explicit public presence, is to consent with being cathectized of “something” in this context, that could turn me fascinating.

Even though they have existed societies like the period of “golden thought” in Greece, where it was likely that geniuses were venerated, the result has invariably always been the same, sometimes coming to them to pay with their lives, like Socrates or more recently C. Dickens. The point is that societies are not prepared “to hear” what geniuses have to say, they are not ready to hear the “truth.” This last as it is revolutionary and disruptive, puts the “establishment” at risk, and therefore this is dangerous because it constitutes a threat.

3. Jacobsen: Why “crappy mood” as a common personality trait of geniuses?

Sorenson: Because they feel that everything around them is going extremely slow, and that makes them impatient and exasperated. Also because it frustrates them, not to be heard at one moment, and that later the facts show that they were right.

4. Jacobsen: Does the secondary nature of deductive logic make it less refined while rarer in our species?

Sorenson: It is less scientific, since its starting point is an “eternal and universal essence” that doesn’t follow any method. Indeed, it is rarer, in the sense that requires greater ability to make logical inferences from general principles.

5. Jacobsen: Can you expand on “partials, relatives and invisibles”?

Sorenson: Study objects are theoretically defined constructs; therefore, they don’t correspond to any real object. They are relatives, because they can be redefinable, they are partials since they integrate different aspects that together do not correspond to any real object as such, and they are invisible for the reason that they constitute abstractions.

6. Jacobsen: How do objects in science boil down to “partials, relatives and invisibles”?

Sorenson: Because in my opinion reality is inaccessible, and “hermetic,” and then it becomes necessary to build study objects through “noetic consensus,” which I can only know indirectly from these, that actually are artificial instruments. In other words, it is only after the “operability” of the use of them, that I can confirm that the “consensus” is correct.

7. Jacobsen: Who do you mean by “channeled without interference” for better understanding regarding the supernatural?

Sorenson: That is necessary to “empty” the mind and block discursive thought, by adopting a purely contemplative attitude, “like a lover waiting for his beloved.”

8. Jacobsen: How are the boundaries between intellective intuition and extra sensory perception dim? Is this a conceptual gap rather than a claim to the reality on the former and a fantasy on the latter, or both?

Sorenson: We live in a multidimensional reality, and indeed ourselves are “matter and not-matter” at the same time. Actually, there are no limits between the worlds that make up these dimensions. It is we, who create these limits through the intelligence that is matter, in the biological sense of the term, but when we activate the extra sensory perception, intelligence turns to its service, the boundaries fade, and the “connection” to the whole is established.

9. Jacobsen: What is intuition?

Sorenson: It is the “meta-intelligence,” the closest thing to a “mystical state.”

10. Jacobsen: Many geniuses spent their lives thinking about heaven and hell, and the names and traits of God. Why?

Sorenson: Because as me, they are “obsessives.” Both, hell and heaven, and God, generally have to do with what comes after life ends. Obsessive individuals, have a conflict with death, and in consequence, usually geniuses have it too.

11. Jacobsen: Many other geniuses spent their lives on thinking about the advancement of the material condition of human beings. Why?

Sorenson: Because they are “lesser geniuses.”

12. Jacobsen: What, in real terms, provides more benefit to the great mass of people – thinking about heaven and hell, and the names and traits of God, or thinking about the advancement of the material condition of human beings?

Sorenson: I think that both, though the former is at the service of the last. Despite its need to distinguish something. When the former regards “the oppressed,” it is to “anesthetize their conscience,” and to beg God to save them from this hell. While when this is related to “the oppressors,” its also to “anesthetize their conscience,” but… To lighten their anguish, because life is “on the final countdown,” they need to beg God for not ending up in hell.

13. Jacobsen: Are human beings cognitive generalists in which differences in measurements of intelligence amount to mere differences of fidelity of the generality?

Sorenson: Human beings are generalists and “singularists” cognitives, and both are in double sense. The fact of being in that way, regarding intelligence, remarks indeed essential differences of fidelity with generality.

14. Jacobsen: Why did Ancient Greece venerate geniuses?

Sorenson: Generally, they did, nevertheless some were made to pay with their lives for seeking or have found the truth, no matter they were right. They tend to worshiped the geniuses, because the Greek culture was a humanistic and anthropocentric culture that, unlike the Christian culture, did “not demonize” the reason, or the fact that geniuses were special individuals.

15. Jacobsen: Do you believe in extrasensory perception as a reality? How do you define extrasensory perception in a more comprehensive and precise meaning?

Sorenson: I believe in it, as an experience not as a reality. It is the result of a “noumenic identification” with the whole to form the “one” in the sense of unity.

16. Jacobsen: Can you elaborate on the “meta-intelligence” and the associated “mystical state” of mind implied there?

Sorenson: “Meta-intelligence,” is a rational action that dispenses of reasoning as a cognitive process and, therefore, captures in an instant abstraction the formal quality of being itself. A mystical state, is a “reminiscent” experience, in which a supposed condition is revived, since once, we lived with entities that were eternal.

17. Jacobsen: Is fear of a hell and punishment, and a god, a major reason for the belief in one, in line with the comment of ‘begging God’? 

Sorenson: That is rather a consequence, since fear is due to the anguish, because one feels in front of a “unbearable lightness of being.”

18. Jacobsen: If reality amounts to something, at bottom, inaccessible and hermetic with the requirement of “noetic consensus” for the study thereof, what makes reality real? 

Sorenson: Nothing, because indeed, there is a barrier between the subject who knows and reality as a known object. For this reason, between both, there is only mediation, an indirect relationship, which is given and it is determined only by the level of operability of the “noetic consensus.” In other words, if what is empirically verified corresponds to what was previously defined, then we can confirm that there is a “consensus,” because we are understanding the same thing, but not a thing can assure me that the last effectively corresponds to reality.

19. Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, how does this bring together the empirical and rational traditions of study of the world?

Sorenson: I believe that empirical and rational traditions, indeed represent rationalism and therefore modernity, while what I propose represents a perspective, that although it is not irrational, it is “postmodern,” in consequence they hardly could come together.

20. Jacobsen: What dimensions comprise the basic dimensions in the “multidimensional reality” mentioned before? I am speaking, of course, of the more than three spatial dimensions and one temporal dimension. I mean interpretations of nature too, qualities of it. 

Sorenson: I feel that the dimension of “soul,” not necessarily in the sense of divine breath or transcendent spirit, but as a “body” which in turn is an object, of who it is possible to get an “idea.”

21. Jacobsen: Do you consider yourself an obsessed individual?

Sorenson: An obsessive individual, rather than an obsessed one. In my opinion they are not equivalent, since the former represents a “floating condition,” while the last supposes an “object fixation,” and therefore, can indicate something very different.

22. Jacobsen: If you take the revolutionary nature and impact on societies of geniuses, and if you take the increased complexity of societies, do geniuses seem more likely or less likely now? In that, societies remain far below human upper limits to permit the emergence of new genius or societies are too complicated to see as many true geniuses when societies were less complicated.

Sorenson: Even though they have existed societies like the period of “golden thought” in Greece, where it was likely that geniuses were venerated, the result has invariably always been the same, sometimes coming them to pay with their lives, like Socrates or more recently C. Dickens. The point is that societies are not prepared “to hear” what geniuses have to say, they are not ready to hear the “truth”. This last as it is revolutionary and disruptive, puts the “establishment” at risk, and therefore this is dangerous because it constitutes a threat.

23. Jacobsen: Is genius almost an emotional, instinctual quality more than a quality of intelligence? In that, intelligence merely amplifies other human qualities.

Sorenson: Genius is not a quality of nothing, therefore exists in itself and not in something as qualities do.

24. Jacobsen: Are any other forms of reasoning from inductive and deductive valid to you, e.g., paraconsistent logic or dialetheism?

Sorenson: Both aim to go beyond consistency or mitigate contradictions. For me they are indeed valid, despite they’re not true forms of reasoning.

25. Jacobsen: How would the development of intelligence as an inductive and deductive logic directed towards particular problems, together, evolve?

Sorenson: Inductive more than deductive logic, due to its starting point of study, has more chances of evolving because it’s directly related to scientific method.

26. Jacobsen: How did these capacities transition from regularities in narrow ancestral environments and more into discovering general principles of existence seen in the sciences?

Sorenson: As a challenge, since science increasingly has to open towards working with study objects that are more partials, relatives and invisibles.

27. Jacobsen: Why is the presentation of solutions “as simple as possible” the key hallmark of a real or true genius?

Sorenson: Because perfection is simple, in consequence genius is more close to the former.

28. Jacobsen: How do societies work to foster genius, when or if they do?

Sorenson: Societies should do that by integrating geniuses more, but that doesn’t reflect actually and currently what societies do, or what they have done in the past.

29. Jacobsen: What types of societies appear to have eliminated geniuses altogether now?

Sorenson: Specially those theocratic societies with strong fundamentalist beliefs.

30. Jacobsen: How do lower threshold for excitability and deeper saturation of sensory and internal representative information of the world help build richer networks of understanding of reality? Is this more conducive or less conducive for hallucinations, misrepresentations of reality? We hear lots of tales of ghosts, angels, whole spiritual realms. Yet, many of the more sophisticated classes of people in history have devoted lives to the investigation of these representations of the world.

Sorenson: If they can be channeled without interference, then they can help to build richer networks of understanding. Boundaries of intellective intuition and extra sensory perception are dim.

31. Jacobsen: Is there an even greater fetishization of genius or the highly intelligent gone wrong – a juicy journalistic story?

Sorenson: Yes, when they attract attention and produce fascination for their rarity.

32. Jacobsen: What is intelligence?

Sorenson: It is the procedural capacity of thought to elaborate reasoning in an inductive and deductive sense facing a certain problem.

33. Jacobsen: What is genius?

Sorenson: It is someone who disregarding of formal reasoning, is able to come out with a solution through instantaneous intellective intuition.

34. Jacobsen: What is a fake genius?

Sorenson: Someone who scores an IQ much lower with a mainstream test than with a high range one.

35. Jacobsen: What relates intelligence and genius?

Sorenson: Nothing, because it is not something related to a quantitative dimension but to a qualitative nature.

36. Jacobsen: What are the elements of genius? The components bringing about that which we title with the exalted status of (real/true) genius.

Sorenson: The extremely rare ability to solve extremely complex problems, without following any sequence, and through solutions that are as simple as possible.

37. Jacobsen: How do societies, typically, function to destroy genius?

Sorenson: Thermodynamically speaking, by operating as closed systems. Since genius tends to produce revolutionary changes in societies, they see on them a threat that compromise their balance, and for this reason, they occupy mechanisms of resistance and opposition in order to neutralize and exclude geniuses who finally disappear.

38. Jacobsen: What can foster genius?

Sorenson: Curiosity and a desire to learn from them.

39. Jacobsen: What are the common personality traits of genius?

Sorenson: Extreme sensitivity and susceptibility, and the fear of being isolated and rejected.

40. Jacobsen: Why are some people lunatics while still intelligent, even highly intelligent? The statistical outliers in both intelligence and mental illness.

Sorenson: Indeed. If on the one hand, there is the architecture and functioning of their central and autonomous nervous system, that operates with lower stimulus which lead to greater hyperreactivity and saturation. And on the other side, there are often hostile environmental variables. Then, it is easy to understand, why endogenous and exogenous variables make them more prone to mental illness.

41. Jacobsen: What criteria enter into the composition of the “theoretically defined constructs”?

Sorenson: The criteria of “phenomenon” and “reduction of the phenomenon”. What I mean with the last, is that it is necessary to place the “phenomenon” under study between two “parentheses”, as if they were two brackets. This produces a cut and delimitation effect in reality, which develops naturally through a continuum of phenomena. It is analogous to what happens with a movie, and the scenes that individually structure it, and therefore, it would be through this “reduction”, that the object would later be definable as an object of study.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Independent Philosopher.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Intelligence, Genius, and Philosophy (Part Two) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 8). An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Intelligence, Genius, and Philosophy (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S.An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Intelligence, Genius, and Philosophy (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Intelligence, Genius, and Philosophy (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Intelligence, Genius, and Philosophy (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Intelligence, Genius, and Philosophy (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Intelligence, Genius, and Philosophy (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Intelligence, Genius, and Philosophy (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Intelligence, Genius, and Philosophy (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Vidya, Editorial Direction, and Intelligence and Ethics (Part Three)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,747

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Justin Duplantis is a Member of the Triple Nine Society and the current Editor of its journal entitled VidyaHe discusses: “Vidya” as a term; the importance of Vidya; current membership of the Triple Nine Society; a society in its values manifesting the good and the bad; trajectory of Vidya; inspirations; the more and less intelligence and the impacts of boredom on the former grouping; intelligence as important factor apart from other in a general way; and the main negative traits of the highly intelligent.

Keywords: editorial work, ethics, intelligence, Justin Duplantis, Triple Nine Society, Vidya.

An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Gifted Education Research, Myths About the Gifted, Positivity About Academia, and Deep Feeling: Editor, Vidya (Part Three)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, “Vidya” is the Sanskrit term for learning, or some close equivalent. Any idea as to why this was the originally selected term for TNS?

Justin Duplantis: You are correct. As to who selected this name and why, I am unsure.

2. Jacobsen: How is Vidya “the glue and the duct tape that holds TNS together”?

Duplantis: Vidya plays an integral role in TNS. Although there are regional and international gatherings, many do not attend. Seeing as how it is a social club, the members interact virtually. One thing that I have implemented is a “New Members” section. This allows for new members to include a biography about themselves, along with their contact information. The hopes is that other members will read it, find relatability, and reach out. Additionally, there are members that simply do not get involved, so the bimonthly issues are the only real contact they have with the organization and their fellow members.

3. Jacobsen: What is the current membership of TNS, e.g., demographics, national representation, sex and gender split, etc.?

Duplantis: We do not track membership demographics to that degree. We have members all over the globe, with the majority residing in the US and Europe. TNS has been in the range of 2,000 members, for some time.

4. Jacobsen: What makes a good society? What makes a bad society?

Duplantis: A society is defined by its ethics and integrity, as a whole, and down to its individuals.

5. Jacobsen: When you’re looking at the trajectory of the content of Vidya, everyone editor has a style and a focus. We try to be as broad and inclusive, but we have limitations as human beings. If you reflect on personality, temperament, and abilities, what will be the expected projects, initiative, publications, and foci within Vidya?

Duplantis: I have always tried to be as inclusive as possible and give as many people an opportunity to share. In addition to the “New Members” section, I encourage the members to send in a business profile to advertise their company, send letters to the editor to be responded to, submit articles, and even send in art in all forms (ie short stories, poems, pictures of their paintings, etc.).

6. Jacobsen: Who inspires you?

Duplantis: I have a good friend that suffers from mental illness. Each day is a struggle and fight that he wages against it. He has a strong entrepreneurial spirit and has established a number of businesses. He is not afraid of failure. I, on the other hand, am terrified of it. I have aspirations of being a business owner, at some point. The small amount of confidence I possess is due to seeing his enthusiastic and fearless approach.

7. Jacobsen: What happens when the less intelligent become deviant, criminal, and destructive? What happens when the more intelligent become the aforementioned?

Duplantis: My theory is that the highly gifted enter criminal enterprises out of boredom. They are seeking a thrill and have been unable to find it through the educational system. If they were challenged and their interests realized, their potential could be fulfilled, rather than wasted. I am hopeful that my research will not only reinforce this theory, but give me the data to approach the educating of the gifted in an entirely different way. They can no longer be the lost segment of society, much like the autistic were a decade ago.

As for the less intelligent, much of it has to do with the environment in which these individuals are raised. At the end of the day, financial stability is a driving factor. People want to make the most money possible, doing the least amount of work. The irony is that a full-time employee of a fast food restaurant has a significantly higher income than an entry-level drug dealer. Educating the youth and showing them this research and statistics may help in reducing the number of individuals, on the opposite side of the bell curve, from entering that lifestyle.

8. Jacobsen: What seem like established facts about intelligence in psychological literature? What makes intelligence one trait among many others needing a great deal of balance amongst the litany of positive human attributes available in the human palette of talents?

Duplantis: I think that question in itself shows the general viewpoint on intelligence. I was in that camp once. I saw intelligence as a singular attribute, like athleticism. It is not. Being an athlete is independent. Intelligence is not. Athleticism does not effect every aspect of a person’s life. The average IQ is 100. If we take the same deviation on either side of the curve, let’s say 55 points, we have IQs of 45 and 155. The population easily looks at an individual with an IQ of 45 and draws a consensus that their profound delay will impact every aspect of their life, indefinitely. They are given resources to aid in their integration into society. Conversely speaking, when the highly gifted are looked at, intelligence is all of a sudden a single attribute. This is illogical. Just as the mentally delayed have a set of common characteristics that make it difficult for them to seamlessly integrate into society, so do the highly gifted.

9. Jacobsen: What are the main negative attributes, personality traits that can develop among highly intelligent women and men?

Duplantis: I prefer not to call any attribute negative. In moderation, they can all be seen in a positive light. With that said, there are some that certainly make relationships and societal integration more challenging. The three that come to mind are: extreme thinking, emotional sensitivity, and high moral standards. These make things difficult, as they go against our very culture.

Extreme thinking is seeing things in black and white. There is no gray. This is a common characteristic among the highly gifted and is certainly a struggle. The culture is one of flexibility. These are the rules, with the exception(s)…. Finding justifications for exceptionalities is, at times, impossible.

Emotional sensitivity leads to being labeled “dramatic” or an over-reactor. I surmise this is related to extreme thinking in that there is no gray in hurt. You either wronged me or didn’t. The levels of hurt are not present. It is either pain or no pain. There is no delineation. This leads to being perceived as sensitive, but also makes it appear as though the bigger things are taken in stride.

High moral standards are also interwoven with extreme thinking. Something is right or wrong. If one sees smoking as wrong, it is still wrong even when drinking. The justification for lowering moral standards, situationally, cannot be rationalized.

These views are in stark contrast to how society sees things. Society is made up of many shades of gray. Having such a divergent mindset makes relationships and societal integration difficult.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Editor, Vidya, Triple Nine Society; Member, Executive Committee, Triple Nine Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-three; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Vidya, Editorial Direction, and Intelligence and Ethics (Part Three) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 8). An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Vidya, Editorial Direction, and Intelligence and Ethics (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Vidya, Editorial Direction, and Intelligence and Ethics (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Vidya, Editorial Direction, and Intelligence and Ethics (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Vidya, Editorial Direction, and Intelligence and Ethics (Part Three).In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Vidya, Editorial Direction, and Intelligence and Ethics (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Vidya, Editorial Direction, and Intelligence and Ethics (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Vidya, Editorial Direction, and Intelligence and Ethics (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Vidya, Editorial Direction, and Intelligence and Ethics (Part Three) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with James Gordon on Genius, Intelligence, and Other Qualities (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,233

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

James Gordon was born in 1987 in Denver, CO. He holds a Master of Fine Arts degree in Creative Writing from Adelphi University (NY), and a BA in English from Western Washington University (WA). He has worked a handful of different jobs, including in education and mental health. His hobbies include music, writing, fitness, video games, movies, skiing, and reading. He is also an experimental musician who improvises on the piano and guitar. You can visit his YouTube channel here, where he has an online video journal of some of his music. He lives with his wife in Washington State, where he plans to soon start a family. He discusses: genius and ideology; other qualities for genius; intelligence; intelligence and genius; intelligence and mental illness; genius and apparent lunacy; genius and real lunacy; destructive individuals; Mensa International, Intertel, Triple Nine Society, Prometheus Society, and the Mega Society; and iffiness of IQ.

Keywords: genius, gifted, intelligence, IQ, James Gordon, mental illness.

An Interview with James Gordon on Genius, Intelligence, and Other Qualities (Part Two)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Exceptional or profound giftedness tends to come with a wide variety of interests with an admixture of interests becoming an interrelated set of interests. This may explain, in part, the ways in which the different segmentations of the gifted and talented become pluralists in intellectual variety in addition to the connections built between the wider variety of interests with, at some level of intellectual development and level of general intelligence, the creation of the nearly unseen individuals considered pervasively intelligent. One can have the talent without the intellectual background; another can lack the talent and have the intellectual background. In the former case, the individual amounts to an unrefined gem; in the latter case, the individual becomes a highly refined base metal, not a diamond. Both have places in society. The combination or admixture of elements for both in one individual becomes the change makers of history, in general terms. Let’s take an example from recent musical sampling, I have been listening to the late polymath Hildegard von Bingen. Catherine Morris Cox in the studies of genius rank von Bingen amongst the greatest geniuses in history. In listening to some of the musical productions by her, which I have been enjoying, in the Western classical tradition, we someone who composed musical productions, philosophical thought, and writings. Someone who, probably, built a framework of comprehension of the world inclusive of the Christian, mystic, written, philosophical, and musical works together rather than as siloed domains. Someone both talented and integrative of a wide variety of intellectual stimuli. With this example of genius, and with, at least, some knowns about giftedness and talentedness, we have the historical evidence of such individuals arising in the past and some general criteria for a set of qualities bringing about their fruition in the real world, as exemplified in the evidenced examples. In fact, even in those who conduct the music rather than compose it, or those who master the interpretation and delivery of composition as conductors, they can specialize in particular forms, e.g., Herbert von Karajan remained the master of Allegro when alive. Individual character and sensibilities build into this too. At the same time, we can note ethnic supremacist and fascist ideologies in the history of some of these characters too, not von Bingen, but von Karajan with the National Socialist or Nazi Party in German. In general terms, does this seem right to you? If so, how so? If not, why not? How can geniuses come with negative qualities, unsavoury ideological associations, in their personal histories and stories too?

James Gordon: I think there’s a lot of truth to the above. I’m not familiar with all of the individuals you mentioned but look forward to researching them and their work. I do think that genius is very much a subjective idea, I don’t agree there’s one supreme example of type of genius. I go into that in some of the following questions in a little more depth. As for tendencies towards polymathy, that’s pretty common among very intelligent people (in my experience), but so is focus and specialization. I think both are contrastive ways genius can manifest. For those who are polymathic, they still go very deeply into multiple areas, often more deeply than other non-genius experts who specialize. The geniuses who specialize are therefore comparatively like super-experts, and those who cross-fertilize have a globalized understanding of different fields.

There’s only so much energy to go around, and some depth is sacrificed at the expense of breadth. I think that for geniuses it’s relatively easier to rise to the level of expert in one domain and then to move on and become expert in other domains. To push the limits of what expert is means competing with other geniuses who’re specializing. One example would be Da Vinci who was known for his painting and inventions and so forth. He’s considered one of the greatest painters of all time, but other painters are generally somewhat more celebrated (such as Titian and Rembrandt) who were highly specialized in painting. Da Vinci was celebrated more for his overall contributions in variegated disciplines.

About the Nazi leaders’ IQ scores (they were all 140+ if I remember correctly); you have to think about reasons why they could score high. One is to consider that they are sociopaths, who probably don’t experience human emotions and anxieties, and can thus focus singularly on a test. Another is to consider they’re con men and narcissists, who are driven to do well at something if it presents them in a positive light. I think that a lot of morally good, intelligent people probably don’t test optimally. Maybe they get distracted during tests, as they’re preoccupied more about other things of greater relevance. Their IQ could easily be underestimated by a test. By the same token, others’ scores can be inflated (since these people are simply better at taking a test, not necessarily smarter overall). IQ testing can be extremely limited, which I will discuss further.

About the intersection of genius and evil, in addition to those you mentioned, the philosopher Martin Heidegger springs to mind. He was Hitler’s favourite philosopher, and a member of the Nazi party. I’ve read his work Being and Time, and on a philosophical level, it’s quite fascinating, while having no discernible connection to Nazi ideologies. Nietzsche as well was known for being highly influential towards Hitler’s ideology, yet he himself had no anti-Semitic leanings I’m aware of. It’s possible for evil and genius to become mixed up sometimes. Hitler himself was even known for being quite intelligent in some ways, while in other ways incredibly stupid, and of course sociopathic. Humans are complex and are not generally two-dimensional in their characteristics. A person can be a mixed bag of traits and thus judging character is not always simple. Sometimes evil people can even be geniuses or at least of very high intellectual potential. We discuss later on some ways geniuses can become delusional and insane; evil itself being related to insanity.

2. Jacobsen: What might be some other considerations for the inclusion of genius category, other qualities?

Gordon: In my eyes, genius is a very open-ended term which people take to mean different things. I feel that I’ve generally been more inclusive in how I treat it. To me, someone being a genius doesn’t mean they have to be famous or in the extreme minority of high intellects, like for example Albert Einstein (the epitome of genius as a household name), or a noted scientist from a long list of Nobel Prize Winners (whom only those interested in the field would know about). I think genius can be a relatively mundane and ordinary thing, because we all possess it to some degree, as human beings. The celebrity geniuses we hear about in society are extraordinary and blatant manifestations of the essential genius in all people, and furthermore are all cases of ideal circumstances for those genius’ rise to fame and recognition. Even those who seem to be anything but geniuses, for example the intellectually disabled or the clinically insane, often do show genius traits albeit in isolated and limited ways.

Thus I feel it is open to interpretation, what genius is (like art, it can be in the eye of the beholder). There are plenty of people who you can’t easily argue are not geniuses, and maybe these are the examples we can turn to as the supreme examples and definition – but I feel this is too exclusive, and diminishes the value of other, less obvious and maybe more subtle manifestations of genius. One aspect of genius is originality and breaking new ground, which can mean that not everyone agrees with them (so these geniuses may not become quite as popular).

There is definitely a spectrum, and I think it’s possible to have it to varying degrees. The vast majority of people in general will not be at the socially-recognized level of Nobel Prize winners, or celebrity stars receiving accolades for their creativity (award-winning actors, directors, writers, musicians, artists, etc). Similarly, I don’t feel genius should be reserved for the elite in society. I can only imagine that throughout history, many geniuses have remained largely undiscovered. It’s not that they weren’t real geniuses, but rather that the world wasn’t ready for their intellect or their minds were wasted and lost from society’s records. To put it simply, many genius intellects are likely not appreciated or known widely for many for their gifts. We can look to celebrated geniuses to get a sense for what is likely being missed out on among the unknown.

3. Jacobsen: What is intelligence?

Gordon: It depends who you ask, but I think of it in terms of variegated proficiencies. It’s very subjective to whatever context you’re referring to. It can relate to practicality, empathy, creativity, resourcefulness, persuasion; it can be mainly logical, social, linguistic, mathematical, etc. There are lots of paradigms out there about multiple intelligences. There are so many aspects to it that it can be difficult to generalize. It’s usually a positive thing, but if not balanced by other healthy traits, it can be used for ill means. In its purest form I think it relates to thinking; how well someone thinks, often preferring the mind more than the body. Often intelligence thus relates to thought processes which are analytical, creative, abstract, and systematic. It can have strong ties to knowledge, wisdom, and creativity. Mental brilliance as it can be recognized is maybe the most obvious form of intelligence, but it can be noticed in many other capacities as well (athletic ability for example is a contrastive kind of intelligence). The brain is connected to all human functions, so anyone doing something very well with their body is showing intelligence; my view of intelligence is fairly holistic.

4. Jacobsen: What relates genius and intelligence as a set if the two can be considered as a set together?

Gordon: I see one clear route from intelligence to genius, which is matter of degree. Find me someone who is intelligent enough, and I have little problem calling them a genius. Otherwise, genius that is not simply extreme intelligence, must also involve creativity, originality, inventiveness, innovation, and remarkable cleverness. I think that to the non-genius, a genius’s gifts seem almost superhuman. One looks at their work and thinks “how could anyone possibly come up with this or achieve this?”, it seems almost unfathomable. Yet at the same time, geniuses can often be remarkable at simplifying their discoveries and creations for others, breaking down what does seem complex into simpler parts.  I think many of us feel that we know genius when we see it, but my hope is that we can judge for ourselves rather than going strictly by what society tells us.

5. Jacobsen: Does high intelligence seem to protect against or amplify mental illness?

Gordon: I think it goes both ways. It can protect, by virtue of the grounding influence of logic, rationality, wisdom, resourcefulness, and so on. It can also amplify, by virtue of feeling mental stress, being high-strung, thinking too much, being sensitive, and not fitting in with society.

6. Jacobsen: Why does genius, sometimes, seem indistinguishable from lunacy?

Gordon: Because they have some things in common. Both involve perceiving the world in special ways, which others may have some difficulty seeing, at least without closer inspection. Both tend to be isolated and to some degree preoccupied within their minds, whether it be an affliction or an inspiration. Also, sometimes both are present in a person, making it hard to know where one ends and the other begins.

7. Jacobsen: How does genius turn into true lunacy, where a lunatic thinks they’ve discovered the secret sauce of the universe?

Gordon: I think that there are probably massive groups of people who believe they’ve discovered the secret recipe and encourage one another in their beliefs, so it’s possible for a genius to become influenced by such groups, especially if their giftedness is rather specific and leaves them naive in other ways. When the esoteric key is truly believed to be theirs alone, this may result from over-active imaginations which are connected to their creative genius, but if left unchecked, can overpower their rationality. Social eccentricity can exacerbate this. Reality can thus blend with fantasy until the two are intertwined.

I think geniuses can be subject as others are to confirmation bias; to put it simply, they believe things because they want to believe them (e.g. Einstein rejecting quantum mechanics); or they believe them out of fear (Newton being God-fearing). I attribute this to the main reason why people are religious. It’s more comforting to believe there’s life after death than there’s death after life, possibly as a reward for good behavior; and conversely it is easy to be motivated by a fear of punishment. People want things to make sense in a sometimes unprovable way. But what makes sense to me on a logical level? Personally, I can most easily imagine that things end, and go back to how they were before I was born, despite the fact that this isn’t exactly a comforting notion (but I guess it’s more comforting than hell). This kind of ordinary bias towards confirming what we want to believe can lead to individual lunacy, which is really not so much different from the propagation of many cherished belief systems in our world.

8. Jacobsen: How can high-IQ communities marginalize and isolate individuals who have delusions of grandeur and, in essence, act as destructive rather than constructive forces within them?

Gordon: It works the same way as a placebo does. If you believe something, it will do things to you, whether it’s true or not. If to you a test is evidence that you’re a genius and furthermore there are others who side with you, that may be all you need to develop a grandiose complex about it. There could be little to no evidence of genius in your life outside of this particular domain. That’s why I’m suspicious of cultish dynamics in IQ world (and other places). I can’t take away from people their promising scores, but I can scrutinize the tests/results, and call into question what it all means (as I can do for scores I myself have received). Again it’s a matter of how you take this information.

I can make a decent argument stating that IQ 140+ qualifies as genius, therefore some thus qualified group has good reason to call themselves geniuses. However, I could also come from another angle and say it’s really not very good proof of genius. It’s all a matter of perspective. I think both attitudes can be destructive. You don’t want to be in denial about something and say “oh whatever, these people can’t be that smart, they aren’t geniuses, they’re just delusional narcissists” and dismiss all of it. Yet at the same time it’s also clearly the wrong thing to take it as written in stone, this is too farfetched and premature of a conclusion to draw. For me, the right stance is to be somewhere in the middle; to be educated and rational about it.

9. Jacobsen: Wikipedia’s editorial staff after deliberation and debate narrowed down the five main reliable high-IQ societies to Mensa International, Intertel, Triple Nine Society, Prometheus Society, and the Mega Society. What makes reliable, democratic, and constructive high-IQ societies such as these function better than most or others? Why are the segmentations of these different high-IQ societies important for the delivering of cognitive-rarity relevant material to its members? 

Gordon: These are some of the larger and longer-standing societies, with stricter admissions criteria. I know that at least Mensa has their own test. I believe all the others only accept supervised or very specific tests. I believe some of these also have fees. Do the above attributes lead to more constructive, reliable, and democratic societies? I’m not so sure. If there are fees, then it’s possible they’re being used for constructive administrative purposes. As for the stricter admissions, maybe to some it matters to be in a group that only accepts certain kinds of tests, and these carefully administered tests are harder to cheat on. Of course groups are welcome to do whatever they want with regards to their own criteria. The “cognitive-rarity relevant material” is generally just these people’s communication with one another.

10. Jacobsen: Above 4-sigma, intelligence tests become iffy, wobbly. Why?

Gordon: I believe they are inherently iffy at all levels, for fairly evident reasons, but people seem to readily admit this more at the highest levels. This might be because generally speaking, IQ tests weren’t really invented for the purpose of measuring intelligence per se, but rather one’s cognitive functioning from a more clinical standpoint. This is why they’re administered by psychologists, who are concerned mainly with understanding their consumers’ minds so as to better help them with whatever difficulties they’re experiencing. This is IQ test companies’ way of pointing out that they’re not really in the business of assessing whether or not you’re a genius. What they’re trying to do is figure out how well your mind works with regards to what is broadly defined as “intelligence”, and give you a statistical idea of where you are on the bell curve compared to your peers (with which they have done some correlations and studies to give us an idea of what exactly that score may mean in the broader context).

If the score is really low, you can see how this would help mental health professionals to see inside of their client or patient’s perspective; similarly, if it is very high, or average. Whatever the score may be, this can be illuminating information to have. You might say they’re being used “off-label” to diagnose genius (and the non-psychologist spin-off tests focus more on simply targeting how smart you are). IQ is one metric psychologists like to use because it helps to show how clearly, efficiently, effectively, logically (and so forth) the person can think. The statistical score of course becomes less precise at the upper levels (studying the bell curve and statistics helps understand why that is). Most of the tests don’t measure higher than 155 or 160, partly because the statistics will not hold up very well, and because it’s hard to design a test which they feel can do that. I believe there’s the WAIS extended scale you can take for 160+ which is seen as very experimental and basically inaccurate (like other high range tests).

Offshoots from these tests are all the various ones you find that are not administered by psychologists, which include Mensa’s test (being among the more widespread variety). These tests measure in some ways a different kind of IQ, which uses the same statistical system (standard deviation set at 15 or 16, with 100 as average). Often (in the high range world) these are correlated with supervised tests. I think I disagree with this parallel, because the independent tests are outside of the realm of psychology. This is strictly psychometrics (the measurement of one’s mental capacity to be used for social hierarchical purposes). This is where the stratification and status comes in, seeing people’s IQ scores as static properties that are fixed, objective, and important (which I think many people are putting too much weight in and this is socially problematic). Usually a psychologist only administers an IQ test if he feels it’s necessary, which isn’t all that often. Of course parents can influence this if their child is seeing a psychologist, often the intention is to help get a sense for how well they can do academically (going by what the test finds) versus how well they actually do.

Any specific IQ test is quite limited in what it can measure, and recognizing that they are all different helps illustrate how the assumption that they’re assessing the same kind of “IQ”, in the same accurate way is not at all realistic. Granted, if you do poorly on one test, that’s significant on some level, but let the punishment fit the crime (the same goes for high scores). Because you scored low doesn’t mean you’re forever to be branded as an imbecile, any more than scoring high means you’re a verified genius. If you performed badly or mediocrely on a test and do well in life, it’s very possible the score isn’t accurate, for potentially a variety of reasons. I have a hard time trusting a test that would score a Feynman 125 or a Kasparov 135 (a case of IQ tests clearly failing the test taker).

A high score is more likely to be accurate, because you have to answer the questions right in the first place, but it still may not correlate with other balanced traits in the test-taker. Maybe you’re good at the test and that’s mostly it. I’ve discovered quite a bit of what I perceive to be ignorance among high scorers. Again, correlative studies have been done to help shed light on what the score can and should suggest. If you take no tests at all, surely you can get a sense for what your “relative IQ” might be based on other tasks; tests aren’t necessary. If you absolutely want to take a test, then I would recommend taking more than just one, and educating yourself about the various tests out there, and what they can and can’t do (to get to better know your own abilities and also the various tests’ unique qualities).

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] M.F.A., Creative Writing, Adelphi University (NY); B.A., English, Western Washington University (WA).

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with James Gordon on Genius, Intelligence, and Other Qualities (Part Two) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 8). An Interview with James Gordon on Genius, Intelligence, and Other Qualities (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with James Gordon on Genius, Intelligence, and Other Qualities (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with James Gordon on Genius, Intelligence, and Other Qualities (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with James Gordon on Genius, Intelligence, and Other Qualities (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with James Gordon on Genius, Intelligence, and Other Qualities (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with James Gordon on Genius, Intelligence, and Other Qualities (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with James Gordon on Genius, Intelligence, and Other Qualities (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with James Gordon on Genius, Intelligence, and Other Qualities (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Politics and Social Life in Austria (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,008

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Claus Volko is an Austrian computer and medical scientist who has conducted research on the treatment of cancer and severe mental disorders by conversion of stress hormones into immunity hormones. This research gave birth to a new scientific paradigm which he called “symbiont conversion theory”: methods to convert cells exhibiting parasitic behaviour to cells that act as symbionts. In 2013 Volko, obtained an IQ score of 172 on the Equally Normed Numerical Derivation Test. He is also the founder and president of Prudentia High IQ Society, a society for people with an IQ of 140 or higher, preferably academics. He discusses: blue collar sensibilities; current Austrian political environment; religious dynamic influence on politics in Austria; social life and social roles expected in Austria; ethnicity in Austria; equity and religion; economics and the coronavirus; main impediments to economic development; an ethic underlying Austrian culture; find thoughts on general content for the first questions; Chancellor Sebastian Kurz; the People’s Party and the Green Party; social tension without violence; a broader palette of potential roles for men; better roles and exemplars for men; the private affairs nature of religion; coronavirus as a wake-up call the reason for joining the European Union; industries of the Austrian economy; naive and cynical uses of immigration for political and social points; the meaning of non-religion in the context of Austria; social isolation and health; male earning capacity and supporting a family; women’s earning capacity; changing social arrangements and religious leaders not being opposed to it; the social character of Austria and immigration; metaphysical questions; and some speculation.

Keywords: Claus Volko, computer scientist, medical scientist, politics, religion, social life.

An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Politics and Social Life in Austria: Austrian Computer and Medical Scientist (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: For this session, I want to focus on the some of the political and social issues of import to you. We can touch on philosophy in the next session. Did the menial job and farming background of family provide a ‘blue collar’ sensibility more than a ‘white collar’ sensibility growing up for you? In that, a hard physical work life is still a life and a good life with the manual labour side of life as no less important than computational work in the computer sciences.

Dr. Claus Volko: In the part of Vienna where I am living, most of the inhabitants are former blue-collar workers who managed to gain a fortune by virtue and clever economic considerations. When I accompany my mother when she is walking the dog, I often meet our “neighbours” and we have a chat. I have no problems communicating with people who do not have such a high formal education as I have. Basically all of us are workers, no matter whether we work with our hands or with computers.

2. Jacobsen: What is the current political environment of Austria?

Volko: Austrian politics is dominated by Chancellor Sebastian Kurz, a young man who took over control of the People’s Party a couple of years ago. While the Social Democrats used to be the strongest party for many years, they are now behind the Greens at place three according to
polls. The People’s Party and the Greens have formed a coalition and the government is very popular because the population endorses its measures against coronavirus.

3. Jacobsen: Most of Austria is Roman Catholic followed by Eastern Orthodox and Islamic.  How does this religious dynamic influence the aforementioned political context?

Volko: I know a lot of Roman Catholics who are of the opinion that only Roman Catholics are true Austrians. In fact, Eastern Orthodox and Islamic believers are immigrants. Among Austrians without migration background there are minorities of Protestant and Jewish believers. As you indicated these minorities are small compared to the religious groups of the immigrants. In general Muslims are rather unpopular with the Christian majority, but the situation is quite peaceful, there have been no terrorist attacks for decades. The Freedom Party is an anti-migration, anti-Islam party which sometimes gains more than 20% in national votes and which formed a coalition with Kurz in 2017 to 2019. Meanwhile, due to some scandals, popularity of the Freedom Party has dwelled down.

4. Jacobsen: How about social life in Austria? The central hot spots of social, and political, tension in several North American and Western European states comes from the religious, ethnic, and sex and gender realm. Perhaps, we can provide some commentary within the bounded geography of Austria. How do Austrians view the relationship between social roles and expectations, and sex and gender?

Volko: Some parts of Austria are quite conservative, yet I have the impression that gender equality is very high. Both boys and girls attend school, more girls than boys graduate from high school and study at university. Of course, women have the option of marrying and staying at home with their children, while young men have no other choice than work. There are mixed marriages of ethnic and religious groups, but mostly among Christians of different faiths; Muslims mostly marry among each other.

5. Jacobsen: Following from the last two questions, is ethnicity a live issue or something socially uninteresting at the moment?

Volko: It is an important issue because of the large number of immigrants, especially since 2015. Employees are expected to master the German language well, and in some realms of economy good English knowledge is a requirement too. Immigrants often lack these language skills. The government is trying to support them in acquiring these skills.

6. Jacobsen: You mentioned equity as an important value previously with the responses. How does the cultural value of equity mix with the social life of the different religious groupings in Austria? Also, as a small aside, what about the minority of the non-religious in Austria along the same lines?

Volko: I am a non-religious person myself and I do not feel that I am discriminated against because of my (non-)religious views. The situation was a bit different when I was studying at medical school because at the Medical University of Vienna, Roman Catholic fraternities still have quite a lot of power and as a non-religious person I was unable to join them.

7. Jacobsen: For the economic development of Austria into the future, will equity be a necessity or excellence as a value be a necessity moving forward? How is Austria handling the coronavirus and its various impacts on the economy of Austria?

Volko: The Austrian economy is highly developed, but it is facing a recession due to coronavirus. It will take some months or perhaps years until it will have regained its strength. The Austrian government is handling coronavirus by massive restrictions, which have only recently been loosened up a little. In the past six weeks, we were not supposed to leave home unless for work and to buy food; restaurants and stores were closed; we still have to keep one meter distance between each other at minimum. These drastic measures have successfully prevented spread of coronavirus.

8. Jacobsen: What seems like the main impediments to economic advancement in the country now? How is its relation with the European Union?

Volko: As said, the country is in a recession due to coronavirus. Regarding the European Union, Austria has been a member since 1995.

9. Jacobsen: Is there an ethic underlying Austrian culture? The thou shalts and thou shalt nots of Austrian culture giving rise to the social, political, and economic dynamics seen today. What is it? Or if a multiple or a plural answer, what are they?

Volko: I remember from my days at school that teachers emphasized diligence. “You must also do something”, was a phrase I heard my teachers say often. They wanted to say that it is not enough to be intelligent but that you also have to work hard in order to achieve something. Another phrase that was to be heard often was: “What you do, you have to do properly.” Austrians do not like sloppiness.

10. Jacobsen: We’ve covered politics, social life, economics, religion, and ethics of Austria. Any final thoughts for this section relevant for the audience?

Volko: Basically Austria is a good place to live in, which is also one of the reasons why we have so many immigrants.

11. Jacobsen: How is Chancellor Sebastian Kurz performing in his duties? He is a 33-year-old man with nice hair and an air of a Roman Catholic aristocrat about him.

Volko: He is very popular. In recent polls his party came to 48%, which is almost the absolute majority. It is a long time since another party had such a high percentage in the polls. So, as people are satisfied, he is probably doing his job well.

12. Jacobsen: What do the People’s Party and the Green Party stand for today?

Volko: The People’s Party is a conservative party based on Christian values. This has not changed since Kurz became its leader. However, what has changed is the acting politicians. Kurz replaced the old staff with a new one. The Green Party is a left-wing part that is friendly with immigration and emphasizes ecological responsibility.

13. Jacobsen: Is this social tension without violence replicated in contiguous nations of Austria?

Volko: Mostly yes, although in Germany, for instance, outbreaks of violence do happen occasionally.

14. Jacobsen: How can we provide a broader palette of potential roles for the men in our rapidly changing societies?

Volko: The role of the male adult is to earn his and his family’s living. The professions a grown-up can be occupied with are changing rapidly. It seems to be a natural event that does not need government interference.

15. Jacobsen: How can we provide better role models for these men? Any exemplars at present?

Volko: Well, if you turn on television you will see series such as Grey’s Anatomy or Doctor House which show how medical doctors should, or rather should not, behave. These TV figures might serve as role models.

16. Jacobsen: How is this ambivalence for the treatment of non-religious in public and some academic life replicated in other ways, in spite of the positive equality in Austrian society in general?

Volko: Most people I know view religion and religious belief as private affairs which you do not have to disclose to others.

17. Jacobsen: How has the coronavirus been a wake-up call to the general public about the importance of a stable society and harmonious social relations?

Volko: Well, due to the enforced isolation people realized how valuable it is to have social contacts. On the other hand, the enforced isolation also showed people that it is possible to live for weeks and months without having much interaction with other people.

18. Jacobsen: Any idea as to the original or instigating reason for joining the European Union for Austria in 1995?

Volko: Back when the referendum on joining the European Union was held politicians mostly argued that the economy would profit of Austria joining the European Union.

19. Jacobsen: How is the Austrian economy highly developed? What industries? What were the conscious moves to make the economy desirable in the first place?

Volko: The Austrian economy is mostly service-based. Agriculture makes up only a small percentage of the gross national product. There is some industry, such as the VOEST steel factories, but mostly it is doctors, barbers, small shops that make up the economy.

20. Jacobsen: How has this development of the economy provided a desirable society for immigration? How has immigration been wise and unwise?

Volko: Many immigrants come to Austria because there is a highly developed social welfare system. Even if you lose your job, your existence is not endangered. Of course social welfare is only possible because the economy is reasonably highly developed. It is a system in which every employee pays taxes to the government and the government gives back money to those who need it.

21. Jacobsen: How have there been naïve and, also, cynical uses of immigration as a means by which to score some political and social points with different sectors of the Austrian citizenry?

Volko: The Freedom Party organized a referendum opposed to immigration back in the early 1990s. Also after this referendum the Freedom Party often campaigned slogans against immigration.

22. Jacobsen: What does non-religious mean in this context? In that, going deeper into the title, what does imply about belief or non-belief in a god or gods, in the efficacy of supernaturalism claims about the operations of the world, about the centrality of religious divine figures and holy texts, or the importance of ritual and formalized hierarchical structures?

Volko: Non-religious primarily means not being affiliated with a particular religious group or church. It does not mean that you do not hold views about how the world was created, what the purpose of life is, etc. Not every non-religious person is necessarily an atheist. There are some
who care about metaphysical questions and some who do not care.

23. Jacobsen: Social isolation has been correlated with various health risks. Is this something of concern to Austrian authorities with the lockdowns? So, people can be used to living for weeks and months in isolation. What about the prior health research in observational studies on negative health outcomes based on isolation?

Volko: I think that it is good we have Internet and social networks such as
Facebook. Despite the social isolation these new technologies enable
people to communicate. This certainly has a beneficial effect upon
health as they can get informed about health problems and discuss them
with other people.

24. Jacobsen: Series of three related questions: Is the male earning capacity capable of supporting a family, in or out of coronavirus times?

Volko: Sometimes it is, sometimes it is not. There are still huge gaps
between incomes depending on profession and institution where you
work.

25. Jacobsen: Are women’s earning capacities changing the social, political, and economic dynamics here?

Volko: Sure, there are more self-sustaining women than in the past, and there
are also many single mothers raising their children all alone.

26. Jacobsen: How are the dominant faith traditions reacting to this possible shifting landscape with higher education as key in a knowledge economy and Austrian women graduating more from university than the men? This, in turns, provides greater economic opportunity for women never before seen on such a global scale in recorded human history. To some, the beginning of a new era, a phase change; to others, the signs of the End Times, as foretold in Abrahamic eschatological holy writ.

Volko: In Austria it is widely accepted that women work. The official
religious leaders do not seem to be opposed to that.

27. Jacobsen: How does immigration change the social character of Austrian society for the better and for the worse?

Volko: Nowadays we have a lot of national groups in Austria whose members
interact among each other and there is little interaction between the
groups. Some people complain that immigration has made Austrian
society worse while I do not think so.

28. Jacobsen: Do you care for the metaphysical questions? If so, any answers about it?

Volko: I am interested in metaphysics and I occasionally read publications
about this area. But I think there are no definite answers to
questions such as the origin of the universe and the goals of mankind.
It is all just speculation.

29. Jacobsen: Also, aside from answer, any speculations about intelligences external to humanity (or somehow incorporating them)?

Volko: There are a lot of animals that exhibit some sort of intelligence. If
you are referring to extraterrestrial intelligence, maybe it exists, I
do not know.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Austrian Computer and Medical Scientist.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Politics and Social Life in Austria (Part Two) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 8). An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Politics and Social Life in Austria (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Politics and Social Life in Austria (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Politics and Social Life in Austria (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Politics and Social Life in Austria (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Politics and Social Life in Austria (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Politics and Social Life in Austria (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Politics and Social Life in Austria (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Politics and Social Life in Austria (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Reponses (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson (Part Four)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,107

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen contributed to this opening session to a series of discussion group responses to questions followed by responses, and so on, between March and May of this year. Total participants observable in [1] with brief biographies. They discuss: more focused responses on the near and middle future. 

Keywords: Christian Sorenson.

Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Reponses (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson (Part Four)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: To start, the first comments can be found here: https://in-sightjournal.com/2020/03/15/hrt-one/. The second comments/responses can be found here: https://in-sightjournal.com/2020/04/01/hrt-two/. The focused comments on the near and the middle future: https://in-sightjournal.com/2020/04/22/hrt-three/. This session focuses more directly on responses to the comments made about the near and the middle future in Part Three. Please review responses there if wishing to enter participant status as opposed to observer status, the commenters from the previous session included Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen. Some of the commentary from Part One and Part Two may have relevance here, and, therefore, can be reprised. Thank you for the continued observation or participation of this experimental, probably first of its kind, form of group discussion amongst members of the HRT world. 
 

Christian Sorenson: Are current worldwide events, and those that may be derived from these in the future, a manifest expression of what we could say is a “new way of conceiving the world order”?

Let’s make an “imaginary” cut in reality, in what could be considered as “here and now” to do a micro and macroscopic analysis of it. We find that despite, the globalized attempt of reactivation through the same “monolithic” strategy, the world now is almost completely paralyzed, both economically and psychologically because of this pandemic. Almost all the countries, implicitly recognizes that the greatest cost to them, is the economic one, and not that of human lives.  Therefore, it could be named, as the “final solution”, since with this optimal one, they arrive to the “cheapest” of all. On an explained manner, would be in concrete, to look for the highest as possible numbers of deaths and economic activation, without saturating their sanitary systems, in order to minimize the costs of the latter. That’s to say this would mean more or less to believe “that you should save yourself as long as you can” and that “the strongest individuals must be saved”. At the same time, and almost without exception, because they need to justify their epidemiological strategies, in order to confront the supposed exit from the pandemic, they “camouflage” both on a second stage, by doing “acrobatics” with the numbers of confirmed with known infected cases, and the numbers of deaths caused by the virus in contrast to those with indirect and unknown causes. The “theory” they support, surprises for lacking of sufficient scientific foundations. This is indeed coherent, if we regard at the available empirical data, and critical events are corroborated.  For example, such as whether or not, is there any probability of reinfection due to the high rate of mutations, and the reduced “immunogenic” capacity of the virus, and keeping of course in mind that these are also unknown. Or what is worse, if its considerate that till now, there’s no certainty, whether if it is possible to get cured or not of SARS-CoV-2. This last since, although it is an RNA virus, it seems anyhow that has a “retroviral” behaviour, in consequence, according to this, a “viral load” of zero wouldn’t be reached indefinitely in time.  The relevant of this, is that it’s not realistic to give any auspicious hope, for the search of supposed vaccines, since historically should happen something similar and analogous to HIV.

Now, if we deduce what is reachable to conclude from the interpretation of complex “mathematical models”, then these only would have confirmed what was previously said. This is how, if we observe the curves of most countries from the beginning of the pandemic, it’s observed that in their ascending phases they had a “smooth shape”. Nevertheless, when we see what happens to the “post-peak” phase, which for me is still questionable, because they denominated as “descending phase”, then the curve would have looked with a “jagged shape”.  From my point of view, the latter is the same that occurs if we try, in a swimming pool, to submerge an inflated, by forcing it to keep under the water. Inevitably what will happen when the presion is raised out, is that the float will rise to the surface. This is exactly what is going on everywhere, and will arrive with this virus. I feel that measures, are being taken by “trial and error”, which is identical to be paralyzed by panic provoked with unknown situations, which finally cannot be controlled, and that’s why we are used to be faced with “despair” measures in all senses.

Simultaneously, I consider that the “hegemonically powers” of politicians, economics and technology have radically changed, since these are no longer in the West block, with the United States at the helm. Henceforth, it is now on in the eastern block led by China, which not only has world hegemony with everything that involves, but that will surely be sustained along the coming decades, with the conquest and colonization even of Mars. China clearly has seized the hegemony of the United States, with an invisible and “sneaky” attack, and by “hiding its hand after throwing the stone”. For sure, has wounded the deepest in the “spirit”, with long breath, making the States to kneel down as a nation, and breaking its “feeling of self-worth”, like never before, not even with wars of Korea and Vietnam.

Regardless, of whether the United States lethargically now discovers “après quo”, the direct responsibility of China, it doesn’t matter, because at this very moment is a weakened country, that holds limited resources, and that will have to endure the “warlike exhibitionism”, after the pandemic, of China, North Korea and its allies. Probably the aforementioned, as a mechanism of “domination”, since the principal task is to consolidate their hegemony towards the future. In this way Trump’s country, is just becoming aware in this days of the fact that “there is no worse blow, than the one that is not seen”.

At this point, I would like to raise a subsidiary question linked to the main one. In what manner, could the “new order” be related to a “post-humanian” world? What I mean to say, is that in the medium-term future, technology as it’s known today, will possibly be able to create a sort of autonomous and self-sufficient organisms, equipped with some degree of intelligence, equal to or greater than human one. These prototypes, may initially serve men, but that with the passage of time may even come to enslave him. In this sense, what could arrive, if we conceive the world in a more inclusive and globalized way, at the same time that human beings are displaced, and therefore, lose their “cosmological role”, as hitherto essential parts for the functioning of the system? We would perhaps face now, according to a mathematical model, something like an “empty set”, but maybe in the future not.

On a basic and rudimentary scale, the above it’s thinkable, if we touch the case of China and the pandemic, and if this is extrapolated analogically to the future. This is how COVID-19, although evidently lacks of artificial intelligence, nevertheless has such a degree of autonomy, that their mentors are not capable to exercise control over it. Despite they have sequenced its genetic material, they are unable until today, to predict its behaviour. This in a strict sense, due to the fact that on the one hand, the “mutation” speed has far exceeded the search velocity towards a plausible treatment. And on the other side, its coding “variability”, even though, has been transformed into a combinatorial and “random” probability, which in mathematical language, would be equivalent to “null”. What proposes, doesn’t have any sense, because it’s an “absurd theoretical”. This “phenomenon” certainly will increase over time, which in turn, along with the underlying intentions and purposes for which these or more sophisticated organisms could be used, the survival of the human species and the world’s population increasingly, are going to be put at risk.

Projecting what the “new world order” points out, it is easy to recognize an “axis” though the direction of it is not yet clearly known. Evolution in simple terms, is generally thought of as a “linear progression,” nevertheless not necessarily has to occur in this way among different beings. A logical option, but not necessarily true, can follow a “left-handed” direction, or a “regressive and circular return”, able to lead towards a supposed origin situated “some posteriori” of inert matter. This latter meaning, would be consistent with a significant fraction of the prevailing world power, since it seems they seek to integrate the force of progression with nature itself.  That is, they search for achievements of great developments, regarding basically to human reason, and mainly through the appropriation of the “utopia of illustration”, which believe in the unlimited advance of science and technology. At the same time, they expect to return to the most “purist and free” state possible, in relation to the significance of “liberation” against all kinds of social conditioning, as J. Rousseau proposes it.

It is not for nothing, with respect to the aforementioned, that stark efforts are made, under the excuses of global warming, and massive migrations that would bring as consequence the collapse of most developed nations. Not only these are argued, but also the “warlike ambitions of power”, and the frantic search for reducing significantly the world’s population. Globalized “eugenic practices”, are implemented indiscriminately almost all over, and for this reason, the “black continent” is mainly used as “a backyard” to carry out these practices, and all other kinds of “Mengelian experimentations”.

The anguish that produces the fact of facing these types of globalized threats, that for a considerable amount of time won’t be controllables, nor predictables, transports us to the “worst disease” that is despair, which ultimately leaves everyone in “melancholy”, the last of the possible states, in what is the “symbolic death” of ourselves.

 

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Contributors for May 8, 2020 session: Christian Sorenson. Total participants (Contributors and Observers for May 8, 2020 session):

Christian Sorenson is a Philosopher that lives in Belgium. What identifies him the most and above all is simplicity, for everything its better with “vanilla flavour.” Nevertheless, his wife disagrees and doesn’t say exactly the same, for her he is “simply complex.” Perhaps his intellectual passion is for criticism and irony, in the sense of revealing what the error hides “under the disguised of truth”, and precisely for this reason maybe detests arrogance and the mixture of ignorance with knowledge. Generally never has felt confortable in traditional academic settings since he gets impatient and demotivated with slowness, and what he considers as limits or barriers to thought. In addition, especially in the field of Philosophy, and despite counting, besides a master degree in another study area, with a doctorate in Metaphysics and Epistemology in Italy, done in twenty-four months, while talking care at that time of her small daughter, starting from bachelor’s degree, learning self-taught Italian from scratch, and obtaining as final grade “summa cum laude” (9.8)… Feels that academic degrees and post-degrees are somewhat cartoonish labels because they usually feed vanity but impoverish the love for questioning and intellectual curiosity. For him “ignorance is always infinite and eternal” while “knowledge is finite and limited”. What he likes the most in his leisure time, is to go for a walk, to travel with his wife and “sybaritically enjoy” her marvellous cooking. IQ on the WAIS-R (Weschler Intelligence Scale), 185+ (S.D. 15); Test date: November, 2017. High IQ Societies: Triple Nine Society, World Genius Directory, and several others.

Claus Volko is an Austrian computer and medical scientist who has conducted research on the treatment of cancer and severe mental disorders by conversion of stress hormones into immunity hormones. This research gave birth to a new scientific paradigm which he called “symbiont conversion theory”: methods to convert cells exhibiting parasitic behavior to cells that act as symbionts. In 2013 Volko, obtained an IQ score of 172 on the Equally Normed Numerical Derivation Test. He is also the founder and president of Prudentia High IQ Society, a society for people with an IQ of 140 or higher, preferably academics.

Dionysios Maroudas was born in 1986. He lives in Athens. He has a passion for mathematics, photography, reading, and human behaviour. He is a member of the ISI-Society, Mensa, Grand IQ Society (Grand Member), and THIS (Distinguished Member)

Erik Haereid has been a member of Mensa since 2013, and is among the top scorers on several of the most credible IQ-tests in the unstandardized HRT-environment. He is listed in the World Genius Directory. He is also a member of several other high IQ Societies. Erik, born in 1963, grew up in OsloNorway, in a middle-class home at Grefsen nearby the forest, and started early running and cross country skiing. After finishing schools he studied mathematics, statistics and actuarial science at the University of Oslo. One of his first glimpses of math-skills appeared after he got a perfect score as the only student on a five hour math exam in high school.

HanKyung Lee is a Medical Doctor and the Founder of the United Sigma Intelligence Association, formerly United Sigma Korea. He lives and works in South Korea. He earned an M.D. at Eulji University. He won the Culture Fair Numerical and Spatial Examination-CFNSE international competition conducted by Etienne Forsstrom. Also, he scored highly on the C-09 of Experimental Psychologist. He did achieve a 5-sigma score on a spatial intelligence test created by Dr. Jonathan Wai. He is a member of OLYMPIQ Society.

Kirk Kirkpatrick earned a score at 185, near the top of the World Genius Directory, on a mainstream IQ test, the Stanford-Binet.

James Gordon is an independent/freelancer from the USA. He first entered into OATH Society, while completing his MFA in Creative Writing at Adelphi University, New York in 2010. Since then, he has taken over 100 high range tests, and is among the top scorers on numerous tests. He has also co-authored two exams (with Michael Lunardini and Enrico Pretini); he and Lunardini have another in production. He has worked in education and mental health. His struggle, through and beyond his own mental illness and substance use disorder, has led to a unique and earnest outlook on life. He strives to bring the wisdom gained from his experiences into the picture to enrich others’ lives. His hobbies include skiing, lifting weights, video games, and films. He is also a skilled amateur writer, and virtuoso pianist/guitarist. He lives in Seattle, WA with his wife, and plans to soon start a family.

Laurent Dubois is an Independent IQ test creator. On his website, he, about the 916 test, states the potential submission qualification for a large number of high-IQ societies, “WAHIP, the High IQ Society for the disabled, the Altacapacidadhispana, the SIGMA, the SMARTS, the The Mind Society, the Top One Percent Society, the Elateneos, the EXISTENTIA, the Artifex Mens Congregatio, the Neurocubo, the GLIA, the Milenija, the ISI-S, the Introspective High IQ Society, the Camp Archimedes, the PLATINUM and the PARS Societies, and potentially for several other societies (Cerebrals, Glia, Poetic Genius, Pi, Mega…).” That is, he constructs tests respected by many.

Marco Ripà is an extremely skilled problem solver working as a freelance content creator and a personal branding consultant in Rome; his homonym YouTube channel (160k subscribers) is focused on logics, mathematics and creative thinking. He initially studied physics but he gained a first class degree in economics. Author of books plus several peer-reviewed papers in mathematics (graph theory, congruences, combinatorics, primality problems) and experimental psychology (articles published in Notes on Number Theory and Discrete Mathematics, International Journal of Mathematical Archive, Rudi Mathematici, Matematicamente.it Magazine, Educational Research, IQNexus Magazine and the WIN ONE), he is the father of 70+ integer sequences listed in the OEIS.

Matthew Scillitani, member of the Glia SocietyGiga SocietyESOTERIQ SocietyThe Core, and the Hall of Sophia, is a web developer and SEO specialist living in North Carolina. He is of Italian and British lineage, and is predominantly English-speaking. He earned his bachelor’s degree in psychology at East Carolina University, with a focus on neurobiology and a minor in business marketing. He’s previously worked as a research psychologist, data analyst, and writer, publishing over three hundred papers on topics such as nutrition, fitness, psychology, neuroscience, free will, and Greek history. You may contact him via e-mail at mattscil@gmail.com.

Mislav Predavec is a Mathematics Professor in Croatia. Since 2009, he has taught at  the Schola Medica Zagrabiensis in Zagreb, Croatia. He is listed on the World Genius Director with an IQ of 192 (S.D. 15). Also, he runs the trading company Preminis. He considers profoundly high-IQ tests a favourite hobby.

Richard Sheen is a young independent artist, philosopher, photographer and theologian based in New Zealand. He has studied at Tsinghua University of China and The University of Auckland in New Zealand, and holds degrees in Philosophy and Theological Studies. Originally raised atheist but later came to Christianity, Richard is dedicated to the efforts of human rights and equality, nature conservation, mental health, and to bridge the gap of understanding between the secular and the religious. Richard’s research efforts primarily focus on the epistemic and doxastic frameworks of theism and atheism, the foundations of rational theism and reasonable faith in God, the moral and practical implications of these frameworks of understanding, and the rebuttal of biased and irrational understandings and worship of God. He seeks to reconcile the apparent conflict between science and religion, and to find solutions to problems facing our environmental, societal and existential circumstances as human beings with love and integrity. Richard is also a proponent for healthy, sustainable and eco-friendly lifestyles, and was a frequent participant in competitive sports, fitness training, and strategy gaming. Richard holds publications and awards from Mensa New Zealand and The University of Auckland.

Rick Farrar holds a Bachelor’s degree in chemical engineering from the University of Arkansas with additional work performed toward a Master’s degree in environmental engineering. He currently works with environmental compliance and reporting for a small oil refinery in Alaska. Rick’s outside interests include language learning (currently immersed in Greek) , traveling, music/singing, and traditional do-it-yourself type skills. His most recent IQ test activity was with the PatNum test, 18/18, 172 S.D. 15, by James Dorsey.

Rick G. Rosner, according to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing here, may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. He has received 8 Writers Guild Awards and Emmy nominations, and was titled 2013 North American Genius of the Year by The World Genius Directory with the main “Genius” listing here.

Sandra Schlick has the expertise and interest in Managing Mathematics, Statistics, and Methodology for Business Engineers while having a focus on online training. She supervises M.Sc. theses in Business Information and D.B.A. theses in Business Management. Managing Mathematics, Statistics, Methodology for Business Engineers with a focus on online training. Her areas of competence can be seen in the “Competency Map.” That is to say, her areas of expertise and experience mapped in a visualization presentation. Schlick’s affiliations are the Fernfachhochschule Schweiz: University of Applied Sciences, the University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, the Kalaidos University of Applied Sciences, and AKAD.

Tiberiu Sammak is a 24-year-old guy who currently lives in Bucharest. He spent most of his childhood and teenage years surfing the Internet (mostly searching things of interest) and playing video games. One of his hobbies used to be the construction of paper airplanes, spending a couple of years designing and trying to perfect different types of paper aircrafts. Academically, he never really excelled at anything. In fact, his high school record was rather poor. Some of his current interests include cosmology, medicine and cryonics. His highest score on an experimental high-range I.Q. test is 187 S.D. 15, achieved on Paul Cooijmans’ Reason – Revision 2008.

Tim Roberts is the Founder/Administrator of Unsolved Problems. He scored 45/48 on the legendary Titan Test.

Tom Chittenden is an Omega Society Fellow. Also, he is the Chief Data Science Officer/Founding Director at Advanced Artificial Intelligence Research Laboratory and WuXi NextCODE Genomics.

Tonny Sellén scored 172 (S.D. 15) of the GENE Verbal III. He is a Member of the World Genius Directory.

Tor Arne Jørgensen is a member of 50+ high IQ societies, including World Genius Directory, NOUS High IQ Society, 6N High IQ Society just to name a few. He has several IQ scores above 160+ sd15 among high range tests like Gift/Gene Verbal, Gift/Gene Numerical of Iakovos Koukas and Lexiq of Soulios. His further interests are related to intelligence, creativity, education developing regarding gifted students, and his love for history in general, mainly around the time period of the 19th century to the 20th century. Tor Arne works as a teacher at high school level with subjects as; History, Religion, and Social Studies.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-four; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Reponses (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson (Part Four) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 8). Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Reponses (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Reponses (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. v.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Reponses (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Reponses (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Reponses (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Reponses (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Reponses (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Reponses (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson (Part Four) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Gender and Education, Gardner and Sternberg, and Passing on a Legacy (Part Four)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,320

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Björn Liljeqvist was born in Stockholm, Sweden in 1975. He joined Mensa in 1991 and is currently the international chairman of that organisation. Privately, Björn lectures on advanced learning strategies to university students. A topic he’s written two books on in his native country. He has a background in embedded systems engineering with a Master’s degree from Chalmers University of Technology. He is married to Camilla, with whom he has one daughter. He discusses: a history for gender and education; Gardner and Sternberg; and getting stuff done and passing stuff on. 

Keywords: Björn Liljeqvist, chairman, education, gender, Mensa International, sex, Sweden.

An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Highly Intelligent Cognitive Misers, Composite Scores and Sub-Tests, and Sex and Gender Factors: Chairman, Mensa International (Part Four)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Interview conducted on March 4, 2020.*

*Note from Liljeqvist, as to avoid confusion between individual statements and the stances of Mensa International: “Opinions are my own and not those of Mensa, except if otherwise stated.”*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There’s a great picture of the world’s most cited woman psychologist in the world, Dr. Elizabeth Loftus, at the University of California, Irvine. She does a lot of memory research. In her graduating class at Stanford, she’s the only woman in that picture [Laughing]. This is in psychology at Stanford. It is directly to your point, I think.

Björn Liljeqvist: Yes, but that was also quite a long time ago, things have shifted. If it was the case, and this is just a personal opinion, that discrimination would be able to keep women out of certain fields of education, then they would have been able to do that in psychology, in medical school, in law, in finance. So, seeing that all of those are becoming more female, even majority female, I think means that it’s becoming increasingly meritocratic. Quite frankly, more women than men have the required capacity – all things considered, IQ and the necessary conscientiousness, and so on, to do that. When something tends to become more feminine, when more girls or women go into something, it could be that men respond to that by wanting to differentiate themselves. For example, we see in lower classes, in high school. If being good at school is seen by boys as being a feminine thing, then they want to be seen as different.

Jacobsen: Right, the boys evacuate the advanced placement classes because they define their sense of self, as boys, in contradiction to being women.

Liljeqvist: Everything that females are associated with.

Jacobsen: It would be interesting to get leading intelligence researchers and developmental researchers together to delve deeper into that topic.

Liljeqvist: It would. But I could also see how it would be difficult. It is a sensitive area. Where certain narratives used for certain ends, so, simply conducting a survey and publishing the results, it is not seen as such a neutral act in itself. People and researchers will be questioned. There have been cases where intelligence researchers have been questioned for that reason. So, I think that’s something that we have to be very, very careful about.

Jacobsen: Or they just get fired. You never know.

Liljeqvist: That could happen too. Do we even want to know the actual distribution across gender, and so on?

2. Jacobsen: I think many people do, but are afraid of the consequences to their professional lives or to their personal lives. Others don’t want this researched for political or social reasons within the standard political distribution. Or the opposite, they want this to reinforce their particular narrative. So, they’ll only publicize certain results skewing it.

Liljeqvist: Yes, so, you get cherry-picking effects. You don’t know. Some are publishing 1 or 2 studies that they disregard as the other ones. There are different angles to the whole intelligence issues that one could look at. For example, is the most interesting thing to know what groups of people tend to score higher or lower on standardized IQ tests? How would that knowledge be used? How can that knowledge be misused, misinterpreted? If you take the Flynn Effect, are you familiar with the Flynn Effect?

Jacobsen: Yes.

Liljeqvist: Then you know the Flynn Effect has ended.

Jacobsen: Yes, tapered off and marginally reversed in some cases.

Liljeqvist: However, for several decades, it was clearly visible. Let’s take North Americans of a particular social group, the same people, the same kind of people, in the 1950s compared to how they scored in the 1990s. Then the 1990s, which would be the children or the grandchildren of the people in the 1940s or 1950s, would perform considerably higher.

Anyhow, what we should understand more, what is intelligence? How does it emerge? What kinds of factors are conducive to intelligence growth in children and adolescents? How should we foster it? And so on and so forth, because those questions have very, very tangible consequences, we could work with that knowledge.

What about attention, power to focus? Things like that. Memory, creativity, what factors? Are all of the valuable mental-cognitive capacities just correlated with the g factor? Or are there other factors? There’s so much research to be done. So, a little bit of epistemic humility there is warranted. What makes Mensa still use the tried-and-true IQ tests for membership? We have learned that interesting things happen when Mensa people, high-IQ people, get together. There is a synergistic effect. There are so many other important social issues that already have people who advocate for them. People ask, “Shouldn’t Mensa be speaking for…? What about less gifted children? Wouldn’t that also be meaningful to foster and help the less gifted children?” Yes, of course, absolutely, but the thing is there are people who already do that, the problem is there aren’t many people paying attention to the kids at the other end of the bell curve. Comparatively speaking, on the margin, we could do more by focusing on that segment, which could have much bigger benefits overall.

3. Jacobsen: You mentioned something that some of the audience may not be privy to. There’s Multiple Intelligences and Triarchic Intelligence of Howard Gardner and Robert Sternberg, respectively.

Liljeqvist: Gardner’s seven or so intelligences, he wasn’t talking about intelligence in the same way that we talk about an IQ test. He was talking about areas of skill that, often, correlate with the g factor. But even so, I am not saying that we necessarily know all of the measurable cognitive faculties that are, indeed, separate from each other. So that, one could be good at one and bad at another, and vice versa, independently. I cut you off, sorry. Was there something else?

Jacobsen: That’s good. I just wanted to get your opinion about the other theories.

Liljeqvist: Triarchic – practical, applied, and creative ability as well, it would be very interesting to look into that. Creativity, for example, is, indeed, something that you can get better at. I have used and practiced memory techniques, advanced mnemonics for many, many years. So, I know that is not something that is necessarily linked to intelligence. Although, having a high-IQ, it probably makes it easier to apply them.

Jacobsen: Right [Laughing].

Liljeqvist: But it still means someone who practices those techniques will outperform someone with even a high-IQ because it is a learned technique. Same thing with a lot of creativity. Is there, indeed, an intrinsic, creative ability that varies between people? Or can creative ability be explained by culturally learned cognitive styles, or mental techniques that you learn? I lecture about study skills. There are three things determining academic achievement. It is talent, attitude, and technique/learned skills. All of those three. It is typically the third one that is the forgotten one. Attitude would be equivalent to conscientiousness, how you relate to others and the subject, how do you relate to new ideas. Talent would equivalent to IQ. But skill is all the things that you can learn: read the book this way instead of this way, use spaced repetition software program. While we are busy looking or searching for the answer to why certain people outperform other, while we are busy searching for that in the brain, I think it is much more interesting to search for it in culture and in techniques, in skills, that some have acquired and some have not, because there is still so much in that field that is not yet common knowledge. When everyone gets the same education, when everyone has access to the same tools/same cognitive tools, etc., then, sure, differences in the brain make the difference, but that is not the case, I know this for a fact working with students and from teaching.

The best students, many of them are smart, fine, but they study in a different way. They use strategies. They use techniques and tools allowing them to outperform. In a little bit, I feel like excessive curiosity over the origins of intelligence and in multiple intelligences in the brain kind of distract from searching a different kind of space. That is, the space of solving problems, I found that that is where the low-hanging fruit is, because those are things that you can learn, improve. Whereas learning that you have a fixed talent, fair enough, that’s good. The question still remains, “What are you going to do next?”

4. Jacobsen: [Laughing] what are you hoping to get done and to pass on through your time in this current executive role, as the international chair?

Liljeqvist: Yes, I will give two answers. One is very, very down to earth. I come from a country with a strong tradition for societies, like organizations, non-governmental organizations. That is how we socialize in Sweden. Basic society administration, to get to Mensa to actually work, governance, making decisions, organizing ourselves, so that we have a vehicle of actually carrying us somewhere. It is not always the case. Sometimes, organizations out there in the world look like an organization. It looks like people working together, but it is, often, quite messy. So, getting the society to work well, so, we can set goals and achieve. What goals do I want to achieve? I want the whole society in Mensa, all over the world, to understand: we have a mission to fulfill. It is not a new mission. We had the mission all along. I want us to show, ‘Yes, contrary to what some of you might believe, this is something that we do and accomplish in many countries.” I want to spread this to more than just a few countries and make Mensa really valuable. If someone out there in the world is talented, I want them to feel, “Yes, by joining Mensa, they can benefit and can get something by being part of the society. They can get answers to questions. They can get in touch with really interesting people. They can contribute to making the world a slightly better place.” I think this is all within the realm of possibilities. So, that is my mission. That is what I am working towards.

Jacobsen: Sir, thank you very much for the opportunity and your time.

Liljeqvist: Likewise.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Chairman, Mensa International.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-four; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Gender and Education, Gardner and Sternberg, and Passing on a Legacy (Part Four) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 8). An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Gender and Education, Gardner and Sternberg, and Passing on a Legacy (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Gender and Education, Gardner and Sternberg, and Passing on a Legacy (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Gender and Education, Gardner and Sternberg, and Passing on a Legacy (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Gender and Education, Gardner and Sternberg, and Passing on a Legacy (Part Four)” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Gender and Education, Gardner and Sternberg, and Passing on a Legacy (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Gender and Education, Gardner and Sternberg, and Passing on a Legacy (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Gender and Education, Gardner and Sternberg, and Passing on a Legacy (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Gender and Education, Gardner and Sternberg, and Passing on a Legacy (Part Four) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Elementary School, Middle School, High School, and University in Italy (Part Three)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,482

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Dr. Giuseppe Corrente is a Computer Science teacher at Torino University. He earned a Ph.D. in Science and High Technology – Computer Science in 2013 at Torino University. He has contributed to the World Intelligence Network’s publication Phenomenon. He discusses: the scholastic system in Italy; middle and high schools in Italy; treatment of foreign and atheist students in Italy; the university system in Italy; he common and uncommon traits of Italy; moral education; professional academic standards; most respected and prominent Italian researchers; and experience on the individual level for funding and academic freedom.

Keywords: elementary school, Giuseppe Corrente, high school, middle school, university.

An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Elementary School, Middle School, High School, and University in Italy (Part Three)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The scholastic system in Italy can be different than other countries in the world. I have some graduate student colleagues who went to Italy after they went to graduate school and earned a Masters’ degrees because of the allure and charm of places there. At present, of course, under SARS-CoV-2 producing symptomatology of Covid-19, the enjoyment can be limited. Nonetheless, as things begin to return an old normal in addition to adaptations within a new normal for the entire world as this pandemic subsides while killing hundreds of thousands of people in its wake, we can expect the allure and charm of Italy to return in due course. Condolences to all who have lost loved ones, friends, and newfound acquaintances who had the promise to become lifelong friends. How is the scholastic system in Italy? Let’s start on the elementary school system, please incorporate gifted and talented education into this.

Giuseppe Corrente: Italian Elementary school is in my opinion a good system, but it is compromised by two negative points: low teacher salary and too crowded classes. The initiative about inclusion are above all for people with some certified disability and not for now also for high intellect quotient children. There is an association , AISTAP, that is going to incentive initiative thought for high IQ children, but are very sporadic and it is not reaching to attract enough attention. AISTAP collaborates also with MENSA and with some universities with some pilot studies, but politically there is no intention to really support this type of educational direction.  

2. Jacobsen: How are the middle or high schools catering or helping the older generations of the students who went through the elementary school system in Italy?

Corrente: In the middle and high school typically the age is between 10 and 18 years. Above all in the middle the children-adolescent age is the most difficult and there is not enough attention on this. The negative constant remains the same two points underlined before: more teacher’s salary and less numerous classes were strongly needed. Some program of interest are Olympiads of various disciplines, I define these as a for talented boys and girls initiative, but these are not really a solution for gifted people. 

3. Jacobsen: Also, for the elementary and middle/high school system in Italy, how is religion tied to it? It’s Italy after all. How are foreign students and atheist students treated and integrated into the educational system as well? These can be consequential questions for other countries with different educational systems, which makes this an important question to ask pointedly.

Corrente: This integration problem is managed with Alternative Hour, also if the integration problem remains. Alternative Hour is an option instead of official religion teaching, the integration problem has to be managed more deeply.

4. Jacobsen: What about the university system? How is this an integrated network with student education, research for scholastic purposes, connections to politics, and benefits to the business community in Italy? These tend to be mixed up with the university system as an admixture or nexus of these elements.

Corrente: Until now industry and academic research were two distinct sectors ignoring each other. From few years this is changing. The funds for theoretical research are becoming zero, while the enterprise world is seeing with interest to Industry 4.0 business model, that needs of advanced expertise. But this happens only near the most important universities while the others are more and more near the only role of teaching centers.

5. Jacobsen: How is this compared to the rest of the OECD countries or Europe in general? What characteristics make Italy relatively common and other traits make Italy uncommon in the educational department?

Corrente: The common trait is that the academic paths for post-doc people is becoming the exception while since ten or twenty years ago it was the rule. The negative factors of nepotism and political sponsoring of academic youth are stronger in Italy than in North Europe.

6. Jacobsen: Is moral education included in Italy? If so, how so? If not, any idea as to why not?

Corrente: I don’t know. I think it depends on the discipline.

7. Jacobsen: How are the professional academic standards for graduate students and professorial-level researchers in Italy? 

Corrente: I think it is very good, too much sometimes to be valorized not abroad.

8. Jacobsen: Who are the most cited or respected and prominent researchers in Italy?

Corrente: In my opinion the most popular are Carlo Rovelli, Elena Cattaneo and Fabiola Gianotti.

9. Jacobsen: How has your experience been on the individual level for funding and freedom to inquire and critically evaluate academic interests?

Corrente: Also if in some disciplines there is more freedom, to become known and having access to funds and consideration is too often due to a compromise between choices of arguments and public relations, and not only own experience and intelligence. Another strong obstacle is age; if one is over 40 or 50 as age and is only a post-doc, also if he is a very valid researcher he is stopped.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Ph.D. (2013), Science and High Technology – Computer Science, Torino University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-three; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Elementary School, Middle School, High School, and University in Italy (Part Three) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 8). An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Elementary School, Middle School, High School, and University in Italy (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Elementary School, Middle School, High School, and University in Italy (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Elementary School, Middle School, High School, and University in Italy (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Elementary School, Middle School, High School, and University in Italy (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Elementary School, Middle School, High School, and University in Italy (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Elementary School, Middle School, High School, and University in Italy (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Elementary School, Middle School, High School, and University in Italy (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Elementary School, Middle School, High School, and University in Italy (Part Three) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Police: Where is Mubarak Bala?

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 706

Keywords: Africa, Leo Igwe, Mubarak Bala, Nigeria, police.

Police: Where is Mubarak Bala?[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes after the interview.*

As it stands now, the fate of Mubarak Bala, Nigerian humanist who was arrested last week is unknown. Nobody is sure if Mr. Bala is alive or dead. If he is alive, no one knows the conditions of his detention. Mr. Bala was last seen on April 29, 2020, a day after police detectives from the Kano State Command arrested him in Kaduna.

As soon as the information reached me that Mr. Bala was in the police custody, I contacted the Commissioner of Police (CP) in Kaduna and the Police Public Relations Officer (PPRO). They confirmed the arrest of Mr. Bala but could not provide details. They made it clear that Bala’s case was not their case and that Bala would be transferred to Kano for investigation. They declined to disclose the reason for the arrest and if Bala’s case could be transferred to Abuja or any other neutral place.

After speaking with the police officers in Kaduna and it was obvious that Mr. Bala would be taken to Kano, I tried to interact with the chief police officers in Kano. I rang up the Assistant Inspector General (AIG), the CP, and the PPRO in Kano. The AIG said he did not know about the case and asked me to contact the CP, that the case must be with the state command. I called the CP and he confirmed that there was a petition against Mubarak Bala at the state command. That they had ordered his arrest in Kaduna. He said that they were waiting for him and asked me to go and get a lawyer. I could not reach the PPRO on that day. I called him several times but he did not pick his phone. The following day I called the CP several times, he did not pick the phone. I eventually got through to the PPRO after several attempts but he was more interested in knowing my relationship with Mubarak. He repeatedly asked me if I was among those encouraging him to make blasphemous posts on Facebook. I urged him to allow the lawyer to meet with Mubarak. The lawyer has gone to the state police command on three occasions without seeing Mr. Bala. The police officers that he met claimed that they had no knowledge of Mr. Bala’s case and where he was detained.

As it stands now, the whereabouts of Bala is unknown. No one has seen him since the police moved him to Kano. In fact, no one can confirm if Mr. Bala is dead or alive. The police have a responsibility to provide information about Bala’s current state. They need to disclose the conditions of his detention. The police cannot indefinitely keep Bala in custody. In fact, it is illegal for the police to detain a person without charge beyond 48 hours. So the police have a responsibility to produce Bala, give him access to a lawyer, charge him in a court, or unconditionally release him.

For now, the police need to provide answers to these very urgent questions: where is Mubarak Bala? Is he dead or alive?

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/police-where-is-mubarak-bala.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Insulting Prophets: Between Islamic Totalitarianism and Tolerant Pluralism

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 958

Keywords: Africa, Islam, Leo Igwe, Nigeria, pluralism, tolerance, totalitarianism.

Insulting Prophets: Between Islamic Totalitarianism and Tolerant Pluralism[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes after the interview.*

The arrest Mubarak Bala has compelled a revisit of the issue of insulting prophets. Some muslims filed a petition complaining that Mubarak Bala insulted the prophet of Islam. They are asking the police to investigate and prosecute him. Others are threatening to kill him.

From time to time, Muslims have given the impression that they are the only religious constituency whose prophet could be insulted or whose sensibilities could be offended. Muslims have accused other Muslims or persons from other religious or philosophical traditions of saying or writing things that defamed the prophet of Islam. By the way, when Muslims say the prophet, they usually refer to Muhammad, not Isa or other messengers. These allegations of insulting the prophet are usually forms of death sentence and lead to violent protests and bloodshed.

In the light of Mubarak’s arrest including the death threats that he has received from members of the Muslim community in Nigeria and beyond(See attached photo), it is pertinent to take a critical look at this frequent allegation of insulting the prophet of Islam.

Islam is not the only prophetic religion. Is it? There are others-other religions and other prophets. There are personalities from various traditions that people cherish just as Muslims respect the prophet, Muhammad. Judaism, Christianity, and Bahai have their prophets, which they treat with uttermost regard. In fact, in the case of Christianity, Jesus Christ is not seen as a prophet as Muslims believe. Jesus is designated as the son of God and savior of the world.

Strictly speaking, Islam speaks to a foundation that detracts from Christianity and disrespects Jesus, the Christian savior of the world.

Even those who do not espouse a religious faith, atheists, and freethinkers have philosophers, sages, and scholars that they reckon with as Muslims reckon with Muhammad. So, Muslims are not the only ones who have prophets. People of all cultures have ‘prophets’ that they respect and cherish. Societies have personalities, dead or alive, that they hold dear as Muslims hold the prophet of Islam.

Take for instance Nigeria’s Sat Guru Maharaji. He claims to be the latest manifestation of prophethood, a successor to Prophet Muhammad, Jesus, and others. As their greatest messenger, the devotees treat him with the highest regard; they respect him as Muslims respect Muhammad. However it would be shockingly strange for devotees of Guru Maharaji to expect non-devotees to treat and revere Guru Maharaji the way that they do. It will be utterly insane for them to kill or threaten to murder those who say disparaging things or entertain other views about Guru Maharaji.

Unfortunately, this is the lunacy, the viciousness that drives the insult-the-prophet-and-be-killed form of Islam, which is pervasive in Northern Nigeria.

Muslims are using threats and intimidation to foist censorship on everyone. They are using violence to silence critics and stop people from expressing their views about the prophet of Islam. Meanwhile, Muslim individuals and scholars go about promoting their religion and criticizing other religions and traditions. Islamic clerics travel across the country preaching and saying whatever they like about other religions and prophets including statements that could provoke or anger non-muslims. But no one has accused them of insulting their prophet.

Muslims should not expect that all persons would say things about the prophet that would always be respectful. That amounts to Islamic totalitarianism. And totalitarian ideologies are incompatible with norms and canons of a free society. In a free society, people may have to say and write things that could hurt others. Muslims should learn to live and co-habit in pluralistic settings where diverse views and notions of the prophet apply. They should not expect everyone to revere the prophet of Islam the way that they do. They should know that in a multicultural society some people will say, write or post comments that are offensive. Yes Muslims should learn to tolerate offensive remarks from others. Just as other persons have learnt tolerate offensive remarks from Muslims. That is tolerant pluralism.

More especially, Muslims should realize that Muhammad is the prophet of Islam, not of Christianity, traditional religion, or atheism. Muhammad is not the prophet of the world. The prophet of Islam has many sides and could be seen from various prophetic and non prophetic perspectives. Thus diverse views and opinions about the prophet of Islam exist. In the light of Mr. Bala’s arrest and persecution, Muslims in Nigeria must choose whether they want to go the path of Islamic totalitarianism and extremism or they want to embrace tolerant pluralism and peaceful co-existence with persons of other faiths or none.

Inline image

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insulting-prophets-between-islamic-totalitarianism-and-tolerant-pluralism.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Mubarak Bala: Speak Out Against Religious Tyranny in Kano

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,005

Keywords: Africa, Leo Igwe, Nigeria, religion, tyranny.

Mubarak Bala: Speak Out Against Religious Tyranny in Kano[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes after the interview.*

 

Today marks a week since the police arrested Nigerian humanist Mubarak Bala in Kaduna. They later transferred him to Kano. His arrest was over a post that he made on Facebook, which some Muslims said insulted Prophet Muhammad. The whereabouts of Bala is unknown. The police have refused him access to a lawyer. They have not charged him in court. There are concerns over his life, health and human rights. Incidentally, there has not been any reaction from the religious organizations. No religious group has condemned the arrest and detention of Mr. Bala.

In this piece, I argue that the palpable silence from the religious establishment signifies a deficiency or, in some sense, the death of moderate religiosity in the country. It should be noted that many religious individuals have spoken out against the arrest and detention of Mubarak. They did so in their individual capacity. Persons of different faiths have used their Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram pages to express shock and outrage over the petition that was brought against Mr. Bala and his illegal detention. Unfortunately, religious institutions have been silent. Religious organizations such as the Christian Association of Nigeria (CAN), the Nigeria Supreme Council for Islamic Affairs (NSCIA), the Pentecostal Fellowship of Nigeria (PFN) and others have kept mum. They have refused to say anything condemning Bala’s arrest and detention. Why? Does this mean that the religious establishment endorses the treatment being meted out to Bala? That somebody could be thrown into jail by the mere fact that he posted a comment on Facebook. Is that not outrageous?

Now no religious organization has spoken out against the persecution of Mubarak Bala, does that imply that religious institutions are on the same page with the petitioners? Is the religious establishment of the view that Mubarak committed a crime by making posts on Facebook? Simply put, why have the CAN, the PFN and the NSCIA not spoken out against the detention of Mr. Bala including the several death threats that have been issued against him? Why? Why are they not issuing statements defending Bala’s right to freedom of religion and freedom from religion, freedom of speech and expression? Those who petitioned Mr. Bala said he posted comments on Facebook that implied that Prophet Muhammad was a terrorist and designated these comments offensive and as crossing the limit of free speech. Does it mean that there are no religious organizations that object to this proposition or aspects of it?

Look, Christians and Muslims in Nigeria post similar and worse comments on daily basis. Don’t they? They say things that could be deemed insulting to prophets of other religions. Don’t they? If you are in doubt, go online and see the comments that Nigerian Muslims and Christians make about the prophets of the various religious traditions and then compare them with Bala’s. Go to the different churches, mosques and worship centers and listen to multiple imams and pastors preach. Their teachings and sermons are interspersed with lines that could be interpreted as insults and blasphemes. And nobody has arrested them (nobody should actually arrest them). Nobody considered these expressions beyond the limit of freedom of speech and religion. So why is it different in the case of Bala? What did Bala say about Prophet Muhammad that Muslims or Christians have not said about this prophet and others?

Now imagine if Bala were to be a Muslim in Anambra state. Imagine the police arrested him for making posts on Facebook that Christians interpreted as a form of insult on Jesus Christ. Hell would let loose. NSCIA and other Islamic groups, including the governors of the sharia states, would have called for protests and for the immediate release.

Imagine if Bala were a Christian detained in Kano for posting comments that some Muslims deemed disrespectful to their Prophet. Numerous Christian organizations would have issued statements calling for his release, invoking the secular character of the Nigerian state. But in the case of Mubarak, this has not happened. The religious establishment is looking the other way. They have kept silent in the face of Islamic tyranny in Kano. This is unfair.

Religious organizations mustn’t agree with what Mubarak said or what Mubarak believed in before standing for his rights and liberties. Accusations of insulting Prophet Muhammad do not respect religious boundaries. They are brought against both religious and non-religious people; they are levied against Christian, Muslims, religious critics and atheists. To remain silent in the face Bala’s current travails, to look the other way as he languishes in the police jail, and to refrain from standing for him and his fundamental freedoms is a clear mark of deficit and death of moderate religiosity.

Today it is Bala’s turn; tomorrow it could be mine, it could be yours. Don’t keep silent. Speak out against the ongoing religious persecution, oppression and tyranny in Kano, Nigeria.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mubarak-bala-speak-out-against-religious-tyranny-in-kano.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Mubarak Held Incommunicado in Kano

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 456

Keywords: Africa, jail, Kano, Leo Igwe, Nigeria, release.

Mubarak Held Incommunicado in Kano[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes after the interview.*

 

While the police authorities in Kano have confirmed that Nigerian Humanist Mubarak Bala is in their custody, they have not granted him access to a lawyer. He has been held incommunicado. The police arrested Mubarak in Kaduna three days ago following a complaint of insulting prophet Muhammad that some lawyers in Kano filed at the State Police Command.

Mubarak was detained in Kaduna for a night before being transferred to Kano two days ago. Since taken to Kano, the police authorities have not allowed him to see his lawyer. The police authorities have been blocking efforts to understand the details of the complaint. This is in breach of Mubarak’s human rights.

There are reports that Mubarak is being beaten and tortured while in detention. There are also concerns over the state of his health, especially with the outbreak of a strange disease and the coronavirus in Kano. In the last 48 hours, there has been no independent confirmation that Mubarak is alive and well, there is no confirmation that he is not being maltreated and that his rights are not being violated. Given the nature of the allegation, there are serious concerns over Mubarak’s health. According to family sources, Mubarak is hypertensive. Many people are worried that Mubarak could be killed while in detention given the several death threats that he has received.

Please kindly help draw the attention of the Nigerian authorities to the case of Mubarak. Ask the police authorities to grant Mubarak access to his lawyer today.

Urge the police to charge him in court formally or release him unconditionally.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mubarak-held-incommunicado-in-kano.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Mubarak Bala: Death Threats, Blasphemy and Police Investigation in Kano

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 999

Keywords: Africa, Gbabasawa, Leo Igwe, Mubarak Bala, Nigeria, police.

Mubarak Bala: Death Threats, Blasphemy and Police Investigation in Kano[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes after the interview.*

By Leo Igwe

Two days ago, the police arrested Mubarak Bala, President of the Humanist Association of Nigeria, in Kaduna. Detectives from the Kano State Police Command went to his residence, arrested and later detained him at Gbabasawa police station. According to local sources, the police were planning to transfer him to Kano where some lawyers had lodged a petition against him. They accused him of insulting the prophet Muhammad. The police should not take Mubarak to Kano due to the following reasons.

First of all, the police will be putting Mubarak’s life at risk if they do so. The police know this. And the concern has been registered with the Force headquarters in Abuja, the AIG at the zonal headquarters, and the commissioner of police in charge of the state command. Before his arrest, Mubarak received several death threats from Muslims in Kano who were angry with his posts and writings. They threatened to kill him if they could find him. According to Mubarak, one of those who made the threats was a police officer in Kano. So are the police taking him to Kano to be tried or to be killed?

Mubarak informed me that a military officer had threatened to murder him some time ago. Following his arrest, there have been several threats from Muslims who plan to attack and kill Mubarak. These are not idle talks but unequivocal declarations of intent to shed the blood of this foremost humanist. So the threats should not be taken for granted or swept under the carpet. One of those who issued the threat on Facebook said that Mubarak would be killed if he set foot in Kano. That the police post in Kaduna where he was detained would be razed to the ground if they kept him there for more than two days. Another potential assassin, Kawu Garba stated that if Mubarak was acquitted, “We will kill him”. In the message, Garba went further to say: “Quote me.”

Now, these are not made up stories and hearsay but statements of intent by bloodthirsty individuals vying to eliminate Mubarak Bala. Mubarak informed me that these threats did not only emanate from jihadists in Kano but also from their allies in other parts of Northern Nigeria including Northern Nigerian Muslims living as far away as Saudi Arabia. They were not only male but also female.

Another reason is that Kano has a history of religious bloodletting, of ‘judicial’ and the extrajudicial killing of blasphemers. The Islamic mobs usually call the shots and determine the fate of those who are accused of blasphemy. Police investigation and prosecution of alleged blasphemers are a charade. They are usually a window dressing, conducted to placate the mob, not to uphold the rule of law and justice. There is nothing which shows that the case of Mubarak would be different. There is grave concern that Mubarak could be murdered while in police custody as Gideon Akaluka was in the 90s. Some think that while in detention, the jihadists would come in large numbers, overpower the police, burnt down the police station and kill Mubarak. The police should not pretend that they do not know that this is a likely possibility; that this has happened in the past and could happen to Mubarak.

Yet another serious concern is that if taken to Kano, Mubarak would be tried at the sharia court. Kano state has a very active sharia police. Meanwhile, efforts would be made to force him to return to Islam while in detention. Otherwise, he will be tried and if convicted of apostasy and blasphemy under the sharia penal code of Kano state, Mubarak will be sentenced to death. He would languish in jail until he is executed or returns to the Islamic faith.

Moving Mubarak to Kano is a risky and dangerous undertaking that could lead to his death. It is my submission that Mubarak Bala will not receive a fair hearing and investigation in Kano, that is if he lives to be investigated and tried.

Again, I want to draw the attention of the police that a thorough investigation could be carried out without taking Mubarak to Kano and endangering his life. Mubarak was born in Kano but does not live in Kano. He lives and works in Kaduna. Mubarak was accused of posting comments on Facebook that insulted Prophet Muhammad. Facebook is not domiciled in Kano. It is an online facility. So any crime supposedly committed on Facebook could be investigated from anywhere in the country.

In conclusion, the police should give priority to Mubarak’s safety and security; they should take the death threats seriously. The inspector general police should take urgent steps to move Mubarak’s case to a neutral place where an impartial investigation and a fair hearing would be conducted.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mubarak-bala-death-threats-blasphemy-a.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Mubarak Bala Arrested for Blasphemy in Kaduna

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 408

Keywords: Africa, Leo Igwe, Mubarak Bala, Nigeria.

Mubarak Bala Arrested for Blasphemy in Kaduna[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes after the interview.*

Mubarak Bala, President of the Humanist Association of Nigeria, has been arrested this afternoon in Kaduna in Northern Nigeria. Two police officers, who were not in uniform took him from his residence. He is currently detained at the Gbabasawa police station in Kaduna. According to local sources, his arrest could be in connection with a charge of blasphemy. A group of lawyers has petitioned the Kano state command to prosecute Mubarak for insulting Prophet Muhammad on his Facebook page. One S. S. Umar signed the petition. And this is how one Yusuf Jnr (@MrZage) commented on the petition on his tweeter account: “Some group of lawyers finally write a petition against that animal Mubarak Bala”. He described Mubarak as ‘an animal’.

Besides, there is also an online petition on change.org. Halima Sa’adiya Umar started the petition asking Facebook to close down the account of Mubarak Bala. All of us at the Humanist Association of Nigeria are deeply worried by the arrest and detention of our president, Mubarak Bala. Mubarak Bala will likely be handed over to the Kano state police command, that will prosecute him for blasphemy, a crime that carries a death sentence under sharia law. We urge the Inspector General of Police, the governor of Kaduna, Mallam Elrufai to ensure his immediate release.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/critical-thinking-nigeria-igwe.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Humanist Canada calls for release of Nigerian Humanist President

 

 

 

 

 

 

Author: Humanist Canada

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 5, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 363

Keywords: Africa, humanism, Humanist Canada, Humanists International, Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Mubarak Bala, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Humanist Canada calls for release of Nigerian Humanist President[1],[2]

VANCOUVER, British Columbia May 5, 2020 PRLog — Canadian Humanists are supporting calls from Humanists International to have Mubarak Bala released from a Nigerian jail. Bala, who is president of the Humanist Association of Nigeria, was arrested by Nigerian police April 28 following a complaint the had insulted the prophet Mohammed in a social media post. Bala, who is a former Muslim, has been arrested without formal charges. Bala’s lawyer has not been allowed access to his client.

“The right to be charged within 24 hours of arrest and the right to legal counsel are enshrined in Nigerian law. In addition, we would request: if Mr. Bala is charged with a crime, then the charge is, or those charges are, heard in a secular as opposed to an Islamic court, as he is a humanist, atheist, and former Muslim,” said Scott Jacobsen, international rights spokesman for Humanist Canada. Humanist Canada Vice-President, Lloyd Robertson, said Canadians can support Mr. Bala’s defence campaign organized by Humanists International by visiting:

https://www.gofundme.com/f/free-mubarak-bala

He added that international support is important for the protection of minorities.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Humanist Canada Board

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 5, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/humanist-canada-bala.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Tiberiu Sammak on Family, Personal Evolution, and Character (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,643

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Tiberiu Sammak is a 24-year-old guy who currently lives in Bucharest. He spent most of his childhood and teenage years surfing the Internet (mostly searching things of interest) and playing video games. One of his hobbies used to be the construction of paper airplanes, spending a couple of years designing and trying to perfect different types of paper aircrafts. Academically, he never really excelled at anything. In fact, his high school record was rather poor. Some of his current interests include cosmology, medicine and cryonics. His highest score on an experimental high-range I.Q. test is 187 S.D. 15, achieved on Paul Cooijmans’ Reason – Revision 2008. He discusses: family background; family life; supportive environment; balancing emotional and intellectual life; flourishing, talent, actualization, giftedness, talentedness, and IQ; educational moments; professional and work roles; development of character; uncertainty in adolescence; and reading a lot in non-standard ways.

Keywords: actualization, emotional life, giftedness, intellectual life, intelligence, IQ, reading, talent, Tiberiu Nicolas Sammak.

An Interview with Tiberiu Sammak on Family, Personal Evolution, and Character (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Some of the intriguing parts of people in the high range who have been tested seem less to do with the professional accomplishments and more to do with the stories in their own becoming. It always or nearly always leads me to begin with some of the obvious starts of some of the early life for them, or before being around to have a tale. What are some important factoids regarding family background? Those points of contact family history directly relevant to personal development and trajectory. The variables as vectors more important than others. Only these come from the personal evaluation of the family history.

Tiberiu Nicolas Sammak: I am the only child of a middle-class family. My father comes from Damascus; however, his family is of Palestinian ancestry. He went to complete his studies in Romania, where he also met the woman that was going to be my mother. My mother was born and grew up in Bucharest.

When it comes to formal education, both of my parents have completed postgraduate studies (both of them having a master’s degree), my mother being a civil engineer and my father being a medical doctor. In that regard, they are much more accomplished than I as my highest academic qualification is a high school diploma.

As far as religious beliefs are concerned, my mother is a Christian while my father is a Muslim. Holding different viewpoints about religion did not have a negative impact on their relation, both of them sharing mutual understanding despite having a distinct stance on that matter.

2. Jacobsen: What was family life like growing up?

Sammak: I grew up in Bucharest, being raised mostly by my mother and my grandparents. My father went to work as a physician in Germany when I was about 4 or 5. However, he would visit me a couple of times per year and we would often spend our family time together going to the beach or visiting some mountainous place.

When I was a child, I used to enjoy having long summer walks with my grandfather, especially at dusk. Those strolls provided me with a sense of tranquility and joy. One of my favourite places included a barren region surrounded by a few abandoned and derelict factories, which was pretty far from my home. I have always found great beauty in bleak, desolate areas, as they seem to be enveloped by mystery, most of them having a particular story behind.

Another recollection that springs to my mind is that of me helping my grandfather to harvest squashes (which happen to be among my favourite fruits). I would happily pick them up and put them into wooden crates.

3. Jacobsen: Was there a supportive or an unsupportive environment while gifted and growing up?

Sammak: My parents were always supportive, encouraging me to pursue my passions.

With regard to school, I attended a normal one, like most of the children my age. I did not skip grades and I am fairly sure that was a good thing. There aren’t any schools that would allow skipping grades in my country anyway, to the best of my knowledge. In my view, homeschooling is the best form of education for someone who benefits from an accelerated way of learning. I think that’s mostly because putting one into a class where all of one’s classmates are 3 or 4 years older might lead to a lot of issues. Of course, these problems could be also tackled by making special schools with a different curriculum and strict admission requirements, where one would have to sit a general ability assessment.

I cannot say that I grew up in an unsupportive environment. Even though my school experience may not have been the finest, my family (both my parents and grandparents) was always eager to help me and loved me unconditionally. I have profound respect for them and I cherish every moment spent together.

4. Jacobsen: With the different contexts for the gifted and the talented while developing in youth, there appears a general recognition of unusual traits and rapid cognitive developments universally earlier in life. These interviews appear to match the empirical research in which asynchrony is present. The emotional life of the child remains behind the intellectual development of the child. This creates tension between understanding and feeling. This is where problems start or stop, in my opinion. Either a gifted child becomes nurtured and flourishes or becomes under-nurtured and withers, even heading into illicit areas of the society and in the development of mental illness induced externally (barring any strong innate predisposition to varieties of mental illness with well-known strong heritability than not). How did emotional-social life and intellectual come to be balanced in an earlier life? If this was achieved, how was this achieved?

Sammak: I am a deeply introverted and aloof person and I used to spend most of my early years daydreaming and pondering over various topics, such as cosmology and cosmogony. Basically, I was living in my own world. Being a quiet individual is a big disadvantage in almost all social settings due to the fact that most people would perceive you as weird, even arrogant.

During my middle school years, I spent lots of hours playing video games and surfing the Internet, searching things of interest. I have always despised the idea of learning unnecessary school stuff.

Many of my childhood problems probably stemmed from having a severely underdeveloped personality. I am definitely a late bloomer, both mentally and emotionally, reaching maturity very late in life. There wasn’t a stark difference between my and my peers’ mental ability. What I clearly noticed was a sizeable distance between me and pretty much everyone, which was certainly attributed to my personality and my way of being. Trying to be something you are not (in my case, trying to be more extraverted) is very detrimental to your well-being, constantly making you feel uneasy.

5. Jacobsen: Giftedness and talentedness are not one monolithic thing. Neither is IQ. It’s a composite number and, therefore, a plural metric of cognitive potentials in different delineated mental capabilities with implications for the ways one thinks and how richly information processed in different areas. It’s a singular metric more akin to a rope comprised of individual threads pointing in a general direction rather than a steel rod. Some ropes are longer, stronger than others while others are shorter, frayed, etc. For the highest ranges of talent, what is the importance of finding the areas of special talent for them? How do society benefit and the individual flourish more when actualizing this talent?

Sammak: These are questions of extreme significance since they are directly related to the possible evolution of humankind, and, more important, to the overall happiness and satisfaction of the individual.

I like the way you constructed the rope analogy and I absolutely agree with the fact that the g factor is represented by the accretion of many cognitive traits, synergizing together and building up to one’s intellectual capacity, this potential being quantified or trying to be quantified through different means.

Being remarkably talented in a field is not always a certainty for stardom; one still has to put in a lot of effort and be discovered. Same thing applies for the people who possess an exceptional mental ability.

I cannot help but think about Will Hunting (the main protagonist from the movie “Good Will Hunting”), which, to me, is the embodiment of genius. I consider genius to be the apex of human ability.

An aspect to being discovered is that a lot of very talented persons do not seek approval or popularity. Things like sense of achievement and the enjoyment after you have created something you are content with come from within. A lot of remarkable individuals have gone unnoticed through their lives despite being brilliant.

When one discovers the area where one truly shines, only positive things could surface thereafter. If the talent of somebody exceptional is discovered, considerable real-world advancements could happen. But I guess the thing which is paramount is represented by one’s own contentment. Combining passion with talent leads to one’s fulfillment and happiness.

6. Jacobsen: What were some pivotal educational moments for you?

Sammak: The transition from middle school to secondary school was a critical moment for me. It was in high school when I realized that an academic milieu is certainly not for people like me. That was the time when I stopped caring about school-related subjects altogether. The reason for my disinterest was simple: I never liked to study. Normally, that resulted in me getting very low grades and barely passing the classes.

A hobby of mine back then used to be the construction of paper airplanes, being fascinated by some intricate models that I had previously seen on the Internet. I spent considerable time tinkering with designs and had lots of fun in doing that. I managed to build some original and unconventional gliders during that period.

I also enjoyed drawing (which I still do), even though I was not talented.

Again, I spent plenty of time searching stuff on the Internet. When something interested me, I tried finding all of the available information about that something. I was always obsessed with accuracy, always wanting to

understand the fundamental aspect of things, their core part. Sometimes, that proved to be a very time-consuming experience, albeit extraordinarily rewarding.

Another key point in my educational years was the ending of high school. That turned out to be a very hazy period for me. I did not have a clear direction, I was undecided and I felt lost.

7. Jacobsen: What have been some professional or work roles for you?

Sammak: I did not have any. After finishing high school, I was still unsure of what I should be doing. That resulted in a 3-year period of unemployment and in trying to explore and find something I am actually good at.

Unfortunately, I could not find something where I really excelled – I was pretty much average at almost everything.

I dropped out twice from two different colleges. I thought of dropping out of high school as well, but not wanting to completely disappoint my parents was a good motivation to finish it.

I am currently studying computer engineering at a public college, trying to get a degree.

8. Jacobsen: How have these moments, or roles, helped in the individual development of character and work ethic? Especially the ordinary jobs, those positions in which one must do something that one does not want to do, and to help those who be the least – well – helpful in their attitudes to you.

Sammak: Since I was never employed, I cannot fully address this question. However, I have learned that doing something you do not like to is sometimes compulsory – I did not want to go to school but I had to!

With respect to people who were rude or tried to bully me, I would avoid any further encounters with them or completely ignore them.

9. Jacobsen: Did you have any mentors while entering from adolescence into young adulthood to provide a sense of the direction and self-assuredness?

Sammak: No, I did not. My juvenescence was marked by uncertainty.

10. Jacobsen: Any influential authors or writers, or artists, while growing up? Probably 4/5 or more highly intelligent young people have been avid readers.

Sammak: I know this might come off as really surprising, but I have not read any books in my life. Nonetheless, I read a lot of papers, articles, editorials, and the like. I relished reading, whether it was something trivial or a more elaborate piece of writing. I thoroughly enjoyed listening to music. Some of my favourite musical genres included melodic death metal, trance, psytrance and synthwave. Sometimes I would picture myself in a white Testarossa while rain is glistening off the streets and neon lights are starting to flicker as I am heading to the outrun sun (synthwave enthusiasts know what I mean by this).

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Reason – Revision 2008, IQ 187 (S.D.15).

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sammak-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Tiberiu Nicolas Sammak.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tiberiu Sammak on Family, Personal Evolution, and Character (Part One) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sammak-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 1). An Interview with Tiberiu Sammak on Family, Personal Evolution, and Character (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sammak-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Tiberiu Sammak on Family, Personal Evolution, and Character (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sammak-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Tiberiu Sammak on Family, Personal Evolution, and Character (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sammak-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Tiberiu Sammak on Family, Personal Evolution, and Character (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sammak-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Tiberiu Sammak on Family, Personal Evolution, and Character (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sammak-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Tiberiu Sammak on Family, Personal Evolution, and Character (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sammak-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Tiberiu Sammak on Family, Personal Evolution, and Character (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sammak-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tiberiu Sammak on Family, Personal Evolution, and Character (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sammak-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on God (Part Four)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,983

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Matthew Scillitani, member of The Glia Society and The Giga Society, is a web developer and SEO specialist living in North Carolina. He is of Italian and British lineage, and is predominantly English-speaking. He earned his bachelor’s degree in psychology at East Carolina University, with a focus on neurobiology and a minor in business marketing. He’s previously worked as a research psychologist, data analyst, and writer, publishing over three hundred papers on topics such as nutrition, fitness, psychology, neuroscience, free will, and Greek history. You may contact him via e-mail at mattscil@gmail.com.He discusses: theology; modern aggressive non-theist movements; view of God; non-interventionist God; a reflection of his God in some others, but not entirely; integrating a non-interventionist God with science; a formal argument for the God; a poetic, informal argument for the God; religious views at odds with this God; no room for magic; ethics and morality; historic and modern interpretations of faiths; positive qualities of God; Ontological Argument; Moral Argument for God; Religious Experience/Personal Testimony Argument for God; Cosmological Argument for God; Argument from Design for God; evolution of religion; and unsolved issues. 

Keywords: America, Giga Society, Glia Society, God, Matthew Scillitani, non-interventionist, non-theist.

An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on God: Member, Giga Society; Member, Glia Society (Part Four)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Sir, aside from politics, let’s talk theology, you believe in God, a creator, sustainer, of the universe. Can you unpack some of the theological implications here, please? 

Matthew Scillitani: While I do think there’s a creator I’m very certain God’s impersonal and not involved in any way in our affairs. My conception of God is immediately incompatible then with all Abrahamic and polytheistic religions. I myself am not religious and think there’s no benefit to worship, in the divine sense. However, if a religion is harmless and provides a sense of community, promotes charitable behaviours, and improves the well-being of those involved then I think it can still be a good thing. One could argue that the delusion itself is bad for one’s psychiatric health but I think any such harm is negligible and is outweighed by the other benefits worshippers receive from their religion.

2. Jacobsen: How would, or do, modern aggressive non-theist movements miss the point entirely about ordinary religious (moral) life and more nuanced, modern notions or arguments for God?

Scillitani: Most of the outspoken anti-theists I’ve met and seen across online media are often assholes pretending to be much smarter and moral than they really are. For an extreme minority of these provocateurs there are serious reasons to hate one or more religions, usually stemming from abuse. The reason other non-theists start arguments with religious folk is, unknown to them, because they’re suffering from an extremely weak ego and are trying their hardest to improve it by insulting others. It’s only incidental that religious people make an easy target for their abuse.

To answer your question more directly: there is usually no point when anti-theists argue other than for a fleeting ego boost. When asked why they may say things such as “I want to end religion because it’s a delusion” or “religion is evil” or some other such nonsense. These explanations are unconsciously made to justify their unethical, reckless, mean-spirited behaviours and to lessen the cognitive dissonance brought on by being a low-quality person while believing themselves to be at the pinnacle of intelligence and morality

As an aside, most religions are harmless. There are some bad religions but religion itself isn’t inherently bad. All anti-theists miss that point from the offset.

3. Jacobsen: Is your view of God, at some root level, ineffable or completely definable within human characterization, possible for encapsulation?

Scillitani: God is and must be definable and is the one being with all positive qualities, whatever those may be.

4. Jacobsen: Does God answer prayers, play an active role in the world to this day or exist in a more creation role/abstract manner to you?

Scillitani: Nope. Totally hands-off.

5. Jacobsen: Does this God reflect some theological or religious traditions more than others? If any, which? Does this God reflect the God of some scientists or great thinkers of the past more than others? If someone, who?

Scillitani: I’m not sure on this one. Perhaps Spinoza’s conception of God is most similar but not exactly the same as mine. In contrast to Spinoza’s God, I don’t think God is “one with everything” or “the only substance” as he believed. Because there exist negative qualities and God has only positive qualities it must be that God is not one with all things because then God would also have negative qualities. It may be that God transformed into the universe, but the result would no longer be God then. That would only be possible if immortality were not a positive quality, which may be the case. Perhaps a fleeting life is an ideal one after all.

As for famous thinkers with similar beliefs, a young Nikola Tesla comes to mind. Some biographers of his argue whether he was an atheist or Buddhist in his senior years though.

6. Jacobsen: How does this definition of God integrate with the modern scientific knowledge of the natural world?

Scillitani: God probably exists outside of our time and space and may not even be ‘alive’ in a way that’s familiar to us. Besides scientists dedicating their lives to studying God I doubt there would be any more practical change in academia. Integration is simple when we add in new, stand-alone information without having to replace any of the old stuff.

7. Jacobsen: What makes a formal argument for this God?

Scillitani: Well, it goes back to the “why is there something instead of nothing?” or “why are we here?” questions. The Big Bang theory isn’t satisfactory because we wonder why it happened – what caused the Big Bang? We know that the universe is highly structured. The natural laws are the same on Earth as they are on Neptune or in some other solar system altogether. Inanimate objects don’t have any awareness yet they continue to move in predictable ways. So predictable, in fact, that we have formulas we use to tell us exactly how they’re going to behave under any particular condition.

My thinking is that there was a period* before the Big Bang when there were no natural laws. Today we know there are finite possibilities because we can observe one outcome and not others. However, suppose that before the Big Bang there were infinite possibilities. One such possibility being something with all positive qualities (Gödel’s ontological proof). God, now existing (from the randomness) creates the universe and all its laws. I believe that this is the simplest and cleanest theory so far on the origins of the universe, why there is something instead of nothing, and why inanimate objects seem to organize, structure, and build themselves into more complex or even animate structures (humans, for example) over time.

This also solves the ‘infinite regression’ problem where it’s impossible for there to be infinite causes for an observed effect. There must be a first cause (think Aquinas’ five ways) and both the Big Bang theory and other conceptions of God weren’t good solutions because then one asks “well, what caused that?” But, if we believe there was a period before the universe where everything was random and there needn’t be any cause-effect relationships as we know them then this problem is finally solved.

I’ve heard several physicists propose that perhaps the universe is aware and ‘created itself’ but this is impossible because it would mean that the creation preceded awareness, and how could something create itself if it were not aware?

*This is somewhat of a misleading term because, before the Big Bang there was no time as we know it. But, for lack of a better word, “period” is used here.

8. Jacobsen: What is a poetic, informal argument for this God?

Scillitani: When a child throws a rock and it subsequently falls back to Earth it would be silly to credit gravity and not the child for having thrown it. Gravity is how it fell, sure, but why it fell in the first place was because of the child. After all, a rock isn’t sentient, it can’t throw itself.

9. Jacobsen: What religious views seem most at odds with this God? Obviously, atheism, agnosticism, etc., remain a different set of questions altogether and, sort of, implied at this point.

Scillitani: All religious views are a bit at odds with my conception of God. This is because I think God is impersonal and doesn’t respond to prayers or need be worshipped. Since worship is a requisite for religion, religions don’t make sense then. In the future, I hope religion evolves into community service organizations or special interest groups to fill that social, charitable, or search-for-‘purpose’ need some people have.

10. Jacobsen: On this God, and on the previous definition of a soul, is there room for magic in this view of the world, in this perspective on God?

Scillitani: Absolutely not, that would be horrifying. Also, if magic were real then I’d think everyone on Earth would know immediately and it would be impossible to hide.

11. Jacobsen: With an impersonal personality for God, what does this imply for ethics and morality? Our conduct in every day life in close friendships and with loved ones, and in professional life with colleagues, bosses, and business partners.

Scillitani: I don’t think there’s any reward-punishment system or afterlife provided by God. However, I do think there are absolute and universal laws of ethics that come as an extension of awareness, without God needing design them. Even with no God I think those ‘laws’ would be the same, it just takes a certain amount of awareness to figure out what they are.

12. Jacobsen: Any personal thoughts on the standard interpretations of the Abrahamic faiths? What about some of the more subtle attempts to form-fit the Bible, the Quran, or the Torah and their God(s) into ones more akin to the Einsteinian-Spinozan God, or one for Tesla or you?

Scillitani: “Standard” could have two meanings here: historic (strict) or modern (loose). Both deserve their own answers and I’ll provide them. Any religious person should believe and follow everything their religious texts say precisely. This is because they believe these texts are the Word of an infallible God and so all biblical laws are divine and absolute. Not following them is entirely wrong then. If it says God wants all worshippers to kill their firstborns and they don’t then clearly they don’t believe God is infallible or they’re sinners, denying God. That is following the more historic interpretation and is also the most dangerous one. If a religion promotes violence, hate, or any other destructive behaviors or beliefs then it’s an evil religion and whoever follows an evil religion is an evil person or a hypocrite.

The more modern biblical interpretations aren’t nearly as dangerous but the worshippers are hypocrites. How can someone say they worship God when at every opportunity they deny his Word? These people, I hope, are there more for the sense of community than to worship God.

13. Jacobsen: What are the positive qualities of God to you?

Scillitani: Intelligent and with all the qualities that come along with that such as integrity, conscientiousness, and higher awareness. There are others, of course, but I wouldn’t speculate too much on what they are.

14. Jacobsen: Let’s do some rapid-fire for this session on the standard big arguments put forth in Western societies for God, some of the responses will, in part, be implied based on previous responses. Any thoughts on the Ontological Argument for God?

Scillitani: I think ontological arguments for God are extremely important. Some of these arguments are, however, not so good because the premises are clearly wrong. I think Gödel’s Ontological Proof is the best so far but is impossible in our Universe. if there were a period when things happened at random, without cause-effect relationships, and with infinite possibilities (requiring no natural laws), then his premises would be correct. Since that’s the only way to escape the pitfall of infinite regression while also justifying the orderliness of the Universe I think it’s likely true.

15. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on the Moral Argument for God?

Scillitani: I think it’s a poor argument because morality is just a byproduct of intelligence or social evolution. There’s no need for God when we look at morality by itself.

16. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on the Religious Experience/Personal Testimony Argument for God?

Scillitani: These also make a poor argument for God because many of those experiences involve psychedelic drugs, psychosis, or other brain-malfunctions caused by trauma (or even death). If I saw or heard God I’d voluntarily admit myself to the nearest mental hospital, something anyone in that situation should do.

17. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on the Cosmological Argument for God?

Scillitani: This argument is on the right track but misses some key points as they relate to infinite regression and contingency. Proponents of this argument think God is the first cause and that this settles the ‘infinite regression’ problem by itself. Why then couldn’t the Big Big do that too? They are both starting points, after all. If we follow Occam’s Razer, the latter is even better because it’s a simpler explanation from that view. What t they don’t account for is that neither of those explanations truly solve the infinite regression problem because there must still be something beforehand and what comes before must be aware.

18. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on the Argument from Design for God?

Scillitani: This is overall a good argument for God. Newton was also a proponent of this and once said, “In the absence of any other proof, the thumb alone would convince me of God’s existence.” It doesn’t explain how, exactly, there could be a God but merely claims that one is necessary, which I think is true.

19. Jacobsen: With those out of the way, is religion bound to evolve into the moral communities described before more than ever?

Scillitani: Eventually, I’m sure that will happen. It won’t be for thousands of years though. Old traditions are hard to break and even if all religious worshippers were given undeniable proof that God were impersonal most would continue to worship. It takes time to make major changes like this. It will also take time for certain academic circles to escape the stigma that comes with believing in God.

20. Jacobsen: What are the questions still remaining unsolved if the conceptualization of God provided in this session are true? In that, the premises are true and link one to the other to a true conclusion while the entirety of the set of premises and the conclusion for the formal argument remain true while incomplete because of other questions floating around implying particular hidden premises. If the hidden premises had answers, then the argument would be more complete and a higher fidelity of truth than when only the explicit premises are considered.

Scillitani: Big questions like, ‘why did God make the universe; what was the purpose?’, ‘is there an afterlife?’, and ‘are there other universes?’ remain and I think would strengthen the argument.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Member, Giga Society; Member, Glia Society. Bachelor’s Degree, Psychology, East Carolina University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-four; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Matthew Scillitani.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on God (Part Four) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 1). An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on God (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on God (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on God (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on God (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on God (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on God (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on God (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on God (Part Four)[Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Highly Intelligent Cognitive Misers, Composite Scores and Sub-Tests, and Sex and Gender Factors (Part Three)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,191

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Björn Liljeqvist was born in Stockholm, Sweden in 1975. He joined Mensa in 1991 and is currently the international chairman of that organisation. Privately, Björn lectures on advanced learning strategies to university students. A topic he’s written two books on in his native country. He has a background in embedded systems engineering with a Master’s degree from Chalmers University of Technology. He is married to Camilla, with whom he has one daughter. He discusses: highly intelligent cognitive misers; composite scores and sub-test scores; and sex and gender factors.

Keywords: Björn Liljeqvist, chairman, cognitive miser, gender, Mensa International, sex, Sweden.

An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Highly Intelligent Cognitive Misers, Composite Scores and Sub-Tests, and Sex and Gender Factors: Chairman, Mensa International (Part Three)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Interview conducted on March 4, 2020.*

*Note from Liljeqvist, as to avoid confusion between individual statements and the stances of Mensa International: “Opinions are my own and not those of Mensa, except if otherwise stated.”*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What happens when you have the highly intelligent, even the very highly intelligent, 3-sigma and up, who do not have that fostering? They’ve been identified. They have not been nurtured or fostered in terms of their talents. So, they develop certain negative qualities. They haven’t realized other positive qualities in other people. They are the bad-rude person mentioned earlier. Also, they are a cognitive miser. They may not be a fully rational person in their lives.

Liljeqvist: This is an excellent question because it would be really, really interesting to collect data from 1,000 people or 10,000 people who are really at that top 1-in-a-1,000 or 1-in-10,000 to really get that data. Because we don’t really know. Take this, an intelligent person who realizes that some things are not right, who realizes that I am bored. The moment that you come across information or knowledge. You will be drawn to like it, like a horse to water. I would guess, but this is only a guess, that a lot of those people might turn out to be fine, eventually. But they might have to do the work themselves. Which means, I am not sure it is okay to say, “Everyone is at the mercy of their upbringing. If you do not get this nurturing, then you will turn out to be bad.” That I do think, you could spare people a lot of soul searching by helping them a little bit in the beginning. Take myself, for example, I used a lot of my intelligence [Laughing] back in school to avoid hard work because I could improvise last minute. I got good grades without putting in a lot of effort.

I thought that was a good thing. Until, it no longer worked, which prompted me to look into better ways of studying, which is something I eventually found a lot of valuable material there and learned how to learn in an efficient way. However, of course, if someone had taught me that, then I wouldn’t have wasted time on it. I would have been able to reach a little further. Not that I think it is necessarily that much of a deal, but the people who turn out to be rude and evil; I don’t think it is just that simple. That you have an intelligent person who did not get the right stimulation. Because even those people, they will use their intelligence to correct their own mistakes. What about all the other qualities of a person? You have the Big Five: openness, conscientiousness, agreeableness, and so on. I don’t think agreeableness correlates with intelligence at all. Although, possibly, an intelligent person might feel faking a bit of agreeableness might be helpful if they want to. But I think the answer as to why certain people become bad or difficult people probably does not lie in their IQ, or even in their access too. I think you would need environmental factors that go way beyond the normal variation in order to find that, if you know what I mean. We know from other twin studies and things like that. For the environment to really have a big impact on someone over time, as they grow up, and if you look into mature age, the environmental differences have to be fairly big, bigger than what you normally see between families of the typical style in a country.

2. Jacobsen: Also, you have access to leading intelligence researchers, nationally and internationally, through Mensa. I would assume some conversations may arise or writings are published through Mensa on sex and gender, and IQ. What is the current status of this conversation, this longstanding conversation, around not only IQ as a composite metric but also the sub-tests that go into good, solid, valid and reliable intelligence tests, like the WAIS?

Liljeqvist: That is an excellent question. It is also something. Now that you mention it, I am reminded that this is something where Mensa International could do more to keep this conversation alive. Common wisdom has been, “We have the similar average between the genders or between the sexes, but the standard deviation is higher for the men. So, you have more men in the higher ranges and more men in the lower ranges.” We know from statistics. The percentage or the ratio of female to male members pretty much mirrors what you would expect from those, not perfectly, but, more or less at least, from what you would expect in the different distributions between the sexes on IQ tests. Are those tests well-made or are they biased either way? I will tell you. I am the Chairman of Mensa – fine, but I am a layman and not an intelligence researcher. I have a master’s degree in Engineering. I have studied many things in university, but I am not an expert on intelligence tests beyond the basic level. But if there was a bias against a sex, that would probably show up. Now, I am waiting for someone to come and correct me, but I think it would show up on the average. You would not see low IQ males predominantly if it was biased in favour of males. It is a pattern with higher standard deviations. It is a pattern that we see in other things.

Jacobsen: I have seen this as well. The level of variance is much greater with men/males.

Liljeqvist: One explanation is that if you have only 1 X chromosome. It means that the characteristics on that chromosome will have a higher impact. Whereas, if you have two, you will have more of an averaging out effect. Meaning that, you will get higher variance among the males. We see this with men in so many other things, like height and other characteristics. If we did not see it in IQ, I think we would have to really look into it. Why would that be the case?

3. Jacobsen: Would some differences show up in the asynchrony of development? So, for instance, apart from sex and gender differences. As an aside, there are a lot of similarities, certainly, too. You were mentioning the highly gifted child who, at the same time, can be, and often will be, at the emotional level of the 3-year-old, for example. So, they’re able to think more richly while having an emotional understanding of their chronological age group. I am looking at two points of contact. One would be different developmental curves while coming to the same point on average. Another would be once adults. You still have that average, but particular mental skills might be much different between men and women.

Liljeqvist: Yes, that could be. It would be interesting to know whether the unbalance or disparity at the highest percent, upper levels: How much is that due to outliers, extreme outliers? It is a question that I would like to see looked into. Where you see people with a very unique talent for something, but, otherwise, not being super capable across the board – so to speak, I think most of those people tend to be male. But a lot of explanations have floated. For example, later maturity in the male sex leads to a higher degree of specialization between the hemispheres, which would show up in some things like very, very specialized interests. To be an ultra-nerd is, often, seen as being a very male thing.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Liljeqvist: I think it is okay to ask the questions and come up with possible hypotheses, but seeing as there are, as well, cultural differences in how the genders are supposed to or expected to behave. I would hesitate to pronounce anything in too determined a way.

4. Jacobsen: Also, there’s a very long history. Even in democratic societies, women couldn’t vote. Women couldn’t own property. Eventually, when it came into play in the United States, only married women could own property; only married white women could own property. Certainly, there’s obviously legal and policy factors in a society that will have social and political, and educational, consequences as well.

Liljeqvist: It does. Although, it is interesting to know, as far as I know. For as long as women or girls have had access to education, they seem to have outperformed men or boys.

Jacobsen: Yes! We are seeing something unprecedented now, on the international scale.

Liljeqvist: Rather the other way around, that has been the case going way back. At any point they had equal access, they were not inferior to the boys, but they were superior to the boys in school. It is something I have read. So, why you have a larger percentage of males at the top levels as well as the bottom levels of IQ, while still having girls and women outperforming them? The universities are becoming more and more, increasingly, female. I think most educations, university educations, are becoming predominantly female, except for a lot of the engineering fields. In fairness, I don’t think the argument that that would be because of discrimination really holds up to scrutiny because, if that was the case, then look at the fields like law and medicine.

Jacobsen: Psychology is a great one too.

Liljeqvist: Yes, but look at the ones that used to be strong, male bastions of power.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Chairman, Mensa International.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-three; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Highly Intelligent Cognitive Misers, Composite Scores and Sub-Tests, and Sex and Gender Factors (Part Three) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 1). An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Highly Intelligent Cognitive Misers, Composite Scores and Sub-Tests, and Sex and Gender Factors (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Highly Intelligent Cognitive Misers, Composite Scores and Sub-Tests, and Sex and Gender Factors (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Highly Intelligent Cognitive Misers, Composite Scores and Sub-Tests, and Sex and Gender Factors (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Highly Intelligent Cognitive Misers, Composite Scores and Sub-Tests, and Sex and Gender Factors (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Highly Intelligent Cognitive Misers, Composite Scores and Sub-Tests, and Sex and Gender Factors (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Highly Intelligent Cognitive Misers, Composite Scores and Sub-Tests, and Sex and Gender Factors (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Highly Intelligent Cognitive Misers, Composite Scores and Sub-Tests, and Sex and Gender Factors (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Highly Intelligent Cognitive Misers, Composite Scores and Sub-Tests, and Sex and Gender Factors (Part Three) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Profound Giftedness, Early Life, Marriage, Philosophy, and a Low Profile (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,348

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Christian is a Philosopher that comes from Belgium.  What identifies him the most and above all is simplicity, for everything is better with “vanilla flavour.”  Perhaps, for this reason, his intellectual passion is criticism and irony, in the sense of trying to reveal what “hides behind the mask,” and give birth to the true. For him, ignorance and knowledge never “cross paths.” What he likes the most in his leisure time, is to go for a walk with his wife. He discusses: personal background; family life; mentors and guardians, or not; schooling; discovery of high intelligence; life with friends and authorities in school; postsecondary education; work; intellectual pursuits; giftedness and intelligence; moral training ad intellectually training with moral training as fundamental; Trump as someone with delusions of grandeur; and an aphorism from Nietzsche; maintaining a low profile; production of good judgment; early ironic attitude as a defence mechanism, and healthy humour and unhealthy humour; social integration; never feeling truly challenged as a student; 185+ (S.D. 15) IQ; the Triple Nine Society; smartest people in history; coming to terms with the world, or having a “mutual misunderstanding”; kindness; an internal sense of synchrony; and the helpfulness of marriage for more balance, and having the right person to find or the right person find you; recommendation of marriage on a qualification; high-IQ communities dealing with problem personalities; Mensa International, Intertel, Triple Nine Society, Prometheus Society, and the Mega Society, and the reason for joining the Triple Nine Society; self-identification as a philosopher; isolation; shyness; being a strange guy; odd jobs; examples of not being a team player; dropping out of medical school; practical reason and extreme intelligence; having a daughter; symbolization of reality as crucial for morality; failures as essential to the development of good judgment; other things a life partner is to him; lifework as a philosopher; closing the gap between the world and himself; the reason for choosing W.A. Mozart, F. Nietzsche, F. Hegel, and F. Schelling as the smartest people in history; humanization and the giving up of oneself; child’s eye of things not adding up; Wittgenstein’s violent streak; and purported IQs of 200+ S.D. 15.

Keywords: Belgium, Christian Sorenson, F. Hegel, F. Nietzsche, F. Schelling, giftedness, intelligence, IQ, marriage, philosophy, W.A. Mozart.

An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Profound Giftedness, Early Life, Marriage, Philosophy, and a Low Profile (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Can you recount some personal background for the audience today? Those relevant facets of the personal identity that existed before you.

Christian Sorenson: I am a Philosopher that always has been low profile, even though I have had extremely high academic qualifications, and that my parents knew that I was profoundly gifted since the very beginning, I detested notoriety in all order of things, I really hated hearing every day that I was a “great genius.”

2. Jacobsen: Now, family life is a bit different and more within young life. What were some dynamics there? The what and the hows of being raised with profound giftedness. 

Sorenson: During my young life I was a very isolated person, even though I made efforts, for not, it was exceedingly difficult for me to have friends or a “girlfriend,” because I was shy. I usually was seen as a “nut” or “nerd” by the rest, I had lots of troubles with relationships, in general, the feedback I received from others was of being a “strange” guy. My parents took a “hard job” raising in the sense of giving emotional support and understanding me.

3. Jacobsen: Mentors outside of guardians can be helpful too. Did you happen to have some of these to foster some intellectual growth, channel it?

Sorenson: Unfortunately, no, I was very sensitive and close with my self, I gave them an “impossible task,” usually they despaired with me, I turned them “pissed off” with my constant ironic attitude, the last since I was about five years old.

4. Jacobsen: How was schooling – bumpy or smooth, accelerated or not?

Sorenson: Very accelerated, always I got bored with everything, my mentors expected that I finished high school when I was under ten, but my parents opposed because they estimated I was emotionally very immature. The academic environment has always been unpleasant for me.

5. Jacobsen: Was high intelligence found early in life, or not? I am trying to sense two aspects here. One is the proxies, the unusually advanced age stuff. Another is the formal testing if any (and if any, to what extent).

Sorenson: Yes, since pre-school. I was tested several times, in 5th grade with WISC (Wechsler Scale), my estimated IQ with full scale extrapolated was 180 sd15 at that time.

6. Jacobsen: How was life with friends and authorities in school, in work, and so on, moving into later adolescence and young adulthood? 

Sorenson: It was difficult, I had big difficulties for social integration, even though I tried to do my best most of the time. I respected authority, but at the same time, I had an overly critical attitude with it and everything. Usually, I was anxious and grumpy because of the slowness I felt from my environment. I never adapted to a job or for working as a team.

7. Jacobsen: What about some postsecondary education? What have been some of the areas of focus for you? Have these been pleasurable, or other, experiences for you?

Sorenson: I always was disorientated; I guess in almost everything. At that time, I went to medical school, with outstanding qualifications, that afterwards I left dumped on the road, though I spent my time fooling around, lifting weights, and boxing.

8. Jacobsen: How about work? What have been some of the places where you have worked and found the most productivity and financial gain, or intellectual interest?

Sorenson: One of the few works I had was as Professor in University for post-graduate students. A couple of times they offered me to be Dean of Philosophy, but I rejected it. I disliked teaching because I lack patience with students.

9. Jacobsen: What are some of the intellectual pursuits – ahem – pursued on the side for you? How have these been taken as simply an innate interest? What ones have taken time to develop an interest more organically over time because you did not see the immediate interest or value in them before?

Sorenson: I took for my Ph.D. from bachelor’s degree 24 months, meanwhile, I spent half a day in the gym and taking care of my daughter, I did it in Italian without speaking a word at the beginning, and I earned a double summa cum laude 10.0 in my Master’s Degree and Ph.D. thesis, and a final qualification of 9.8 summa cum laude. Paradoxically for me, this “pursuit” means almost nothing, in the sense that academic degrees and qualifications, as IQ scores also do, are less than “flatus vocis.”

10. Jacobsen: Let us set the stage for Part Two with the question on giftedness and intelligence, what are they? How are they similar? How are they different? How can these, as neutral cognitive architectural outputs, be used for good and for bad? 

Sorenson: For me,the concept of IQ is not equivalent to intelligence, the former is a reductive construct, meanwhile the last is much more complex and simple at the same time, and immeasurable, perhaps more identifiable with the concept of intuition in the sense of “intus-leggere,” that’s to say the capacity of reading things inside. Giftedness is the category segment of highest IQ scores represented in the extreme right portion of normality curve, in that sense semantically speaking, belongs to the IQ and not to the concept of intelligence. The point here is not “how these can be used,” because this has to be with the “natural selection” force that operates over these. That’s to say, the dilemma “good-bad used of” exists just until a certain level of IQ-intelligence, over that, I believe necessarily there’s only one option: “IQ-intelligence good use,” since the inclination towards good would constitute a form of the “practical reason” in extremely gifted, who besides represent an extremely low rarity in nature.

11. Jacobsen: What is the importance of moral training alongside intellectual training to keep the ledger more towards intelligence used for good rather than bad? What are some examples of this, e.g., cults of personality, cult-like entities, delusions of grandeur, isolationism, terrorism, extremism in politics or religion, etc.?

Sorenson: For me morality is fundamental, I believe there is a positive correlation between higher level of intelligence and higher morality. I think badness like terrorism, and extremism in all order of things, are linked to the inability to symbolize reality, and for integrating opposite elements in a superior synthesis. I admire Platon, since I believe “to know is to contemplate.”

12. Jacobsen: Any examples come to mind of those with delusions of grandeur?

Sorenson: Trump.

13. Jacobsen: Who else do you admire? Any other aphorisms that stand out from them?

Sorenson: Nietzsche, when he says that “god doesn’t dance with man.”

14. Jacobsen: Why maintain such a low profile? How can the community of the gifted avoid personality cult-like groups or, on the individual level, delusions of grandeur?

Sorenson: Because for me maintaining a low profile is a consequence. I believe in this point the opposite of above, that’s to say there’s a negative correlation between “intelligence” and delusions of grandeur. I feel that the higher intelligence is, the higher the awareness of “agnosticism” you have. Feeling that higher intelligence serves to realize that you are even more far of knowledge, “makes me feel sick” of having delusions of grandeur. I believe that irony is a useful tool to employ “with” gifted community in the order they avoid what you say.

15. Jacobsen: What produces good judgment alongside high intelligence?

Sorenson: The experience of failures.

16. Jacobsen: Was the early ironic attitude a defense mechanism? Is humour reflective of high intelligence? What is healthy humour? What is unhealthy humour of those who need things made explicit here?

Sorenson: Yes, it was. Humour is reflective of that only if it has multiple significations. I believe that if humour makes you laugh, that’s involuntary, and if that is right, then that’s unconscious, and if this last is true, then is because “something happens” deep in your psyche, in consequence this can be healthy since allows you to free yourself from something that made you suffer. Unhealthy humour is something that has an obvious meaning.

17. Jacobsen: How is social integration for you now? How is the disorientation feeling now? Any reasons for the changes in it?

Sorenson: For me until now social integration it is a headache. Crowds cause my autonomic sensory nerves to collapse, and if is noisy it’s even worst, it makes me crabby. In small social groups, I usually rest in silence because I don’t know what to talk about. I feel more comfortable in one-on-one social interactions. Usually, people get bored listening to me because they say I explain things in a weird and reverberant way. Really I don’t feel any change from others, perhaps of myself yes, since I arrived at the conclusion that there’s no remedy. Regarding the disorientation, I feel that now it’s less chronic and more acute, my wife in this chapter has been important emotional support.

18. Jacobsen: Did you ever feel truly challenged as a student?

Sorenson: Never.

19. Jacobsen: Above 180 (S.D.15), what would be the best measurement of intelligence for you?

Sorenson: Actually I don’t have the best measurements because since early they have been indeed consistent. Three years ago also in the Wechsler Scale with WAIS form R, my estimated IQ with full scale extrapolated was 185+ sd15.

20.Jacobsen: Wikipedia references five societies of all those vetted: Mensa International, Intertel, Triple Nine Society, Prometheus Society, and the Mega Society. If someone wants to become involved in a reliable high-IQ society, a safe one, then those are by far the best bets. What are other resources for the various levels of the highly intelligent, whether young or old?

Sorenson: I belong to Triple Nine Society. I feel from one side that it should be a stricter segmentation between moderately, highly and profoundly gifted, especially regarding this last with the two formers ones since there’s an essential qualitative difference. Universities should open and value especially to profoundly gifted, for the value they have in themselves, and therefore integrate them to their communities in some field of study.

21. Jacobsen: Who seem like the smartest people in history to you? You can rank-order, or not, if you like. This isn’t a trivial point, as this is an obvious obsession and trend in the high-IQ communities.

Sorenson:

  1. W.A. Mozart
  2. Nietzsche
  3. Hegel
  4. Schelling

22. Jacobsen: How does one come to terms with the world as a nearly 6-sigma person?

Sorenson: Though I feel from my side that I have “made peace” with it, until now I still continue feeling that between us, there’s a “mutual misunderstanding.”

23. Jacobsen: What is the importance of kindness growing up, for oneself as a perfectionist and for others for a more harmonious and ethical life?

Sorenson: Both, personally for me and for others, I feel kindness growing up is not only fundamental but crucial, since precisely this is the break point that “tips the balance” towards harmony and ethical life or not. In my personal history, the lack of kindness growing, has to be the most critical factor regarding the core of what I feel as my emotional handicap.

24. Jacobsen: What is the internal sense of asynchrony growing up as a very intelligent child?

Sorenson: It is to have the permanent feeling that things don’t “add up.”

25. Jacobsen: Is marriage helpful in becoming more balanced emotionally and socially in the world?

Sorenson: It depends, is helpful if you find the right person, or rather said if the right person finds you.

26. Jacobsen: Would you recommend marriage to other highly intelligent people?

Sorenson: Sure, as long as it’s recommendable, and that depends on who is the other.

27. Jacobsen: How can the high-IQ communities deal with problem personalities through formal and informal mechanisms, whether megalomania, malignant narcissism, or patterns of verbal and emotional abuse, or simply sexist or racist sentiments?

Sorenson: First of all, you need to keep in mind, in my opinion, that those problem personalities are to be found “up to” a certain level of IQ score, above which it’s unlikely. In consequence, deontologically speaking, there are essential differences between the segments of the gifted. Saying this, it must be noted that the former one corresponds to a failure of the sense of reality, and it is likely to be a disorder of the individual sphere, meanwhile others refer to antisocial behaviours which are frankly dangerous since they put at direct risk, physical and mental integrity of others, and that’s always serious. In this sense these last, in the high-IQ communities, need to have both, symbolic and real limits. That’s to say, besides having internal sanctions and criminal prosecutions, communities simultaneously with demanding high IQ’s, they should also request some kind of recognition from the community to which that person belongs.

28. Jacobsen: Mensa International, Intertel, Triple Nine Society, Prometheus Society, and the Mega Society are the five mentioned before. Why join the Triple Nine Society? What are the main positives gathered from it?

Sorenson: Until a while ago I did not want to enter to any of these Societies in my reluctance towards everything related to intellectuality. It was my wife who contacted authorities of Mensa at that time to explain my case, and to tell them that my scores were far above the ceilings of intelligence scales, and besides, that she “was and is” absolutely convinced, and not because she “fell in love,” that I have the highest IQ in the world. Therefore, asked for advice, because was concerned as she felt that something “was missing” in my life, they suggested to her that I should better go to Triple Nine Society since the minimum IQ for entering was much higher than Mensa, and in consequence, I would feel more comfortable. I followed the suggestion of my wife, but not too convinced, because I thought as I do now, that I am “normal” or “average.” Anyhow, the point was that maybe in that place, perhaps I would not have the sensation of being discriminated against. The other reason is related to the fact that I am critical with the High Range IQ test regarding their validity and reliability. I have known very “magical” and “mysterious” cases of persons who earned a meagre score of 160 in WAIS, and after they show scores above 200 sd15 with High Range IQ Test. I guess that in these, the “burden” of doubt would fall more down than up. Triple Nine Society worked only with a supervised test applied by psychologists, which for me was more serious and reliable.

29. Jacobsen: Why self-identify first as a “Philosopher”?

Sorenson: Because I detest academic and degree “labels”. I feel that “being a philosopher” probably identifies me since I was five. Besides, I have what is needed for being a Philosopher, that’s to say I have enough idleness, the simplicity of things amazes me and I am unpopular enough.

30. Jacobsen: In your isolation, did you ever feel alone? Or did you feel more at home? Knowing we’re, in some manner, kindred somehow, I, probably, already know the answer.

Sorenson: I used to feel alone in my periods of isolation, since it commonly was a forced isolation. For me one of the worst sensations is loneliness, definitely, I dislike it and psychologically unbalances me.

31. Jacobsen: Is shyness more common or less common among the highly intelligent?

Sorenson: I believe it is more common.

32. Jacobsen: What type of “‘strange’ guy”?

Sorenson: Someone who most of the time was in silence because he didn’t know what to talk about. Who spoke in a weird way, with a “different tune” and used to dress with very bad taste.

33. Jacobsen: For those jobs where you did not adapt, what were those in the past before academic work?

Sorenson: Not only before, but also after. Brothel bouncer, bodyguard, street fighter and blueberry seasonal picker.

34. Jacobsen: What are examples of not being a team player in teenage and young adult years?

Sorenson: I hated recess at school, team sports, and group works in school and university.

35. Jacobsen: Why drop out of medical school? Why begin lifting weights and boxing?

Sorenson: I did the three at the same time. I dropped out of medical school just because I got bored. I was bored of getting straight 10.0 in everything and feeling that I was wasting my time, even though they gave me work as an assistant student in some lab researches. In fact, it happened something completely unusual, since the dean of Medicine called my father for a meeting with him and other professors, and they implored my father that I don’t drop out of my studies. I felt the envy of professors.

36. Jacobsen: Can you elaborate on practical reason in extreme intelligence, as a rare combination, please? The idea of practical reason and the reason for the rarity of the combination outside of obvious statistical expectations of the rarity in combining two uncommon traits.

Sorenson: I believe that practical reason are innate forms with a structural basis in the Central Nervous System of extreme intelligence linked with the Amygdala of the Limbic System and the Frontal Lobe.

37. Jacobsen: How does having a child, a daughter, change the perspective on life and the passage of time?

Sorenson: Not really, for me, the family constellation was the most important and after the divorce, since I suppose who was my wife found a guy less boring than me, I saw the collapse of that and the loss of my daughters. For me, the physical distance implies also emotional distancing, because being a “remote” father, in my opinion, is never comparable to be a father every day “in situ”.

38. Jacobsen: Why relate symbolization of reality with morality? Is there another manner in which to formulate this thought?

Sorenson: Is related because, the lack of symbolization doesn’t allow one to relate with the world of ideas, and forces you to relate exclusively to the reality of the thing itself, with nothing that mediates between you and reality. This adherence to concrete reality, produces strong feelings of frustration because for different reasons, things in reality are not always accessible, and finally this brings, along with the fact that there are no ideational models that act as values, to behaviours without impulse control that are at odds with morality.

39. Jacobsen: What makes failures consequential for the development of good judgment among the highly intelligent?

Sorenson: Since that leads you to flex you towards yourself, and in that movement the conscience of good judgement may arise.

40. Jacobsen: Other than emotional support, what is a life partner to you?

Sorenson: The chance to live complicity with, as much as possible.

41. Jacobsen: Have you chosen a lifework as a Philosopher?

Sorenson: I guess so, I am intrigued by the relationship between present and eternity.

42. Jacobsen: What might close the gap between the world and you – the “mutual misunderstanding”?

Sorenson: The remorse, tremor and grief.

43. Jacobsen: Why select W.A. Mozart, F. Nietzsche, F. Hegel, and F. Schelling?

Sorenson: Because they symbolize four traits of my personality respectively:  the irony, will, ambivalence and crypticism.

44. Jacobsen: Regarding morality as fundamental, kindness as key, and a failure of the sense of reality” as a basis for the delusions of grandeur and the problem personalities in the high-IQ communities, prominent or not, how can a recalibration towards reality build more kindness in high-IQ communities, inside in the apparently personality-disjunct broken-fragmented individuals, and, in essence, move communities of the high-IQ not only towards communities as communities, but communities of kindness, compassion, care, with a sense of reality as in high-IQ communities as moral communities?

Sorenson: Through a process of humanization, which consists in “giving up the desire for oneself”.

45. Jacobsen: From a child’s eye, what doesn’t “add up”?

Sorenson: The way I thought and felt the world and myself, and the way the world saw me.

46. Jacobsen: Wittgenstein used to hit students for not doing math problems. He was sort of smart, but he gets discounted based on this behaviour, somehow, to me. His abusive nature and cruelty.

Sorenson: A traumatic brain injury wasn’t going to make things better… From my point of view, there are things that are in the order of “metaphysical impossibility,” and that cannot be changed.

47. Jacobsen: For the audience today, what is the statistical rarity of 200 S.D. 15? I ask this to give an idea of the extreme rarity extrapolated, statistically, if such an IQ score represents a true IQ score. Then the public can make personal judgments as to the reasonable of claims of 200 or 200+ IQs if assumed on an S.D. of 15. I think that should suffice for Part One.

Sorenson: It is a rarity of one in every seventy-six billion in the general population. That’s to say thirteen times the current world population. Therefore whoever claims to have an IQ above 200 sd15 is “not born yet”…

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Independent Philosopher.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Profound Giftedness, Early Life, Marriage, Philosophy, and a Low Profile (Part One) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 1). An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Profound Giftedness, Early Life, Marriage, Philosophy, and a Low Profile (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Profound Giftedness, Early Life, Marriage, Philosophy, and a Low Profile (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Profound Giftedness, Early Life, Marriage, Philosophy, and a Low Profile (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Profound Giftedness, Early Life, Marriage, Philosophy, and a Low Profile (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Profound Giftedness, Early Life, Marriage, Philosophy, and a Low Profile (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Profound Giftedness, Early Life, Marriage, Philosophy, and a Low Profile (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Profound Giftedness, Early Life, Marriage, Philosophy, and a Low Profile (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-one&gt;.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Christian Sorenson on Profound Giftedness, Early Life, Marriage, Philosophy, and a Low Profile (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sorenson-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dionysios Maroudas on Giftedness and Early Life (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,645

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Dionysios Maroudas was born in 1986. He lives in Athens. He has a passion for mathematics, photography, reading, and human behaviour. He is a member of the ISI-Society, Mensa, Grand IQ Society (Grand Member), and THIS (Distinguished Member). He discusses: family nurturance; early social life; family history; redoing things in youth; academic progress in elementary and high school; early intellectual interests; developments in early life reflecting later interest in the high-IQ world; academic qualifications; financial and professional success; and finding a lifework.

Keywords: Athens, Dionysios Maroudas, Grand IQ Society, ISI-Society, mathematics, Mensa, THIS.

An Interview with Dionysios Maroudas on Giftedness and Early Life (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Did your family nurture giftedness?

Dionysios Maroudas: My family wasn’t what we use to call “average family”. My parents got divorced when I was 7 and my father moved abroad one year later. Therefore, my fostering was mostly my 7-years older sister’s and my aunt’s job. As a result, nurturing giftedness was never their main purpose because of their stress to raise me like a “normal kid”. What really helped and triggered my curiosity, was the better achieved communication because of our small age difference and her ability to turn math tasks into funny games since I was 3.

2. Jacobsen: How was some social life growing up? I am thinking of the fun activities and works and more casual parts of life make life worth one’s while.

Maroudas: Growing up was mainly entertaining! Since I was a child, I remember myself playing with friends in squares, playing fields, even in the Athens’ roads. Before my teens, I can’t remember how many times my mother came back from work at night, searching for me in my neighbourhood where I would have spent my time playing with other kids. (laughing)

My adolescence was full of intensity, doubt of expertise and amusement. A social teen, with incongruous friends, adapting and matching with machos and nerds equally. A guy you could find on a trendy nightclub’s table dancing with Greek folk music and the very next evening, drinking beer in his favourite rock-metal bar with a bunch of long-haired punks.

3. Jacobsen: Was there a history of high intelligence in the family based on the recorded achievements of the family?

Maroudas: In my family, I had none with a recorded high intelligence achievement. And that’s the reason I never stopped asking them the name of my real parents and information about their financial status [Laughing].

4. Jacobsen: If you could do something over again in youth, what would this thing be?

Maroudas: I would try not to be content with mediocrity. I would also try to have more self-confidence, even if this doesn’t constitute a smart person’s characteristic. Last but not least, I cultivate the importance of entrepreneurship for my future.

5. Jacobsen: How was academic progress in elementary school through high school?

Maroudas: As a student, I was attracted only by maths. I remember my teacher in second class in elementary school, who tried to teach my classroom the meaning of fractions. He brought a few kgs of fruits and said that for every correct answer, the pupils could take the peace of the fruit that represented the fraction and eat it. After a few minutes I had so many fruits, they were impossible to be consumed by a 6 years old child. In the following years, I had less desire for studying and I felt like school was boring and meaningless, and this was obvious in my grades. Furthermore, my last teacher, in elementary school, advised my mother to have me examined by an expert because she translated my boredom in her class into mental retardation. After 6 years in elementary school in Greece, secondary-school lasts for 3 years and 3 more is for the high-school.

In secondary school, I had a math teacher who noticed my ability in maths. To keep me in vigilance she used to cut grades from my tests for my bad handwriting or for writing the result without explaining it. Similar was at high-school.

I was never a bad student, always an average with high grades at maths.

6. Jacobsen: What were some of the earlier intellectual interest while growing up?

Maroudas: I knew how to dismantle a toy with a screwdriver since I was 4 and how to use its motor and lights with a single battery. Does this count? (laughing)

When I was a kid, I was attracted to collecting information and knowledge in two strict conditions. First, it shouldn’t be written in a school book. Second, it couldn’t last a lot.

I enjoyed reading books and articles about psychology, theology, medicine, sports training and cars.

7. Jacobsen: Were some of the developments of early life reflecting what would later echo in the high-IQ world for you?

Maroudas: As I mentioned, I was never what we call “wonder-kid”. Neither I cared about being one. I was satisfied being an average young, as I was expected, and it demanded the least effort by me. Only when someone challenged me or rewarded me, in maths, or in complex problems, he could understand that the solution would come to me so fast, it seemed I had guessed it.

8. Jacobsen: What have been some postsecondary academic qualifications or achievements for you?

Maroudas: I hold a bachelor’s degree in Marketing from the University of West Attica, in Athens.

9. Jacobsen: How have these translated into financial or professional success for you if this is an important part of life for you?

Maroudas: Since I finished school, I had been compelled to work for my expenses. As a student in Marketing, before I turned 18, I was privately tutoring maths for secondary and high school students. When I was 21, I started working for a telecommunication shop and 8 months later I was promoted to the shop’s manager. After one year I got promoted to an internal sales inspector and peer coach for a group of shops. My promotion brought me responsibilities and higher income, but it also deprived me of finishing my studies on time and made me postpone my plans for postgraduate studies.

In general, I can’t say that I ever got paid back for my work or for my abilities. Working in Greece during the biggest financial crisis from 2009 until present, I had to face unfairness and exploitation several times in my career, but I’m not a quitter.

10. Jacobsen: What do you think is important for the highly intelligent and focused to find in a lifework for themselves?

Maroudas: It is said, that an intelligent brain receives plenty of unwanted information, in a similar way that an irritated nerve feels the pain of every soft touch. This tends to abstract its owner from his/her goals. So, staying “focused” is vitally important, as you mentioned. Given that, you must acquire the big picture of time. Patience and persistence are the best tools to succeed in this. And all these are required to obtain the main goal of every genius which is something to echo in time. The continuation of our existence after our death.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Member, ISI-Society; Member, Mensa; Grand Member, Grand IQ Society; Distinguished Member, THIS.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/maroudas-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dionysios Maroudas on Giftedness and Early Life (Part One) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/maroudas-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 1). An Interview with Dionysios Maroudas on Giftedness and Early Life (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/maroudas-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dionysios Maroudas on Giftedness and Early Life (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/maroudas-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Dionysios Maroudas on Giftedness and Early Life (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/maroudas-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dionysios Maroudas on Giftedness and Early Life (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/maroudas-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Dionysios Maroudas on Giftedness and Early Life (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/maroudas-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Dionysios Maroudas on Giftedness and Early Life (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/maroudas-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dionysios Maroudas on Giftedness and Early Life (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/maroudas-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dionysios Maroudas on Giftedness and Early Life (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/maroudas-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with James Gordon on Family, the Young and Gifted, Community, Cautionary Notes, and Recovery (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 6,505

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

James Gordon was born in 1987 in Denver, CO. He holds a Master of Fine Arts degree in Creative Writing from Adelphi University (NY), and a BA in English from Western Washington University (WA). He has worked a handful of different jobs, including in education and mental health. His hobbies include music, writing, fitness, video games, movies, skiing, and reading. He is also an experimental musician who improvises on the piano and guitar. You can visit his YouTube channel here, where he has an online video journal of some of his music. He lives with his wife in Washington State, where he plans to soon start a family. He discusses: family life; adolescence; camaraderie and community; childhood heroes; great teachers; feeling ahead of peers; introversion; early testing; young gifted going wrong; reliable societies for the high-IQ in Mensa International, Intertel, Triple Nine Society, Prometheus Society, and the Mega Society; social skills’ guidance to health instincts and behaviours; identification, isolation, and reduction of the negative impacts of individuals with delusions of grandeur; dealing with individuals harbouring said delusions in the past and into the future; the importance of recovery and getting help; and life outside of rehabilitation.

Keywords: community, gifted, intelligence, IQ, James Gordon, youth.

An Interview with James Gordon on Family, the Young and Gifted, Community, Cautionary Notes, and Recovery (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When you reflect on family life and being a young child, what were some important sensibilities and points of life experience in those moments for you? I am thinking between the ages of 4 and 10. 

James Gordon: I remember being very imaginative as a kid, and fascinated by reading, writing, and numbers from a young age. I loved fantasy, science fiction, video games, music, magic cards, drawing, anime…I tended to obsess a bit. I looked forward to growing up and being able to live in the adult world, but the mental world I had going was also pretty cool to me. I didn’t like being made to feel I was just a kid, I had a fairly mature mind from early on and would fantasize a lot about alternate lives and realities.  That was my go-to activity when I was alone or wanted to get away.  I kept that secret and it was my private world to enjoy.  My parents would notice me kind of gesturing and mouthing to myself, my mom said I was “conducting” but it was more than just that, I was playing out various roles in some mixture of movie, book, game, alternate life, I think for me it was some escapism.  Eventually it went away, but I can remember myself even fantasizing this way in college; but the weird thing is that sometimes the fantasies did become reality, so I think it was also a form of planning.  I think in some ways I have always been a visionary.  It was sometimes a challenge for me to be treated like a kid, to have to follow rules and do as I was told in the real world. I used to ask “why” about many things, I was a questioner, and I was curious about everything. I wanted to do all of the things kids couldn’t do and I was impatient about having to wait. I could also be pretty rebellious during certain times and identified with counterculture.

2. Jacobsen: Moving into adolescence, how was the educational experience? Was there support for giftedness? Was this identified at that time or much later in life?

Gordon: I think that giftedness was recognized pre-adolescence but less so during adolescence. I feel that I hit a rough patch during my adolescence. My performance in school was sometimes very poor. In fact, I was close to failing the seventh grade. If you fail two classes, you can’t move onto the next grade, and I had two Fs pretty close to the end of the year. My dad had to talk to my teacher about it – she wasn’t going to let me pass at first, but he negotiated with her. The deal was for me to come in early for a while and make up unfinished work. I don’t remember the work being that hard, but I had missed a bunch of assignments. I was really addicted to the internet, TV, and video games, to the exclusion of school work. I wasn’t very excited by school at all. I had three big moves in succession (across the country and then the world) during adolescence, and it was hard to adapt to each new place. I feel there was more support for my giftedness later on and in specific environments.

3. Jacobsen: We’ve been doing a group discussion for a bit. I have been praised, in private, for the efforts in bringing everyone together in the high-IQ communities at the highest levels with IQs upwards of 168 to 192 on a standard deviation of 15. People who can test well, where the tests appear to measure something generalized in mentation.  The psychological evidence appears clear on this up to 4-sigma with much wider margins of error above 4-sigma and on alternative tests with smaller sample sizes produced by independent test creators. Have you, or when have you, felt a sense of camaraderie and community with individuals within the high-IQ communities?

Gordon: I have formed quite a few online friendships in these communities. I have never taken part in any in-person IQ societies. There can certainly be a sense of camaraderie, even online. There have also been some bad seeds here and there. You get the bad with the good; people who don’t belong there, e.g. have cheated or conned others, sometimes due to mental illness or whatever, and sometimes individuals who are there legitimately, but are arrogant due to their intelligence, and don’t respect others, or who are very close-minded due to their beliefs about their and others’ intelligence. For the most part, you do find nice and brilliant people who you can connect with on some level.

4. Jacobsen: Who were childhood heroes for you or inspiration, at least? Were there any books or movies that really intrigued you? Why those, do you think?

Gordon: I tended to idolize famous musical stars, so whatever music I was into at the time, that was who I wanted to be like. The first favorite I had was actually Michael Jackson; my stepmom had a Thriller cassette that she would let me listen to on our “Brick Boy”, which was basically a handheld Tetris game hat allowed you to listen to music while playing. My first CD was Soundgarden – Superunknown. I was guided by my older brothers’ musical tastes, and for a while it was grunge, then hip-hop, electronic, I collected a lot of CDs; then I moved away from my brothers and became more independent in my tastes. I got very into downloading music through online file sharing, and explored many genres; metal, punk rock, indie, classical, it went on and on. There is now almost no genre of music I haven’t given at least some attention to.

I always loved movies from a young age. I’ve now seen more than like anyone I’ve met, really. I think I would’ve made a great director, screenwriter, or actor in another life. Even from when I was about 4, the first R-rated movie we owned (and I watched quite often) was Total Recall, also The Terminator. We all thought Arnold Schwarzenegger was cool. I was interested in almost any movie if it was rated R. I wasn’t your average innocent kid, I think that having older brothers led to me growing up a bit fast. The same was true with books; I was really into Stephen King because the swearing, sex, violence, etc was attractive to me probably due to it being seen as forbidden or mature or whatever. Before I could read one of his books cover to cover, I would collect them anyway and kind of browse through them. You could say I was the biggest Stephen King fan who never read one of his books (I owned several). My brothers accused me of collecting books, because again I acquired them but didn’t read them. I wanted to but never could get through them, until about third grade when I started to devour them.

5. Jacobsen: How can a great teacher really change the course of a young gifted person’s life?

Gordon: A great teacher can really inspire and motivate a student, but the student has to want to do the work as well. A teacher/student relationship is almost like a partnership. So it has to be a good fit in both cases; teacher has to fit student, student has to fit teacher. I’m sure there are teachers who I worked horribly with but who other students worked fantastically with. The personalities have to come together harmoniously for the relationship to be a good one. Otherwise, it can be a kind of educational disaster. That being said, some teachers are good with everyone. I remember a high school psychology class teacher I had, who everyone liked. He was a really nice guy, and the class was fun. In fact, I can remember several teachers like that. Yet in college, my favourite professor was not liked by everyone, he was very polarizing in his approach. So it isn’t always fair. There may only be a few students who are really getting the most out of a potentially excellent teacher, and others are unfortunately not getting optimal education, because their personalities conflict…but that’s life.

6. Jacobsen: Can you recall any moments in adolescence or young adulthood where you clearly felt far ahead of same-age peers?

Gordon: I remember that during adolescence, I became kind of legendary in some online chat rooms and virtual spaces, as being a very clever and likeable kid. In school, I was pretty checked out, and my teachers at school didn’t think all that much of me, but people over the internet were really impressed with me. I remember one online friend saying I was “a mountain of knowledge”. So I think this helped my self-esteem, it did feel good, but it didn’t exactly correspond with how I was doing in my daily life. According to the school system, I was not an exceptional intellect. Even by the time high school came around, I was in “easy” classes – I was a year behind the norm in math (based on a placement test), I wasn’t in any honours classes, and I wasn’t doing especially well in terms of grades. I think on the one hand I knew I was smart, but the system just didn’t seem to be working for me, and I was a slacker. I think I was distracted by other things and was having a hard time getting motivated. I didn’t want to put in the time, I wanted to play video games, watch TV, and go online and hang out with mainly one or two friends. Starting a little before adolescence, I was not into school at all until the second half of high school. So I actually felt that I was behind my peers. That went for physical development as well, since I didn’t seem to hit puberty until at least a year or two after my peers. I wasn’t athletic and I was on the short side (now I’m about 5’11). Also, I was overweight until I was 15. So I felt pretty down about that.

7. Jacobsen: Something struck me in the midst of conducting interviews, even forming friendships and working relationships (e.g., Rick Rosner for over half of a decade), with members of the strange, in a good way, world of the high range: the solitude, the isolationism. Many, if they go out, exist behind a screen. Why, why is this the case? Is there an inherent fear of being seen for one’s true self, making a recorded mistake on camera, or some other sensitivity coming with the territory?

Gordon: I’ve definitely always been more or less an introvert, but I tend to be pretty sociable if I’m in a place I feel comfortable and like I fit in. As a little kid I was extremely shy and then gradually got more and more close with other people. I tend to have a few very close friendships rather than a wide circle of peripheral friends. I don’t talk about IQ tests with people in daily life, generally speaking. Unless it were to come up, I wouldn’t mention it. I’m a little embarrassed about it, I think. It just doesn’t seem to have much relevance, I see it as a niche hobby. I think everyone would like to have some fame and recognition, part of me wishes I’d be known widely for my intellect or creativity, but I accept it’s not likely to happen, and I’m not one to push my agenda on others.

8. Jacobsen: Can you recall any moments of early testing in life to see if you had any really, really high cognitive abilities? Or was this a later-life discovery? Somewhat of a departure from one of the previous questions focusing on the high-range.

Gordon: I seem to remember I always did well on standardized tests and so on. I also remember that I was picked out by a teacher as being the strongest reader in the class, when I was reading an adult novel in third grade. Also, I vaguely remember being ahead of the other kids in math when I was really young. Up until adolescence, my report cards were always great, but because I never saw the other kids’ report cards, I didn’t really know if I was different or not. I think that I did not fully realize I was on the very gifted side for many years, it might have been a kind of denial due to low self-esteem. I remember hearing about kids who had skipped a grade or two, and to me that just seemed above and beyond anything I could ever do. It seemed I was in the appropriate age group, and therefore I really couldn’t be all that smart in the grand scheme.

9. Jacobsen: How do young gifted people go wrong? How do young gifted people go right? What can help societies turn the ledger more towards positive outcomes in intellectual and moral development rather than negative ones indicated in criminality, mental health disorders, anti-sociality, etc.?

Gordon: I think it’s worth going into my life a bit for reference. I can see how I struggled for some years, basically from pre-adolescence until late high school. I was under-achieving in school, and didn’t have much social confidence; I was quite overweight and wasn’t able to successfully lose it until I was 15 (which felt amazing and marked a huge transition for me). I also got into some issues in college later on, mainly due to abusing substances (which started late in my first year and accelerated quickly), which I didn’t resolve until my late 20s. Also late in college, I developed anorexia, and several years later gained more weight, and then lost it, and gained it, etc; I yo-yo’d quite a bit over the years. To this day I’m still trying to get myself into my best shape. I was diagnosed with schizoaffective disorder in my mid-20s and suffered bipolar depression and psychosis for a few years. By my late 20s, I was ready to put it all behind me, and begin to quit using substances, and seemingly got over my mental illness.

It’s hard to generalize my issues as being particular to gifted people, though. I think with me it was a confluence of factors that led to my difficulties. My parents divorced when I was three, and there was thus some instability and inconsistency in my life from the start. Also, I was out of shape right during that period when kids start to look for girlfriends/boyfriends, and I didn’t get one until after high school. I really longed for that kind of connection but couldn’t seem to find it. I didn’t attend prom or any of the school dances. I did go to a lot of rock, punk rock, metal, etc concerts, I was “straight edge” and didn’t use any substances, but this was mainly because I and a handful of friends were into that kind of music, and we were in the vast minority. So I was always kind of a rebel and lone wolf, even when I did have friends.

Granted, I think that there were always things I was doing right, despite these issues. Not having many friends or girlfriends led to emotional independence, I got used to doing things on my own and enjoyed my own company. Struggling academically and then redeeming myself made me realize that I had the ability to do it all along, I just wasn’t making the best of it. Also, I was very into reading, games, movies, and the like – generally solitary activities; I was self-sufficient. This led to a great deal of self-discipline as well, once I got my act together. Missing out on some social joy in life during those years led me to appreciate it a lot more later on.

In college, I got out of my shell somewhat and made a lot of friends. I also started to do better and better academically, and became a standout student all the way through graduate school. I received a lot of respect from my peers and teachers with regard to my abilities, especially in English and music. I won a short story contest my junior year in high school, and was getting As in a lot of classes. I also tied for first in a local piano competition in high school. In college I remember I worked hard on an in-class essay on Paradise Lost (for a Renaissance Literature class) and received a 97; the teacher told me it was the highest score he had given out on the in-class essay. I think once I came back around academically, I basically stayed on the good side.

I think that with me, my gifts tend to allow me to focus on something to an intense degree. Sometimes that can become a problem. For example, when I wanted to lose weight and be thin, I became anorexic. When I wanted to muscle up and gain weight to combat the anorexia, I actually became very overweight in the process of also getting stronger. But once I got my mental health, substance use and physical health under control, and was able to really strike a balance, I was mostly able to stay on top of my game.

I think some common issues I have with other gifted are probably feelings of being different, some problems fitting in, maybe social confidence issues as result, being under-appreciated or unrecognized for their talents, and also maybe boredom and discontent with the norm, and broader social environment. However, I think it’s also possible for gifted to not suffer from these problems and to generally be more like I was at my best (higher-achieving, creative, original, socially competent). I feel I’ve had to carve out my own path due to being unusual, and this can be both a blessing and a curse for someone who is highly intelligent.

10. Jacobsen: Who really stands out as a highly balanced great intellect to you? Why them?

Gordon: Among people I know, my wife springs to mind. She is an extremely bright individual, with a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering; she works for a major tech company and is outstanding in her field. She is fluent in Mandarin and English, and came all the way from China to eventually start a life with me (though we hadn’t met yet). If you were to interview her, you would hear very little about any imbalances or problems in her life. She has always done well academically and professionally. She has had very few emotional problems. Furthermore, she is an exceptionally kind and compassionate person. To me, she is the complete package, as they say.

Among people I know in IQ world, Dr. Kenneth Ferrell has been a long-time email friend of mine, and we have stayed lightly in touch over the years. In addition to being a high scorer and medical doctor, he always has a wise and humble outlook. I just get the sense he understands a great deal more than most others, but is not an overly complex or difficult person as result, as some brilliant minds are.

Among famous people (past and present), many of my personal heroes have not necessarily been of the balanced variety. I’d say the majority of them have had their quirks, e.g. Marcel Proust, Frederic Chopin, Franz Liszt, James Joyce, Arthur Schopenhauer, Sergei Rachmaninov. I think this is because I’m more on the artistic/creative side, and such individuals often are very eccentric and sometimes erratic. One intellect who to me seems great and balanced is Leonardo Da Vinci, known for a brilliant mind as well as rational and equanimous temperament. Also, Vladimir Nabokov, I’ve read was a kind and admirable personality alongside his gifts. Furthermore, I’d mention Carl Jung who was able to understand and help people of all different kinds due to his genius.

11. Jacobsen: After extensive vetting via the Wikipedia editorial staff, the main high-IQ groups considered the most legitimate appear to be Mensa International, Intertel, the Triple Nine Society, the Prometheus Society, and the Mega Society. Thus, for those with an interest in becoming part of a community with healthy records, more democratic standards, less likelihood of personality cults, and the like, please look into those, what are other good resources for the highly gifted and the profoundly gifted based on the personal story and views expressed today?

Gordon: I have lately shied away from using Facebook as a platform for IQ Societies. I think with email-based groups, you may find people behaving in less unhinged ways. These days I feel that Facebook, in general, is not a good place for me, too chaotic. I personally found the OATHS (Ron Hoeflin’s) and Tetra (Mislav Predavec’s) societies to be really good when I first signed up several years ago. I no longer participate in those groups, so I am not totally sure what they’re like now, but there were quite a few really good people on there in those days. In Tetra (which is a 160+ group), regardless of whether the group was well-vetted enough or not, the people who came forward to engage with me and others in the discussion were clearly qualified to be in the group. It was just obvious in corresponding with them that they were extremely bright individuals, regardless of the tests they may have used for admission. Otherwise, I’m not really that interested in IQ societies per se, today. I think I just don’t take IQ seriously enough as an actual, measurable thing, and find people who do take it too seriously difficult to tolerate. As Groucho Marx said, “I don’t want to belong to any group that would have me as a member”.

What I recommend for high IQ individuals is to find a common interest group that has no admissions criteria, but is self-selected based on something you like; a hobby, for example. Check out the local film, chess, drawing, jazz, philosophy, or you-name-it clubs, and skip the IQ clubs (or rather, look into the IQ groups, but don’t necessarily expect much, or feel that’s the only place people will get you). There will be smart people in hobby-based groups, and they’ll be interested not in what everyone’s IQ is, but rather what matters to you all: your shared interest. One of my hopes in several years is to upgrade to a top-notch piano, and then host meetups at my house, where people can play music and get to know each other. Anyone can do this kind of thing in their area, either hosting or finding such a group; meetup.com is a great resource.

12. Jacobsen: How can the young and highly intelligent work on social skills to prevent the dissolution of important social and emotional bonds with age cohort peers?

Gordon: I think it has a lot to do with self-esteem, and this affects the quality of friendships. During the times in my youth when I was relatively better socially (versus the lonelier or more alienated times), I was able to reach out to others more, and make friends with people I liked. I enjoyed approaching people and getting to know them, and I was respectful and genuinely cared about them. This included girls I found attractive or just found it easier to relate to once I had more confidence, or guys who seemed friendly or interesting. During the more socially uncomfortable times, I didn’t have very good quality friendships and had a hard time seeking them out, sometimes my social connections were merely acquaintances, or somewhere in between, and I spent more time alone. Confidence is really important, and I think that has to happen as result of physical, emotional, and intellectual health. With a balanced sense of self-esteem comes the ability to relate to others in a healthy way.

13. Jacobsen: How can the highly intelligent person be guided and mentored towards healthy instincts and behaviours rather than socially and interpersonally deleterious ones as expressed in some of the above responses?

Gordon: I think it’s all about how good they feel about themselves while also being compassionate and respectful towards others. Thus it will depend upon the specific barrier for a given person. For me, it was a rather tough issue of needing to lose weight. That was like the missing piece, and once I had done it, my social world improved a great deal (my worldview and self-perception changed). Suddenly I could talk to people much more easily and my self-consciousness diminished. I ended up losing weight of my own volition, it seemed that no degree of coaching or mentorship was of much help until that point. Sometimes trying too hard to get someone to do something only makes the person struggle with it or resist even more. Even kids need to be mainly self-motivated, in order for lasting, productive, and significant changes to be made in their lives. I think one thing to do is give them the resources, the information, and the options, and they’ll put them together for themselves. Don’t push too hard, let the intelligent child help themselves.  Also don’t make it easy for them to do badly, try to create circumstances that are optimized to them benefiting themselves, and as result, they’ll socialize more effectively as well.

14. Jacobsen: When you find people who rest their identity on IQ tests, and can have delusions of grandeur, I have two questions there. One, what can help identify, isolate, and reduce the negative impacts of such individuals within the communities of the high-IQ?

Gordon: I think such narcissistic delusions may follow very much from narrow and rigid perceptions of IQ itself. It’s really a wild card, in that there is a very wide range of attitudes that individuals have towards it. You can see how delusions of grandeur follow from people taking IQ too literally or with too much importance. I’m definitely on the other side; I tend to see IQ tests (in particular, the untimed variety I have focused on as a hobby and pastime) to be mainly intellectual contests and problem-solving collections, which are an opportunity for intelligence and creativity, in test designer and testee.  They can also be an effective educational tool.  The IQ score (deviation score that follows from such tests) as I see it, is only a very rough estimate of what that particular performance might suggest in terms of statistical rarity. I feel that the notion of having a set IQ and being able to measure it with a simple test is inherently wrong.

Thus, holding incorrect notions about the nature of IQ, can lead to people who have taken IQ tests and received a score to illogically believe they’re of a certain status (which is immutable), because of a score. It’s like a cult or caste system in a way, to believe this. Mainly it is the official, proctored tests that have successfully convinced people they hold the key to IQ, but also you find some of this mentality with unsupervised tests. Therefore the solution is to promote more balanced and realistic philosophies, like the ones I and many others hold.

15. Jacobsen: Two, what has been done in the past if anything? Alternative two, if nothing, what can be done, especially for those reading this in the future or now?

Gordon: I see two things that have been done, one positive and one negative. One thing that many high range tests do right is to state that the IQ score given shouldn’t be taken as hard fact. One thing they often do wrong is to say that what can be taken as a hard fact is a supervised test score. This perpetuates the authoritativeness of proctored scores (which I tend to see as commercial products trying to sell you something) and the ethos of unsupervised tests being cheap, take-at-home imitations of the official tests, that can’t hold a candle to the official exams. IQ scores should not be about self-worth or status, that’s both morally and logically wrong.

I don’t feel there is necessarily that much we can do or should have to do, to reshape others’ fallacious conclusions about IQ. It’s really a matter of belief, and you will likely waste a lot of your energy arguing with people about it. I’ve spent considerable time trying to play devil’s advocate to others’ ideas that I feel are overly assumptive and naive about the nature of intelligence, in particular with regards to its quantification and appraisal. Because the basic notion of IQ and its measurement is so incredibly flawed from the start, I think you’re walking into a minefield in the IQ groups if you don’t believe in it already, or aren’t open to it.

16. Jacobsen: What is the impact on love in life? Noam Chomsky notes; he can’t tell you what it is, but that life is empty without it. I have never said this in public. However, with the loves in my life, I can attest to this. Everyone I’ve ever loved retains a special place in my heart, my memories – never forgotten.

Gordon: I agree with you about love, it is possibly the meaning of life itself. However, it doesn’t need to be limited to romantic and erotic love, but extends naturally also to love of family, of community, society, of some other purpose, even of ourselves. I say this because I know not everyone falls in love romantically, or succeeds to thrive in such arrangements. Love, in general, is the passion behind our actions that drives us, and it exists in unhealthy and disturbed forms as well as healthy ones. The darker manifestations of love border on hate, and thus therefrom can be found a conceivable spectrum of human motivation and behaviour. Love is the irrational fire in us, the devotion and attachment which makes us human. It is the lack of love, in receiving and giving, that brings about sadness, loneliness, anger, and many other dark emotions.

17. Jacobsen: What is the importance of men getting help with alcoholism or other substance abuse? How can we shift the conversation in the public of one on the individual alcoholic or drug addict as someone sick and requiring medical and psychological health attention rather than someone failing morally or in some manner spiritually or mentally crippled, and incapable of managing life?

Gordon: I think that many people these days are well-informed about alcoholism as a condition rather than simply a lifestyle choice or a moral transgression (they understand people get addicted and it’s very hard to quit, something they almost cannot control), yet there may be too much of an emphasis on it as some specific individual condition, when it is, in fact, symptomatic of a larger social condition shared by more than just the alcoholics, of which individual alcoholic cases are just the extreme occurrences. It still has a way to go towards becoming recognized as a social problem rather than an individual one. The simple fact is that alcoholism is the result of alcoholic drink being made available (produced) and marketed (sold), in conjunction with the psychological reasons existing which will turn people to drink for escape.  It’s like any other drug. Once it is brought to the level of any other drug in terms of stigma, people will see more clearly that, although we aren’t legalizing cocaine, meth, heroin, or any other “street drug”, we are legalizing something essentially as bad, which if not used in a safe way, will be used to self-medicate depression, anxiety, etc. and will result in abuse, and harm. Legalizing it makes it more widespread and encourages its use.

The addiction itself is an often unavoidable chemical and biological result; if people take in a substance of this chemical composition, especially in large doses, they risk becoming addicted. It’s a “use at your own risk” situation. It’s a kind of poison that feels good, and which isn’t dangerous in lower doses, but is nevertheless poisonous in general. Many can and do use it safely, but this is also true of the other drugs I mentioned, and many cannot use it safely or are somewhere on the borderline between usage that’s okay and not okay. This has largely to do with the psychological and circumstantial particulars of the person using it.

Am I saying alcohol should be illegal or other drugs legal? Honestly, I don’t know what the answer is, I think it’s a complicated question, it depends who you are trying to please (and you can’t please everyone). I’ve messed with it enough times to know it’s not wise for me to use it in any capacity. I wonder if it would be best for all of society to take this attitude, but at the same time, I can’t decide that for others.

As for getting help to the addict; when I was in rehab, I was talking to some people who had been there seven times (this was a month-long program). Without the tools to succeed on the outside, relapse is really common (it happened to me shortly after I got out). This is when it becomes clear that the broader social environment is not always conducive to recovery. With alcohol, and marijuana ads in some states, on every other billboard, and liquor and pot stores every mile or so, and marketing often targeted at those with lower income, it’s no wonder people have a hard time being clean and sober. AA is also not right for everyone, due to some cult-like and religious aspects that will be counter-productive for many. Addicts are ultimately filling a hole in their lives by using, and unless they can fill that with something healthy, they’re going to have trouble not reaching for those substances again and again. Substances release those endorphins that are associated with positive feelings. This is often one of the only ways they can get pleasure in their lives, so there is always a situational reason why they’re using in the first place.

18. Jacobsen: How is life outside of rehab now? (Thank you for sharing, by the way.)

Gordon: Sure, no problem. Life is good now. Sometimes social occasions can be a little awkward or uncomfortable because others will, of course, be drinking and enjoying themselves that way, it’s unavoidable. I feel a bit like I have to be an adult and everyone else gets to be a kid. I guess I just have to remind myself that it’s necessary, and remember why I’m sober in the first place.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] M.F.A., Creative Writing, Adelphi University (NY); B.A., English, Western Washington University (WA).

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with James Gordon on Family, the Young and Gifted, Community, Cautionary Notes, and Recovery (Part One) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 1). An Interview with James Gordon on Family, the Young and Gifted, Community, Cautionary Notes, and Recovery (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with James Gordon on Family, the Young and Gifted, Community, Cautionary Notes, and Recovery (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with James Gordon on Family, the Young and Gifted, Community, Cautionary Notes, and Recovery (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with James Gordon on Family, the Young and Gifted, Community, Cautionary Notes, and Recovery (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with James Gordon on Family, the Young and Gifted, Community, Cautionary Notes, and Recovery (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with James Gordon on Family, the Young and Gifted, Community, Cautionary Notes, and Recovery (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with James Gordon on Family, the Young and Gifted, Community, Cautionary Notes, and Recovery (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with James Gordon on Family, the Young and Gifted, Community, Cautionary Notes, and Recovery (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gordon-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Gifted Education Research, Myths About the Gifted, Positivity About Academia, and Deep Feeling (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,744

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Justin Duplantis is a Member of the Triple Nine Society and the current Editor of its journal entitled VidyaHe discusses: research question for the doctorate in gifted education; myths about the gifted; wife lifting him up; late-blooming; a renewed sense of the academic system; entitlement in some individuals in the gifted community; the end goal of the executive committee; the speculative extent of the research on the gifted likely to enter into juvenile and adult facilities; and emotional sensitivity among the gifted. 

Keywords: Executive Committee, gifted education, Justin Duplantis, Triple Nine Society, Vidya.

An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Gifted Education Research, Myths About the Gifted, Positivity About Academia, and Deep Feeling: Editor, Vidya (Part Two)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What will be the main research question for the doctorate in gifted education?

Justin Duplantis: Does the lack of resources in underprivileged areas lead to an increase in incarceration among the gifted population?

2. Jacobsen: What are the myths, positive and negative, about the gifted? What truths dispel those myths? Also, why is intelligence merely one trait among many, important but one among numerous others?

Duplantis: The most common myth is that giftedness is a physical trait. By looking at someone, you are able to tell their intelligence. They are nerdy and not athletic. I, for instance, am a national champion martial artist, high-level ice hockey goalie, and am sponsored by McDermott, a pool cue manufacturer. Although the highly gifted have many traits in common, other than IQ (i.e., emotional sensitivity, heightened sexuality, etc.), they are all different people with a variety of interests, goals, and characteristics, just as the rest of the bell curve.

3. Jacobsen: How does your wife lift you up, keep you improving yourself within the context of life and the vows made to one another?

Duplantis: My wife, April, and I are incredibly different. The activities, music, etc, that we enjoy are dissimilar. Although she has never been formally tested, I would imagine she would be approximately 1SD, to my nearly 6SD. Most individuals marry within 15 IQ points. This is obviously not the case for us. Her sense of inquiry is what attracts me to her. She wants to learn. If I use a word she does not know, she asks. I love her genuine interest. Additionally, April has an astronomically high EI (Emotional Intelligence). I have social integration issues and she never meets a stranger. I don’t think it is always about similarities that make a strong relationship, rather the ability to complement each other and try and understand the other’s viewpoint. Of course, it is difficult because of the differences, but it is also much more rewarding. April is able to provide such a divergent view on things, from me. It was frustrating at first, as I felt like we didn’t understand each other. I now see it as a huge advantage. I have the ability to see into the mind of the layman. When I have to present something to a diverse audience, she is able to give me the general public’s perspective. She has helped me grow emotionally, spiritually, and professionally.

4. Jacobsen: Is late-blooming or later discovery of giftedness more common or less common than its opposite?

Duplantis: I am unable to comment in totality, but from the individuals I have spoken with in TNS, it does seem that a fair amount discovered their giftedness, or at least the extent of it, later in life.

5. Jacobsen: What is this new view on the academic system? How can individuals, even with profound giftedness, become bitter, hostile, and resentful towards the university system as a whole? Why is this more destructive, chaotic, and counterproductive than the alternative?

Duplantis: Part of my issue was giftedness and part was due to being a millennial. Our generation differs greatly from others in that a vast majority do not know what career they want to pursue early on, as the older generations did. We are raised thinking we can be whatever we want, not just what our parents were or want us to be. This has its drawbacks. Too many options are not always a good thing. I flipped between multiple ideas on professions, but never really settled on one. My zest for academia has only come, as of recent. This is due to a purpose. With a defined purpose, I have interest and excitement.

6. Jacobsen: What seems like the source among some in the gifted and talented formal communities feeling entitled to certain things in life? This is not a norm, but a phenomenon, and should be tackled head-on here, I feel.

Duplantis: Although I do believe these individuals are few and far between as well, this is actually a relatively simple answer. When you are of average intelligence, you are raised to believe you can be anything you want to be through hard work and dedication. When you are known to be gifted, you are told you are “smart” and will be a doctor, attorney, etc. There is no stipulation assigned to these professions. You are simply told that is what you will be, due to your intelligence. No work necessary. This harbours entitlement.

7. Jacobsen: What is the end goal of the Executive Committee?

Duplantis: My goal is and always has been to pave the way for my three and four-year-old boys. I want them to be able to lol at what their “Papa” created and be proud. They are both members of Mensa and will, hopefully, some day be TNS members as well.

8. Jacobsen: What is the known research, the facts and pathways and symptomatology, of the gifted who are likely to enter into and are in juvenile and adult facilities?

Duplantis: There has not been a significant amount of research done, thus far. It has been more of speculation. Since I am fresh into my program, I have only communicated with some local facilities, but have yet to begin the research process.

9. Jacobsen: Why are deep emotions concomitant with deep intellectual life? Why is a balance in these domains important for a fulfilling, rich, and meaningful life for the gifted and talented? Any advice for men on the emotional level, as I am referencing known stereotypes and images of men in our societies?

Duplantis: This is a tough one. Truly. One of the most difficult things I deal with is emotional sensitivity and high moral conviction. These are known traits of the highly gifted. I have struggled with these my entire life and especially in relationships. My wife’s enjoyment of recreational marijuana has always been a topic of contention between us. What I have learned over these nearly six years is what truly matters. When I feel myself becoming anxious about something, that I am usually aware of being quite ridiculous, I ask myself if it will matter in five years. When I realize that it probably will not in five hours, I take a step back and try to resolve the issue internally, prior to it being shown externally. I have come a long way, but have longer to go. Personal development is not a destination, rather a journey.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Editor, Vidya, Triple Nine Society; Member, Executive Committee, Triple Nine Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Gifted Education Research, Myths About the Gifted, Positivity About Academia, and Deep Feeling (Part Two) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 1). An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Gifted Education Research, Myths About the Gifted, Positivity About Academia, and Deep Feeling (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Gifted Education Research, Myths About the Gifted, Positivity About Academia, and Deep Feeling (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Gifted Education Research, Myths About the Gifted, Positivity About Academia, and Deep Feeling (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Gifted Education Research, Myths About the Gifted, Positivity About Academia, and Deep Feeling (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Gifted Education Research, Myths About the Gifted, Positivity About Academia, and Deep Feeling (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Gifted Education Research, Myths About the Gifted, Positivity About Academia, and Deep Feeling (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Gifted Education Research, Myths About the Gifted, Positivity About Academia, and Deep Feeling (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Gifted Education Research, Myths About the Gifted, Positivity About Academia, and Deep Feeling (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Tim Roberts on Critical Thinking (Part Four)

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,063

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Tim Roberts is the Founder/Administrator of Unsolved Problems. He self-describes in “A Brief and Almost True Biography” as follows: I was definitely born lower-middle class.  Britain was (and probably still is) so stratified that one’s status could be easily classified.  You were only working class if you lived in Scotland or Wales, or in the north of England, or had a really physical job like dustbin-man.  You were only middle class if you lived in the south, had a decent-sized house, probably with a mortgage, and at work you had to use your brain, at least a little. My mother was at the upper end of lower-middle class, my father at the lower. After suffering through the first twenty years of my life because of various deleterious genetically-acquired traits, which resulted in my being very small and very sickly, and a regular visitor to hospitals, I became almost normal in my 20s, and found work in the computer industry.  I was never very good, but demand in those days was so high for anyone who knew what a computer was that I turned freelance, specializing in large IBM mainframe operating systems, and could often choose from a range of job opportunities. As far away as possible sounded good, so I went to Australia, where I met my wife, and have lived all the latter half of my life. Being inherently lazy, I discovered academia, and spent 30 years as a lecturer, at three different universities.  Whether I actually managed to teach anyone anything is a matter of some debate.  The maxim “publish or perish” ruled, so I spent an inordinate amount of time writing crap papers on online education, which required almost no effort. My thoughts, however, were always centred on such pretentious topics as quantum theory and consciousness and the nature of reality.  These remain my over-riding interest today, some five years after retirement. I have a reliance on steroids and Shiraz, and possess an IQ the size of a small planet, because I am quite good at solving puzzles of no importance, but I have no useful real-world skills whatsoever.  I used to know a few things, but I have forgotten most of them.” He discusses: critical thinking; supernatural beliefs; artificial intelligence; computers adjusting algorithms; general intelligence; myths about computers and robots; artificial intelligence; lack of positive developments in the high-IQ societies; boosting the egos of their founders” in regards to high-IQ societies; the future of IQ testing and high-IQ societies; main negative development of IQ testing and high-IQ societies; decline in the importance of IQ; the Unsolved Problems website; contributions to the website; and being a realist.

Keywords: charlatans, critical thinking, general intelligence, supernaturalism, Tim Roberts, Unsolved Problems.

An Interview with Tim Roberts on Critical Thinking: Founder/Administrator, Unsolved Problems (Part Four)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*I assumed “Professor” based on an article. I was wrong. I decided to keep the mistake because the responses and the continual mistake, for the purposes of this interview, adds some personality to the interview, so the humour in a personal error.*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is a good way to teach critical thinking in the young? What is a good way to prevent oneself and others being taken to the cleaners by charlatans?

Tim Roberts: Oh, a topic dear to my heart. We should be teaching critical thinking, and science, which is almost the same thing, from the earliest days of primary school. If George is a crow, and all crows are black, what can we deduce? If only some crows are black, what can we deduce? What if George is not a crow? If someone claims that all elephants have trunks, how might we find out if this is true? Would we adopt the same methods to find out if all giraffes had trunks? How certain could we be in each case?

2. Jacobsen: Why are human beings enamored with supernatural beliefs?

Roberts: I don’t know, but it could be related to the lack of critical thinking skills mentioned above!

3. Jacobsen: Following the previous question, what hopes for the main dreams of artificial intelligence research will turn out as duds, fakes, and frauds – ‘dreams’ as simply fantasies? What dreams may be realized in the 21st century with, what is termed, artificial intelligence?

Roberts: I see no evidence of duds and fakes and frauds. There are many who think that we were created in God’s image, and therefore can claim superior status. I am not one of them.

There is also a widespread, but completely false, belief that computers and robots are only as good as their programmers. This is demonstrably a myth, since computers can now learn, and adjust their own algorithms. In much the same way as a baby or infant or toddler does, and as we all continue to do to greater or lesser extents throughout our lives.

4. Jacobsen: Does this ability of computers to learn and adjust their algorithms constitute the next step towards true artificial intelligence and artificial general intelligence?

Roberts: It is an essential ingredient, I think.

5. Jacobsen: What defines human intelligence? What defines artificial intelligence? What relates human intelligence and artificial intelligence in a larger definition of intelligence? That which encapsulates both.

Roberts: General intelligence is I think an ability to understand the world sufficiently to be able to make successful predictions, and optimise reward over effort.

6. Jacobsen: What are other myths about computers and robots? What truths dispel them?

Roberts: Well, people are very scared of computers controlling airplanes, and will be so of cars too, of course. And maybe rightly so. But at the same time one should appreciate that the vast majority of accidents, and fatalities, are caused by human error.

7. Jacobsen: How has artificial intelligence in its current development changed human life? How will developments over the course of the 21st century continue to impact human life and societies, even systems of governance, more and more?

Roberts: The answer to this depends on how one defines AI, but it could be argued that just about all technological advances of the last 50 years have been due either directly or indirectly to AI. As to the future, my predictions are no more likely to be correct those of anyone else. They would include the almost exclusive use of autonomous vehicles, not just on the road, but also on the water and in the air. The universal acceptance of body implants, to aid sight and hearing and taste and smell and mobility. And to communicate with others across the world without the need to carry ‘phones. I suspect it will be routine to have numerous microchips implanted around the skull area in particular.

8. Jacobsen: Observing the developments of the alternative intelligence tests above 4-sigma and the proliferation of the societies for different levels of high scorers since personal involvement, what seems like the main positive developments?

Roberts: None that I can see. Many high-IQ societies primarily serve little purpose except to boost the egos of their founders. Some publish magazines or journals that are read by perhaps a few dozen people at most. Of far more productive use have been societies and organizations that bring together people with enthusiasm for, and expertise in, particular academic and scientific fields of study, regardless of their individual members’ IQs.

9. Jacobsen: How did so many devolve to “boosting the egos of their founders”?

Roberts: I think having a high IQ is not enough to create interest or bind people together, so societies and groups based on IQ alone tend to founder. As opposed to other groups based on a love of bee-keeping, or cross-stitch, or whatever.

10. Jacobsen: What seems like the future of IQ testing and high-IQ societies in the 21st century?

Roberts: It is a fad appealing to a small minority, much like collecting stamps or teaspoons or beer mats, or trainspotting. Whether it will develop into something useful in the future we can wait and see, but I am not unduly optimistic.

11. Jacobsen: What seems like the main negative development?

Roberts: The fostering of the largely-false idea that IQ is important in any significant way.

12. Jacobsen: IQ was considered much more important in the past. What is its current stature, given the previous response? Of the small ways IQ is significant, how is it significant?

Roberts: It is another way people can be differentiated, not unlike gender or skin colour or ethnicity.

13. Jacobsen: You host the website Unsolved Problems. It states an interest in Number Theory, Logic, and Cryptography. What have been some of the positive feedback on the website?

Roberts: The Unsolved Problems site originated partly because of my feelings towards the Clay Millennium prizes, which were supposed at least in part to encourage an interest in mathematics. But they ended up doing nothing of the sort, since the problems were all of such a complexity that they could only be understood by professional mathematicians.

My own very modest site was aimed from the very beginning squarely at amateurs and those who might enjoy thinking about numbers and puzzles. Rather like me, really.

In this, the site has succeeded, but only for a very few. But maybe unbeknownst to me it has inspired some youngsters to ponder such things, who may in later years take up careers in mathematics, and maybe make real breakthroughs. Though I suspect my optimism in this regard may be wildly exaggerated.

14. Jacobsen: What do you consider some of your more important contributions to the areas of research listed on the website?

Roberts: Easy. None.

15. Jacobsen: Do you consider yourself an optimistic or a pessimistic person?

Roberts: Neither. I hope that I am a realist.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder/Administrator, Unsolved Problems.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-four; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tim Roberts on Critical Thinking (Part Four) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 1). An Interview with Tim Roberts on Critical Thinking (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Tim Roberts on Critical Thinking (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Tim Roberts on Critical Thinking (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Tim Roberts on Critical Thinking (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Tim Roberts on Critical Thinking (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Tim Roberts on Critical Thinking (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Tim Roberts on Critical Thinking (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tim Roberts on Critical Thinking (Part Four) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Reproductive Rights (Part Eleven)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,953

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Rick Rosner and I conduct a conversational series entitled Ask A Genius on a variety of subjects through In-Sight Publishing on the personal and professional website for Rick. According to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing hereRick G. Rosner may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. Erik Haereid earned a score at 185, on the N-VRA80. He is an expert in Actuarial Sciences. Both scores on a standard deviation of 15. A sigma of 6.00+ (or ~6.13 or 6.20) for Rick – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 1,009,976,678+ (with some at rarities of 1 in 2,314,980,850 or 1 in 3,527,693,270) – and ~5.67 for Erik – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 136,975,305. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population. This amounts to a joint interview or conversation with Erik Haereid, Rick Rosner, and myself.

Keywords: America, Erik Haereid, Norway, Rick Rosner, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Reproductive Rights (Part Eleven)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s talk about a long-standing social and rights issue in the queue before closing up in Part Twelve. Women’s rights and abortion, what are women’s rights in the 21st century?

Rick Rosner: I don’t have much interesting to say about it. It is equality. Where equality has historically been denied, perhaps, a little bit of weighting in women’s favour to compensate, to get women up to an equal position. 30 years after the big push to get the Equal Rights Amendment ratified, the 38th state has ratified it, which should allow it to be made an amendment to the Constitution. But it has been so long since the other states ratified it; so, it doesn’t get automatically ratified. Now, that whole thing – any attention being paid to that – has been lost in the coronavirus avalanche of other stuff happening. Women’s rights also implies rights for people who are differently gendered. People with different sexualities. That’s it.

Erik Haereid: I come from a pioneer country as to women’s rights; at least that have been my impression since the 1970’s. My generation of men have been told all our lives that women are historically suppressed and have to be favorized to be equalized; in politics, business and traditionally male areas. Some of my answers are biased because of that upbringing and culture.

It’s improving worldwide. In secular democratic countries I think it’s close to equality. In some countries, you have these old religious and/or rigid cultural structures that still treat women as slaves or with reduced power and opportunities. I think this will change rapidly because of a global culture that makes it increasingly difficult to treat women in any other way than men. It’s the same with any discrimination; when the discrimination becomes visible or transparent to the people, it’s hard to maintain it. Open societies are the solution to equality.

Jacobsen: Any personal stance on abortion?

Rosner: Yes, abortion is a basic human right within reason. That is has been wildly politicized, especially lately. It wasn’t that big of a political issue for much of history. Any laws in the early 19th century against abortion were strict to protect women’s health to prevent people from doing abortions who were not trained to do it, e.g., poisoning women to abort the fetus. It is only when conservatives realized abortion could be politicized to activate, to motivate, their base that is becoming a political issue. Now, it is a ridiculously political issue in the U.S. Because the Right is saying the Left is pushing to abort babies after they are born via late-term abortion. The deal is, liberals want to maintain medical professionals’ rights to make decisions about fetuses and babies that are born with catastrophic birth defects, which they won’t survive for more than a few days. The main example being anencephalic babies; babies born without brains or babies who die in the womb. It is not really an abortion if somebody is 8-months pregnant and the fetus dies. Then you have to perform an abortion procedure to remove the dead fetus. Democrats don’t want to lose the legal right for doctors to make decisions about dead or catastrophically defective late-term fetuses.

Republicans are saying, “No, when liberals insist on maintaining the right to keep from prosecuting the doctors who remove an 8-month-old dead fetus, liberals really want to give women the right to kill a baby, even a newborn, just because having a baby makes women sad.” It is a lie; and, it is bullshit. Certainly, there are reasonable limits to put on abortion. A woman shouldn’t be able, in my view, to abort a healthy 8-month-old fetus just because she suddenly decided that she doesn’t want the baby. But up through 3, 4, or 5 months, it is reasonable to have the right to abort the fetus. Even the Catholic Church didn’t have a problem with abortion until the quickening, which is the perceptible movement of the fetus in like – I don’t know – the 4th month of something, that’s what I think.

Haereid: I am in favour of abortion within 12 weeks. It’s biased, though. It contains many questions and few answers, like when is life, what is a person and when, when does consciousness occur, what is a life worth and to who…

We kill people all the time, without major consequences when the power’s rules accept it like in wars or within the legal system. We kill animals for food, yes, for fun, and we seem to have a divided view of what a life is worth. That’s one reason it’s difficult to establish objective rules concerning such as abortion.

One thing is avoiding hurting the individual, like when we kill animals for food. Another thing is removing another soul’s and consciousness’ opportunity to live a life, even though the victim doesn’t feel pain when it’s killed. A few weeks after conception, you don’t have thoughts or feelings, but you have the potential for life as a person; it’s a matter of weeks and a few months.

When does the embryo/fetus become separated from the mother’s body, mind, soul? I am pro-euthanasia, because I think we should, as much as possible, decide over our own body. I also think that women should decide whether they want to keep the embryo or not, until we have decided objectively, through common sense, when the unborn life is a distinct human life; it is separated from the mother.

I leave to others to say if that’s within 6, 12 or 24 weeks, even though I have my biased opinion. What about the guy? Is it after the conception just a part of the woman’s body? You could argue that from conception it’s human life or a life-potential. That makes it even more difficult, more uncertain, and more as an object for common sense and compromises; you have equal strong logical opinions in each camp.

Jacobsen: Is this stance altered by personal upbringing or social milieu, in America or in Norway?

Rosner: A lot of things that conservatives currently believe are largely the product of a push from conservative media via deceptive reporting and deceptive conservative beliefs. Conservative beliefs are increasingly extreme and increasingly garbagy because of a continuous push from biased, garbagy conservative news sources. The main one being Fox News. The more extreme ones including BreitbartOne America News Network. No one is effectively policing conservative news sources to root out garbage reporting, masquerading as news. There’s a smaller problem with liberal reporting. It is nowhere near as deceptive. It is more a problem of profit-driven news media with 24-hour news stations like CNN and MSNBCCNN has a number of terrible news habits. But it is less a matter of liberal bias and more a matter of what gets them good ratings.

Haereid: From 1978 Norwegian women have had the right to abortion the first 12 weeks. So, I guess so. Of course, I have done some thoughts about the issue, as I have mentioned here, but it’s difficult to establish a logical and reasonable foundation about abortion and rights, and then one becomes a function of one’s cultural view, gut feeling, your parent’s virtues and so on. I find profound pros and cons concerning abortion. There are no influential, significant political anti-abortion environments in Norway. It’s minor milieus.

Women’s rights have been a keystone in Norway since I was a child. Now it’s more discussions about men’s rights than women’s rights.

Jacobsen: What is the concept of a person in the context of abortion?

Rosner: The idea of abortion and when it is acceptable is that you do not want to abort a fetus that has full human consciousness. That, at 4 months, at 3 months, and before, the fetus is not thinking and feeling to the degree that the baby or a full-grown human being feels and thinks. That’s the deal. A more developed consciousness is, I believe, the demarcation between a fetus that can be aborted and a baby that can’t be. We kill highly conscious beings for meat and sport. We have all sorts of justifications and rationalizations, or ignore the issue. There’s no way that a 10-week or a 2-week fetus is as conscious as a dog, a cat, a chicken, or a horse.

Haereid: That’s difficult to say, because it’s a continuous process. I don’t know enough about when and how the different organs and parts of the embryo/fetus develop. What do we define as a person? When do we become conscious lives? Maybe it’s better to look at it as a life-potential; the prenatal life-process that we undergo during the first nine months after the conception.

At some time during prenatal development, the fetus becomes kind of a human, with increasing cognitive abilities. But simpler animals, like cats do also have consciousness. But they don’t have the same potential; we know what the human fetus will become after some weeks and months, even though it’s less conscious than a cat at that moment. If we look at it this way the embryo is also a human or a person because the potential is the same; it’s only a matter of time. This makes it tricky; it’s not any obvious answer, I guess.

Jacobsen: Will there ever be a sufficient bridge between the conceptual gulf of pro-choice/pro-women’s rights versus pro-life/pro-fetus rights? How does the situation compare between America and Norway from relative perspectives for the two of you?

Rosner: No, because – no, pro-life is a politically loaded, particularly so – even though pro-choice is political too, it is couched in religion and religious feeling. That you are ending or destroying a soul. As I said, in the Catholic Church, I think they didn’t think a soul entered the fetuses body until there was the quickening. The current religious view being pushed, which is a highly politicized view: upon conception, that thing has a soul; and you kill a baby. So, no, that can never be reconciled with any kind of view that allows for abortion.

Haereid: It’s no clear logical or reasonable solution, no way to a general truth, so I can’t see any path to such a bridge because of the highly emotional and cultural fundaments the decisions are based on.

A woman can have motives to remove the fetus despite of the objective value of the fetus. A common sense of a fetus’s value is not necessarily in coherence with the mother’s.

If you remove a fetus you kill a 50 percent female potential. If you give women the right to remove their fetuses you can’t at the same time say that they have rights, because they remove a (defenceless) future woman too.

Jacobsen: How does the situation compare between America and Norway from relative perspectives for the two of you?

Rosner: In America, we’ve got 250,000,000 adults. It’s a big country. We don’t have a handle on conservative propaganda, where other countries, like in Australia Fox News is not allowed to call itself “news,” which has smaller populations. We have a huge exploitable population. We have 100,000,000 American adults who are believers in and consumers of conservative propaganda. It is a huge base. It is a powerful political base. There is a whole political media, rich person, complex to continue to exploit these people for political gain. Much of our politics for the past 40 years has been based on exploiting conservatives.

Haereid: In Norway, equality is more important than a single life. Women’s right to have an abortion as part of an overall equalizing process between men and women, is prioritized before saving the unborn life-potential.

From my angle, it seems that it’s the opposite in America. The single life-potential is more important than equalizing. This is a part of the American culture that has made it dominant worldwide, I think. It’s the winning concept that everyone has opportunities; it’s up to you what you want to do with your life. If you fail, it’s your fault, not the society’s fault. If you win, it’s your profit, nobody else’s. Every single youth buys such propaganda. It’s extremely motivating. To share is less motivating. At least until the reward is bigger by sharing than improving individually.

I think that most Norwegians (5.5 million) mean that the protection of a life-potential or a right to life starts after 12 weeks.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Erik Haereid has been a member of Mensa since 2013, and is among the top scorers on several of the most credible IQ-tests in the unstandardized HRT-environment. He is listed in the World Genius Directory. He is also a member of several other high IQ Societies.

Erik, born in 1963, grew up in OsloNorway, in a middle class home at Grefsen nearby the forest, and started early running and cross country skiing. After finishing schools he studied mathematics, statistics and actuarial science at the University of Oslo. One of his first glimpses of math-skills appeared after he got a perfect score as the only student on a five hour math exam in high school.

He did his military duty in His Majesty The King’s Guard (Drilltroppen)).

Impatient as he is, he couldn’t sit still and only studying, so among many things he worked as a freelance journalist in a small news agency.  In that period, he did some environmental volunteerism with Norges Naturvernforbund (Norwegian Society for the Conservation of Nature), where he was an activist, freelance journalist and arranged ‘Sykkeldagen i Oslo’ twice (1989 and 1990) as well as environmental issues lectures. He also wrote some crime short stories in A-Magasinet (Aftenposten (one of the main newspapers in Norway), the same paper where he earned his runner up (second place) in a nationwide writing contest in 1985. He also wrote several articles in different newspapers, magazines and so on in the 1980s and early 1990s.

He earned an M.Sc. degree in Statistics and Actuarial Sciences in 1991, and worked as an actuary novice/actuary from 1987 to 1995 in several Norwegian Insurance companies. He was the Academic Director (1998-2000) of insurance at the BI Norwegian Business School (1998-2000), Manager (1997-1998) of business insurance, life insurance, and pensions and formerly Actuary (1996-1997) at Nordea in Oslo Area, Norway, a self-employed Actuary Consultant (1996-1997), an Insurance Broker (1995-1996) at Assurance Centeret, Actuary (1991-1995) at Alfa Livsforsikring, novice Actuary (1987-1990) at UNI Forsikring.

In 1989 he worked in a project in Dallas with a Texas computer company for a month incorporating a Norwegian pension product into a data system. Erik is specialized in life insurance and pensions, both private and business insurances. From 1991 to 1995 he was a main part of developing new life insurance saving products adapted to bank business (Sparebanken NOR), and he developed the mathematics behind the premiums and premium reserves.

He has industry experience in accounting, insurance, and insurance as a broker. He writes in his IQ-blog the online newspaper Nettavisen. He has personal interests among other things in history, philosophy and social psychology.

In 1995, he moved to Aalborg in Denmark because of a Danish girl he met. He worked as an insurance broker for one year, and took advantage of this experience later when he developed his own consultant company.

In Aalborg, he taught himself some programming (Visual Basic), and developed an insurance calculation software program which he sold to a Norwegian Insurance Company. After moving to Oslo with his girlfriend, he was hired as consultant by the same company to a project that lasted one year.

After this, he became the Manager of business insurance in the insurance company Norske Liv. At that time he had developed and nurtured his idea of establishing an actuarial consulting company, and he did this after some years on a full-time basis with his actuarial colleague. In the beginning, the company was small. He had to gain money, and worked for almost two years as an Academic Director of insurance at the BI Norwegian Business School.

Then the consultant company started to grow, and he quitted BI and used his full time in NIA (Nordic Insurance Administration). This was in 1998/99, and he has been there since.

NIA provides actuarial consulting services within the pension and life insurance area, especially towards the business market. They was one of the leading actuarial consulting companies in Norway through many years when Defined Benefit Pension Plans were on its peak and companies needed evaluations and calculations concerning their pension schemes and accountings. With the less complex, and cheaper, Defined Contribution Pension Plans entering Norway the last 10-15 years, the need of actuaries is less concerning business pension schemes.

Erik’s book from 2011, Benektelse og Verdighet, contains some thoughts about our superficial, often discriminating societies, where the virtue seems to be egocentrism without thoughts about the whole. Empathy is lacking, and existential division into “us” and “them” is a mental challenge with major consequences. One of the obstacles is when people with power – mind, scientific, money, political, popularity – defend this kind of mind as “necessary” and “survival of the fittest” without understanding that such thoughts make the democracies much more volatile and threatened. When people do not understand the genesis of extreme violence like school killings, suicide or sociopathy, asking “how can this happen?” repeatedly, one can wonder how smart man really is. The responsibility is not limited to let’s say the parents. The responsibility is everyone’s. The day we can survive, mentally, being honest about our lives and existence, we will take huge leaps into the future of mankind.

Rick G. Rosner, according to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing here, may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. He has received 8 Writers Guild Awards and Emmy nominations, and was titled 2013 North American Genius of the Year by The World Genius Directory with the main “Genius” listing here.

He has written for Remote ControlCrank YankersThe Man ShowThe EmmysThe Grammys, and Jimmy Kimmel Live!. He worked as a bouncer, a nude art model, a roller-skating waiter, and a stripper. In a television commercialDomino’s Pizza named him the “World’s Smartest Man.” The commercial was taken off the air after Subway sandwiches issued a cease-and-desist. He was named “Best Bouncer” in the Denver Area, Colorado, by Westwood Magazine.

Rosner spent much of the late Disco Era as an undercover high school student. In addition, he spent 25 years as a bar bouncer and American fake ID-catcher, and 25+ years as a stripper, and nearly 30 years as a writer for more than 2,500 hours of network television. Errol Morris featured Rosner in the interview series entitled First Person, where some of this history was covered by Morris. He came in second, or lost, on Jeopardy!, sued Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? over a flawed question and lost the lawsuit. He won one game and lost one game on Are You Smarter Than a Drunk Person? (He was drunk). Finally, he spent 37+ years working on a time-invariant variation of the Big Bang Theory.

Currently, Rosner sits tweeting in a bathrobe (winter) or a towel (summer). He lives in Los AngelesCalifornia with his wife, dog, and goldfish. He and his wife have a daughter. You can send him money or questions at LanceVersusRick@Gmail.Com, or a direct message via Twitter, or find him on LinkedIn, or see him on YouTube.”

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eleven; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Reproductive Rights (Part Eleven) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eleven.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 1). Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Reproductive Rights (Part Eleven)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eleven.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Reproductive Rights (Part Eleven). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eleven>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Reproductive Rights (Part Eleven).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eleven.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Reproductive Rights (Part Eleven).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eleven.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Reproductive Rights (Part Eleven)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eleven>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Reproductive Rights (Part Eleven)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eleven.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Reproductive Rights (Part Eleven).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eleven>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Reproductive Rights (Part Eleven) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eleven.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Growing Up Gifted (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 23.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Nineteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,269

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Claus Volko is an Austrian computer and medical scientist who has conducted research on the treatment of cancer and severe mental disorders by conversion of stress hormones into immunity hormones. This research gave birth to a new scientific paradigm which he called “symbiont conversion theory”: methods to convert cells exhibiting parasitic behaviour to cells that act as symbionts. In 2013 Volko, obtained an IQ score of 172 on the Equally Normed Numerical Derivation Test. He is also the founder and president of Prudentia High IQ Society, a society for people with an IQ of 140 or higher, preferably academics. He discusses: family history; ethnic and cultural background; proxies of high intelligence and test scores; respect and nurturance of high intelligence; socialization; on the idea of genius, being called one; intelligence and genius; influence of ideals on society; high IQ communities as niche communities; and professional qualifications. 

Keywords: Claus Volko, computer scientist, intelligence, IQ, medical scientist.

An Interview with An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Growing Up Gifted: Austrian Computer and Medical Scientist (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We’ve done a series before looking at some of the more intellectual topics of mutual interest between Rick Rosner and you. Rosner and I are long-time friends and colleagues publishing hundreds of thousands of words together. That was fun. So, I appreciate taking the time to take part in one of the small series with Rosner and one of the larger thematic interests of human cognitive excellence, latent or actualized, for me, which, in and of itself, becomes part and parcel of another series of larger integrated thematically integrative interests. No need to delve into that subject matter or orientation at this time; however, our work together with Rosner was on the nature of intelligence in several extensive parts. When we looked at the nature of intelligence, we examined some of the ideas in direct relation and in peripheral relation to it. Now, let’s get to know the Doctor in a more intimate manner starting from the beginning, aptly, you have an interesting set of academic qualifications and intellectual interests around computer science and medical science. All of this can be contextualized within a personal narrative or story. How about some family heritage first for you? What was its character and depth of history? How far back does it go, for you, based on the known historical record, even some speculation? Some know their own histories centuries and centuries back into the timeline. Others only know theirs some partial manner because of some unfortunate erasure of deep family time or departure of the family from one another without an appropriate record of said incidents.

Claus Volko, M.D.: I know my family history until the generation of my great-grandparents. My parents were the first in their families to complete the equivalents of a Bachelor’s degree: my mother qualified for elementary school teaching, and my father completed a first degree in electrical engineering. They also studied pedagogics and psychology together. The father of my mother came from a family of artisans, his own father was a painter; he himself ran a store selling printers. My mother’s mother came from a wealthy family, her father having been a military officer and her mother having been married to a banker in her first marriage, so they enjoyed a pretty high living standard till the Second World War broke out. My father’s ancestors were simple beings, working at farms and doing menial jobs.

2. Jacobsen: How is this ethnic and cultural background fed into the family life for you? Those qualities and values important for the family that had you, raised you, fed you, and provided an environment for some modicum of intellectual flourishing.

Volko: I read Grimm’s fairytales as a child, which are considered the classics of German children’s literature. But I also watched TV and followed the series “Masters of the Universe” and “The Transformers”. So I also got influenced by foreign youth culture. When I entered primary school computers became my main interest. I read a lot of magazines related to computer gaming. In addition, I enjoyed Thomas Brezina’s “Knickerbockerbande”. In my days at high school I liked reading fantasy novels written by Wolfgang Hohlbein very much. Since my father was born in Slovakia I also have some cultural links to that country; I spent most of my school vacation there and learned a couple of phrases in the language.

3. Jacobsen: When you reflect on some of the earlier moments in life, what were some proxies of higher-level cognitive function beyond peers? Were there any formal tests taken at that time? If so, what some of the tests and the scores?

Volko: My interests did not differ much from the other children’s interests, but they were more intense. At primary school I made the observation that most of the other children just stared at the drawings in the comic books we read during the breaks, while I also read the texts and tried to grasp the story. While it was common that young boys enjoyed playing computer games, I was the only one who also sketched drafts of his own games using pencil and paper. Eventually, this resulted in me learning computer programming at age eight, teaching it to myself using magazines and books. I was the only child I knew who was already a proficient computer programmer at age eight. Most others started at age twelve. So this might be an indicator of an IQ of about 150 or higher. However, I did not take a formal IQ test as a child. I was an excellent student both at primary school and at high school, and I was satisfied with this situation; besides, there were no gifted education programmes at that time for which I would have had to qualify with an IQ score. When I took part in a mathematics competition at age 13 and placed second out of 149 contestants, this was clear evidence for some of my teachers that I was gifted, but it had no further consequences.

4. Jacobsen: Was high intelligence a respected and nurtured part of the national and cultural environs of the time growing up?

Volko: At the schools I attended, intelligent students were respected and treated well by others. However, I often read that this was not always the case in other schools and that highly intelligent students were labelled “freaks.” I do not know what the situation is like today.

5. Jacobsen: Indeed, if we take some of the earlier moments of life, how were these gifts and talents exhibited in elementary and high school? Were there limitations or benefits for emotional and social, and romantic life, for high school and early adulthood with intellectual interests and the general abilities? It can be hit-or-miss depending on the person. It depends.

Volko: Not at all. I was an ordinary teenager who mainly stood out from the mass because of my performance at school and my computer skills. I am sure that if I had been less intelligent, I would have had a harder time to acquire programming skills.

6. Jacobsen: Did you happen to find a community of similarly cognitively able youth in high school or young adulthood? If so, what were its manifestations? If not, why not?

Volko: Yes. I started writing for a German computer magazine when I was eleven years old, and subsequently I got into contact with some of the other authors of this magazine. We exchanged letters and programs (including programs written by ourselves) via snailmail. One of my penpals introduced me to a community known as the demoscene which was composed of very good programmers, musicians and graphic artists. So I was embedded in a community of highly talented people, although I mostly communicated with them not face to face but via snailmail and later via e-mail and Internet Relay Chat.

7. Jacobsen: In American society in the past, one of the more appreciated and encouraged facets of (mostly) manly identity was the pursuit of earning the title of a genius. It was everywhere and infused into the pursuit of men with the capacity who wanted such an exalted status, even, strangely, claiming this for themselves with or without warrant. In Western Europe, was this part of the culture growing up for you, too? Or was this more something quintessentially seen as another one of the many extremes in a free society as seen in American society with the extremes of excellence and mediocrity at the same time?

Volko: Some fellow teenagers called me a “genius.” But I did not notice that they strived for becoming geniuses, too. In this aspect there might be a difference between Europe and America. Maybe it is because Europe is influenced by Marxist philosophy more than America and many people in Europe value equality more than excellence.

8. Jacobsen: What makes for earlier fascination in the 20th century with high intelligence as approximated by metrics including I.Q. and genius as a qualitative evaluation of the highest excellence in a discovery or creation delivered for appreciation by specialists and laypersons alike?

Volko: I am not sure if it is primarily high IQ that characterizes inventors such as Thomas Alva Edison or scientists such as Albert Einstein. I have met many people in high IQ societies who are not known for having invented anything. My opinion is that IQ is a measure of cognitive abilities but to become an inventor or a scientist you also need a particular personality structure and interests.

9. Jacobsen: In terms of the utility of intelligence testing and the continued reduction in the prominence of ideas of intelligence and genius in many societies, why is there a reduction in an emphasis on explicit considerations of intelligence and the pursuit of the highest excellence as found in cases of genius at various levels of high intelligence and creative output quality and quantity?

Volko: If that is happening in America now, then maybe America is becoming influenced by Marxist ideals too. I recall Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez calling themselves Democratic Socialists. I read that these two politicians have gained a lot of support especially from the younger generation within the electorate.

10. Jacobsen: As this appears to be the trendline, does this mean communities constructed around high intelligence and the like will become more niche topics and individualized matters rather than en masse features of societies?

Volko: At least here in Austria high IQ communities are definitely niche societies. Mensa Austria has less than a thousand members, while more than 160 times as many would qualify for membership.

11. Jacobsen: What were some of the professional qualifications earned? Why pursue those? How are these important for the development of a sense of formal awareness of the range and depth of particular human pursuits of knowledge?

Volko: I completed university degrees in computer science and medicine, including a Bachelor of Science degree in medical informatics, a Master of Science degree in computational intelligence and a Doctor of Medicine degree. I think that for an intelligent being qualifications are mainly formal requirements to get a job in the field, while intelligent beings constantly learn and acquire education informally in various areas of human knowledge.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Austrian Computer and Medical Scientist.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Growing Up Gifted (Part One) [Online].May 2020; 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, May 1). An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Growing Up Gifted (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Growing Up Gifted (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A, May. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Growing Up Gifted (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Growing Up Gifted (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 23.A (May 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Growing Up Gifted (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Growing Up Gifted (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 23.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Growing Up Gifted (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 23.A (2020):May. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Claus Volko, M.D. on Growing Up Gifted (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, May 23(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volko-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Very unbalanced Chess Positions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Author: Marco Ripà

Numbering: Issue 22.B, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,718

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

In this paper, we solve a few optimization problems regarding chess. It is well known that chess pieces have different values, and the standard scoring criteria assign 9 points to the queen (Q=9), 5 points to the rook (R=5), 3 points for both bishop and knight (B=3=N), while a pawn is evaluated only 1 point (P=1). Since kings cannot be taken, their value is undetermined; hence, we assume K=0. Our goal is to maximize the score gap between the White and the Black, under different constraints, letting the disadvantaged player checkmate his opponent, or end the game as a draw by stalemate.

Keywords: Board games, Chess, 2-Person games, Two-Player games, Optimization problem, Checkmate, Stalemate, Zero-sum game, Pieces value, Game theory.

2010 Mathematics Subject Classification: 91A05, 91A24.

Very unbalanced Chess Positions[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Symbols and images did not proportion optimally and required a manual input. A P.D.F. available if this remains a preferred format for viewing the materials. Please click here.*

1    Introduction

Chess is one of the oldest finite two-player zero-sum board games.

FIDE standard rules state when a match can be declared as a draw, and one of them involves stalemate (see FIDE Laws of Chess, Article 9, rule 9.6 [3]).

A stalemate occurs when the player on move is not able to perform any legal move, and at the same time is not threatened by check. Thus, stalemate can be forced by both players: we define it as “active” if the player moves without allowing his opponent to perform any legal move, and we call it “passive” if the player has no legal move available (it is an active stalemate for his opponent).

In the present paper, we study some different maximization problems, taking into account the final score on the board for both players. The aforementioned score is based on the standard chess piece relative value system [1], resumed in Postulates 1-5.

Postulate 1.

Pawn := (P) = 1 point;

Knight := (N) = 3 points;

Bishop := (B) = 3 points;

Rook := (R) = 5 points;

Queen := (Q) = 9 points;

King := (K) = 0 points.

Postulate 2. In the whole game (at any move), each player has a total score given by the sum of the values of all his pieces on the board.

Postulate 3. The final score of each player is given by the total score by Postulate 2, when the last legal move of the match has been played.

Postulate 4. The final move of a game is the one that produces checkmate or stalemate.

Postulate 5. The final score difference between player White and player Black is given by

1

while, at any intermediate move of the game, the score difference between player White and player Black is

2

Obviously, the result from (2) is a non-negative integer (natural numbers including zero) if and only if the White has no material disadvantage on the board at the current (half) move of the game. We add the following constraint to the 5 postulates stated above.

Constraint 1. Considering any move of the game, for both players, score W − score B ≥ 0 is (always) true.
The problems which we are going to solve in Section 2, under Constraint 1, are as follows:
Problem 1. Which is the maximum value of (1) to let the Black win the game?

Problem 2. Which is the maximum value of (1) to let the Black end the game with a passive stalemate?

Problem 3. Which is the maximum value of (1) to let the Black end the game with an active stalemate?

Problem 4. Which is the maximum value of final score White to let the Black end the game with an active stalemate?

2    Maximizing the negative score difference without losing the game

We answer the questions introduced by Problems 1-4 (Section 1) using the well known PGN notation (Portable Game Notation [5]) in order to prove that any given final FEN (Forsyth-Edwards Notation [4]) position is legit (no matter if the same score can be achieved through a smaller number of moves and/or reaching a different position).

Problem 1. Which is the maximum value of (1) to let the Black win the game?

Lemma 1. A score of 103 points is the maximum score attainable in a chess match.

Proof of Lemma 1.

At the beginning of the game, there are 8 pawns on the board for each player: assuming that all of them are promoted to a queen and no other piece is lost, the total score is given by

Maximum score = 9 ∙ 𝑄 + 2 ∙ 𝑅 + 2 ∙ 𝐵 + 2 ∙ 𝑁 = 9 ∙ 9 + 2 ∙ 5 + 2 ∙ 3 + 2 ∙ 3 = 103. (3)

Theorem 1. The maximum value of (1) to let the Black win the game is 102.

Proof of Theorem 1.

We invoke Lemma 1. Since a king cannot checkmate the other king by himself, he needs at least one pawn of the same colour in order to win the match. It follows that the maximum value of (1) to let the Black win the game is given by Maximum score minus P=1.

Therefore, we complete the proof showing that a 102 score is really achievable in a standard game with only legal moves (FIDE rules), ending the match in a win for the Black.

PGN (0 – 1)

  1. a4 b5 2.  axb5 a6 3.  bxa6 Bb7 4.  axb7 c6 5.  bxa8=Q Qc8 6.  b4 Qd8 7.  b5 Qc7 8.  b6 Qd8 9.  b7 Na6 10.  b8=Q c5 11.  d4 f6 12.  dxc5 Kf7 13.  c6 Ke8 14.  c7 Kf7 15.  c8=Q Ke8 16.  c4 Kf7 17.  c5 Ke8 18.  c6 Kf7 19.  c7 Ke8 20.  Qcxa6 Kf7 21.  c8=Q Ke8 22.  e4 Kf7 23.  e5 Ke8 24.  e6 Nh6 25.  exd7+ Kf7 26.  f4 g5 27.  fxg5 Nf5 28.  h4 h6 29.  gxh6 Rg8 30.  h7 Rg7 31.  h8=Q Kg6 32.  Kd2 Qe8 33.  g4 Kf7 34.  Kc3 Kg6 35.  Kc4 Kf7 36.  Kd5 Kg6 37.  Na3 Kf7 38.  Nc4 Kg6 39.  dxe8=Q+ Rf7 40.  Ba3 Bh6 41.  Bd6 Bg7 42.  h5+ Kg5 43.  h6 Rf8 44.  Qc5 Rg8 45.  Qec6 Kg6 46.  g5 Bf8 47.  gxf6 Bg7 48.  h7 Nd4 49.  fxg7 Nc2 50.  hxg8=Q Nd4 51.  Qgd8 Kf5 52.  g8=Q Nc2 53.  Qg2 Nd4 54.  Qhxd4 e6#

The final position is shown in figure 1

(FEN: QQ1Q4/8/Q1QBp3/2QK1k2/2NQ4/8/6Q1/R2Q1BNR w – 0 55).

3

It is trivial to show how it is possible to change a few moves of the previous game to get an even 100 points final score difference and a loss for the White. As an example, let us modify moves 51 (et seq.) in order to checkmate the white king (103 points final score for the White) with one knight:

PGN (0 – 1)

  1. a4 b5 2.  axb5 a6 3.  bxa6 Bb7 4.  axb7 c6 5.  bxa8=Q Qc8 6.  b4 Qd8 7.  b5 Qc7 8.  b6 Qd8 9.  b7 Na6 10.  b8=Q c5 11.  d4 f6 12.  dxc5 Kf7 13.  c6 Ke8 14.  c7 Kf7 15.  c8=Q Ke8 16.  c4 Kf7 17.  c5 Ke8 18.  c6 Kf7 19.  c7 Ke8 20.  Qcxa6 Kf7 21.  c8=Q Ke8 22.  e4 Kf7 23.  e5 Ke8 24.  e6 Nh6 25.  exd7+ Kf7 26.  f4 g5 27.  fxg5 Nf5 28.  h4 h6 29.  gxh6 Rg8 30.  h7 Rg7 31.  h8=Q Kg6 32.  Kd2 Qe8 33.  g4 Kf7 34.  Kc3 Kg6 35.  Kc4 Kf7 36.  Kd5 Kg6 37.  Na3 Kf7 38.  Nc4 Kg6 39.  dxe8=Q+ Rf7 40.  Ba3 Bh6 41.  Bd6 Bg7 42.  h5+ Kg5 43.  h6 Rf8 44.  Qc5 Rg8 45.  Qec6 Kg6 46.  g5 Bf8 47.  gxf6 Bg7 48.  h7 Nd4 49.  fxg7 Nc2 50.  hxg8=Q Nd4 51.  Bxe7+ Kf5 52.  Qgd8 Nb3 53.  g8=Q Nc1 54.  Rh4 Na2 55.  Rd4 Nc1 56.  Bd6 Na2 57.  Qhh4 Nc3#

Problem 2. Which is the maximum value of (1) to let the Black end the game with a passive stalemate?

Theorem 2. The maximum value of (1) to let the Black end the game with a passive stalemate is 103 points.

Proof of Theorem 2.

Since Lemma 1 states that the maximum score achievable is 103 points, then we prove that 103 points is a valid score when an active stalemate by the White occurs [6].

PGN (1/2 – 1/2)

  1. a4 b5 2.  axb5 a6 3.  bxa6 Bb7 4.  axb7 c6 5.  bxa8=Q d5 6.  c4 e6 7.  cxd5 Qd7 8.  dxc6 Be7 9.  c7 Kf8 10.  c8=Q+ Qe8 11.  b4 Nc6 12.  b5 Nd8 13.  b6 Nc6 14.  b7 Nd8 15.  b8=Q h5 16.  d4 g6 17.  d5 Rh7 18.  d6 Rh8 19.  d7 Rh7 20.  e4 Nc6 21.  d8=Q f5 22.  exf5 Nh6 23.  fxe6 Bf6 24.  e7+ Kg8 25.  f4 Qf8 26.  e8=Q Bg7 27.  f5 Kh8 28.  f6 Qg8 29.  f7 g5 30.  f8=Q Nf7 31.  h4 Nfe5 32.  hxg5 Bf6 33.  gxf6 Rg7 34.  f7 Kh7 35.  Qfa3 Qh8 36.  f8=Q Rg5 37.  g4 Qg7 38.  gxh5 Qg6 39.  Qfb4 Kg7 40.  Qcxc6 Nf7 41.  Qee2 Nd6 42.  h6+ Kf7 43.  h7 Rd5 44.  Qcxd6 Kg7 45.  Q6xd5 Qd6 46.  Q5xd6 Kf7 47.  h8=Q £

The final position is shown in figure 2

(FEN: QQ1Q3Q/5k2/3Q4/8/1Q6/Q7/4Q3/RNBQKBNR b KQ – 0 47).

4

Problem 3. Which is the maximum value of (1) to let the Black end the game with an active stalemate?

Lemma 2. If we force the match to end with an active Black stalemate, 81 is a lower bound of the highest possible value of (1).

Proof of Lemma 2.

The following game is legit according to standards FIDE rules, and it ends with an active Black stalemate plus a 81 points difference for the White.

PGN (1/2 – 1/2)

  1. g4 f5 2.  gxf5 g5 3.  h4 g4 4.  h5 Kf7 5.  f6 Ke6 6.  fxe7 Kf6 7.  e8=Q g3 8.  Nf3 g2 9.  Rh4 g1=B 10.  a4 b5 11.  axb5 a6 12.  bxa6 Bb7 13.  axb7 Nc6 14.  bxa8=Q Qe7 15.  Qeb8 Qd6 16.  e4 Kg7 17.  e5 Qd5 18.  e6 Qe5+ 19.  Qe2 Qf6 20.  exd7 Qf7 21.  d8=Q Nce7 22.  Qdxc7 Nf6 23.  Qea6 Nfd5 24.  Qac8 Nf6 25.  Ne5 Ned5 26.  f4 Kg8 27.  Nc6 Ng4 28.  c4 Ne5 29.  fxe5 Qf6 30.  e6 Qf7 31.  e7 Qf6 32.  e8=Q Qf7 33.  Nd4 Qe7+ 34.  Kd1 Qf7 35.  Qea4 Qg7 36.  Q4a7 Qf7 37.  c5 Qe6 38.  Qd6 Qe7 39.  c6 Qf7 40.  c7 Qe7 41.  Qcb7 Qf7 42.  c8=Q Qe7 43.  Qdc7 Qf7 44.  Nf5 Nf6 45.  d4 Ne4 46.  d5 Bc5 47.  Ne7+ Kg7 48.  Bg5 Qg6 49.  Nc6+ Qf7 50.  Bd8 Nf6 51.  Re4 Nd7 52.  Re7 Kg8 53.  Rxd7 Kg7 54.  Ne7 Bb4 55.  Ra6 Ba3 56.  Rb6 Bc5 57.  Ba6 Ba3 58.  b4 Bb2 59.  b5 Ba3 60.  Nd2 Bb4 61.  Nb3 Qe6 62.  h6+ Kf7 63.  Kc2 Rg8 64.  Kd3 Rg7 65.  hxg7 Kf6 66.  g8=Q Ba3 67.  Qg1 h5 68.  Qgc5 h4 69.  Q5c6 Kf7 70.  Kd4 Qh6 71.  Nc5 Qf4+ 72.  Qxf4+ Kg7 73.  Qfd6 h3 74.  Qf4 h2 75.  Qxh2 Kf7 76.  Qhc7 Kg7 77.  Ke5 Kf7 78.  Kd6 Kf6

The final position is shown in figure 3

(FEN: QQQB1b2/QQQRN3/BRQK1k2/1PNP4/8/b7/8/8 w – 7 79).

5

We cannot formally prove that the result by Lemma 2 is the optimal one for Problem 3. Thus, we can only take it as a good lower bound.

Problem 4. Which is the maximum value of final score White to let the Black end the game with an active stalemate?

Lemma 3. If we force the match to end with an active Black stalemate, 91 is a valid lower bound of the highest  final score White value attainable.

Proof of Lemma 3.

The following game is legit according to standards FIDE rules, and it ends with an active Black stalemate plus a 91 points final score for the White.

PGN (1/2 – 1/2)

  1. g4 f5 2.  gxf5 g5 3.  a4 b5 4.  axb5 a6 5.  bxa6 Bb7 6.  axb7 g4 7.  bxa8=Q g3 8.  Nf3 c6 9.  h4 g2 10.  h5 h6 11.  c4 d5 12.  cxd5 g1=B 13.  dxc6 Kf7 14.  c7 Qd7 15.  cxb8=Q Qd8 16.  d4 Qd7 17.  Bxh6 Bg7 18.  Bg5 e6 19.  Qc2 Rh6 20.  Qcc8 Rg6 21.  d5 Qe7 22.  d6 Qf6 23.  d7 Qe5 24.  d8=Q Qf6 25.  Qda5 Qe5 26.  Q5a7+ Qc7 27.  Bd8 Rg5 28.  h6 Rg6 29.  h7 Rg5 30.  h8=Q Rg6 31.  e4 Rg5 32.  Ba6 Bf8 33.  Qh2 Qe7 34.  Qhc7 Kg7 35.  fxe6 Qf7 36.  e7 Qf6 37.  e8=Q+ Qf7 38.  Nfd2 Rg6 39.  f4 Rg2 40.  e5 Rg6 41.  e6 Rg5 42.  Qeb5 Rg6 43.  Q5b7 Rg4 44.  e7 Nf6 45.  e8=Q Nd5 46.  Rh6 Nb6 47.  Rxb6 Rg6 48.  Qec6 Qd7 49.  f5 Kh6 50.  f6 Kg5 51.  f7+ Kg4 52.  Nc3 Bg7 53.  f8=R Rf6 54.  Re8 Kg5 55.  Rd1 Bc5 56.  Nde4+ Kf5 57.  Rxd7 Ba3 58.  b4 Bf8 59.  Kd2 Kg4 60.  Kd3 Kf5 61.  Kd4 Kg4 62.  Kd5 Kf5 63.  Ree7 Kg4 64.  Nc5 Rf1 65.  Kd6 Rd1+ 66.  Nd5 Kf5 67.  b5 Rd2

The final position is shown in figure 4

(FEN: QQQB1b2/QQQRR3/BRQK4/1PNN1k2/8/b7/3r4/8 w – 1 68).

6

As we previously pointed out, the 91 points score cannot be considered as an optimal solution: it merely shows a nontrivial lower bound for Problem 4.

3       Maximum total score achievable on the board for a generic draw

Since the standard FIDE rules allow a competition match to end in a draw even if a stalemate does not occur (see FIDE Laws of Chess, Article 9, rules 9.2&9.3 [3]), let us consider a generic game and a different problem.

Problem 5. Let us (provisionally) remove Postulates 4&5, replacing them with the following Postulate 4′.

Postulate 4′. The final move of a game is the one that produces a draw under any of the FIDE rules stated in Article 9, rules 9.2-9.3-9.6.

Let us define

𝑇𝑜𝑡 𝐷𝑟𝑎𝑤 ∶= 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 𝑊ℎ𝑖𝑡𝑒 (𝑔𝑎𝑚𝑒 𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑑) + final 𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 𝐵𝑙𝑎𝑐𝑘 (𝑔𝑎𝑚𝑒 𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑑), (4)

asking which is the maximum value of , assuming Postulates 1 to 3 and Postulate 4′.

Lemma 4. The solution of Problem 5 can be easily proved to be 182 points (see [2], post #1), considering the ceiling given by (3) for both players minus the minimum amount of pieces needed to let any of the pawns pass and promote to a Queen, multiplying each of those pieces for its value (as stated in Postulate 1).

Thus, an upper bound of (4) is given by

𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝑇𝑜𝑡 𝐷𝑟𝑎𝑤 = 2 ∙ 103 − 2 ∙ (2 ∙ 𝑁) − 2 ∙ (2 ∙ 𝐵) = 182. (5)

Since 182 has been proved in [2] to be a score achievable playing only legit moves, we aim to solve the related stalemate problem, under the standard postulates 1 to 5 (as stated in Section 1), and including Constraint 1 too.

Problem 6. Which is the maximum value of (4) to let a standard chess game end in a stalemate?

Lemma 5. If we force the match to end with a stalemate, the highest possible value of (4) belongs to [168, 180].

Proof of Lemma 5.

𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝑇𝑜𝑡 𝐷𝑟𝑎𝑤 ≤ 180 naturally follows from Lemma 4, since the position shown in [2] can be easily claimed as a draw by rules 9.2&9.3, and it is trivial to point out how it is impossible to turn it into a stalemate (no stalemate with a queen for both players without a knight, a bishop or a pawn). So, we have: 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝑇𝑜𝑡 𝐷𝑟𝑎𝑤 ≤ 182 − (𝑅 − 𝐵) = 182 − (5 − 3).

On the other hand, we can achieve a legit 𝑇𝑜𝑡 𝐷𝑟𝑎𝑤 of 168 points and a stalemate, as explained in [6], and subsequently confirmed by the standard match below.

PGN (1/2 – 1/2)

  1. a4 b5 2.  axb5 c5 3.  d4 c4 4.  Bd2 c3 5.  d5 Nc6 6.  dxc6 Ba6 7.  b6 d5 8.  b7 f5 9.  Bf4 h5 10.  Bd6 exd6 11.  Nd2 g5 12.  b8=Q Rh7 13.  f4 cxd2+ 14.  Kf2 Rd7 15.  c7 d4 16.  e4 d3 17.  Qe2 d5 18.  c8=Q d4 19.  b4 Kf7 20.  b5 Kg6 21.  b6 Nf6 22.  b7 Nd5 23.  Qbc7 Nb4 24.  b8=Q d1=Q 25.  e5 d2 26.  e6 d3 27.  e7 Qb1 28.  e8=Q+ Kf6 29.  c4 d1=Q 30.  c5 d2 31.  c6 Qdb3 32.  h3 Bb7 33.  Qa5 Rd5 34.  c7 Qe7 35.  Qcd8 Re5 36.  c8=Q Bd5 37.  Qdb6+ Re6 38.  Q2b5 d1=Q 39.  Qb8b7 Nc6 40.  fxg5+ Ke5 41.  g6 f4 42.  g4 Qd6 43.  g5 Qba3 44.  Be2 Qdb3 45.  Bg4 hxg4 46.  g7 f3 47.  g8=Q Q1a2+ 48.  Kg3 f2+ 49.  Kh2 Qdb4 50.  Ne2 f1=Q 51.  Rc1 Nd4 52.  h4 Rb8 53.  Rc7 Qfa1 54.  h5 g3+ 55.  Kh3 g2+ 56.  Kh4 g1=Q 57.  h6 Qgb1 58.  h7 Qb3b2 59.  g6 Ke4 60.  h8=Q Nb3 61.  Qbd7 Bh6 62.  g7 Bc1 63.  Qgf8 Nd2 64.  g8=Q Q4b3 65.  Qac5 Kd3 66.  Ng3 Re4+ 67.  Qdg4 Rc4 68.  Qed8 Rc2 69.  Qde8 Bc4 70.  Qhh7+ Kc3 71.  Qbe6 a5 72.  Qba6 a4 73.  Qaa5+ Rb4 74.  Qe1 £

The final position is shown in figure 5

(FEN: 2Q1QQQ1/2R4Q/8/Q1Q5/prb3QK/qqk3N1/qqrn4/qqb1Q2R b – 3 74).
7

4       Conclusion and open problems

Problems 1 & 2 have been definitively solved at the beginning of Section 2, while the last questions (Problems 3-4-6) still need to receive a final answer. The nontrivial bounds we have proved do not represent a solid ceiling for these hard open problems that we are going to further investigate in the future, in spite of we conjecture that the maximum value of (4) for a regular stalemate is 168.

5       Acknowledgements

The author thanks Cosimo Palma for his kind review.

References

[1]       Chess piece relative value (2019). Wikipedia. Available at: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chess_piece_relative_value (Accessed: 3 March 2020).

[2]       18 Queens is possible? (2017). Chess.com. Available at: https://www.chess.com/forum/view/general/18-queens-is-possible (Accessed: 6 March 2020).

[3]       FIDE Laws of Chess, article 9, p. 12-13. FIDE Handbook. Available at: https://www.fide.com/FIDE/handbook/LawsOfChess.pdf (Accessed: 3 March 2020).

[4]       Forsyth-Edwards Notation (2019). Wikipedia. Available at: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Forsyth%E2%80%93Edwards_Notation (Accessed: 3 March 2020).

[5]       Portable Game Notation (2020). Wikipedia. Available at: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portable_Game_Notation (Accessed: 3 March 2020).

[6]       Ultimate Stalemate? Mental Activity (2015). Chess.com. Available at: https://www.chess.com/forum/view/more-puzzles/ultimate-stalemate-mental-activity (Accessed: 6 March 2020).

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] FoundersPIqr Society; Creator, X-Test.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020: www.in-sightjournal.com/very-unbalanced-chess-positions; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Marco Ripà.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Ripà M. Very unbalanced Chess Positions [Online].April 2020; 22(B). Available from: www.in-sightjournal.com/very-unbalanced-chess-positions.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Ripà, M. (2020, April 22). Very unbalanced Chess PositionsRetrieved from www.in-sightjournal.com/very-unbalanced-chess-positions.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): RIPA, M. Very unbalanced Chess Positions. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B, April. 2020. <www.in-sightjournal.com/very-unbalanced-chess-positions>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Ripà, M. 2020. “Very unbalanced Chess Positions.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B. www.in-sightjournal.com/very-unbalanced-chess-positions.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Ripà, Marco “Very unbalanced Chess Positions.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B (April 2020). www.in-sightjournal.com/very-unbalanced-chess-positions.

Harvard: Ripà, M. 2020, ‘Very unbalanced Chess PositionsIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.B. Available from: <www.in-sightjournal.com/very-unbalanced-chess-positions>.

Harvard, Australian: Ripà, M. 2020, ‘Very unbalanced Chess PositionsIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.B., www.in-sightjournal.com/very-unbalanced-chess-positions.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Marco Ripà. “Very unbalanced Chess Positions.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.B (2020):April. 2020. Web. <www.in-sightjournal.com/very-unbalanced-chess-positions>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Ripà M. Very unbalanced Chess Positions [Internet]. (2020, April 22(B). Available from: www.in-sightjournal.com/very-unbalanced-chess-positions.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A Sacred Polity: Untangling the Threads of Church and State

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Author: Rod Taylor

Numbering: Issue 22.B, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,795

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

This paper examines the relationship between the church and the state in Canadian society within the contextualization of the “Sacred Polity.” The terminological differences between the church and the state become one basis for the consideration here. The paper centrally argues for the fundamentally religious nature of the religious and the secular with claims taken on faith. Claims on faith-building worldviews fundamentally different in titles and content, but similar in ways of knowing: faith. In essence, a polity is a Sacred Polity by the nature of the views held by all, whether “secular” or “religious,” being, fundamentally, religious worldviews. 

Keywords: Canada, Church, religion, Rod Taylor, Sacred Polity, state.

A Sacred Polity: Untangling the Threads of Church and State[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

In some types of fabrics, tugging on one loose thread can unravel the entire piece; patterns will disappear along with functionality. So it is with the delicate, interwoven threads of our faith and our politics. They are the warp and woof of our practical and philosophical existence. When personal convictions—including faith-based convictions—are removed from our political fabric, our society begins to unravel.

When considering the proper role of faith in politics, it behooves us to first ask: what is faith? Secondly: what is politics? If these can be defined, we can begin to assess their juxtaposition and how we can ethically apply our faith-driven understanding of the world to our political actions.

Merriam-Webster’s Online Dictionary says that faith is “a firm belief in something for which there is no proof”. (1) Wikipedia defines faith as “confidence or trust in a person, thing or concept”. (2) Stanford’s Encyclopedia of Philosophy has this to say about faith: “At its most general, ‘faith’ means much the same as ‘trust’ . . . the question arises whether faith of that same general kind also belongs to other, non-theistic, religious contexts, or to contexts not usually thought of as religious at all. Arguably, it may be apt to speak of the faith of a humanist, or even an atheist, using the same general sense of ‘faith’ as applies to the theist case.” (3)

Some definitions link that confidence or trust to “a personal God or to a set of beliefs about God”. The Bible gives its own definition of faith in Hebrews 11:1. It says that “Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not [yet] seen.” (4) That phrase indicates confidence and trust in a reality that cannot be adequately known or understood only by tangible objects. According to that definition, faith is itself the evidence for a belief not unequivocally proven by the five senses.

Everyone has faith in something or someone . . . or at least in a conceptual view of reality. We call that a worldview. Some people believe in a Creator, a God with personal attributes, able to think, feel and see. Others believe in a random universe, eternally existing, independent of any divine guidance or interaction. Others believe in a Big Bang—an unexplainable and unwitnessed event of immeasurable proportion that took place in time and space and produced the material elements of which we are composed and by which we are surrounded: the air we breathe, the water we drink and the molecules used to manufacture the cars we drive and the cellphones with which we communicate. Each of these belief-systems constitutes a worldview, the equivalent of a type of faith, in that every worldview develops, in its adherents, a set of value judgments. Certain behaviours and attitudes are esteemed; others are deemed undesirable. Of course, many people fall short of living lives consistent with their intellectual understandings. They do not always “walk the talk”. They believe something to be true, but their actions do not always demonstrate that belief. People also value certainty; in seeking to justify their pre-conceived beliefs, they may ignore or minimize evidence that does not support the suppositions they have adopted as their own.

When it comes to politics, Merriam-Webster calls it “the art or science of government” or “the art or science of guiding or influencing government policy”. (5) Given that human beings tend to congregate, tend to develop social order and tend to adopt customs, rituals and protocols that are acceptable to their tribe, city or nation, we may assume, in any such group, some form of government. All societies inevitably establish disincentives to certain behaviours. Government in those societies may be highly-developed, with written laws and formal offices or it may be very simple, with leadership established by the lineage, character or the physical strength of dominant members. Whatever its form, there will be leaders and there will be laws, written or unwritten. There will be government, and where there is government, even in a family, there will be politics and attempts to influence decision-making.

Since both faith and politics are present in any human interaction, the idea that they can be kept separate is a flawed concept. Generally, when people speak about the “separation of church and state”, they are referring to a particular faith or a particular political framework. Often, in today’s secularized Western society, “faith” refers to a historically-understood (or misunderstood) version of the Christian faith. When the word “state” is used, it refers to a society unfettered by the moral strictures attributed to that Christian faith. In other words, some people—when insisting on the “separation of church and state” are simply stating their preference for state policies driven by religious (worldview) biases other than Christian ones.

Rarely do the opponents of Christian principles, who themselves carry their own philosophical biases, see themselves as religious. They may occasionally recognize the fact that they have a distinct worldview—one they see as rational and substantiated by science or nature—but they are loathe to equate “worldview” with “faith” or their interpretation of science as one of several possible explanations for the universe and humanity’s role in it. Their assumption is that their own secular worldview is the only legitimate one and that any other worldview—one that posits, for example, the existence of an intelligent and loving Creator—presents an illogical and unwelcome intrusion into the realm of political thought and action. While verbally assuring others that they have “tolerance” for beliefs they do not share, they insist that such beliefs should have no influence on the shaping of laws and cultural norms. This philosophical blindness renders any true compromise with dissenters unlikely, if not impossible. While rejecting Christian standards of right and wrong, those who oppose Christian influence in law and custom often impose (without realizing it) their own deeply-held worldview beliefs on society . . . beliefs which they expect others to accept as self-evident moral principles.

Speaking of moral behaviours, are there any behaviours that can be classed as right or wrong? That question arises when avowed secularists challenge the moral assertions of Christians or the adherents of one of the world’s other commonly-recognized religions. There are people who claim that there are no absolutes, that right and wrong are only a matter of personal opinion; they insist that people should not attempt to apply their own beliefs to matters of public policy, certainly never in the arena of partisan politics. There is an inherent inconsistency in making that claim, for by proclaiming the illegitimacy of faith’s influence on public policy, they are in fact asserting the moral superiority of their own faith or worldview. Those who declare the absolute necessity of separating faith from politics make this assertion in an attempt to exclude the influence of Christian morality from public policy, with a corresponding embrace of the influence of that “person, thing or concept” in which they themselves have confidence and trust. That thing could be socialism. That thing could be the theory of Darwinian evolution. That thing could be CO2-induced climate change. It could be “the goodness of man” (which needs some explaining nowadays). It could be public education or the stock market or the theory of non-existence. Whatever the deeply-held belief, it is part of the worldview held by an individual—either because of or in spite of physical evidence—and, as claimed above, is simply another type of faith. In fact, that belief system becomes the lens through which the world is perceived, rightly called a worldview.

If we accept the premise that there are such things as right and wrong, on what basis do we determine the rightness or wrongness of measuring political principles by spiritual standards? This question assumes that there are universal ethical standards that would either preclude or demand a functional link between a person’s spiritual and philosophical worldview and the outworking of social precepts and expectations. A person who claims it is wrong to insert moral values into public policy debates encounters a dilemma: to say that it is wrong to invoke morality is itself a moral judgment. A society can—and under certain circumstances of commonly-shared beliefs, will—create laws and customs that seem right and fitting to a majority at the time but that are rejected by subsequent generations as being unjust, unkind or even sinful. Slavery is a blatant example of this. Most today would wholeheartedly agree that slavery is not only wrong in the 21st Century but it was wrong 200 years ago. Yet, at that time, it had its proponents, mostly those who received monetary benefit from its continuance. As late as 1857, the US Supreme Court took the side of the slaveholder, in denying personhood and the rights of citizenship to African-Americans. (6) They were wrong but they believed themselves right.

One would be hard-pressed (thankfully) to find, in a Western democracy today, anyone who would deny the equal value of men and women. Yet less than 100 years ago, Canadian women were not considered “persons” under the law. In fact, the Supreme Court of Canada ruled in 1928 that a woman was not a “person” and therefore was ineligible for appointment to the Senate. This ruling was overturned in 1929 by the Privy Council of England, showing clearly that Supreme Court Justices were not (and are not) infallible. Today, pre-born human babies are denied the recognition of their personhood by the Supreme Court of Canada, even up to the moment of natural birth. People of goodwill, on both sides of the debate, offer reasons for their perspectives and promote vigorously their points of view. In this debate, invariably, those who wish to maintain the status quo (abortion on demand) tend to reject any argument in favour of recognizing the personhood of the preborn infant on the basis that it involves a “religious perspective”. They believe themselves to be right.

It’s true that there are many supporting statements found in the Bible for the support of a pro-life position, (although there are pro-lifers who do not claim a Christian basis for their opinions). My point, and what I hope to demonstrate, is that those who passionately disagree with a pro-life position are themselves motivated by a religious belief—a worldview—which causes them to ignore arguments and even scientific facts that might contradict their assertions.

There is, for example, the scientific fact that the union of sperm and egg produce a unique DNA, different from that of the mother, unique fingerprints, half the time a different biological gender, sometimes even a different blood type. Yet, those whose worldview demands the right to terminate a pregnancy for any reason (or no reason at all) will insist: “It’s my body!” Others will say, in spite of fingerprints, brainwaves, the ability to feel pain, a heartbeat as early as 6 weeks and other miraculous developments that, “It’s just a clump of tissue!” Those statements are religious statements. They are made by those who hold a worldview that denies even the possibility of personhood for the pre-born. One could call it a religion of “Choice”, where Choice is a sacred idol and the exercise of personal choice is a sacrament. When adherents of this religion engage in political action and seek to influence legislation, they apply absolute devotion to the cause. Those who lobby for unfettered Choice are lobbying for an absolute value they claim to be a moral one.

Such positions are contradictory on several levels but then, religious beliefs like this are sometimes clung to in spite of conflicting evidence. For one thing, those who worship and serve the goddess of Choice, freely and unapologetically deny any choice to the preborn. While the mother may be inconvenienced (sometimes seriously) by a pregnancy, the aborted child is denied the opportunity to ever make a choice about anything. Secondly, the devotees of unfettered Choice generally disapprove of pro-lifers exercising their choice about what to believe and how to express those beliefs. It is commonly assumed that only pro-lifers hold views that are based on absolutes, but the absolute support by devotees of abortion Choice under any circumstances puts the lie to the claim. The attempt to quash dissent and deprive pro-lifers of a voice is silent proof. In several provinces of Canada, pro-lifers are forbidden to exercise free speech near abortion clinics or even to stand there in silent prayer. Across the country, pro-lifers are compelled by law (against their choice) to support abortion with their tax dollars. Those whose worldview convictions compel them to support unfettered access to abortion, even if it restricts the choices of others, even if it ends a human life, are simply living out their religious worldview. They believe they are right. The very right to peaceful protest, that ultimately resulted in the legalization of abortion, is denied to those who speak for the voiceless preborn.

Another example would be how secular and non-secular faiths have collided over the issue of creation and the public teaching of theories of origin. While Christians—and people of many other faiths—believe in a divine Creator, others hold to a secular view that ascribes the existence of the Universe to a series of random, undirected events. Those who believe in an intelligent Creator—who made all things, caused the planets to orbit, the sun to shine, waters to flow and life to exist in all its magnificent variety and beauty—are assumed to be religious, while those who put their trust in the Big Bang (for instance) are assumed to be practical, scientific people. Both groups believe themselves to be right. The secularists believe that their religious worldview is the only one deserving of representation in the laws and classrooms of the nation. In both worldviews there are assumptions:

Christians assume God. Pre-existent, intelligent, all-powerful, creative. The source of everything. (7)

Those who claim that the material Universe has come about through random events assume:

  • either the eternal existence of, or the sudden appearance of matter and energy. (where did the first amazing atom come from? what causes electrons to rotate around the nucleus?)
  • that random events could produce order instead of only chaos.
  • that our ability to think, to plan, to reason, to love, to create . . . our self-awareness and the existence of conscience and of our ability to reproduce, to interact . . . are somehow the result of random events over immeasurable periods of time.
  • no overarching purpose or meaning in life; (how could there be meaning in a random, undirected series of events?)

In other words, Christians and adherents of many other religions assume an intelligent God, capable of creating matter, energy and life . . . pre-existing and displaying through the material Universe, a wisdom and power greater than our own. Those who reject a personal, all-powerful, all-wise God, are forced to believe in something even more fantastic: a universe with no plan, no purpose, no design, no source. If they posit a beginning, it demands an explosion with no firecracker and nobody to light the fuse. The very elements which make up our earth (and who knows what other elements may exist on other planets or in other galaxies) are called into existence with no composer, no designer, no author, no workman.

Mankind would rather believe in a thousand impossibilities . . .

            than in one impossible God who hears and sees.               Rod Taylor, 1996

At any rate, it takes faith in Something or Someone to even live as a human being. We trust that the sun will come up tomorrow. We trust that the molecules in our coffee cup will hold together, that gravity will work today as it did yesterday, that we can walk upon solid ground without falling through into the molten rock below. We all have our beliefs.

We also have implicit trust in the idea of human relationships and interaction. Every one of us understands the moral absolutes of “Don’t lie, don’t steal, don’t murder”. Unfortunately, we don’t all keep those commandments.  When mankind fails, it fails badly. Human beings will make excuses for their failures; they will seek to justify themselves. But every human being holds to a belief system that is to him or her a worldview as absolute as any of the world’s recognized religions. Not every person is involved in partisan politics, but every person would like his or her personal worldview to define the guiding principles of world in which we live.

When we are told that faith has no place in politics, we must ask, “Which faith?” and “Why not?” The tiresome canard we hear so often is that “religion causes wars”. Again, “What do you mean by religion?” If “religion” includes all worldview assumptions about existence and the meaning of life, I would agree that religious ideas (worldview differences) can divide. After all, contradictory ideas cannot all be true. But it is not Christianity or any other recognized “world religion” that has wrought the most havoc in the past 100 years. In the 20th Century, it wasn’t Christianity but the secular religion of atheistic Communism that killed more people than any other single force. (8) If religion is the greatest cause of wars, then atheistic Communism must be a religion. The Nazi Holocaust, with all its frightful consequences, was driven by a fiery, passionate, demonically-inspired set of beliefs that constituted a very twisted, ungodly, secular religion; it showed its fangs most viciously against Judeo-Christian religious views. (9)

As we face the challenges of the 21st Century—economic, geo-political, health, environmental, technological, military and social challenges—let us be honest about the reasons why we accept or reject policy proposals. Let’s not say that morality has no place in public policy. Let’s patiently explain why we believe that our own set of moral values—based on our own set of worldview assumptions—are preferable to those proposed by others. Everyone has a religion and that religion will guide his or her opinions. Ideas must be allowed to compete fairly in the public policy marketplace. In a western democracy, to advance one’s own worldview agenda by declaring contrary opinions illegitimate in the public square, is to admit that one’s own set of assumptions may not withstand the rigours of debate. The question is not whether religion should influence politics, but which religious worldviews will contribute best to further a peaceful and prosperous society.

I close with my own worldview statement, based on my own belief in a personal, living God. I am thankful that humankind is “made in His image” as the Bible says. I’m thankful that He has given to us—male and female, of every ethnicity—His own attributes: the desire and ability to create, to love, to think, to plan, to give, to nurture, to repair. I’m thankful that He is teaching us patience, self-sacrifice, generosity, kindness, humility, forgiveness (moral values shared by the adherents of many formal religions AND by many whose religious worldviews deny a personal God) . . . and that He calls us to value those attributes in others. As we seek ways to improve dialogue and to achieve a safe, prosperous, compassionate and generous society, let’s allow others to express their ideas and their ideals; the proponents of those views may deny it, but they’re all religious views.

References

  1. Merriam-Webster. (n.d.). ‘Faith’. In Merriam-Webster.com dictionary. Retrieved April 22, 2020, from https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/faith
  2. Wikipedia Online Encyclopedia. ‘Faith’. Retrieved April 22, 2020 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Faith
  3. Bishop, John, ‘Faith’, The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (Winter 2016 Edition), Edward N. Zalta (ed.), Retrieved from https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2016/entries/faith/
  4. King James Bible, Book of Hebrews, ch 11:1 “Faith” Retrieved April 22, 2020 https://www.bible.com/bible/1/HEB.11.KJV
  5. Merriam-Webster, ‘Politics’. Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary, Accessed Apr. 22, 2020. https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/politics
  6. Melvin I. Urofsky, ‘Dred Scott Decision’, Encyclopedia Britannica, Pub. Feb. 28, 2020 Retrieved April 22, 2020 https://www.britannica.com/event/Dred-Scott-decision
  7. Jonathan Sarfati, Creation.com, Feb. 8, 2008 Retrieved April 22, 2020 https://creation.com/science-creation-and-evolutionism-refutation-of-nas
  8. Stone Washington, ‘1917-2017: 100 Years of Communism=100 Million Deaths’, Ellis Washington Report, Retrieved April 22, 2020 http://www.elliswashingtonreport.com/2017/10/24/1917-2017-100-years-of-communism-100-million-deaths/
  9. Michael Berenbaum, ‘Holocaust’, Encyclopedia Britannica, Jan. 14, 2020, Retrieved April 22, 2020 https://www.britannica.com/event/Holocaust/
Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Party Leader, Christian Heritage Party.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sacred-polity; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Taylor R. A Sacred Polity: Untangling the Threads of Church and State [Online].April 2020; 22(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sacred-polity.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Taylor, R. (2020, April 22). A Sacred Polity: Untangling the Threads of Church and StateRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sacred-polity.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): TAYLOR, R. A Sacred Polity: Untangling the Threads of Church and State. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sacred-polity>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Taylor, Rod. 2020. “A Sacred Polity: Untangling the Threads of Church and State.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sacred-polity.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Taylor, Rod “A Sacred Polity: Untangling the Threads of Church and State.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sacred-polity.

Harvard: Taylor, R. 2020, ‘A Sacred Polity: Untangling the Threads of Church and StateIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.B. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sacred-polity>.

Harvard, Australian: Taylor, R. 2020, ‘A Sacred Polity: Untangling the Threads of Church and StateIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.B., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sacred-polity.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Rod Taylor. “A Sacred Polity: Untangling the Threads of Church and State.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.B (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sacred-polity>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Taylor R. A Sacred Polity: Untangling the Threads of Church and State [Internet]. (2020, April 22(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sacred-polity.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Free of Charge 1 – The “Free” in Freethought with Dr. Herb Silverman

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,739

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Dr. Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition for America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. He authored Complex variables (1975), Candidate Without a Prayer: An Autobiography of a Jewish Atheist in the Bible Belt (2012) and An Atheist Stranger in a Strange Religious Land: Selected Writings from the Bible Belt (2017). He co-authored The Fundamentals of Extremism: The Christian Right in America (2003) with Kimberley Blaker and Edward S. Buckner, Complex Variables with Applications (2007) with Saminathan Ponnusamy, and Short Reflections on Secularism(2019), Short Reflections on American Secularism’s History and Philosophy (2020), and Short Reflections on Age and Youth (2020). He discusses: freethought, the distinction between Christians and freethinkers, secular organizations and political lobbying; definitions of freethought; and origination of freethinking.

Keywords: American Ethical Union, Baptist Joint Committee for Religious Liberty, Carl Sagan, Catholics for Choice, Congress of Secular Jewish Organizations, freethinking, Freethought, Herb Silverman, Interfaith Alliance, Robert G. Ingersoll, Society for Humanistic Judaism, UU (Unitarian Universalist) Humanists, William Kingdon Clifford.

Free of Charge 1 – The “Free” in Freethought with Dr. Herb Silverman[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Freethought seems like the most appropriate terminology for a general audience. Other terms one can find in some of the formal and informal literature include atheist, agnostic, New Atheist, agnostic atheist, freethinker, non-religious, Nones, irreligious, religious, militant atheist, Firebrand Atheist, adeist, aunicornist, anti-theist, Bright, secular humanist, rationalist, skeptic, Unitarian, Unitarian Universalist, humanist, and so on, including everyone favourite evasion: spiritual but not religious. A natural outgrowth of the philosophy and the cognitive stance. Many, many terms exist, as if a Seinfeldian statement of the matter, “So, yada-yada-yada, I’m a freethinker.” There are a lot, no doubt. Not all overlap completely or even mostly, while, at the same time, many merge in a rejection of the supernatural, the magical, the mystical, as in all bound to the set of the non-real. At the same time, if I reflect on historical statements by the late Dr. Carl Sagan, I can note the ways in which he spoke to science, as a phenomenon, was more of an attitude than a methodology or the findings, which makes sense. I would merely extend the idea to skeptical, rational, naturalist inquiry in a larger sense incorporative of scientific methodology and scientific findings. Focusing on the productions by us, we covered some of the philosophical and social aspects of this in Short Reflections on American Secularism’s History and Philosophy and Short Reflections on Secularism. In this sense, our notions in the freethought community enter into the boundaries of Rationalism and science, empiricism and reason. We’re free while benefitting from the past accumulated evidence and theories to bring them together, slowly and generation by generation. For this series, I want to touch and tap into the boundaries of freethought, as to the community dynamics, in terms of the breadth of inclusion, and as to the things out of the question in the philosophy now. Some of this will be reiteration. Some of this will be new. However, a lot of this will be more in-depth in addition to recommended resources for research and reading, and becoming involved. Herb, if I may, based on the previous conversations, and with references and footnotes throughout if you can, how is freethought represented in the secular communities now?

Dr. Herb Silverman: Freethought is represented in different ways in different freethought communities. When I first became engaged with freethought communities, I learned about several national atheist and humanist organizations. I joined them all because each was involved in issues I supported. But each group was doing its own thing and ignoring like-minded organizations, while competing for funds from what they viewed as a fixed pie of donors. I knew we needed to grow the pie to benefit all these organizations and the freethought movement as a whole. They were spending too much time arguing about labels (atheist, agnostic, humanist, freethinker, etc.) and too little time showing our strength in numbers and cooperating on issues that affect all freethinkers.

Here’s an interesting distinction between Christians and freethinkers: Christians have the same unifying word but fight over theology; freethinkers have the same unifying theology, but fight over words. At least our wars are only verbal.

So in 2002, I helped form the Secular Coalition for America, whose mission is to increase the visibility of and respect for nontheistic viewpoints, and to protect and strengthen the secular character of our government. Our 19 national member organizations cover the full spectrum of freethought.[3]

Here’s what the Secular Coalition members don’t do: They don’t argue about labels. People in the Coalition call themselves atheists, agnostics, humanists, freethinkers, whatever. Here’s what they do: They cooperate on the 95% they have in common, rather than bicker about the 5% that might set them apart. All the organizations are good without any gods, though some emphasize “good” and some “without gods.”

Interestingly, four of the member organizations are classified as religious (nontheistic). They are American Ethical Union (with Ethical Culture Societies), Congress of Secular Jewish Organizations, Society for Humanistic Judaism (with atheist rabbis), and UU (Unitarian Universalist) Humanists.

All the Secular Coalition member organizations have strict limits on political lobbying, so they incorporated as a political advocacy group to allow unlimited lobbying on behalf of freethought Americans, finally giving freethinkers a voice in our nation’s capital. But even as the Secular Coalition fights against religious privileging on the federal level, some of the most egregious violations occur at state levels (I know. I live in South Carolina). The Secular Coalition is hoping someday to have volunteer coordinators in all 50 states, working with local groups to make sure elected officials throughout the country hear our voices.

The Secular Coalition also collaborates with organizations that are neither theistic nor nontheistic, like the American Civil Liberties Union and Americans United for the Separation of Church and State. It cooperates on some issues with theistic organizations, like the Interfaith Alliance, the Baptist Joint Committee for Religious Liberty, and Catholics for Choice. Working with diverse groups provides the additional benefit of gaining more visibility and respect for our unique perspective. Improving the public perception of freethinkers is as important to many of us as pursuing a particular political agenda.

2. Jacobsen: Co-President of the Freedom From Religion Foundation, Dan Barker, states, “free-think-er n. A person who forms opinions about religion on the basis of reason, independently of tradition, authority, or established belief. Freethinkers include atheists, agnostics and rationalists. No one can be a freethinker who demands conformity to a bible, creed, or messiah. To the freethinker, revelation and faith are invalid, and orthodoxy is no guarantee of truth” (Barker, n.d.). RationalWiki (2018) states:

Freethought, or free inquiry, is a catch-all term referring to the variety of beliefs which, in general, reject authoritarianism and revealed or fundamentalist religion in favor of science and human reason. Hence the term “free” meaning “free from external dogma,” implying that their beliefs came from their own thinking and research. It is the basis for rationalism, secularism, and democracy. It overlaps with atheism, agnosticism, and secular humanism, but may also according to some definitions describe some theistic beliefs such as deism.[4]

Robert G. Ingersoll, the Great Agnostic, becomes the lightning rod for great oration and writing on the subject matter of freethought within an agnostic point of view. Susan Jacoby, who more people should know (alongside Rebecca Newberger Goldstein), places the Golden Age of Freethought at its height, arguable to me, with Ingersoll and then its end at the start of the First World War. Jacoby states:

Freethinker and freethought are terms that date from the end of the 17th century. Freethinker basically meant someone who did not believe in the received word of the bible or the authority of religion. Freethinkers have often been described as people who didn’t believe in God, but it’s more accurate to see freethought as a kind of a broad continuum, ranging from those who really didn’t believe in God at all to deists who believed in a God who set the universe in motion but afterwards didn’t take an active role in the affairs of men.

By the end of the 19th century, freethinkers even included liberal Protestant denominations and Unitarians. Even though they believed in God and in some form of Christianity, they did not believe in any hierarchy of religion…

 It looks for supernatural explanations whereas science looks for natural explanations. (BeliefNet.Com, n.d.)

Many different stances and attitudes in orbit on the central theme of capital “F” Freethought. A tendency in human activity, community, and thought to leave strictures on the mind, depart from limitations of thought, while grounded in that which corresponds to the real. Some will ground themselves in human rights and compassion first, as in Humanism. Others will, at least, garner reputations for browbeating and a certain haughty and aggressive attitude against sincere, even ordinary, religious believers, as in New Atheism with two styles reflected in Militant Atheism and Firebrand Atheism. How can we bring about change based on the knowledge about the rise and fall of freethought into a new era of it, a renewed era in which we remain in a crisis requiring precisely its arsenal?

Silverman: We can explain to some people why being a freethinker makes the most sense to us, and perhaps convince them to follow our lead. If they are interested, we can provide them with helpful freethought literature. We already know that the “nones” are the fastest-growing demographic, many of whom are freethinkers without knowing what the word means.

Whether people become freethinkers or not, what the world needs today (especially during the pandemic) is more respect for scientific viewpoints and rational thinking, and less respect for the irrational thinking found in ancient “holy” books. We can tell religious people that we may not share their beliefs, but that we hope they are willing to incorporate scientific findings into their lives and listen to reasonable explanations about the world around them. Unlike the minority of religious fundamentalists, most religious people are willing to act this way. We can point out to theists how our behaviour is similar to theirs in many ways, and how their everyday actions have nothing to do with god beliefs. Whether we try to be good with or without a god has little to do with behaviour.

To those who might try to convince you to choose a belief in God, we can explain that belief in God is not a matter of choice. I can pretend to believe, but I can’t choose to believe something for which I find not a scintilla of evidence. We can ask them if they can choose to not believe in God (it would be nice if the answer is “yes”).

To help bring about change, we need to keep governments secular. This is something all freethinkers want, and we need to convince some theists why moving closer to a theocracy (even their theocracy) is bad for everybody. I’ve heard some politicians in both parties say, “We have freedom of religion, but not freedom from religion.” What can that possibly mean? That we are allowed to worship the god of our choice, but we can’t choose to be good without any gods? Politicians might think they are being tolerant when they express support for all faiths. Instead, we expect to hear them publicly express support for all faiths and none, to promote freedom of conscience for all people. Freethinkers are not asking for special rights, but we do insist on equal rights.

Our Constitution demands that the government must not favour one religion over another or religion over non-religion. Religious liberty must include the right of taxpayers to choose whether to support religion and which religion to support. Forcing taxpayers to privilege and subsidize religions they don’t believe in is akin to forcing them to put money in the collection plates of churches, synagogues, or mosques.

We need to encourage more freethinkers to run for public office. I’m pleased that we now have a national Congressional Freethought Caucus to promote policy based on reason, science, and moral values. The Caucus formed in 2018 with 4 members and now has 13, with more to come.[5]

I hope to see an America where the influence of conservative religion is mainly limited to within the walls of churches, not the halls of Congress.

3. Jacobsen: What do you think sparked the original formal movement of freethought?

Silverman: The term “freethinker” came into use in the 17th century. It referred to people who inquired into the basis of traditional religious beliefs, and freethinker was most closely linked to secularism, atheism, agnosticism, anti-clericalism, and religious critique. It promoted the free exercise of reason in matters of religious belief, unrestrained by deference to authority.

I like to promote British mathematician and philosopher William Kingdon Clifford from the 19th century, who, in his essay, The Ethics of Belief, said, “It is wrong always, everywhere, and for anyone, to believe anything upon insufficient evidence.” The essay became a rallying cry for freethinkers, and has been described as a point when freethinkers grabbed the moral high ground. Clifford organized freethought gatherings and was the driving force behind the Congress of Liberal Thinkers.[6]

4. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Herb.

Silverman:  Thank you.

References

Barker, D. (n.d.). What is a Freethinker?. Retrieved from https://ffrf.org/component/k2/item/18391-what-is-a-freethinker.

BeliefNet.Com. (n.d.). Freethought Revival. Retrieved from https://www.beliefnet.com/faiths/secular-philosophies/freethought-revival.aspx.

Congressional Freethought Caucus. (2020). Congressional Freethought Caucus. Retrieved from https://secular.org/governmental-affairs/congressional-freethought-caucus/.

RationalWiki. (2018, August 9). Freethought. Retrieved from https://rationalwiki.org/wiki/Freethought.

Secular Coalition for America. (2020). Secular Coalition for America. Retrieved from https://secular.org.

Wikipedia. (2020, April 19). Freethought. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freethought.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Secular Coalition for America.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[3] See Secular Coalition for America (2020).

[4] Some “Advocacy Groups,” according to RationalWiki:

  • Conway Hall Ethical Society established in 1793 making it the oldest in the world.
  • Center for Inquiry (should not be confused with its affiliate, the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry)
  • Council for Secular Humanism, which publishes Free Inquiry magazine
  • Freedom From Religion Foundation, which publishes Freethought Today
  • The Freethinker, the world’s oldest surviving freethought publication.

See RationalWiki (2018).

[5] See Congressional Freethought Caucus (2020).

[6] See Wikipedia (2020).

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Free of Charge 1 – The “Free” in Freethought with Dr. Herb Silverman [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 22). Free of Charge 1 – The “Free” in Freethought with Dr. Herb SilvermanRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Free of Charge 1 – The “Free” in Freethought with Dr. Herb Silverman. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Free of Charge 1 – The “Free” in Freethought with Dr. Herb Silverman.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Free of Charge 1 – The “Free” in Freethought with Dr. Herb Silverman.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Free of Charge 1 – The “Free” in Freethought with Dr. Herb SilvermanIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Free of Charge 1 – The “Free” in Freethought with Dr. Herb SilvermanIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Free of Charge 1 – The “Free” in Freethought with Dr. Herb Silverman.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Free of Charge 1 – The “Free” in Freethought with Dr. Herb Silverman [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/silverman-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

 

An Interview with Jc Beall on Family, Background, Development, Work, and Advice for Paraconsistent-Curious Philosophy Students (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,273

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Dr. Jc Beall is a Professor of Philosophy, will be the O’Neill Family Chair of Philosophy, at the University of Notre Dame. He is one of the leading philosophical logicians in the world well-known for work in non-classical logic, defence of logical pluralism in the philosophy of logic, and more. He discusses: family; larger self through time; early formation; parents as influential; being a young reader; pivotal educational moments; formal academic path; O’Neill Chair of Philosophy University of Notre Dame; main research questions; and advice for paraconsistent-curious students.

Keywords: family, Jc Beall, logic, paraconsistent logic, University of Notre Dame.

An Interview with Jc Beall on Family, Background, Development, Work, and Advice for Paraconsistent-Curious Philosophy Students: O’Neill Family Chair of Philosophy, University of Notre Dame (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is family background or lineage, e.g., surname(s) etymology (etymologies), geography, culture, language, religion/non-religion, political suasion, social outlook, scientific training, and the like?

Professor Jc Beall: My paternal lineage involves largely Polish immigrants (Zabroski, Beall) who, like many, moved to (Western) Pennsylvania in the USA for coal-mining work. That side of the family, which informs a lot of my non-academic interests, is typical Appalachian practices. (My dad’s parents literally built their own house, fished or hunted for meat, and knew how to garden and can like nobody’s business.) My maternal lineage involves largely Scots-Irish people (Long, McConaughey), equally independent spirits but didn’t live in rural regions. The culture in which I grew up, just north of Pittsburgh (though the family traces closer to West Virginia), was largely what you get when you mix coal-mining, steel factories, and general hard-working midwestern (USA) versions of Christian practice:  namely, a no-nonsense, be-good-to-neighbors, respect-your-elders, strive-for-excellence, respect-education and above-all-respect-God sort of culture. That’s how it felt, anyway.

I haven’t thought enough about political theory to have interesting views on politics. I think that people should be nice to each other. How can that happen best at a larger political level? That’s the hard part, and I don’t know.

As for scientific training: My upbringing was infused with lots of theological (and, though not by name, philosophical) discussion, whereas my schooling was typical public midwest USA — lots of science and math, some writing (even some Latin), and a dose (probably too small) of both USA history (from a USA perspective, of course) and world history (ditto). I was always talented at math and science, but I was driven by (the mathematical) side of philosophy, something I “majored in” (as they say in the USA) at my typical liberal arts college (university-level), and then kept doing (though definitely concentrated on the maths side of philosophy as my studies went on).

2. Jacobsen: With all these facets of the larger self, how did these become the familial ecosystem to form identity and a sense of a self extended through time?

Beall: Well, I’ve never really thought about the question. I don’t have a considered answer, but I have a guess. My guess is that my sense of self is deeply informed by the given familial setting, one in which, I should emphasize, we (viz., my siblings and I) were always required to work hard, respect elders, but always — always — think for ourselves and be willing to live with the consequences of our decisions. I can’t see this aspect of myself changing, and so it serves as a thread in the fabric of who I am.

3. Jacobsen: Of those aforementioned influences, what ones seem the most prescient for early formation?

Beall: I didn’t have early teachers who were greatly influential. (They were good and appreciated; it’s just that none served to directly affect my future.) Probably the biggest influence was where I lived, which was on about 40 acres surrounded by 100s of empty acres, and back a quarter mile from the road. We didn’t have reliable TV (and probably wouldn’t’ve been allowed to spend much time in front of it anyway), and so we spent a lot of time finding our own entertainment in the woods, in a field, whatnot. For me, I often took a book or a notebook and threw up a hammock in a particular field in which my siblings rode horses (something I didn’t do). I read everything from mathematics (I remember being fascinated by geometry at one stage, and then set theory was beautiful) to theology (including John Calvin, Ecclesiastes from the Bible, some John Edwards, some Buber, Barth and Kierkegaard) and beyond — although, alas, never much literature. This “forced” opportunity was probably one of the single most important influences in my formation (including my love for farm country).

4. Jacobsen: What adults, mentors, or guardians became, in hindsight, the most influential on you?

Beall: My parents.

5. Jacobsen: As a young reader, if one, in childhood and adolescence, what authors and books were significant, meaningful, to worldview formation?

Beall: As I said to another question, a lot of christian theologians and a variety of maths authors (none of whose names I’ll ever remember, as the works were random discoveries). Philosophers — particularly of a “mathematical” or “analytic” bent — took over at university, including logicians such as Tarski, Quine, Barcan Marcus.

6. Jacobsen: What were pivotal educational – as in, in school or autodidacticism – moments from childhood to young adulthood?

Beall: There are two pivotal things that I remember, and probably more that I don’t remember. The first is smacking into the problem of evil. (I was in a hammock in a field where I grew up. I hadn’t read about the problem. I just smacked against it, like many do.) The other pivotal thing I can remember is proving something for the first time. I don’t remember the subject, but it was probably somewhere around geometry. I remember wondering about proof itself (e.g., what counts as a proof), and how one might prove that such-n-so step in accepted proofs is acceptable (as proof-ensuring, so to speak). I wish I could remember the exact step, but I do recall proving that the given step had to guarantee the truth of the conclusion. (Was my proof good? I can’t recall.) This was a new experience — defining a problem and solving it. This was pivotal.

7. Jacobsen: What was the formal academic path for you? Why select this pathway?

Beall: I initially went to Princeton Seminary to do a theology degree, but I met philosophers at Princeton who opened my philosophical world vastly wider than it had been. (Particularly influential along these lines were Bas C. van Fraassen and Gilbert Harman, though others were very helpful too.) I wound up taking a scholarship to the Australian National University (ANU, Canberra), where, despite my leanings towards logic, I found new interests in philosophy of mind — the “hard problem” per Frank Jackson and David Chalmers. From there, I went to study with Lynne Rudder Baker in philosophy of mind at the University of Massachusetts in Amherst (which is also very good for the logical side of philosophy, including work in formal semantics). I had planned to return to Princeton but very much liked the Amherst Massachusetts area, and simply finished my work there, winding up with a lot of logic work but a dissertation in philosophy of mind (which I never worked on again, alas). From there, I went — with my Australian spouse — to Australia, landing initial work at the University of Tasmania which, at the time, was growing a remarkably good philosophy department (under the leadership of Prof. Jay Garfield). (Alas, times have changed there.) During that time, I met Greg Restall, who is one of the nicest people I know and one of the sharpest philosophers and logicians I know, and a number of other excellent philosophers and logicians in Australasia (including in New Zealand). On an intellectual level, these philosophers and logicians were kindred spirits — full stop.

8. Jacobsen: As the O’Neill Chair of Philosophy University of Notre Dame, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?

Beall: This is a research and teaching endowed chair at Notre Dame, with an expectation of high-level research and equally high-level teaching. The Notre Dame students are so talented that it makes the teaching side enjoyable. The research profile at Notre Dame is well-known: they are leaders in logic and various fields of philosophy (e.g., philosophical logic, metaphysics, medieval philosophy, philosophy of religion, epistemology, and more). I am very happy to be at such a great institution, one that values philosophy (and logic!) at the very foundation of its identity.

9. Jacobsen: What are the main research questions now?

Beall: I think that one of the key research questions is the identity of logical consequence itself. Many philosophers are aware of the many (many) nonstandard accounts of logical consequence (i.e., so-called nonstandard logics). But what are we debating when we debate whether logical consequence is nonstandard (or, as the term goes, nonclassical)? I have some thoughts on this, but I think that the question is very pressing in the philosophy of logic right now. Questions in philosophy of logic that are raging at the moment but, by my lights, are in fact downstream from the what-is-logic question, revolve around the strengths and weaknesses of so-called nonclassical solutions to philosophical problems, that is, solutions that rely on some nonclassical logic or other (not just paraconsistent, but other sorts of nonclassicality).

10. Jacobsen: If you could give advice to aspiring philosophy students, even paraconsistent-curious students, what would it be for them?

Beall: Try to be aware of current debates, but never follow fashion for fashion’s sake. Do not simply think that because well-placed philosophers are currently focusing their attention on Problem X the given problem is an important one. Try to understand the problem. Always ask: why does this matter? What other problems are affected by a solution to this problem? Is the problem an instance of a more general problem? Try to understand these issues. But always focus on what, after very honest and careful thinking, you consider to be important and interesting — and know why exactly you think so (and in what sense ‘important’, in what sense ‘interesting’, etc.). Philosophy is ultimately a conversation, but you must do a great deal of thinking on your own — careful thinking, honest thinking, and never trying-to-impress-big-wigs thinking. Sometimes, students get attracted to the novelty or wildness of certain philosophical ideas, and that’s not bad; it’s just that one must always recognize that neither novelty nor wildness are reliable indicators of truth. Similarly, students can sometimes get attracted to personalities, cool philosophers or whatnot; and this too isn’t inherently bad, but obviously it’s not a reliable guide to good philosophy. In the end, if I were to give advice to aspiring philosophy students, I’d say that they should strive to be level-headed about philosophy, and to work very hard in defining problems and solving them, and to ultimately have fun in the work.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] O’Neill Family Chair of Philosophy, University of Notre Dame.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/beall-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Jc Beall on Family, Background, Development, Work, and Advice for Paraconsistent-Curious Philosophy Students (Part One) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/beall-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 22). An Interview with Jc Beall on Family, Background, Development, Work, and Advice for Paraconsistent-Curious Philosophy Students (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/beall-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Jc Beall on Family, Background, Development, Work, and Advice for Paraconsistent-Curious Philosophy Students (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/beall-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Jc Beall on Family, Background, Development, Work, and Advice for Paraconsistent-Curious Philosophy Students (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/beall-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Jc Beall on Family, Background, Development, Work, and Advice for Paraconsistent-Curious Philosophy Students (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/beall-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Jc Beall on Family, Background, Development, Work, and Advice for Paraconsistent-Curious Philosophy Students (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/beall-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Jc Beall on Family, Background, Development, Work, and Advice for Paraconsistent-Curious Philosophy Students (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/beall-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Jc Beall on Family, Background, Development, Work, and Advice for Paraconsistent-Curious Philosophy Students (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/beall-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Jc Beall on Family, Background, Development, Work, and Advice for Paraconsistent-Curious Philosophy Students (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/beall-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

 

An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on Social Skills and Diplomacy (Part Three)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,582

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Dr. Chris Kilford is the President of the Canadian International Council – Victoria Branch. He discusses: things to watch; book and authors for those with an interest in diplomacy and international relations; the need for high-level social skills in those work settings; and final feelings or thoughts.

Keywords: authors, books, Canadian Armed Forces, Canadian International Council, Chris Kilford, Victoria.

An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on Social Skills and Diplomacy: President, Canadian International Council – Victoria Branch (Part Three)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Interview conducted on February 3, 2020.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What do you think will be some of the work that Canadians will need to keep an eye on, in terms of the work you’re doing, but also in terms of the concerns of ordinary Canadians who may have an interest in the international work that is around? I should note for those who may be interested you are the President of the Victoria Branch of the Canadian International Council.

Dr. Chris Kilford: Yes, I am the President of the Canadian International Council Victoria Branch. It has almost 500 members. I am on the National Board as well. When I look to the involvement of Canadians down the road, one area that we have been absent is U.N. peacekeeping. We have maybe 30/40 peacekeepers out in the world right now. We haven’t been taking up the slack and helping out with deployments. We have great people who can make a huge difference. This would be one area that I think we should focus on. Sometimes, though, we don’t really know how many Canadians are out in the world. I think the latest coronavirus situation has shown us how many Canadians live in Wuhan, who we would never think about. In the case of Mali, where we did have some peacekeeping forces, recently -they have now left. But, there are huge Canadian interests there. The gold mines, the universities in Quebec have been working with the Malian population to improve agriculture for decades. There are so many Canadians involved internationally and doing good work. On the other hand, our foreign aid budget hasn’t kept pace with many other countries. We are way behind in the amount of money that we can give based on the recommendations of the U.N. Our military presence, as I mentioned, through the U.N. is quite limited. Diplomatically, we have a number of missions, but we should probably think about where else we can expand our footprint. Especially when it comes to driving things like trade. We also haven’t had a foreign policy review for quite some time. The last time we made a serious attempt was in 2004 with the International Policy Statement put out by the Paul Martin government.

We have a defence policy. It’s called Strong, Secure, Engaged. It was put out in 2017. It reads very much like a foreign policy. I think it is the reason Minister Freedland, foreign minister at the time, gave her speech in the Parliament the day before the defence policy was released is because the government was concerned that we didn’t have a foreign policy top cover for our defence policy. It looked like defence was driving our foreign policy. So, to come back to this, we simply haven’t had a foreign policy review in 16 or so years, where we sat down, nationally, and said, “Okay, what is it that we want to be doing in the world? Where are we going to put our focus? We can’t have trumped up plans between different departments about what they intend to do. We need a central vision as to where the country is moving to. That includes everything from our trading relationships to immigration to defence relationships, diplomatic representation, participation in international fora. We don’t have endless resources. We have to think about this. The relationship with the U.S., etc.” These are questions that need to be answered in a new foreign policy review. I don’t know when the government plans to do that. I know that in the Canadian International Council, we are currently making our own plans to do a bottom-up citizens’ foreign policy review, where we as an organization with our branches in 16 cities get together, look at all the factors and submit what we consider the best foreign policy for the country moving forward to the government.

2. Jacobsen: If someone is getting interested in international relations, political science, military and military history, what are some books to look into and authors to look into for the inquisitive younger generation?

Kilford: Yes, that’s a good question because there is quite a bit out there. I would say that I’ve learned some of the most insightful things from books that our past Canadian politicians have put out. Stephen Harper has a book on his time in office, which came out recently. Jean Chretien has his observations. Chretien’s Senior Policy Advisor put out a book called The Way it Works – Inside Ottawa. While these books our former prime ministers and others put out can be very frustrating, because they are, obviously, guarded sometimes, they provide fascinating insight into how government works, and also how foreign relations work, and how important personal relations are. Even though, you get to see a leader, e.g., Angela Merkel once or twice a year if for some reason, you hit it off with them, and if they like you, in a crisis or in a general negotiation, you can say to someone, “I need to talk to Angela Merkel.” When Angela Merkel is told that the Prime Minister of Canada wants to speak with her, she says, ‘Yes! Sure, I would love to do that.” Ah, really! [Laughing] personal relations are so important. That’s what you learn by looking at the books that leaders have put out. My first suggestion would be to “read more about our prime ministers and their challenges.” Then you can extend that to others internationally who have written about their times. Start with the people.

3. Jacobsen: So, in other words, a lot of your work comes down to interpersonal relations and high-level social skills in diplomatic settings.

Kilford: Yes. I spoke about that briefly at the UBC Model United Nations conference. The social niceties, the interpersonal relations, the ability to hold a knife and a fork at a dinner table, these are all part and parcel of, yes, diplomatic life, but also how you handle your social interactions. We like to think that we are living in a fast-moving, very casual world, where a quick email will do the job. But it is not like that. The personal touches are still really important. It is interesting when you travel. When you have visiting delegations come to a country like Turkey, there is normally a little gift exchange that occurs. Being very Canadian wee have financial limits that you are able to a) give as a gift and b) able to receive as a gift. I think it’s probably like $100. It is very modest. Canadians go and give their hosts a book of photographs about Canada. They will shake your hand and say, “Thank you very much.” And then they will give you a lovely Turkish tea set with glasses and holders, and a tea pourer. It’ll be all gold and very extravagant [Laughing]. “Oh my God! I can’t take this you’ll think. It’s above the limit. I’ll have to report it” [Laughing].

Jacobsen: Wow.

Kilford: You get put into these situations. Or they’ll give you two tea sets and something else. You’ve only given them a book!

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Kilford: Obviously, you are made aware of this before you go out and then accept it for what it is. You can’t refuse gifts because that wouldn’t be right. So, you get attuned to all of this. But other countries put a lot of thought into their guests; and they’re going to roll out the red carpet, even if you are mid-level. You don’t necessarily have to be the ambassador. You will be treated incredibly well. I was the Turkish Ministry of Foreign Affairs recently. I am not an official now. But I do know some people there. They invited me to talk. I sit down. All of the sudden, a young man appears. My host says, “Would you like Turkish coffee? Turkish tea? What would you like?” Of course, I have lived there. I know the routine. I said, “Turkish coffee would be great.” So, the person went away. They came back. They served you. There was some Turkish delight . You would not get that [Laughing] kind of treatment in any Canadian office. They employ, circa 1950s in England, an entire group of young men like the women who used to push tea carts back then and serve tea to people in their offices. That doesn’t happen anymore. In other countries, it is still the case. They do that still. You just have to be aware of it. Now, what that meant for me back in Canada…if I had a foreign delegation coming I would change my habits. Whilst I didn’t have someone to get the tea for me, I made sure to get the tea and the coffee and to do this for them myself. I would have some cookies as well [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Kilford: Because I knew that is what they expected.

Jacobsen: I think this goes back to the point about small, nice touches as fundamental.

Kilford: Yes, when you are in another country, you become aware of the personal touches, the interpersonal side of the house. Now, when you are back in Canada, if you are dealing with foreign delegations or individuals, you become aware of their expectations. That makes you a better diplomat, because you’re not somebody who just says, “Come on, sit down,” and then gets to business. You understand that before you get to business, you should probably talk about their family, their time, how they’re finding things. You do that little bit of small talk to get to the business of things. You have coffee on hand as well. So, that foreign exposure is really invaluable. It’s great while you’re out there. You’re learning. But it really is when you come back to Global Affairs Canada, and you’re the director of this or that. That foreign exposure, doesn’t matter which country it is in, affects you. You think, “I must do things differently now. How can I adjust or pick-and-choose among the best that I’ve seen to make a better representative of Canada, and a better diplomat when I head back out into the world?” Your first deployments; you’re pretty naïve. You may have some training and read a book. You’re pretty naïve in the early days. By the second or third posting, you’re a pro. Those are the kind of people that Canada needs. The people who have this experience.

4. Jacobsen: Do you have any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?

Kilford: Speaking at the UBC Model United Nations conference with the young people there, it was really good to see. I think jobs in foreign affairs and in the Department of National Defence, or any of the other departments and agencies with a foreign focus are great. But, they are hard to come by. I would say for younger people who are reading what you’ve been doing that my advice has always been to go for the dream job. If you don’t get it, don’t give up, look into the department for positions at a lower level than what you might normally want , and get your foot in the door with the department that you are interested in. It may be at the lowest level and you may be a clerk even with a B.A. or an M.A. What you see once you’re in a  department are jobs that aren’t advertised or are internal deployments I know, from experience, that young people who enter at lower than expected levels will move up faster because once their expertise comes to the awareness of their bosses, then they think, “Oh, yes, they should be doing this, and doing that.” There will be a lot of interesting work in the future as well, as Baby Boomers are moving out. Some have been holding onto their jobs longer than usual. Eventually, they will move out. There will be space created and opportunities for international careers for folks. That would be the advice. If I had all those young people in the room to talk separately about careers, especially with the government, that is what I would have been telling them.

5. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Kilford.

Kilford: Thank you for the opportunity to chat, I am going to be off to talk about Turkey and the battles in the Middle East later today. Our chat about the Middle East has got me all fired up for later on.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Kilford: [Laughing] how’s that?

Jacobsen: I think that’s great. Thank you so much.

Kilford: You take care. Have a great day.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] President, Canadian International Council – Victoria Branch.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-three; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on Social Skills and Diplomacy (Part Three) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 22). An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on Social Skills and Diplomacy (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on Social Skills and Diplomacy (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on Social Skills and Diplomacy (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on Social Skills and Diplomacy (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on Social Skills and Diplomacy (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on Social Skills and Diplomacy (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “v.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on Social Skills and Diplomacy (Part Three) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on the Next Generations, Reliable Highest Ranges, and the Uses of Intelligence and Other Human Characteristics for the Benefit of Humanity (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,313

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Björn Liljeqvist was born in Stockholm, Sweden in 1975. He joined Mensa in 1991 and is currently the international chairman of that organisation. Privately, Björn lectures on advanced learning strategies to university students. A topic he’s written two books on in his native country. He has a background in embedded systems engineering with a Master’s degree from Chalmers University of Technology. He is married to Camilla, with whom he has one daughter. He discusses: finance and support of the gifted through Mensa International and the Mensa Foundation; the size of Mensa; specialized initiatives for the most gifted; being aware of the ground while flying; and the refinement of material for channelling positively.

Keywords: Björn Liljeqvist, chairman, humanity, intelligence, Mensa Foundation, Mensa International, Sweden.

An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on the Next Generations, Reliable Highest Ranges, and the Uses of Intelligence and Other Human Characteristics for the Benefit of Humanity: Chairman, Mensa International (Part Two)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Interview conducted on March 4, 2020.*

*Note from Liljeqvist, as to avoid confusion between individual statements and the stances of Mensa International: “Opinions are my own and not those of Mensa, except if otherwise stated.”*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Sure, when you are looking at some of the funding of various initiatives for next generations of academics or just younger students, there are the awards. There are scholarships, and so on, through the Mensa Foundation. What do you consider some of the more effective ways in which to finance and support those talented next generations with some of these programs that Mensa International and the Mensa Foundation have ongoing?

Björn Liljeqvist: Off the top of my head, India is one example. I have a leaflet on my desk, which I am reading off. There is Mensa India. They have projects. One is called Tribal Mensa Nurturing Program. Another is called Dhruv. They conduct intelligence testing in poor villages in India and find children that are highly gifted, and who would benefit from getting an education. Then they try to help those kids get an education. I would say that in terms of – I don’t want to call it return on investment, but why not – return on a limited amount of money based on finding people with really limited money and having talent. I know people doing things in similar conditions like African countries. That is probably the most laudable thing that I can think of, because, if you look at the so-called developed world, what is needed in these countries, in my country and your country and the United States, Europe, Japan, and so on, is not more money. Money is not the issue. There is education. There is access to information. What is needed here is the right kind of knowledge and inspiration, we need role models. We need people to not stand in the way of gifted young people doing the best they can. We need to acknowledge the value of that. But if you look at many other countries, Africa, the African continent, will soon have 2,000,000,000 inhabitants.

India, already, has more than that. There are still many places in China that are less privileged – so to speak. There is plenty of talent that won’t be developed, not for lack of knowledge, but simply from lack of resources. So if you are talking about the funding aspect of it, my personal opinion is that funding or money can do a lot more if it went to helping kids where money is the thing stopping them from even getting a basic education, which would be the stepping stone to higher education, and so on. Whereas, in the rich countries, you need quite a lot of money to [Laughing] really make an impact there. What is needed is rather non-monetary ways of intervening and supporting people, that is something else. Of course, you could say, “To change culture, to change the way we talk about intelligence, you would need, imagine, $5,000,000,000 spent on raising intelligence.” I am not sure that is the thing that money can buy. Some things need dedicated work over a long time by people who believe in certain ideas. When the time is right for a certain idea, and people buy into it, that’s an interesting way of expressing it. They buy into it. They spend the money and money then is not an issue. In India, in Africa, in South America, and so on, there is so much talent that does not even get the first chance to develop. That is, I think, where we should spend more direct financial resources. Does that answer the question? Or is it completely off-topic?

2. Jacobsen: I think it works within the confines of it. When we are looking at the size of Mensa (International) as well, it is an enormous organization, larger than most universities.

Liljeqvist: In terms of sheer membership numbers, yes, that is true. Some groups are fairly large. I was the Chair of Mensa Sweden from 2007 to 2011 and had seen Mensa Sweden grow from 200 to more than 7,000. We have more members than any other on a per capita basis in Sweden. But the international organization is more like this umbrella, which is still putting the organization in order. So that, it can actually accomplish things. Organization and communication, and knowledge management, and getting things to happen is a very, very tricky problem in any kind of group. My personal goal for my term as Chairman is: I want Mensa International to become more focused, to be able to take some goal and work towards achieving it [Laughing]. So that, we are able to bring resources on a global scale to these goals. Also, as an organization, agree, we have had a lot of fun and are more than a social club. That it is more than just a slogan. That there is, in fact, tangible result in several countries, which we would spread to more countries. That’s what I am working towards. I am very optimistic about it, frankly. Because, I feel, there is a resonance for these ideas.

It is something that people, when you put it like that, tend to agree. That yes, we don’t need to pick and choose between other valid policy goals like ‘Save the Whales,” “fighting climate change,” or this or that. We have something important. That the world should know intelligence is important and should not be wasted, but we are wasting it because we do not even know what it looks like sometimes. Sometimes, we also try to force gifted children to fit into a mold. Many times, regular education is something that holds gifted kids back. The thing about education for the intellectually challenged at the other end of the curve. Normal, regular teachers with special educational training for that can be helpful to them. But to teach or train highly gifted kids, it is a very, very different thing. I remember growing up. That having the occasional extraordinary teacher. You could feel, “Yes, this person is not just the average Joe. They really understand what they are talking about. I understand them. They understand me. It means so much.” A good education system for gifted young people should allow them to find equally intelligent teachers who could give the inspiration that they need.

3. Jacobsen: Are there any special initiatives for the most gifted based on the most reliable ranges or at the highest ranges? So, 4-sigma or 4 standard deviations above the norm young people who join Mensa. Are there any specialized initiatives for that particular group?

Liljeqvist: Now, we come into an issue with logistics [Laughing]. The kind of test that Mensa uses. First of all, Mensa does not test people below the age of 10. In some countries, they don’t test people below the age of 15 or even 18. We do accept people of any age if they provide prior evidence. For example, there are 5-year-olds or, sometimes, even 3-year-olds who have shown extraordinary capacity in some way. The parents of the children take them through a battery of tests. They say, “Oh my God, you are 3-sigma.” We don’t have the resources to test at that level on a large scale, unfortunately. The tests that do work for the kind of mass testing that we can perform. Most of the time, if you can get accurate results at the top percentile, then that is a fairly normal thing. There are tests that you can test accurately at 3 standard deviations. A good test that can accurately test above that is very, very rare. Because, first of all, there has to be money in it. The companies who produce intelligence tests. In order to reliably test at 4 standard deviations, you need a control group, which is huge. You need to be very, very careful when designing questions like that. I know there are people who like to – I know some, myself – as a hobby design high-range IQ tests. Then they try to norm them by asking people on the internet to take them, and so on. By all means, they can give a pretty good hint. But Mensa only uses tests that have passed some scrutiny. Some scientific scrutiny and have been approved by the community of psychologists, which is why we have supervisory psychologists in all countries and an international supervisory psychologist (who is, by the way, an intelligence researcher). This is to validate the tests that we use.

The result is that it rarely shows up in our tests when someone is at that level. When people join Mensa, most of the time, we don’t even talk about their IQ. That is, we don’t usually compare IQs. I know it is something people think happens when you join Mensa:

1: My IQ is bigger than your IQ.

2: No, it’s not.

1: Oh yes, it is.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Liljeqvist: But that’s not really how it is done. Mensa is a nice place where you don’t have to talk about IQ. You don’t have to think about yourself as smart. You are normal.

Jacobsen: You don’t have to explain the joke.

Liljeqvist: You don’t have to explain the joke. People, often, are quite funny. It is a special [Laughing] kind of humour.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Liljeqvist: What can we do to people who are really, really out there? It is a good question. It is an area where a lot of work remains to be done. I would say, “Simply connecting young people with grown-ups of similar capacity, that they can be inspired by, will go a very, very long way.” You need somebody to look up to. You need to know, “Yes.” If you grow up, I’m sure, probably, many readers who grow up and realize the adults around you are not that bright. That is not all that healthy, I think, because, in reality, you, yourself, as a child, a young person, or as a teenager. You aren’t that clever, either. It is just that it feels that way because you happen to be intellectually ahead of your age. But there is still so much that you don’t know. There are so many intelligent arguments and so many things that you need to get from culture; that you still haven’t acquired. That, even if you have potential, you’re still just a kid, who thinks that you’re smarter than you actually are. Emotionally, you’re no different. Growing up and feeling superior is a very, very bad start, I think having some good role models could be beneficial in that sense. We [Laughing] want young people to soar and fly high, but we still want them grounded. Because, otherwise, you can fly too close to the Sun and that’s not healthy.

4. Jacobsen: Ha! It is also, and this is an old phrase I think in the American South, ‘Birds fly high, but they got to go down to the ground to get something eat.’ [Ed. Heard something like this from the comedian Paul Mooney.] It is different than the wax wings example that you just gave.

Liljeqvist: I agree with that. Also, you need to value other qualities. That is something that is very good with the Mensa membership because, once IQ and high-IQ stops being mystified, once it is no longer that rare thing that puts you above other people, meeting a lot of intelligent people and finding that, “Oh my God, these are just people too.” Sure, they are often very quick. But some people, you learn there are other qualities that IQ actually does not measure. There are other values. IQ in itself is great as a potential. But what about empathy? What about conscientiousness? What about a sense of fairness, for example, or things like that? Those are things. You can be an intelligent, nice person; or, you can be an intelligent, bad or rude person. Understanding that, “Yes, you have your talent. Now, what are you going to do with it? What? Do something.” This is implicit in what Mensa stands for. It is even in our Constitution. Intelligence should be used for the benefit of mankind. Fine, finding intelligence is one thing, the fostering of it is another thing. That needs more than just the raw power, the raw natural resource.

5. Jacobsen: How do you do that? How do you refine the material once you’ve mined it?

Liljeqvist: You refine the material partly by education. But it needs the right education. It needs the right culture in a society. That brings me back to what we talked about earlier about an hour ago. A culture that frowns upon the very existence of talent is not going to be able to foster it. You need a culture that recognizes the value but does not exaggerate it. When people begin to deny that there is such a thing as talent, then it becomes very difficult to identify it and foster it, a lot of it will be lost. Then those who would recognize it and cultivate it would get an advantage. They would get a leg up on those who wouldn’t. So, I don’t think that we can afford to not acknowledge talent of different kinds. I am not saying that we know the end of the story. In fact, an interesting thing that I heard from an intelligence researcher, “After 100 years of research, we know very, very well how to measure IQ. The downside is it might not exist” [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Liljeqvist: Which is to say, it probably isn’t one thing. That is, IQ in a person. It could be that you have a collection, a very good number, a big number of specialized problem-solving circuits in your brain. That, taken together, allow you to solve problem, on an IQ test, and so on. It might not be one thing. But it could rather be many, many things taken together. To me, personally, my personal opinion here rather than fact: that would explain so much. Because it would explain why someone can be gifted with a very high IQ while, at the same time, sometimes make very, very stupid mistakes or, sometimes, be oblivious to things that other people notice who have a lower IQ. We don’t know exactly what IQ is, or what intelligence is. There is more research that can be done, should be done. There is some research by Keith Stanovich in a book called What Intelligence Tests Miss. He has proposed the concept of being a cognitive miser, cognitive misery. To be a cognitive miser, you have a high IQ, but you are lazy. You don’t want to expend mental energy unnecessarily.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Liljeqvist: To a certain class of problems, even those with a high IQ, they trend to get the problems wrong. One problem he gave is like this, “You have 3 people at a Tim Horton’s…”

Jacobsen: [Laughing] thank you.

Liljeqvist: “…You have John, Sue, and David. John is unmarried. David is married. We don’t know what Sue is. John is looking at Sue. Sue is looking at David. Do we have an unmarried person looking at a married person? Yes, no, or insufficient data.” Most of the time, people will say, “Insufficient data,” because they are cognitive misers. They don’t want to think through the steps, step-by-step, which would lead them to the inevitable conclusion that the answer is, “Yes,” which means Sue is either married or she is not. In either case, somebody unmarried is looking at a married person. Research into things like that. Different types of ways of using intelligence. A lot more research should be done in that field, I think.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Chairman, Mensa International.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on the Next Generations, Reliable Highest Ranges, and the Uses of Intelligence and Other Human Characteristics for the Benefit of Humanity (Part Two) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 22). An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on the Next Generations, Reliable Highest Ranges, and the Uses of Intelligence and Other Human Characteristics for the Benefit of Humanity (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on the Next Generations, Reliable Highest Ranges, and the Uses of Intelligence and Other Human Characteristics for the Benefit of Humanity (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on the Next Generations, Reliable Highest Ranges, and the Uses of Intelligence and Other Human Characteristics for the Benefit of Humanity (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on the Next Generations, Reliable Highest Ranges, and the Uses of Intelligence and Other Human Characteristics for the Benefit of Humanity (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on the Next Generations, Reliable Highest Ranges, and the Uses of Intelligence and Other Human Characteristics for the Benefit of Humanity (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on the Next Generations, Reliable Highest Ranges, and the Uses of Intelligence and Other Human Characteristics for the Benefit of Humanity (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on the Next Generations, Reliable Highest Ranges, and the Uses of Intelligence and Other Human Characteristics for the Benefit of Humanity (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on the Next Generations, Reliable Highest Ranges, and the Uses of Intelligence and Other Human Characteristics for the Benefit of Humanity (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Cognitive Generalists (Part Ten)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 6,312

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Rick Rosner and I conduct a conversational series entitled Ask A Genius on a variety of subjects through In-Sight Publishing on the personal and professional website for Rick. According to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing hereRick G. Rosner may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. Erik Haereid earned a score at 185, on the N-VRA80. He is an expert in Actuarial Sciences. Both scores on a standard deviation of 15. A sigma of 6.00+ (or ~6.13 or 6.20) for Rick – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 1,009,976,678+ (with some at rarities of 1 in 2,314,980,850 or 1 in 3,527,693,270) – and ~5.67 for Erik – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 136,975,305. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population. This amounts to a joint interview or conversation with Erik Haereid, Rick Rosner, and myself.

Keywords: cognitive generalists, Erik Haereid, Rick Rosner, Science, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Cognitive Generalists (Part Ten)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Something that I want to dive into more. The idea of something discussed by Rick and me for a long time. We’ve talked about something dealing with an assumption coming from digital physics with the universe as an information system. Digital physics deals, probably, with the general idea of a computational universe. I do not want to lay an undeserved claim or stake in something developed for 35 or more years by you. However, I made contributions in the efforts in some developments in this area with you, how ever loose and recent. You have respected this or noted this in statements of “we” and “our,” and so on. Nonetheless, Informational Cosmology deals with large-scale dynamic implications of this computational view on things, more as a  philosophy of physics than a formal physics with the minimal mathematics infused at present. One school of thought in psychology comes from computation, as in the nervous system as an integrated computer-like system. The same general ideas seem to permeate different fields. The human nervous system, as a material and organic object, processes data, in a broad sense of “data.” 

Now, when we look at the ways in which human beings process information – both in a general capacity and in faulty/crummy ways too, this comes to another idea reflected in some of the thoughts expressed by Rick and me over time. In that, we have the general capacity of human beings as computational entities. We think about stuff. We crunch information produced internally and derived from sensory input from the outside world. We’re naturally empiricists with sensory information and rationalists with the ability to think; an endowment from evolution to the human species barring catastrophic cognitive deficits or injuries. The human organism is a naturalistic, integrated system of sensory input and thinking. We’re evolved, though. (I like the phrase, “There is no governor anywhere.”) We’re embodied. We poop. We pee. We drink and eat. We dance, maybe, and love, for most. We have sex. We follow the passions of life, of the moment, and of whimsical thoughts or emotions. I like the example of one of the longest-running iPhone developments ever over 3,500,000,000 years, or more. 

Rick, you’ve been developing these ideas and working on them far longer than me. However, half of a decade or more, we have been working together, writing together, talking, and so on, in the development of a variety of projects. One of those comes in the form of Cognitive Thrift or a loose series of premises about the economy of thought, i.e., the economics of thought in an embodied, evolved computational system while living in an active and dynamic world in which choices, actionable computations, need implementation. Mental resources are finite, non-infinite. You made the argument, earlier, about geniuses, potentially, having more cognitive resources. This seems to build on the notion of Cognitive Thrift. If one has a still-finite while larger-than-others set of mental resources, then an individual can change their internal and external environments more than others and probably with a wider range of possibilities and, thus, more idiosyncrasies as well. Intelligence seems as if another consideration for Cognitive Thrift. 

In that, an individual can develop the requisite mental resources for the instantiation of a better survivable environment, a cozy place – mentally (cognitive and emotional) and physically, then the selection quality comes into play too. One’s resources within a Cognitive Thrift framework implies, in some ways, a better ability to select, make intelligent decisions based on the quality of thought. Some scattered research indicates more intelligent people process information more rapidly, more efficiently in terms of energy use. A Cognitive Thrift perspective on this would imply intelligence as a factor here on two levels. One, the better choices made, by definition the more intelligent choices made, on average, compared to some norm or range with permission for failings or bad choices at times or in particular individuals. Two, the efficient processing of information in choices. Cognitive Thrift becomes two-part, on this particular consider though wider in application, with better choices and efficient processing. Both reflected or correlated with intelligence. In the efficiency of energy consumption, I mean physiologically, neurologically in terms of the energy consumed by the brain. 

Rick, you’ve used, I think, some of these considerations for the view of human beings as generalists. Somehow, we are cognitive generalists and then this becomes reflected in the dominance of physical space on the surface of the Earth. What is a generalist in an ecosystem, in an evolved environment and organism?

Rick Rosner: A generalist is an organism that can exploit a variety of conditions and has the ability to exploit new conditions, which involves the ability to analyze situations using some kind of set of tools that are generally applicable. It is circular. But you can imagine a very niche-adapted lobster who has this one technique for cracking open mussel shells. But put that lobster in any other set of conditions and then the lobster is frickin’ lost. You can imagine a more generally adapted lobster who understands the mechanism of shells. So, if presented with a variety of different shells, the lobster can vary its shell-cracking technique because it understands the shell is made of two parts and that it needs to get in between them to parse them, or smash them into something. To take this farther, think about octopuses who have a very good mental toolset, it allows them to understand jars. There are octopuses. If you put them in a jar, and if they figure out how to get their suckers up against the lid of the jar, and then rotate the lid, then they get out of the jar.

There was a story of an octopus annoyed by a light on all night. It was able to project a shot of water at the light to bust the lightbulb. It was a lucky strategy. But the octopus had no idea of how the light worked. It was just trying to do whatever it could. I don’t know Octopuses have general toolsets. Some octopuses are good at assuming the general shape and colouring of a bunch of different marine animals for camouflage. All this implies many animals have a mental picture of what they’re doing. Along with the mental picture are a set of tools, of concepts, that they can mix and match to go after or address new stuff in their environments. Paul Cooijmans talks about one of the dimensions as the width of the associative horizon or associative width. It is how many different analogies that you can apply to a situation. So, the octopus sees the annoying lightbulb and, at the very least, assigns the light bulb to the category of things that might possibly be addressed with a jet of water. Certainly, the octopus doesn’t understand thermal expansion.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Rosner: Differential thermal expansion in which part of the lightbulb is hot and hit with cold water, and will contract, cracking the lightbulb, wrecking the vacuum, allowing air in, and oxidize the filament and burn the lightbulb out. The octopus only knew a little bit of that. That’s being a generalist. One more thing, jokes are, often, applications of generalist-type reasoning. When you come up with a new thing that Donald Trump is like, which is tough, because we’ve been coming up with jokes, he’s been the thing to joke about for almost 4 years now. If you can come up with a new analogy about Trump, then you are halfway to a decent joke.

Erik Haereid: It’s about abilities to draw maps and use it to get what you need and want. You could say that consciousness is a result from evolution and expansion, and entities with a certain degree of evolved consciousness are generalists whether we talk about humans, organisms in general, AI or the Universe itself.

This is a perspective: Consciousness is something someone, an entity, owns. Through that it has some kind of value; to someone. Value has to do with motivation and preservation; it’s a reason to exist. With no intrinsic meaning, it’s the end as a conscious entity. So, every entity that owns a consciousness has a reason to live, organisms or not. If something doesn’t have a consciousness and still exist, like a stone, it is a part of a consciousness, e.g., the Universe or human. The stone has no motivation to survive other than as a part of, an information in, a consciousness. Humans could be entities that in addition to be conscious are within a bigger consciousness (e.g. the Universe).

If you exist as unconscious, nothing has meaning to you; then you mean something to others or not. If this is true, then every organism has some kind of consciousness, since organisms seem to have a drive and motivation for life. Conscious entities have a kind of motor or energy that make them act (drive, motivation), and unconscious entities move or change because of forces outside them. Then consciousness becomes an engine with a goal that motivates it, e.g., bacteria then have a small amount of consciousness, and are specialized, driven towards some simple but clear goals.

If you look at consciousness as an information processor, where one goal is constantly to improve and getting closer to some other goals, using new and old information and innate, internal methods (like human logic) to steer the right way, then bacteria have some simple kind of senses (ability to get information), storing-mechanisms and processors. Ants are obviously more complex, dogs quite complex and humans most complex among organisms. You could say that the degree of “generalism” an entity has is proportional with its amount of consciousness. So, humans are quite good generalists. Ants are more like experts or specialists.

Generalists, as I interpret the word, have more opportunities to achieve the best solution, and through that control the environment. Simpler organisms are “specialists”, experts; they are extremely good at some few inborn and learned patterns. But when their habitat is threatened, they don’t have many choices; they are less adaptable to novel situations than generalists are. They have fewer opportunities changing the environment into what they want than humans have (humans have a larger degree of free will or ability to make things and create situations that fits us).

It’s about understanding causes and effects, and about conceptualization. A generalist can draw conclusions from abstractions and transform it into the physical world. One can make logical thoughts about how things could and probably would work, and try it out; make mental images of possible situations and outcomes. This kind of mental abilities increases the probability for success; achieving what you need and want. If you just practice trial and error arbitrarily, until you hit the target, you’ll need more trials, energy and time to succeed. The degree of “generalism” is a function of how much and effective one can use that continuously unreliable environment to gain success; getting food, procreation or rest or whatever one’s aim is.

Humans are adaptable but not very fast when some “specialists” threaten us, like a dangerous virus. Our brain is a quite slow tool, after all, and our intuition is not that helpful in some critical situations. When we have to react fast, we often use simpler methods to achieve what we want, e.g. escaping. We need time to adapt, and when we get that time it seems that we are the most adaptable species. We have used our brain to develop methods to postpone whatever we need more time to solve; we are good at making temporary solutions.

Simpler organisms have more specialized features, like changing skin-/fur colour after the colour of nature, like white in winter and green in summer to avoid being seen. They can have quite complex strategies for catching their victims, like the spider and the net. But these methods are basically inherited. You can’t say that viruses are stupid when they manage to control humanity within days. They are simple but effective. Even though they don’t manage to procreate without another organism as helper, they are sort of smart since they overwhelm that organism. Our immune system is not very fast and adaptable, after all. We are big creatures, complex organisms and therefore vulnerable compared to smaller ones.

Humans are kind of not wiser than nature itself. But we seem to be a species that is born to go for that. In many ways, we try to overcome nature, understand it to control it, but maybe that’s where we become dummies because we, into some degree, don’t respect ourselves as part of that nature. I rather think that our aggression, hunger and drive towards the impossible is our way of gaining the generalist label; increasing our ability to survive.

All organisms have a need for safety; avoid getting damaged, ill or eaten; to establish a fundament to live from. Humans make this more complicated than “specialists”. We have bigger demands to stay healthy, safe and motivated. Primary needs like food, shelter and physical protection against enemies are just a few things. You have this Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, that suggests which needs we have and how we prioritize them. It’s a whole package, and a part of it is to achieve and preserve a feeling of being home. It’s like when you see a painting or a movie that makes you feel “right”, or when you travel and find a single spot somewhere and get that inner unexplainable peace of being in the right place at the right time. To live optimal lives we need an inner feeling of being at home when we explore.

Jacobsen: What might relate the ideas of intelligence described before for the notion of human beings as generalists, i.e., as cognitive generalists more than physical generalists?

Rosner: I don’t even know what a physical generalist would be. You cannot be a physical generalist without being a cognitive generalist. You could argue that we have the bodies of generalists because we’re wimpy. We lack a lot of the protections that organisms that couldn’t make their own stuff would have. We have very little fur. So, we need clothing. We can’t go or run as fast as a cheetah. We stand on two legs. We have our arms free to fiddle around with shit. We have the bodies of organisms who are able to make stuff at the expense of physical prowess. We’ve traded expensive means of moving and protecting our bodies for an expensive brain, which lets us make protection. Because we can make body armour more effective than any animals’ body armour. We can make vehicles that can move faster than any animal. So, the wimpy body plus the overdeveloped brain is a generalist body structure. I think that answers the question.

Haereid: Humans become superior in a lot of ways, not because of our physical body but what the physics in our brains can create of mental images and solutions. We are good at transforming these images into the physical world.

It’s obvious that we are vulnerable concerning our physics. We are complex, and are victims of attacks from other organisms and threats, and vulnerable concerning damage. We can’t fall from more than a few meters before we die. Cats and bacteria can. We have after all a quite vulnerable immune system. We have some nice traits like grip abilities with our fingers, and we can walk and run quite well compared to many organisms (that’s maybe an exaggeration). Our senses are quite bad compared to many animals. With a minor brain, we would be extinct or just another species with our local habitat. One of our strengths is our ability to make things that amplify ourselves in sensibility and strength; this makes us better physical than we are. Like with the gun and the combine harvester. So, the combination of body and mind is a natural compromise, and maybe this is one of the natures best solutions. Maybe there are some better natural solutions, theoretically; a more generalized body and brain. I don’t know. But it seems like a good compromise and combination; amplifying our physics using our mental abilities. If you control the physical world you could use it to your own benefit.

Jacobsen: Is “generalist” the right term?

Rosner: I think it is a decent term because it prompts a lot of questions about what it means. You have to think about what is required to have an ability to address the world or anything that can happen to you, as opposed to a grasshopper. I don’t see grasshoppers as being great generalists. They’re good at hopping or flying through the air, landing on plants, and eating the plants. They might have a small mental library about what plants are good to eat and what isn’t, and how to react to threats. I think a lot of bugs just have this tool kit that says, “All of sudden, if you are not in shadow and you were, fucking move!” They don’t understand motion. If they see moving, then they just move. It is not general. It is a specific tactic: if A, then B. You see bugs in the house, flies and spiders. You feel sorry for them. Because there is nothing in the house for them. If you move them in a cup and trap them outside, then you’re screwed. They have no idea what a house is and that they have to get out of the house because there are, likely, no good food sources for them in the house. Maybe, that is not true for the spiders. There may be enough food sources in the houses for spiders. But yes, I think generalist implies a mental model of the world and a toolkit of angles on the world. An integrated toolkit as opposed to a bug toolkit, which involves. Degrees of understanding.

There might be an alternate term for a generalist like world modeller, or something that encompasses the multiple nodes model of consciousness, where you’ve got a chorus of specialists. All working together to model the world. You could call it choral consciousness, which sounds good but probably doesn’t add any clarity.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Haereid: I guess so. It’s about understanding the conceptual umbrella and its associated concrete phenomena. Generalizing is about evolving general categories that logically and with meaning make us navigate mentally and physically. It’s like the (phylogenetic) tree, with the trunk, branches and leaves, that always expands with a larger trunk and more branches and leaves, and categorized into something that we understand and can benefit from.

Simpler organisms can’t see the tree because they, let’s say lives on the leaves or inside the trunk. They don’t understand what a tree is even though they live on and in it. So, talking about something, in general, is putting something in perspective, as much as possible or thinkable, into different views, and settle that map as a navigating tool, always improving it with more information, more experiences, better rules and conclusions.

Jacobsen: Are “generalists,” as claimed about humans, truly generalists or merely dominant cognitive pluralists, which may be reflected in lists of cognitive biases and various irrationalities empirically found in the psychological sciences even uniquely found disproportionately among the highly intelligent?

Rosner: Who is in charge, I think it is a better framework than free will. Free will, I think, is a logical fallacy. In that, free will fans want the ability to make decisions free from constraints. But the constraints are often consisting of the information that you need to make decisions. So, a better framing of free will is what you’re talking about, “Are we true generalists making the best possible decisions after collecting as much applicable information as we can to the best of our cognitive and perceptual abilities as opposed to beings who think that we are making informed decisions but really the game is rigged and biology-and-evolution are making the decisions? We think we’re making the decisions, but our decisions are hardwired and predetermined by our evolutionary nature, our evolved nature. You see this most with regard to sex. We make a lot of dumb decisions. We make decisions that are destructive to other aspects of or lives for sexual gratification, e.g., Anthony Weiner scuttles his life, his party’s chances. He fucks up America because he needs to jack off to talking to young girls on the internet. He scuttles his marriage, his career, his reputation, and pretty sure that he fucks his financial situation, goes to prison, only so he can jizz.

That is not an, obviously, very informed decision, not a free decision. It is something about his biology hat got in the way of any kind of other reasoning. The answer to your question is, “In some ways, we are pretty good generalists. In other ways, we are determinists. We are the victims of fairly strongly wired biases in our reasoning and motivations.”

Jacobsen: I would call this form of cognitive evolution “rounding the circle.” The idea of the more generally applicable cognitive apparatuses or architectures an organism or entity has, then the more closely this organism comes to approximating a perfect circle in terms of approximating perfect or complete generalism.

Rosner: There is an implied question with what you’re talking about. It is, “Are we missing a whole lot of tools?” Because we are still in the early days of generalism on our planet. We are the king shit generalists, but we haven’t been around that long compared to everything. We are not that great compared to what is to come. What you’re asking if there are generalist tools, ideas about the world, that would allow us to address and dominate the world, which we’re missing. That is a question that has to be asked on various levels. Certainly, our philosophical understanding of what the universe is about is super-duper incomplete. Beings of the future will have more tools for cosmological philosophy. But does our incomplete deep philosophical understanding of the mean that we don’t know what to do with two sticks? There’s a sarcastic Twitter term called “Galaxy Brain.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Rosner: Would a true galaxy brain be more able to come up with more uses for two sticks than we would? Or are two sticks just materially limited in what you can do with them, conceptually? I would say that there are a lot of things that have limitations because of the basic materialness. The things as things: a rock, an apple. Some advanced creatures may be able to come up with advanced tools for manipulating matter and be able to turn the apple into something else. But in terms of the rock as rock or apple as apple, I am not sure if there is more to be gained than basic feeling situations by having the equivalent of an 800,000 IQ. Could be wrong, though, there’s plenty of science of fiction. I watched the last half-hour of a movie called Midnight Special. It is a kid who has these abilities to decipher and manipulate the world. This has been a staple of science fiction for – I don’t know – 80 years or more, where some being is so smart that they can manipulate stuff with their mind. They can make stuff rise off the ground; they can make heads explode. They can start fires. I am not sure that that’s really a thing. The deeper conceptual understanding means that you can do superhero shit with matter. But I don’t know.

Haereid: Constraints are expandable. I like to see us as organisms with a free will restricted to our current constraints. And that we, with increased consciousness, will expand our constraints. Then the free will is a part of the evolution as our limitations are, but in ongoing development. You could argue against this by our obvious restrictions, like our physical limited brain and body, our libido and other apparently dominating and determined drives. But this is who we are now. What or who were we some millions of years ago? Then we had other constraints. Maybe our destiny is predefined. Maybe evolution is wired. It’s impossible to tell. What gives meaning to me, as one who doesn’t know this is the experience of having a free will inside some constraints. I do a lot all the time that feels like it’s not predetermined. You can argue logically that it has to be, but also the other way around.

I think one of our predetermined constraints that is independent of time is that we have drives; that we as organisms are motivated for some goals and for being active alive. The particular goals change over time, but not the concept. An idea is that humans as generalists and conscious entities will evolve beyond what we today can imagine. This implies more general tools, more power, more control, more consciousness, fewer constraints, more free will, converging towards higher consciousness. But I think it’s crucial to respect who we are currently; you can’t move towards a goal if you don’t know where you are. It’s one of the constraints of the map.

Control is an appropriate word, yes. We will not manage to see the world as messy even if it is, because that will not suit us. Then we will always find connections, even new ones, that fit into our system of survival. We reject or transform the information that doesn’t fit. Our perception of reality tends to become what fits us, what gives meaning to us. This is also a constraint that we operate within, and that is a foundation of how we evolve and what we become in the future.

We have some internal structures that we can’t negotiate with, that defines us. One of those is the ability to make a variety of new creations in more complex ways than simpler organisms. But we live in a framework, even though the framework as we see it today could and probably will change in the future, for instance our bodies with technological help and AI.

Are we at some point getting total control, total wisdom? It seems that knowing everything is meaningless to us, and in that view we will always have more information to reveal and inventions to make. The idea that there is always something that we don’t know is part of our drive and survival.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Erik Haereid has been a member of Mensa since 2013, and is among the top scorers on several of the most credible IQ-tests in the unstandardized HRT-environment. He is listed in the World Genius Directory. He is also a member of several other high IQ Societies.

Erik, born in 1963, grew up in OsloNorway, in a middle class home at Grefsen nearby the forest, and started early running and cross country skiing. After finishing schools he studied mathematics, statistics and actuarial science at the University of Oslo. One of his first glimpses of math-skills appeared after he got a perfect score as the only student on a five hour math exam in high school.

He did his military duty in His Majesty The King’s Guard (Drilltroppen)).

Impatient as he is, he couldn’t sit still and only studying, so among many things he worked as a freelance journalist in a small news agency.  In that period, he did some environmental volunteerism with Norges Naturvernforbund (Norwegian Society for the Conservation of Nature), where he was an activist, freelance journalist and arranged ‘Sykkeldagen i Oslo’ twice (1989 and 1990) as well as environmental issues lectures. He also wrote some crime short stories in A-Magasinet (Aftenposten (one of the main newspapers in Norway), the same paper where he earned his runner up (second place) in a nationwide writing contest in 1985. He also wrote several articles in different newspapers, magazines and so on in the 1980s and early 1990s.

He earned an M.Sc. degree in Statistics and Actuarial Sciences in 1991, and worked as an actuary novice/actuary from 1987 to 1995 in several Norwegian Insurance companies. He was the Academic Director (1998-2000) of insurance at the BI Norwegian Business School (1998-2000), Manager (1997-1998) of business insurance, life insurance, and pensions and formerly Actuary (1996-1997) at Nordea in Oslo Area, Norway, a self-employed Actuary Consultant (1996-1997), an Insurance Broker (1995-1996) at Assurance Centeret, Actuary (1991-1995) at Alfa Livsforsikring, novice Actuary (1987-1990) at UNI Forsikring.

In 1989 he worked in a project in Dallas with a Texas computer company for a month incorporating a Norwegian pension product into a data system. Erik is specialized in life insurance and pensions, both private and business insurances. From 1991 to 1995 he was a main part of developing new life insurance saving products adapted to bank business (Sparebanken NOR), and he developed the mathematics behind the premiums and premium reserves.

He has industry experience in accounting, insurance, and insurance as a broker. He writes in his IQ-blog the online newspaper Nettavisen. He has personal interests among other things in history, philosophy and social psychology.

In 1995, he moved to Aalborg in Denmark because of a Danish girl he met. He worked as an insurance broker for one year, and took advantage of this experience later when he developed his own consultant company.

In Aalborg, he taught himself some programming (Visual Basic), and developed an insurance calculation software program which he sold to a Norwegian Insurance Company. After moving to Oslo with his girlfriend, he was hired as consultant by the same company to a project that lasted one year.

After this, he became the Manager of business insurance in the insurance company Norske Liv. At that time he had developed and nurtured his idea of establishing an actuarial consulting company, and he did this after some years on a full-time basis with his actuarial colleague. In the beginning, the company was small. He had to gain money, and worked for almost two years as an Academic Director of insurance at the BI Norwegian Business School.

Then the consultant company started to grow, and he quitted BI and used his full time in NIA (Nordic Insurance Administration). This was in 1998/99, and he has been there since.

NIA provides actuarial consulting services within the pension and life insurance area, especially towards the business market. They was one of the leading actuarial consulting companies in Norway through many years when Defined Benefit Pension Plans were on its peak and companies needed evaluations and calculations concerning their pension schemes and accountings. With the less complex, and cheaper, Defined Contribution Pension Plans entering Norway the last 10-15 years, the need of actuaries is less concerning business pension schemes.

Erik’s book from 2011, Benektelse og Verdighet, contains some thoughts about our superficial, often discriminating societies, where the virtue seems to be egocentrism without thoughts about the whole. Empathy is lacking, and existential division into “us” and “them” is a mental challenge with major consequences. One of the obstacles is when people with power – mind, scientific, money, political, popularity – defend this kind of mind as “necessary” and “survival of the fittest” without understanding that such thoughts make the democracies much more volatile and threatened. When people do not understand the genesis of extreme violence like school killings, suicide or sociopathy, asking “how can this happen?” repeatedly, one can wonder how smart man really is. The responsibility is not limited to let’s say the parents. The responsibility is everyone’s. The day we can survive, mentally, being honest about our lives and existence, we will take huge leaps into the future of mankind.

Rick G. Rosner, according to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing here, may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. He has received 8 Writers Guild Awards and Emmy nominations, and was titled 2013 North American Genius of the Year by The World Genius Directory with the main “Genius” listing here.

He has written for Remote ControlCrank YankersThe Man ShowThe EmmysThe Grammys, and Jimmy Kimmel Live!. He worked as a bouncer, a nude art model, a roller-skating waiter, and a stripper. In a television commercialDomino’s Pizza named him the “World’s Smartest Man.” The commercial was taken off the air after Subway sandwiches issued a cease-and-desist. He was named “Best Bouncer” in the Denver Area, Colorado, by Westwood Magazine.

Rosner spent much of the late Disco Era as an undercover high school student. In addition, he spent 25 years as a bar bouncer and American fake ID-catcher, and 25+ years as a stripper, and nearly 30 years as a writer for more than 2,500 hours of network television. Errol Morris featured Rosner in the interview series entitled First Person, where some of this history was covered by Morris. He came in second, or lost, on Jeopardy!, sued Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? over a flawed question and lost the lawsuit. He won one game and lost one game on Are You Smarter Than a Drunk Person? (He was drunk). Finally, he spent 37+ years working on a time-invariant variation of the Big Bang Theory.

Currently, Rosner sits tweeting in a bathrobe (winter) or a towel (summer). He lives in Los AngelesCalifornia with his wife, dog, and goldfish. He and his wife have a daughter. You can send him money or questions at LanceVersusRick@Gmail.Com, or a direct message via Twitter, or find him on LinkedIn, or see him on YouTube.”

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-nine; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Cognitive Generalists (Part Ten) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-ten.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 22). Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Cognitive Generalists (Part Ten)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-ten.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Cognitive Generalists (Part Ten). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-ten>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Cognitive Generalists (Part Ten).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-ten.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Cognitive Generalists (Part Ten).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-ten.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Cognitive Generalists (Part Ten)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-ten>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Cognitive Generalists (Part Ten)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-ten.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Cognitive Generalists (Part Ten).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-ten>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Cognitive Generalists (Part Ten) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-ten.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Family Background, Editorial Position for Vidya, and the Triple Nine Society (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,531

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Justin Duplantis is a Member of the Triple Nine Society and the current Editor of its journal entitled Vidya. He discusses: family background; larger self; influences prescient to formation; influential guardians, mentors, or adults; authors and books of significance in youth; pivotal educational moments; editor position at Vidya; provisions of the Triple Nine Society; and the main area of writing and intellectual interest.

Keywords: background, editing, editor, Executive Committee, Justin Duplantis, Triple Nine Society, Vidya, writing.

An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Family Background, Editorial Position for Vidya, and the Triple Nine Society: Editor, Vidya (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is family background or lineage, e.g., surname(s) etymology (etymologies), geography, culture, language, religion/non-religion, political suasion, social outlook, scientific training, and the like?

Justin Duplantis: I was born and raised in Cajun country, south Louisiana, into a stereotypical Catholic family. My great-great-grandmother, Hildred Scales, lived until 98 and primarily spoke Cajun French, growing up. Like every good southern family, they are politically conservative. Professionally, the men gravitated toward engineering and the women toward the medical fields. I, the black sheep, am currently pursuing my Ph.D. in Gifted Education.

2. Jacobsen: With all these facets of the larger self, how did these become the familial ecosystem to form identity and a sense of a self extended through time?    

Duplantis: Interestingly enough, I always marched to the beat of my own drum. I never really fit in socially or within my family. Although, I am sure my family shaped me. It seems as though the majority of their intended influences went unnoticed. The only significant one would be that of traditional southern values and customs (i.e., opening car doors for ladies, pulling out their chairs, no elbows on the dinner table, etc.).

3. Jacobsen: Of those aforementioned influences, what ones seem the most prescient for early formation?  

Duplantis: The traditional manners that I was taught certainly impacted my dating life. I always seemed to be attracted to women of various cultures. In fact, my first, of two wives, is South American. The cultural differences were evident quite early. What I considered polite was not always, my insults to her traditional upbringing were unintentional.

4. Jacobsen: What adults, mentors, or guardians became, in hindsight, the most influential on you?  

Duplantis: Being an only child of two young parents, they were often my friends first. My father and I were bonded. He was athletic in his youth and always wanted me to be just as enthusiastic about soccer and basketball. He was disappointed when that was far from the case. When I took up martial arts and hockey, he was thrilled and followed suit. He was the most influential person in my youth.

I have had a few mentors throughout my professional life, in both work and leisure activities. The one that has impacted me the most has been my wife. She has enabled me to become a better person, as we could not be any further from similar. I have learned to let things go and not take things too seriously. My overbearing and anal personality is a bit much at times. She has to lead me to be a “diet version” of myself. I have not lost my self-identity, but have learned to tone down the extremities of it.

5. Jacobsen: As a young reader, in childhood and adolescence, what authors and books were significant, meaningful, to worldview formation?  

Duplantis: In this way, I was certainly far from the stereotypical gifted youth. In fact, I was not aware of my giftedness until I was an adult. Assigned reading in school left me disinterested in books and TV was where I spent the majority of my time. It was not until the latter part of high school, that I found reading enjoyable. I found books on quantum physics and mechanics fascinating and read all that I could locate.

6. Jacobsen: What were pivotal educational – as in, in school or autodidacticism – moments from childhood to young adulthood?  

Duplantis: Through secondary school, I found things simple and unchallenging. I was disinterested and completed with decent grades. It was a rude awakening entering into the university setting. The effort was not suggested, rather required. I was ill-prepared and had a rough start. I didn’t enjoy the experience. It left me tainted and not wanting to proceed with higher education. This was amplified by the fact that I was unsure what I wanted to be “when I grew up.” A decade afterwards, I have a new view on the educational system and the journey has been much more enjoyable and fulfilling.

7. Jacobsen: As the Editor of Vidya, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?

Duplantis: Serving as a member of the Executive Committee, I am responsible for voting on proposed initiatives, etc. The role of the Editor consists of putting together Vidya on a bimonthly basis. I write an editorial and respond to any “Letters to the Editor.” I thoroughly enjoy the role and have been doing it for nearly three years.

8. Jacobsen: What does the Triple Nine Society provide for you?

Duplantis: A sense of belonging. I always felt different, but never knew why. I had little, to no, experience with other gifted individuals. As stated before, I was unaware of my own giftedness until adulthood. After joining TNS and meeting other members, I realized there were many similarities. Attending the global gathering in 2018 was life-changing. One of the speakers presented characteristics of the gifted and as she proceeded, I checked off each box. I instantly realized I was among my cohort, for the first time.

9. Jacobsen: What are the main area of writing and intellectual interest now?  

Duplantis: Currently, I am most interested in the prevalence of incarceration among the gifted. I am hopeful that in the coming years I will be able to conduct firsthand research at both juvenile and adult facilities. The goal is to provide resources to underprivileged gifted youth, that will diminish this, in the future.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Editor, Vidya, Triple Nine Society; Member, Executive Committee, Triple Nine Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Family Background, Editorial Position for Vidya, and the Triple Nine Society (Part One) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 22). An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Family Background, Editorial Position for Vidya, and the Triple Nine Society (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Family Background, Editorial Position for Vidya, and the Triple Nine Society (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Family Background, Editorial Position for Vidya, and the Triple Nine Society (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Family Background, Editorial Position for Vidya, and the Triple Nine Society (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Family Background, Editorial Position for Vidya, and the Triple Nine Society (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Family Background, Editorial Position for Vidya, and the Triple Nine Society (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Family Background, Editorial Position for Vidya, and the Triple Nine Society (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Justin Duplantis on Family Background, Editorial Position for Vidya, and the Triple Nine Society (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/duplantis-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Tim Roberts on Artificial Intelligence, Religion, and Logic, Rationality, and Evidence (Part Three)

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,555

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Tim Roberts is the Founder/Administrator of Unsolved Problems. He self-describes in “A Brief and Almost True Biography” as follows: I was definitely born lower-middle class.  Britain was (and probably still is) so stratified that one’s status could be easily classified.  You were only working class if you lived in Scotland or Wales, or in the north of England, or had a really physical job like dustbin-man.  You were only middle class if you lived in the south, had a decent-sized house, probably with a mortgage, and at work you had to use your brain, at least a little. My mother was at the upper end of lower-middle class, my father at the lower. After suffering through the first twenty years of my life because of various deleterious genetically-acquired traits, which resulted in my being very small and very sickly, and a regular visitor to hospitals, I became almost normal in my 20s, and found work in the computer industry.  I was never very good, but demand in those days was so high for anyone who knew what a computer was that I turned freelance, specializing in large IBM mainframe operating systems, and could often choose from a range of job opportunities. As far away as possible sounded good, so I went to Australia, where I met my wife, and have lived all the latter half of my life. Being inherently lazy, I discovered academia, and spent 30 years as a lecturer, at three different universities.  Whether I actually managed to teach anyone anything is a matter of some debate.  The maxim “publish or perish” ruled, so I spent an inordinate amount of time writing crap papers on online education, which required almost no effort. My thoughts, however, were always centred on such pretentious topics as quantum theory and consciousness and the nature of reality.  These remain my over-riding interest today, some five years after retirement. I have a reliance on steroids and Shiraz, and possess an IQ the size of a small planet, because I am quite good at solving puzzles of no importance, but I have no useful real-world skills whatsoever.  I used to know a few things, but I have forgotten most of them.” He discusses: artificial intelligence, and strange parts of science; conformity; a detour into Quantum Mechanics via ignoring the question; a known unknown; religion; more religion; mistaken truths; local peer group influence on human beings; logic, rationality, and evidence; and wishful thinking.

Keywords: artificial intelligence, operating systems, programming, religion, Tim Roberts, Unsolved Problems.

An Interview with Tim Roberts on Artificial Intelligence, Religion, and Logic, Rationality, and Evidence: Founder/Administrator, Unsolved Problems (Part Three)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*I assumed “Professor” based on an article. I was wrong. I decided to keep the mistake because the responses and the continual mistake, for the purposes of this interview, adds some personality to the interview, so the humour in a personal error.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Looking at some of the core research and teaching interests for you – artificial intelligence, operating systems, and programming, what seem like some of the more exciting developments in those fields?

Tim Roberts: Let me be clear. The fields of programming, and operating systems, where I did most of my teaching, are of little or no interest to me. But the field of AI (Artificial Intelligence) is and was intensely fascinating, because it speaks directly to the human condition. Are we uniquely intelligent, in some way, or can machines do what we do? They are only made of metal and silicon. But, at the same time, and perhaps even more extraordinarily, we are only made of meat.

If our brains were expanded to the size of mills or factories, or if our synapses were replaced by silicon, would we suddenly cease to find conscious thought? If so, why

And it is such questions that have always fascinated me. The universal questions, which are now largely clichés. Why are we here? Why is there something, rather than nothing? Are humans special in any way? What is the relationship between the brain and the mind? What role if any do Quantum Mechanics and General Relativity play in our understanding of reality?

Such questions have been debated for millennia, and I have devoted my life to their consideration.

AI is therefore a fascinating topic to me. Long ago, it was thought that machines could only do physical, and not mental, work. And then it was discovered they could do arithmetic, and the definition of AI changed. And then they could play games, and the definition changed again. And then they could recognize faces, and it changed again. And so on and so on. And though no computer has yet passed the Turing test under reasonable conditions, this is clearly not far away.

When we have robots that look like us, and talk like us, and act like us, who are we to say, sure, but they’re really not like us? And it was while studying such matters that I read the works of many eminent people in the field, such as Ed Feigenbaum, Marvin Minsky, John McCarthy, and so on, and commentators and critics such as John Searle.

And I also read a book by Hubert Dreyfus, entitled “What Computers Still Can’t Do”. Which was seminal in my thinking, because, although he was not the first, he was perhaps the most pivotal in convincing me that really intelligent people (Dreyfus was a high-profile Professor at UC Berkeley) can be really very stupid in individual matters where the evidence is contrary to their preconceived notions.

And we find this all the time in people across the whole spectrum of IQ levels. To take the classic example of religious belief, for those of a religious bent, if they were born in South Carolina, they will almost certainly be Baptists; in Dublin, Catholics; in Tehran, Shia; in Tel Aviv, Jews; in Islamabad, Sunni; in Peshawar, Sikh; in Mumbai, Hindu; to name just a few. But to take just these seven, at least six must be misguided.

And so religion is not a matter of logic and evidence. But further, it is not even a matter of faith. Rather, it is an accident of birth. The vast majority of those of faith have not made a rational choice, but instead followed their local peer group.

I do not want to suggest that religion is unique in this respect. It infects almost all aspects of our lives, including political beliefs, belief in ESP, etc. I find the literature in the field of social psychology extremely fascinating. We are all desperate to appeal to, and conform with, our neighbors, it seems.

2. Jacobsen: Does intelligence protect against this conforming with one’s neighbours to some degree – for good or ill – or simply provide the ability to give more elaborate justifications?

Roberts: I regret, probably the latter.

3. Jacobsen: To those aforementioned “cliché” questions, in the order presented, any answers to them, in part or whole?

Roberts: Gosh. I could tell you the answers, but I’d have to kill you. But seriously…it would be arrogant of me in the extreme to claim that I had even partial answers to any of these questions. And even if I did, this would not be an appropriate forum in which to air them. In any event, there is no way that they could be adequately expressed in a few paragraphs.

So let me instead ignore the question, and instead make a general point, which will already be obvious to many.

The two theories underlying our current understanding of the natural world are Quantum Mechanics, as espoused by Bohr and Heisenberg and others, and General Relativity, as espoused uniquely by Einstein.

To take just the first, QM, the basic conclusions are so absurd that Blind Freddie can see they must be wrong. Anyone with half a brain can say in general terms why they are wrong. And anyone with a whole brain can explain in detail why they are wrong.

So, all good. Except for the inconvenient truth that they are not wrong. They are underpinned by relatively simple mathematics, and by millions (yes, literally millions) of practical experiments.

To the extent that the results (of both QM and GR) are incorporated into millions of technological devices. And have to be, or they would be inaccurate and unusable.

Now, the next time your GPS leads you into the middle of a corn field, you may disagree, but still…

And there are many different types of experiment that can be, and have been, performed, but just the basic double-split experiment, which can be performed easily by students in a high school physics class, can serve as the basis for many of the mysteries.

These mysteries have been interpreted in numerous different ways. These have all been written about at length many, many times, in various forms ranging from popular science books aimed at the lay reader to highly technical scientific papers aimed at specialists. But they all boil down to this point: the real world does not exist in any rational manner between observations.

An electron can be in one position at observation A, and at another position at observation B, but is only a fictional entity between these two. It cannot be said to travel between the two positions in any realistic sense.

Now, many with only a passing knowledge of this topic will say, ah, you just mean, you don’t know the path it took. No, I do not mean that at all. I mean that it really does not exist between the two measurements.

Now, if called upon to explain this, I would stumble over my words, but make the point that it is perhaps most easily explicable by some form of backward causation. What we choose to do later, influences what it did earlier.

This is not a phenomenon that we experience at all in the macroscopic world that we inhabit. But, it appears, it is commonplace in the QM world, which underlies our own reality.

4. Jacobsen: Good golly, I’m still alive. Lucky me, what does this imply for the “real world” and something like a “virtual world”? Are these reasonable terms in this context of the tested-millions-of-times theoretical structure of QM?

Roberts: Even today the reality underlying the quantum world, and the everyday world we all experience, have not been able to be reconciled in any realistic way.

5. Jacobsen: If religion is not a matter of logic, evidence, or faith, but an accident of birth, what are matters of faith within reasonable limits, where human mentation appears to hit hard limits and faith can be reasonably held?

Roberts: I can’t think of any.

6. Jacobsen: What is religion?

Roberts: Largely, reliance on mistaken truths as perceived by ignorant old white men.

7. Jacobsen: What religions are the most egregious in the “mistaken truths” category? If a differentiation, even a ranking, why that one?

Roberts: I’d hesitate on any ranking, since all are equally mis-guided.  The only exception I might make amongst the world’s major religions would be Buddhism, which is perhaps more a set of guidelines for leading a good life, rather than a religion as such.  There are no all-powerful supernatural beings capable of performing miracles, for example.

8. Jacobsen: Why are human beings following the local peer group more often than not?

Roberts: I don’t know, but I’m fairly sure that most biologists would argue that it provides an advantage to survival and reproduction.

9. Jacobsen: If you were to construct the most scientifically supported and rationally justifiable, and logically consistent, worldview as a religion, what would it be? You can call this religion whatever you like.

Roberts: I don’t think I understand the question. My own world views depend upon logic and rationality, and evidence as supplied by scientific experiment. But I wouldn’t call this a religion in any sense, since it does not have an old book as a foundation.

10. Jacobsen: What do you make of supernatural beliefs – previously mentioned ESP, or prayer? Of those massive amounts on offer, do any make sense to you, as empirical matters? Do these make sense to you, as simple wishful thinking and fulfillment of psychological needs matters rather than empirical matters?

Roberts: The last-mentioned. There is no evidence that stands up to even minimal scrutiny in support of any fundamental religious beliefs, or ESP.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder/Administrator, Unsolved Problems.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-three; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tim Roberts on Artificial Intelligence, Religion, and Logic, Rationality, and Evidence (Part Three) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 22). An Interview with Tim Roberts on Artificial Intelligence, Religion, and Logic, Rationality, and Evidence (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Tim Roberts on Artificial Intelligence, Religion, and Logic, Rationality, and Evidence (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Tim Roberts on Artificial Intelligence, Religion, and Logic, Rationality, and Evidence (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Tim Roberts on Artificial Intelligence, Religion, and Logic, Rationality, and Evidence (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Tim Roberts on Artificial Intelligence, Religion, and Logic, Rationality, and Evidence (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Tim Roberts on Artificial Intelligence, Religion, and Logic, Rationality, and Evidence (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Tim Roberts on Artificial Intelligence, Religion, and Logic, Rationality, and Evidence (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tim Roberts on Artificial Intelligence, Religion, and Logic, Rationality, and Evidence (Part Three) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Comments (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Three)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 9,328

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen contributed to this opening session to a series of discussion group responses to questions followed by responses, and so on, between March and May of this year. Total participants observable in [1] with brief biographies. They discuss: the previous responses with more focused commentary on the near and middle future. 

Keywords: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, Tor Jørgensen.

Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Comments (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Three)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: To start, the first comments can be found here: https://in-sightjournal.com/2020/03/15/hrt-one/. The second comments/responses can be found here: https://in-sightjournal.com/2020/04/01/hrt-two/. With some of the general comments about politics, the environment, the abstract delineation of the meaning of the framework given in the questions, the future of science and technology, the future of longevity, and so on, this provides a good background for the ideas presented for the short, medium, far, and indefinite futures. Obviously, as things move forward in time, the predictability of specifics become foggier because of the widening horizon of the unknown. For those who wish to close up some comments to posed questions from before, please feel free to do it, the focus for April will be the specifics of the short-term and the medium-term future. Then to close, for May, we can continue on the far future and the indefinite future with some more specifics, perhaps playing off the ideas of one another in some more depth. 

Matthew provided some important contextualization and critical commentary on social and political dynamics. This is important, as many of the long-term problems seem to succumb more to the steady and ever-present advance of science and technology. In the immediate moments, we continue to see various trends. A continuation of theocracies, of authoritarianism, of a substantial number of democracies. Politics is an important force as a human institution with more fluid changes in the global system than seen in recent history, especially with, according to the World Health Organization, a global pandemic. In the medium future, it seems hard to determine who will be in power. If some of the promises, or the perils, of AGI come to fruition, then the frame may be “what will be in power” rather than “who will be in power.” Our technological advancements pose the possibility to make life far more enjoyable, positively varied, and fruitful than any prior generation. Our science could give further enriching and more accurate views on the nature of the universe and our place in it. 

Even further, and to the nature of the gathering of this particular, temporary grouping, we can note the importance of human intelligence and one formal proxy in IQ tests with strong indications within 4-sigma (plus or minus from the mean). Over time, in general, it lost importance in the general public consciousness. Most of the other responses, apart from the abstract deconstruction of Christian and the political commentary of Matthew, focused, also rightly, on science and technology and the impacts of them. Perhaps, playing off some of the ideas or reflections of others, what might be some of the advances in science and technology of importance for political and social life around the world? What might be some of the implications for science and technology based on the political dynamics seen in the relatively short-term, at present, and, potentially, expected social changes in the medium-term? Also, in terms of abstract considerations of the frame of reference, what are the biases and insufficiencies in the framing of the questions and the theme? What might the framing leave out as a crucial consideration of a set of them?

Thank you all for the continued thoughtful responses or participation as observers, I remain curious as to the formalized internal mentation placed into the typed text from each of you. It’s not simply words. I read them as a feeling, a sensibility, and a series of, likely, written and re-written thoughtful reflection.

Christian Sorenson: With the aim of defining the future, in the near future and in the medium term, from one side, I’ll complete the abstractions with content; from the other, I will suggest a future with a purposeful character. It is difficult to ask about the operationally defined future, without first wondering if at this precise moment of “here and now”, exists or not in some sense a turning or breaking point. That is to say something that we could define as a “paradigmatic change” because it is both radical and unprecedented. Once I have responded to this, I will propose what to expect in relation to the future in the short and medium term.

A constant that has persisted in human history with recurrence are wars that have involved us all. From this perspective, it seems that for some reason “conflicts” as such, have been part of the world and perhaps part of the human being as an individual. This has been the case until the last “Two World Wars”. Likewise including what happened till the “Cold War”, not only were the parties to the conflict identifiable and visible, but also the threats that were involved. As a counterpart if we examine what is going on and now occluding after a prolonged period of gestation, what appears is a new and unprecedented age, and way of making wars, where threats are no longer visible, as happened with the “Cold War”. But instead what exists are invisible attacks, from an unknown enemy, and therefore the parties, and the causes involved are definitely undefinable. The set of factors involved in the scene, form a “drawing” that has no history, and that produces a radical change in the world order of things, since nothing will be as it was before this incident. In addition, the theoretical constructs that we had, have been insufficient now to explain the phenomenon that we are experiencing.

Let’s see now what to expect, from the future, until the medium term, and starting from this underlying problem. Due to the phenomenon of the “World Globalization”, nations and continents, actually face at the same time problems of economic, demographic, sociocultural and climatic natures. Together, these brings up to play political power struggles at different levels of scale. For its part, technology, which represents both: the best and the worst in the world, is the key for understanding it, as long as it crosses everything transversely. The substrate that has acted as a means to catalyze this globalizing process, have been communications. The latter has flanked geographical, demographic, sociocultural and political distances, and boundaries as well. In the past, they rest on the “classic monolithic” dilemmas, that existed until well into the 20th century, in relation to overpopulation and world famine, and usually circumscribed in “the black continent” or some other latitudes of the planet. For at least a decade, instead, what we have observed is a deep humanitarian crisis, which is multidimensional and which affects all nations and all sectors of society. In turn, it is possible to verify globally that all political ideologies are utopias since they have succumbed, even hand in hand with their failed attempts to integrate less extreme collisions with them. Humanitarian crisis derived from poverty, wars and political or religious persecutions unleashed in their countries of origin, have produced large masses of migration towards the “old continent” of Europe and North America, provoking real “bottlenecks” in these duty stations. Without exception, they have saturated all social assistance systems, and depending on the governments in office, have also caused oppositions or internal political divisions between their detractors and those who support them. Simultaneously, social conflicts have been triggered, because citizens feel that foreigners do not intend to cross language and cultural barriers, by making an effort to truly integrate. As well, they see raptured their labor, retirement and healthcare rights to benefit immigrants. In brief if it could be summed up with a sentence, and in a dialectical form, according to the last we could have questioned ourselves with the following question mark. Which is the fundamental repercussion, that globalization has brought to every corner of the world? For responding, it would be necessary to say that first of all, has brought the alternation in the power, after the strengthening of independence and finally the upsurge of nationalism. And further, it has increased with great acceleration the climate damage, which has been creeping up significantly since at least the 1980s decade.

I would like to propose hypothetically, what would have been the underlying budget behind the “humanitarian facade”, at least for the European Union, for welcoming migrants in the last decade, and that has ended up in something out of control in recent years. For understanding this, it is requested to bear in mind the coexistence of three axes. These are: a negative birth rate or of almost zero, a population “genetic pool” with little variability, and cheap labor to perform repetitive tasks requiring low levels of technical skills. The aforementioned, implicitly carries a premise, as these countries consider that they do not have “brain leaks”. Then for this reason, they estimate that their citizens have the right to prefer living on the aid of state, before carrying out this type of work. Unluckily, this kind of rights, carries a huge cost for governments, and the risk of interrupting the production chain. The direct consequences of the two first axes, would be respectively: an elderly, and physically weaker population. Therefore, more prone to suffer diseases, due to a higher degree of inbreeding, and an increasing probability of finding “double recessives genotypes” with mutations. I believe European states, reached these conclusions about ten years ago. Based on it, they developed a strategy projected for the next two or three generations to come. Indeed, they found the solution by receiving immigrants of certain ethnicities that basically came from countries in the Middle East. According to their research, these type of groups, although they had intelligence quotients that didn’t exceeded on average ninety points on the Wechsler Intelligence Scale, they had however certain characteristics of physical resistance, and maximum variability from the point of view of their “generic pool”. Which ultimately, made them ideal for making a “genetic cross” with the European population, and thus obtain a “genetic hybrid” with the physical resistances of the former and the intelligence of the latter.

In my opinion after having empirically tested this strategy for about ten years, they realized that the problems of the past had not only not disappeared, but also had become more serious, and other unexpected ones had arisen on horizon. In this way, the population has not only aged in these countries, but also was becoming longer-lived, which means an increasing burden for the states, due to the concepts of pension payments to retirees and the high cost of health benefits. Likewise, and directly related to migrations, even more complex problems have appeared, among which are serious difficulties of internal security, as a result of constant threats and terrorists’ attacks, and from the other hand, the resurgence of nationalist and independence movements.

Now, let’s integrate the following into the construction of the scenario outlined above, in order to make it even more complex. There are two geopolitical blocks vying for power and world hegemony, and two who entities who play mediating roles. One of them is the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) which is made up of the United States, Canada, Europe, and its allies, and is led by the first of them. While the second one is made up of China, Russia, Iran and North Korea. The ones in charge of mediating between both blocks, are the United Nations Organization (NATO), which in turn acts by generating conferences on climate change such as COP-25, and in this way intervene in the crisis caused by global warming. And currently the World Health Organization (WHO), who pretends lead the global health crisis caused by the COVID-19/SARS-CoV-2.

From this point, I will alternate making descriptions of reality and proposing explanatory hypotheses about these. Until the beginning of this year the United States was facing a “commercial war” with China, that have not given a truce until now. At the same time appears Iran, which is a fundamental geopolitical position, not only in the Middle East, but also for the whole world. Its empowerment is double, considering their technological and weapons capabilities. And from an economic point of view, the controls they held regarding oil, and the fact of being the only country in the world with zero external debt. Thirdly, we find the last Conference for Climate Change (COP-25) of the United Nations effected at the end of last year, and that was a complete failure, as the countries did not reach any agreement on fundamental issues related to global warming. In forth place, European countries, and to a lesser extent, Latin American countries, need to significantly reduce their populations, either to minimize the burden on the states or for promoting liberal economy policies, hidden this time under the excuse or “scapegoat” of the fight against poverty and hungry. An illustrative example of this, is Brazil who tries to reduce its indigenous population, with the intention of exploiting the Amazon economically. In correlation to all this “scenario”, we find out that the main strategic commercial and military link between Iran and China, is the Iranian commander Hassan Suleiman that was suddenly “selectively killed” by the United States. And “eureka”, a month after this event or impasse, “a posteriori” of a veiled threat of the Iranians was “made heard” against the United States, coincidently emerges an epidemic in China, due to a new Coronavirus. And here comes the most paradoxical of all, since who appears in the scene is nothing less than the World Health Organization, who in unison supports explanatory theories loaded with “magic realism”. Such, was the remarkable causal explanation of the epidemic. They claimed without any shame and remorse, the “implausible fallacy” that the cause of the epidemic was a cross contamination between the bat, that acted as a vector of the virus and humans, after this last had consumed them at fairs of Wuhan. When what really happened at that time during the month of December, was that these animals were wintering in China, and therefore this causal explanation “was a tease”. As if this were not enough, to this day when a little over a month has passed after the pandemic was declared, this same Organization continues on the same line with identical type of interventions. The most serious one is related to their lack of neutrality and honesty. Recently they excused, justifying their negligence by blaming China, since they did not allow them to enter in their territory to assess the situation from the beginning. With this kind of “outbursts”, they want to make us believe they were overwhelmed by causes beyond their reach.

Even worse, until now they haven’t responded to what’s really at the bottom. In place of doing so, they lay hold on the fallacy above. What do I intend to mean by this? That the World Health Organization, for a long has seen the risk of losing United States funding, since China bought its loyalty by guaranteeing much more financing in exchange for its silence on certain issues.

It seems to me that what we are experiencing marks a “milestone” in the history of humanity, since what we are recently living, is unprecedented, not only because it marks a before and after. But also, regarding this marks a path “that has no return”, not so much due to the fact that it is unknown, when we can return to our normality, but basically because our lives will never be the same as before. There are some certainties though, such as the fact that virologists and other scientists, know next to nothing about this virus. That mathematical models, are out of step with epidemiological realities, even though they’re more than sixty laboratories around the world seeking some kind of treatment or vaccine. Is unfortunate so far, because there is no chance of finding any solution. And therefore, at least until the next four years, any attempt to control this pandemic will be an absolute failure. In short, everything that exists until now, is purely empirical, and doesn’t have any scientific basis. In consequence it is nothing more than to “play a Russian roulette” by trial and error, for trying to avoid mortality. Continuing with the certainties budge, it is an indisputable fact at this point, that this virus came out of some laboratory. Specifically, it is an RNA-type and the third variety of coronavirus family, that actually was manipulated at four points in its polynucleotide chain. Despite sharing with the latter 80% of their genetic material, the first one in the year 2002 (SARS) had a mortality rate close to 10%, meanwhile the second in 2012 (MERS) had one near to 40%, though both had low contagibility.

Therefore, what can be expected from the latter (SARS-CoV-2) is that, in addition to having a much higher level of contagion, it also will have a mortality rate significantly over the 40%. What this statement shows, is that mortality rates given by the authorities in strict sense, aren’t real. And beside the aforementioned, in relation to its specific scope, it is still unknown.  As time passes the lethality rate is going to increase more and more. The more this occurs, then the further the lethality rate will move away from the mortality one. Similarly, as I already noted, we will increasingly see how linear and exponential mathematical models, cannot be fully applied to epidemiological realities. Empirically speaking, the contagion and death curves will “not peak” and then flatten and flatten to a baseline, how is usually believed. On the contrary, after reaching a peak, they will remain on a “plateau” for an indefinite quantity of time, and only later, they will begin to flatten until the next waves of infections and deaths comes behind successively, rising the numbers again by a “jagged curve”. It is likely that at least with this new Coronavirus, infections and deaths will continue to exist indefinitely over time, since this kind of virus for sure will keep mutating permanently. This ultimate, is without considering that mutations can make it even more aggressive. Definitely, will be inevitable the continuous search of new forms of treatment, since community immunity is going to be insufficient.

As I already pointed out, a “new age” is beginning, also because global warming after a few future decades will completely reverse, once about 30% of the world’s population remains alive. This is the first bacteriological attack that affects the entire planet. Apart this, it is the debut not only of a new form of war, but also of a “Third World War”. The hegemony of the United States for more than a century, has ended after “the blow” they received. This nation ceased from now on to be the first economic and military power in the world. Through what happened, we have been able to verify that the most dangerous enemy is “the small and invisible enemy”, created by ourselves. I believe technology will make a significant leap in the field of artificial intelligence and in the aerospace career, because in the not too distant future, due to bacteriological threats that will become more frequents, it will be imperative to colonize other planets holding characteristics similar to ours. in order to allow human survival. In this way, it is going to be essential to find water and carbon molecules in these places, as these are fundamental for the survival of living beings. Moving forward, artificial intelligence will be even primordial in the near future as direct interactions with the environment and physical relations with others will become increasingly limited and restricted. Once, countries as the United States and European countries manage to recover to some extent from this “blow”, they will look around to find the culprits of these evils. And it is very likely that coalitions such as the European Union, are going to be dissolved, or that a Third World War, “de factum” already started, will passed to be formally declared for lasting much longer than those that preceded it. The “Third one”, will be waged on two different technological fronts, the biological and the communications respectively. From now on, “Chaos Theory” will come fully into play because of a paradigm shift in the way of conceiving conflicts. For this reason, these ones won’t be sought anymore focusing on immediately eliminate the enemy. Instead, the goal is going to aim the psychological weakness of the enemy, in the sense of letting him agonize to death. What in other words I would prefer to denominate the “deadly disease of despair, without remedy”.

Claus Volko: I was asked in round 2 whether I think mankind will succeed in solving
the problem of climate change. As an answer to this question I will
quote Maya Angelou: “Hope for the best, be prepared for the worst, and
everything in between won’t come as a surprise.”

James Gordon: During my last contribution, I discussed various ways that technology could very well develop in the future. I’d like to take this opportunity to argue with myself (something I will often do, sometimes it’s fun, sometimes it’s tiresome), thus I will go over the opposite, and discuss what hasn’t happened according to plan, what seems to not be developing on schedule, and what may very well not happen, ever (despite promising hopes and suggestions of its potential). I think it’s quite possible that we could experience a lot of stagnation in the future, in our societies, our technology, government, and so forth. We could experience more of a “post-apocalyptic”/barren-looking sci-fi world as well (I mentioned sci-fi can come true). I’ll use some examples from the modern world.

Think about self-driving cars. Sometimes I’m not totally up to date on the newest technology, but I think that’s because I don’t easily fall for what seems like the newest, flashiest product in tech, or the latest development in whatever. I don’t always follow the absolute newest thing, because I don’t like to get ahead of myself. I was highly skeptical of this supposed self-driving car revolution. I just couldn’t picture these things actually working, let alone becoming the norm. Several years later, people are still driving their cars around, manually. Self-driving cars are now an option, but doing things the old fashioned way is still highly preferable. And why? For one, because of machine error. We just don’t have the technology to let machines take over for us yet. So when will that happen? I’m going to argue that it may never happen. We will get ever closer, but this singularity you’ve heard about, may just be a fantasy.

When I was in college (about 12 years ago), I remember hearing an acquaintance talking at a party of sorts, about this Ray Kurzweil guy (whose last name I had only associated with digital pianos), who was so sure about the coming of “the singularity” and making all these audacious predictions about the trajectory of technological progress. The kid explaining this to us seemed really convinced of it, and this was a case where I once again came to realize that just because someone believes it themselves, has a lot of info and support for their ideas, and tells you about it, doesn’t mean it is necessarily so. AI and automation have come a very long way. But we have experienced scarcely few cases of “technological singularity” (where technology truly and fully takes over on its own). Sure, a talking robot here, a persistent malfunction there, or a seemingly self-developing AI consciousness somewhere, or whatever…but I think some of this theorizing about tech is merely indulgent castles in the sky. For the most part, machines do what we tell them to do, and it’s quite possible that it’s going to stay that way, at least for a long while. It’s definitely fun and cool to think about how science fiction could become truth in the future, but just become something is possible, does not mean it’s going to happen. There is such an incredibly massive possibility for bugs in any computer system, that I can’t see AI really doing a whole lot without our help. The level of programming required means we need to know things that we just don’t know yet. If we want to make a robot behave like a human, we have to first understand the brain…and my experience is that we still know surprisingly little about that. So on some level, I think the long-term I projections could be reasonably taken off the table until we see better progress in that domain.

Another example is “VR” (virtual reality). Very little progress has truly been made with VR (if you think of “true VR” as nearly indistinguishable from reality). Basically what we have are video games, which feel like games. They are more realistic, but there is no sensory experience there, beyond audio and visual. We have the same games we had in 1972. Almost 50 years later, we are still playing pong (essentially), though now it’s called “Beat Saber” and we play it in 3D while moving to a soundtrack (which I find to be very enjoyable). Granted there are a huge number of games and the experiences run quite a range, but we don’t yet have anything close to a “holosuite” from Star Trek. We have more advanced graphics, but they are still very much external to us. You would never truly mistake this experience for reality. Currently, virtual reality is almost nothing like reality, and you are always aware you’re playing a game. There is a massive leap between something truly virtual, and something merely simulated. Video games are still only video games, and there has been no movement towards something truly “Matrix-esque”; that is to say, a plug-in directly to our brains that stimulates the brain as if it were reality. Is it even possible to do this? Maybe, maybe not. I say we’re a far cry from it now, and if we make any progress towards that, it may be glacially slow.

The next example is along the same lines. A few years ago I was told about the development of the 2045 Initiative, which has its own website. If you look at the site, you’ll see that the last update was something like two years ago…and according to their proposed schedule, they’re already at least 5 years behind, and that’s even if this thing is still underway. This is part of the “transhumanist movement”, which is an effort to extend human life through AI.; “2045” was started by a Russian billionaire. It just seems very out there to me and ambitious, to say the least. That is a massive rabbit hole to be jumping into, to propose that we can somehow transfer consciousness into a computer. Although it makes some logical sense, given what we know of AI and how we understand the brain, I personally don’t believe the evidence we have right now is sufficient to expect that this will become a reality. By this, I mean that just because we can create something virtual does not mean that it is real. Ergo if you create a functional “AI” version of yourself that’s not flesh in blood, it is still not human, even if it seems like it, and therefore it is still not you. I think this will be the age of virtual/versus real. There may be a point where people actually pay for things that are being marketed as real, which are merely virtual. Think about all the scams out there, all the false advertising, negligence, and even mere honest mistakes, and imagine this happening in more desperate circumstances, where people are obsessively trying to de-age themselves or increase their lifespans or move to another body. A really good movie I saw lately along these lines is Advantageous (which you can watch on Netflix).

There must be many other rather empty projects and projections like this on the market currently (by this I refer to 2045 and its transhumanist agenda; creating “Avatars” which are AI clones of individual human brains). I think that we make progress through trial and error. People get excited about an idea and their eyes get bigger than their stomachs, or their reach extends their grasp, so to speak. They make a lot of progress and then they jump to even broader and more groundless conclusions. Their imaginations run away with them, and suddenly they’re way off in the stratosphere with their estimations about what’s likely to happen. Quantum computing is another area. It is being developed and it is definitely showing increased application, but ultimately this may just mean better computations. We may not see anything truly new, only acceleration of what we could already do before. One cool thing I can definitely buy into, and have heard about quantum computing is that it could be used to actually predict the future (in some cases). So, natural disasters, the weather, the economy, ecology, and other fairly broad patterns, I think will become more predictable through quantum computing due to greater power to process data. Will we ever live in a world like Philip K. Dick’s “Minority Report”, where every crime is foreseeable before it happens? Probably not.

Another example is space travel. We have not made very good progress in this area, mainly because it’s expensive, and people are applying to fund problems on earth. The leap just hasn’t been made yet. It was a thing for a while, it took off, people got excited, some things went wrong, and then it kind of stopped. We have been grounded for a long time. I watched a documentary called “The Mars Underground” which was very interesting. It’s all about a plan to visit Mars, terraform it, etc. And the film is about how this is definitely something feasible. Yet, will it really happen? I don’t know if we’ll be able to get our shit together to really make this happen in any short time. I personally think it is likely to happen, but (again), it may be very slow progress. If the scientists estimate we will be inhabiting mars in 100-200 years, it might, in reality, be more like 500.

In fact, I think it’s actually safe to estimate that if you take any person claiming to make a specific projection about future events, they’re like to be wrong. This is just based on our limited ability to accurately make predictions. Generally, the will be too optimistic, or too pessimistic, or to something, often this will be influenced by their underlying agenda. If they’re very worried about the planet ending soon, they’ll be overly pessimistic in their estimations. If they’re really excited about space travel, they’re likely to be too optimistic in their projections. We can’t ever be completely unbiased, and people will, consciously or unconsciously, distort their thinking to fit whatever framework they’re being influenced by. Anyway, my comments this time were mostly just to play devil’s advocate and point out some snags in our progress, and some caveats to predicting the future, and also to what technology promises but may not be able to genuinely offer.

Rick Farrar: Interesting thoughts from all. I particularly enjoyed reading some of the comments that made me think, “I never considered that”.

In this response, I’d like to mainly answer a question or two that was asked and add some thoughts in relation to what a few others have mentioned.

Note to Tor Jorgensen: I agree with your views on current and past educational systems failing us. At least in my corner of the world, schools seem to be geared toward carving away most of the potential in a child with the goal of creating conformity in both thought and purpose. I have perhaps an idealistic view that learning systems should somehow be a joy to the young. A journey that encourages them with a drive into adulthood to question and explore. Something that does not take away the curiosity that all children seem to have and replace it with the stress of denying who they are in order to be who they are made to believe they should be. I don’t know if what you had in mind in your statements was anything similar to what I’ve said here. These things are only my own thoughts. But I certainly do agree that educational systems are failing. Very badly.

Answer to comments from Matthew Scillitani:

Matthew said:

Comments to Rick Farrar: In your middle future predictions, you predicted that there would be significant increases in average human lifespans. You went on to say that there are some potential benefits and dangers that could arise from this development. What do you think some of these potential benefits and dangers could be? In the very distant future, do you think these medical advances might lead to some form of biological immortality? As an aside, I agree with you on your comment that lab-grown meat will become very popular. My mother, who’s a vegetarian, cooked me one of those “fake” burgers and I could hardly notice any difference in flavour or texture.

Response to Matthew: Thank you for the questions. It strikes me that an effect of lifespans today is that the opportunities, challenges, and management of the world are continuously being handed over to younger people. It becomes theirs to understand, mould, and conquer. I have to wonder how this handing off of everything would change if people lived much longer lives. Would power and/or riches be retained/concentrated in the hands of elders and stay there? What if your ancestors lived decades longer? Or never died? Or tyrants had years longer to strangle a country? Just things that occurred to me that could potentially affect a current civilizational dynamic in a negative way. On the other hand, it’s interesting to imagine how the world would be if some great thinkers and people of talent were around longer. I suppose, like almost all things in life, there are pluses and minuses.

Regarding whether medical advances may eventually lead to biological immortality…I think it possible the science could be there eventually, but I think that is far out there in the future.

When I mentioned a growing role for lab-grown meat, I was also thinking that it makes practical sense in a large number of ways already in the world. And if/when space exploration or potential off-world colonies begin to happen, then I could see it becoming immensely important. It would be a source of protein in those situations where farming is not even a consideration. So you grow your protein in a reactor. Thanks again for the questions, Matthew.

Note to Rick Rosner: Rick, you had some thoughts, looking ahead, about expanding roles for non-government entities and people turning to them rather than to governments to get their needs fulfilled. To my way of thinking, at least, one of the roles of governments should be to see to the welfare and well being of their citizens, but obviously, that isn’t happening as it should. Thus the NGO’s. Wouldn’t it create an interesting situation someday in this changing world, if an organization of NGO’s could, through being more efficient and preferred on a worldwide scale, essentially replace the functions of a large part of existing government structures on a practical basis and render them irrelevant? Just replace all this bickering that goes back and forth between governments and do what needs to be done. Just thinking out loud.

Reading comments and predictions from the group, there’s mention by some of the world is becoming more peaceful and enlightened and there is also concern from some about possible wars. My crystal ball is very murky on this subject. I can say that, as somebody who is 57 years old, I have seen changes in the world in my lifetime that I would never have imagined or predicted in my youth. And this makes me a little timid about taking a firm stance on questions like this. As an individual, I am a peaceful person in general and would like to envision a world without strife, particularly over stupid things. And the present is unlike my past, so maybe things like the abundance of knowledge and communications, and people talking and discussing…anything and everything, will create possibilities for change in the world in peaceful ways that could not have happened before. But, on the other hand, if the past is an indication of the future, then there will be times in the future when things will be settled once again by spilling blood.

Tor Arne Jørgensen: In the first section, I will address the topic surrounding the COVID-19 virus regards to past, present and future events, further talk about the collaboration of governments and possible political shifts as regards the near to the middle future.

In the second section of this issue, I will lightly speculate around the possible economic effects that this pandemic will cause in a global spectrum as regards to near to middle future.

After each section, I will then ask follow-up questions to the whole group in the hope of enlightenment regards to mention issues.

1st section

As to the direction of topic related to the COVID-19 pandemic and the impact effect that this has had on us all, it is in my mind now all-important as a direct effect on all levels within government relations. This COVID-19 is indeed a game-changer within world politics, economics, the medical community and more. Feel that a group debate about some of the various implications we see today, and the way forward warrants this group’s attention. Thoughts around how this pandemic will this affect the world and for how long it is just some of the questions I hope that we together can shed some light on. The world today is now going through one of it’s biggest structural changes since WWII.

As the way forward goes, now is the time to build even closer alliances with our neighbouring countries and not to cut each other off. What we see today in the media with regards to news about mass fatalities, closing of borders, the shutdown of cities around the world and economic disaster is indeed alarming. The collaboration between the global power organizations like the: EU, WHO, WTO, OPEC and the work that now lay so presently ahead. Furthermore, the conflict of interest regards the balancing Act between the financial interests and the health interests, by which side will tip the scale in their favour if one can permit oneself to be so blunt. The need to look into the past for knowledge to bring with into the future, by the intent of implementing countermeasures for further events like the once we see today. The political agenda forward will indeed transform future events on a global scale of that I am certain, but in what form or manner now that is an uncertainty.

Questions 1-3 in link to the first section:

  1. Do you think the world will see an increase in global pandemics in the near to middle future like the one we have today?
  2. What can the global medical community do to if possible, as prevention measurements against further worldwide pandemic spread in the near to middle future?
  3. What do you think the WHO will take away from the COVID-19 outbreak when it is all over, will we see a major procedure shift within prevention measures, resulted by the COVID-19 outbreak in the near to middle future?

2nd section

The economic implementations that are now upon us all, will be even more evident as time passes. If we look back at past events like the time of the great depression when the stock crash at the end of the 1920s and the effect it had on the global economy is still vividly remembered.

The international trade crash back then is not comparable in the relation of today’s situation, but the percentage of unemployment in the aftermath of the now COVID-19 pandemic may show some similar effects. As to the international trade policy, I hope for an even more open and interactive trade policy whereby the nation’s political leaders are on board with an again even more active collaboration with the nations alike by reasons alone, so as to strengthen the international bonds. United we stand stronger against the coming events, whereby reasons of economic disasters, or global political instability or by other means.

Questions 1-3 link to the second section:

  1. In what manner do you feel the international trade should go after this pandemic?
  2. In what degree will the effect of this pandemic influence the world trade forum forward into the near to middle future?
  3. Is a closer political collaboration the answer as a prevention measure to counteract future events like the one we see today?
Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Contributors for April 22, 2020 session: Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen. Total participants (Contributors and Observers for April 22, 2020 session):

Christian Sorenson is a Philosopher that lives in Belgium. What identifies him the most and above all is simplicity, for everything its better with “vanilla flavour.” Nevertheless, his wife disagrees and doesn’t say exactly the same, for her he is “simply complex.” Perhaps his intellectual passion is for criticism and irony, in the sense of revealing what the error hides “under the disguised of truth”, and precisely for this reason maybe detests arrogance and the mixture of ignorance with knowledge. Generally never has felt confortable in traditional academic settings since he gets impatient and demotivated with slowness, and what he considers as limits or barriers to thought. In addition, especially in the field of Philosophy, and despite counting, besides a master degree in another study area, with a doctorate in Metaphysics and Epistemology in Italy, done in twenty-four months, while talking care at that time of her small daughter, starting from bachelor’s degree, learning self-taught Italian from scratch, and obtaining as final grade “summa cum laude” (9.8)… Feels that academic degrees and post-degrees are somewhat cartoonish labels because they usually feed vanity but impoverish the love for questioning and intellectual curiosity. For him “ignorance is always infinite and eternal” while “knowledge is finite and limited”. What he likes the most in his leisure time, is to go for a walk, to travel with his wife and “sybaritically enjoy” her marvellous cooking. IQ on the WAIS-R (Weschler Intelligence Scale), 185+ (S.D. 15); Test date: November, 2017. High IQ Societies: Triple Nine Society, World Genius Directory, and several others.

Claus Volko is an Austrian computer and medical scientist who has conducted research on the treatment of cancer and severe mental disorders by conversion of stress hormones into immunity hormones. This research gave birth to a new scientific paradigm which he called “symbiont conversion theory”: methods to convert cells exhibiting parasitic behavior to cells that act as symbionts. In 2013 Volko, obtained an IQ score of 172 on the Equally Normed Numerical Derivation Test. He is also the founder and president of Prudentia High IQ Society, a society for people with an IQ of 140 or higher, preferably academics.

Dionysios Maroudas was born in 1986. He lives in Athens. He has a passion for mathematics, photography, reading, and human behaviour. He is a member of the ISI-Society, Mensa, Grand IQ Society (Grand Member), and THIS (Distinguished Member)

Erik Haereid has been a member of Mensa since 2013, and is among the top scorers on several of the most credible IQ-tests in the unstandardized HRT-environment. He is listed in the World Genius Directory. He is also a member of several other high IQ Societies. Erik, born in 1963, grew up in OsloNorway, in a middle-class home at Grefsen nearby the forest, and started early running and cross country skiing. After finishing schools he studied mathematics, statistics and actuarial science at the University of Oslo. One of his first glimpses of math-skills appeared after he got a perfect score as the only student on a five hour math exam in high school.

HanKyung Lee is a Medical Doctor and the Founder of the United Sigma Intelligence Association, formerly United Sigma Korea. He lives and works in South Korea. He earned an M.D. at Eulji University. He won the Culture Fair Numerical and Spatial Examination-CFNSE international competition conducted by Etienne Forsstrom. Also, he scored highly on the C-09 of Experimental Psychologist. He did achieve a 5-sigma score on a spatial intelligence test created by Dr. Jonathan Wai. He is a member of OLYMPIQ Society.

Kirk Kirkpatrick earned a score at 185, near the top of the World Genius Directory, on a mainstream IQ test, the Stanford-Binet.

James Gordon is an independent/freelancer from the USA. He first entered into OATH Society, while completing his MFA in Creative Writing at Adelphi University, New York in 2010. Since then, he has taken over 100 high range tests, and is among the top scorers on numerous tests. He has also co-authored two exams (with Michael Lunardini and Enrico Pretini); he and Lunardini have another in production. He has worked in education and mental health. His struggle, through and beyond his own mental illness and substance use disorder, has led to a unique and earnest outlook on life. He strives to bring the wisdom gained from his experiences into the picture to enrich others’ lives. His hobbies include skiing, lifting weights, video games, and films. He is also a skilled amateur writer, and virtuoso pianist/guitarist. He lives in Seattle, WA with his wife, and plans to soon start a family.

Laurent Dubois is an Independent IQ test creator. On his website, he, about the 916 test, states the potential submission qualification for a large number of high-IQ societies, “WAHIP, the High IQ Society for the disabled, the Altacapacidadhispana, the SIGMA, the SMARTS, the The Mind Society, the Top One Percent Society, the Elateneos, the EXISTENTIA, the Artifex Mens Congregatio, the Neurocubo, the GLIA, the Milenija, the ISI-S, the Introspective High IQ Society, the Camp Archimedes, the PLATINUM and the PARS Societies, and potentially for several other societies (Cerebrals, Glia, Poetic Genius, Pi, Mega…).” That is, he constructs tests respected by many.

Marco Ripà is an extremely skilled problem solver working as a freelance content creator and a personal branding consultant in Rome; his homonym YouTube channel (160k subscribers) is focused on logics, mathematics and creative thinking. He initially studied physics but he gained a first class degree in economics. Author of books plus several peer-reviewed papers in mathematics (graph theory, congruences, combinatorics, primality problems) and experimental psychology (articles published in Notes on Number Theory and Discrete Mathematics, International Journal of Mathematical Archive, Rudi Mathematici, Matematicamente.it Magazine, Educational Research, IQNexus Magazine and the WIN ONE), he is the father of 70+ integer sequences listed in the OEIS.

Matthew Scillitani, member of the Glia SocietyGiga SocietyESOTERIQ SocietyThe Core, and the Hall of Sophia, is a web developer and SEO specialist living in North Carolina. He is of Italian and British lineage, and is predominantly English-speaking. He earned his bachelor’s degree in psychology at East Carolina University, with a focus on neurobiology and a minor in business marketing. He’s previously worked as a research psychologist, data analyst, and writer, publishing over three hundred papers on topics such as nutrition, fitness, psychology, neuroscience, free will, and Greek history. You may contact him via e-mail at mattscil@gmail.com.

Mislav Predavec is a Mathematics Professor in Croatia. Since 2009, he has taught at  the Schola Medica Zagrabiensis in Zagreb, Croatia. He is listed on the World Genius Director with an IQ of 192 (S.D. 15). Also, he runs the trading company Preminis. He considers profoundly high-IQ tests a favourite hobby.

Richard Sheen is a young independent artist, philosopher, photographer and theologian based in New Zealand. He has studied at Tsinghua University of China and The University of Auckland in New Zealand, and holds degrees in Philosophy and Theological Studies. Originally raised atheist but later came to Christianity, Richard is dedicated to the efforts of human rights and equality, nature conservation, mental health, and to bridge the gap of understanding between the secular and the religious. Richard’s research efforts primarily focus on the epistemic and doxastic frameworks of theism and atheism, the foundations of rational theism and reasonable faith in God, the moral and practical implications of these frameworks of understanding, and the rebuttal of biased and irrational understandings and worship of God. He seeks to reconcile the apparent conflict between science and religion, and to find solutions to problems facing our environmental, societal and existential circumstances as human beings with love and integrity. Richard is also a proponent for healthy, sustainable and eco-friendly lifestyles, and was a frequent participant in competitive sports, fitness training, and strategy gaming. Richard holds publications and awards from Mensa New Zealand and The University of Auckland.

Rick Farrar holds a Bachelor’s degree in chemical engineering from the University of Arkansas with additional work performed toward a Master’s degree in environmental engineering. He currently works with environmental compliance and reporting for a small oil refinery in Alaska. Rick’s outside interests include language learning (currently immersed in Greek) , traveling, music/singing, and traditional do-it-yourself type skills. His most recent IQ test activity was with the PatNum test, 18/18, 172 S.D. 15, by James Dorsey.

Rick G. Rosner, according to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing here, may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. He has received 8 Writers Guild Awards and Emmy nominations, and was titled 2013 North American Genius of the Year by The World Genius Directory with the main “Genius” listing here.

Sandra Schlick has the expertise and interest in Managing Mathematics, Statistics, and Methodology for Business Engineers while having a focus on online training. She supervises M.Sc. theses in Business Information and D.B.A. theses in Business Management. Managing Mathematics, Statistics, Methodology for Business Engineers with a focus on online training. Her areas of competence can be seen in the “Competency Map.” That is to say, her areas of expertise and experience mapped in a visualization presentation. Schlick’s affiliations are the Fernfachhochschule Schweiz: University of Applied Sciences, the University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, the Kalaidos University of Applied Sciences, and AKAD.

Tiberiu Sammak is a 24-year-old guy who currently lives in Bucharest. He spent most of his childhood and teenage years surfing the Internet (mostly searching things of interest) and playing video games. One of his hobbies used to be the construction of paper airplanes, spending a couple of years designing and trying to perfect different types of paper aircrafts. Academically, he never really excelled at anything. In fact, his high school record was rather poor. Some of his current interests include cosmology, medicine and cryonics. His highest score on an experimental high-range I.Q. test is 187 S.D. 15, achieved on Paul Cooijmans’ Reason – Revision 2008.

Tim Roberts is the Founder/Administrator of Unsolved Problems. He scored 45/48 on the legendary Titan Test.

Tom Chittenden is an Omega Society Fellow. Also, he is the Chief Data Science Officer/Founding Director at Advanced Artificial Intelligence Research Laboratory and WuXi NextCODE Genomics.

Tonny Sellén scored 172 (S.D. 15) of the GENE Verbal III. He is a Member of the World Genius Directory.

Tor Arne Jørgensen is a member of 50+ high IQ societies, including World Genius Directory, NOUS High IQ Society, 6N High IQ Society just to name a few. He has several IQ scores above 160+ sd15 among high range tests like Gift/Gene Verbal, Gift/Gene Numerical of Iakovos Koukas and Lexiq of Soulios. His further interests are related to intelligence, creativity, education developing regarding gifted students, and his love for history in general, mainly around the time period of the 19th century to the 20th century. Tor Arne works as a teacher at high school level with subjects as; History, Religion, and Social Studies.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-three; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Comments (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Three) [Online].April 1 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 22). Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Comments (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Comments (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Comments (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Comments (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Comments (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Comments (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Comments (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, Second Comments (Near and Middle Focused Comments) Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, James Gordon, Rick Farrar, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Three) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Nandip Bongfa Vongwap on Nigeria Under Coronavirus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee: Nandip Bongfa Vongwap

Numbering: Issue 1.A, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 17, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 949

Keywords: Africa, atheism, coronavirus, culture, humanism, Nandip Bongfa Vongwap, Nigeria.

Conversation with Nandip Bongfa Vongwap on Nigeria Under Coronavirus[1],[2]

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start with some updates on the Nigerian political context. How are things developing despite the coronavirus?

Nandip Bongfa Vongwap: I think the Nigerian political climate is much less affected by coronavirus than the economic climate, though it’s often difficult to disentangle the two. Businesses have come to a virtual standstill in many parts of the country. But overall, I think Government approach to the pandemic (particularly pumping huge sums of money into the programme) seems to be well received by the public.

Jacobsen: How are some of the religious communities in Nigeria reacting to the coronavirus?

Vongwap: Religious community leaders seem to have displayed some ambivalence about the lockdown imposed by Government, perhaps because they are losing weekly tithes! But Government has made it mandatory for everyone to comply.

And some religious leaders, especially the Muslims in northern Nigeria, don’t believe that the coronavirus is real. One imam told his followers at a prayer meeting that the virus is not real, and is the work of the infidel West to stop Muslims in the world from praying to Allah.

To make matter worse, one of the youth in Kano northern Nigeria washed his dirty hands and drank the dirty water to prove what the imam was saying is true. The youth speaks in the Hausa language that coronavirus is not real; that coronavirus is a bastard; the video went viral on social media.

Nigerian Doctor Reacts To A Viral Video Of A Northerner Youth In Kano.

Another aspect is the lockdown, which is making people sleep without eating any food. People are hungry. Some people have nothing to eat, the government palliative did not go around; some officials sharing the food and sometimes mone. They only select their friends, relatives, and party members that benefit from it.

Jacobsen: What have been some of the public health measures endorsed by the state? How have some religious communities completely ignored this?

Vongwap: There is a total lockdown in some states (Lagos, Ogun, FCT, Plateau, etc.). The government has established testing and isolation/treatment facilities in many parts of the country; through extensive media dissemination, it encourages the wearing of face masks and social distancing among the populace.

Churches and mosque have also in lockdown, the Christians community are very obedient in obeying the government lockdown order, but the Muslims are not showing much interest by obeying the order from the government. In fact, some state government lifted the lockdown to allow Muslims to go and pray in the mosque on Fridays.

Jacobsen: How have your perspectives change in the last year or so on religion, science, and Humanism?

Vongwap: Coronavirus has not changed MY perspective on religion, science and humanism. I remain resolutely opposed to any form of religious superstition and see science as Man’s ultimate salvation.

Religion has completely closed their market for fear of the dead, because religion is a business, without people to give offering, pay tithe and donations, organized religion could have been long dead. The Vatican is closed, Mecca is closed, Jerusalem for Christian pilgrims is also closed. The only place that is open for humanity is the hospital, and the hospital is the product of science. You can see: science rules the world.

The religious leaders are waiting patiently for the scientist to get the cure for the deadly coronavirus. They would rush to claim that it is God or Allah that provided the cure, because there is this popular saying here in northern Nigeria in the Hausa language that “Allah bazaya haiko da chuta ba, be haiko da magane sa ba” meaning, ‘God can not send a plague to his people without the cure.’

Jacobsen: What are some of the developments important to highlight about the secular communities now?

Vongwap: Officially in Nigeria, secularism is only honoured in its breach, despite a constitutional provision imposing it on the country. I don’t think the present circumstances would incline diehard believers to change their minds to secularism. Still, many youths are increasingly embracing humanism.

Jacobsen: What is African freethinking to you? How does this provide a salve for the issues confronting African citizens throughout the continent in terms of the abuses of power and the rebuilding after Arab-Muslim and Christian-European colonization?

Vongwap:  African freethinking is still in the making; as more and more Africans get exposed to the world through travel, education and the Internet, they will surely move with the tide of secularism and humanism. That’s my hope.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Nandip.

Vongwap: Thank you

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Board Member, Humanist Association of Nigeria (HAN); Board Member, Atheists Society of Nigeria (ASN).

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 17, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/vongwap-jacobsen.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Robertson (and Teela)  16 — Exaggerated Insensitivity: Iniquity Upon the Sons, and the Son’s Sons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson and Teela Robertson

Numbering: Issue 4: Everyone Has Their Specialty

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 16, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,805

Keywords: counselling psychology, empowerment, Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, psychology, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Teela Robertson.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is a Registered Doctoral Psychologist with expertise in Counselling Psychology, Educational Psychology, and Human Resource Development. He earned qualifications in Social Work too. Duly note, he has five postsecondary degrees, of which 3 are undergraduate level. His research interests include memes as applied to self-knowledge, the evolution of religion and spirituality, the aboriginal self’s structure, residential school syndrome, prior learning recognition and assessment, and the treatment of attention deficit disorder and suicide ideation. In addition, he works in anxiety and trauma, addictions, and psycho-educational assessment, and relationship, family, and group counselling.

Our guest today is Teela Robertson, M.C., who earned a B.A. in Psychology from MacEwan University and an M.C. in Counselling Psychology from Athabasca University. She has been a Board Member of the Center to End All Sexual Exploitation (CEASE), and a Transitional Support Worker through the E4C Youth Housing Program. Now, she is a Registered Provisional Psychologist with a non-profit community agency.

Here we talk about religion and individuality, innervation of beliefs into professional practice, empowerment, and more.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Lloyd, in “Ask Dr. Robertson (and Teela) 14 — Adlered with Eclecticism: A Confidence of Riches,” you stated, “There is a tension between psychology and religion that is often not recognized and is even less often addressed, and that tension stems from conflicting worldviews.” How does religion undermine “client individuality, empowerment, and self-actualization”?

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: In my new book The Evolved Self that will be coming out September 15, I discuss how the “modern self” capable of individual volitional planning is a cultural artefact that evolved prior to the “Axial Age” when most of the great religions of the world came into being. I make the argument that religion was effectively a way to keep the individualism inherent in having a self in check, to keep the collectivism of humans as social animals paramount. Traditionally, Christians have been taught that the self is wicked and must be denied. Buddhists proclaim that the self is the source of all suffering and they proclaim a doctrine of “no-self.” Confucian teaching subjugates the self to the family and tradition. The word “Islam” means “submission” or “surrender.” Although, it came later in mankind’s cultural evolution; its roots are in traditional Judaism. In each case, the self is something to be given up in favour of a reality defined by the dogma and leaders of the religion. This places those leaders in the role of defining the will of the collectivity.

Contrary to Foucault’s teaching, the self did not come in to being with the European Enlightenment. What the Enlightenment did was proclaim that the notion of objective reality that could be discerned by the individual was a good thing, instead of fearing the individual self, the Enlightenment embraced it. This led to an outpouring of ideas and objective inquiry, and the scientific revolution it spawned is still on-going today.

Psychology came late to the scientific revolution, in part because it was actively repressed by religions, more so than other fields of objective inquiry. All psychotherapies start from the premise of the client as an individual with unique experiences, interpretations and social relations. The client is then empowered to make changes to themselves in keeping with those experiences, interpretations and social relationships. The very act of empowerment supports the ability of the person as an individual to make such decisions. Positive Psychologists, in particular, have come under criticism for undermining collective societies. What do they do that is so undermining? They ask the client what is meaningful for him or herself and they ask what would make them happy.

Jacobsen: Teela, you said, “When the beliefs of the psychologist and client do not align, we not only have to be aware of where our biases come in, but also the limits to our knowledge about the client’s belief system.” What is an example of this innervation of the beliefs and biases of the counselling psychologist in practice? A hypothetical case extrapolation from practical experience would suffice, too.

Teela Robertson, M.C.: An example of this might be a similar situation to what my dad described in our last interview where a therapist has taken a course on a culture, let’s say North American Aboriginal people, and believes they now have good understanding and make assumptions based on what they have learned. Engaging in this type of practice negates the individuality of lived experiences as well as aspects unique to each community. To further this example, let’s say the therapist is an atheist and the client is a devout practicing Christian, the therapist has a role to try and be aware of any assumptions they hold about the client’s culture and beliefs and differences between them and the client. In this case, a therapist rejecting a client’s use of prayer or church simply due to a belief. It is a fable and ineffective would not be helpful if it would damage the rapport built with the client. On a cultural front, a therapist assuming an Aboriginal client should turn to traditional healing, or connect with elders without knowing how that client feels about and connects with their own culture could be damaging. I have found in practice it is best to ask clients what things mean to them and to hear about their practices before inserting assumptions and interpretations.

Jacobsen: Teela, why does Canadian culture teach men to refuse showing ‘weak’ emotions, including the aforementioned sadness or anxiety, or even to name the feelings?

Teela Robertson, M.C.: The societal failure to teach men it is acceptable and normal to have and express the full range of emotions seems to come from times past. It can be demonstrated in statements many, even women, have heard growing up such as “stop crying”, “man up”, “I’ll give you something to cry about”. These statements are all telling children it is not acceptable to feel and express their emotions. In turn, children may come to believe it is wrong for them to cry. That to be a man they need to be tough and that means not crying. Instead, anger becomes a more acceptable emotion to show and those deeper emotions come out looking like anger. I don’t know that I have a good answer to why this has been taught.

Jacobsen: Lloyd, what is the impact of Male Stigma, as preliminarily researched by you, on the full expressive range of the emotions of men?

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: One of the common experiences of men in my stigma study was that when they attempted to express their negative emotions about how they were abused by the justice system, child welfare agencies, employers and even neighbours who assumed men are perpetrators and women are victims. They were told by feminists, both male and female, to “man up” or “be a man.” The message is clear. Men are asked to share their emotions, with the suggestion that they are unwell if they don’t, but they can only share those emotions which are acceptable to the prevailing ideology. This put them in a double bind — they were blamed for not sharing their emotions and they were blamed when they did.

Jacobsen: Lloyd, following from the last query, how are young and old, men and women, and so on, culpable for this prevention of the full flourishing of men’s emotional lives in Canadian society?

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: The repression of emotions in men is very old indeed. Male circumcision was practiced by numerous ancient societies as a rite of passage. Boys had to bear the pain without crying to become a man. The practice also taught the new men submission to the collectivity in a way that made them good warriors. Curiously, we still do not commonly refer to the practice of circumcision as “male genital mutilation.”

In a different interview, I talked about my experiences as a youth growing up in the industrial town of Lloydminster. I talked about how men knowingly kept jobs that they knew were dangerous to their health and well-being because they needed to support their families. Even today men predominate in jobs that are dangerous, unhealthy or involve a lot of travel. And if they get paid more for working in these jobs, then there is talk about a “gender wage gap.” Men are expected to take these jobs without complaint and, apparently, to not be paid extra for the privilege. Yes, we as a society are still just as culpable for repressing male emotions as we always have been. The problem with that repression is that it sometimes comes out anyway, as anger.

Jacobsen: Teela, following from the previous question, how does this impact the emotional, social, and even, potentially, intellectual growth of men in Canada?

Teela Robertson, M.C.: It seems to me many people, not only men, end up struggling to show and communicate emotions whether theirs or someone else’s. This can be damaging in relationships where one might feel they should not express emotions, and that their feelings are not being heard or validated. If we do not know how to express our emotions, we may instead be fighting them and trying to keep them down. We may also feel uncomfortable with others’ emotions and end up sending a message that they cannot express emotions to us, which in turn hurts emotional closeness in relationships. Rather than simply disappearing the negative emotion may fester and each seemingly small pain adds to the point the emotion boils over and can not be hidden. This can be dangerous depending how the emotion erupts, for instance, it could be in the form of physical violence, or a verbal assault.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Robertson and Teela.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: You’re welcome Scott. My pleasure.

Teela Robertson, M.C.: You are welcome.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

 

An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on CSIS, Five Eyes, International Threats, Future Risks, and Technologies as Risks (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,289

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Dr. Chris Kilford is the President of the Canadian International Council – Victoria Branch. He discusses: the CSIS and the Five Eyes; the international threats coming from Canada; the future risks; and future technologies as potential threats.

Keywords: Canadian Armed Forces, Canadian International Council, Chris Kilford, CSIS, humanitarian, president, risks, technologies, Victoria.

An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on CSIS, Five Eyes, International Threats, Future Risks, and Technologies as Risks: President, Canadian International Council – Victoria Branch (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Interview conducted on February 3, 2020.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You also mentioned CSIS. In different countries, they have different levels and forms of secret service. That is a much more sensitive area, at least on the face of it. It is providing security. It is providing intelligence or sharing intelligence between different services that are, basically, in need of either tracking down particular individuals or finding networks of criminal organizations. Things of this nature one might expect. On the other hand, when one is contacted by these individuals from these organizations, including CSIS, it is bound to be a serious issue. There is one woman who I know in British Columbia who wrote a book about her own experience of getting out of an extremist (terrorist) marriage. Obviously, it was a situation to get out of. How does dealing with CSIS, and others, who are doing good work around the world for Canadian society and Canadian civilians differ from standard diplomatic work that you’re doing day-to-day, whether Turkey, Dubai, Iran, or elsewhere?

Dr. Chris Kilford: CSIS works with its partners. There are different kinds of partners. There are usually close relations between The Five Eyes (FVEY): Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the United Kingdom and the United States. We share intelligence information. There are other special relationships out there for certain countries for certain things in certain areas, where they will have agreements to share intelligence. When you find a CSIS footprint out in the world, it is often in tandem with the RCMP who are interested too, e.g., in human trafficking or drugs, any illegal activities. But, from a CSIS perspective, they’re interested in people and who belong to various terrorist groups, where their funding is coming from, and what kind of threat is posed by them. The host country is interested too, because they are looking for Canadians moving through their countries. They say, “We have suspicions about this person too. What do you know?” For example, when I was Turkey, recently, I know with their military incursion into Syria – Peace Spring is the name of the operation –  they have their hands on about 1,500 people who were ISIS, Daesh, members.

Now, the Turks have them and they are working on repatriating fighters to their home countries. In the West, we often see them repatriated only to Germany, the Netherlands, and Denmark for example. They are also being repatriated to other countries too, e.g., Kazakhstan and others. I haven’t seen any Canadians in that group. But if there were, then Canada would be saying to Turkey, “Okay, give us all the information that you have about these folks, including passports, can you tell us who they are? We need to establish that they are Canadian. Once we make this connection, we want to know. Who is this guy? How did he get there? Who helped him? What was his involvement? Are there any criminal charges that can be brought against them in a court of law when they get to Canada?” When you have that relationship with Turkey and MIT, which is the CSIS equivalent, you often get the answers that you need. But, it doesn’t happen automatically. It is something where it comes down to personal relations that you build while there. Your predecessors also build relationships. They get to know you, get to know your office, and are willing to share information. If it works well, then you get the answers that you need.

2. Jacobsen: When comes to international threats coming from Canada, in other words, individuals who are risks to others and even themselves around the world. What are the kinds of problems Canada is producing?

Kilford: For people heading overseas.

Jacobsen: Yes, the individuals who would be a concern to other governments.

Kilford: Historically, and going back to the Spanish Civil War and the international brigade with Canadians going to fight for causes that they think are worthy  – trying to stop that flow of people before the Second World War was an issue. Fast forward to today, some Canadians see what they see on social media or regular media and also say, “Okay, I am going to fight for this group or the other group.” Sometimes,  itis to fight for Daesh in some cases or, more recently, the Kurdish YPG forces in Syria. Or they go to Iraq and fight for the Iraqi-Kurdish forces there. When that sort of thing happens, the countries that the person transits through can, often, get very annoyed, especially if they capture someone, a Canadian, and say, “We got this guy who was planning to cross the border and join Daesh. Why didn’t you stop him?” From a Canadian perspective, “We were aware or weren’t aware but we can’t stop that person’s freedom of movement without reason.” Then you have someone who pops up in Syria. We had no idea because they told the family that they were going to Morocco or something. For the host countries, for the ones who have been imprisoned, more often than not, they just want to give them back to you, and get them out of their prisons.

For one, they just don’t have the resources to support them. Turkey is the first to complain that we in the West broadly speaking let people travel who then joined ISIS. We should have stopped them and known. Look, we are not a police state. We do not keep tabs one everyone who we might suspect of being involved in something or other.

3. Jacobsen: You mentioned some of the work before in some of the earlier responses based on looking to the future and what would be the future threats to Canadian society. What are those risks? Those that are emerging and those that have not come forward to this date.

Kilford: Yes, I started the group in 2006 with a bunch of civilians and a few military staff. The idea was to look 20 years in the future. So, we’re talking 2025/26, which is not far off now. In asking the bigger question of what kind of military do we need in that period to deal with the potential threats we’re going to see, we first looked to the past 20 years. We quickly realized that predicting events 20 years into the future is not easy because many of the events that unfolded before 2006 were unforeseen, even by experts. It is the little things that change everything. “Little things” isn’t the right term but you get these moments that can change the course of where we think things are going. But back in 2006, I remember one of the things that we agreed on was that the Middle East would continue to pull us in, because so many issues exist that haven’t been resolved: Cyprus is one with peacekeeping troops there since 1964, and Israel-Palestine endless plans for peace that seem to go nowhere.  Today, there are rising birth rates with a youth bubble, and also very large numbers of people who are discontent with the political systems that they live in. We have the Arab Spring. We saw that and said, “This is a flashpoint.” We can forget the pivot to Asia because, yes, China will be powerful. But we didn’t expect to have a lot of security issues in Asia. Generally, we haven’t. We were also looking at things like climate change. It has been unfolding as we have seen.  But when it comes to people literally dying by the hundreds of thousands and displaced by the millions, we kept coming back to the Middle East. Yes, we got that one right. In 20 years, if you ask me, I think the focal point will be the Middle East. There’s still too much going on there and too much foreign meddling, especially by the West.  There’s no clear path forward for any kind of resolution.

4. Jacobsen: What technologies are threats, whether informational or chemical or biological?

Kilford: There’s every chance that Iran might have a nuclear weapon one day. When it comes to chemical weapons, especially chemical weapons, they are used constantly in that region. The best examples are Saddam Hussein using them against the Kurds in Iraq in 1988 and the Iranians in the 1980-1988 war. We have seen other instances since. I’m not so sure that it will get totally out of hand. The incidents that we have seen recently are fairly isolated. People do die, don’t get me wrong. But once the Syrian government re-establishes control of their country, then we almost won’t see this sort of thing happen there. I think social media is important, but when I give talks on the region today I always say that although, “we think that we are well-connected these days and know everything it is not much different from when Ernest Hemingway was in Constantinople in 1922 and was reporting about the Turks advancing towards the capital and about Mustafa Kemal Atatürk and his forces, and the demise of the Sultan. Canadians were getting that in the  Toronto Star. They’d have an afternoon and an evening edition. They were getting information pretty quickly. I think social media has its place. But as we have also seen in that region, countries are also able to turn off the internet with the flick of a switch.

Turkey is a good example. Egypt is one. Twitter, Facebook, and Wikipedia will be taken down as necessary. I think the change in the region is going to have to be from the bottom up. Interventions from the United States will not be effective. I say this optimistically because education levels have risen with highly educated Gulf populations but then again, poorly educated populations in Egypt, even Turkey still exist.. Still, young people in the region are going to school more and more, travelling more and more, seeing how other countries operate, and are asking questions as to why they are in the situations that they are in. Eventually, the hope is that their dinosaurs currently holding power will be pushed aside by younger, pragmatic people. Even within Turkey, the birth rates in the Kurdish-Turkish population are very high. They are going to be the majority in that country in 50 to 60 years. We see other demographic changes going on now, which will create changes. Still, the region is going to be in turmoil for another 100 years I would think, before we see things potentially beginning to settle.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] President, Canadian International Council – Victoria Branch.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on CSIS, Five Eyes, International Threats, Future Risks, and Technologies as Risks (Part Two) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 15). An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on CSIS, Five Eyes, International Threats, Future Risks, and Technologies as Risks (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on CSIS, Five Eyes, International Threats, Future Risks, and Technologies as Risks (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on CSIS, Five Eyes, International Threats, Future Risks, and Technologies as Risks (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on CSIS, Five Eyes, International Threats, Future Risks, and Technologies as Risks (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on CSIS, Five Eyes, International Threats, Future Risks, and Technologies as Risks (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on CSIS, Five Eyes, International Threats, Future Risks, and Technologies as Risks (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on CSIS, Five Eyes, International Threats, Future Risks, and Technologies as Risks (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Chris Kilford on CSIS, Five Eyes, International Threats, Future Risks, and Technologies as Risks (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

 

An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Background, Mensa International, Social and Political Aspects of Intelligence, and Camilla (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,139

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Björn Liljeqvist was born in Stockholm, Sweden in 1975. He joined Mensa in 1991 and is currently the international chairman of that organisation. Privately, Björn lectures on advanced learning strategies to university students. A topic he’s written two books on in his native country. He has a background in embedded systems engineering with a Master’s degree from Chalmers University of Technology. He is married to Camilla, with whom he has one daughter. He discusses: family background; other background contexts; the trends for the last couple of decades of societies and identifying and nurturing giftedness; logic in the discourse on social and political aspects of intelligence; national and international Mensa responses; selective reading and interpretations; collective intelligence use and special interest groups; and family.

Keywords: Björn Liljeqvist, Camilla, chairman, Chalmers University of Technology, family, Mensa International, Sweden.

An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Background, Mensa International, Social and Political Aspects of Intelligence, and Camilla: Chairman, Mensa International (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Interview conducted on March 4, 2020.*

*Note from Liljeqvist, as to avoid confusion between individual statements and the stances of Mensa International: “Opinions are my own and not those of Mensa, except if otherwise stated.”*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is family background for you?

Björn Liljeqvist: I am basically Swedish all the way back [Laughing].

2. Jacobsen: [Laughing] When you’re looking at the experience in the little enclosed part of Sweden for part of the family background, and when you didn’t have a long history of professors or academic types in background, what were some other contexts?

Liljeqvist: I still had people. My maternal grandfather, for example, who was very intelligent, but grew up in a time when Sweden was a very poor country. He was a police officer, but with a big interest in science and literature and everything like that. He did give me a lot of stimulation growing up. That was something that meant a lot to me. We did have interesting conversations. When I eventually was 15 years old joining Mensa, it is a story, which I have told a lot in interviews [Laughing]. We had a substitute teacher in school who turned out to be a Board Member of Mensa, at the time, when Mensa was a very small organization in Sweden with just like 200 members. We talked after school one day. We had one of those amazing conversations, where you can feel something unusual is happening. I like to call this “Intellectual Resonance.” In acoustics or music, resonance is when you get feedback at the same rhythm that you’re producing your own sounds. So, intellectually, it means that you don’t have to stop and explain things. You don’t have to wait for someone to get the punchline or to get the point. It was an amazing experience to talk with someone who had been where I was, who had thought similar thoughts and then some.

My feeling over that was an exhilarating experience of engaging in thoughts and in ideas of a type that felt natural to me. I felt, “I need more of this. I need to meet more people like this. This is too valuable to be discarded. That is why I joined the society in the first place.” Of course, you can have amazing encounters even out of the intellectual or the IQ field, but, even so, that was an important experience for me. Sweden, in particular, it should be known. I think unlike many other comparative/comparable countries like Canada, the United Kingdom, and Germany. Sweden is extremely egalitarian. In that, you can see this in a lot of ways in how society works. [Laughing] There is a very strong taboo against bragging. Bragging is very much frowned up in Sweden. If you have to tell people how great you are, then there is something is wrong with you. If you are that great, people should notice already, just shut up and carry on.

Jacobsen: It sounds like Canada!

Liljeqvist: Yes, but probably even more so, growing up, that idea spilled over into education. Smart kids don’t need any kind of special interventions. They will always do fine. Who do you think you are being so smart anyway? So, the problem then, of course: if you cannot have special classes in advanced math, then the people, the gifted kids, who otherwise in other countries would excel and would get special education, and would be able to nurture their talents while they are ripe for it; they don’t get it. School can be very, very boring or very pointless. Then, by the time that you get the chance to go into math or science, or engineering, it is a bit late. I am not saying that the potential is lost – absolutely not. We do have talented engineers in Sweden too. But I see it as almost like a human right. Every person, every child, to foster or to excel, to explore things that they are interested in, in society. But that is a common theme in Scandinavia and in Sweden, in particular in growing up in school. I know there are similar things in other countries too. However, Scandinavia would probably be on the extreme end of that.

3. Jacobsen: What has been the trend over the last 20 or 30 years towards societies or organizations devoted to identifying and nurturing giftedness?

Liljeqvist: I think the trend is a lot more organizations and people in society, including government, acknowledge that it’s a real thing. It is something. Talent is unevenly distributed. That is a fact. It was always like that. But if you go back to the 1940s and the 1950s in some countries, like Scandinavia, the people used to talk about the talent reserve. They knew there was a lot of untapped talent or talented children. For economic or class-based reasons, they did not get the education at the level that they could have benefited from. However, I think that was mostly thought of in terms of class-based differences. Now, if you take the developed countries, like in the West or in the developed countries in general, everyone does get a chance to go to school and to foster that talent. So, if differences still persist, that makes it a lot more sensitive. It makes the whole topic a little difficult to handle. We don’t like the idea that not everyone could reach the same heights if they really put their mind to it and if they all got the same kind of education. I think it is important to not get stuck in that trap. I see, for example, when I look at the debate in the United States. That, to some people, and to some parts of society, the whole concept of intelligence and of measuring intelligence might get a bit politically charged in a way that it shouldn’t have to be.

Because this isn’t a right-wing or a left-wing issue. It never really was. It shouldn’t have to be. So, the trend, I would say, went from gradually people starting to accept, “Yes, intelligence is a real thing. Everyone has a right to education at their own level.” Then I worry that there would be a trend, which I haven’t seen in Sweden so far – but maybe in other places; that we shouldn’t talk about intelligence at all, which, I think, would be a mistake. I don’t think it is wrong to say, “Everyone has talent.” I know that some people think that is a cliché. I don’t think so. Everyone does, indeed, have something. It is not that everyone is better than everyone else in one capacity or another. That is obviously false. However, everyone has some things that they do better than they do other things. That is what I mean by talent. Appreciating the talented, discovering what is it what you do better than others things, your comparative talent – so to speak – or comparative advantage, finding that one and do everything that you can to develop that is an important thing. I am not sure if this really answers your question. You could ask again if you don’t think I did [Laughing].

4. Jacobsen: [Laughing] This is important. I think within the issues of intelligence are the political and social aspects of it. On the one hand, the political aspects of denial or defensiveness around affirmation of the concept from which one can then identify and nurture it. On the other hand, the social aspects of people, some people, seeing this as socially destructive in some ways because it puts some people above others and others below them, by natural discourse. And this, they would see as somehow inegalitarian to the society and against social benefit.

Liljeqvist: Yes, and I think the logic of that is completely wrong and upside-down, we should keep in mind the endeavour of testing intelligence came from the opposite end. People knew more than 100 years ago. Yes, there are people who have the intelligence and cannot nurture it simply because they are born into the wrong families or the wrong circumstances. That is fundamentally unfair. I would say that that argument still holds. If we try to pretend that intelligence doesn’t exist or everyone is completely equal, if everyone was completely equal in capacity, then it would be down to the environment. But the more you try to level out the influence of environment with giving everyone the same kinds of schools, and so on. Then all the differences that you would see would be from innate talent. However, we can’t really get around that some things are sensitive. We can’t really shy away from that. But we need to learn how to deal with it, and address that. One of the good things about Mensa and Mensa membership is that you very quickly lose all the prejudice you have about intelligence.

It becomes very, very obvious when you’re active in Mensa that intelligence is one factor among many. It doesn’t really say all that much about who you are. It is quite possible to be intelligent, have a high IQ, and still have a lot of trouble in life. We know that. We know that there is a correlation between IQ and income, and other things. [Laughing] But it is just a correlation, which means we know other factors play into this. So, knowing IQ is fine and not everything, it is important, so you can start addressing all those other things. But if you start to pretend that it doesn’t exist, for one, you would be wrong. One thing is clear from 100 years of intelligence research. There is, indeed, one thing that we can call talent or giftedness. So, I think going too far in either direction is dangerous. But I think, let’s move forward, I think I made the point.

5. Jacobsen: When we are looking at internal-to-Mensa (International), and when we are looking at one of the (national) branches, when we are looking at the organizational response to these political and social aspects, what is done within the culture of Mensa, even policy, to, within reasonable limits, deal with or manage some of these political and social facets, or concerns?

Liljeqvist: Different things are done in different countries. The Czech Republic Mensa, they have their own school. They have a school for gifted children run by Mensa. That wouldn’t work here, Sweden. We have a program where they dispatch instructors or specifically trained member volunteers to go to schools and, sometimes, politicians or people in some kind of position of responsibility, but mostly schools, to give free lectures. To inform, “We’d like to tell you a little bit about intelligence. These are the signs of giftedness that you should look out for. If you have children showing these issues or signs, or who appear to be bored, this is what you could give them, and so on.” Basically, it is trying to raise general awareness of giftedness in as matter-of-factly a way as possible. That is, without drawing too far fetched conclusions from it, simply telling people, teachers, about the factors, then letting this speak for itself, most people, most teachers, want children growing up to be happy, to be able to do the things that they like and enjoy. We understand that. We acknowledge it, when it comes to other things, e.g., having a talent for football or music. That has always been included in my country very much, fostered and cultivated. We have had schools for the musically gifted, sports for the athletically gifted, for a very long time.

 

But when it comes to mathematically gifted, it has been sensitive. Trying to change that is well within what we as a non-political society can do, the American Mensa Foundation, they give out scholarships, and so on, to students and also to researchers. But I would say Mensa still has a long way to go. The original idea in Mensa: let’s have a society not just for people who share views or share a certain idealism for these issues, but to limit membership only to people who score above a certain point. It is an interesting idea. But there are certain challenges to running a society where you don’t have diversity of talent in the same way that you would have in a normal society. Not everyone is highly educated, most are, we have great diversity in many ways.

We have diversity in opinion, perhaps greater than in society in general, which makes perfect sense from a statistical point of view. But we don’t have diversity when it comes to intellectual ability. It means that most members are people of the kind who enjoy ideas. I think it is good, an organization, if you have some people in there who like to think of ideas, like to philosophize, and everything, and then people who like to do simple manual labour like folding papers, putting them in envelopes, and then sending them away.

That might be better for the society in itself. Mensa has an abundance of people with opinions and a lot of practice in finding arguments, and rationalizations for their opinions. It is not necessarily a bad thing, but it comes with particular challenges. Even for Mensa to find its place, it has been difficult. So, the social aspect of it, what we discovered, what Mensa discovered, very early on, almost as soon as it was founded. When you get these people together, they experience something. They experience this resonance. You get this kind of resonance in conversation. So, many times, many Mensa members, when they meet, have a lot of fun. That has been a very big part of the society, the social platform. It is written into the Mensa Constitution. That it should provide a place for people to meet. It is not the main thing. It is not the reason why we are here. Like I said, a lot of people who come wanting something more, something deeper. But a lot of things have happened in the last ten years. In many countries, we are looking at ways of putting this to use. The one thing that has not really been done successfully is the idea of this global thinktank that can solve problems.

Not because it is a bad thing to want, but, I think, people underestimated the amount of coordination that is needed to get from 100,000 intelligent individuals into a collective intelligence made up of 100,000 people. One of my own private, personal strong interests is how do you achieve collective intelligence. How do a collection of intelligent individuals coalesce into superintelligent collective high hive, hive mind it is way different difficult than we normally assume. But it is still something that is worth exploring because we know that sometimes groups can really accomplish great things. Companies, NGOs, thinktanks, under certain circumstances, a group of intelligent people can still be collectively stupid. The idea, when Mensa was founded, that this society could work or serve as some kind of a thinktank to come up with recommendations for policymakers, and so on. We haven’t reached that. What we do, members find other members what they want to do together, that’s something. We have these programs like schools and raising awareness. All that is fine. But it is still way in the future before some company or a country could say, “We are having troubles with inundations or earthquakes. Quick! Let’s call the Mensa collective hive mind and ask for their advice.” That is not who we are today. I wonder if that will ever be the case. Personally, I have given a lot of thought, particularly in the days of social media when people naturally come together forming groups to discuss.

Sometimes, it works well. Sometimes, it doesn’t work at all. What are the conditions that have to be there for intelligence to emerge from a collective? That is something that, I think, should be looked into at the academic level more. To take an example, if you look at the brain itself, what is it? You have a distribution of nodes, of brain cells. For this to work, it has to contain the noise, don’t propagate the noise, but identify quality, propagate quality. That seems to work even on a greater scale. If you have social media that propagates the noise, then you get all sorts of weird artifacts, e.g., gossip, fake news, hate campaigns, whatever. When the nodes make an effort to identify interesting, useful information, and elaborate on that, and forward that, then you get interesting things emerging from networks. I think this is a tangent. We are living through a very interesting mega-experiment with social media and vastly distributed communication channels. We haven’t seen the end of it. We are learning as a civilization how to deal with it. What networks are helpful and conducive to a better society? What kind of networks are not? That is very, very fascinating to see, to live in that age. I guess, 10 or 20 years from now, we will have a lot more knowledge compared to what we have today.

6. Jacobsen: Some of the research into the social media networks appear to show, at least in Twitter, people stick to their bubbles. No matter the political suasion. It is a very small group of people who will read the different side of things, and pick from different sources, and cross-pollinate networks.

Liljeqvist: Yes, I am aware of that. Although, I know some studies have been made. These bubbles are not quite as thick as they are often made out to be. But yes, fair enough, it’s not all the same. Researchers & scientists also use these. I follow interesting thinkers on Twitter. To me, that has been a great thing. I have grown accustomed to a daily diet of interesting, novel thoughts. That’s not at all what life was like 20 years ago. Now, I can get a steady supply of really, really interesting ideas and research. 10 or 100 times denser than 20 years ago or before the internet. Yes, there are bubbles. For sure, there are bubbles. But it is not all bubble. If you look at this from an evolutionary point of view, there are always changes to the environment. One can never really know in advance what kind of organism is going to emerge victorious. I think it is the same with social media. Some types of behaviour and usages will turn out to be more conducive to intelligence and stable, healthy societies than others. We’re currently seeing a lot of such attempts at how to use, or how should you use, social media. How should you avoid disinformation? How should you find quality? What is a healthy way of engaging? For example, just doing something that would be a good thing to do if it was only you, it could, when 100,000 people do it, become something else. Even such a thing as taking a stance against someone who is saying something stupid, yes, it could be good to counter that. If a 1,000,000, qualitatively, it might be a bit too strong and might lead to people becoming afraid of expressing themselves online, etc. That is the other side of it. The people who we would all benefit the most from listening to might drop out of the conversation altogether if it is not seen as safe to engage in it – so to speak. Of course, this is a topic that could go on forever. It is something that even I am finding for Mensa the best kind of online community, which the members would enjoy and allow for intelligent exchange of ideas. It is a big personal interest of mine.

7. Jacobsen: Do you think, speaking of a collective intelligence use, the special interest groups perform something like that service?

Liljeqvist: That could be one way of doing it, for example, absolutely. When that happens, that members join together to do something in a way that has been facilitated by Mensa because they found each other through Mensa, through a special interest group. Then they are something good in general, but then without really crediting Mensa for it. Similar example, a lot of people find partners and get married, and have children, meeting through Mensa. Absolutely, that’s a wonderful thing if we can do that. But it is not something that you can attribute to the society. It is that Mensa becomes one more area in the world, where people can find each other and join forces, whether that is for some socially beneficial cause or for personal interests. That’s fine, either way. It is one of the goals of Mensa: to make it possible, easier for intelligent people to find other intelligent people to join forces.

8. Jacobsen: Did this happen with Camilla and you, in terms of finding someone likeminded in that community?

Liljeqvist: Sure, absolutely, [Laughing] we met through Mensa 5 years ago or something. It’s something that happens. Yes.

Outliers, and so on, what else can I help you with? What else do you want to talk about?

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Chairman, Mensa International.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Background, Mensa International, Social and Political Aspects of Intelligence, and Camilla (Part One)[Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 15). An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Background, Mensa International, Social and Political Aspects of Intelligence, and Camilla (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Background, Mensa International, Social and Political Aspects of Intelligence, and Camilla (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Background, Mensa International, Social and Political Aspects of Intelligence, and Camilla (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Background, Mensa International, Social and Political Aspects of Intelligence, and Camilla (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Background, Mensa International, Social and Political Aspects of Intelligence, and Camilla (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Background, Mensa International, Social and Political Aspects of Intelligence, and Camilla (Part One)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Background, Mensa International, Social and Political Aspects of Intelligence, and Camilla (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Björn Liljeqvist on Background, Mensa International, Social and Political Aspects of Intelligence, and Camilla (Part One)[Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/liljeqvist-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Science (Part Nine)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 7,207

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Rick Rosner and I conduct a conversational series entitled Ask A Genius on a variety of subjects through In-Sight Publishing on the personal and professional website for Rick. According to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing hereRick G. Rosner may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. Erik Haereid earned a score at 185, on the N-VRA80. He is an expert in Actuarial Sciences. Both scores on a standard deviation of 15. A sigma of 6.00+ (or ~6.13 or 6.20) for Rick – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 1,009,976,678+ (with some at rarities of 1 in 2,314,980,850 or 1 in 3,527,693,270) – and ~5.67 for Erik – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 136,975,305. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population. This amounts to a joint interview or conversation with Erik Haereid, Rick Rosner, and myself.

Keywords: Erik Haereid, Rick Rosner, Science, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Science (Part Nine)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Following from the previous question about the supernatural, and some religion, what is science?

Rick Rosner: Science hadn’t really been pinned down since historians and philosophers of science. People knew what science was. There was a Supreme Court Justice years ago who said that he couldn’t define pornography but knew it when he saw it. It wasn’t until the second half of the 20th century until it was like that. People like Kuhn and Popper said it was falsifiability. You have a theory that makes claims about how the world should behave if your theory is true. Then you test the theory. To me, that is the quickest, easiest definition of science. You can find all sorts of ways to do science that don’t use that system, like scientific classification. Just classifying shit is a scientific exercise, which doesn’t use that system like scientific classification. Classification is a scientific exercise that doesn’t involve falsification. It says, “Look, we have beetles with serrated claws and with smooth claws.” It is making observations of the world. So, you must widen the definition of science. That leads to an expanding collection of verifiable knowledge about the world.

Erik Haereid: Concerning falsifiability, science is a probability process. You will never know for sure, but you will increase the probability for that phenomenon to be true by collecting information that substantiates the hypothesis. I guess this is basically my view.

Science is about processing as much information as possible trying to get closer to solutions and the truths in an everlasting critical circle. Science is a collection of tools, an instrument with the aim of finding universal truths. Its goal is finding something that everyone experiences and agrees with as objective and that’s not trapped within subjectivity. It’s about establishing some fundamental axiomatic assumptions that people respect, and to use some methods systematically to find patterns and new perceptions that we experience as true.

It’s about evolving something that works in general, some logical coherences or empirical perceptions, systemizing gathered information and treating it consciously using some methods that increases and maximizes the probability of the findings/results being true.

The clue is to develop new knowledge that hopefully will give humans better lives and advantages, and knowledge that is as objectively true as we can get it. Science is, therefore, a system or collection of methods that, so far, most people find as the best way of establishing knowledge.

If everyone experiences something and uses it it’s true until the children or the one scientist or someone makes us aware that we are wrong, like in The Emperor’s New Clothes. Manipulation and brainwashing can distort science because we need to adapt to each other and follow authorities. We don’t believe sufficiently in our own perceptions.

Our subjectivity is something we can live with when we adapt to the objective truth. We need objectivity to survive as subjects.   

One of the main features of science is doubt. This defines science. By being critical and never sure about everything you increase the probability of being pretty sure of something; it’s a way of collecting safety. It’s a way of tricking the mind to think of assumptions as temporary truths and, therefore, safe enough to live with. It’s like living by the rule “I don’t really know anything, but since I sit here and write, it can’t be that uncertain.” It’s an axiomatic precaution, like the cogito ergo sum.

Science is also about gathering information, thus defining and using symbols that describe phenomena in ever greater detail. It is thus also an extension of objectivity. We want to know more. To Norwegians snow and winter are quite central objects; we have a lot of symbols and words describing these phenomena. But for the Inuit this is nothing, they have cascades of words and symbols describing this, and for the people living around equator snow is almost baffling.

2. Jacobsen: Why are science and empiricism controversial to so many?

Rosner: Science and empiricism are controversial to people with a creepy hidden agenda or people who have been manipulated by people with a creepy hidden agenda. Some say science takes the mystery out of the world and denies the matters of faith and divinity. But those are horseshit arguments presented by charlatans. Religious people can maintain religious faith and still believe in facts about the world. I don’t think people who aren’t charlatans or idiots have that many quibbles with science. They might have problems. I could see somebody having problems with scientific frameworks that impose a complete absence of values on the world. That everything happens at random. That there are no higher values. That values are a construct by humans. But that hyper-cold pseudoscientific framework is itself kind of a lazy understanding of science; it has some faith aspects to it, itself. There is room to have values within an evolved universe. The superficial understanding of science; that nothing can mean anything. I concede having problems with that. That framework, an easy way of putting it: reasonable people don’t have a problem with the specifics, the specific discoveries and principles, of physics and of various sciences. They may have problems with overreaching scientific, philosophical frameworks. That deny the possibility of values and of divinity. But nobody but an asshole denies the factual discoveries of science.

Haereid: I think we all need to know that there is always a way out, an entrance where we can escape to; a final home.

The cultural thing is one cause, the obedience to authorities another. The classical Milgram experiment exemplifies this. The (subjective) truth is captured in our individual psychological needs. I think some are afraid of objectiveness; something they can’t control with their own mind and body.

Some are very conservative. This is especially a problem with middle-aged and elderly people. Many feel threatened by new inventions and scientific revelations. Even though, it’s based on the sincerest methods we know of. I think some are scared because they don’t understand; it messes up their mind, especially when the pace is as fast as now.

Laziness. It’s easier to stay where you are, even if that’s a world of delusions, than using the energy to adapt to a natural evolution of knowledge and activities. To some it’s frightening, I guess.

I think some people find science uncertain, meaningless, clinical. It’s easier to believe in elevated, supernatural figures and ideas.

The Norwegian author Henrik Ibsen wrote, in The Wild Duck, “Deprive the average human being of his life-lie, and you rob him of his happiness.” Ibsen didn’t mean that one should mix fantasies and reality, just swim into one’s fantasies now and then.

The scientist never knows for sure. There is always something to reveal and find, and the answer will never be found. I think that’s problematic for some. They can’t find the safety and peace they need inside that realm. Some find rest and peace walking on solid earth while others climb steep mountains.

Many find peace in an almighty power or father that ensures them peace in an afterlife. To them, it’s controversial to claim that such a father doesn’t exist, or at least we don’t know that, and the answer is in some stringent logical methods that to many don’t give much comfort. I also think that many people who are critical to science see scientists as cold, cynical and not in contact with their emotions. I don’t know. That’s a hunch.

3. Jacobsen: When we think of science in an everyday sense, what is it?

Rosner: It is what we learned about the world with, in most cases, a high degree of certainty and how we’ve used that knowledge about the world. Most of the stuff that we know with a high degree of certainty is, somehow, tied to science. Off the top of my head, I came up with a system of knowledge that is not tied to science, but is tied to real sloppiness or has less certainty, e.g., the art of picking up girls or women. It had a renaissance in the 1990s or the 2000s. These guys who wanted to hook up with hot girls developed a set of techniques for an attempt to do that, including things like negging – coming up to a hot girl and not telling her that she is beautiful, but saying that something is weird with her. According to the pick-up artist system, she has heard she is beautiful a million times before. That is a system of knowledge that is not reliable because every person is a different person. It is not scientifically established. You can go up and tell someone, a girl, that her nose does a weird thing when she laughs. That may or may not work. It is shitty, in terms of effectiveness and just being established fact that you can pick up a girl by mildly insulting her. A lot of the stuff that is more reliable is based on more scientific fact, like pupils dilate when someone likes you. It may be unreliable, but it is closer to real science. But neither of those is as close to the physics of when you drop a ball. Things we feel close to having 100% certainty are the products of science.

Haereid: Most of what we see of manmade objects is based on science. Different buildings, skyscrapers and bridges. Vehicles, machinery, roads and traffic. Infrastructures. Economic and political systems. Communication, phones, computers, the internet. Power, like electricity. Medicine. Technology.

We think of it as basic for a lot of our many devices that we use all the time, like washing machines and smartphones. We think of progress and effectiveness; an easier way to produce food, produce what we want, more spare time, more money, funnier stuff to use, more advanced tech to play with. We think of virtual reality and a totally new world that we dive into. Effectuation of communication. More of everything; more choices, more stress, more demands, more happiness, more sadness. It’s a dichotomy in the way that science produces more freedom and spare time, and at the same time, less of that; many struggled because they can’t reach everything they want to and feel they need to. Science produces vast amounts of conscious content. It creates a social pressure, and an economic brainless whirl based on the idea that all growth is good growth; reduction in GNP (GNI) is devastating. But of course, it isn’t. That’s nonsense.

I guess most (young) people think of science as something that gives them more opportunities, choices, freedom and, on average, a better and longer life.

4. Jacobsen: How does this differ from real science?

Rosner: The everyday understanding of science is using stuff already established or products. Everything we consume, now, is the product of modern civilization. Modern civilization is the product of science. But it is just using the products of science and technology. So, every day, exposure to science is using the products, and doing real science is trying to expand scientific knowledge.

Haereid: It’s about usefulness contra understanding. From “How do I use it, what’s in it for me?” to “How does it work, what does it consist of, how can I make it?” You don’t need to know how it works to see and use technology, a smartphone or a bridge. The border is the user interfaces. You don’t have to understand how a transistor or microchip works to use a radio or computer. You don’t have to understand that experiencing the blue planet and sky is due to certain frequencies in the electromagnetic waves. But to describe the phenomena and develop knowledge you must know it, dig into it.

5. Jacobsen: If we examine the supernatural, paranormal claims about ghosts, prayer, demons, goblins, reading minds, foretelling the future, spirits, the divine inspiration of purported holy texts, and so on, what are some appropriate scientific answers to them or responses to them?

Rosner: That they are mostly, or most of those beliefs get, squeezed out of existence and attributed to wishful thinking or optical illusions. Like, everybody occasionally sees somebody lurking in a doorway for about a tenth of a second. That’s just your brain rebooting its systems. You don’t see someone all the sudden materialize in a doorway if you have been staring at the doorway. If you turn your head, then you might for a split second see someone in the doorway and startle yourself. That’s just your brain making a bad guess about what is at the doorway. As you look at the doorway, your brain gets more information; then you brain is like, “Oh! Just a doorway.” Most of that stuff belongs to the paranormal and gets explained away by science. Some stuff might survive, but only in ways that are mediated by science. Take ESP, or telepathy, some people might be able to read other people’s thoughts better than other people because they are able to catch or perceive micro-expressions and can guess what issues most people have in their lives. Most psychics who are good are good guessers and experienced in asking questions that will ring a bell. Do you know anyone whose name begins with J?

Stuff like that. There can be some basis for this stuff. All of it is mediated through normal means, being able to read people’s micro-expressions; you’re using regular perception not extra-perception. Or you might be using some sixth sense; some people might have it. I doubt it. But like birds, birds can perceive magnetic fields and can be able to navigate using the Earth’s magnetic fields. Some people might have some vestige of it. I doubt it. But it would still be a scientifically established sense. There is not a lot of magic syrup floating around. If there turn out to be, they will turn out to be scientifically explained and incorporated into science, like zombies.

There are zombies. But they are the old school zombies like in Haiti before the definition of zombie got hijacked. People in Haiti, I think, and some other Caribbean island would kidnap people and drug the fuck out of them and turn them into these people who are kind of slaves, because they were drugged up and followed simple orders. They couldn’t follow complex orders because you drugged them enough to have control over them. Those are scientifically established zombies. Assuming this Haiti thing is real, you could find people in Haiti doing this and find people drugged up. But the new zombie, which is a dead person who came back to life and eats brains and lurches around; it is scientifically unsupportable. Nobody claims zombies are real, but people claim other shit is real like ghosts. Most of the stuff like that;

that people want to believe is, or are, real. They just don’t make sense.

People who live for 300 years, if they stay out of sunlight and drink blood. That’s just not supportable. Although, sometimes, when you look at the origins of the legends of these people, you see some people may have had a disease or a psychosis that may have led to the beginnings of these. All this stuff is obvious.

Anyway.

Haereid: Prove it. Give me more details; more information, things that I can see, understand and experience. Things that I can percept. You tell me something that I can’t experience empirically or logically. Then it’s a hypothesis. Science fiction is also science in the sense of thoughts about something that can happen, that maybe is real, but is far away from our perceptions of reality at this moment. When you have a mathematical hunch, you think there is a formal connection, but you don’t know; you create a theory which you try to prove mathematically. As a scientist you don’t claim that theory to be true or false until you have proved or disproved it. This caution and respect, humility, is in the scientist’s blood.

If you mean you can read minds and see ghosts, give me some evidences, something I can build my belief on. If I reject your ideas and say it’s nonsense, I am as little scientific as you are. Because I really don’t know if what you are saying is true or false. I can’t prove it’s not true, but I think you make a mental shortcut, that your brain tricks you.

Explain to me what you mean, in empirical and logical details; I need objectivity. If you don’t, it’s just subjective, emotional, psychological phenomena. We thought the planet was flat until we were objectively convinced it was not, and that a heliocentric view was righter than the geocentric one.

6. Jacobsen: Rick, you said, “Squeezed out of existence.” You mean, “Squeezed out of the mental, cultural landscape.”

Rosner: Just squeezed out of the possibility of existing, because in societies that are pre-scientific or early scientific, they have a catch-all of beliefs. There are plenty of empirical beliefs. There might be some systematized beliefs. There are probably plenty of beliefs about spirits and stuff that we don’t believe, but, maybe, people didn’t have enough evidence to deny them at the time because the accumulation of human knowledge wasn’t sufficient to squeeze that stuff out of the realm of possibility. If you have an institution promoting mystical beliefs, like churches, it is very persuasive; the church is invested in accumulating information that supports the beliefs of the church. It takes a long time for that knowledge to be superseded by scientific knowledge.

7. Jacobsen: Is part of the reason so many people believe in these things related to the lack of appropriate science education interventions? 

Rosner: Everybody constructs their picture of the world. People have a variety of influences. It is not necessarily the job of education and people’s friends and family to crush every mystical belief out of them, to examine everything that a person may believe and assiduously root out everything that might not be legit. People draw information from several different sources. It would be difficult and mostly unnecessary to drum every unscientific belief out of people. People can believe all sorts of shit and go about their daily lives. Much of the time, it is not much of a problem. Mostly, it is a problem when people exploit people’s ignorance. America is at a high tide of cynical motherfuckers exploiting people’s ignorance and non-scientific beliefs.

Haereid: People who grow up in an inspiring environment where the others “think science,” like some families, where both parents are teachers or scientists, seem to adopt this culture; understand and like science when they become adults.

It’s about motivation. If you have people around you ONLY talking about other people, small-talking and being interested in superficies stuff like clothes and makeup, or who is who-stuff, social status and so on, you don’t get into the interesting features of science. Then you don’t get it. You must understand it; go into the empirical and logical details to gain the motivation. You must experience that you get it. It’s like building something; it’s rewarding because you get that inner feeling of reward, to master something, building your identity. A good teacher can do miracles with the kids making them interested in science. To experience the power in scientific truth is stronger than any godlike power, I think. Then it’s more difficult to believe in supernatural things. You start asking questions that are prohibited in these cultures.

8. Jacobsen: Also, is some of this due to the churches and religious institutions? For example, when I went through the creationist groups in Canada, they almost always present in the churches or places of worship. In other words, pseudoscience gets transmitted with the permission and, in fact, promotional efforts and encouragement of religious groups while done in places of worship. 

Rosner: Yes! Churches incorporate mystical beliefs, for the most part. There are some churches like Seventh Day Adventists, Unitarians, or Reformed Jews where mystical beliefs take a back seat to the scientific beliefs and moral teachings. But yes, churches teach a bunch of mystical stuff. But if it teaches them to behave morally, then it is much harm. If it teaches them to behave like immoral idiots like some of the Evangelical congregations are caught up in America now, then, yes, it is a fucking problem.

Haereid: I think it’s more common in North America than Scandinavia, but it’s here too. Some institutions use every opportunity to convince people of what they believe is true, even if it’s based on wishes and fantasies. It’s coercion; you get a reward if you apply and punishment if you argue. The unscientific way of convincing people is basically through reward and punishment, emotional invasion. In science, the answers are rewards and the questions are the punishments.

It’s like the people in the wedding should force the people in the funeral to feel happy, or vice versa. They build a strong culture, and spice it with motivations and rewards. They use psychology to attract uncertain and lonely people to their herd; to build their army of blind soldiers.

9. Jacobsen: If we look further at the methodologies of science, what are its most advanced manifestations now?

Rosner: We are going to supplant ourselves as the best information processors on Earth. Eventually, we will give ourselves technological immortality. Those are the bigger manifestations of science. Just the rise of AI and super-medicine, if you’re asking about the purest manifestation of the scientific method, you could argue that is AI too, because AI – machine learning – is something; we are constantly performing thinking. Thinking is an experiment in predicting, in best predictions. The current fashion in thinking about thinking is that brains exist to predict and prepare you for every second and every moment that you’re about to face. Thinking is an experiment in making assumptions and having those assumptions confirmed or denied and then changing your assumptions based on the new information, brains are super-duper Bayesian. Bayesian Probability is a system of weighting your predictions based on your estimate of how much you know at each point in time and then changing those predictions and your weighting of them based on experience. That’s what your brain does all the time. That’s what AI do all the time, setting machine learning loose in the world is a testament to constant testing and verification being etched into silicon. Science is informed guessing. You take what you know to try to use that to predict. That’s machine learning.

Haereid: The only scientific, objective truths are the truths who apply to all; that favours all. This is a proper definition. It gives us few truths and a lot of uncertainty; a lot to work with and improve. And it provides common goals for the future information processors; human and AI.

When we set goals that do not fulfill this definition, they are subjective or democratic; there are always fewer than all that defines them. That’s the beauty of math; it’s so far the closest we are to axioms and rules that everybody seems to accept. It’s objective.

I believe in honesty and clarity as outcomes of science and its methods. In the future, it will be more difficult to lie, to manipulate, to gain power through promoting illusions. That leads us into a more joint and transparent society, where privacy becomes more visible and less private, because scientifically methods is about revealing failure, flaws, and then correct it. What we today see as flaws and failures will change through the process, with and without AI, and definitely with technology, when science develops through an effectuation of its methods. We still have a prehistorical view of what is right and wrong, because science is very new to us. We base a lot of our knowledge on nonscientific cultural stuff and prejudgments. We lack information and effective processors to handle it. With increasingly abilities, we will understand more and get closer to objective truths. We will adjust the goals as part of the scientific method, change direction, continuously, and increasing the probability of getting closer to the truths.

At the beginning, this seems frightening. We will struggle with all our flaws until we see that everybody else has the same ones or related flaws. Then it becomes a joint struggle to improve, like killing Covid-19 and getting rid of cancer. The scientific method, like using technology to expand our brains, will help us to achieve our goals more effectively; faster and more precise.

AI is an approach to how our brains work; it’s an amplifier in its very beginning. It uses its advantages over the human brain, like the available amount of information processed and speed. It copies the brain when it comes to our signal system. We speed up when something is important and we slow down when we don’t weight that information much.  When we mean something is wrong, we reject it, and when something is right we store and process it. It’s like a transistor. Basically. This is copied to AI. It’s an automatic process inside the AI-brain that is meant to work as (an amplifier of) the human brain when it comes to scientific methods; converging towards better solutions, more truths, by weighting information and results, and do this iteratively continuously towards a goal.  

We are constantly improving our brain’s capacity, using scientific methods. We use technology to enhance our thinking and data processing. We will succeed in reaching our goals.

10. Jacobsen: What are the most prominent and accepted findings in the sciences now?

Rosner: Physics. Physics is the most deeply mathematical and deeply verified of the sciences. Then you can look at areas of physics that just without question  are true: Newtonian dynamics for instance as long as you’re not dealing with stuff not travelling more than 1% of the speed of light, which almost nothing does in the everyday world except for subatomic particles or photons. The Newtonian framework is super-duper verified, so is Special Relativity. Physical dynamics is super verified. Even shit like thermodynamics is super verified, even though, people argue about the philosophical underpinnings of things like entropy and information. But really, there are so many areas of physics that we dead solid know. That footprint probably extends a little farther to stuff that’s known ridiculously absolutely, probably keeps creeping outward. Just because Einstein overturned Newtonian Mechanics, when a gravitational field or at high velocities, that didn’t invalidate Newtonian Mechanics. It meant that at normal velocities, and at normal gravitational fields. You might have to correct a term 14 places beyond the decimal point, which means you don’t have to correct it at all. Because it doesn’t matter for what you’re doing.

Haereid: Mathematics is the most basic of all sciences. When something is mathematical coherent, and empirically experienced repeatedly over a long time, we accept it. Like Newton’s gravitational laws, which Rick mentioned. It’s very difficult not to accept it. Physics, yes. Natural sciences in general. It’s a lot inside natural sciences that we accept, in chemistry and biology, in astronomy. It’s difficult to pick.

11. Jacobsen: Overall, what does this view of the world give us? These different findings from fields of science brought into a reasonably knit together, though incomplete, blanket.

Rosner: It lets us manipulate the world. To some extent, lagging that, it is understanding our place in the world. The lagging behind the certainty of science are the philosophies that may arise from science. Because we jettisoned; there’s the internet meme of the guy walking with one girl and looking at another girl. The girl that he is looking at is science; the girl that he blowing off is philosophy. We blew off philosophy because science gives results. Science is incomplete as we’ve talked about before. Science is nowhere near complete enough. It hasn’t given enough of a picture of the universe to give us any deep philosophizing that may have any of the nice certainty, even empirical underpinnings, that science does. What was the fucking question you got?

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Rosner: Right now, it gives us a bunch of cool shit. Some time in the future, it may give us philosophical understandings of the world. The cheap and shitty and inaccurate scientific/philosophical understanding of the world is that everything is random and nothing matters. I think a more sophisticated view might permit more. We have no idea. We still live at the bottom of a deep well of ignorance about the rest of the universe. We haven’t found life on any other planet. Even though, life on other planets must exist in profusion. We don’t know what a civilization that has been around for a million years might be like. We don’t know what role such civilizations might play in how the universe works, whether they play zero role or play a role in the universe’s information structure. That deep civilizations might be part of the way the universe understands itself. Who fucking knows? We have no idea. You and I talk about IC [Ed. Ask A Genius: Set I.]. These seem to have some offerings of a more philosophical set of implications if what we talk about is true. It is a true that has some nice resonances that seem like they should be true, but we just don’t know anything. But we do learn more stuff; we should be able to do more philosophy to some extent.

Haereid: We are more perfectionists. Many think as scientists; the culture is driven by scientific approaches and mindset. You can see this especially with young people, young adults. This is my experience; that they are more interested in details, discussing the logic behind phenomena, cause and effect, and that life is about finding the flaws and mistakes and remove it; their goal is to improve themselves; and on that road, they use scientific methods.

One of the (temporary) effects and downsides with this way of thinking is that it creates impossible expectations; demands that people can’t fulfill; we live in a world where no one is as good as they should be. This is because of a scientific way of thinking improvement. Then our brains create psychopathological issues; mental problems concerning self-images and -worth. Science doesn’t deal with this problem, at least yet, in a good way. The consequence is that (especially young) people try to change themselves to fit the impossible expectations; distinctiveness is banned. I think we will solve this with science; it’s some obstacles along the road. I said something about this a couple of questions ago.  

I think we think we can do everything; it’s so many inventions and products created by science the last few hundred years, that we get narcissistic. It’s easy to believe that we are godlike since we can affect our surroundings into such a degree. One of our advantages and obstacles is that we are capable of mentally enlarging everything. Science is a way of getting down to earth, in the end. It’s also a way of using our imagination, and it’s easy to mix up fantasies and reality. 

Most of the sciences have a positive impact on us, like the evolution in medicine. We do all agree in that fighting against diseases is a common goal; it’s nothing controversial in that. It helps us feel better and live longer. Evolving effectiveness concerning food supplies and other primary needs is only good. If we automatize everything, we can do something else. I am not one of those who worry about unemployment in the future because of evolution in technology. On the contrary; the main issue is to provide food and necessary needs, to everyone. This is primarily a distributional problem; we will create all those needs more effectively. People will always act, find something to do, together, paid or not. A job is only some activities. You can get paid, get your necessary supplies, from any source.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Erik Haereid has been a member of Mensa since 2013, and is among the top scorers on several of the most credible IQ-tests in the unstandardized HRT-environment. He is listed in the World Genius Directory. He is also a member of several other high IQ Societies.

Erik, born in 1963, grew up in OsloNorway, in a middle class home at Grefsen nearby the forest, and started early running and cross country skiing. After finishing schools he studied mathematics, statistics and actuarial science at the University of Oslo. One of his first glimpses of math-skills appeared after he got a perfect score as the only student on a five hour math exam in high school.

He did his military duty in His Majesty The King’s Guard (Drilltroppen)).

Impatient as he is, he couldn’t sit still and only studying, so among many things he worked as a freelance journalist in a small news agency.  In that period, he did some environmental volunteerism with Norges Naturvernforbund (Norwegian Society for the Conservation of Nature), where he was an activist, freelance journalist and arranged ‘Sykkeldagen i Oslo’ twice (1989 and 1990) as well as environmental issues lectures. He also wrote some crime short stories in A-Magasinet (Aftenposten (one of the main newspapers in Norway), the same paper where he earned his runner up (second place) in a nationwide writing contest in 1985. He also wrote several articles in different newspapers, magazines and so on in the 1980s and early 1990s.

He earned an M.Sc. degree in Statistics and Actuarial Sciences in 1991, and worked as an actuary novice/actuary from 1987 to 1995 in several Norwegian Insurance companies. He was the Academic Director (1998-2000) of insurance at the BI Norwegian Business School (1998-2000), Manager (1997-1998) of business insurance, life insurance, and pensions and formerly Actuary (1996-1997) at Nordea in Oslo Area, Norway, a self-employed Actuary Consultant (1996-1997), an Insurance Broker (1995-1996) at Assurance Centeret, Actuary (1991-1995) at Alfa Livsforsikring, novice Actuary (1987-1990) at UNI Forsikring.

In 1989 he worked in a project in Dallas with a Texas computer company for a month incorporating a Norwegian pension product into a data system. Erik is specialized in life insurance and pensions, both private and business insurances. From 1991 to 1995 he was a main part of developing new life insurance saving products adapted to bank business (Sparebanken NOR), and he developed the mathematics behind the premiums and premium reserves.

He has industry experience in accounting, insurance, and insurance as a broker. He writes in his IQ-blog the online newspaper Nettavisen. He has personal interests among other things in history, philosophy and social psychology.

In 1995, he moved to Aalborg in Denmark because of a Danish girl he met. He worked as an insurance broker for one year, and took advantage of this experience later when he developed his own consultant company.

In Aalborg, he taught himself some programming (Visual Basic), and developed an insurance calculation software program which he sold to a Norwegian Insurance Company. After moving to Oslo with his girlfriend, he was hired as consultant by the same company to a project that lasted one year.

After this, he became the Manager of business insurance in the insurance company Norske Liv. At that time he had developed and nurtured his idea of establishing an actuarial consulting company, and he did this after some years on a full-time basis with his actuarial colleague. In the beginning, the company was small. He had to gain money, and worked for almost two years as an Academic Director of insurance at the BI Norwegian Business School.

Then the consultant company started to grow, and he quitted BI and used his full time in NIA (Nordic Insurance Administration). This was in 1998/99, and he has been there since.

NIA provides actuarial consulting services within the pension and life insurance area, especially towards the business market. They was one of the leading actuarial consulting companies in Norway through many years when Defined Benefit Pension Plans were on its peak and companies needed evaluations and calculations concerning their pension schemes and accountings. With the less complex, and cheaper, Defined Contribution Pension Plans entering Norway the last 10-15 years, the need of actuaries is less concerning business pension schemes.

Erik’s book from 2011, Benektelse og Verdighet, contains some thoughts about our superficial, often discriminating societies, where the virtue seems to be egocentrism without thoughts about the whole. Empathy is lacking, and existential division into “us” and “them” is a mental challenge with major consequences. One of the obstacles is when people with power – mind, scientific, money, political, popularity – defend this kind of mind as “necessary” and “survival of the fittest” without understanding that such thoughts make the democracies much more volatile and threatened. When people do not understand the genesis of extreme violence like school killings, suicide or sociopathy, asking “how can this happen?” repeatedly, one can wonder how smart man really is. The responsibility is not limited to let’s say the parents. The responsibility is everyone’s. The day we can survive, mentally, being honest about our lives and existence, we will take huge leaps into the future of mankind.

Rick G. Rosner, according to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing here, may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. He has received 8 Writers Guild Awards and Emmy nominations, and was titled 2013 North American Genius of the Year by The World Genius Directory with the main “Genius” listing here.

He has written for Remote ControlCrank YankersThe Man ShowThe EmmysThe Grammys, and Jimmy Kimmel Live!. He worked as a bouncer, a nude art model, a roller-skating waiter, and a stripper. In a television commercialDomino’s Pizza named him the “World’s Smartest Man.” The commercial was taken off the air after Subway sandwiches issued a cease-and-desist. He was named “Best Bouncer” in the Denver Area, Colorado, by Westwood Magazine.

Rosner spent much of the late Disco Era as an undercover high school student. In addition, he spent 25 years as a bar bouncer and American fake ID-catcher, and 25+ years as a stripper, and nearly 30 years as a writer for more than 2,500 hours of network television. Errol Morris featured Rosner in the interview series entitled First Person, where some of this history was covered by Morris. He came in second, or lost, on Jeopardy!, sued Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? over a flawed question and lost the lawsuit. He won one game and lost one game on Are You Smarter Than a Drunk Person? (He was drunk). Finally, he spent 37+ years working on a time-invariant variation of the Big Bang Theory.

Currently, Rosner sits tweeting in a bathrobe (winter) or a towel (summer). He lives in Los AngelesCalifornia with his wife, dog, and goldfish. He and his wife have a daughter. You can send him money or questions at LanceVersusRick@Gmail.Com, or a direct message via Twitter, or find him on LinkedIn, or see him on YouTube.”

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-nine; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Science (Part Nine) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-nine.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 15). Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Science (Part Nine)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-nine.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Science (Part Nine). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-nine>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Science (Part Nine).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-nine.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Science (Part Nine).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-nine.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Science (Part Nine)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-nine>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Science (Part Nine)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-nine.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Science (Part Nine).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-nine>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Science (Part Nine) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-nine.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Dr. Sandra Schlick and Rick Rosner on Strategic Management Systems (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,981

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Rick Rosner and I conduct a conversational series entitled Ask A Genius on a variety of subjects through In-Sight Publishing on the personal and professional website for Rick. According to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing hereRick G. Rosner may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. Dr. Sandra Schlick earned a score at 173, on the Concep-T. She is an expert in Strategic Management Systems. Both scores on a standard deviation of 15. A sigma of 6.00+ (or ~6.13 or 6.20) for Rick – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 1,009,976,678+ (with some at rarities of 1 in 2,314,980,850 or 1 in 3,527,693,270) – and ~4.87 for Sandra – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 1,759,737. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population. This amounts to a joint interview or conversation with Dr. Sandra Schlick, Rick Rosner, and myself.  

Keywords: Competitive Intelligence, Knowledge Management, Rick Rosner, Sandra Schlick, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Strategic Management Systems.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Dr. Sandra Schlick and Rick Rosner on Strategic Management Systems (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: For the starting session here, we will discuss things starting off with the information provided by Dr. Schlick. Then some commentary by Rick, and then this can provide some pace to start with the work on Strategic Management Systems, which is the specialty of Dr. Schlick. 

Sandra Schlick: I agree, best is to start with thinking about what a process is about. Within a process, you identify tasks in the first place. After that step, you need to look at how each process task interrelates with other tasks. Let’s look at the Competitive Intelligence (CI) process. Basically, the CI process deals with data identification and analysis that potentially influence a firm’s activities. There we have management tasks that highly relate to the conventional CI process (planning and focus, data gathering and analysis, communication of analysis outcomes and link to decision making). I have to show these processes, because there is no “strategic management” process per se. There are decisions, there are processes that focus on certain issues. I discuss a bid the relatedness of CI with other processes because there is a “web of processes” is what constitutes strategic management. From another viewpoint, we can say that if there influencing strategic decisions mean to relate to strategic management. I speak of two aspects here: synthesized information that can influence strategic decisions, and the varied organizational support to strategic decision making.

When looking at what strategic management is about, there is a source (The Association for strategic planning (2014) that describes criteria – which supports the arguments above:

– Systems approach (emphasizing the interrelatedness of processes)

– Change management

– Information for decision making

– Assessment

– Prioritization

– Supporting toolkit (terms, concepts, steps, tools, techniques)

– Integrate systems and align around strategy

– Deliver simple, clear, and practical benefits

– Incorporate learning and feedback

When looking at the link of the CI process to other processes, there are internal activities (Knowledge Management (KM) that deals with internal data of the firm), just because the data are analyzed in the firm and some firms (especially the big ones) are the main influencer of the market themselves. – please be aware that I try to explain rather complex processes in a short way, therefore I will skip some issues here. The main important is that the KM process (a process of data gathering and analysis itself) underpins the CI process by bridging the information gap between the CI analysis and the information to management for decision (an important step when doing CI).

Then we have quality, because we need to know the validity of our data. Because the term “validity” is too narrow (it is associated with the goodness of data), we enlarge that concept to “effectiveness” and “sophistication”. Hereby we refer to the process of CI as a whole. Its effectiveness is not just the goodness of its data at the usefulness of a decision (eg was it a good idea to expand, merge, or to launch a new product?). Sophistication looks at the construct of the process and the tools (eg advanced analysis methods? Advanced software? Emphasis on CI by issuing large teams or secondary tasks?)

Rick Rosner: From a personal perspective, I studied a lot of statistics. I took many semesters of it. I’m good at it in terms of my understanding of the concepts, but I can do zero statistical work because I don’t code. Statistics is all coding now, as far as I know. You have to be able to run sophisticated, multidimensional, and super powerful data analytics to do acceptable statistics now. All the classes I took; maybe, the last semester we worked with some statistics semester. Before that, all the former semesters were pencil and paper, which are obsolete.

When I think of “Knowledge Management,” I think of stuff going on, which is not entirely opaque to me but not entirely accessible to me. Because I do not even have the coding chops to get anywhere near it. That being said, the initial producers and the final clients/recipients of the knowledge management are people. So, at some point, you’re dealing with people and their limitations. I cannot talk about Knowledge Management in particular. I can talk about this: you can get information to any information-based questions, even non-information-based questions like opinions, via Google.

The percent of questions where I had to go to the library when I was a kid to look up stuff for a paper due on the theories of the universe. I had to go to the library and slog through books. Then maybe, something would have a pertinent point. However, close to 100% of the questions of some kid might have had to look in then library in 1991 can find through Google in a minute now, you would think that this would everyone smarter. In a lot ways, it has made people smarter. In some obvious ways, it has made us stupider.

We really can do amazing things with the access to knowledge, including things like driving, whether you use Google Maps or Waze or some other thing. You’re not going to get lost. You may be able to come up with ways to go, which saves 20% of your travel time. The ways in which easy access to knowledge makes us stupider is how everybody has been rendered pissed off and crazy by political propaganda coming at us in ways we can’t defend against it.

Because it comes to us via social media. We are adequately resistant to it. Another way that we are stupider is our constant use of devices. And our preference for the more delicious forms of information. Everybody loves information. But a lot of the information that we love is garbage, e.g., endlessly texting with your friends, endlessly posting nonsense on social media. So, one thing that Knowledge Management has shown is our strengths and limitations. Because we have unlimited access to knowledge now.

It has shown us to be limited in what we can do with it, as humans. We continue to behave in schmucky ways. Let’s use Star Trek, which first ran in the early to mid-1960s, it showed a world in which technology made people behave better, generally. It was a naively idealistic idea of the future, where Roddenberry wanted a flight deck that had people from a variety of nations and races, and genders. All getting along to achieve a common goal.

A lot of science fiction, I think, was sterile and naively thought that people would get smarter once we had adequate technology. Our current situation shows that that is not the case. I talk a lot without any basis in expertise in how we will work more and more intimately with AI in the future and more and more directly with AI and more and more directly with each other, as we invent ways to better and better transmit information among ourselves.

The deal is, one big problem is the end users are people and the objectives are people’s objectives. In the way that Gene Roddenberry hoped people would get better in the future, I can hope people plus AI will be less shitty than people. The more and more imbued with technology and Ai that we get, the more we will change.

We have been the same people genetically for 100,000 years. We aren’t any smarter; in that, we don’t have more native mental resources than the ancient Etruscans. So, to be optimistic about the future, you kind of have to hope human shittiness can be managed and mitigated by people becoming more and more intimately linked to each other and to AI.

So, the limitations of a single brain trying to process the information on its own will lead to the limitations gradually becoming ameliorated, I guess.

2. Jacobsen: Dr. Schlick, how does Rick’s more colloquial presentation of an understanding match and contrast with the more robust expert comprehension of the research and practice of Strategic Management Systems? When you’re looking at data identification, what are the types of data taken into account for these operations? What are the more common types of data one will find in a firm compared to other areas in which Strategic Management Systems are relevant? What about the idea of something less process-oriented and more decision and issues-focused? This is a counterintuitive idea.  How are these synergized decisions part and parcel of an overall “interrelatedness of processes”? What is “Change management”? Information for decision-making seems covered in the types of data question. What is an assessment for a firm in this context? How does one prioritize within a particular industry for the needs of said industry? The toolkit mentions concepts, steps, techniques, terms, and tools as foundational in the “supporting toolkit.” How are these defined within the context of Strategic Management Systems? How does one “integrated systems and align around strategy”? When selling the benefits to a firm of formal analysis, how do you “deliver simple, clear, and practical benefits? Finally, what are common forms of learning and feedback for a perpetual improvement of firms’ overall integrated operations, according to the Strategic Management Systems model?

Schlick: We have to either look at processes in a management-oriented way that means, in support of a company’s needs and in identifying patterns that potentially match for an industry, thus, an economic perspective. In contrast, we can look at it in a technical way by analyzing data or in a philosophical way by discussing similarities of processes and the way people conduct their lives and plan these. Therefore, I would not call my view a “robust” one or Rick’s a “colloquial” one but just different viewpoints from different angles of the same basic idea. I work mainly with qualitative data that allow me to either find patterns in similar processes, embed processes in the context of operating, strategizing and norming within a company, or to understand what processes are potentially about and when we have to stretch these into ad hoc formations or formal procedures. I also use qualitative data to understand how people can work along with processes and to identify their needs concerning a process – thus, being more flexible or predefined.

Talking about other huge concepts as change management and decision making, we need to be careful, because, when working with processes we always have to consider the unknown and implicit changes. The other side is that change management can be seen as a process itself – when working in an agile environment. The concepts of “decision making” are often overused, that is, despite we started with those concepts in a managerial view to identify strategies, sometimes it is overused for a single customer doing a decision – and mostly, it is not very fruitful. The reason is that decisions are coming from an analysis of data with an outcome and a recommendation – be it yourself analyzing a situation and then doing your decision, be it a management board receiving an analysis from his analyst team along with their recommendation. This is, of course, my view. When looking at the process of analyzing, we can find outcomes that put forward options. We can not say that there is “one” assessment” or “one prioritization” as this a) depends on a specific decision situation and b) on the competitive pressure of an industry and c) on the way a management board and their analyst team see “the world” and its challenges and opportunities. Concerning benefits: it depends if these are meant to be operational, strategic, or norm setting. Therefore, the outcomes of an analysis must match the targeted query. If a query (a question to the analyst team) is clearly formulated, we expect a clear answer – be it a solution for the problem or be it that a problem just does not have one. There are also no “common forms”, there are suggested ways of interactive development within companies for the employees, but the learning path of individuals is in a way individual. Lately, a lot has been done to offer online learning opportunities for all kinds of needs and stages – be it a single course, an academic grade, or professional development. On the other hand, online development within companies also became more relevant. We can see this happening in company databases for knowledge exchange and in their development of using offsite tools for their employees. The bottom line is that despite the learning abilities and the potential of processes, allowing employees following distinct steps being from onsite or offsite, much work is left to allow for flexibility at work. The key is that there is a need for interaction between the two poles of flexibility in tasks and work seeking big picture and innovation, and crystalline attitude that come from a) experience and b) from the depth and dedication for perfection.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Dr. Sandra Schlick has the expertise and interest in Managing Mathematics, Statistics, and Methodology for Business Engineers while having a focus on online training. She supervises M.Sc. theses in Business Information and D.B.A. theses in Business Management. Managing Mathematics, Statistics, Methodology for Business Engineers with a focus on online training. Her areas of competence can be seen in the “Competency Map.” That is to say, her areas of expertise and experience mapped in a visualization presentation. Schlick’s affiliations are the Fernfachhochschule Schweiz: University of Applied Sciences, the University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, the Kalaidos University of Applied Sciences, and AKAD.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/schlick-rosner-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Dr. Sandra Schlick and Rick Rosner on Strategic Management Systems (Part One) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/schlick-rosner-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 15). Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Dr. Sandra Schlick and Rick Rosner on Strategic Management Systems (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/schlick-rosner-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Dr. Sandra Schlick and Rick Rosner on Strategic Management Systems (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/schlick-rosner-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Dr. Sandra Schlick and Rick Rosner on Strategic Management Systems (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/schlick-rosner-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Dr. Sandra Schlick and Rick Rosner on Strategic Management Systems (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/schlick-rosner-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Dr. Sandra Schlick and Rick Rosner on Strategic Management Systems (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/schlick-rosner-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Dr. Sandra Schlick and Rick Rosner on Strategic Management Systems (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/schlick-rosner-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Dr. Sandra Schlick and Rick Rosner on Strategic Management Systems (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/schlick-rosner-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Dr. Sandra Schlick and Rick Rosner on Strategic Management Systems (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/schlick-rosner-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Vision, Mission, and Values, and Issues in the HRT World, and the Best Tests (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,066

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego is the Founder of the Hall of Sophia. He discusses: original idea for the Hall of Sophia; its mission; its values; its unification of vision, mission, and values; the facets of intellectual inquiry; developments of the organization; norming I.Q. tests; different societies and rarities; issues at the highest ranges of I.Q. testing; cases of cheating, fraud, and abuse on alternative tests; protecting against the aforementioned issues of cheating and such; highest quality tests with the opinion of the highest quality test as the Titan Test; members of the Giga Society; and the ultimate goal of the Hall of Sophia.

Keywords: creativity, friendship, Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, Hall of Sophia, intelligence, linguistic normalization, mathematics, norming, Titan Test.

An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Vision, Mission, and Values, and Issues in the HRT World, and the Best Tests: Founder, Hall of Sophia (Part Two)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As you described the original idea’s formulation of the Hall of Sophia before, what is the overall vision of it?

Guillermo Alejandro Escarcega Pliego: I want the Hall of Sophia to become a place where friendship and creativity meet.

2. Jacobsen: What is the mission of it?

Pliego: The Hall of Sophia has ten goals which are, the study of extreme intelligence**, the recognition of extreme intelligence as a driver of humanity, the recognition of individuals with extreme cognitive abilities, the creation of generic cognitive models by mathematics*, the creation of paradigms by linguistic formalizations (in the sense of Kuhn)*, the production of intellectual works on the field of mathematics, the production of intellectual works on the field of sciences, the production of intellectual works on the field of theology, the production of intellectual works on the field of philosophy, the production of intellectual works on the field of art, which were mainly inspired by the M-Classification wrote by Nikos Lygeros.

3. Jacobsen: What are the values of it?

Pliego: As a society that believes that genius it’s the driver of humanity the Hall of Sophia cheers and believes that intellectual honesty, integrity, and commitment are the foundations on which positive changes happen.

4. Jacobsen: How do the vision, mission, and values converge into a unified framework for the Hall of Sophia?

Pliego: They converge in the sense that intellectual productions always require a grade of honesty and integrity when they are released into the world.

5. Jacobsen: What are some of the facets of the intellectual inquiry center now?

Pliego: Right now we are just a group of friends that are diving in the realm of human interaction.

6. Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, what have been some of the developments of the organization to get to this point?

Pliego: His foundation and the gathering of his members.

7. Jacobsen: You list the ways to norm high I.Q. tests. Can you expand on this here, please?

Pliego: I have thought of several ways to norm high range I.Q. tests, one of them is something I call the Percentage Theory which states that a person with an I.Q. of 120 sd15 could solve 10% percent of all items in a high range I.Q. test, a person with an I.Q. of 135 sd15 could solve 20% percent of all items in a high range I.Q. test, a person with an I.Q. of 146 sd15 could solve 30% percent of all items in a high range I.Q. test, a person with an I.Q. of 156 sd15 could solve 50% percent of all items in a high range I.Q. test, a person with an I.Q. of 164 sd15 could solve 70% percent of all items in a high range I.Q. test, a person with an I.Q. of 171 sd15 could solve 90% percent of all items in a high range I.Q. test and a person with an I.Q. of 184+ sd15 or more could solve 100% percent of all items in a high range I.Q. test that was properly designed to measure extreme intelligence.

I started to think about this theory when I noticed that most of the scores people get on high range I.Q. tests fall on a certain percentage range, from there I deduced that the smartest people on the planet would always solve 70% percent or more of all items in a high range I.Q. test, the rest was adding and subtracting percentages to make them fit inside a ceiling of 184+ sd15 and a floor of 120 sd15, I selected 184+ sd15 as the ceiling since I think the actual capacity of high range I.Q. tests doesn’t go beyond that point, since we don’t know how to measure intelligences beyond that point.

Now, honestly all of this it’s just a theory and it would require lots of data analysis to confirm it.

Now, in my opinion, the best way to norm a high range test properly is having a big sample of at least one hundred thousand and ideally a million, since high range I.Q. tests pretend to measure beyond the 99.9% percentile and honestly and in my opinion the only way to get the whole picture of the I.Q. range a test measure is having a lot of people of all backgrounds tested with it.

8. Jacobsen: What are the different societies and levels of rarities included in the Hall of Sophia?

Pliego: The Hall of Sophia is comprised of only one society the Hall of Sophia, now for the levels of rarity when I founded the Hall of Sophia I put together a I.Q. scale that I call the Base X Distribution which has twelve levels of rarity starting at One out of Ten, I.Q. 120 sd15, and ending at One out of One Trillion, I.Q. 210 sd15 (the limit of I.Q. testing).

9. Jacobsen: From the professional vantage, what can be the issues with the highest ranges of I.Q. testing?

Pliego: First of all I’m not a professional in the field of psychometrics so I will try to answer in the best way I can to this question.

There are at least four problems that can be pointed out, the first problem is “ceiling effect” id est that the most smartest people taking a test with a ceiling of 120 sd15 will always achieve perfect scores, the second is norming properly any test id est is that not all tests are normed with perfectly random samples, the third is that at higher I.Q. levels, intelligence it’s specialized rather than general id est that the concept of ‘g’ breaks down at two standard deviations above the mean and the fourth problem is that it’s difficult to distinguish between people of extreme intelligence id est that there aren’t tests that could differentiate properly between persons with an I.Q. of 184 sd15 and persons with an I.Q. of 190 sd15.

10. Jacobsen: What have been cases of cheating, fraud, and abuse in regards to the alternative/non-mainstream I.Q. tests?

Pliego: Back in the 90’s people compromised the Langdon Adult Intelligence Test, The Mega Test and the numerical section of the Test for Genius.

11. Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, how can societies and associations, and organizations, for the high range (3SD+) protect against these events and actions?

Pliego: In my opinion, the most simple way to protect tests and societies from them is to have a register of who takes the tests and who joins the societies.

12. Jacobsen: What tests appear to have the highest quality standard in terms of the range of abilities, size of the sample, and so on? 

Pliego: In my honest opinion one of the best tests to measure extreme intelligence properly is and always will be The Titan Test, nothing in the long history of high range I.Q. testing (except for the LAIT, which was compromised and isn’t scored anymore) has come close to the quality of his items or norm, another good test that comes close to the quality of the non-verbal section of the Titan Test is the Eureka Test by Nikos Lygeros (who scored 189 sd16 on the Stanford-Binet Test) founder of The Pi Society, other tests are Verba66, XVLingua, Anoteleia 44 by Mislav Predavec (who scored 184 sd15 on Logima Strictica 36), other is Logima Strictica 36 by Robert Lato, a few others are The Lux25 and the World Intelligence Test by Jason Betts and another is the 9I6 by Laurent Dubois, one of the three tests that haven’t been designed by Paul Cooijmans that are accepted for membership in the Giga Society society.

13. Jacobsen: Members of the Giga Society, known: Thomas R. A. Wolf, Matthew Scillitani, Andreas Gunnarsson, Scott Ben Durgin, Dany Provost, Rolf Mifflin, Paul Johns, Evangelos G. Katsioulis, and Rick Rosner. What is likely common in the cognitive ranges and abilities of the individuals here? What can be universally stated as common factors likely amongst them?

Pliego: First of all I don’t know any of them personally, second of all I’m not a member of the Giga Society saying this I will only answer what I think can be said about them in the most honest way.

It’s hard to say since I don’t know any of the Giga Society members personally.

So for the first question the only thing I can say is that one of his likely common cognitive abilities is that they have a deep understanding of subjects, i.e. they can see the connections among things that others don’t.

For the second question the only thing I can say is that they are highly educated and highly accomplished people.

14. Jacobsen: What is the ultimate goal with the Hall of Sophia?

Pliego: To reach for the stars.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Hall of Sophia.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Vision, Mission, and Values, and Issues in the HRT World, and the Best Tests (Part Two) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 15). An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Vision, Mission, and Values, and Issues in the HRT World, and the Best Tests (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Vision, Mission, and Values, and Issues in the HRT World, and the Best Tests (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Vision, Mission, and Values, and Issues in the HRT World, and the Best Tests (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Vision, Mission, and Values, and Issues in the HRT World, and the Best Tests (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Vision, Mission, and Values, and Issues in the HRT World, and the Best Tests (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Vision, Mission, and Values, and Issues in the HRT World, and the Best Tests (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Vision, Mission, and Values, and Issues in the HRT World, and the Best Tests (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Vision, Mission, and Values, and Issues in the HRT World, and the Best Tests (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Domestic Violence in All Communities, Underreporting of Domestic Violence, Vilification and Stereotyping of Muslims, and Efforts to Halt Domestic Violence (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,884

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Katherine Bullock received her Ph.D. in political science from the University of Toronto (1999). She is a Lecturer in the Department of Political Science, University of Toronto at Mississauga. Her teaching focus is political Islam from a global perspective, and her research focuses on Muslims in Canada, their history, contemporary lived experiences, political and civic engagement, debates on the veil, and media representations of Islam and Muslims. Her publications include: Muslim Women Activists in North America: Speaking for Ourselves, and Rethinking Muslim Women and the Veil: Challenging Historical and Modern Stereotypes which has been translated into Arabic, French, Malayalam, and Turkish. Bullock is President of Compass Books, dedicated to publishing top-quality books about Islam and Muslims in English. She is past President of The Tessellate Institute, a non-profit research institute in Canada, and of the Islamic Society of North America- Canada.  She served as editor of the American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences (AJISS) from 2003 – 2008. She was Vice President of the North American Association of Islamic and Muslim Studies (NAAIMS) from 2013-2017. Originally from Australia, she lives in Oakville, Canada with her husband and children. She embraced Islam in 1994. She discusses: domestic violence studied in the academic literature; national averages; comparing and contrasting with Muslim households; underreporting; common customs and habit, and socialization, as forces for the justification of domestic violence; patriarchal customs existing in Muslim communities, too, and influencing violence rates; stereotyping and vilifying of Muslims; bad actors and bigotry in media; main tropes of Muslims; consequences for women and men victims of domestic violence; religious consequences for women and men victims of domestic violence; recommended authors and organizations, and speakers.

Keywords: Canada, Canadian Muslims, domestic violence, Islam, Katherine Bullock, Muslims, prejudice, stereotypes, vilification, violence.

An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Domestic Violence in All Communities, Underreporting of Domestic Violence, Vilification and Stereotyping of Muslims, and Efforts to Halt Domestic Violence: Past Chair, Islamic Society of North America-Canada (ISNA-Canada); Lecturer, Political Science, University of Toronto at Mississauga; Past President, Tesselate Institute; President, Compass Books (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With some of the identity issues, and some of the generational issues covered for us, I want to focus more on the serious issue plaguing all/most societies and all/most religious communities, as all/most religious communities remain embedded in larger cultures/are the larger cultures and contribute in a dynamic interplay to cultures in general. I want to move into some of the mutually accepted subject matters considered relevant to the Canadian Muslim communities’ landscapes. As laid out in Part One, we will focus on internal issues and then external issues, followed by some possible solutions to both types of issues. Any form of social continuity will require some breakage for change in it. This will become a point in some of the questions. Our focus in this commentary is Canadian Muslim sub-cultures for this particular internal issue. The serious issue called domestic violence. To define terms, what are the forms of [domestic] violence studied within the literature and commentaries on domestic violence within Canadian Muslim households?

Dr. Katherine Bullock: All forms of family violence are studied in the literature – spousal abuse; child abuse; elder abuse; abuse by extended family members; and femicide, erroneously called “honour killings.”  Some include forced marriage and female genital mutilation as forms of violence against women in the family.  Studies of family violence in the Muslim community point out that sometimes the perpetrators are women from the extended family.

[See for example, Pamela Cross, “Violence Against Women: Health and Justice for Canadian Muslim Women,” Canadian Council of Muslim Women, 2013; Shirin Shabnam Tohin, “Combating Spousal Violence in the Muslim Community of Canada: An Overview in the context of the Province of Ontario,” IOSR Journal Of Humanities And Social Science, Volume 20, Issue 11, Nov. 2015, pp. 26-37]

2. Jacobsen: What are the national averages of the aforementioned domestic violence? 

Bullock: According to the Public Health Agency of Canada, more than one quarter (26%) of all violent crimes reported in 2016 were due to family violence. Women and girls made up nearly 67% of family violence victims.  In addition, the agency reports that 79% of police reported intimate partner violence is against women.

https://www.canada.ca/en/public-health/services/health-promotion/stop-family-violence/problem-canada.html

3. Jacobsen: How does this compare/contrast with the Canadian Muslim household average? 

Bullock: Statistical breakdowns like this are not common.  Tohin, mentioned above, reported that “[r]ecent research looking at Muslim marriage and divorce in North America found that approximately one-third of the women interviewed had experienced abuse within their marriage, which is at a similar rate to women in the general population.”

4. Jacobsen: How much underreporting might exist of violence against wives and violence against husbands in these Canadian contexts?  

Bullock: The Public Health Agency of Canada website referred to above points out that it is well known that “all forms of family violence” are underreported.  Muslims are no different in these regards from the wider population.

5. Jacobsen: What are the standard interpretations of the Islamic scriptures taken as Islamic points against domestic violence? Those who argue against domestic violence in all its forms.

Bullock: Before I answer this question, I need to point out that very few people actually do things because of “scripture,” even “interpretation of scripture.”  People tend to act based on common customs and habits picked up through family, school and societal socialization, plus their very own individual emotions and psychology.  Understanding the connection between a religious text’s teachings, its historically embedded interpretations, and people’s social location is complex and important.  Even if I said Islamic scripture is interpreted for and against domestic violence, this only superficially relates to why people do or do not hurt each other.

The Qur’an quite clearly states that husbands and wives should live together “on a footing of kindness [4:19]. ” Further, it addresses the husbands telling them: “And live with them in kindness. For if you dislike them – perhaps you dislike a thing and God makes therein much good [4:19].”

Husbands and wives are described in the Qur’an as “garments for each other. [2:187].”  What is a garment?  It is something that beautifies, covers and protects.  This says that husbands and wives should beautify and protect each other.

The Prophet Muhammad is known to have treated all his wives very well and did his best to stop violence against women.  He told his people: “[Men who hit their wives] are not the best among you.”  He asked the men, “Could any of you beat his wife…and then lie with her in the evening?”  [Bukhari, Muslim and Sunan Abu-Dawud, Book 11, Marriage (Kitab Al-Nikah)]

6. Jacobsen: What are the standard interpretations of the Islamic scriptures taken as Islamic points for domestic violence? Those who seek to justify violence in families and in the home with Islamic scriptures.

Bullock:  As you mentioned above, people from all religions and cultures experience and perpetrate family violence, May God protect us and give us ease.  Patriarchal customs exist in Muslim communities too.  The way around Qur’anic teachings on women’s equality and treating them well that I have referred to above is not by condoning violence against women per se; i.e. not by saying “religion allows us to be violent against women,” rather by interpreting a few difficult verses that are mis-read to give males authority over females; thus hitting is seen as a form of discipline, especially in one verse in particular that on a superficial reading seems to allow men to beat their wives [4:34].

Yet, the Islamic scholarly consensus from the earliest days has not permitted what today we think of when we say “domestic violence.”  Even where they allowed the idea of the husband having authority over wives, (which has been true in many other religions and societies as well, including Christianity), the scholars were emphatic that any such “discipline” was not allowed to leave a bruise, nor touch the face.  It was to be the last in a series of steps and enacted for only a limited number of reasons.  This is not family violence as we know it today.  In communities where wife-beating occurs, it is due to illiterate superficial scriptural “interpretations,” and more truly, patriarchal societal customs and habits that some men erroneously think gives them the license to do whatever they want to maintain power and control in the family.

7. Jacobsen: How are those who stereotype and vilify Canadian Muslims seeking to use cases and statistics of domestic violence to paint all Muslims as primitive, abusive, and fundamentally violent along with a series of other tropes?

Bullock: Stereotypes and vilification of Canadian Muslims use cases of domestic violence to buttress a concept that Muslims do not act as individuals.  The negative stereotype assumes that Muslims are like computers controlled by software that programmes them to be violent.  If an atheist Canadian beats his wife, it’s due to his individual mental health issues; but if a Canadian Muslim beats his wife, it’s due to his religion/culture.

8. Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, who are those bad actors? How are these warpages of reality strained on social media, the internet, television, and movies to justify bigotry? 

Bullock: Mainstream television and movies contribute to these negative stereotypes in two ways. First is by the absence of Muslim characters in normal situations doing normal or positive things.  The CBC’s sitcom, Little Mosque on the Prairie, which featured a main character wearing hijab; Grey’s Anatomy, a hospital drama that introduced a hijabi doctor in Season 14, 2018, and Quantico, which introduced a hijabi FBI agent (2015-2018), are exceptions that prove the rule.

The second way is the presence of Muslim characters who are usually always associated with terrorism or violence.  Producers could do a lot more in righting this imbalance. For instance, the UK series, The Bodyguard, from 2018, a police-thriller about a bodyguard protecting Britain’s prime minister from a terrorist attack contained a potentially sympathetic portrayal of a hijabi forced into suicide bombing.  [Spoiler alert here] but in the end, she turns out to be the mastermind of the whole thing.  The viewer moves instantly from empathy to hatred, and the message is reinforced that Muslims, male or female, are always violent and can trick us into sympathy.  It was a horrendous twist, and a lost opportunity, that is extremely damaging to Muslims in the West.

9. Jacobsen: What are some of the main stereotypes, tropes, racist assumptions of all Muslims as Arab, prejudicial assertions of all Muslims as latent terrorists, and so on, feeding into these cardboard cutout views of the dynamics of the lives of Canadian Muslims? How are these, furthermore, one more example of the negative valences towards self-identified, or simply even other-identified, Muslims in this country?

Bullock: In the earliest days of Christian apologetics against Islam, Arabs/Muslims were considered to be Ishmael’s descendants, and Ishmael was characterized as a “wild man.”  They were called “Saracens.” St. John of Damascus, the first Christian apologist, who was born and raised in Damascus around 675/6, (his father, and then himself held a high hereditary public office for the Umayyad caliph Abd al-Malik) argued that “Saracen” meant “not of Sarah,” being born from Hagar, the handmaiden, and not Sarah, the wife of Prophet Abraham (peace be upon him).  This characterization of the Arabs/Ishmaelites/Muslims as “wild” has remained in Western culture ever since as the dominant trope.

10. Jacobsen: What are the psychological and physical, and familial, consequences for women and men victims of domestic violence here?

Bullock: Survivors of domestic violence have to cope with lifelong traumas, both physical and mental scars.  I know some women who have managed to pull themselves and their families out of abusive situations and re-built their lives.  Their stories of resilience are inspiring.

11. Jacobsen: What are the religious consequences for women and men victims of domestic violence here? 

Bullock:  The main religious consequence is the deformation of religious practices that are meant to provide people with safe, secure, peaceful, and happy spaces in which to live their lives and observe their spiritual devotions.

12. Jacobsen: Any recommended authors, organizations, or speakers on this subject matter?

Bullock: Muslim communities across Canada are attempting to address and halt domestic violence.

Other organisations trying to address this issue include:

Other authors on this topic:

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Bullock.

Bullock: Thank you for the opportunity.  Best wishes to all the readers during this unprecedented time of lockdown and illness.  May you all stay well and safe.

References

AboutIslam & Newspapers. (2018, September 17). Katherine Bullock: Woman Leading Canada’s Largest Muslim Group. Retrieved from https://aboutislam.net/muslim-issues/n-america/katherine-bullock-woman-leading-canadas-largest-muslim-group/.

Baig, F. (2018, July 6). How ISNA-Canada’s 1st female chair hopes to overcome a major scandal. Retrieved from https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/toronto/isna-seniors-forum-1.4734877.

Bullock, K. (2019, October 28). ‘I Dream of Jeannie’ left us with enduring stereotypes. Retrieved from https://theconversation.com/i-dream-of-jeannie-left-us-with-enduring-stereotypes-119279.

Bullock, K. (2019, September 23). How the Arabian Nights stories morphed into stereotypes. Retrieved from https://theconversation.com/how-the-arabian-nights-stories-morphed-into-stereotypes-123983.

Bullock, K. (n.d.). Katherine Bullock, Ex-Christian, Canada. Retrieved from www.thedeenshow.com/katherine-bullock-ex-christian-canada/.

Hamid, M. (2018, September 17). Katherine Bullock, the new chair of ISNA. Retrieved from https://themedium.ca/features/katherine-bullock-the-new-chair-of-isna/.

Jacobsen, S.D. (2018, October 8). An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock. Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock.

The University of Toronto Mississauga . (2020). Katherine Bullock. Retrieved from https://www.utm.utoronto.ca/political-science/katherine-bullock.

The University of Toronto Mississauga. (2018, August 2). UTM political science lecturer chosen as first female head of major Muslim non-profit. Retrieved from https://www.utm.utoronto.ca/main-news/utm-political-science-lecturer-chosen-first-female-head-major-muslim-non-profit.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Past Chair, Islamic Society of North America-Canada (ISNA-Canada); Lecturer, Political Science, University of Toronto at Mississauga; Past President, Tesselate Institute; President, Compass Books.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Domestic Violence in All Communities, Underreporting of Domestic Violence, Vilification and Stereotyping of Muslims, and Efforts to Halt Domestic Violence (Part Two) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 8). An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Domestic Violence in All Communities, Underreporting of Domestic Violence, Vilification and Stereotyping of Muslims, and Efforts to Halt Domestic Violence (Part Two). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Domestic Violence in All Communities, Underreporting of Domestic Violence, Vilification and Stereotyping of Muslims, and Efforts to Halt Domestic Violence (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Domestic Violence in All Communities, Underreporting of Domestic Violence, Vilification and Stereotyping of Muslims, and Efforts to Halt Domestic Violence (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Domestic Violence in All Communities, Underreporting of Domestic Violence, Vilification and Stereotyping of Muslims, and Efforts to Halt Domestic Violence (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Domestic Violence in All Communities, Underreporting of Domestic Violence, Vilification and Stereotyping of Muslims, and Efforts to Halt Domestic Violence (Part Two)‘In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Domestic Violence in All Communities, Underreporting of Domestic Violence, Vilification and Stereotyping of Muslims, and Efforts to Halt Domestic Violence (Part Two)‘In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Domestic Violence in All Communities, Underreporting of Domestic Violence, Vilification and Stereotyping of Muslims, and Efforts to Halt Domestic Violence (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Domestic Violence in All Communities, Underreporting of Domestic Violence, Vilification and Stereotyping of Muslims, and Efforts to Halt Domestic Violence (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

 

An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Background, Influences, and the History of Skepticism (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,717

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Professor Henrik Lagerlund is a Professor in the Department of Philosophy at Stockholm University. He discusses: background; a self extended through time; influences on formation; mentors and others of influence; authors and books that were significant; pivotal educational moments in youth; formal postsecondary education; tasks and responsibilities as a professor at Stockholm University; main areas of research, and work on the history of skepticism; and advice for aspiring students.

Keywords: dogmatism, G.H. Von Wright, Harry Martinson, Henrik Lagerlund, Lutheran, novelist, poet, skepticism, Stockholm University, Thorild Dahlqvist, Uppsala University.

An Interview with Henrik Lagerlund: Professor, Philosophy, Stockholm University (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is family background or lineage, e.g., surname(s) etymology (etymologies), geography, culture, language, religion/non-religion, political suasion, social outlook, scientific training, and the like?

Professor Henrik Lagerlund: I grew up in northern Sweden, in a small town called Sundsvall. It is a nice place to grow up – safe and boring. The summers stick out in my mind. It was northern Sweden so the summer days are very long when the sun almost never goes down. It was great for a young boy, but the downside was, of course, that the winters are very long and dark. There were also a lot of snow in the 70’s when I grew up. At least that is what I remember. On the other hand, long dark winter nights meant that I could stay in and read, which is what I spent most of my school years doing. I read all kinds of things – mostly novels, but also a lot of history. I also harboured dreams of becoming a novelist and a poet. As the saying goes a philosopher is a failed poet. I actually tried very hard to get published as a poet, which never happened, but I also myself wrote several shorter books – novels that I never published. Another aspect of my school years was my interest in computers and mathematics. I early had my own computer, a Commodore 64, and started writing my own programs and games. I spent a lot of time in front of the computer. One thing I didn’t do was spend a lot of time on my school work at least early on.

My family was not really religious; although my mother sometimes went to church. Her mother, my grandmother, was a devoted Lutheran, which at the time was the state religion in Sweden. It was a good home to grow up in. My parents are both dead now and I miss them sometimes; especially my dad who died already at 60 of lung cancer. It was not an intellectual environment though. My parents both came from a non-academic background and had only basic schooling (even though my mother later in life studied to become a nurse). She read a lot of detective novels and I could relate to her though her reading, but I sought out more demanding literature and ideas, which seemed alien to her I think. When I began to study philosophy my father took out a subscription on Filosofisk Tidskrift (a Swedish philosophy journal), which I loved him for. I don’t know how much of it he got or even read, but I thought the gesture of trying to relate to my interests was sweet.

2. Jacobsen: With all these facets of the larger self, how did these become the familial ecosystem to form identity and a sense of a self extended through time?  

Lagerlund: The two things that formed me intellectually was this dual interest in literature and mathematics (computers). I think that was why I became interested in philosophy since it belongs in the humanities, but looks to science and often deals with issues rooted in science – at least analytical philosophy, which was my educational background. I only discovered philosophy at university, however, and had read very little before coming to Uppsala University. Before that I studied engineering, which was really something my parents wanted me to study. Their idea of a good job was becoming an engineer or a medical doctor. I didn’t want to do the latter and I liked math so I chose the first.

3. Jacobsen: Of those aforementioned influences, what ones seem the most prescient for early formation?

Lagerlund: I think I had a rather late intellectual awakening. I would place it at my arrival at Uppsala university. It was always my interest in literature that had the most influence on me before that. I played a lot of tennis as a young person as well and almost chose a professional career as a tennis player. In the end school was too important to me. I think that early experience of playing a lot of competitive tennis was very important. It teaches you to overcome adversity by yourself. On the tennis court there is no one else to help you – you are on your own facing an opponent. Being able to deal with such situations and overcoming them is an important lesson for life – never give up. If you want something really bad don’t give up.

4. Jacobsen: What adults, mentors, or guardians became, in hindsight, the most influential on you?

Lagerlund: I am not sure I had any mentors early in life. I had as I arrived at Uppsala. The person that meant most to me then was an older philosopher called Thorild Dahlqvist. He had been a teacher in philosophy at Uppsala for most of his career, but he did not write much, but influenced generations of students by his personality and his vast knowledge. He took an interest in me and helped me a lot. I am not sure what I would have been without him. He died 10 years or ago. I was in Canada at the time and missed his funeral, which I have always regretted.

5. Jacobsen: As a young reader, in childhood and adolescence, what authors and books were significant, meaningful, to worldview formation?

Lagerlund: As already mentioned I read a lot of novels. An author that meant a lot was the Swedish Nobel prize winner Harry Martinson. Aniara is a poem in 103 verses about a space ship originally destined for Mars with colonist from the destroyed planet earth. En route the ship malfunctions and is set on a course to nowhere into empty space. It is a colorful and striking metaphor of human kinds existential situation. I remember the line “We are beginning to realize that we are more lost than we previously thought.” It somehow captures humanities situation. The second book that probably was the reason I wanted to continue my studies in philosophy in the first place is a book in Swedish by the Finish philosopher G.H. Von Wright called Vetenskapen och Förnuftet (Science and Reason in English) It is a partially historical account of the development of science and a criticism of reason as it has been formed since Descartes time. I don’t think I in my formative years read anything that had such an impact on me. As I look back a lot of my own research in the history of philosophy has been motivated by what I read there. I think my interest in skepticism has its source there as well.

6. Jacobsen: What were pivotal educational – as in, in school or autodidacticism – moments from childhood to young adulthood?

Lagerlund: It was definitely coming to Uppsala as a student. I was slow to awake intellectually despite having read a lot in school. At Uppsala and in philosophy I finally started to awake and see the world in a new way. Part of that had to do with reading von Wright’s book. It presented a completely new perspective on the world and took to task Western rationality founded on science and technology. In a sense, it presents a kind of skepticism towards reason. A skepticism not unlike the kind David Hume present in his works.

But at the same time, I was swept up by all the new ideas I was taught. They consumed me. I started reading all kinds of philosophical literature and dove into history of philosophy in particular.

7. Jacobsen: For formal postsecondary education, in academia, why that path or road?

Lagerlund: After my engineering degree, I had a bit of a personal crisis. I never wanted to go that route. I even considered joining the navy full time. In Sweden at that time, late 80’s, it was mandatory for all boys to do military service. I did mine in the navy. I kind of liked it and even applied to the naval academy to become an officer. I was accepted but declined and moved to Uppsala to study literature. It was there I took my first courses in philosophy, which was a revelation to me.

Uppsala philosophy was dominated by logic in the early 90’s. The professor were all studying modal logic. I was too in the beginning, but I was always looking to combine my interest in history with my passion for philosophy. It was through my professor at Uppsala Krister Segerberg that I came into contact with Simo Knuuttila in Helsinki. He was a world-renowned scholar of medieval philosophy and it was through him that I could combine my interest in logic/math and history. It was with him as my supervisor that I wrote my dissertation Modal Syllogistics in the Middle Ages (Brill 2000). It was the perfect start for me. It was the first dissertation in history of philosophy in Sweden for a very long time.

8. Jacobsen: As a professor at Stockholm University, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position? 

Lagerlund: My position in Stockholm is as the professor of the history of philosophy. I do research and teaching in history of philosophy. I also supervise students at the MA level and at the PhD level. I do much the same things as I did in Canada (Western University) where I was previously. I moved to Stockholm in 2018. I enjoyed my time in Canada, but my position in Stockholm is much freer and I have more time to my own research. In Canada I had for a long period a lot of administration as Head of Department and as Director of the Rotman Institute of Philosophy. It gave me a lot of experience, but it is in a modern university impossible to combine such administrative roles with an active research profile. It was in many ways a relief to come back to Sweden to a position like the one I now occupy.

9. Jacobsen: What are the main areas of research and research questions now? In particular, why skepticism and its associated in-depth history, as you wrote a book on the subject, recently?

Lagerlund: Skepticism has fascinated me for a long time. Perhaps ever since I came into contact with philosophy. It has been an important part of philosophy ever since ancient times. I have also been looking into skepticism in the Middle Ages for some time. Almost 20 years now. I have gradually moved into Renaissance skepticism and further into later history of philosophy. I noticed that there were no complete history of skepticism. There were stuff on ancient and modern but no overview that also covered medieval skepticism. I decided to write one and it is coming out in May 2020 (Skepticism in Philosophy: A Comprehensive, Historical Introduction, Routledge 2020).

Skepticism is more important than ever. I end the book with a chapter about skepticism outside of philosophy today. I there relate skepticism to issues like the replication crisis in science and knowledge resistance. It is important to keep trak of what kind of skepticism we are dealing with, since skepticism today is often used as an argument for some dogmatism.

10. Jacobsen: If you could give advice to aspiring philosophy students with an interest in philosophy and the skepticism, what would it be for them?

Lagerlund: I think philosophy is needed more than ever in our divided and complicated world. History of philosophy and philosophy in general gives students a unique ability to navigate the world. To study the history of philosophy is to study reason at work. Reason is what gives us humans the ability to rule the world and adapt to new situations. It is why we are the dominant species, but as von Wright showed in his book and as climate change is showing us, it can also become our downfall and destruction. It is here that the role of skepticism becomes important. Reason can with the help of the right kind of skepticism be turned against itself and we can come to see how we need to modify our thinking and steer ourselves and our rationality in a new productive direction. Hume talks about this in his Dialogues Concerning Natural Religion. He writes that: “the mind must remain in suspense between them [that is, reason and common life]; and it is that very suspense or balance, which is the triumph of scepticism.” There is a balance to be upheld between reason and experience. Skepticism reins in reason when it gets carried away. Skepticism makes us step back and look again. Is this the right way to proceed or do we need to change course.

I welcome new students to philosophy and especially to the study of the history of philosophy. There are so many interesting areas to explore. I would advise them to look for ways to bridge gaps and look to new traditions of thinking and language traditions. Arabic philosophy needs much more study, but Indian and Chinese philosophy are severely neglected by Western scholars. Scholars that can bridge gaps between civilizations and heal the divides of the world.

11. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Lagerlund.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Professor, Philosophy, Stockholm University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Background, Influences, and the History of Skepticism (Part One) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 8). An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Background, Influences, and the History of Skepticism (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Background, Influences, and the History of Skepticism (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Background, Influences, and the History of Skepticism (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Background, Influences, and the History of Skepticism (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Background, Influences, and the History of Skepticism (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Background, Influences, and the History of Skepticism (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Background, Influences, and the History of Skepticism (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Professor Henrik Lagerlund on Background, Influences, and the History of Skepticism (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lagerlund-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on the Infamous 2019 Red Meat Study

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,529

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC is a Distinguished University Professor in the Department of Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact at McMaster University. He is a Fellow of the Canadian Academy of Health Sciences. The British Medical Journal or BMJ had a list of 117 nominees in 2010 for the Lifetime Achievement Award. Guyatt was short-listed and came in second place in the end. He earned the title of an Officer of the Order of Canada based on contributions from evidence-based medicine and its teaching. He was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society of Canada in 2012 and a Member of the Canadian Medical Hall of Fame in 2015. For those with an interest in standardized metrics or academic rankings, he is the 15th most cited academic in the world in terms of H-Index at 245 and has a total citation count of more than 261,883 (at the time of publication). That is, he has among the highest H-Indexes, or the highest H-Index likely, of any Canadian academic living or dead. He discusses: entering the Hamilton Hall of Distinction; dissenting opinions in the red meat study; issues of conflicts of interest; justifications of dissent in the red meat study; commentary of Frank Hu, Walter Willett, and others; the former issue of Peter Gøtzsche; political difficulties and interpersonal conflict on boards; and the work updates on P.J. Devereaux’s research.

Keywords: Canada, evidence-based medicine, Frank Hu, Gordon Guyatt, Lawrence Bacow, McMaster University, medicine, P.J. Devereaux, red meat, Walter Willett.

An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on the Infamous 2019 Red Meat Study: Distinguished Professor, Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact, McMaster University; Co-Founder, Evidence-Based Medicine[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start on a positive note for 2020 based on something that I missed in the news reportage for you, you were inducted into the Hamilton – which is a place in Ontario, Canada – Hall of Distinction. What was their reasoning given behind it? What were some of the things that happened at the ceremony if there was a ceremony?

Distinguished Professor Gordan Guyatt: I think it was a recognition of my research contribution to McMaster University, and so the contribution to the Hamilton community. The interesting thing was that the fellow inductee was a vice principal at Westdale High School when I was a student.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: This guy is, I think, about 90 now. His contribution was a contribution to the arts of Hamilton. I don’t know what more he did. When I was a student at Westdale, he had written a musical in which one of my very good friends was the lead actor.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: This was a quite memorable high school event. There was one vice principal who wrote the musical. He is a fellow inductee into the gallery for his artistic contributions to the community. It was kind of fun. Usually, they have probably people from 50 to 90. This is the age range. At the age of 66, I was the junior inductee. Everyone else was quite old. I found them sort of cute. It was fun. This happened about 50 years ago. It was still memorable about 50 years ago.

Jacobsen: Any other awards or recognitions since the last one of which I am aware?

Guyatt: Nothing else since that.

Jacobsen: Last time, I think the last two times we’ve talked; we’ve talked about the meat study. That was what you called predictably hysterical in a number of the responses on a gradient of inflammatory. That has been rolling some new news items.

Guyatt: It is still reverberating.

2. Jacobsen: There you go. Two things, I think are interesting. On the one hand, in the journalist world, and on the other hand, in the academic world, I want to cover those separately. I will focus on the first of the two mentioned. For the journalistic world, The New York Times did an article. I am not sure if it is gotcha journalism at the level of The New York Times. But it was certainly looking for a dig at the reputation of, at least, one of the researchers in the meat studies. It had to do with a financial conflict of interest stated by one of the authors. In some other commentary, it was noted that one of the nuances was missed in some of the journalistic commentary. Of the 14 people who were accepting of the recommendations, 3 were dissenting. Let’s start on the first point there to do with the individual claim about  the financial conflict of interest, most did not have any. Of those who might have, what were some of the concerns brought forward in some of the commentary noticed by you?

Guyatt: So, the individual who had what could be perceived as a financial conflict of interest has accepted or had received $50,000 to do a study of guidelines related to sugar. This money came from something called the International Life Sciences Institute, which is contributed to by – I’ve been told – 400 companies or somewhere in that vicinity with a connection to the meat industry. Judge that for yourself in terms of how much that constitutes a conflict with the guidelines about red meat. The other was that the individual in question had been recruited from Halifax, Dalhousie, where he was currently or until recently faculty member to Texas A & M. It is a university in Texas. When he had been recruited, he got some startup money. This startup money, he thought from the university. As it turned out, a small part of this was from another institute called AgriLife, who receives 40% of its money from industries related to plant-based food and 1.5% of its money from the meat industry. He was unaware at the time the red meat work was ongoing; part of the money was coming from AgriLife. In terms of declarations of conflict of interest, there is, usually, a 3-year term. People will say, “It’s been 3 years. We won’t worry about it anymore.” The seed money Brad received was more than 3 years before the red meat work.

3. Jacobsen: For those that aren’t aware of some of the ways in which some of the COIs are dealt with in the academic system, including me as a student, what is the scaling or gradient of severe, moderate, minor, in terms of COIs, or not even really a COI?

Guyatt: One question is to what extent is this related. So, one of the things, there are lots of grey  areas. For instance, Brad’s graduate work would be in – would describe it as in – the grey area. He received money from a group of 400 companies related to the meat industry. Is that a conflict of interest for a meat guideline? One could argue either way. He received monies. Some would make the distinction between money put into one’s pocket and another for research. Another one is money contributed to startup funds. Again, not personal income where 1.5% of the money comes from some people connected to the meat industry, so, this would contrast, for instance, from receiving $100,000 in personal income from a manufacturer of a drug that is the topic of the guideline. It would be at another extreme of what one might expect. Certainly, there are gradients of seriousness of the conflicts of interest. So, you receive money to go to a meeting, where there’s a company related to the guideline. The ones that would be unequivocal would be money goes into your pocket from a company producing a drug. Substantial money goes into your pocket, which is the topic of the guideline. Everyone would agree that this would definitely be an unequivocal conflict. The things that happened to Brad are, clearly, if they are financial conflicts of interest, less serious.

4. Jacobsen: Of the 14 opinions given, the 3 dissenting ones. What were their justifications for dissent?

Guyatt: What the GRADE criteria for a recommendation of the balance of benefits and harms, where are the balance of benefits, harms, and burdens? Where does the money go – for or against a particular course of action? One that I like when chairing panels. I direct them this way. If you had 1,000 people who were fully informed, what choice would the make? Let me ask you, the situation is: you have what we call low-quality evidence. Meaning, the causation remains uncertain. We have low-quality evidence that if you reduced your meat consumption by 3 servings per week. The level of benefit gained for the rest of your life; you would reduce your risk of dying of cancer by 7 in 1,000. Similar sorts of reductions, perhaps, in potential, though uncertain, based on low-quality evidence for cardiovascular disease. That’s the situation. It is an uncertain one with what most people would consider small health benefits by reducing meat consumption of 3 servings per week with the time frame of cardiovascular disease was a decade. Our time frame for cancer was a lifetime. If you take a 1,000 people in the population who are eating meat, of those 1,000, given this information, how many would reduce their meat consumption?

Jacobsen: Very few.

Guyatt: Yes, okay, the opinion of the majority of the panel was that a minority, for sure, would reduce. However, in the opinion of those three people, the opinion of the majority, too, few would reduce their meat consumption. We did a systematic review of people’s values and preferences in meat. People like their meat. It is a cultural thing. So, we had some evidence about people attached to their meat and their meat consumption. Anyway, it is a matter of opinion as to where the balance goes. For those 3 people, I think it went slightly in the other direction.

Jacobsen: As a slight response, the quality of evidence is high, medium, low, and very low.

Guyatt: The evidence supporting the adverse health effects of the meat was low or very low depending on cancers, heart attacks, diabetes, and so on. We looked at all sorts of health outcomes, putatively, adversely affected by meat consumption. The evidence was either low or very low.

Jacobsen: An important thing I think is a commentary on evidence-based medicine and part of the controversy around the meat study is the way EBM does this is fundamentally different than things done before and probably in other areas of medicine in terms of the kinds of analyses. The public, from their perspective, are getting contradictory opinions on health. Maybe, you can clarify some of the muck there.

Guyatt: The message of our systematic reviews were not very different from the methods of people. They were not that different from people who had done systematic reviews in the areas previously. The results were not that different. So, the increase, if you take it in relative terms, or the increases in the adverse health outcomes. They were between 10% and 20% as a result of meat, which was very similar to what other people had found. The differences were in the interpretation. So, the nature of the studies as we talked about before with observational studies. I can talk about it again. The nature of the studies were not studies in our view that allow high-quality evidence or even moderate-quality evidence. Other people interpret this literature as stronger or more compelling evidence of adverse effects, of causal effects, of red meat than did we. That’s one thing. The second thing was that people have previously not pointed out that even if there was causation going on here. The absolute effects were small by any people’s reckoning, very small. So, it was not that the methods were drastically different or the results were drastically different. It was the way of looking at the results and interpreting them that was different.

Jacobsen: This leads to some reasonably prestigious institutions like Harvard. I forget commentary of the current President of Harvard, Lawrence Bacow. But one particular professor, Frank Hu.

Guyatt: Not to mention the biggest of them, Walter Willett.

Jacobsen: And Walter Willett, if we take Hu as an example, he was leaning more on observational studies as a counter to some of the presentation and reinterpretation of the evidence.

Guyatt: 3 out of 4 systematic reviews were exclusively observational studies. Which, as I say, our results did not differ very much from results on the same topic. It is the various things that we did to improve, and the results were very similar.

5. Jacobsen: For Frank and Walter, and others, are they in agreement on things as they move forward?

Guyatt: I don’t think within the observational studies the criticisms have not been of our methods or our results. The disagreements have been over the inferences, over what one says is the quality of evidence. They would say, I suppose, “The causation is established.” We say, “With the evidence before us, and evidence is low quality, the causation is not established.” I think they stayed away from the absolute effects altogether. But when people have taken us on about the absolute effects, they take a population rather than an individual perspective. If you look at the science, there is a legitimate disagreement about what inferences one can make from the observational studies. I can talk about why we think one can make only weak inferences, why we call it low-quality evidence. They think you can make stronger inferences. Those are legitimate scientific disagreements. There’s another one. They said we are taking an individual perspective. That’s what I just described to you. I described the interpretation of the magnitude of the effect. I asked you, “In a thousand people, how many people faced with that would reduce their red meant?” That was the perspective. If you took that 7 in a 1,000 reduction in a lifetime of cutting meat consumption by 3 servings of meat per week, what would happen first if it was true that you could reduce your likelihood of cancer in relative terms by 15% over a course of your lifetime? I’d say, “That was true.” Then you said, “All 350,000,000 people in the United States reduced their red meat consumption by 3 servings per week. It would reduce 10,000 deaths per year.” They say, “How can you call reduction of 10,000 deaths per year a small effect?”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: You seem mildly amused by this. This is a legitimate alternative way of looking at it. We look at it at an individual level. They look at it at a population level. There are two interpretations. I think they both have their legitimacy. People who spend their lives in public health say, “Okay, we spend our lives working with the population. Let’s tell everybody what to do, according to our view of what is good for the population.” We say, ‘These things should be decisions by individuals. You shouldn’t be telling them what to do when they themselves when faced with the decision would make a different decision. So, there are these two differences in perspective. One being: How certain can we be that this is really a causal effect at this magnitude? We say, ‘We can’t be certain at all.’ They say, “We can be pretty certain or maybe certain.” That’s one thing. Then: Do you take an individual perspective or a population perspective? These are legitimate disagreements. But those legitimate disagreements, if responded to appropriately, would not lead to the excessively dogmatic, indeed hysteria, that accompanied our guideline and with its underlying perspective, which I’ve just told you about.

Jacobsen: I think that covered the journalistic and the academic side.

Guyatt: I apologize if I just focused on the academic side [Laughing].

6. Jacobsen: We covered both. With the one dissenting opinion to do with AgriLife and the 1.5% being shuttled off to the meat company, with a few out of 400 companies, that particular one was the journalistic focus from The New York Times. There was some peripheral commentary around other things, not as well written… naturally [Laughing]. Then we have the academic commentary from Frank Hu and others with taking what you were saying, now, and then taking the different perspectives. There was another thing, which I missed before regarding one individual named Gøtzsche. What happened with this person?

Guyatt: What happened to this guy, there are people in the world who kind of enjoy upsetting people. It is always dangerous to attribute motives. Or those who do g about upsetting people and when they make statements; they do so in an inflammatory way. They are attacking the people in the process. There is an organization called the Cochrane Collaboration. The Cochrane Collaboration has been around for years now. Its mission is summarize all the systematic reviews known to human kind. It is doing pretty good. It has summarized over 5,000 reviews. Peter Gøtzsche was one of the founders of the Cochrane Collaboration. He was elected to its steering committee/board of directors. Something like this. The group in charge of directing the organization, which has 15 members or something like this. In this position, he said, ‘The Cochrane Collaboration has gone awry and is serving industry interests where it should not be.’ He particularly attacked the CEO of the organization on these grounds. He then, also, attacked specific Cochrane Collaboration views, saying, ‘These Cochrane views are very misguided and misleading, so on and so forth.’ He did this in a very blunt way; there was no subtlety in the way that he did this at all.

I think he was driving some members of the – let’s call it the – executive nuts with these attacks and the CEO was very upset at him. You can imagine the conversations that went on behind the scenes about this. So, they decided that they were going to, for the first time this has ever happened over the 20-year history, or decided to eject him from the board, the executive. Not only that, but eject him from the organization, he would no longer be part; he would be excommunicated and thrown out of the Cochrane Collaboration. The Board was split on this. They passed on a close vote to throw him out. Those who were the dissenters were told that they had a choice: keep their mouths shut and do not publicly dissent or resign; they chose to resign. So, many people, I sympathize with the people who found Peter Gøtzsche’s behaviour difficult to tolerate. He is as impolitic as one can get; he spares nobody’s feelings.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: So, it is not pleasant. I can understand it hard for people to tolerate. However, we are a scientific community, where you have some people who don’t behave in a very nice way. But all of the positions that he raised were defensible positions. He raised them in ways that were so that what people felt was that he was undermining the organization. Telling people that the organization has gone off the rails and the CEO is acting badly, and they are producing reviews that are very problematic, indeed, this does not help the reputation of the organization when a member of the board is saying such things.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: But they were all defensible. So, I can understand people being upset about this. But we are supposed to be a scientific community that tolerates freedom of expression. Some of us understand that what he was doing was undermining the organization. Sorry, you can not throw the guy out for statements, defensible statements, even if the style is problematic.

7. Jacobsen: That’s fair. Within the medical community, you’re in among the best positions given the height of your career and length of your career. What are the political difficulties when it comes to boards, interpersonal conflict? Things like this.

Guyatt: As I said to my colleagues, one of the groups that I was associated with, am a member of the executive, this particular group. We talked about interpersonal problems. When we would all prefer to spend an hour talking about science, at the end of this, I said, “Gosh, if we didn’t have to deal with people, then we would be in great shape.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: There are all sorts of famous controversies within science going to Freud and some of his original disciples who broke from him. They were hurling insults at each other in public. If you read the story of the discovery of insulin, you will find that F. G. Banting did not behave very well with respect to the acknowledgement of his colleagues, and so on.

Jacobsen: Oppenheimer tried to kill his tutor. That tutor ended up being a Nobel Prize winner [Laughing].

Guyatt: Yes, later in his career, he was a victim of rightwing individuals who were opposite or he took an opposite position because he did not think the United States should produce the Hydrogen bomb.

Jacobsen: Neither did Einstein. Einstein was making arguments after the splitting of the Uranium atom  [Ed. 1938] for a “supranational” authority. Something like the League of Nations.

Guyatt: But Einstein was not the difficult guy Oppenheimer was. Essentially, Einstein was often making his various humanitarian statements. He didn’t travel much. Oppenheimer was effective. He was in the midst of the political battle and an effective guy. They essentially stripped him of all authority and threw him out, and so on, based on his opposition to making the Hydrogen bomb. So, science is littered with this stuff. Because scientists are human beings. They operate in a political context.

Jacobsen: I am thinking of Feynman during the Challenger disaster. He had a committee or panel of journalists and scientists where he was showing with a rapid temperature change that it would snap the materials or break it if they wanted to get out of the atmosphere or low Earth orbit [Ed. Feynman showed the issues with temperature, ice-cold temperature, and the O-rings.]. The Challenger explosion when the whole thing went to pieces. I think there was another case of Carl Sagan and this guy, a psychiatrist, a Russian, called Immanuel Velikovsky, in a book called Worlds in Collision. His whole idea, which some have called ‘not the work of a genius, but someone ingenious.’ [Laughing] In that sense, it was highly creative nonsense. He was now a psychiatrist playing the part of a cosmologist. His basic idea is that which everyone takes as mythology; we will not take as mythology. We will take as factual history. He had this whole cosmology of billiard balls that ends up explaining the parting of the waters in the Bible. All these sorts of things. Somehow, a solid planet [Ed. Venus] came out of Jupiter, a gas giant, then this caused the Solar System billiard balls. There was a reaction to it. There was a The New York Times article on it, apparently [Laughing]. Carl Sagan’s final commentary or note on all of that. Not that it was simply factually wrong or the theory was bad, but that there was an attempt to silence Velikovsky from any solid critique. That it was against, to your point earlier, freedom of speech, or freedom of expression to use Canadian terminology in Article 2(b) of our Charter. This is against the spirit of science with dissent and challenge, and counter-dissent and counter-challenge. There was some further stuff coming out about P.J. Devereaux. He published some new stuff in late January.

Guyatt: Yes, P.J. is publishing important work on a monthly basis, as far as I can tell. I talked to you before about how impressive what he is doing is.

8. Jacobsen: Are there any, since late last year, major developments in what appears to be his very stunning work, as you were noting before, in terms of halving of the death rates?

Guyatt: So, as I mentioned before, he has demonstrated or he has brought to the fore the number of people who are proportionately small, but the 1.5% who die of cardiovascular causes after non-cardiac surgery. But given the volume of cardiac surgery going on, that’s a lot of people dying. A lot of people are having the equivalent of heart attacks after non-cardiac surgery, which weren’t noticed. A lot of those are dying later. So, that was the first thing, to show how to detect those.  He has, after several studies, suggested that the people who have drugs for these events don’t work. He found that there is one drug that is an anticoagulant that does reduce these events afternoon-cardiac surgery. Those have been major, major, things that have come out of his work.

Jacobsen: I have no more questions. I’m struggling!

Guyatt: [Laughing] You covered a lot of ground.

9. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Guyatt. Wonderful as always.

Guyatt: Okay, take care.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Distinguished Professor, Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact, McMaster University; Co-Founder, Evidence-Based Medicine.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-red-meat; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on the Infamous 2019 Red Meat Study [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-red-meat.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 8). An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on the Infamous 2019 Red Meat StudyRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-red-meat.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on the Infamous 2019 Red Meat Study. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-red-meat>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on the Infamous 2019 Red Meat Study.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-red-meat.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Zara Kay on Dawkins, Liberation of Women, and Women’s Free Choices (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-red-meat.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on the Infamous 2019 Red Meat StudyIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-red-meat>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on the Infamous 2019 Red Meat StudyIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-red-meat.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on the Infamous 2019 Red Meat Study.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-red-meat>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on the Infamous 2019 Red Meat Study [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-red-meat.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Zara Kay on Dawkins, Liberation of Women, and Women’s Free Choices (Part Four)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,199

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Zara Kay is the Founder of Faithless Hijabi. She discusses: Dawkins; common harassment experiences; sexual and intellectual liberation for women; providing community; recommended authors and speakers; and women’s free choices.

Keywords: ex-Muslim, Faithless Hijabi, Islam, religion, Richard Dawkins, secular, Zara Kay.

An Interview with Zara Kay on Dawkins, Liberation of Women, and Women’s Free Choices: Founder, Faithless Hijabi (Part Four)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Dawkins recalls a story of a woman. In the recollection, the woman was talking to her mother. The woman came out to the mother. The mother goes, “I do not mind that you do not believe in God, but an atheist!” It is the label, right?

Zara Kay: Yes. It is the label. It has such a negative repercussion to it. A lot of times, on Twitter, obviously, my fans are Islamists and haters. They knew I was not stopping. They tried sexually harassing me. I have even got dick pics.

Jacobsen: Ew.

Kay: I woke up today to a Saudi man calling me a “bitch.” classy.

2. Jacobsen: Lovely. How common is this among ex-Muslim women? How often are they receiving this online, especially if they are prominent?

Kay: A lot. This is what I spoke about before, as well. I will probably pick it up in one of my conferences. As an ex-Muslim woman, the attacks you get are always to do with sexual harassment from men.

Jacobsen: Why?

Kay: I have never had a woman come up to me and tell me that, “You are such a slut.” No, wait. It has happened, but not to the magnitude of how men have done it. Men think that it is okay to call a woman ugly because she is assertive. I have been compared to cartoons. I am like, “You do realize you are talking to somebody who does not have self-esteem issues, right? I do not think that anything you say can stop me from talking about religion, regardless of how I look.”

3. Jacobsen: Does this go to that fundamental axiom that others have indicated, often women, of a sexually liberated woman and an intellectually honest and educated woman is a severe threat to fundamentalist ideologies of every stream, secular, religious, and otherwise?

Kay: Absolutely. This is beyond religion. I started off with talking to women in tech panels. I have not put this out there, but I used to work for Google. I left last year. I was invited to talk to a lot of panels. I volunteered, as well. They were mostly in engineering. The question that I got asked from early first-year university students was, “Is it hard working in a male-dominated field? What are the differences? Do you get attacked for being a woman?”

I am like, “Personally, I have been told once or a few times that I got my job because I am a woman or some quota that needed to be filled.” It made me think. That affected me so much. Maybe he was joking, but the fact that he could say that, makes me think that surely, whether he was joking; there are people who think that.

Jacobsen: It reminds me of a quote by Margaret Atwood. In her later years, in other words, more recently, she remarked on early interviews with male interviewers. Some of the questions, to give an indication, that she used to get, would be something like, “Do men like you?” She would respond, “What men?… Ask them.”

Kay: [Laughing] I am not a massive fan of Jordan Peterson because he encourages gender norms and gender roles. He is the type of person, and I have said this on my Twitter, as well, that I find him sexist. He is the type of person that will put two facts together to make his theory up, and then when you attack him on his theory, you are like, “The research shows this. because you put two facts together to create that narrative, that it is most likely not the case.”

He is always basing it on historical data, which puts both men and women in this box where they are unable to come out of because, “This is the norm. This is what we have defined. Men are not meant to be vulnerable because it is a sign of weakness. Women are always emotional. This is their attribute. They are nurturing. They are caring.” Sure, that sounds great, but men can do that too. It is not impossible. Men can do that too.

Even in the idea of early dating with a girl, she is needy. She is emotional. That is meant to be the norm, but when you say a man is emotional. It is always shed in a negative light on it. I have a friend who is going through a breakup. He is crazy over this girl. He is like, “I am so pathetic. I fall for women, too.” I am like, “Can you stop? There is nothing pathetic about it. This is who you are. It is been stigmatized that men cannot be this way.”

When I went back to doing panels for women in technology. These were my questions asked, it came out. This is what I was told. In the end, when I quit my job at Google, in my last week, we had new people come in; I was training them. They wanted to see my stats because I was leaving. I had done 30% more than all the men who had started with me, in terms of getting work done.

For the longest time, I remember telling my first manager, “I am not doing enough. It is not happening.” My manager is like, “I would tell you if you are not doing enough. That is not the case.”

4. Jacobsen: That leads to an important question. Within the community, how do we provide community? How do we build a community in which there is that warm welcome without the tone of a love bombing, in addition to a space for people to be more akin to their true selves, rather than the ones that have, traditionally speaking, been imposed on them from without?

Kay: How do we provide that warm welcome? For me, personally, the issue that has been neglected or not given enough light is the trauma. Because I am public. I seem to be composed and not talk about the trauma at all, not from personal experience. I talk about it from a more generalized or an average view from the stories that I have received, so I come off composed in public.

Some of my friends have had to deal with all that trauma of mine. However, more attention is given to how difficult it may have been for people leaving, and understanding that we all come with baggage, and understanding that while we want to be part of the community, we are not all the same.

For the religious community, it seems like they are all kind of the same, have the same beliefs and everything, and that is how they bond over it. Going into the secular world, we are not all the same.

Also thinking about how exaggerating more on the trauma can potentially create trauma bonding, it is even more mental, if that makes sense. Constantly talking about the trauma, it must be so hard. A moderated avenue where people can talk about it. There is comfort given. There is also direction on, “This is where you can go for help.”

How else can they make us feel? How would I do it? For me, because I specifically work with ex-Muslim women, empathy is my key driver. Empathy is something that people say you are born with and it is an innate ability. Yes, however, it can be practiced on, as we move forward.

For me, when people come out as ex-Muslims, it is always like, “If you ever need to chat, I am a little busy right now, but in a few weeks, drop me a few messages and I will respond when I can.” I still feel like some of them still are not quite comfortable coming out.

I also think that family giving unconditional love has been hyped up too much. That people fear ostracism, and that is why, regardless of what the secular community does; it is still not enough, because they are not family.

I am also reading this ABC article about when the Saudi women escaped. In my head, I am thinking they have mentioned the app. They have mentioned methodologies on how these women have escaped. Does that make my job harder, now, that I am trying to help Saudi women?

Are they going to create another app? Is it going to be worse? I eventually wanted to do some tech stuff. A VPN Saudi Arabians network and install the app and see stuff that I can, to see if there must be some loophole on the tech side of the app.

Jacobsen: There probably will be. You would know that better than I would.

Kay: How much moneydo they have? How many capable people do they have?

Jacobsen: With any of these theocratic governments, they have made it clear that they are willing to kill in order to prevent bad international press. Sometimes it backfires, but they are willing to go to the ultimate extent to prevent people from speaking out. The baseline is this is an extremely difficult job.

Publishing the means by which especially women who do not have as much economic independence, for instance, can find safety, as with Rahaf Mohammed al-Qunun who got asylum in Canada, landing in Toronto. The obvious conclusion is it is likely that they are going to incorporate this into their counter-activist and counter-ex-Muslim efforts.

Kay: A lot of young girls who have wanted to escape are mad at Rahaf right now.

Jacobsen: I can imagine.

Kay: They are like, “You ruined it for all of us.” The more we delay helping other women escape. It seems like one of the Israel-Palestine; no solution for the two states problems. That is where I am stuck at right now.

Jacobsen: It is different. Palestine, I mean, it is one-sided.

Kay: The thing is. This is what I was discussing with a friend whose partner is Israeli. When I went to Israel, I was anti-Israel. I had read this book The Atheist Muslim four months after I went to Israel. Ali Rizvi, who wrote the book, had described his first experience talking to a Jew, where he was kind of nervous, kind of shaky. That is how I felt. I felt uncomfortable.

Jacobsen: An individual Jewish person is not the IDF. It is not Israel. It is not Benjamin Netanyahu.

Kay: The thing is, from the outside, we have been trained. We have been brainwashed to always hate Israelis, Jews, everything. As Muslims, we hate Jews, regardless of what is happening in Palestine. All these ideas have accumulated.

When I went into Israel, and I spoke to Jews, and Israelis, and people who had served the army, people who I considered friends. In my head, I was meant to hate the Israeli army because they kill innocents but that is not what the reality is like. A lot of people discredit Israel for being not peaceful, but they do not discredit Palestine for supporting Hamas. They put a blanket statement on all Israelis or all Zionists.

I was even invited to dinner at one of the Zionist’s places. He knew I was a progressive Muslim. I could not agree with his views. However, if you do the same thing with other Muslims, that would not go down well.

I am not a fan of illegal settlements. I hate it, but looking at how much they have exaggerated on the stories that I was told when I was in Palestine, about innocent kids dying, and they were struck here. They were doing nothing. I am like, “It is not all Israelis killing. There is something wrong. There is some different narrative that everybody has been feeding each other. It does not make sense to me.”

5. Jacobsen: Like in Operation Cast Lead in 2008, 2009, in the first five minutes of the first day, 300 Palestinian civilians were killed. It is disproportionate. Also, the international community is clear on a lot of the international laws being broken more by the Israelis than others. There is a reason why it is called the oPt, the occupied Palestinian territories, not the oIt (occupied Israeli territories).

Kay: I do not know much about the oPt.

Jacobsen: It is the occupied Palestinian territories. That is what you will find is one of the statements. Anyway, we are way off base.

With the Shia community, and those who have left the Shia community, have there been any prominent writers or thinkers or speakers that you would recommend for the audience today?

Kay: With the Shia community, Ali Rizvi is one of them. Armin is one of them. There are not many I know of. Most of the ex-Muslims who have been out in public are Sunni, that I know of. Most of them have been Sunnis. Not a lot of Shias.

I know a few of them who are not public, from my community itself, not the Shia Islam, but from my community itself, and so many questionings, so many still in denial, so many failing to acknowledge that Aisha was married at the age of 6. They still hate her because she went against Ali. But no, not many Shias I know about.

There are a few Iranians that are in Canada. I do not know their names. I only know them on Twitter. Who did I introduce you to? I introduced you to Sabina and Sumira, right?

Jacobsen: I believe so.

Kay: They are Sunnis. I find it so that whenever there are any Muslim women who do anything. Whenever there are any Muslim athletes, it is always hyped. They are like, “Look at her, a Muslim woman who is an athlete. The first woman who did this.” I am like, “That never happens with Jews.”

Jacobsen: That is true.

Kay: “The first Jewish woman who did this.”

6. Jacobsen: It reminds me of a triplet problem. I remember Maryam Namazie talking about a minority within a minority, as the ex-Muslim community, who experience the prejudice of not being important by the government, and then being bullied by members who are a part of a former community. Members who left the community. They are being bullied by their former community. That is one case.

If you look at Alberta, in my own country, and across the country, we do see what they are calling Islamophobic, or anti-Muslim acts or events. Those have been increasing in non-trivial percentages.

But then, there is also anti-Semitism that has been increasing to various domains. It was that synagogue where there were several people murdered in the United States. It was well-known. It was kind of an almost no questions needed to be asked in terms of saying, “Yes, this is clearly an anti-Semitic act.”

These are three communities that need some more positive cachet in the public mind, even to find a modicum of combatting some of the negative treatment. It is a good intention, but it can look a little weird to some, especially those, maybe, that have left the faith, as well, at times.

Yasmine Mohammed, she is quite right, in many contexts. Removing the hijab and empowering those who want to leave, who do not want to wear it but are being forced to wear it by having videos of burning it, that is a powerful message for many women, I would assume.

On the other side, there are others who choose to wear it as part of self-expression, but, like you said, they are getting harassed, regardless. The final thing is: Do you have freedom to follow faith or not? Do you have freedom, as a woman, to choose what you wear or not?

Kay: Yasmine Mohammed and Asra Nomani. Asra still considers herself a Muslim. Like that is the thing, when you come to the secular world. We are all different, but we have something in common. We are all fighting against one thing. It was nice to see people fighting for one cause, with different backgrounds, coming up with different stories. It was powerful.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Zara.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Faithless Hijabi.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-four; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Zara Kay on Dawkins, Liberation of Women, and Women’s Free Choices (Part Four) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 8). An Interview with Zara Kay on Dawkins, Liberation of Women, and Women’s Free Choices (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Zara Kay on Dawkins, Liberation of Women, and Women’s Free Choices (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Zara Kay on Dawkins, Liberation of Women, and Women’s Free Choices (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Zara Kay on Dawkins, Liberation of Women, and Women’s Free Choices (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Zara Kay on Dawkins, Liberation of Women, and Women’s Free Choices (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Zara Kay on Dawkins, Liberation of Women, and Women’s Free Choices (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Zara Kay on Dawkins, Liberation of Women, and Women’s Free Choices (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Zara Kay on Dawkins, Liberation of Women, and Women’s Free Choices (Part Four) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Chris R. Kilford on Background, Iran and Turkey, and Canadian and Allied Forces, and Humanitarian Issues (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,365

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Dr. Chris Kilford is the President of the Canadian International Council – Victoria Branch. He discusses: background; pressing issues regarding Iran and Turkey; and advising Canadian forces and other allied forces, and executive decisions on catastrophes or humanitarian issues.

Keywords: Canadian Armed Forces, Canadian International Council, Chris Kilford, humanitarian, president, Victoria.

An Interview with Dr. Chris R. Kilford on Background, Iran and Turkey, and Canadian and Allied Forces, and Humanitarian Issues: President, Canadian International Council – Victoria Branch (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Interview conducted on February 3, 2020.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is some background, so the readers can know where you’re coming from today?

Dr. Chris R. Kilford: I went into the military right out of high school. I wasn’t sure what I wanted to do after high school, but I thought the military was a good choice. I went in as a private – a soldier and I was in a tank regiment. After three years of doing that, one of the officers came to me, and asked if I had ever considered officer training. I hadn’t. But he briefed me about it, gave me the forms to fill out. I filled them out and soon after, I got a call and was told that I was going off to officer training. I eventually became an artillery officer, using Howitzer gun systems to launch projectiles, and then moved into the air defence world with guns and missile systems that we used to shoot down airplanes, helicopters, and drones. That was the early part of my career. As I got a little older, and didn’t have a degree, I managed to get a B.A. in Political Studies and an M.A. in Political Studies and a Ph.D. in history, all while working in the Armed Forces. These opened up jobs in a much wider sphere. That led to me heading off to Toronto in 2001 where I looked after the national security program, which is, now, a year-long course for our senior military leaders. I then went to Ottawa leading a group of futurists – looking at where security issues would crop up around the world in the next 20 years. From there, I was made the Deputy Director of a team writing our new defence strategy which came out in 2008.

Once you get this educational background, people begin to notice. I went to the Senate of Canada to work with the Standing Committee on National Security and Defence in our Department of National Defence. I was asked to go to Afghanistan for one year at our embassy there. I was walking between the military and diplomatic life with the embassy. Afterwards, I was asked to learn Turkish and was then sent to Turkey for three years as the military attaché in Ankara. The job of the military attaché is to keep an eye on the region, and work with the host country’s military. There are always ship visits and military exchanges. Turkey is also a NATO member. I was also cross-accredited to Azerbaijan, Georgia and Turkmenistan and responsible for building military-to-military relations. Also, I was keeping an eye on the region and security issues that might arise. When I was there from 2011 to 2014, there were quite a few things – a lot of things – going on in the region, especially with the Assad government coming under pressure. We saw foreign fighters coming to Syria, the rise of the Islamic State. All of that was while I was there. I was reporting back to Ottawa about what was happening so they could have a good idea. I did that with my colleagues in the embassy who were also trying to portray what was happening to prepare for the future. The question always arises, “Why care? We are a million miles away.” But as we can see, there are over 500 Canadian troops in Iraq, now, training the Iraqi Armed Forces. We also had the shooting down of the passenger jet by the Iranian Revolutionary Guard, which lead to the need of having Canadians on the ground and people there.

You’re out there and a footman on the ground. You simply never know when you will be called to action.

2. Jacobsen: What do you consider some of the more pressing issues with regard to Iran and Turkey in international relations for Canadian society?

Kilford: You have to step back when you look at the whole region. It seems like a long way away. If you look at the post-1945/post-WWII period, we saw the first Canadian peacekeepers go to Egypt in 1956 laying the groundwork for a mission that would last for 10 years. It was right at the time of the Suez Canal crisis. Lester Pearson put forth Canada as a people who could separate the Israelis and the Egyptians and allow the British and the French to withdraw. We were there up until 1967. We were told to leave by the Egyptian authorities, then the ’67 war occurred. By 1973, we were back with another peacekeeping force in the area. We also sent peacekeepers to Cyprus in 1964. The single highest loss of life by peacekeepers, Canadian peacekeepers, occurred in August, 1974, when a plane painted in U.N. colours was shot down by the Syrian air defence. We lost 9 personnel that day. Then you can move through to other issues like the 1991 Gulf War, which we were also involved with and the evacuation of 15,000 Canadian citizens from Lebanon in 2006. Today, Canada is also now in charge of the training mission in Baghdad under  NATO command. From a diplomatic perspective, what happened in Iran in 1979/1980 with Ken Taylor and Canada becoming involved in the escape of some American diplomats from Iran, demonstrates this is an area [the Middle East] that we have always been involved in. Also, we have business interests in the Middle East. I was in Oman, recently. Tim Horton’s [Laughing] has an outlet in Muscat. Also, in a couple of other places in the Gulf. I would say Tim Horton’s is an American company now but with its headquarters is in Canada and has mostly Canadian staff.

We have always been there in that region. It keeps drawing us in for lots of reasons. I think one of the things that we currently lack is a diplomatic presence for a lot of reasons. We closed our Iranian embassy in 2012. We closed our embassy in Damascus during the Civil War. We had a diplomatic presence in Baghdad for a long time. Now, we have a small footprint there. Keeping an eye on the region, certainly after the Arab Spring, it was more and more difficult because you did not have people sitting there to do that. However, things are beginning to settle down. We are thinking about how to move diplomatic relations forward in the region, whether a larger presence in Iraq with a larger embassy, how we will have relations with Syria because we have a lot of Syrian refugees who have extended families. Sometimes, you have to work with the Syrian government, whether you like it or not. Other countries are beginning to repair relations with Assad, which is another factor as well.

3. Jacobsen: What about if you take unfortunate sudden events in any of the number of countries that you have worked in, personally, or have intimate contact with others who have extensive knowledge who are in the Forces or are on diplomatic, or other, work projects as well? What comes across in your conversations with them apart from broad strokes or impressionistic ideas about the region? For instance, you are pointing out both the difficulties about taking out 15,000 Canadians out of Lebanon. At the same time, there can be issues of ground-to-air systems, apparently, accidentally shooting down a passenger jet. These things can take a relatively rapid turn. Your expertise comes to fore. I am trying to get at two things. How do you pivot to advising the Canadian Forces and other allied forces and representatives? Following from that, what other forms of advice are taken into account by these forces or representatives before making executive decisions on what to do about either a media thing that is a catastrophe or a humanitarian issue on the ground?

Kilford: Yes, when you have an embassy in a country on the ground, you have the Canadian diplomatic staff and locally employed staff who, often, stay with an embassy for decades and establish their own network of contacts and know their respective governments. Let’s say we’re in Turkey, they [the locally employed staff] have a network of people who know how to work with the Turkish government, not on secret things, but just general life. So, they have that network of contacts.  Future  Canadian staff who come also have a group of contacts made by the previous person to work with. When in an embassy working in a place like Turkey, you have people with a huge amount of knowledge. You need to be dealing with stuff like crime, RCMP officers or CSIS officers dealing with human smuggling, drug smuggling, is just a start. Then there are embassy people supporting civil society, bringing Canadian values to discussions. There is a lot going on in the embassy. That is day-to-day life. Invariably, you will get some disaster occurring. Very often, in Turkey, it can be an earthquake, or what we saw in Iran with an airplane being shot down. Or it can be a terrorist attack with Canadians involved as victims.

So, there’s, first of all, the question from Ottawa about what is happening on the ground? When you have that network of contacts, you can very quickly discern the nature of what is happening and what is needed. If the host government is asking for  help, then you can at least have the channels to say, “Look, we can do this to help you.” If you aren’t there, then you can’t help. It comes down to small things. One of my jobs as a military attaché was to get clearance for Canadian aircraft to pass through Turkish air space, especially in the case of an emergency to bring supplies to Afghanistan. A non-standard route, I would call my Turkish colleagues on behalf of the Canadian Air Force to get either landing rights or transit rights through Turkish air space fairly quickly. Without me being on the ground; this would have taken a lot longer. Even though we are living in a high tech world it still comes down to personal relationships 9 times out of 10 to get things done. When you don’t have a diplomatic presence, you often don’t get things done and are in the dark. In such a case, you have to rely on third countries to now look after our diplomatic relations. If we have a problem with a Canadian citizen in Syria, we turn to the Romanian embassy. If it is Iran, I think it is the Italians who help us. They will do their best to help us with their networks. We do this for other countries, where they don’t have a diplomatic presence. When it is a crisis, like the downing of a passenger jet as we saw in Iran, recently, if you’re not on the ground, it is a struggle.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] President, Canadian International Council – Victoria Branch.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Chris R. Kilford on Background, Iran and Turkey, and Canadian and Allied Forces, and Humanitarian Issues (Part One) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 1). An Interview with Dr. Chris R. Kilford on Background, Iran and Turkey, and Canadian and Allied Forces, and Humanitarian Issues (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Chris R. Kilford on Background, Iran and Turkey, and Canadian and Allied Forces, and Humanitarian Issues (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Dr. Chris R. Kilford on Background, Iran and Turkey, and Canadian and Allied Forces, and Humanitarian Issues (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Chris R. Kilford on Background, Iran and Turkey, and Canadian and Allied Forces, and Humanitarian Issues (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Dr. Chris R. Kilford on Background, Iran and Turkey, and Canadian and Allied Forces, and Humanitarian Issues (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Dr. Chris R. Kilford on Background, Iran and Turkey, and Canadian and Allied Forces, and Humanitarian Issues (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Chris R. Kilford on Background, Iran and Turkey, and Canadian and Allied Forces, and Humanitarian Issues (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Chris R. Kilford on Background, Iran and Turkey, and Canadian and Allied Forces, and Humanitarian Issues (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kilford-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

 

Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 8,646

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Christian Sorenson, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, and Tor Jørgensen contributed to this opening session to a series of discussion group responses to questions followed by responses, and so on, between March and May of this year. Total participants observable in [1] with brief biographies. They discuss: the previous session’s responses.

Keywords: Christian Sorenson, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, and Tor Jørgensen.

Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Two)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Several participants commented on the following prompt:
 
Segmented exploration of the question, “What is going to happen in the near future (2020-2049), middle future (2050-2074), far future (2075-2099), and the indefinite future (22nd-century and beyond)?”  
 
The full prompt became: 
 
Here, we will define the near future from 2020 to 2049, the middle future as 2050 to 2074, the far future to 2075 to 2099, and the indefinite future as 22nd-century and beyond. Obviously, we have about 3 decades in the first options with more ease in predictions for us. Let’s start with some softballs, what seems like the most probable to come true in the near future? Those things most easily, readily following from current trends, the laws of the natural world and within the laws of human societies without a sign of impediment from world events, e.g. natural or human-made catastrophes. When looking at this middle future when many things seeming potentially impossible will be commonplace, and others assumed as inevitable will have been shown impossible, what seems likely and unlikely to continue to happen around the world here? By the end of century, during the far future where many of us may not be alive, how will some of these advancements in science and technology, or changes to the political and social landscape, lead to a vastly different world compared to now, or not? While some things are within our extrapolations, others may be mere whimsical speculation about the future, here I am looking at the 22nd-century and beyond or the indefinite future. What will not happen in our lifetimes, but will happen in the indefinite future? Because this follows from reasonable trendlines at present or exists within the laws of nature while not existing in the current world at all.
 
The first comments can be found here: https://in-sightjournal.com/2020/03/15/hrt-one/. You may comment on the general set of first responses or to an individual response in a respectful and considerate manner in this session, as a response to the responses/comments session. This is conducted between March 16th and March 31st.

 

Christian Sorenson: I will base my comments on the set of responses given. It strikes me that in relation to the different temporal instances regarding the near, medium, far and indefinite future, all of them postulate more or less the same idea, although some make mention of cyclicality. On a differentiated scale is evident “the subliminal belief” of an everlasting and unlimited development embodied in multidimensional ways. Because of this, special emphasis is placed to technological advance, not only in artificial intelligence, medicine, informatics engineering or aerospace research topics, but also in such areas commonly denominated “softer”, as long as they have to do with the multiple possibilities to organize our communities and society. Continuing with this reasoning they address political issues and new forms of a social contract. Reference is also made to cultural evolution, which in this case I will define and classify as “formal” and “material” respectively. By ”material” it will be understood as any human expression which has a tangible instrumental purpose, that is to say that promote, make possible and sustain life in common. The “formal ones” on the other hand, will be all those manifestations that grant identity awareness to individuals and a feeling of belonging to certain groups of peers. In turn, the latter would have to do with the generation of ideational constructs, which modulate normatively and emotionally our interpersonal relationships, and that may or may not be loaded with significances of moral worth. In my opinion, ultimately, these allow us to exist as symbolic and significant subjects. Said in this manner, certainly not only the technology but also other expressions of spiritual and artistic order will be “integrals” since they would be both “formal” and “material” in nature.

This leads to wonder about what would be society’s “nuclear organizations,” and specifically of the family construct as a concept, that was touched at least tangentially by some. Regarding this last, in confrontation to the continuum of time, it is plausible to ask whether this basic emotional bond referent is going to allow or not based on the legacy we already have with the history of humanity, a redefinition that questions its essence and ultimate meaning “ad eternum”… Posing it for its opposite, will the existence of society be possible if family as an entity disappears, even if this is taken to an exercise on a purely logical and theoretical level?

If it is about making “predictive futurologies” in a temporarily segmented future that visualizes the world “as a whole”, in the sense of seeing everything that exists uniformly, then I have no doubt why it is possible to believe in something similar to an “asymptotic development”. Indeed, I believe that “being” is not equivalent to “existing” since apparently everything is definable by its distinctive properties and therefore it is possible to postulate that exists distinctive and materially delimited essential qualities, that last beyond the particularity of each thing and that could be considered analogically as “archetypes”. The fact of not being able to discriminate what is characteristic of each “thing” in relation not only to its “being and existence” but also to its formal unique properties, may be an explanation of why a “supposed demiurge” puts us “on check” once again in history with the moment we live in now. In this “tragicomic parody” it seems that something not only of the nature that surrounds us rebels against ourselves and does not forgive…

Indirectly related with the above I wonder about linearity in the most simple and basic sense possible making an analogy with the line, that is as the closest distance that joins two points in space. Up to here and leaving aside if it is an arithmetic or exponential function, how far we are here in an “imaginary” as can happen with the relativity of time or space, and therefore we are both outside reality and the symbolic world? When you think about the future and progress it gives the impression that it is done linearly and in consequence in a “specular” (facing a mirror) way. Then it’s no wonder that things suddenly seem to “break out,” since what it is faced is just “virtual reality.” I will relate this to the idea that “nothing would be more permanent than change.” If and only if it is assumed that something changes while other remains constant. And then what is the force that mobilizes everything, being it “a failed act” or not? Perhaps “dualism”, but in my opinion not as a “flowing transforming sequence” due to the fact that there is no kind of balance or integrative dynamics that governs it. Maybe neither good nor evil exists as such in the measure everything that exists “should be seen according to what”… In other words, nothing or nobody is “what it intends to be” because there is an essential impossibility “beyond the will to power” in every individual subject to fully express what he is.

Everything seems to indicate that as human beings “we have become too human”… In metaphorical terms we could say that we have been “dancing” with everything for a long time, but now “they are dancing” with us.

James Gordon: For me, maybe the most interesting and yet not too challenging to (attempt to) predict trends are technological ones, which is basically where I started last time, so I will keep going with that. We have a lot of data from how technology has developed so far, and probably most importantly is how fast it has done so. Technology develops, in more or less scientifically predictable ways, which explains why some (not all) science fiction authors have actually been pretty good at predicting the future thus far (though usually they’ve been a little ahead of schedule, e.g. 1984, 2001, etc).

Arguably (but not easy to argue against), the most remarkable developments in modern technology happened as result of quantum mechanics. I’m not an expert on science or anything like that, but my understanding is that pretty much everything we use in the form of computers and so on is the result of Niels Bohr (among many others) following through on quantum mechanics starting about 100 years ago, largely in opposition to Einstein’s clinging to classical mechanics.

Suffice to say, we are going to have exponentially unexpected developments as result of more quantum mechanical technologies. It will be very hard to predict exactly when things will happen, but I think we can get a decent idea of what will or at least may happen. This crazy phenomenon of quantum entanglement has been a proven fact for quite a few years now in a variety of experimental settings, and has become part of scientific canon. Yet there are seemingly pieces missing from these quantum equations and the theory is itself quite baffling on many levels. Again, I don’t know all the ins and outs of it, but I imagine that some very smart people will be able to make things happen for us on a quantum level (in the form of nanotechnology; all microchips were themselves the result of harnessing quantum phenomena, so we’re well on our way to optimizing quantum computing recursively going forward).

So, what might this involve? There could, to go to one extreme, someday be teleportation devices like what you see in Star Trek. Already some (for more or less essential and practical purposes) dematerializing and rematerializing of particles over a distance has been accomplished on a small scale. I think over time it’s reasonable to assume that this could very well be possible with larger objects (and people). Along this wavelength (no pun intended), what will it mean when we can duplicate something, or someone, precisely? I will be looking at myself. I will be aware of what I am. My consciousness will have been split into two. So, the nature of consciousness is going to change completely if/when this happens. I imagine that the same thing will happen on the level of AI. If we can replicate a person precisely in technological form, this will be essentially identical to the person. In at least highly virtualized ways, immortality may itself become possible. But individuality may no longer exist. There could be 100 of you out there, people who look exactly like you. Maybe people will all look the same. That’s just an exaggeration to give you an idea of how things will change when suddenly we can duplicate all kinds of things (which will first happen in virtual settings but in parallel will be developed real life counterparts more slowly). Like with others, first we work with simulations and models and then we go to the real deal.

Yet even before, without going to the “real deal” of flesh and blood, we could theoretically live inside machines and AI forever (a common trope of some popular science fiction novels and films). As long as there is technology and computing power to support it, human life could be replicated in machines, and voila, we are no longer human, yet we are still somehow ourselves. This line between reality and simulation which has already become rather blurred via computer technology will only become increasingly more blurred until we will not be able to differentiate. So, it’s going to be a wild ride (though in this lifetime we may not see anything too “out there”. But our kids probably will, and their kids, and their kids, and so on).

I’m just going to go on a limb with this and say it’s safely in the “far future” category. I think we might be looking hundreds of years in the future or more here, although I’ve seen some predictions from the “avatar project” about what will be possible in our lifetimes. I don’t see us getting there all that quickly. Going back to the teleportation idea, instantaneous travel over distances will likely be possible. It will become as “safe” as any kind of travel we have now, although to us now it sounds horrifying to think of what could go wrong. I think we will eventually get there, a little at a time, by brave souls who are willing to try this stuff out. And there may be some inevitable sad cases that end up like Brundle Fly. Although it may sound a bit contrived, like I said before, I don’t think it’s at all unreasonable to reference some (and I emphasize some, not all) popular science fiction books, movies, tv shows, etc. to get a sense for what the far future might look like.

Many things in science fiction probably can’t and won’t happen. For example, I don’t think time travel will happen, at least not on any very significant scale. It just seems too out there to me and makes no sense whatsoever in practical terms, given that we are still here (I think). Faster than light travel I think could happen. Again, this is due to quantum mechanics. Einstein said nothing can travel faster than the speed of light in a vacuum, but apparently quantum particles are instantaneously entangled at a distance, which means they can in fact travel faster than the speed of light. Somehow information is going from one to the other, in an experimental setting it has been shown this information exchange is faster than the speed of light. So, either something is traveling, or there is some kind of unseen “wormhole” or “connection” uniting them that makes them in fact identical to one another. Maybe needless to say, Einstein ran into serious issues making sense of this, and died without arriving at an explanation. However, his ground-breaking ways of understanding relativity, in particular space and time, were instrumental in reconceptualizing modern physics, and we actually have him to thank for quantum mechanics as well, although he couldn’t take it far away from classical mechanics, which to him seemed more stable.

So that’s what we have been harnessing with the development of computers (this extremely fast way that particles move around on a subatomic scale). Breakthroughs in technology and science have always seemed almost magical upon early discovery in respective timeframes. Bohr and others observed that the color spectrum could be seen in distinct strips, rather than blurring together and this was evidence that electrons on an atom will jump from one orbit to the next all at once (a kind of inexplicable teleportation). Anything that a computer can conceivably do now, we can imagine how this is going to exponentiate due to advancements in quantum computing (with particles moving around in instantaneous and entangled ways). The old way of using bits (binary digits) is being phased out for the development of quantum bits. Simultaneous rather than procedural computations will be possible and there is a much higher limit now for what can be done with computers. One of the current developments currently under way is a quantum network that will use entangled particles to create a secure internet that can’t be hacked.

Is it somehow conceivable that particles can be entangled not only over distance but also over time? It’s possible. But we have no evidence of that yet, so we shouldn’t make any assumptions. We do have good evidence that they can be entangled over space and thus many amazing things will be possible as a result of this technology, which we have known for some time. We do know about time dilation involved in space travel and so forth. As far as what that will entail, I don’t think time travel is part of it. After all, we have never seen time-travelling people from the future showing up in our time (or any records of this in the past). We wouldn’t even be here now because people would’ve changed the course of history and wiped us out, unless, of course, this thread we’re on now is the result of some time travel intervention, which I highly doubt. So even if there’s the technology the future, apparently it is never used for bona fide time travel as we understand it. Maybe someday it will be possible to interact with the past somehow through very advanced technology, but what that would look like or involve, I really have no idea.

I would like to also give some attention to future trends in music, art, culture, and so forth. I’m a musician myself and a lover of many kinds of music. I think it’s safe to say that classical music is likely to persist; if you think of how long it has already been around, you can imagine how it will probably sustain for at least that much longer. So, the baroquely anachronistic image of classical musicians playing aboard a space vessel in the year 2500 is illustratively appropriate. The audience for this kind of music will continue to be older people, but may reach younger audiences and become even more mainstream over time. Jazz as well I think (and hope) will stick around for some time, and be continuously prized in the future.

At the opposite end of the spectrum, I believe that electronically synthesized music will also continue to be popular into the far future. Also, I think there will likely always be some variety of pop music which is digestible and appealing to (especially the younger generation of) the masses. More niche genres (such as metal, which I love dearly) may eventually be lost, because there is just too much disharmony among these niches and the mainstream/mainstays, to continuously be supported and reflected in what I perceive to be the likely general motion towards mass conformity (in many ways it will be for the sake of the preservation of humanity).

Thus, I do imagine the far future to be one marked by higher conformism…due to increases in industrialization, automation, etc., verisimilitude in all areas of society. I suspect there will be less individualism. The population will increase and the mass conformity and cooperation we see in the most densely populated countries like Japan, China, and India will become normal elsewhere as well. This will happen when we colonize Mars and any further colonization in space or other planets. Over time new cultures may develop which are offshoots of the present culture.

Some arts may die out and new ones may emerge. Computers may kill art in some ways while opening up new forms of expression within virtual worlds. Virtual game and simulated world designs will become a higher form of art. Again, electronic music may reach higher aesthetic levels. There may be distinctly new forms of Classical and Jazz music. And it’s possible metal will stay around and develop further as well. It’s hard to predict. Film will stay around for a long time, but in its traditional analog forms, it may eventually fade out as well, due to computer graphics taking over. Again, it will be very hard to predict how some things will go due to all these technological developments and necessary changes on an astronomical level.

Matthew Scillitani: On the whole, I think it’s interesting that many of the responses to the prompt were mainly focused on or included notes on technology or the environment. There were much fewer political, religious, and other miscellaneous lifestyle answers than I would have expected.

Comments to Claus Volko: you closed with the statement, “Either man will succeed or parish.” This was in relation to fighting climate change. Based on our current trajectory, do you think we will successfully overcome climate change, or will it result in an extinction event? If successful, what would success look like: a healthier Earth or migration to a different planet such as Mars? You also spoke about how new tech is changing the way we live and how history is usually taught as a history of wars. How do you think new technology will change the nature of wars in the future?

Comments to Rick Farrar: in your middle future predictions, you predicted that there would be significant increases in average human lifespans. You went on to say that there are some potential benefits and dangers that could arise from this development. What do you think some of these potential benefits and dangers could be? In the very distant future, do you think these medical advances might lead to some form of biological immortality? As an aside, I agree with you on your comment that lab-grown meat will become very popular. My mother, who’s a vegetarian, cooked me one of those ‘fake’ burgers and I could hardly notice any difference in flavour or texture.

Comments to Rick Rosner: your opener was that people will probably be more able to avoid being manipulated in the future. Why do you think that is? I’d think that as more people rely on social media and biased news outlets to shape their beliefs the easier it will be to brainwash certain groups. Anti-vaxxers, climate-change deniers, racists, sexists, flat-earthers, and so on live in their own bubbles on the internet. As the internet gets bigger, I’d think their bubbles would grow too, and they’d just find more people with similar, delusional beliefs to feed off. Also, you made a comment about how what some a-holes call socialism is really just a guaranteed minimum wage. It seems like these a-holes want other groups to fail. Do you think this a part of human nature, Western culture, or something else? I don’t understand the reluctance to adopt an economic system where everyone meets their basic needs.

Rick Farrar: There were some quite interesting first responses from the members of this group to the topic. We had convergent and divergent views on various potential happenings. And, after reading what everyone had to say, I was pleased to be sent off in new directions of thought. I’m going to take a slightly different tack on my second response, partially due to thinking spurred by predictions/comments others made and partially because of what I see as potentially drastic effects in many areas due to the current pandemic.

It feels as though we are on a historical point of change. Perhaps short or medium term, but I don’t know. A cusp, if you will. Or at least the ingredients are there. I hate to dwell on negative potentialities, but on the other hand, I prefer to consider dangers/threats upfront. Just my way, I guess, but considering these things ahead of time gives more opportunity to reflect and perhaps to deflect them than the alternative.
But bear with me. It is not all negative. If you consider that the COVID-19 pandemic has created fear and uncertainly across so many facets of life, you also have to consider this has created a vacuum of sorts. An absence, generally speaking, of security, in everything from immediate health to wealth/economic well being to trust in everything from neighbours (social isolation) to leadership/government. Everyone is doing all they can to protect their health and the well being of their community. And to function. As I previously mentioned, those are immediate issues.
Someone far out at sea, swimming for shore, worries more about drowning than what they might have for lunch once they reach land. And that leads me into the concerns I have. On the one hand, historically, during times of fear and uncertainty, people look to strong leaders, and this can favour the rise of dictators. People want security, and if someone is charismatic and certain of themselves, people will want that certainty. Or perhaps a fearful and uncertain environment allows consolidation of power into one person, a few, or a system that does not favour the welfare of the citizenry. When people have fear, they tend to go tribal, for lack of a better way to say it. They circle around what they trust or know. Or, lacking that, around someone who claims to know. Aside from the governance issues, a couple of people in their first responses mentioned cycles, and this started some thoughts. It is interesting, isn’t it, that we often perceive life (particularly in modern times, or at least in the course of our relatively short lifetimes) as being a ‘progression’. But is it, really? There are highs and lows, and certainly some of those bounce over a long enough period that they are hard to discern easily to a casual observer in a small portion of their life. So, where am I going with this? Let’s consider economics as an example. Depending on which philosophy/model you follow, economically speaking, booms and busts follow certain trends.

And, to my limited knowledge, other trends are used by computerized trading systems for trading purposes. Other things, such as established weather trends, can help predict changes in crop yields in a general way over the long term perhaps (el nino and la nina, for example), What I am getting at is something that I am struggling to define, but it is something like this…many things we think we understand in life are based on trends that we can predict because normally only one variable or a few variables affect largely, although there are almost certainly a larger number of somewhat benign variables that contribute. The reason I am (probably somewhat poorly) going off on this tangent is to try to draw a potential parallel to what I see as potential diverse effects from the current COVID-19.

Consider several important aspects of life and that they are influenced normally by a multitude of factors. Let’s say…availability of food and water, health care, human rights, community, leadership…potentially most aspects of life. And assume that all these are affected, as I mentioned before, by a whole host of factors, many of which normally have little effect on the rapidity of how quickly the view and availability of these important things in life change. Now, change that. Subject them to a new paradigm, fear and uncertainty, which in this case is the pandemic, and suddenly the uncertainty has danger. The relative influence of the variables that effect these important aspects of life have changed. As if they have been funneled into a smaller area, circling into a pipe, if you will, and will emerge changed and toward unpredictable directions. But that is the thing. How we all react to the uncertainty. It requires perhaps a person to either have a certainty, comfort, and/or self-control of their own destiny and goals or a trust outside that toward the future.

So, enough of the negative. Worries aside, if you even put aside most of what constitutes us as a species, there is one aspect of humanity that gives me hope above all else, and that is we are fighters. We do not give up, and we have not gotten to where we are just from luck. We have gotten here because we don’t give up. And this, as much as anything gives me hope.

Rick Rosner: I had some more thoughts about the farther future. When I thought about pandemics, I didn’t think about having to sit inside for 2 weeks or more. Maybe, those who knew more knew that that was going to happen. I thought of this as sci-fi movie or post-apocalyptic terms. It is people dropping dead in the street with entire places wiped out. This thing is going to be an ongoing horrible death toll.

But not enough at any one time to disrupt most governments or societies. Enough of that, we’re talking about 60 to 80 years from now. I was watching Bernie Sanders on Bill Maher because we got a free subscription to HBO, which includes a free subscription to Bill Maher. It is on, occasionally. Bill Maher was saying in addition to needing Medicare for all. We need Americans to be healthier, so our healthcare will be less expensive. Because people will get less sick. They were agreeing on that. I was disagreeing.

Because what people are going to want and increasingly expect by 2080 extended lifespans. It will expensive, regardless. It will be more expensive if you do not take care of yourself. Even if you do take care of yourself, it will be expensive. I guess, much of what goes on at that point, at the end of the 21st century, it is people scrambling in different ways to get extra years of life.

You’ll have a dwindling number of really old Millennials, well over 100. The youngest Millennial will be 110 in 2106. You’ll have some Generation Xs still trying to maintain them. Others will start to combine with AI. Others will try to do a combination. There may be, at that point, viable cryonic suspension. Although, I tend to doubt it. I suspect other technologies will supplant it before it ever really gets going.

If I had to have one thought about that point in time, it is people scrambling to live longer using methods that are less terrible than the methods from the 2050s to the 2070s. The more effective but still not entirely reliable or entirely great. The technologies of the 22nd century to live longer or indefinitely will be much better. From the 20th and 21st century, the very old will continue to be the pretty fucked up.

If I had to have two thoughts about the end of the 21st century, it would be to bring up again that non-governmental structures will continue to grow in importance as nations, many nations, fade in their ability to address the issues of the time and other groupings of people, other incorporations of people. Other ways people come together to get their needs fulfilled will become increasingly important in comparison to turning to one’s national government to get your needs fulfilled.

Some governments will be able to roll with it. Small, flexible, forward-thinking governments of nations that don’t have or aren’t America, for instance. That don’t have huge segments of the population that are politically or evangelical welded to stupid beliefs. I always think of the Baltic countries and the Nordic countries. Finland will probably still be doing pretty well 60 years from now. Estonia, all those little countries with 3 to 5 to 7 million will be nimble. I would assume enough to hold onto their effective nationhood.

Where people in America, if our government continues to suck, or even if it gets better, it will still continue to be more lumbering and bound to large groups of idiots than the governments of progressive, small countries. People in America will have to turn elsewhere to get a lot of their needs fulfilled. It is kind of the way that everybody in Russia needs to turn to other sources because they can’t fully to their corrupt, incompetent, and inefficient government.

A government unable to fulfill much of the necessities of life. I can go on like this. But that’s the deal. People will have to form different organizations to get their needs fulfilled for 120 years. The US government from the end of the Civil War to the end of the 20th century. The US government did right by – I don’t know if I can say most of its citizens but – a large percentage of its citizens.

It failed black people in major ways. At the same time, a lot of black people have very obviously had pretty good lives in America. Anyway, the US government while shitty in some ways made it possible for a lot of people to have what they considered to be successful lives. It is becoming less able to do that.

Tor Jørgensen: [In this sequence of the group debate, I will explore more into certain topics and ask follow up questions regarding these topics, so a deeper debate can take place.] The topics I will go deeper into is listed and divided into three parts below, 1-2-3.

  1. Space travel to Mars in the near future (2020-2049) and middle future (2050-2074), with further desire to explore the planet by human presence.
  2. Future prospects for man in the near and middle future, in the development of physical and mental health, interstellar travel etc.
  3. What should the educational institutions of the future look like, and do you think these institutions can keep up with future developments in a global perspective, in near to middle future?

1. Based on the wording of the first edition of this group debate, the topic of future prospects in space travel. So, here in this context, I will consider some more concrete thoughts about space flight to the planet Mars in the middle future (2050-2074). The design of space travel has been long on the agenda, from the time back when the moon was one of the major space flight destinations and the United States’ race with Russia as to whom would become the first man to set their footprint on the moon surface kept us all nailed in front of the TV screen. The time back to when Neil Armstrong took his first steps on the moon in the summer of 69 is one of mankind’s greatest feats! Does the group think that we humans can do the same with regards to Mars, as to sending manned space travel to the planet Mars in the near to middle future? I myself now do not think space travel to Mars is in the near future, here I will correct myself from the first sequence, I see after reading up on the subject that this will probably not even happen in the middle future as well, I see now the time limit to be in the far future at best! The technology is not present yet, yes we can send probes to Mars to explore the surface environment, and a fly-by of outer planets such as the planet Pluto.

2. To the second topic of future prospects for man in the near to middle future, I see the futures development of health to be about upgrading.

Upgrading of a stronger immune system, better medicines so we can live longer and healthier lives and not have to rely on organ donors for transplants. The medical institutions of the future should be able to replaced broken down bodyparts in humans with artificial body parts. As to the general development within the medical realm, the need for extending lifespan is to be able to survive long space travels, and maybe for this reason alone. Questions to the group regarding this topic is then; are we by that fact unavoidable been drawn towards our destiny to seek out new inhabitants to secure our own survival, and by that avoiding extinction of the human race?

Also, how will the humans of the future look like, will we be a race of superhumans, that is resistant to all diseases, the pandemics of the future is no longer a problem. Will humans of the future develop more senses above the five senses we have today, maybe a sixth, seventh, or even an eighth sense or more.  How far can we stretch our minds as capacity goes?

3. In this third sequence, I will address the educational system of the future. The educational system that we have today is lacking vision in so many ways. I have now been working within the educational system for 25 years, and by that fact see that today’s education is falling behind evermore. I feel we have lost our way as education goes, maybe it was never there. The educational system of today in a large extent treats its pupils as employees in a factory with almost no future purpose of any kind. This will be a big topic to discuss at a later time, but what then about the schools of the future, the schools today are not keeping up with the development in the general society in any means. A slow system that keeps holding the traditions as an honorary banner to be lauded!

What can be done about the educational system so it can fully understand the future needs of the planet and all its content? To be able to focus on creativity to a much larger extent, to see all students as individuals and not as just a gray mass. This may be a bit harsh as to opinion goes, but the matter of fact is that a wake-up call is needed, if as I see it, that the schools of the future are to educate the next generations and the ones after that in a manner that secures the survival of mankind.

To the group: Am I wrong in my assumptions regarding a rather grim look at today’s and the possible future educational system, what can be done if anything to correct it or is it no need for correcting?

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Contributors for April 8, 2020 session: Christian Sorenson, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, and Tor Jørgensen. Total participants (Contributors and Observers for April 8, 2020 session):

Christian Sorenson is a Philosopher that lives in Belgium. What identifies him the most and above all is simplicity, for everything its better with “vanilla flavour.” Nevertheless, his wife disagrees and doesn’t say exactly the same, for her he is “simply complex.” Perhaps his intellectual passion is for criticism and irony, in the sense of revealing what the error hides “under the disguised of truth”, and precisely for this reason maybe detests arrogance and the mixture of ignorance with knowledge. Generally never has felt confortable in traditional academic settings since he gets impatient and demotivated with slowness, and what he considers as limits or barriers to thought. In addition, especially in the field of Philosophy, and despite counting, besides a master degree in another study area, with a doctorate in Metaphysics and Epistemology in Italy, done in twenty-four months, while talking care at that time of her small daughter, starting from bachelor’s degree, learning self-taught Italian from scratch, and obtaining as final grade “summa cum laude” (9.8)… Feels that academic degrees and post-degrees are somewhat cartoonish labels because they usually feed vanity but impoverish the love for questioning and intellectual curiosity. For him “ignorance is always infinite and eternal” while “knowledge is finite and limited”. What he likes the most in his leisure time, is to go for a walk, to travel with his wife and “sybaritically enjoy” her marvellous cooking. IQ on the WAIS-R (Weschler Intelligence Scale), 185+ (S.D. 15); Test date: November, 2017. High IQ Societies: Triple Nine Society, World Genius Directory, and several others.

Claus Volko is an Austrian computer and medical scientist who has conducted research on the treatment of cancer and severe mental disorders by conversion of stress hormones into immunity hormones. This research gave birth to a new scientific paradigm which he called “symbiont conversion theory”: methods to convert cells exhibiting parasitic behavior to cells that act as symbionts. In 2013 Volko, obtained an IQ score of 172 on the Equally Normed Numerical Derivation Test. He is also the founder and president of Prudentia High IQ Society, a society for people with an IQ of 140 or higher, preferably academics.

Dionysios Maroudas was born in 1986. He lives in Athens. He has a passion for mathematics, photography, reading, and human behaviour. He is a member of the ISI-Society, Mensa, Grand IQ Society (Grand Member), and THIS (Distinguished Member)

Erik Haereid has been a member of Mensa since 2013, and is among the top scorers on several of the most credible IQ-tests in the unstandardized HRT-environment. He is listed in the World Genius Directory. He is also a member of several other high IQ Societies. Erik, born in 1963, grew up in OsloNorway, in a middle-class home at Grefsen nearby the forest, and started early running and cross country skiing. After finishing schools he studied mathematics, statistics and actuarial science at the University of Oslo. One of his first glimpses of math-skills appeared after he got a perfect score as the only student on a five hour math exam in high school.

HanKyung Lee is a Medical Doctor and the Founder of the United Sigma Intelligence Association, formerly United Sigma Korea. He lives and works in South Korea. He earned an M.D. at Eulji University. He won the Culture Fair Numerical and Spatial Examination-CFNSE international competition conducted by Etienne Forsstrom. Also, he scored highly on the C-09 of Experimental Psychologist. He did achieve a 5-sigma score on a spatial intelligence test created by Dr. Jonathan Wai. He is a member of OLYMPIQ Society.

Kirk Kirkpatrick earned a score at 185, near the top of the World Genius Directory, on a mainstream IQ test, the Stanford-Binet.

James Gordon is an independent/freelancer from the USA. He first entered into OATH Society, while completing his MFA in Creative Writing at Adelphi University, New York in 2010. Since then, he has taken over 100 high range tests, and is among the top scorers on numerous tests. He has also co-authored two exams (with Michael Lunardini and Enrico Pretini); he and Lunardini have another in production. He has worked in education and mental health. His struggle, through and beyond his own mental illness and substance use disorder, has led to a unique and earnest outlook on life. He strives to bring the wisdom gained from his experiences into the picture to enrich others’ lives. His hobbies include skiing, lifting weights, video games, and films. He is also a skilled amateur writer, and virtuoso pianist/guitarist. He lives in Seattle, WA with his wife, and plans to soon start a family.

Laurent Dubois is an Independent IQ test creator. On his website, he, about the 916 test, states the potential submission qualification for a large number of high-IQ societies, “WAHIP, the High IQ Society for the disabled, the Altacapacidadhispana, the SIGMA, the SMARTS, the The Mind Society, the Top One Percent Society, the Elateneos, the EXISTENTIA, the Artifex Mens Congregatio, the Neurocubo, the GLIA, the Milenija, the ISI-S, the Introspective High IQ Society, the Camp Archimedes, the PLATINUM and the PARS Societies, and potentially for several other societies (Cerebrals, Glia, Poetic Genius, Pi, Mega…).” That is, he constructs tests respected by many.

Marco Ripà is an extremely skilled problem solver working as a freelance content creator and a personal branding consultant in Rome; his homonym YouTube channel (160k subscribers) is focused on logics, mathematics and creative thinking. He initially studied physics but he gained a first class degree in economics. Author of books plus several peer-reviewed papers in mathematics (graph theory, congruences, combinatorics, primality problems) and experimental psychology (articles published in Notes on Number Theory and Discrete Mathematics, International Journal of Mathematical Archive, Rudi Mathematici, Matematicamente.it Magazine, Educational Research, IQNexus Magazine and the WIN ONE), he is the father of 70+ integer sequences listed in the OEIS.

Matthew Scillitani, member of the Glia SocietyGiga SocietyESOTERIQ SocietyThe Core, and the Hall of Sophia, is a web developer and SEO specialist living in North Carolina. He is of Italian and British lineage, and is predominantly English-speaking. He earned his bachelor’s degree in psychology at East Carolina University, with a focus on neurobiology and a minor in business marketing. He’s previously worked as a research psychologist, data analyst, and writer, publishing over three hundred papers on topics such as nutrition, fitness, psychology, neuroscience, free will, and Greek history. You may contact him via e-mail at mattscil@gmail.com.

Mislav Predavec is a Mathematics Professor in Croatia. Since 2009, he has taught at  the Schola Medica Zagrabiensis in Zagreb, Croatia. He is listed on the World Genius Director with an IQ of 192 (S.D. 15). Also, he runs the trading company Preminis. He considers profoundly high-IQ tests a favourite hobby.

Richard Sheen is a young independent artist, philosopher, photographer and theologian based in New Zealand. He has studied at Tsinghua University of China and The University of Auckland in New Zealand, and holds degrees in Philosophy and Theological Studies. Originally raised atheist but later came to Christianity, Richard is dedicated to the efforts of human rights and equality, nature conservation, mental health, and to bridge the gap of understanding between the secular and the religious. Richard’s research efforts primarily focus on the epistemic and doxastic frameworks of theism and atheism, the foundations of rational theism and reasonable faith in God, the moral and practical implications of these frameworks of understanding, and the rebuttal of biased and irrational understandings and worship of God. He seeks to reconcile the apparent conflict between science and religion, and to find solutions to problems facing our environmental, societal and existential circumstances as human beings with love and integrity. Richard is also a proponent for healthy, sustainable and eco-friendly lifestyles, and was a frequent participant in competitive sports, fitness training, and strategy gaming. Richard holds publications and awards from Mensa New Zealand and The University of Auckland.

Rick Farrar holds a Bachelor’s degree in chemical engineering from the University of Arkansas with additional work performed toward a Master’s degree in environmental engineering. He currently works with environmental compliance and reporting for a small oil refinery in Alaska. Rick’s outside interests include language learning (currently immersed in Greek) , traveling, music/singing, and traditional do-it-yourself type skills. His most recent IQ test activity was with the PatNum test, 18/18, 172 S.D. 15, by James Dorsey.

Rick G. Rosner, according to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing here, may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. He has received 8 Writers Guild Awards and Emmy nominations, and was titled 2013 North American Genius of the Year by The World Genius Directory with the main “Genius” listing here.

Sandra Schlick has the expertise and interest in Managing Mathematics, Statistics, and Methodology for Business Engineers while having a focus on online training. She supervises M.Sc. theses in Business Information and D.B.A. theses in Business Management. Managing Mathematics, Statistics, Methodology for Business Engineers with a focus on online training. Her areas of competence can be seen in the “Competency Map.” That is to say, her areas of expertise and experience mapped in a visualization presentation. Schlick’s affiliations are the Fernfachhochschule Schweiz: University of Applied Sciences, the University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, the Kalaidos University of Applied Sciences, and AKAD.

Tiberiu Sammak is a 24-year-old guy who currently lives in Bucharest. He spent most of his childhood and teenage years surfing the Internet (mostly searching things of interest) and playing video games. One of his hobbies used to be the construction of paper airplanes, spending a couple of years designing and trying to perfect different types of paper aircrafts. Academically, he never really excelled at anything. In fact, his high school record was rather poor. Some of his current interests include cosmology, medicine and cryonics. His highest score on an experimental high-range I.Q. test is 187 S.D. 15, achieved on Paul Cooijmans’ Reason – Revision 2008.

Tim Roberts is the Founder/Administrator of Unsolved Problems. He scored 45/48 on the legendary Titan Test.

Tom Chittenden is an Omega Society Fellow. Also, he is the Chief Data Science Officer/Founding Director at Advanced Artificial Intelligence Research Laboratory and WuXi NextCODE Genomics.

Tonny Sellén scored 172 (S.D. 15) of the GENE Verbal III. He is a Member of the World Genius Directory.

Tor Arne Jørgensen is a member of 50+ high IQ societies, including World Genius Directory, NOUS High IQ Society, 6N High IQ Society just to name a few. He has several IQ scores above 160+ sd15 among high range tests like Gift/Gene Verbal, Gift/Gene Numerical of Iakovos Koukas and Lexiq of Soulios. His further interests are related to intelligence, creativity, education developing regarding gifted students, and his love for history in general, mainly around the time period of the 19th century to the 20th century. Tor Arne works as a teacher at high school level with subjects as; History, Religion, and Social Studies.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Two) [Online].April 1 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 1). Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner,  and Tor Jørgensen (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, and Tor Jørgensen (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Non-Genius (Part Eight)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 6,853

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Rick Rosner and I conduct a conversational series entitled Ask A Genius on a variety of subjects through In-Sight Publishing on the personal and professional website for Rick. According to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing hereRick G. Rosner may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. Erik Haereid earned a score at 185, on the N-VRA80. Both scores on a standard deviation of 15. A sigma of 6.00+ (or ~6.13 or 6.20) for Rick – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 1,009,976,678+ (with some at rarities of 1 in 2,314,980,850 or 1 in 3,527,693,270) – and ~5.67 for Erik – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 136,975,305. Of course, if a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population. This amounts to a joint interview or conversation with Erik Haereid, Rick Rosner, and myself.

Keywords: America, Erik Haereid, genius, intelligence, non-genius, Norway, Rick Rosner, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, supernaturalism.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Non-Genius (Part Eight)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

 

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: On the flip side of the previous line of questioning, I want to look at genius going awry and the supernatural, as these may be related to one another in some ways. Some obvious; others not. We covered intelligence and genius in an extensive manner. One in which the genius gets defined and affirmed, in talents and productions. 

However, what about the opposite or its negatives? What is genius not?

Rick Rosner: With Genius, there is a quality novelty.  There is new stuff, new acts of the imagination that are not shitty. When I am talking non-sense to my dogs, most of what I say is not funny or interesting. It is just a flood of stupid syllables or a bunch of bad rhymes. Were it caught on camera, there is no quality there. Non-sense can be inspired like the poem Jabberwocky, which is all nonsense syllables. But it is good. The stuff that isn’t inspired or can tell where everything came from. That it is just a repackaging of shit that you have seen before. All of that stuff sucks. Sometimes, genius is being the first to express something persuasively that seems obvious in retrospect, like plate tectonics by Alfred Wegener. People throughout history have occasionally proposed that with the coastline, or at least ever since there were decent maps of the world, that the continents fit together. He is the one who made the argument persuasively enough that it stuck. He got the credit and gets to be considered its founder. He took something that doesn’t feel like an act of creative genius, like Orson Welles and Citizen Kane feels like an act of genius. It wasn’t a work of art what Wegener did. He pointed out a truth. You can be creative. You can be true. It has to hit, though. You might be able to make the case that the genius changes the culture. Although, you could argue that there are undiscovered geniuses. People who are unlucky to not have their stuff discovered, at least not until later. That’s what the deal is: adding to the load of stuff that belongs to humanity that has been thought up.

Erik Haereid: It’s when you are not creative, inventive, do not use your inner power of ingenuity to make expressions that are visible to others, if you copy others. A society’s lack of will or abilities to evolve towards a better community is the opposite of genius. Societies that suppress individual expressions, like dictatorships, represent the opposite of genius. “Better” is disputable, but in my view it’s the best for preserving the needs for everyone and all.

If one “genius”’ creative expressions suppress the others, such that the society stagnates or is exterminated it’s the opposite of a genius, even though the invention is clever.

2. Jacobsen: What do you see as the myths about genius?

Rosner: There’s the genius who is just bad at life and has a miserable life. There is the miserable genius who is all fucked up, never made money, lives in a hovel, never had a girlfriend, etc. There used to be stories that ran in the Inquirer every year or two that was about, “Look at this fucked up genius, aren’t you glad that you’re not a genius?” Or just genius stereotypes, absentmindedness, thinking about abstract shit and not paying attention to what is going on around him, it is generally a “him” by stereotype. If it is a her, wearing glasses, sexually frigid, needs to have her glasses taken off and hair taken down to release her inner sexy girl, this is a myth that is like the librarian. The girl genius runs into the librarian. The good at math and bad at life, good at academics, stuff. Every Bond villain is a kind of a genius. There’s the evil genius bent on world domination. There’s the busy penis genius Picasso. Usually not a math guy, it is an art guy or a novel guy. His unfettered creativity is connected to his unfettered penis.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Rosner: A lot of the stereotypes about genius are connected to people who can’t follow, or live, an ordinary life with going to the office and then coming home to the family. The genius who can’t do the 1950s parent lifestyle. They have to go and have adventures. Most of the stereotypes bounce off that. A gift to distancing the person from normal human interactions and behaviours. You just go there and then think about what are behaviours that take somebody away from normal lifestyles and behaviours. Anything that you can think of, then you can put on the genius stereotype. It is the wheelhouse of that stereotype without having to enumerate every instance. In Little Man Tate, which was about little geniuses, the most obnoxious was the mathemagician who wore all black plus a cape.

Haereid: Heh, that the genius always is the inventor of the idea. The genius makes an idea visible, known, through a purification and refinement of it. You could have a bunch of highly intelligent, invisible persons evolving several smart ideas, and you have that one lucky, or not of course, bastard that takes all the credit.

That the genius is always highly intelligent. This is simply not true. That geniuses are mad and avoid any other activity than thinking, and that they are depressed. That’s not true either. And the scientific type; good at math or physics. I guess there are some or many of the genius artists, painters, composers and writers through history that couldn’t add two numbers.

3. Jacobsen: What truths dispel those myths?

Rosner: I feel like at various times in the past century. I don’t think fame came into its own until the 20th century. But you don’t really get the fame industry until the 20th century. During various eras, famous people killed themselves through misbehaviour. Sometimes, it is through shitty behaviour like driving while drunk. William Blake said, “The road of excess leads to the palace of wisdom…You never know what is enough until you know what is more than enough.” It is kind of the popular picture of gifted, creatives, where they were out of hand in all areas.

Haereid: That someone write about those myths as myths? Get to know a genius better? To the public it’s boring with ordinary traits on geniuses. So, I guess it’s difficult to convince people that Einstein somehow wasn’t crazy, like the iconic picture of him somehow tries to paint. I don’t know. People are not searching for the truth but to fulfill their needs.

4. Jacobsen: What does “out of hand” mean in this context?

Rosner: Drink, druggy, fucky, getting in fights, suicidal, manic, and depressed, it is just that shit, and unhinged. John from the Beautiful Mind. A truth of a lot of genius is a lot of people who were really smart have a natural tendency to not be out of hand or have done the math on it and realized that it is less trouble to not be out of hand. The truth behind a lot of genius is that a good fraction of geniuses has lived fairly normal lives. That’s not always frickin’ true like William Marsden who you wouldn’t exactly call him a genius. He invented Wonder Woman. He thought women needed a superhero to inspire them the way boys had them. I forget what else he did. It wasn’t his main deal. And he had a three-way marriage. He and his wife took in another woman who loved him. They were banging for a while. You’ve got a certain fraction of a certain segment of the genius population that is going to find it worth their while to make up their own rules about behaviour. These could be overlapping segments. You could have people who live lives that are extremely traditional in some ways and still really weird in other ways. They did a whole T.V. series about Masters & Johnson who mapped sex. They studied human sexual response and had respectable careers within academia when they weren’t getting in trouble for having sex. They had enough weird sex stuff going on with them or around them that they made a three- or four-season T.V. series about them. The truth about geniuses is that sometimes they make up their own rules. Sometimes, they don’t. Sometimes, the rules that they end up settling on is that it is easier not to be all weird all the time. Again, this is a whole area, where you could pretty much suss out what you would find with a map of risk-to-reward, or how much energy it takes to do shit and how much energy somebody has to spend on stuff. A couple of years ago, you and I were talking about the economics of thinking [Ed. Cognitive Thrift: Volume I]

You don’t get thinking for free. It is not unlimited. Similarly, you can imagine geniuses as people who have more cognitive and behavioural money to invest in their lives, to engineering their lives. Given the more energetic situation, they have more energy. They have more stuff to throw at life. That means that you’re going to get a wider distribution of behaviours from a weirdness that takes various forms. Within that envelope, you’ve got normal behaviours for the people who have thought about stuff and decided, “There is enough good stuff on T.V. I do not need to spend 100 nights a year on Tinder, Grindr, or whatever else, having weird shitty sex with strangers.” The more I talk about this. The more that I realize that there is a model that when applied to human behaviour, an energetic model or economic model. It would allow you to invent fictitious genius behaviour given geniuses having more energy to do weird stuff, and also being somewhat psychopathic or not constrained by convention.

5. Jacobsen: What do you make of fake geniuses? Those claiming the status by themselves, for themselves, and, in fact, sometimes fooling a large number of people and garnering followings. They may argue for supernatural powers, as if they can read the future, read minds, have a direct communication or special insight from God, and so on.

Rosner: In the past 25 years, there has developed a pick-up artist community with guys developing strategies for women becoming interested in them. The reason that it is more of a movement now than 50 years ago is because the how to pick-up girls guides 50 years ago were just shitty. They weren’t very helpful. They weren’t based on any strategies that would get you anywhere based on the modern deal. Modern strategies include things like the most well-known pick-up artist strategy of negging. You don’t go up to a beautiful woman and then tell her she is beautiful because everyone tells her she is beautiful. You tell her something designed to confuse her. The standard example: “Your nose does something weird when you laugh.” Now, the woman, instead of basking in being beautiful, is like, “What does my nose look like when I laugh?” A pick-up artist is supposed to use the discombobulation to get there. Anyway, to get back to fake genius, it is a way to get stuff, get laid, get money, get recognition – professional or otherwise, to get adulation. It is like being a T.V. preacher. It is a way to have the license to get people to give you shit if you’re good at it. There is deluded genius. There are people who think that they are super-geniuses. I don’t know if anyone has interviewed Raniere extensively or at all because he is in prison. It would be a semi-interesting thing to explore how much of his own bullshit that he believes, probably quite a bit or maybe it varied from moment to moment. He scammed the Bronfman sisters who are heir to the Seagrum’s fortune. He scammed them out of $100 million for him to invest and make a shitload of money. He lost the $100 million. When he talked them out of giving him $100 million to invest, I assume that he thought that he was a genius investor and could make a bunch of money from investing. Otherwise, if he was just a scammer who didn’t believe in his ability to invest, he would have just deposited it somewhere for his own use and then invested it not crazily. He, maybe, would have been a hedge fund guy trying to figure out the best way to make money while not losing most of the money. Instead, he probably thought that he had good instincts and lost $100 million. To me, this indicates that, at some point, Raniere really believed in himself. Maybe, the shit changes. I don’t know what this says about him believing in himself or not with him fucking his harem of sex slaves. I don’t know if he told himself that he was making the women that he was having sex with more enlightened, so it was more worth their while to put up with his shit. There is the potential, among fake geniuses, for delusion, for believing in your bullshit.

Haereid: People who really think or make people believe they are God or have supernatural powers, are either ill, delusional, hallucinating, or they are just manipulating to gain a benefit.

Some people manipulate, like an alchemist, or a priest that convince you that the members of the church have to pay him a tithe or something; he’s God’s representative on Earth. If this priest proclaimed that he sold dreams, that this was transparent, like Hollywood; it would be right and fair, I guess. I gladly paid money buying Paulo Coelho’s book The Alchemist, and not because I believe in alchemy.

Fake geniuses often utilize vulnerable persons; persons in personal crises and the like. Their “inventions” are dreams, expectations and divinations, and they promise this to happen. A premise is that people really believe in these lies.

There is a problem concerning trust and vulnerability. The optimal case is that we have this healthy skepticism towards any man-god. It’s a known thing that charming people, often psychopaths and sociopaths, have the greatest influence on vulnerable persons. I think the society, friends and a trusted family have to deal with that. But there are a lot of power in some people, and the ability to convince and lead is sometimes godlike and misused, unfortunately. I have discussed the phenomenon psychopaths with a couple of psychologists, and asked them what to do when one meets one. And the answer is unfortunately not very helpful or scientific: “Run!”

6. Jacobsen: How can the general public, akin to warnings about margins of error in the HRT world, be warned about this self-aggrandization and overt narcissism, even treading into delusions of grandeur? 

Rosner: The thing that most protects the public against stuff like that is the public could not give even 3/10ths of a shit about genius, whether self-proclaimed or legit generated by an IQ score. There was an era when genius had more clout in the 1960s when people cared more about it. Nobody cares that much anymore. Genius is not that much of today’s cultural landscape. You have so-called geniuses who have given us huge chunks of our cultural landscape, like the Bill Gates’ of the world. We are more concerned about the devices than the geniuses who created them. Those geniuses, by the way, are captains of industry. There have been a bunch of movies about Steve Jobs. People are, at least, somewhat interested in him. But there’s even less interest in geniuses who aren’t billionaire captains of industry. Nobody cares about them. Unless, the genius is an engine that drives a fictional story. It makes a certain amount of sense that there is not a lot of room in the world or in the zeitgeist for genius. I would argue there is a lot more room. It is a failure of programming to exploit smart people. I did four pilots for shows about geniuses. None of them went anywhere. I’ve pitched and developed a shitload of projects for T.V. about making yourself smarter, about geniuses competing. All of this different stuff. None of this has gone anywhere. It is a failure of terrible reality T.V., to realize that super smart people are just as exploitable train wreck reality entertainment as any other group of people. There is a problem of working with smart people. You may have to roll more footage, or maybe not. Also, smart people are not good-looking idiots. Beautiful people, there’s always entertainment built around beautiful people. So, if you are casting a reality show, and if you pick the Bachelor and the Bachelorette, they start with 25 or 30 bachelors or bachelorettes each season. They are looking for people who are interesting and beautiful. I am thinking that there are probably people who could get on the Bachelor without being that interesting if they are super duper hot. I don’t cast for it, anyway. There’s a bar for interestingness when certain reality shows are casting beautiful people. It is a problem when there’s another set of criteria that knocks out your beautiful people. For instance, porn, the most beautiful people in the world tend not to do porn, because porn selects from the set of people willing to do porn. That sub-set of everybody generally eliminates the most beautiful people. You can have good looking people in porn, but you can’t have the best-looking people in porn. Similarly, if your sub-set of everybody is people who are really smart, it is such a smaller sub-set of humanity. Also, it is a different sub-set than the people who will do porn because the sub-set of people who will do porn overlaps with the people who can make money off their looks. The sub-set of people are really smart has very little overlap with the sub-set of people who can make money off their looks. So, if you are doing a reality show about smart people, then you’re going to have to have all sorts of compromises made for those people to also be attractive. So, you’ll have a show with smart mostly unattractive people or slightly less smart but slightly more attractive people. In either case, you’re a little bit fucked. Also, reality producers are lazy. They’re, maybe, not willing to put in the extra work to come up with a decent product. Even though, your people aren’t as beautiful as the people on the Bachelor. So, geniuses probably should be more in the zeitgeist, but reality shows have not adequately exploited them.

Haereid: I agree with Rick: The public doesn’t care. But some outside HRT are interested and curious, and some in the environment are on T.V. and in newspapers too. So, sometimes journalists do show some enthusiasm. They want a story.

I think that to gain the public’s interest you have to be a real genius and not only on paper; you must surprise people with your genius art or invention.

I repeat: It’s necessary to clean up within the HRT-environment. There are a lot of good intentions and work, and some turmoil too.  

7. Jacobsen: On supernaturalism, does this seem real to you?

Rosner: Nope!

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Haereid: No. What is real is all the stuff we haven’t revealed yet. People tend to overlook the things we don’t know, and fill the empty spaces with history. Then every unthinkable event becomes impossible.

I think that everyone has powers that we don’t get hold of and not used. It’s a lot of social and other depressive forces that prevent us from getting in touch with these innate, nuclear powers; but they are not supernatural. It’s a gap between what we do and our potentials. We can see that as a potential per se, and sort of a destiny; we can approach and getting closer to our potential, but never exploit all of it.

8. Jacobsen: Do claims of the supernatural seem like ancient mythologies or extrapolations thereof? A sort of extension of primitive, less rigorous forms of thought into the current more rational, more scientific era, in spite of the attendant problems of the power of science and human proclivities.

Rosner: Not exactly, when people make up stuff, it is easier to get a better-quality made-up product if you are, at least, grounded in the history of made-up stuff.

Haereid: You mean like an archetypical inheritance? Or that we need to preserve some materials in spite of what is logical?

It’s maybe a part of it. Perhaps we don’t dare to feel safe about science yet; it doesn’t give us the comfort we need. We have to trust it more than we do, and meanwhile we rest on the myths and the idea of supernatural forces. That’s a thought.

9. Jacobsen: How do the standard operations of religious frameworks or structures of looking at the world lead to asserted supernaturalisms rather than naturalisms?

Rosner: The deal is, we have only had science for a few hundred years. But people have been looking for ways to understand the world and for understanding for 20,000 years. So, you’ve got a wrong, bad, but interesting, explanation stretching back thousands of years. That’s where most of the religions of the world, probably all of them, are an attempt to order the world, to understand it, and to gain some measure of control, or some solace over the shit that happens. Humans as generalists, as the most thinky species on the planet, are drawn to, our niche is, exploiting regularities in the environment – figuring out how shit works. We are drawn to, or we are compelled to, explain stuff. The stuff that is harder to explain will fill up with wrong explanations.

Haereid: We need explanations for everything; it’s in our blood. Science doesn’t give all the answers. Maybe it never will. Birth and death, what’s before and after? What are thoughts and why can’t I rest in my emotions? Why do I fear things that aren’t real? Why don’t I instantly understand what is real and not? What is phobia? What is love?

Thunder is caused by Thor until you rest in peace with another answer, scientific or not. Our culture is familiar to us, we recognize it, and we feel safe about it, whether it’s faith or science.

Manipulation, brainwash, culture. We don’t have a choice, there are no alternatives. That’s another angle. In secular communities, faith could be more of a choice, but then you have the needs, including needs of affiliation; you choose believing in something supernatural because everybody else does. The critical voices belong to the unpopular minority. Then you don’t have a choice either, because you need an answer, and since science doesn’t, you choose a supernatural solution.

10. Jacobsen: Are religions factually correct or incorrect to make these assumptions in their views of the world? 

Rosner: In the last 100 years, probably the last 60 years, you have Popper and Kuhn who theorized about the history of science, right?

Jacobsen: Yes, and Lakatos and Feyerabend.

Rosner: When people started analyzing how science works via a philosophical framework, or an epistemological framework, philosophers came up with the idea of falsifiability. It is not science. Unless, you can run an experiment and the results determine whether your theory is true. So, shit that is not science that attempts to explain the world lacks falsifiability. That might be the biggest sword to cut at shit that isn’t science or the biggest basket to throw shit that isn’t science into. The motivation to do what religion does, to try and order the world, is a good thing to do. But when you end up with a system that cannot be disproved, that rests on faith, then that’s not a factually correct thing.

Haereid: It’s an approach to claim that answering such questions are not science until you have proved it empirically; scientifically. It’s guesswork. It’s for fun. But the resulting wars and conflicts that may come from such disputes are not fun. People use nonscientific methods to claim that their view is the right one, and the others’ view is wrong. And they mean that this is it; it’s no basis for debate. The problem is when you answer these types of questions without a stringent tool, without some thoughts about the epistemological angles to knowledge per se. As long as the conclusions create disagreement either one of the sides is wrong, or there are two equal truths: rationally. Then quarrelling is nonsense, at least in a non-psychological way.

11. Jacobsen: Is faith, at this point, net bad or net good?

Rosner: There are different kinds of faith. As optimism, as existential optimism, it is a good thing. You go out into the world and keep doing stuff. Even though, there is a lot of evidence in the world that you won’t live forever. That you’ll get old and be uncomfortably old, and then die of some horrible fucking disease. There’s a lot of evidence that there is a lot of unrewarding stuff out there. But persisting in defiance of that for the pleasures of the world, it is a kind of a faithful optimism; that, I think, is a good thing. Perverted faith like the way a lot of American evangelism has turned rotten is a bad thing. Believing in bullshit or, at least, acting as if you believe in bullshit for political purposes or for financial advantage, like Jim Bakker, of Jim and Tammy Faye Bakker, a religious scammer from way back who went to prison for it in the 1980s. He is back selling bullshit coronavirus cures and preventatives. If you go on Twitter and look around and google, you can see some evangelicals – 4, 5, 6, maybe 8 – or media heavy preachers promising salvation from coronavirus in the U.S. if you just send them money for prayers or bullshit products. That kind of faith, the faith behind that, or perverted faith, is obviously terrible.

Haereid: Faith is good as an aid to survive inner demons; to survive life. Faith is good if you become a better person to yourself and others; we need more of the Golden Rule as long as we lack resilience. But as a cult, a brainwashing scenario, it’s net bad; it has to be a choice, not coercion. If you become a social parasite creating conflicts and wars because of your faith, it’s bad, obviously.

12. Jacobsen: Finally, why do some real geniuses, or even fake ‘geniuses,’ fall into supernaturalisms and grandiose proclamations of supernatural powers and some special cognitive powers?

Rosner: I hate talking about slippery slopes. Because if you look at the landscape of effort and reward around people who present themselves as geniuses, like Raniere, Raniere evolved a system, a philosophy, a cult, that, eventually, allowed him to build a harem of women who disciplined themselves to, say, stay super skinny because that is what gave him a boner. So, being rewarded for claiming to be a genius is what propels, sometimes, so-called genius to get fucked up, whether it is sex or money, or self-delusion, or lack of discipline, I’ve got this theory of the universe, which I’ve never put on a firm mathematical footing. But I still like thinking about it, and still think that it is right. My laziness means that I can reward myself by thinking thoughts about the universe, which I think are profound and get some emotional reward via the pleasure of thinking big thoughts without putting in the effort. Einstein spent a bunch of years. He came up with Special Relativity in 1905. It took him until 1915 until he came up with General Relativity. He suffered a lot. He did not have a large library of mathematical technique in his head; he half-understood how things like gravity should work. He had to keep going to his friends to look for mathematical models that might encompass some of his more nebulous thinking; his instincts about gravitation, which took 6 years, 8 years, maybe. I don’t know when he started after 1905 on General Relativity. But there has been a bunch written about the false starts and the work and suffering built to get to the mathematical framing of Special Relativity and General Relativity. I have not done this for Informational Cosmology. I have a little bit done of it. But we do not have any math. I still get the wanking…

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Rosner: … of thinking big thoughts and feeling like a genius. But the lack of discipline means that there is no math. You can get that kind of drift. Let’s assume for the sake of this, I am an actual genius. That the physics of this will turn out to be true. But that whole thing could happen with someone who isn’t a genius and who is a deluded person. That whole thing about thinking profound thoughts and just wanking mentally. It is one of the potentially dangerous rewards od doing genius-y thinking.

Haereid: It’s human. When you become famous for an invention or piece of art, it’s difficult not to elevate mentally. Humans have this abnormal ability to amplify exponentially one’s identity; god or devil, more worth or less worth than everybody else.

Then it’s natural to become megalomaniac, delusional. Why shouldn’t you? I guess it’s the same with popularity in general; it messes up your brain. It’s hard to maintain the idea of who you are when everybody confirms that you are something else. If you manage to change peoples’ view on something essential, like Copernicus, Newton and Einstein did, I guess it’s a hard to stay on earth identity-wise. The challenge is staying mentally healthy if you make giant leaps in our culture, think you do or are extremely popular, whatever reason.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Erik Haereid has been a member of Mensa since 2013, and is among the top scorers on several of the most credible IQ-tests in the unstandardized HRT-environment. He is listed in the World Genius Directory. He is also a member of several other high IQ Societies.

Erik, born in 1963, grew up in OsloNorway, in a middle class home at Grefsen nearby the forest, and started early running and cross country skiing. After finishing schools he studied mathematics, statistics and actuarial science at the University of Oslo. One of his first glimpses of math-skills appeared after he got a perfect score as the only student on a five hour math exam in high school.

He did his military duty in His Majesty The King’s Guard (Drilltroppen)).

Impatient as he is, he couldn’t sit still and only studying, so among many things he worked as a freelance journalist in a small news agency.  In that period, he did some environmental volunteerism with Norges Naturvernforbund (Norwegian Society for the Conservation of Nature), where he was an activist, freelance journalist and arranged ‘Sykkeldagen i Oslo’ twice (1989 and 1990) as well as environmental issues lectures. He also wrote some crime short stories in A-Magasinet (Aftenposten (one of the main newspapers in Norway), the same paper where he earned his runner up (second place) in a nationwide writing contest in 1985. He also wrote several articles in different newspapers, magazines and so on in the 1980s and early 1990s.

He earned an M.Sc. degree in Statistics and Actuarial Sciences in 1991, and worked as an actuary novice/actuary from 1987 to 1995 in several Norwegian Insurance companies. He was the Academic Director (1998-2000) of insurance at the BI Norwegian Business School (1998-2000), Manager (1997-1998) of business insurance, life insurance, and pensions and formerly Actuary (1996-1997) at Nordea in Oslo Area, Norway, a self-employed Actuary Consultant (1996-1997), an Insurance Broker (1995-1996) at Assurance Centeret, Actuary (1991-1995) at Alfa Livsforsikring, novice Actuary (1987-1990) at UNI Forsikring.

In 1989 he worked in a project in Dallas with a Texas computer company for a month incorporating a Norwegian pension product into a data system. Erik is specialized in life insurance and pensions, both private and business insurances. From 1991 to 1995 he was a main part of developing new life insurance saving products adapted to bank business (Sparebanken NOR), and he developed the mathematics behind the premiums and premium reserves.

He has industry experience in accounting, insurance, and insurance as a broker. He writes in his IQ-blog the online newspaper Nettavisen. He has personal interests among other things in history, philosophy and social psychology.

In 1995, he moved to Aalborg in Denmark because of a Danish girl he met. He worked as an insurance broker for one year, and took advantage of this experience later when he developed his own consultant company.

In Aalborg, he taught himself some programming (Visual Basic), and developed an insurance calculation software program which he sold to a Norwegian Insurance Company. After moving to Oslo with his girlfriend, he was hired as consultant by the same company to a project that lasted one year.

After this, he became the Manager of business insurance in the insurance company Norske Liv. At that time he had developed and nurtured his idea of establishing an actuarial consulting company, and he did this after some years on a full-time basis with his actuarial colleague. In the beginning, the company was small. He had to gain money, and worked for almost two years as an Academic Director of insurance at the BI Norwegian Business School.

Then the consultant company started to grow, and he quitted BI and used his full time in NIA (Nordic Insurance Administration). This was in 1998/99, and he has been there since.

NIA provides actuarial consulting services within the pension and life insurance area, especially towards the business market. They was one of the leading actuarial consulting companies in Norway through many years when Defined Benefit Pension Plans were on its peak and companies needed evaluations and calculations concerning their pension schemes and accountings. With the less complex, and cheaper, Defined Contribution Pension Plans entering Norway the last 10-15 years, the need of actuaries is less concerning business pension schemes.

Erik’s book from 2011, Benektelse og Verdighet, contains some thoughts about our superficial, often discriminating societies, where the virtue seems to be egocentrism without thoughts about the whole. Empathy is lacking, and existential division into “us” and “them” is a mental challenge with major consequences. One of the obstacles is when people with power – mind, scientific, money, political, popularity – defend this kind of mind as “necessary” and “survival of the fittest” without understanding that such thoughts make the democracies much more volatile and threatened. When people do not understand the genesis of extreme violence like school killings, suicide or sociopathy, asking “how can this happen?” repeatedly, one can wonder how smart man really is. The responsibility is not limited to let’s say the parents. The responsibility is everyone’s. The day we can survive, mentally, being honest about our lives and existence, we will take huge leaps into the future of mankind.

Rick G. Rosner, according to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing here, may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. He has received 8 Writers Guild Awards and Emmy nominations, and was titled 2013 North American Genius of the Year by The World Genius Directory with the main “Genius” listing here.

He has written for Remote ControlCrank YankersThe Man ShowThe EmmysThe Grammys, and Jimmy Kimmel Live!. He worked as a bouncer, a nude art model, a roller-skating waiter, and a stripper. In a television commercialDomino’s Pizza named him the “World’s Smartest Man.” The commercial was taken off the air after Subway sandwiches issued a cease-and-desist. He was named “Best Bouncer” in the Denver Area, Colorado, by Westwood Magazine.

Rosner spent much of the late Disco Era as an undercover high school student. In addition, he spent 25 years as a bar bouncer and American fake ID-catcher, and 25+ years as a stripper, and nearly 30 years as a writer for more than 2,500 hours of network television. Errol Morris featured Rosner in the interview series entitled First Person, where some of this history was covered by Morris. He came in second, or lost, on Jeopardy!, sued Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? over a flawed question and lost the lawsuit. He won one game and lost one game on Are You Smarter Than a Drunk Person? (He was drunk). Finally, he spent 37+ years working on a time-invariant variation of the Big Bang Theory.

Currently, Rosner sits tweeting in a bathrobe (winter) or a towel (summer). He lives in Los AngelesCalifornia with his wife, dog, and goldfish. He and his wife have a daughter. You can send him money or questions at LanceVersusRick@Gmail.Com, or a direct message via Twitter, or find him on LinkedIn, or see him on YouTube.”

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eight; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Non-Genius (Part Eight) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eight.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 1). Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Non-Genius (Part Eight)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eight.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Non-Genius (Part Eight). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eight>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Non-Genius (Part Eight).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eight.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Non-Genius (Part Eight).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eight.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Non-Genius (Part Eight)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eight>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Non-Genius (Part Eight)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eight.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Non-Genius (Part Eight).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eight>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Non-Genius (Part Eight) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-eight.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Artificial (Narrow and General) Intelligence, Virtual Philosophy, the Cogito, and Art, Media, and Culture (Part Three)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,213

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Thomas Wolf is a Member of the Giga Society. He discusses: definition artificial intelligence compared to human intelligence in the future; intellectual interest in virtual reality philosophy; the spirit, soul, or Cogito; virtual reality philosophy in art, media, and literature; and art, media, and literature best representative of personal general philosophy.

Keywords: art, Cogito, Giga Society, human intelligence, literature, media, Thomas Wolf, virtual philosophy.

An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Artificial (Narrow and General) Intelligence, Virtual Philosophy, the Cogito, and Art, Media, and Culture: Member, Giga Society (Part Three)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Original interview conducted between October 21, 2016 and February 29, 2020.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What defines artificial (narrow and general) intelligence to you?

Thomas Wolf: I define intelligence as the ability to solve complex problems. The more structured these problems are, the better machines or AIs are and will be at it. Chess is a good example for such well-structured problems. The more unstructured a problem is, the harder it is for machines. To some degree, machines can learn from feedback to solve even relatively unstructured problems, e.g., designing a stock trade strategy or composing music. This is well researched already and can be mathematically explained as pattern recognition through neural networks, mainly utilizing the technique of “annealing,” a mathematical method to find better global minima (i.e. solutions) in complex systems by combining random jumps of slowly lowering magnitude. However, artificial systems lack one thing and will in my opinion forever lack it, i.e., the Cogito, the concept of true self-awareness (which must not be confused with simple self-reference, a capability that even lower animals or robots possess). The fact that we can not mathematically or scientifically explain this capability in human brains, let alone recreate it in algorithms or machines, is – by the way – one of the strongest indications for a virtual nature of the universe and existence of an external consciousness in us.

2. Jacobsen: Will artificial intelligence become more intelligent than human beings? If so, how and when? If not, why not?

Wolf: For clearly structured problems as well as for somewhat structured problems of high complexity, AI already far surpassed human intelligence long ago. I cannot imagine any human doing the job of Google’s search engine. But for unstructured problems, AIs will never be able to compete with a Human, they may at best come close to human levels by dropping ”intelligent” behaviour and instead relying on simulated instinct, as funny as that may sound. If you do not try to fully understand a situation, but instead act on an intuitive approach based on a large data base, machines might have an edge due to their extremely huge memories. “Instinct” or “intuition” is nothing to be frowned upon, in a mathematical sense these are “unsharp” pattern recognition. When you have to make a moment’s decision whether to trust a person or not, you are relying on recognizing patterns on a subconscious level. Your senses tell you many things about a person, e.g., his body language, clothing, environment, tone of voice, etc. When you act on instinct, you do not logically assign score points to each of those details to base a decision on, you compare the holistic impression with your memorized experiences in your brain’s neural network and “feel” the pattern to fit either side. We call this intuition or “gut feeling”, but it is subconscious data processing. AIs can do that as well, but have a much harder time doing it if the topic gets complex. In the late eighties, a friend told me about an experiment with an early military AI; whose purpose was to distinguish real tanks from decoys in an aerial view – first, pictures of real tanks were taken, then, after lunch, pictures of decoys. A neural network AI was then taught to distinguish these two classes. It worked quite well for the example set, but totally failed for a separate real-world test set. Why? The AI had learned to distinguish shadow fall in the morning from shadow fall in the afternoon (i.e. after lunch) instead. A simple example of why turning highly unstructured problems into structured AI models is hard.

3. Jacobsen: You have an intellectual interest in virtual reality philosophy and philosophy in general. Some proponents of virtual reality philosophy include Nick Bostrom and Elon Musk. What is the intellectual interest in virtual reality philosophy and philosophy in general?

Wolf: When you go back to the basic question “Of what can I be certain?”, it inevitably leads to the Cogito, the principle: “I think, therefore I am.” Your spirit, your soul if you will, exists. The outside world exists – to you (i.e., at least virtually) – as well, but whether independent of you (i.e. in a material sense), or not, is uncertain.  A number of phenomena indicate that it is probably purely virtual, the fine-tuning of cosmic constants to support intelligent life, the impossibility to explain or create the Cogito in mathematical systems or software, and the quantum nature of the universe which can best be explained by universe-external influences. Bostrom and Musk arrived at this same conclusion on a different path – simply put, they stated that we will soon be able to create virtual realities impossible to distinguish from a physical reality, and that it is much more probable that we live in one of the extremely many virtual realities than in the one initial physical reality. Personally, I do not think that even the existence of an initial physical reality is proven. The only scenario reasonable to me is that we (whether “we” are separate entities, separate splinters of an initially combined conscience, or a solipsist “I” with the illusion of a “we” group) have freely chosen to suppress memories and the understanding of the maddening concept of infinity (which would lead to inescapable madness as it is pointless through to its inevitably repeating nature) in order to experience an infinite set of limited non-infinite existences instead.

4. Jacobsen: You related the spirit or soul to the Cogito. What else defines the spirit or soul?

Wolf: The simple definition of Cogito is enough to be certain that there is a spirit (or soul if you will). Unfortunately, this conclusion only works one-way: the absence of the Cogito does not necessarily mean that there is no spirit or soul. A small child or simple person is not able to say, “I think, therefore I am,” or something equivalent, and neither can an intelligent person when sufficiently distracted or otherwise impeded (e.g., drunk or asleep). So, the best definition for a spirit or soul would be “Cogito potential”, i.e., if somebody could in the future possibly speak the Cogito if taught, grown or no longer impeded. But of course, this is fluent to decide and not determinable at all. Above that, we can neither be sure if any spirit other than our own exists at all (as solipsism is a possibility), nor if our own spirit is infinite or finite, i.e., immortal or mortal. Or, most plausible to me, a finite extension of an infinite base.

5. Jacobsen: This can have representation in art, media, and literature. What are some important examples of virtual reality philosophy in these domains to you?

Wolf: My favourite examples are the painting “The Treachery of Images” by Magritte – although he may have been not even fully aware of its implications – and the “Matrix” movie trilogy, especially the ingenious third part and conclusion. Other good examples that immediately come to mind would include the movies “Avalon,” “ExistenZ,” and “Nirvana” as well as the novel “Simulacron-3” and its two screen adaptations. But the topic is generally being picked up in all kinds of art and especially popular media movies and TV episodes more and more, which is not surprising since the advent of the real technological possibility of virtual realities in our experienced world stimulates thoughts about it. I remember my personal interest in this was triggered at an early age, about eleven or twelve, and in retrospect, it might have originated from some science fiction radio play in which the crew of an underwater research facility found out they were in a VR simulation. To my great regret I recall neither author or title, though, it was too long ago.

6. Jacobsen: What are some art, media, and literature that best represents your own general philosophy – aesthetic, epistemological, ethical, legal, metaphysical, political, and social?

Wolf: Apart from the media I mentioned, the whole media group of computer games, role-playing games (computer as well as paper &  pen and live), and maybe even all games – including the most basic board games as long as they are not purely abstract but represent an experience a chess game represents a war – best demonstrates what virtual reality philosophy means. In a game, you create a virtual reality. In basic games, you are – competitively or collaboratively – given a goal to accomplish, winning the war or saving the world from danger. In more advanced games, you utilize an avatar to accomplish a more complex goal which can include self-development or even choosing your own preferred goal. The concept of a game is perfectly fit to explain the sense and concept of virtual reality. Why do you play it? In order to fill the nothingness of boredom (or infinity) with an experience that gives you a sense of purpose and/or enjoyment. What are the limits? The rules (natural laws of sorts) dictate the limits of what you can do; unless, you chose to end the game. I like to compare Pac-Man to quantum phenomena: There are always four ghosts to chase you, and although there is no clear explanation from Pac-Man’s point of view, a new ghost appears in the center whenever a ghost is killed. A hypothetical sentient Pac-Man should be able to conclude from this fact that there is some connection between the old and new ghost’s pixels external to the game world, as there seems to be a connection between quantum particles external to the universe.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Member, Giga Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-three; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Artificial (Narrow and General) Intelligence, Virtual Philosophy, the Cogito, and Art, Media, and Culture (Part Three) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 1). An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Artificial (Narrow and General) Intelligence, Virtual Philosophy, the Cogito, and Art, Media, and Culture (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Artificial (Narrow and General) Intelligence, Virtual Philosophy, the Cogito, and Art, Media, and Culture (Part Three)). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Artificial (Narrow and General) Intelligence, Virtual Philosophy, the Cogito, and Art, Media, and Culture (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Artificial (Narrow and General) Intelligence, Virtual Philosophy, the Cogito, and Art, Media, and Culture (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Artificial (Narrow and General) Intelligence, Virtual Philosophy, the Cogito, and Art, Media, and Culture (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Artificial (Narrow and General) Intelligence, Virtual Philosophy, the Cogito, and Art, Media, and Culture (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Artificial (Narrow and General) Intelligence, Virtual Philosophy, the Cogito, and Art, Media, and Culture (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Artificial (Narrow and General) Intelligence, Virtual Philosophy, the Cogito, and Art, Media, and Culture (Part Three) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Zara Kay on No True Scotsman, FGM, Clitoridectomy, Infibulation, Identity Crisis, and Secular Communities (Part Three)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,260

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Zara Kay is the Founder of Faithless Hijabi. She discusses: No True Scotsman fallacy; issues of family, religion, and culture; the feeling of an identity crisis; and perceptions of and issues in the secular communities.

Keywords: ex-Muslim, Faithless Hijabi, identity, Islam,  No True Scotsman, religion, secular, Zara Kay.

An Interview with Zara Kay on No True Scotsman, FGM, Clitoridectomy, Infibulation, Identity Crisis, and Secular Communities: Founder, Faithless Hijabi (Part Three)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: This may connect to the FGM point, and to what has been called in other contexts a “No True Scotsman” fallacy. What exactly would constitute real Islam in practice if not every practitioner? Same for every other thing.

Zara Kay: Exactly. This is the thing that Christopher Hitchens said as well. Who has the authority to assess all of this? Who is the right person to make? It was in a debate with Tariq Ramadan. Only because I am going through debates now, so I am trying to get as much context from everybody, and all the backlash. Who are these people who are talking about reformation? Can all these people who talk about reformation come together and get one idea of reformation sorted?

A lot of times, yes, Islam can be separated from its political side, but then there is this whole philosophical side. A lot of people go like, “The Islamists have taken over Islam and they are using it for their agenda.” Sure. There is a minority of it, but there are also the other conservatives, and even the liberals, who have enabled this.

One man still calls himself a Muslim. He gets threats from people who are Islamists as well and conservative Muslims. He also claims to be practicing Islam. So did these others, they are one Muslim group attacking the other Muslim group, or individuals saying, “You are not Muslim enough.”

2. Jacobsen: How does this then apply to a context of an individual who lives in a culture and practices the faith, and may be a woman, or even have a daughter, in which FGM, clitoridectomy, infibulation is not necessarily common, but known and at least moderately endorsed practices? When they are saying, “This is not the religion, necessarily. This is more culture,” even though there might be some religion mixed into it. As a nuanced consideration, it might.

Kay: This is what I said earlier. There is a big, big overlap with it. “This is not religion.” I am like, “Okay. Well, what is not religion?” If it is culture, is there a theological backing to it? FGM has a theological backing to it. There is a Hadith that the Prophet says, “You have to circumcise males, and for women, it is not enforced, but it is better if you do so.” Therefore, people have exercised that.

For those who say, “This is a cultural practice,” I always question, “Where does this stem from? Sure, there is an overlap, but what about it makes you think that this is only a cultural practice? Is there no theological backing to it? Has this not been practiced in the time of the leaders, like the Prophet?”

The Shias have a temporary marriage. People say, “Shias are not the real Muslims. It is a cultural thing.” I am like, “Has temporary marriage never been practiced by the Prophet? Given Islam has been drawn down to the practices of the Prophet and the book, has it never been practiced by the Prophet? Yes, it has.”

Child marriage. They are like, “It is a cultural thing. It happens only in India and other countries.” I am like, “Has it not been practiced by the Prophet?” They are like, “Yes, but this was at the time of the sixth century.” I am like, “Has the Prophet not said that his practices need to continue? He has.”

The Sunnah is a theme. It is being practiced, sometimes in minorities, and more prevalent in some cultures or regions than others, but does it have any relevance to when Islam was introduced, or has it ever been considered part of Islam? Has the Prophet ever spoken about it? A lot of people do not even know how hijab was introduced in times of slavery. They do not even know this. They think it is an identity.

My sisters right now, we do not talk about this because it helps us keep our relationship sane, but they do not know when the hijab was introduced. They think that I have not read the Quran because I never finished it in Arabic. It is one of those books. Why would you want to read unless you were trying to understand individual verses? Why would you want to keep reading the same thing on cursing things or praising the Lord? So, I never bothered finishing it.

But now, I have read it. I have not read it the traditional way, from Chapter 1 to Chapter 30. But I have read it in different segments. I will pick a topic. I will investigate the book for references. I will read those verses and then look at the Tafseer, which is the translation of it from different books and schools of thought – the Sunnis, the Shias, and other scholars – to get a better context.

My family who think that I have never read the Quran, or that I do not have enough knowledge and that is why I left, or that I left because of my lifestyle; I do not think they have read a half of what I have read since I have become an ex-Muslim. Leaving your religion, it is the most confusing thing you could do. It is heart-breaking for you because you hit a reality where you feel like you have been lied to by your parents, by everybody else. You were taught the concept of God. These are the practices. This is right. That you should hate gay people.

When I came out of it, it totally shattered me. It was not an easy journey. It would have been so much easier being a Muslim. I am reminded of the times when I first came out. I was reading up on things. You had to make sense of it. You had to read more to understand why you were feeling this way, let alone thinking about it. Why are you having an identity crisis?

3. Jacobsen: What was the feeling there, when you were having that identity crisis, or feelings?

Kay: It feels like you have borderline personality disorder. You are trying to be an apologist for religion, but things are also not making sense to you.

You are trying to maintain relationships with the people that you love who are not Muslims, but every time you do that; religion is always at the forefront. It was hard for me to find a balance between, “These are the people I love, regardless of their religion. How do I accept them for believing in such a cult like this?” If one of my family members was a Nazi, would I be able to do that? Would I be able to embrace them as people and not their beliefs?

It is always an exercise. Now, with my family and I, we have had a rule that we do not talk about it. I am sure it is hard for them because I am on the ultimate side. I have not only rejected Islam; I am vocal about it. I have publicly called the Prophet to be a child molester or a rapist. I call his actions to be barbaric and violent. To my family, they are like, “Who are you? We did not raise you this way.”

I am sure it happens on both sides. While you are the one losing your identity, you are also trying to make sense of how you can be around the people that you love. The good part for me was I do not live with my family. They live on a different continent. I had my time and space. Whenever I felt like there was any form of emotional blackmail or social pressure, I would block them or I would tell them, “I need my space. I will call you when I am ready.”

Setting boundaries, by far, was the hardest thing with my family. I do not know if it is more to do with culture, the way we were raised, where when I tell my mom, “I am busy,” or, “I do not want to talk to you,” my mom is like, “What do you mean you do not want to talk to me? That is not a thing.”

I was never raised to ever talk back to my parents telling them, “I do not want to talk to you.” I was like, “I am not in the mood and I do not feel like talking.” She could not comprehend that for the first few times when I said it. She kept calling me obsessively and I had to hang up or block her. I am like, “I will call you when I am ready. Right now, I am not in the mood.”

Now they have learned not to push me because the more they will push, the more I will ignore them. It is something that I should probably do a Youtube video on, creating healthy boundaries. Muslim parents, or Muslims families, or the cultural part of it, there are no healthy boundaries. There is no such thing as boundaries.

4. Jacobsen: If you look, as we have, at the outside, in other words, those within one of the largest religions in the world, and critiques of it. If we also look at some of the cultural and family dynamics that either follow from that or mix with the surrounding culture, those are two important levels of critique. A third one is also looking into our own community within the general secular community.

Since you are several months in, now, though only several months in now, at the same time, what are your perceptions of the secular community, generally? What are some of the benefits of coming into that community? What are some of the potentially unique problems that the secular community has, in and of itself, of which it needs to, perhaps, have a more serious and sober conversation about?

Kay: When I joined the ex-Muslim community, I thought it was a place where I could feel comfortable being myself, talk to people who shared the same ideologies as me, or be around people who have also been ostracized by their family. I was quickly proven wrong, especially in Australia, so I stayed away from it. Maybe, this was the Australian group.

I stayed away from it because I realized nobody was doing outreach. Nobody was there for people. We all had one thing in common, that we are not Muslims anymore, but different people had different feelings about it. Other people thought that some people were criticizing Islam so much, and they left the group.

The community, the one goal they had was that they were all ex-Muslims. The other ideologies were quite variant and different. Some people, like I said, it is not unheard of that they are still misogynistic, that they are still sexist. That does not go away. That is much ingrained, despite them disbelieving in Islam.

One thing in the secular world. Now that I am exposed to the wider world, I have more people that I can choose to talk to or form a community with, but I do not particularly feel the need to be in a community anymore.

When you are first coming out as an ex-Muslim is when you want that support, and you want that guidance. That is where Faithless Hijabi comes in. We provide that, not to a great extent because it is a one-woman run show. People are looking for that familiarity. Sometimes reading other people’s stories silently helps them make more sense.

I do not particularly feel the need to be in a community. However, I do like having chats with friends who I can talk to about things. Some of them are ex-Muslims. Some of them are my friends. My community, or my family, has been my friends.

What the secular world is not talking about too much is the after-effects of leaving, it is not focusing on the mental trauma of people that have left. They are like, “Welcome to the world.” You are like this new puppy who has been introduced to this big world. It is big, and it is great, and it is a lovely playground, but you do not know how to run, or you do not know how to play fetch. Nobody tells you, “This is 101 on how you will fit in,” “This is 101 on how you will be more comfortable,” or “This is 101 on how you work through your trauma.”

The secular community is more like, “Yes, we are open to ideas.” There is not that community practice of a warm welcome. When you convert to Islam, there will be people telling you, “Here is a book that you should read,” or, “If you ever need to chat about more Muslim stuff, let me know,” or, “If you want to go and shop for hijabs together, we can do it.”

Jacobsen: It is the love bombing.

Kay: It is the love bombing, yes. It is the love bombing. I went to Iraq and people were so warm to see other people believing in such a religion. I am like, “Sure. I know where this comes from. It is great that you are warm and stuff, but it is not limited to it.” When I went to Israel and Palestine, I could feel the different vibes. Maybe, I was biased. This was in 2016.

I went to Israel for work and I thought people were so stand-offish. I thought they were being racist, or that I did not fit in, or that I looked like a race, or that I looked Muslim, (and I was not even wearing a headscarf). What I realized is, “Everybody here looks so different,” so everybody thought I was Israeli anyway. It was the attitude that they had, that they were quite reserved until you got to know them, and they were so friendly. They were like, “Come over to our place to eat.”

On the Arab side, they were generally friendlier. They would invite random people to come over to their place to eat. I do not know if this is more of a cultural thing or more of a tactic to bring people to religion. I do not know. I do not know about that.

I felt the difference immediately when I was in Palestine. I was standing to buy tickets to the train or something, and when I was in Israel. Everyone was rushing and there were no cues and lines. They were not patient enough. People would cut lines in Israel. On the Arab side, people were a bit calmer. They knew I was a foreigner, and that I was only reading in English and it was hard, especially in English.

The secular world has less of the whole, I would say, welcoming. There is less of the whole understanding of the mental trauma. Also, thinking about how religion has been spread, do you know who Alain de Botton is?

Jacobsen: Yes.

Kay: I only read his book, The Course of Love. I did not realize that he was also an atheist. He brought up this valid point. I was reading an article. On a massive note, I read random things. I was reading this article on, “What can we learn from religion?” I am like, “Why would atheists want to learn anything from religion?”

Jacobsen: [Laughing] He is thoughtful.

Kay: Yes, he is thoughtful. I know. He had a good point. I am like, “What is he talking about?” He was talking about the spread of religion and the community side of religion that the secular world does not have. How is religion spreading? At some point, Islam was spreading faster for various reasons. Why are people still staying in religions? There are so many people who call themselves Muslims by name but practice nothing Muslim-like.

I have so many friends who are like, “I do not even believe in God.” I am like, “Then you are an atheist.” He is like, “I do not like labels.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Kay: “You have more anti-Islamic views than I do, [Laughing] but you called yourself a Muslim.” It made me realize, “Why is that the case?”

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Faithless Hijabi.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-three; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Zara Kay on No True Scotsman, FGM, Clitoridectomy, Infibulation, Identity Crisis, and Secular Communities (Part Three) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 1). An Interview with Zara Kay on No True Scotsman, FGM, Clitoridectomy, Infibulation, Identity Crisis, and Secular Communities (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Zara Kay on No True Scotsman, FGM, Clitoridectomy, Infibulation, Identity Crisis, and Secular Communities (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Zara Kay on No True Scotsman, FGM, Clitoridectomy, Infibulation, Identity Crisis, and Secular Communities (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Zara Kay on No True Scotsman, FGM, Clitoridectomy, Infibulation, Identity Crisis, and Secular Communities (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Zara Kay on No True Scotsman, FGM, Clitoridectomy, Infibulation, Identity Crisis, and Secular Communities (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Zara Kay on No True Scotsman, FGM, Clitoridectomy, Infibulation, Identity Crisis, and Secular Communities (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Zara Kay on No True Scotsman, FGM, Clitoridectomy, Infibulation, Identity Crisis, and Secular Communities (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Zara Kay on No True Scotsman, FGM, Clitoridectomy, Infibulation, Identity Crisis, and Secular Communities (Part Three) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Genius (Part Seven)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 11,369

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Rick Rosner and I conduct a conversational series entitled Ask A Genius on a variety of subjects through In-Sight Publishing on the personal and professional website for Rick. According to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing hereRick G. Rosner may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. Erik Haereid earned a score at 185, on the N-VRA80. Both scores on a standard deviation of 15. A sigma of 6.00+ (or ~6.13 or 6.20) for Rick – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 1,009,976,678+ (with some at rarities of 1 in 2,314,980,850 or 1 in 3,527,693,270) – and ~5.67 for Erik – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 136,975,305. Of course, if a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population. This amounts to a joint interview or conversation with Erik Haereid, Rick Rosner, and myself.

Keywords: America, Erik Haereid, genius, intelligence, Norway, Rick Rosner, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, standard deviation.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Genius (Part Seven)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We come back after a hiatus due to schedules and – well – life. Let’s continue forwards, shall we? The next topic in our selection is the true meaning of and metrics of genius. I like the layout in the previous session. On the one hand, the more controlled and precise layout of Mr. Haereid; on the other hand, the experiential and, at the end, motivational components of high-range tests (HRTs), i.e., for Mr. Rosner, the roots in relationship desires, instinctual drives.

Another facet of this comes in the form of the higher ranges of intelligence test scores with “genius” as a category. A moniker denoting some mixture of elements, or the labelling of some productions as in a “work of genius.” I want to focus today on the concept of genius in the context of some of the world’s top scorers on alternative/non-mainstream tests.

As an important note for the general public or prospective test-takers, high range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Let’s focus today on genius, in particular, in a scientific setting, no unnecessary premises in definitions, even if in the ‘soft’ sciences, then the proper constructs with the appropriate empirical premises inhere in them. For example, some may look at aspects or factorizations of intelligence tests into general intelligence as statistical artifacts, as noted by the late Dr. Stephen Jay Gould. However, if predictions and empirical results follow from the construct, then a construct appears tentatively, scientifically valid.

To start, on a first pass, in a concrete colloquial sense, what comes to mind about extreme human achievements/productions and extraordinary human talents – mental or physical? In a more precise sense, what seems like the core of genius, as a scientific question? Furthermore, if we look at the petals on this flower, what derivatives come out of this core of genius? Again, in an empirical sense without unnecessary assumptions, what are the outgrowths in talents/productions exhibiting “genius”?

What do you consider great works of genius in the 20th century? Who do you consider the great geniuses within the empirical limits laid out before?

Rick Rosner: The strongest cultural meaning of genius is somebody who changes the course of humanity via a correct original idea. So, we’re talking Darwin, Newton, and Einstein. More recently, people will say, “Hawking,” maybe, “Steve Jobs.” Then you ask those people, “What did those people come up with?” Those people will not be able to tell you and will be presented as geniuses in the media.

Someone who is changing the idea with a correct, original idea is the main idea. That’s it in a nutshell. You can extend this to art. Of course, that’s more subjective. But still! That’s my main answer. The metric of the true cultural meaning of genius is whether the idea survives. You look at Newton. He came up with Universal Gravitation. He was co-discoverer of Calculus.

Has that survived since the 1660s and flourished? Yes! Any reasonable person looks at the biological world through the lens of evolution. Ditto for Einstein, though, most people don’t know what Einstein’s stuff means. Scientists who do. They know it has been confirmed probably a million times.

There are cartoons, particularly in the New Yorker. They take a common situation, cartoon situation, and give it different punchlines over time, like the guy in the desert situation is a common joke situation. When I was a kid, a common joke situation was a guy in the loony bin wearing a Napoleon hat. The guy who thinks he is Napoleon! Delusions of grandeur are, I guess, not uncommon.

I would assume Bipolar and Schizophrenia can give you that. Maybe, modern culture can give you that because modern culture can give you that through the proper use of social media. There’s a whole history of people proclaiming themselves to being very important in various ways. I just got the book about Keith Raniere, a fellow Mega Society member, who formed his own cult to very ill effect and who is now in prison. I guess for life, right?

He swindled people out of money. The people who own the Seagrum’s liquor fortune. They own a media empire too. He victimized a couple of the daughters of the Seagrum’s billionaires. He talked them into giving him $100 million to invest, which he lost. He made sex slaves out of a bunch of women, including a bunch of women who were under-aged.

I run around saying that I have the world’s 2nd highest IQ on Twitter based on my IQ scores. Yet, all I do is tweet all day. But there’s no metric for your potential to change the world. Your only metric for changing the world is actually changing the world. Elon Musk was on Twitter today talking about how panicking over coronavirus is dumb. And I think that’s dumb, because it is going to be a big deal.

Erik Haereid: To appear as a genius, you have to be able to translate, convey, an insight that only you have/receive and no one else can derive logically from other knowledge, so to speak. Deductive and inductive processes have to have a dash of flash, something totally new, unexpected, breathtaking, to be genius. It has to change the way we perceive things.

I consider the ability to communicate as part of the genius; to make the incompatible and complicated understandable to others. After all, IQ-problems contain this, and especially the most complex problems represented by HRT. You discover a pattern that after revelation is understandable to most people, but that only a few manage to uncover. Once uncovered, it’s easy for everyone. But IQ-problems are constructed by another human being. One knows that there is a solution. IQ-problems are hide-and-seek. Ingenuity (genius) is based on the uncertainty of whether there is anything of significance, context and utility in the chaos. It can, strictly speaking, just be chaos. This is how ingenuity comes to see the possible in the impossible.

In order for us to call it ingenious, it must contain utility; it must have a meaning for most people. It can be a pattern that is in nature or in the world of concepts, and that you see a connection in as the only one. The connection, the work, does not have to be rational, but it must enlighten us; such as for example “Mona Lisa” illuminates us in a way we cannot simply explain, as Rembrandt’s distorted and everyday people awaken something in us that balances brilliantly on the border between the attractive and repulsive. Rembrandt gives us something we need; that we cannot obtain otherwise.

In order to call something genius, it must be exempt from the average trait of development; a lot becomes brilliant when we skip all the steps a development has, for example in medical science. It is the many small advances that create something new. But this I would not call ingenuity per se. When Copernicus turned our view of the Earth’s position in relation to the sun, it happened “instantly” and inside his head, as was the case with Einstein’s theories of relativity. Or with Freud’s subconscious and the displacement mechanisms. It was not, apparently, part of slow development and change in consciousness. Concerning consciousness, it was more like an explosion. Superb literature and art have the same immanence; the ingenuity of art is about the degree of consciousness change and change of direction for mankind.

I regard life as a process of freedom. We instinctively seek freedom, opportunities, open space. Therefore, I also believe that the condition of genius is freedom, not the absence of freedom. Reality is something that opens up. This also applies to illnesses, accidents, terrible experiences and incidents. If a genius finds that the world is going down in X days, then freedom exists in something else than this apocalypse, even if it is obvious. The ingenuity must then be to open up knowledge that causes us to change course in the direction of freedom. Viewing death as unfreedom is a limited view of life and not brilliant. There are no such things as “Evil geniuses”, only very intelligent humans being evil.

Ingenuity is therefore about realizing what reality we need to open up to. It’s less about uncovering everything that exists regardless of the consequences. Everything that exists is no matter, too much. We cannot understand everything. One could say that the engineers behind the atomic bomb in the Manhattan Project created unfreedom for humans, but the technology within the atomic bomb is also the reason why there is relatively more peace on earth now than before.

A genius probably has better access than others to this kind of insight that people need. I don’t say that for example Andrew Wiles, who found complete proof of Fermat’s Last Theorem, is not a genius because most people don’t understand the evidence or that this can be useless. Few people understand the mathematics of general relativity. But for me, the public utility and insight become crucial to the definition of genius.

You can solve countless complex HRT-problems without being a genius. You are intelligent, but not a genius. That being the case, I probably consider WGD as 90% oxymoron, myself included. The name is misleading. It should be WID, World Intelligent Directory or something like that.

I think some very intelligent people want to be declared a genius because they have inferiority complexes; it’s not sufficient being highly intelligent. By putting an adequate name in one’s own position, one gains an identity to bask in. “Genius” is the incarnation and manifestation of their intelligence. The problem is that you cannot call yourself a genius even if you are very intelligent, yes, more intelligent than many geniuses. In order to use the term “genius”, one must have done something brilliant. It’s not even enough to be the world’s most intelligent human being. But it does not undermine the value of being extremely intelligent. It is rather the case that very intelligent people should work to be brilliant, not to brag about that they are.

Ingenuity is about improvement, promoting humanity in a balance with nature and the environment, strengthening the individual, through deeper insights and discoveries that can be communicated to the people; an original insight expressed as science, art or other forms of expression.

If a process, such as this one, consisting of elements that can be diffuse and abstract, leads to a sublimation/refinement of thoughts and a higher understanding of whatever it should be, and that this leads to a long-term gain for the people, either directly or indirectly by others using it as a motivation, I would say that this scenario lives up to its name (Ask a Genius (or Two)). Ingenuity is not necessarily limited to a moment of insight and discovery made by a person. It may well be collaboration and a process over time. I see that this can be difficult to distinguish from ordinary collaborative processes where results can also seem brilliant. But it’s about seizing something no one else has seen, i.e. an instinct, an intuition that, more than based on knowledge and ditto logic, paves the way for something axiomatic.

Brilliant inventions, events and expressions in the 20th century? Spontaneously, I would like to mention the efficient use of energy in the industry and the development of vehicles, such as the internal combustion engine.

The automotive industry. Henry Ford. Conveyor. I do not know whether it is right to call Ford a genius, but he did at least exploit an invention, put the pieces together and created a pattern for mass production.

A better understanding of consciousness and the subconscious; our ability to suppress discomfort, mentally. The division into id, ego and superego (Freud).

Our understanding of time and space (Spacetime) (Einstein) and a logical description of the evolution of the Universe. Deficiency: No explanation of singularity, genesis.

The invention of the computer (Charles Babbage/Alan Turing), and based on the transistor and integrated circuits (microchip) was crucial in the 20th century. The computer and software, including this technology in combination with communications (Internet), smaller devices and efficiency (manageable and economically acceptable). I would say that Bill Gates is a genius.

2. Jacobsen: Rick, I’ll start with you. Your response covered infamous criminal, abuser, con man, and profoundly gifted member of the American populace, Keith Raniere, who went by the cult leader title Vanguard in the organization NXIVM – and, as you noted, held at least one substantially rare high IQ society membership. We see this throughout all communities, e.g., cults, quasi-cults, claiming supernatural powers, claiming special knowledge from or to speak on behalf of God (or some higher being or power) – even claiming to somehow be God or a direct representative of it, falsely proclaiming IQs/inflating IQs, being strong adherents to non-scientific views including creationism, geological catastrophism, and the like. Indeed, even Mensa International, its special interest groups in 2005 once held a creationist special interest group. I like the definition given to Rick Alan Ross [Ed. Founder of the Cult Education Institute] by a friend, as he reports, on cults as differing from con men/cons only insofar as cons bilk for a period, and then go away, while cults are cons that are continual cons, potentially indefinitely. Raniere would have been indefinite, if permitted. You spoke about Newton, who, famously, was vindictive against competitors, and a certifiable genius and an all-around jerk throughout life until death. He believed in Alchemy, turning base metals into gold, etc. Why?

Rosner: Because Newton lived in an incompletely scientific world. I have read that science, the way we understand it, and the scientific understanding of the world didn’t begin until Newton’s century in the coffee houses of London. Coffee was a new product brought back from the new world. So, you had a bunch of guys. It was largely guys getting coffee’d up on this new drug and enthusiastically trying to be scientific. Science was a niche activity. Newton, we know, spent more time, according to one source at least, searching for hidden messages and meanings in the Bible than he spent on mathematics and physics. Science hadn’t won, yet. Unfortunately, now, in America, religious arguments are made by charlatans and idiots. So, it is pretty easy for someone who is not dumb to find much of religion to be bullshit. 360 years ago, there were a bunch of good people, most people, who believed in some form of Christianity. Most of the people in England for sure believed in some form of Christianity. There were smart and authoritative people making arguments in favour of Christianity or, at least, contributing to the intellectual infrastructure. It was the winning set of beliefs at the time. Newton spent a lot of time thinking about the prevailing belief system, which most people thought about when they thought about any belief system at all. I don’t know if Newton had a globally applicable idea of science to fully account for the world. I doubt it because he spent so much time on the Bible. But that’s what people did back then, including even the very smartest people.

3. Jacobsen: Darwin withheld his findings, the common story goes, to save the faith of his wife in a manner of speaking. He didn’t want to hurt her feelings, more directly. Even though, he trained to become a religious leader/scholar before discovering Evolutionary Theory or the mechanisms by which biological life grows, develops, and speciates.

Rosner: What you’re claiming is that Darwin, among other reasons, sat on evolution because he didn’t want to hurt his wife, I heard that he spent years scribbling to make the most persuasive and voluminous set of arguments. Darwin lived with his wife. Darwin, I don’t know that much about him. He seemed like the opposite of a prick. He lived with his family and quietly observed the world. He would go out into the world, watch the worms, and do calculations about how long it would take for certain things to happen in the natural world. Darwin is the one who brought the idea of deep, deep time into the world. That the processes that formed the world took many, many tens of millions of years to form. He would make calculations based on what the worms were doing based on how much dirt the worms turned over. He seemed like a quiet, considerate, thinky guy. I think he suffered from some chronic pain. Something that we would have trouble diagnosing now, nebulous, let alone in the 1800s. When he brought his theory into the world, not just his theory, Alfred Russell Wallace, there were people who came close earlier. It was floating around, anyway. Is the general comment that smart people can be jerks and/or nice people?

4. Jacobsen: I would move the dial on the niceness to extremely compassionate and the same in the opposite direction.

Rosner: I think the general idea might be that smart people of the type that we’re talking about think about a bunch of stuff fairly deeply.

5. Jacobsen: Do you think deep thinking tends to come along with deep feeling, or the extreme opposite? It is almost like their capacities are amplifiers for whatever their base emotions are.

Rosner: There are three frameworks that you can work within. One, “I am entitled to do what I fucking please because I am a colossus who strides the world. I am bringing this into the world. So, whatever I want to do, it is a small price to pay for what you are getting from me.” It is the Bill Clinton thing, “I am the most powerful person in the world. It is not a big deal if I jizz around an intern. If I need that to reduce my stress because I am running the world, then okay, I am going to do it.” That’s more the Newton thing. There’s the other thing, which is the Spider-Man deal, which is “with great power comes great responsibility.” It is, “I have the ability to do all this shit. But given that my brain can do like 300 pushups without stopping, I should be able to use that brainpower to control my actions in the world because I have this powerful fucking brain.” I think you see people on both extremes and people who are in the middle who are like, “I am good at thinking at shit. But when other stuff happens in my life, whatever happens, happens, I am only on the clock for a certain number of hours of the day. If I, after hours, if I engage in all sorts of hookups, that’s just part of the rich panoply of life.” Picasso. He liked to do art and he liked to fuck.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Rosner: People can have various reactions to their own abilities as they impinge on their personal behaviour, including no reaction and just doing their shit, whether it is thinking smart shit or going on Grindr or some shit.

6. Jacobsen: What about Feynman?

Rosner: Feynman may be the greatest physicist of the middle of the 20th century. As a young man, he had a tragic love story. While he is working on the atom bomb in Los Alamos, his wife or fiancé is dying of tuberculosis in a sanitorium 90 miles away in Albuquerque. She dies! For the rest or much of the rest of his life, Feynman felt free to be a pussyhound, during the 50s through the 70s, 80s, 90s, I guess. Long before MeToo and being a pussyhound was more acceptable than it is today, Feynman liked to apply thought to everything. As a kid, as a 10-year-old, he was known in his neighbourhood as the boy who fixes everything by thinking. Someone brings him a busted radio. He would sit and look at it, and think about it for a long time, then he would just dive right in, not have to tinker, and then would go right for the repair.

7. Jacobsen: That reminds me of Glenn Gould, where he would not practice much or at all, but would just do that in his mind. There’s one commentator, Bruno Monsaingeon, who comments that it was something of the mind, “Causa mentale.”

Rosner: Feynman applied his analytic skills to picking up women. I don’t know all the principles. One of his principles is don’t buy a woman a drink. This was the era of something call B-Girls or bar girls. These were bar girls who hung around in bars who got you to buy them expensive drinks. Then the bar would overcharge you. They were working with the bar. They’d split the take at the end of the night. Feynman would run into a girl, a woman, and, in practice, she’d be like, “You buy me a drink.” He’d be like, “No, you buy me a drink.” It is an early pick-up artist principle. You knock the woman off her pins by not just being another mark. According to the principles of being a pickup artist, you never tell a pretty woman that she is pretty. It just establishes you as another sap who she can ignore. Instead, according to pick-up artists, you start with a neg. You look at her. She looks at you looking at her. She is waiting for a compliment, “I have never seen someone with eyes like yours.” Instead, you say, “Do you notice that your smile does this thing?” This shit is almost as old as Feynman shit. Feynman did that shit. In the 70s, there was a strip club close to Cal Tech. He would sit in the strip joint and do equations on napkins and, maybe, sketch an occasional stripper.

8. Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Rosner: Somewhere, he got married in the 70s, probably. I would assume that his wife was aware. Before he got married, he may have slept with 100 women, including the wives of a lot of his graduate students. I haven’t seen a biographical detailing of it, but there was a lot of fucking. It didn’t really hurt that he was a fun, bongo-playing guy with great hair. He would have been less successful if he had been Edward Teller trying to get laid.

9. Jacobsen: [Laughing] Einstein gave a big picture view and a fast flicker film perspective of the world. We can see the big and the fast in different ways in which Newton didn’t. Yet, he had some escapades on the side. In short, why are some human personality problems, even neuroses, amplified by intelligence? How can this go completely off the rails into delusional thinking?

Rosner: Einstein, it has been, I guess, documented that he had roughly 5 affairs, which, if someone wanted to bang him, he’d be like, “Sure! Let’s do it.” I am not sure that he actively pursued extracurricular sex. But as the most famous genius in the world, he would have opportunities and then take advantage of them. His first wife, he had a volatile relationship with: Mileva Einstein. She may have been as smart as he was. I don’t know if she had a doctorate in physics, but she was highly trained in physics and probably went through the theories with him. He was smart but didn’t know a lot of math. He and his friends did a lot of math. Same with his wife. He knocked her up before they were married. They had a volatile marriage and got divorced. Then he married a second cousin, who was like a hausfrau, who accepted her role as his house caretaker. I don’t know if he would stay out all night banging somebody. But she probably went along with the whole thing as a wife of this great man. Was Einstein a bastard? I don’t know. He took advantage of sexual opportunities. I don’t think there’s any documentation that he felt guilty about it. He may just have been pragmatic about it, “Here is an opportunity I am getting as a famous guy. My wife is aware, at least tacitly, of our respective roles. She is okay and resigned to it.” Maybe, he didn’t worry his pretty little head about it and just went about doing what he did. He did, to some extent, massage his public image. He did know what Einstein the public figure was and would play into that. But I don’t know how much ethical agonizing he did over his personal behaviour. He wasn’t a total prick. He and Mileva had a child. Mileva gave birth to a child that was, maybe, crippled. Maybe, they gave her up for adoption? I don’t remember the whole deal. There was a secret Einstein offspring somewhere. That would be kind of prick-ish. But I don’t know.

Feynman, was he a prick? If he is banging his graduate students’ wives, kind of, he is leaving a trail of marital destruction behind him? At the same time, he was a whimsical guy and thought everything was fine. But I don’t know. The deal is really smart people can take varying degrees of responsibility for their personal behaviour. That leads to the argument that smart people might be psychopaths. That if you think about everything and question everything, then, maybe, you end up questioning the rightness of decent human behaviour. Maybe, you end up reaching the conclusion that extreme decency or common decency is not that big of a deal. I would think that a lot of really smart people would run the risk of being ethically agnostic. But then, there’s a step two, which is not being a stupid psychopath. The psychopaths that you see on T.V. will engage in gratuitous cruelty because they can do it. They have no ethical limits.

But I would postulate that there are rational psychopaths who may be freed from normal ethical restraints or may have freed themselves from ideas or from being constrained from good and evil and have decided to not behave like regular psychopaths. 1) It is not fun. What is the fun of being a serial killer? It is just weird and gross. 2) Your life works more smoothly if you’re not a fucking psychopath or not doing psychopathic shit. You can be a psychopath. In that, you are free from ethical restraints, but you restrain yourself anyway because not behaving according to these common restraints wrecks your life and wrecks other people’s lives unnecessarily. It is more reasonable and efficient to not be a psycho-killer. I have a more commonplace example. To some extent, there are people who are monsters who are successful because most people behave normally and ethically. When somebody doesn’t, it is unexpected and somebody can get away with stuff for his entire life and even become president by being a psychopath, who goes full psycho. Someone who just decides to bullshit everyone all of the time. There’s room for a limited number of those people.

If 20% of the population were like that, we would evolve protections against that. But when only 1 person in 1,000 or 10,000 does it; it becomes surprising. My friend J.D. Mata is the piano player and choir director at his church. During a service, he’s sitting on his bench in front of the piano and playing when it is appropriate. This woman comes down and sits down on his bench next to him with her kid. She just starts talking loudly to her kid during the whole service. J.D. finds this distracting because he has to play piano and the woman keeps talking. J.D. asks, “Can you stop talking, please? I am trying to do my job.” The lady goes crazy on him, “I have a special needs child. I have to talk to my special needs child.” I talked to J.D. after it, the day after. He was reeling from it, still, because most people do not do that. Because when you run into someone who is a 3+ sigma, 4-sigma say, dick head, it leads you to question your own judgment because it is just weird that you’ve had a situation turn into that level of confrontation. So, somebody who is 4-sigma dick-ish can get away with a lot of shit because you win over people who are used to dealing with people using the normal amount of respect. It boggles you. It confuses you. Geniuses, being smart, may be able to figure out, “You can be an asshole all the time and get away with shit.” Or a genius may never figure this out because this is not the field a genius is interested in. A genius may just be very smart and think, “If I act like a normal person, then my life will run very smoothly, like Einstein! His first marriage was volatile to a smart physics lady. His second marriage, and this could all be luck or love or convenience, is to a woman who served him, who viewed him as a great man and took care of all of his shit.”

You could argue Einstein being smart is in having a wife is what he wanted and simply to have someone who would take care of him as opposed to having an intellectual equal who he had to fight with all the time. There is a bit of psychopathology if he coldly calculated this as what he needed out of a relationship all of the time – if he simply needed someone to be his butler or something.

10. Jacobsen: Erik, why is clarity key in the explanations of the ideas held by true geniuses?

Haereid: To understand you need intelligence, to make it visible you need ingenuity.

It’s a matter of definition. It’s my subjective view. To be defined as a genius device it must have a benefit; and at that moment people percept it.

It’s not the math behind, for example, the general relativity that should be understood in general, few experts does, but the package, the idea, the consequences, and through such an insight people, in general, will experience it, feel it, like when they look into “Mona Lisa”‘s eyes.

Sometimes, as with a painting, there is no need for explanations. Other times one needs a simple story to gain the idea and reveal the feeling.

Of course, this is my subjective view. Others define genius differently. But the idea is to claim something more, put more into it, to deserve the label genius than “only” developing some complex patterns or understand something that few do; that’s intelligence. It’s about the impact on humans in general. Great impacts are understandable for most people; the outcome. When someone solves the energy-problem by let’s say the nuclear fusion of hydrogen into helium, using water, with lower energy input than the output, copying the process in the sun, on earth, the general public doesn’t need to understand the math. The outcome is obvious. If you find a key to control human aggression in a suitable way without making us into apathetic sloths, and through that prevent wars and violence, you certainly are a genius. If you deny potential future happenings because you can’t see it happens, you are less intelligent and far from genius because you then rely on our knowledge so far; you don’t anticipate new and groundbreaking knowledge that can change your view.

To understand a complex problem, like the math behind the general relativity, you need experience (e.g. math skills) and intelligence. To create art like Michelangelo and Rembrandt you need skills and intelligence. But to make the art or math-piece come through, into everyone’s mind and heart so to say, you need ingenuity.

11. Jacobsen: With the prominent story of Hypatia’s murder by a Christian mob who hacked her to death, how many women geniuses have we simply lost the brilliance and insights of now?

Haereid: Men have historically in our culture felt threatened by intelligent women. It’s archetypical. It’s in our genes. We have to use effort to reorganize it in our minds. And we do! There has been a huge development in the last century. This will hopefully continue. We have missed a lot of female geniuses’ presence, unfortunately.

12. Jacobsen: In terms of the truly groundbreaking and new discoveries in science, the big theories, have we, possibly, reached some limit in terms of human genius, where the complexity and chaotic mess of the modern world limits the possible grand unifying human theories to the shorter in scales? Are we left to the slow drip of discovery based on mere mortal science hitting some soft or not-so cushy limits?

Haereid: That’s a really good question. I don’t know. It’s impossible to tell. Suddenly we know if this is the case, but we’ll never know if that sudden event is the last one. I don’t think that increasing the amount of information, processing of information, and associated complexity leads to chaos in the end. I believe in freedom, in clarity, in essences, in the end. Before peace there is war, before control there is chaos. That there is more chaos could also be part of the development towards clarity. And why shouldn’t a bright moment of one or several brilliant brains see what no one else sees? Still. Maybe Einstein was the last one. We don’t know yet.

13. Jacobsen: With these HRT directories or listings, people can be paid off to have their names placed on them. There can be issues with only the highest scores claimed. If an organization with fellows, board members, or if friends of the founder, then there can be issues with conflicts of interest, potential or actual, in the front-facing appearance of it. Frauds exist. Some HRT tests, obviously, produce a blip score, much higher than true IQ for a variety of reasons. Some can see this with a single test at some of the highest scores in the world, legendary in the HRT world (a very small planet). Any warnings for the general public, in general terms?

Haereid: You mention “True IQ.” I think that’s the best solution to the potential fraud-issue (and the issue of scoring actual, honest, ultra-high on one single test). It seems like that the wish for an astronomic high score on one or two tests is more important to some than taking many tests and estimate one’s IQ based on an average of the best tests in the market. There are good, mediocre and not so good tests in the HRT-environment. There should be a weight depending on a test’s value. But that is, of course, controversial since all test creators try their best. Some parameters are important though; the number of testees, the credibility of the norm, the ceiling of the test, the survival of the test (how many years it has been there)…

I think one should take every single ultra-high score with a grain of salt, even though 99% of them are honest and fair scores. To decide a person’s estimated IQ-level one should claim more than one test, at least three or even six to ten. Rick, Evangelos Katsioulis and Mislav Predavec are examples of persons that have proved their level by scoring high on several tests, not only one.

Some initiators try to establish true IQs by gathering members based on their scores on several different tests concerning the type of test (verbal, spatial, numeric) and test creators. This reduces the fraud problem, and it removes the one-test-impressive-genius factor. And if you spread it over time, you get closer to a true IQ-estimation. I think Domagoj Kutles VeNuS Society is a good example of establishing a list of member’s true IQ. It’s a start.

When it comes to the frauds, I suggest a democratic process where the ones one think is cooperating on certain tests are confronted with that, and that the proofs are transparent, as in a court. An even bigger problem than the fraud itself is the mistrust that appears inside the environment based on that anyone can cheat; find companions to collaborate with. It’s based on trust, and as long as there is no justice, no court to punish the cheaters, no evidence, only claims, no one can trust anyone. Then the whole HRT-environment becomes toxic.

But, I believe that most of the scores are real and clean, still. If you want to take tests, do so! There are a lot of nice tests out there. And don’t take tests because you want to prove that you are smart. Forget the IQ-measure and concentrate on doing the job, solving the interesting problems, feeling good when you have reached your potential, when you have revealed a logic pattern that was not obvious. Don’t take tests because you want to read that “NN has 150 in IQ”.

14. Jacobsen: Obviously, these are the stronger or among the strongest scores of the test-takers placed on these lists – and self-selected. That is, if I take the listings – all of them or in the future – on face value without critical questions about scores, sample sizes, norming timings, test content, and the test designs themselves, or conflicts of interest and the like, then there are a number of other issues, too. Nonetheless, the idea or concept of intelligence provides, in addition to tests of various mental aptitudes with apparent positive correlations with one another and reasonable effect sizes, a basis for a psychological construct. One with predictions. Something having validity in predictions, and repeatable ones. In that, a valid and reliable measure, over a population and so not with any given/every given individual, found in intelligence for a psychological construct. The question about sample sizes for the highest ranges of intelligence are murkier given fewer cases, statistically and in those properly tested, remains a valid scientific question. Thus, HRT is a valid endeavour based on a psychological construct while, apparently, undeveloped for a variety of reasons. In sum, intelligence can be studied, empirically, and in its highest ranges, validly. Of those more valid HRT tests and ongoing research, what size of samples or controls of confounds at the highest ranges of intelligence would permit reliable and accurate discrimination rather than this standard deviation, standard deviation-and-a-half, or two standard deviation gaps in various tests taken by people who take a lot of HRT tests?

Haereid: Let’s say every human being living today took one perfect valid IQ-test, normally distributed, and did their best such that their scores measured their intelligence. I made a spreadsheet that calculates this:

People: 7,500,000,000
S.D. 15: # people >
IQ 190 1,009,976,678 7.4
IQ 185 136,975,305 54.8
IQ 180 20,696,863 362.4
IQ 175 3,483,046 2,153.3
IQ 170 652,598 11,492.5
IQ 165 136,074 55,117.1
IQ 160 31,560 237,642.6

Then we would have 362 persons with IQ>180 S.D.15, and we would for sure discriminate accurately up to 185 (approximately 5.7 standard deviation).

Let’s say the sample is one million:

People: 1,000,000
S.D. 15: # people >
IQ 190 1,009,976,678 0.0
IQ 185 136,975,305 0.0
IQ 180 20,696,863 0.0
IQ 175 3,483,046 0.3
IQ 170 652,598 1.5
IQ 165 136,074 7.3
IQ 160 31,560 31.7

As you can see, it’s difficult to discriminate accurately IQs over 160 with less than a million testees. You need a billion to create a test that measures IQ accurately up to 5-5.3 S.D.

If you want to measure accurately in the high range, you also need a lot of very difficult and valid problems with increasing difficulty. A valid IQ-test discriminating accurately in the top area (160-190; S.D. 4 to 6) should have let’s say at least 30 items that no one of the <160-testees solve; theoretically. A test of a thousand items, and one hundred of them in the >160-difficulty-area, would be proper and a step to discriminate accurately in the high range. Then you would still have let’s say 50 items that no one with <170 solved, and 10 items that no one <185 solved. Intuitively.

So, we need many more testees and (valid) items in the high range area to discriminate more accurately.

15. Jacobsen: Do inferiority complexes infect some of the HRT community?

Haereid: There are a lot of good intentions; many persons in the HRT-environment wish to gather and exploit the sum of ingenuity and cleverness through the many high IQ Societies and groups, like WIN.

But there is some noise in the environment, some activity and mentality based on inferiority complexes.

I respect those who take part in HRT because of the tests, and only that. It’s like a chess- or bridge-club. But many are too concerned about the norms and if the IQ-scores are inflated, too high or low or whatever. Forget it. Take the tests because you like the mental challenge. Forget the IQ-thing; don’t identify with your estimated IQ.

And the “genius” identification. Why not “intelligent”? It’s sufficient.

And all the personal attacks, the ad hominem-arguments and tactics to gain power inside this tiny environment. What’s that? Are they kids? Are they playing? I don’t know, but it smells of inferiority complexes all the way.

With a few exceptions, the environment lacks self-irony. I miss more of that.

16. Jacobsen: You typed in Norwegian and then translated into English, “If a process, such as this one, consisting of elements that can be diffuse and abstract, leads to a sublimation/refinement of thoughts and a higher understanding of whatever it should be, and that this leads to a long-term gain for the people, either directly or indirectly by others using it as a motivation, I would say that this scenario lives up to its name (Ask a Genius (or Two)).” My life is complete. That’s a lovely compliment! Akin (similar, related) to the question for Rick, do psychological ‘issues’ follow genius more often than not, based on observation and reflection on the issue?

Haereid: You’re welcome!

The thing with geniuses/very intelligent persons is that they think a lot! That’s not a problem per se, but without some contact with the ground; you can easily get mad. Our thoughts are an auxiliary tool developed so that we can make plans and act better and more effective than we could with pure instincts and intuition. Thoughts are maps. The real world meets us through our senses; to gain mental control we have to live through our senses too. Thinkers, very intelligent persons and geniuses use their mind power excessively; forget eating, running, walking and sleeping so to say, forget smelling flowers and watching birds, forget listen to music and sing in a choir or play in a band. It’s natural though; it’s easier to use your talents and abilities than do something “odd”. Many with high intelligence are afraid of their emotional expressions, and suppress them, I think.

17. Jacobsen: Erik, who do you consider the most intelligent person in history? Who do you consider amongst the greatest geniuses in history? Who do you consider both among the most intelligent and the greatest geniuses in history? Something akin to the tripartite theory of genius/creativity of Paul Cooijmans with the width of the associative horizon, conscientiousness, and general intelligence exhibited to their highest levels – referencing the last question.

Haereid: The first question is difficult to answer, because we do know about the geniuses but not the most intelligent ones. I could standardize my answer and say Goethe or da Vinci. But they are also geniuses. I guess the most intelligent person who ever lived is unknown; only known to his family and close relations at that time. His or her potential ended at the landfill. Being a genius is also about being known, and being known is about making expressions that impress.

Among the greatest geniuses? Mozart, definitely. Shakespeare, yes. Rembrandt, ok.

Among the most intelligent and greatest geniuses; persons that have done something right for people, that was introvert and intelligent? da Vinci, Galilei and Goethe have to be considered among the greatest geniuses and most intelligent through history. I don’t know about the conscientiousness, though. I should say Einstein, but everyone claims that. He is the modern incarnation of a genius, but maybe not the greatest one in history.

18. Jacobsen: Who have been the women geniuses of the past? Rick and Erik, what kind of geniuses do we need now?

Rosner: The quick and easy answer is that we need collaborative geniuses. This is a collaborative era. When you look at superhero movies and then they roll the credits and thousands of people working on the movie, it is clear that we live in a collaborative era. Not just a collaboration among people, but collaboration as we move into the future between people and A.I. Not robot A.I., but devices that make human intelligence more intelligent. By “collaborative,” it means willing to work with other people and not being a dick. This is also the era of MeToo. It means being able to work with people without being an asshole in a number of different ways, including sexual harassment. We have increasing means of hooking up with other people.

For the next year, or so, we are in the first week of the lockdown of the planet because of the coronavirus. Although, this means the end of in-person collaboration for a lot of people for the next year or so. It may mean new inroads into teleconferencing, telecommuting. Right now, everyone is stir crazy. Eventually, everyone will calm down because the deaths will keep getting worse and hospitals around the world become overwhelmed. I think a big number of people will be able to escape the problem by generating work. My wife thinks there will be a renaissance of product creation and creativity. We will have 6 to 9 months of staying at home. People will make stuff. I contradicted myself a little bit. Most of the stuff will be lonely products. I will uncontradict myself because there will be a glut of pitches and new stuff because most of this stuff will not make it into production until it has been vetted by dozens and dozens of people with the edges knocked up, being punched up, and re-written.

The era of production, people still read books. But the products that people pay the most attention to, the intellectual products. The products consumed most readily like T.V. and video games. These modes of discourse rest of hundreds of thousands of people each. Look there, it is collaborative geniuses. Take Quentin Tarantino, he is very enthusiastic about whatever he does. He is able to infect other people with his enthusiasm and then make movies. Your genius does no good. Unless, you can pitch it and sell it – these days. Ron Hoeflin is like the classic lone wolf genius. He has been working on this opus or catalogue of all forms of human thought for like 50 years. All by himself. Eventually, it will get published. I think that it will be a magnificent work. But 1/100th of 1% or 1/1,000th of 1% of people will see Ron’s work as who see Bojack Horseman on Netflix, which is, itself, a work of collaborative genius.

You’ve got Raphael Bob-Waksberg. He plus Lisa Hanawalt came up with the idea of a depressed horse. Hanawalt, before this, had created a whole world of people animals. She is the visuals. Together, plus their whole crew of people, they came up with one of the most moving animated products ever made, which everyone should see.

Haereid: The lack of female geniuses is not lack of intelligent women, but that intelligent women with the perseverance and drive needed have been suppressed in disciplines that men have controlled. If men succeeded they were awesome, if women did, they were witches. That’s history and far away, but anyway.

To be politically correct I would mention Marie Curie. To be modern it’s appropriate to say Ada Lovelace, and to be up to date it’s convenient with Florence Nightingale.

We need geniuses that can find practical solutions and answers to what can unite instead of split us, in general. It’s strange, because these days we are faced with such a phenomenon. COVID-19 seems to unite more than separate us. That’s an important experience. Historically, we are familiar with things that separate us. It’s like the nature gives us a hint because we are too stupid to let the solutions in.

Digression: There are people who nurture the idea of splitting up, by claiming that people who talk about or work in favour of altruism or related either are morons or megalomaniacs. That’s creating conflicts. Such ideas should be addressed and discussed. That’s the democratic way of trying to solve it.

I think the human power and goodness, humanity as we like to define it, will be nurtured through a common problem or goal. I also think that our production of everything from clean and cheap energy to suitable political systems and new inventions will explode if we manage to gather.

19. Jacobsen: Erik, what do you make of smart people, even highly intelligent people, who may claim by themselves they’re a genius and then inflate their IQs? Based on reading, membership in a wide range of societies, and conversations, how are these people, mentioned in the previous question, viewed by the various societies and individuals within the HRT communities? How do they poison the HRT environment?

Haereid: To hold back crucial information in any situation creates conflicts. Transparency is a keyword.

What is most dangerous to the HRT-environment is when the ongoing personal processes are not transparent. Every one has the right to know if one is a mark for whatever, and on what ground, to defend oneself and be a part of the process. What are unfortunate because of the long-term internal environmental problems it causes are hidden processes, like Kafka-processes, where the accused ones may have clues but don’t know exactly what’s going on. This is independent of whatever the case and problem is. If someone claims that someone poisons the environment, the accused has to be put on a kind of democratic trial. Otherwise, the environment is based on mistrust and polarizations based on who you like and dislike. That will destroy the environment. A healthy HRT-environment is defined by being open-minded.

If someone means that some are cheating or cooperating or in any way poison the HRT-environment, then this has to be dealt with through a fair trial, let’s call it that. We have to address the problem to solve it; we can’t just decide that he, she or they poison without making clear what is poisoning and how to deal with it. One of the main problems, as I see it, is that the most trusted and popular ones get a dictatorial right; if such a person dislikes another person, for whatever reason, he or she can easily spread lies and rumours that compromise that mark’s status and integrity in the environment, removing that person or those persons from the environment, but also creating a dictatorship, because people ask themselves: What if I become the next mark, the person that Mr. and Ms. Trusted/Popular don’t like?

To your specific question: They want attention. Some are young and want opportunities. Some have low self-esteem and want to identify with a high IQ. Some think they can achieve that with the attention that such a profile gives them. But this is a small environment. Even though some are on national TV’s and in newspapers, it doesn’t mean that this is a complete picture. Measuring IQ is complex. It’s a lot of uncertainty to it. Loosen up. The puzzles are games; it should be funny and mentally challenging. Find your peers with the same interests inside the environment. Take every extreme high level of estimated IQ with a grain of salt. That’s healthy.

20. Jacobsen: What aspects of a culture most facilitate genius?

Haereid: Forced conformity kills ingenuity and creativity. I lay stress on this: It’s not about making people equal, but respecting and accepting that we are different. A premise for this is that every person feels adequate, good enough, as he and she is, with their inborn and other qualities. The misunderstanding, as I see it, arises because we want to adapt; we want people to like us, and since most don’t, we have to focus on adapting; compromising ourselves, working against our dreams, wishes and needs.

Think about it: If you knew that every person, or at least the heart of the culture, accepted you unconditionally as you are, from birth to death, wouldn’t that be relaxing and motivating, bringing your creativity to birth? It certainly would with me.

We need common goals and destinies; something essential which we share and are conscious about that we all share. This will link us together in a brotherhood, so to speak.

For god’s sake, don’t squeeze every child into one classroom. Let the smart kids, or the creative kids, or the playful kids, do smart, creative and funny things. Don’t strangle creativity and motivation. We are different, and we will flourish if we gain respect for our individuality.

We will start to accept our differences when we become more conscious and emotional about what we have in common. Then we can grow individually and together. Then we will explore and create.

21. Jacobsen: What do you mean by belief in “essences” in the end?

Haereid: It’s a hunch. Everything is based on simple facts, obvious cores, axiomatic truths, and harmonic aha.

If you painted your house your neighbours wouldn’t say “Wow!”, and neither would they if you proved the Riemann hypothesis (I guess). But if you showed a practical way to copy the sun’s fusion process with hydrogen and helium, creating more energy than invested, on earth, most people would say “Wow!”.

I think complex structures, in general, should be seen as maps to simplicity, similar to IQ-problems; it’s about revealing a simple and obvious truth; essences of expressions, and geniuses are the best to draw such maps and translate them. In the end, everyone will benefit from the drawings because the result will be visible, enlightening and needed; “Was that it? What a beautiful experience! I couldn’t anticipate this at any time.”

22. Jacobsen: What HRT tests have the most stringent standards and reliable estimations of true IQ (or true IQ range, only varying marginally by all or most relevant external factors considered impactful on IQ) for those with an interest in finding out in one or a small number of tests, e.g., the Titan Test of Dr. Ronald Hoeflin has been claimed as harder than the Mega Test and among the most highly rigorous (if not the most)?

Haereid: I have to relate this question to the tests I am familiar with, and I stick to the older ones, except T. Prousalis’ newer tests which I find especially good. I would say Jonathan Wai’s SLSE1 and Prousalis’ INSC19 (numerical) before some (idiots) cooperated and destroyed the tests and norms. I think many of Paul Laurent Miranda’s tests had some high quality; x&y (numerical), Asit and Simplex (spatial), to mention a few. unfortunately, he has shut down his IQ-test-operation.

The legendary LS-tests (spatial) of Robert Lato have to be mentioned, and SLSE48 (spatial) (Wai). And most of Paul Cooijman’s and Jason Betts’ tests. Ivan Ivec and Mislav Predavec have made some nice tests too. There are a lot of good, relatively new tests too, that I haven’t mentioned.

23. Jacobsen: How can the community bring more self-irony?

Haereid: The leaders, the most popular and those with most power inside the HRT-environment have to be in front concerning self-irony. It’s pleasantly relaxing watching a “superman” looking at his own position with some humour. Life can actually be a joke now and then, especially because we tend to interpret our own lives as extremely serious. There is too much pain to overlook the importance of looking at life from the “wrong” angle, like Monty Python did in Life of Brian. When you hang on the cross singing “Always look at the bright side of life”, you kind of understand what I imply.

Everyone can take responsibility being less too serious about the IQ-thing, the measures, and have fun, find peers and motivating topics, being nice and respectful to each other. I guess that will work.

24. Jacobsen: How can those of the air come down to the earth, be a Goethe or a Shakespeare in love, and tune into the importance of the embodied self, emotions and such?

Haereid: It is kind of difficult for highly intelligent people to let the thoughts take a pause, and just drink your coffee or tea, watching the birds and listening to Bach, Uriah Heep or whatever. But I think that’s one key to avoid getting crazy. You have to rest. You have to find the ultimate combination of body and mind. But I don’t know how. I am not an expert.

I try to distract myself, cut off, sort of force me to relax, and manage, maybe because I am convinced; I have experienced being close to insane because of my ongoing thoughts and philosophical (and mathematical…) inquiry. This was when I was much younger.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Erik Haereid has been a member of Mensa since 2013, and is among the top scorers on several of the most credible IQ-tests in the unstandardized HRT-environment. He is listed in the World Genius Directory. He is also a member of several other high IQ Societies.

Erik, born in 1963, grew up in OsloNorway, in a middle class home at Grefsen nearby the forest, and started early running and cross country skiing. After finishing schools he studied mathematics, statistics and actuarial science at the University of Oslo. One of his first glimpses of math-skills appeared after he got a perfect score as the only student on a five hour math exam in high school.

He did his military duty in His Majesty The King’s Guard (Drilltroppen)).

Impatient as he is, he couldn’t sit still and only studying, so among many things he worked as a freelance journalist in a small news agency.  In that period, he did some environmental volunteerism with Norges Naturvernforbund (Norwegian Society for the Conservation of Nature), where he was an activist, freelance journalist and arranged ‘Sykkeldagen i Oslo’ twice (1989 and 1990) as well as environmental issues lectures. He also wrote some crime short stories in A-Magasinet (Aftenposten (one of the main newspapers in Norway), the same paper where he earned his runner up (second place) in a nationwide writing contest in 1985. He also wrote several articles in different newspapers, magazines and so on in the 1980s and early 1990s.

He earned an M.Sc. degree in Statistics and Actuarial Sciences in 1991, and worked as an actuary novice/actuary from 1987 to 1995 in several Norwegian Insurance companies. He was the Academic Director (1998-2000) of insurance at the BI Norwegian Business School (1998-2000), Manager (1997-1998) of business insurance, life insurance, and pensions and formerly Actuary (1996-1997) at Nordea in Oslo Area, Norway, a self-employed Actuary Consultant (1996-1997), an Insurance Broker (1995-1996) at Assurance Centeret, Actuary (1991-1995) at Alfa Livsforsikring, novice Actuary (1987-1990) at UNI Forsikring.

In 1989 he worked in a project in Dallas with a Texas computer company for a month incorporating a Norwegian pension product into a data system. Erik is specialized in life insurance and pensions, both private and business insurances. From 1991 to 1995 he was a main part of developing new life insurance saving products adapted to bank business (Sparebanken NOR), and he developed the mathematics behind the premiums and premium reserves.

He has industry experience in accounting, insurance, and insurance as a broker. He writes in his IQ-blog the online newspaper Nettavisen. He has personal interests among other things in history, philosophy and social psychology.

In 1995, he moved to Aalborg in Denmark because of a Danish girl he met. He worked as an insurance broker for one year, and took advantage of this experience later when he developed his own consultant company.

In Aalborg, he taught himself some programming (Visual Basic), and developed an insurance calculation software program which he sold to a Norwegian Insurance Company. After moving to Oslo with his girlfriend, he was hired as consultant by the same company to a project that lasted one year.

After this, he became the Manager of business insurance in the insurance company Norske Liv. At that time he had developed and nurtured his idea of establishing an actuarial consulting company, and he did this after some years on a full-time basis with his actuarial colleague. In the beginning, the company was small. He had to gain money, and worked for almost two years as an Academic Director of insurance at the BI Norwegian Business School.

Then the consultant company started to grow, and he quitted BI and used his full time in NIA (Nordic Insurance Administration). This was in 1998/99, and he has been there since.

NIA provides actuarial consulting services within the pension and life insurance area, especially towards the business market. They was one of the leading actuarial consulting companies in Norway through many years when Defined Benefit Pension Plans were on its peak and companies needed evaluations and calculations concerning their pension schemes and accountings. With the less complex, and cheaper, Defined Contribution Pension Plans entering Norway the last 10-15 years, the need of actuaries is less concerning business pension schemes.

Erik’s book from 2011, Benektelse og Verdighet, contains some thoughts about our superficial, often discriminating societies, where the virtue seems to be egocentrism without thoughts about the whole. Empathy is lacking, and existential division into “us” and “them” is a mental challenge with major consequences. One of the obstacles is when people with power – mind, scientific, money, political, popularity – defend this kind of mind as “necessary” and “survival of the fittest” without understanding that such thoughts make the democracies much more volatile and threatened. When people do not understand the genesis of extreme violence like school killings, suicide or sociopathy, asking “how can this happen?” repeatedly, one can wonder how smart man really is. The responsibility is not limited to let’s say the parents. The responsibility is everyone’s. The day we can survive, mentally, being honest about our lives and existence, we will take huge leaps into the future of mankind.

Rick G. Rosner, according to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing here, may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. He has received 8 Writers Guild Awards and Emmy nominations, and was titled 2013 North American Genius of the Year by The World Genius Directory with the main “Genius” listing here.

He has written for Remote ControlCrank YankersThe Man ShowThe EmmysThe Grammys, and Jimmy Kimmel Live!. He worked as a bouncer, a nude art model, a roller-skating waiter, and a stripper. In a television commercialDomino’s Pizza named him the “World’s Smartest Man.” The commercial was taken off the air after Subway sandwiches issued a cease-and-desist. He was named “Best Bouncer” in the Denver Area, Colorado, by Westwood Magazine.

Rosner spent much of the late Disco Era as an undercover high school student. In addition, he spent 25 years as a bar bouncer and American fake ID-catcher, and 25+ years as a stripper, and nearly 30 years as a writer for more than 2,500 hours of network television. Errol Morris featured Rosner in the interview series entitled First Person, where some of this history was covered by Morris. He came in second, or lost, on Jeopardy!, sued Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? over a flawed question and lost the lawsuit. He won one game and lost one game on Are You Smarter Than a Drunk Person? (He was drunk). Finally, he spent 37+ years working on a time-invariant variation of the Big Bang Theory.

Currently, Rosner sits tweeting in a bathrobe (winter) or a towel (summer). He lives in Los AngelesCalifornia with his wife, dog, and goldfish. He and his wife have a daughter. You can send him money or questions at LanceVersusRick@Gmail.Com, or a direct message via Twitter, or find him on LinkedIn, or see him on YouTube.”

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-seven; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

 

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Genius (Part Seven) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-seven.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 22). Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Genius (Part Seven)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-seven.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Genius (Part Seven). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-seven>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Genius (Part Seven).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-seven.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Genius (Part Seven).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-seven.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Genius (Part Seven)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-seven>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Genius (Part Seven)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-seven.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Genius (Part Seven).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-seven>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Genius (Part Seven) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-seven.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-220. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Epistemology, Skepticism, Wittgenstein, Cognitive Science, Education, and Law (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,124

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Professor Duncan Pritchard is UC Distinguished Professor of Philosophy at the University of California, Irvine. His monographs include Epistemic Luck (Oxford UP, 2005), The Nature and Value of Knowledge (co-authored, Oxford UP, 2010), Epistemological Disjunctivism (Oxford UP, 2012), Epistemic Angst: Radical Skepticism and the Groundlessness of Our Believing (Princeton UP, 2015), and Skepticism: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford UP, 2019). He discusses: epistemology; skepticism; Wittgenstein; cognitive science; philosophy of religion and theology; the decline of some philosophy of religion and theology; philosophy of education; philosophy of law; anti-luck virtue epistemology; and bringing these together at once.

Keywords: Duncan Pritchard, epistemic, epistemology, Irvine, philosophy, pyrrhonian, skepticism, University of California, Wittgenstein.

An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Epistemology, Skepticism, Wittgenstein, Cognitive Science, Education, and Law: Distinguished Professor, University of California, Irvine & Director, Graduate Studies, Philosophy, University of California, Irvine (Part Two)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Thank, very much, for the charming Part One to the interview. As agreed, we intend this as a long-form interview. I decided parts because some interviews work best in segments if done in this manner. Now, with some of the family and personal narrative brought forward in an entertaining manner, I would like to focus on some of the important issues dealing with the academic work. Your stipulated research interests include “Epistemology; Skepticism; Wittgenstein; Philosophy of Cognitive Science; Philosophy of Religion; Philosophy of Education; Philosophy of Law.” In my time at UCIrvine, I was impressed by the culture, the academic atmosphere, and the area, in general. Your foci, certainly, seem related to one another. So, I agree. It’s an exciting place. Let’s make this an Anthill – so to speak – Part Two or session two for the audience today, the hill or mound will be built in the sequence of the aforementioned topics in the quote above. Once I read more thoroughly through materials by you, I will then utilize these responses to dig more directly into the dirt and find some ants for eating. Many of the listed interests seem straightforward. I will inquire in the order presented. So, epistemology is the study of how we acquire knowledge. It’s a foundational field. When did this interest in epistemology come forward for you?

Professor Duncan Pritchard: It was epistemology that got me into philosophy, if truth be told. I took a course on the subject and found it fascinating, and I soon switched to studying straight philosophy (I had previously been studying English Literature). Although I’ve done work on other areas of philosophy, I keep returning to epistemological questions, as they always seem so fundamental. Indeed, even when I do engage with another area of philosophy, such as the philosophy of mind, it always seems to be the epistemological questions within that domain that interest me. I think epistemological questions are also particularly relevant from a contemporary social perspective too, particularly in this supposedly ‘post-truth’ world we live in. My work on epistemology includes such core topics as the theory of knowledge, radical skepticism, epistemic value, social epistemology, the relationship between knowledge and understanding, the nature of inquiry, and the intellectual virtues. It also includes topics in applied epistemology, such as the epistemology of education, legal epistemology, and some epistemological issues in cognitive science.

2. Jacobsen: Epistemology relates in a direct manner to skepticism. The main skeptical idea: certain knowledge is impossible. In another variation, one should maintain a skeptical attitude about particular claims or all claims, e.g., the efficacy of widespread practices including prayer, or beliefs in supernatural powers or abilities, or beliefs in ghosts, angels and demons (Devil included), and more. What is the strength of skepticism as a philosophical program, especially when taken in a rigorous form within the focus of formal epistemology?

Pritchard: My work on skepticism falls under two main, though overlapping, themes. The core issue is about radical skepticism, and so whether knowledge is possible. I take this puzzle to be a way that we can gain a greater insight on the nature of our epistemic access to the world around us. I argue that the problem of radical skepticism needs to be formulated in a certain fashion if we are to appreciate the challenge that it poses. This then has consequences for the response to radical skepticism that I offer—what I call the biscopic response—which essentially integrates themes from the work of Wittgenstein and the contemporary philosopher John McDowell. (For the details, see my most recent monograph, Epistemic Angst: Radical Skepticism and the Groundlessness of Our Believing (Princeton University Press, 2015)).

I’m also interested in a broader kind of skepticism which is not cast as an argument or a paradox, but rather consists of a certain kind of attitude. This form of skepticism has its roots in the work of the ancient Pyrrhonian skeptics, and it’s influence has been enormous throughout intellectual history. For example, one of my philosophical heroes is the 16th century French philosopher Montaigne, who epitomizes the Pyrrhonian skeptical method in the early modern period. (Hume is another important philosopher from this period who is heavily influenced by Pyrrhonian skepticism, though he is writing much later).

I tried to blend discussion of the debate about radical skepticism with Pyrrhonian skepticism in my latest book, Scepticism: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford University Press, 2019), which is written for a general audience. One of the themes of this work is to understand what an intellectually virtuous form of skepticism might look like, and so the book draws on my other writings on the nature of the intellectual virtues. This also enables me to relate the debate about skepticism to broader social concerns that are particularly pressing in the information age that we live in, such as the fact that there is so much misinformation about, and that many influential figures in our society do not seem to care that much about the truth. (See also the online course entitled ‘Skepticism’ that I created to go with the book, available on the Coursera platform: https://www.coursera.org/learn/skepticism. This features contributions from a number of prominent scholars from UC Irvine, across several disciplines).

3. Jacobsen: What makes Wittgenstein an integral thinker for you? Someone worth studying for an epistemologist and skeptic. 

Pritchard: Wittgenstein was, in my opinion, one of the greatest philosophers to have ever lived. His work is full of innovative ideas. Indeed, much of the work of his that we have is contained in unedited notebooks, and yet they are nonetheless full of insightful nuggets—time spent reading (or even re-reading) anything Wittgenstein wrote is never wasted, as there is always a lot to learn.

As an epistemologist, I’m particularly intrigued by his final notebooks, which were published posthumously as On Certainty. These are four notebooks that take us right up to just before he died, and hence they are also interesting from an historical point of view, in addition to their tremendous philosophical importance. In these works Wittgenstein offers a sustained treatment of questions about knowledge, certainty and doubt. In the process he explores a very distinctive account of the structure of rational evaluation, according to which all rational evaluation takes place relative to certain basic convictions that we hold, which are not themselves rationally grounded at all. These are our hinge certainties, as they are known (employing a metaphor that Wittgenstein used). What’s especially intriguing about this proposal is that Wittgenstein clearly thought that embracing this idea is the antidote to radical skepticism, and yet at first glance it can seem like a capitulation to the skeptical challenge, for doesn’t the radical sceptic also maintain that our basic convictions are rationally groundless? There is thus an important philosophical project of explaining how Wittgenstein’s idea—which I have argued he acquired from reading the work of the prominent Catholic thinker, John Henry Newman—could have the anti-skeptical import that he clearly thought it had, and this project has informed a lot of my recent work. Hinge epistemology also has lots of ramifications for other philosophical debates, such as regarding relativism.

4. Jacobsen: The human brain evolved to be good enough. A lot of costs came with this, including biases in forms of thought and in what can possibly be thought. Cognitive science seems to show this in listings of cognitive biases. What brings cognitive science into the philosophical formulation for you?

Pritchard: I’m principally interested in our relationship with technology, and how it alters our cognitive processes. In particular, there’s a prominent movement in cognitive science (extended cognition)—initially driven, incidentally, by philosophers such as Andy Clark—which allows that our cognitive processes can be genuinely extended by technology (such that this isn’t simply our cognitive processes being supplemented or aided by technology, but where the technology becomes a proper part of an extended cognitive process). I find this idea plausible, and have been trying to work out under what conditions, exactly, a cognitive process can become extended in this way. Moreover, this proposal clearly has epistemological ramifications, since it holds out the possibility that some of our knowledge is not attributable to our biological selves and the associated cognitive agency, but is rather due to our extended cognitive agency (i.e., the integrated set of purely biological and extended cognitive processes). There is thus the possibility of (what I have called) extended knowledge.

4. Jacobsen: Religion is a complicated affair. I need two questions for this one, please. First, what is religion to you?

Pritchard: I have a policy of not declaring my own personal thoughts on religion. There are a few reasons for this. One is that I don’t have a straightforward stance to declare anyway. But a more important reason is that I think the whole debate about philosophy of religion has got side-tracked by people explicitly entwining their philosophical stance with their personal stance. The problem is that as philosophers we should be interested in these questions regardless of our personal convictions. One of the reasons why I think philosophy of religion has become such a niche subfield of philosophy is because people imagine that one would only be interested in it if one has prior religious conviction, and that’s simply not the case (or, at least, it ought not to be the case). We should get back to exploring these questions because of their intrinsic philosophical interest.

5. Jacobsen: Second, what makes the philosophy of religion, probably, a more relevant field of study in the modern context than, apparently, declining disciplines including theology or religious studies?

Pritchard: I think it would be a shame if religious studies is indeed a declining discipline (or theology for that matter, which I take to be a sub-division of it, concerned specifically with theistic religion). Religious questions are central to the human condition after all. Moreover, even if one adopts a purely materialistic conception of the world and our place in it, one that has no room for religion, one still needs to have a philosophical grasp of what it means to exclude religion from one’s worldview, and that is itself an issue for philosophy of religion (and thus religious studies). I find it intriguing that many people today take a certain kind of materialistic and scientistic worldview as obvious, and as incorporating no philosophical assumptions, such that it is kind of a ‘default’ rational way of responding to the world. But that’s not very plausible—the philosophical presuppositions are still there, as they are with any worldview, and they need to be made explicit and examined. (I don’t think it’s an accident, for example, that those in the grip of such a worldview also take a very instrumentalist attitude towards political and ethical questions). That’s a job for philosophy, and philosophy of religion has a role to play in such an endeavor.

Inevitably, my own work in philosophy of religion mostly covers epistemological questions, especially the question of whether religious belief can be rationally grounded. In this regard I advance a view that I call quasi-fideism, a thesis which I claim is rooted in the work of John Henry Newman and Wittgenstein.

6. Jacobsen: What is your philosophy of education?

Pritchard: My interest is in the question of what the overarching epistemic goals of education amount to. The view I defend is one on which these goals essentially concern the development of intellectual character, which is the integrated set of a subject’s intellectual virtues. This approach offers an important reorientation of education in the contemporary world, where education is far too often understood in purely instrumental terms, such as simply giving students useful skills or knowledge. Education should have much more ambitious goals, however, which is to help human beings to prosper, and for that they need the intellectual virtues.

7. Jacobsen: What is the philosophy of law? I ask this, too, because an extremely distinguished academic, Professor Elizabeth Loftus, works at UCIrvine.

Pritchard: There are lots of philosophical questions in law, most notably concerning the foundations of law. But as an epistemologist I’m naturally interested in some of the specifically epistemic questions that arise, such as the nature of legal evidence, or what kinds of epistemic bases are relevant for legal judgements about guilt or liability. I’ve also tried to bring my work on luck and risk to bear on legal issues, such as concerning the question of what is an acceptable degree of risk within a just legal system that an innocent person might be found guilty of a crime.

8. Jacobsen: What epistemology to garner knowledge about the world most makes sense within a skepticism framework grounded in the understandings brought forward by the philosophy of Wittgenstein, philosophy of cognitive science, and the philosophy of religion?

Pritchard: I don’t think there is a straightforward answer to your question. I advance a general theory of knowledge (anti-luck virtue epistemology), which incorporates insights from both virtue epistemology and anti-luck/risk epistemology. (For the details, see my co-authored monograph, The Nature and Value of Knowledge, (Oxford University Press, 2010)). I also have an account of how this way of thinking about knowledge should be situated with regard to answers to a range of epistemological questions about such topics as the nature of epistemic value, the relationship between knowledge and understanding, the importance of the intellectual virtues, the nature of inquiry, and so on. I then apply this theory of knowledge to philosophical questions in specific domains like cognitive science and education.

The question of how to understand the nature of knowledge is, however, largely orthogonal to the skeptical question of whether such knowledge is possible (it took me many years to realise this). This in part explains why my response to radical skepticism is distinct from my account of knowledge (though there are some overlaps). As noted above, what I take from Wittgenstein is a certain conception of the structure of reasons that I think is specifically applicable to the question of how to deal with the puzzle posed by radical skepticism. I also advance a view I call epistemological disjunctivism which can explain how we can have a kind of direct epistemic access to the world around us. (For the details, see my monograph, Epistemological Disjunctivism, (Oxford University Press, 2012)). In addition, I think there is a story to be told about skepticism as an attitude, in the manner of Pyrrhonian skepticism, though again that issue is orthogonal to the question of the nature of knowledge (the intellectual virtues do have a bearing here, however).

9. Jacobsen: Do these understandings taken together have potential implications for education and the law?

Pritchard: Yes. As just noted, one needs to have a worked-out epistemology in order to apply it to domains like education and the law. So, for example, my epistemology, with the intellectual virtues at its heart, can explain why developing intellectual character is so important to education. I’ve also applied the anti-luck, or anti-risk, element to my epistemology to the legal case with regard to discussions of legal evidence and legal risk.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Distinguished Professor, University of California, Irvine; Director, Graduate Studies, Philosophy, University of California, Irvine.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Epistemology, Skepticism, Wittgenstein, Cognitive Science, Education, and Law (Part Two) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 22). An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Epistemology, Skepticism, Wittgenstein, Cognitive Science, Education, and Law (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Epistemology, Skepticism, Wittgenstein, Cognitive Science, Education, and Law (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Epistemology, Skepticism, Wittgenstein, Cognitive Science, Education, and Law (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Epistemology, Skepticism, Wittgenstein, Cognitive Science, Education, and Law (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Epistemology, Skepticism, Wittgenstein, Cognitive Science, Education, and Law (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Epistemology, Skepticism, Wittgenstein, Cognitive Science, Education, and Law (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Epistemology, Skepticism, Wittgenstein, Cognitive Science, Education, and Law (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Epistemology, Skepticism, Wittgenstein, Cognitive Science, Education, and Law (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with John Collins on Gay-Bashing, Women-Bashing, Remarriage-Bashing, and Social Stigma in, and Healing from, “The Message” of the late William Marrion Branham (Part Five)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 5,720

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

John Collins is an author and the Founder of William Branham Historical Research. He discusses: gay-bashing; women-bashing; remarriage-bashing; social stigma around the rejection of the purported revelations; the community react to claims of an individual member losing supposed salvation; how former members can heal; homosexuals, women, the remarried, and the doubters finding help and a way out of “The Message”; and how William Marrion Branham blasted remarriage after divorce throughout “The Message” ministry while permitting or even helping brothers remarry several times.

Keywords: Christianity, John Collins, Seek The Truth, The Message, William Branham Historical Research, William Marrion Branham.

An Interview with John Collins on Gay-Bashing, Women-Bashing, Remarriage-Bashing, and Social Stigma in, and Healing from, “The Message” of the late William Marrion Branham: Founder, William Branham Historical Research (Part Five)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Some have been emotionally scarred due to the bashing of gays, of women, of remarriage, and the social stigma to the rejection of the ‘revelations’ in addition to assertions of individuals potentially losing salvation. What is the form of gay-bashing?

John Collins: The effects of emotional abuse in William Branham’s “Message” cult following and similar destructive cults are very painful, no matter the specific types of abuse.  They are also very personal.  Unlike physical abuse, the impact of emotional abuse is not limited to the area of impact.  As emotions are manipulated, whether it is from “bashing”, shaming, intimidation, fear, or other, the abuse is felt through each and every connected memory and even in other related emotions.  For those affected, it is a recurring form of abuse each time those emotions are brought to the surface.  Also, emotional abuse is not limited to the person being struck.  As cult leaders tear down the emotions of their victims, they often do so indirectly.  Victims of abuse for cults that practice “gay bashing” are not just those in the group who have homosexual tendencies.  Those who submit to the verbal abuse of others are also being emotionally abused into submission.

The social stigma created by this form of abuse contributes to the isolationist nature of the destructive cult.  When cult followers are manipulated into the approval of and the participation in emotional abuse, whether verbally abusing others or simply nodding a head or saying “Amen”, emotional abuse becomes a core value to the group’s integrity and is often used as a tool for punishment or further isolation.  Those who do not fully submit to the group’s rules and regulations are often the target of false accusation using the forms of emotional abuse most frequently used by the leaders.  Those who leave the group also become targets, and it is very effective.  Normal human emotions that would occur when a member leaves the group are suppressed when the former member becomes the target of verbal abuse — one emotion is replaced with another.  I, myself, was falsely accused of being homosexual as a tool by cult leaders to suppress the critical information that I had discovered, and some former members later informed me that this false accusation delayed their examination of the critical information for a long period of time.

For the person struggling internally with issues that are openly ridiculed or “bashed”, the pain runs deep.  While other struggles based upon cult doctrine may be discussed to receive encouragement, sympathy, counseling, or guidance, struggles that are the focal point for verbal and emotional abuse cannot.  Cult members have been manipulated, by example, to practice verbal and emotional abuse for those issues instead of offering help.  This, really, is the what differentiates a destructive cult group from a religious cult group.  William Branham’s “Message” cult is not unique in their religious beliefs concerning homosexuality, and sermons discussing passages from the Christian Bible against homosexuality are widespread even among some denominations in mainstream Christianity.  Healthy churches offer help and support for any issue, homosexuality or not, while destructive churches train members to discriminate and practice abuse.

Like any situation involving discrimination, human rights and human dignity is at risk.  All humans have a natural desire to help other humans, and a sympathy for those in need of help.  When a destructive group replaces that natural, human desire of love for other humans with hatred, they have also robbed them of their dignity and freedom and replaced them with captivity and oppression.

2. Jacobsen: What is the form of women-bashing?

Collins: In William Branham’s “Message” cult following, the New Testament passage from 1 Corinthians 11:3 describing male leadership is preached, while Galatians 3:28 describing equality is generally ignored.  The passage in Corinthians describes the hierarchy of leadership from God the Father, to God the Son, to males, to females.

“But I want you to realize that the head of every man is Christ, and the head of the woman is man, and the head of Christ is God.” (1 Cor 11:3) 

This passage is used and preferred, because it supports William Branham’s theological stance that women are inferior to men.  Branham taught that females were a “by-product” of man, and not in the original creation[i].  Interestingly, this passage is also used by mainstream Christianity as an example of a clear picture of the Trinitarian Godhead, which later versions of William Branham’s stage persona rejected.[ii]  While rejecting the relationship between God the Father and God the Son in the passage from 1 Corinthians, most versions of William Branham’s stage persona avoided the passage from Galatians 3 promoting equality, or re-purposed it to promote his male-only creation theology.[iii]

Galatians 3 describes the Apostle Paul’s views on racial, social, and gender equality.  Verse 28 states,

“There is neither Jew nor Gentile, neither slave nor free, nor is there male and female, for you are all one in Christ Jesus”. 

Galatians 3:28

Many Christian apologists use this verse as an example to claim that early Christians were advanced in teaching equality compared to other religions in the ancient world[iv], though historically, some ancient civilizations did practice equality in one or more of the three categories mentioned by in the passage from Galatians.[v]  In William Branham’s “Message” cult following, however, all three categories are rejected in full.  William Branham claimed that the Gospel of Jesus Christ was not intended for the Jews[vi], that Christians were supposed to “forfeit their rights”[vii], and that the female human was less in stature than a dog or a hog.[viii]

This misogynistic theological stance leads to all forms of abuse – verbal, emotional, and even physical.  By example, “Message” cult leaders use quotes from the transcript of William Branham’s sermons to ensure that women are “in their place”[ix], submissive, obedient, and silent[x].  Some “Message” cult pastors expand upon this theological view to introduce additional misogynistic doctrines and rules, disallowing women to have religious discussions without men present.  Others preach entire sermons that are parroting Branham’s misogynistic teaching that women are inherently evil by design[xi], and must contain that evil at the risk of eternal damnation.

As a result, women are unknowingly trained to accept verbal abuse as “correction”.  Adolescent girls are trained to believe that their bodies were designed by Satan[xii] for sex[xiii].  Teenage girls are forced to believe that William Branham is the authority on doctrine and scripture[xiv], and that his praise given to those who practice physical abuse[xv] for women who do not adhere to the cult’s dress code is both acceptable and “commissioned by God”.  Mothers are trained to believe that it is OK for their husbands to follow William Branham’s advice and physically abuse both them[xvi] and their daughters, and that husbands who do not are “sissies”.  In other words, it goes far beyond “woman-bashing”.  Women are forced to believe that Branham’s verbal abuse is “godly”, that verbal and emotional abuse by current cult leadership is “righteous”, and that verbal, emotional, and physical abuse by their spouse or father is “justified”.

3. Jacobsen: What is the form of remarriage-bashing?

Collins: Remarriage after divorce, except in cases of the death of a current or former spouse, is a delicate subject within most Christian communities.  There are specific passages in the New Testament that instruct married couples not to separate until death[xvii], as well as passages that consider remarriage after divorce of a living spouse to be adultery[xviii], which is in violation of the Ten Commandments of the Old Testament[xix].  Unfortunately, there are no Biblical instructions describing the many complex situations that occur within a marriage, or how Christians should behave towards those who knowingly or unknowingly broke those rules by remarrying after divorce.  Fundamentalist Christians and many Christians with fundamentalist leanings view these passages as black-or-white and do now allow for the “gray”.  Remarriage after divorce is strictly forbidden in fundamentalist Christianity.  In most versions of William Branham’s stage persona, this was the doctrinal position presented.[xx]

Christians without fundamentalist leanings take a more moderate approach.  They still believe remarriage after divorce while the spouse is still living to be sin, as the Bible states, but also believe that Jesus Christ died for that sin.  As with any other personal issues considered to be sinful, advice and support is offered.[xxi]  Each divorce case is considered to be unique, and attempts are made to save marriages whenever possible.  In cases where a spouse is abused or in danger, however, separation is advised.

Though these two positions are the exact opposite of each other, both approaches have some common ground.  After the divorce and remarriage is finalized, healthy churches on both sides offer their love and support to the new couples that emerge.  Members are not ridiculed for their decision, are not insulted during sermons, and are not severed from fellowship.  This is not the case in the unhealthy churches that exist on the fundamentalist side.  Since there are no biblical instructions explicitly stating how one should behave towards a remarried couple, those new couples who “broke the rules” and remarried are targets for verbal and emotional abuse.  William Branham “Message” cult churches, which fall into this category, are no exception.

4. Jacobsen: What is the social stigma around the rejection of the purported revelations?

Collins: Much like the cases of “breaking the rules” for remarriage or dress code, those who reject “supernatural” claims by William Branham become targets for verbal and emotional abuse.[xxii]  Even in cases where members reject a claim made by William Branham that has unequivocally been proven false, they face discrimination and sometimes isolation from current members that support the false claim.  In many cases, this happens at the instruction of the cult leaders.[xxiii]  “Message” cult pastors, attempting to halt the spread of critical information, have quickly learned that truth can only be stopped by silencing those asking questions.  Rather than address William Branham’s false claims in transparency before their congregations, most cult pastors choose the pathway of least resistance.  Only a handful of “Message” cult pastors have attempted to publicly address the controversial issues, and a majority of those are now former members.[xxiv]

This typically occurs indirectly rather than directly, however.  When it has been learned that one or more members of a cult church have discovered the critical issues with “supernatural” claims, cult pastors shame current members by ridiculing or cursing former members who disagree with William Branham’s false claims.  Those who reject the claims are labeled as incompetent or ungodly while being cursed to all sorts of tragedies and eternal damnation.  Former members have described their former cult pastor claiming that “hell will not be hot enough” for those who reject Branham’s claims, and others describe sermons predicting God’s wrath on those leaving the cult by claiming that “sometimes God likes a good killing” (implying that those leaving might die).  To the target of the curse or ridicule, these statements are harmless.  To members of the congregation who have discovered the critical research, however, it is an indirect form of emotional abuse that transitions into a social stigma and fear of consequence.  That stigma worsens after participating in cult gatherings where the pastor’s opinion is favorably discussed.

As the listener follows the pastor’s abusive statements to their logical conclusion, they connect the examination of critical facts to losing their “salvation”.  Under this type of fear, to avoid eternal damnation, one must also avoid questioning William Branham and/or the pastor’s authority.  Unfortunately for members of a destructive religious cult, this fear of eternal damnation is far greater than all other consequences.  It is almost crippling.

5. Jacobsen: How does the community react to claims of an individual member losing supposed salvation? 

Collins: In destructive cults, the group’s members become one body of people that is either physically or mentally disconnected and/or isolated from other bodies of people.  In religious cults that are destructive, this separation is based upon beliefs of salvation.  In the case of a destructive cult based upon Christianity, for instance, the group has mentally isolated themselves by believing that their particular group will earn salvation while all other Christian groups will not.

Doomsday cults such as William Branham’s “Message” cult[xxv] are even more destructive.  In religious doomsday cults, cult doctrine and beliefs are structured in such a way that members focus more intently upon life after death than life before death, and life itself is devalued by predictions of destruction.  Members are manipulated into thinking that this world and all that is in it has no meaning, and that after the destruction predicted by the cult leader, only those who believe that leader or share his or her doctrinal beliefs will survive.  With destruction “imminent”, and all personal connections outside of the cult about to be severed, non-cult connections (those who did not earn salvation) are devalued, including former members.

Without having been involved in a destructive cult, it would be very difficult to understand the mental separation that occurs when a former member leaves, or more specifically, “loses their salvation” by leaving or rejecting the cult leader.  In these cases, there were strong personal connections, often with many members of the cult.  Yet because they are no longer associated with the cult’s perception of “salvation”, they are now supposed to be “spiritually” severed from the cult and its members.  Cult members that have been manipulated into believing the cult’s isolationist doctrine are faced with internal conflict due to their deep personal and emotional ties as those connections sever.

In some cases, these personal and emotional ties cannot be broken, and it leads to more members “losing their salvation” as they, too, begin to question the destructive nature of the cult.  Unfortunately, in many instances, this is not the case.  Cult members unable to resolve the internal conflict and are forced to resolve it by “grieving a loss”.  Similar to a death in the family, cult members enter the process of grieving, loss, recovery, and then disconnection.  Once disconnected, the result is “shunning”, whether physically or emotionally, as a self-defense mechanism to prevent reconnecting to a cult member that has now become a non-cult member.

6. Jacobsen: How can former members heal? 

Collins: As you can imagine, all of this is extremely painful for former members of a cult.  Many describe it as the single-most difficult time of their lives.  While their connections suffer through the stages of grief, they too must grieve their own losses.  Even through some friends and family that are still cult members may have not physically severed ties, their view of the former member has now changed from “one of us” to “not of us”, and they are forced to emotionally disconnect.  When a former member begins to experience emotional shunning by people they have known for many years — sometimes their entire lives, they also enter self-defense mode.  Cult members become “one of them” while the entire rest of the world becomes “us” – reversing the problem.  Even cult members who are genuinely making an attempt to be kind and sympathetic are mentally grouped with those who have caused great pain, and eventually, ties are severed from both ends.

Though it is a slow and painstaking process, former cult members must re-establish themselves in the world without relying upon any ties to cult members.  New peer groups must form, with new circles of friends and new support.  Old memories now painful must be replaced with new memories more pleasant.  Former cult members must find people who energize them and avoid people who drain them of energy until they are healed enough to energize others.

This is not to say that current cult members cannot be part of this process — they certainly can, but they must not be the only form of support and friendship.  Their ties may seem strong during the initial break, but they may not always be.  It is difficult to heal from the larger separation when dealing with the repeated pain of additional separations.

7. Jacobsen: How can homosexuals, women, the remarried, and the doubters find help and a way out of “The Message”?

Collins: For anyone attempting to escape from a destructive cult, no matter the reason or situation, it is best to begin establishing a support group prior to leaving.  No matter what a person is dealing with, whether it be homosexual tendencies, abuse, divorce, or other, there are many, many people who have endured similar painful situations.  Find others to ask for advice.  In some cases, counselling or therapy is helpful.  Find a psychologist familiar with destructive religious cults.  Don’t be afraid of medication; several people who have escaped require anxiety or anti-depressant medicine for a period of time, some long-term due to the trauma of separation.

Be prepared to give an answer as to why the choice was made to leave.  This seems to be the most difficult part of leaving a cult for many people: the fear of a heated argument or debate with people who no longer share the same core values and will not understand why.  Yet in almost every instance of a person leaving a cult, this is an inevitable situation.

Before the information age, researching was a very difficult task.  By design, destructive cults conceal critical information.  Finding that information was a challenge.  In today’s world, however, information is abundantly accessible — both critical and non-critical.  Newspaper archives, government archives, online resources and more provide a means to learn about many cult groups and their structure.  By learning how other cults behave and operate and identifying the similarities between other cults to their own, a cult member can easily list reasons why staying would be a bad idea.

In the case of William Branham, however, finding critical information is extremely easy.  Not only are there numerous research sites publishing information concerning William Branham’s “Message” cult and the many sub-cults that were created after, Branham’s sermon transcripts from 1947 to 1965 have been made public and searchable[xxvi].  Former members can easily query against his transcripts to identify conflicting statements between different versions of William Branham’s stage personas[xxvii], list the very destructive doctrines Branham taught[xxviii], and describe Branham’s prophecies that have failed[xxix] or his teachings that do not align with Biblical doctrine.[xxx]

8. Jacobsen: How did William Marrion Branham blast remarriage after divorce throughout “The Message” ministry? Yet, he permitted or even helped brothers remarry several times.

Collins: Historians have erroneously described William Branham as an evangelist having consistent views during his twenty to thirty-year career by using only the later versions of his stage persona, which in many cases was a persona strongly opposed to remarriage after divorce.  Because that history has been mostly written by “historians” sympathetic to William Branham’s cult following, other versions of Branham’s stage persona with differing doctrinal positions[xxxi] appear to have been purposefully omitted.

William Branham is typically described as a “non-Trinitarian”[xxxii] “Baptist”[xxxiii] minister who after the Ohio River Flood of 1937 came in contact with Pentecostalism and a “supernatural” experience that led to his “Message” of hyper-fundamentalist Pentecostalism.  Yet he was baptized and ordained in a Pentecostal church as early as 1932[xxxiv], worked closely with the United Brethren Church during the time a Brethren minister performed his second marriage ceremony[xxxv], and for almost a decade used a Trinitarian stage persona[xxxvi].  Not only did his doctrinal views change between different versions of his stage persona, his doctrinal stance changed with his varying religious affiliations.  Those changes range from core values such as the nature of God to his views on remarriage after divorce.

It is interesting, however, that during the time William Branham primarily used a stage persona claiming to be a fundamentalist Baptist minister — which would have at the time opposed remarriage after divorce — Branham performed the marriage ceremonies for his brothers after they divorced and remarried multiple wives[xxxvii].  As late as 1941, William Branham’s core values off stage do not appear to match his core values on stage.

It is also interesting that most historians and even cult members claim that William Branham was opposed to remarriage after divorce, when the 1965 version of his stage persona was not fully opposed.  In most versions of Branham’s stage persona, William Branham did claim to be opposed to remarriage after divorce for both men and women.  After his son’s marriage, divorce[xxxviii], and remarriage, however, Branham’s stage persona created an exception for the case of men (not women) who wished to remarry after divorce.  In a 1965 sermon entitled “Marriage and Divorce”, Branham began teaching that “he can, but she can’t.”[xxxix]  In that version of his stage persona, William Branham avoided all passages in the New Testament that describe men remarrying after divorce as adultery.  Luke 16:18 was avoided entirely.

“Everyone who divorces his wife and marries another commits adultery, and he who marries a woman divorced from her husband commits adultery.

Luke 16:18

It would be very difficult to understand how that William Branham could preach so strongly against remarriage after divorce on stage while performing the wedding ceremonies for divorced couples offstage without having the full and complete historical information concerning Branham’s multiple stage personas.  Especially when historians have been misinformed about the “consistency” of Branham’s doctrinal positions and so much critical information has been withheld.  Once his varying stage personas are examined, and his conflicting doctrinal positions are compared, it becomes more apparent that the man on stage with his multiple personas were not the same as the man off stage.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Author; Founder, William Branham Historical Research.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-five; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[i] “Look, a woman is not even so low… She’s not even a creation in God. She’s a by-product..”

Branham, William. 1956, Jul 15  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://william-branham.org/site/topics/women

[ii] “Now, my precious brother, I know this is a tape also. Now, don’t get excited. Let me say this with godly love, the hour has approached where I can’t hold still on these things no more, too close to the Coming. See? “Trinitarianism is of the devil!” I say that THUS SAITH THE LORD! Look where it come from. It come from the Nicene Council when the Catholic church become in rulership. The word “trinity” is not even mentioned in the entire Book of the Bible. And as far as three Gods, that’s from hell. There’s one God. That’s exactly right.”

Branham, William. 1961, January 8. Revelation Chapter Four 3 Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://william-branham.org/site/topics/trinity

[iii] William Branham’s transcripts from 1947 to 1965 mention the “male nor female” passage in his 1965 sermon “Marriage and Divorce”, which claimed that women were the lowest of animals on the earth.  “When, in God’s sight, the Word, she is the lowest of all animals that God put on the earth.  Branham, William. 1965, Feb 21. http://table.branham.org

[iv] Groothuis, Douglas.  Christian Apologetics: A Comprehensive Case for Biblical Faith.  pp 107

[v] “The first systematic analyses of equality as a concept comes from the Greeks of the classical age, which is perhaps not surprising given their intense interest in mathematics. One of the most thorough of these early systematic explorations of equality was undertaken by Aristotle (384–322 B.C.E.) in several of his works.”

Equality Overview: Ancient Views Of Equality.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://science.jrank.org/pages/9186/Equality-Overview-Ancient-Views-Equality.html

[vi] “Before this Message is over, you’ll see it’s THUS SAITH THE LORD, by Word and by Spirit. Israel will be converted over, the whole nation, in one night. The Bible said so. But the Gospel is not even to them. There is a few renegades that’s out, and so forth like that, that come in, and outside the main body of Jews, that come in and get saved.”

Branham, William.  1961, July 30.  Gabriel’s Instructions To Daniel.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from http://table.branham.org

[vii] “It’s your American privilege, you say. Oh, yeah. If you’re a lamb, a lamb forfeits his rights. He don’t have but one thing: wool, and he forfeits that. If you’re a lamb you’ll forfeit your American rights to serve God.”

Branham, William.  1962, July 13.  From That Time.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from http://table.branham.org

[viii] “There is no hog, no dog, or no other animal, designed like her or can stoop as low as she can stoop. Now, that is true.”

Branham, William.  1965, Feb 21.  Marriage and Divorce.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://william-branham.org/site/topics/women

[ix] “But woman’s place is at home in the kitchen, and when she leaves that she’s out of her place. Exactly right.”

Branham, William. 1957, Jul 27.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from http://table.branham.org

[x] “I wished I had time to read that from the Greek here, what it said. Said, “If your women want to know anything, let them ask their husbands, because it’s shameful and disgraceful for a woman to even speak in the church. The Greek says that—I mean, the Hebrew. “As also saith the law let them be in silent with all subjections to the pastor

Branham, William.  1959, Jun 28.  Questions And Answers.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from http://table.branham.org

[xi] “Excuse this, young ladies. She is nothing but a human garbage can, a sex exposal. That’s all she is, an immoral woman, is a human sexual garbage can, a pollution, where filthy, dirty, ornery, low-down filth is disposed by her. What is she made this way for? For deception. Every sin that ever was on the earth was caused by a woman. And an analyst just from Chicago, a—a woman wrote this article, the police force; that they chased down, in United States, metropolitan United States, that “Ninety-eight percent of every crime that was ever did in any form, in the United States, there was either a woman in it or behind it.”

Branham, William. 1965, Feb 21.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from http://table.branham.org

[xii] “You may question me about Satan being her designer, but that’s the Truth. Satan designed her. He still does it.”

Branham, William.  1965, Feb 21.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from http://table.branham.org

[xiii] “But she is designed to be a sex act, and no other animal is designed like that. No other creature on the earth is designed like that.”

Branham, William. 1965, Feb 21.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from http://table.branham.org

[xiv] “I am God’s Voice to you. See? I say that again. That time was under inspiration.”

Branham, William.  1951, May 5 – My Commission. Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from http://table.branham.org

[xv] “You would find out how illiterate they were. She’d beat her till she’d be so full of welts, you couldn’t get the clothes over the top of them. That’s what needs to be done tonight.”

Branham, William. 1956, Jul 28. Making The Valley Full Of Ditches Shreveport.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://william-branham.org/site/topics/physical_abuse

[xvi] “All right, men, here you are. Any man that’ll let his wife smoke cigarettes and wear them kind of clothes, shows what he’s made out of. He’s not very much of a man. That’s exactly right. True. He don’t love her or he’d take a board and blister her with it. You know that’s the truth. Now, I don’t say that to be smart. I’m telling you the truth. That’s right.”

Branham, William.  1958, Mar 24.  Hear Ye Him.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://william-branham.org/site/topics/physical_abuse

[xvii] Ex: “A wife is bound to her husband as long as he lives. But if her husband dies, she is free to be married to whom she wishes, only in the Lord.” 1 Corinthians 7:39

[xviii] Ex: “But I say to you that everyone who divorces his wife, except on the ground of sexual immorality, makes her commit adultery, and whoever marries a divorced woman commits adultery.”  Matthew 5:32

[xix] “You shall not commit adultery.” Exodus 20:14

[xx] Ex: “Now. First Corinthians, 7th chapter, 15th verse. Now, the question they asked: Brother Branham, does this mean a sister or a brother is free to remarry? No. See, you don’t get his question there and what he’s saying. They’re not free. See, that would make a contradiction in the Scripture, and the Scriptures doesn’t contradict themselves at all.”.

Branham, William. 1962, May 27. Questions And Answers.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://william-branham.org/site/topics/divorce_and_remarriage

[xxi] Ex: 3 Beautiful Truths Every Divorced Christian Needs to Know.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://www.crosswalk.com/family/marriage/3-beautiful-truths-every-divorced-christian-needs-to-know.html

[xxii] Ex: I’m A Survivor.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://castingpearlsproject.com/im-a-survivor

[xxiii] Ex: A Long Journey.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://castingpearlsproject.com/a-long-journey

[xxiv] Ex: William Branham and my Deliverance from A Religious Prison.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kTvhbjsvVqI

[xxv] Doomsday Predictions.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://william-branham.org/site/topics/doomsday_predictions

[xxvi] The Table.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from http://table.branham.org

[xxvii] Stage Persona.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://william-branham.org/site/topics/stage_persona

[xxviii] Ex: Justification, Sanctification, and the Holy Spirit.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from http://en.believethesign.com/index.php?title=Justification,_Sanctification,_and_the_Holy_Spirit

[xxix] The Prophecies of William Branham Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from http://en.believethesign.com/index.php?title=The_Prophecies_of_William_Branham

[xxx] Ex: William Branham and the Bible .  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from http://en.believethesign.com/index.php/William_Branham_and_the_Bible

[xxxi] Ex: Trinity.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://william-branham.org/site/topics/trinity

[xxxii] Ex: William Branham.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from http://www.apologeticsindex.org/5870-william-branham

[xxxiii] Ex.  Concerning Cults-William Branham (Part 1). Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://www.evangelical-times.org/26489/concerning-cults-william-branham-part-1

[xxxiv] “I am the minister who received Brother Branham into the first Pentecostal assembly he ever frequented. I baptized him, and was his pastor for some two years. I also preached his ordination sermon, and signed his ordination certificate, and heard him preach his first sermon.” (Rev. Roy E. Davis.)

Wm. Branham’s First Pastor.  1950, Oct.  The Voice of Healing.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://william-branham.org/site/people/roy_e._davis

[xxxv] Meda Branham.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://william-branham.org/site/people/meda_branham

[xxxvi] Trinity.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://william-branham.org/site/topics/trinity

[xxxvii] Ex. Jesse Branham.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://william-branham.org/site/people/jesse_branham

[xxxviii] Willam Branham alleged that the marriage of his son was annulled, but court records confirm their separation by divorce in the Clark County Courthouse.

[xxxix] “See, she has got a living husband, so no man can marry her. Care what she does and who she is, she’s got a living husband, there is no grounds for her at all. But, it’s not, for him. “Causes her,” not him. Get it? You have to make the Word run in continuity. See, nothing saying he couldn’t, but she can’t. See, “causes her,” not him. That’s exactly what the Bible says, “causes her.” It is not stated against him to remarry, but “her.” Why? Christ in the type. Notice, it is stated that he cannot remarry, only a virgin. He can remarry. He can, he can remarry again if it’s a virgin, but he can’t marry somebody else’s wife. No indeedy. And if he does marry a divorced woman, he is living in adultery, I don’t care who he is. The Bible said, “Whosoever marrieth her that is put away, liveth in adultery.” There you are, not no divorcees. See that original back there, “from the beginning,” now? Remarrying, now notice, he can, but she can’t. Like David, like Solomon, like the continuity of the whole Bible, now, same as David and the rest of them.”

Branham, William. 1965, February 21. Marriage And Divorce.  Accessed 2020, Feb 27 from https://william-branham.org/site/topics/divorce_and_remarriage

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with John Collins on Gay-Bashing, Women-Bashing, Remarriage-Bashing, and Social Stigma in, and Healing from, “The Message” of the late William Marrion Branham (Part Five) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-five.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 22). An Interview with John Collins on Gay-Bashing, Women-Bashing, Remarriage-Bashing, and Social Stigma in, and Healing from, “The Message” of the late William Marrion Branham (Part Five)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-five.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with John Collins on Gay-Bashing, Women-Bashing, Remarriage-Bashing, and Social Stigma in, and Healing from, “The Message” of the late William Marrion Branham (Part Five). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-five>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with John Collins on Gay-Bashing, Women-Bashing, Remarriage-Bashing, and Social Stigma in, and Healing from, “The Message” of the late William Marrion Branham (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-five.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with John Collins on Gay-Bashing, Women-Bashing, Remarriage-Bashing, and Social Stigma in, and Healing from, “The Message” of the late William Marrion Branham (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-five.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with John Collins on Gay-Bashing, Women-Bashing, Remarriage-Bashing, and Social Stigma in, and Healing from, “The Message” of the late William Marrion Branham (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-five>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with John Collins on Gay-Bashing, Women-Bashing, Remarriage-Bashing, and Social Stigma in, and Healing from, “The Message” of the late William Marrion Branham (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-five.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with John Collins on Gay-Bashing, Women-Bashing, Remarriage-Bashing, and Social Stigma in, and Healing from, “The Message” of the late William Marrion Branham (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-five>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with John Collins on Gay-Bashing, Women-Bashing, Remarriage-Bashing, and Social Stigma in, and Healing from, “The Message” of the late William Marrion Branham (Part Five) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-five.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-220. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Carey Linde and Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson on Transgender Identities, Transsexual Identities, Current and Historical Orientations, and Psychological Science Definition of the Self (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,916

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson founded Hawkeye Associates. Carey Linde founded Divorce for Men (Law Offices of Carey Linde). They discuss: some qualifications; transgender identities and transsexual identities; dominant orientation of the psychological community; historical perspective on the issue; the current social and political context in Canada now; the impacts of these social and political contexts on conversations around transgender identities and transsexual identities; the position taken by Mr. Linde impressing Dr. Robertson; confusion of the public on terminology; and the psychological science definition of the self in relation to transgender identities and transsexual identities.

Keywords: Carey Linde, Divorce for Men, Hawkeye Associates, Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, psychological science, self, Transgender, Transsexual.

An Interview with Carey Linde and Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson on Transgender Identities, Transsexual Identities, Current and Historical Orientations, and Psychological Science Definition of the Self: Founder, Divorce for Men (Law Offices of Carey Linde) & Founder, Hawkeye Associates (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s begin with some open statements, not on general but, on relevant expertise in these areas. On transgender identities and transsexual identities, what are the relevant areas of expertise or qualification, or professional experience, for each of you?

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: I know Carey primarily from newspaper reports, and I admire him for taking an unpopular and public stand while representing a father who argued his daughter should wait until she was 16 before transitioning into a male form. I know none of the actors in this case and therefore I cannot comment as a psychologist on any of their motivations, but the public discussion demonstrated, I think, confusion over terminology and a hardening of positions that sometimes trumped reason. I would like to hear Carey’s views on this.

My own area of expertise within psychology is the self, and I have a book coming out on that subject this fall. Transwomen volunteered to become research participants in two research projects I conducted: one on mapping the self and the other on the stigmatization of men. In one case the subject had a series of bad experiences with males, and ze viewed short hair as a sign of evil. Another subject had a series of bad experiences with women, but both viewed themselves to be part of a third gender separate from men or women so the term “transgender” was not really appropriate in their cases. I have also worked with trans people in my private practice, and I have a personal interest in this area. My cousin and I were raised together as kids and ze transitioned when ze was in his fifties. I think of my cousin as a “her” when remembering her in female form, but as a “him” in his present male form. I suspect this tells you more about me than him, but I suspect I am probably normative on this point.

2. Jacobsen: To define terms scientifically, psychologically, and colloquially, what are transgender identities? What are transsexual identities?

Carey Linde: For a person feeling their gender is different from their sex assigned at birth they can adopt 3 degrees of transitioning:

  1. They can adopt an opposite gender name, assume the clothes and hairstyle and outward manifestations of the opposite sex. Perform and present as if the opposite sex. This is called social transitioning.
  2. After a period of time and psychological if not psychiatric counselling, and a medical determination that the person suffers gender dysphoria, or perhaps not, the person can receive opposite sex hormones. This is called hormonal transitioning.
  3. After further counselling and medical attention, a person can undergo genital reassignment surgery. Women desiring to be men, will have double mastectomies. The term transsexual is currently narrowing to describe this 3rd stage.

Robertson: I am going to disagree with Carey a little here, although I acknowledge he is using politically correct definitions, and probably the definitions that are used in court. The idea that sex is assigned at birth is just silly. Human infants are born with penises or vaginas (some are intersex but they are a vanishingly small percentage). We do not assign the sex, but we notice and name the difference.

There is a stronger argument that we assign gender at birth. The term “gender” was appropriated from the study of grammar in English speaking countries during the 1960s to represent learned roles, behaviours and associations associated with sex: we teach girls to act as girls and boys to act as boys. What we have learned since then is that much of what we thought was learned with respect to personality, behaviours and even interests is innate, and that men’s and women’s brains are different in some ways. An excellent primer on this is Steven Pinker’s classic The Blank Slate.

The fact that we are not “blank slates” does not mean we are all the same. Both women and men exhibit a large spectrum of behaviours with considerable overlap with the result that it is a mistake to overgeneralize and say “this is what men are like” or “this is what women are like.” A problem with the concept of gender; it tends to lead to just that. At one time people who were cross-dressers, or were “masculine” women and “feminine” men still retained their biological sex identification. Now many are considering themselves “transgender” without any intention of changing their sexual characteristics. I read a newspaper account of a biological woman who is having a child and wants to be named as the child’s father. You can see that the concept of gender is actually restricting diversity by suggesting to people who do not adhere to what are now considered gender norms for that sex are not really of that sex, and that gender trumps sex. The term “transsexual” is more objective. A person who has completed hormonal and surgical sex change has now changed their sex, and we can see that this is so.

3. Jacobsen: Dr. Robertson, what seems like the dominant orientation of the psychological community – across schools of psychological thought – on the question of heritability of general intelligence, personality, sex, sexual orientation, and gender identity, inasmuch as a consensus exists on these areas of ongoing research?

Robertson: It’s nature and nurture. Twin studies, for example, suggest that intelligence is .80 heritable. Similarly, the “big five” personality traits including extroversion, neuroticism, openness to experience, agreeableness and conscientiousness are not only highly heritable, but are predictive of voting patterns. Sex is 99.7% heritable if we define sex by one’s genitalia. In identical twin studies, 52% of gays whose twin was gay were also gay. Gender is not heritable by definition if we view gender as learned behaviour distinct from sex. Sex linked characteristics are heritable and may vary with individuals. We build our gender identities to accommodate our biology from a menu provided by society. That menu is changing.

4. Jacobsen: To take a historical perspective, what are some of the oldest substantiated cases of transgender and transsexual identities known in the anthropological records?

Linde: Here I have to plead lack of time at this moment to get into detail. There are numerous web sites treating this subject. Historians and even archeologists have and are reporting presumed evidence for trans people through out history, either as individuals or segments of societies. I have just started listening to an Audible book Transgender History by Susan Stryker. It canvases the history from colonial USA to present.

Robertson: Cultures indigenous to North America often had a category of “two-spirited” people who dressed and took on many of the roles of the other sex, but also had special roles assigned to them. The role of male “two-spirited” people among the Cree, for example, was to break up fights and negotiate peaceful behaviours. Here we have the example of people of the male sex, dressing like women, taking on female roles such as making pemmican, but also doing more dangerous work as peace officers. This could be interpreted as a third gender and supports the idea that transsexual people probably existed in Neolithic societies prior to recorded history.

5. Jacobsen: To set a tone for expectations of some interpretations and misinterpretations of the responses, even the questions, for the interview with the two of you, what is the current social and political context (or are the current social and political contexts) for Canadian society now? 

Linde: Again, I feel the need to refer to the extensive existing opinion on this. It depends on who you ask. SJWs thinks the future looks great, despite the continuing struggle to get there. Gender critical feminists (TERFs) see unmitigated disaster. Take your pick.

Having said that, it is a mugs game trying to make any statement about how “regular” citizens of Canada think. Mainstream media bias has kept what little is reported almost exclusively supportive of the SJW warriors. It is my sense that the majority of Canadians, for instance, do not agree with the idea of trans women (men to most) in protected women’s spaces.

Robertson: I think Canada is a tolerant society compared to most in recorded history. We have encouraged people from minority cultures to maintain their cultures and languages, we have enshrined aboriginal rights in our constitution, we have even taken down statues of the founding father of the country because his memory offended some people. These accommodations are rare in human history and have only occurred during the modern era. I think overwhelmingly most Canadians support social justice, but we may have differences on what that means. 

When Carey is talking about social justice warriors, in this context, he must be talking about the activists in the transgender movement who attempt to prevent people whose opinions they abhor from speaking in universities and libraries. But what he misses, I think, is that the gender critical feminists are also social justice warriors. They are directly descended from the radical feminists who were and continue to be almost androphobic in their fear of men as oppressors of women. We are asking these women to share their safe spaces in bathrooms to women’s shelters to people who have penises.

I agree with the transactivists who say this fear is often overblown. Most men define their gender role as protecting women, not oppressing them. Further men who identify as women would be expected to be less likely to assault those that they wish to emulate. Having said that, some men are a threat to women, and the subjective and fluid nature of gender allows such men to declare themselves to be women so as to gain predatory access.

I agree with Carey that most Canadians do not want men or women with penises in protected women’s spaces. I see a coalition forming that would have been unthinkable just ten years ago. The radical feminists and the traditional women represented by organizations such as Real Women agree on this issue. This coalition could spell disaster for some of the people I care about deeply.

6. Jacobsen: How does this social and political context (or do these social and political contexts) impact the conversations on transgender identities and transsexual identities?

Linde: If by “conversations” you mean two or more people in rational polite discourse, there is none, zero, squat. No one is talking to any one of the opposite belief. The gender critical feminists regularly invite participation from the trans warriors. None accept.

A further unknown is to what extent can it be said the ANTIFA led demonstrators who show up to shut down the symposiums of gender critical feminists represent anyone other than themselves?

Robertson: I love my cousin. I watched her battle recurrent major depression for decades and since he transitioned he has been depression-free. He was able to transition, and thousands like him, because we live in a relatively tolerant society with people who see the social justice of it. But in an outright battle between a feminist-traditionalist alliance and the transactivists, I can see many of these gains being lost. I agree with Carey that no one is talking to each other, but we need to begin this dialogue, and soon.

For my contribution to this dialogue, I would like to propose we discard the language of transgenderism. In the first place, the idea of transgender is binary, and this restricts us from considering the possibility that there may be three, four, or even more genders. Second, the idea of gender is subjective. Cross-dressers, female impersonators and people who simply prefer what they see as the normative behaviours of the opposite sex can call themselves transgender. I see nothing wrong with that except gender cannot be allowed to trump sex. In Vancouver, we have seen a transwoman complain to a human rights tribunal that a gynecologist refused to examine zer male genitals. If you believe the precept of genderism that male and femaleness is a matter of cultural preference, you can see the logic of this, except that gynecologists have no training in working on male genitalia. But the structure of transgender ideology is rife with such contradictions.

I prefer the concept of transsexualism. If a person believes that they were born into the wrong body, then it is therapeutic that they change their body. Once a person has transitioned to the body of their preferred sex, then they should have no problem occupying the spaces of that sex. We can negotiate special protections for those in the process of transitioning. What of the people who have no interest in changing their sex? Well, in a tolerant society you can live as a man or a woman in any way you desire as long as you do not pose a threat to others. I think by focussing on transsexualism we can reach compromises in the interests of all sides.

7. Jacobsen: In question 1’s response, Dr. Robertson references a case by you, Mr. Linde. He was impressed by the courageous position taken on a father of a 16-year-old child. He could not comment on it. You could comment on it. What were the details of this case, Mr. Linde? Dr. Robertson, what was the more impressive position taken by Mr. Linde?

Linde: The client had a 14-year-old child identified as female at birth. In grade 7 the school gave the child a male name without telling the father. He found when reading the year book and found a male name under the photo of his child.  I grade 8 the school moved the child along the treadmill leading to a trans pro psychologist and to the Gender Clinic at a local hospital. The clinic advised the parents the child was going to receive puberty blockers and opposite-sex hormones. The father objected and the matter ended up in court.

The 2 lower court judgments and the decision on the appeal of those 2 judgments can be seen at

https://divorce-for-men.com/resources/social-justice-identity-politics/vancouver-14-yr-old-trans-gendering/

Robertson: I think I said that the father, in this case, wanted his progeny to wait until ze was 16 to commence her biological sex change, but he lost the case. There are potential arguments on both sides of such cases. On the one hand, adolescence is a time of exploration with respect to sexuality. Given this, the request of the father seems prudent; however, an alternate conclusion could reasonably be reached where the child is suicidal. Unfortunately, there are websites coaching children of 12 or 13, or even younger, on how to appear suicidal so as to convince professionals and courts that a sex change is necessary. Complicating the issue is the fact that post-transition youth also have a higher than average suicide rate. There are psychological reasons why a child might make the determination that they were “born in the wrong body,” and if I understand this case correctly, the father’s fear was once his daughter began to transition into his son through hormonal blockers, the transition would be a fait accompli. We need a societal conversation on these issues, but, to date, the conversation has been rather one-sided with people who question transactivist orthodoxy “deplatformed” or silenced. What I appreciated about Carey’s stand is that he presented an unpopular position on an issue where discussion has been repressed. I do not know what the professional fall-out has been for him, if any, but I imagine the pressure was immense.

8. Jacobsen: Dr. Robertson, you mentioned the confusion of the public in terminology. What confusions were present in this case? Mr. Linde, what sparked original interest in the aforementioned case? Also, to the two of you, did the case come to a resolution?

Linde: I came aboard on the case because I felt the father had not been treated fairly in the whole mishmash. Also, I objected to the manner in which the court was denying the father freedom of expression.

The appeal court allowed the hormone treatment to remain but broke open speech freedom a little bit. Most importantly it established that misuse of pronouns and name could not be family violence. The court ducked the issue of the best interest of the child stating that was up to the doctors. It strongly implied the doctor had to look at a lot more than merely the child’s felt gender wish.

Robertson: I think the term “transgender” is the source of much of this confusion. The federal legislation giving human rights protection to “gender identity” was ill-thought out and added to the confusion. As we have seen, gender is learned behaviours associated with sex-roles. Identity is how we choose to define ourselves, and that can change over time. But much public policy conflates this with the assumption that gender is somehow innate. For some purposes in the public arena, gender is learned; for others, it is a synonym for sex, and which rule is applied seems arbitrary. This confusion leads to poor decision making.

9. Jacobsen: Dr. Robertson, how does the psychological science definition of the self link to the issues here on transsexuality and transgenderism?

Linde: Above my pay grade.

Robertson: As I said in response to a previous question, the psychological consensus is that we are a product of both nature and nurture.  In my academic writing, I have argued that the self is a culturally evolved structure that has come to give definition to our species. The very name we give ourselves “homo sapiens” suggests we are rational and volitional. But to exercise these potentialities, we need to have them embedded in our self.

The self is not entirely a cognitivist structure. Years ago Demasio suggested there existed an emotive “feeling of me.” Further research has identified differences between the male and female brain, and such research supports the idea that at least some transsexuals were indeed “born in the wrong body,” with regard to the structure of their brains. We also need to recognize, however, that there are other possible routes to transsexuality. A further complication is that homosexuals also often exhibit this cerebral variation as do some heterosexuals.

In the end, however, we develop a kind of mental map of who we are, and we act as though the self-identifiers in that map are true. I present the self-map of a transwoman in a book that will be published by University of Ottawa Press this fall. Not unsurprisingly, the self-map includes two clusters – male and female. The memes ze placed in the male cluster were all things ze did not like about herself including being bald, mortal, old, depressed and self-defeating as well as being male. The memes in the feminine cluster included being creative, sensual, hopeful, intellectual and a writer. Ze pictured a war going on within this self between masculine and feminine sides; however, this is surely wrong. The male side had no consciousness capable of making war, it was merely the repository of unwanted characteristics. For example, “self-defeating” referred to the subject’s habit of ensuring failure when on the brink of success. Ze said, “no testacles will benefit from my success.” The essential components of our evolved self including volition, uniqueness, productivity and social interest were all on the female side. It was a war like a person is making war on nature when he, she or ze mows the lawn. In keeping with that metaphor, ze had zer testes removed during the course of our interviews.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Divorce for Men (Law Offices of Carey Linde). Founder, Hawkeye Associates.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/linde-robertson-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Carey Linde and Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson on Transgender Identities, Transsexual Identities, Current and Historical Orientations, and Psychological Science Definition of the Self (Part One) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/linde-robertson-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 22). An Interview with Carey Linde and Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson on Transgender Identities, Transsexual Identities, Current and Historical Orientations, and Psychological Science Definition of the Self (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/linde-robertson-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Carey Linde and Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson on Transgender Identities, Transsexual Identities, Current and Historical Orientations, and Psychological Science Definition of the Self (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/linde-robertson-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Carey Linde and Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson on Transgender Identities, Transsexual Identities, Current and Historical Orientations, and Psychological Science Definition of the Self (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/linde-robertson-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Carey Linde and Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson on Transgender Identities, Transsexual Identities, Current and Historical Orientations, and Psychological Science Definition of the Self (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/linde-robertson-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Carey Linde and Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson on Transgender Identities, Transsexual Identities, Current and Historical Orientations, and Psychological Science Definition of the Self (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/linde-robertson-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Carey Linde and Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson on Transgender Identities, Transsexual Identities, Current and Historical Orientations, and Psychological Science Definition of the Self (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/linde-robertson-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Carey Linde and Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson on Transgender Identities, Transsexual Identities, Current and Historical Orientations, and Psychological Science Definition of the Self (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/linde-robertson-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Carey Linde and Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson on Transgender Identities, Transsexual Identities, Current and Historical Orientations, and Psychological Science Definition of the Self (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/linde-robertson-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Left-Right Polarity and Extremity in the United States (Part Three)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,940

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Matthew Scillitani, member of The Glia Society and The Giga Society, is a web developer and SEO specialist living in North Carolina. He is of Italian and British lineage, and is predominantly English-speaking. He earned his bachelor’s degree in psychology at East Carolina University, with a focus on neurobiology and a minor in business marketing. He’s previously worked as a research psychologist, data analyst, and writer, publishing over three hundred papers on topics such as nutrition, fitness, psychology, neuroscience, free will, and Greek history. You may contact him via e-mail at mattscil@gmail.com. He discusses: the American Left; status of the Right in America; status of the Left in America; 2020 fault lines between the Left and the Right; strengths and weaknesses of the Trump Administration and President Trump; social media and American values; social media and negative American stereotypes; dirty tactics used by the Left; dirty tactics used by the Right; strengths and weaknesses of the Left and the Right in America; and bridging the gulf between the American Left and Right.

Keywords: America, Giga Society, Glia Society, Left, Matthew Scillitani, politics, Right, Trump.

An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Left-Right Polarity and Extremity in the United States: Member, Giga Society; Member, Glia Society (Part Three)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There exists a left-right polarity in the United States. Its ideals becoming split by demographics, by states, by age, even by sex and gender. When the polarity, like a rubber band, stretches beyond a particular capacity of the public’s tolerance, there can be flare-ups. Let’s talk about politics, you hold no particular bias in political affiliation or too much emotional attachment to political philosophies. This can give a basis for reasoned considerations on the political dynamics of the United States. “Left” and “Right” used as simplifiers for the purposes of Part Three’s interview. What is the status of the Left in America? 

Matthew Scillitani: The Left is not doing too well in the United States right now. This is mostly because of a growing number of extremists in addition to a divide between the media and ordinary party members. These extremists, which are largely made up of young adults, make the most noise and have greater media coverage from both the Right and Left news outlets. Because of their actions much damage is being done to the Left’s public image. This problem is made even worse from the media blurring the line between the beliefs of a few extremists and the moderate Left.

The pendulum will swing back in the Left’s favour soon though. I think Trump will probably win the 2020 election and then we’ll see a Democrat take office in 2024.

2. Jacobsen: What is the status of the Right in America?  

Scillitani: The Right is doing better than the Left in terms of governmental control but ordinary party members aren’t doing too well. This is because the media has convinced leftists that the Right is comprised of racist, sexist, xenophobic bigots. This is largely untrue, and there is probably no more of those people in either party, but the harm this causes the Right is enormous. Many rightists are afraid of revealing their party affiliation out of fear of being called a Nazi or some other such term that would get them fired from their jobs and ostracized from their social groups.

This treatment by the media has made some rightists so resentful that they’ve adopted the same beliefs that the media said they had from the offset.

3. Jacobsen: What are the main fault lines between the Left and the Right in 2020 America?

Scillitani: There are many fault lines between the Left and Right in America today. The main ones being related to immigration, economics, governmental involvement, social order, morality, healthcare, and general human rights. The Right mostly advocates for individualism, nationalism, and capitalism with the Left mostly advocating for collectivism, egalitarianism, and socialism.

4. Jacobsen: With President Trump and the Trump Administration as a whole, what seems like the strengths and weaknesses of the leadership of the former, in particular, and the latter, in general?

Scillitani: Trump’s strengths lie in his assertiveness and business acumen while his weaknesses are social immaturity and inclination for bullying. The former two qualities are good for rightists since Trump and his administration have gotten quite a lot done this current presidential term. The latter two qualities are not so good since it harms America’s image to much of the Western world. Some of the Eastern world seems to view Trump as a cultural icon in spite of those qualities though.

5. Jacobsen: How are social media helping to promote positive American values?

Scillitani: That’s a tricky question to answer because I’m not sure if social media does that. Social media lowers social accountability, which leads to bullying, and lets people with rare and extreme beliefs find others with shared interests and live in a ‘bubble’ with them. I’m convinced that if there were no social media then the divide between the Left and Right would be much narrower and we’d be better off for it.

6. Jacobsen: How are social media promoting negative American stereotypes? 

Scillitani: That it’s so easy to find uneducated, unintelligent, ignorant people with strong opinions and thousands of likes on their posts is not very good. This leads to a lot of young people thinking that these very poor opinions are factual. Many social media outlets are now censoring racist, sexist, or mean-spirited comments, which helps prevent some negative American stereotypes somewhat. However, it’s debatable whether or not it’s a good idea to remove those comments, and it may end up being a bad thing in the end. We will have to wait and see what happens.

7. Jacobsen: What are the dirty tactics used by the Left in political rhetoric and in political campaigns?

Scillitani: Bullying, fear mongering, suppressing certain groups while claiming that voting leftists into office will help the same groups they’re suppressing, and creating imaginary problems that voting leftist politicians into office would solve. Left-wing media and politicians make leftists afraid of rightists and their beliefs, even if it means inventing imaginary problems. One such example being blaming the Right for misogyny, something so incredibly rare in the Western world that all of the protests and riots being done by modern feminists ends up being both unnecessary and harmful.

The Left also convinces minorities that they need the government to take care of them and that the Right couldn’t care less about their welfare. This is untrue and, ironically, betrays that the leftist politicians and media are the abusers to these groups.

8. Jacobsen: What are the dirty tactics used by the Right in political rhetoric and in political campaigns? 

Scillitani: Also bullying, fear mongering, and creating imaginary problems that voting rightist politicians into office would solve. The bullying is of the same variety that the Left uses, which is mostly name-calling and shaming opposing party members. The Right’s flavor of fear mongering isn’t from fear of progression but from fear of cultural collapse. Rightists think that mass immigration, socialism, and egalitarianism in general would cause America’s culture to change for the worse. It’s unfortunate that those things would, in fact, cause major changes to American culture, and not in the direction they would prefer.

Some imaginary problems that right-wing politicians use to scare the Right into voting for them are usually related to socialism. Things like, ‘if we adopt a socialist economic system then nobody will want to work demanding jobs’ or ‘everybody is poor under socialism’. These claims aren’t true, and it seems that rightist politicians purposefully confound socialism with communism in order to demonize that economic system.

9. Jacobsen: What are the strengths and weaknesses and the Left and the Right, respectively, in America?

Scillitani: The Left’s biggest strengths lie in their collectivism and desire to help others. The latter strength also doubles as a weakness since having too much empathy makes it easy for the media and politicians to convince them to do unethical things under the guise that to do otherwise would cause harm to some other group. The Right’s biggest strengths lie in their assertiveness and desire for self-improvement. Their biggest weakness is being too individualistic and therefore losing any sense of community and ‘strength in numbers’ that the Left has.

10. Jacobsen: What may bridge some of the political divides in the United States for a healthier public discourse?

Scillitani: Probably staying off of social media and turning the news off from time to time, chatting with people who have different opinions, and reading some history books.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Member, Giga Society; Member, Glia Society. Bachelor’s Degree, Psychology, East Carolina University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-three; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Matthew Scillitani.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Left-Right Polarity and Extremity in the United States (Part Three) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 22). An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Left-Right Polarity and Extremity in the United States (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Left-Right Polarity and Extremity in the United States (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Left-Right Polarity and Extremity in the United States (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Left-Right Polarity and Extremity in the United States (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Left-Right Polarity and Extremity in the United States (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Left-Right Polarity and Extremity in the United States (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Left-Right Polarity and Extremity in the United States (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Left-Right Polarity and Extremity in the United States (Part Three) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Games, Religions and Secret Societies, Challenging Things, Favourite Philosophers, Favourite Scientists, Smartest Person, and the Wisest Person (Part Four)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,393

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Thomas Wolf is a Member of the Giga Society. He discusses: memorable experiences; belief systems, religions, and secret societies; the reason for some of these interests; the most challenging thing that he has ever done; favourite philosophers; favourite scientists; smartest person; and wisest person.

Keywords: games, memorable experiences, smartest person, Thomas Wolf, wisest.

An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Games, Religions and Secret Societies, Challenging Things, Favourite Philosophers, Favourite Scientists, Smartest Person, and the Wisest Person: Member, Giga Society (Part Four)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Original interview conducted between October 21, 2016 and February 29, 2020.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You enjoy live-action role-playing (LARPs) and role-playing such as escape rooms, free-forms, improv theatre, and murder dinners. What are some of the memorable experiences from these activities – either as a creator or participant? 

Thomas Wolf: This ties in with my interest in virtual reality. All these activities are about creating, shaping and experiencing virtual worlds of relatively high complexity. I connect many pleasant memories with them. But perhaps most impressive of all was an experience I had in the early nineties. I had created a fictional fantasy live role-playing game world “Trawonien” with several factions, and a scenario “The King Is Dead” in which those factions competed for the crown. With about 200 players it was not big for today’s standards, but huge at the time, and it introduced the (back then new) concept that the outcome was not dramatically scripted, but that the players’ actions decided who would be the new king and what further base would be given to the game world. At some point in the game, I watched heated diplomatic negotiations followed by a determined battle and a pursuit, all about an artefact important to shift the balance of power. The “artefact” was some cheap prop, but I had managed to create a setting so immersive that the players for a few minutes behaved like the whole future for them and their society depended on their actions. For these minutes, the action seemed to have crossed the border between game and (virtual) reality. It was the first time that I had experienced that, and it felt having successfully created a world. that this is an experience that authors, movie directors, stage actors, game masters and other creatives all crave and that it is deeply rooted in human nature.

2. Jacobsen: Even further, you have interests in belief systems in general, and religions, secret societies (Templars, Thule Society, Skull&Bones, and so on). What belief systems, religions, and secret societies including those mentioned?

Wolf: Unfortunately, few people reach the point of delving deep enough into philosophical thoughts to gain a true understanding of their existence, but almost all at least seek to find a perceived explanation and purpose of it. Which is a belief system, in most cases a religion. As such systems/religions are propagated (I have a hard time calling this “taught”.), they gain incredible power and shape our society, our reality. For religions and other “public” belief systems, this is obvious and mostly well-researched, from the Vatican to ISIS to socialism. For secret societies, this is not so obvious and shrouded in a lot of assumptions and conspiracy theories, but in many cases true nevertheless, especially as they tend to attract or shape power elites. My personal interest is not so much in one or more specific systems, but in the historic development and interconnections of these systems over time, and in the current situation. It requires of time and effort to separate fact and fiction and to assign probabilities to theories, but I found it interesting.

3. Jacobsen: Why them?

Wolf: It is complex and can hardly be condensed to a few sentences, but it all mostly comes down to symbols and their various and changing meanings, as symbols are what is passed down over time. To only touch the probably most important example, take the equilateral cross. This seems to have come up as a central symbol as early as the dawn of mankind. It originally represented two things central even to the most primitive cultures: firstly, as a wheel, the four seasons of the years divided by solstices and equinoxes, which determined everyday lives in a primitive agricultural society – secondly, the male and female dualism of the blade (penis, sun ray, giver, Yang) and the chalice (vagina, fertile earth, receiver, Yin). This one symbol shaped our history and today’s society. For religions, this is obvious: older religions all over the world used this symbol, including the Assyrians, the Celts and early Christianity. But it changed. In later Christianity, for example, it merged with the simplified Chi Rho and the Tau cross to form the Latin cross of alleged crucifixion, in the East it took the form of the Yin Yang symbol by adding the three-dimensional aspects of shadow fall in the course of a year cycle, as well as the dualist shading of black and white. But even more interesting, in the esoteric tradition and in secret societies the symbol gained utmost importance in the form of the crossed bones, with the addition of a skull for spirit (or later the head of one of several important characters). This “Skull and Bones” were adapted by the Templars as their maritime battle flag, and this was a key use and one that makes this order so interesting. Later the symbol was adapted with numerous different intentions, sometimes good, sometimes bad. The pirates used it due to the naval tradition (check out the Jolly Roger version of Edward Thatch / Teach – “Blackbeard” – for the clear blade/chalice connection). The freemasons for their direct Knights Templar connection. The SS (with their esoteric roots in early 1900s nationalist occultism still vastly underestimated) for their ring and uniform caps, designed by Wiliguth and Himmler. The fraternity of “Skull and Bones” in Yale (vastly influential and much more than a fraternity) used it directly as their symbol. Now, all these groups (and many more) are not directly connected, and they pursued different believes and goals, but they do all have the same root symbol. This is something worth researching.

4. Jacobsen: What is the most challenging thing you have ever done? Why it?

Wolf: The most difficult thing I ever did was probably passing the Giga Society admission test. But “challenging” is more than “difficult,” as it implies overcoming not only intellectual but also mental or other obstacles. Therefore I say it was the creation of a computer game “Herzog” between 1993 to 1995. This was at a time when games were already being produced by medium to big studios and teams and with lots of budget, something I wasn’t ready to accept back at that time. So, I wanted to publish a game of professional quality – in this case, a video-sequence based fantasy setting buildup simulation – on my own, and I did pull it off. I programmed the whole game logic and graphics, and created my own video format and player and CD hardware access in optimized assembler. I scripted, organized and filmed the video sequences with friends. I organized the production of the game. Unfortunately, it still was a financial loss for me in the end – I had simply overestimated my marketing skills and underestimated the power of the big players in the market who would not let a new competitor rise. But nevertheless, I was proud to have successfully created something on my own that was on the same level as products created by a big company. I had learned valuable skills to do it.

5. Jacobsen: Who are your favourite philosophers?

Wolf: Without any doubt, René Descartes stands alone as the first man to understand and define idealism and rationalism. Some great thinkers, especially Plato with his cave allegory, came close to this but were still rooted too much in their belief in matter. Descartes was far ahead of his time and the one turning point in the history of philosophy. He was still hindered by his and his time’s unshakeable belief in being created instead of being the creator himself, but apart from that one shortcoming, he simply nailed it. All other philosophers pale in comparison, even the great ones, e.g. Plato, Aristotle, Nietzsche, and Bostrom.

6. Jacobsen: Who are you favourite scientists?

Wolf: There are so many who would probably deserve to be mentioned, but a few names come to my mind immediately: Eratosthenes, Leonardo da Vinci, Isaac Newton, Albert Einstein, Donald Knuth. It is probably a subjective (and far too small) selection, but they particularly impressed me by being far ahead of their respective times. I’d also like to add Nikola Tesla, who – although or because of being slightly mad – was perhaps most able to think out of the box.

7. Jacobsen: Who is the smartest person you have ever met? Why them?

Wolf: Quite frankly, I cannot judge who was the smartest person, merely meeting somebody does not provide enough data to be able to do that. But I can at least say who impressed me most in that respect: it was my uncle Bernhard Wolf, who unfortunately passed away a few years ago. He was a renowned astrophysicist in his professional life. After retirement, at a relatively high age, when his daughter (my cousin) moved into the scientific field of biochemistry, he taught himself this – totally unrelated! – field himself on an expert level, to be able to understand what she does and to discuss it with her.  In addition, he was a fascinating, witty man with lots of interests and a great sense of humour.

8. Jacobsen: What about the wisest? Why them?

Wolf: To be honest, it is hard to appreciate any other’s wisdom more than one’s own, at least after a certain age. One thinks one carefully selected his opinion from all the opinions heard in one’s lifetime and therefore understood the world better. even if one still learns and accepts something from someone, that someone is only to be wrong in other respects instead. So, who can be wiser than oneself? I have to admit it is hard for me as well to escape from this line of thinking, so again I will rephrase that question as “Who of the persons I met impressed me most regarding wisdom?” After careful thinking, I name a close, dear friend of mine, Krystian Misztela. I am now realizing that he may be such a close friend exactly because of that wisdom. We disagree about some things, and, as he is significantly younger than me, he may, sometimes, be a little bit more impeded by emotional irrationalities and may still have to learn a few things and make a few experiences. But he comes from a significantly less scientifically oriented environment. I strongly doubt that I could have achieved his level of wisdom at his age within those environmental constraints. So, yes, I am impressed by his wisdom.

9. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Thomas.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Member, Giga Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-four; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Games, Religions and Secret Societies, Challenging Things, Favourite Philosophers, Favourite Scientists, Smartest Person, and the Wisest Person (Part Four) [Online].April 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, April 15). An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Games, Religions and Secret Societies, Challenging Things, Favourite Philosophers, Favourite Scientists, Smartest Person, and the Wisest Person (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Games, Religions and Secret Societies, Challenging Things, Favourite Philosophers, Favourite Scientists, Smartest Person, and the Wisest Person (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, April. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Games, Religions and Secret Societies, Challenging Things, Favourite Philosophers, Favourite Scientists, Smartest Person, and the Wisest Person (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Games, Religions and Secret Societies, Challenging Things, Favourite Philosophers, Favourite Scientists, Smartest Person, and the Wisest Person (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (April 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Games, Religions and Secret Societies, Challenging Things, Favourite Philosophers, Favourite Scientists, Smartest Person, and the Wisest Person (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Games, Religions and Secret Societies, Challenging Things, Favourite Philosophers, Favourite Scientists, Smartest Person, and the Wisest Person (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Games, Religions and Secret Societies, Challenging Things, Favourite Philosophers, Favourite Scientists, Smartest Person, and the Wisest Person (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):April. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Games, Religions and Secret Societies, Challenging Things, Favourite Philosophers, Favourite Scientists, Smartest Person, and the Wisest Person (Part Four) [Internet]. (2020, April 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Background, Identity, Mentors, Education, and Interests (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 22, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,021

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Tor Arne Jørgensen is a member of 50+ high IQ societies, including World Genius Directory, NOUS High IQ Society, 6N High IQ Society just to name a few. He has several IQ scores above 160+ sd15 among high range tests like Gift/Gene Verbal, Gift/Gene Numerical of Iakovos Koukas and Lexiq of Soulios. His further interests are related to intelligence, creativity, education developing regarding gifted students, and his love for history in general, mainly around the time period of the 19th century to the 20th century. Tor Arne works as a teacher at high school level with subjects as; History, Religion, and Social Studies. He discusses: family background; facets of the larger self; prescient moments in early formation; guardians and mentors of import; significant books and authors to him; pivotal educational moments; postsecondary education; HRT scores; participating in a like ability community; and main areas of intellectual interest.

Keywords: Arbeider parties, E.H. Carr, HRT, Mark Mazower, Peter Singer, Tor Arne Jørgensen, Winston Churchill, WWII.

An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Background, Identity, Mentors, Education, and Interests (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is family background or lineage, e.g., surname(s) etymology (etymologies), geography, culture, language, religion/non-religion, political suasion, social outlook, scientific training, and the like?

Tor Arne Jørgensen: As my family background goes, my parents are from a small town further south from where I live today, called Lillesand a town in the south of Norway, my own hometown is called Grimstad. These small towns are very busy during the summer months, but very quiet during the winter months. My mother was a stay-at-home mom and was very caring. My father was active during WWII, and was awarded several medals for his bravery during the last part of the pacific war where he shot down two kamikaze pilots. As education goes, they were not highly educated, just primary school education. As religion goes none of my family is especially religious, even though we come from the so-called “bible belt” in the south of Norway. To the question of politics, then yes I was active in my younger days within AUF, the youth party of the Norwegian workers’ party (Arbeider partiet) short for Ap. I am no longer as active as I use to be, but I am still politically updated for my own personal interest and the fact that I teach within the fields of history and social studies at the high school level. In general, I keep myself very busy with first and foremost regards to my family, then my studies, work, and fitness, intelligence and more. The future endeavours for me are to finish my education and keep moving forward within the social structures of high intelligence. Also with the intent to further educate people about giftedness, and to address equality for all pupils and students alike of both sides of the intelligence scale.

2. Jacobsen: With all these facets of the larger self, how did these become the familial ecosystem to form identity and a sense of a self extended through time?    

Jørgensen: As forming my self extended, I found that serving the people around me to be an intent in the degree of the further foundation for a greater purpose in life. My childhood has shaped me to focus about what does now matter most for me in regards to helping others in achieving their goals in their lives. As to identity of self-awareness, I had a tough childhood that forced me into making adult decisions at an early age regards to the choices that I had to make for myself and that have guided me ever since.

3. Jacobsen: Of those aforementioned influences, what ones seem the most prescient for early formation?  

Jørgensen: The ability to see past my own boundaries, thus shaping the surrounding elements in early childhood. This has always been and still is my foremost ability as the ground of early formation regards to past, present, and future.

4. Jacobsen: What adults, mentors, or guardians became, in hindsight, the most influential on you?  

Jørgensen: The role models in my life are not many, I like to look at myself as my own role model. I set the standards very high for myself and have always done so. The people around me have that, in some way looked to me for guidance. But there is one person I will bring forward and this person is Winston Churchill, the reason for this is his efforts in bringing about the perceptions about mental determination in regards to the war efforts during WWII. He has by that fact set the standard for the mental mindset to be followed by others myself included.

5. Jacobsen: As a young reader, in childhood and adolescence, what authors and books were significant, meaningful, to worldview formation? 

Jørgensen: Books that have been a big influence in my life is mostly based on facts, I was never a big lover of books about fiction but rather books about facts caught my attention. I started reading at an early age on my own around age 7 and upwards, but I never had a fixed focus I just read everything I could get my hands on at that time. I now read books like; Mark Mazower – Governing The World: The history of an idea, E.H. Carr – The Twenty Years Crises 1919 – 1939, Peter Singer – Practical Ethics, just to name a few. I now would like to dive into world politics, global history, educational systems in a national/global sense, and the world beyond!

6. Jacobsen: What were pivotal educational – as in, in school or autodidacticism – moments from childhood to young adulthood?  

Jørgensen: As to education, the most important learning factor was my intuitive mindset with regards to self-awareness.  What does this entail, well my primary school was fine as normal learning curve goes, but what when the school can not provide beyond that fact. Then the self-education comes into play, people with high intelligence can in many ways tap into this self-learning ability in order to compensate for the lack of skills within external learning environments, such as the ordinary school system. This has in many ways been my lifeline as education goes.

7. Jacobsen: For formal postsecondary education, what were the areas of deepest interest? What were some with a passion but not pursued? Why not pursue them?

Jørgensen: As postsecondary education goes, my interest in history and the time period around the founding of our country in 1814, and the start of democracy, has for me been the biggest interest within this particular field. I have since taken a bachelor’s degree in history involved; 1814 and the start of our constitution. I will pursue a master’s degree later on, also directed toward the same topic sometime in the future. As passions not pursued further, I would like to have pursued educational language in a much bigger sense, to be able to learn more about languages has always been of interest, but not followed through educational wise. Why not now then, lack of time, just that lack of time. 

8. Jacobsen: What have been some of the intelligence tests taken and the scores earned over time – with standard deviations too, please?

Jørgensen: I have taken many HR-tests; the test scores vary from low 140+ sd15 up to high 172 sd15. I did many mistakes in my past with regards to early tests as I scored low by the fact of rushing these tests and thus hurting my end score. I have found out later I need to take my time and not stress myself with quick response to the tests themselves. I am a deep analyst. Also, I feel I have not peeked yet, I know in time I will score 175+. Here is some of the test I have tried out so far; Asterix of Jason Betts-153 sd15, World IQ Challenge of Brennan Martin-140 sd15, Gift verbal 1-4 of Iakovos Koukas average score around 164+ sd15, and Lexiq of Soulios 172 sd15. 

9. Jacobsen: What has been the participation in the high-IQ community for you?

Jørgensen: Get to meet new people that share the same interest as me, and to be able to compete against some of the most brilliant minds in the world to solve HR-tests, also to be able to discuss topics such as education, art, science, math and more…

10. Jacobsen: What are the main areas of intellectual and reading interest for you?  

Jørgensen: I will address this last question in the manner of intellectual interest and right of equal education for all.

Last year (2019) I was awarded the WGD – Genius Of The Year – Europe, (GOTY). As an ambassador for the high IQ community, it was a great honour for me to receive this prestigious award. With it, I got to address the Norwegian media about the high IQ community, and I also spoke about the need for equal education for both the gifted pupils as the non-gifted pupils in regards to Norwegian schools and their educational quality thereof. This is for me now the main focus as to my further endeavours, with it I hope to bring about the attention as to what can be done to make sure that the gifted pupils can maximize their true intellectual potential at primary school level and beyond.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Child and Youth Worker.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Background, Identity, Mentors, Education, and Interests (Part One) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 22). An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Background, Identity, Mentors, Education, and Interests (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Background, Identity, Mentors, Education, and Interests (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Background, Identity, Mentors, Education, and Interests (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Background, Identity, Mentors, Education, and Interests (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Background, Identity, Mentors, Education, and Interests (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Background, Identity, Mentors, Education, and Interests (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Background, Identity, Mentors, Education, and Interests (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Background, Identity, Mentors, Education, and Interests (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jørgensen-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Interest in Gifted Children and Gifted Education, and the Needs of the Gifted, Highly Gifted, Exceptionally Gifted, and Profoundly Gifted (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 22, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,168

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Dr. Giuseppe Corrente is a Computer Science teacher at Torino University. He earned a Ph.D. in Science and High Technology – Computer Science in 2013 at Torino University. He has contributed to the World Intelligence Network’s publication Phenomenon. He discusses: interest in giftedness and the developmental trajectory of the gifted child compared to the non-gifted child; traumatic upbringing as an influence on the personal perspective of the needs of the gifted; recognized levels and labels of gifted children; differential needs of gifted children of different levels; 

Keywords: exceptionally gifted, giftedness, Giuseppe Corrente, highly gifted, profoundly gifted.

An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Interest in Gifted Children and Gifted Education, and the Needs of the Gifted, Highly Gifted, Exceptionally Gifted, and Profoundly Gifted (Part Two)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Thank you for the Part One to provide an insight into the developments of the personal story.  As you have an interest in gifted education, how does the developmental trajectory of a gifted child differ from a non-gifted child?

Dr. Giuseppe Corrente: This is not my field properly, but from a couple of years, being a teacher and a temporary university professor, I have an interest in all education theories. In particular, I have since 2017 been a member of a High IQ Society, and since that time I understand better, also rewinding my personal history from this point of view, that high IQ people need particular attention in a psychological and educational way. One commonplace is that if one is clever than others he is stronger, this is not true! He has some stronger points but he also may present some critical points. Indeed, the interaction between him and the surrounding environment can cause different contrasts and misunderstandings to both.

2. Jacobsen: How does the traumatic upbringing, for you, influence the personal perspective on the needs of the gifted?

Corrente: My personal history is full of psychological violence in the family and in the company, above all the first company for which I worked. The situation, in that case, was not clear because the fact that I was contrasted it was because the education style of my father was excessively strong and people around him did not know the real reason for that. There were two main reasons; first of all, as recently proved, he was not my natural father; secondary he was invidious of my intelligence. Some people thought that he was not confident about me for something about me of wrong; and so, this abstract supposition originated also as an environmental and job mobbing.

However very clever people very often have problems like this; not ever in the same manner, or not ever for the same reasons, or not with the same path, but there are different possibilities that a high IQ person can empower some contrast or difficulty already existent, without awareness of the whole situation.

3. Jacobsen: What are the recognized labels and levels (with standard deviations and IQ scores) for gifted children? 

Corrente: The good tests for measuring high IQ do not give only a final index, IQ, but also different components, for example verbal, numeric, spatial, etc.  It is also the difference between a component and another and not only the total IQ, that can give an idea of if this can be also heavy and not only a vantage.

One of the most recognized high IQ tests for gifted educational purpose is WISC IV, as I have said before, it takes into account the different components of intelligence, for example: full-scale IQ (it is the final total result), verbal comprehension, perceptual reasoning, working memory, and processing speed.

I think a good classification may be: 125-129 superior intelligence, 130-144 gifted, 145-159 highly gifted, 160-174 exceptionally gifted, more than 175 profoundly gifted; all in standard deviation 15.

Take into account that while 1 over about 100 persons is gifted, only 1 over about 25,000 is exceptionally gifted, and almost none is profoundly gifted.

4. Jacobsen: What are the differential needs of children at each level? 

Corrente: For superior intelligent and gifted, I think it is possible using few special didactic methods in the class if it is not too numerous, without the need of special classes for gifted; for example, using cooperative learning stimulating socialization but also giving the gifted more difficult objectives and encouraging him to expose his results to others.

For exceptionally and profoundly gifted the question is fully different in my opinion, and would be necessary special classes for them, or simply to admit that a great part of them has no need for schools.

Anyway, it is very important to note that one gifted over three is an underachiever, so the study of gifted education is very useful both for the whole society.

A gifted, comprising highly, exceptional, and profound gifted, has a high probability to become an underachiever if the components of is IQ differ sensibly each other.

I think that for a lot of them it is very important also correct psychological support.

In my experience, it is very difficult to find psychologists specialized in this. If one gifted has also contrasts of different nature, above all some years ago but also now, it is very probable that the psychologist makes many errors if does not understand he is a high IQ person and how this fact interacts with others.

5. Jacobsen: What are the true signs and true proxies of the different labels of gifted children? 

Corrente: For gifted children, I do not know, for gifted in general I suppose is as follows.

For a superior intelligent person, he can learn faster than the mean person and this gives him a vantage among others in almost all careers, and also other life affairs. When if he becomes aware of this he will be ambitious or not, second of his character.

For a gifted and highly gifted, it is almost the same as gifted, but if he is a particular passion for a matter, and he has the possibility to dedicate himself to it, he can become a genius in that discipline. Moreover, he does not see the things as absolute or in a dogmatic way, but he thinks critically and he notes before than others if something is wrong above all in the matter subjects of his competence but also in other or more general questions. His critical way of thinking may give him some problems or not depending on the context and society in which he lives, above all if he does not manage his intuitions and criticism well. This interval is simple for me to analyze because it is the mine. Maybe, he is not a genius, but only a very skilled professional. He also can switch from his competence domain to others and become skilled in more disciplines without many difficulties. If in their childhood they have some integration contrast they will become easily underachiever, so it is possible also that his great potential remains unused.

For exceptionally or profoundly gifted we are speaking of persons so much different from mean people that is not correct to do generalizations; in my opinion, we can only study their way of reasoning individually. We are thinking of persons with a unique way of thinking.

6. Jacobsen: Who are some examples of the most gifted young people in the 19th through the early 21st centuries? Some mention John Stuart Mill in centuries past as a forced into extraordinary giftedness child.

Corrente: As already said for extremely gifted people we cannot trace in my opinion easily common traits. Someone of them has a very stable character and someone other has serious psychological or also legal problems.

A very clear example of this fact are two very different as characters, chess world champions: Kasparov and Fisher. Both were profoundly gifted. However, the first is a very squared man, and in spite of his political contestation against Russia’s Putin, can be considered a very equilibrated and successful man. In my opinion, he cannot suffer some things that are wrong in his social context, but he manages his ideas and his contrasts in a very high awareness and mature way. Fisher instead was a semi-asocial person that had a great passion for chess that dominated all his life. Perhaps he was Asperger, surely he had some features of this mental illness, not unusual for gifted or profoundly gifted. He had a lot of contrast with USA government and probably not for important questions, if he had a better character, or, as I suppose, if he would have managed better his criticism, or second someone his paranoid suspicious and suppositions, surely he spent a better life.

If I rethink the question they lived in periods successive to Stuart Mill, anyway thinking to his times I want to cite Gauss and Galois, more near to my interests than Mill. All they were almost surely profoundly gifted. Gauss was the most affirmed and brilliant math genius of his time, well balanced in his life. Galois was not famous, but he was very brilliant, he developed all alone a fully new math branch that also today is the base of many important math theories. All this in a few years because of his premature death. As Gauss was balanced, he was a strongly political revolutionary and at same time was a very deeply women lover. He was killed in a duel for this reason.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Ph.D. (2013), Science and High Technology – Computer Science, Torino University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Interest in Gifted Children and Gifted Education, and the Needs of the Gifted, Highly Gifted, Exceptionally Gifted, and Profoundly Gifted (Part Two) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 22). An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Interest in Gifted Children and Gifted Education, and the Needs of the Gifted, Highly Gifted, Exceptionally Gifted, and Profoundly Gifted (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Interest in Gifted Children and Gifted Education, and the Needs of the Gifted, Highly Gifted, Exceptionally Gifted, and Profoundly Gifted (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Interest in Gifted Children and Gifted Education, and the Needs of the Gifted, Highly Gifted, Exceptionally Gifted, and Profoundly Gifted (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Interest in Gifted Children and Gifted Education, and the Needs of the Gifted, Highly Gifted, Exceptionally Gifted, and Profoundly Gifted (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Interest in Gifted Children and Gifted Education, and the Needs of the Gifted, Highly Gifted, Exceptionally Gifted, and Profoundly Gifted (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Interest in Gifted Children and Gifted Education, and the Needs of the Gifted, Highly Gifted, Exceptionally Gifted, and Profoundly Gifted (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Interest in Gifted Children and Gifted Education, and the Needs of the Gifted, Highly Gifted, Exceptionally Gifted, and Profoundly Gifted (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Interest in Gifted Children and Gifted Education, and the Needs of the Gifted, Highly Gifted, Exceptionally Gifted, and Profoundly Gifted (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Zara Kay on Faithless Hijabi, Global Violence Against Women Statistics, Leaving Fundamentalism, and Building Bridges (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,340

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Zara Kay is the Founder of Faithless Hijabi. She discusses: the why of founding Faithless Hijabi and its developments; statistics on violence against women; developments in backlash against fundamentalism; and the building of bridges, or not.

Keywords: Faithless Hijabi, Islam, ex-Muslim, religion, questioning, rights, violence, Zara Kay.

An Interview with Zara Kay on Faithless Hijabi, Global Violence Statistics, Leaving Fundamentalism, and Building Bridges: Founder, Faithless Hijabi (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Why found Faithless Hijabi, and what have been some of the developments since its founding?

Zara Kay: I only became a public atheist when – my first webcast was in September – so, recently. Before I even started it, on my Facebook – I knew I was going to start Faithless Hijabi. I realized there was a gap that was not being addressed. We have LGBT groups. We have women in data analytics groups, that I am proud of. We have specific groups for transgender people. They have Muslim women groups. Where are the ex-Muslim women groups?

We have forums on Reddit where people anonymously stage their questions or their dismay with religion, but there was not a one-on-one response. There was not a support group as such. There was not somebody who would go like, “I know what you are saying,” or “I have been through that.” There was not a library of stories that people could relate to.

Now that I look at all the stories. These have come from hundreds of different women, but there is so much overlap. It is like you are reading the same stories in different intensity from different people. There has been a common theme with the stories. It all starts up with abuse. It all starts with hijab. It starts with the mistreatment of women in the religion. It starts with Muslim women not getting their rights or forced marriages or ostracism or women wanting to come out bolder as compared to men.

On my news.com article, I also said that it is always different when women come out, versus when men come out. For women, if they are going to come out in public, or even to their families, they do not want to wear the hijab. They do not want to be subjugated any more. They want equal rights. They want to go to universities.

We have always had to fight for our rights, especially when you are fighting against a book, or especially when you are fighting against something that has been set in stone for you. You must come out bolder.

For men, a lot of their questions were to do with philosophy. For them, too, it was the misogyny. They are like, “Why are women treated like that?” But it is not unheard of that there are still misogynistic ex-Muslim men. It is not unheard of. I have had ex-Muslim men who I would think, that coming out of religion. We are not in that religion, but it has damaged, or has enabled that mindset already. The mindset has remained even after they have left religion, of not taking women as equals.

Misogyny and sexism are not an Islamic problem. It is not a religious problem. It is a world problem. It is every person’s problem.

2. Jacobsen: Two statistics come to mind for me, from relatively unassailable sources. One from the World Health Organization, or the United Nations. 35% of women, in their lifetime, will experience, as we know, sexual or physical intimate partner violence, or male sexual partner violence. “Intimate partner” is not a fancy term. It means husband or male sexual partner.

That is a little over one-third of the world population. It is going to vary between 20% and 40%, depending upon the region. Of course, the Middle East, we do not have the precise data, so it could be much worse there.

The second data point is from the FBI. It is also, apparently, the same number that came out of the Home Office of the UK in the mid-2000s when they were looking into thousands of rape cases. One of the worst crimes, apart from murder or something, that would fall under the category of violence against women.

According to this research of, again, not fringe sources, mainstream, reliable creators of information, they found that only 8% were unfounded cases. In other words, after an investigation, only 8% of rape cases were found to be false. In other words, the vast majority are not. These not only have to be taken seriously as a baseline, as a moral issue, given the weight of the claim, but also must be given the strong benefit of the doubt.

You are right. There is a firm empirical basis to back that claim, in multiple domains, not those two statistics from the-

Kay: There is a good article on it is called “The Lily”, on this 21-year-old Indian girl who went to the jails in India, interviewing rapists. She asked them, “Why did you rape?” Basically, the conclusion was these men did not even know they were raping them. These men were like, “But that is their role, right?”

Going back to Islam, marital rape is not recognized because you cannot say no to your husband for sex. Unless, you are on your period. You have a Hadith that says that angels curse you when you say, “No,” to your husband.

There have not been any explicit verses or Hadith that talk about the men saying, “No.” It has been known that men are the ones who crave sex more than the women, or that it is a woman’s role to say, “Yes.” The idea is what man would say, “No,” to sex, right?

It is so interesting that a lot of times, nobody ever looks into all of this, because when you tell Muslim women or Muslim men, “Did this verse exist?” I am happy for women to go like, “Hey, that is not fair,” or, “Yes. This hasn’t been my experience. I have not come across it.”

But for women to then go and defend it and say, “This is your right. Why would you get married then?” I am like, “Are you drawing down the value of your marriage only to have sex? Is that all your value as a married woman is to your husband?”

It feels like the misogyny and the sexism is not only imposed by the men. It is also imposed by women. Women are big enablers. There is surely a market for that. I am thinking of it in terms of business. It is like buying and selling a thing. If there weren’t any buyers for that idea, nobody would sell it. If there was nobody selling that idea, there would not be any buyers. It is a demand, supply chain.

It seems to me that there have been women who have accepted this. There have been women who have accepted that this is how they should be treated. Like you said, these are practices passed on from sisters, mothers, and parents.

Sex was a taboo topic in my family, so we never spoke about it, even when we had a group chat in my family. Even when I spoke about a surgery that I had, a cervical cancer surgery, my sister’s like, “Can you do it in an only women’s group?” I am like, “Why? It is biology. My brother has a wife and a daughter. He needs to know this.”

My brother and I, in a separate chat, talk about sex. I will tell him about my dates and everything. It is so funny how the sisters are the ones to tell you, “No,” when my brother is not uncomfortable with it. My brother does not want to take sides, so he lets the women deal with it. He was like, “I am going to stay silent.”

When you enable things like this, when you enable the idea that men shouldn’t know about women’s private parts, or men shouldn’t know about women’s transgressions. I guess, you are enabling that culture of one, the segregation, and two, putting women in a vulnerable position where they cannot talk about things.

I was not allowed to wear shorts at home. Even now, as I go back home. I had a big argument with my family. My mom is like, “You shouldn’t be wearing shorts.” I am like, “Why? It is my dad.” They are like, “Yes, it is your dad, but you are a girl and you shouldn’t be wearing shorts.”

I am like, “When you say these things in front of my dad, you are basically telling him that I am an object that can be seen in a sexual form, despite me being his daughter. You are putting the ideas in that head. You are enabling men to see me in that form. Had you not ever put it there…”

When I came to Australia, and I saw families where the daughters would wear shorts, I am like, “The dad allows it? How?” Then I realized, it is because they have not been raised to treat their daughters as properties or objects or tools for sexual gratification. That was what surprised me.

This is where I was having a chat. I am like, “If there was an apple there, and you tell the child not to ever eat it because it will hurt them, they are never going to eat it. If you raised them that way, they are never going to eat it. But if you tell them, ‘You see an apple you, go eat it, whether it is yours or not, you go eat it,’ they are going to do it.”

If you are raising men to treat women as sexual objects, they will. It was a bit disgusting to me because I was in that position, and my dad was there, and then my dad yelled at me for wearing shorts and told me I had no self-respect. Then I had this argument with him. “Why can you wear shorts, and why cannot I wear shorts?” He was like, “Because you are a woman.” That was so strange to me, hearing him say that.

It was because either early on, I did not recognize it because I had never worn shorts, and I am now becoming more aware of it, or that I was complying to it. I did not even realize it. I thought that way as well. That I should cover myself up, even in front of my dad because I could possibly turn him on. It is such a disgusting position to be in.

While I never faced any of that, women in Faithless Hijabi have been molested by their uncles, even their dads, or their stepdads. It is a common theme. I am sure it happens a lot in the West anyway, regardless of religion, but this seems to be more prevalent in societies where women are treated a degree below men.

3. Jacobsen: As we are moving more into 2019, what are you seeing as some of the reasons for fear and reasons for hope in terms of a growing ex-Muslim movement, much of it online, in addition to stronger backlash by more fundamentalist homes or theocratic governments?

Kay: In 2019, I only became an activist last year. Years before, I did not even know ex-Muslims existed. Now that I have become an activist, a lot of people are like, “Be safe. Be careful.” I did not realize what they were saying. To me, I was like, “I am fine. I live in Australia. It is fine. Nothing has ever happened to me.”

But I did receive a lot of online harassment pushback. Personally, it only helped me grow. It only helped me become stronger than all of that, but I can imagine it takes a mental toll on you. I failed to actively recognize it. I do not think even people who say, “Be safe,” or “Be careful,” think about it. They only perceive the backlash to be physical in nature, acid attacks, or being jailed, or raped. A lot of people forget the mental strain that it takes.

However, because the ex-Muslim movement is growing, like Faithless Hijabi, other ex-Muslim activists, more women talking out, I am trying to do quite a bit to normalize conversations. Last year, the no hijab movement did not have a lot of people posting it up. This year, a lot of people did. It is growing. I see 2019 and the future years to only keep growing regardless of the backlash.

I emailed a few Islamic scholars for a debate. Nobody responded. I want to open conversations. I want to see where the differences are. We have chosen this path. The best thing we can do is bridge that.

How can we stop people from being ostracized by their family, especially in countries like Australia? There are parents who have kicked out their daughters or sons for being ex-Muslims. We do not want that. In Australia, it is still not being recognized. They still think it is a family problem versus, “This is a country problem as well. We need to support these people. We need to find out ways on getting the right psychologists to them.”

When I started seeing the psychiatrist, I had anxiety. When I was going through major generalized anxiety disorder, I started seeing a psychiatrist. He was a Muslim. I did not realize, initially, that this would hurt me in the long term. Initially, we got along. Then he started questioning my identity crisis. He was possibly correct. I was ignoring it because I did not want to confront it.

His being a Muslim. I started telling him about my thoughts, about how I thought Islam was not right for me, how I did not appreciate the Prophet, how I thought he was a rapist. During Ramadan, he was talking something about blasphemy, and the punishments. He said, “Touch wood.” I freaked out. I freaked out, not because of my physical safety. I freaked out because of my mental safety. I was not safe around him, mentally.

Jacobsen: I understand.

Kay: Now I must be careful because he is a Muslim and I cannot say what I want to. He is not my therapist anymore; he is a Muslim man. I obviously did not report him because it would go nowhere, or he would lose his job for nothing. I am sure he is doing great work with other people. That means that he is not the right therapist for me.

That means that Australia needs to come up with better therapists, or therapist sessions, or more education on how to work with people who have left religion. There are questioning God and they are in between. I have seen the pattern where they are like, “We are spiritual.” I am like, “Sure, but I do not believe in God, and science makes more sense to me.” That was my path to atheism, as well, and to rejecting God.

For religious people, I do not think they recognize this, that these people are leaving religion. A lot of times, these psychologists can be detrimental, or the sessions can be detrimental to those figuring out their paths. It makes them even more confused. They can be like, “Maybe you will find your path back.”

I am not sure about this documentary, but somebody did mention it to me. It was by an Australian journalist, Patrick Abboud. In the end, he said, “Maybe they will learn to accept Islam the way it is.” Maybe as an outsider, I have not heard the documentary, but a friend of mine mentioned it. That got me mad, saying, “How would you like it if I said maybe Muslims will learn to accept that their religion is so misogynistic, and they still choose to be in it?” Is that a fair statement for me to say?

4. Jacobsen: Does this build bridges, in other words?

Kay: I do not know who Patrick Abboud is. I do not know what his background is. His last name sounds like he is Middle Eastern, maybe not Muslim. A lot of times, even people in the West were embracing the hijab or people are like, “Islam is not such a terrible religion once you take the spiritual side of it.” I am like, “Sure. There are spiritual sides to religion, and you can separate them, but that is not all there is to Islam.”

People go, “The foundations of Islam are love, peace, and compassion. I am like, “You are telling somebody.” I do not want to assume that she was not Muslim, but based on her name, she did not look like somebody who was raised with that religion. She may have converted into it, converted out, or knows about it, or has studied it extensively. I am like, “You are telling this to a person who has lived her life as a Muslim and has come out and is a public atheist who every day faces harassment or abuse. That Islam’s foundation is love, compassion, and peace, and that it has been hijacked by everybody else.” Who are these people hijacking the religion, if it is not everyone?

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Faithless Hijabi.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Zara Kay on Faithless Hijabi, Global Violence Statistics, Leaving Fundamentalism, and Building Bridges (Part Two) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 22). An Interview with Zara Kay on Faithless Hijabi, Global Violence Statistics, Leaving Fundamentalism, and Building Bridges (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Zara Kay on Faithless Hijabi, Global Violence Statistics, Leaving Fundamentalism, and Building Bridges (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Zara Kay on Faithless Hijabi, Global Violence Statistics, Leaving Fundamentalism, and Building Bridges (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Zara Kay on Faithless Hijabi, Global Violence Statistics, Leaving Fundamentalism, and Building Bridges (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Zara Kay on Faithless Hijabi, Global Violence Statistics, Leaving Fundamentalism, and Building Bridges (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Zara Kay on Faithless Hijabi, Global Violence Statistics, Leaving Fundamentalism, and Building Bridges (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Zara Kay on Faithless Hijabi, Global Violence Statistics, Leaving Fundamentalism, and Building Bridges (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Zara Kay on Faithless Hijabi, Global Violence Statistics, Leaving Fundamentalism, and Building Bridges (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Erik Hæreid, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, and Tor Jørgensen (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 8,234

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Erik Hæreid, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, and Tor Jørgensen contributed to this opening session to a series of discussion group responses to questions followed by responses, and so on, between March and May of this year. Total participants observable in [1]. They discuss: the near future (2020-2049), the middle future (2050-2074), the far future (2075-2099), and the indefinite future (22nd-century and beyond).

Keywords: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Erik Hæreid, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, Tor Jørgensen.

Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Erik Hæreid, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, and Tor Jørgensen (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Out of the 5 possible topics, we voted with option 2 winning by 1 vote. This option, as follows:
 
Segmented exploration of the question, “What is going to happen in the near future (2020-2049), middle future (2050-2074), far future (2075-2099), and the indefinite future (22nd-century and beyond)?”  
 
The complete option set included the following, and in the order presented with the voted topic in bold:

1. General exploration of the question, “What is going to happen in the future?”

2. Segmented exploration of the question, “What is going to happen in the near future (2020-2049), middle future (2050-2074), far future (2075-2099), and the indefinite future (22nd-century and beyond)?”

3. An exploratory and critical examination of the potential end to human paradigmatic thinking and diminution of grand narratives in the light of the progress of human thought, e.g., sciences, philosophy, technological know-how, etc., and the development of societies.

4. The picking and choosing by individual discussion group members on select global issues relevant for some or all of the rest of the 21st century of some interest, or concern, to them, for commentary by them, including mass migration, artificial intelligence/superintelligence, nationalism/populism, human rights, social credit system(s), overpopulation, the global economy, and so on.

5. A segmented exploration of the future guided by the near, middle, far, and indefinite future timeline focused on the end, or not, of paradigmatic thinking with cases in global issues including mass migration, artificial intelligence/superintelligence, nationalism/populism, human rights, social credit system(s), overpopulation, the global economy, and so on.

Here, we will define the near future from 2020 to 2049, the middle future as 2050 to 2074, the far future to 2075 to 2099, and the indefinite future as 22nd-century and beyond. Obviously, we have about 3 decades in the first options with more ease in predictions for us. Let’s start with some softballs, what seems like the most probable to come true in the near future? Those things most easily, readily following from current trends, the laws of the natural world and within the laws of human societies without a sign of impediment from world events, e.g. natural or human-made catastrophes. When looking at this middle future when many things seeming potentially impossible will be commonplace, and others assumed as inevitable will have been shown impossible, what seems likely and unlikely to continue to happen around the world here? By the end of century, during the far future where many of us may not be alive, how will some of these advancements in science and technology, or changes to the political and social landscape, lead to a vastly different world compared to now, or not? While some things are within our extrapolations, others may be mere whimsical speculation about the future, here I am looking at the 22nd-century and beyond or the indefinite future. What will not happen in our lifetimes, but will happen in the indefinite future? Because this follows from reasonable trendlines at present or exists within the laws of nature while not existing in the current world at all.

 

Christian Sorenson: I have the impression that the nature of this question is due to a matter more of a predictive character than of a critical analysis in a logical, ontological or other sense. Being rigorous with the semantics of these concepts, “prediction” as such would belong to the field of science in a particular way, or failing that, to disciplines, whatever they may mean, since this will depend on the imagery that we display, but that ultimately they currently lack a scientific status.

I will approach the answer at the same time from two different depth levels, and both from a logical as well as an ontological perspective.

Indeed, in a phenomenological sense, it’s both possible on the one hand to delimit time in the near future, in the medium and long term, and in the indefinite future. And on the other side to contextualize it contingently with a certain historical moment. We could call this, “der zeit geist” or the spirit of time, since it implies a significance in terms of the directionality that follows our individual and collective action as a society towards a certain end, implicitly or explicitly predetermined; and the systemic consequences derived from these. In this regard, “the action” as such seems to me that it would admit two alternatives but nevertheless only one option between the two. That is, our actions individual or not, could be understood as “actions of human beings” or as “human actions”. The first ones for me would be any kind of conduct that can be carried out by a subject, while the second would be a deliberate action, that is to say relatively free and spontaneously carried out by someone. Both possibilities could not coexist simultaneously in the same event, since they are of a different nature. The former is more likely determined by phylogenetic factors, while the latter is more determined by factors of an ontogenical order. From this point of view parallel realities are appreciated, because as we achieve greater technological, sociocultural and spiritual development, we should be able to control, and benefit more successfully from our physical and non-physical environment, at the same time we are being able to live in better harmony and balance with it. However empirically speaking the opposite has occurred and paradoxically occurs. In this manner we can also verify until now that all the civilizations that have preceded us have had the same end since they have ended up disappearing. In that way what will essentially happen in the near, middle, far and indefinite future? In the near future, and in the medium and long term, for sure a significant change will probably come out with an ever-increasing speed towards chaos. This last as it would occur with the irregular trajectory of a double pendulum. The indefinite future, if understood more as “a beyond something” than an infinity, rather it would entail the closing of one cycle and the beginning of another. In that manner I believe that “nothing is more permanent than change” as long as we comprehend that the only thing that exists or that has the possibility of existing is “the one” as a point of origin and end that is identical in itself.

On a second level I will aboard “the becoming” as such, as a function of time as absolute but linking it with what I exposed above. In a light way it could be affirmed that “time” beyond its relativity and its questionability in relation to its existence or not, would have only a semantic character and therefore a didactic function when segmenting it. If what exists is an identical point for the beginning and end of everything, then logically we would be talking about a systemic cyclicality, that from my point of view, is additionally reverberant, and in consequence I could consider it as equivalent to an eternal return of everything.

Symbolically, what seems to be configured as one or several ring units interconnected with each other, it seems to me rather a figure in the form of something that travels an infinite space, and that it has three registries. Thereby the first one of them would represent a symbolic registry, while the second and third ones would be represented in an imaginary and real registries respectively. For this reason the end of a certain cycle does not exist as such, but rather it would be a place at the turning point in each of the turns of “a spiral” that unfolds with a variable distance in between, and rotating indefinitely in somewhat that could be called “vacuum space”.

Claus Volko: History as it is taught at schools is usually a history of wars. From such a perspective one might ask oneself which wars will be fought in the long-term future. However, there is also an alternative view of history as the history of technology. The 20th century has been especially interesting not because of the wars fought during this century but because of the technological advances made. Likewise, we should, in my opinion, ask ourselves what future technologies are going to arrive, and how they are going to shape the world. The Internet has made communication between individuals far easier than in the past and in addition has opened new opportunities for many of us to get our thoughts and ideas published. Mobile telephony has brought us the freedom to move around the surface of the planet and be able to communicate with everybody in real time. Will artificial intelligence be the next big thing? Probably not in the same way because it is more obscure. Applications of artificial intelligence are already around us but they are not so easily visible. We should also ask ourselves if social policy will shape society and change it dramatically. The idea of a universal basic income has gained some notability in the past few years and if it is implemented one day, it might be a disruptive advance in social and economic issues. We should also not forget about education – will educational institutions change to prepare the youth better for the modern world than traditional education?

All of this said, we should also think about climate change. It is possible that man-made emissions will lead to catastrophe within the next hundred years. Perhaps the earth will become uninhabitable. This poses a problem to us which we have to solve if we want to survive as a species. Is man capable of mastering the problem of climate change? How will institutions cooperate on resolving technological and scientific issues?

At least, with the Internet, we have communication means to discuss these issues on a high level. The participation of ordinary people in the debates is possible and it will be vital for these debates to bring fruitful success. If climate change cannot be stopped, the future of mankind will be gloomy. So, this is the first and foremost challenge. Big history will measure the human civilization by its means to fight climate change.

Either man will succeed or perish.

Erik Hæreid: [Ed. “N” means “near future.” “M” means “middle future.” “F” means “far future.” “I” means “indefinite future.” Combinations of the letters imply the range of the aforementioned times.]

AI:

N: ANI (Artificial Narrow Intelligence). Increasingly effectuation and automation of traffic and industry. Businesses have to adapt more quickly. No problem with unemployment, we just change business products. Humans will always produce and create; there will always be need for much. As long as we are able to produce enough supplies for everyone, the problem is reduced to distribution. Challenge: Polarization; some own too much and others too little.

Within the near future, I think AI will develop in a convenient, human-assisted way, to improve communication and general human activities. Since the idea with AI is to develop without human assistance, we don’t know when or if it will expand and explode into a technological singularity.

M: After 2049 we will have a mix of AI-devices everywhere, and we are kind of waiting for the best or worst scenario. Will the AGI (Artificial General Intelligence) appear?

I: A massive change regarding our mentality. How will we react and act on these new technical devices and features that we used as toys a couple of decades ago? Maybe, we can control it. Maybe, it evolves further and develops into the superintelligence-status ASI (Artificial Super Intelligence). If so, it or they become much more intelligent than we are. Unless we have created and constructed more intelligent and adaptable humans than the normal evolution would manage, we become slaves, or pets. Maybe servants. Maybe extinct. Or: The human develops ASI as part of the evolution of humans. Humanity has reached its peak, and one way to evolve further is through ASI. It’s not a threat, it’s the next step.

Epidemics and severe diseases:

N: We build up effective routines handling pandemics, which will be a more frequent phenomenon; as we see today but more professional routines concerning isolation procedures and making new vaccines.

N-M: Humans will overcome severe diseases like cancer and dementia, and other diseases will take place. We will develop better methods, technology and defense mechanisms to control it.

I: We will control diseases completely, and control lifespans. I don’t believe in natural extinction. Maybe ASI-related, though.

Environment:

N: People will adapt to a more critical situation, actualized through more migration, and building new homes and construct environments that fit the new weather conditions. Businesses have to build more equity and being more adaptable for handling and survive the turbulence which will appear. Instability is a word for the next many decades.

N-M: Increased sea level and temperatures, more extreme weather conditions in general. Possibly mass migration. The world will adapt by creating new temporary migrant cities or camps, with a better infrastructure than today. The world community will rent land from nations with areal; everyone will contribute in one way or the other. Control of immigration will be done because of potential dangerous political consequences. A better control with businesses that destroy the environment.

F: A possibly natural reduction of the world’s population as a consequence of environmental changes. A population suited to more harsh weather conditions. An expanding use of technology to reduce negative effects on climate change, and with good and stabilizing results.

I: A balanced earth of people, and possibly a transhuman mix of humans, cyborgs and AI-devices at same level or more probably above concerning intelligence. Other man-/AI-made objects in Space where humans live, and where there probably is nature and almost the same conditions as on earth; adapted to the new generations.

Wars:

N-M: I think humans will gather and find common solutions more than fighting each other in the future. It will be situations where humans are stressed and conflicts arise, but also a common awareness of problems that gather more than separates us. The major problems will unite us because they hit all of us; it becomes a common destiny.

Local conflicts and small wars. Religious based, mainly. A raising awareness of alternatives and better solutions reduces conflicts in this period. Still some small conflicts and terrorism, but much less.

F: No more major conflicts. Somehow humans have managed to control devastating aggression.

I: Peace; a smooth cooperation between humans and its extension. Harmonization. We have learned/adapted to live together with and not against nature, the Universe and technology.

Moral:

N: Morality is a crucial part of civilizations, and a lot of difficult situations will occur in the near future because of the rapid changes. This will influence how we build humans in the future. In this period, I think we become more conscious in the sense of empathic concerning moral issues like racism and polarization.

M-F: It will be easier to adapt and be part of the more general group and society, among others using technology. The motivation to deviate and be better than others will be less important, and replaced by other needs that is adapted to the general population as a whole. Cooperation is crucial, and the opportunity and access to cooperate will be easier. This will increase from 2100.

The next generations of humanity:

N-M-F-I: Choice. We will construct humans (e.g., transhumanism), as we always have done, but more technically and with increasingly larger control and “almighty” power than through the basic natural evolution. People will increasingly be in the power of a decision of what and who they want to be. We won’t get imprisoned in our heritage, genes and environment; we can choose our identity to a much larger extent. This will, in the end, be a balanced product of individual needs and needs for the community, as today. I don’t believe humans will be ASIs pets or slaves. The pace of human evolution will continuously be a combination of safety and development/improvement.

Conquering Space/future habitats:

N-M-F-I: We will settle at other places outside our planet; at first temporarily on the moon, then on Mars, and in a distant future on our own gigantic vehicles, human-produced moving “planets” (maybe in cooperation with/as ASI-beings), that we will use to travel through interstellar and intergalactic space towards other star systems and planets.

James Gordon: Near future (2020-2049): The development of superior AI and robots; android-like machines that will be similar to humans but still quite distinguishable. High-fidelity VR (virtual reality) and AR (augmented reality) resulting in immersive and realistic games and technologically-assisted experiences. At least one successful mission to mars (human landing). Early methods to effectively connect the human brain to a computer interface. Improvements in medical technology in the form of more advanced and functional bionic limbs. The possibility of a cure to terminal diseases such as cancer or AIDS.

Middle future (2050-2074): More advanced AI and robots (less distinguishable from humans and taking on more companion-like roles). Advanced methods to connect brains to computers; VR and AR experiences almost indistinguishable from reality. The potential for more integrated and fully operational cyborg features in humans. Early colonization of Mars (temporary residents). Major breakthroughs in medical science and technology, in the forms of curing many harmful conditions, and also repairing and substituting damaged body parts, organs, and so on using bionic counterparts.

Far future (2075-2099): A great deal of occupations and professions will be conducted through VR computer interfaces (from physical home locations). Thus in-person interaction will be simulated more often than it will be actualized. Almost everything will be automated and mechanized for maximum efficiency. Permanent residents and colonizers on Mars, scientists working on the early stages of terraforming the red planet. Androids will be increasingly lifelike and approaching sentience. The ability to implant human memories and personalities into androids and create a lifelike copy of themselves.

Indefinite future (22nd century+): The possibility to terraform Mars more thoroughly and continue Earth-like civilization there. Ability to download subjective experiences into computer networks (e.g. to store accurately store and reproduce memories and dreams). Androids virtually indistinguishable from humans, capable of having jobs and living programmed lives. The human lifespan will be lengthened greatly due to medical technology and advancement in civilization (living past 100 will become normal). Almost all diseases will have cures, including AIDS and cancer. Advanced methods to extend lifespans, such as freezing life in stasis to be later reactivated, may be developed. Computer worlds and experiences entirely or almost indistinguishable from reality may exist or be in development. The possibility for neural implants and “instant learning” may be in production or on the horizon. The human body and brain will have cyborg options making the interconnectedness between man and machine nearly complete.

Matthew Scillitani: I’ll preface that my answers will mostly be regarding Western politics. Know that I’m neither a member of the political left nor right, and that my thoughts on modern and future political developments are from studying history and keeping up to date with current events.

In the near future, we continue to see a shift towards leftism in the media, education, and in young people. Tensions between the political right and left rise, causing more group polarization and extremism in both parties. This leads to much bullying, violence, and irrational thinking. Eventually, with a sudden flood of new voters, the left gains total power for an extended period and pushes for socialism.

Once socialism is adopted, general wellbeing and life satisfaction increase on average, but technological progress slows down. With little financial incentive, many tech moguls and would-be inventors are no longer inspired to push for new technology. This does not stop progress entirely, but we don’t see much new groundbreaking tech for some time.

Surprising to rightists is that people are still motivated to work in demanding fields despite lower wages. This is because people are inclined to do what they’re best at regardless of any potential extrinsic reward. Under socialism we see many more passionate and empathetic workers in healthcare and fields of law than before.

In the middle future, there is much rioting from the political right, with Western culture falling on a sharp decline. Eventually, both political parties are so polarized and resentful of each other that Western morality devolves by no less than two millennia. Rightists have become wholly racist and sexist while leftists have accepted pedophilia and children’s right to ‘transition’ via hormone replacement therapy.

Ultimately, the leftist government wins this battle by using cult-like bully tactics in media and legislation. What follows is several decades of extreme social regression masqueraded as progress.

In the far future, there are many protests calling for child protection (against pedophiles), free speech, human dignity, and men’s rights. After several decades, these protests lead to positive reform, and near the end of this period we see a higher standard of morality in Western culture.

In the indefinite future, leftist politicians try to suppress Caucasian men while simultaneously promising them more rights and privileges should they vote them into office. In order to save face, these same politicians claim that the atrocities committed over the latter half the 21st century were by rightists all along and continue to suppress certain groups of people in order to stay in power by promising to save them from the evils of the right.

And so, the cycle continues.

Rick Farrer: The near future from 2020 to 2049:

#1: Lab grown meat is going to be huge. Initially I had a lot of doubts, mostly about whether it would be appealing enough to carve out a sustainable market niche, but a lot of my earlier reservations have disappeared. And if it expands in volume and variety like I’m guessing, future generations will look back and consider it on a short list of things that have had the highest impact on human history.

#2: The use of an individual’s sequenced DNA data will become much more common in regular diagnostics and health care as opposed to being ordered as more of a specialty test. I am basing my prediction on the rapid growth of the body of knowledge that is being accumulated already in this area, its perceived potential, its decreasing costs, and increasing availability.

#3: The first human will step foot on Mars. I’m sticking my neck out on this prediction, and it might be more hope (and cheering for those that dare reach for the stars) than something realistic. It seems to me that both the technological and practical aspects of making this happen are entirely plausible in the next 30 years. But there are some other interesting dynamics going on in relation to this, and excuse me for going off on a tangent for a moment. Maybe this deserves its own discussion, because there are historical parallels. I’m speaking specifically about how some things are more likely to be accomplished by individuals with the means, drive, and ability to make them happen than by situations requiring group approvals, decisions, and power. But, regarding this specific prediction, the risk of not completing such things that are driven by capable individuals is that they will not happen without that person’s drive, and thus are dependent on both the continued availability and will of that person.

#4: We will see some new hybrid or different system of governance arise. I do not have a specific prediction as to what appearance this might take, but my sense is that there is a growing unhappiness and view of unfairness with existing systems, and something new needs to happen to provide more equitable distributions of wealth, risk, and opportunity.

The middle future from 2050 to 2074:

#1: Significant increases in average life spans will be achieved. This is agreeably something to celebrate, but I think it could potentially create a problematic consequence as well, and that is the effect of potentially creating long term persistent economic and power inequalities. (Consider the consequences of wealthy and/or influential people who never relinquish their holdings.) Obviously this could be solved. But certainly there are other potential benefits as well as dangers that would be associated with longer life spans.

#2: A major shift will occur in our value systems – I am going to leave this prediction nebulous. Assuming drastic changes ahead in humanity’s future and value systems being survival traits, changes will have to occur. Longer life spans, humanity making strides in growing beyond the planet, and essentially re-evaluating their place in the universe will dictate new rules for survival, and, arguably, values are part of survival.

The far future from 2075 to 2099:

#1: Space travel and usage will become much more widespread and common. I’m going to predict that finally during this time segment, more economic benefits will begin accruing from the expenses put into projects beyond earth’s orbit, and that will drive more activity. I’m thinking of perhaps mining activities, refining, or activities that have benefits from occurring in null gravity and/or vacuum, for example.

The indefinite future from 2100 onward:

#1: I’m going to predict the potential for humanity splitting into two populations at some point. Or perhaps it would be described best as 2 groups based on different value systems. One would be those that desire and choose a simple, old fashion, retrograde lifestyle and another set that has their values in pushing the limits. This prediction does not have much basis apart from an already observed polarization among individuals who prefer one or the other of these options.

Rick Rosner: People will be increasingly able to avoid being manipulated, probably. In America, the Republicans will be at an increasing demographic disadvantage. So, there may be some set of non-shitty politics in the next 10 years. Beyond that, if you look at Cory Doctorow, he writes a lot of near-future science fiction in which a lot of people form alliances independent of government.

They form their own alliances. You’ll see that kind of shit. The government will, I hope, repair itself and become less important. We’ll see increasing but not apocalyptic effects of climate change. It is already undeniable. It’ll get more undeniable. As an increasingly small minority of idiots will continue to deny that it is real, some technological solutions will arise. Some will be brute force things like sea walls around low-lying cities.

There will be some more elegant and ambitious efforts. Maybe, efforts to change the albedo of large parts of the Earth. Who knows, the shit will have varying success. But it will be clear that there is a lot of money in fixing climate change. We will see a lot of effort thrown at it. In parallel, we will see the replacement of fossil fuels with renewables. All of this stuff driven not by government edict, but by the market. People will see the money it.

Old industries will continue to spew disinformation to hold onto their markets. The increasing efficacy of medicine and later in the 30-year period, anti-aging therapies that, in fact, work. More types of cancer will be addressable. Other diseases of old age, e.g., heart disease and strokes will be deal-with-able. Towards the next 30 years, we will have increasingly less expensive replacement organs.

We will see increasing lifespans. More and more people will make it to 100. As the technology gets really good, eventually, a majority of people will make it past 95. After that, the efforts will be to old age while remaining youthful. No one wants to be 97 and look and feel 87. You want to feel 57 or 47. So, you’ll see waves of medical technology. In America, there will be increasing dumb political shit about how to pay for it while other countries develop more effective ways to deal with what will be very expensive medical therapies.

As automation increasingly limits the job market, people will look at economic systems that have widths of what a-holes call socialism and reasonable people call guaranteed minimum wage. The necessities of life, besides dwellings, will continue to get cheaper. Different governments and, perhaps, other organizations will be able to provide people with most of the necessities of life for an increasingly reasonable set of costs. A-holes will continue to call this socialism.

Is it really socialism when it is super inexpensive to help people get by? What is coming out as a theme while I talk, advances will continue to be made and people who have an agenda will continue to try to manipulate people that these aren’t advances. The last thing and perhaps the biggest thing is the rise of A.I. in every walk of life. I think, by now, most people realize A.I. doesn’t mean semi-human robots all over the place.

It means everything will be wired with sensors and connected to the cloud and the internet. Everything will be exchanging data. That data will be analyzed to make shit better, more efficient. The people who are best at exploiting A.I. will have a big advantage over people who are bad at it.

Then, eventually, but not within the next 30 years, you will have A.I. and the replication of consciousness becoming good enough that people will really be mentally merging with advanced artificial information processing systems and, maybe, merging with each other. That is probably beyond the next 30 years. In the next 30 years, things will be becoming increasingly smart.

The analysis of big data will yield a flood of information. Entertainment will continue to get ridiculously compelling and A.I.-generated imagery – visual and other presentation – will get more sophisticated. All sense and modalities becoming more compelling and realistic when it wants to be, even when it doesn’t want to be.

People will continue to voraciously consume information and will get better and better at consuming and processing information in combination with A.I. I think that’s pretty much it. There’s the browning of the world too. That whitey will own less and less, proportionately less and less, of the world’s wealth and technology.

Whitey won’t suffer. It is just that non-whitey and other parts of the world than the Western world will begin to gain an increasing share of the good stuff and will increasingly participate in Western world shit.

You’ll see the gay-ing and trans-ing of the world as people give less and less of a shit about gender and sexual orientation. The pussification of the world as the world decides that we don’t need to be tough guys, the gentling of the world so to speak.

We will have wars and crimes. But I believe that hyper-masculine belligerence that crept into our culture will lessen as systems to avoid encounters with violence arise and people realize that you don’t need to be hyper-masculine; that hyper-masculinity is as much drag as anything else.

That performative masculinity will become less predominant.

2050-2074, climate change effects will grow more severe with more extinctions, acidifications of the oceans becoming pretty dire, but with technologies to counter climate change and with more carbon neutral energy sources kicking in.

You’ll have violent storms. We see violent storms now. You will see even worse violent storms. I don’t know if any natural coral reefs will survive. But we will figure out a way to regenerate them, maybe not in the same places that they are now, but maybe in places where the changing temperature allows them.

You’ll see changing geographic demographics. People will move to where the changing temperatures and the changing coastlines, where people move to the new good places or away from the new bad places. Individual consciousness will be under assault by new technology as the technology for adding information processing abilities to natural brains and extending the lifespans of brains, and replicating thought and consciousness with initially low fidelity but with increasing fidelity.

Governments will either get their shit together or be supplanted by extra-governmental organizations. If the U.S. continues to be a nation of yahoos, then the U.S. will fall away to yahooness or yahoodom. There is a chance the U.S. could fracture either entirely or in a de facto manner.

It is one nation while functioning as two or more nations. You can’t tell whether you will live to a 100 until 100 years pass. We will have this medical technology offering the prospect of super long lifespans.

We won’t know until people reach the super long ages. We will see some Boomers reaching their 120s. Then you’ve got the Gen Xers in their 90s to 100s, and Millennials and Gen Zs. The Gen Zs will be in their 60s.

By then, there may be sufficient medical technology for the gen Zs in their 60s and Millennials in their 70s may be able to pass for really weird looking 40-year-olds. The culture will continue to become more immersive and fantastic in its entertainment.

You will have shit like robot girlfriends with A.I. able to pass increasingly sophisticated Turing Tests. You could claim some A.I. are nearly as conscious as humans. We will all continue to become more Kumbaya in some more and a lot more less annoying ways.

There will be less pressure to conform to sex and gender norms. People will try different sex and gender stuff. Some experiments will work, most won’t, because most new social experiments will lack the stability of old social arrangements.

Couplehood has been tried and tested for 30,000 years or hundreds of millions of years if you look at the rest of animal kingdom. So, triads, quads, and what the heck else, will be less stable with more moving parts.

People will come up with different systems of arrangements that are workable for finances, partnerships, and child rearing. There may be new systems. There will be new systems that are not squarely on the communism-capitalism continuum because the necessities of life will continue to get cheaper because it is not socialism if it is free to give people the shit they need to live.

It is something else. There will be stratification among groups as people pick the levels of social and technological change that they are comfortable with. There will be a lot of mobility among those groups, but also oppressive and reactionary groups who hate what is going on and will try to fuck things up.

Parts of the world will be angry at the changes or that they are not getting the fruits of these changes. There will be some strife. Right now, we are at the beginning of a pandemic. It is unlikely that we won’t see some more large-scale disease outbreaks during the rest of the 21st-century. I don’t know what war will look like.

I doubt that we will have a 20th-century style world war. Certainly, the wars that we fight will be fought using the traditional methods of war now, including more modern cyberwarfare.

Tiberiu Sammak: Concerning the next three decades which would define the near future as stated in the topic, a lot of major changes and possible improvements are to be expected in almost every field of activity.

To have a clearer image of what could possibly follow, it stands to reason that we need to be up to date with the current trends in science, politics, economy, healthcare systems and in many other significant fields.

I guess that one sizeable change would be the transition from gas-based vehicles to fully electric ones which might become more commonplace in the next ten to thirty years. Electric car batteries will have higher charging rates, thus reducing the charging time and allowing the drivers to reach to their desired destinations much faster. A shift towards a green vehicle will be a beneficial step in reducing the amount of greenhouse gas emissions and in stopping the degradation of air quality.

Screening and treating various underlying diseases and ailments will probably become much easier, leading to a higher survival rate among patients. More common neurodegenerative diseases, e.g. Alzheimer’s disease or Parkinson’s disease, may be totally curable in the near future.

As far as the middle future is concerned, I expect that technological unemployment will be more prevalent, rendering a lot of current jobs obsolete and redundant. Most manual labour will be replaced by highly intricate automatons, performing the required tasks with greater accuracy and speed than a human. The scarcity of careers or lack thereof demanding physical work will have to be tackled and a possible solution addressing this issue should be proposed.

Supercomputers may be able to simulate less complex brains, such as those of a pond snail or of a sea slug.

Life expectancy is most likely to rise thanks to the ongoing betterment of the healthcare systems – you will probably see much more centenarians and people in their mid-90s. Also, certain conditions which are currently always fatal, albeit really rare, such as some malignancies (DIPG) or all prionopathies, might become curable or at least have a higher five-year survival rate from their onset provided that adequate measures are taken in order to effectively fight off those illnesses.

Things are starting to get hazy as we are moving towards the far future which is represented by the last decades of the 21st century, as predictions become mere approximations and guesses based on previous models.

For example, I suspect that organ failure will be prevented by replacing many organs and parts of the human body with fully operational 3D-printed replicas. Basically, this technique will turn people into cyborgs.

Humans will live in a machine-based world, automation being the key mechanism behind every process.

I also believe that space travel will be more accessible and affordable for the individuals that wish to go into outer space.

I think it is safe to say that we can only speculate about the events and technologies that are going to occur in the indefinite future (22nd century and beyond).

A complete and exhaustive mapping of the human brain seems very probable. Only after we have understood how the brain works in its entirety and how consciousness is generated can we create an artificial brain having identical functions with a biological one.

Some truly intriguing concepts such as mind uploading to a virtual environment or hypercomputation can become realities.

The emergence of extremely complex technological systems could make interstellar travel achievable, granting humanity the capacity to easily move between remote planets and to thrive across the stars.

Definitely, exploring and analyzing all these potential outcomes is an exciting experience, knowing that some of the aforementioned ideas, however wild or quixotic they may sound, might actually come to fruition somewhere in the distant future.

Tor Jørgensen: First, I would like to say thanks for this opportunity to address these great topics with such fantastic participants that are in this group! I am humbled and honoured. Well, if one is to look at the first time span, the period of 2020 to 2049, I think we will start to see even bigger changes in structural engineering. Smart buildings with the capacity to form and adapt to the environment, even more than we, of course, see today. Cars, busses, and transport, in general, will be in a transition from the traditional man-operated vehicles we know and see today, over to self-driven vehicles. We are in this transition now, today. As to the medical situation where we directly consult the doctor, we will, I think, go over into a more interactive form. The time where we go to see the doctor face-to-face will in a big way fade away for many of us in the near future. We see today this transition is done with regards to banks, food-stores, and more. Direct interaction as to public services will start to be a thing of the past. So, will we all become citizens of a world where direct contact is no more, where the only way forward is through some sort of medium?! No, of course not, direct contact is still very crucial for numerous reasons, but we will be forced into a new way of living as we are today from where we were 30 years ago.

How about the pollution question, as we all know the problem today is growing as regards to ocean pollution, and landfills? The mountains of garbage in poor countries, where the authorities are in no state to handle these amounts. This is a problem that needs solving soon. Many good ideas have come along, though. But is it too little, too late? I hope within the next 20-30 years; these questions are answered more than today, and a solution is at hand. Does the future look grim regarding this question? Yes, but there is always hope! Tackling these issues will need a global effort, where the focus must be on the countries that may not see this as a big problem today, or do not see this as an immediate issue and unsolvable for various reasons. Education and politics with government grants are some of the possible ways to end this problem for the next 20+ years, as I see it. As to the need for food supply, the world will not have enough natural grown food, so the artificial grown food will play a much bigger role in the next 20-40 years compared to today. Water and food supply are the maybe biggest issues that the world will have to address in the next 20-50 years to feed this ever-expanding global population.

The planets in our own solar system will be explored, hopefully, in an ever growing manner. Mars will have started to be populated, at least, in an exploratory way, so as to establish a permanent settlement. On the possibility for a third world war, as I see, it will not be a war fought by traditional arms, guns and such, but by viral spread of viruses, as diseases go, and next by computer viruses. This in the intent to effect control over others in an armed conflict, a silent war, to put it simply. Natural disasters in the next 20+ years, the weather will change very much. We see today already some of the pattern that will grow exponentially in the next two decades. More severe weather, look at Australia with the fires that lasted so long, and effected so many over such a huge area! More earthquakes, more severe storms, more volcanic activity is, I think, clear in the near future.

These issues are some of the topics that will need to be addressed in the near future, so how will this effect be in the middle future? Well, if we have not solved some of these issues as to pollution and have gained some control over the heating of our planet, the effect will be worse in a big way, to the point, maybe, that we can not recover from: what then?! I hope we do get some control over some of the immediate problems. The middle future, I think, will be the development of AI in such a way that will affect us daily, as to interact in some way within the fields of IT, medicine, warfare, and more! We will see much more within the development of genetic mutation for the benefit of medicine, warfare, and exploration. Transport, as to be able to clear great distances in a short time, will also have been addressed. I saw that the hyper-loop transport of Tesla in the Nevada desert as one of the possible solutions to reduce travel time.

The far future will see even more of these effects, of what I have previously pointed out, but one thing I would like to bring forward is how we humans will look. If we go back 50-100 years back in time, we were shorter in height. We lived a shorter life. Our health was poorer. With the developments today, how will this affect us into the definite/indefinite future? Are we going to be a mirror image of the aliens that we see on TV?!

To the 22nd-century and beyond, I do not see the end of mankind in any indefinite future. I hope that we will adapt to the changes that come ahead. If we look away from the ‘End Times’ of the Bible, I think we will prosper and multiply on to new worlds in our own system at first, then beyond. This is, of course, from my utopian mindset, but only time will tell if I am wrong or not.

These are some of my initial thoughts about the possible future events that lay ahead for us all. I am not Nostradamus, but, still, I hope that we can dive into some of these issues with the rest of the group, cannot wait to hear what they have to say about these topics that we now address!

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Contributors for March 15, 2020 session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Erik Hæreid, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak,  and Tor Jørgensen. Total participants (Contributors and Observers for March 15, 2020 session): Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Dionysios Maroudas, Erik Hæreid, HanKyung Lee, James Gordon, Kirk Kirkpatrick, Laurent Dubois, Marco Ripà, Matthew Scillitani, Mislav Predavec, Richard Sheen, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Sandra Schlick, Tiberiu Sammak, Tim Roberts, Tom Chittenden, Tonny Sellén, and Tor Jørgensen.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Erik Hæreid, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, and Tor Jørgensen (Part One) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 8). Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Erik Hæreid, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, and Tor Jørgensen (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Erik Hæreid, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, and Tor Jørgensen (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Erik Hæreid, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, and Tor Jørgensen (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Erik Hæreid, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, and Tor Jørgensen (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Erik Hæreid, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, and Tor Jørgensen (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Erik Hæreid, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, and Tor Jørgensen (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Erik Hæreid, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, and Tor Jørgensen (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Group Discussion on the Near, Middle, Far, and Indefinite Future, First Responses Session: Christian Sorenson, Claus Volko, Erik Hæreid, James Gordon, Matthew Scillitani, Rick Farrar, Rick Rosner, Tiberiu Sammak, and Tor Jørgensen (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hrt-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A personal journey from IQ testing to intelligence testing

Author: Massimo Caliaro

Numbering: Issue 22.B, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,046

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

In this paper, Massimo Caliaro describes, in brief, his experience with IQ tests and intelligence tests. All within a personal narrative perspective.

Keywords: intelligence, IQ, Massimo Caliaro, numerical, performance, spatial, verbal.

A personal journey from IQ testing to intelligence testing[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

My experience in intelligence testing can be described as a journey, which started almost by chance, and is still in progress. At first, I didn’t know what my destination would have been and, to tell the truth, it was not so important: I just had to leave. That is what happened when I first bumped into my first IQ test: I was embracing a strong desire to travel, to prove myself that I was ready for this kind of experience. My first choice was quite a neutral one: I picked a test that contained different types of items (verbal, numerical, and spatial), just to see if there was at least one among these three types I was particularly good at.

It turned out that I got my best performance in the numerical part, and this was quite a surprise for me, since I am very fond of languages and love linguistic puns. Therefore, I would have expected to do better in linguistic part; moreover, I always struggled in Math at school. The results made me even more surprised. Continuing in this metaphorical travel, I can say that I began to enjoy that exotic place where I have arrived: high (for me) results in numerical tests. Like a tourist who has got to a place where things are relatively cheap, you may taste a lot of local food, meet local people at parties, and drink the tasty spirits of that region. You take many numerical tests, because the results satisfy you so much, and in the end you eat great amounts of the same tasty food, and drink huge amounts of those spirits. You seize the moment, partying every day, enjoying every instant, but in the end, you realize that you are getting fatter, slower in reasoning, and bored in the end.

The journey goes on, but now you want to change destination, you want to try something harder, more challenging, something unusual. I turned my attention to other kinds of tests, which I already knew that they wouldn’t have given me high scores as the numerical ones, but I was ready to accept it; I felt like I was more mature, that I was able to challenge myself in order open my mind, come out of my comfort zone and, to a certain degree, I felt obliged to become more humble in accepting to do, even struggling, what I am not strong in.

This process had helped me to go over the concept of result, to transcend that number which is called ‘IQ’. I am not alone in this process. My job helps me to empathize better with others and with others’ needs. I work as a high school teacher. Every day, every hour, I meet young men and women with characters, attitudes, dreams, hopes, fears, that may be very different from each other. These young people provide me daily with the best and the most difficult intelligence test ever; try to understand the questions that they don’t even know to have, find the best answer to give, find the proper way to answer have all become my target in deepening my knowledge and consciousness for other people, and for me, too, by reflection.

Continuing in the travel metaphor applied to my situation as a teacher, I could say that; after a period of self-testing as a traveller, I have now become a kind of travel agency, whose job is to find the best kind of travel for my students, making them enjoy the travel as much as possible; discover one’s own capabilities may become an instrument to become better people, to empathize more with others, to move from a self-centred view of life to a broader, inclusive, more human reality.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Chinese-Italian-Chinese Freelance Interpretor and Translator.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/caliaro; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Caliaro M. A personal journey from IQ testing to intelligence testing [Online].March 2020; 22(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/caliaro.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Caliaro, M. (2020, March 15). A personal journey from IQ testing to intelligence testingRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/caliaro.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): CALIARO, M. A personal journey from IQ testing to intelligence testing. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/caliaro>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Caliaro, Massimo. 2020. “A personal journey from IQ testing to intelligence testing.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/caliaro.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Caliaro, Massimo “A personal journey from IQ testing to intelligence testing.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/caliaro.

Harvard: Caliaro, M. 2020, ‘A personal journey from IQ testing to intelligence testingIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.B. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/caliaro>.

Harvard, Australian: Caliaro, M. 2020, ‘A personal journey from IQ testing to intelligence testingIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.B., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/caliaro.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Massimo Caliaro. “A personal journey from IQ testing to intelligence testing.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.B (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/caliaro>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Caliaro M. A personal journey from IQ testing to intelligence testing [Internet]. (2020, March 22(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/caliaro.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Zara Kay on Ethnic and Religious Background, DIfferential Treatments of Boys and Girls, Men and Women in the Religious Culture, and Theological Justifications (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,137

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Zara Kay is the Founder of Faithless Hijabi. She discusses: family and personal background; Indian and Arab, South Asian, and Muslim heritage; differential treatment of boys and girls questioning the faith; issues of women assumed less than men in rituals; some severe backlashes in questioning the faith; theological rationalizations for benign and harmful practices; and a familial inclusion of patriarchal structure.

Keywords: Faithless Hijabi, Islam, Men, ex-Muslim, Muslim, religion, Tanzania, theology, Women, Zara Kay.

An Interview with Zara Kay on Ethnic and Religious Background, DIfferential Treatments of Boys and Girls, Men and Women in the Religious Culture, and Theological Justifications: Founder, Faithless Hijabi (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Since superhero movies are so popular these days, let us start from the top with an origin story. What was family and personal background, to provide some backdrop for some of the readers today?

Zara Kay: I was born in Tanzania. I am fifth-generation Tanzanian. My ethnic background, based on a recent DNA test, is South Asian, mostly Pakistani/Afghani and West Indian, so involving Muslims. I left Tanzania when I was 16. I moved to Malaysia. I was studying in Malaysia. I moved without my family. Then I moved from Malaysia to Melbourne when I was 19, for uni. I have been in Australia ever since. I am currently in Sydney.

2. Jacobsen: In terms of having an Indian and an Arab background, and basically a family adhering to Islam, what were your earlier moments of questioning the faith? What were some of the reasons behind it?

Kay: It started off young. I visited Syria when I was 11 or 12. I am from a Shia background. My family is Shia. For Shias, visiting Syria and Iraq is common, you visit all the shrines and the death places of the Prophet’s family. When I visited Syria, I saw people praying to the shrine. I could not understand that because from what I have been told, you only pray to God.

While I was young, I had questions about things like, “Why doesn’t God have parents? Who created God? How did God come about?” Whenever I asked these questions, nobody had the answers. My mom said, “He always existed.” I felt guilty for asking those questions. It felt almost as though I was becoming a hypocrite for asking questions, or that I was questioning my faith and God was going to punish me.

That was before I went to Syria. When I went to Syria, there were things that I saw like people worshiping the shrines. That pushed me away. That is when I started asking more questions about Islam, in particular. Why are we giving human beings, even if they were Prophets, or grandsons of the Prophets, more power than God himself? The questioning phase started early on.

3. Jacobsen: Do you think the treatment of girls who are questioning is different than boys who are questioning, within the Shia faith?

Kay: When you start wearing the headscarf when I was young, and I did not know what the headscarf meant, I did not actually question it as much, but as I grew older and I realized that I did not want to wear it, is when I was starting to question, “Why do I have to wear it?’

The reason behind the headscarf was why I started questioning. Of course, for other people who have been brought up in a more conservative environment, they probably had different ways of questioning. With my family, I have one brother and four sisters. We were all treated pretty much the same. There was no sexism at home, as much, I guess. The men never cook, but my dad is a chef. We had already, at that time, started defying the gender norms.

As I grew older, the questioning phase, and as I found out from other Ex-Muslims, they were different for men and women, and it had a lot to do with the misogyny in religion.

4. Jacobsen: Aside from the headscarf, let us say in rituals, what are some of the misogynistic elements there? Where are women assumed to be less than men?

Kay: Surrounding faith as a journey has given me a broader perspective on how other people have grown up, regardless of my personal experience. One of them was the gender roles, where historically, women have been ones to take care of the family and cook and whatnot. Other people who had succumbed to it. I never had to personally cook, or anything. I did not even know how to cook because I had maids and chefs, so I never had to do any of that.

A lot of people, when starting, seeing the differences in how their brothers were treated as compared to themselves, how the men never had to do any house chores. Maybe, that is a cultural thing less than it is a religious thing, but diving deeper into the theological part of it; there are so many verses that always talk about how men are a degree above women, inheritance is not equal, a woman’s testimony in court is half of a man’s.

When I was young, thinking about inheritance meant thinking about my parents dying and money, that was the last thing I wanted to think about. I forgot to question the bigger thing, which was, “Why do men get more?”

In my family, the men have worked. My sister-in-law and my mom are housewives. I was the first one who did a degree. My brother had never done a degree. I was the first one who did a degree, and once I got the opportunity to do it, I started questioning it even more. Why do men have to be the providers of the house? Why do men have to pay the bills? Why cannot women pay for it? Why do I have to owe my independence to a man?

That was ingrained. A lot of people like to think that religion and culture should be separated. I look at it as a Venn diagram where there is a big overlap between the two. If you think of the historic times of how Islam came about, obviously it stemmed from the cultural practices at the time, and having more stricter laws, or having more guidance, I would say, to enforce those practices and to reject some of them.

If you look at the spirit of Islam, to other cultures and religions, it tends to alter the culture. Like I said, I have an Indian background. The Indian side of it, the Hindus have existed before Islam came into play. Hindus existed centuries before Islam. They were pro music, pro dance. When it came to Islam spreading to the subcontinent, the music and the dance were taken away. Now, there is an Indian-Muslim culture that is different from the Hindu or Indian culture without religion.

To answer your question, it started off as cultural norms that have very much made me question religion. Religious differences for the genders. Then I dived into the theological part of it, the theology, to verify my claims on why sexism existed.

That led me to identify that it was not the segregation of sexes. It was the hatred of women where the differences in getting equity or the differences in having your testimony valued led to me questioning why that was the case.

5. Jacobsen: If you are looking at a familial context, if you are looking at a communal context, and even sometimes, a legal/governmental context, there can be a backlash for people who are openly questioning of a faith.

In the current moment, of course, what comes to light is typically theocratic governments, and fundamentalist families and communities, with an Islamic background, they then enforce themselves on the young, especially hard on questioning young men and women.

What, as things progressed, were some more severe, potentially, backlashes faced by you or others that you happened to know, even recently?

Kay: I do not know if you have seen my Facebook. I am talking to a few Saudi girls. From what I understand, the more they started questioning, the more skeptical their families got on, “Why are you questioning religion? Are you becoming…?” It resulted in imposing more control over them, so that they do not go astray.

When I moved overseas, mine was not even about questioning religion. It was more about the structure and logical thinking, or knowing my rights, or not wearing a headscarf and not succumbing to it made my family more skeptical about what my goals were. They kept saying, “This is what happens when you send your daughters or your kids overseas. They change. They have Western values.”

Because I was the first one that did. We were different. I never felt like I was raised differently from my brother, maybe because my brother was more of a family person and he never went out, so I never had the restrictions of not going out differently than my brother.

But for me, questioning religion was mostly brushed off by saying, “Ask a scholar.” Who would ever actually want to go and ask a scholar? It is embarrassing. Why would you go through all that trouble to ask a scholar?

That is how it was always brushed off for me, but other women, from what I have heard from Faithless Hijabi, whenever they asked questions; they were always told, “This is Islam. These are the rules. There is no questioning.” There was no critical thinking. This is what I usually say, and I am making a T-shirt out of it: “Critical thinking stops when religion starts.”

Even those scientists or those scholars who have been critical thinking about every other topic, when it comes to religion, they have a block saying, “This is the word of God. This is what it is. Surely, he had something better in mind. Now you are trying to rationalize the word of God, by not questioning it.”

There are so many interpretations. They go, “That is what He meant,” rather than, “This is the literal Word of it.” It is always been brushed off. It is not given as much attention as it should, at least, especially when growing up.

When I came out as an atheist, I did a public broadcast. I was, when I first came out, the person who you should not be like, in Tanzania. I am literally quoted in Islamic schools, “Zara Kay? This is what you do not want to be like.” What that also helped is, and I do not know if this is a good thing or a bad thing, but hopefully for the better, that it encouraged people to start critically thinking about, “Why did she come out? Why did she become an atheist?”

A lot of people knew my family back home. It was not like I was not treated well, or that my family was super strict, or not liberal. I pretty much got to study overseas. My other friends did not. Everybody who knows my family knows that I was never abused or anything.

People started making different narratives. A lot of people went, “Your dad must have abused you behind doors,” or, “Your parents did not teach you how to question things correctly,” but because I came out, a lot of people started critically thinking.

They opened up classes, after that, to help people understand Islam more, which means to start rationalizing all those practices that, I would say, cannot be rationalized or that cannot have any excuses, but they started rationalizing it after I came out.

I do not know if it is a good thing or a bad thing, or that they are feeding kids, or the younger generation, with more false narratives to play the mental gymnastics in their heads, or to me, or to other people when they start questioning. It is another tactic to stop people from questioning when you start giving them a narrative that would fit into their questions, an acceptable narrative, I would say.

6. Jacobsen: If you look at a split between benign and harmful practices, what would be some of the higher-order theological rationalizations that would be given for the more benign practices, and for the more harmful practices, in particular? Those that would be more affecting girls and young women within Shia Islam.

Kay: One of the practices that still freaks me out until now, is the beating of the chest, and the act of using blades to cut yourself in order to feel that pain that the Prophet’s grandson felt 1,400 years ago, with The Tragedy of Karbala. I am not sure how much about it. It was in one of my podcasts where I was talking about what secular jihad is.

The Shias commemorate Ashura. It is one of those bizarre practices that anybody from the outside would think of as being so barbaric, but they started rationalizing it by saying, “How could you be so heartless to not feel the pain of somebody dying?”

You should mourn. You shouldn’t listen to music. You shouldn’t comb your hair. You shouldn’t wear anything nice. You cannot put on perfume on this day. You should beat your chest, so you feel that pain. There are practices like this. Things like, “How could you be so heartless to not feel their pain?”

It is a dangerous practice. I have seen in Pakistan, Iraq, and Syria. I have not been to Pakistan, but in Iraq and Syria; when I visited, parents would take blades to cut off their infants’ heads. I could not see it. My mom was like, “This is not what we do because I was never taught to do it,” but there have been men who do it. They cut themselves.

Women are not allowed to do it because women weren’t allowed to go to battle at the time, and still not. So, the men can get cut, but the women are not. That was one sexism which is, “Well, I am lucky I am a woman, then, right?” I did not go down that route.

There were so many things. I am trying to think of other practices. One of the biggest practices was Ashura, cutting yourself, beating your chest, or crying, or being sad. That was rationalized by, “Why are you not feeling sad for the Prophet’s grandson? He gave up his life to save humanity.” For the longest time, I believed that. Until two years ago, I believed that. Even after I was and an ex-Muslim, I was like, “No, but this is such a tragedy. His family died.”

I am like, “Sure. But why is it still commemorated 1,400 years later?”

FGM was not practiced in my community, but before I came out as an ex-Muslim. I was looking into the Islamic sects that it was practiced in. I had a few friends. I started asking. I did a bit of a survey. I put it up on Facebook, on an only women’s group. I am like, “Has anyone been through FGM in their life?” A lot of them started defending it saying, “It is not FGM. It is circumcision.”

A few gynecologists were like, “That is FGM. That is stage one of FGM,” or something, where they cut off a part of the clitoris. I was like, “I will send you guys a survey.” I never got into it, but I did ask them questions on, “Why do you practice it?”, or, “Would you ever put your daughter through it?”

Some of them said that their parents saved them from it. That it was such a vile practice. It was not done medically. They were taken into a room. It hurt for a week. They do not remember it. It was too much pain, but they were told that this would make them pure women. Some of them said that their parents protected them from it. Their mothers protected them from it.

Some of them had to go through it and would not let their children go through it. Some of them were like, “I went through it. I did not like it, but I have to put my children through it or else my husband or the family would never accept it.”

There were other women who were all pro it. They were like, “Look, I went through it, it was not fun, but it is a practice of the Prophet. I did it. It is good for women to not have any sexual feelings, so they do not have sex before marriage. It has in no way ruined my sexual life after I got married, and yes, I would put my daughter through it.”

There was a range of people trying to rationalize or to make sense of the practice, even though it is textbook assault. It is textbook harmful. It is textbook violence. That is FGM.

Other practices that were different amongst women. The wearing of hijab was one of them. A lot of women in Tanzania, from what I have been exposed to: we wanted to wear the hijab. It was societal pressures.

I did not know you could be a Muslim woman and not wear a hijab until I moved to Malaysia and met people. I looked at a few people. I was 16. I was still a young adult. I should know this. But I went up to people, women or girls my age, or older. I am like, “How are you a Muslim, and not wearing a hijab? You cannot do it, or you are not a good Muslim.”

I am sure they were offended at the time. I do not even remember who I asked. They said they did not have to. I am like, “How do you pray, then?” They’d say they would cover up when they pray, but otherwise, they did not have to cover up. I am like, “This is imposed on women.” The response I got was, “We are not all good Muslims.”

I was listening to this TED Talk from a Muslim woman. I forgot her name. She was talking about how Islam does not ask you to wear the hijab, and what the hijab means in Islam, and it does not have to be a piece of clothing.

Does that help you answer the question?

7. Jacobsen: Yes, it does answer the question, and well.

When it comes to the way that these practices are created within a formal definition of a patriarchal structure, in a formal Abrahamic faith, what is interesting is the way in which some of the most severe practices, such as the various stages of female genital mutilation are passed matrilineally, as well, the grandmothers, the mothers, and the woman siblings. They practice that as well, on the young, or encourage it, as was noted.

Kay: Yes. I had that when I took off the headscarf. My sisters were like, “You will put it on someday, right? You have beautiful hair. Why do you have to show it to other people?”

When I put up a photo of me wearing sleeveless clothes, my sisters were the ones who told me. I did not expect that from my sisters, but they were the ones who told me that I have no self-respect because I wore a top that was sleeveless.

I took off my headscarf when I was 19, so seven years ago, but I only started wearing shorts or dresses about two and a half years ago because I was so scared. One, I had self-esteem issues. Two, I feared being objectified. I feared getting raped. I feared catcalling. Even in Tanzania, when I did wear a headscarf, that did not stop people.

Jacobsen: [Laughing] those are not magical barriers.

Kay: It did not stop people from doing anything. If at all, it was countries like Turkey, where my friend and I, we were both not wearing headscarves, but we weren’t even wearing dresses or anything. We were dressed quite modestly, and we were still harassed by men, as compared to those who were not. That exactly fits the narrative that these men have been raised to respect women.

I will tell you. My friend is South American. She looks South American. I look more Indian-Arab. Because it is a popular tourist country, they were able to distinguish between somebody who does not have to culturally wear it, versus somebody who is defying her culture by not wearing it. Obviously, they did not know whether I was Muslim or not.

We were talking about this in the no hijab video that we had live-streamed that the Muslim men tend to respect white women who do not wear it more than brown women who do not wear it because for the white women it is culture for them not to wear it, but for the brown women it is going against their culture.

My friend and I face different forms of harassment. For them, they spoke to her in Spanish, or they would catcall her in Spanish. We were at a bazaar. I saw that other Muslim women weren’t being called to go to their shops as much as we were, or other tourists, as well.

It was interesting how it is more prevalent, the catcalling, or not wearing the hijab, or something, in societies where they have been taught to respect women, where the modesty culture has been drawn down to what a woman wears.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Faithless Hijabi.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Zara Kay on Ethnic and Religious Background, DIfferential Treatments of Boys and Girls, Men and Women in the Religious Culture, and Theological Justifications (Part One) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 15). An Interview with Zara Kay on Ethnic and Religious Background, DIfferential Treatments of Boys and Girls, Men and Women in the Religious Culture, and Theological Justifications (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Zara Kay on Ethnic and Religious Background, DIfferential Treatments of Boys and Girls, Men and Women in the Religious Culture, and Theological Justifications (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Zara Kay on Ethnic and Religious Background, DIfferential Treatments of Boys and Girls, Men and Women in the Religious Culture, and Theological Justifications (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Zara Kay on Ethnic and Religious Background, DIfferential Treatments of Boys and Girls, Men and Women in the Religious Culture, and Theological Justifications (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Zara Kay on Ethnic and Religious Background, DIfferential Treatments of Boys and Girls, Men and Women in the Religious Culture, and Theological Justifications (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Zara Kay on Ethnic and Religious Background, DIfferential Treatments of Boys and Girls, Men and Women in the Religious Culture, and Theological Justifications (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Zara Kay on Ethnic and Religious Background, DIfferential Treatments of Boys and Girls, Men and Women in the Religious Culture, and Theological Justifications (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Zara Kay on Ethnic and Religious Background, DIfferential Treatments of Boys and Girls, Men and Women in the Religious Culture, and Theological Justifications (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/kay-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Family, Earlier Life, and Finding a Community of Common Ability (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,258

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Dr. Giuseppe Corrente is a Computer Science teacher at Torino University. He earned a Ph.D. in Science and High Technology – Computer Science in 2013 at Torino University. He has contributed to the World Intelligence Network’s publication Phenomenon. He discusses: family background; facets of a larger self; influences on early formations; mentors; a sense of self through time; pivotal educational moments; formal postsecondary education; intelligence tests taken; participation in the high-IQ communities; and mains areas of intellectual interest.

Keywords: ability, academics, computer science, family, Giuseppe Corrente, Isaac Asimov, Jack London.

An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Family, Earlier Life, and Finding a Community of Common Ability (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is family background or lineage, e.g., surname(s) etymology (etymologies), geography, culture, language, religion/non-religion, political suasion, social outlook, scientific training, and the like?

Dr. Giuseppe Corrente: My mother and father were from two rural villages of South Italy. My family was a very patriarchal family, with strong traditional values, but not in a positive way for me so it could be sound. My mother never began her independent job of an Italian teacher because my father didn’t want her economic independence. My father was an Engineer first, with a career based on managing some industries above all in tile building, but also a touristic entrepreneur. My father was an atheist, my mother was Catholic, in a spiritual and not dogmatic way.

Politically my father was conservative, in a moderately right way, and my mother aligned to his political ideas, also if her opinion originally was more flexible. She was practically obliged to align also in many other aspects of life to his point of view.

Also, my brother and my sister practically adopted a strong father’s alignment for a lot of things. All three of us studied without economic problems to have a Master’s degree, but mainly in the Faculty that our father decided for us. In that period, I was a victim of familiar and job mobbing. Only in adulthood, I had some check that proved that my father wasn’t my natural one, too late for searching for my natural father with success. This is surely the main reason for the fact that his authoritarianism became a real strong familiar mobbing. This propagated to Company in which I was engaged in the ‘90s.

I noted that this Company was implicated with some bad affair concerning governments fund, and also the despotic style with which its directors managed the personnel. I opposed strongly both things. They used my family contrasts together with few invented facts as the begin of a prolonged psychological war against me.

2. Jacobsen: With all these facets of the larger self, how did these become the familial ecosystem to form identity and a sense of a self extended through time?    

Corrente:  This traditional, rural environment was in opposition to my Science passion and innovative ideas, but contributed strongly to my personality. I remember the very suggestive effect of first spatial flights on TV when I was five-year-old. I remember the long years spent in a family touristic sea village. The contact with Sea, the traditional family-directed in a despotic way by its family head, the scientific studies and passion for Science Fiction were the main environment of my adolescence.

I participated also in ecologist, anti-racist and pacifist initiatives and movements.

In a certain sense, my ecologist soul can be a continuation of the spiritual feeling that I had seeing and living near the Sea in the childhood, while anti-racist and pacifist fights could be seen as the continuation of the opposition to a despotic father.

3. Jacobsen: Of those aforementioned influences, what ones seem the most prescient for early formation?  

Corrente:  Passion for Science Fiction, mainly Asimov. From my strictly personal point of view of personality development, my passion for Science can be viewed as a continuation of an early passion for Science Fiction. More in detail superluminal travels in hyperspace, intelligent robots, psychohistorian that see the future, Mule’s paranormal superpower are all Asimov novels subjects continuing in my interests forever.

4. Jacobsen: What adults, mentors, or guardians became, in hindsight, the most influential on you?  

Corrente:  During adolescence, I was positively influenced by an uncle, the older brother of my mother; he was a real seaman that refused to do a fixed job in his life and he dedicated himself mainly to family, friends and his great passion: the sea. In my adulthood, I was positively influenced by the advisor professor of my Graph Theory MSc thesis. I think it was a great error of my life not to continue in first adulthood with academic life, but deviate in applicative research in Industry. Anyway in first Industry years I published some articles about object-oriented technologies, but was strongly opposed by its directors with contrasts sporadically present in my life also after decennials after resignation. Also if I did have no more contact with this professor after MSc, he was for me a strong spiritual point of inspiration, because of his strong adherence to Nature and to Science and a strong rational way of dealing with all types of problems.

5. Jacobsen: As a young reader, in childhood and adolescence, what authors and books were significant, meaningful, to worldview formation? 

Corrente: One of my first books was “White Fang” by Jack London. The adventure that was described in that book, the wildlife, the wolves, nature and the fight for the life of characters were for me so a big life picture that I was very fascinated with all this. I read quickly Salgari and London books, and at thirteen years old I finished all the main Asimov’s books, above all those of The Foundation cycle and those describing the robot of his vision of the future world. Since that time Science, Technology and Science Fiction were and are also now my favourite matters. In late adolescence, I continued to read Science Fiction, but also some science authors as Paul Davies, and oriental philosophy authors as Suzuki and Watts.

6. Jacobsen: What were pivotal educational – as in, in school or autodidacticism – moments from childhood to young adulthood?  

Corrente: My MSc in Computer Science in young adulthood, and my Ph.D. Degree in Computer Science with a thesis in opportunistic communications protocols and networking strategies had in middle age are the main two cardinal academic educational point. Between these points passed almost two decades engaged in different non-academic jobs and affairs. As an autodidact, I studied a lot of matters and problems. Only to cite someone: Psychology, Quantum Computing, Cryptography, Economics, Physics.

7. Jacobsen: For formal postsecondary education, what were the areas of deepest interest? What were some with a passion but not pursued? Why not pursue them?

Corrente: I liked very much Physics, but for familiar influences, I was obliged to choose a more applied science. This type of excessive familiar influence was repeated also in the job choice and this was a real ruin for my life.

Certainly, my most significant postsecondary area of study is Computer Science, indeed in this matter, I have an MSc and a Ph.D., very distant in time from each other. Between these two periods, I engaged myself in applied research in an Italian Company for the first time, but when I wanted to change for a more academic career I was mobbing victimized also by its directors, and so this objective shifted in 40 and past age old when I obtained a Ph.D. Now I have a temporary contract position in University, but my main jobs are outside academic ambient. The main obstacles I have now are elderly preconception, but above all the trend to occupy myself of a variety of jobs and occupation maximizing in my job career the INDEPENDENCE as value. I don’t know if this my preference is due to my character or it is a past mobbing consequence.

8. Jacobsen: What have been some of the intelligence tests taken and the scores earned over time – with standard deviations too, please?

Corrente: The first IQ test that I did was the Italian Mensa test at Torino University in which I had only 136 SD 24 IQ score that is not so good as I usually did after some years. For example, in 2018 I had 130 SD 15 score in first attempt Icon Test (untimed- mixed items) designed by Randy Myers, in 2019 I had 133 SD 15 in the first attempt at the Logicax test by C. Backlund, and 143 SD 15 in 2nd attempt LABCUBE test by Hans Sjòberg. This last test confirmed the first attempt result of the untimed Molecule test by J. Culkin in 2018.

So it is in the last couple of years that I have reached my main results. In fact, in 2018 and 2019 my best result is 143 SD 15. Substantially I suppose my IQ is between the second and third upper standard deviation. This collocates me fully among gifted.

9. Jacobsen: What has been the participation in the high-IQ community for you?

Corrente: My first adhesion to the high IQ community is in 2017 in AtlantIQ high IQ society. I am a member of many other high IQ societies as Callidus, Capabilis, the International High IQ Society, The High Intellect Society. My preferred one remains AtlantIQ. The discussions with AtlantIQ’s founder and many of its members are invaluable and source of inspiration.

Recently I published in Phenomenon, the journal of World Intelligent Network, a paper about an idea for an Environmental Surveillance Network in Urban Areas. It is a sketch project gathering some proof of concept projects and new technologies, among which some hints about using opportunistic networks as a base communication layer, together or in absence of communication infrastructure, for spreading data regarding geographic zones of interest, to empower an Internet of Things network for Smart Cities. Another good idea used as a hint, also if not fully original, is to publish API and data based on this Environmental Surveillance Network and collected information for people, citizens and Companies.

10. Jacobsen: What are the main areas of intellectual and reading interest for you?  

Corrente: In this time of my life the main areas of intellectual and reading interest are Science, Industry 4.0 research and advanced technologies. Among these are Cybersecurity, Artificial Intelligence, Internet of Things, Project Management are matters that I study and try to apply when it is possible in some scientific jobs or papers.

I also like very much some readings about Psychology of Gifted above all in the field of adult Gifted Education and Coaching. Now I teach in University and in adult Schools, so these subjects can be a base for didactic experimentations and theoretical writings in my near future.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Ph.D. (2013), Science and High Technology – Computer Science, Torino University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Family, Earlier Life, and Finding a Community of Common Ability (Part One) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 15). An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Family, Earlier Life, and Finding a Community of Common Ability (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Family, Earlier Life, and Finding a Community of Common Ability (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Family, Earlier Life, and Finding a Community of Common Ability (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Family, Earlier Life, and Finding a Community of Common Ability (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Family, Earlier Life, and Finding a Community of Common Ability (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Family, Earlier Life, and Finding a Community of Common Ability (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Family, Earlier Life, and Finding a Community of Common Ability (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Giuseppe Corrente on Family, Earlier Life, and Finding a Community of Common Ability (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/corrente-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Germany, Creativity, and Art for Art’s Sake (Part Three)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,017

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Anja Jaenicke is a German Poet and Actor. She discusses: German culture in the 1960s and 1970s; good, bad, great poetry; intelligence and productivity, and creativity; motivation to write; happiness and meaning; awards and honours; the personal meaning of the awards and honours; the real purpose of honours for art types; support for artists in Germany; some poignant artistic productions on the current artistic scene about the political and social dynamics in Germany; individual expression without political or social commentary; and the work of an artist.

Keywords: Anja Jaenicke, art, creativity, Germany, happiness, intelligence, meaning, productivity.

An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Germany, Creativity, and Art for Art’s Sake (Part Three)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was the culture of Germany in the 1960 and 1970s?

Anja Jaenicke: Well, I was a child at this time. As I mentioned before, I was born in the western part of the city of Berlin. After WW2, the city of Berlin was divided between the allied forces of the U.S., Great Britain, and France on one side, and the Russian sector on the other side of the Iron Curtain. The atmosphere in the city was dominated by the Cold War. The western part of Berlin was a free democratic island surrounded by the communistic dictatorship. West Berlin was connected to East Berlin by the famous Check Point Charlie and only had transit corridors to the rest of West Germany. Today, you can find many great books and films about this time. From John Le Carre’ to the film: “The Bridge of Spies” by Steven Spielberg. It was the great classical time of espionage and Berlin was in the center of it. Of course, as a small child, I had no clue about all this. At this time, I often went on the public bus with my granny. I saw the many sad and worn out faces, which made me very concerned. I decided to make people happy by singing songs to them. My cultural life at this time was mostly dominated by the newest Walt Disney movies. My mother worked for the Disney studios in Berlin. We got free tickets for the cinema. I loved the movies. A couple of years later, when the film “Cabaret” with Liza Minelli came out, I desperately wanted to go to it. Unfortunately, the film had an age rating of 18 years. So, my mother put some make up on my cheeks and dressed me up. She told the ticket seller that I was a 63-year-old dwarf and a bit challenged. She was my caretaker. It worked and I was in!

2. Jacobsen: What makes a bad poet, a good poet, and a rare great poet?

Jaenicke: His or her poetry.

3. Jacobsen: With your intelligence and level of productivity, what seems like the relationship between intelligence and productivity?

Jaenicke: Perhaps, we should distinguish between productivity and creativity. A productive hard working person does not necessarily need to have a very high intelligence. Farmers, toolmakers, and engineers, with an average intelligence can produce a multitude of great products by walking in the footsteps of others. A creative person has the urge to find new fertile lands by setting her/his own traces. Creativity is in the first place the ability to think outside the box and come up with new concepts and solutions, while high intelligence is the ability to process information. In some rare circumstances, both go hand in hand and can lead to a certain output.

4. Jacobsen: What motivates you? Why write, produce?

Jaenicke: As I said, it is an urge to do so.

5. Jacobsen: Everyone determines the happiness, or rather happinesses, for themselves. Those hills and valleys of potential, chosen and actualized to make meaning, significance, in life. What makes you happy? What gives you significance-meaning in life out of life?

Jaenicke: First of all, I can not remember when I was born into this life, that someone promised me to be happy, the deal was to be alive. I think every day, every hour of our life should have a meaning as you and me belong to the few lucky ones who have come into existence and actually have the possibility to live on this planet for a while. Many others aren’t so lucky and some of us even die after the first couple of hours. Since the dawn of time life has been associated with struggle, the first breath of a child is struggle. But life means also love, immense beauty, and the precious moments of happiness and contentment. If you look at nature, at birds fighting for survival in the long month of winter and bear mothers caring for their cubs, you might understand perfectly what the significance of life is. It is a learning curve. Homo sapiens has managed to take itself out of the direct impact of nature and now longs for some substitute for happiness. Those I love give meaning to my life and I try my best to give meaning to theirs. Concerning my own doubtful significance, I think you should not ask me, but those to whom I am in someway significant.

6. Jacobsen: You earned the Bavarian Film Award, Bambi Award, Deutscher Darstellerpreis, and the 2018 Distinguished Visionary of the Year Award from the VedIQ Guild Foundation. What was the reason for the honours – the production honoured – for you?

Jaenicke: The Bavarian Filmpreis has been awarded to me for the Film “The Swing” by Percy Adlon. The Bambi for the TV family series “Mensch Bachmann” where I played the youngest daughter called “Bunny”. The Deutsche Darstellerpreis was for a film with Franco Nero and the Distinguished Visionary of the Year Award has been awarded to me for the whole of my artistic work as a Visionary and Thinker cum Arte.

7. Jacobsen: What did the awards and honours mean to you?

Jaenicke: I see them as a conformation and feedback of my work but also as a major stimulus to go on and become better in what I do.

8. Jacobsen: What is the real purpose or positive purpose of awards for poets, people in the arts and humanities, especially when the pay for the vast majority stinks?

Jaenicke: It is an acknowledgment and a motivation for sure!

9. Jacobsen: How does Germany support artists? How does the European Union even in the current social and political climate?

Jaenicke: I think I mentioned before that Germany is a rather mediocre country with little free spaces for artists. Or as the Chinese painter Ai Wei Wei said: “Germany is not a good place for artists.” Filmmakers are almost entirely dependent on governmental subventions, which is a bit disturbing because a state where the government controls film and media is in danger of drifting away from democracy.

10. Jacobsen: What have been some poignant artistic productions on the current artistic scene about the political and social dynamics in Germany?

Jaenicke: After the fall of the Iron Curtain, there have been some internationally renowned films. For example, the Academy Award-winning film “Das Leben der Anderen” in 2006 by Florian Henckel von Donnersmarck. Unfortunately, such productions are rather rare because financing is too slow and complicated, Florian Henckel von Donnersmarck was only able to make this movie because the actors were willing to work for only 20% of their costume salary. And the filmmakers were running more than ten years to get a budget of two million Euros. Later, this film became the flagship of the German film industry. Germany has become very technocratic and ridged in some way. But the cars are still very good!

11. Jacobsen: What ones have been more art for art’s sake as individual expression without some political or social commentary implied to it.

Jaenicke: While the U.S. has a commercial studio film industry, the film market in Germany is crucially dependent of governmental funding and television co-productions. This kind of funding implies that filmmakers produce what pleases the media boards or is in a certain degree political and socially correct. The result is mainly a very unoriginal output, which is brought into line with the current social and political demands. Also, I think there are a lot of very talented young film makers and artists around. Every year, many people graduate from German Film Academies, but only a handful of them finds work. The rare group of dedicated filmmakers who make film to express themselves need years to get a decent free funding or have to pledge grandma’s heritage. They often make only one film or are financially ruined after their first work. It is a rather sad development.

12. Jacobsen: How do you see the world as a producer of original work, as an artist does? Most others either recreate some work in a technical manner, e.g., engineers, find something new once and then hand off to the recreators, e.g. scientists, or work a life of drudgery, e.g., most of human beings in history and now at an ordinary job?

Jaenicke: In my opinion you can only be good at what you love and if you love what you do, there is nothing ordinary about it. Whatever it is.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] German Poet and Actress; CEO, HIQ-MEDIA-POOL INC.; Member, Poetic Genius Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-three; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Germany, Creativity, and Art for Art’s Sake (Part Three) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 15). An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Germany, Creativity, and Art for Art’s Sake (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Germany, Creativity, and Art for Art’s Sake (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Germany, Creativity, and Art for Art’s Sake (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Germany, Creativity, and Art for Art’s Sake (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Germany, Creativity, and Art for Art’s Sake (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Germany, Creativity, and Art for Art’s Sake (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Germany, Creativity, and Art for Art’s Sake (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Germany, Creativity, and Art for Art’s Sake (Part Three) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Richard Sheen on Metaphysics, Being, Free Will, and More (Part Five)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,795

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Richard Sheen is a young independent artist, philosopher, photographer and theologian based in New Zealand. He has studied at Tsinghua University of China and The University of Auckland in New Zealand, and holds degrees in Philosophy and Theological Studies. Originally raised atheist but later came to Christianity, Richard is dedicated to the efforts of human rights and equality, nature conservation, mental health, and to bridge the gap of understanding between the secular and the religious. Richard’s research efforts primarily focus on the epistemic and doxastic frameworks of theism and atheism, the foundations of rational theism and reasonable faith in God, the moral and practical implications of these frameworks of understanding, and the rebuttal of biased and irrational understandings and worship of God. He seeks to reconcile the apparent conflict between science and religion, and to find solutions to problems facing our environmental, societal and existential circumstances as human beings with love and integrity. Richard is also a proponent for healthy, sustainable and eco-friendly lifestyles, and was a frequent participant in competitive sports, fitness training, and strategy gaming. Richard holds publications and awards from Mensa New Zealand and The University of Auckland, and has pending publications for the United Sigma Intelligence Association and CATHOLIQ Society. He discusses: metaphysics; academic research into metaphysics; the nature of fundamental questions within the remit of metaphysics; being and free will; the nature of morality in relation to the freedom of the will and the nature of the world, of being; and the most coherent sense of the human experience and human life.

Keywords: epistemology, faith, God, metaphysics, philosophy, reason, religion, Richard Sheen, science, theism.

An Interview with Richard Sheen on Metaphysics, Being, Free Will, and More (Part Five)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You studied metaphysics. What is metaphysics? What is within its purview and not within its purview, in theoretical terms and then in practical terms?

Richard Sheen: The term “metaphysics” is derived from Greek, which literally translates to “after” or “behind” physics. The term “meta” is used as a prefix to designate something as being more fundamental, foundational, or all-encompassing than which it refers to. In this case, “metaphysics” refers to the laws, patterns, and premises on which physics(nature) is made possible (and established upon).

As its name suggests, metaphysics pertains to the non-physical, which excludes any and all empirical information. This includes the understanding of the nature of being, of freedom and the human existence, of time and space, of modality of being, and of the nature of causality and logical relations. In this sense, many of what modern theoretical physics deal with are also metaphysical in nature, such as modern cosmological theories.

In short, metaphysics deals with logical, cognitive, and existential frameworks in which we assess and understand reality from the most “basic” or “foundational” perspective. It does not directly deal with experience or any form of empirical data (but does not exclude them as meaningless, precisely the opposite, good metaphysical frameworks ought to make sense of empirical reality to its best extent), but discusses the premises of experience and evidence, our ability to perceive or trust them, and the underlying a priori frameworks that makes them possible (“a priori” foundations, see Kant).

2. Jacobsen: What was the academic research in metaphysics for you – touched on briefly in some of the previous responses?

Sheen: My area of research primarily focused on epistemology, ethics (meta-ethics and free will problems), and the ontology of God/theological problems. Epistemology sets the foundations and limits of possible knowledge (logical, empirical, or even “spiritual knowledge”, if it makes sense), free will explicates the possibilities of our state of existence, meta-ethics defines possible frameworks of ethics based on free will (at least value-based, normative ethics), and the ontology of God as the final piece of the puzzle that unifies the entire system of truth, meaning, and purpose that a comprehensive logical, philosophical, scientific and axiological framework offers us.

3. Jacobsen: How does metaphysics deal with the nature of the world, of being? Does this relate to the soul, the mind, consciousness, qualia, and freedom of the will?

Sheen: There are as many metaphysical theories regarding the nature of our world as there are minds in the world, as every single one of us will eventually formulate some sort of metaphysical foundations for our experience of reality in one way or another. This is generally reflected in our world view, our positions on the nature of truth, value, meaning, and affects our interactions with others and reality in general in every conceivable way.

The simplest example would be absolutism versus relativism, which can be applied to many areas of epistemology, such as one’s theory of truth, and one’s frameworks of morality. Relativists would claim that truth and/or morality are relative to particular contexts, individuals, cultures, locations or time frames, while absolutists would claim that there exists objectively true statements and objectively correct moral values (although they do not necessarily assert that all objectively true statements and objectively correct moral values are knowable). Due to cultural shifts and popular ideologies, relativism is often embraced by many members of the newer generations today. However, absolute relativism cannot be stated without refuting itself, as the statement “there is no absolute truth” itself becomes absolute truth if the statement were true. In this sense, all forms of metaphysical world views are essentially absolutist in nature, the only difference lies in the scope and degree in which absolutism applies to each framework.

One’s metaphysical world view necessarily affects one’s position on the soul, mind, consciousness, qualia, and free will. Metaphysical naturalism, for example, forbids the possibility of anything existing beyond the scope of natural laws, as such it is a monistic and absolutist position. A metaphysical naturalist would claim that there necessarily exists no supernatural souls and/or qualia (though maybe if the soul existed, it must be natural or physical), that the mind and consciousness are the products of physical processes of the brain (hence they are “not real”, but merely “illusions” which we refer to as a way to make sense of life, like how “weather” isn’t “real” but is rather a cluster of physical phenomena that we refer to), although it may not always rule out the possibility of free will. Dualism on the other hand accepts the possibility of supernatural elements within our reality, that natural laws do not exhaustively define the nature of existence. A dualist would accept the possibility of souls beyond the physical world, supernatural miracles, qualia etc., and are usually more likely to accept the possibility of free will.

There are some popular, albeit misinformed ideologies that are vigorously against the legitimacy of metaphysics as a valid method of inquiry, all of which follow the tradition of logical positivism and other, less sophisticated forms of it, such as scientism or lay materialism in general. One need not further look into the validity of such claims if one possesses even the slightest understanding of metaphysics, as any claims that ultimately exclude anything that isn’t physical as real or meaningful, or at least claims that every aspect of reality necessarily supervenes on the physical, is a metaphysical claim (is the meaning and information in this statement itself physical…?). Unless one is ready to adopt the logical absurdity of rejecting metaphysics with metaphysics, consequently leading to the rejection of one’s own argument, one ought not further reside within the contemplation of such contradictory reasoning.

4. Jacobsen: In the most precise and generalized sense, what is being? How does freedom of the will play a role in the world? 

Sheen: The first question is very broad, and may usually refer to two different subjects: either “being” as a “thing that exists”, or “the state of being in existence”. There is a third, albeit less common usage raised by Heidegger which refers to “being” as a sort of meta-cognitive framework or “intuition” in which our mind refers to in order to comprehend “being” in the two meanings mentioned formerly. Heidegger’s “being” can be logically understood as “nothingness”, which is the premise in which any idea or awareness of the state of “being in existence” is conceived, sometimes in a confused, subconscious sense. In this sense I would say that the most general and foundational understanding of “being” is probably Heidegger’s interpretation, as it seeks to provide the background in which other meanings of “being” are successfully interpreted.

The role of free will and how it interacts with the world is a different question, but a relatively linear one. To explain it in the simplest sense, we generally understand natural laws as necessary and consistent in order to make sense of our reality from our observation and experimentation in a largely consistent way. We observe natural causes and effects, and conclude, at least on the predictive level of empirical science, that the same sufficient cause necessarily leads to the same effect according to natural laws, while a chain of such natural causal reactions consistently results in a necessary chain of causal effects that are predictable through such natural laws. This is referred to as causal necessity, and grounds the entire foundations of our empirical understanding, e.g. gravity necessarily causes objects to fall if they are dropped. Free will, or at least the possibility of free will, on the other hand, is understood as a “first cause” – that is, it is not fully determined by an external causal effect, and hence does not always follow the rules of causal necessity that we observe in nature. As such, free will, when exercised to its fullest potential, is its own cause – it is capable of “transcending” the deterministic cage that causal necessity locks everything else within nature, and is able to rise above its chains to perform its very own miracle – the miracle of choice and agency.

5. Jacobsen: How does metaphysics deal with the nature of morality in relation to the freedom of the will and the nature of the world, of being?

Sheen: The primary focus of the metaphysics of free will and the nature of morality is the relation between agency, rights, and responsibility. If one’s metaphysics does indeed allow free will to be possible/real, then one must be held accountable for one’s actions and decisions (or at least held partially responsible, as in most, if not all cases we are always under at least some degree of external influence, and unless one is either completely mad or retarded one would retain some degree of free decision making abilities), as the consequences of one’s actions and decisions would at least partly originate from one’s own freedom of choice, or at the very least one would retain the possibility(however insignificant) to refuse the action in the first place.

On the other hand, if one’s metaphysics resists the possibility of free will entirely, then it would be morally unjustifiable to hold anyone responsible for their actions or decisions, for their thoughts and actions are not their own, they are fully determined by external causal effects – even worse, “they” would not even “exist”, as there is no “person” or “agent” to refer to, only a “module” that necessarily expresses an output given a particular input is provided, no different from a vending machine spitting out a drink (or at least is supposed to) when you pay for one. The vending machine cannot “refuse”, not out of its own “will” as it does not have one, hence, it cannot be held responsible if it failed to deliver a bottle of drink for any reason, as the error is merely the result of functional flaws of necessary, predetermined designs, rather than any “individual choices”.

Responsibility, on the other hand, leads to rights. Responsibility is more or less derived from rights, the history largely traces back to Enlightenment philosophy and political theory, where the roots of modern universal human rights were established. Responsibility and rights are mutual in the sense that responsibility is one’s unconditional obligation to protect one’s own and other’s fundamental human rights (as the old saying goes, “your right is my responsibility”). Hence one cannot demand rights without responsibility, and if one so chooses to violate the rights of others (as a result of moral negligence or even deliberate violation of one’s own responsibility), one necessarily forfeits, automatically, one’s own rights in the same respective area, and hence deserves a punishment if it is indeed (at least partly) one’s very own decision to do so.

6. Jacobsen: What philosophy, given prior responses and metaphysical beliefs, makes the most coherent sense of the natural world? What philosophy makes the most coherent sense of the human experience and human life from – to quote Dr. Cornel West’s oft-used phrase – “womb to tomb”?

Sheen: If one must, one way or another, separate the “natural” from the “existential”, then I am afraid to say I cannot answer this question, as I see no ways to reasonably separate the natural from the existential (or teleological, axiological, whatever you wish to refer to the realm of faith, values, meanings of human life and existence etc.). If I am allowed to give an answer where the natural and the existential are not seen through a dichotomy but rather a harmonious unity, then I would personally say a “panentheistic”(a type of philosophical theism) overall philosophy, as it encompasses both the natural – factual, and the supernatural – teleological under an umbrella of meaning that extends beyond our limited understanding. As I have mentioned earlier, I believe in God, and as I see it, God is ultimately the “link” between everything we perceive to be contradictory or contrary (or “severed”, “scattered apart”, if we want to be more theological/biblical), and is the ultimate reality that “holds together” a world that would otherwise be in pieces (or to lead everything to “come together into the right relationships”, again, if we want to be more theological/biblical).

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Independent Artist, Philosopher, Photographer, and Theologian.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-five; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Richard Sheen.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on Metaphysics, Being, Free Will, and More (Part Five) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-five.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 15). An Interview with Richard Sheen on Metaphysics, Being, Free Will, and More (Part Five)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-five.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on Metaphysics, Being, Free Will, and More (Part Five). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-five>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Richard Sheen on Metaphysics, Being, Free Will, and More (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-five.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Richard Sheen on Metaphysics, Being, Free Will, and More (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-five.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Richard Sheen on Metaphysics, Being, Free Will, and More (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-five>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Richard Sheen on Metaphysics, Being, Free Will, and More (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-five.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Richard Sheen on Metaphysics, Being, Free Will, and More (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-five>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on Metaphysics, Being, Free Will, and More (Part Five) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-five.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Tim Roberts on National Advanced Semiconducters, Online Learning, Chalmers, Dennett, Hofstadter, and Becoming Wiser (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,151

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Tim Roberts is the Founder/Administrator of Unsolved Problems. He self-describes in “A Brief and Almost True Biography” as follows: I was definitely born lower-middle class.  Britain was (and probably still is) so stratified that one’s status could be easily classified.  You were only working class if you lived in Scotland or Wales, or in the north of England, or had a really physical job like dustbin-man.  You were only middle class if you lived in the south, had a decent-sized house, probably with a mortgage, and at work you had to use your brain, at least a little. My mother was at the upper end of lower-middle class, my father at the lower. After suffering through the first twenty years of my life because of various deleterious genetically-acquired traits, which resulted in my being very small and very sickly, and a regular visitor to hospitals, I became almost normal in my 20s, and found work in the computer industry.  I was never very good, but demand in those days was so high for anyone who knew what a computer was that I turned freelance, specializing in large IBM mainframe operating systems, and could often choose from a range of job opportunities. As far away as possible sounded good, so I went to Australia, where I met my wife, and have lived all the latter half of my life. Being inherently lazy, I discovered academia, and spent 30 years as a lecturer, at three different universities.  Whether I actually managed to teach anyone anything is a matter of some debate.  The maxim “publish or perish” ruled, so I spent an inordinate amount of time writing crap papers on online education, which required almost no effort. My thoughts, however, were always centred on such pretentious topics as quantum theory and consciousness and the nature of reality.  These remain my over-riding interest today, some five years after retirement. I have a reliance on steroids and Shiraz, and possess an IQ the size of a small planet, because I am quite good at solving puzzles of no importance, but I have no useful real-world skills whatsoever.  I used to know a few things, but I have forgotten most of them.” He discusses: test scores; never taking mainstream intelligence tests; correction of interviewer misconceptions followed by commentary on some work; National Advanced Semiconductors work; state of online learning; if online learning will become more or less important into the future; predictions having flaws; thoughts on the hard problem of consciousness; opinions about Chalmers, Dennett, and Hofstadter; becoming wiser; and critical thinking on grand claims. 

Keywords: America, Australia, Dan Dennett, David Chalmers, Douglas Hofstadter, intelligence, National Advanced Semiconductors, Tim Roberts, Unsolved Problems.

An Interview with Tim Roberts on National Advanced Semiconducters, Online Learning, Chalmers, Dennett, Hofstadter, and Becoming Wiser: Founder/Administrator, Unsolved Problems (Part Two)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*I assumed “Professor” based on an article. I was wrong. I decided to keep the mistake because the responses and the continual mistake, for the purposes of this interview, adds some personality to the interview, so the humour in a personal error.*

Tests taken by Tim Roberts

NAME DESIGNER DATE TAKEN RAW SCORE IQ
HIT Martin 25-Aug-15 47/50 184
Titan Hoeflin 23-Feb-11 45/48 183
Algebrica Predavec 26-Jan-15 22/32 179
QuantIQ v2 Ferrell 09-Sep-15 17/25 178
PIGS Cooijmans 07-Aug-11 46/46 175+
COSMIC Dorsey 07-May-18 14/15 175
Anoteleia Predavec 24-Aug-11 32/44 174
INRC 2018 Prousalis 21-Jun-18 28/30 172
Numerus Classic Ivec 28-Aug-11 31/36 172
NGT II Prousalis 12-Aug-15 24/25 170
NRA Prousalis 09-Aug-15 25/30 168
QUINTIQ Ferrell 05-Dec-14 21/25 167
Alphabet Dorsey 05-May-18 18/25 165
OASIS Dorsey 03-May-18 14/15 164
Hieroglyphica Predavec 21-Jan-15 25/32 163
AdSub Dorsey 06-May-18 19/20 162
NSC (NPRA) Prousalis 03-May-15 41/50 162
X&Y Laurent 26-May-14 26.5/28 161
FREE Fall Ivec 23-Nov-14 23/30 161

*Also, about half-a-dozen tests where Mr. Roberts exerted effort and scored less than 160. Please find P.D.F. link of the scores if this is easier for viewing.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Any commentary on some of the tests listed above, in particular?

Tim Roberts: Not really. I have respect for all of the test designers listed above.

2. Jacobsen: How do alternative/non-mainstream tests stack up against mainstream tests like the RAPM or the WAIS?

Roberts: I don’t know. I’ve never taken either RAPM or WAIS.

3. Jacobsen: As a professor in the department of computer science at Central Queensland University, what was the academic journey for you? How did you come to the distinguished position of a professor of computer science from undergraduate training to professorship?

Roberts: There are some misconceptions in the question. First, as already stated, I was never a Professor in the Australian system, only in America. I started off as a consultant in the computer industry, working for such companies and organisations as Logica, and the Greater London Council, and Zambian Consolidated Copper Mines, and National Advanced Semiconductors, and others. Easy, because computers were exploding in use at that time, and almost no-one was trained in the field, so one only had to be average (like me) to be in demand.

After a few years, I decided to relax and lecture at a University instead, intending my sabbatical to last a couple of years at most. But I am inherently very lazy, and highly intolerant to stress of all kinds, and spent the rest of my career in Universities.

My journey comprised nothing of note, perhaps partly because of the “publish or perish” orthodoxy, which meant that one had to publish works of little or no value on a continuous basis. I have over 1,000 citations on Google Scholar, mostly on the topic of online learning, but the only paper I am proud of was one outside of my sphere of expertise relating to the hard problem of consciousness. This has zero citations, I think, but inspired some Swedish psychologist to include my name and brief biography in a weird book entitled “Being or Nothingness, the Collector’s Edition”.

So my intellectual development took place almost entirely outside of my academic career.

4. Jacobsen: What did you do at National Advanced Semiconductors?

Roberts: I spent the first three years after University learning my craft at Kodak and then the Greater London Council.  Thereafter I turned freelance and hired my services out to a large number of companies, usually on three or six month contracts.  Some wanted me to write applications – I was proficient in COBOL and PL/1 and Assembler.  But most sought my advice regarding large IBM mainframe operating systems, such as OS/VS1, MVS, and VM/370.  During this time I worked on three continents.

5. Jacobsen: What seems like the current state of online learning?

Roberts: Oh, well, advancing all the time, so that one can now learn via ‘phones or laptops or mobiles, at home or on the train or at work. Developers of online learning course are themselves learning how to compile online courses of quality.

6. Jacobsen: Will online learning become more or less important into the future?

Roberts: More and more, of course. There will doubtless always be a demand for person-to-person courses, but this demand will shrink, as future generations base their lives around devices.

7. Jacobsen: Any predictions on timelines there?

Roberts: No. Predictions are fraught with potholes.

8. Jacobsen: What is current thought, for you, on the hard problem of consciousness?

Roberts: Please read my “Kim Smith” paper (almost no-one else has). Or, even better, read Thomas Nagel’s paper, poorly entitled “What Is It Like to Be a Bat?”. And of course one should read the works of Douglas Hofstadter and Dan Dennett and David Chalmers.

After doing all of the above, you will be a much better person, but wiser, I am not so sure.

No-one really knows what consciousness is, or what biological purpose it serves. Even given that the world has evolved such that individuals with intelligence exist, no-one knows why any of them should be conscious.

Or even, what qualia (essentially, basic sensations) are. A computerized robot can sense yellow from green. But does it “see” the colors in the same sense we appear to do? Or does it just take in binary digits, and process them? And if so, is this what we do too? These are all unanswered questions.

9. Jacobsen: Why are Hofstadter, Dennett, and Chalmers great philosophers? Folks who think good.

Roberts: Anyone who has not read Doug Hofstadter’s “Godel, Escher, Bach” or “The Mind’s I” really should make sure they do so before they die.  Both are extremely erudite, and informative, and witty.  The latter was co-authored by Dan Dennett, who in my eyes stands alongside Richard Dawkins as two of the most prominent scientific authors least able to tolerate bullshit of any kind.  David Chalmers wrote the definitive guide to consciousness, “The Conscious Mind”, some thirty years ago, and so far as I am aware, nothing better has been published on this topic since.

10. Jacobsen: What will make someone wiser?

Roberts: Ah, you have picked up on my throw-away remark.  I’m really not sure.  The wisest people I know are so often wrong in their predictions that I suspect wisdom may be over-rated.

But I always relate to the story told of Paul Erdos, an itinerant but brilliant mathematician.  When a friend bet him he could not go for a month without artificial stimulants, Erdos took the bet, and won, but complained that the bet had set mathematics back by a month.

It is extremely unfashionable today to suggest that the use of psychotropic drugs may be beneficial to the pursuit of true knowledge and wisdom, but many cultures from across the world have in previous times believed this to be true.  And still some today, of course.  But hard evidence as to beneficial effects is scant at best…

11. Jacobsen: Any thoughts on those who claim to have solved any, or grandly, all, of those questions as a single mere mortal?

Roberts: Not really.  Most such claims can be seen to be erroneous within a few minutes.  Some take a little longer to reveal their ridiculousness.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder/Administrator, Unsolved Problems.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tim Roberts on National Advanced Semiconducters, Online Learning, Chalmers, Dennett, Hofstadter, and Becoming Wiser (Part Two) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 8). An Interview with Tim Roberts on National Advanced Semiconducters, Online Learning, Chalmers, Dennett, Hofstadter, and Becoming Wiser (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Tim Roberts on National Advanced Semiconducters, Online Learning, Chalmers, Dennett, Hofstadter, and Becoming Wiser (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Tim Roberts on National Advanced Semiconducters, Online Learning, Chalmers, Dennett, Hofstadter, and Becoming Wiser (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Tim Roberts on National Advanced Semiconducters, Online Learning, Chalmers, Dennett, Hofstadter, and Becoming Wiser (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Tim Roberts on National Advanced Semiconducters, Online Learning, Chalmers, Dennett, Hofstadter, and Becoming Wiser (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Tim Roberts on National Advanced Semiconducters, Online Learning, Chalmers, Dennett, Hofstadter, and Becoming Wiser (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Tim Roberts on National Advanced Semiconducters, Online Learning, Chalmers, Dennett, Hofstadter, and Becoming Wiser (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tim Roberts on National Advanced Semiconducters, Online Learning, Chalmers, Dennett, Hofstadter, and Becoming Wiser (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Bwambale Musubaho Robert on Family Background, Humanism, Kasese Humanist School, and Uganda

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,231

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Bwambale Musubaho Robert is the School Director of the Kasese Humanist School (Rukoki/Muhokya/Kahendero). He discusses: family background; pivotal moments in childhood; pivotal moments in adolescence; religious community and young adulthood; important individuals; leaving religious fundamentalism; relevant works by prominent freethinkers; Kasese Humanist School development; standard religious curriculum in Kasese; standard Humanist curriculum in Kasese; the compare and contrast of the religious and Humanist school systems; comparing outcomes from the different educational curricula; prejudice against Humanist schools; prejudice against staff, students, and Robert; prejudice’s impact on students’ mental health and wellbeing; donors to the Kasese Humanist educational system; amounts, finances, and uses of the monies; plans for the school; Humanism; important mentors and role models; Humanists International; and the history of European-Christian and Arab-Muslim colonization in Africa.

Keywords: Bwambale Musubaho Robert, family, Humanism, Kahendero, Kasese, Muhokya, Rukoki, Uganda.

An Interview with Bwambale Musubaho Robert on Family Background, Humanism, Kasese Humanist School, and Uganda: School Director, Kasese Humanist School (Rukoki/Muhokya/Kahendero)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start with the comprehensive interview at the natural starting point: the beginning. What is family background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof?

Robert Bwambale: I am a Ugandan by nationality, a native of Kasese district in western Uganda, I am Mukonzo by tribe, who live on the slopes of Mount Rwenzori. Our ancestral origin is in Eastern Congo. We speak Lhukonzo, which is among the Bantu-speaking languages. Before I lost my faith, I was originally an Anglican, tried to mingle with other religious communities to see what transpires on there. I had the chance of mingling with African traditional believers, Pentecostals, Adventists, Muslims, Catholics and these moments gave me a full insight on what religion is and this paved the way to me losing the faith.

2. Jacobsen: What were the pivotal moments in childhood? Those coming to mind for you.

Bwambale: When my mum dumped and abandoned us before our dad passed on.

Some good moments with my dad, we used to move together with him.

When I lost my dad, by then, was 5 years.

My times with my caring grandmother. She used to encourage us to pray and go to church. She was a devoted Anglican. She used to sell porridge and pancakes in a local market.

Good moments when I joined secondary school, from village life to town life.

Sad moments when I dropped out of school, was on the streets doing odd jobs for two years.

Back to school moments, from town school to a village school.

3. Jacobsen: What were the pivotal moments in adolescence? Those coming to mind for you.

Bwambale: I joined good pear groups where I did odd jobs, selling newspapers & magazines on Kampala streets, Made money sweeping outdoor markets in Kampala, worked as a caddie at Uganda golf club where we used to carry bags or pull trolleys of golfers as they play the game and were paid at each end of game.

I created friends with the opposite sex and made choices on whom to be my friends plus people to associate with.

I learned some skills in haircutting.

4. Jacobsen: When transitioning into young adulthood, how did the religious community continue to enforce an impact on physical space and mental life?

Bwambale: As I grew into young adulthood, I felt more attached to religious communities and was very active in their circles. I was confirmed as a Christian in the early years when I was in Senior 3 at Karambi Secondary School.

When I joined Rwenzori High School for high school, I became an active member of the Scripture Union. I attended service regularly and was much moved because everyone around me was taking religion seriously, but my senses were telling me to research more about beliefs.

When I joined Uganda Polytechnic Kyambogo, I used to pray at Kampala Pentecostal church and was a regular visitor there. At the college, I used to fellowship with Kyambogo Christian Union and enjoyed the prayer and worship moments.

As someone who was doing Biological sciences at the college, my urge to ask questions widened and would ask men and women of god some questions regarding faith, religion plus what I read in the Bible. I realized that the Bible is a mixture of words of comfort, confusion, hate, discrimination and total malice.

5.Jacobsen: Were there some important individuals who provided a means by which to exit the entrapments of religion for you?

Bwambale: There is none. Exiting religion was my personal choice and decision.

Jacobsen: How did you begin helping out others in leaving religious fundamentalism?

Bwambale: By enlightening them about the goodness of rational living by availing to them books on Humanism, Atheism, science, and freethinking.

Creating a library with books on beliefs, non-belief, and important personalities in the world of free thought.

Opening up schools and businesses that cherish humanism and science.

6. Jacobsen: Dr. Leo Igwe remarks on the importance of his mother and father in Nigeria as the best example of Humanism to him, not declarations – of which humanists are prone to make – or books on Humanism. Life was tough, living day-by-day, and the work to grind in, and out, of poverty was harsh and necessary. Taking a stand, taking charge of his destiny, and working to become the founder of the Nigerian Humanist movement, who have been some of the best examples of Humanism to you?

Bwambale: Works by Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens, David Mills, Madelyn O’Hair, Robert Ingersoll, and Bertrand Russell inspired me a lot.

7. Jacobsen: Why was the Kasese Humanist educational system developed in the first place? How has this developed over the last, almost, a decade?

Bwambale: Our strong commitment and dedication to service is a great factor for our development.

The strong bond of Kasese humanist school with the international community support in the form of material and financial donations gives a great boost to our success.

The visionary efforts of myself in ensuring any penny donated goes to where it’s required has added value to our works.

My fundraising skills of availing to the general public what I do by documenting all of my works online makes people see what I do and gives chance to the generous ones to give funds, ideas or advice.

The need for an alternative to religious bigotry is one other key point. People are losing their faiths steadily globally, gone are the days of lying to humanity, feeding humanity with superstitions. You can fool people, but this can’t go on all the time. So, to some, they see some kind of hope in secularism since it only airs out facts, science, and encourages evidence-based learning.

We have developed from a rented property in 2011 to our own home acquired 3 years after (2014) at the Rukoki site.

We expanded and constructed on our other home in Muhokya often referred to as the Bizoha School.

We extended to creating another school at the land we acquired at the Kahendero Fishing village.

We right now have Nursery & Primary at all the campuses and a secondary school added at our Rukoki campus.

8. Jacobsen: What is considered the standard religious curriculum in Uganda? 

Bwambale: In this kind of curriculum only two religions are taught, Islam and Christianity and a student is made to pick a particular religion to undertake and exams come on in that format where a student is made to choose to attempt only one religion.

9. Jacobsen: What is considered the standard Humanist curriculum for Kasese?

Bwambale: There are some lessons on Humanism, its history, humanist values, human rights, critical thinking lessons, documentaries on secularism, Evolution, secularism in the world. There is nothing like a standard humanist curriculum, it’s a mixture of several things all aimed at empowering our students with secular thinking.

10. Jacobsen: Relating the last two questions, how do these two systems compare and contrast with one another?

Bwambale: A humanist curriculum is broader than the standard religious curriculum

The humanist curriculum is livelier and enjoyed by learners since it involves daily things they see, find, or encounter in life.

There is no indoctrination in a humanist curriculum and there is always a chance to ask any questions.

There are no tenets, imaginaries, rituals or mention of god, gods, and spirits under the humanist curriculum, unlike the religious curriculums.

There is a limit of asking questions under religious curriculum while under humanist curriculums we encourage students to ask as many questions and get factual answers.

11. Jacobsen: If we look at those two educational curricula, or if we look at similar comparisons in Uganda, what educational curricula – and, indeed, system – produces better outcomes and life chances for the pupils or the students?

Bwambale: It should be noted that at the school we teach the national curriculum and we spice it with humanist curricula and the spiced version is the best for it gives children a wider scope to broaden their level of thinking and the way they look at things.

12. Jacobsen: What is the prejudice against Humanist schools there?

Bwambale: That we are devil worshippers.

Agents of Satan.

We go under deep seas to get money or wealth.

That we perform rituals to get fortunes.

That our children at the schools are possessed by evil spirits.

That we are anti-Christ.

That we are sinners and will burn in hell.

That we don’t pray.

That we don’t know god.

That we shall rot and never come to life again.

That we shall burn in hell.

That there is no eternity for humanists.

That we are homosexuals.

13. Jacobsen: What is the prejudice against staff and students, and you, in Uganda as humanists?

Bwambale: As mentioned above!

14. Jacobsen: How do these prejudices impact students’ mental health and wellbeing?

Bwambale: The children’s mental health and wellbeing are unaffected since all these are ignorant statements and are a product of ignorance that we are fighting against.

However such statements sometimes hinder some parents or children to join our school project.

15. Jacobsen: What makes parents weary of paying for their students to take part in Humanist education? How do you overcome those barriers?

Bwambale: We sensitize and try as much to tell the parents what we offer and the truth about Humanism, Atheism, Science and rational thinking.

16. Jacobsen: Who are donors to the Kasese Humanist educational system?

Bwambale: Local parents, International parents inform of child sponsors, well wishers from all parts of the world and some charitable non-profits in several parts of the world.

17. Jacobsen: What are the amounts? How is the money being used now? How has it been used in the past?

Bwambale: The amounts keeps varying, donations are not flowing in regularly and are realized one by one.

Money is being used to construct classrooms, buy or make school furniture, Scholastic supplies, lab instruments and reagents, paying staff salaries, utility bills, government taxes, building toilets, purchasing solar & its accessories, water tanks, planting trees and maintaining school income generating projects.

18. Jacobsen: What are the plans for the schools if the same or more funding continues to enter the system?

Bwambale: Build better classrooms, well-equipped book libraries, School Science laboratories, built computer rooms and stocking them. Build more hostels, build on-campus restaurants, put better playing materials and educational resources for the kids. Decent toilet facilities.

Raising salaries for my teachers, so that they improve their wellbeing and be happy.

Enroll more needy and disadvantaged children, so that they are in school.

Put in place Administration office blocks at the schools this lacks at the moment.

Create more income-generating projects for self-reliance.

19. Jacobsen: What is Humanism to you?

Bwambale: Humanism is my everything, It teaches me that am special, I have the brains, I have my body and all it takes I have to use my potential as a human being to solve my problems.

Humanism is real, it teaches unity, love, harmony, kindness and care amongst us.

Humanism helps us to understand the known and the unknown

Humanism empowers Humanity to be good always.

Humanism encourages how to think and not what to think.

Humanism helps us to distinguish facts from fiction.

Humanism helps us to understand our origin, where we are and the final destination.

20. Jacobsen: Who have been important mentors for you? Who have been important role models now? Why them?

Bwambale: Christopher Hitchens, he pointed out that God is not great and his book inspired me.

Richard Dawkins’s works help us to understand how god thing is an invention by humans.

comparing outcomes from the different educational curricula; prejudice against Humanist schools; prejudice against staff, students, and Robert; prejudice’s impact on students’ mental health and wellbeing; donors to the Kasese Humanist educational system; amounts, finances, and uses of the monies; plans for the school; Humanism; important mentors and role models; recommended authors, organizations, or speakers; the success of Humanism in Uganda; humanists coming together; 

21. Jacobsen: Any recommended authors, organizations, or speakers?

Bwambale: Carl Sagan, Richard Dawkins, David Mills, Barbara Smoker, Robert Ingersoll, Michael Parenti.

Favourite organizations:

Atheist Alliance International

Humanist Canada

Halton Peel Humanist Community

Atheist Community of San Jose

Victoria Humanists Australia

Freedom from Religion Foundation

Atheist Foundation of Australia

Foundation Beyond Belief

Humanist Global Charity

Rationalist Society of Australia

Humanist International

Speakers include: Henri Pellissier, Leo Igwe, Ricky Gervais, Neil deGrasse Tyson, Matt Dillahunty.

22. Jacobsen: Why has Uganda been such a success for Humanist organizations and, thus, Humanism as a whole?

Bwambale: I think this has been attributed to what we do. Most of the successful projects are the schools, nobody hates schools, we do have health clinics, we do create forests & edible gardens, We do engage in active farming, We do help vulnerable children, empower locals to get started economically and speak for the voiceless, we do attend to economic and social issues and we do air something on political situations and good governance. All these mentioned above are very important and the locals plus the government see no harm in what we are doing.

We stick to our core vision of spreading Humanism and explaining to masses what it means, what it entails and its benefits in empowering humanity, I think locals have identified that we have the facts. And we continue to expose the fictions which people if well explained to can see it too. So we are great ambassadors advocating for a better world.

23. Jacobsen: How have intra-national and inter-national/regional efforts worked over time? The coming together of humanists to combat significant issues of superstition, lack of science and human rights education, and more.

Bwambale: We do have an umbrella for Uganda humanists called Uganda Humanist Association that unites all humanist organizations in Uganda, other secular organizations prevail, we do have seminars, debates, conferences among ourselves and once in a while our country hosting some international conferences.

Some of our members do get invited to international conferences and there are human rights advocacy activists working around the clock to ensure human rights are respected and not violated.

24. Jacobsen: How has Humanists International been a guiding light in many ways and funder of Humanist projects?

Bwambale: Humanists International is doing good work in bringing humanist organizations together and helping out in raising a voice and helping out with funding. I have seen them fund some organizations, which is a good thing. I think they are doing some good work for us and the world.

We however still need more charities like Humanist International to work with Ugandan secular organizations in creating change.

Most humanist projects are still small and we need to put in more effort to make our projects grow. The struggle to achieve this is possible. We need to think big and invest in big initiatives as well.

25. Jacobsen: What are some other core issues needing tackling in Africa in a post-colonial (European-Christian and Arab-Muslims colonization) context for the most part? One in which the pre-colonial superstitions can infect some of the societies too, even while the values of Ubuntu/Unhu reflect core Humanist principles before forced, violent contact with European-Christians and Arab-Muslims in the history of Africa.

Bwambale: Good governance is still missing in Africa; corruption is a song of the day. Our leaders want to rule instead of leading, they want an ignorant population which is bad for the world.

Illiteracy is still high

Religion and politics still go hand in hand, be it in courts of law and in public places

Homophobia is a strong disease that urgently needs a cure.

A switch from Religion to Secularism is a great need for Africa to move forward.

Xenophobia should be discouraged, Africans should look at themselves as brothers and sisters and we should work and live in good harmony with each other. All people are the same, race, religion, political affiliation or sexual orientation is not an issue here.

26. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Robert.

Bwambale: You are welcome.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] School Director, Kasese Humanist School (Rukoki/Muhokya/Kahendero).

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Bwambale Musubaho Robert on Family Background, Humanism, Kasese Humanist School, and Uganda [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 8). An Interview with Bwambale Musubaho Robert on Family Background, Humanism, Kasese Humanist School, and UgandaRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Bwambale Musubaho Robert on Family Background, Humanism, Kasese Humanist School, and Uganda. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Bwambale Musubaho Robert on Family Background, Humanism, Kasese Humanist School, and Uganda.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Bwambale Musubaho Robert on Family Background, Humanism, Kasese Humanist School, and Uganda.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Bwambale Musubaho Robert on Family Background, Humanism, Kasese Humanist School, and UgandaIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Bwambale Musubaho Robert on Family Background, Humanism, Kasese Humanist School, and UgandaIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Bwambale Musubaho Robert on Family Background, Humanism, Kasese Humanist School, and Uganda.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Bwambale Musubaho Robert on Family Background, Humanism, Kasese Humanist School, and Uganda [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/robert.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Family, Sense of Self Over Time, Philosophy, and the University of California, Irvine (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,451

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Professor Duncan Pritchard is UC Distinguished Professor of Philosophy at the University of California, Irvine. His monographs include Epistemic Luck (Oxford UP, 2005), The Nature and Value of Knowledge (co-authored, Oxford UP, 2010), Epistemological Disjunctivism (Oxford UP, 2012), Epistemic Angst: Radical Skepticism and the Groundlessness of Our Believing (Princeton UP, 2015), and Skepticism: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford UP, 2019). He discusses: family background; a sense of self extended through time; inability to distinguish influences; lack of influential mentors; the influences of Graham Greene, Patricia Highsmith, JG Ballard, Anthony Burgess, Robert Aikman, and Shusaku Endo; the importance of reading fiction; formal postsecondary education; tasks and responsibilities with becoming a distinguished professor at the University of California, Irvine; provisions of  UCIrvine; and current research. 

Keywords: disjunctivism, Duncan Pritchard, epistemology, Irvine, knowledge, luck, philosophy, skepticism, University of California.

An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Family, Sense of Self Over Time, Philosophy, and the University of California, Irvine: Distinguished Professor, University of California, Irvine & Director, Graduate Studies, Philosophy, University of California, Irvine (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is family background or lineage, e.g., surname(s) etymology (etymologies), geography, culture, language, religion/non-religion, political suasion, social outlook, scientific training, and the like?

Professor Duncan Pritchard: There’s nothing remotely interesting in my family background. I know this because some years back a cousin of my father’s traced the Pritchards (an Anglicized contraction of the Welsh term for ‘son of Richard’) back to 1066 (incredible I know, but don’t ask me how he did this; I was too young to know the details). He was disappointed to discover that none of us ever amounted to anything. (I’m not sure what he expected. Perhaps statuette feet in the shifting sands with the inscription: ‘I am Daffyd Pritchard, Look on my Works, ye Mighty, and Despair!’) I must admit that I don’t find it disappointing at all; in fact, I think it’s rather funny. In any case, in the grand scheme of things, no-one ever amounts to anything, so it’s actually quite useful to have a lineage that removes all doubt about this. There’s no religion in the Pritchard family, except of the ‘Church of England’ variety, which is to say no religion at all. (There’s an old joke back in the UK: ‘Are you religious?’ ‘Good God no! We’re C of E.’) There’s no real politics either, except of the apathetic kind—I can’t remember anyone ever offering any sustained political arguments around the dinner table growing up. I’m from working class stock from a place called Wolverhampton, in central England. The area is known as the Black Country, on account of the industry and mining that used to be there, though there’s none of that now—it’s a very deprived, post-industrial urban sprawl. Very depressing, though this is mitigated a little by the fact that Black Country folk are the friendliest you could ever meet (though the local accent is usually regarded as by far the worst in the UK), and that makes going back there bearable. Plus all my family are there. (An odd fact about the Black Country is that people tend not to leave, even though there are zero opportunities there. Whenever I go back the first question anyone asks me is why I left, as if this were mysterious. Jeez, I currently live next to the Pacific Ocean in Southern California—does it really need an explanation?) My father worked his whole life, bar a brief spell in the army straight out of school (as was common in those days), in a local factory; my mother worked as a secretary in a local school. One of my earliest memories is the desire to leave Wolverhampton at the first opportunity. I rank it as one of my greatest achievements that I succeeded.

2. Jacobsen: With all these facets of the larger self, how did these become the familial ecosystem to form identity and a sense of a self extended through time?    

Pritchard: Looking back, I think I have learnt the most from the (fiction) books I’ve read. Certain authors in particular have been particularly influential: Graham Greene, Patricia Highsmith, JG Ballard, Anthony Burgess, Robert Aikman, and Shusaku Endo spring to mind. It’s notable that many of these authors are pretty rootless, as that’s the way I feel too. I think I’m also drawn to writers who have a sense of mystery about the world, who think that there is a place for something beyond the natural. Unusually, I think, there’s both a kind of fideism and a kind of scepticism (Pyrrhonian, I would later discover, on the model of Montaigne) that runs through me like the text you get in a stick of seaside rock (I think it’s called rock candy in the US). It was there before I even knew what it was. I’m not sure how uncommon it is, but I occasionally come across people with the same affliction.

3. Jacobsen: Of those aforementioned influences, what ones seem the most prescient for early formation?  

Pritchard: I’m not confident that I can distinguish between the ones listed in terms of influence.

4. Jacobsen: What adults, mentors, or guardians became, in hindsight, the most influential on you?  

Pritchard: I’m not sure there was anyone, to be honest.

5. Jacobsen: As a young reader, in childhood and adolescence, what authors and books were significant, meaningful, to worldview formation? 

Pritchard: Please see above.

6. Jacobsen: What were pivotal educational – as in, in school or autodidacticism – moments from childhood to young adulthood?  

Pritchard: As I noted above, I think I’ve learnt the most from reading fiction.

7. Jacobsen: For formal postsecondary education, what were the areas of deepest interest? What were some with a passion but not pursued? Why not pursue them?

Pritchard: I stumbled into philosophy (I had originally wanted to be a writer, but that was a bullet dodged, as frankly I’m not talented enough to pursue that), but once I had stumbled upon it I was hooked. I basically realized that it was really ideas that interested me. I was fortunate to get a scholarship to study for my PhD (unusual in the UK, but essential for someone with my background), and thereafter I somehow managed to inveigle my way in academia. I’m very lucky to be able to make a living doing that which I’m especially suited to doing.

8. Jacobsen: As a distinguished professor at the University of California, Irvine, wtasks and responsibilities come with this position?

Pritchard: One thing that is wonderful about UCI is how there is a real ‘can-do’ attitude that permeates through the campus. This has meant that I’ve been able to indulge a lot of my interests here. For example, I have a long-standing concern, both in terms of pedagogy and from a research perspective (e.g., epistemology of education and philosophy of technology), in digital education. Almost as soon as I arrived I was able to run a project to create two interdisciplinary MOOCs (= Massive Open Online Courses), on ‘Skepticism’ and ‘Relativism’ (the latter led by my colleague Annalisa Coliva). I’ve since been given funding to enable me to start a new project that brings the intellectual virtues into the heart of the UCI curriculum as part of a series of online modules that I am helping to develop. This project is a collaboration with colleagues in Education, and will soon result in some cutting-edge research in this regard, which we hope can form the basis for a major external funding bid. I’ve also been encouraged to create a new online masters program devoted to Applied Philosophy, which is an exciting and growing field where UCI has special expertise.

Relatedly, there is a real enthusiasm for innovation in teaching at UCI, which I think is wonderful. I’ve been able to develop new online courses and embed them into the curriculum. It’s been great to see how the students have responded to working with the virtual learning environments that we have created.

In terms of my other commitments at UCI, I run the Philosophy Graduate Program, which like the Department of Philosophy is going from strength-to-strength, and I am the Director of a new research cluster (soon to be a research center) devoted to ‘Knowledge, Technology and Society’. I also have a UCI-wide administrative role devoted to fostering digital education, as part of the Division of Teaching Excellent and Innovation.

9. Jacobsen: We have some relationship with one another through the University of California, Irvine, through the institution without formal contact. What does UC Irvine provide for you?

Pritchard: As noted above, this is a wonderful work environment for someone with my professional interests, both in terms of the great research that takes place here and also the enthusiasm and support for pedagogical innovation. I think it’s also worth mentioning that being at UCI is advantageous in lots of other ways too, such as the beautiful campus, and the amazing location (I’m still not used to the fact that the weather is always beautiful, with the spectacular beaches, and much else besides, so close by).

10. Jacobsen: What are the main areas of research and research questions now?  

Pritchard: I’m currently working on a range of research projects, some of them intersecting in various ways. I have a longstanding interest in scepticism in all its forms, including contemporary radical scepticism and the history of sceptical ideas from the ancients to the early moderns (especially with regard to Pyrrhonian scepticism, both in its original expression in antiquity and its later manifestations, especially the work of Montaigne). The later Wittgenstein is an abiding interest of mine, especially the hinge epistemology that is inspired by his remarks in On Certainty, both with regard to the sceptical problematic and concerning its implications more generally. On the latter front, I’ve developed an account of the rationality of religious belief (quasi-fideism) which draws on hinge epistemology, and also on the work of John Henry Newman, whose philosophical writings are a side-interest of mine. I’ve done a lot of work bringing philosophical attention to the notions of luck and risk, and their applications to a range of debates (e.g., in epistemology, philosophy of law, aesthetics, ethics, and so on). I continue to work on a range of topics in mainstream epistemology, such as theory of knowledge, virtue epistemology, understanding, the nature of inquiry, epistemic value, epistemology of disagreement, social epistemology, and so on. Finally, I also cover some topics in applied epistemology, such as the epistemology of education (e.g., the role of the intellectual virtues in education), epistemology of law (e.g., legal risk, legal evidence), and the epistemology of cognitive science (e.g., the epistemological ramifications of extended cognition).

My last proper monograph was Epistemic Angst; Radical Skepticism and the Groundlessness of Believing, Princeton UP), which came out at the very end of 2015. Last year saw the publication of a short book I wrote on scepticism (Scepticism: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford UP). I’m under contract to complete a more advanced book on scepticism with my colleague Annalisa Coliva for Routledge in the near future. After that, I tentatively have three book projects in mind (though I’m not sure what order I will attempt them): a mid-length book articulating the quasi-fideist proposal; a book on luck, risk and the meaning of life (which I’m hoping to pitch at the general educated reader if possible); and a substantial monograph exploring the role of truth of truth in epistemology, with the goal of bringing together a number of central epistemological debates under a common theoretical umbrella (the intellectual virtues, epistemic value, epistemic luck and risk, and the nature of inquiry).

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Distinguished Professor, University of California, Irvine; Director, Graduate Studies, Philosophy, University of California, Irvine.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Family, Sense of Self Over Time, Philosophy, and the University of California, Irvine (Part One) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 8). An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Family, Sense of Self Over Time, Philosophy, and the University of California, Irvine (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Family, Sense of Self Over Time, Philosophy, and the University of California, Irvine (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Family, Sense of Self Over Time, Philosophy, and the University of California, Irvine (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Family, Sense of Self Over Time, Philosophy, and the University of California, Irvine (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Family, Sense of Self Over Time, Philosophy, and the University of California, Irvine (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Family, Sense of Self Over Time, Philosophy, and the University of California, Irvine (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Family, Sense of Self Over Time, Philosophy, and the University of California, Irvine (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished Professor Duncan Pritchard, FRSE on Family, Sense of Self Over Time, Philosophy, and the University of California, Irvine (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pritchard-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Information Security, Cryptology, Data Privacy, Liberty, and Mass Surveillance (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,509

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Thomas Wolf is a Member of the Giga Society. He discusses: interests in information security, cryptology, and more; improving data privacy; financial services industry work; a fan of Edward Snowden, and liberty issues, mass surveillance, and privacy; the future of data privacy; more on liberty issues, mass surveillance, and privacy; nationalism and xenophobia; and professional interest in program and project management.

Keywords: cryptology, data privacy, general computers, Giga Society, information technology, liberty, mass surveillance, Thomas Wolf.

An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Information Security, Cryptology, Data Privacy, Liberty, and Mass Surveillance: Member, Giga Society (Part Two)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Original interview conducted between October 21, 2016 and February 29, 2020.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You have an interest in information security, and general security and general computer topics. You headed the information security program at a leading international financial service industry (FSI) provider in addition to sending in an application for a cryptology patent. Where is the source of these interests?

Thomas Wolf: As a kid, I had already always been a big science fiction fan, so a major interest in computers had come naturally. Then, in the eighties and early nineties, hacking had become a big thing, and of course, I wanted to be at the front line of it. In 1990, I won a hacking competition, and I actively participated in the hacking community during my time at university. This interest was something that never left me. The cryptology patent application came up by chance. I had criticized my wife for using passwords being far too simple and in danger of being hacked. She asked me why I didn’t invent something to make that password hacking more difficult, so I did. Hopefully, this invention will be of benefit to data privacy for all.

2. Jacobsen: How did the invention to improve data privacy work?

Wolf: As the patent is granted now in Europe and the USA, I can go into some detail here.  Somewhat simplifed, an unknown component is added to the password and needs to be brute-forced by the user’s system on any legitimate logon. The complexity for this is about a million tries, very little even for a current phone or notebook, but as the known and unknown password parts cannot be attacked separately, this factor becomes multiplicative for an attacker, raising the attack difficulty exponentially. This means that use of this invention will render today’s brute-force attacks, by e.g. an NSA supercomputer or a giant botnet, useless against even well humanly memorizable passwords – a major change in the game.

3. Jacobsen: What tasks and responsibilities came with the position in the financial services industry?

Wolf: Heading a major IT program is a great responsibility, although it is mostly standard program management work – strategy definition, projects organization, budget controlling, document review and approval, etc. In my case, however, a whole new dimension was added when I ran into the topic of ethics. In the position, I could utilize my IT security and hacking knowledge to dig a bit deeper than most program managers would have done. I cannot go into details here, as you do have to sign non-disclosure agreements in such positions, but I can say that my previous hacking experiences proved to be quite useful, though not everybody appreciates deep digging in all cases. My original assignment was intended for longer, but it was cut short by the CISO. But then it was replaced instead by some work in internal auditing by the direct mandate of the group’s board. I am happy that this proves I did a good and effective job. Allegorically speaking, sometimes when digging deep you encounter a Balrog, and when you successfully face him, it can make you a stronger person.

4. Jacobsen: You are a fan of Edward Snowden, and liberty issues, mass surveillance, and privacy. Why Snowden? What about him?

Wolf: Snowden is a modern hero, and his actions are a guiding light demonstrating how responsible persons should act – this includes being a role model for my own actions. Nowadays, there are a lot of whistleblowers, but Edward Snowden stands out for several reasons. Firstly, he showed extreme courage and skill – he actively pursued his mission of informing the public and did not leak some information to which he by luck had gained access in some random way. Moreover, he did this under great personal sacrifice, but he did it in an extremely responsible way, not spreading information insufficiently redacted like, e.g., Assange or Manning, but taking the greatest possible care to keep dangerous security-relevant information secret while exposing processes and structures that are morally and ethically wrong and do much more bad than good And perhaps most important of all, he did not blow the lid on some scandalous behaviour of one or another individual, he pointed out a crucial systemic flaw in our political system and a major danger to free society as a whole.

5. Jacobsen: What is the future of data privacy for citizens in the early to middle 21st century?

Wolf: I hate to say it, but this future looks bleak. Already today, ensuring data privacy is a challenge for companies and private IT professionals. For an amateur, it has become impossible. Orwell’s dystopia has not become a reality yet, but the technological base for it already exists, at least in the field of IT and data. unless we have a major paradigm change soon, I fear for the worst. Unfortunately, most people do not realize yet that governmental invasion of data privacy in all nations, including western democracies, already poses the real and current danger of all citizens being demoted to the level of small children or mental patients who have all their online activities and communication supervised and censored.  In order to avoid this, it would by far not even be enough to carry on and not worsen things, it would be necessary to actively prioritize and implement data protection measures and controls. Which to my deep regret is not something that I see coming.

6. Jacobsen: What are the personal interests in liberty issues, mass surveillance, and privacy?

Wolf: The eighties and their free spirit are the time that shaped me. Information technology was far less advanced back then, but we all felt that we were part of a new age being created, whether you saw it from a hacker’s or from an entrepreneur’s view. Today, we have much greater technological possibilities, but they are, clearly put, broken. Due to bad IT design, unintentionally or intentionally, computers and computer communication often have become risks and problems rather than opportunities and benefits, and that is saddening. Humankind is going down the wrong road, not towards a free world but towards a controlled ant state. We must do everything we can to fix this, or we are giving away the future. The danger of a totalitarian regime has not died with communism, it is more real and strong than ever, only from another direction, i.e. nationalist and xenophobic sentiments. The election of a person like  Trump to US presidency – who demanded a death sentence for Snowden – shockingly demonstrates that danger, but unfortunately that is by no means solely a US problem, it exists in all industrialized nations of today to a varying degree. This is hard to see yet for people not involved in the field of IT, but the decisions of today will shape our future, and the system will be almost impossible to correct in a few years already, if we do not start fixing it now. Besides overpopulation, this is the greatest challenge the world faces. Benjamin Franklin’s quote sums it up perfectly: “Those who would give up essential liberty, to purchase a little temporary safety, deserve neither liberty nor safety.”

7. Jacobsen: You mentioned President Trump. Other leaders hold similar nationalist and xenophobic sentiments. What other leaders reflect these views to you? How can the global community attenuate the sentiments and prevent the practices that come from them?

Wolf: We can perform a simulated time travel – or at least the dystopic possibility of it – by moving geographically. If you start in Merkel’s Germany (or pretty much any other continental European nation), you already face intelligence agencies with overly strong authority and capability to invade people’s data privacy. Move to Obama’s USA or Cameron’s UK, and you are where (or when) these activities have reached the point of being incompatible to constitutional provisions. But are being actively carried out anyway. With Trump – if he gets his way – net neutrality will be lost and the technological base for widespread censorship implemented, and probably already utilized to some degree; even worse, a complete loss of the public’s control over secret governmental institutions is unavoidable. In Xi’s China or Erdogan’s Turkey of today – or in a dystopic but well possible future USA and Europe – we see active human rights violations as well as common and strong limitations of free speech. In Kim Jong-un’s North Korea, which could be near-future Turkey or the mid-future western world if things continue to go wrong (at least in the data privacy field), we see a total control of data traffic by the state with every device being traced and monitored and no shred of data privacy at all remaining. The longer we travel into that direction, the harder it will be to still stop the momentum – if still possible at all. Due to technology leadership, the only places where we could still stop this trend would be the western world, i.e. America and Europe. What we would need is a proper and active prioritization of values, freedom over fear of crime and foreign powers. The sadly ironic thing is that exactly the people who advocate measures for physical liberty – through e.g. legal private gun ownership – most often, due to sentiments against foreigners and inevitable globalization, fail to see the real and imminent danger of loss of all liberty through loss of privacy. Even the theoretical right of gun ownership and resistance in case a dictatorship being erected will not help much if the government at some point has a full surveillance of all communication between its critics and of all commercial transactions (including buying guns) in place. People need to realize this topic as a top priority and to start enforce privacy strengthening. But I cannot see of how this could be accomplished easily, we cannot do much more than to continue raising the topic and educating the public about it – maybe interviews this will be of at least a tiny bit of help in that cause.

8. Jacobsen: What about the professional interest in program and project management, especially IT programs?

Wolf: In the seventies, I developed a great fascination with creating computer programs because you could shape an algorithm to perform amazing tasks, solve problems to make this algorithm run more efficiently, express your creativity through this. About twenty years down the road, when computer programs became much more complex and standardized, the programmer’s role (now verbally often downgraded to “coding”) began to change from creator of an individual work (or in some cases even individual piece of art) to manufacturer of pre-defined modules in pre-defined ways, a mere cog in the wheel. To escape this, I moved into software architecture, but this was too detached from actual algorithms. A natural career steep then was to move into IT project management first, then program management (for those unfamiliar with the technical terms: “program” here not in the sense of a computer program, but in the sense of a combined set of projects towards a common goal). To my delight, I experienced that this was bringing me back to what I had always wanted to do: creatively designing and optimizing systems that produced a positive output. Only that the system was no longer a computer program, it was an organizational program – less mathematically defined, but instead interacting with persons and groups, the team and other stakeholders – and offering the degree of freedom in the 2010s that computer programming had offered three to four decades ago.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Member, Giga Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Information Security, Cryptology, Data Privacy, Liberty, and Mass Surveillance (Part Two) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 8). An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Information Security, Cryptology, Data Privacy, Liberty, and Mass Surveillance (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Information Security, Cryptology, Data Privacy, Liberty, and Mass Surveillance (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Information Security, Cryptology, Data Privacy, Liberty, and Mass Surveillance (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Information Security, Cryptology, Data Privacy, Liberty, and Mass Surveillance (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Information Security, Cryptology, Data Privacy, Liberty, and Mass Surveillance (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Information Security, Cryptology, Data Privacy, Liberty, and Mass Surveillance (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Information Security, Cryptology, Data Privacy, Liberty, and Mass Surveillance (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Information Security, Cryptology, Data Privacy, Liberty, and Mass Surveillance (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Genius, Men and Women, and Religion (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,878

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Anja Jaenicke is a German Poet and Actor. She discusses: high IQ societies; intelligence tests; other tests taken; true IQ; intelligence and genius; women and men, and high-range IQ tests; important genius in history; favourite authors, poets, painters, or composers; personal opinion on gods or God; and religion.

Keywords: Anja Jaenicke, intelligence, genius, gods, men, religion, women.

An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Genius, Men and Women, and Religion: German Actor and Poet (Part Two)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You are part of a large number of high IQ societies. What ones mean the most to you? Why?

Anja Jaenicke: The high IQ landscape has changed very much over the years. There are countless societies out there to choose from. Some make it and others don’t. When I began looking for high IQ groups online, there were not so many choices available as today. I am a founding member of the WGD (World Genius Directory founded by Dr. Jason Betts). As a poet, I have been very active in the Poetic Genius Society. Today, I think it is not so much the name of a certain society that matters, but the people who took the initiative and invested their effort, time, and love into the upbringing of these groups. Without naming anyone in particular, I would like to thank those among us who are working tirelessly to make the communication in high IQ groups and societies not only possible but highly enjoyable.

2. Jacobsen. What have been the mainstream intelligence tests taken by you before? What have been the scores and the standard deviations?

Jaenicke: As a child, I have taken the HAWIK (Hamburg-Wechsler Intelligence Scale für Kinder) and later the WAIS. Germany is mostly a mediocre country and in my childhood there were many concerns about measuring the IQ of children. The tendency was to foster the ordinary and not the extraordinary. Children with a higher IQ were often bullied and forced to adapt to the learning pace and capacity of the lesser talented. Germany had made bad experiences with the fostering of elites during the Third Reich and after the war the official aim was to create an education system based on the average population rather than one that promotes excellence. Everything above or below average was regarded as out of the norm or not normal. My scores as a child were very divergent, from Mensa entry criteria to ridiculously high, depending on the circumstances, but also on the particular state of my development. I do not think the results of these tests are very representative as a whole. Anyway, for me, the actual fixed number does not have such importance because, in my opinion, it is a fluid value. I try to fill my IQ potential with purpose and become the best me I can possibly be; that is enough work for one lifetime.

3. Jacobsen: What have been the alternative or non-mainstream intelligence tests taken by you before? What have been the scores and standard deviations of those scores?

Jaenicke: I have taken a couple of high-range tests. I think the average result of all tests taken gives a good and trustworthy result.

4. Jacobsen: What would be the most accurate IQ or true IQ for you?

Jaenicke: My shoe size is 37 (US 6 1/2). My body mass index and my true IQ are very personal, but the score of 153 S.D. (Standard Deviation) 15 listed in the World Genius Directory suits me most [Ed. A statistical rarity of 1-out-of-4,873 people out of the general population].

5. Jacobsen: What is intelligence to you? Do you identify as a genius?

Jaenicke: Intelligence is somehow recursive. Everything which is animate is in its own way intelligent and has a complex dynamic, connected to particular loci in a given verse. The root of the word genius is “geno-,” which includes the whole of mankind. I like that, but I would describe myself more as a polymath. I know a little bit of all kinds of something, but I really know nothing.

6. Jacobsen: Why do women appear to take fewer high-range IQ tests? Why do the highest scores appear to be almost dominated by men?

Jaenicke: That is an interesting question. One could say that the structure of IQ tests is more oriented toward male intelligence or that men are more competitive, but that is not the whole answer. Recently, I have read an article in a German newspaper, where someone suggested to separate boys and girls in science classes because of the lesser participation of girls in mixed classes. I think that is total nonsense! But in my opinion, there is a point that should be discussed more openly in high IQ groups and that is about mobbing. I have spoken to a lot of women and many say that they have been mobbed or insulted in the high IQ community at least one time. Some of them even left the groups or prefer to communicate on a private basis via email. It seems only too comprehensible that women with very high intelligence and sensitivity do not perform well under this kind of pressure. It is perfectly understandable when they back off and leave the high IQ community. While a high IQ score in a test is certainly something desirable, we should not forget our awareness for our fellow men and women. A high IQ is nothing without a minimum of empathy.

7. Jacobsen: Who do you consider some of the most significant or important geniuses in history?

Jaenicke: The first anonymous who ignited the flame.

8. Jacobsen: Any favorite authors, poets, painters, or composers?

Jaenicke: A.A. Milne, Edgar Allen Poe, Douglas Hofstadter, Bertrand Russel, J.W. Goethe, William Shakespeare, the unknown artists of the Lascaux and Chauvet cave in France, Vincent van Gogh, Lucas Cranach the Elder (I have some loose family ties to him), J.S. Bach, Mozart, The Rolling Stones, etc. We are all standing on the shoulders of giants.

9. Jacobsen: Do you have any personal opinion on God or gods?

Jaenicke: In your question lies the answer. Every opinion about God or gods is personal and entirely subjective. But the fact that you spelled the one God with a capital G suggests that the importance lies in the all comprising unity of One.

10. Jacobsen: This one is murky. It is hard to define. What is religion?

Jaenicke: Well, let’s see, first, we should differ between religion, spirituality, and, pure gnosis, which means knowledge. From early times on, humans have had an inborn spirituality, a connectedness to nature and the universe and the strong awareness of something greater. I would go so far to say that we are not alone with this concept. While I have been working with wolves for a behavioural study, I noticed that they have a sense for hyper-natural phenomena. Later, I have often noticed the same in my dogs. I think all intelligent large mammals are able to experience the overwhelming vastness of the universal realm to a certain grade. And nature is the key to spirituality. Religion, is a manmade construct, which has proven to be very useful to communicate a certain desirable moral or ethical codex. It is mostly based on myths and legends, which are very important because they are our connection to the past. But many religions use mediators to interpret between the direct spiritual and the people. These interpretations are often based on the principles of blind obedience and subjective beliefs without any proof or certainty. The unfortunate byproduct of this kind of blind faith is dogma and dogma can lead to error, fanaticism, and fatality. Nevertheless, religion has an important purpose to accompany humanity from infancy to adolescence. In a world where moral, ethical, and humanitarian aspects are often ignored, religion and prayer practiced in private has its very own and important standing. Or as Kierkegaard would have said: “The function of prayer is not to influence God but rather to change the nature of the one who prays.” My personal approach is an open one based on old and new knowledge, and science. I somehow don’t think it is heretical to state that a God is also a Dog. Is the light of the reflection from a mirror less light than the candle I hold? Everything is fractional and has multiply sides. One should not avoid a Void.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] German Poet and Actress; CEO, HIQ-MEDIA-POOL INC.; Member, Poetic Genius Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Genius, Men and Women, and Religion (Part Two) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 8). An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Genius, Men and Women, and Religion (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Genius, Men and Women, and Religion (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Genius, Men and Women, and Religion (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Genius, Men and Women, and Religion (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Genius, Men and Women, and Religion (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Genius, Men and Women, and Religion (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Genius, Men and Women, and Religion (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. AAn Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Genius, Men and Women, and Religion (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Propaganda, Rhetoric, Lies, Ignorance, Big Data, and the Giga Society (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,711

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Andreas Gunnarsson is a Member of the Giga Society. He discusses: misrepresentation of facts and propaganda, rhetoric, and lies; denial of truths in science, and the apparent ability to make people believe anything; other areas of concern; big data; and developing an alternative/non-mainstream intelligence test. 

Keywords: Andreas Gunnarsson, big data, Giga Society, ignorance, intelligence, lies, propaganda, rhetoric, Sweden.

An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Propaganda, Rhetoric, Lies, Ignorance, Big Data, and the Giga Society: Member, Giga Society (Part Two)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Original interview from October 20, 2016.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You have a concern about the ability of interest groups and rumors to misrepresent the facts. Can you explain those concerns in detail, please?

Andreas Gunnarsson: It’s my impression that propaganda, rhetoric and lies can be very efficient tools to manipulate people. The human mind has many flaws that can be abused to mislead, and everyone should in my opinion read a little about cognition biases in order to be aware of how we work. Democracy depends on people making informed decisions, and when powerful lobbyists, interest groups and politicians have the power to blur the picture of reality and influence people in opaque ways we’re down an unpleasant path. I think it’s a difficult problem to solve but it would be a good start if people start recognizing cognition biases, rhetorical tricks and how others try to manipulate them. This is probably not a new risk but there are new challenges with social media, the possibility to directly reach lots of people and the ease with who you can find echo chambers that never challenge you.

There is real science on this topic and I want to point out that I am not an expert so what I say here is only a layman’s opinion and I’m happy to be corrected if I got anything wrong. I don’t usually keep pointing that out, but one of the ways to mislead people is by arguing from false authority and I don’t want to give that impression. If you’re not expert in a field you should find out who is and listen to them, not to a random dude who may or may not be an expert in something totally different.

2. Jacobsen: You have an interest in the skewing of facts with examples such as the anti-vaccine movement, climate change denial, and creationism. What is the main set of concerns with each of these topics?

Gunnarsson: While I’m not interested in skewing the facts, I’m fascinated and worried about how easy it appears to be to convince people to believe anything. There is a long list of conspiracy theories and some are perhaps benign in themselves such as flat earth or the moon landing conspiracy while others can do real harm. I think that this ties in with the previous question and is related to cognitive biases. In some cases these myths can be built up and fuelled by interest groups that have some other motives. As for the three examples you give, anti-vaccine is obviously very concerning since it encourages people not to vaccinate their children or themselves, which leads to unnecessary suffering and death. Climate change is a complex issue where there is ignorance and misleading statements from both sides. Inflated statements, lies and misunderstandings, for example saying that the world will end in a few years, only makes the people who don’t think that climate change is due to human activities and/or bad more certain of their belief, and vice versa. Unless you go to the actual science and read the peer reviewed papers it’s difficult to know what the facts are. Since the earth climate has a big impact for us it’s important that decisions on what to do and not to do are informed by the best science we have. The risk with creationism is a little different, what worries me is the amount of effort spent to try to undermine and redefine science. If they were successful to redefine science in school then it could put the next generation of scientists at a disadvantage and that mindset could also play into the hands of the postmodern ideas that all truth is relative. Considering that today’s technology and medicine that we take for granted is based on science I think it’s important to embrace and improve it, and attempts to dismantle it are dangerous.

3. Jacobsen: Are there other areas of concern? What are the sets of concerns with them, too?

Gunnarsson: Of course. There are many areas of concern in the world on many different levels. War, people that are starving, diseases, violent crimes, discrimination and so on.

4. Jacobsen: There is the new phenomenon of big data. What are your worries about it?  What are the potential pluses and minuses with them?

Gunnarsson: Big data can be used for a lot of good things. The amount of information and metadata being produced every day can help finding trends and patterns that can be used to come up with better solutions that improve people’s lives. For example, correct and up-to-date information about traffic and weather can help vehicle navigation and reduce traffic congestion. Availability of large data sets has helped machine learning take off. There are numerous other examples.

That said, there are also risks. One big concern is privacy. It’s possible to infer more information about individuals than I think most people would be comfortable with if they were aware of it. Location tracking apps on your smartphone collect data that can be used to learn a lot about your life. A single security breach can give criminals access to lots of sensitive data. Whether or not you trust your own government, there are other governments and well funded entities that you may not trust as much. The data collection performed by Cambridge Analytica has been widely discussed. Another risk is that flawed data can lead to the wrong conclusions even if the intentions are good. As a possibly hypothetical example, what if your insurance fee would increase because the insurance company noticed that you often buy some kind of medicine without knowing that you buy it for your neighbor?

I think that our understanding will improve over time and a reasonable trade-off will be reached. I do think that the expectation of privacy will be lowered though, something that I’m not at all comfortable with.

5. Jacobsen: You created an IQ test. You joined the Giga Society. What insights into the IQ world and IQ testing world in general comes from these experiences and qualifications?

Gunnarsson: Some of this was covered in a previous answer but I prefer not do go into too much detail. While I may have thoughts and ideas regarding this I am not an expert and there are others who are more qualified to give more insightful answers than I can. Although that in general does not stop me from expressing my opinion, under the circumstances of this interview I think that there is a risk that wild speculations from my part could be mistaken for well researched claims.

6. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Andreas.

Gunnarsson: Thank you, Scott.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Member, Giga Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Propaganda, Rhetoric, Lies, Ignorance, Big Data, and the Giga Society (Part Two) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 8). An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Propaganda, Rhetoric, Lies, Ignorance, Big Data, and the Giga Society (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Propaganda, Rhetoric, Lies, Ignorance, Big Data, and the Giga Society (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Propaganda, Rhetoric, Lies, Ignorance, Big Data, and the Giga Society (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Propaganda, Rhetoric, Lies, Ignorance, Big Data, and the Giga Society (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Propaganda, Rhetoric, Lies, Ignorance, Big Data, and the Giga Society (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Propaganda, Rhetoric, Lies, Ignorance, Big Data, and the Giga Society (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Propaganda, Rhetoric, Lies, Ignorance, Big Data, and the Giga Society (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Propaganda, Rhetoric, Lies, Ignorance, Big Data, and the Giga Society (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Society, God, the Soul, and Language and Thought (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,851

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Matthew Scillitani, member of The Glia Society and The Giga Society, is a web developer and SEO specialist living in North Carolina. He is of Italian and British lineage, and is predominantly English-speaking. He earned his bachelor’s degree in psychology at East Carolina University, with a focus on neurobiology and a minor in business marketing. He’s previously worked as a research psychologist, data analyst, and writer, publishing over three hundred papers on topics such as nutrition, fitness, psychology, neuroscience, free will, and Greek history. You may contact him via e-mail at mattscil@gmail.com. He discusses: political view development; workaholism and intelligence; more ideal social and governmental system; religion; God; economics; human nature; soul; language; and thought.

Keywords: East Carolina University, Giga Society, Glia Society, God, intelligence, Matthew Scillitani, politics, religion, society, workaholism.

An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Society, God, the Soul, and Thought: Member, Giga Society; Member, Glia Society (Part Two)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What have been the development of political views based on the lack of sufficient standard indoctrination of you?

Matthew Scillitani: My political views took much longer to develop than my peers, most likely because of low exposure to that topic. Something I noticed early on is that most people’s beliefs polarize the more they argue with opposing political party members.To avoid that, I try not to affiliate with any party or become too emotionally or intellectually invested in any political belief. This comes at a cost, however, since many party members have an ‘us versus them’ mentality, and not choosing a side means being their opponent. This is especially dangerous today since political tensions are so high.

2. Jacobsen: Does workaholism seem common among the more intelligent? In that, motivation becomes a core factor for the development of intellectual capacities to their true limits?

Scillitani: I think there is probably a weak correlation between workaholism and intelligence. Being able to delay gratification and having good foresight are more common features in intelligent people, which promotes conscientiousness. However, workaholism is probably more related to different personality or cultural features, or is the product of psychiatric disorders such as Asperger Syndrome or obsessive-compulsive personality disorder.

Regarding the second part of your question; the brain is very plastic and to reach one’s true intellectual potential one has to think often, think hard, and think clearly. Workaholism is one way to achieve that. At the extreme end, even workaholism can be pushed too far and become detrimental to one’s productivity and health though. If we can’t remember the last time we ate or slept then it is a sign we need to do those things and take a break.

3. Jacobsen: What seems like a more ideal social and governmental construction for the wellbeing of human beings in nations now?

Scillitani: An ideal system would probably not be very crowd pleasing. The first thing to go should be public voting, which I imagine would be met with some initial backlash. Public voting has and will always be in the best interest of the government and never in the best interest of its citizens. Because of public voting, politicians appeal to what a nations citizens want rather than what is best for them. Imagine if our parents asked us to vote on what we ate for dinner as children. Many of us would go to bed with pudding wrappers littered across the floor, clenching our stomachs in pain. The government must sometimes do things that are uncomfortable to its citizens in the short-term in order to improve overall human wellbeing in the long-term.

A dictatorship is probably best so long as the dictator is knowledgeable, intelligent, ethical, and chooses their advisers well. This will likely not happen in our lifetime, but it will lead to much rapid progress when it does. As an aside, many of the debates people have today about politics are ones that have already happened many times throughout history. All one needs to do is grab a history book and read what happened when each system was implemented. Contrary to popular belief, we are not much smarter now than we were two millennia ago, and failed governmental systems then will still fail today.

4. Jacobsen: What is religion? Why are much of the world religious? Why are a significant minority of the world not religious (in standard definitions)?

Scillitani: The function of religion differs between its founder and followers. To the founder, it’s a business or system of government. To the follower, religion can be a social or spiritual community, a path towards finding some meaning in life, or a prison in some unfortunate cases, such as Islam. Much of the world is still religious because it’s hard to break ancient traditions, especially when those traditions are still so influential in our cultures and governments.

There are many reasons why some people would not be religious. Lack of exposure to religion or being harmed by religious dogma are good examples (gay conversion therapy, as an example). Today, it’s also very trendy to be an atheist, and many ‘smart’ young people attack religion, typically Christianity, so they might feel smarter than they really are. The irony is that nearly all of these young people say nothing new or interesting during religious debates and just echo what they’ve heard on social media.

5. Jacobsen: Any stances on God, gods, uncertainty, or no gods? The old pickle question important to so many.

Scillitani: I think the universe has a creator and is not the product of chance. Without any intelligent design there would be no laws governing inanimate objects, which we know follow predictable behaviours. The odds that the universe as we know it was the result of chance alone is the same as flipping a fair coin infinite times and it landing on heads each time. Because our coin always behaves predictably, the only conclusion that makes sense would be if the coin wasn’t actually fair and that it landing on heads each time was by design.

6. Jacobsen: When you look at the current financial or economic systems, what ones make the most sense to the nature of human beings?

Scillitani: I don’t know enough about economics to give an educated answer. If given the choice, Paul Cooijmans’ proposed economic system in his hypothetical party program is the best one I’ve seen so far.

7. Jacobsen: Do human beings have a nature? If so, what is it?

Scillitani: There’s a duality to human nature, and people are either producers or consumers. Producers strive towards self-improvement, work hard, create, lead by example, and are inspiring. Consumers don’t strive towards self-improvement, are lazy, destroy, follow, and are uninspiring. The knee jerk reaction might be to think that consumers are entirely useless but that’s not the case. Without consumers, we’d eventually achieve perfection and then be robbed of any further self-improvement. We may all thank consumers for their role in slowing us down so we can continue to get better.

8. Jacobsen: Do you believe in a soul? If not, why not? If so, how do you define it?

Scillitani: I believe we have a soul and would define it as the intensity of the impression we make on others during and after our lifetime.

9. Jacobsen: What is language? 

Scillitani: Language is any replicable form of communication that can be understood between at least two things, animate or inanimate. When my dog was a puppy I used to give him a treat when he’d stand on his hind legs because I thought it was very impressive. Now he’s learned to stand on his hind legs when he wants a treat, and I understand his intent. We’ve developed our own replicable form of communication or language.

10. Jacobsen: What is a thought? Can thought be separated from language?

Scillitani: I’d define a thought as any instance of mental awareness that can be understood to mean something to the one experiencing it. I doubt thought can be separated from language. It’s likely that language is a requisite to have thoughts in the first place since even basic feelings such as hunger and pain can be expressed in a rudimentary language.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Member, Giga Society; Member, Glia Society. Bachelor’s Degree, Psychology, East Carolina University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Matthew Scillitani.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Society, God, the Soul, and Thought (Part Two) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 8). An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Society, God, the Soul, and Thought (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Society, God, the Soul, and Thought (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Society, God, the Soul, and Thought (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Society, God, the Soul, and Thought (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Society, God, the Soul, and Thought (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Society, God, the Soul, and Thought (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Society, God, the Soul, and Thought (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Society, God, the Soul, and Thought (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Tanzanian Regional Commissioner Mr. Paul Makonda has been Banned From Entering the United States of America

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Author: Isakwisa Amanyisye Lucas Mwakalonge

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 509

Keywords: Dar es Salaam, Isakwisa Amanyisye Lucas Mwakalonge, Paul Christian Makonda, Michael Pompeo, Regional Commissioner, Tanzania.

Tanzanian Regional Commissioner Mr. Paul Makonda has been Banned From Entering the United States of America[1],[2]

Social media and online television in Tanzania have reported that the Regional Commissioner of Dar es Salaam, Paul Christian Makonda, has been banned to enter the United States of America.

Sources have reported that this has been due to the reasons that the Regional Commissioner is connected with matters of violations of human rights in Tanzania since he was appointed as the Regional Commissioner.

In his recent tweet, the United States of America Secretary of state Michael Pompeo writes, “Today we designated Dar es salaam Regional Commissioner Paul Christian Makonda as ineligible to enter the U.S for his involvement in gross violations of #human rights. We are deeply concerned over deteriorating respect for human rights and rule of law #Tanzania.”[3]

Paul Christian Makonda is blamed for oppressing and violating the rights of the minority groups. For example, sometime, a year ago, he organized a campaign and mobilized people all over the country to come out and hunt homosexuals[4] in Dar es Salaam.

Paul Christian Makonda is also blamed for denying the rights of people to conduct peaceful demonstrations and peaceful political rallies in Dar es salaam. Makonda has been against people’s freedom of expression, for example.

Once, in last year, he was captured by CCTV Cameras with four armed men in uniforms carrying guns in the midnight invading a radio station owned by a cloud media group and harassed radio presenters that night in Dar es salaam without following the laws of the land.

There have been claims here and there by local and international bodies that Tanzanian records in human rights and rule of law have deteriorated.

References

Mwakalonge, I. (2018, November 22). On the Ongoing Campaign Witch-Hunt Against Homosexuals in TanzaniaRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/tanzania.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Assistant Editor, African Freethinker (Tanzania). Dar es salaam, Tanzania, he can be contacted here: isamwaka01@gmail.com.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/america-mwakalonge.

[3] Secretary Pompeo, @SecPompeo, 9:10 PM, January, 2020 Twitter.

[4] Mwakalonge, I. (2018, November 22). On the Ongoing Campaign Witch-Hunt Against Homosexuals in TanzaniaRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/tanzania.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees/original authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A Born Again Christian Prophet Causes Deaths of Twenty People in Miracle Performance in Northern Tanzania

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Author: Isakwisa Amanyisye Lucas Mwakalonge

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 591

Keywords: Born Again, Christian, Deaths, Isakwisa Amanyisye Lucas Mwakalonge, Miracle Performance, Prophet Mwamposa, Tanzania.

Lucas 2

Prophet Mwamposa

A Born Again Christian Prophet Causes Deaths of Twenty People in Miracle Performance in Northern Tanzania[1],[2]

It has been reported that twenty people died on the spot while the other nineteen left in critical condition. this happened on the 1st of February 2020 in a northern town of Moshi in the Kilimanjaro region, Tanzania. On that day, a crowd of people scrambled to enter into the stadium, where the miracle performer famous as prophet and apostle, Boniface Mwamposa, nicknamed as the ‘bulldozer,’ and based in Dar es salaam was continuing with his prayers and miracle performance in a stadium. He was telling people to walk through the anointed oil, so that they can be cured of diseases and sufferings, be saved from poverty, get married, have employment, have success in business, be rich, and have deliverance from the bondage of satan and the power of darkness. That famous prophet is also selling water, tons and tons of bottles, to people, so that they could use them for drinking, washing, and taking birth believing that they will be blessed and protected from the devil through the “blessed” water he is selling.

Statement from the minister of home affairs of Tanzania, Honorable George Simbachawene, who is also in charge of the police force in Tanzania, said that twenty people died on the spot during the event and another nineteen people are in critical condition. The minister also said that after the event the prophet tried to escape, but the police apprehended him in Dar es Salaam where he was preparing himself to run away to an unknown place. The minister warned all born again Christian churches and Christian miracle performers prophets not to raise emotions to the people on their prayers because, sometimes, it may cause dangers like what has happened, recently.

However, views from common citizens do throw the blame on the government for not taking care of leaving these born again churches and Christian prophets/miracle performers to continue lying to people. When problems arise, it is when the government wakes up from the slumber and comes out with strong statements. Citizens have warned that proper screening is to be done before someone is allowed to conduct religious services, so as to prevent further injuries like this.

Prophet and apostle Mwamposa is leading the church called “Inuka Uangaze” – Swahili for “stand up and be the light.” The church is headquartered in Dar es salaam, Tanzania.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Assistant Editor, African Freethinker (Tanzania). Dar es salaam, Tanzania, he can be contacted here: isamwaka01@gmail.com.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/tanzania-mwakalonge.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees/original authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Family, Education, Talents, and Honesty and Truthfulness (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,065

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego is the Founder of the Hall of Sophia. He discusses: family; early childhood; mentors; realization of talents; courses of study in high school; getting older and more freedom in the world; criticality of books and author while developing intellectually; formal qualifications; intelligence tests taken; reason for taking the tests; finding the high IQ communities; pluses and minuses of the community; important values of honesty and truthfulness; and some preliminary discussion about the Hall of Sophia.

Keywords: Catholics, Colegio de Ciencias y Humanidades Sur, Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, Hall of Sophia, honesty, truthfulness, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México.

An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Family, Education, Talents, and Honesty and Truthfulness: Founder, Hall of Sophia (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s make this particular session about some family and personal background. Also, I express appreciation to Dr. Ronald Hoeflin for the recommendation of Mr. Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego from the Hall of Sophia for the interview. This creates a foundation upon which individuals may know more about you, and contextualizes some later responses – to the sensitive and astute. What was the family background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof?

Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego: I’m not the kind of person that likes to say too much about himself, so I will only say this.

I was born in Mexico City. I’m the firstborn of three brothers and one sister. My grandparents were Catholics. My mother considers herself a Catholic too. My first language is Spanish. My second language is English, which I learned when (if I remember well) I was fourteen years thanks to a wonderful teacher I had.

I consider myself a religious person too, but I haven’t chosen my religion.

My grandfather was a self-taught engineer and my mother has a Ph.D. in Pediatric Dentistry, so I grew up in a slightly culturally enriched family.

2. Jacobsen: In early childhood, were there any pivotal moments or memories crucial to identity formation for you? Those with sufficient fidelity to recall at this time.

Pliego: I grow up like a normal kid playing on fields, climbing trees, losing and winning marbles, playing football with my friends, watching television and once in a while reading the encyclopedias my mother bought. It was pretty much the same when I was an adolescent, but doing different things with different kinds of people. So, currently, I’m the kind of person that likes to have fun.

3. Jacobsen: Who were some crucial mentors in youth too? Often, successful intelligent adults had mentors or role models in youth, in specific ways as expressed by particular people.

Pliego: I didn’t have any, but I will always remember my grandma who always did the best she could for me.

4. Jacobsen: What made for a successful realization of talents and general abilities for you, as you made the transition from childhood to adolescence?

Pliego: I use to have fun solving math problems, which was something that helped me to realize that I was smart. I enjoyed and still enjoy intellectual endeavours.

5. Jacobsen: What courses of study took the most time in high school? In that, what areas were of the greatest interest to you?

Pliego: My pass through high school was kind of chaotic, to be honest. I never had a great interest in most of my courses. I just used to pass the exams to get the qualifications I needed to get out there. This doesn’t mean that I hated high school, since I met most of my closest friends and a lot of people that I consider friends during that period of my life.

6. Jacobsen: As you transitioned out of high school into young adulthood, what were the thoughts and feelings of the increased sense of freedom to explore the world in a personal and autonomous fashion?

Pliego: I have always been a very intellectually independent person, so I have always explored the world with my very particular way of seeing things drive by a desire of knowing the truth about me and creation.

7. Jacobsen: Were there any particular books or authors, in all this time, who stood out as particularly important to personal intellectual development?

Pliego: Not really, I’m a very critical person. I always take with a grain of salt all the things that I read or see, so even though I have read a bunch of books; I haven’t incorporated too much of them into myself.

8. Jacobsen: What have been the formal qualifications for you? This seems like a good primer to intelligence questions.

Pliego: The high school (Colegio de Ciencias y Humanidades Sur) and the university (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, the biggest university in Latin America) where I studied (both public) selects his students using an standardized test which I passed two times, the first time to gain a place to study in the CCH Sur and the second to gain a place to study in the UNAM.

Both schools highly demanded here in Mexico, so thinking about tests and scores I think passing both tests is pretty much a formal qualification for me.

9. Jacobsen: What have been the mainstream and alternative IQ tests taken by you? What have been the scores and the relevant standard deviations in the scores? What ones seem like the most reliable indicators of general intelligence? 

Pliego: In one hand, I was tested by a psychologist when I was an adolescent, but I don’t know which test she used. I don’t know which score I got since I stopped going to the sessions.

I haven’t take any other mainstream test supervised by a psychologist since then.

In the other hand, I have taken over 33 high range I.Q. tests scoring from 120 sd15 to 168 sd15 which correspond to 1.282 and 4.533333333333333 standard deviations above the mean, and 1 out of 10 to 1 out of 300,000 in the sense of rarity.

In mainstream psychology, reliability “refers to the consistency of a measure” and tests are considered reliable if people get the same result repeatedly something that doesn’t happen in the field of high range I.Q. testing since every high range designer has his own way to norm and design tests and every test is designed with different ideas of how extreme intelligence should be measured, so we can’t really talk about reliability in the field of high range I.Q. testing since designers haven’t come into agreement of how to norm, how to design, and how a high range I.Q. test should measure extreme intelligence.

So, in my opinion, the most reliable tests on the field of high range I.Q. testing are those who have big samples and those which are designed with proper ideas of what extreme intelligence is, such as The Titan Test and the LAIT. Both with big samples and good ideas of how extreme intelligence should be measured.

10. Jacobsen: Why take the tests in the first place and over time? I note some individuals take a large number of tests.

Pliego: Personally, I take them to challenge myself and to entertain my mind while I don’t have anything interesting to do.

11. Jacobsen: When did you find the community of the high IQ? How did these provide some semblance of a community of mind for you?

Pliego: Most of my interest for the high I.Q. community started when I read “A Short And Bloody History Of The High IQ Societies” by Robert Miyaguchi on my adolescence from there I started to gain interest on the people that are part of the community such as Evangelos Katsioulis, who I added as a friend on Facebook. Later, he invited me to join the Facebook group of the “Giga Society” in 2012, the group was very fun. I used to post my scores on online tests and the members of the group joined the fun by posting his scores on the comments section of the post.

For most of the time, it doesn’t, but sure one finds people with above-average interests than in an average community.

12. Jacobsen: What are the pluses and minuses of taking part in these communities?

Pliego: That once in a while you can have an interesting conversation with other members of the high I.Q. community or make a new interesting friend, while the rest of the time you will find a lot of harassment by people that think differently than you.

13. Jacobsen: As you have come to this point in life now, what have been the important values inculcated externally, internally, and in this interplay and the external and the internal? Why those values? How do you live those out each day, or try to embody those in daily life?

Pliego: It is hard to say, but I have always tried to live in the best way possible. This means to live in the most honest and truthful way I can.

14. Jacobsen: Next, we can look more into the Hall of Sophia. To set the grounds, what came to mind in the original formulation of the Hall of Sophia?

Pliego: I wanted to found a high I.Q. society different from all others but keeping the best of what makes a high I.Q. society great, so I blended what inspired me about the big societies like The Mega Society, the ISPE Society, and The Prometheus Society among others into a single concept which is the Hall of Sophia.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Hall of Sophia.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Family, Education, Talents, and Honesty and Truthfulness (Part One) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 1). An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Family, Education, Talents, and Honesty and Truthfulness (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Family, Education, Talents, and Honesty and Truthfulness (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Family, Education, Talents, and Honesty and Truthfulness (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Family, Education, Talents, and Honesty and Truthfulness (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Family, Education, Talents, and Honesty and Truthfulness (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Family, Education, Talents, and Honesty and Truthfulness (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Family, Education, Talents, and Honesty and Truthfulness (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego on Family, Education, Talents, and Honesty and Truthfulness (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pliego-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Family, Autodidacticism, Work, Intelligence, and Guiding Lights (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,616

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Anja Jaenicke is a German Poet and Actor. She discusses: family background, and family dynamics; autodidacticism; important professional capacities; intellectual development; discovery of high intelligence; nurturing in early life; development of intellectual interests and productions over time; taking part in the World Intelligence Network community; and important writers and speakers.

Keywords: Anja Jaenicke, Bertrand Russell, Charles Chaplin, Douglas Hofstadter, Phenomenon, poetry, Werner Herzog, WIN ONE, World Intelligence Network.

An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Family, Autodidacticism, Work, Intelligence, and Guiding Lights: German Actor and Poet (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is some familial background? How did this produce some of the family dynamics for you?

Anja Jaenicke: I was born in the formerly divided city of Berlin/West, Germany. My mother was a well-known film, theater and TV actress. When I was a child we often went to the Kurfürstendamm Boulevard where her name was written in golden letters above the entrance of a theater. People recognized her in the street and even tried to touch her, which, as a child, I found very scary. I did not particularly enjoy this kind of public fame. I was a very introverted child. I am still an introvert. When I was about five years old; I have been asked what I want to be when I grew up and I answered: “Unknown.” In primary school, I experienced an extreme anxiety because I have been bullied for being different. My father comes from a Greek family in Istanbul. He is a writer and author of lyrics. My family lives everywhere from Istanbul to London and Berlin. So I can say, “Yes.” My childhood had, indeed, a lot of family life dynamics. Due to the profession of my mother, we moved a lot. I spent more time with grown ups than with children my age. When I was three years old I appeared in my first movie, but I didn’t enjoy it and quit the shooting albeit the producer tried to bribe me with some special toys. I thought this profession was full of silly infantile people who tried to boost their ego personalities. I told the producer in my own words and left the set without the toys.

2. Jacobsen: What where some formal postsecondary academic qualifications earned by you if any? If so why those.

Jaenicke: I am an autodidact par excellence. In some ways I did everything earlier than others my age. I finished them earlier too. I had to! When I was ten years old, my mother became very ill; and we changed roles. I had to grow up fast and take care of her. I became her mother. I had to feed her, dress her, and because she didn’t have an agent at this time, negotiate her film and theater contracts, so that she was able to fulfill them. I had to make sure that she was on stage in time, so I accompanied her to the theater. In this time, I learned a lot of my later directing skills because I watched the same show over two hundred times. The other actors knew that I was in the audience and continuously asked me what they could do better or different. I answered things like: “Did you notice that nobody laughed at this or that gag? Hold your breath longer before you speak.” Sometimes I also joined the rehearsals in the morning sitting next to the director. All in all, I spent lots of time in the dust of the stage or played in the puddles on a film set. Unfortunately, in the following year, the illness of my mother worsened. I could not continue my school education. We moved constantly and I spent my days at home working myself through all the moving boxes with books from my mother’s former library. I read the interesting mixture of Shakespeare, Goethe, Schopenhauer, Wittgenstein, Kant, Henry Miller, the diaries of Anais Nin, Bert Brecht, and Charles Bukowski. It must have been in this time that I started to question Kant’s a priori morals. I pulled together strings from my own eleven years of life experience and compared them with what I had read.

I questioned Kant by seeing events in the way film was made. You need many single cuts from different perspective angles to make a scene seem real. There could not be one a priori truth, but there had to be many and each one claims to be the absolute. I kept looking for answers and dived into mathematical philosophy. I read Bertrand Russell, who influenced my later years very much.

3. Jacobsen: What have been some important professional capacities for you?

Jaenicke: Well, I started my early career as an actress. I played my first lead role in the film “Das Heimkind.” A year later, I worked with the director Peter Lilienthal in the film “David.” By that time, I was officially recognized as gifted and excused from school by the German Minister of Education. I also performed in a Ballet company in Munich and played Shakespeare on stage. From there on, I received one offer after the other, mostly name over title roles. I worked with colleges like Goetz George, Franco Nero, Christoph Waltz, and many others. For the movie, “The Swing” about the youth of the writer and poet Annette Kolb. I have been awarded with the Bavarian Film Award. Later, I received the “BAMBI” and the “German Actors Award of the Federal Association of German Film and TV Directors.” All in all, I have participated in around a hundred film and television productions, When I was thirty, I stopped acting, became a professional dog musher, and took my twenty self bred and trained sled dogs on an expedition through the Canadian Arctic. After my return, I moved to a medieval Chateau in France and founded my own film developing company. Among others, I developed the motion picture: “Eagles Dance” and “The Perfect Job.” I wrote the script, directed, and played the female main role in the film “The Mirror Image of Being,” which was developed after my own novel. I was the writer, director, and producer of the documentary film “Lucky Me.” I wrote eight lyric books, a novel, a couple of short stories and many screenplays. I appeared as a guest writer in several other books I am also a published author of “Leonardo Magazine”, “City Connect Magazine- Cambridge”, “WIN One” and “Genius Journal” For my creative work, I have been honored with the Distinguished Visionary of the Year Award 2018 and the Genius of the Year Award 2019 by the VedIQ Guild Foundation. And I recently published two books about an insane penguin called Werner.

4. Jacobsen: Following from the previous two questions, how have those professional capacities and postsecondary academic qualifications helped intellectual and skill development for you?

Jaenicke: Oddly I perceive your question the other way around, but, maybe, that is the price for being an artist. My intellectual capacity has helped to pursue my artistic work of creating. I think the pure joy of creation shaped my mind and helped me to achieve academic qualifications. This is why I see myself as a Thinker cum Arte.

5. Jacobsen: When was high intelligence discovered for you?

Jaenicke: Somehow, I was a strange kid. I loved learning. I started to speak full sentences very early. I did so continuously. I talked and talked. Also, I became a rather silent child in later years. Maybe, I had the feeling that the talking straights out the many confusing questions I had.

My grandmother notoriously claimed that she has never, never told a single lie in her entire life. I started to ask myself what “never” meant and if “never” can ever be? I guess this was the moment where my interest in the miracles of the universe have been born. I started to teach myself how to read and write because I was too impatient to wait for school. My mother gave me some French children’s books. I started to read them all. At that time, I did not notice that I read in a foreign language. I just kept reading and filled the gaps with the illustrations of the book. After we have been on a holiday to Italy. I started to speak Italian quite fluently. I had never learned the language. I was still in diapers, but I understood and spoke perfectly. Until now, I have no explanation for that. In some way, it was a hindrance too because I never developed the right attitude to learn a language from school books or structured courses. It needed a lot of discipline in later years, but I finally got over it. My mother decided that I should enter school early, but, at this time, there was no way in Germany to do so. Finally, she got me into first grade public school. It was the greatest disappointment ever. I desperately wanted to learn and couldn’t wait to go to school and meet all the other kids of whom I thought they might have the same intention as I have, but, unfortunately, it turned out that they were a bunch of noisy idiots with sticky hands. I had to sit still in a stinky classroom and bore myself to death while the others practiced how to draw a straight line. The teacher forced me to write three pages of As, Bs, and Cs. I remember becoming very furious. I cried until they sent me home. It was decided that I should take an IQ test because teachers thought I might be overwhelmed by school and not quite ripe for it. I remember sitting in a room with a lady who called herself “Aunty.” I was very nervous; I didn’t want to make mistakes in the test. The test result turned out as a surprise and catapulted me right into second grade. Finally, I was allowed to write real words and I loved math. I had a wonderful little teacher, Miss Hoffmann. I loved to discuss numbers with her. A couple of years later, when I quit school, which officially was not allowed in Germany, I had to repeat IQ testing. I didn’t like these supervised tests. I felt a bit like a mouse in a laboratory. Much later, I took IQ tests by Nathan Haselbauer [Ed. Founder of the International High IQ Society, deceased by his own hand.] and Jason Betts. But I think that IQ testing is not an end in itself. Much more important is what you make out of it.

6. Jacobsen: How was this nurtured in an early life?

Jaenicke: As a single child growing up with a single parent I had many so called grown up talks with my mother from early age on. I never felt happy with other children and I spent much time alone. I loved it as I do today. I never feel lonely when I am alone. I think one big component in my early life was that I was forced to adapt frequently, to watch people and situations and to process circumstances fast. When I was fourteen, my mother got an offer for the TV series “Holocaust.” I joined her and made my math homework at the film set, which ended in discussing Dirichlet boundaries with the actor James Woods (IQ 185). He got so excited over it that he wrote notes on my math paper and I rewrote the paper together with him. For this paper, I got the worst grade in my whole school career. Obviously, my teacher didn’t understand the thought processes of James Woods.

7. Jacobsen: How did you develop intellectual interests and productions over time into the present, in adulthood?

Jaenicke: I am creative but I do not feel very adult. Although, as a renaissance person, I might be very old.

8. Jacobsen: How did you find WIN? How did this become taking part in WIN ONE & Phenomenon community?

Jaenicke: I entered WIN a couple of years ago. I am a member of about twenty-five High IQ societies, among others the Poetic Genius Society in which I used to be very active. I also wrote for Leonardo Magazine. From that time, I know Graham Powell who asked me if I want to write for WIN ONE and so I did.

9. Jacobsen: Who have been some important writers and speakers in your life as guiding lights or signposts as to what is meaningful and important to you.

Jaenicke: I think Bertrand Russell is important to me, Wittgenstein in some way and, of course, Douglas Hofstadter. But also Charles Chaplin and the director Werner Herzog who is the inspiration for my insane penguin Werner.

© for the answers by Anja Jaenicke 2020

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] German Poet and Actress; CEO, HIQ-MEDIA-POOL INC.; Member, Poetic Genius Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Family, Autodidacticism, Work, Intelligence, and Guiding Lights (Part One) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 1). An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Family, Autodidacticism, Work, Intelligence, and Guiding Lights (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Family, Autodidacticism, Work, Intelligence, and Guiding Lights (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Family, Autodidacticism, Work, Intelligence, and Guiding Lights (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Family, Autodidacticism, Work, Intelligence, and Guiding Lights (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Family, Autodidacticism, Work, Intelligence, and Guiding Lights (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Family, Autodidacticism, Work, Intelligence, and Guiding Lights (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Family, Autodidacticism, Work, Intelligence, and Guiding Lights (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Anja Jaenicke on Family, Autodidacticism, Work, Intelligence, and Guiding Lights (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jaenicke-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Tim Roberts on Background, Religion in the U.K., Familial Unsociability, Martin Gardner and Bertrand Russell, Intelligence, and Social Difficulties (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,065

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Tim Roberts is the Founder/Administrator of Unsolved Problems. He self-describes in “A Brief and Almost True Biography” as follows: I was definitely born lower-middle class.  Britain was (and probably still is) so stratified that one’s status could be easily classified.  You were only working class if you lived in Scotland or Wales, or in the north of England, or had a really physical job like dustbin-man.  You were only middle class if you lived in the south, had a decent-sized house, probably with a mortgage, and at work you had to use your brain, at least a little. My mother was at the upper end of lower-middle class, my father at the lower. After suffering through the first twenty years of my life because of various deleterious genetically-acquired traits, which resulted in my being very small and very sickly, and a regular visitor to hospitals, I became almost normal in my 20s, and found work in the computer industry.  I was never very good, but demand in those days was so high for anyone who knew what a computer was that I turned freelance, specializing in large IBM mainframe operating systems, and could often choose from a range of job opportunities. As far away as possible sounded good, so I went to Australia, where I met my wife, and have lived all the latter half of my life. Being inherently lazy, I discovered academia, and spent 30 years as a lecturer, at three different universities.  Whether I actually managed to teach anyone anything is a matter of some debate.  The maxim “publish or perish” ruled, so I spent an inordinate amount of time writing crap papers on online education, which required almost no effort. My thoughts, however, were always centred on such pretentious topics as quantum theory and consciousness and the nature of reality.  These remain my over-riding interest today, some five years after retirement. I have a reliance on steroids and Shiraz, and possess an IQ the size of a small planet, because I am quite good at solving puzzles of no importance, but I have no useful real-world skills whatsoever.  I used to know a few things, but I have forgotten most of them.” He discusses: familial background, religion in the United Kingdom; guardian and mentor influence on him, if any; Martin Gardner and Bertrand Russell; discovery of high intelligence; social difficulties; and the Titan Test.

Keywords: Bertrand Russell, Hans Eysenck, intelligence, Martin Gardner, Paul Cooijmans, Ronald Hoeflin, Tim Roberts, Titan Test, Unsolved Problems.

An Interview with Tim Roberts on Background, Religion in the U.K., Familial Unsociability, Martin Gardner and Bertrand Russell, Intelligence, and Social Difficulties: Founder/Administrator, Unsolved Problems (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*I assumed “Professor” based on an article. I was wrong. I decided to keep the mistake because the responses and the continual mistake, for the purposes of this interview, adds some personality to the interview, so the humour in a personal error.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I wanted to open with an appreciation for taking the time for this interview today. Before starting, I will give an acknowledgement and due credit to Mr. Paul Cooijmans for the connection. For the beginning of this interview, I want to start with some, typically, more straightforward questions. Those on family background and personal development [Ed. Format changed to interpolation of more questions followed by more responses, etc.]. I like these ones because of the contextualization of the personality who is the focus of the interview. To begin, what is some family background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof?

(Ed. Former) Professor Tim Roberts: Well, up front I should make it clear that I only held the title “Professor” when I worked in the USA, where even quite junior academics are afforded such a title. In Australia, I never rose above “Senior Lecturer”, for good reason – I was not very good.

I am British by birth, living the first 30 years of my life in and around London. From a lower-middle-class family, striving to be middle-middle-class. We never had much money, but always enough for the basics, which included a roast dinner every Sunday.

My parents called themselves “Church of England”, but practiced religion almost not all. My brother, eight years my senior, was baptized in a church and “confirmed” in his teenage years, but that was the extent of our involvement with organized religion.

I learnt French and Latin and Greek in my primary school. I suspect that would be almost unheard of these days, but was not uncommon then.

I went to University College in London, gaining a BSc in Mathematics. I then found work in the computing field before moving to Australia in my late twenties.

2. Jacobsen: Is calling oneself “Church of England” while not practicing religion in a serious manner, or at all, a common family phenomenon in the United Kingdom? Is religion, more or less, in its death knell in the United Kingdom now?

Roberts: Yes to the first question.  As to the second, religious belief is certainly declining.  In the 2001 census, over 70% declared themselves as Christian. In 2011 (the most recent census), this had declined dramatically to below 60%.  “No Religion” went up from 15% to 25%.

3. Jacobsen: When we look at some of the ways in which mentors and prominent members of the local community can impact a youth outside of parental or guardian influence, who were some for you? Why them?

Roberts: Our family was very unsociable, for several reasons. My father worked very hard to provide us with a reasonable lifestyle, but we seldom went out, and I don’t think we were members of any community groups whatsoever. My mother spent most of her time looking after her elderly parents. So my influences were not from anyone local, but rather more from people who wrote books.

A large part of my love for mathematics was derived from the works of Martin Gardner. My appreciation of philosophy, from Bertrand Russell. Such people were my heroes in my teenage years.

4. Jacobsen: How did these two individuals, Gardner and Russell, become important for the formation of personal intellectual identity and development, despite the local lack of interpersonal interactions with people or community groups in relation to family?

Roberts: Well, my family was not intellectual, in any sense.  I don’t recall any conversations of substance at all in the areas of philosophy or psychology, for example.  None of my parents or grandparents had been to University.

So it was with some delight that I found that others in the world shared my fascination with certain topics.  Martin Gardner showed me that it was quite acceptable to find fun and enjoyment in numbers and mathematical puzzles.  Bertrand Russell demonstrated to me that one could take an interest in serious issues affecting the whole of mankind, and that it was OK to challenge orthodoxy.

5. Jacobsen: When was high general intelligence discovered for you? Were educators and parents supportive of it?

Roberts: My parents were very proud that I was good at mathematics at primary school. In retrospect, I was probably high on the autism scale, but don’t recall ever hearing this term until I was an adult. For some reason, I bought the books “Know Your Own IQ” and “Check Your Own IQ” by Hans Eysenck, and self-tested to IQ levels around 150, which was higher than the tests in those books were designed for. I subsequently took an officially-authorised MENSA test, was amazed at how easy it was, and became a member of that organization. But I had such poor social skills that I only ever attended a couple of meetings, if that.

6. Jacobsen: Have these social difficulties persisted in current life?

Roberts: Oh yes, but I do not want to overstate this.  I was a University lecturer for many years, and of course had to interact with colleagues and students all the time.  I frequently riled colleagues, I think; but most of my students seemed to enjoy my style.  I have always got on well with those junior in status, or younger in years.  Not so well with those senior, or older.  Maybe because I have never respected authority for its own sake.

After retirement I tutored kids in maths – I can honestly say that most of my students enjoyed my presence, I think.  This may (or may not) be because kids are generally more honest than adults, and I find that refreshing.

7. Jacobsen: You scored highly on one of the legendary high-range tests, the Titan Test, developed by one of the most legendary test creators, Dr. Ronald Hoeflin. What was the score on the test? What is the implied rarity by the test score and SD on the Titan Test?

Roberts: I enjoyed the test, and scored 45/48, equivalent to an IQ of 183. But, as I recall, I had to spend several weeks on the test to achieve this score.  And in any event I am very unsure as to the reliability of any scores above 165 or thereabouts.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder/Administrator, Unsolved Problems.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tim Roberts on Background, Religion in the U.K., Familial Unsociability, Martin Gardner and Bertrand Russell, Intelligence, and Social Difficulties (Part One) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 1). An Interview with Tim Roberts on Background, Religion in the U.K., Familial Unsociability, Martin Gardner and Bertrand Russell, Intelligence, and Social Difficulties (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Tim Roberts on Background, Religion in the U.K., Familial Unsociability, Martin Gardner and Bertrand Russell, Intelligence, and Social Difficulties (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Tim Roberts on Background, Religion in the U.K., Familial Unsociability, Martin Gardner and Bertrand Russell, Intelligence, and Social Difficulties (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Tim Roberts on Background, Religion in the U.K., Familial Unsociability, Martin Gardner and Bertrand Russell, Intelligence, and Social Difficulties (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Tim Roberts on Background, Religion in the U.K., Familial Unsociability, Martin Gardner and Bertrand Russell, Intelligence, and Social Difficulties (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Tim Roberts on Background, Religion in the U.K., Familial Unsociability, Martin Gardner and Bertrand Russell, Intelligence, and Social Difficulties (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Tim Roberts on Background, Religion in the U.K., Familial Unsociability, Martin Gardner and Bertrand Russell, Intelligence, and Social Difficulties (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tim Roberts on Background, Religion in the U.K., Familial Unsociability, Martin Gardner and Bertrand Russell, Intelligence, and Social Difficulties (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/roberts-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Richard Sheen on a ‘Doxastic Venture’: or, Reason, Purpose, and a Leap of Faith, the Nature of Faith and Its Relation to Reason and Adventure (Part Four)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 9,479

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Richard Sheen is a young independent artist, philosopher, photographer and theologian based in New Zealand. He has studied at Tsinghua University of China and The University of Auckland in New Zealand, and holds degrees in Philosophy and Theological Studies. Originally raised atheist but later came to Christianity, Richard is dedicated to the efforts of human rights and equality, nature conservation, mental health, and to bridge the gap of understanding between the secular and the religious. Richard’s research efforts primarily focus on the epistemic and doxastic frameworks of theism and atheism, the foundations of rational theism and reasonable faith in God, the moral and practical implications of these frameworks of understanding, and the rebuttal of biased and irrational understandings and worship of God. He seeks to reconcile the apparent conflict between science and religion, and to find solutions to problems facing our environmental, societal and existential circumstances as human beings with love and integrity. Richard is also a proponent for healthy, sustainable and eco-friendly lifestyles, and was a frequent participant in competitive sports, fitness training, and strategy gaming. Richard holds publications and awards from Mensa New Zealand and The University of Auckland, and has pending publications for the United Sigma Intelligence Association and CATHOLIQ Society. He discusses: faith and reason; misapplications of faith and reason; faith, reason, and science in the 21st-century spiritual person; science and God; and uncertainty and faith.

Keywords: faith, God, metaphysics, philosophy, reason, religion, Richard Sheen, science, theism.

An Interview with Richard Sheen on a ‘Doxastic Venture’: or, Reason, Purpose, and a Leap of Faith, the Nature of Faith and Its Relation to Reason and Adventure (Part Four)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s transition into faith and reason. Some pose these as separate sides of a partition. Others seem them as inextricably linked in a hierarchy. That is to say, faith above reason as respect and acknowledgement of the infinite, the unknown, and the unknowable and reason as the only basis for marginal or limited knowledge about anything; or, reason above faith with reason as a means to derive deep truths about the world and faith in the margins where reason becomes insufficient to solve that which seem not as problems for solving but as mysteries to be considered, respected, and left alone. Still others, they seem them as playing equal parts in an interplay of conscious discrimination about that which can be left outside human possibilities, for faith, and that which can be contemplated inside human possibilities, for reason. All this sets aside empiricism and science for the moment. To begin, what is faith? What is reason?

Richard Sheen: This is a very good question, and one that deserves far more attention than it is typically given today. I suppose Isaiah 7:9 would serve as an underlying theme in this entire discussion, even though it refers to a very specific event in the Bible, this verse serves as an important guidance in understanding the entire nature of faith and its relation to reason – “Unless you believe, you will not understand”.

My position on faith and reason is very Thomistic, with the greatest of faith and most exceptional of reason being not only mutually compatible, but complementary. Like the sun and the moon as they cross the horizons of day and night, and the light and the shadows that playfully flirt with each other as we venture through our moments of life, faith and reason are “married and inseparable” with each other in spite of their apparent “conflicts”, no different from how an elderly couple who have bonded for an eternity may still engage in quarrel every now and then.

We can begin by giving an outline to faith in general. I understand faith as distinct from mere belief. Belief, in general, is usually propositional (e.g. “p believes that q”), it is a dyadic relation constituted of the believer and the object of belief, and is limited in that its moral and epistemic implications are usually restricted within particular contexts. Faith (or at least the type of faith that is generally considered “religious” in nature) on the other hand, pertains to a much broader scope of our mind and reality, it constitutes an “overall” framework of understanding for reality, and is deeply entrenched in every aspect of our life. Such faith cannot be represented merely by a simple, dyadic relation like that of a belief, as it is closely intertwined within the entire frameworks of our moral and epistemic reality. In short, faith in the religious sense covers a far greater(perhaps greatest) scope of our reality than mere belief, as it must constitute the highest overarching stance of our perception and understanding, hence is subsequently monadic in nature in the sense that it “immerses” us within an entire framework or tradition of values and beliefs, rather than merely “relating” us to a particular or set of values or beliefs from an “outside perspective” – faith in the religious sense is essentially “one with us”.

Reason and faith are inseparable, it is not possible to discuss one without relating to the other. However, we can more or less conceptually isolate the purely calculative aspects of human reason, which Kant refers to as “pure reason”, though to do this in practice is impossible. “Pure reason” is the part of us that makes deductions, inferences, and calculations, somewhat similar to a computer — albeit for us, the perspective and creativity gained through our self-consciousness and our temporal awareness allow us to see beyond the purely formal and deductive, hence we are able to “discover” new ideas rather than simply “follow” a pre-determined series of deductions or events.

Pure reason is always an “outsider” regarding the human existential circumstance, as one cannot rely on calculations and deductions alone to truly “live” life to its fullest extent and “experience” every moment of reality with our complete selves, less love each other faithfully through the lens of divine perfection and eternity. However, pure reason is a necessary path in which we must take in order to reach genuine faith, as pure faith alone without the guidance of reason can easily lead us into superstition – this is the importance of critical reasoning in faith.

The limitations of (pure)reason can lead us toward the realm of faith as we attempt to pursue the deeper meanings of life and existence that lie beyond the scope of logic and evidence alone. As we assess the premises and foundations in which our rational instruments such as science and logic are established upon, we eventually “bump” into the limits of cognition, and hence necessarily require “a leap of faith” in order to continue our rational pursuits without the fear of inconsistency and illusion, or some sort of “grand trickery” (see Descartes, Hume, and Kant etc.).

Reason and faith must then “join forces” to make that “leap” across the boundaries of cognition and “rest within” the “completion” of truth and virtue that is attained only through a thorough assessment of our reality by our reason, combined with a genuine leap of faith towards what is ultimately beyond the limitations of logic and evidence. Hence, reason is more or less the “eye” of our mind and soul in which we perceive and discern our world, while faith is the “heart” that we use to “touch” and “feel” the love and beauty of our world as we immerse within the meaningful experience and purpose of the miracle of life.

Reason and faith together constitute our overall experience of life and reality as sentient, intelligent, and free agents/persons who are blessed with infinite possibilities, and imbued with the desire and purpose for love, peace, the highest good, and ultimately, for God.

2. Jacobsen: Following from the previous questions, what seems like a misapplication of faith? What seems like a misapplication of reason?  In practical or real-life terms, how can proper application or misapplication of faith lead to positive or negative consequences, respectively, in life, directly or indirectly? Similarly, how can proper application or misapplication of reason lead to positive or negative consequences, respectively, in life, directly or indirectly?

Sheen: I believe reason necessarily leads to faith, although this faith is often implicit or “hidden beneath” the frameworks of our perception and cognition, and may not always be “well-placed” nor would it always lead to religious belief. Unlike in the previous section, I will now refer to reason, or “holistic/good reason” here as a very comprehensive ability that underlines the very essence of humanity, rather than merely the calculative aspects of “pure” reason that can be fully imitated by a computer.

Not only does this more “holistic” reason include our ability to perform logical deductions and make causal or probabilistic inferences based on our calculations and intelligent observation of the world, it also constitutes the part of us that allows us to love in spite of fear and uncertainty for our future, to cherish and appreciate in spite of the harshness and suffering of reality, to pursue peace and harmony in spite of our conflict and despair in life, and to transcend our immediate desires in order to reach out for a higher purpose in spite of our own limitations and the axiological imperfections of our world. The latter ability of our reason — the possibility for our will to transcend our inner selfishness and love each other in spite of the suffering of life, is what ultimately bestows us the possibility have faith beyond what is immediately perceivable or accessible to our logic, senses, and desires.

In this way, faith and reason are not two separated and somewhat contrary aspects of our cognition as is so often portrayed in the media and pop science, as they both hold real influence and consequences for each other. Nowadays as I see it, bad faith is often the result of bad reason, as it is often reason that leads us to faith(not only in God, but many other things, some proper, others misplaced. This is not to say that is always the case, as one can certainly have a preconceived belief or faith that is misplaced, distorting their reason and resulting in a vicious circle of disconnection with reality.

Bad faith and/or bad reason often occurs when faith and reason are divorced from each other, usually with one being infinitely magnified over the other as it attempts to transgress it’s own realm of jurisdiction in seek of dominating the other.

Stephen Jay Gould famously argued that science and religion are “non-overlapping magisteria”(NOMA), that is, science and religion each govern their own respective realms of facts and values. According to Gould, it is not reasonable to demand that science answer questions which pertain to values, nor is it reasonable to demand religion to explain the mechanisms of nature as derived through scientific observation and experimentation.

NOMA is an attempt to solve the apparent conflict between science and religion, and consequently, between reason and faith. While it has its virtues, NOMA does not provide us with the clear boundaries of science and religion(less reason and faith), as it is more or less merely a guidance framework in how we ought to treat these different domains of inquiry. Therefore in order to distinguish between what pertains to faith and what pertains to reason, we must approach God the Creator (the “premise” of facts and values in this context) and God’s creations (the natural world and our experience of reality) in a discerning way, and learn to distinguish not only between facts and values, but also between the mundane and natural, and the extraordinary and divine.

I will give some plain and simple examples of bad faith and bad reason, and how they ought to interact with each other on the basis of wisdom and discernment. I will start with two examples of bad faith:

1) James 2:24 tells us that “You see that a person is considered righteous by what they do and not by faith alone.” The first example of bad faith comes in the form of misplaced faith, which often replaces our action and removes from us any responsibility.

Consider if your car breaks down and that you notice a tyre is flat. What ought to be the best course of action for you? Do you stop, assess the situation, and decide what would be the best course of action to fix the simple issue at hand, or do you instead stop and pray hard in front of your car hoping that the tyre will somehow magically restore itself and be pumped full of air again? The latter is a classic example of misplaced faith, which is commonly seen in all forms of superstitious behaviour, particularly in strongly fundamentalist religious traditions and pagan superstitions of the past.

Misplaced faith happens when one leads one’s faith beyond the jurisdiction of its own divine realm (which pertains to the underlying purposive, teleological, and ultimately the divine, spiritual reality of our life), and consequently trivialises one’s faith in the divine, transcendent reality(God), “downgrading” it into a form of naïve and wishful thinking of trivial desires from the common aspects of life(which one believes could substitute for one’s own actions and responsibility). Misplaced faith is hence also a form of “theological blasphemy”, as it takes the glory and purpose of God and corrupts it with trivial, worldly functions.

Let us return to James 2:14-17. “What good is it, my brothers and sisters, if someone claims to have faith but has no deeds? Can such faith save them? Suppose a brother or a sister is without clothes and daily food. If one of you says to them, “Go in peace; keep warm and well fed,” but does nothing about their physical needs, what good is it? In the same way, faith by itself, if it is not accompanied by action, is dead.”

While faith is very important in our lives (often without some of us realising that it is there at all!), we ought to discipline our actions in accordance with our faith, but not replace our actions entirely with faith alone, particularly when it is directly contrary to the demonstrable laws of nature(if we do have genuine faith in God, we ought to have faith in nature as an extension of faith in God’s creations).

In this case, it is evident that we ought to either fix, or replace the flat tyre, whether by ourselves or through the aid of others (which also leads us to put faith in, and trust the good will of others as an extension from our faith in God); as even if it is not in principle impossible for supernatural miracles to happen as a result of divine intervention, we would have no good reasons to expect God to perform such an unimpressive miracle regarding a problem as mundane as a flat tyre, which on top of trivialising God’s transcendent divinity, would also consequentially jeopardise the integrity of the entire natural, physical world (as God’s creation) through the injection of an external, supernatural non-causal force within a set of natural, causal relations that are otherwise consistent with the rest of God’s creations. It would a completely unnecessary and contradictory action from God if He did actually fix your type in a flash of light(following Occam’s Razor), which could only logically undermine God’s infinite wisdom, and twist God into some caricature of a wish-granting lamp genie that bends to the ever trivial desires of mankind.

(The relation between prayer and the subsequent answers of prayers are another huge topic that deserves its own discussion, as it is heavily involved with the theological discussions of the nature of God and God’s relation to time and eternity. One view proposes that before anyone prays, God has already known about the prayers and determined the outcome of it even before the creation of the world, and hence has already “planned” the occurrence and outcome of the prayer via the complex chain of interactions of the laws of nature that He has already embedded within the creation of time and the universe. This means that all prayers and all answers to prayers are simply pre-determined events that God has masterfully crafted to play out within our experience of time. This of course brings in conceptual difficulties for free will and other issues, which deserves its own topic)

2) A second example of bad faith comes in the form of “transactional faith”, which often include superstitious “exchanges” or false, selfish acts of devotion. “Exchanges” are attempts by individuals to bargain for some sort of “favour” from a divine entity or supernatural force by performing certain rituals or presenting certain items as an “offering” to gain this supernatural entity’s favour.

While such patterns of behaviour are generally associated with primitive tribes and cultures, we can still observe such patterns of superstitious behaviour in many Asian cultures today, particularly within Chinese Buddhism/Taosim as I have often witnessed. (This is by no means an attack on genuine Buddhist and Taoist philosophy however)

In Taiwan, lucrative industries are established around the superstition of “karma gathering” through the “releasing” of all sorts of animals. Large amounts of caged pigeons are sold to believers intent on gaining “good karma” by “releasing” them into the wild in hopes that the deities of their choice would grant them good luck for their business to prosper, their health to retain, or even for them to win the lottery or be born into a wealthy family in their next life so they wouldn’t have to work again. The pigeons are often released in fixed locations so that the merchants could quickly recapture them for resale purposes. Fish would be sold beside a small pond, released by karma purchasers, and subsequently caught just a few meters away, sometimes within plain sight of the customers.

Such examples of bizarre superstition are not uncommon in our world even today, and are by no means unique to Buddhism or Taosim, but can be found in every religion, and even in secular cultures between limited agents(such as worship of money, status, attention, e.g. “Instagram influencers” etc.).

In Luke 6:46, Jesus says: “Why do you call me Lord, Lord, and don’t do what I say?”, it is very clear to us, even written so obviously in the Bible that genuine faith must be followed by consistent change and action for the purpose of the good (Will of God). One who only announces their faith in God in words cannot possibly be truly faithful if their actions are not consistent with their words and do not bear the fruits of love.

The idea of a promise of eternal life after death as long as one “follows” Jesus Christ – even if not accompanied by genuine action — in some fundamentalist Christian sects also gives rise to similar forms of superstitious “exchanges”, as this overly-simplistic interpretation of Christian faith may lead opportunistic individuals to adopt a form of “playacting” in Sunday church to “repent for their sins” so that they could gain a “free ticket to heaven” all the while disregarding all sorts of evil that they condone, or even endorse and commit during the rest of the 6 days of the week. Such individuals essentially follow the same mentality as the karma purchasers, hoping that their acted “obedience and repentance” in front of God and other believers would somehow gain them favour from God, regardless of how inconsistent their actions and behaviour are compared to their proclaimed beliefs in love and forgiveness outside of church.

Since God is all-knowing, is it even remotely possible for God to be fooled by the deceptive acting of such individuals? Would God not see through the true intentions of such individuals from the inconsistency between what they proclaim to believe in, and the selfish and disdainful conducts that they secretly engage in when they are outside of church? Would God, in all His omniscience, trust someone who has no genuine desire to follow the teachings of Christ and discipline one’s life around the essence and wisdom of love and forgiveness by serving others in the pursuit of the good, but only engage in hypocritical acting of devout faith and public displays of virtue that only result in their own personal gain…? It is no surprise that even the brightest of us can be fooled by the acts a skilled charlatan, but it makes no sense for God, who is infinitely wise, to be fooled by them.

In Romans 16:18, Paul talks about the beliefs and teachings of insincere believers: “For such people are not serving our Lord Christ, but their own appetites. By smooth talk and flattery they deceive the minds of naive people.” By “appetites”, Paul refers to the selfish, personal desires of power and worldly riches rather than a genuine love for God and the good. The nature of such false faith and obedience are no different from the type of empty conformism in ethics that I have mentioned in previous discussions where one simply “abides by” the laws of ethics for personal gain and benefits (or simply out of fear, in which one may still commit evil secretly when one perceives it to have no negative consequences on oneself), rather than truly believing in, and taking genuine action out of the pursuit of the good. Albeit, in this case, one is trying to appease God rather than merely evading the backlash from society.

In their deceptive pursuit of God, those who resort to such deception are only corrupting the true essence of genuine faith in the divine. They have secretly replaced God with the shameless pursuit and idolisation of their own selfish desires for worldly pleasures. In reality, those who subscribe to these forms of transactional faith are merely idolisers of themselves. It would take very flawed logical and moral reasoning for someone to delude themselves into such infantile deception against that which ultimately lies beyond their limited capabilities, if it is indeed the case that their flawed reasoning somehow convinced them of God’s existence in the first place.

Bad reason on the other hand is less explicit, but nonetheless extremely common in modern technological society. I will once again give two examples:

1) The first example of bad reason would be scientism, often championed by various non-scientists and a relatively small number of eminent scientists alike. Scientism resembles a more “extreme” expression of logical positivism, a historical movement that ended in complete and utter failure. Scientism is the belief, or more precisely, faith (since it is religious in nature and manifestation) in which science, as the object of worship, is the sole, objective gauge for every possible truth, fact, and value that there is to know in the world, and that science is the only valid form of inquiry regarding every aspect of reality.

Essentially a form of misplaced faith, scientism is a classic example of the transgression of pure reason, in which limited orders of logical and empirical frameworks are applied beyond their explanatory limitations and are forced onto the realm of faith and value. Such transgressions of pure reason often manifest from a completely reductionist view of faith/values, emergent qualities (where “the whole is more than the sum of its parts”) and complex relationships that pertain to the “human factor” (as depicted by sociologists and philosophers alike) while ignoring the irreducible complexity of many aspects of reality and the limitations and incompleteness of our cognitive frameworks.

The result of scientism is a delusion of methodological superiority and cognitive grandeur where either science, as the object of worship, is taken as the sole gauge of truth, or where every question that science cannot answer are judged as meaningless. We can readily observe such delusions manifest in the claims of some scientists and philosophers alike, such as in the beliefs of Steven Weinberg, Peter Atkins, and Mario Bunge, or even pop-culture authors like Richard Dawkins, Sam Harris and Daniel Dennett, in more or less the “omnipotence” of science or the supreme value of adopting a purely naturalistic world view (in the sense that refers only to the physical and material) where reality is confined within the narrow perspective through a tiny hole that consists of only the counting of atoms and the motion of objects.

Since reason and faith cannot be truly separated, the cure for scientism would be no different from the solution for bad faith, which is the proper application of reason and discernment in order to identify the correct categories of knowledge and their corresponding domains of inquiry – to “put reason and faith in their own respective thrones”. It is important however that one embrace humility and come to the acceptance of the real possibility that other perspectives and world views may be equally valid and worthwhile, and come to one’s senses regarding the doxastic foundations of the scientific method and accept them as involving a leap of faith rather than as something to take for granted – such as the existence of the external physical reality, of matter, of the consistency of causality etc..

Under the guidance of good reasoning and discernment, a good practitioner of science ought then to acknowledge the profound mysteries of existence, and be able to appreciate the beauty, poetry, significance, and the warmth of love and the faith in the divine without viewing them merely as objects of domination under the scalpels of scientific dissection, but as real possibilities of our living experience. One ought then discard the delusions of scientism as one becomes cognizant of the richness of life and existence and become truly involved in pursuing them on their journey.

2) A second example of bad reason, albeit relatively short, would be what I refer to as “calculated faith”. Pascal’s Wager is perhaps the hallmark example of calculated faith, as in Pascal’s reasoning, the belief in God is merely a result of calculative assessment where the limited stakes of believing in God returns the possibility of infinite reward, hence, it is logical that one always chooses to believe in God.

To put it simply, Pascal thought that if God did not exist, then whether or not you believed in Him is irrelevant, as the expectations of infinite reward after death is false; but if God did exist, one would reap infinite reward in life after death as a consequence of one’s belief in God(or infinite punishment if one didn’t believe in God, although I am sceptical), hence, it is always reasonable and beneficial for anyone considering whether or not to believe in God to always choose to believe in God.

Would any genuine believer rest their faith upon the mechanical calculations for self-interest of such a nature? Would God, in any way, be “moved” by the “devotion” of such a “believer”? I will quote William James, in his 1987 paper “The Will to Believe” as a humourous and straightforward response:

“You probably feel that when religious faith expresses itself thus, in the language of the gaming table, it is put to its last trumps.

Surely Pascal’s own personal belief in masses and holy water had far other springs; and this celebrated page of his is but an argument for others, a last desperate snatch at a weapon against the hardness of the unbelieving heart.

We feel that a faith in masses and holy water adopted willfully after such a mechanical calculation would lack the inner soul of faith’s reality; and if we were ourselves in the place of the Deity, we should probably take particular pleasure in cutting off believers of this pattern from their infinite reward.

It is evident that unless there be some pre-existing tendency to believe in masses and holy water, the option offered to the will by Pascal is not a living option. Certainly no Turk ever took to masses and holy water on its account; and even to us Protestants these means of salvation seem such foregone impossibilities that Pascal’s logic, invoked for them specifically, leaves us unmoved. As well might the Mahdi write to us, saying, “I am the Expected One whom God has created in his effulgence. You shall be infinitely happy if you confess me; otherwise you shall be cut off from the light of the sun. Weigh, then, your infinite gain if I am genuine against your finite sacrifice if I am not! ” His logic would be that of Pascal; but he would vainly use it on us, for the hypothesis he offers us is dead. No tendency to act on it exists in us to any degree.”

In conclusion, bad reason and/or faith leads us to the misplacement of faith and confusion between the natural world of facts and the world of values. It can heavily undermine our pursuit of truth and practical solutions to life, and lead us astray in the pursuit of God, love, responsibility and moral goodness. It leads us into superstition and moral corruption and devoids genuine faith of its divine holiness. It can also lead to delusional ideals of the superiority of instrumental reasoning and a false sense of completion of knowledge based on the very same confusion between facts and values.

Finally, it leads to arrogance and delusions of epistemic grandeur, and in many ways ultimately results in the loss of one’s humanity through the exclusion of the “human factor” as a part of our living experience of reality by resorting to rational calculation for every aspect of our life.

The proper application of faith and reason ought to remove such problems, and lead us to live life to its fullest potential through the acceptance of a diverse range of perspectives, integrated seamlessly through a holistic world view that is carefully crafted through our pursuit of knowledge regarding our natural, physical reality, and our understanding and appreciation of love, beauty, meaning, and purpose… and ultimately, a love and reverence for the divine, for God, as we experience and celebrate the mysteries of existence.

3. Jacobsen: When it comes to science, and the previous responses about the need for humility and acknowledgement of human limitations in some ultimate, ubiquitous knowledge base about life, the universe, meaning, and everything, how can faith, reason, and science play an orchestrated role in the life of a 21st-century religious or spiritual person?

Sheen: Science is the best tool we have ever devised for understanding the natural universe, there is nothing that can replace science in this respect. But science is still a tool, nothing more, nothing less, it does not offer us anything further than practical understandings of the mechanisms of reality. In this sense, science is a means to an end, but not the end itself.

The most important aspect of science in relation to religion and faith is that science is very good at telling us what not to believe in, or more precisely, it helps us identify what isn’t worthy of worship (a wooden carving, for example). But science offers zero guidance in what we ought to believe in, although it does sometimes indirectly inspires within us a sense of the divine and leads us towards faith as a result.

We cannot rely on a tool to define our reason or purpose for using it, as our purpose must be defined both logically and practically prior to the invention and utilisation of the tool: as cavemen we didn’t hunt in order to invent the bow and arrow, we invented the bow and arrow in order to hunt more efficiently – hunting is the purpose, the bow and arrow are merely a tool we invented for this purpose. This is where “holistic” reason, as I see it, our “soul” or “fullest image of God”, reveals its importance in guiding our faith and values, as holistic reason is concerned not merely with the means and the immediate, but yearns for the transcendent purpose that takes refuge across the horizons of eternity.

This guidance of purpose from reason and our knowledge provided by science for us to differentiate between the mundane/natural and the divine/transcendent is what helps us navigate safely through the minefields of madness and superstition in search for that which is truly worthy of worship.

Faith concerns the ultimate, it pertains to a supreme reality or ultimate destination that not only accounts for our own existence and purpose, but also encompasses the ultimate answer to why there is something rather than nothing – it must be, in some sense, omniprevalent in our life. The truly faithful hence sees God as “necessarily permeating throughout the entirety of reality”, with His magnificence endlessly reverberating within, and beyond, all that is, was, and will be.

As Paul Tillich beautifully put it, “Religion is the state of being grasped by an ultimate concern, a concern which qualifies all other concerns as preliminary and which itself contains the answer to the question of a meaning of our life.” Notice how he used the term “being grasped by”, rather than “grasping”, I see this as not a coincidence, as in Christianity we believe that it is God who “reached down” for us, rather than us “earning our way” up to Him.

I suppose, as John Calvin would say, the “sensus divinitatis”(sense of God) is naturally instilled within every single one of us, perhaps through our curiosity or yearning for the unconditional (following Kant), as long as we fully embrace and actualize our holistic reason (or as Plantinga would put it, controversially, as having a “fully developed” sensus divinitatis that is devoid of sin).

The role of reason and science, in this complex picture, is then to help us narrow down and refine our system of beliefs, which ultimately leads us to faith through extending and ascending our understanding of knowledge, values, and reality. One can, of course, end up somewhere completely different (which as I see it, involves a lot of contingency), such as mammonism (the worship of money), or scientism, all of which I see are the result of not utilising one’s reason to its fullest extent.

For example, the worship of money is often the result of selfishness and incomplete abstraction of freedom and possibility, where money (an abstraction of material wealth) is confused with freedom and individual power. Scientism on the other hand is usually the result of “optimistic hubris” combined with an incomplete understanding of reason, which leads one to confuse the means with the end itself. It takes a certain degree of arrogance for one to arbitrarily disqualify all other forms of inquiry in which one is incapable of grasping.

These are of course more sophisticated forms of misplaced faith/superstition, there are endless examples of where one fails to utilise reason and scientific knowledge (whether due to cognitive limitations or practical accessibility) and ends up in other less sophisticated forms of superstition, such as the examples of karma purchasing and transactional faith I have outlined earlier.

4. Jacobsen: What can science tell us and not tell us about God? What arguments make most sense against God? What arguments make most sense for God?

Sheen: This is a very broad question, with each of the three parts deserving of its own dedicated discussion. For the first part regarding what science can and cannot tell us about God, I believe my answer to the previous question may provide a good reference on my position: science is very good at telling us about “what isn’t God”, or “what God isn’t”, but science tells us absolutely nothing decisive about who or what God is, though science can more or less inspire us towards a sense of awe in regards to the beauty and perfection of the natural world. In fact our ubiquitous reference to the “existence” of God already poses logical and linguistic difficulties, as this generally presumes that existence is a property or state in which God possesses, or shares in, and frames God as a “thing of some sort”.

There are many different arguments for the existence of God given by philosophers and theologians alike throughout history, some overly sophisticated, others concise and eloquent. A simple Google search will reveal various classic arguments for God’s existence, they come in a variety of flavours, of which the most common forms include the Cosmological, the Ontological, and the Teleological arguments. I personally consider most, if not all of them to be somewhat useful, but I do not see any individual argument as decisive to establishing the existence of God as the history of theology is simply too rich and sophisticated for any simple description to fully capture, and as I will explain later, no amount of evidence or argumentation will convince an adamant atheist who is not ready to let go of their preconceived prejudice to start believing in God. I will not go further into detail as I am not about to write an entire encyclopedia of arguments for God.

On the other hand, I think the strongest argument against God’s existence (or at least an omnipotent, omniscient and omnibenevolent God’s existence) is the problem of evil. In theology, we refer to a solution for the problem of evil as a “theodicy”. Generally speaking, it is not difficult to resolve the problem of evil through a teleological perspective which argues that all evil serves an ultimate purpose that is beyond our limited understanding, as unlike God we cannot perceive and understand the entirety of the chain of causal relations in its complete temporal framework of our universe.

As long as evil serves some sort of higher purpose, one can always wiggle out of the problem of evil. The stronger version of the argument from evil is hence the existence of meaningless suffering. The problem however is that “meaningless” is context-dependent. Suppose that our world is all there is, there exists no after-life, then most suffering in the world would probably be largely meaningless (at least for the suffering individual, if it does not lead to some sort of worldly salvation). However, if one’s preconceived notion is that there is an after-life, and that an omnipotent, omniscient and omnibenevolent God is responsible for arranging the perfect moral judgement and compensation after one’s worldly demise, then all suffering would be ultimately bestowed with a greater meaning that extends beyond their own limited, worldly significance.

As I see it, all genuine arguments that are intellectually relevant regarding God would not only rely on any form of finite evidence such as found in the natural world, for the simple reason that finite evidence can never suffice to definitively prove or disprove a proposition which involves the infinite and transcendent. I refer to this phenomenon as “evidential insufficiency” – where the decisive truth or falsity of the proposition is not completely sensitive to evidential support. I will further explain this through an example:

Imagine yourself as an observer between two buildings in a thought experiment, as this “observer” you possess the full capabilities of reason, but no prior experience to the world as we know it – you are a “blank slate”, albeit sensible and intelligent, possessing all capacities of holistic reason. As you watch segments of a train pass before you through the gap between these two buildings, you notice the train does not seem to end. Some time down the process you may be tempted to conclude that either 1) the train is finitely long, albeit very long, of which you may not be bothered to observe in full; or 2) that the train is infinitely long. Suppose that 2) is true, that the train is infinitely long, at what point do you jump to either one of the conclusions? And what reasons do you have to definitively prove that your conclusion is correct? Suppose that you have an infinite attention span and infinite lifespan, do you remain unconvinced of either conclusion after a very extended period of observation? Or do you observe the train for eternity, hoping that it will end somewhere?

In many ways, the “evidence” for God are similar in nature, as limited observers within a finite world, we are incapable of grasping absolute infinity, eternity and transcendent perfection through our flawed lens of perception and our incomplete capacities of understanding, based on finite pieces of evidence that we are able to gather. As such, unless one is somehow capable of remaining completely adamant on one’s neutral position and live as a pure agnostic for one’s entire life, somewhere down the finite experience of life one would be forced to make a doxastic leap towards either the faith that God exists, or that God does not exist, if one is indeed led to carefully contemplate upon the context of the transcendent. As William James put it, this is a “forced” option, one that is unavoidable, and one that I see is necessarily “evidentially insufficient”, hence always involves a “doxastic venture beyond the evidence”, as my professor John Bishop would describe.

In real life, one would be repeatedly faced with such occasions that require us to make decisions for a “leap of faith” either towards or away from God, based on our contingent experience of reality and our ever-changing emotions in response to our reality. This process accompanies us throughout our life and in many ways forms the genuine interaction and relationship between us and God — whether we are trying to embrace Him, or trying very hard to push Him away. This is the journey of life that none of us can ever evade(unless one is severely cognitively impaired, hence lacking holistic reason).

One can of course argue that this entire thought experiment is unrealistic, and already excludes the importance of actual, real-world evidence and presupposes some sort of “real” infinity(“God”). This argument is extremely weak, for the very same empirical arguments that, as Dawkins would put it, “adds up probabilistically to the non-existence of God”, can be equally perceived as good evidence that “adds up probabilistically to the existence of God”. These very same empirical evidence are no different in nature from the limited exposure of the observer’s perception to a train that may be infinitely long, as they are all limited experience from the perspective of a finite observer that seeks to unravel the possibility of an infinite object of experience.

Perhaps the mathematical analogy that you cannot prove/disprove a superset from a subset would be a simpler way to put it, although the question remains: “is this superset actually infinite?” – and that is precisely where true faith lies, not in certainty, but within the seeming uncertainty that is hidden beneath an element of ultimate incomprehensibility and repeated struggle for truth that lies beyond our grasp.

In any case, perhaps the most obvious piece of evidence for the existence of God is the existence of our universe, that “something exists rather than nothing”. But those who are adamant against the idea of an ultimate reality beyond this limited universe would assert that the very existence of our universe provides every single reason to abandon the belief in a creator that is above it.

While Bertrand Russell is an extremely poor philosopher in almost every area outside of his expertise of logic and mathematics(of which he has contributed tremendously, mostly before 1911), his pop-literature article “Why I Am Not A Christian” explicates many common examples of these crude versions of atheism in relatively short and simple paragraphs. I myself do not find any of Russell’s arguments convincing, as I have went through the same thought process myself throughout my childhood all the way to high school, since I was raised in atheist indoctrination and later found my way out of it without any religious influence.

While it may be controversial, this means that any personal, subjective experience of God are also insufficient to prove, objectively, the existence of God, less convince a non-believer of it, as they are all ultimately merely segments of an entire reality observed from a particular perspective. They cannot account for another person’s reality nor can anyone justifiably proclaim a full understanding of our reality (apart from God of course) by simply extrapolating from such limited information.

As such, to an adamant unbeliever, it is never possible to convince them of God’s existence through any form of argumentation or evidence, as the way I often put it, “even if God appeared right in front of an adamant atheist and performed a miracle, they would still refuse to believe in the existence of God, and would more likely question their sanity instead of their dogmatic atheism, probably accompanied with an emergency appointment with a psychologist.”

I suppose, once again quoting Isaiah 7:9 “Unless you believe, you will not understand” — doxastic ventures beyond the evidence apply to both ways, not only regarding to faith in God, but also for atheism (or at least the doxastic foundations of an atheistic worldview, if one insists to push Antony Flew’s earlier atheistic rhetoric further and define atheism as “simply lacking the belief in God”, no different from how my chair or shoe equally “lacks belief in God”). Such leaps of faith of the individual is what ultimately defines the viability of any argument in these evidentially ambiguous(as a result of evidential insufficiency) circumstances.

My answer to your question on what arguments make most sense for God hence (I suppose you are referring to which arguments are the strongest), is that there are no arguments that “make sense” unless a person is ready to make that doxastic venture beyond the finite evidence in order to embrace a reality that will forever encompass an element of incomprehensibility for our finite rationality. This is also why as I see it, genuine faith combined with good reason is the only way for us to fully experience the entirety of life, and in some ways, the only transformation that will make us “fully human”, even though it is not accompanied by ultimate, full understanding of our reality.

While we may not necessarily place such strong faith in everything, it is not possible for one to live without faith at least in oneself, less without the faith in the love and trustworthiness of others in our lives(unless one is a complete psychopath, which would slot one into the cognitively impaired category where complete reason is ultimately inaccessible). The love, The trust, and the relationships that bond around their warmth and brilliance, is the most intimate “trace” or “presence” of God that we experience as finite beings as we journey through this ephemeral experience we call life.

The keen reader would have by now understood that the strength of an argument (either for or against God’s existence) is subjective to the individual and necessarily depends on one’s preconceived notions of God and the type of faith, or general inclination one holds towards the transcendent. As such, I would dare to say that the strongest arguments for or against God, is not an argument at all, but rather, one’s disposition towards God, and ultimately, one’s faith towards God’s existence or non-existence.

Like I have said earlier, an adamant atheist will never be convinced of God’s existence, and would rather sacrifice their own sanity rather than to give in to a supreme reality that is beyond their finite cognition. Likewise, a devoutly faithful believer will be incapable of seeing anything without recognising a trace of God’s transcendent perfection within, which necessarily flows among some sort of underlying pattern that serves a grand order. I call this order the “Grand Teleology of Design”, which I describe as a sense of complete perfection that is derived from every moment and aspect of reality — from the rustling of leaves and the flowing of waters, the brilliant sunrise and the blinking stars, I see God anywhere, and everywhere.

To an adamant atheist, I would be perceived as a mentally-ill individual whose hopes of salvation is based on nothing but laughable delusions, and likewise to me, I would see the adamant atheist in the same way. R.M Hare’s response to Antony Flew’s “Theology and Falsification” is a very good example of how faith, or as Hare puts it, “bliks”, define our overarching frameworks of reality, rather than the other way round like how people tend to believe in regards to more mundane and trivial matters.

Another thing people often talk about is the falsifiability of faith. This is a heavily misguided understanding of the philosophy of science and epistemology in general, as in this argument the falsifiability principle itself overarches as a principle framework above one’s standards of truth. The falsifiability principle does not allow its own verification within its own framework and offers no insight for anything beyond its finite horizon, hence its justification for itself as a higher order framework of truth above everything else is nonexistent.

The falsifiability demand is often made in conjunction to naive scientism, but the principle usually is only effective when applied to evidentially-sensitive propositions within the framework of science (finite evidence regarding finite objects of inquiry, which leads to decisive conclusions within a finite framework of truths).

To do science one must first accept or presume the validity and consistency of its principles and the natural principles that are the object of its inquiry. In case some principles or constants of known science are breached, one would not end up falsifying the entire framework of science, but rather only the particular conclusions derived from the inconsistency or a particular aspect of the framework (which then gives birth to better, more effective scientific methods, even if after bears no resemblance to the original after a certain amount of time such as the evolution from alchemy to chemistry).

In this sense the falsifiability principle acts merely as a failsafe mechanism for the scientific method, particularly the more experimentally-based branches of science. To applying it beyond the framework of science (and other evidentially-sensitive propositions in general) is a misapplication of a limited instrumental reasoning that is not designed to venture any further than its own playground.

Others such as Weinberg, who resist applying the falsifiability principle universally but nonetheless adheres to extreme scientism, often appeal to the consistency of falsifiable predictions of previous theories and the extended reliability of their predictions on unfalsifiable predictions, as many areas of particle physics and theoretical physics in general do not include much falsifiable experimentation. It would be a no-brainer for anyone with a bit of logical sense to realise that such an “extension” of consistency is nothing more than a “conditioned habit”, as there are zero purely rational reasons to trust any empirical pattern in absolute certainty (Hume vs Kant). Therefore, this position is still no more than a doxastic venture of faith, albeit placed within a far inferior object of worship that is the tool of science(or even worse, particular scientific theories). Though I should add this is still far better than worshipping a wooden carving or purchasing karma, as it does sometimes indirectly lead to important contributions as a result of chance.

(I should add that the types of God that scientists often proclaim to have “falsified” are nothing more than mere superstitions that are usually the product of infinitely magnified natural patterns or humanly characteristics (Hume has covered this in good detail). A “god” that “sits above a cloud” and literally looks and behaves like a grumpy old man is even less believable than Santa Claus, and certainly induces no sense of holiness nor even the slightest feeling of awe in us.)

5. Jacobsen: Does belief in God require uncertainty and, therefore, ultimately faith (with or without bolstering from formal reasoning and advanced modern science)?

Sheen: As I have mentioned earlier, true faith necessarily exists within a seeming uncertainty that is hidden beneath an element of ultimate incomprehensibility — at least true, meaningful faith in the religious and spiritual sense would always include some degree of uncertainty, otherwise it risks becoming little more than superficial indoctrination where the comfort of certainty replaces any and all effort in love, understanding and perseverance for God.

The same would apply to genuine faith in virtually everything, as without the element of unpredictability and the risk of being let down, one would not be required to take any “leaps” and need only be content within the certainty of one’s estimation, rendering faith indistinguishable from any form of common knowledge that our instrumental reasoning is capable of conceiving.

So my answer is yes, there is always an element of uncertainty in one’s journey with God. Anyone who proclaims faith in God but absolutely denies any such uncertainty probably isn’t too well-versed in the underlying philosophy and theology of faith, and are probably just “following the rules” rather than “actively adventuring with God”. On the other hand, an adamant atheist who denies any sort of uncertainty about their atheism probably wouldn’t be too open-minded about their bias, particularly when it is infused with rhetorical arguments from pop culture scientism.

(It is also important to understand that when a faithful believer describes their faith in an “absolute” sense, such as “I am sure God will lead you out of this”, they are usually professing a belief, not a proposition of facts, although it might sometimes be confused as a proposition of facts like “UY Scuti is the largest star currently known to us in the observable universe” in murkier contexts.)

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Independent Artist, Philosopher, Photographer, and Theologian.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-four; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Richard Sheen.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on a ‘Doxastic Venture’: or, Reason, Purpose, and a Leap of Faith, the Nature of Faith and Its Relation to Reason and Adventure (Part Four) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 1). An Interview with Richard Sheen on a ‘Doxastic Venture’: or, Reason, Purpose, and a Leap of Faith, the Nature of Faith and Its Relation to Reason and Adventure (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on a ‘Doxastic Venture’: or, Reason, Purpose, and a Leap of Faith, the Nature of Faith and Its Relation to Reason and Adventure (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Richard Sheen on a ‘Doxastic Venture’: or, Reason, Purpose, and a Leap of Faith, the Nature of Faith and Its Relation to Reason and Adventure (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Richard Sheen on a ‘Doxastic Venture’: or, Reason, Purpose, and a Leap of Faith, the Nature of Faith and Its Relation to Reason and Adventure (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘AAn Interview with Richard Sheen on a ‘Doxastic Venture’: or, Reason, Purpose, and a Leap of Faith, the Nature of Faith and Its Relation to Reason and Adventure (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Richard Sheen on a ‘Doxastic Venture’: or, Reason, Purpose, and a Leap of Faith, the Nature of Faith and Its Relation to Reason and Adventure (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Richard Sheen on a ‘Doxastic Venture’: or, Reason, Purpose, and a Leap of Faith, the Nature of Faith and Its Relation to Reason and Adventure (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on a ‘Doxastic Venture’: or, Reason, Purpose, and a Leap of Faith, the Nature of Faith and Its Relation to Reason and Adventure (Part Four) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Family, Sweden, Student Life, Network and Computer Security Expertise, and Interests (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,818

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Andreas Gunnarsson is a Member of the Giga Society. He discusses: family background; Ängelholm, Sweden culture in the late 1960s and 1970s; family environment; parents’ work life; schooling as a youngster; society memberships; favourite talented people; memorable experiences of student life; taking courses for intellectual interest rather than a degree; working as a network and computer security expert at Carlstedt Research & Technology in Gothenburg, Sweden; interests in cryptography, juggling, programming, puzzles, and skydiving; and the most challenging thing done.

Keywords: Andreas Gunnarsson, Ängelholm, Carlstedt Research & Technology, computer security, Giga Society, intelligence, Sweden, technology.

An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Family, Sweden, Student Life, Network and Computer Security Expertise, and Interests: Member, Giga Society (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Original interview from October 20, 2016.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your family’s background – culture, geography, language, and religious/irreligious affiliation?

Andreas Gunnarsson: I come from Sweden. The language is Swedish and I believe that Scandinavia in general is quite secular compared to many other places.

2. Jacobsen: You were born in 1969 in Ängelholm, Sweden. What was the culture like at the time?

Gunnarsson: I’m not sure how accurate my memory from my early days is, but I think it was quite open minded and inclusive.

3. Jacobsen: What was the family environment like for you?

Gunnarsson: I had a brother, a sister and two parents, and in general a great family environment.

4. Jacobsen: What did your parents do for work?

Gunnarsson: They owned a business where they both worked.

5. Jacobsen: Where did you go to school as a child and adolescent? Was the giftedness identified and nurtured early – at home and in school?

Gunnarsson: The school was not too far from where I lived. Most of my early teachers were good and helpful. For example, I was interested in astronomy, and the teacher I had in first to third grade spent quite a bit of her free time reading up on it so that she could engage in discussions and explain things to me. I found maths easy and got more advanced exercises when I finished the ordinary ones, but there was no other particular special education.

6. Jacobsen: You are a member in a number of high-IQ societies including Mensa Society, ISI-Society, and Giga Society.  Each more exclusive than the last, especially the Giga Society with a 1-in-a-billion rarity.

Gunnarsson: I think it is fun to solve problems and puzzles, and doing IQ tests on the net was a bit of a hobby for a while. I have my doubts about the validity of most online tests although I am not trained in psychology so that is just a layman’s opinion. Although I have many thoughts on IQ testing and even made my own test foritensum together with a friend to learn more, I defer to the experts in the field for accurate information and research.

The reason I took the test for Giga society – apart from seeing it as a challenging puzzle that I enjoyed spending time on – was that I was skeptical that it’s possible to measure or even define IQ at the level of one in a billion. One way to falsify the validity of the test would be if many people would take the test and pass.

7. Jacobsen: Who are your favourite living/dead artists, philosophers, and scientists?

Gunnarsson: I’m surprised how difficult I found it to answer this question. If I name a few then there are too many left out and if I list too many then it becomes meaningless. When it comes to philosophers and scientists there are of course many very well known names who have participated in building up the foundation of science that we take for granted today. When it comes to artists that tends to change over time and with mood. To mention one, I recently found Tim Minchin whose musical comedy I find hilarious and clever.

8. Jacobsen: In 1990, you began studying engineering physics at Chalmers University of Technology. You started, but did not complete, an M.Sc. What were the memorable experiences of student life?

Gunnarsson: It’s always fun to learn new stuff and it was great to meet so many intelligent people. I have heard some people say that they did not know how to study before attending University and it came as a big surprise. I share that feeling. As the courses got more advanced and I could rely less on prior knowledge I noticed that I actually had to put in quite a bit of effort which I wasn’t prepared for.

9. Jacobsen: Any recent plans to finish the M.Sc.?

Gunnarsson: Not really. I think that a degree is valuable in general, but it’s in my experience most valuable in the beginning of the career. When you’ve worked for a while it’s more important to have work experience. I imagine that an academic degree can be more important in some countries than in others, and it’s probably very good if you want to change field. And of course a requirement in academia.

That said, I do still take courses at Chalmers every now and then, but that’s not in order to graduate but just because they are interesting.

10. Jacobsen: You have worked as a network and computer security expert at Carlstedt Research & Technology, which is in Gothenburg, Sweden. What main capacities developed from this professional experience?

Gunnarsson: I was part of a team with a broad and deep knowledge in computer security and networking. My own main focus was cryptography which I found very interesting. Although I still think it is interesting I haven’t been working professionally with it for many years and I notice how easy it is to hold the illusion that I still know everything about the field while the reality is that I haven’t kept up and must be humble to that fact. That’s a reality check I try to apply elsewhere too – I’m just as affected by the Dunning-Kruger effect as everyone else. If you are an expert in something it’s easy to see how non-experts are mistaken because you see what part of the picture they miss. You must make a mental effort to turn that around and realize that unless you have spent a lot of time and effort in a scientific approach to something there will be big holes in your understanding that you am not aware of. That of course also applies if you are an expert but then your task is to find and investigate those holes that haven’t been explored yet.

11. Jacobsen: You have interests in cryptography, juggling, programming, puzzles, and skydiving. Does some personality trait unify these interests?

Gunnarsson: I don’t know about personality traits but I do like to try new things. In general it’s inspiring and engaging to start learning something new. It’s also rewarding to keep working on something when you’re really good at it but I prefer to have a mix and find new interests every now and then. Of the things in that list, programming is the only thing I still engage in on a regular basis.

12. Jacobsen: What is the most challenging thing you have ever done? Why it?

Gunnarsson: This is another surprisingly difficult question. Things can be challenging in different ways but I can’t think of anything that really stands out. I try to be outside my comfort zone as often as reasonable, but not too far outside it. I think that’s a good way to learn. So I’m usually confident that my challenges are feasible. Of course there are situations that you don’t choose yourself such as funerals which can be very emotionally challenging.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Member, Giga Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Family, Sweden, Student Life, Network and Computer Security Expertise, and Interests: Member, Giga Society (Part One) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 1). An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Family, Sweden, Student Life, Network and Computer Security Expertise, and Interests: Member, Giga Society (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Family, Sweden, Student Life, Network and Computer Security Expertise, and Interests: Member, Giga Society (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Family, Sweden, Student Life, Network and Computer Security Expertise, and Interests: Member, Giga Society (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Family, Sweden, Student Life, Network and Computer Security Expertise, and Interests: Member, Giga Society (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Family, Sweden, Student Life, Network and Computer Security Expertise, and Interests: Member, Giga Society (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Family, Sweden, Student Life, Network and Computer Security Expertise, and Interests: Member, Giga Society (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Family, Sweden, Student Life, Network and Computer Security Expertise, and Interests: Member, Giga Society (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Andreas Gunnarsson on Family, Sweden, Student Life, Network and Computer Security Expertise, and Interests: Member, Giga Society (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/gunnarsson-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Krystal Volney on First Parts of “Cosmos and Spheres,” and Actualization of Giftedness and Talents (Part Three)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,663

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Krystal Volney is an Editor of Phenomenon, and known for her computing interviews for WIN One (World Intelligence Network) as a tech writer, Co-Editor and publications in Award-winning/bestselling educational books that can be found in bookstores and libraries around the world, journals, blogs, forums & magazines such as Thoth Journal of Glia Society and City Connect Magazine since 2012-present. She is the author of Cosmos and Spheres poetry book and the ‘Dr. Zazzy’ children’s series. She discusses: Cosmos and Spheres; acceptance of the manuscript; polyglotism; appropriateness of the text; the early sections of the book; major themes of the text; opening with a poem on love, and “Bubo Scandiacus”; and “The Beauty”.

Keywords: editor, Glia Society, Krystal Volney, Phenomenon, poetry, World Intelligence Network, writer.

An Interview with Krystal Volney on First Parts of “Cosmos and Spheres,” and Actualization of Giftedness and Talents: Author & Editor, Phenomenon (Part Three)

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Now, we come to the formal publishing of a book by you – in particular, a book of poetry for one. Cosmos and Spheres was published by Trafford Publishing from Victoria, British Columbia, Canada, which happens to connect some personal Canadian heritage for yourself and local geography to me (British Columbia) with the first appearance online in February of 2011 (some reports state 2010, though) with a publication revision in Trafford Publishing on March 28, 2012.

Krystal Volney: Cosmos and Spheres was first published online in 2010 on Amazon and then published by Trafford Publishing and Author Solutions in 2012. I wrote my first poem ‘The Flower’ in 2010 while I was meditating about life on my couch and looking at flowers with hummingbirds outside of the window. It is available in that book along with my other poem ‘The Immaculate Hacker’ which is a romance, mental health and thriller poem reviewed by Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis, Lord Graham Powell, Bertrand Arlain, Thomas J. Hally and Paul Cooijmans.

2. Jacobsen: Why select Trafford Publishing and Author Solutions?

Volney: Back in 2011, they liked and accepted my manuscript, choosing to publish it.

3. Jacobsen: You speak English, Spanish, and French. Why these languages? How does polyglotism, as a talent and skill set, help with personal and professional life?

Volney: I studied those languages in both primary and secondary school for literary and conversational purposes. Polyglotism helps with personal and professional life if you are always travelling to other countries and meeting various people from different backgrounds.

4. Jacobsen: Why was Cosmos and Spheres appropriate for family and minors?

Volney: The themes in the book are suitable for adults of all ages and there are children’s poems for minors as well.

5. Jacobsen: You reference some influences, which have been covered before. However, in the introductory portion of the text, you quote Voltaire, “Poetry is the music of the soul, and, above all, of great and feeling souls,” in the Acknowledgements. Intriguingly, and in the next section, you state the means by which to understand Cosmos and Spheres in Understanding Cosmos and Spheres, as follows:

The title of the book has a lot to do with how people live their lives. Cosmos connotes the universe and everything that exists anywhere. It also defines an orderly or harmonious system. Spheres connote a particular environment or walk of life. Ever since I was younger, I’ve been fascinated with stars in the night sky and fell in love with the artistic piece ‘Starry night’ from pa inter Van Gogh. I compare the planets to human beings based on the description of each one from scientific research and also each planet as a sphere in the solar system. To me, the earth is somewhat like the solar system and different peoples like the planets in relation to the sun. This of course is not a spiritual or religious theory. However, I believe in God.

Now, I reference these two sections as non-trivial, and parts of the sections, because of the one reference to someone who believed, by some accounts, either to a deistic interpretation of a Christian God or simply a Deity of some form without care, compassion, or concern for the earthly frail lives of human beings, and then the reference to the firm non-presentation of “a spiritual or religious theory” whilst believing in God. Was Voltaire another unstated, until the present, influence on you? What would formally comprise a spiritual theory to you? What would formally comprise a religious theory to you?

Volney: When I wrote Cosmos and Spheres poetry book in 2010 (ten years ago), I was a Roman Catholic (but not a prophet) which is why in some of the poems like the ‘Immaculate Hacker’ there is a mention of Exorcisms. For many years I lost faith in Christianity because of people who I saw as Hypocritical although I’ve met those who are genuine as well. I believe that God exists. I pray about it all of the time wondering why the Creator of everything brought so many human beings into the world from various financial, social, physical and religious backgrounds. For years I was agnostic but I started believing in God who I would like to truly discover completely again. I live a moral lifestyle hoping that He will show himself to me. When I became agnostic, I believed that there was just pure evil in the world and that good people don’t truly exist unless getting money or something socially was on the agenda but then I met honourable women who are some of the sincerest people around. I will never judge or condemn anyone spiritually or their religions as well because you don’t know what he or she experiences daily so it’s better not to judge him or her as nobody is perfect. Voltaire was an influence on me as I remember when I wrote the book. A spiritual and religious theory would have been that the planets and the billions of people on the earth are the reason that we exist for a purpose (the Solar System). That is not a valid theory though and it’s not my place to make that assumption about everything. I haven’t read about any evidence of life on any of the other planets even though filmmakers want people to believe that aliens do exist and that there are Martians from Mars, etc.

6. Jacobsen: Why the major themes of children, the environment, fashion, nature, and romance in Cosmos and Spheres?

Volney: I wanted to create a poetry book for families around the world which is why it was written about numerous countries including the place where I was born- Trinidad and Tobago.

7. Jacobsen: Why open Cosmos and Spheres with a poem on love, “Veux-Tu M’Espouser”? Some readers may jump, hop, and skip from page to page, but, still, others will read front to back. For the latter group, the first poem sets a tone, as the other sections provided a framework for comprehension. Why the themes of patience, waiting, courtship, and so on, intertwined with love in it? Once more, also, we see the echoing of themes with the reference to roses, forsythias, and cyclamen and animals with the feathered wing, fireflies, killer bees, serpents, and swans to another poem in the series entitled “Bubo Scandiacus.”

Volney: The first romance poem ‘Veux-Tu M’Epouser’ was written in 2010 to give couples a greater appreciation for love and marriage. It is deeper than the material things such as diamond rings and gifts. Although I’m not that way, I don’t judge anyone who likes that because everyone is different and jewellery is popular especially in Fashion. The themes of patience, waiting and courtship intertwined with love in it are meant for people in relationships as well as the married people to know that true romance is about loving someone through the ‘thick and thin’ as well as not being backstabbing or betraying the person who loves you. ‘Veux-Tu M’Epouser’ is about a man who is in love with a woman who betrays him for someone better off than him so he finds peace and love with God. The poem demonstrates that through the coldest weather such as in Russia (the fog, mist and clouds), he would be there for his love after romancing her in the secret garden. On the other hand, that was not good enough for her as she wanted someone wealthier than him and that broke his heart so he turned to God who would love him unconditionally.

8. Jacobsen: “The Beauty” opens with some prose, which made me giggle quietly to myself:

Beauty stared proudly at her reflection in the vermeil mirror, while her golden cup held a mixed glass of Perrier and Tasmanian rain. Spoke the mirror to her in a fervent dream-„Wake up from your egocentricity!” O how the tears of fizzing water splashed in her face as the beast Narcissus deemed her vain and stained.

Does this echo personal experience? You also speak to the dance of image and reality, internal character and external representation, and the ways in which many, probably most, women ‘question their beauty” again and again in cultures, and as a species, beholden to differential standards of what counts as valuable in men and women. You remark on the qualities of a woman with charisma, confidence, elegance, intelligence, and personality. How does this gentlewoman represent the “sensational woman called beauty”?

Volney: Yes certainly! Women “question their beauty” again and again in cultures, and as a species, beholden to differential standards of what counts as valuable in men and women. Beauty is in the eye of the beholder and various cultures reveal what is considered to be visually pleasing to them. By way of example, the long-necked women of Myanmar, lip stretching women in parts of Africa and South America, having pale skin in Asian countries as well as having coloured eyes are seen as beautiful in some parts of the world. The poem ‘The Beauty’ is about a woman who wanted to achieve physical perfection as she deemed that as being truly beautiful but her interior was not equally lovely. The focus of the poem at the end is that inner beauty is more significant as the woman should have charisma, elegance, confidence, intelligence or personality as a sensational beauty.

References

[BookVideos]. (2013, September 26). Cosmos and Spheres Poetry Book by Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fEt22Sx-iEI.

[BookVideos]. (2019, April 26). The Flower Poem by Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p_-aiAs0SkM.

AbeBooks.Com. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.abebooks.com/9781466908871/Cosmos-Spheres-Krystal-Volney-1466908874/plp.

Airbit. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://airbit.com/profile/KrystalVolney.

Allfrey, P.S. (1980). Hurricane David: the skeleton of a survival tale. Retrieved from https://ro.uow.edu.au/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=&httpsredir=1&article=1064&context=kunapipi.

Amazon.Com. (2019a). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.ca/Cosmos-Spheres-Krystal-Volney/dp/1466908874.

Amazon.Com. (2019). Phyllis Shand Allfrey: A Caribbean Life. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.com/Phyllis-Shand-Allfrey-Caribbean-Life/dp/081352265X/ref=sr_1_1?ie=.

Amazon.Com. (2019). Thomas J. Hally. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.com/Thomas-J.-Hally/e/B005WLA28M%3Fref=dbs_a_mng_rwt_scns_share.

Amazon.Com. (2019b). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.com/Krystal-Volney/e/B008JBYVC0%3Fref=dbs_a_mng_rwt_scns_share.

Amazon.Com. (2019). The Shillingfords of Dominica and their Family Tree: With Notes on the Dominica Taverniers. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.com/Shillingfords-Dominica-their-Family-Tree/dp/1985780291.

Barnes & Noble. (2019). COSMOS AND SPHERES. Retrieved from https://www.barnesandnoble.com/w/cosmos-and-spheres-krystal-volney/1109698279.

BOL. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.bol.com/nl/f/cosmos-and-spheres/9200000005007764/.

Booksamillion.Com. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.booksamillion.com/p/Cosmos-Spheres/Krystal-Volney/9781466908871.

Coleman The Group. (2019). Coleman The Group. Retrieved from www.colemangrouptt.com.

Daynco Limited. (2019). Daynco Limited. Retrieved from https://dayncoltd.com.

DESIblitz. (2017, November 27). British Library Exhibition for Mughal India. Retrieved from https://www.desiblitz.com/content/british-library-exhibition-for-mughal-india.

Dymocks.Com. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.dymocks.com.au/book/cosmos-and-spheres-by-krystal-volney-9781466908871.

eBay. (2019). Dr. Zazzy Saves Christmas by Krystal Volney Miss (English) Paperback Book Free S. Retrieved from https://www.ebay.com.sg/itm/Dr-Zazzy-Saves-Christmas-by-Krystal-Volney-Miss-English-Paperback-Book-Free-S-/380905810826.

Elite High IQ Society. (2019). Paul Edgeworth. Retrieved from https://www.eliteiqsociety.org/apps/profile/134808474/.

Fashionaires Model Agency. (2019). Fashionaires Model Agency. Retrieved from https://www.facebook.com/Fashionaires-131449506689/.

FictionDB.Com. (2019). Dr. Zazzy Saves Christmas – Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.fictiondb.com/author/krystal-volney~dr-zazzy-saves-christmas~814830~b.htm.

Gerken, K.J. (2014, March 9). MARCH 2014 ISSUE OF YGDRASIL. Retrieved from https://canada.johntext.de/tag/krystal-volney.

Goodreads.Com. (2019a). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/10302153.

Goodreads.Com. (2019b). Krystal Volney > Quotes. Retrieved from https://www.goodreads.com/author/quotes/4602107.Krystal_Volney.

Google Books. (2019). COSMOS AND SPHERES. Retrieved from https://books.google.ca/books/about/COSMOS_AND_SPHERES.html?id=koC648K7rX8C&redir_esc=y.

GRIQ Society. (2019). Massimo Cliaro. Retrieved from https://gr.iqsociety.org/members/massimo-caliaro/.

HolmesACourt.Com. (2016, April 11). Josephine Allfrey. Retrived from www.holmesacourt.org/hac/3/6910.htm.

Insgain.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney (@krystal_volney_). Retrieved from http://www.insgain.com/user/krystal_volney_/2954215183.

Instagram.Com. (2019). Krystal_Volney_. Retrieved from https://www.instagram.com/krystal_volney_/?hl=en.

ISFDB Science Fiction. (2019). Award Bibliography: Krystal Volney. Retrieved from www.isfdb.org/cgi-bin/eaw.cgi?270246.

Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, April 22). An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Two). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-two.

Kobo. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.kobo.com/us/en/ebook/cosmos-and-spheres-2.

Laurent, N. (2016, May 8). Nina Survived Child Abuse And Is Telling Her Story To Help Other Survive As Well. Retrieved from www.antoinespeaks.co.uk/this-woman-suffered-from-child-abuse-but-is-telling-her-story-to-give-advice-on-how-to-stop-it-and-help-other-victims/.

LinkedIn.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.linkedin.com/in/krystalvolney/.

Lulu.Com. (2019). Dr. Zazzy Saves Christmas. Retrieved from http://www.lulu.com/spotlight/krystalvolney.

Mandy. (2019). Antoine Allen. Retrieved from https://www.mandy.com/actor/profile/antoineallen#.

Maria Regina Grade School. (2019). Maria Regina Grade School. Retrieved from www.mariaregina.edu.tt.

MDC (Metal Designs & Concepts Limited). (2019). MDC (Metal Designs & Concepts Limited. Retrieved from https://www.mdc-um.com.

Medical Associates Hospital. (2019). Medical Associates Hospital. Retrieved from www.medicalassociatestt.info.

MySpace.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://myspace.com/krystalvolneyjapan.

One Great Family. (2019). Henry Alfred Alford Nicholls. Retrieved from https://www.onegreatfamily.com/fh/Henry-Nicholls/603343518.

Oxford Theatre Review. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from oxfordtheatrereview.co.uk/p/UH3BkL3URcy_pBdOXDx6yg.

Paravisini-Gebert, L. (1996, April 1). Phyllis Shand Allfrey: A Caribbean Life: Page 11, Empress Josephine. Retrieved from https://books.google.ca/books/about/Phyllis_Shand_Allfrey.html?id=Ybump8V_hmoC&printsec=frontcover&source=kp_read_button&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=empress%20josephine%20uncle&f=false.

Paravisini-Gebert, L. (1996, April 1). Phyllis Shand Allfrey: A Caribbean Life: Page 12, Marianne Felicité. Retrieved fromhttps://books.google.com/books?id=Ybump8V_hmoC&pg=PA11&dq=marianne+felicite&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=marianne%20felicite&f=false.

Picdeer. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from www.picdeer.com/krystal_volney_.

PoemHunter.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.poemhunter.com/krystal-volney/.

Rizzoni’s Ristorante Italiano. (2019). Rizzoni’s Ristorante Italiano. Retrieved from https://www.rizzoni-italiano.com.

Robinson, D. (1986, May 15). BYU’s Angel(a). Retrieved from https://news.google.com/newspapers?nid=336&dat=19860515&id=peRNAAAAIBAJ&sjid=SYQDAAAAIBAJ&pg=3259,6287685&hl=en.

Safeway Access and Support Systems Limited. 92015). Safeway Access and Support Systems Limited. Retrieved from www.safewayaccesstt.com.

Science Fiction & Fantasy Poetry Association. (2019). 2019 Rhysling Award Candidates For poems published in 2018. Retrieved from https://www.sfpoetry.com/ra/rhyscand.html.

Seelal, N. (2003, June 2). Shot five times, jumps 20 feet to escape. Retrieved from https://archives.newsday.co.tt/2003/06/02/shot-five-times-jumps-20-feet-to-escape/.

SheWrites.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.shewrites.com/profile/KrystalVolney.

Siegmund, M. (n.d.). I.Q. 160-179 Exceptionally Gifted 180+ Profoundly Gifted?. Retrieved from tetworld.tripod.com/gifted.html.

St. Dominic’s Children’s Home. (2019). St. Dominic’s Children’s Home. Retrieved from https://www.bordeglobal.org/dominic/index.php.

Stuart, A. (2011, May 16). Josephine: The Rose of Martinique: Empress Josephine. Retrieved from https://books.google.com/books?id=5tSq5awNgXUC&pg=PA1&dq=phyllis+allfrey+empress+josephine&hl=en&sa=X&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=phyllis%20allfrey%20empress%20josephine&f=false.

Stuart, A. (2011, May 16). Josephine: The Rose of Martinique: One, Childhood by Phyllis Allfrey. Retrieved from https://books.google.com/books?id=5tSq5awNgXUC&pg=PA1&dq=phyllis+allfrey&hl=en&sa=X&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=phyllis%20allfrey&f=false.

The Barbados advocate. (1951, March 2). The Barbados advocate ( Friday, March 02, 1951 ). Retrieved from https://ufdc.ufl.edu/UF00098964/02522/2j.

The Enid Blyton Society. (1938). The Secret Island. Retrieved from Retrieved from https://www.enidblytonsociety.co.uk/book-details.php?id=289.

The Glasgow Herald. (1983, August 18). George bridges a 26-year gap in his athletics career. Retrieved from https://news.google.com/newspapers?nid=2507&dat=19830818&id=wMFAAAAAIBAJ&sjid=66UMAAAAIBAJ&pg=5100,3607284&hl=en.

The Nobel Prize. (2019). All Nobel Prizes in Physics. Retrieved from https://www.nobelprize.org/prizes/lists/all-nobel-prizes-in-physics.

ThriftBooks.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.thriftbooks.com/a/krystal-volney/2453750/.

Trafford Publishing. (2019). Trafford Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.trafford.com.

TRINRE Insurance Company Ltd. (2018). TRINRE Insurance Company Ltd. Retrieved from https://www.trinre.

Twitter.Com. (2019a). Krystal Volney: @KrystalVBooks. Retrieved from https://twitter.com/KrystalVbooks.

Ultra-Pharm Marketing Limited. (2019). Ultra-Pharm Marketing Limited. Retrieved from https://www.ultra-pharm.com.

United Sigma Korea. (2019). Krystal Volney: Journal Editor, USK (Editor, World Intelligence Network). Retrieved from https://unitedsigmakorea.org/organizer/.

Volney, K. (2019, July 13). Album. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/pictures/2850.

Volney, K. (2013, December 1). Art, Philosophy and Poetics. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/feature/6341-art-philosophy-and-poetics.

Volney, K. (2014, March). Art, Philosophy and Poetics. Retrieved from users.synapse.net/kgerken/Y-1403.pdf.

Volney, K. (2019). Calendar. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/calendar.

Volney, K. (2012, June 20). Chronicles of Caniche. Retrieved from www.relatemag.com/tag/krystal-volney/.

Volney, K. (2011, February). Cosmos and Spheres. Victoria, BC: Trafford Publishing.

Volney, K. (2013, November 7). Dr. Zazzy Saves Christmas. Valley, California, US: CreateSpace Publishing.

Volney, K. (2014, March). For the elderly. Retrieved from users.synapse.net/kgerken/Y-1403.pdf.

Volney, K. (2014, June 1). For the Elderly. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/feature/9440-for-the-elderly.

Volney, K. (n.d.). Follow the Fashion. Retrieved from jazzwritesandsingsforyou.com/Poetry-Krystal_Volney-fashion.html.

Volney, K. (2014, February 7). Global Communication and Mail. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:eeKxTxfojW8J:www.city-connect.org/global-communication-and-mail/+&cd=266&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney K. (2014, April 1). Global Communication and Mail. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/science-and-technology/8334-global-communication-and-mail.

Volney, K. (2014, March). Golf. Retrieved from users.synapse.net/kgerken/Y-1403.pdf.

Volney, K. (2014, October 1). Golf. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/sport/11150-golf.

Volney, K. (2019). Krystal Volney: Home. Retrieved from www.krystalvolney.com.

Volney, K. (n.d.). Krystal Volney’s blog. Retrieved from https://krystalvolney21.tumblr.com.

Volney, K. (2012, September 17). Krystal Volney photos. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/pictures/10.

Volney, K. (2012, June). Human Cloning. Retrieved from https://paulcooijmans.com/others/krystal_volney/human_cloning.html.

Volney, K. (2016, August 12). Interview with Dr. Vinton Cerf. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:FK17Dh5j4AYJ:www.city-connect.org/interview-with-dr-vinton-cerf/+&cd=256&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2013, February). INTERVIEW WITH PAUL COOIJMANS, ADMINISTRATOR OF THE GIGA SOCIETY. Retrieved from https://paulcooijmans.com/interviews/volney.html.

Volney, K. (2013, August 30). Interview with Paul Cooijmans, Administrator of the Giga Society. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:cr65IbgWRSAJ:www.city-connect.org/interview-with-paul-cooijmans-administrator-of-the-giga-society/+&cd=267&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2013). Krystal Volney (Author Summary). Retrieved from http://www.krystalvolney.blogspot.com.

Volney, K. (2019). Krystal Volney Books: @KrystalVolney. Retrieved from https://twitter.com/krystalvolney.

Volney, K. (2012, August 16). Krystal Volney pictures. Retrieved from krystalvolneyfanclubworldwide.blogspot.com/2012/08/krystal-volney-pictures_16.html.

Volney, K (2018, December 2). KV’S BIOGRAPHY AND OTHER INFORMATION: FOR FANS AND FRIENDS. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/88.

Volney, K. (2019). Message board. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/forum.

Volney, K. (2013, October 4). Oil and Gas Exploration into the Arctic. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:7FdTjV7e4GMJ:www.city-connect.org/oil-and-gas-exploration-into-the-arctic/+&cd=265&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2018, December 21). Perception and Impressions in Society. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:RqlxVuUQwLIJ:www.city-connect.org/perception-and-impressions-in-society/+&cd=6&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2012, June 20). Poem: Chronicles of Caniche. Retrieved from www.relatemag.com/2012/06/poem-chronicles-of-caniche/.

Volney, K. (n.d.). Poetry-Krystal Volney. Retrieved from jazzwritesandsingsforyou.com/Poetry-Krystal_Volney-nature_love_life.html.

Volney, K. (n.d.). Poetry by Krystal Volney. Retrieved from www.jazzwritesandsingsforyou.com/Poetry-Krystal_Volney-fashion.html.

Volney, K. (2015, February 24). Poets Corner: The Bubo Scandiacus. Retrieved from https://www.caribbeannewsnow.com/2015/02/24/poets-corner-the-bubo-scandiacus/.

Volney, K. (2013, October 26). Quantum Computing in 2013. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:jO6BVfUQO9kJ:www.city-connect.org/quantum-computing-in-2013/+&cd=264&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. & Anja, J. (2019, March 11). Race. Retrieved from winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_16.pdf.

Volney, K. (2018, March 27). Random photographs. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/pictures/1293.

Volney, K. (2019). Sign-up sheet. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/signup.

Volney, K. (2018, March 27). Some of the Caribbean Volneys. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/pictures/1281.

Volney, K. (2019). Store. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/store.

Volney, K. (2012, August 21). Technology, Time and Ageing. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:SYlmQg8GvMgJ:www.city-connect.org/technology-time-and-aging/+&cd=3&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2015, October 5). The Big Bang Theory. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:lg9mCDlhjNIJ:www.city-connect.org/the-big-bang-theory/+&cd=268&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2017, May 25). The Flower poem(2010): (Published in Vogue Italia). Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/69.

Volney, K. (2010, March). The Flower Poem by Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.frostmagazine.com/2015/03/the-flower-poem-by-krystal-volney/.

Volney, K. (2018, August 24). The Mysterious Hermit. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfanssite.blogspot.com/2018/08/the-mysterious-hermit.html.

Volney, K. (2014, May 1). Thoughts in a minor. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/feature/8828-thoughts-in-a-minor.

Volney, K. (2013, July 30). Wall Street Money: never sleeps. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/feature/4556-wall-street.

Volney, K. (2013, December 11). WIN ONE issue XI: Quantum Computing. Retrieved from winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_11.pdf.

Volney, K. (2014, July 7). WIN ONE issue XII: Global Communication and Mail. Retrieved from winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_12.pdf.

Volney, K. (2017, May 13). WIN ONE issue XV: Interview with Dr. Vinton Cerf. Retrieved from winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_15.pdf.

Wall Street International. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/authors/83-krystal-volney.

Wikipedia. (2019). Aruba. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aruba.

Wikipedia. (2019). Author Solutions. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Author_Solutions.

Wikipedia. (2019). Child grooming. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Child_grooming.

Wikipedia. (2019). Child sexual abuse. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Child_sexual_abuse.

Wikipedia. (2019). Claude Monet. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Claude_Monet.

Wikipedia. (2019). Dominica. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dominica.

Wikipedia. (2019). Edgar Degas. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.

Wikipedia. (2019). Edison Pioneers. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Edison_Pioneers.

Wikipedia. (2019). Email. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Email.

Wikipedia. (2019). Frederic Thomas Nicholls. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frederic_Thomas_Nicholls.

Wikipedia. (2019). Henri François Pittier. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Henri_François_Pittier.

Wikipedia. (2019). International Society for Philosophical Enquiry. Retrieved from https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Society_for_Philosophical_Enquiry.

Wikipedia. (2019). Jean-Marc Nattier. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jean-Marc_Nattier.

Wikipedia. (2019). John Wyndham. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Wyndham.

Wikipedia. (2019). Leonardo da Vinci. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Leonardo_da_Vinci.

Wikipedia. (2019). Lewis Carroll. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lewis_Carroll.

Wikipedia. (2019). Martinique. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Martinique.

Wikipedia. (2019). Mira Publishing. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mira_Books.

Wikipedia. (2019). Oba (ruler). Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oba_(ruler).

Wikipedia. (2019). Phyllis Shand Allfrey. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phyllis_Shand_Allfrey.

Wikipedia. (2019). Saint Kitts. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saint_Kitts.

Wikipedia. (2019). Silversmith. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Silversmith.

Wikipedia. (2019). Sunsilk. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sunsilk.

Wikipedia. (2019). The Gaylords (Dominican band). Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Gaylords_(Dominican_band).

Wikipedia. (2019). The Legend of Zelda. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Legend_of_Zelda.

Wikipedia. (2019). Trafford Publishing. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trafford_Publishing.

Wikipedia. (2019). Turing Award. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turing_Award.

Wise Famous Quotes. (2019). Krystal Volney Quotes. Retrieved from https://www.wisefamousquotes.com/krystal-volney-quotes/.

Yggdrasil: A Journal of the Poetic Arts. (2014, March). March 2014 VOL XXII, Issue 3, Number 251. Retrieved from users.synapse.net/kgerken/Y-1403.pdf.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Author; Tech Writer & Part-Time Co-Editor, Phenomenon; Writer, Planet Ivy Magazine [Planet Ivy]; Writer, Desiblitz Magazine; Writer, Relate Magazine; Writer/Journalist, City Connect.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volney-three; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Krystal Volney.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Krystal Volney on First Parts of “Cosmos and Spheres,” and Actualization of Giftedness and Talents (Part Three) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volney-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 1). An Interview with Krystal Volney on First Parts of “Cosmos and Spheres,” and Actualization of Giftedness and Talents (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volney-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Krystal Volney on First Parts of “Cosmos and Spheres,” and Actualization of Giftedness and Talents (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volney-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Krystal Volney on First Parts of “Cosmos and Spheres,” and Actualization of Giftedness and Talents (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volney-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Krystal Volney on First Parts of “Cosmos and Spheres,” and Actualization of Giftedness and Talents (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volney-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Krystal Volney on First Parts of “Cosmos and Spheres,” and Actualization of Giftedness and Talents (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volney-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Krystal Volney on First Parts of “Cosmos and Spheres,” and Actualization of Giftedness and Talents (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volney-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Krystal Volney on First Parts of “Cosmos and Spheres,” and Actualization of Giftedness and Talents (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volney-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Krystal Volney on First Parts of “Cosmos and Spheres,” and Actualization of Giftedness and Talents (Part Three) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/volney-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Family, Early Formation, Important Mentors and Books, and Interests (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,541

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Matthew Scillitani, member of The Glia Society and The Giga Society, is a web developer and SEO specialist living in North Carolina. He is of Italian and British lineage, and is predominantly English-speaking. He earned his bachelor’s degree in psychology at East Carolina University, with a focus on neurobiology and a minor in business marketing. He’s previously worked as a research psychologist, data analyst, and writer, publishing over three hundred papers on topics such as nutrition, fitness, psychology, neuroscience, free will, and Greek history. You may contact him via e-mail at mattscil@gmail.com. He discusses: family background; a self extended through time; early formation; influential mentors and guardians; important authors and books; pivotal educational moments; intellectual interests; exceptional intelligence discovery; and intelligence tests taken, scores earned, and the relevant standard deviations. 

Keywords: East Carolina University, Giga Society, Glia Society, intelligence, Matthew Scillitani.

An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Family, Early Formation, Important Mentors and Books, and Interests: Member, Giga Society; Member, Glia Society (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is family background or lineage, e.g., surname(s) etymology (etymologies), geography, culture, language, religion/non-religion, political suasion, social outlook, scientific training, and the like?

Matthew Scillitani: My father’s side of the family is Italian and my mother’s British, the former immigrating to the United States just a couple of generations ago. The Italian language fell out of use in the last generation on my paternal side, and I was raised speaking primarily English and some Spanish, which is typical in American schools. I’m an only child and was raised on the East coast in a middle-class, Christian home. My mother was non-denominational and my father Catholic, though I was brought up Methodist. My family is well-educated, with both of my parents having earned multiple degrees, one of which was in aeronautics. Watching my mom eat healthy and exercise also influenced my diet and fitness. Neither of my parents spoke much on politics when I was young, and I had a healthy blend of viewpoints along the political spectrum. This is also in large part because I lacked the political indoctrination so many others experience from the media, in education, and through their social groups as they move through childhood and adolescence.

2. Jacobsen: With all these facets of the larger self, how did these become the familial ecosystem to form identity and a sense of a self extended through time?

Scillitani: This is a difficult question to answer, primarily because I kept to myself as a child, so there was little environmental influence on my development. Some of the familial influences that had some impact on my identity were fitness behaviors and workaholism. My mother made sure to feed me healthy meals and inspired me to start long-distance running and weight training as a teenager. This led me to set strength records in my high school, run varsity track and field, and join the wrestling team my senior year. Fitness continues to have an impact in my life and day-to-day behaviors, and I continue to exercise with the goal of remaining healthy into an advanced age. One of my greatest fears is losing my mobility or mental faculties as a senior. Both my parents worked very hard while I was growing up, and being around two conscientious adults inspired me to do the same.

3. Jacobsen: Of those aforementioned influences, what ones seem the most prescient for early formation?

Scillitani: Workaholism from a young age, and the related ability to hyper-focus on a single task for long periods of time. As a child, I’d spend nearly the entire day drawing, and would occasionally pass out from exhaustion because I’d rather practice than sleep. As an adult, I treat my work just as seriously, and am prideful of my mental endurance. One week at university, I was studying physics as a hobby and was so focused that I didn’t realized I had gone without food or sleep for several days. I eventually fell asleep standing up, and a roommate saw me sleeping upright in the middle of the room and had to shake me awake. This workaholism later transferred into my working life after college, and I find it difficult to take any extended breaks from work.

4. Jacobsen: What adults, mentors, or guardians became, in hindsight, the most influential on you?

Scillitani: My weight training coach in high school had an enormous influence on my self-esteem. When I started weight training, I was the weakest student in the weight room. He saw how hard I worked and stood up for me when the other students mocked my weak physical constitution. The next year I was one of the strongest students at our school and could perform great feats of strength, such as strict barbell curling more than my body weight. Ironically, my track-and-field coach had the opposite view, but also achieved a similar effect on my fitness outcome. I was a mid-long distance runner on his team my freshman year of high school, and during sophomore year tryouts I suffered from heat stroke and didn’t perform well. Rather than give me a second chance I was cut from the team. I asked him why he wouldn’t let me try again and he said it was because he didn’t believe I’d ever be a good runner. This drove me to train harder than before, and a few months later I had cut my mile time down from 7 1/2 minutes to a hair over 5 minutes.

5. Jacobsen: As a young reader, in childhood and adolescence, what authors and books were significant, meaningful, to worldview formation?

Scillitani: Logic, by Immanuel Kant changed how I approached problems for the rest of my life. Had it not been for reading that book, I probably would not have been able to come up with the solutions to many of the I.Q. test problems or other puzzles I’ve worked on. The Illiad, by Homer, also drove my interest towards Greek mythology, and many of those stories influenced my art and writing for many years. I think reading, especially a blend of fiction and nonfiction, is essential for a child’s creative and intellectual development. It’s concerning that many children and teenagers today don’t read books outside of school, preferring to socialize or play video games, both of which are inferior to their cognitive development.

6. Jacobsen: What were pivotal educational – as in, in school or autodidacticism – moments from childhood to young adulthood?

Scillitani: Teaching myself how to draw was a pivotal time in my childhood. I would study the drawings of other great artists and then meticulously teach myself to emulate their styles, sometimes taking hundreds or even thousands of hours to master before moving on to the next artist. It was especially hard to emulate Leonardo Da Vinci’s drawings because his style is very unique and technically demanding. At age eight or nine, I spent hundreds of hours over several weeks trying to re-create a self-portrait of his. After passing out on the dinner table, I woke up to see my mother had taken three of my failed drawing attempts and framed them. The motive behind that was kind, and I appreciate the thought, but every time I saw those pictures it only reminded me of my lack of ability. A few months later, seeing them so often had motivated me to draw a near-exact replica of his portrait

Reading books on psychology and sociology also helped me learn how to socialize more effectively. The most interesting information being on ego strength, and how a weak ego negatively impacts social outcome for the disposed person. Those co-workers, students, friends, and family who would rather insult than give compliments, who would brag while claiming humility, and who can’t admit when they’re wrong are good examples of this. It takes someone with a strong ego to deal with these people, since we mustn’t take them seriously. Otherwise, avoidance is the only good option.

7. Jacobsen: For formal postsecondary education, what were the areas of deepest interest? What were some with a passion but not pursued? Why not pursue them? What were the eventual qualifications earned to this point in life?

Scillitani: Psychology and neurobiology were my main interests while attending university. I received my bachelor’s in psychology and took as many neurobiology classes as I could during that time. I was also passionate about mathematics and some physics problems on light, but only realized I wanted to pursue these after having already taken several years of psychology courses. I do plan on working a more math-focused vocation in the future, and will continue thinking about a couple of physics problems only as a hobby. At this point in life, I have many certificates for various computer programs (such as Microsoft, CSS, HTML, Dreamweaver, and so on) and computer engineering, as well as a bachelor’s degree in psychology.

8. Jacobsen: When was exceptional intelligence discovered by family, friends, and yourself?

Scillitani: In elementary school I took an I.Q. test and in spite of being very distracted and having put in little effort I still scored a couple of standard deviations above the mean. I wasn’t told about that until I was seventeen though. I think the ‘eye opener’ was when I was fifteen years old and realized I had skipped three or four math grades (depending on the curriculum of the school), taking college-level trigonometry as a sophomore in high school. I didn’t do very well in the class, but I was still proud to be there. I learned from the teacher that I was the youngest person to ever take that course in my high school, which was very large and had been active for over forty years.

9. Jacobsen: What have been the intelligence tests taken and the scores earned on them with the relevant SDs? Also, as an aside, what seems like the most robust non-pencil-and-paper proxy of general intelligence to you?

Scillitani: I’ve taken many I.Q. tests, voluntarily from age 19 on. In the beginning, I invested only a few hours of time in each test, and mostly scored in the 140s and 150s (S.D. 15). The first high-range I.Q. test I took was Dr. Jason Bett’s WIT, scoring 154 (S.D. 15). After taking a few more tests, I began spending ten or twenty hours of time on them and my scores crept up into the 150s and 160s (S.D. 15). The first test that I spent over forty hours on yielded an at-the-time high score of 167 (S.D. 15), on Paul Cooijman’s Marathon Test – Numerical section. It was only after asking some ultra-high I.Q. scorers for advice that I started scoring extremely high. The advice, which I recommend all I.Q. test-takers follow, was to work on a test until you can’t easily answer any more problems. Then, put the test down and wait a few months before coming back to it with a fresh start on the unsolved problems. Following this strategy, I received a perfect score on Paul Cooijmans’ Psychometric Qrosswords, scoring 190 (S.D. 15). I had spent probably around eighty hours on that test over the span of a year. Just a couple of weeks later I scored 176 (S.D. 15) on the verbal section of The Marathon Test, also by Paul Cooijmans, following the same strategy.

The most robust non-pencil-and-paper proxy of general intelligence is probably the ability to delay gratification. A large part of delaying gratification, and impulse control in general, is having the foresight to know the repercussions of one’s actions and choosing the most positive one, even if it comes at an immediate loss. This is a good indicator of intelligence because whether our intellect or emotions guide our actions is mostly determined by which of those we have more of.

10. Jacobsen: What responsibility, if any, comes with exceptional levels of general intelligence?

Scillitani: I’m not sure if there’s any responsibility that’s exclusive to intelligent people. Everyone should probably do what they’re best at, so long as it’s not criminal. Some of the most important vocations don’t require exceptional intelligence, and if everyone pursued careers in STEM (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics) fields we’d lose farmers, garbage men, police officers, teachers, firefighters, and so on.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Member, Giga Society; Member, Glia Society. Bachelor’s Degree, Psychology, East Carolina University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Matthew Scillitani.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Family, Early Formation, Important Mentors and Books, and Interests (Part One) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 1). An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Family, Early Formation, Important Mentors and Books, and Interests (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Family, Early Formation, Important Mentors and Books, and Interests (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Family, Early Formation, Important Mentors and Books, and Interests (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Family, Early Formation, Important Mentors and Books, and Interests (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Family, Early Formation, Important Mentors and Books, and Interests (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Family, Early Formation, Important Mentors and Books, and Interests (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Family, Early Formation, Important Mentors and Books, and Interests (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Matthew Scillitani on Family, Early Formation, Important Mentors and Books, and Interests (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/scillitani-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Intelligence (Part Six)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 5,056

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Rick Rosner and I conduct a conversational series entitled Ask A Genius on a variety of subjects through In-Sight Publishing on the personal and professional website for Rick. According to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing hereRick G. Rosner may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. Erik Haereid earned a score at 185, on the N-VRA80. Both scores on a standard deviation of 15. A sigma of ~6.13 for Rick – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 2,314,980,850 – and ~5.67 for Erik – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 136,975,305. Of course, if a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population. This amounts to a joint interview or conversation with Erik Haereid, Rick Rosner, and myself.

Keywords: America, Erik Haereid, intelligence, Norway, Rick Rosner, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, standard deviation.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Intelligence (Part Six)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Few people, statistically speaking, qualify for general intelligence quotients above 4 standard deviations. One reason remains the ceiling set on mainstream standardized intelligence tests. Another is the rarity of the population. A small number of people, internationally, developed some tests for above 4 standard deviations. 

What is intelligence? What is IQ? Why the limits on the mainstream standardized tests? What is the reliability and validity of the alternative tests for above 4 standard deviations above the norm? How many have each of you done? What is the range of earned scores? What do this score or these scores indicate about the alternative tests, the mental abilities tapped, and the conceptualization of general intelligence?

Erik Haereid: Intelligence is, strictly, about the ability to think abstract and learn new stuff. It’s about the g factor; if you are good/bad at one thing you are probably good/bad at another thing too. Since there are a lot of opinions among scientists, psychologists (psychometricians) and laymen, I conclude that there is not one single definition. We don’t know what intelligence exactly is, but that it has to do with how we learn, adapt, solve problems and understand. It’s more about how we process knowledge than knowing per se.

IQ is a measure of intelligence. One of the main difficulties by making tests that are supposed to measure intelligence is that they can’t capture the culture’s knowledge; they discriminate because some know things other don’t and score higher (gaining higher IQ) without having a higher intelligence. Most people in the world would score poorly if the test was in the Chinese, Norwegian or Swahili language or using ancient Egyptian hieroglyphs.

Other disturbing factors are such as bad preparation and performance anxiety on proctored timed tests, which seem to be the only accepted psychometric IQ-tests today. If you have 20 minutes once in a lifetime to show your level of intelligence, those sort of tests obviously will discriminate on how good you are at dealing with that kind of pressure. As far as I know, that kind of nerves are not correlated with intelligence. Then ordinary timed IQ-tests are not measuring pure intelligence. But which tests are? No tests are, if you ask me. The experts, the psychometricians claim that tests like WAIS is optimal concerning measuring intelligence. So let’s stick with that.

Why the limits on the standardized IQ-tests? They have those limits, “low” ceiling, because they are supposed to measure correct IQs. To draw the right statistical distribution, e.g. the normal distribution which one has measured and calculated as the best statistical distribution on measuring IQs, you need plenty of data, scores, testees, in each area of IQs. But since there are fewer and fewer scores at the bottom and top, you can’t say for sure that it is the normal distribution, or any other distribution, that fits that area of IQs. The higher (and lower) you get on the IQ-scale, the more uncertain is the calculation of the IQs. We know that between let’s say 50 and 150 (standard deviation 15, which I consequently mean) in IQs, we have enough data (scorers and scores) to measure a quite correct statistical distribution; the normal one fits almost perfect. That’s not the case deciding IQs under 50 and over 150. That’s why you get on most (?) proctored, psychometric accepted IQ-tests have ceilings, and that it’s more right to achieve “Your IQ is 150+” than “Your IQ is 172”.

When you increase the ceiling (more difficult items, less time), you will also get more uncertainty connected to the highest IQs. So when you gain a 145 IQ on a WAIS-test, this is probably close to your g. If you gain >155 (or wherever that limited limit on that standardized test is) you probably have an IQ over that level (155+), but without knowing what it is. If you gain 175 on a WAIS-test, you still probably have an IQ>155 and also >160, but with increasing uncertainty. Maybe it’s 165, 170 or even 180; it is uncertainty connected to those high IQ-scores compared to those <155 on standardized tests.

The Mensa entrance test (e.g. FRT) is constructed for the purpose of dividing the top 2 percent from those below, so if you gain a >130 IQ on that short 20 minutes test with limited ceiling, you probably are at the top 2 percent of the population because of the many testees in that area, and the fact that the test is highly correlated with other psychometrical tools like WAIS.

Let’s say we have developed a perfect measure of intelligence, for every level (as many say the WAIS-test approximately is today for levels < 155 or so); we have a valid IQ-measure. Because of the huge amount (I guess) of testees in the area below 145-155 (let’s say on WAIS worldwide), we can be pretty sure about the coherence between the measured data (the scores) and the distribution; they follow the normal distribution let’s say up to 150-160 (that is 155). And since we here assume (for simplicity) that the test also measures exact intelligence from IQ-levels of 155 and infinitely (that means that no one will get the full score, never) we only have to destine the IQs related to the scores. But since there are few testees among those who scores over 155, we can’t for sure say that the normal distribution counts for these scorers. So far, based on their WAIS (or whatever “perfect” test we use)-scores, we can tell that they are above a certain IQ-level, even though the test measures IQ-levels all the way (has an infinite ceiling), but we can’t say that their scores follow a normal distribution over 155 because of the lack of data to confirm that. It becomes just a qualified guess.

So, when we talk about other HR-tests (e.g. high range untimed tests) with high ceilings (>160-170), and compare these scores with standardized tests like WAIS, we can’t say for sure that the HR-tests are reliable even though they are correlated with WAIS on the high levels. If you gain IQ 170 on WAIS, LS24 (spatial HR-test by Robert Lato) and SLSE1 (numerical HR-test by Jonathan Wai), you can’t claim a reliability on the 170-level even though it seems to be, because also WAIS-scores on that level are unsure. But there is, certainly, a correlation here. Maybe the theoretical true IQ is 180 on the WAIS-test. Then your real IQ (g) maybe is more like 175 than 170. Even though the tests are correlated (you gain the same score on several, different tests) it’s not sure that (on these high levels) the statistical distribution (the formula that calculates the IQ) is correct because of the few data to predict that distribution.

When we have few data we can use non-parametrical methods, which is the second best choice. If every person in the world took this test, we would have plenty of data to measure levels up to 180; deciding a parametrical statistical distribution, not necessarily normal, from the population with IQs over let’s say 155. Now we really don’t know if this distribution (IQ>155) is normal, but we use the normal distribution to decide IQs also in this area, because the normal distribution is right to use for everyone else (IQ<155). We presume that IQs follow the normal distribution also for people >155. But this is a vague anticipation.

I don’t have any insight to data from proctored, psychometrical accepted IQ-tests in this area, so I just speak theoretically.

I presumed that the best tests, like WAIS, measures intelligence. But this is also a definition of intelligence, and I mean that the psychologists (psychometricians) are the experts. One thing is that you have a nice test and plenty of observations (scores), and therefore can predict a solid distribution (like the normal). Another is if that the test and scores really measures intelligence.

As said, let’s say you force people to take one 20 minute IQ-test once in their lives, that is said to measure something that important as intelligence, you certainly measure much more than intelligence (nervousness, performance anxiety, your relation to authorities, the culture’s weight on such tests…). Then you at least not only discriminate on the mental capacities like intelligence. It’s a lot of statistical disturbance that is difficult or impossible to measure.

There are for example some, many, that believe that untimed high range IQ-tests measure something more than intelligence; perseverance, stamina, patience and so on, in addition to intelligence. I am one of those. So when you gain a 180 IQ-score on an untimed credible HRT, you probably do have a very high intelligence, but also a high degree of stamina.

Assume that a person A (preferably a future super AI-agent) take Lato’s LS24- and Hoeflin’s Titan-test in one hour with all items right. The second best achiever is, let’s say a person B that scored 20/24 on LS24 and 48/48 on Titan, but used totally one month. B is said to have 200 in IQ, based on a dozen or two of other testees in the same range (170-200). But how should we calculate A’s IQ?

In a parametrical distribution, like the normal one, we would calculate it directly. But is this normally distributed in the end of the tail? Maybe not. The problem is how we should decide, calculate, if A’s IQ is 300, 700 or 1,000. We have a lot of statistical methods to measure uncertainty, predicting something that makes it a qualified guess, and the common factor of those methods is that when the data become fewer the guess-factor becomes larger.

This illustrates the problem with little data at the end of the tail. We can say that extraordinary achievement, considering the short time used, deserves an extreme high IQ, but we can’t know how high. The distribution is unknown in this area.

I mention two factors that influence intelligence: 1) the ability to solve abstract problems, including different degrees of complexity and a diversity of cognitive problems like in a WAIS-test, and 2) the time used to do so. I can’t see any major obstacles creating extreme difficult IQ-tests, because it’s about combining degrees of difficulty and available time or time used. It’s not any problem creating an IQ-test that measures (theoretically) IQ’s at 900 or 1,000-level.  If a person solves the Titan-test in six hours, with all items right, she/he/it would obviously have an IQ superior to the most intelligent person we know of today. The problem is to decide the IQ-level, not proclaiming that persons superior level of intelligence.

I have taken something like 30+ HR-tests since 2013, and one proctored standardized test in 2013 to get into Mensa (FRT). I am among the top scorers on several HR-tests with high credibility and ceiling. Before 2013 I was not concerned with IQ-tests. I am more interested in how we humans can use our intelligence than measuring it, but it’s a lot of fun doing these HR-tests; you sort of get addicted.

On the tests I have taken seriously I have scores in the range 145 to 185. I have a quite good assembling on some of the most accepted, respected and oldest HR-tests, like LS24, Algebrica, SLSE1, SLSE2, LSHR, some of T. Prousalis’ tests and some more. My IQ on these tests with high credibility is in the range 166-176, as I remember it, and maybe my g is about 170-171, maybe a couple of points higher since I score high on different type of tests (numerical, spatial, verbal); I don’t know, and I don’t care. I am pretty sure that my IQ (g) is in the range 0 to 200! And I am pretty sure that I am 56 years old.

Rick Rosner: Intelligence is generally finding consistencies in the world, consistencies and relationships. If you want to be slightly grandiose about it, then it is what separates human beings as generalists from other species whose search for exploitable consistencies don’t have as much fluidity as humans.

That’s it. It is figuring stuff out about the world. You do not know if something is inconsistent; until, you are aware of things. Chaos is just chaos when you haven’t pulled anything out of it. Until, you’ve pulled some things, some consistencies, out of it. Then you can find out what is consistent or not. 

If you do not know anything about anything, then that means not knowing anything about what is inconsistent. IQ is an attempt to measure intelligence via testing, standardized testing. I don’t want to go into the whole history of IQ. You can look it up. 

Basically, it started with – intelligence testing that leads to IQ – Binet in France who had a 5-point scale designed to help kids be designed appropriate educational resources. If you are a 1 or a 2, then you need extra help because you’re not that smart. If you get a 4 or a 5, then you get extra help because you’re smarter than average.

Terman put this on a 100-point scale where 100 is average. He probably is the one who came up with the ratio IQ. If the kid is 10, but scores on an IQ test like the average 12-year-old, then it is 12/10 for an IQ of 120 for the kid.  Then largely in America, you had a small intelligence testing industry grow from there.

With the heyday of IQ testing probably being in the 50s and the 60s, people really believed in it. Kids get tested now, as part of school. In the 50s and 60s, kids really got tested. People entirely believed in the results of those tests. Now, they seem old-fashioned and superfluous. People have the same objections to IQ as aptitude and achievement testing, which is part of college admissions in America, e.g., SAT and ACT. 

People are skeptical of those. They should be. They say, “This doesn’t help us differentiate between the rest of the student’s application. It doesn’t add anything to an application. A kid who scores 1420 on the SAT is no more likely to be a successful and good addition to your student body, then a kid who scores 1120, 1390, or 1510. SAT scores are not predictive. If you want more on this, I say this all the time with Lance [Ed. Richlin from “Lance vs. Rick“], “Just Google it! Read about it.” 

Limits on mainstream standardized tests are for efficiency in two ways. One is on group-administered IQ tests. You don’t go below 50 or above 150. It goes to Binet’s original point of IQ tests. At institutions, people will have to address the kid’s needs and behaviours, regardless. It doesn’t necessarily help to know whether the kid has an IQ of 55 or 45. 

At the extreme limits, or even within the normal range, there may not be differences that can be pinpointed within 5 or 10 points. I used to work with developmentally disabled people. Every kid with a low IQ is unique. You have to treat every kid as a kid, not as an IQ score. It takes work to differentiate between a 140 and 170 IQ. 

The IQ testing industry was intended to differentiate at ultra-high levels. Because if you have a kid with an IQ of 140, then you have a smart kid. You have enough information to give this kid enough study materials outside of this kid’s study level. You see how the kid does on the study materials. It is a waste of effort to turn this into a sport, where people are competing to be Mr. 180.

The best test constructors – Hoeflin, anybody who tries to norm the tests. That is, figure out where the test performance stacks up to test-takers’ other self-reported IQ scores with a fairly large sample. Those tests are, I think, no worse, no less accurate, in their ranges, as long as you limit the ranges to below what a perfect score will get you. 

Because every test blows up with 0 wrong or 1 wrong. It is hard to tell where you are at that point. If you are wondering what a score of 37 or 41 on the original Mega Test might equal in terms of IQ, those scores are no less accurate than a score from taking the group-administered test in a classroom in 3rd grade. They’re fine. They have a plus or minus of 8 points. 

As long as people put adequate effort into those tests, which, in itself, is hard to put the adequate effort in because adequate effort on tests like the Mega is dozens of hours, if people put adequate effort in from test to test, the scores are bound to be consistent. 

When I started taking the tests, I racked up scores from the 160s to the 190s, which is a big range. Also, some of the tests were sloppily normed. I was always looking for tests that were slutty to give me the highest possible scores. I didn’t put in the effort on some of the tests. If you look at the range of some of my scores, I have a range of 25 or 30 points.

Part of this is me. Part of this is the kinkiness of various tests. You might see a smaller range if you see someone who averages 120 and then give them a dozen different tests. they may show scores from 105 to 135, across the various tests. I don’t know if it was determined whether the Mega or the Titan had a higher ceiling. 

As I said, it is hard to determine if it is possible to determine. I think Hoeflin, himself, would say, ‘The Titan is harder.’ I would say, “It is harder.” It is paradoxical. If you have taken the Mega and done a really good job, and worked the problems, it gives a skill-set that makes the Titan easier. Because you have already done the Mega and know how Ron thinks. 

If you took a bunch of really smart people and gave half of them the Mega and half of them the Titan, people would probably find the Mega easier. The Titan has been called the hardest test ever. I would argue it is the highest rigorous test ever made. Cooijmans has come up with a bunch of really good, really challenging tests. 

I would say that his problems need more leaps of faith. When you’ve got the correct answer on a Hoeflin problem, you know it. It is still pretty true about Cooijmans’s problems. But they are more idiosyncratic, have more personality. You may not be as confident in your answers. It makes them somewhat harder.

The hardness comes from a not exactly poetic and not exactly not poetic kind of freehandedness in the associations, patterns that you’re trying to find. That mirrors the world, though, where one indicator of intelligence is picking out the faint signal, the nebulous relationships. They are so faint among the noise. 

You could call Cooijmans’s problems noisier. The signal that you’re trying to pull out will not provide as spiky a spike as a Hoeflin signal. 

Jacobsen: As an interjection for the record, did you get a perfect score on the Titan Test on the first attempt? 

Rosner: I got in an article in the Wall Street Journal for the perfect score on the Titan. Nothing really about the Titan, specifically. I almost got on T.V. because I scored really high on the Mega, but I fucked it up. I made the guest booker nervous. She cancelled me because I sounded like a lunatic. I thought you supposed to be a lunatic.

I thought you were supposed to be interesting. It was supposed to be a news show. I worked in bars. It was in the morning. I didn’t wake up in the fucking morning. I didn’t know it was supposed to be happy and soothing, and not some fucking lunatic in the morning. 

I have done like 40 tests. None lately, I don’t even know if my brain works anymore. I have been sedated, general anesthetic, like two and a half times in the past year. All of the way out of propofol, which killed Michael Jackson. I was in a twilight sleep when they gave me the once in five years colonoscopy. Unless, you elect to be put all the way out.

Anyhow, I was in twilight sleep, which is sedated and still conscious. You are sedated and not supposed to still remember it. The last time, it was fine to be not asleep. It is watching a camera go up your butt. I was proud of myself. I did not see a bunch of flakes of poop floating around.

The tests have personal meaning to me. I felt like a loser until I started getting kickass scores on these tests. It is not justified because I am not an idiot. I know the tests still don’t mean that much. I couldn’t get a girlfriend. I was bad at P.E. My orientation was: if I couldn’t get a girlfriend, then I was shitty at stuff. A girlfriend was what I really wanted. I couldn’t get a girlfriend.

To me, it was a general indicator of my suckiness. I was proud of some of the stuff that I had done. I felt this overarching suckiness because I couldn’t hook up.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Erik Haereid: “About my writing: Most of my journalistic work I did in the pre-Internet-period (80s, 90s), and the articles I have saved are, at best, aged in a box somewhere in the cellar. Maybe I can find some of it, but I don’t think that’s that interesting.

Most of my written work, including crime short stories in A-Magasinet (Aftenposten (one of the main newspapers in Norway, as Nettavisen is)), a second place (runner up) in a nationwide writing contest in 1985 arranged by Aftenposten, and several articles in different newspapers, magazines and so on in the 1980s and early 1990s, is not published online, as far as I can see. This was a decade and less before the Internet, so a lot of this is only on paper.

From the last decade, where I used more time doing other stuff than writing, for instance work, to mention is my book from 2011, the IQ-blog and some other stuff I don’t think is interesting here.

I keep my personal interests quite private. To you, I can mention that I play golf, read a lot, like debating, and 30-40 years and even more kilos ago I was quite sporty, and competed in cross country skiing among other things (I did my military duty in His Majesty The King’s Guard (Drilltroppen)). I have been asked from a couple in the high IQ societies, if I know Magnus Carlsen. The answer is no, I don’t :)”

Haereid has interviewed In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal Advisory Board Member Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis, some select articles include topics on AI in What will happen when the ASI (Artificial superintelligence) evolves; Utopia or Dystopia? (Norwegian), on IQ-measures in 180 i IQ kan være det samme som 150, and on the Norwegian pension system (Norwegian). His book on the winner/loser-society model based on social psychology published in 2011 (Nasjonalbiblioteket), which does have a summary review here.

Erik lives in Larkollen, Norway. He was born in Oslo, Norway, in 1963. He speaks Danish, English, and Norwegian. He is Actuary, Author, Consultant, Entrepreneur, and Statistician. He is the owner of, chairman of, and consultant at Nordic Insurance Administration.

He was the Academic Director (1998-2000) of insurance at the BI Norwegian Business School (1998-2000) in Sandvika, Baerum, Manager (1997-1998) of business insurance, life insurance, and pensions and formerly Actuary (1996-1997) at Nordea in Oslo Area, Norway, a self-employed Actuary Consultant (1996-1997), an Insurance Broker (1995-1996) at Assurance Centeret, Actuary (1991-1995) at Alfa Livsforsikring, novice Actuary (1987-1990) at UNI Forsikring, and a Journalist at Norsk Pressedivisjon.

He earned an M.Sc. in Statistics and Actuarial Sciences from 1990-1991 and a Bachelor’s degree from 1984 to 1986/87 from the University of Oslo. He did some environmental volunteerism with Norges Naturvernforbund (Norwegian Society for the Conservation of Nature), where he was an activist, freelance journalist and arranged ‘Sykkeldagen i Oslo’ twice (1989 and 1990) as well as environmental issues lectures.

He has industry experience in accounting, insurance, and insurance as a broker. He writes in his IQ-blog the online newspaper Nettavisen. He has personal interests in history, philosophy, reading, social psychology, and writing.

He is a member of many high-IQ societies including 4G, Catholiq, Civiq, ELITE, GenerIQ, Glia, Grand, HELLIQ, HRIQ, Intruellect, ISI-S, ISPE, KSTHIQ, MENSA, MilenijaNOUS, OLYMPIQ, Real, sPIqr, STHIQ, Tetra, This, Ultima, VeNuS, and WGD.

Rick G. Rosner: “According to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing hereRick G. Rosner may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. He has received 8 Writers Guild Awards and Emmy nominations, and was titled 2013 North American Genius of the Year by The World Genius Directory with the main “Genius” listing here.

He has written for Remote ControlCrank YankersThe Man ShowThe EmmysThe Grammys, and Jimmy Kimmel Live!. He worked as a bouncer, a nude art model, a roller-skating waiter, and a stripper. In a television commercialDomino’s Pizza named him the “World’s Smartest Man.” The commercial was taken off the air after Subway sandwiches issued a cease-and-desist. He was named “Best Bouncer” in the Denver Area, Colorado, by Westwood Magazine.

Rosner spent much of the late Disco Era as an undercover high school student. In addition, he spent 25 years as a bar bouncer and American fake ID-catcher, and 25+ years as a stripper, and nearly 30 years as a writer for more than 2,500 hours of network television. Errol Morris featured Rosner in the interview series entitled First Person, where some of this history was covered by Morris. He came in second, or lost, on Jeopardy!, sued Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? over a flawed question and lost the lawsuit. He won one game and lost one game on Are You Smarter Than a Drunk Person? (He was drunk). Finally, he spent 37+ years working on a time-invariant variation of the Big Bang Theory.

Currently, Rosner sits tweeting in a bathrobe (winter) or a towel (summer). He lives in Los AngelesCalifornia with his wife, dog, and goldfish. He and his wife have a daughter. You can send him money or questions at LanceVersusRick@Gmail.Com, or a direct message via Twitter, or find him on LinkedIn, or see him on YouTube.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-six; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Intelligence (Part Six) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-six.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 1). Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Intelligence (Part Six)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-six.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Intelligence (Part Six). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-six>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Intelligence (Part Six).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-six.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Intelligence (Part Six).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-six.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Intelligence (Part Six)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-six>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Intelligence (Part Six)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-six.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Intelligence (Part Six).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-six>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Intelligence (Part Six) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-six.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Background, Religion, Giftedness, Education, and Accumulated Self-Doubt (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,057

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Thomas Wolf is a Member of the Giga Society. He discusses: family background; religion and science; family environment; environmental and innate aspects of giftedness; schooling and identification of giftedness; educational methods for the development of the young; joining the Giga Society in September, 1999, earning a  perfect score on the NUMBERS subtest of the Test for Genius, as the second member; and benefits with membership; and confidence and “accumulated of self-doubt.”

Keywords: Education, Giftedness, Giga Society, Self-Doubt, Thomas Wolf.

An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Background, Religion, Giftedness, Education, Accumulated Self-Doubt: Member, Giga Society (Part One)[1],[2]*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Original interview conducted between October 21, 2016 and February 29, 2020.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your family’s background – culture, geography, language, and religious/irreligious affiliation? What did your parents do for work?

Thomas Wolf: I was born and raised in Regensburg, a medium-sized city in Bavaria, Germany, which is quite well known for several universities and therefore culturally comparable to much larger cities. My father, also born in Regensburg, was a professor of economics. My mother’s family were WW II refugees from Silesia, so she unfortunately never got the chance to attend college, although she was a smart woman. She briefly worked as a librarian, but after marriage became a housewife and mother (I have one brother), as most women at the time. My mother’s family was never religious to begin with, and although my father came from a Christian family, he was too smart to believe in religious teachings, so he left the church before I was born and I wasn’t baptized and grew up in a family believing in science rather than religion.

2. Jacobsen: What differentiates religion from science to you?

Wolf: Science (in the meaning of natural sciences) investigates our universe as a closed system, researching and trying to explain its natural laws. Philosophy is not a natural science, neither does it compete with natural sciences, but tries to explain the nature and origin of the universe outside of this closed system, whether it is idealism, deterministic materialism, godly creation or something else. Religion is the extension of one particular philosophic belief (i.e. the belief in a creator-god or several gods) into the realm of our perceived universe/nature, i.e. into the field of science. Unlike its root, philosophy, religion does compete with natural sciences in trying to understand and explain the system of the universe and its natural laws, but as it is solely based in assumptions and believes rather than in facts and logic, it blatantly fails to be a serious competitor for science. The existence of a higher being cannot be proven or disproven, but the teachings of any holy book I know can easily be shown to be simple human projections and/or extensions or alterations of predecessor religions with some political agenda of the author in the background. to begin with, the assumption that an almighty and perfect higher being (if existent) would require to teach its values by the imperfect means of forming and maintaining a religion is already self-contradicting and quite ridiculous.

3. Jacobsen: What was the family environment for you?

Wolf: I was lucky. My parents were extremely supportive but never pushing too hard. Many “helicopter” parents of gifted children today try to mould them into new Leonardo DaVincis by having them participate in a lot of activities they consider beneficial – art courses, language classes, violin lessons, kid chess clubs, more. All fine, but it can simply be too much. At the same time, those parents limit everything they consider “harmful” or “uncreative”, comics, TV, computer games. Certainly with good intentions, but the good intentions with which you pave the road to hell. My parents did not try to force me into anything, but whenever I expressed a maintained interest in some field, they strongly and actively supported it. They gave me a lot of liberties, were always there to help me study for school when I asked them, but also to tell me that a bad grade was no catastrophe.  They bought me a high-end home computer in the late seventies, at a time when this was still expensive. They did everything to let me grow, but nothing to suffocate me.

4. Jacobsen: Does giftedness seem more innate or environmental to you?

Wolf: Both factors are important, and frankly I see little benefit in the long ongoing discussion which one is dominant. Quite the contrary, I regret that research in this field has in many cases become a tool to support a political position for either side of a pointless left-right struggle, mostly about education priorities. We can neither afford to neglect special education opportunities for gifted children, nor can we afford to neglect mass education on their behalf. We should strive to have different education opportunities to benefit every child.

5. Jacobsen: Where did you go to school as a child and adolescent? Was the giftedness identified and nurtured early – at home and in school?

Wolf: I attended a public school in Germany, as is normal there. Private schools are extremely rare in Germany and – at least back in my childhood – did not enjoy as good a reputation as they do in e. g. the USA. School and its teachers were a mixed blessing for me. In retrospective, to about two thirds of them I am grateful for supporting me and doing to encourage and stimulate me intellectually, but the last third gave me some pretty bad experiences as they considered me far too self-confident for a pupil. This was especially true for my first teacher, who took great offence at even the most polite and constructive criticism from a first-grader, although I meant no harm but simply was bored (having been taught skills reading and basic math well before school already), so I had to change classes in my first year already, a bit of a traumatic experience. Again, luckily my parents were full of understanding and were always on my side in battles with those teachers rather than simply telling me to “shut up and fit in”.  This was a major bonus in my personal development.

6. Jacobsen: What educational methods seem best for the emotional, intellectual, and moral development of the gifted?

Wolf: The key to the right development is to help gifted children find out and decide what direction they want to take and what they want to be. Usually, gifted children will excel in a number of areas, and they need help in finding out what activities fit best. They should be given the opportunity to deepen or speed up their development in one or some areas, but they also should learn to limit their interests to a reasonable number of fields – they are still human and will not be able to accomplish everything in the world – a misconception that I see as a major danger especially for younger gifted children.  If intellectual development is steered into the direction best suited for a person, emotional and moral development will usually be positive as well. Especially if it is supported by the actions you would recommend to any parent, to set a  good example, to show its of love and to keep an open mind.

7. Jacobsen: You joined the Giga Society in September, 1999. You earned a perfect score on the NUMBERS subtest of the Test for Genius. You were the second member. What was the original interest in the Giga Society?

Wolf: It was mainly the simple ambition to prove to myself that I can do it. Other people run marathons or lift weights – I, never having been any good at sports, always had intellectual ambitions instead. I had joined another high IQ Society, Prometheus, before, and this was the natural next goal to achieve.

8. Jacobsen: What benefits have come with membership in it?

Wolf: The Giga Society unfortunately is not very active, with limited communication between the few and individual members. The only significant external benefit was some amount of acknowledgement. A few articles were written about me, and I was asked to appear in a few radio and TV formats, which I enjoyed. But I would say the greatest benefit was plain self-confidence, as I had finished my personal “intellectual marathon”. As a working adult, when not everything was measured in grades anymore, I had learned that often things won’t go your way, and at the time I joined Giga Society, I had accumulated a lot of self-doubt, which was counteracted by my Giga membership.

9. Jacobsen: You mentioned confidence in first grade. You mentioned confidence in achievement of membership in the Giga Society. In between, you “accumulated of self-doubt.” Between first grade and the membership of the Giga Society, what were the sources of the self-doubt?

Wolf: In everybody’s life at some time there comes the simple realization that you are only human. Again and again you will make mistakes, you will not succeed in something, somebody else will be better than you in something where you considered yourself unbeatable. For most people, this realization will come quite early in childhood, but the more gifted you are, the later that realization may sink in. If it comes quite late in life, especially if it comes at a time that people usually start careers, families, companies, this can become a confidence-shattering factor. This was the case for me. For quite some time, I felt that a few serious disappointments and setbacks I had were bad underachievement, before I later realized that they were normal life experiences.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Member, Giga Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Background, Religion, Giftedness, Education, and Accumulated Self-Doubt (Part One) [Online].March 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, March 1). An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Background, Religion, Giftedness, Education, and Accumulated Self-Doubt (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Background, Religion, Giftedness, Education, and Accumulated Self-Doubt (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, March. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Background, Religion, Giftedness, Education, and Accumulated Self-Doubt (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Background, Religion, Giftedness, Education, and Accumulated Self-Doubt (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (March 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Background, Religion, Giftedness, Education, and Accumulated Self-Doubt (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Background, Religion, Giftedness, Education, and Accumulated Self-Doubt (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Background, Religion, Giftedness, Education, and Accumulated Self-Doubt (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):March. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Thomas Wolf on Background, Religion, Giftedness, Education, and Accumulated Self-Doubt (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, March 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/wolf-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Religious and National Identity, and Generational and Denominational/Interpretational Differences in Islam (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: February 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,412

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Katherine Bullock received her Ph.D. in political science from the University of Toronto (1999). She is a Lecturer in the Department of Political Science, University of Toronto at Mississauga. Her teaching focus is political Islam from a global perspective, and her research focuses on Muslims in Canada, their history, contemporary lived experiences, political and civic engagement, debates on the veil, and media representations of Islam and Muslims. Her publications include: Muslim Women Activists in North America: Speaking for Ourselves, and Rethinking Muslim Women and the Veil: Challenging Historical and Modern Stereotypes which has been translated into Arabic, French, Malayalam, and Turkish. Bullock is President of Compass Books, dedicated to publishing top-quality books about Islam and Muslims in English. She is past President of The Tessellate Institute, a non-profit research institute in Canada, and of the Islamic Society of North America- Canada.  She served as editor of the American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences (AJISS) from 2003 – 2008. She was Vice President of the North American Association of Islamic and Muslim Studies (NAAIMS) from 2013-2017. Originally from Australia, she lives in Oakville, Canada with her husband and children. She embraced Islam in 1994. She discusses: religious identity and national identity, and their relationship; the plurality of Canadian Muslim identity; generations of Canadian Muslims; denominational and interpretational differences between generations of Canadian Muslims; and identity issues facing generations of younger Muslims.

Keywords: Aboriginal, Canada, Canadian Muslim, generations, Islam, Katherine Bullock, Muslim, religion.

An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock: Past Chair, Islamic Society of North America-Canada (ISNA-Canada); Lecturer, Political Science, the University of Toronto at Mississauga; Past President, Tesselate Institute; President, Compass Books (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: To make things transparent and upfront, you are a former Christian. Now, obviously, you are a highly prominent Muslim woman, a Canadian Muslim woman. We have been in correspondence since 2018 with the publication of an interview on October 8, 2018 (Jacobsen). 

Since that time, I have been independently working to build relevant relations, as time and energy permits, and projects with some leading members of the Canadian Muslim community. 

Our work in this series will continue in this ongoing work. In between 2018 and 2020, recently, you accepted an invitation to join the Advisory Board of In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Now, as per a proposal by me, you accepted moving forward with an educational series after a discussion on relevant topics to the Canadian Muslim public and needing some discussion. 

Our trajectory will be three-fold: 1) internal issues, 2) external issues, and 3) ongoing or potential solutions to the issues. The first two, 1) and 2), will be leading, naturally, into 3), which is good. 

I like happier endings; I assume the same for you. Our educational series here will focus on the statistical trends, which should exist in the back of the minds of the public in regard to the issues mentioned and the claims made here. Every single religious individual is – ahem – an individual.

To begin, let’s focus on the central issue facing Canadian Muslims as an internal issue, the actuality of identity and the relation of religious identity to national identity. What is religious identity compared to national identity in general? How are these related and not related to one another?

Dr. Katherine Bullock: A religious identity is how one connects to one’s spiritual self. I know that some people find religions can be dogmatic and domineering, but they still feel a spiritual connection to something larger than themselves, a link to an intangible presence in the universe.  They will say, “I am not religious, but I am spiritual.”  Back home in Australia, when I thought of myself as an atheist, I nevertheless, had spiritual experiences.  For instance, I always found swimming in the ocean or the local outdoor swimming pool a spiritual experience.  Underwater, I would watch the light rays dancing under the waves, separating into beams that faded at the edges into the grey-blue opaqueness of the water.  I would hold my breath, watching the swaying light that seemed to be reaching down into the murky depth to illuminate my life with the knowledge of something other-worldly.  Eventually, my spiritual experiences, which happened while thinking of myself as an atheist, led me down the path to embracing the concept of a Creator-God, and thence to Islam.

This spiritual journey took place in Australia, and later, in Canada.  I am a proudly and blessedly a citizen of both.  Nationality is one’s political, economic, social and cultural identity.  There should not be any conflict between a spiritual or religious mode and one’s citizenship; especially in today’s multicultural, multi-ethnic, globalized world.

2. Jacobsen: In particular, what is Canadian Muslim identity as a concept, i.e., its components and relations between its parts? Naturally, I assume a plural category rather than a singular one. 

Bullock: Canadian Muslims come from all over the world.  Our communities are incredibly diverse.  The most significant countries of origin are Pakistan, Iran, Algeria, Morocco, Afghanistan, Bangladesh, and India. According to the National Household Survey of 2011, there were also more than 1,000 Muslims who identified as Aboriginal (First Nation or Métis).[1]

There is also sectarian diversity, mirroring that of the world – Sunni; Shia; Ahmadi; Ismaili.  Inside each of these broad groupings are also differing theological schools.

All this makes it hard to say, in a general way, “This is a Canadian Muslim Identity”!

3. Jacobsen: When it comes to the older and the younger generations, the older generations of Canadian Muslims – brushing over denominational or interpretational differences for the moment – may hold more firm beliefs and senses of self, i.e., firmer religious identities. 

Young generations of Muslims may not have this. Youth exists in a state of uncertainty, sometimes producing anxiety, due to the inchoate state of one’s mind and sense of self-identity. 

Without endorsement or not of religion, what is a concern amongst older generations of Canadian Muslims in terms of the passing of values, practices, and beliefs in a modern, technological, and largely secular society to younger generations of Canadian Muslims?

Bullock: I’m not sure that religious identity works like that.  The 2016 Environics Survey of Canadian Muslim opinion, which I worked on, found some interesting statistics that complicate the way you’ve asked the question.[2]

First, 40% of those who had been in Canada less than ten years found that their attachment to Islam had increased since arriving.  For those in Canada more than twenty years, it rose to 47%.

Second, perhaps counter-intuitively, stronger attachment to Islam was found amongst younger Muslims, who reported attending the mosque at least once a week, especially for non-prayer purposes (e.g. social events), which was more than older generations.

On the other hand, a frequent conversation I have with parents is concern over passing along the values and religious practices of the Islamic faith (remembering as I say that that we must be aware of denominational or interpretational diversity in what those look like, as you have noted above).  Parents worry particularly about passing along the habit of praying five times a day – especially the morning prayer which is done at dawn – no easy thing in the summer at 4.00 am; about no alcohol or drugs; about no dating before marriage; and about not eating pork – i.e. no pepperoni on pizza and no marshmallows.

4. Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, does Islamic denomination or interpretation influence the kinds of concerns amongst the older generations of Canadian Muslims about the passing of Islamic values and practices, and beliefs, and Muslim identity?

Bullock: Denominational or interpretational concerns certainly exist, but I don’t think it’s generational.  I see youth getting tied up into narrow views of Islam, or dissolving into broadness, as much as older people.

The more important concern I hear about from older people is about passing along customs and traditions that are not necessarily Islamic, but part of their cultural identity.  Contentious issues are around dress and marriage, and careers – whether the child will wear “western” clothes or country-of-origin clothes; whether the family will choose the spouse or not; and whether the child will go into medicine/engineering or journalism; whether the woman will work outside the home or not.  None of these are about Islam as worship.  They do cause inter-generational conflict.

5. Jacobsen: From the younger generations of Canadian Muslims, what are the identity issues facing them now – not from the concerns of older generations but solely within their own perspectives on the world?

Bullock: Although I quoted the Environics survey’s findings on youth attendance at the mosque, there are other findings that suggest the picture is more complicated.  A 2014 documentary, called Unmosqued,[3] found that many Muslims feel unwelcomed or uncomfortable in mosques, especially youth, women, converts, minority ethnicities in a mosque dominated by one ethnicity, and black Muslims.  They don’t always leave the religion, though many do, rather, they try and establish other spaces (called “third spaces”) where they can be Muslim.

The Environics survey pointed to some troubling statistics:

  • Only 41% of youth aged 18-34 reported a strong sense of belonging to Canada;
  • 83% of Canadian born rejected traditional teachings about husband as breadwinner and head of household;
  • 78% of Canadian born Muslims noted discrimination as the most important issue facing the country; it was 54% amongst the youth 18-34;
  • 50% of Canadian born, and 41% of youth 18-34 believed they would face more discrimination in the future; and
  • 32% of Canadian born and 24% of youth 18-34 24% feel inhibited in expressing their political or social opinions.

Together these tell a story of a cohort of young people who are not sure of their identity, rejecting aspects of traditional teachings, not sure where they belong, not sure if they fit in, and not sure about expressing themselves.  They are un-moored.

I am not a psychologist, but I know enough about self-esteem and self-confidence to understand that to flourish individuals need to feel certain about their identity, comfortable fitting in with their society and expressing themselves.  They need to feel moored.

A successful community can only be made up of individuals who are doing well.  If we have some who do well, and others who do not, then we have work to do.  Young people in this cohort need programming to assist with handling discrimination; counselling; self-defence; self-esteem; empowerment; they need teaching/guidance on hope, on coping tools; on addressing discrimination; on bystander training; and help feeling they belong to Canada.

6. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Bullock.

References

AboutIslam & Newspapers. (2018, September 17). Katherine Bullock: Woman Leading Canada’s Largest Muslim Group. Retrieved from https://aboutislam.net/muslim-issues/n-america/katherine-bullock-woman-leading-canadas-largest-muslim-group/.

Baig, F. (2018, July 6). How ISNA-Canada’s 1st female chair hopes to overcome a major scandal. Retrieved from https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/toronto/isna-seniors-forum-1.4734877.

Bullock, K. (2019, October 28). ‘I Dream of Jeannie’ left us with enduring stereotypes. Retrieved from https://theconversation.com/i-dream-of-jeannie-left-us-with-enduring-stereotypes-119279.

Bullock, K. (2019, September 23). How the Arabian Nights stories morphed into stereotypes. Retrieved from https://theconversation.com/how-the-arabian-nights-stories-morphed-into-stereotypes-123983.

Bullock, K. (n.d.). Katherine Bullock, Ex-Christian, Canada. Retrieved from www.thedeenshow.com/katherine-bullock-ex-christian-canada/.

Hamid, M. (2018, September 17). Katherine Bullock, the new chair of ISNA. Retrieved from https://themedium.ca/features/katherine-bullock-the-new-chair-of-isna/.

Jacobsen, S.D. (2018, October 8). An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock. Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock.

Shah, S. (2019, August). Canadian Muslims: Demographics, Discrimination, Religiosity, and Voting. Institute of Islamic Studies.

Tessellate Institute. (2016, April). Survey of Canadian Muslims. Retrieved from www.tessellateinstitute.com/projects/national-survey/.

The University of Toronto Mississauga . (2020). Katherine Bullock. Retrieved from https://www.utm.utoronto.ca/political-science/katherine-bullock.

The University of Toronto Mississauga. (2018, August 2). UTM political science lecturer chosen as first female head of major Muslim non-profit. Retrieved from https://www.utm.utoronto.ca/main-news/utm-political-science-lecturer-chosen-first-female-head-major-muslim-non-profit.

UnMosqued. (2014). UnMosqued: A Documentary Film about Immigrant Founded Mosques in America. Retrieved from www.unmosquedfilm.com.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Past Chair, Islamic Society of North America-Canada (ISNA-Canada); Lecturer, Political Science, University of Toronto at Mississauga; Past President, Tesselate Institute; President, Compass Books.

[2] Individual Publication Date: February 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Richard Sheen.

[3] Sarah Shah, “Canadian Muslims: Demographics, Discrimination, Religiosity, and Voting,” Institute of Islamic Studies, Occasional Paper Series, August 2019.

[4] Tessellate Institute. (2016, April). Survey of Canadian Muslims. Retrieved from www.tessellateinstitute.com/projects/national-survey/.

[5] UnMosqued. (2014). UnMosqued: A Documentary Film about Immigrant Founded Mosques in America. Retrieved from www.unmosquedfilm.com.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Religious and National Identity, and Generational and Denominational/Interpretational Differences in Islam (Part One) [Online].February 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, February 22). Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Religious and National Identity, and Generational and Denominational/Interpretational Differences in Islam (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Religious and National Identity, and Generational and Denominational/Interpretational Differences in Islam (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, February. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Religious and National Identity, and Generational and Denominational/Interpretational Differences in Islam (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Religious and National Identity, and Generational and Denominational/Interpretational Differences in Islam (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (February 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Religious and National Identity, and Generational and Denominational/Interpretational Differences in Islam (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Religious and National Identity, and Generational and Denominational/Interpretational Differences in Islam (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Religious and National Identity, and Generational and Denominational/Interpretational Differences in Islam (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):February. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Interview with Dr. Katherine Bullock on Religious and National Identity, and Generational and Denominational/Interpretational Differences in Islam (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, February 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/bullock-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Human Being, Humanity, and Human Society (Part Three)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: February 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,338

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Richard Sheen is a young independent artist, philosopher, photographer and theologian based in New Zealand. He has studied at Tsinghua University of China and The University of Auckland in New Zealand, and holds degrees in Philosophy and Theological Studies. Originally raised atheist but later came to Christianity, Richard is dedicated to the efforts of human rights and equality, nature conservation, mental health, and to bridge the gap of understanding between the secular and the religious. Richard’s research efforts primarily focus on the epistemic and doxastic frameworks of theism and atheism, the foundations of rational theism and reasonable faith in God, the moral and practical implications of these frameworks of understanding, and the rebuttal of biased and irrational understandings and worship of God. He seeks to reconcile the apparent conflict between science and religion, and to find solutions to problems facing our environmental, societal and existential circumstances as human beings with love and integrity. Richard is also a proponent for healthy, sustainable and eco-friendly lifestyles, and was a frequent participant in competitive sports, fitness training, and strategy gaming. Richard holds publications and awards from Mensa New Zealand and The University of Auckland, and has pending publications for the United Sigma Intelligence Association and CATHOLIQ Society. He discusses: the human being, animals, and the human being in philosophical/metaphysical considerations; abstracting from the human being to humanity, and this connection to faith and the rationalist form of ethics; and a society that makes sense to him, and a thought experiment.

Keywords: CATHOLIQ, faith, God, metaphysics, New Zealand, philosophy, religion, Richard Sheen, science, theism, Tsinghua University.

An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Human Being, Humanity, and Human Society (Part Three)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is a human being? What makes a human being part of the animal kingdom in the fundamental sense and, perhaps, not in some other senses (unlike other members of other species)?

Sheen: I think this question can be answered from two different perspectives: the scientific, and the philosophical/metaphysical. I will focus on the philosophical/metaphysical as I do not consider myself well-versed enough in biology to provide an interesting enough answer that one cannot easily find on Google.

A human being is, first of all, a person. While the nature of personhood is highly debated, it is generally accepted that a person is fundamentally distinguished from non-persons in the sense that they are able to experience and interact with the world in a self-conscious way, and are able to make decisions or take action based on this subjective, self-conscious experience of reality. In other words, a person possesses free will, and hence, is a free agent – their decisions and actions (hypothetically)originate from their very own free will, rather than as a necessary reaction or consequence locked within a deterministic chain of causal interactions external to the person him/herself.

Free will is a widely misunderstood concept in modern society. People often attribute free will, or what is loosely interpreted as “freedom”, as the ability to do whatever they wish to do. This cannot be further from the truth. Consider this simple hypothetical example:

A man, low in spirit and tired of the boredom that his empty and unexciting life offers, decides to “break free” of the chains that he believes is holding his life back from passion and enjoyment. He goes on a spending spree, and celebrates his decision with vast amounts of expensive food and alcohol. In this process, he is acquainted with a number of “friends” – a prostitute, a drug dealer, and a shady businessman. He became very intimate with the prostitute and distanced himself from his wife, and became increasingly addicted to the pleasure that the various sorts of recreational drugs his drug dealer friend offered. He later quit his job and lied to his wife and children during his absence from home, and proceeded to enjoy the next few months on his private savings. By the time he realized his pockets have been drained empty, he realized the mistakes he has made, but his former employer will no longer accept him, and he had no luck finding other means of income. In the depth of his despair, his businessman friend offered him a job that promises a fortune – to distribute parcels of “products” to various clients, none of whom provided any form of identifiable information. He was often told to meet individuals of particular descriptions at various reclusive locations to deliver the parcels, and was never allowed to open the parcels nor ask for the identity of the recipient. Later, an accident resulted in one of the parcels breaking apart, and he was horrified to discover that the contents were, in fact, human organs. The thought of justice flashed across his mind, but in spite of the call of decency, he insisted to keep the contents of the parcels secret and continued to deliver them in cooperation as long as his friend paid him handsomely. Months down the road, his friend’s illegal human organ trade was busted by the police, and he was sentenced to trail along with other accused.

In this hypothetical example, this man destroyed both his own life and his family’s future by quitting his job, abandoning his responsibilities, and pursued a form of so-called “freedom” in hopes of re-igniting passion and excitement for his life. He believed that he was following his free will, and chose what he believed would best provide him with passion and excitement that would add value to his boring, ordinary life. But in reality, instead of truly choosing for himself, his actions were simply the result of him gradually falling for the powers of lust, greed, and opportunistic thinking, as he failed to resist the lure of these lower desires that led to his moral corruption and eventual life downfall. While he had the choice and possibility in every single phase of this gradual downfall to resist further temptation and come back to his senses and moral responsibiltiy for his family and himself, he failed in every single circumstance, and for this reason, he is fully responsible for the harm that he has caused to himself and others, and is hence, deemed immoral and unethical and worthy of punishment.

This is an example of how in the pursuit of this so-called “freedom”, one, in reality, forfeits the actual essence of free will and instead submits oneself to the caprice of nature and chance by yielding to one’s lower desires and submitting to their corresponding external stimuli. In this sense, those who choose to follow this illusory “freedom” are precisely the most deprived of free will, for every aspect of their will and existence are chained or controlled by these negative external influences so that their life and existence become severely limited by these external factors (this does not mean all external influences are bad). Free will is hence decisively not “the freedom to do whatever you want”, but rather, the choice and possibility to overcome one’s own limitations and transcend the immediate, to rise up to the virtue and dignity of the gift of free agency by resisting the influence of negative external influences (such as the lust for immediate pleasure and power upon the slightest of temptation, often at the cost of others or one’s own future) to preserve that which is good and noble in spite of the risks, difficulties, or even at the threat of death (such as a civilian refusing to give away the hiding locations of Jewish refugees despite being forced at gunpoint by German soldiers during WWII). Free will is the possibility to resist the influences of evil in the pursuit of a higher purpose, to be able to resist and transcend the amoral desires(note: “amoral” rather than “immoral”, as natural desires by themselves are neither moral or immoral, they are only given moral or ethical qualities under relational context) that nature has hard-coded into us, and to be able to actualize this higher purpose for the realization of the ultimate good. The essence of free will, and hence, of humanity, is the ability or possibility to reject the temptations of evil, in spite of the dangers and potential costs. It is distinct from evolutionarily-wired natural desires and reflexes such as hunger, fear, jealousy, greed etc. which are irrational in nature.

The keen reader would have noticed that my answer has a superficial resemblance to Kantian metaphysics. However, to me, human beings share far more similarities with other members of the animal kingdom than Kant believed. As the Chinese philosopher Xunzi remarked, there is only a very thin line between humanity and bestiality. While the aforementioned possibility of free will opens the road for us to a higher dimension of virtue, meaning, and moral goodness, human beings are also very prone to the same limitations from our lower desires, no different from that of a wild beast. Human greed has resulted in centuries of devastation and massacre, while arrogance and envy provides fuel for all sorts of moral conflicts that often result in horrible tragedies. The Nanking Massacre demonstrated to the world the full capabilities of human malice and bestiality, and when pushed to extreme enough conditions, such horrors are bound to repeat themselves throughout the course of history. This reminded me of an unrelated quote by Joseph Conrad I have come across many years ago: “The belief in a supernatural source of evil is not necessary; men alone are quite capable of every wickedness”. Perhaps just as written in Ecclesiastes of the Bible, metaphorically speaking, there truly won’t be anything new under the sun.

2. Jacobsen: How does one abstract from the individual human person to humanity (or, perhaps, the human species) as an extension of the concept? In other words, what justifies the idea of humanity as a real one? What are the characteristics of humanity? How does this idea of humanity, and the concept of the human person, relate to the ideas laid out on faith and a rationalist form of ethics?

Sheen: I think there are two ways to make this abstraction, but both ways share the same path, which is through genuine relation between human individuals. By genuine, I refer to any sort of relation, whether direct or indirect, that results in at least some degree of perceivable impact on any of its members within this relation, whether willingly or unwillingly.

The first path is formal, or contractual, and is best represented by the Social Contract Theory. This path was primarily explored by Hobbes, Locke, and Rousseau, and focuses on the formal contract or agreement between members of a particular group or society that involve certain ethical obligations for each individual member or group. The Social Contract Theory has important influences in modern democratic political systems, and can be said to be the philosophical foundation of modern civilization. It is a rational process based on the evaluation of the individual existential circumstance, the collective existential circumstance, and the optimal relation between these two, hence it is calculative in nature.

The second path is, what I believe, transcendental. Purely formal, rational deductions in ethical issues can easily lead one into types of morally-detached self-interest theories, such as the subjective moral laws adopted by the type of individual that I have mentioned in the previous interview session, who regulates their behaviour and conforms to ethics not out of understanding and respect for the good, but rather to deceive others and gain an upper hand in social interactions, such as pretending to be honest and gain others’ trust before secretly betraying them and making it look like an accident. As such, for society to be truly humane (rather than simply the result of rational calculation), one must also account for the possibility of individual free will to transcend our natural weaknesses such as greed, envy, and arrogance etc.. This process, or “act” of transcending one’s inherent limitations and rising above purely self-interested calculations is only made possible through the understanding and realization of the purpose of the highest good, which as I see requires at least a minimal belief in the objective truth and value of the good in itself.

The second path of the abstraction from individual to humanity is what holds the determining element for the idea of humanity to qualify as a “real” one, for purely logical algorithms can equally come to a rational “contract” from a perspective of pure self-interest (we can, of course, program these algorithms to interact on the basis of the acceptance of some sort of absolute, collective good premise, but it would not be possible to say that these algorithms would thus have “faith” in this highest good, for deterministic processes are not individual agents, hence do not “believe”, less revere or worship, in any meaningful sense as they do not have free will, but can only mimic it — they are neither persons nor agents).

As the second path necessarily involves the aspect of free will, of possibility and transcendence, it naturally follows down the road of belief and faith – for free will is ultimately a metaphysical concept, we have no physical proof of its existence, nor do we have any evidence for its non-existence. We do nonetheless require faith in free will for our actions to truly possess any moral significance, as St. Augustine remarked, if Adam and Eve did not have the freedom or possibility to resist the temptation to consume the forbidden fruit, that their actions were fully predetermined and inevitable, then God would have no justification to punish them, for they cannot be held responsible for something they have no choice over. Moreover, “they” would not even “exist” from the perspective of personhood, as there is no free agent in which we can attribute these decisions to. In conclusion, the idea or concept of humanity is real in the sense that it has real impacts or implications on the human individual(s), while the nature of free will is what links humanity to faith and God, as a minimalist concept of God is that of the ‘ultimate first cause’, and as free agents, our own decisions are also the ‘first cause’ of our actions.

This, of course, begs the question that free will is real and that we do possess it to some extent, but then, this is what faith is. Unless any logical reasons are given to definitively reject its reality, the reasonable position is to maintain an agnostic believe in its reality. Since free will is an a priori concept, science and any other form of empirical arguments are entirely irrelevant and powerless in its verification, despite some ill-informed attempts as of recent. But if we were to take free will out of the equation of humanity, we might as well define humanity as a cluster of purely functional objects not much different from a collection of smartphones, computers, and roombas that are forever locked within a deterministic cage of causal cycle and repetition.

3. Jacobsen: What forms of society make most sense to you? In that, if you existed as some benevolent alien super-intelligence, given the forms of rationalist ethics, definitions of the individual human person and humanity, what form of societal organization for these organic creatures makes sense for them? Of course, this implies a targeted objective or end, even a moving target “end,” as the metric for success or failure of the societal organization for these human creatures. I leave the definition of this end or targeted objective as the metric based on the definitions of human person and humanity to you. 

Sheen: Well, suppose that if I were a benevolent alien super-intelligence and am tasked to create an ideal society that “makes the most sense” for each individual according to the type of rationalist ethics I have laid out, I would probably focus on two aspects: the intellectual, and the emotional (assuming that this benevolent species possesses the capacity for reason and emotion just like humans, albeit at a far superior level in terms of sophistication).

The intellectual aspect must centre on understanding and communication. Understanding is first of all the most important aspect of social relations. We cannot engage in any meaningful relation with any sentient being if we cannot in some way understand each other, which means we must be able to communicate with each other effectively. Given the limited capacities of our understanding and means of communication (yes, even if we were a species of super-intelligent aliens with >200 IQ!), there are bound to be conflict and disagreement between individuals. Given my belief in the objectivity of human reason, any sufficiently intelligent and benevolent being ought to be able find ways to seek mutual understanding with other beings to the greatest possible extent in order to avoid conflict. If we assume that the power of the intellect in such beings are close to infinite, communication would be the only barrier that we face, as when given equal amounts of information, different individuals will likely arrive at the same objectively correct solution regarding most problems. Hence, some form of optimal communication must be achieved.

Emotional responses can often cloud our rational judgement, and may create obstacles in activities or pursuits that would otherwise not be of much challenge. Fear causes us to hesitate, while distrust can lead us to close off towards others. A super-intelligent alien species – suppose that they are truly super-intelligent in a way conceivable to us – ought to possess the ability to minimize the negative impact of emotions that often restrict our very own potential as human beings. This also requires extremely effective communication, particularly so since emotions are fundamentally distinct from logic, they are often descriptive rather than deductive, and are subjectively qualitative rather than objectively quantitative. They cannot be easily formulated and transferred as objective information, hence, require an even more “integrated”, or perhaps “personal” or even “spiritual” means of communication to optimally express. In some ways, we humans possess this form of communication through empathy, but our ability to truly link our mind and heart with others is very limited, and only rarely blossoms with the occasional “soul mate”, be it a friend or a spouse that only very fortunate individuals may come across once in their lifetime.

Communication is hence the most important element in the establishment of this ideal society. A conceivable, but technologically impossible (from our current understanding of science and reality) method is through some form of “mutual nexus” or “stream of thought” in which every aspect of the mind and heart of every participating individual is always perfectly linked together, which allows for absolute understanding without misconception between each and every individual, as everyone would be able to perfectly express their thoughts and emotions and lead others to reason and experience the exact same way as themselves. In some sense, this leads all subjective perspectives, emotions, and experiences to become objective, and “omnipresent” to every experiencer. Suppose that such beings possess incredibly superior intelligence, they would theoretically be able to process the thoughts and emotions of all other members simultaneously by accessing this nexus of thoughts, and in some ways, achieve some form of “spiritual union” with all other members, or even “Oneness with the Universe” in some sense. It would superficially resemble a hive-mind, but simply with every individual in consensus over every thought and decision, based on the full and complete understanding between each other and the universal pursuit of the highest good. The ultimate purpose of this society would be thus defined as the pursuit of the greatest possible degree of unity and communion through compassion, understanding, intimacy, and a universal goal to strive for the highest good.

Now that I think of it, in some ways this hypothetical society would resemble “heaven”, as in this society, there will be no conflict nor dissolution, only genuine union achieved through true and intimate understanding and empathy. “Heaven” is often understood by Christian philosophers as a place where we are “at One with God”. This “Oneness” entails an absolutely perfect form of union through love (which requires understanding and empathy, for we cannot love nor care for that which we do not know), and in this union, we find ultimate peace and eternal rest. This reminded me of something the Chinese philosopher Ye XiuShan expressed in his introduction for Professor Huang YuSheng’s Truth and Freedom (Beijing, 2002): “The refined soul may often catch a glimpse of heaven through the harmony of those which we often perceive as dichotomies, such as the divide between reason and emotion, or between idea and reality. As we transcend the limitation and conflict between our dualistic reality through the realization of this harmonious Unity through the gradual refinement of our soul, we are brought to an image of the Kingdom of God. As understood in Christian philosophy, our world is but a shadow of eternity, as it is merely a creation of God.” The ultimate goal or purpose of heaven would be unity and communion with the entirety of reality, and ultimately, to be “at One with God”. Similarly, if we understand things from this perspective, that which resembles “hell” would be a world of conflict, of separation, dissolution, exclusivity, antagonism and of deceit(which is fundamentally antithetical to mutual understanding and harmonious communion). In this sense, traces, or elements of both the highest good and of the greatest evil can be found within our limited world, where a semblance of the ideal world(heaven) is found in the coming together of a unity, such as friendship, community, marriage and family, and the image of evil(hell) is seen in the casting apart of such communions, such as the breaking of trust, dissolution of community, and divorce of marriage and family.

I would, however, say that such a society is impossible to achieve in this world. Even if all properties of such a super-intelligent species suffice for the establishment of such a “nexus”, there will always be external risks and limitations such as that of the physical constraints of our universe, and perhaps influence from other species or the caprice of nature alone. If we were to apply this principle to us humans, who are far more limited in every aspect of our capabilities, the only semi-realistic framework would be a completely decentralized social system where AI and blockchain technology are combined to create a platform for pure democratic voting for legislation, proposals and regulations for the collective good. This system would have no central government nor any other centralized forces such as corporate beneficiaries to make decisions for the rest(often unjustly), only a public executive agency that carries out the changes desired by most members of the community. Of course, I cannot even begin to fathom the degree of bloodshed and destruction that would follow if something like this were ever to be pushed for or implemented, for humanity will forever be enslaved by our lust for wealth and power, and those at the top will never allow power to be shared by the majority at the cost of their own pleasure and luxury.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Independent Artist, Philosopher, Photographer, and Theologian.

[2] Individual Publication Date: February 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-three; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Richard Sheen.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Human Being, Humanity, and Human Society (Part Three) [Online].February 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, February 15). An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Human Being, Humanity, and Human Society (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Human Being, Humanity, and Human Society (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, February. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Human Being, Humanity, and Human Society (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Human Being, Humanity, and Human Society (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (February 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Human Being, Humanity, and Human Society (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Human Being, Humanity, and Human Society (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Human Being, Humanity, and Human Society (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):February. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Human Being, Humanity, and Human Society (Part Three) [Internet]. (2020, February 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Solving the n_1×n_2×n_3 Points Problem for n_3 < 6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Author: Marco Ripà

Numbering: Issue 22.B, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: February 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,535

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

In this paper, we show enhanced upper bounds of the nontrivial n_1 × n_2 × n_3 points problem for every n_1 ≤ n_2 ≤ n_3 < 6. We present new patterns that drastically improve the previously known algorithms for finding minimum-link covering paths, solving completely a few cases (e.g., n_1 = n_2 = 3 and n_3 = 4).

Keywords: Graph theory, Topology, Three-dimensional, Creative thinking, Link, Connectivity, Outside the box, Upper bound, Point, Game.

2010 Mathematics Subject Classification: 91A43, 05C57

Solving the n_1×n_2×n_3 Points Problem for n_3 < 6[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Symbols and images did not proportion optimally and required a manual input. A P.D.F. available if this remains a preferred format for viewing the materials. Please click here.*

1 Introduction

The n1 x n2 x n3 points problem [12] is a three-dimensional extension of the classic nine dots problem appeared in Samuel Loyd’s Cyclopedia of Puzzles [1-9], and it is related to the well known NP-hard traveling salesman problem, minimizing the number of turns in the tour instead of the total distance traveled [1-15].

Given n1 n2 n3 points in ℝ3, our goal is to visit all of them (at least once) with a polygonal path that has the minimum number of line segments connected at their end-points (links or generically lines), the so called Minimum-link Covering Path [3-4-5-8]. In particular, we are interested in the best solutions for the nontrivial n1 x n2 x n3 points problem, where (by definition) 1 ≤ n1n2 n3 and n3 < 6.

Let hl (n1 , n2 , n3) ≤ h (n1 , n2 , n3) ≤ hu (n1 , n2 , n3) be the length of the covering path with the minimum number of links for the n1 x n2 x n3 points problem, we define the best known upper bound as hu (n1 , n2 , n3) ≥ h (n1 , n2 , n3) and we denote as hl (n1 , n2 , n3) ≤ h (n1 , n2 , n3) the current proved lower bound [12].

For the simplest cases, the same problem has already been solved [3-12].
Let n1 = 1 and n2 < n3, we have that h (n1 , n2 , n3) = h (n2) = 2 ⋅ n2 – 1, while h (n1 = 1, n2 = n3 ≥ 3) = 2 ⋅ n2 – 2 [6]. Hence, for n1 = 2, it can be easily proved that

F1

1

Figure 1. A trivial pattern that completely solves the 2 3 5 points puzzle.

2

Figure 2. Another example of a trivial case: the 2 5 5 points puzzle.

Therefore, the aim of the present paper is to solve the ten aforementioned nontrivial cases where the current upper bound does not match the proved lower bound.

2 Improving the solution of the n1 x n2 x n3 points problem for n3 < 6

In this complex brain challenge, we need to stretch our pattern recognition [7-10] in order to find a plastic strategy that improves the known upper bounds [3-13] for the most interesting cases (such as the nontrivial n1 x n2 x n2 points problem and the n1 x n1 x (n1 +1) set of puzzles), avoiding those standardized methods which are based on fixed patterns that lead to suboptimal covering paths, as the approaches presented in [2-8-11].

F2

F3

The current best results are listed in Table 1, and a direct proof follows for each nontrivial upper bound shown below.

Table 1

Table 1: Current solutions for the n1 x n2 x n3 points problem, where n1 n2 n3 ≤ 5.

Figures 3 to 12 show the patterns used to solve the n1 x n2 x n3 puzzle (case by case). In particular, by combining the (2) with the original result shown in figure 4, we obtain a formal proof for the 3x3x4 points problem.

3

Figure 3. hu (3,3,3) = hl (3,3,3) = 14. This solution has been proved to be optimal [12-13].

4

Figure 4. The 3x3x4 puzzle has finally been solved. hu = hl = 15 and no crossing lines.

5

Figure 5. Best known upper bound of the 3x4x4 puzzle. 19 = hu = hl + 2.

6

Figure 6. An original pattern for the 4x4x4 puzzle. 23 = hu = hl + 1 [13].

7

Figure 7. Best known upper bound of the 3x3x5 puzzle. 16 = hu = hl + 1 [13].

8

Figure 8. Best known upper bound of the 3x4x5 puzzle. 20 = hu = hl + 2.

9

Figure 9. Best known upper bound of the 3x4x5 puzzle. 24 = hu = hl + 4.

10

Figure 10. Best known upper bound of the 4x4x5 puzzle. 26 = hu = hl + 2.

11

Figure 11. Best known upper bound of the 4x5x5 puzzle. 31 = hu = hl + 4.

12

Figure 12. Best known upper bound of the 5x5x5 puzzle. 36 = hu = hl + 3.

Finally, it is interesting to note that the improved hu (n1 , n2 , n3) can lower down the upper bound of the generalized k-dimensional puzzle too. As an example, we can apply the aforementioned 3D patterns to the generalized n1 x n2 x … x nk points problem using the simple method described in [12].

Let k ≥ 4, given nk-1 ≤ … ≤ n4 n1 n2 n3, we can conclude that

F4

3 Conclusion

In the present paper, we have drastically reduced the gap hu (n1 , n2 , n3) – hl (n1 , n2 , n3) for every previously unsolved puzzle such that n3 < 6. Moreover, we can easily disprove Bencini’s claim that hu (3,3,4) = 17 = hl (3,3,4) (see [2], page 7, lines 2-3), as shown by combining (2) with the upper bound from figure 4.

We do not know if any of the patterns shown in figures 5 to 12 represent optimal solutions, since (by definition) hl (n1 , n2 , n3) ≤ h (n1 , n2 , n3). Therefore, some open questions about n1 x n2 x n3 points problem remain to be answered, and the research in order to cancel the gap hu (n1 , n2 , n3) – hl (n1 , n2 , n3), at least for every n3 ≤ 5, is not over yet.

References

[1]       Aggarwal, A., Coppersmith, D., Khanna, S., Motwani, R., Schieber, B. (1999). The angular-metric traveling salesman problem. SIAM Journal on Computing 29, 697–711.

[2]       Bencini, V. (2019). n_1  n_2  n_3 Dots Puzzle: A Method to Improve the Current Upper Bound. viXra, 6 Jun. 2019, http://vixra.org/pdf/1906.0110v1.pdf

[3]       Bereg, S., Bose, P., Dumitrescu, A., Hurtado, F., Valtr, P. (2009). Traversing a set of points with a minimum number of turns. Discrete & Computational Geometry 41(4), 513–532.

[4]       Collins, M. J. (2004). Covering a set of points with a minimum number of turns. International Journal of Computational Geometry & Applications 14(1-2), 105–114.

[5]       Collins, M.J., Moret, M.E. (1998). Improved lower bounds for the link length of rectilinear spanning paths in grids. Information Processing Letters 68(6), 317–319.

[6]       Keszegh, B. (2013). Covering Paths and Trees for Planar Grids. arXiv, 3 Nov. 2013, https://arxiv.org/abs/1311.0452

[7]       Kihn, M. (1995). Outside the Box: The Inside Story. FastCompany.

[8]       Kranakis, E., Krizanc, D., Meertens, L. (1994). Link length of rectilinear Hamiltonian tours in grids. Ars Combinatoria 38, 177–192.

[9]        Loyd, S. (1914). Cyclopedia of Puzzles. The Lamb Publishing Company, p. 301.

[10]     Lung, C. T., Dominowski, R. L. (1985). Effects of strategy instructions and practice on nine-dot problem solving. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition 11(4), 804–811.

[11]     Ripà, M., Bencini, V. (2018). n × n × n Dots Puzzle: An Improved “Outside The Box” Upper Bound. viXra, 25 Jul. 2018, http://vixra.org/pdf/1807.0384v2.pdf

[12]     Ripà, M. (2014). The Rectangular Spiral or the n1 × n2 × … × nk Points Problem. Notes on Number Theory and Discrete Mathematics 20(1), 59-71.

[13]     Ripà, M. (2019). The 3 × 3 × … × 3 Points Problem solution. Notes on Number Theory and Discrete Mathematics 25(2), 68-75.

[14]     Sloane, N. J. A. (2013). The Online Encyclopedia of Integer Sequences. Inc. 2 May. 2013. Web. 8 Jul. 2019, http://oeis.org/A225227

[15]     Stein, C., Wagner, D.P. (2001). Approximation algorithms for the minimum bends traveling salesman problem. In: Aardal K., Gerards B. (eds) Integer Programming and Combinatorial Optimization. IPCO 2001. LNCS, vol 2081, 406–421. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] FoundersPIqr Society; Creator, X-Test.

[2] Individual Publication Date: February 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/solving-the-n_1xn_2xn_3-points-problem-for-n_3-6-ripa; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Marco Ripà.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Ripà M. Solving the n_1×n_2×n_3 Points Problem for n_3 < 6 [Online].February 2020; 22(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/http://www.in-sightjournal.com/solving-the-n_1xn_2xn_3-points-problem-for-n_3-6-ripa.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Ripà, M. (2020, February 8). Solving the n_1×n_2×n_3 Points Problem for n_3 < 6Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): RIPA, M. Solving the n_1×n_2×n_3 Points Problem for n_3 < 6. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B, February. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Ripà, M. 2020. “Solving the n_1×n_2×n_3 Points Problem for n_3 < 6.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Ripà, Marco “Solving the n_1×n_2×n_3 Points Problem for n_3 < 6.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B (February 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans.

Harvard: Ripà, M. 2020, ‘Solving the n_1×n_2×n_3 Points Problem for n_3 < 6In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.B. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans>.

Harvard, Australian: Ripà, M. 2020, ‘Solving the n_1×n_2×n_3 Points Problem for n_3 < 6In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.B., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Marco Ripà. “Solving the n_1×n_2×n_3 Points Problem for n_3 < 6.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.B (2020):February. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Ripà M. Solving the n_1×n_2×n_3 Points Problem for n_3 < 6 [Internet]. (2020, February 22(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Critical Thinking and Primary Education in Nigeria

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: February 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,344

Keywords: Africa, children, critical thinking, education, Leo Igwe, Nigeria.

Critical Thinking and Primary Education in Nigeria[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Thinking skills are pertinent to learning and intellectual formation of individuals because these abilities nourish the mind and sharpen the intellect. Thus, it is of importance that children from as early as the primary school age be exposed to this kind of thinking. It is at a younger stage that children are more inquisitive and curious. So it serves as an appropriate age to introduce critical reasoning to them. Unfortunately, courses on critical thinking are offered at tertiary levels, and at stages in life that children have become adults, and have made up their minds regarding so many issues. Critical thinking is taught at a point when individuals have largely become accustomed to culturally defined norms. The definition of critical thinking is often couched in some obscure verbiage that primary school pupils cannot relate to. Like a complex exercise that is not meant for children but for adults only, critical reasoning has been made inaccessible to children in primary schools. And this trend has to change. The trend must change because if we are to realize a critical thinking society, we must begin very early to inculcate critical thinking skills.

Subjects on critical thinking are taught when it’s apparently difficult for many to cultivate these cognitive abilities. Individuals should, at very impressionable stages, be made to show appreciation and not disdain for critical reasoning skills. Thus, critical reasoning modules should be introduced to children at the primary level of education or even earlier.  In fact critical thinking based instruction should be the first mode of instruction that pupils are exposed to. This is because critical thinking enhances the mental abilities of persons equipping them with the necessary competences that they need to examine ideas, solve problems and navigate a complex and complicated world.

Critical reasoning will ensure the minds of children against manipulation and exploitation by charlatans, con artists and peddlers of radical ideologies.

Incidentally, the school curricula in Nigeria are programmed to get students to proffer answers not pose questions, to memorize, not think. Education is mainly a form of indoctrination. The school system has no ample space for critical inquiry and interrogation of received knowledge. At the primary level, there is no subject or course that is exclusively devoted to fostering critical reasoning. Excellence in studentship is predicated on providing solutions not generating problems or finding faults. This trend in the educational system encourages rote learning and memorization of ready-made answers, not the generation of questions and problems. This culture of learning predisposes students to blind faith, gullibility and incuriosity. It leads to the graduation of students who are unable to analyse and interrogate issues and events; students who are contented with received knowledge and wisdom

At the moment, the primary educational system in Nigeria only encourages the learning and acquisition of quantitative and verbal reasoning skills. At primary schools across the country, pupils are taught verbal and quantitative aptitudes from basic one to six. Quantitative reasoning encourages thinking based on numbers and figures, or on measurable indices. Whilst verbal reasoning fosters the ability of pupils to understand and evaluate problems using words or written expressions.

For instance, in quantitative reasoning, pupils are taught addition, division and subtraction. The exercises are tailored to get pupils to generate answers. And in verbal aptitude, pupils are taught the formation, spellings and meanings of words. Pupils are asked to supply these meanings as part of the tests and examinations. However, cognitive abilities require much more than supplying answers to mathematical or verbal reasoning exercises. Too often human beings are presented with situations, mathematical and written expressions, that provoke their curiosity and clearly insatiate the mind.  For instance, in quantitative reasoning some pupils wonder why two times two equals four; and two plus two is also four. In verbal reasoning, some pupils ask why are the singular and plural of sheep the same.

So in response to quantitative and qualitative reasoning texts, children have questions; children raise questions, spot mistakes, identify errors and inadequacies. This form of reasoning is necessary for the improvement and betterment of the society because it triggers a thinking process that is geared towards social change, innovation and transformation. Critical reasoning prepares students to point out shortcomings and confront the challenges of everyday life. It equips pupils with the capacity to highlight gaps, assess situations and tackle problems.

Thus it is important to introduce children to critical reasoning and make this intellectual habit part of their every day learning process. This is especially the case because knowledge comes in bits and pieces, and in ways that arouse curiosity in the minds of students. So there should be a subject that permits students to vent their curiosity and express their inquisitiveness. Very early in their education, children should be taught subjects where they are rewarded for posing questions and interrogating whatever they see, hear, read or touch. Quantitative and qualitative reasoning texts are not error-proof. They are laden with questions, or with statements that stimulate the mind and excite one’s intelligence. Pupils should be made to know that it is a mark of learning to express, and not suppress questions in all areas of human endeavour. Pupils should realize that it is a sterling quality, a demonstration of intelligence, to ask questions or better to question everything.

In conclusion, critical reasoning should be included in the educational scheme of Nigerian primary schools in order to improve the quality of learning in the country. Critical thinking is linked to other intellectual habits and other aspects of life. It builds on other thinking skills and competences. Thus, critical reasoning compliments quantitative, qualitative and other reasoning abilities that pupils should cultivate in schools. To realize a critical thinking society, Nigeria should invest in the teaching of critical thinking and the cultivation of the habit to question ideas. Nigeria needs to start nurturing critical thinking minds early enough, at the primary school level.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: February 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/critical-thinking-nigeria-igwe.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Igwe L. Critical Thinking and Primary Education in Nigeria [Online]February 2020; 1(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/critical-thinking-nigeria-igwe.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Igwe, L. (2020, February 8). Critical Thinking and Primary Education in NigeriaRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/critical-thinking-nigeria-igwe.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): IGWE, L., Critical Thinking and Primary Education in Nigeria. 1.B, February. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/critical-thinking-nigeria-igwe>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Igwe, Leo. 2019. “Critical Thinking and Primary Education in Nigeria.” African Freethinker. 1.B. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/critical-thinking-nigeria-igwe.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Igwe, Leo “Critical Thinking and Primary Education in Nigeria. 1.B (February 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/critical-thinking-nigeria-igwe.

Harvard: Igwe, L. 2020, ‘Critical Thinking and Primary Education in NigeriaAfrican Freethinker, vol. 1.B. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/critical-thinking-nigeria-igwe>.

Harvard, Australian: Igwe, L. 2020, ‘Critical Thinking and Primary Education in NigeriaAfrican Freethinker, vol. 1.B., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/critical-thinking-nigeria-igwe.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Leo Igwe. “Critical Thinking and Primary Education in Nigeria” African Freethinker 1.B (2020):February. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/critical-thinking-nigeria-igwe>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Igwe L. Critical Thinking and Primary Education in Nigeria [Internet]. (2020, February; 1(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/critical-thinking-nigeria-igwe.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Gayleen Cornelius on South Africa and Its Culture

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Author: Gayleen Cornelius

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: February 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,030

Keywords: Africa, Afrikaner, culture, Dutch Reformed Church, Gayleen Cornelius, misogyny, patriarchal, South Africa.

Gayleen Cornelius on South Africa and Its Culture[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Almost everything about South Africa looks great on paper. Progressive legislation has been at the forefront of South African politics since Apartheid fell in 1994. Same-sex marriage was legalized a decade before the world’s biggest democracy; the USA. Women’s rights have been championed by the South African government as the cornerstone to societal progress. There are however numerous factors that continue to undermine these efforts and today South Africans feel that there is an untold war by a retaliatory traditionally patriarchal society against women.

Culture is definitely a huge issue in this case. South Africa is a multicultural society and more often than not, citizens and residents alike exchange various cultural attributes or get in conflict because of them. It just so happens that all of the traditional cultures in South Africa are patriarchal and this has fostered a general acceptance of misogyny by the South African society. Some cultures dictate that it is a husband’s right to beat his wife and so domestic violence is rife because of this. No one bats an eye or intervenes when this happens because of how South Africans respect culture more than the law. The Afrikaner community is also very patriarchal thanks to the teachings of the Dutch Reformed Church about the good housewife. Countless Afrikaner women are victims of many forms of domestic abuse from physical, verbal to financial abuse because they are expected to be subservient to their husbands.

There is a general retaliatory attitude against the progressive legislation the government puts because a lot of South Africans see it as an attack towards their culture. After same-sex marriage was legalized for instance, the main victims of homophobia were mainly lesbian women. There are accounts of what has been termed “correctional rape” by heterosexual males against lesbians all over South Africa up to this day at alarming rates. The perpetrators believe that their victims will be fixed after the rape, or maybe it’s just plain cruelty.

The crime rate in South Africa is one of the highest in the world, especially in big cities like Johannesburg and Cape Town. This goes hand in hand with the alarming rape rate in the country that has been declared an epidemic. Statistics show that hundreds of women are raped in South Africa every day, especially in neglected black townships that don’t get much attention from law enforcement because service delivery in most cities prioritizes white suburbs, thanks to Apartheid.

Poverty also undermines the efforts legislators have made to promote human rights. Income inequality is alarming in South Africa and despite the country being one of the richest in Africa, it is very easy to go homeless in South Africa rather than any other African country because of the nature of capitalism and white-owned real estate that hasn’t changed since Apartheid. It is common to see poor families marrying off their underaged daughters to make ends meet and this puts a lot of girls at risk of child marriages.

Tough immigration laws affect a lot of African migrant women who come to South Africa in search of a better life in their thousands every year. It’s very difficult for them to get permits to work and so they end up working in a very dangerous and unregulated sex work industry. A lot of them are at risk of rape, crime, STI’s and arrest. Some of them end up being sold off by women trafficking goons or as cheap labour to white farmers who treat them just like slaves. African immigrant women probably have it worse than anyone else in South Africa today.

The legislators probably overlooked these factors because they have undermined the impact progressive laws and efforts to empower women. More measures should be put in place to counter these problems and make it a better South Africa for women.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Editor, African Freethinker (South Africa).

[2] Individual Publication Date: February 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/south-africa-culture-cornelius.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Cornelius G. The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking About [Online]February 2020; 1(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/south-africa-culture-cornelius.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Cornelius, G. (2020, February 1). The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking AboutRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/south-africa-culture-cornelius.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): CORNELIUS, G., The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking AboutAfrican Freethinker. 1.B, February. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/south-africa-culture-cornelius>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Cornelius, Gayleen. 2019. “The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking About.” African Freethinker. 1.B. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/south-africa-culture-cornelius.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Cornelius, Gayleen “The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking About.” African Freethinker. 1.B (February 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/south-africa-culture-cornelius.

Harvard: Cornelius, G. 2020, ‘The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking AboutAfrican Freethinker, vol. 1.B. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/south-africa-culture-cornelius>.

Harvard, Australian: Cornelius, G. 2020, ‘The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking AboutAfrican Freethinker, vol. 1.B., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/south-africa-culture-cornelius.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Gayleen Cornelius. “The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking About.” African Freethinker 1.B (2020):February. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/south-africa-culture-cornelius>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Cornelius G. The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking About[Internet]. (2020, February; 1(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/south-africa-culture-cornelius.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

 

An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Full Scope of Philosophy and Ethics (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: February 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,041

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Richard Sheen is a young independent artist, philosopher, photographer and theologian based in New Zealand. He has studied at Tsinghua University of China and The University of Auckland in New Zealand, and holds degrees in Philosophy and Theological Studies. Originally raised atheist but later came to Christianity, Richard is dedicated to the efforts of human rights and equality, nature conservation, mental health, and to bridge the gap of understanding between the secular and the religious. Richard’s research efforts primarily focus on the epistemic and doxastic frameworks of theism and atheism, the foundations of rational theism and reasonable faith in God, the moral and practical implications of these frameworks of understanding, and the rebuttal of biased and irrational understandings and worship of God. He seeks to reconcile the apparent conflict between science and religion, and to find solutions to problems facing our environmental, societal and existential circumstances as human beings with love and integrity. Richard is also a proponent for healthy, sustainable and eco-friendly lifestyles, and was a frequent participant in competitive sports, fitness training, and strategy gaming. Richard holds publications and awards from Mensa New Zealand and The University of Auckland, and has pending publications for the United Sigma Intelligence Association and CATHOLIQ Society. He discusses: the full scope of philosophy; and the ethics driving or motivating him.

Keywords: Auckland, CATHOLIQ, faith, God, New Zealand, philosophy, religion, Richard Sheen, science, theism, Tsinghua University.

An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Full Scope of Philosophy and Ethics (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the full scope of philosophy to you? Does philosophy have limits?

Richard Sheen: I think every form of human reason, or more broadly speaking, all linguistic, logical and/or systems of meaning in general, are fundamentally limited in their scope to discover and comprehend truth and reality to their fullest extent. This includes all empirical frameworks as well, such as science, as empirical input must be processed by the mind via rational procedures that conform to a particular logical framework, e.g. probability and causal inference.

From one perspective, the world can be seen as a series of gigantic puzzle pieces, with each domain consisting of their own mysteries and wonders waiting for us to discover, but our ability to fully comprehend the completeness of truths in the form of information — any information — is fundamentally limited by the inherent incompleteness of formal logical systems and language in general (which I perceive as the “building blocks” of all other emergent properties). On the other hand, our experience of reality is limited by our perspective as observers, and in strange ways, elements of perception seem to influence our reality, as observed on the subatomic level in quantum physics. What this entails, is that our world of truths is fundamentally limited, or “capped”, by the inherent, systematic restrictions of the foundational building blocks (or perhaps the “operating system” of the universe) in which our reality is grounded upon. In some ways, this is analogously similar to how virtual realities such as computer games must be built upon coding systems called “engines”, with each “engine” having their own maximum processing rates and other systematic limitations. Our world in many ways resemble such a virtual reality, and comes with all the possibilities and limitations of its own “engine”, as seen in the limitations of logic, mathematics, and the laws of nature.

Aside from inherent limitations in the information and truth systems that formulate and describe our reality, as human beings we are also limited by our emotions, cognitive biases, fallacious reasoning, and other limitations in cognitive ability in general. As a result, we often find ourselves faced with a world filled with complex and seemingly chaotic information. As our mind struggles to find patterns and make sense out of the chaotic continuity of “sensory data” that fills our horizon, we inevitably contemplate upon the meaning behind our existence — what is the meaning, purpose, or at least a subtle reason for our own existence, and for the existence of the entirety of reality? Why is there something rather than nothing? 

While scientists have wrestled with this question for ages, their answers fall short of the demands of reason itself — for what can be scientifically proven, must necessarily lie within the realm and expectation of tangible and repeatable observation and experimentation. But beyond the scopes of our observable universe, or even the possible multiverse, a priori laws or truths (such as the law of identity) formulate and sustain the “functional premise” of our physical reality, similar to how strings of basic code formulate the foundations of an operating system. These a priori laws must necessarily be unconditional in order to give rise to the conditional that is our universe (or other higher-order conditional functions and frameworks that are not yet known to science and logic/mathematics, but nonetheless provable through human reason) and its existents. As Immanuel Kant famously exclaimed, human reason is naturally inclined to deduce, from the limited existents of the conditional the unconditional that forms the foundations of the entirety of reality and existence, whereby the discovery, or even subtle awareness of the unconditional, may finally lead the mind to rest within the completion of knowledge, or at least the faith of it (this of course does not necessarily entail that the unconditional is already given).

Some may say that to seek the unconditional is a fool’s errand, for not every question can be answered, nor should every question have a definitive answer. I tend to agree, as there may very well be no answers for the greatest questions in life, the metaphysical and the philosophical — questions that go far beyond mere explanations of the scientific and the physical like the Big Bang; questions that seek to unravel the mystery of being itself: why there is something rather than nothing, instead of simply how the universe came to be.

Why, we ask? The keen thinker may have already noticed that the question “why?” pertains to reason and purpose. It seeks a motivation, rather than a mechanism. It seeks meaning amidst the coldness of time and space, and it is not satisfied with merely the explanations of the “how”. It seeks an answer of philosophical nature, of the purposive, the axiological, and the teleological. It is of course very easy, and extremely comforting to bury one’s head in the sand and proudly proclaim that such questions of meaning and purpose are “meaningless” or that the entire universe is “meaningless” (if such a claim is even sensible, given that we are a part of the universe), and that to even ask such questions requires a particular sort of naivety and foolishness that only a delusional daydreamer may entertain. However, reason is not satisfied with knowing only the functional relations of facts and numbers, no more than how humanity cannot survive only on food and other functional, biological and practical necessities alone. We require reason, motivation, value, and ultimately, purpose and meaning in order to find ourselves in this world, to truly actualise our potential, and testify to our freedom and dignity. We must align ourselves with the grand teleology of existence, and that answer lies far beyond the reaches of science and mathematics alone.

Philosophy is hence, the complex framework of thought that pertains to truth, reason, value, meaning, and ultimately faith, that constitutes the very nature of our humanity and existential reality. To philosophise is to ponder upon the eternal questions of life, questions of meaning that lie beyond science and logic/mathematics alone. As we struggle to piece together the grand puzzle of existence, by linking every domain of truth, applying every school of knowledge, and filling every blank as we seek to contemplate the “Mind of God”, we are attempting to understand, and appreciate, with great humility and reverence, the miracle that is life and existence itself. To understand, in spite of our weaknesses and limitations, and to love, despite our flaws and imperfections, and ultimately, to believe, despite our fears and uncertainties. This contemplation of the exalted, and this pursuit of the virtuous, I believe, is the ultimate purpose and the fullest scope of philosophy – philosophy is not only of the mind and thought, but also of action and application. Philosophy must change the world, beginning from the tiny, positive things that the virtue of thought brings in oneself, and gradually to share it with the world.

2. Jacobsen: What ethics drives or motivates moral acts and thoughts in life for you? Why those ethics?

SheenFor me, ethics is one of the most important aspects of both one’s social life and one’s spiritual life. Ethics must not only consist of the attitudes and ways in which we treat others, but must also encompass all values that pertain to a good and healthy life in general. To be ethical, one must not simply conform to the standards of ethical laws or other forms of formal demands, but also wholeheartedly love the good, as it is entirely possible for one to have no regard for the inherent value of the good yet simply conform to ethical laws as a means to an end, e.g. getting their own way in society, or merely “following” ethical laws due to fear of punishment or simply as conditioned behaviour. As such, to me, ethics and morality must be treated as one and the same. While these terms cannot be used interchangeably from a strictly academic perspective as ethics generally refers to external, societal expectations while morals are largely internal values, I do not believe that one can truly respect and act ethically if one does not have faith in the value of ethics or at least believe that goodness itself is important to some degree, whether intrinsic or extrinsic.

The first part of my ethics stems from my firm belief in the power of rationality and the value of goodness in itself, in this sense I would refer to myself as a rationalist. I am confident that reason is capable of showing us objectively why some things are good and others bad, albeit just like all other areas of philosophy and all dimensions of science (and human reason in general), the ability for reason to arrive at objectively “correct” answers in ethics is also limited, and to a greater extent than the limitations in science and logic/mathematics. This is often seen in highly complex hypothetical scenarios that theoretical ethics deal with, such as the (in)famous trolley problem and its variations. However this does not imply that we should discard ethics, or at least objective normative ethics altogether and adopt a form of blissful, nihilist, and ultimately irresponsible (individual)relativism that so many resort to nowadays. I believe, just like how we cannot discover and prove the consistency and completeness of all truth systems there is to know within our reality, we cannot know for certain all objectively correct moral values and always apply the “best” ethical frameworks or solutions, for in many situations we cannot fully determine what the “best” frameworks or solutions must necessarily entail, less apply them effectively given each unique circumstance. But this does not render the pursuit of truth and goodness in itself meaningless like some would claim, for the pursuit of goodness is in itself its reward, and speaking from my past experience of a dark, lonely, and “wasted” childhood, I am confident that there are beautiful and meaningful things to be discovered even from the most mundane pursuits and the most mediocre perspectives. This then leads to the second part of my ethics: faith.

The incompleteness of truth and the limitations in our understanding of goodness in itself leads me to the realm of faith. I identify as Christian and believe in the transcendent ultimate reality that most of us would refer to as “God”. While my understanding of the term “God” may perplex many readers, the simplest way to express this understanding in our current context is to see God as “the highest good in itself”. The same understanding of God applies to all truths, facts, and all other possible existents and cognisable concepts. Of course this simplistic understanding brings in many logical dilemmas such as the problem of evil or the existence of the “perfect island”, and may strike a nerve for those who are sentimentally predisposed to scoff at the mere idea of a higher power. But the idea simply seeks to provide an ultimate foundational framework for us to interpret our reality, and more or less, to grant peace to our mind and soul, in spite of the fact that we cannot truly comprehend the unconditional ultimate reality within our limited minds. To me, just like if mathematics were false, we would have no good reason to trust in architecture; if the highest order laws and frameworks of the ultimate reality that formulate the foundations of our rationality and reality are false, then we would have no good reason to trust any lower order laws and frameworks of truth and interpretation that are derived from or necessarily “anchors” on them, such as logic, mathematics, causality and all patterns of nature and science in general.

It is of course possible to argue that such highest order laws, frameworks — the ultimate reality (God) which possesses, encompasses, upholds, or perhaps manifests itself as these unknowable truths that exceed our limited reality, are simply false, imaginary, and nonexistent. It is entirely possible, and relatively common today, for even highly educated individuals to subscribe to a form of naïve realism for our physical, empirical world and to adopt a non-realist position in logic, mathematics and abstract truths in general. One’s solution would necessarily depend on the order of supervenience in which one associates between the relation of the physical and the non-physical. It is equally logically untenable from a philosophical perspective to fully subscribe to a form of naïve realism and evidentialism, as Hume has proposed, we do not have purely logical reasons to account for the reliability and consistency of causality, as causal inferences are by definition non-deductive in nature. As such, purely evidentialist epistemic frameworks are also doxastic in nature – that is, they rely on the belief in a series of unprovable premises, such as the reality and existence of the external physical reality, the existence of material or matter itself, and the complete reliability and consistency of causality in nature in the particular way we experience it.

By far, many attempts have been made to debunk the validity of and to scoff at the nature or meaning of these questions raised against naïve realism and “pure” evidentialism, but none have successfully refuted them no more than how no attempts have successfully established truly logical reasons for us to trust in, and only in, the power of observation and evidence alone. The Logical Positivism movement of the Vienna Circle was by far the most sophisticated attempt at this endeavour, but the problems they faced, which ultimately led to the demise of the movement, have largely been forgotten today (As A.J Ayer, a major proponent for Logical Positivism later remarked, “nearly everything about it was false”). Similar to how the profound knowledge of medieval theologians and Enlightenment philosophers have been largely ignored or even forgotten by both the religious community and the academic community today, what we are often given now then, is merely a dumbed-down version of fanatic scientism/crass materialism and religious fundamentalism/blind faith, neither of which possess the merits of independent thought and rational analysis, and in many ways, devoids the human mind of its freedom and dignity as attained through the capacity to reason and discover truth by its own will and desire.

From a logical, and partly doxastic perspective based on my limited knowledge, I am inclined to believe that the physical supervenes on the informational (logical – mathematical) — otherwise we would have little reason to trust the consistencies of our scientific understanding and predictions through logic and mathematics –, and that the informational frameworks that sufficiently determine the existential state of our physical reality must necessarily anchor themselves upon a highest-order framework that transcends our limited epistemic and cognitive frameworks. This highest order framework that is necessarily required for the completeness, consistency, and predictive validity of our logical and empirical frameworks, would pertain to what we refer to as “God”, or at least what we should refer to as “God”. This however does not mean that I am proclaiming complete and definitive knowledge of God, I cannot and will not make such an arrogant statement regarding that which is ultimately beyond my limited scope of understanding, and so much transcends my horizon and very being in a way that exhausts even the wildest of my imagination. My statements only lay out a foundational framework for an order of hierarchy of truths and reality and its corresponding epistemology. It is a way for us to interpret reality from a more “holistic” or “complete” perspective, to make sense of reality by combining both the logical – factual, and the axiological – teleological.

The rationalist nature of my ethics and my faith in the ultimate reality leads to my conclusion that reason is, metaphorically, God’s greatest gift to mankind, and in some ways, bears the truest image of God. This means most of our questions regarding the ethical and moral may be answered through applying sound reasoning in the correct way, which has been the traditional endeavour in our philosophical traditions of ethics such as Deontology, Consequentialism, Utilitarianism and other newer or less popular philosophical traditions and systems.

One may reasonably ask, as a self-identified Christian, why I have not referred to the Bible or any sort of scripture for answers to ethics and morality in general? My answer is simple: in order to correctly interpret scripture or any form of information in general, one must first humble oneself down, and apply one’s reason and comprehension to its fullest extent. It is very easy to be lead astray if one simply follows, without independent thought or introspection regarding the soundness of, any sort of external guidance — be it divine revelation, humanly guidance, or perhaps from the patterns of nature. As such, while we can often find sound guidance from external references, it takes dumb luck to never be lead astray if one never applies introspection to the information one is given. Hence, reading the Bible, or any other book etc., also falls under the category of reason, for without reasonable interpretation, knowledge and wisdom is necessarily lost in the process, and are very often misinterpreted or even twisted, either deliberately, or as a result of cognitive immaturity.

What about Jesus, the central figure of Christianity? What is his purpose in this system of ethics? I would first answer by stating that, at least through the proper teachings of Christian philosophy and theology, it is generally understood that Jesus was the perfect embodiment of “the highest good in itself”, the “Son of God” (this is not to be understood in a purely literal way). He was the perfect human being who demonstrated the utmost highest moral and ethical qualities as laid out by the highest frameworks of goodness, both demanded, and later deduced via reason, and in the context of scripture revealed through divine revelation. Jesus was not a conventional Jew, but rather, a “heretic” to the Jewish tradition. He was a challenger to the old ways, and laid out many of the foundations of modern ethics through his teachings, such as the Golden Rule, later formally elucidated by Immanuel Kant as the Categorical Imperative. To be a Christian entails a very huge moral and ethical responsibility – to be more Christ-like in one’s beliefs, intentions, motivations, and ultimately actions and impact to this world. This includes learning from the teachings of Jesus Christ, most importantly to learn, understand and apply the nature and essence of love to one’s life– to fill oneself with a gentle patience and kindness through love, to cleanse one’s hatred and prejudice for this world with forgiveness, and to genuinely will for and aid in the good for others for its own sake, despite the dangers and risks. As I see it, this transformation of love is the greatest of all miracles that is possible for us – to transform oneself through learning and following of the teachings of Jesus, and subsequently, to find salvation within the embrace of love that is reflected in our truest image of God that is reason for the highest goodness itself.

To sum it up, rationalist ethics combined with an element of faith in the ultimate reality that is God and the perfect example of a good life as shown by Jesus is what drives my pursuit of moral goodness and my dedication to an ethical lifestyle. The element of faith is necessary for me because our reason is limited and highly fallible, and in order to account for the completeness of knowledge and the integrity of goodness in itself, we must go beyond the ambiguous evidence, and make a ‘doxastic venture’ into the realm of the highest epistemic and axiological frameworks and truths that forever lies beyond the reaches of our finite logic, rationality, and the limited and systematically ambiguous evidence in our world. (I will go further into this in the subsequent sessions)

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Independent Artist, Philosopher, Photographer, and Theologian.

[2] Individual Publication Date: February 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Richard Sheen.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Full Scope of Philosophy and Ethics (Part Two) [Online].February 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, February 8). An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Full Scope of Philosophy and Ethics (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Full Scope of Philosophy and Ethics (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, February. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Full Scope of Philosophy and Ethics (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Full Scope of Philosophy and Ethics (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (February 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Full Scope of Philosophy and Ethics (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Full Scope of Philosophy and Ethics (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Full Scope of Philosophy and Ethics (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):February. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on the Full Scope of Philosophy and Ethics (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, February 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Insights acquired over twenty-five years of I.Q. testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Author: Paul Cooijmans

Numbering: Issue 22.B, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: February 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,829

ISSN 2369-6885

Biography

Paul Cooijmans founded GliaWebNewsYoung and intelligent?Order of ThothGiga SocietyOrder of ImhotepThe Glia Society , and The Grail Society. His main high-IQ societies remain Giga Society and The Glia Society. Both devoted to the high-IQ world. Giga Society remains the world’s most exclusive high-IQ society with a theoretical cutoff of one in a billion individuals. The Glia Society, founded in 1997, is a “forum for the intelligent” to “encourage and facilitate research related to high mental ability.” Cooijmans earned credentials, two bachelor degrees, in composition and in guitar from Brabants Conservatorium. His interests lie in human “evolution, eugenics, exact sciences (theoretical physics, cosmology, artificial intelligence).” He continues administration of numerous societies, such as the aforementioned, to compose musical works for online consumption, to publish intelligence tests and associated statistics, and to write and publish on topics of interest to him.

Keywords: disorder, giftedness, heredity, high range, intelligence, I.Q testing, Paul Cooijmans, sex differences.

Insights acquired over twenty-five years of I.Q. testing[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Prelude

While I write this it has been exactly twenty-five years since I began spreading and administering difficult intelligence tests. My primary goal was to find out whether, and to what extent, it was possible to measure intelligence in the high range. Psychologists in the Netherlands, including a few experts on “giftedness”, had told me it was impossible to discriminate meaningfully above the 99th percentile. I found that hard to accept, and tried to create test problems that were suitable to investigate this matter. This project turned out to be the most successful enterprise of my life so far, and I have stuck to it ever since. On this occasion I wish to discuss a number of insights and observations that have become apparent to me over time, and that have particularly puzzled, amazed, or worried me.

In advance, I want to say that some of the things I found are contrary to what I had previously thought or believed. My mind enables me to accept things as they are even when they go against my possible expectations. It lets me acquire insights that more biased people with closed minds would reject. In addition, I have a relentless curiosity that compels me to investigate matters that appear to contradict what I have been previously told or what is generally believed.

Misperception of item difficulty

One of the first things I learnt is that test problems are harder for who has to solve them than for the creator. I had to make the problems ridiculously easy, in my perception, to make them solvable by apparently intelligent candidates. This also meant that the apparently correct norms turned out higher than I had intuitively projected; some twenty I.Q. points higher. This intuitive misperception of difficulty and level of norms is something I still recognize in comments that reach me regularly: “Your test norms are much too high!” or “Why are your norms so low?” Both of those criticisms are frequent, and I mention this so that people who make such comments will realize that their viewpoints are not self-obvious, but that that others see it the opposite way.

The mechanism behind this false perception or expectation, I believe, is the phenomenon of projection. Involuntarily and unawares, we project our mind contents, ability level, ethical level, and further traits, on others, expecting them to be the same as we are. We have this built-in prejudice, or unconscious bias, that all people are the same as we. But they are not. To escape this, it is needed to “step out of yourself” and see the facts in an objective perspective. With regard to test item hardness and norms, this means to go by honest statistics and accept what they show, even when this goes against intuitive judgement.

Sex differences

Another fact that could not escape my attention was the under-representation of females among (self-selected) high-range test candidates, as well as their lower productivity: female candidates take less than half as many tests per person as do males, and make up only 15 to 20 % of all candidates. There are eleven times more male than female test submissions. The average score of females is also several I.Q. points lower than that of males. Of course, one’s initial reaction is to think, “What am I doing wrong? What exactly in the tests is scaring off or disadvantaging females? Where is the sexist bias?” From there on, it takes many years to realize that no, there is no anti-female bias in I.Q. tests, but there really are fewer women than men in the high range of intelligence; not necessarily because women are less intelligent – a larger male spread of I.Q. would also explain the difference.

Someone suggested to me that females might do better on tests designed by females, but of course the sex of the test constructor is irrelevant if a test is objective and unbiased. A test with pro-female bias might or might not let females score higher (it did not when I tried to create such a test) but that would not be a valid test to begin with, and besides, it would not address the matters of female under-representation and lower productivity but only the score level. Actually, among high-range test constructors, females are under-represented too (the male/female ratio may even be infinity) so that we can not establish whether the sex of the constructor makes any difference.

The same under-representation of females at the high end is seen in the real world, as betrayed by demands like, “We need more women in high positions in [business, politics, science, whatever]” or “We need quota for women in high positions”. The media bombard us daily with activist propaganda like that; demands for more women in professions requiring hard physical labour or combat functions are less frequent, for some reason. But could it be that, in general, people just like doing what they are good at and avoid activities or professions that are too demanding for them?

I have thought about these sex differences a lot, and in conjunction with my interest in intelligence and observations of higher-I.Q. groups and communities, I have come to hypothesize that sex differences might be reduced in populations of higher average I.Q., as a within-species extension of the general biological phenomenon that sex differences are smaller in more advanced species. Higher or equal representation of females in currently male-dominated fields could then be achieved by eugenically raising the intelligence level of the population at large. Such a reduction of sex differences through raising average intelligence (as opposed to using quota and “positive discrimination”) would no doubt have additional societal consequences that one can only speculate about.

Sex differences exist not only in mental testing but also in the realms of voting behaviour and political preference or attitude. As can be seen in election statistics and in pertinent personality questionnaires, women are markedly more left-wing and progressive than men. This is the largest of all psychometric sex differences I am aware of, and it has huge societal implications: through female suffrage it affects the way countries are ruled, through women’s over-representation in education, schooling, and academia it determines how children and young people are raised and educated (or indoctrinated) and through women’s disproportional role in justice (the majority of judges are female in my country) it decides the treatment of criminals and thus the safety of society – or lack thereof. Whether one considers the female influence on society positive or negative, the ongoing forced feminization of institutions and positions of power has far-reaching consequences that we will increasingly feel in the years and decades to come.

Something I have also come to suspect is that sex differences and their suppression lie at the heart of the low ceilings and poor high-range validity of some mainstream I.Q. tests. I intuit that constructors of such instruments would be embarrassed – or terrified, rather – to publish a test that shows men to be much more highly represented than women at the high end, and take measures to hide this discrepancy. For instance, since men do better than women on truly difficult problems, those are left out of most mainstream tests, resulting in lower ceilings, less headroom for men to outscore women, and the absence of validity in the high range.

The role of intelligence and heredity in behaviour

Then there is one more thing, crucial and life-changing, that I learnt through my study of intelligence: while intelligence is a major causal factor in human behaviour, having a large hereditary, biological component, there rests a taboo on mentioning this. In public and political debate, and even in much of social science, only viewpoints adhering to the doctrines of social-environmental determinism are allowed to be expressed. That is, the idea that human behaviour and personality are formed through social-environmental experience with the exclusion of any biological influence. This has consequences for policies regarding fields like immigration, justice, and education. In effect, we are conducting a large-scale experiment with human stocks that is analogous to Trofim Lysenko’s agricultural methodology, which was applied for several decades in the former Soviet Union. Lysenko denied the role of heredity in growing plants. If one bothers to read about that period, one will discover how it went with those crops.

“Giftedness” as a problem or disorder

In the world of experts on “giftedness”, and also in some high-I.Q. circles, there exists a notion that high intelligence is a problem, or a cause of problems, and that one may need some species of therapy for it. Some think that intelligent individuals are more prone to suffer from psychiatric illnesses like depression. I believed such things myself before I got involved in I.Q. societies and testing. Somewhat to my surprise however, not by far all of the highly intelligent persons I met over the years had problems like that; rather, it seemed as if having a very high I.Q. protected people from psychosocial problems, and helped them to function normally, in the social respect. To put the preceding sentence in perspective, I must add here that I have been in contact with several thousand people of whom I knew the I.Q. tests scores on one or more out of a few hundred different tests, both high-range and mainstream. My tests statistics have also consistently shown a negative correlation of about -0.3 to -0.4 between high-range I.Q. test scores and psychiatric disorders (and indicators of disorder in the form of personality test scores).

Of course, intelligent persons with psychosocial problems exist, but I have come to believe that those problems are caused by other issues and dispositions one has next to being intelligent, and in some cases those issues relate to growing up as a high-I.Q. individual in a low-I.Q. environment. High intelligence in itself appears to be a positive force toward healthy social functioning. The concept of “giftedness” as a condition that requires help is mainly a money-making device for therapists. It is also my modest impression that often, persons who are at best somewhat above-average in intelligence are incorrectly identified as “gifted” by therapists keen to make money, and by I.Q. societies more interested in membership growth than in quality of membership. And, some not-so-bright people prefer to believe that their problems are caused by “giftedness” rather than to accept their weaknesses and limitations. The inflated concept of “giftedness” has little meaning to me any more, and I do not accept the “gifted” label as a guarantee that the person in question is intelligent at all.

The measurability of intelligence in the high range

Regarding my original goal of finding out to what extent intelligence can be measured in the high range, I do not have the final answer yet, but so far there is no question of that the “g” factor disappears or becomes much smaller in scores on difficult I.Q. tests. Only on the easier tests that lack sufficiently difficult problems, “g” does disappear entirely when the test ceiling is approached. Put in other words, diverse tests that contain sufficient numbers of hard problems to avoid “ceiling bumping” intercorrelate positively toward the tops of their ranges, meaning that a common factor – “g” – is operating.

For clarity, the question as to the measurability of high-range intelligence is really the question as to whether “g”, the general factor in mental tests, is still present at high score levels. To date it seems in my data that “g” loading decreases somewhat (but not much) from the bottom half to the top half of the high range, but even that is only on some tests, while on other tests it is opposite. This is by no means a final conclusion though.

The failure of high-I.Q. groups to solve real-world problems

While topic-based interest groups may have significant societal impact – think of Greenpeace, Amnesty International, and others – societies that select members solely by I.Q. test scores never seem to do anything of societal importance. People ask sometimes, “If they are so smart, then why do they not solve the world’s problems?” Well, my answer is that intelligent people tend to be individualists who always keep debating, arguing, contradicting one another, and never agree on anything, let alone that they would take collective action toward a common goal. They have no sense of collectivism or commonality, of belonging to a group. I have witnessed new or potential members of an I.Q. society being warned off by existing members. Such oikophobia, and such acting against the interest of the group, are typical of groups selected purely for intelligence. And, where intelligent people do cooperate for some reason, it seems that the output level of the group is determined by its least able member; as if intelligence is recessive in groups or cooperation.

These problems with cooperating toward a common goal form one of the very few down sides of high intelligence I have encountered. Another one, probably related, is the intellectuals’ proverbial tendency to sympathize with Marxist ideologies. My view is that the psychological phenomenon of projection is at the bottom of that: intelligent individuals, involuntarily and unawares, assume their own inborn cognitive potential in all or most others, even after it has been pointed out to them that they are wrong in that. This unconscious bias toward egalitarianism disposes them to respond favourably to Marxist propaganda. The cure is an in-depth study of psychometrics and individual differences.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Administrator, Giga Society; Administrator, The Glia Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: February 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Richard Sheen.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Cooijmans P. Insights acquired over twenty-five years of I.Q. testing [Online].February 2020; 22(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Cooijmans, P. (2020, February 8). Insights acquired over twenty-five years of I.Q. testingRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): COOIJMANS, P. Insights acquired over twenty-five years of I.Q. testing. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B, February. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition):Cooijmans, Paul. 2020. “Insights acquired over twenty-five years of I.Q. testing.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Cooijmans, Paul “Insights acquired over twenty-five years of I.Q. testing.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B (February 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans.

Harvard: Cooijmans, P. 2020, ‘Insights acquired over twenty-five years of I.Q. testingIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.B. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans>.

Harvard, Australian: Cooijmans, P. 2020, ‘Insights acquired over twenty-five years of I.Q. testingIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.B., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Paul Cooijmans. “Insights acquired over twenty-five years of I.Q. testing.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.B (2020):February. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Cooijmans P. Insights acquired over twenty-five years of I.Q. testing [Internet]. (2020, February 22(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/insights-testing-cooijmans.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Humanism in Canada: Canadian Humanism, Social and Political Discourse, Personal Views, and Opposition (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: February 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 5,139

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Doug Thomas is the President of Secular Connexion Séculière. Greg Oliver is the President of Canadian Secular Alliance. Michel Virard is the President of Association humaniste du Québec. Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is the Vice-President of Humanist Canada. They discuss: definition of Canadian Humanism;

Keywords: Association humaniste du Québec, Canadian Secular Alliance, Doug Thomas, Humanist Canada, Michel Virard, Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Secular Connexion Séculière.

Humanism in Canada: Canadian Humanism, Social and Political Discourse, Personal Views, and Opposition (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*If no answer existent in the particular question, of the 5 total questions, for the particular leader/interviewee representative of the hierarchs of the humanist or humanistic organization in Canada, then the name does not become included in the responses for the question. Interviews based on open invitations to the leadership for interviews. If not appearing, then the others did not respond to request for interviews. If no appearance in future parts, then no responses provided by interviewees who accepted within the first part, i.e., conflicting demands on attention and time, or organizational resources. All responses in alphabetical order by the first-name first portion or institutional title (in one case).*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With some of the personal background, professional role, the backstory of the organization, pivotal moments and seminal individuals for the organization, change over time of the organization, and the targeted objectives and vision of it, let’s cover some the personal and community views of local and national humanism or, at least, humanistic values. What, in one word, encapsulates Canadian Humanism? Please unpack this one word in depth once provided.

Doug Thomas, President, Secular Connexion Séculière: Given the nature and condition of secular humanism in Canada, no one word can encapsulate it.

The best brief description of humanism, and this applies to Canadian humanism as much as to any other humanism, is that it is a philosophy through which one is good without god(s) by following the forty principle doctrines of Epicurus, the twelve principles developed in the Hague in 1952 or variations on those principles such as those listed on the Society of Freethinkers website.

Greg Oliver, President, Canadian Secular Alliance: Just one word? That’s a tricky one. I’ll go with ‘improvement’. Ultimately humanism seeks a holistic and well-rounded improvement of human welfare. Canada has humans.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Vice-President, Humanist Canada: The word I would use is “objectivity.” Everything we as humanists stand for including respect, fairness, compassion and reason depend on our capacity to overrule subjective prejudice on the balance of evidence. It is sometimes thought that the Age of Reason began with the Enlightenment; however, the capacity to differentiate between the objective and subjective began much earlier. I have argued that the rise of the world religions during the first millennium BCE was likely a reaction against the earlier emergence of a self that was both individual and volitional. Volitional individuals capable of evidenced-based forward planning represented a potential threat to existing collectivist societies. Although this ability was useful, it was constrained by religious dogma that often included self-renunciation. The Enlightenment released this self from such constraints resulting in a flowering of scientific and humanistic thought. It is this capacity for objective evaluation that allows us to understand what constitutes genuine respect, fairness, compassion and even reason.

Michel Virard, President, Association humaniste du Québec: Canadian Humanism is the local expression of a larger concept, Humanism as a modern, universal view about what it is to be human, what to expect and, as importantly, what not to expect as a human being. Although it is coloured by the specific Canadian life experience of each and every one of its banner holders, from Henry Morgentaler to Martin Frith, its core values remain remarkably sharable by all humanists of Planet Earth. This also means there are no significant differences between Quebec Humanism and the Rest of Canada Humanism, apart, of course, the communication channel peculiarities such as language and, sometimes, preferred references. Perhaps an example will underline the universality of Humanist concepts. Romain Gagnon, who lives in Montreal, has recently published a book: “Et l’Homme créa Dieu à son image”. Within months the English version was produced: “So Man Created God in his Own Image”. Romain open both books with a quote from a Humanist, a German Jew who lived in the USA, a wonderful epigraph encapsulating the humanist stand:

Strange is our situation here upon Earth. Each of us comes for a short visit, not knowing why, yet sometimes seeming to a divine purpose. From the standpoint of daily life, however there is one thing we do know: that we are here for the sake of other men – above all for those upon whose smile and well-being our own happiness depends.

Yes, that was from Albert Einstein. Our ability to extract the best of many cultures is, indeed, a humanist trait and I certainly wish it will stay that way forever.

Of course, there are differences of “priority” between Humanist groups on the face of Earth and within Canada as well. So, currently, Ontario Humanists are concerned about catholic state schools, BC Humanists seem to be more interested in our right to die with dignity and Quebec Humanists have been concerned mainly with the religious bias built in their provincial institutions. But that would hardly be a justification to pretend that Humanists think differently according to their province of residence or even the place of their upbringing.

2. Jacobsen: How does your organization reflect and embody – in values and actions in community – this description of Canadian Humanism?

Doug Thomas, President, Secular Connexion Séculière: SCS follows the principles in its dealings with government agencies by encouraging those in the agencies to pay attention to secular humanist principles and following the human rights laid out by the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms.

Greg Oliver, President, Canadian Secular Alliance: To maintain as big a tent as possible, we decided it would be best if we had no formal affiliation with humanism or freethought. Our narrow mandate leaves the door open for any who share the ideal of secular government, including the religious. But admittedly, most of our members have a non-religious worldview and possess humanist values. And we are motivated by the desire to improve the welfare of Canadians – not unlike the organizations that best epitomize the values of Canadian Humanism previously described.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Vice-President, Humanist Canada: Humanist Canada embraces the idea that science and reason constitute the best way to understand the world around us, and this is displayed prominently on our website. Science and reason posit a reality outside of our selves which we can know and understand, at least to a proximal degree. This is more than an assumption. We have used the scientific method for over 400 years to produced a modern human civilization is longer lived, more educated and better fed than any preceding civilization. The scientific method is based on notions of objective thought modelled by ancient Greek, Indian and Chinese science 2,000 years earlier.

The alternative to science and reason is some form of revealed truth. When that revealed truth is attributed to a deity, Humanist Canada has a consistent record: a humanist Canada is a secular Canada. This does not mean that people cannot be religious, but in a secular world the state will not promote a religious belief, nor will it allow the levers of state to be used to promote such belief. The irony is that only a secular state can guarantee equality of expression to competing religions, but that is not the primary goal of our organization. Our goal for a secular Canada is to promote those very qualities of cognition that has permitted human civilization to flourish.

Humanists from across Canada meet regularly in local groups to discuss issues related to the advancement of science and reason. Often these meetings are in the form of self-education on topics and issues of current interest. With limited success, Humanist Canada attempts to network with these groups and share information between groups. Recently, we have hosted a national essay contest for high school students writing on humanist topics. One project that I think has promise involves the development of a national webinar series, and some of these webinars could be hosted by local humanist groups.

Michel Virard, President, Association humaniste du Québec: The Quebec Humanist Association, a francophone organisation, came to life much later than the original, English speaking, Humanist Association of Canada (now HC) so it should be no surprise that the fights carried and won by HC pioneers are no longer top priorities for the AHQ. Thus the right for women to choose to have a baby or not, a cause célèbre successfully defended, at a heavy personal cost, by HC first president, Henry Morgentaler, is no longer a hot topic in Montreal, where most AHQ members live. Another article of the Humanist main principles has emerged as a central figure of current Humanism. It is the secularity of the State, as represented by all three levels of government. We, Humanists of Quebec, have come to the conclusion that most of the great and small fights we have been involved with in the past were really the unavoidable, undesirable consequence of a major, anti-democratic, flaw of our governmental system:  the influence of religious considerations permeating all our institutions, from top to bottom, and from Newfoundland to Yukon. It thus became evident that we had to aim at the head of this tentacular monster and this is what the AHQ has been doing since its creation, in 2005. This means constant interaction with various branches of the provincial government, mostly the Ministry of education, the opposition parties, the Justice department, and the influencing media. For example we write to la Presse and to Le Devoir fairly often and we do get many of our papers published.

However fighting for a secular state is one thing but, as important, is the building of a supporting community keen on critical thinking. In Quebec, that’s what we continuously do through our regular monthly events of significant film screenings and lectures. In addition we now organise thematic larger events once every two years with four of five speakers. We keep our supporters fed with the latest news from the humanosphere through a set of channels: website, Facebook page, a pdf and printed magazine, and Youtube videos (about 120).

3. Jacobsen: How does this description of Canadian Humanism expand into the outreach of the organization outside of the local community into the wider national social and political discourse?

Doug Thomas, President, Secular Connexion Séculière: SCS advocates are aware of the principles of humanism and apply them to their dealings with government agencies. Basically, they respect individual rights and work to gain respect for humanist principles, especially in regards to the Supreme Court of Canada’s statement in 1984 that the fundamental right to freedom of conscience and religion protects the right to freedom from religion as much as is protects the right to freedom of religion.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Vice-President, Humanist Canada: I think Humanist Canada has historically been more successful at impacting on the national discourse than in supporting the development of local humanist groups. I previously mentioned he abortion rights movement as fundamental to our early development. The notion that a fertilized human egg is a life within the definition of criminal law is inherently tied to a supernatural view that the embryo is infused with a supernatural soul at conception. Humanist Canada (at the time, Humanist Association of Canada) took a secular view that decisions on abortion laws should be based on science and reason. Our recent campaign to defund Catholic schools is similarly based on a desire to remove religious privilege in the provision of state funding. There is also a human rights issue tied to the separate schools controversy. The provision of a separate Catholic school system advantages Catholic teachers because they may apply for positions in both systems while non-Catholics are disadvantaged in applying for jobs with the separate system. This is discrimination on the basis of religious belief, and therefore, a violation of human rights although allowed under Canadian law.

Canada has a different philosophical basis than does the United States whose Declaration of Independence states “We hold these truths (the right to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness) to be self-evident.” The evidentiary basis of human rights was alluded to by Chris DiCarlo’s slogan “We are all of African descent” which he used as the basis for an anti-racism campaign. From a humanist perspective, rights that are based on science and reason have a more solid grounding than those granted by a divinity. For example, DiCarlo faced a disciplinary hearing because his “we are all of African descent” campaign was thought to be “insensitive” to those of ancestry aboriginal to the America’s who believed they had been placed on this continent by a creator-god.

Michel Virard, President, Association humaniste du Québec: Whether it is Humanist Canada on Parliament Hill or Quebec Humanist Association in Commissions parlementaires in Quebec City, Canadian humanists attempt to sway the current governments toward an effective separation of Churches and State(s).  Our action takes various forms, such as parliamentary petitions, memoirs to specific ministries, meeting ministers or opposition leaders, etc.  Sometime we win, sometime we lose. Sometime we have to be content with the repealing of a little used, obsolete but still menacing law, such as the blasphemy law in the criminal code, sometime we hit big, like in Quebec, when after years of media pounding by us and our sister organisations, the government decided, in a momentous move, to declare Quebec as a secular state. I’m not sure the Rest of Canada, hypnotized by the religious sign quarrel, realizes the importance of this mere «one liner». The other great victory of recent years is, of course, the establishment of Right to die with dignity first in Québec, then in Canada. Since 2005, the AHQ has been instrumental in helping to create, man and finance an effective local DWD organisation, the AQDMD.

4. Jacobsen: Apart from the organization, does personal view differ from the organizational bounds of the definition of Canadian Humanism as an individual differentiation? If so, how? If not, why not?

Greg Oliver, President, Canadian Secular Alliance: Since the organization is officially neutral on the matter, my personal views are by definition different.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Vice-President, Humanist Canada: The Humanist Canada board declined to take a position on Quebec’s secularism bill. Those on the board who support the legislation do so from a position that provincial employees should not advance their religious beliefs while exercising positions of power.  Opponents of the legislation believe the Quebec bill denies Muslim women, in particular, freedom of expression. On the surface, this appears to be a conflict between two values or “goods,” secularisms versus freedom of expression, but humanists are united in the belief that state power should not be used to advance supernatural belief.  For humanists the issue is not freedom of expression per se, but whether the law would be used to target an identified minority. If the HC board refused to take a position until it is determined statistically whether the law is being enforced differentially, that would be consistent with a rational and scientific worldview.

Freedom of speech was an issue in the dismissal of Acadia University professor Rick Mehta a couple of years ago. The tenured professor had questioned the Truth and Reconciliation Commission into Indian Residential Schools and the practice of using special designated pronouns for transsexual people. If Mehta used his position of power to force students to conform to his belief system, then this would have been an abuse of power.  On the other hand, the right for university professors to raise unpopular or controversial positions is protected to ensure that universities do not return to the dark ages of controlled thought. I would argue that this protection is fundamental to science and reason, and the removal of any tenured professor should, therefore, be transparent.  I was disappointed that our board refused to ask Acadia for that transparency.

Michel Virard, President, Association humaniste du Québec: Personal views always differ somewhat, even on subjects where we all, basically, agree. Making it work is the name of the game, not marking points. So we tend to accept our mutual differences on specific subjects in order not to jeopardize the greater good we are aiming at. We know we are, at heart, humanists. This certainly does not mean we will be willing martyrs for the cause, but we do try to maintain a healthy distance between our personal interests and those of humanity. The doing is its own reward.

5. Jacobsen: Given the definition of Canadian Humanism provided, the internal actions reflecting this to the organizational community, the expansion of this in relationship with the wider Canadian cultural milieu, and the individual difference of opinion (or not), a natural question follows in its antipode, its (Canadian) humanistic polar opposite. What individuals, organizations, and even Canadian values, stand opposed in the past and into the present of these ideas behind Canadian Humanism?

Doug Thomas, President, Secular Connexion Séculière: The presence of “socially conservative”; that is fundamentalist religious individuals at all levels of government means that we always have to maintain a rational and legally supportable stance in regards to social issues. The assumed right of Christians to impose their religion on the rest of the population often puts on the opposite side of the table from these people. We are careful to make the distinction that we do not oppose their religion or their right to believe in that religion, but that we are opposed to their forcing their religion on others.

The legal construct of Canada has certainly been influenced by religious people in the past. The Criminal Code of Canada, the national anthem, the preamble to the Charter of Rights and Freedoms are all that they are because of the influence, directly or indirectly, of religion.

Our long-term goal is to make all of our governments places where people can participate in decision making on an equal basis, in a neutral milieu without religious interference.

Greg Oliver, President, Canadian Secular Alliance: Related to our mandate specifically, I’d say any individuals or organizations who seek preferential status in society for any religious worldview  Our organization is essentially focused on equality rights – which is among the core principles of liberal democracy. Without secular government citizens who do not conform to the preferred religious worldview cannot truly be political equals. We strongly believe liberal democracy is essential to maximizing human well-being. Of course, by no means would this represent the totality of individuals and ideas opposed to humanist values.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Vice-President, Humanist Canada: Traditionally, Humanist Canada has been wary of the impositions of religion in undermining scientifically based rational discourse, and I think humanists of all stripes have been effective in countering these impositions. But the public’s belief in science and rational thought has been systematically undermined by at least two more recent threats. First, there is counter-culture that decries things “western” including medicine, diet and lifestyle. What is called “western medicine” is actually scientifically validated practise while so-called “alternative medicine” consists of unproven therapies. Although some of these unproven therapies, such as homeopathy, are of recent and western origin, the claim is made that these treatments are traditional, and “if they have been around for thousands of years they must be effective.” Scientists and medical doctors are then cast as co-conspirators keeping people from less invasive treatment. As I discussed in relation to a previous question, this can have devastating health consequences.

The religious and counter-culture attack on science and reason has been joined by the post-modernist turn in academia, particularly in the humanities. The seminal 20th-century post-modernist philosopher, Martin Heidegger, described intelligent thinking as “degenerate” to be corrected by the thought that is “more primordial.” This has led to a relativist view that there are equally valid “ways of knowing” based on ideological preference. Tom Strong described science as a “white, male way of knowing” in a peer-reviewed journal article. Another well-cited author, Kenneth Gergen, described all quantitative research as ideologically oppressive. Yet, without science and reason, the resolution of disputes about what constitutes reality ultimately comes down to brute force. Heidegger described himself and Hitler as “Dasien” with the ability to determine ultimate truths beyond those available to science. Religions privy ultimate truth to their deities and those who interpret the will of those deities. I think the upsurge of censorship, “de-platformings,” and even firings in universities is led by post-modernists who, because of their ideological stance, have no other ways of resolving ideological difference. I think humanists should be open to dealing with all challenges to science and reason irrespective of where on the political spectrum those challenges originate. Our civilization depends on it.

Michel Virard, President, Association humaniste du Québec: In short, who or what is opposing our actions? To be frank, direct opposition is relatively rare. When, in 2009, we managed to get the Montreal buses with a side advert stating «Probably God does not exist…» I received a single heinous message while we were expecting a lot of flack. The day before the buses were scheduled to be on the streets of Montreal, my wife was worried we could be the target of nasties. But no such things happened. To the opposite, we got a lot of new members and we received our biggest donation, ever.  Even the archbishop of Montreal managed to state publicly something like «everyone has the right to his opinion»! This was the moment we realized the Quebec society was ripe for … real secularism.

Still, the opposition exists but it is now mostly behind curtains. We find that ethics committees are often packed with religious stalwarts disguised as ethicists, that educational boards are packed with former moral or catechism teachers. We still find invisible cassocks in the media and in the position of power in our Universities. They no longer have a monopoly on what can be said, but they are there, no doubt.

“Humanist” is a rather positively charge word, at least in Canada (not the US!), we get, most of the time, the right to expose our opinion providing we badger the media long enough. This is not a privilege we should sneeze at. We do get insulted sometimes by religious bigots, but also by political bigots from left and right. The major force opposing us is, really, the sheer weight of tradition. We are asking for CHANGE and that is, for most people, a dirty word.

But you also asked: what Canadian values, at large, might be opposed to Humanist values? If one considers that these Canadian values are somehow embedded in our current constitution (or what stands for it…), I would say we, Humanists of Quebec, are in agreement with most of it. There is, of course, this funny God reference in the preamble of the Canadian Charter of Rights. Well, the Supreme Court of Canada has already dismissed it could be used in any way to contradict the articles of Charter, so I won’t dig deeper on that. Far more important is the other elements of the Charter which have made waves within our ranks. Contrary to popular belief, there is no unanimity on the meaning and the reach of the principle called «multiculturalism». You have to understand that our humanist roots are in the deeply held belief that all humans should have the same set of basic rights. In other words, those rights are universal and may not be curtailed in any way without very good reasons. In particular, they may not be denied by reason of a particular attachment to particular cultural customs. This is why we will defend the rights of women, regardless of their origin, to be autonomous beings, equal to men in rights. However, multiculturalism has been used, even in courts of law, to deny the protection granted to women by the Charter against custom based abuses by members of their own ethnic community. Many of us believe this is unacceptable and that this Charter article commanding to promote multiculturalism gives a free pass to misogynistic religions. These glaring flaws have led us to give multiculturalism a closer examination.

What we have discovered is that multiculturalism has shaky parts and even shady friends. But first comes first. When and where was «multiculturalism» used first? Nope, it’s not in Canada. It became part of the law in Sweden in 1970. As of 2018, 48 years later, or two generations later, 73% of Swedes consider their politic of integration a failure. Yet this is the country which has spent the most to make immigration and multiculturalism a success.

Germany also gave it a try. Her chancellor, Mrs. Merkel declared in 2015: « “Multiculturalism leads to parallel societies and therefore remains a ‘life lie,’ ” or a sham, she said.

Other countries such as Netherland, Denmark, are rethinking their approach to Cultural Diversity. Cultural Diversity is also a loaded expression: it was used in South-Africa as a fig-leaf for the apartheid based Tricameral system. Even today, in South-Africa, the term multiculturalism is used to prettify the neo-apartheid programs of the white right-wing fringe. So beware: your mileage may vary.

For all its touted virtue, multiculturalism had its critics. Robert David Putnam, the author of “Bowling Alone” and Professor of Public Policy at Harvard University conducted a nearly decade-long study on how multiculturalism affects social trust. He surveyed 26,200 people in 40 American communities, finding that “people in diverse communities “don’t trust the local mayor, they don’t trust the local paper, they don’t trust other people and they don’t trust institutions,” What is worse, “In diverse communities, we don’t trust people who do look like us”. In effect “we act like turtles”, trying to shield ourselves. These are harsh words even if Putnam admits this effect tends to disappear over time.

When you look around, now, in 2019, it seems the only country where multiculturalism is not much of a problem is Canada. But the selection of immigration candidates with better credentials than in Europe or the USA may have a lot to do with this relative success. Yes, it may come as a surprise to many that on average, immigrants to Québec are LESS religious than the local population. Quite possibly the effect of a level of education somewhat higher than the local average.

But Humanists are concerned with other questions: how come a successful businessman from Afghanistan, Mohamed Shafia, could convince his wife and his son than killing his own girls was OK? Was he persuaded that «anything goes» in Canada. Did we telegraph the wrong message when the Shafia family landed? Is Canada image one of a country where you can import any tradition and nobody cares? By insisting on an ill-defined “multiculturalism” rather than on integration, are we advertising it’s OK to beat your wives? Humanists in Quebec are haunted by those tragic misunderstandings.

Perhaps Canada has been a bit too heavy on the «rights» and forgot that life in society does imply a certain number of «duties», and I don’t mean by this that you must merely obey the laws. A country does require much more than simply a set of criminal laws. It needs shared convictions otherwise it will eventually disintegrate. Multiculturalism is not promoting shared convictions; to the contrary, instead of integrating the existing groups, each new group is adding one more fault line within Canadian society. Granted, some fault lines are not very threatening but others, definitely, are dangerous. How Canadians can forget that the worst terrorist massacres in Canada (329 deaths) had its roots in the rift between Hindus and Sikhs in Canada. This massacre was worse than any of the Islamic terrorist attacks in Western Europe, beating by a large margin the bus-metro attack in London (52 deaths), the Bataclan massacre in Paris (129 deaths) and the trains in Madrid (190 deaths)?

How can we ignore these festering wounds in the social fabric of Canada?  Unless we rethink what multiculturalism should mean I’m afraid the future will have some nasty surprises in store for us. Multiculturalism cannot be apartheid!

Could Secular Humanists, who have been leading many of the most significant, workable, social advances in this country, come with a workable solution to this very human problem?

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Humanism in Canada: Canadian Humanism, Social and Political Discourse, Personal Views, and Opposition (Part Two) [Online].February 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, February 1). Humanism in Canada: Canadian Humanism, Social and Political Discourse, Personal Views, and Opposition (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Humanism in Canada: Canadian Humanism, Social and Political Discourse, Personal Views, and Opposition (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, February. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “Humanism in Canada: Canadian Humanism, Social and Political Discourse, Personal Views, and Opposition (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Humanism in Canada: Canadian Humanism, Social and Political Discourse, Personal Views, and Opposition (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (February 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Humanism in Canada: Canadian Humanism, Social and Political Discourse, Personal Views, and Opposition (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Humanism in Canada: Canadian Humanism, Social and Political Discourse, Personal Views, and Opposition (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Humanism in Canada: Canadian Humanism, Social and Political Discourse, Personal Views, and Opposition (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):February. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Humanism in Canada: Canadian Humanism, Social and Political Discourse, Personal Views, and Opposition (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, February 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Richard Sheen on Tests, Community, and Life Story (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: February 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,004

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Richard Sheen is a young independent artist, philosopher, photographer and theologian based in New Zealand. He has studied at Tsinghua University of China and The University of Auckland in New Zealand, and holds degrees in Philosophy and Theological Studies. Originally raised atheist but later came to Christianity, Richard is dedicated to the efforts of human rights and equality, nature conservation, mental health, and to bridge the gap of understanding between the secular and the religious. Richard’s research efforts primarily focus on the epistemic and doxastic frameworks of theism and atheism, the foundations of rational theism and reasonable faith in God, the moral and practical implications of these frameworks of understanding, and the rebuttal of biased and irrational understandings and worship of God. He seeks to reconcile the apparent conflict between science and religion, and to find solutions to problems facing our environmental, societal and existential circumstances as human beings with love and integrity. Richard is also a proponent for healthy, sustainable and eco-friendly lifestyles, and was a frequent participant in competitive sports, fitness training, and strategy gaming. Richard holds publications and awards from Mensa New Zealand and The University of Auckland, and has pending publications for the United Sigma Intelligence Association and CATHOLIQ Society. He discusses: background, philosophy, and views in general; interest in the high-IQ societies and community; and IQ scores, tests, and standard deviations.

Keywords: atheist, Auckland, CATHOLIQ, faith, God, New Zealand, religion, Richard Sheen, science, theism, Tsinghua University.

An Interview with Richard Sheen on Tests, Community, and Life Story (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How about background, philosophy and views, work, and looking to the future?

Richard Sheen: I am 26 years old from New Zealand, and have studied philosophy at Tsinghua University of Beijing, China, and The University of Auckland of New Zealand. As a young child, I always had an intense curiosity to understand our universe. I had very atypical interests since I was in kindergarten, as I had no interest for things that children would normally love, such as toys and cartoons, but was immersed in all sorts of science documentary and encyclopedias. My favourite show during my earliest years was the 1950s Bell Science series, and my favourite episode was the one that explains time, the universe, and general relativity in simple and interesting ways.

While professionally I work for a large international corporation, I consider myself a combination of many things, as I have a huge range of interests and hobbies. My life passions revolve around the pursuit of truth, love, and beauty, and I believe this can be realized in every aspect of our daily life, from even the most mundane moments of reality such as enjoying the sunset, or helping a stranger on the street — to understand, appreciate and dwell within the rich meaning and beauty that lies within the miracle that is life and existence.

My studies in university primarily focused on metaphysics at Tsinghua University, where I received heavy influence from Professor Huang YuSheng, a leading Continental Metaphysics and Phenomenology scholar in China. Depression due to social isolation and environmental destruction lead me to halt my studies at Tsinghua in my final year. Narrowly escaping several suicide attempts during my darkest hours, I later returned to New Zealand and continued my studies in philosophy of religion and theology under the guidance of Professor John Bishop of The University of Auckland, who is currently working on his next book outlining the ‘Euteleological’ concept of God, one that I highly identify with. My later research, including several papers and my dissertation, revolved around Philosophical Theism, which I describe as the form of rationally justified belief in God. My academic ambitions revolve around the formulation of ‘S-Theism’, which I deem as ‘Theism in its strongest form’, as opposed to the numerous forms of rationally unjustifiable or outright superstitious (and often morally dubious) beliefs in an inadequate understanding of God. Suffice to say I have been heavily influenced by traditional continental philosophy and medieval theology, as both of my instructors were top experts in these areas. I am however no longer working on my academic ambition, as I have other responsibilities that require my immediate attention.

Apart from my passion in science and philosophy, I am also an avid creator of art. I have been an amateur photographer since high school, where I founded Depictograph Productions with my two best friends. I am also involved in art, particularly machine and character design, during my free time. Music composition, particularly oriental-styled piano symphonies are also among my favourite, however I have not had the time to create anything as of late. I display my photographs, artwork, and music tracks at my personal website Richard Sheen – Home | Philosopher, Artist and Entrepreneur (http://www.richardsheen.com) , where I also occasionally post short segments of thought that come into my mind during any moment of my day.

Nature is one of my greatest passions, I am particularly interested in both adventuring and documenting the outdoors, and have been dedicating to a healthy and environmental lifestyle for quite a while. I used to be a very ‘nerdy’ teenager who focused on strategy gaming, and interestingly enough, I am also one of the best StarCraft players of all time in New Zealand, being the first and only New Zealand player to have ever achieved an international ranking of A-, and placing second in a minor tournament, losing 1:2 to a Polish player, one of the best foreign players in the world in 2017. I have some experience in competitive sports as I played for my faculty badminton team at Tsinghua University, and am now a casual fitness and nutrition guru. I believe that a healthy body and a healthy environment are crucial to the optimal survival of mankind and our peaceful coexistence with nature, and I strive to promote a healthy and environmental lifestyle whenever I can.

My future ambitions revolve around several different aspects, I shall categorize them in three different areas: 1) Academic; 2) Career; and 3) Family.

I have briefly mentioned my academic experience in previous paragraphs, but I have not stated an ultimate objective. My objective is not to further the debate between theism and atheism, but rather, finding mutual understanding between those of different positions through meticulous refining of existing logics and concepts regarding God. Ultimately, my purpose is to achieve an adequate understanding of God, and subsequently, a healthy spiritual life in the worship of God, either religious or non-religious. This relies heavily on dispelling the incorrect concepts and understandings of God that are very popular in both theist and atheist circles in modern debate, most of which have lost sight of the depth and richness of continental philosophy and classical theology. As such, my tasks consist primarily of deconstructing and disproving inadequate understandings of God, so that the issue may be focused in the correct direction — which I believe, humanity can then eventually achieve to mutual understanding and respect for each other’s faiths based on this holistic understanding of God.

My career aspirations lean towards strategic and upper managerial areas. I am a natural strategist and am good at leading and influence. This has been the case since high school despite my relative introversion at the time. However, I am not satisfied with merely advancing within the business and corporate world, as money and power are merely a means to an end, and I have far greater pursuits beyond the mere accumulation of wealth and the hoarding of worldly powers. My long term aspirations are focused on conservation charity and education, as I am particularly concerned for our environment, and possess great sympathy for mental health issues that our world is facing. The solution, I believe, is education. We must teach our next generation to think and act more responsibly, both on the collective level (environment and society) and the individual level (personal responsibility and well-being). I believe the mind is our greatest gift from God, and in many ways, constitutes our very ‘image’ of Him. To educate is to cultivate the ability to think and reason, to not be easily swayed by public opinion and political propaganda, and to be able to learn and understand novel information and apply them in healthy and productive ways. Our modern education focuses too much on knowledge and other formalities that the essence of learning — to equip a mind with the tools for rational discernment and individual thought — is often lost in the progress. We are taught by society to hoard degrees for ‘better employment opportunities’, but seldom taught to seek wisdom, morality, and virtue from our learning, and this, I believe, is the underlying reason for most of society’s problems — a short-sightedness that focuses on the immediate, rather than the long-term.

Family, which is the third and last of my future aspirations, is really quite simple. I come from a broken family, with a mother who is a hopeless romantic that desired love which never came, and a father who is on the autism spectrum — highly career-focused, but socially and emotionally dysfunctional. Just like every other child who was raised in a single-parent household, I have encountered many difficulties that had long-term negative effects on my identity and well-being. Only through extensive studying of psychology and the social sciences was I able to become aware of, and eventually overcome my shortcomings and strive to achieve excellence with the very limited amounts of resources that I was given. And if there is one thing I’ve learned from my past, its that there is perhaps nothing more devastating, both to society and the individual in general, than divorce or a loveless, or even violent marriage. Fatherlessness is a leading cause of the mental-health epidemic in younger generations, and studies have shown that children raised in single-parent households consistently do worse in every measurable aspect in life. While I understand that I cannot, and probably should not, intervene in the life of others, I am firm in my belief that I must not repeat the same failures of my parents. I desire to establish a healthy, stable, and permanent family in the traditional way of the atomic family unit. I desire to seek the support, intimacy, and understanding that comes from a deeply loving relationship with a significant other, to experience and actualize all the joys and romance in life, and to eventually raise a healthy and successful family, while leading a successful and balanced career myself. Perhaps, I believe, deep down I am taking on the wishes of my parents, of the dreams that they once bore, and the future that should have been. I seek to make their dreams come true, through both my own life, and together with my significant other’s/children’s life, and perhaps as an image to honour their ambitions and legacy, and as gratitude to all the things that they have given me, even though I certainly did not have the most privileged upbringing.

Apart from this, I am a semi-active member in several high IQ societies, which lead to this very opportunity since if I hadn’t submitted my paper to the USIA journal I would have never known you. So in many ways, I am also very happy and grateful for everything.

Once again thank you very much Scott for this opportunity. I am very intrigued about you and your work as well, I hope we can get to know more about each other in the future.

2. Jacobsen: What is the interest in the high-IQ community for you, including the various societies?

Sheen: For me it was largely a coincidence, as due to my upbringing I was very introverted as a child and teenager, and my peculiar interests did not help me get along with similarly aged peers. It is difficult to establish deep friendships with your classmates when your main interests in primary school lie somewhere between the biology of native New Zealand bivalve molluscs and the mechanics of nuclear fusion. Social isolation eventually led me to discover other means to connect with others, and it wasn’t long before my younger self discovered and embraced the perceived safety behind the computer screen, and the broad diversity that the internet offered.

I originally had no awareness of the existence of high IQ societies, and the discovery of my intellectual giftedness was more or less a coincidence. Growing up with very little self-esteem, I had always thought very less of myself. In middle school, a friend of mine sent me the 2003 Mensa Denmark mock test as a random challenge, and I was very surprised to find out that I managed to solve every question and reached the ceiling of the test, despite it being designed and normed for adults averaging 25 years of age. I still remember spending 15 minutes on the last item, which was extremely interesting to me at the time.

After gaining awareness of my differences with most of my peers (and in some ways, explaining my inability to fully ‘fit in’), I later joined and began participating in the high IQ community, and have formed lasting friendships with the diverse minds that I have come across, each with their own unique brilliance. It is the clarity of thought, unique perspectives, intellectual depth and often the passionate sincerity and generosity of these individuals that kept me in this community, and what I treasure the most is the rare and unique opportunity to connect deeply with other minds who share a similar vision and curiosity for the unknown.

3. Jacobsen: What have been the IQ scores, standard deviations, and tests (mainstream and alternative) taken by you?

Sheen: I am generally reluctant to disclose or compare IQ scores, as I believe a high IQ is a gift, a gift that I attribute to the works of God, as I am merely a lowly servant for the purpose of the good in the grander scheme of reality. As such I believe IQ, or any other sort of natural gifts, are never to be taken for our own credit, and in many ways, ought be treated as a gift to the entire world, rather than a ‘capital’ owned by, and at the sole disposal, of oneself. I wish to treat giftedness with gentleness and humility, and hope that one day I may be able to give back to the world for everything that I have had the privilege to receive in my brief experience of this vast universe of wonder as a mere servant of purpose and meaning.

To briefly answer your question, I seemed to have reached the ceiling for the official Mensa admissions test, which I found far easier than the type of experimental high-range tests that unusually selective groups use for admission purposes. The official ceiling for the Mensa test was around 145-150 (SD15), or around the 99.9th percentile, but nowadays they seem to artificially cap the score at the 99th percentile after a certain raw score threshold. My score in the experimental high range test that I have taken several years ago was 170 (SD15), which was the ‘Nydegger Intelligence Test Form – I’, where I answered three items incorrectly and used the test for admissions and documentation to high-IQ societies. To be truly honest, I have a feeling that I was simply lucky with my scores, as I seem to have an unusually strong ability for visual and spatial logical processing.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Independent Artist, Philosopher, Photographer, and Theologian.

[2] Individual Publication Date: February 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Richard Sheen.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on Tests, Community, and Life Story (Part One) [Online].February 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, February 1). An Interview with Richard Sheen on Tests, Community, and Life Story (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on Tests, Community, and Life Story (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, February. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2020. “An Interview with Richard Sheen on Tests, Community, and Life Story (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Richard Sheen on Tests, Community, and Life Story (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (February 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Richard Sheen on Tests, Community, and Life Story (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Richard Sheen on Tests, Community, and Life Story (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Richard Sheen on Tests, Community, and Life Story (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):February. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Richard Sheen on Tests, Community, and Life Story (Part One)[Internet]. (2020, February 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sheen-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

UN Interfaith Harmony Week (February 1 – February 7, 2020)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Author: Imam Syed Soharwardy

Numbering: Issue 22.B, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: February 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,649

ISSN 2369-6885

Biography

Imam Syed B. Soharwardy is the founder of Muslims Against Terrorism and the Islamic Supreme Council of Canada (ISCC). ISCC is a national Canadian Islamic organization in Canada with more than 20 mosques affiliated and growing. Imam Soharwardy is the author of “Defeating Hate – A Comprehensive rebuttal to ISIS, Taleban, AlQaedah and Islamophobes. He walked across Canada in 2008 leading Multifaith walk against violence. He can be reached at Contact@islamicsupremecouncil.com OR Phone: 403-831-6330. 

Keywords: Allah, Canada, Interfaith Harmony Week, Islam, Islamic Supreme Council of Canada, Muslim, Syed Soharwardy, United Nations.

UN Interfaith Harmony Week (February 1 – February 7, 2020)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

After the tragedy of 9/11/2001 in New York when I started Islam awareness campaign called Islam 101 in Canada and started speaking at churches, offices and other places I was accused by my own Muslim brothers and sisters including very prominent Imams that I am too cozy with Christians and Jews. Many so-called Muslim community leaders here in Calgary and around Canada were spreading rumors and lies about me. Even in few mosques Friday sermons were delivered against me.  I was called George Bush’s planted agent in Canada. I was called many names by my own community members. When they could not stop my Interfaith dialogues and media coverage of those efforts, they used local Canadian and community newspapers to discredit me. But by the Grace of Allah and the training I had received from my father teacher and guide (May Allah’s mercy on him) I ignored all of them and kept on doing what I was doing. Because I knew the Interfaith Dialogue was a new concept for many Imams and Canadian Muslims.  They knew the idea of debates. In those debates one faith leader tries to prove the other faith leader wrong. In debates one side proves the other side is wrong. One of the famous Muslim debaters in recent past was Maulana Ahmed Deedat of South Africa. His famous debate with Rev. Jimmy Swaggart is still fresh in several minds.   But in Interfaith Dialogue instead of proving the opposite side wrong you just share what you believe without offending the other faith community. This was some thing new for many Muslim Canadian migrants at that time.

When I founded Muslims Against Terrorism (MAT) in 1998 several Muslim leaders not only opposed the idea of MAT but condemned me in public. One prominent very respected Canadian Muslim leader came to Calgary and met me. He advised me not to establish MAT. But I did it. And after the tragedy of 9/11 most of the Muslim leaders jumped on the bandwagon but slowly.

I am very happy that after several years of struggle in building bridges between the Canadian Muslims and Christians / Jewish Canadians, all those who used to consider “Interfaith Dialogue” against Islamic Sharia are now holding and participating in Interfaith Dialogues. However, in this country every day new immigrants including new Imams arrive, the importance of Interfaith Dialogue remains the same as it was back in 2001 or before. Muslims must continue in educating Canadians about Islam through dialogue.

However, one thing we must not do during interfaith dialogues is to sugar quote or distort or dilute Islamic beliefs in order to be acceptable to other faith leaders or communities.  I have observed some Muslim leaders in Interfaith dialogues become so “liberal / secular” that they not only distort Islamic teachings but in fact they deceive other faith communities by showing “un-Islamic” beliefs or actions as “Islamic”. They think this way we can make non-Muslims happy. This is what I call “Taqiyyah” and we must not do this. We should present Islamic teachings the way our Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him) preached and practiced. We, Muslims must remember one of the most fundamental principles of Islam as Imam Malik (May Allah be pleased with him) described, “The only person we (Muslims) cannot disagree with is the Messenger of Allah (peace be upon him). With all others there is a room for disagreement.” Therefore, in Interfaith Dialogues our reference must remain Qur’an and Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him). With other noble personalities of Islam, jurists, scholars and Imams there is room for disagreement. This is the way I conduct my Interfaith Dialogues.

Yesterday, a Canadian Muslim brother called me and protesting against the invitation to a Christian Pastor to come to our mosque and participate in the Interfaith Dialogue at our mosque. He believes this is against the Islamic Sharia to have a Christian (non-Muslim) speaker speaking at a mosque. When I told him that we are allowed to offer Muslim Friday prayers and Ramadan Taraweeh prayers in Churches here in Canada and many other Western countries, he was silent. When I asked him, is your migration from a Muslim country to a non-Muslim country for better jobs and opportunities not against the Sharia? He had no answer. When I told him that Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him) not only allowed but asked the Christians of Najran to offer their Christian prayers inside one of the holiest places of Islam, Masjid Nabawi Sharif in Madinah. He refused to believe.

Why such intolerant and ignorant Muslims come to this country? They are the bad image of all of us and our faith. They are one of the reasons for creating and promoting Islamophobia. This is not the first time it happened. Once I was in a B.C. mosque. During my Dars-e-Qur’an lecture, I said, “please invite your non-Muslim neighbours in Masjid, explain to them Islam and the life of our Prophet (peace be upon him) and answer their questions.” The Imams father stood up and used such a hateful language that I can not write. I was shocked. After that I never went to that mosque.Our Imams have a huge duty. They must know and believe in developing bridges with other faith communities as described in our holy book Qur’an;
قُلۡ يٰۤـاَهۡلَ الۡكِتٰبِ تَعَالَوۡا اِلٰى كَلِمَةٍ سَوَآءٍۢ بَيۡنَـنَا وَبَيۡنَكُمۡ اَلَّا نَـعۡبُدَ اِلَّا اللّٰهَ وَلَا نُشۡرِكَ بِهٖ شَيۡـــًٔا وَّلَا يَتَّخِذَ بَعۡضُنَا بَعۡضًا اَرۡبَابًا مِّنۡ دُوۡنِ اللّٰهِ‌ؕ
Say: “O people of the Book! come to common terms as between us and you: that we worship none but Allah; that we associate no partners with Him; that we erect not from among ourselves Lords and patrons other than Allah.” (Qur’an, 3:64).

Interfaith Dialogues provide us with opportunities to explain what Islam is and what is not Islam. Because there are many idiots who call themselves Muslims but doing everything that goes against Islam. Interfaith dialogues break down silos and build bridges. I challenge any Imam OR Muslim scholar to prove to me that a non-Muslim cannot come to a mosque OR cannot speak at the mosque. Our God is compassionate and merciful and our Prophet (peace be upon him) is mercy for all God’s creation.

May Allah save Canada from all evils. May Allah give us the correct understanding of our own religions.

Please reach out to your non-Muslim neighbours, colleagues, classmates and strangers and without asking them their religion, just say, “I am a Muslim and I love and respect you.”

www.iscc.ca

www.m-a-t.org

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] FounderIslamic Supreme Council of Canada; Founder, Muslims Against Terrorism.

[2] Individual Publication Date: February 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/un-interfaith-harmony-week; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Imam Syed Soharwardy.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Soharwary S. UN Interfaith Harmony Week (February 1 – February 7, 2020) [Online].February 2020; 22(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/un-interfaith-harmony-week.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Soharwardy, S. (2020, February 1). UN Interfaith Harmony Week (February 1 – February 7, 2020)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/un-interfaith-harmony-week.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): SOHARWARDY, S. UN Interfaith Harmony Week (February 1 – February 7, 2020). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B, February. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/un-interfaith-harmony-week>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Soharwardy, Syed. 2019. “UN Interfaith Harmony Week (February 1 – February 7, 2020).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/un-interfaith-harmony-week.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Soharwardy, Syed “UN Interfaith Harmony Week (February 1 – February 7, 2020).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.B (February 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/un-interfaith-harmony-week.

Harvard: Soharwardy, S. 2020, ‘UN Interfaith Harmony Week (February 1 – February 7, 2020)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.B. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/un-interfaith-harmony-week>.

Harvard, Australian: Soharwardy, S. 2020, ‘UN Interfaith Harmony Week (February 1 – February 7, 2020)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.B., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/un-interfaith-harmony-week.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Syed Soharwardy. “UN Interfaith Harmony Week (February 1 – February 7, 2020).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.B (2020):February. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/un-interfaith-harmony-week>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Soharwardy S. UN Interfaith Harmony Week (February 1 – February 7, 2020) [Internet]. (2020, February 22(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/un-interfaith-harmony-week.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking About

Author: Mxolisi Masuku

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: January 30, 2019

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,568

Keywords: Africa, Donald Trump, Emmerson Mnangagwa, Ghana, Humanism, Julius Malema, Mxolisi Masuku, PAUDC, Zimbabwe.

The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking About[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

No other continent has people who talk about the value of qualitative engagement about policy and the future more than Africa. From governments (good or bad), NGOs, NPOs, laymen, you name it. The mantra is always the same, “Let’s discuss this and map a way forward.” Millions, if not billions, spent on relatively fruitless AU summits. Weirdly, however, little to no effort is put forth to support this engagement or even publicize it at its grassroots level. Also, sadly, by the time you read this article, the one annual event that has promoted debate in Africa will be over – PAUDC (Pan African Universities Debate Competition).

If you have the internet, you have probably come across mainstream debates on topical issues from human rights, immigration, where people like Julius Malema, Emmerson Mnangagwa, Donald Trump, etc., make pronouncements. They are simply people pleasers and great shouters. They are labelled as great debaters. The likes of Professor Lumumba, with their utopian plagiarism of Marcus Garvey with no contextual model whatsoever, are mistaken for great intellectuals. If you stick with me for a bit longer, I will introduce you to a world where you will never put these politicians and icons on a pedestal again. Hopefully, you will start believing in the African youth’s ability to transform the continent.

Check out details on the 2019 PAUDC tournament. In Ghana, at the Kwame Nkrumah University of Science & Technology themed Akofena or the “sword of war”, it is seen as a symbol of courage, valour, and heroism. In the former Akan states, also, it can be a representation of legitimate state authority. Something Africa is in dire need of now.

Here are some of the motions debated at the tournament. To follow the tournament you can go here: https://akofena-2019.herokuapp.com/PAUDC2019/motions/.

THBT religious institutions should use radically leftist interpretations of their teachings in areas of high rates of poverty (e.g. Liberation Theology, Islamic Socialism).

This house believes that governments in developing nations should prioritize funding for early childhood development to the exclusion of funding for tertiary education.

The inaugural PAUDC tournament was held in 2008 comprised of 10 countries. Each with a delegation of over 5 institutions and 4 teams per institution. In total, the first tournament had over 300 debaters. The brainchild of veteran debaters from a team comprised of veteran debaters, Lesang Magang and Charity Makhala, from Botswana and Zimbabwe, respectively. There are other international organizations that assisted, e.g., OSI African Regional Office, Youth Initiative, and the University of Botswana. Fast forward a decade later, the tournament is still going and growing (not without challenges) with the 2017 Cameroon tournament recording the lowest attendance in history.

No other tournament has had this level of representation and quality in terms of unifying Africa and shaping the future for our beautiful continent. I say this well aware of things such as AFCON, which have gradually devolved into money-making gimmicks for betting cartels and grandstanding platforms for disingenuous anti-xenophobic and Pan African movements. PAUDC is so inclusive that even Zimbabwe’s Midlands State University hosted it successfully in 2016. I remember one guy from Nigeria remarking that Zimbabwe isn’t as bad as mainstream media portrays it. If we simply highlight Africans don’t know much about Africans, what can we honestly hope to achieve if the people who we must coordinate with are literally strangers to us?

See, before we even start talking about unifying Africa and dancing on that Black Humanist merry go round, we must ask, “What have we done to understand the state of mind of the African youths?” PAUDC remains one of the most underfunded annual continental events in the region and yet arguably the most important. You have a different opinion? Check out these motions and hit me up on the comments section, I dare you!

The tournament has covered it all, from LGBTQA+ issues, Xenophobia, African Trade, Education policies, Religious integration and my personal favourites, Afrofuturism and Humanism. So how, and why, is it that the most thorough and engaging platform on the continent is so grossly underfunded and underrepresented? Africa arguably has the most human rights watchdog organizations, so many of them working on coming up with visions for the future. Yet, none of them are interested in such an opportunity. The situation is so bad that Southern Africa is the most underrepresented region right now, with only 3 teams 2 from South Africa and 1 from Botswana, respectively. Think of the number of tertiary institutions in these countries. The universities that claim to support discourse for the future are the same deliberately leaving passionate students to hang dry.

In Zimbabwe, for instance, Midlands State University for reasons unknown did not fund a delegation that got the continental trophy in 2017 and has been in the finals in 2018 as well. Hillside Teachers College, as well, for reasons unknown, didn’t see the value of funding two-time and current national champions to such an event. They claim to be in support of the dynamic development of students in Africa.

If you ever get time, go on to look into the contributions, which most of these people who win and participate in these tournaments do after university. The bulk of them have started organizations, which actually work to change society for the better. These kids aren’t just talkers like most of our politicians. They walk the talk.

I believe Humanism is a vision, which needs thorough dedication, engagement, and support, especially at such a young stage in Africa. The damage that religion and misconceived ideas have done to the continent and its people’s ability to empathize can only be fixed if the platforms which bring engage all stakeholders are properly funded and people truly push to support it. Humanism and liberalism have no value in our lives until that time.

There is a great deal of YouTube videos on such debates, and a lot of tournaments happening annually promoting such engagement across the continent, notably the Zanzibar Open in Tanzania, Jozi Rumble, and UCT Open in South Africa and Debate Open Challenge in Zimbabwe. A friend of mine once remarked, “If the whole of Africa ever heard these University kids speak, most of these policymakers and politicians would lose their jobs.”

(Pardon my generalizations) African governments and institutions in the vast majority of cases have a problem of ignoring their major raw materials and not investing in their true value potential waiting for someone else to do it for them. Most people rave about gold, diamonds, rubber, oil etc., but, sadly, no one is talking about the greatest of all; the young ambitious mind who actually believes in shaping society for the better. I wrote this article for the concerned humanist. If you are reading this, I believe you are concerned as well. If you are reading this, and if you share that same belief of youth responsibility in transforming Africa, what have you done to that end? Can you do more with those around you? What can we as the African Humanists Celebrants Network do to help others who are working towards the Humanist agenda and making Africa hospitable to all?

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Ghanaian Humanist.

[2] Individual Publication Date: February 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/most-important-african-event.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Masuku S. The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking About [Online]February 2020; 1(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/most-important-african-event.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Masuku, S.D. (2020, February 1). The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking AboutRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/most-important-african-event.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): MASUKU, S., The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking About. African Freethinker. 1.B, February. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/most-important-african-event>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Masuku, Scott. 2019. “The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking About.” African Freethinker. 1.B. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/most-important-african-event.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Masuku, Scott “The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking About.” African Freethinker. 1.B (February 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/most-important-african-event.

Harvard: Masuku, S. 2020, ‘The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking AboutAfrican Freethinker, vol. 1.B. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/most-important-african-event>.

Harvard, Australian: Masuku, S. 2020, ‘The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking AboutAfrican Freethinker, vol. 1.B., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/most-important-african-event.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Masuku. “The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking About.” African Freethinker 1.B (2020):February. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/most-important-african-event>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Masuku S. The Most Important African Event That No One Is Talking About [Internet]. (2020, February; 1(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/most-important-african-event.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Postmodernism and Fundamentalism, Intelligence, and Role Models of Kindness (Part Four)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: January 22, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,119

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Prof. Pigliucci has a Ph.D. in Evolutionary Biology from the University of Connecticut and a Ph.D. in Philosophy from the University of Tennessee. He currently is the K.D. Irani Professor of Philosophy at the City College of New York. His research interests include the philosophy of science, the relationship between science and philosophy, the nature of pseudoscience, and the practical philosophy of Stoicism. Prof. Pigliucci has been elected fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science “for fundamental studies of genotype by environmental interactions and for public defense of evolutionary biology from pseudo-scientific attack.” In the area of public outreach, Prof. Pigliucci has published in national and international outlets such as the New York TimesWashington Post, and the Wall Street Journal, among others. He is a Fellow of the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry and a Contributing Editor to Skeptical Inquirer. He writes a blog on practical philosophy at patreon.com/FigsInWinter. At last count, Prof. Pigliucci has published 162 technical papers in science and philosophy. He is also the author or editor of 12 books, including the best selling How to Be A Stoic: Using Ancient Philosophy to Live a Modern Life (Basic Books). Other titles include Nonsense on Stilts: How to Tell Science from Bunk (University of Chicago Press), and The Philosophy of Pseudoscience (co-edited with M. Boudry, University of Chicago Press). He discusses: postmodernism and fundamentalism; smartest person; and his role model.

Keywords: Carl Sagan, doctorates, Elon Musk, fundamentalism, kindness, Massimo Pigliucci, postmodernism, Pythagorean Theorem, Stoics, truth, Virtue Ethics.

An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Postmodernism and Fundamentalism, Intelligence, and Role Models of Kindness: K.D. Irani Professor of Philosophy, City College of New York (Part Four)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let us say someone is a postmodernist, and let us say someone is a fundamentalist ideologue…

Dr. Massimo Pigliucci: …that is an interesting combination. Okay [Laughing].

Jacobsen: Two separate people, they ask the question, Mr. Pigliucci, what is truth?” They would ask this to you knowing that you have a secular humanist background, an atheist background. Of course, I know there is not a necessary overlap between those two words.

Pigliucci: I would give them a short course in epistemology 101. I would say, “Truth is actually a heterogeneous category.” It is not one thing. There are different notions if it, different theories of truth in philosophy.

There is no single answer to the question. It is instructive to look at the options that philosophers have put on the table. One of them is the correspondence theory of truth. Something is true only if it corresponds to the way things are in the world out there.

I mentioned before the example of the relative positions of Saturn and Jupiter to the Sun. Is it true that Saturn is farther away than Jupiter? It is. Why? Because if you check the data, Saturn is more distant from the Sun than Jupiter is. So, to speak the truth about empirical matters, you must find some way to establish – or if not establish then reasonably infer to the best of your abilities — the state of affairs out there.

The correspondence theory of truth is obviously useful in science. I know there are a lot of caveats there, like in order to establish the correspondence, shouldn’t you have a view from nowhere, where you are basically omniscient? No, you do not.

That is why I said, to the best of your abilities. I always start these discussions accepting the notion that we are human beings and, therefore, epistemically limited. I assume your readers and you are perfectly capable of understanding the thing about Jupiter and Saturn.

The correspondence theory of truth applies to everyday matters, too. If I say, ‘I am in New York City, not Rome,” it is (currently) true. Why? Because I live in Downtown Brooklyn. I can turn around the video camera and show you.

That is my window. You can see Manhattan in the distance. What I said corresponds to the best of our knowledge to the truth.

However, there are other concepts of truth that are useful in other areas, such as a coherence notion of truth, which is useful in logic and mathematics.

Consider the Pythagorean Theorem in geometry. Is it true? It is not true in the sense that it is true that I am here in New York. Geometry is the creation of the human mind, it does not correspond to anything out there. You do not need any actual triangle to understand the Pythagorean Theorem.

It is true in the sense that it is coherent. It is what you get out of certain axioms of Euclidean geometry. The coherence concept of truth is also useful in certain human affairs. We said earlier about that a philosophy of life better be coherent, because if it is incoherent, we create obstacles for ourselves, incurring in contradictions.

If I run into a given situation and my philosophy tells me to do contradictory things, what do I do?

In real life, you probably want a combination of those two notions of truth, correspondence and coherence. If you are talking about values, judgments, and prescriptions of what to do and not to do, you are probably using some version of a coherence notion of truth.

If you are asking about facts about the world as it is, then you are using the correspondence theory of truth.

Interestingly, in Virtue Ethics you must use both. Again, let me go back to the example of the Stoics, when they say, “A good human life is one in which you practice the four virtues of wisdom, courage, temperance, and justice.”

Where did they get that from? The prescription to practice those virtues is internally logically coherent. Chrysippus was the third head of the Stoic school, and a great logician. He was the one who made sure that Stoic principles were internally coherent.

But the philosophy also comes out of a certain understanding of human nature. And understanding human nature is an empirical issue. It is not a priori. Therefore, you can see the Stoic system as a combination of correspondence and coherence.

To live a good life, according to the Stoics, you must study two other things, other than ethics. First, logic. Meaning, you must reason well. Second, what they called physics, which is, essentially, natural science. Why? Because in order to live well you must understand the way the world works.

If you misunderstand how the world works, or cannot think straight about things, then you are not going to live a good life. If you think about it, these two areas of study that influence Stoicism, one is based on the correspondence theory of truth, the other is based on the coherence theory of truth.

2. Jacobsen: One last question, who is the smartest person you know or have met? You have three doctorates.

Pigliucci: As a philosopher, I reject the notion of “smartest person” for a couple reasons. For one, intelligence means different things to different people. Are we talking about intelligence as the ability to solve abstract problems, or intelligence to solve practical problems? They are not the same thing.

The notion of “smartest” implies that there is some sort of linear scale of intelligence, with someone at the top and others at the bottom. That’s hard to believe.

That said, there are some people who I think of as particularly smart in a way that is meaningful and interesting.

Socrates was smart. Actually, he was wise more than smart. He was not necessarily into solving mathematical or scientific problems. But he was certainly a person who seemed to be able to navigate society and culture in an intelligent way. Epictetus is another I would count as smart.

Among our contemporaries, there are individuals who I personally know and think are very smart, but who would not mean anything to your readers or you, because they are not famous. Among people your listeners might recognize I would count Carl Sagan, the astronomer. He was a model of an intelligent person, in my book.

I cannot think of a lot of other examples among people alive now, because most of the people that come to mind are smart in a technical sense, but they are not wise. For instance, Elon Musk is obviously smart in a technical sense. But he is one of the most unwise and obnoxious people walking the earth now. So, do I want him as a role model? No.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: So, I think a good question is, “Who would you pick as a role model?”

3. Jacobsen: Okay. Who would you pick as a role model?

Pigliucci: My grandfather.

Jacobsen: Why?

Pigliucci: He was a kind person. He was always trying to do his best towards other people. It was never about him. It was always about how he would interact with the rest of the family and society. So, my grandfather is my role model.

There are also people I know who have gone through hardship and come out the right way. My friend Larry Baker, who died last year, for example. He was a professor of philosophy. He went through his life after being hit by triple polio when he was young, and still managed to have a successful academic career.

He learned to grade students’ papers with his right foot. That kind of person is inspiring. He was also a nice guy. Role models to me are those who are concerned about others, who can overcome adversity when adversity comes to them, and who, nevertheless, maintain a cheerful demeanour and are a good example for other people.

Are they smart? Yes, in a sense, but not in the sense that most people would think of “smart.”

4. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Pigliucci.

Pigliucci: All right! It was a pleasure.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] K.D. Irani Professor of Philosophy, City College of New York.

[2] Individual Publication Date: January 22, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-four; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Simon Wardenier/Massimo Pigliucci.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Postmodernism and Fundamentalism, Intelligence, and Role Models of Kindness (Part Four) [Online].January 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, January 22). An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Postmodernism and Fundamentalism, Intelligence, and Role Models of Kindness (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Postmodernism and Fundamentalism, Intelligence, and Role Models of Kindness (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, January. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Postmodernism and Fundamentalism, Intelligence, and Role Models of Kindness (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Postmodernism and Fundamentalism, Intelligence, and Role Models of Kindness (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (January 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Postmodernism and Fundamentalism, Intelligence, and Role Models of Kindness (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Postmodernism and Fundamentalism, Intelligence, and Role Models of Kindness (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Postmodernism and Fundamentalism, Intelligence, and Role Models of Kindness (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):January. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Postmodernism and Fundamentalism, Intelligence, and Role Models of Kindness (Part Four) [Internet]. (2020, January 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Imposed Morality and Inculcated Ethics, Fundamentalism as the Central Problem, and the Choice of Stoicism 5 Years Ago (Part Three)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: January 15, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,537

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Prof. Pigliucci has a Ph.D. in Evolutionary Biology from the University of Connecticut and a Ph.D. in Philosophy from the University of Tennessee. He currently is the K.D. Irani Professor of Philosophy at the City College of New York. His research interests include the philosophy of science, the relationship between science and philosophy, the nature of pseudoscience, and the practical philosophy of Stoicism. Prof. Pigliucci has been elected fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science “for fundamental studies of genotype by environmental interactions and for public defense of evolutionary biology from pseudo-scientific attack.” In the area of public outreach, Prof. Pigliucci has published in national and international outlets such as the New York TimesWashington Post, and the Wall Street Journal, among others. He is a Fellow of the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry and a Contributing Editor to Skeptical Inquirer. He writes a blog on practical philosophy at patreon.com/FigsInWinter. At last count, Prof. Pigliucci has published 162 technical papers in science and philosophy. He is also the author or editor of 12 books, including the best selling How to Be A Stoic: Using Ancient Philosophy to Live a Modern Life (Basic Books). Other titles include Nonsense on Stilts: How to Tell Science from Bunk (University of Chicago Press), and The Philosophy of Pseudoscience (co-edited with M. Boudry, University of Chicago Press). He discusses: the impacts of the dual-phenomenon of extreme external reliance on authority as opposed to internal dynamic changes based on certain ethical principles built bottom-up; the problem as being about fundamentalism, at root, while also some issues extant with the term “fundamentalist” or “fundamentalism”; and communicating over 5 years ago into the present and the reason for selecting Stoicism.

Keywords: Discourses, Enchiridion, Epictetus, external authority, fundamentalism, Massimo Pigliucci, Marcus Aurelius, mega-churches, philosophy, Stoicism.

An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Imposed Morality and Inculcated Ethics, Fundamentalism as the Central Problem, and the Choice of Stoicism 5 Years Ago: K.D. Irani Professor of Philosophy, City College of New York (Part Three)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You mentioned internal change to change others. What about populations grounded in dependency on external authority figures well into their lives? For instance, we see this in a rather prominent phenomenon in your country in the form of mega-churches.

Dr. Massimo Pigliucci: Yes.

Jacobsen: These forms of worship are very simplistic, very colourful, and very vague and, often, lacking in content, but [Laughing] having quite a lot in terms of emotive content. Positive sayings that one can get every week.

How does that impact political discourse and social life when you are talking about virtuous people and making changes in society through internal change? How do those two rub when you are seeing this dual-phenomenon of extreme external reliance on authority as opposed to internal dynamic changes based on certain ethical principles built bottom-up?

Pigliucci: If we had an answer to that question, then [Laughing] we would have a much better society than we do, [Laughing] unfortunately. The danger there, with the situations you are talking about – mega-churches and so on – is what Marx pointed out: ‘Religion is the opium of the people.’

If you follow authority for authority’s sake, on the basis on simplistic reasoning, you, essentially, check out your brain and your ability to think critically. Early on, that is where the trouble starts. But to be fair, it is not just religion.

Jacobsen: Sure.

Pigliucci: There are political ideologies that fall into that category. That is how totalitarianism comes about, very often. I am reading now a fascinating and disturbing book on Mussolini and the rise of Fascism in Italy in the early 1920s, immediately after WWI. You can see people – little by little –  rallying around simplistic ideas and the figure of a charismatic leader.

That has happened over and over in the history of the world. So, I do not think it is fair to blame just religion. Religion is one type of ideology, if followed blindly. But not all religions are like that. There are a lot of religions without charismatic leaders, that do not have a hierarchical structure, where people embrace them in their own personal ways and in a more dynamic.

Again, I think that is why the Stoic project or similar projects are important. Although it is true that going bottom-up is a very slow and painful process.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: But it also works. If I learn something on my own, and I develop something based on my own will to improve as a human being, it will stick. If I learn to simply repeat something that someone else told me, it is not going to stick, because it is not going to be a deep part of my being.

I do think that the bottom-up approaches are good ones. Whether they’re ever going to scale up to all society or not, that remains an open question. Then again, as the Stoics would say, “That is out of my control.” I can only control decisions in my life, not other people’s.

As you know, I put a lot of stuff out there about Stoicism and critical thinking. All sorts of stuff. However, I have no control over how people think or act on these things.

2. Jacobsen: In that expanded sense, does the problem seem as simple as fundamentalism?

Pigliucci: Yes, I think fundamentalism is one label that you can put on that. The problem is the word “fundamentalist,” nowadays means a very specific thing. So, I never, for instance, hear that word applied to political ideological positions. But it does.

In terms of origin, the word “fundamentalism” goes back to the publication of several books in the early 20th century in the United States, called The Fundamentals. They were meant to bring back a basic Christian religion: forget about those sophisticated things the theologians tell you, let’s go back to the basics.

In that sense, I like going back to the basics. If they mean: basic critical thinking, basic philosophical meanings of what it is to have a good life.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: I do. One of my favourite books is one by Epictetus, called the Enchiridion. It is going back to the basics [Laughing]. In this sense, it is a [Laughing] fundamentalist text. However, as I say, today, that word means something different. So I would stay away from it.

Narrow ideology, or blindly following an ideology, whether political or religious, is what the real problem is.

3. Jacobsen: Why pick Stoicism? We communicated, originally, 5 years ago. That is about the time that you began to take on Stoicism. Why?

Pigliucci: It was a combination of things at a stage in life at the time. It was a period where I was emerging from a mid-life crisis. Personal things happening, normal things, like my father dying and my wife divorcing me, a new job, moving to a new city.

However, all those things happened in the same year. Any psychologist will tell you that one of those is disruptive enough. All of them in the same year is a serious blow. Obviously, there are worse things in the world, but still!

That put me in the mood of looking for different answers to my question about how to live my life and make the best of it, the best of my time on Earth, answers that were different from what I had assumed before.

I started my life as a Christian, a Catholic. Then I left the church as a teenager. After that, I considered myself a secular humanist. Secular humanism has been a background condition for me. But it never provided guidance on how to live my life day to day, or in general, frankly. It was there. But it was not very useful.

That point in life also happened to be the time when I switched careers, from science to philosophy. So I started looking into philosophies of life more seriously. It was obvious to me, at least, that a satisfactory answer would come from the general area of virtue ethics, because it focuses on improving your character, making sure that you are making decisions that are meaningful to you. Virtue ethics teaches you how to interact with others in a constructive, positive way. So I started looking into it more seriously.

The first author to consider was Aristotle. He had a lot of interesting things to say, but he did not really click with me. He came across as a little aristocratic, based on if you had health, wealth, and even a bit of good looks, then your life is fine.

It did not seem right. Certainly, if you have those things, then your life is better. But to say that if you do not have those things then your life is not worth living, that seemed a bit much to me.

So I moved on to Epicurus, who is popular among secular humanists, and whose philosophy is also a type of virtue ethics.

The reason for his popularity among humanists is his treatment of religion. He was skeptical of gods, an afterlife, and so on. He was not an atheist. But he was still very skeptical of the whole thing. He was a materialist, an Atomist.

Epicurus does have a lot of good things to say. He resonated more than Aristotle. Then I hit the big snag, which is: the major goal of an Epicurean life is to stay away from pain. People often think of Epicureanism as a pleasure seeking philosophy but it is mostly about avoiding pain. Epicurus defines the highest pleasure as the complete avoidance of pain.

There is nothing wrong with avoiding the feeling of pain. But one major source of pain is social and political involvement, according to Epicurus. And he is right! But I do not think I could live a life without a social and political dimension. I think Aristotle was right there, when he said that human beings are essentially political animals.

At about that time this thing happened on my Twitter feed. I saw “Help us celebrate Stoic Week!”

Jacobsen: Stoic Week” [Laughing].

Pigliucci: [Laughing] I thought, what the hell is Stoic Week? And why would anyone want to celebrate the Stoics? I was curious. I remembered reading Marcus Aurelius when I was in college, and translating Seneca from Latin in high school.

I also remembered that Stoicism is a type of virtue ethics. And it clicked immediately. Stoic Week happens every year around October or early November. You sign up, download a booklet, and start reading about Stoicism.

You read some of the texts and practice some of the exercises. Every day, you focus on a different area of Stoic philosophy. It can be meditation (for instance, by way of journalism) or physical exercises (for instance, mild self-deprivation, like fasting).

The very first day was about Epictetus. I started reading the Discourses, and it was “Wow!,” who is this guy? Why did I never hear about this before?

Epictetus was, in fact, a highly influential philosopher throughout the Middle Ages, Renaissance, and early modern period. But then he went into an eclipse at the beginning of the 20th century, which is why it is not taught in college or graduate school. I did a Ph.D. in philosophy and never heard of the guy. It is kind of strange [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: He speaks plainly, no nonsense, but also with an interesting sense of humor. Sometimes, he gets in your face and frankly tells you things as he sees them. He does not mince words. It was kind of a shock. “Wow! I better pay attention to this.”

After Stoic Week, I committed myself, as if I were going on a diet, to stay on Stoicism for another month or two, which led to an end of the year. Then I committed to stay on for another year. And here we are, more than 5 years later, I still practice [Laughing].

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] K.D. Irani Professor of Philosophy, City College of New York.

[2] Individual Publication Date: January 15, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-three; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Simon Wardenier/Massimo Pigliucci.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Imposed Morality and Inculcated Ethics, Fundamentalism as the Central Problem, and the Choice of Stoicism 5 Years Ago (Part Three) [Online].January 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, January 15). An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Imposed Morality and Inculcated Ethics, Fundamentalism as the Central Problem, and the Choice of Stoicism 5 Years Ago (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Imposed Morality and Inculcated Ethics, Fundamentalism as the Central Problem, and the Choice of Stoicism 5 Years Ago (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, January. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Imposed Morality and Inculcated Ethics, Fundamentalism as the Central Problem, and the Choice of Stoicism 5 Years Ago (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Imposed Morality and Inculcated Ethics, Fundamentalism as the Central Problem, and the Choice of Stoicism 5 Years Ago (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (January 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Imposed Morality and Inculcated Ethics, Fundamentalism as the Central Problem, and the Choice of Stoicism 5 Years Ago (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Imposed Morality and Inculcated Ethics, Fundamentalism as the Central Problem, and the Choice of Stoicism 5 Years Ago (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Imposed Morality and Inculcated Ethics, Fundamentalism as the Central Problem, and the Choice of Stoicism 5 Years Ago (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):January. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Imposed Morality and Inculcated Ethics, Fundamentalism as the Central Problem, and the Choice of Stoicism 5 Years Ago (Part Three) [Internet]. (2020, January 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Cognitive Limitations, Consciousness, and Qualia, and Mystical Thinking, and Human Rights (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: January 8, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,407

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Prof. Pigliucci has a Ph.D. in Evolutionary Biology from the University of Connecticut and a Ph.D. in Philosophy from the University of Tennessee. He currently is the K.D. Irani Professor of Philosophy at the City College of New York. His research interests include the philosophy of science, the relationship between science and philosophy, the nature of pseudoscience, and the practical philosophy of Stoicism. Prof. Pigliucci has been elected fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science “for fundamental studies of genotype by environmental interactions and for public defense of evolutionary biology from pseudo-scientific attack.” In the area of public outreach, Prof. Pigliucci has published in national and international outlets such as the New York TimesWashington Post, and the Wall Street Journal, among others. He is a Fellow of the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry and a Contributing Editor to Skeptical Inquirer. He writes a blog on practical philosophy at patreon.com/FigsInWinter. At last count, Prof. Pigliucci has published 162 technical papers in science and philosophy. He is also the author or editor of 12 books, including the best selling How to Be A Stoic: Using Ancient Philosophy to Live a Modern Life (Basic Books). Other titles include Nonsense on Stilts: How to Tell Science from Bunk (University of Chicago Press), and The Philosophy of Pseudoscience (co-edited with M. Boudry, University of Chicago Press). He discusses: cognitive limitations, consciousness, and qualia; mystical thinking; speculative metaphysics and religion; human rights as a new stoic; and bottom-up and top-down ethics and the implications for human life.

Keywords: consciousness, ethics, Massimo Pigliucci, mystical thinking, new stoic, qualia, religion, speculative metaphysics.

Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Cognitive Limitations, Consciousness, and Qualia, and Mystical Thinking, and Human Rights: K.D. Irani Professor of Philosophy, City College of New York (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With these cognitive limitations, how would you apply that to problems such as consciousness and qualia? I know you have attacked the distinctions that are attempted to be made between hard and soft problems.

Dr. Massimo Pigliucci: Yes. I think the hard problem is a misunderstanding, probably. I know a lot of people have gotten a lot of mileage out of it.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: I do not get it. I think it is what philosophers call a “category mistake.” It is asking the wrong question. The problem of consciousness is the problem of how a piece of matter organized in a certain way – the human brain and nervous system – can produce first person impressions, such as the feeling of seeing color.

Again, we may not get to solve it. But if we do, the solution will come from neuroscience. It will not come from quantum mechanics, because the fundamental physics is too low of a level of description for what we are talking about; it does not tell you anything relevant about consciousness.

Yes, brains are made of cells, which are made of molecules that are made of quarks. Absolutely, it is the same for a bunch of other things. I am made of quarks as well. But try to come up with a quantum mechanical description of human physiology and anatomy, good luck with that.

The solution to the problem of consciousness will be compatible with fundamental physics. Whatever we come up with, it better be compatible with fundamental physics. But I do not think that it will come from fundamental physics.

At the same time, I think this hard problem is not something that science cannot solve because it involves a first-person perspective. Let us assume for a minute that neuroscientists can tell you, mechanistically, how an arrangement of neurons and chemicals and so forth causes or triggers what we call first person experiences. Then there is nothing else to be added.

The fact that you say, “Yes, but I still have a first-person experience, a third person description cannot simulate or make me have a first person perspective,” is true. It is also irrelevant. The problem is the one I just stated. How is it possible that a bunch of matter organized in a certain way, with certain characteristics, makes it possible for certain beings to have first person experiences?

Obviously, only individuals can have first person experience. But that is a problem. It would be like saying, “I described everything there is to know about how bicycles work. But that, in and of itself, is not enough for you to drive a bike. You have to try it on your own.”

True!

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: But it does not mean that a scientific description of bicycles is missing anything. It just means that human beings, being what they are, if they just read about bicycles, they will not be able to ride one [Laughing]. We must make the mistakes in order to learn.

There is no mystery there. What irks me about the hard problem of consciousness is that these are people who, on the one hand, fundamentally misunderstand the nature of the question itself, but, on the other hand, they propose alternatives that do not stand up to any scrutiny at all.

So, what? Are we supposed to be dualists?

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: Dualism went out with Descartes, “Oh! But I am not talking about substance dualism. I am talking about property dualism.” Whatever! It still puts consciousness squarely outside of the physical universe. I am sorry [Laughing]. I do not think anything is outside of the physical universe [Laughing]

If you go there, you already lost me. You are not doing anything interesting as far as I am concerned. Also, they get into bizarre issues. Let’s talk about David Chalmers, for instance.

Chalmers has, for years (!), said, “Science will not have a solution to the problem of consciousness.” Then he proposes panpsychism, where consciousness is fundamental. In other words, he invented a problem that is not there and came up with a solution that goes against everything we know about how the world works.

It’s like, “Wait, what?! How does that even go?” I don’t understand why people take this stuff seriously.

2. Jacobsen: When do not sufficiently skeptical scientists step into forms of mystical thinking? In the sense that, if they are approaching the problem of consciousness as a non-technical problem, they attribute some form of magical property to it.

How do they tend to think about this when you are reviewing some of the things they write, they say?

Pigliucci: They are just bad scientists [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: Remember, scientists are human beings. We are subject to all the foibles and cognitive biases and personal preferences for ideologies as every other human being. There is this notion, which many scientists, themselves, put forth, that science is objective. Science is not objective. It is no more objective than any other human endeavour. That is one of the reasons, I think, why Max Planck said, ‘Science does not make progress because people change their mind. It makes progress one funeral at a time.’

Because the older generation dies. A new one comes up with innovative ideas. They are familiar with it, and so on and so forth. Scientists make the same mistake as everyone else. Science as a human activity is  special not because of the supposed objectivity of scientists.

What make science special as a human activity is two things.

First, there is a real world out there. You must continue to confront this world as you conduct science. You can come up with any idea that you want. But if it does not work out and keeps failing, then, eventually, you must face the music.

This was, for instance, the case with Lysenko’s genetics during the Cold War. It was in the Soviet Union. Lysenko, for ideological reasons, as it turns out, rejected Darwinism and Mendelian genetics, and, instead, opted for some form of Lamarckian genetics.

Soviet crops failed. People starved [Laughing]. There is a real world out there. It will stop you.

This will not happen to the Chalmers of the world because they think about things like Philosophical Zombies. You will never have a philosophical zombie in front of you. You say, “Oh crap! I was wrong about this.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: That is the difference between speculative metaphysics and science. That is one reason science works well. The other reason is that there is a high premium on science to show that other people are wrong.

So, one of the best ways to make a career in science is to show a big shot is wrong. Darwin, Newton, Einstein, you name it. If you can show, as a young scientist, that one of the lofty ideas is incorrect or wrong, then hey! You made it. You will probably get a Nobel Prize. There is a competition to show others wrong. It makes science work.

There is a premium in philosophy too, to show that other people are wrong. Unfortunately, philosophy, by its nature, talks about possible and coherent worlds, not real worlds. Therefore, there is, as you know, the Chalmers type of argument.

The p-zombies argument was about conceivability. Is it conceivable that I am talking to you and nothing is going on there in my mind? Sure, it’s conceivable, but conceivability is such a low bar. All sorts of things are conceivable. I can think of notions that are obviously impossible. People have been conceiving the notion of squaring the circle for, literally, two millennia until someone proved that this is impossible.

Conceivability is such a low bar. I do not know why people are wasting their time with it.

3. Jacobsen: When it comes to speculative metaphysics with even lower bars, what are your thoughts on religion?

Pigliucci: Good if you have it [Laughing]? I suppose.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: Not for me [Laughing]. Religion, that is. It depends on what we mean by the term. It is an interesting cultural phenomenon, obviously. It helps many people get their lives together and adds meaning to those lives.

But when someone says, “There is a Creator God who started the universe,” then that it is worse than speculative metaphysics. There is no reason to think that it is the case. If you want to believe it, go ahead. But make no mistake, it is the same as believing in philosophical zombies.

4. Jacobsen: [Laughing] what do you think about a framework of ethics to do with human rights and their implementation in the world, especially as a new stoic?

Pigliucci: The concept of human rights is fundamental. It is important. So long as we agree rights are not some thing out there in the world, that is, they are not objective properties of the world, they are made up by human beings. So, when somebody says, “We have a right to choose…” (fill in the blanks), I want to know what they mean. The only way I can make sense of that is that we have agreed in society that people have a right to x. Outside of that, if you think that human rights somehow exist in some mind independent or objective fashion, my answer is the same as Jeremy Bentham’s: nonsense on stilts. Very tall nonsense.

Rights are human concepts. They are very important human concepts, but human concepts, nonetheless. Ethics is a human concept, a human creation. I do not believe in moral truths to be “discovered.” Moral truths are invented, not discovered. Some of them work much better than others.

You can adopt some frameworks for morality that are going to lead to disaster, in terms of human flourishing. Other frameworks are going to work much better. That, I think, is the way to judge ethical frameworks. Also, how internally coherent they are. Presumably, you do not want philosophical frameworks that are obviously incoherent.

But the crucial criterion is: does your preferred ethical framework bring about human flourishing? That is the reason for my interest in Stoicism. First, yt is highly internally coherent. The Stoics put a lot of effort into that. They were good very good logicians, after all.

For me, at least, Stoicism also just works, in terms of providing me a way to navigate tricky situations in life and to help build meaning, focusing on what I find important in life – and what I should pursue in my life. Still, I would never say, ‘Stoicism is the only way to do that.’ There are plenty of other – both religious and non-religious – philosophical systems that do just as well.

In fact, with two colleagues of mine, Skye C. Cleary and Daniel Kaufman, we are about to put out a collection of essays. It comes out January 7th, I think. It is called How to Live a Good Life. It is a collection of 15 essays written by people who practice a given religion or a philosophy of life.

Each author talks about this in terms of their experience with the philosophy. They explain their philosophy of life or religion. I think all 15 and more are valid approaches. One may work better for some people and not for others. It is a matter of personal choices. This, however, does not mean that every conceivable philosophy of life works fine.

Nazism, to take the obvious example, is also a philosophy of life. But I do not think that it is a good one. I do not think it leads or yields human flourishing. I think, if you follow it, that you are mistaken. But not mistaken in the same sense if you thought Saturn was closer to the Sun than Jupiter. The latter is a fact of nature, it’s out there, and it can be verified. Whether Nazism is a good or a bad philosophy of life, it is not in the same sense.

Of course, philosophies of life are constrained by facts of human nature. One of the things that I like about Stoicism is that it takes seriously the notion of human nature. The Stoics say, “We need to practice an ethics conceived as the practical study of human nature.” Now, for the Stoics, the two most important aspects of human nature are that we are capable of reason and that we are highly social animals.

From which they derived the fundamental axiom of their philosophy: a good human life is one in which we use reason to improve human society. I can get behind that because I am, in fact, a being – a living being – capable of reason and who is highly social. If I was missing one or both of those properties, it would not make sense to me. It would be like “What are you talking about?”

5. Jacobsen: If we are looking at Big Bang cosmology, evolutionary theory, or a human rights ethic, all of them work bottom-up and from a technical, empirical perspective rather than top-down and mystical, magical.

Pigliucci: Right.

Jacobsen: What about the social, political, and economic consequences of a system of thought asserting a top-down framework of ethics, of the origin and development of things – living and non-, and then using that as a political force in life?

We see this in various – or some – sub-denominations in the Christian churches in the United States. We see this elsewhere in the world, whether it is in Hindu nationalism, or in Iran or Saudi Arabia for Sunni and Shia Islam.

Pigliucci: Yes, that is a good question. I do not know if I have a ready answer for it. I tend to be distrusting of top-down ethics. I recognize there is a difference between ethics and law. You must have a top-down system of law in society, because you cannot have everybody behave as they want. The law emerges at a societal level in some fashion. The ancient Romans were very aware of this distinction between law and ethics. They and the Greeks made a distinction between the natural world or Natural Law, if you prefer, and social law, human-made law.

Cicero is probably the most famous author in that sense. My preferred way to think about it is that ethics should be a bottom-up approach. We should be working on our own behaviour, our own character, and then influence other people to do the same.

But it is up to them how to do that. It is up to their efforts. However, because we live in society, we need laws that govern our collective behaviors. Of course, our laws are — ideally, at least — informed by ethical principles.

The question then becomes, “How do you have the two meet in the middle, where ethics comes from the bottom-up and law comes from the top-down?” Cicero’s answer was that you need virtuous legislators.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: Unfortunately, there are few of those around; at least, not these days  [Laughing]. I was in Philadelphia recently. I visited the Museum of the American Revolution. One of the interesting things, despite the limitations of the American Constitution and the Bill of Rights, is that these were documents written in a top-down fashion, but inspired by virtuous principles.

Yes, they say that men are created equal and women are not mentioned, and blacks of course were enslaved. That is why we had amendments to the constitution later on. The amendments were positive later additions. Still, the American Constitution is a set of legal principles put together by largely virtuous individuals. Would I trust a lot of modern or contemporary politicians in the U.S. and the U.K. to do the same?

Hell, no, and that is the problem. Ethics is a personal matter. Law is a societal matter. But laws are written by individuals. If you get individuals who are unvirtuous to write laws, then you are in trouble.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] K.D. Irani Professor of Philosophy, City College of New York.

[2] Individual Publication Date: January 8, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Simon Wardenier/Massimo Pigliucci.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Cognitive Limitations, Consciousness, and Qualia, and Mystical Thinking, and Human Rights (Part Two) [Online].January 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, January 8). Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Cognitive Limitations, Consciousness, and Qualia, and Mystical Thinking, and Human Rights (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Cognitive Limitations, Consciousness, and Qualia, and Mystical Thinking, and Human Rights (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, January. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Cognitive Limitations, Consciousness, and Qualia, and Mystical Thinking, and Human Rights (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Cognitive Limitations, Consciousness, and Qualia, and Mystical Thinking, and Human Rights (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (January 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Cognitive Limitations, Consciousness, and Qualia, and Mystical Thinking, and Human Rights (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Cognitive Limitations, Consciousness, and Qualia, and Mystical Thinking, and Human Rights (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Cognitive Limitations, Consciousness, and Qualia, and Mystical Thinking, and Human Rights (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):January. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Cognitive Limitations, Consciousness, and Qualia, and Mystical Thinking, and Human Rights (Part Two) [Internet]. (2020, January 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Skepticism, Science, Pseudoscience, Cultural Evolution, and Mysteries and Problems (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,347

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Prof. Pigliucci has a Ph.D. in Evolutionary Biology from the University of Connecticut and a Ph.D. in Philosophy from the University of Tennessee. He currently is the K.D. Irani Professor of Philosophy at the City College of New York. His research interests include the philosophy of science, the relationship between science and philosophy, the nature of pseudoscience, and the practical philosophy of Stoicism. Prof. Pigliucci has been elected fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science “for fundamental studies of genotype by environmental interactions and for public defense of evolutionary biology from pseudo-scientific attack.” In the area of public outreach, Prof. Pigliucci has published in national and international outlets such as the New York TimesWashington Post, and the Wall Street Journal, among others. He is a Fellow of the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry and a Contributing Editor to Skeptical Inquirer. He writes a blog on practical philosophy at patreon.com/FigsInWinter. At last count, Prof. Pigliucci has published 162 technical papers in science and philosophy. He is also the author or editor of 12 books, including the best selling How to Be A Stoic: Using Ancient Philosophy to Live a Modern Life (Basic Books). Other titles include Nonsense on Stilts: How to Tell Science from Bunk (University of Chicago Press), and The Philosophy of Pseudoscience (co-edited with M. Boudry, University of Chicago Press). He discusses: pivotal moments of becoming more skeptical, and early life; on science, pseudoscience, and skepticism as separate streams in life for him; state of science in America; state of pseudoscience in America; the ‘line’ between science and pseudoscience; psychology, evolutionary psychology, and the lack of an overarching theory in psychology; the definition of cultural evolution; and the difference between mysteries and problems.

Keywords: cultural evolution, evolutionary psychology, Massimo Pigliucci, mysteries, philosophy, problems, Pseudoscience, psychology, Science, Skepticism.

Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Skepticism, Science, Pseudoscience, Cultural Evolution, and Mysteries and Problems: K.D. Irani Professor of Philosophy, City College of New York (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Of course, you are a very prominent skeptic and new stoic, and so on. Let us maybe, do a brief touching on early life and education to provide a context of what you are doing today. What were some early pivotal moments in terms of becoming more skeptical?

Dr. Massimo Pigliucci: Those are different questions. My attitude and interest toward science started very early, as far as I can remember. I was a kid, my family tells me, when I decided to become a scientist.

I wanted to become an astronomer and then switched to a biologist, which is what, in fact, I ended up doing. It is hard to tell where, exactly, that came from [Laughing] because I was so young. I was watching the Apollo 11 landing.

I am sure that had an impact on a five-year-old. My adoptive grandfather fostered this interest through buying me books on science, and eventually my first telescope. It helped in providing a nurturing environment.

The interest in skepticism came later. That is connected to a very specific episode in my life. After my post-doc at Brown University, I took my first academic position as a full-time faculty at the University of Tennessee-Knoxville. Knoxville is in the middle of the Bible belt.

I was surrounded by creationists.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: My neighbours were creationists. Some of my students were creationists. One of them, in particular, told his fellow students not to listen to what I was saying because, otherwise, they would end up in hell.

This brought to my attention the idea of science and pseudoscience, and attitudes such as creationism. I started doing some outreach. I organized one of the first Darwin Days at the University of Tennessee In 1997 with Douglas Joel Futuyma as a guest speaker.

He later became one of my colleagues at Stony Brook. As I started doing outreach, I was approached by a local skeptic group in Knoxville. They said, “Hey, there are a lot of other people out here trying to do the same thing. Maybe, you want to do stuff together.”

That is how it started. It is still going. I started writing for the Skeptical Inquirer. I wrote two books on the topic. One, specifically on creationism, called Denying Evolution: Creationism, Scientism, and the Nature of Science. Another one called Nonsense on Stilts: How to Tell Science from Bunk.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: It was on pseudoscience more generally and the nature of science. That is how it got started.

2. Jacobsen: Why separate the questions in skepticism? Why do those not necessarily come together as a knit package?

Pigliucci: They started out as separate streams of thought based on life experience and trajectory. Most scientists are not interested in pseudoscience. Most scientists just do their job because they like science. Most are not even aware of pseudoscience.

Because I was living in the South and exposed to that attitude to science and evolutionary biology in particular; that is why that second stream came in later. Interestingly, when I made the switch from science to pseudoscience, then the two came together quite nicely.

In the philosophy of science, now, people call this branch philosophy of pseudoscience. I deal with the Demarcation Problem between science and pseudoscience. The two streams are very connected from a philosophical viewpoint. They, definitely, come together.

3. Jacobsen: What is the state of science in America now? What is the state of pseudoscience in America now?

Pigliucci: That is a complicated question [Laughing]. The state of science is “meh, okay.” There is a general vibrant scientific community in the United States in all areas of science, e.g., physics, biology, and so on. There is a significant amount of funding that goes into research.

There are some prestigious research laboratories. The state of science in the United States is pretty healthy. But we have a divided population. About half rejects climate change. About half think autism is caused by vaccines. More than 50% are creationists and reject evolution. 25-40%, I think, believe in astrology and ghosts.

In that sense, the situation is pretty bad. Pseudoscience is rampant in the United States – more so than other Western countries. It is not like people in Western Europe do not believe in nonsense. Many do. But not nearly as many.

But the National Science Foundation puts out surveys every few years on pseudoscientific beliefs in the United States compared to other countries. It is pretty clear the United States is much worse by several percentage points when it comes to accepting pseudoscientific notions.

We have a president, right now, who is a climate changed denier, among other problems that he has [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: I would not even say that that’s the worst. We have an entire party, the Republican Party, who are climate change deniers. Some believe what they say. There are some who do this for ideological reasons or financial reasons.

One of the reasons to deny climate change is because the solutions must include a large effort on the part of the government, especially a worldwide coordination in governmental efforts. Republicans and Libertarians are opposed to that, by definition.

It is an interesting thing that ideological position trumps, essentially, – want to be careful with that word! – other reasons.

One example is vaccinations. The number of people who vaccinate their kids has gone down significantly in several areas of the country. We have seen a resurgence of diseases that were almost wiped out until a few years ago. Pseudoscience has very, very practical and impactful consequences, it isn’t just a question of having some fun talking about people who deny reality. It is really not funny at all. It has consequences for all of us.

4. Jacobsen: What is the line between science and pseudoscience?

Pigliucci: It is not a line as much as a gray area. There are some fields that are obviously pseudoscientific. Nobody with a decent amount of education should seriously consider homeopathy or astrology or anything like that.

It is like, “No, it doesn’t make any sense.” Also, no one with any decent amount of education should question the scientific status of fundamental physics, evolutionary biology, or anything else like that. But it gets more interesting when you get to borderline situations.

Some notions are considered pseudoscientific, but there may be something to it. I do not know. Until recently, I would have put certain claims about paranormal phenomena into that area, e.g., telepathy, telekinesis. Up until recently, it was reasonable to think there might be something in there.

So, doing some research in that area was not an unreasonable thing to do. Now, those are also pretty clearly out. But those cases are far less obvious cases than, say, homeopathy or astrology.

On the science side, there are situations that are also borderline. Do I think evolutionary psychology is a full-fledged science? Not really. The basic idea is fine. The notion that human behaviour evolved in part via natural selection. Sure, human beings are animals. We are not an exception to the natural world.

So, we are not an exception to evolutionary biology either. But whether certain specific behaviours evolved in the Pleistocene, well, that is far more debatable. The evidence is not there. The connection between the claims and the evidence is far shakier.

So, I consider that not quite a pseudoscience, but borderline.

5. Jacobsen: Some prominent researchers in the area make very bold claims. I recall Buss making one claim that – he would hope – in the future evolutionary psychology would drop evolutionary” and just be psychology.”

Pigliucci: That is right. That is a bold claim. Now, that bold claim comes from the interesting reality that psychology still does not have an overarching theory, like physics has General Relativity and Quantum Mechanics. Evolutionary biology, too, has its general theory. Geology has Continental Drift. Psychology does not. Psychology tried. Freud tried. Then Jung tried to produce an overarching theory for all evidence in psychology. Behaviourists tried too.

They all failed. It is not clear why. Is it because psychology has not had its Darwin or Newton yet? Maybe. Is it because psychology is involving sub-sciences that do not admit of a unifying theory? That is also possible.

So, claims like the one from Buss, wherein evolutionary reasoning will be the reading key for psychology, are not out of the question. The proof is in the pudding. But I do not think it will happen. I think evolutionary psychology will go the same way of the other overarching attempts that have characterized psychology over the last century or so.

Again, I do not go as far as saying that evolution has nothing to do with present human behaviour. That would be silly, honestly. But I do not think biological evolution has a lot to say about that. Modern human behaviour is mostly the result of cultural evolution, not biological evolution.

Now, we can have a different discussion on “What is cultural evolution?” That is an active area of research. Biology, I think, in the case of human behaviour sets certain constraints and allows certain things to happen or not to happen.

But I think most of the behaviours are the product of cultural evolution, not biological evolution.

6. Jacobsen: What is cultural evolution?

Pigliucci: Cultural evolution is a descriptive term for how cultures change. I do not mean simply cultural artifacts, but also ideas and general theories about stuff, and how people think about stuff.

The question is, “How does that work?” There are a lot of ideas in the field. I am going to be somewhat neutral about it, which I think is the reasonable thing to do. Whenever experts in a field disagree, the most reasonable position for someone from the outside is “Okay! You guys figure it out.”

Some people think that cultural evolution is mostly or strongly bound by biological evolution. People like E.O. Wilson. Others are more flexible like the other Wilson, David Sloan.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Pigliucci: Then there are people like me who think biological parameters put constraints on what humans can do and allows us to do certain things and not others.

Culture depends heavily on the fact that we are large-brained mammals, and large brains certainly evolved biologically.[Laughing] There is no question of that. It is a biological characteristic. But I think biological-cultural dynamics are their own thing.

They emerge. I do not mean this in any mystical sense. I mean they result from the biological substrate. But cultural evolution has its own dynamics and its own rules. We still do not know a hell of a lot about it.

Let me give you an example. Food habits, eating. You can make the obvious case. That is biologically constrained. We need to eat as biological organisms. If you do not eat, you are dead. You must eat some things and not others.

You must eat certain combinations of proteins and carbohydrates. If you eat differently, you will get sick or be unhealthy. Great! But this tells you precisely nothing about the gourmet foods that you find in New York City.

Most of these restaurants, or much of the grocery stores nearby, are there because eating is a biological necessity. But biology is no explanation whatsoever for you why we need so many and different restaurants in New York. What is the difference between sushi and Italian restaurants? It is all cultural evolution.

If we do not make that distinction, we make the true but trivial statement: “Well! We have restaurants because we need to eat.” Yes, no kidding.

7. Jacobsen: What do you make of the difference between mysteries and problems?

Pigliucci: A mystery is a problem that we do not know how to attack yet. So, I do not think that there are mysteries in the mystical sense of the word. There are things that we do not understand. There are gradations of understanding.

There are things that we do not understand and do not know how to go about. There are things that we understand and do know how to go about. I am not one of those people who think science will eventually find the solution to every problem. I think that is a silly position to hold. Scientists are human beings. Human beings have epistemic limits. We do not have access to infinite amounts of information or access to all the relevant information.

Let me give you an example, the origin of life, it has been a problem since Darwin. Darwin did not touch it. [Laughing] he did not even go there. He said, ‘Somebody else is going to do that.” There are plenty of theories. There are a lot of books and papers published. If someone tells you, “We understand how life started,” they are either lying or they are deluded.

Some ideas are more plausible than others. Some ideas become more fashionable for some time and then go out of fashion. But nobody really has a clue. Will we ever solve that problem? We do not know. Because the necessary clues are probably gone.

Whatever the early organisms were, they were wiped out by geological changes. Geologists are even questioning the exact composition of the early Earth atmosphere. When you are questioning that, there is really no reason to favor certain theories over others.

Even if you could postulate certain theories based on the right knowledge of the physico-chemical conditions at that time, you still have no fossil record. You do not know where to begin. Even if, in the future, we were able to replicate life in the laboratory, that still wouldn’t solve the problem, since life could originate in several ways. So, the artificial path may not be the one along which it happened on Earth billions of years ago. I am skeptical of ever answering the origin of life question. It is a mystery to me. But not in the sense of “Oh, it shows the limitations of science. Some God must have put it there…” No! It shows the limitations of being human.

A colleague of mine, Richard Lewontin, is a retired geneticist at Harvard. He once wrote a dissenting article in a book on the evolution of cognition. Lewontin’s comment was that we should get out of the childish notion that if something is interesting, then we will solve it. Sometimes, this is the case. Other times, it is not. The evolution of cognition may be another example, for the same reason.

We can say a lot about cognition. We can say a lot about the neural correlates of consciousness and how the brain produces language. But why did language evolved? Why have we gotten big brains? If you check Darwin’s Unfinished Symphony: How Culture Made the Human Mind, by Kevin N. Laland, it is about cultural evolution, the evolution of language, and the evolution of large brains. And, we have no clue! Kevin has his own ideas. He is a great guy. But there is no reason to go one way or the other. He has his preferences as others do.

Here is another case What was there before the Big Bang? Who knows? The Big Bang destroyed what was there before, if there was a before. You can make inferences based on the current laws of nature. But it is all speculation.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] K.D. Irani Professor of Philosophy, City College of New York.

[2] Individual Publication Date: January 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/. Image Credit: Simon Wardenier/Massimo Pigliucci.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Skepticism, Science, Pseudoscience, Cultural Evolution, and Mysteries and Problems (Part One) [Online].January 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, January 1). Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Skepticism, Science, Pseudoscience, Cultural Evolution, and Mysteries and Problems (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Skepticism, Science, Pseudoscience, Cultural Evolution, and Mysteries and Problems (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, January. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Skepticism, Science, Pseudoscience, Cultural Evolution, and Mysteries and Problems (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Skepticism, Science, Pseudoscience, Cultural Evolution, and Mysteries and Problems (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (January 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Skepticism, Science, Pseudoscience, Cultural Evolution, and Mysteries and Problems (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Skepticism, Science, Pseudoscience, Cultural Evolution, and Mysteries and Problems (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Skepticism, Science, Pseudoscience, Cultural Evolution, and Mysteries and Problems (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):January. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Interview with Dr. Massimo Pigliucci on Skepticism, Science, Pseudoscience, Cultural Evolution, and Mysteries and Problems (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, January 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/pigliucci-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Humanism in Canada: Personal, Professional, and Institutional Histories (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 22.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Eighteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 7,403

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Cameron Dunkin is the Acting CEO of Dying With Dignity Canada. Dr. Gus Lyn-Piluso is the President of Center for Inquiry-Canada. Doug Thomas is the President of Secular Connexion Séculière. Greg Oliver is the President of Canadian Secular Alliance. Michel Virard is the President of Association humaniste du Québec. Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is the Vice-President of Humanist Canada. Seanna Watson is the Vice-President of Center for Inquiry-Canada. They discuss: finding the life stance and worldview of humanism; finding the formal institutions and earning leadership positions; backstory of the organizations; important evolutions and individuals of the organizations; and targeted objectives and overall visions entering into the leadership positions.

Keywords: Association humaniste du Québec, Cameron Dunkin, Canadian Secular Alliance, Center for Inquiry-Canada, Doug Thomas, Dying With Dignity Canada, Greg Oliver, Dr. Gus Lyn-Piluso, Humanist Canada, Michel Virard, Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Seanna Watson, Secular Connexion Séculière.

Humanism in Canada: Personal, Professional, and Institutional Histories (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*If no answer existent in the particular question, of the 5 total questions, for the particular leader/interviewee representative of the hierarchs of the humanist or humanistic organization in Canada, then the name does not become included in the responses for the question. Interviews based on open invitations to the leadership for interviews. If not appearing, then the others did not respond to request for interviews. If no appearance in future parts, then no responses provided by interviewees who accepted within the first part, i.e., conflicting demands on attention and time, or organizational resources. All responses in alphabetical order by the first-name first portion or institutional title (in one case).*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start from the top on a brief personal note. How did you find and come to orient personal life stance and worldview to humanist, or at least humanistic, values in personal and professional life?

Cameron Dunkin, Acting CEO, Dying With Dignity Canada: I have always been passionate about social justice and the pursuit of a more equal society. To me, humanism is embodied by working to ease the suffering of others. This entails creating the circumstances for them to not only survive and meet their needs, but also to walk alongside people as they thrive. This is a thread that’s woven through my work for different human rights causes and continues at Dying With Dignity Canada (DWDC), fostering empowerment for people across the country at end of life.

Doug Thomas, President, Secular Connexion Séculière: As a lifelong agnostic, I began to realize that this philosophy, while it clearly defined the path to truth for me, did not address matters of ethics and dealing with human problems. At the same time, I was looking for people with similar ideals and made the connection with humanist philosophers (Epicurus, Russel, etc.). I realized that there was a fit between my ethical thinking and the International Humanist and Ethical Union’s (now Humanists International’s) humanist principles as set out in the Hague document of 1952. From then on, I began to refer to those principles as a guideline for ethical principles when the answer was not obvious from my own ethical ideas.

Greg Oliver, President, Canadian Secular Alliance:  I grew up non-religious. I’m actually 4th generation atheist on my father’s side, though my maternal grandparents were devout Catholics so I had some exposure to religious life. As I grew older and learned more about the world, I very quickly grew skeptical of religious metaphysical claims and the institutions that promoted them. Humanist values took precedence before I even knew what the term meant.

Dr. Gus Lyn-Piluso: I grew up in a Southern Italian family that had experienced fascism and WWII. There was always talk about politics, injustice and religious hypocrisy. Critique of the church (and religion in general) was fair game and I found myself doing the same. When the time came for my confirmation I refused and created a bit of an uproar in my school. My grandfather supported me saying that if they gave me any trouble “there would be hell to pay”.  He survived Mussolini’s Blackshirts and was not afraid to take on a local priest in suburban Toronto. So, my first anti-religious action was really just standard operating procedures for my family and I was adhering to my family’s ethos.

As an undergrad, I was exposed to the writing of John Dewey – one of the signatures of the first Humanist Manifesto. His work gave me the foundation to understand the rebelliousness of my family. Their refusal to sit by as passive onlooker of the public sphere was what Dewey thought real citizenship was about. Democracy for Dewey required informed citizens, who were actively engaged in the decision-making process. True democracy required a skeptical attitude, and a thoughtful process of discovery. This “method of intelligence” is the scientific process democratized, allowing all citizens to engage in an on-going educational process that saw knowledge, personal reflection, and political action all part of the democratic citizen’s role.

So, my education, from early childhood on, lead me to a humanist worldview.

Michel Virard, President, Association humaniste du Québec: Two events oriented me. First, In 1980, out of necessity, I co-created a kindergarten together with about a dozen concerned parents. We all had small children (2 to 5) and it was obvious the offering at the time was for «Baby parking lots» and nothing more. This was at a time the Quebec government became open to NFP kindergartens staffed with trained childcare professionals and draw the framework to create them. We were among the very firsts to take advantage of this opportunity. Our Kindergarten was “Les Copains d’abord” (Chums First, if you will) and has evolved into a famed  CPE (Centre de la petite enfance) and is still operating, 39 years later, still with a long waiting list. It was with a legitimate pride the original pioneers feted the 25th birthday of the Les Copains d’abord in 2005.

Since my landing in Montréal, in 1966, I had been puzzled by the apparent credulity of many Quebecers and was set to do something about it. I was dreaming of creating a real science museum in Montréal but that didn’t materialize. Thus the second event was the discovery in 1992 of a skeptic group, Les Sceptiques du Québec, founded barely four years before. This is where I learn the ropes of an NFP. I became administrator, played the evening show host and lent my business office to the board up until 2002, I think.

Parallel to this, the remnants of my Catholic upbringing had essentially evaporated by 1990. I had become an atheist many years before, since age 14, in fact, but I continued to pay lip service to my parents’ religion until their death. By 2003, both my parents were deceased and I felt free to do what I now wanted to do: create the first truly atheist francophone association in Québec.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Vice-President, Humanist Canada: I owe it all to fundamentalist Christianity, the U.S.-Vietnam War, and my mother. You see, after living a somewhat wildlife in young adulthood (during which time I was conceived) my mother decided to convert to the Church of Christ (Christian). She became very devout. We prayed without ceasing, and on our knees. We had to memorize bible scriptures and successfully recite them, chapter and verse, before our evening meal. She accepted my stepfather’s proposal for marriage only on the condition that he become a Christian. He had been a member of the United Church of Canada, but apparently, that did not count. In fact, the only other Christians on the planet were the Disciples of Christ and they were “fallen away” because they allowed instrumental music in their church services. I determined to wash away my sins through baptism at the age of 12, and found, afterward, that I had higher status in the church than my mother. I could lead the congregation in prayer, lead the singing and even preach from the pulpit, but my mother could not because she was a woman. My stepfather became secretary of the church elders, but my mother could never become an elder. I thought this odd because she was the most devout of all of us.

The congregation of which we were members was sustained by missionary activity from a church in Abilene, Texas. Half the Church of Christ Christians in the world hailed from Texas, and as a boy I considered it odd that half of the saved in heaven would speak with a Texas drawl. Then one day, a new missionary came to minister to our congregation and he had a bumper sticker that read “Kill a Commie for Christ.” I had already taken a somewhat different position on both the U.S. invasion in Vietnam and the morality of killing.

Years later my daughter, then age 6 or 7, told me she liked watching “the Simpsons” because they taught her how not to be. I guess you could say that the Church did the same for me. In searching for a higher and more universal morality I began espousing humanist values before I became acquainted with the concept in university. A few years after graduation I was invited to join the board of the Saskatchewan Association on Human Rights and I remained on that board for nearly 20 years, much of that time as its president.

Seanna Watson, CFI-Canada: My family background is Jewish, but mostly tending towards a humanistic/social justice approach to life.  As a teenager, I was interested in figuring out how to answer the questions of life.  As a girl geek interested in math and science, I was very unpopular at school.  I encountered a group of evangelical Christians who welcomed me despite my background and inclinations, which convinced me that there must be something to the claims of Christianity.

Over the subsequent decades, conflict between the tenets of my religion vs my commitment to evidence and rationalism resulted in me becoming increasingly more liberal in my approach to Christianity, focusing on community building and social justice.  As I continued readings in philosophy and cognitive neuroscience, I finally came to the point where there was an irresolvable conflict between my religious faith and rationalism, so I had to accept the fact that I had become an atheist.

2. Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, how did you find your organization, become involved, and earn your way to the highest levels of leadership in it?

Cameron Dunkin, Acting CEO, Dying With Dignity Canada: When I was in grade 9, I worked in a seniors’ home assisting residents and keeping them company. It was a formative experience for a young person, and I learned a lot while serving coffee and tea and helping people with their walkers. It was transformative to understand, at a young age, how the ever-present possibility of death affects people’s lives. In my 20s, I became a caregiver for a family member who had experienced a decline in health. Although her eventual passing was difficult for her family and friends, it was a “good death.” This person had access to treatment, was surrounded by people who advocated for her, and retained a certain amount of control over the circumstances of her death. That kind of peace is what I want for everyone.

The opportunity to contribute to Dying With Dignity Canada’s work is exciting, as the organization has been so instrumental in fighting for human rights and shaping the discourse around end-of-life choice in this country. After the 2016 passage of Bill C-14, Canada’s assisted dying law, DWDC’s work continues to fight for equal access to medical assistance in dying (MAID), eligibility for the procedure, support for patients, clinicians, and their families, and education for communities across the country. We are working to ensure that every person in Canada has access to a “good death” as they define it.

Doug Thomas, President, Secular Connexion Séculière: As a part of my internet research regarding the IHEU, I discovered the Humanist Association of Canada (now Humanist Canada) and its local affiliate The Kitchener, Waterloo, Guelph, Cambridge Humanist Association (now the Society of Freethinkers) and joined in order to have a community. Subsequently, I became involved in the leadership of both organizations. Earning one’s way to leadership was not difficult since, unfortunately, most secular humanists, like other human beings, seem reluctant to take on responsibility so it is a matter of stepping up to do jobs most people don’t seem to want. Once I took on the responsibility, I discovered that the membership of Humanist Canada did not have the same vision for promoting the rights of secular humanists as I did. This led to my leaving the organization to form Secular Connexion Séculière with Barrie Webster.

Greg Oliver, President, Canadian Secular Alliance: It was 2008, and at that point, I had become quite interested in religion and politics. I’ve always had a particularly strong contempt for illegitimate authority, and found theocracy quite odious. To me, it was obvious that while individuals should be free to worship as they please (provided of course that they don’t harm others), that government institutions should be strictly neutral with respect to religion. As I began to learn more and more about Canada’s political landscape, I realized it wasn’t the perfect secular liberal democracy I had hoped for. While the challenges we face are minuscule in comparison to many countries around the world, there was still much room for improvement. This prompted me to reach out to Justin Trottier, who at the time was running the Centre for Inquiry Canada.  At the time CFI was pursuing charitable status, so their capacity to engage in political advocacy was restrained. So along with several others, we founded the Canadian Secular Alliance, an organization whose sole purpose was to advocate for the separation of religion and state in Canada. By 2011, I was the President of the organization.

Michel Virard, President, Association humaniste du Québec: I didn’t “find” an organization because there was none. I created it. Actually, by 2003, I was in touch with Bernard Cloutier and Pierre Cloutier (no relation), I knew both of them from the Skeptic Association. We had regular meetings in a restaurant on St-Denis street when we discovered a new movement started in California: the Brights. It defined itself as “a constituency” and nothing more.  Pierre Cloutier created the Bright web site and it is still online.  I managed it for a time. But it was not going anywhere so we looked at something else.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Vice-President, Humanist Canada: The idea of universal human rights flowed from secular understandings of the nature of humanity grounded in the Enlightenment, but the human rights movement has evolved to largely rely on simplistic heuristics rather than deeper understandings. Let me give you an example. Affirmative action, as originally implemented in my province, was centred on applied scientific research into every situation where an identified minority was underrepresented in an occupational group. If the problem involved discrimination, then that would be demonstrated in the affirmative action study and remedial action would be taken ensuring equality of opportunity. If the problem was a lack of educational attainment, then affirmative action would be focused on increasing educational skills so that more members of the targeted group would be qualified for the occupation in question. If the problem was a lack of interest because of a lack of role models, then appropriate role models would be brought to targeted communities to alert students to potentialities. If the problem was that graduates were choosing other options not available to other workers in the occupational group, as indeed happened with respect to graduating indigenous teachers in my province, then nothing needed to be done. We must respect the right of the individual to make their own best choices.

The heuristic that was applied by human rights tribunals was that such studies were not needed because whenever a group was underrepresented this indicated discrimination. To justify this heuristic the concept of systemic discrimination was broadened to include invisible discrimination that we cannot actually measure but is assumed. This has led to the establishment of quotas based on ascribed group membership irrespective of educational, aspirational and motivational variables. Equality of opportunity has been replaced with equality of results.

Humanism was attractive to me because it had not, philosophically, lost sight of the nature of the human person as a unique and volitional individual. I have argued that the self that embodies that ideal pre-dates the Axial Age of the first century B.C.E. (see: Free Will). I was influenced by Dr. Pat Duffy Hutcheon who had simultaneously won Humanist of the Year awards in both Canada and the United States. Pat and I had many conversations about the philosophy of humanism, and she also mentored me with respect to my first published academic journal articles. I was also interested in developing the humanist community, and I was trained as an officiant in 2002. I was content to provide weddings, conduct research and publish the occasional article from my base in northern Saskatchewan, but then in 2014 then-president Eric Thomas invited me to run for the HC board. It so happened I had recently finished a decades-long stint as a director of our local Indian and Metis Friendship Center and was open to a new volunteer experience. I became vice-president two years later.

Seanna Watson, Vice-President, CFI-Canada: I should perhaps note that my education and my entire work career has been as an electrical engineer (I am now retired) and almost all of my involvement both with religious groups and with humanist/atheist/secular groups has included some aspect of serving as a lay leader and/or volunteer.  My personal inclination has always to become involved in the operations (and sometimes leadership) of groups in which I am a member.

In any case, having embraced my loss of faith, I was now faced with irreconcilable philosophical differences with a community that I (and in fact my entire family) had been an integral member of.   Looking for a group that I hoped would offer community support as well as the opportunity to be involved in social justice locally, nationally, and globally, I came upon the Humanist Association of Ottawa (at the time part of Humanist Canada).  I was encouraged to discover that this was a place where I could find common ground with people who shared my love of rationalism, skepticism, and philosophy, but also were interested in working towards building a better world – not because God said so, but just because they thought it was the right thing to do

3. Jacobsen: What is the backstory of the organization – its history, the rationale for its title and existence, and its original leadership?

Cameron Dunkin, Acting CEO, Dying With Dignity Canada: This interview comes at an exciting time, as 2020 marks the 40th anniversary of Dying With Dignity Canada. The organization started at a grassroots level, with a small number of dedicated volunteers banding together in a basement to fight an injustice they saw in society. They stood up for those who were suffering across Canada, even when the discourse around medically assisted death was cloaked in fear, secrecy, and stigma. The right to die movement has also influenced and intersected with other critical moments in the history of human rights. After returning from working in Kenya, I transitioned into work in HIV/AIDS advocacy in Canada. I began to understand the history of the AIDS crisis and that period in history’s role in increasing people’s awareness of suffering.

Our co-founder, Marilynne Seguin, worked with patients who did not yet have the legal access to a medically assisted death (including those suffering from HIV/AIDS) over her career as a nurse. She was dedicated to what have emerged as the pillars of our work: education, access, support, and eligibility at the end of life. She was guided by people’s experiences with suffering and lack of control over their deaths. In her book A Gentle Death, written in 1994, she wrote, “It is perhaps ironic that, through thinking about death, both patients and health-care professionals have acquired increased respect for human life.” Though that passage was written 25 years ago, we still find that to be the case today. Increasing options at the end of life only means more opportunities for quality treatment, palliative care, and the choice to access medical assistance in dying (MAID), if a patient chooses it.

Center for Inquiry-Canada as an Organization (Seanna Watson and Dr. Gus Lyn-Piluso): CFI Canada was initially started in 2006 as a branch of the US-based Center for Inquiry, in co-operation with members of two Toronto groups, the Toronto Secular Alliance (initially started as a University of Toronto student group), as well as the Toronto Humanist Association (part of the Humanist Association of Canada).    Justin Trottier was CFI Canada’s first executive director.  Subsequent Executive Directors leading CFIC include Michael Payton, Derek Pert, and Eric Adriaans.

Doug Thomas, President, Secular Connexion Séculière: Barrie Webster and I had the same discomfort with the lack of political action in Humanist Canada up to 2011. That year, we formed Secular Connexion Séculière1 specifically to engage in political action and lobbying. Our three goals were:

  1. to lobby government to eliminate systemic discrimination against atheists in Canada,
  2. to act as a communications hub for atheists in Canada, and
  3. to represent Canadian secular humanists to the world.

We spend most of our efforts on goal number 1, lobbying governments to eliminate systemic discrimination against Canadian atheists. Goal number 2 – acting as a communication hub or nexus for atheists in Canada is still a work in progress. We have left Goal number 3 “on the books, but since Humanist Canada is already doing this, we have not been active on it.

From the beginning, we wanted the organization to be national and felt that it should communicate as much as possible in both official languages, hence the bilingual title. We are particularly pleased with “Connexion” since it is a legitimate word in both languages. In English, it means the same as the modern spelling – a connection; in French, it means a nexus or place for many connections.

SCS has always had a small footprint, in terms of leadership – the bare minimum for legal purposes. This is partly by design, but also a result of reality. The number of non-believers who feel comfortable committing publicly is pretty small.

1 Originally Secular Connexion Séculaire until a retired government translator pointed out the Séculaire was French for something happening every hundred years and suggested Séculière.

Michel Virard, President, Association humaniste du Québec: At about the same time, two Quebec organizations, the Mouvement laïque québécois and Les Sceptiques du Québec, attempted to redefine themselves as atheist organizations. Following internal opposition, both failed in their attempt and had to revert to a  non-committed religious status. They could not officially become atheist organizations.

This is when Bernard Cloutier and I decided to “do something about it”: a truly atheist organization. Bernard, being fairly wealthy, had in mind a “Foundation” where voting rights would be proportional to the sums invested in it but I had in mind an «Association» of equal members.  We ended up by having both. Both of us were professional engineers and seasoned businessmen retired or on the verge of retiring. We hesitated on the name we should select for our two organizations. The first idea was to call our organizations «libres-penseurs» (Free-Thinkers) but the name was already squatted in Quebec by one website (wo)manned by Danielle Soulière. Although she would later join us and is the current proof-reader of our magazine, Québec humaniste, at the time, this was perceived as an unnecessary obstacle. We looked farther. From the American Brights forum, we received one suggestion: why not «humanist»? At the time, we were completely ignorant about what was a modern «humanist» so it was quite a discovery for us. We found the term was used mainly within Northern Europe, the British Commonwealth and the USA and in no Latin country. There was already a Humanist Association of Canada but it was purely an English speaking organization with essentially no members in Quebec. We looked at what Humanist associations were doing elsewhere and we liked it, so Humanist imposed itself without much further thinking. Still, we flirted for a while with the Center For Inquiry of Paul Kurtz but CFI insistence on having a French-speaking Quebec affiliate with an English name (no translation was allowed) killed the deal right from the start.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Vice-President, Humanist Canada: Our first president was Dr. Henry Morgantaler who is widely credited for being the man who almost single-handedly overturned Canada’s abortion laws. This tradition of social activism within a human rights framework has continued to this day with recent campaigns to legalize doctor-assisted suicide, outlaw so-called “conversion therapy, and to defend humanists who have been jailed for their activism in other countries. The organization has concurrently maintained a focus on separating church and state. Unlike the United States, Canada has not had such a tradition as can be seen by extensive public funding accorded to Roman Catholic schools, hospitals and social services. A historical review of our magazines and newsletters would reveal a decidedly anti-clerical stance.

The philosophy of humanism is centred in a belief that there is a reality that exists outside of ourselves and that human perception and reason is capable of discerning that reality without reliance on supernatural means. Thus our support for science and our challenging of religion flows from a desire to debunk ignorance and superstition. The philosophy of humanism assumes human agency emphasizing critical thinking and evidence as necessary to exercise agency.  Unfortunately, this anti-dogmatic stance leads to a plethora of different possibilities. A former president, Dr. Robert Buckman, once despaired that organizing humanists are a lot like herding cats.

4. Jacobsen: What have been pivotal moments – and who have been seminal individuals – in the – ahem – evolution of the organization?

Cameron Dunkin, Acting CEO, Dying With Dignity Canada: After 40 years, Dying With Dignity Canada has seen enormous gains in the right to die movement. We’ve been involved in ground-breaking court cases with the aim of increasing access to the right to MAID, including the Truchon and Gladu case in Quebec that ruled criteria in the provincial and federal laws were too restrictive in September 2019. Pivotal moments in the right to die movement in Canada include Sue Rodriguez’s 1993 challenge to the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms, the 2015 Carter decision, and subsequent 2016 passage of Bill C-14.

2020 will also mark the mandatory Parliamentary review of Bill C-14, Canada’s assisted dying law, and we hope Parliamentarians of all stripes will step up to ensure the law is amended to ensure equal access for all. There are still hurdles to overcome in access and eligibility, and in the way, the law is being interpreted across the country. We’re fighting for the rights of those in the Assessed and Approved category, as well as the right to advance requests for people suffering from dementia, Alzheimer’s, and other degenerative conditions. All through our organizational history, we have been supporting people through navigating their legal options and providing education on what they can control and understand about their deaths.

So many people have contributed to where DWDC is today — it’s the volunteers and supporters who have made our work, and our successes, possible throughout our history. I am inspired by the passion of our volunteers across Canada, as well as the staff, board, and partners who are dedicated to making the end of life a less fraught and dehumanizing experience.

Center for Inquiry-Canada as an Organization (Seanna Watson and Dr. Gus Lyn-Piluso): Dr. Robert Buckman and Dr. Henry Morgentaler, both deeply respected and valued for their contributions to healthcare (particularly women’s health and rights), humanism and human rights, worked with local humanists Don Cullen, Ron Burns, Jim Cranwell and George Baker to lay the essential foundation of this new group.  Other individuals in leadership positions in CFIC include Nate Phelps, son of anti-gay activist Fred Phelps.

Eric Adriaans joined the organization as Executive Director in 2014.  During Eric’s tenure, CFIC sponsored Bangladeshi refugee Raihan Abir, who had been part of the Mukto Mona blog network https://www.macleans.ca/news/world/in-toronto-a-bangladeshi-editor-pays-tribute-to-his-murdered-colleagues/.  CFIC also became the only secular group working with the Conservative government’s “Office of Religous Freedom” (this work continues as CFIC representatives have been consulting with the current government’s “Office of Human Rights, Freedoms, and Inclusion”).

Sandra Dunham joined CFIC as Executive Director of Development in 2017.  CFIC currently has 10 branches across Canada, from Victoria, BC to St John’s, NL, as well as an online “Virtual Branch” connecting members of the secular community who do not have physical access to attend branch events.

Doug Thomas, President, Secular Connexion Séculière:

May 2011 – Secular Connexion Séculière formed – somewhat based on the ideas of Freedom From Religion Foundation in the US.

February 2016 – SCS registered as a Lobbyist with the Government of Canada. This legitimizes our contacts with Parliamentary Committees, Ministers of the Crown and MPs.

April, 2017 – SCS added advocates in each region of Canada: BC and The Yukon,

Alberta and The Northwest Territories, Saskatchewan, Manitoba and Nunavut, Ontario and Québec, Maritimes.

April, 2019 – SCS registered as a lobbyist with the Province of Ontario to legitimize our lobbying efforts with the Ontario Provincial Government. This is intended to be the first province/territory to be so registered with others to follow.

Greg Oliver, President, Canadian Secular Alliance: In the early years, we focused much of our efforts into researching violations of religion and state separation and developing sensible and morally coherent policy positions. There were many significant contributors, but extra acknowledgement is due to Leslie Rosenblood, whose contributions have been indispensable since our founding. Since then we’ve met with dozens of politicians across the political spectrum to promote our ideas (with varying degrees of success). More recently, we’ve focused on legal challenges. We have intervened on two successful cases at the Supreme Court of Canada (with more on the horizon). And we also led a coalition of organizations in a successful campaign to repeal blasphemy law from the Canadian Criminal Code in 2018.

Michel Virard, President, Association humaniste du Québec: Bernard created the Fondation humaniste du Québec in December 2004. In June 2005, Bernard Cloutier, Normand Baillargeon and I signed the Letters Patent of the Association humaniste du Québec (AHQ). We were the three original administrators of the AHQ. After a year or so, Normand and Bernard disagreed on a side point: whether or not we should have our own publishing house. Normand, a famed philosopher, left and no longer participated in the administration of the Association but I remained in good terms with Normand up until now: I republish all his articles on education on our Facebook page and he invited me once on a Radio-Canada talk show he was co-animating.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Vice-President, Humanist Canada: In the mid-1990s Hutcheon warned us of the dark side of multiculturalism leading to tribalism and societal fragmentation. This was pivotal in that humanists were being warned to look deeper into concepts we have traditionally supported, that cultural evolution can bring about unexpected consequences. Later in that decade, the Ottawa Humanists led by Simon Parcher won the legal right to solemnize marriages in the province of Ontario, and this program was transferred to the Humanist Association of Canada. This pivotal development placed an emphasis on servicing the humanist community. Although humanist organizations have not yet won the right to solemnize marriage outside of Ontario, humanists in some provinces provide other ceremonies and in at least one other province in-house marriage commissioners perform weddings. Humanists have increasingly developed as a sense community through hospice care, mutual support, social opportunities, and in-house education.

5. Jacobsen: As one of the leaders in the national freethought community, what were the targeted objectives, and overall vision, for the organization entering into its leadership role?

Cameron Dunkin, Acting CEO, Dying With Dignity Canada: I see Dying With Dignity Canada at the forefront of revolutionizing healthcare in Canada. We are expanding end-of-life options that include but extend beyond MAID. This includes palliative care, advance care planning, and ensuring equitable access to assisted dying. I want to prioritize open communication and education that addresses fears and worries about what the choice to access to MAID means for people across Canada. We’re taking stock of the Canadian healthcare landscape and the ways that judgement and misinformation can have very serious consequences for people’s lives, and are also working towards improved legislation, education for patients and providers, and support for patients and their loved ones. Ultimately, opening up conversations around death and grief, and doing so with compassion, will empower people to live their lives to the fullest.

Center for Inquiry-Canada as an Organization (Seanna Watson and Dr. Gus Lyn-Piluso): CFIC’s  Vision is to build a world where people value evidence and critical thinking, where superstition and prejudice are eliminated, and where science and compassion guide public policy.

CFIC’s Values:

  • CFIC was founded by Humanists and continues to follow the principles of Humanism, as outlined in the International Humanist and Ethical Union’s Amsterdam Declaration of 2002.
  • CFIC is committed to a just society and supports opportunities to improve social justice
  • CFIC believes that all humans have a right to be treated fairly. We will defend the human rights of all persons, especially those protected by the Canadian Human Rights Act.
  • CFIC promotes diversity, as a means of achieving more interesting conversations and more inclusive outcomes.
  • CFIC is committed to active citizenship with a process based on robust dialogue rooted in sound evidence.
  • CFIC believes that rationalism (critical thinking) is the basis for all good policy and decision making.

CFIC’s Mission:

Centre for Inquiry Canada fosters a secular society based on reason, science, freedom of inquiry, and humanist values

CFIC has 4 main areas of focus:

Secularism, Scientific Skepticism, Critical Thinking, and Building Community

CFIC’s Goals:

Critical Thinking: Educate members, the public and the government to interpret information effectively.

Scientific Skepticism: Improve science literacy in the public and government in order to promote decision making based on good science.

Building Community: Improve members’ access to the community through “on the ground” and virtual branches.

Secularism: Promote neutrality on matters of religious belief.

Enabling Activities:

Communications: Create a coordinated communications strategy that raises our public profile and engages our members.

Fund Development: Raise sufficient funds to stabilize and expand CFIC.

Partnerships: Develop mutually beneficial partnerships that increase our membership; benefit our members and further our mission.

Administration: Create processes which allow for the seamless transfer of key tasks and timing as a volunteer and paid personnel transition between role

(CFIC’s complete strategic plan is available here: http://centreforinquiry.ca/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CFIC-Strategic-plan-final.pdf)

Doug Thomas, President, Secular Connexion Séculière:

SCS has always focused on eliminating systemic discrimination against atheists in Canada. We specialize in lobbying MPs, MPPs, and bureaucrats to change laws that perpetuate that discrimination.

That means we tend to work in the background, cultivating allies and contacts at all levels of government. Since 2011 we have learned a great deal about how to do this and how to develop contacts and allies.

We also attempt to promote conversations among secular humanist leaders, with limited success. That said, the national organizations seem to fly in a sort of loose, informal formation, supporting each other when they take any kind of action. For example, the elimination of Section 296 (anti-blasphemy) of the Criminal Code of Canada was a shared cause among all the national and some local organizations. There was no particular co-ordination; we just seem to put pressure on different parts of the government at the same time.

When Le Mouvement Laïque Québécois was successful in supporting Alain Simoneau in his court challenges to opening prayers at the City of Saguenay council meetings, SCS not only recognized the achievement, but made sure that our regional advocates understood the nationwide implications of the Supreme Court decision and that they confronted any local councils that were engaged in the practice.

We think it important that organizations like SCS work in concert with other organizations and we are always open to co-ordinating efforts. We may be a leader in one area while other organizations are leaders in others.

Greg Oliver, President, Canadian Secular Alliance: We have an intentionally narrow mandate. We are non-partisan and separation of religion and state is our sole objective. We’ve always felt this approach would build the largest number of supporters and maximize the probability of achieving our objectives. Though we have come to appreciate that progress can be frustratingly slow in politics, we are committed to continuing this fight over the long-term to make Canada a better place for all, regardless of religious (or non-religious) worldview.

Michel Virard, President, Association humaniste du Québec: After September 11th, 2001, it became apparent that religious fanaticism could be much more than annoying: it could be lethal on a large scale. I think I was not alone in thinking that, unless we take religious threats seriously we, Free-Thinkers, may not survive for long.  As Voltaire put it: “Those who can make you believe absurdities can make you commit atrocities.” But the enemy was not circumscribed to Saudi Arabia, it was everywhere and took multiple forms. The roots of fanaticism is mostly ignorance, not only ignorance of facts but more importantly, ignorance of proper thinking, what we call «critical thinking».  So, our endeavour would be an attempt at increasing the level of critical thinking in our society, which, for us, meant the French speakers within Quebec.

We have been doing that for the last 14 years, mostly with movie screenings and lectures, but also through our magazine, webpages, youtube sites and Facebook page. But that’s not all, we have been actively pursuing three other goals either directly or through sisters’ organizations: the separation of state and churches in our institutions, the right to die with dignity and the removal of discrimination against atheists in Quebec, especially in the Quebec Civil Code but also within the Criminal Code of Canada.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Vice-President, Humanist Canada: It is the mandate of Humanist Canada to provide a unifying forum to like-minded secularists across the country, but that has proven difficult. Let me give you an example. Humanist Canada is a national organization that has been legally solemnizing marriages in our largest province for over two decades. Humanists in two other provinces have applied to solemnize marriages in those jurisdictions, but have been turned down on the grounds that they are not religions. Yet the regulations in those, and other, jurisdictions hold that where a national organization solemnizes marriages in at least one other province, and has local adherents, that organization can solemnize marriages locally. One would think that the national and local organizations could work together on this issue, but the local organizations are jealous of their independence. One is reminded of Buckman’s cats.

In my opinion, it is vital that humanists, secularists, freethinkers, atheists and agnostics unite to save our civilization. There is a threat to our existence that is greater than global warming, it is the abandonment of science and reason. First, let us take some credit. We are part of a tradition that largely shook off the shackles of superstition permitting us to discover more closely how the universe actually works, and this has permitted technological advance that has, as Steven Pinker meticulously documents, give us a civilization that is healthier, more long-lived, more peaceful and law-abiding, with greater literacy and democracy than any prior civilization. We have even confounded Malthus. In our wake, we have dragged religious fundamentalists, such as those of my childhood, into the 21st century. Faith healing and prayer are no longer considered to be the equivalent of medicine and surgery. We have become proficient at debunking creationists, but the threat has been joined from two new directions.

In 2012 a toddler, Ezekiel Stephan died of bacterial meningitis. His parents believed in naturopathy and tried to treat him with garlic, onion and horseradish. They called an ambulance only after he had stopped breathing. A jury of their peers convicted them of child neglect, but they won a new trial on appeal. For the re-trial, they chose a judge without a jury. Amazingly, the judge ruled that reasonable parents could attempt alternate therapies. If you believe that there is a thing called “western medicine” and that there are alternative therapies, then your mind has been colonized by pseudoscience. In reality, there is only medicine and some therapies have been proven to work and some have not. But pseudoscientific anti-vaccination belief is so prevalent that diseases such as whooping cough and measles are making a comeback in many areas and some parents are even afraid to protect their children from the flu. This is not just an attack on medicine, it is an attack on science and reason.

Science has been undermined even in our universities where the philosophy of postmodernism, which holds that there is no “reality” that is not socially constructed, predominates. Since science is a “white male way of knowing” and that truth is arrived at “through the discourse of knowledgeable people (Strong, 2002, p. 221), science cannot be used to settle disagreements and who is knowledgeable will be determined by the acceptance of their conclusions. Hence censorship, rebranded as “de-platforming” becomes essential in establishing and maintaining a coherent canon. This begins to sound a lot like a religion with tenured professors who are dismissed for being politically incorrect, in effect, suffering ex-communication.

We humanists have a long history of being outsiders to the formal operations of power, but nonetheless, we have had had a gradual and profound influence on the public discourse through perseverance. We will need all of that to withstand the renewed attacks on science and reason, and it is essential that we do so, because the challenges facing humanity are immense.

References:

Pinker, S. (2018). Enlightenment now: The case for reason, science, humanism, and progress: Penguin.

Strong, T. (2002). Collaborative ‘expertise’ after the discursive turn. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 12(2), 218-232.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, everyone.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Cameron Dunkin, Acting CEO, Dying With Dignity Canada; Dr. Gus Lyn-Piluso – President, Center for Inquiry-Canada; Doug Thomas – President, Secular Connexion Séculière; Greg Oliver – President, Canadian Secular Alliance; Michel Virard – President, Association humaniste du Québec; Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson – Vice-President, Humanist Canada; Seanna Watson – Vice-President, Center for Inquiry-Canada.

[2] Individual Publication Date: January 1, 2020: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/humanism-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Humanism in Canada: Personal, Professional, and Institutional Histories (Part One) [Online].January 2020; 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/humanism-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2020, January 1). Humanism in Canada: Personal, Professional, and Institutional Histories (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/humanism-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Humanism in Canada: Personal, Professional, and Institutional Histories (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A, January. 2020. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/humanism-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “Humanism in Canada: Personal, Professional, and Institutional Histories (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/humanism-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Humanism in Canada: Personal, Professional, and Institutional Histories (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 22.A (January 2020). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/humanism-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Humanism in Canada: Personal, Professional, and Institutional Histories (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/humanism-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2020, ‘Humanism in Canada: Personal, Professional, and Institutional Histories (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 22.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/humanism-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Humanism in Canada: Personal, Professional, and Institutional Histories (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 22.A (2020):January. 2020. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/humanism-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Humanism in Canada: Personal, Professional, and Institutional Histories (Part One) [Internet]. (2020, January 22(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/humanism-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Deeqa Good — Somalia and Human Rights

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Deeqa Good

Numbering: Issue 4: Everyone Has Their Specialty

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: December 25, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 520

Keywords: Deeqa Good, human rights, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Somalia.

Deeqa Good is among the lesser told sides of the stories for human rights abuses. Those of the loved ones who have been taken by governments, terrorist cells, etc., and then imprisoned, tortured, or killed. Here we get some insight into the Somalian state of affairs in this regard.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In terms of the conditions for human rights in Somalia, what are their statuses?

Deeqa Good: The human rights situation in Somalia is very bad, because we, like all third world countries, live with a mentality of the ages of darkness, but we often pretend intellectual maturity for one reason only: our attempt to persuade the free world countries to help us financially and politically.

Jacobsen: What is the condition of women’s autonomy and equality there?

Good: Women, as in the famous Somali proverb (a child with a large body), society looks at us as property of men, and it is very difficult to see us as a personality independent of men, but there are many attempts by enlighteners like my husband to empower women, but these efforts need a long time and great support.

Jacobsen: What happened to your husband?

Good: My husband was sentenced to two and a half years in prison, just for asking the community to use reason and not to be attached to superstitions, and the authorities considered that as anti-Islam.

Jacobsen: How is this case being handled internationally?

Good: We have not received attention from world-famous human rights organizations that greatly affect the decision-makers in my country, due to the lack of cooperation of the local agents of these organizations, and I think the reason is that: the local agents refuse to engage in the enlightenment march that produces resistance by the traditional forces in society. Therefore, they prefer to defend marginal issues that do not embarrass them.

Jacobsen: What can be done for individuals who face similar circumstances?

Good: The most important help is: the continuous media publication of such issues, because it will create a discussion within society on these issues, and this will greatly assist the enlightenment movement.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Deeqa.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Robertson 15 — Life Raft in Entertainment: Protection Against Marketing and Advertising

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson

Numbering: Issue 4: Everyone Has Their Specialty

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: December 25, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,905

Keywords: advertising, Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, marketing, media, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is a Registered Doctoral Psychologist with expertise in Counselling Psychology, Educational Psychology, and Human Resource Development. He earned qualifications in Social Work too. Duly note, he has five postsecondary degrees, of which 3 are undergraduate level. His research interests include memes as applied to self-knowledge, the evolution of religion and spirituality, the aboriginal self’s structure, residential school syndrome, prior learning recognition and assessment, and the treatment of attention deficit disorder and suicide ideation. In addition, he works in anxiety and trauma, addictions, and psycho-educational assessment, and relationship, family, and group counselling.

Here we talk about advertising and marketing.

*Listing of previous sessions with links at the end of the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You spoke on advertising and marketing deluging our consciousnesses throughout or modern lives. How can education and individual initiative, and conscientious, protect against some of these negative forces?

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: If you think that advertising is about announcing new products, then you are vulnerable. Advertising is rarely about announcing a new product, and even when it is, it is about pushing your buttons to buy that product. We think we are freely choosing a product or service, but as I have argued previously free will is largely an illusion (see: Free Will), and can only be exercised in a limited way by having objective knowledge of relevant conditions. If we are primed to buy, vote or otherwise interact by unconscious triggering, then we are not exercising free will.

A recent television ad reveals how this works. The ad begins with the upbeat rock tempo of Barracuda, a song about a sexually aggressive woman who trolls men. With this music in the background two young men offer, “Shopping while hungry… is a dangerous game.” We then see a short, plump and wide eyed woman drinking a brown liquid from a bottle while frantically pushing a shopping cart down a grocery aisle. We then see several actors including one who is rubbing her pregnant belly soulfully repeating the phrase, “Shop like a mother.” We don’t know whether the woman who was drinking chocolate milk while shopping is a mother, a barracuda or both. But here I am exhibiting the uniquely human trait of finding relationships where none exist. We are given four disjointed memes without a defined storyline. If any one of those memes (classic rock from a women’s band, men referencing shopping as “a dangerous game,” anxious shopper, or motherhood) connect our subconscious with the supermarket in question, then we will think of that store when the trigger meme presents (For a discussion of this mechanism see: Mind Virus). Unlike this example, most advertisements have some sort of narrative, but the narrative is not the part of the ad that programs you to buy, shop, or act in a way intended by the advertiser. It is the memes imbedded in the ad that are the activating agents.

You may think that when that expensive $2.5 million T.V. ad comes on during an all important football game, you ignore it and go to the fridge for a beer. What brand of beer? I am old enough to remember when European beers outsold U.S. beers which were commonly compared to dishwater in Canadian pubs. But after an extensive long-term multimedia campaign that including identification with Canada’s national game (hockey), one of those foreign brands has become dominant in the Canadian market. More money is spent producing television advertising than is spent on the programs that attract you to the T.V., because it works on targeted consumers. Psychologists have become mental technicians using sophisticated eye-tracking and brain wave experiments as well as surveys and focus groups to help the corporate elite push your buttons. They are using your dreams, desires and subconscious triggers to sell you stuff that you otherwise might not want.

Sometimes they use fear. We are all familiar with negative political advertising. A rival is painted as having a “secret agenda” or as having a questionable past. The same technique may be used in marketing. One European carmaker, promoting its reputation for safety, weakened the structure in a selection of competitor’s vehicles while reinforcing their own beyond production standards to produce an ad where rollovers produced disproportionate damage in North American vehicles. Safety fears would then drive customers to their brand.

Negative advertising has also been applied to the sale of foods. The phrase “health food” is used to imply that competing products are not healthy. One “health food” chain actually developed an aerosol spray which they used daily in their stores to mimic the smell of 19th-century grocery stores with the implied assumption people used to eat healthier. The so-called health food industry became a victim of its own success. The established chains began selling the same products with lower overhead, but the emphasis on negative advertising remained. Goods are now often promoted on the basis of what they do not contain instead of what they do contain. Going “gluten free” or “lactose free” is a necessity for people who are allergic to those products but of little import on most of us; and, the alternatives are often more expensive with less nutritional value. For example, while almonds have been shown to have similar nutritional value to milk, less than 2% of “almond milk” is actually almonds. The product is essentially coloured water.

Advertisers do not always succeed. A company selling shaving products recently ran a series of ads degrading masculinity as “toxic.” While the ad won favour with a particular political lobby, it offended a large percentage of the constituency that buys most of their products. Sales plummeted, and the company replaced the offending advertisements with ones that celebrated masculinity demonstrating that consumers have the capacity to defy advertisers.

You asked how we may avoid the negative effects of advertising, Scott. We need to do more than simply not buy a product when we are offended. Simply turning off the remote is insufficient because it only results in advertisers increasing their saturation through multiple mediums. The amount of advertising space on television has more than doubled in the last 35 years, and on U.S. channels you can be deluged with 12 minutes of advertising in a 30-minute slot. You may have noticed they also turn up the volume to ensure that if you don’t see the ad you will at least hear it. Ads appear on shopping carts, parking meters and even electronically triggered above urinals. The cartoons that used to introduce movies were replaced by advertising long ago. My internet provider asked me if I wanted to stop seeing an ad, and when I hit the “yes” button, it then asked me why. And my computer was frozen until I answered the question! The cost of all this advertising is built into the price you pay for the product.

One way to protect yourself from advertisers is to avoid buying heavily advertised products. A more sophisticated variation of this strategy is to know your triggers and refuse to buy from advertisers who push those buttons. For example, the majority of males are attracted to women. If this is one of your buttons, refuse to buy from an advertiser who pushes it. Many feminists miss, but most men know that the attractive woman with the .7 waist to hip ratio selling overpriced consumer products is not selling sex but status. By noticing men with high-status women are, in fact determining the status level of men. Men who lack status, such as the 90% in prisons who are men, the 80% who are homeless, the 75% who commit suicide, and the 50% who are victims of domestic violence are invisible to most women. The promise of the advertisers pushing this button is that if you purchase this overpriced product, you will demonstrate status. I know of one of the federal political leaders has two Rolex watches. Even one Rolex is an excessive display of wealth similar, in kind, to a peacock displaying his feathers to the peahen. Both men and women have sex and status buttons but they also have the power to ignore advertiser’s attempts to push them.

The ultimate answer is to research each competing product comparing quality and price. For example, we could research the nutritional value of a variety of foods and match these foods against our own nutritional needs. We then may add additional factors such as taste and price in making a decision. Unfortunately, we do not have the time to sufficiently research every product we buy. We are forced to rely on heuristics.

Some people simply buy the cheapest. While this is often this a good policy, you could be sacrificing quality. You could also be sacrificing your long-term interest. U.S. “transnationals” are famous for undercutting local companies only to jack up prices when the competition is gone. This not only hurts consumers but leads to a loss of jobs and often to a reduced tax base.

We become creatures of habit almost by necessity. We buy the same brands until we have reason to change that decision. If this is your profile, then compare shopping with others from time to time, looking for alternative opinions to research. Knowing that we become largely creatures of habit, advertisers target children. Soft drink companies vie for the school market. The Pepsi-Cola company has “donated” sports equipment, and Coca-Cola has “donated” scoreboards in exchange for the right to have vending machines in the school. Like the early Indian reserves that were designated “Anglican” or “Catholic”, educational institutions may be designated “Pepsi” or “Coke” but not both. Fast-food chains and pharmaceuticals offer to go “in partnership” with schools in supplying textbooks, computer equipment and curricula. Sweden has banned all advertising aimed at young children because of the long term habituation.

Your free will may be exercised if you become a knowledgeable shopper. This means ignoring advertising and forming your own ideas about quality. Do the research on selected shopping habits from time to time. Avoid impulse buying. Throw away coupons unless they are something you already wanted. Know whether the product is local or foreign. Read consumer reports. Be careful about buying heavily advertised products. Approach all advertising skeptically.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Robertson, again.

Robertson: You are most welcome Scott.

Image Credit: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Graham Powell on the Asia Pacific, Mathematical Objects, “Dasein,” Atheism-Theism, and Freud and Einstein (Part Seven)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: December 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,893

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

His Lordship of Roscelines, Graham Powell, earned the “best mark ever given for acting during his” B.A. (Hons.) degree in “Drama and Theatre Studies at Middlesex University in 1990” and the “Best Dissertation Prize” for an M.A. in Human Resource Management from the University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England in 1994. Powell is an Honorary Member of STHIQ Society, Former President of sPIqr Society, Vice President of Atlantiq Society, and a member of British MensaIHIQSIngeniumMysteriumHigh Potentials SocietyElateneosMilenijaLogiq, and Epida. He is the Full-Time Co-Editor of WIN ONE (WIN-ON-line Edition) since 2010 or nearly a decade. He represents World Intelligence Network Italia. He is the Public Relations Co-Supervisor, Fellow of the Royal Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce, and a Member of the European Council for High AbilityHe discusses: Issue VIII; 12th Asia Pacific Conference on Giftedness; Gwyneth Wesley Rolph, electrical stimulation, and charlatans; a book review on Signs of Life: The Five Universal Shapes and How to Use Them; “Hyper-operating Life Forms”; “Being” by Eric Anthony Trowbridge; “‘Atheism’ as a Logical Negation of ‘Theism’” by Phil Elauria; “Leopards in the Sky: Foreword” by Dr. G.A. Grove; Alan W. Ho or Alan Wing-lun who wrote “The Angel and the Cherry Tree”; and some concluding materials of WIN-ONE Issue VIII.

Keywords: Alan W. Ho, AtlantIQ Society, British Mensa, editor, Eric Anthony Trowbridge, G.A. Grove, Graham Powell, Gwyneth Wesley Rolph, Phil Elauria, WIN ONE, World Intelligence Network.

An Interview with Graham Powell on the Asia Pacific, Mathematical Objects, “Dasein,” Atheism-Theism, and Freud and Einstein: Editor, WIN ONE & Vice President, AtlantIQ Society (Part Seven)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*A small mix-up, thus, Part Seven published after Part Eight.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Issue VIII continued with the growth trajectory of the membership to 33 high IQ societies. The intriguing addition was IQID for the young. How important was the inclusion of younger members of the community for the member societies? One devoted to them alone.

Graham Powell: This was set up by Evangelos Katsioulis, his first talk at the 12th Asia-Pacific Conference on Giftedness explaining about it, especially as many parents attended that conference with their gifted children. I think it was a good idea, though restrictions on access to websites which (rightly) protect children, means that the group has not been as active as I would wish in an ideal world.

2. Jacobsen: Dr. Evangelos KatsioulisDr. Manahel ThabetMarco Ripà, and others took part in the 12th Asia Pacific Conference on Giftedness. What were the main attractions of the conference? How did the book, by you, complement the in-person event? What have been the reactions from the community over the book and the event?

Powell: The workshops and presentations were varied and always of interest. On the opening day, Professor Howard Gardner gave an inspiring talk, one which was beamed in from his office in Harvard. The facilities were superb and I was proud to have contributed to it, the certificate now sitting proudly on the wall where I am living, which happens to be Dubai once more. I have also worked recently in Abu Dhabi, so it was doubly pleasing to visit some of the places I had researched all those years ago. The e-book was about the events at the conference, plus the scientific program of events organised to accompany the conference and which inspired youngsters to explore their great interest in various scientific exploits. I also advised on the program followed at that event, so was also doubly pleased about the success of it. I am still in contact with parents who sat with me during presentations and who attended my presentations too. I looked somewhat like Steve Jobs at the time, which they still joke about. The friendMathematially, inclusive atmosphere at the conference was a life-changer for many of the people who attended. I am immensely proud of all the people I managed to get to attend and participate during what was just four days in July 2012. The e-book also gave information about the places of interest to visit, like the Louvre Museum in Abu Dhabi, Ferrari World on Yas Island and, of course, the tallest building in the world, the Burj Khalifa, Dubai. The book helped make for a rounded experience for the attendees and the timetable of events at the conference was a very useful guide to help people focus on what was most meaningful for them.

3. Jacobsen: As described in the article by Gwyneth Wesley Rolph, electrical stimulation remained important as an area of research and practice, and pseudo-practice through charlatans and snake oil salesman. How did Rolph pitch this article to you? Any idea as to the state of the research now?

Powell: I knew Gwyneth was interested in this field of work, her life about to change as she applied to go to university and followed a course in neuroscience. I have met Gwyneth several times and the first occasion was around 20 months after the conference in Dubai. I hope to see her again as she pursues a PhD in a field related to intelligence and neurophysiology. It was really as a dilettante that Gwyneth ‘pitched it to me’, as you express it, which is not to underestimate Gwyneth’s serious intentions and reading upon the subject. I am currently involved in neuro-feedback, which has a solid base of research and development behind it, with continuous technological advances taking place. That area of biological feedback is proving useful in addressing ADHD and on improving more serious conditions, such as post-stroke recovery and stress management.

4. Jacobsen: Dr. Greg A. Grove wrote a book review on Signs of Life: The Five Universal Shapes and How to Use Them by Angeles Arrien and Jeremy P. Tarcher from 1992. Do these five shapes – the circle, the cross, the spiral, the square, and the triangle – represent truly universal human shapes, i.e., those mathematical objects reflected in visual patterns recognized as basic shapes with applicability, as a set, throughout all human “art,” “culture,” “intrapersonal perceptions,” “thinking,” and “time”? It seems bold as a claim, but it may, in fact, be true.

Powell: I know Greg believes these forms are significant, the analysis of colour also interesting him. I have participated in several of Dr Grove’s own tests based on this kind of analysis and to a certain extent the results have been indicative of my own feelings and approaches to aesthetics. The Lüscher Colour Test I enjoyed doing in the eighties and it was fascinating because the results varied according to my mood at various points in time. Images in literature also follow this idea, the circle, for example, being an image in Dante Alighieri’s great poem Inferno, his nine circles of Hell. I read that the Pyramids are meant to concentrate energy, gemstones too, which have a consistent molecular structure. Perhaps the most interesting research I have read about is the Japanese scientist who analyses the effect of emotion on snowflake formation. The effects on structure are wondrous to behold!

5. Jacobsen: “Hyper-operating Life Forms,” for those unfamiliar with the references, can seem mystifying. However, in essence, it can seem rather dark in the end. What was the inspiration for the poem?

Powell: I read about “Quants” and the big initial investment in a programme to create a research centre in America akin to CERN in Switzerland. That funding, however, was later withdrawn and the surplus of doctorate holders who emerged from university expecting a job at the research centre got sidelined into doing work towards stock exchange prediction and the creation of algorithms and formulae to facilitate that. The most famous was the work by Black and Scholes, the unfortunate outcome of the confidence in prediction and the transferring of debt across the globe being the financial meltdown which we are only just emerging from, though for many, it’s a continuous struggle, which the poem touches on.

6. Jacobsen: In “Being,” by Eric Anthony Trowbridge, it opens, rather humorously, with the famous definition of “is” or the query about its meaning by former president Bill Clinton. Making the distinction between myself as embedded in the universe and individuated, and dasein as factual and actual/ontic and ontological/being there and being itself, through the clear example in the hammer, the nail, and the hammerer, I enjoyed this piece, where being simply isn’t existence but more than it: “…it is, well, being..” What was the response to this particular piece from others or yourself?

Powell: I had no hesitation in putting this piece in the WIN book “The Ingenious Time Machine”. It has a timeless quality and Eric is, indeed, an amusing guy. It was a very useful introduction to the work of Heidegger, something taken even further later on by Paul Edgeworth. “Being and Time” is a difficult opus to read. I think people appreciated the assistance and enthusiastic appraisal of some of the considerations in it.

7. Jacobsen: “‘Atheism’ as a Logical Negation of ‘Theism’” by Phil Elauria provided an interesting depiction of the nature of the fundamental content of and logical relation between theism – “‘God (or Gods) exist’ or the even weaker claim, ‘I believe that God (or Gods) exist.’” – and atheism. In short, if p equals “God (or Gods) exist” or “I believe that God (or Gods) exist,” then ~p (not p) equals “God does not (or Gods do not) exist” or “I believe that God does not (or Gods do not) exist,” where ~p remains the born state/natural state and P becomes the acquired state/unnatural state of a human being as a propositional belief, in accordance with “classical logic,” with an ontological statement about the world. Does this argument convince you? Or does the argument miss elements of the perennial, longstanding topic of no gods, gods, or God?

Powell: Phil is rather good at precise, logical arguments. I don’t think he concerns himself too much about the perennial, longstanding topics of gods, no gods, or of God, and in that, looking back, Phil and I were rather similar at that point in time. I still do not wish to deny anyone the right to believe in a higher power, which many call God. It has, however, taken on a rather beautiful aspect in my life recently because the woman I love very deeply believes that our meeting was condoned by God – by ‘higher powers’, as she expresses it. If this is so, that a higher power is something akin to what Lena and I are experiencing each day, and did from the moment we met, well, so be it. It is something “supra-logical”. How we all manage that supra-logical, loving existence is, to me now, a large part of the philosophy of our finite existence.

8. Jacobsen: “Leopards in the Sky: Foreword” represents another piece by Dr. G.A. Grove to both provide some content and to plug a collection of 22 stories in one book by Dr. Grove. He states Freud, in statement of the conscious and the unconscious, hinted at the preconscious while Einstein provided due acknowledgement to the preconscious, not necessarily in a Freudian or psychoanalytic sense. Dr. Grove continues in “The Used Bookstore” and “Café a la verse.” The first with an interesting note about mysticism and intrigue, and following the preconscious indicators. The second a sweet note with a similar frame of intrigue behind it, but from a different angle. Dr. Grove is a good writer. What comes to mind on the reflection of the preconscious from Freud and Einstein?

Powell: Greg sent me the whole book, which was kind of him, and we have talked at some length over the years about the preconscious self, especially regarding creativity and the resolution of deeply-held problems and anxieties. I write most of my poetry in a preconscious state, one which often comes after writing numerous notes, almost as a brainstorming session; either that, or I just let the emotions stir and simmer for a period of time, the poem eventually emerging as a necessary measure to keep restore calm. I consider the best ideas come, as Einstein notes, in this state of mind.

9. Jacobsen: Alan W. Ho or Alan Wing-lun wrote “The Angel and the Cherry Tree.” A cute and enjoyable, almost, child’s story or a tale of finding the inner strength to change, to grow. What were some original thoughts upon receiving this?

Powell: Alan is, in the best sense, kind of childish in his ways, retaining a quite original view of the world, or at least a deeply questioning one. I met him in London shortly after he submitted this story. It reminded me of Oscar Wilde’s short stories. I think it would make an excellent tale to be told orally, much in the Irish tradition of ‘The Craic’.

10. Jacobsen: Dr. Grove wrote the “4HT Inventory” to tap into interests and preferences. There is the “G.P.R.Powell Sudoku” as well. Ho wrote “Codin’ Code Al Coda,” too, or more properly composed. Elisabetta di Cagno wrote “1996” with an editorial note about the “very strong language.” Intriguing, as of late, I note previous notions with modern linguistic preferences happening in some texts. For example, a previous cautionary note in some of the contents of books contained a “Disclaimer” while newer versions aim at a similar, though different and academic-bureaucratic-administrative culture influenced, idea with “Trigger Warning.” When do editorial notes seem appropriate for particular submissions? No doubt, the content remains sharp, stark, and saturated with “very strong language.” I agree. It makes the narrative powerful and appropriate to the content about drugs, the army, hallucinations, and the like. The article is really a… trip. When you first received this piece, “1966,” what was the reaction to it? Any responses from the public readership?

Powell: Elisabetta is a good friend and she is guarded about her work, so stipulated that it should have the ‘warning’. I felt rather honoured to have her story given for publication and duly obliged in every way to accommodate her opus. It also arrived at the last moment before publication, so was placed rapidly, yet precisely, near the end. She wished to have her autobiographical note included too, so that is a coda to the piece, a coda to the magazine. All that remained to position after her contributions were the pages with the answers to the puzzles. Nobody complained about the language. All in all, I thought the VIII edition a fascinating addition to the WIN ONE series of magazines.

11. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Graham.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Editor, WIN ONE; Text Editor, Leonardo (AtlantIQ Society); Joint Public Relations Officer, World Intelligence Network; Vice President, AtlantIQ Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: December 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-seven; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on the Asia Pacific, Mathematical Objects, “Dasein,” Atheism-Theism, and Freud and Einstein (Part Seven) [Online].December 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-seven.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, December 22). An Interview with Graham Powell on the Asia Pacific, Mathematical Objects, “Dasein,” Atheism-Theism, and Freud and Einstein (Part Seven)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-seven.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Graham Powell on the Asia Pacific, Mathematical Objects, “Dasein,” Atheism-Theism, and Freud and Einstein (Part Seven). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, December. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-seven>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Graham Powell on the Asia Pacific, Mathematical Objects, “Dasein,” Atheism-Theism, and Freud and Einstein (Part Seven).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-seven.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Graham Powell on the Asia Pacific, Mathematical Objects, “Dasein,” Atheism-Theism, and Freud and Einstein (Part Seven).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (December 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-seven.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on the Asia Pacific, Mathematical Objects, “Dasein,” Atheism-Theism, and Freud and Einstein (Part Seven)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-seven>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on the Asia Pacific, Mathematical Objects, “Dasein,” Atheism-Theism, and Freud and Einstein (Part Seven)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-seven.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Graham Powell on the Asia Pacific, Mathematical Objects, “Dasein,” Atheism-Theism, and Freud and Einstein (Part Seven).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):December. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-seven>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on the Asia Pacific, Mathematical Objects, “Dasein,” Atheism-Theism, and Freud and Einstein (Part Seven) [Internet]. (2019, December 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-seven.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Catherine 4 — Understood: To Be Seen, Heard, and Felt

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Catherine Broomfield

Numbering: Issue 4: Everyone Has Their Specialty

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: December 17, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 776

Keywords: Catherine Broomfield, indigenous, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Catherine Broomfield is the Executive Director of iHuman Youth Society. She loves the challenge and excitement of the job, especially with the diversity of the workplace and the people with non-profits. She has worked, in fact, in both the public and the private sectors. Here we talk about being seen, heard, and felt as a universal means of being understood for youth including aboriginal/indigenous youth.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How can the Aboriginal youth feel seen? How can the Aboriginal youth feel heard? How can being seen and heard for the Aboriginal youth with socio-emotional problems help them feel understood?

Catherine Brooomfield: First, I’ll clarify that in the communication and relationships I have, ‘Aboriginal’ has varying levels of acceptance or avoidance for people. So for me, I use ‘Indigenous’ to reflect those young people who self-identify as First Nations, Metis or Inuit. I can share from my observation and what young people tell us about what being ‘seen’ or ‘heard’ makes them feel and that is, that they feel they belong. They feel they have purpose. They feel they have self-worth. They feel they reclaim their identity. I would say that those qualities apply to all of us — when someone listens, truly listens, and acknowledges what is happening for you or what is unique about you — you feel recognized, appreciated.

The beginnings of iHuman are a testament to what can happen when young people are provided a space to be seen and heard — that’s precisely how and why we exist now. The young people who sought out and expressed interest in being part of the ‘gun sculpture’ (www.gunsculpture.com) and subsequently mounted their own exhibit called ‘Red Tear’, they felt so validated that they said, you have to create a space where others like us, who don’t usually get a platform to have a voice, can use art as a medium to share what they want to say. Out of that ask, sprang the mission and the philosophy that guides iHuman now. So, feeling seen and heard can profoundly change your self perception, your self talk. Imagine if you’ve only ever been told or felt that you’re ‘useless’ or ‘a burden’. If you come across someone who thinks you have value and can contribute wisdom then you’re perhaps at first going to think that person wants something from you, doesn’t really care about you or wants to exploit you. It takes consistency and repetition, weathering the self sabotage, sticking around until that young person starts to say, ‘huh, perhaps iHuman does see something different in me’. Once you start to hit that point in relationship, then ‘the skies the limit’! The artists and young people at iHuman have so many ideas and solutions. They simply need someone in their corner saying ‘yeah, let’s try that’, ‘how about we do that together’. Once the confidence or success gets flowing anything’s possible after that. If you want to be crass about it — society invests millions into children’s services, incarceration, secured facilities. As a country we can keep rolling forward with that punitive mentality, it’s a narrative many are comfortable with. Or, we can recoup that investment by supporting a young person to not spend their entire life incarcerated at tax payer expense. That young person might go to school, get a job, pay taxes, buy products in the economy, keep their family together — even if they don’t do that and they are on some government assistance, young people at iHuman give back, they volunteer, they support their communities in the best ways they can or are able. That’s a massive outcome and long term impact simply from feeling ‘seen’ or ‘heard’.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Catherine.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Red Meat and Processed Meat Intake, Smoking, Antioxidants, NMAs Combined with GRADE (Part Five)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: December 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,580

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC is a Distinguished University Professor in the Department of Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact at McMaster University. He is a Fellow of the Canadian Academy of Health Sciences. The British Medical Journal or BMJ had a list of 117 nominees in 2010 for the Lifetime Achievement Award. Guyatt was short-listed and came in second place in the end. He earned the title of an Officer of the Order of Canada based on contributions from evidence-based medicine and its teaching. He was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society of Canada in 2012 and a Member of the Canadian Medical Hall of Fame in 2015. For those with an interest in standardized metrics or academic rankings, he is the 15th most cited academic in the world in terms of H-Index at 245 and has a total citation count of more than 261,883 (at the time of publication). That is, he has among the highest H-Indexes, or the highest H-Index likely, of any Canadian academic living or dead. He discusses: ‘controversies’ over ordinary red meat intake and processed meat intake; coffee drinkers, reactions of the media; the GRADE approach in general; the GRADE approach applied to NMAs; making the research more precise; intellectual humility; and research in 2020; limits of automation intervention; technology and new advancements in medicine; and more advice to prospective medical students.

Keywords: anesthesiologist, Canada, evidence-based medicine, Gordon Guyatt, GRADE, McMaster University, medicine, NMA, P.J. Devereaux, red meat.

An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Red Meat and Processed Meat Intake, Smoking, Antioxidants, NMAs Combined with GRADE: Distinguished Professor, Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact, McMaster University; Co-Founder, Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Five)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I want to start a little bit more on a deep conversation on some of the recent research that has come out, which doesn’t have to do about “Branded Diets” as we talked about before.

It has to do with moderate red meat intakes and the previous recommendations to reduce those more. However, when you did a more GRADE-based approach, the recommendations came out that people are pretty much okay with their red meat and processed meat intake.

Can you walk us through some of the research there? And why and the previous research was not as robust? And why the GRADE research is better??

Distinguished Professor Gordon Guyatt: Perhaps, a slight correction, what you said is “people are okay to eat their meat,” not quite right. Our results were not very different from other people’s results.

So, they come largely from observational studies. Observational studies look at people who eat varying amounts of red meat and compare them to people who eat less red meat. Those observational studies show a relative increase of 10-15% in bad things happening.

Bad things being cardiovascular events, cancer, and cancer deaths. However, two things, I will go into it a little more. Whether the red meat is actually causing the heart disease or the cancer is uncertain, we would call this “Low Quality Evidence.”

Moreover, if it is true, the absolute effects are very small. In other words, for instance, if 1 were to stop one’s red meat intake by 3 servings per week, and average folks in Western countries eat about 3 servings of red meat a week, so, more or less, eliminating red meat for most folks, and if you did this for the rest of your life, you would reduce your cancer deaths by 7 in a 1,000.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: Which most people would probably think is a small effect. So, there’s 2 things. First of all, the causal relationship is uncertain. Second, the effect, if it exists at all, is small. When you say, “It is okay to eat your read meat,” that depends on your attitude on a small, and some consider it a very small, and uncertain effect.

If you were the person who would say, “Well, it may be uncertain and the effect may be small. But I want to protect my health in any way that I possibly can,” then the message isn’t, “It’s okay to eat your red meat.” It should be, “You better cut down or starve.”

It really depends on your attitudes. We call them values and preferences. I will go back. We did a number of systematic reviews. We did systematic reviews of red meat and cardiovascular risk, red meat and cancer, and dietary patterns and cancer and cardiovascular.

They were consistent in showing 10-15% relative increases in those events for those people who ate more red meat rather than less red meat. Our results were not really that different. We did it more rigorously. We got all the studies available.

We did the GRADE approach. Our results were not that different. Our results were different in their interpretation. The nutritional epidemiologist before said, “On the basis of these observational studies, we conclude red meat causes cancer and cardiovascular disease.”

But the problem from the GRADE perspective is the problem with all observational studies. Germane to the nutritional world. I will give an obvious example, which everyone gets, easily, in terms of the problems with observational studies.

Let’s say you ask a question, “Are hospitals dangerous places?” You compare what happens to people in hospitals to people out of hospitals. You find that many more people die in the hospital. You, therefore, conclude that hospitals are dangerous places.

But if you want to avoid a premature death, then you should avoid the hospital. Most people understand there is a logical problem with the reasoning. It is more difficult to get that there is the same logical problem with red meat and these same bad events.

In other words, just as it isn’t that the hospital kills people, it is that the people in the hospital are different from the people who aren’t. Similarly, it may well be that the red meat does not causes cancer and cardiovascular disease. It is that the people who eat the meat are different from the people who don’t eat the meat.

There are a number of ways people who are in hospital – they’re sicker, clearly – are different than people out of hospital.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: Here there may be a number of ways people are different, there may be a number of things going along with eating meat. Because the criminals in terms of the problems may not be the red meat but the things that go along with them.

What we saw in the dietary pattern studies support the hypothesis that it is, maybe, something else, secondly, maybe, they exercise differently. Or, maybe, they are more likely to live in areas where there is more pollution.

Or, maybe, their smoking is different, and so on and so forth. There may be things other than the red meat that are, in fact, causing it, just as there are things other than being in the hospital that causes you to be more likely to die in the hospital.

There’s one set of observational studies that highlights the issue. That is, the intake of antioxidant vitamins. So, as it turns out, big, nicely done observational studies of antioxidant vitamins showed that people who take antioxidant vitamins have less cardiovascular disease and less cancer than people who don’t take antioxidant vitamins.

It’s true! People who take antioxidant vitamins have less cardiovascular disease and less cancer than people who don’t take them. It just has nothing to do with antioxidant vitamins. So, when people have done the randomized trials of antioxidant vitamins, all the people who believe in the observational studies are saying, “For sure, we are going to show a reduction in cardiovascular disease and cancer.”

No reduction, zero! Zero reduction in cardiovascular disease and cancer. So, just like the people in the hospital are different than the people out of the hospital, that explains their increased risk of dying. The people who take antioxidant vitamins are different from the people who don’t take antioxidant vitamins.

It is those differences in the people rather than the antioxidant vitamins, which are responsible for the decreased cardiovascular risk and cancer. So, we are, for that reason, using a technical term, “confounding,” which means that the exposure of interest is associated with other differences in people that may, in fact, be responsible for the finding.

In the GRADE framework, we are mistrustful of observational studies. So, observational studies start as low-quality evidence. They, generally, end off as low-quality evidence.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: If they have other problems, they may even be very low-quality evidence in the GRADE framework, which is high, moderate, low, and very low. Now, sometimes, there may be some things about the observational studies that make us raise the quality of the evidence and make results more trustworthy.

A great example of that is smoking and lung cancer. What makes us sure or very convinced that smoking causes lung cancer is that the relative effect is gigantic, in other words, it’s 10 times the relative effect if you’re a heavy smoker.

If you’re a heavy smoker, you have 10 times the chance of getting lung cancer than if you don’t. Secondly, there is a dose-response gradient. You smoke a little bit. Your risk goes up. You smoke a moderate amount. Your risk goes up more. Your smoke a lot. Your risk goes up even more. You smoke a ton. You have a very high risk.

So, it is those two things. To illustrate the difference, let’s say, you do not eat any red meat. Your risk of cancer is 1%. If you eat, according to the results of the studies, three servings of red meat a week, your risk goes up 1.15%.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: Whereas with smoking, if your risk is 1%, and if you smoke heavily, the risk goes up to 10%. So, in those instances, when you have a very large relative risk like that, confounding cannot explain it. So, we believe it.

The relatively minor risk with red meat is very easily explained by confounding. So, where we disagree with the others in the nutritional community by applying the GRADE approach, we are much more skeptical of the results of observational studies and only consider low-quality evidence, and are not ready to declare red meat causes cardiovascular disease and cancer.

It might! It might. But the evidence is only low-quality. Previous authors have ignored the issue of the absolute effect. They have only presented the relative effects. They ignored or haven’t event calculated, in most cases, the absolute effects.

So, the other thing is, even if it is a true causal relationship, as I have just told you, the absolute effect is very small, and I gave you an example. Those are the two ways that we did things differently. By the way, we also looked at the randomized trials, which, further, have their own problems and only provide low-quality evidence.

But they have no association with the red meat in the bad outcomes at all in the most trustworthy randomized trials. Bottom lines: skepticism about whether there is a causal effect. If it is there, it is very small.

We also did a systematic review of looking at people’s values and preferences. We looked at how people like their red meat. Perhaps, no surprise, people like their red meat and are reluctant to give up their red meat.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: Most people would want a convincing effect of some magnitude before giving up their red meat. Some would give up their red meat with a convincing effect of small magnitude. Most people would want something more than that.

That then led to the recommendation, a weak recommendation because people’s values and preferences differ if you’re only considering health effects.

2. Jacobsen: I recall some commentary by you. It had not to do with antioxidant intake, but with coffee drinkers and then some of the rather large claims about the health effects, positive health effects, of it.

Is the similar notion or set findings there too?

Guyatt: Sadly, you are about to uncover the limitations of my memory. I haven’t looked at coffee studies in a while; and I don’t really remember them. It would be the same issue. People who drink coffee.

In fact, most of us can say this by looking around us. People who drink coffee are different than the people who are abstainers. It might be any of the differences that are responsible for the different health outcomes.

3. Jacobsen: After the research with the GRADE approach on average levels of red meat intake and processed meat intake, by North Americans, say, there were mixed reactions in the popular media in general with varying levels of commentary too.

Some more emotive. Some questioning the studies legitimacy and validity. What were some of those? How would you respond to some of those commentaries?

Guyatt: You say there were varied responses. Overwhelmingly, the responses were hostile, I would say. In some cases, intensely hostile, and in some cases, verging on the hysterical, what are the responses?

The responses are really much as what I have just told you. Okay, I will tell you one. The response, “Observational studies are untrustworthy for the reasons that were said. Even if there is a true effect, which there may not be, the effect is very small. And when you look at people’s value and preferences, people are attached to their red meat. The evidence suggests people would be reluctant to reduce their red meat. Unless, there was really compelling evidence to do so.”

That is fundamentally our response.

There is one other thing. Some of the critics claim, “Nutrition should have different rules. GRADE is designed for randomized trials. Nutrition with its observational studies should have a different set of rules.”

Our answer to that. I try to illustrate it. Picture two bodies of evidence, that are identical. They are observational studies. Same number of studies. Same sample size in the studies. Same safeguards against bias. As far as one can tell, in terms of their credibility, they are identical bodies of evidence.

One is looking at the nutritional intervention in which there’s never going to be adequate randomized trials because of he obstacles. The other is a drug for which there will be randomized trials. But in terms of their credibility, sample size, risk of bias protection, and so on.

Is the credibility that you would give to causal inferences from those two bodies of evidence the same?

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: Or is it because in one you can do randomized trials and another is one in which you cannot? This is dealing with an area of study called Epistemology, which is how we know things. To us, it is profoundly illogical to say, “Two identical bodies of evidence, the strength of inference differs on whether you can do randomized trials or not.”

Something outside of the evidence should not determine the credibility of the evidence. So, we would argue rather strongly that one is making an epistemological error by saying, ‘We have different standards of knowledge for one body of evidence over another because what is possible in terms of randomized trials.

4. Jacobsen: When it comes to the GRADE approach in general, are the same critiques repeated when similar large-scale studies are done?

Guyatt: In general, and I should say I am sympathetic to this, the folks who do public health and toxicology, and, in this case, nutrition, have reservations about the GRADE approach. Their reservations are based on the fact that their evidence will seldom be better than “low.”

That makes them unhappy. But if I were in their position, I’d be unhappy too.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: Because you want to sell your public health intervention, e.g., putting fluoride in the water or getting the public to stop eating red meat. Then someone says, “What is the quality of evidence supporting the advocacy for this public health position?”

They say a little embarrassed, “Oh, it is low-quality evidence But we still think that you should do it.” Not a particularly happy position to be in. But unfortunately, that is the way it is. That doesn’t mean that we shouldn’t act.

Perhaps, we should act on the basis of low-quality evidence. But it is low-quality evidence. These communities with low-quality evidence without randomized trials tend to not be enthusiastic about the GRADE approach.

5. Jacobsen: How are Network Meta-Analyses (NMA) linking up to the GRADE approach?

Guyatt: Historically, meta-analyses, systematic meta-analyses, compared Treatment A to Treatment B. It was a standard comparison. Starting 15 years ago, it started more and more with people presenting the same problem.

If you have 10, or in the case of antidepressants 25, different treatments, then they will seldom be compared A versus B, B versus C, and so on. A lot of the time there will not be a lot of parity comparisons.

A lot of people start to think, “Wouldn’t there be some nice way to summarize the evidence, so we can take all 25 treatments and say which ones are the better ones and the best one?” The statisticians went to work. They made a statistical methodology that compares A versus B and through C.

A versus C shows a big effect. B versus C shows no effect. A is probably better than C. These statistical methods have been around a decade or more. It is early in the game in terms of a new statistical approach.

So, there is lots of work going on now. A few years ago, 2014, maybe, it became very evident that the GRADE approach was needed with NMAs. When we first came up with the initial GRADE guidelines in 2004, it was based on dozens, perhaps hundreds, of examples that we applied GRADE.

It was pretty solid right from the beginning. With respect to this NMA, GRADE guidance was needed, but we hadn’t applied this in nearly so many vases. But we did offer it. Since then, as a result, we knew it was going to happen.

As we applied it more and more, we have refined guidance. There are, at least, 3 other articles out that provide updates and refinement to the GRADE applied to NMA. Bottom line, we have this new statistical approach.

It raises challenges for deciding on the quality and certainty of the evidence, to which GRADE has responded.

Jacobsen: When we’re talking about antioxidants and coffee, and the users thereof, those who come out healthier when using them. Rather than general statements, has or could NMA with a GRADE approach tell us in more detail? They exercise. They eat better, etc.

Guyatt: Probably not, or we’d be no further ahead, then you’d say, “It is the exercise.” But maybe, it isn’t the exercise.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: The people who exercise are different than the people who don’t exercise is a whole host of ways in a similar way it is harder to do it.

6. Jacobsen: What are some of the next steps in making the research more precise?

Guyatt: The next step is to realize that sometimes: you never know. This is one of those times that we will never know. We may not like that. But we argue, “Better to recognize the best evidence you have is low-quality than to pretend you know when you don’t know.”

7. Jacobsen: [Laughing] would that be a good principle moving forward with intellectual humility, the old one?

Guyatt: Yes, I think so.

8. Jacobsen: [Laughing] so, we are in the end of the year. We did a review of some of the work being done for you. What are we looking forward to in 2020 in terms of some of the next steps in terms of the research?

Guyatt: In research in general, there are thousands of things ongoing. Immediately coming to mind is the work my colleague P.J. Devereaux is doing with perioperative medicine. It is really exciting and might make a big difference.

It has to do with monitoring after surgery. So, I think I told you at that last conversation that the complications of anesthesia have gone down 100-fold since the start. The reason: you have an anesthesiologist sitting by the bedside monitoring every aspect of the condition.

As soon as he or she notice something wrong on the monitor, they are able to react immediately. Then the patient finishes in the O.R. All these monitors are taken off. Then they go to a ward, where a nurse may look after them once every few hours.

We go from this intense monitoring reducing complications by 100-fold to in essence an unmonitored situation. So, we’ve eliminated – not eliminated – or next to eliminated bad things happening in the O.R.

Once people are in the O.R., bad things start to happen. What potentially allows us to do something is the changes in technology, which is relatively inexpensive, and allows people to wear these things for a long time, it may be that instead of walking around checking this patient, that patient, the next patient.

By the end of 8 hours, you have checked all the patients, but the first patient hasn’t been checked for an hour. The nurses can sit at the nurses’ station with the monitors in front of them. After 10 minutes, they can look at the monitors and then go back to the first monitor. In a much, much, much shorter period of time, you can pick up when something is wrong.

You can call the doctor. There are a number of actions that can be taken. I think that really could change the picture. Maybe, not quite in the same way with monitoring with the anesthesiologist with the bedside, but a lot; also, as it turns out, according to P.J. Devereaux’s research, 30% of the bad things that happen, like deaths, after surgery happen after people go home.

A surprising thing, I think most of us were surprised at that finding. Solution, they keep wearing the monitors when the bad events happen. So, I think P.J. says, “I want to cut post-operative mortality in half.”

He might just pull it off.

It, of course, would be a gigantic event. That’s, maybe, in the world of people who I work with, the most exciting potential.

9. Jacobsen: You mentioned something as one subtext to that. When you have an anesthesiologist by the bedside of a patient, followed by a nurse, followed by a nurse checking the readouts, say, there’s an automation of some healthcare there.

Where does that borderline hit where you will still need someone like an anesthesiologist or someone like a nurse to do consistent monitoring of a patient in those cases?

Guyatt: Always, until, we can teach patients to monitor themselves. There will always have to be someone who can understand the outputs.

10. Jacobsen: Any developments on the technology side that you know that are making things even more deep into that field?

Guyatt: The short answer is: what I know about all of this is what P.J. Devereaux has told me, so, the details are there. Certainly, the thing will go, “Beep! Beep! Beep!”, when something is not good. But [Laughing] someone will have to look at the thing if there is a problem.

11. Jacobsen: To any prospective medical students, they will look for various experts in different areas, or take advice. You have been doing this your whole professional life. Let’s take a note from a veteran.

What do prospective medical students need to know and have going into medical school?

Guyatt: I would like to think that they would, ideally, have a fair bit of intellectual curiosity, and they, ideally, would genuinely care about other people. One way to put it: if you cannot treat every patient as if it is your mother or father, of someone who you dearly care about, perhaps, medicine isn’t the right career for you.

The caring about people and being ready to make some degree of always putting the patient above, “It is late in the day. It is time to get for dinner. I do not feel like getting up early this morning,” or taking a short cut is tempting.

It is to care enough that you would put the patient first. I don’t know. That is the prime attribute that I would like to see.

12. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Guyatt.

Guyatt: Alright, good!

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Distinguished Professor, Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact, McMaster University; Co-Founder, Evidence-Based Medicine.

[2] Individual Publication Date: December 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-five; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Red Meat and Processed Meat Intake, Smoking, Antioxidants, NMAs Combined with GRADE (Part Five) [Online].December 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-five.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, December 15). An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Red Meat and Processed Meat Intake, Smoking, Antioxidants, NMAs Combined with GRADE (Part Five)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-five.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Red Meat and Processed Meat Intake, Smoking, Antioxidants, NMAs Combined with GRADE (Part Five). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, December. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-five>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Red Meat and Processed Meat Intake, Smoking, Antioxidants, NMAs Combined with GRADE (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-five.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Red Meat and Processed Meat Intake, Smoking, Antioxidants, NMAs Combined with GRADE (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (December 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-five.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Red Meat and Processed Meat Intake, Smoking, Antioxidants, NMAs Combined with GRADE (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-five>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Red Meat and Processed Meat Intake, Smoking, Antioxidants, NMAs Combined with GRADE (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-five.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Red Meat and Processed Meat Intake, Smoking, Antioxidants, NMAs Combined with GRADE (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):December. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-five>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Red Meat and Processed Meat Intake, Smoking, Antioxidants, NMAs Combined with GRADE (Part Five) [Internet]. (2019, December 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-five.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Catherine 3 —Meeting Indigenous Youth Where They’re At

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Catherine Broomfield

Numbering: Issue 4: Everyone Has Their Specialty

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: December 11, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 618

Keywords: Catherine Broomfield, indigenous, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, youth.

Catherine Broomfield is the Executive Director of iHuman Youth Society. She loves the challenge and excitement of the job, especially with the diversity of the workplace and the people with non-profits. She has worked, in fact, in both the public and the private sectors. Here we talk about Indigenous troubled youth.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How is meeting the youth where they’re at an important aspect of the reintegration and processing of trauma?

Catherine Broomfield: Previously I shared what iHuman’s youth work practice under the principle of ‘meeting youth where they’re at’, or as we like to refer to it ‘keeping it real’, means to our style of engagement with young people and for our agency’s overall operation. I have shared how we orientate our support to young people based on their individual needs, barriers and circumstances on a day to day basis or situationally. I’ve shared how as a non-Indigenous organization on Treaty 6 land in Amiskwaciwâskahikan, also known as Edmonton, we primarily serve Indigenous young people and that despite wanting to support young people, at times, we have harmed them with our ignorance or lack of attunement to an Indigenous worldview. In all this reflection on how we deliver our mission, an underlying awareness is honouring treaty and protocol so that we ‘do things in a good way’. Therefore, over the last two years, we have taken action to align our engagement to what young people identify as well as the findings of the TRC and now the MMIWC from an Indigneous worldview privileging anti-oppressive, anti-racism approaches.

If as I have also mentioned, at the core of the issues iHuman youth experience is the erasure of identity, then providing a space in the way that I have just reviewed, means young people are welcomed to a building that sees them as whole human beings despite what they themselves or society might label them as “high risk”, “worthless”, “a problem” or “delinquent”. In my opinion when someone can be ‘seen’ and witnessed as a human being then you’re honouring their spirituality. I do not say this from a religious sense, in fact, being aware of the legacies of residential schools and colonization, I am expressly referring to the essence of who a person is — not their religious practice or views. At iHuman we are co-creating a space where young people and staff, volunteers, board are seeing the gifts that we all bring and using these skills and knowledge to keep a special place like iHuman operating and viable. Therefore, for me, being human is a spiritual endeavor — we’re all on a journey to betterment and there’s something that everyone can share or learn to help others in their journeys.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Catherine.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on 2019 EBM, and Science-Based Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Four)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: December 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,176

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC is a Distinguished University Professor is the Department of Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact at McMaster University. He is a Fellow of the Canadian Academy of Health Sciences. The British Medical Journal or BMJ had a list of 117 nominees in 2010 for the Lifetime Achievement Award. Guyatt was short-listed and came in second place in the end. He earned the title of an Officer of the Order of Canada based on contributions from evidence-based medicine and its teaching. He was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society of Canada in 2012 and a Member of the Canadian Medical Hall of Fame in 2015. For those with an interest in standardized metrics or academic rankings, he is the 15th most cited academic in the world in terms of H-Index at 245 and has a total citation count of more than 261,883 (at the time of publication). That is, he has among the highest H-Indexes or the highest H-Index, likely, of any Canadian academic living or dead. He discusses: developments of EBM throughout 2019; and EBM versus SBM.

Keywords: Canada, evidence-based medicine, Gordon Guyatt, McMaster University, medicine, science-based medicine.

An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on 2019 EBM, and Science-Based Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine: Distinguished Professor, Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact, McMaster University; Co-Founder, Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Four)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are some new developments in EBM? We have talked about those before. We can reference those. Let’s range from January 1, 2019 to the present. Your own repertoire of research.

Distinguished Professor Gordan Guyatt: I can talk about research known to me. One guy doing the most dramatic is working in perioperative medicine named P.J. Devereaux. He is a leading person in cardiology, particularly related to perioperative medicine. What he has found is that a lot of the people who we didn’t recognize before having the equivalent of heart attacks when they are undergoing surgery. We didn’t know about it. Because when they were under surgery, they are under narcotics and painkillers, and sedation.

So, when they are having heart attacks and nobody notices, what he started to do was to routinely measure their – more and more sophisticated ways to – enzymes released from the heart when the heart is damaged, he measured them in higher-risk people. He did this routinely. He found 80% of the heart attacks occurring when people are undergoing surgery are never noticed. If you do not do this routine monitoring, so, that was a big deal. So, subsequently, he did a randomized trial.

Where he was taking people with these heart attacks and giving them anti-coagulants after the surgery or not, the standard, at the time, was to not give them anti-coagulants. He found that major cardiovascular events, subsequent heart attacks, were reduced by the anti-coagulants. It was a major change in how we monitor people. First of all, we are, now, monitoring troponins.

We never did this before in the research. We are finding all of these heart attacks. We are treating all these heart attacks that they, typically, were untreated before. Now, they would be treated with standard medications like aspirin and statins. Drugs to lower blood lipids and anti-coagulants. That is going to be a major worldwide change in practice.

First of all, monitoring the enzymes to detect the heart attacks, which we didn’t notice before, and then treating them, it is reduce subsequent events. That has been one major change, which will have a big worldwide impact. Based on the furtherance of P.J. Devereaux’s research, what will be some next steps? One of the next steps is that we were also finding that people were having small strokes.

We never noticed them before. Now, we have ways of imaging the brain, sophisticated imaging, to find small strokes that people did not notice. Now, we have found that the people who are having strokes; if you follow them for a year, they are having cognitive deterioration, which does not happen to others who do not have the strokes.

Further work will be done. The preliminary work will establish that this is going on, then the question will be, “Is there anything that we can do to prevent the strokes?” That is another aspect. The other major thing that he is doing is that he has found things. It all started with 40,000 people worldwide and following them through surgery and seeing what happens.

A lot of them run into trouble of one sort or another. The strokes being one thing, infections being another, various complications. His idea: he uses the idea of anesthesia. Anesthesia, when it got started in the 1850s, people would die because of the anesthesia, complications of the anesthesia. Gradually, we developed more and more sophisticated monitoring through surgery.

Now, deaths from anesthesia have been reduced, literally, 100-fold. They basically never happen, almost never happen. The reason is that there is an anesthesiologist. They not only have the surgeon, but they have the anesthesiologist by the bedside through surgery monitoring everything that is going on and making very quick adjustments if there are any problems.

The very careful monitoring with an expert physician trained to do just that, monitor people through surgery. It has basically eliminated the complications associated with anesthesia. P.J. says, ‘We monitor people.” No one wants to travel for their surgery. They to travel as soon as they go back to the ward after their surgery and the subsequent days.

He says, very reasonably, “That’s because we stopped monitoring them.” Nurses come by every few hours. They check something, and so on. Now, we have technology that can monitor continuously. So, they monitor the oxygen saturation, the heart rate, the blood pressure. When we are doing this in studies, we are finding people running into trouble. Nobody notices for a few hours.

So then, the question is, “If we monitor closely electronically without nurses checking, the nurses can sit at the nurses’ station and look at the monitors and say, ‘Look! Something is happening.” Go down and get the doctor involved and have them act much more quickly, we think this can further lower or have real potential for nipping the problem in the bud – to use that metaphor.

He also found out that a third of the deaths that happened after surgery happened in the first thirty days after people go home. People are discharged. Things look okay. They run into trouble when they go home. That is a major problem. What is the solution to that? Monitor them once they get home! Once they run into trouble, then you bring them back, this monitoring and quick response could – he says or wants – to cut the mortality in half.

He is an ambitious guy [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: So far, everything, all his leads, he has done has worked out. It kind of makes sense. The metaphor or analogy as to what happens with anesthesia and close monitoring. We eliminated bad things happening. As soon as we stop monitoring, bad things start happening. It, certainly, has huge potential.

2. Jacobsen: I want to dip a little bit into, in fact, a few news articles, actually, around red meat.

Guyatt: Yes, a lot of excitement about red meat [Laughing].

Jacobsen: In popular Canadian culture, there is so much fun people are having with it. I am told. And if you don’t want to be told, you will be told anyways. There are a lot of keto diets, red meat diets, and all-meat diets. All these phrases people are, basically, making up on the fly in the last year, or two, or three.

One, as a cultural comment, what do you think is the source of it? And two, what is the strongest evidence for and against this kind of dietary recommendation to people? Also, just compared to ordinary red meat intake, for example.

Guyatt: My impression is that the particular diets have been around and the enthusiasm for particular diets has been around a lot longer than a couple of years. Perhaps, people are talking about them more or, maybe, they’re getting a little stranger than they used to be. Certainly, in terms of weight loss, all the weight loss diets; we call them “Branded Diets.” Atkins Diet, so on and so forth, people have made a lot of money telling people, “This is the way to lose weight.” They have been around for a long time.

None of them are terribly successful in helping people lose weight over the long term. Although, they are well-advertised. But it is true that you have paleolithic diets, keto diets, and God knows what else. Fasting, as far as I understand it, is popular now. One might describe these as fads. The evidence supporting any of them is more or less absent.

Jacobsen: [Laughing] thank you. Also, with regards to comparing methodologies, EBM has been around since ’91, the older version…

Guyatt: …The term EBM has been around since ’91.

Jacobsen: Then values and preferences as an adjunct were much later.

Guyatt: That’s right.

3. Jacobsen: Speaking of the more modern forms of EBM and speaking of Science-Based Medicine, I am sure that you’ve read the literature and are aware of the critiques that have come your way. What are your thoughts on Science-Based Medicine (SBM)?

Guyatt: Maybe, you are monitoring the literature closer than I am. I have never heard the phrase Science-Based Medicine. As a historical note, when we were first developing the notion of what became EBM, my first idea of what to call it was Scientific Medicine. At the time, I was the Director of the Residency program in Internal Medicine at McMaster University. I presented this idea to my colleagues.

The basic scientists were completely enraged. They thought that they were the real scientists, not clinical epidemiologists like me. They were so angry. I said, ‘I have to come up with a different name than Scientific Medicine.’ The alternative was EBM, which turned out to be much more successful.

Jacobsen: Their emphasis in SBM is science in general rather than evidence in particular. It was proposed by “Yale neurologist Dr. Steven Novella… and surgical oncologist Dr. David Gorski (Karmanos Cancer Institute) in early 2008” (Ingraham, 2014):

EBM is a vital and positive influence on the practice of medicine, but it has its limitations. Most relevant to this blog is the focus on evidence to the exclusion of scientific plausibility. The focus on evidence has its utility, but fails to properly deal with medical modalities that lie outside the scientific paradigm, or for which the scientific plausibility ranges from very little to nonexistent. (Ibid.)

Guyatt: What are they saying? Are they implying that we should pay more attention to things like homeopathy? Or are they saying that we should pay less attention to homeopathy? From what you’ve read, I’m not sure which.

Jacobsen: Based on their orientation, there would be more emphasis on homeopathy in terms of critique. That tends to be the orientation.

Guyatt: That we shouldn’t take homeopathy too seriously. Is that the point?

Jacobsen: I think so.

Guyatt: Okay, I don’t see any EBM people advocating for homeopathy as far as I know.

Jacobsen: There you go. Further quote:

EBM, although a step forward over prior dogma-based medical models, ultimately falls short of making medicine as effective as it can be. As currently practiced, EBM appears to worship clinical trial evidence above all else and nearly completely ignores basic science considerations, relegating them to the lowest form of evidence, lower than even small case series. This blind spot has directly contributed to the infiltration of quackery into academic medicine and so-called EBM … (Ibid.)

Guyatt: This seems silly to me because they seem to, on the one hand, to be claiming that we should be paying more attention to what goes on in the laboratory. But we know that much of what goes on the laboratory or seems promising in the laboratory when tested in clinical practices turn out to be, certainly, not successful in the way one hopes.

Not infrequently, it is harmful in the way that one does not hope. In terms of quackery, if one sets standards for insisting on randomized trials, it ends quackery because when tested in randomized trials: things that don’t work, don’t work! So, people cannot claim that they work.

So, that seems silly. The part that you read to me is legitimate. It is the somewhat simplistic hierarchy of evidence that was initially proposed, which changed in 2004 with the first publication in the British Medical Journal in what we called the GRADE approach to assess the quality of evidence.

It said, “Randomized trials may start as high-quality evidence. But there are five categories of problems that  may lower evidence for randomized trials.” Those were the risk of bias, randomized trials not being conducted optimally, inconsistent results from one trial to another, small trials with imprecise results, and indirectness of evidence.

Where, for instance, a lot of my patients are over 90 now. Randomized trials were all done in younger people. Can you apply those with the same confidence to people over 90? Probably not. There is a new and more sophisticated understanding of evidence in randomized trials. It also recognized that infrequently, but perhaps not that infrequently, evidence from what we call observational or non-randomized studies can be high-quality evidence.

We have a considerable list of such things including hip replacements, epinephrine for anaphylactic shock, or insulin for diabetic ketoacidosis, dialysis for renal failure, and they go on. These things, appropriately, have never been tried in randomized trials because their results are so large and dramatic. So, you don’t need randomized trials to show that they are effective.

The new and more sophisticated hierarchy of evidence, first of all, acknowledges limitations in randomized trials and, secondly, recognized situations when evidence from non-randomized studies can, nevertheless, end up as high-quality evidence leading to strong inferences. That is another way, I would say, that they are not recognizing the sophistication that has been around in EBM since 2004.

Jacobsen: One thing, did you want to close on a note of the progress of science?

Guyatt: So, here I am. On Tuesday, or seven days ago, I started to notice that my balance wasn’t what it should be. In the next 24 hours, by Wednesday afternoon, it was getting to be a real problem, when I was falling to the left.

Ironically, it so happened that the residency program, which I still help out in, has an EBM day. Where they bring all the residents together to learn EBM stuff, this was on the EBM stuff. They, usually, highlight my teaching on the EBM day.

I, usually, lecture to the whole group. They break into small groups. By the end of the day, they knew; I was in trouble. They said, “You’ve got to do something quick Dr. Guyatt.” They were nice to me. One accompanied me to down the general and bought me an Uber.

They came with me. We found a neurologist. They all just thought I was having a stroke. They brought me to have a CT scan. The new CT scan at the general. I was pretty impressed. It felt like it took two minutes or less to do the CT scan.

It used to be a big production sitting there for half an hour. I didn’t know I was in the machine. They said, “No! You do not have a stroke. You are having a subdural hematoma. This blood collecting around the brain and squeezing your brain. That’s what is going on.”

Within an hour of that, they didn’t even take me to the proper operating room. They didn’t need to. They took me to a procedure room, put a drain in. By the next morning, I was fine!

Pretty impressive modern medicine, I would say.

Jacobsen: Thank you.

References

Ingraham, P. (2014, August 26). Why “Science”-Based Instead of “Evidence”-Based?: The rationale for making medicine more science-based. Retrieved from https://www.painscience.com/articles/ebm-vs-sbm.php.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Distinguished Professor, Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact, McMaster University; Co-Founder, Evidence-Based Medicine.

[2] Individual Publication Date: December 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-four; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on 2019 EBM, and Science-Based Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Four) [Online].December 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, December 8). An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on 2019 EBM, and Science-Based Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on 2019 EBM, and Science-Based Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, December. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on 2019 EBM, and Science-Based Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on 2019 EBM, and Science-Based Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (December 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on 2019 EBM, and Science-Based Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on 2019 EBM, and Science-Based Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on 2019 EBM, and Science-Based Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):December. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on 2019 EBM, and Science-Based Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Four) [Internet]. (2019, December 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

 

An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Biology and Philosophy, Teaching, Accolades, Mentors, and Modern American Science (Part Three)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: December 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,833

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC is a British-born philosopher of science who lived and worked for a significant period of time in Canada, as a Canadian. He works on the lines and overlaps between religion and science, on the socio-political controversy between creationism and evolution (not intellectual or scientific controversy), and the line between science and non-science. He is the Lucyle T. Werkmeister Professor of Philosophy at Florida State University. He discusses: analysis of developments in biology and philosophy; the favourite moment in teaching; smartest person ever met; intriguing ideas in the philosophy of science; accolades; mentors; impactful books; current scientific state of the United States; the importance of secular alliances; and astonishing evolutionary research in the 20th century.

Keywords: evolution, Florida State University, Michael Ruse, philosophy of science, religion, science.

An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Biology and Philosophy, Teaching, Accolades, Mentors, and Modern American Science: Lucyle T. Werkmeister Professor of Philosophy, Florida State University (Part Three)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I was asking a different question. But it also a good answer to a good question. We’re not divided on that particular issue.

However, given that you are a historian of science and a historian of ideas, I would be curious as to your analysis of some developments that may be coming down the pike or that are probable into the future as important developments in biology, in philosophy, and so on.

Professor Michael Ruse: Let’s try that one. At the obvious level, I don’t think there is any question that work being done on development is going to be hugely important. All this stuff about homologous genes between humans and fruit flies share the same genes working in the same way is absolutely gobsmacking.

It is incredibly important. It gives huge amounts of insight. But I don’t think that anybody would say, “Oh my God, my world has fallen apart.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: That’s why epigenetics or epigenesis not only doesn’t worry me. It excites me. But it doesn’t excite me in the sense of saying, “Ah! You are going to get meaning in the world after all. I do not think that you are.”

However, I do think that there are issues where we have not scratched the surface. I think the consciousness is the big one. I think we can give all sorts of analogies for the states of the brain an can get certain thoughts by doing certain things to the brain.

I am not sure, at all, if anyone has gotten anywhere on saying what is consciousness or consciousness and the physical body. Dan Dennett wants to say, “If you give a fully materialistic account of the brain, then that does it.” That’s just not true.

Thinking is not the brain working, Leibniz told us that. Of course, these things, which are, as I say, staggering like quantum entanglement. How can something happening on one side of the universe have simultaneous effects on the other side?

This is not something violating the speed of light or anything. In some way, this is the transfer of information from one end of the universe to the other. I think there are some fantastic things out there.

Whether we will solve them or not, I do not know. It is as Haldane says the world is queerer than we think it is, but it queerer than we could think it is. Clearly, the world is queerer than we think it is. The question is whether or not we will be able to tackle the queerness.

At the moment, I am not particularly optimistic about finding the ultimate nature of consciousness. It does not mean that there is meaning in the world. I am happy to say that consciousness is not material. It is entirely natural. It is entirely a natural phenomenon.

So, maybe, consciousness does mean that it is all there. Maybe, it would mean reincarnation is possible. I do not think it would lead to Nirvana. I see no reason, even if there is reincarnation, that it will lead to Nirvana.

It is absurd as Camus was saying. There are some issues that we have scratched at. I think consciousness is one. One philosopher called himself a “New Mysterian” because he said, “I didn’t think that we will solve consciousness.” I am inclined to agree with him.

Because something is insoluble, it doesn’t mean that it will be religious. I am careful to say consciousness is material. I see no reason to invoke the supernatural for consciousness. As I say, maybe, there is, but it is something that neither turns me on or off.

I see nothing in consciousness that says to me, “Michael, meaning is out there in the world. You’ve just got to work harder at it, to find out.” I think if we could figure out the problem of consciousness, then we would be no closer to the problem of ultimate meaning than we are now.

Why would quantum entanglement prove God or prove that things are getting better? It doesn’t have anything to do with that.

I wrote a book called Taking Darwin Seriously: A Naturalistic Approach to Philosophy. I would say, “I am a naturalist.” I am certainly not a supernaturalist. I am not a materialist [Ed. Previous mentions to materialism within the context of being a naturalist and non-supernaturalist.].

I don’t think most people today, or anybody today who thinks about it, would think about themselves as materialists. A Lucretian-type atomist or something like this; everybody would agree that the physics of the last century, the quantum, show that electrons are sometimes particles and sometimes waves.

The idea of the universe as some type of massy stuff is just not true. It doesn’t stop you being a naturalist. For me, a naturalist is not finding meaning in the world.

2. Jacobsen: What has been your favourite moment in teaching?

Ruse: What is my favourite moment? I don’t know. It is like being married. There are a lot of favourite moments. There are a lot of tedious moments. I find marking papers tedious. When you see a student have a glimpse when they understood something that they did not understand before, or when a student gets onto something before that they didn’t, that is the favourite moment.

Teaching is a two-way thing. It is not just you teaching on your own. Teaching is working with other human beings. Favourite moments are going to be at some level shared or will occur in a social situation. Obviously, if you can get an idea across, sometimes, or a good analogy or something like that, you feel good about that.

Sometimes, you leave the class and say, “Oh, fuck it! I don’t know what went wrong today. Maybe, I’m bored. Maybe, they’re bored. It is the end of the semester of Thanksgiving is coming or something like that.” We all have those sorts of days.

But suddenly, you have an idea. Then a kid gets it. It is just wonderful. It works both ways. My own favourite moment, if you like. I don’t like marking. And that is related to the most non-favourite moment.  When I have worked with the student and then it becomes clear. All they wanted was the mark.

That is a really bad thing. You’re working with the student. All they wanted was an A to get into medical school. They don’t care about the subject. All they wanted was the mark. That is a pretty deadening experience [Laughing].

3. Jacobsen: [Laughing] who is the smartest person you have ever met?

Ruse: Oh! Oh goodness, I don’t know. I will tell you something. That’s not a good question for me.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: Seriously, maybe, I’ve got to much of an Oedipus Complex. I often thought one of the main reasons that I couldn’t be a Christian is that I couldn’t follow another human being. Of course, Jesus said that he is not another human being.

I may admire someone like Karl Popper.  But I recoil with horror at becoming a Karl Popper groupie or something like that.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: Of course, I have met people like Jim Watson. Clearly, Watson is a very clever guy. Some of the mathematicians that you read. They are very, very clever people. At that level, clearly, I have met some eminent people, historians, and that sort of thing.

As I say, I am never looking for that sort of thing. I am always looking for people who have interesting things to say and who want to share them. I am not looking for people who say, “I am a Nobel Prize Winner. Bow down before me, my name is Ozymandias, King of Kings.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: “Look on my works and despair,” sort of thing; that’s never been my thing. As I say, I got along well with my father. I have a bit of an Oedipal thing. My headmaster, I am joking about him. At least, the tensions that I had with my headmaster came, at least, as much from me as much from him. Do you know what I mean?

Maybe, the most brilliant person who I have ever met has never, at some level, turned me on – the thought of it. Not that I am being cocky, not that I am saying, “I am the brightest person that I have met.”

Certainly, I am not. Some people have mathematical abilities way beyond mine. Obviously, if you were talking about the ability to write, I would point to Stephen Jay Gould and Richard Dawkins. I think The Selfish Gene is a work of genius. In other ways, I think The God Delusion is full of shit.

Jacobsen: [Laughing]

Ruse: It cuts both ways.

4. Jacobsen: What has been one of the more intriguing ideas that you have come across in the philosophy of science?

Ruse: As I say, thinking more and more about the mind-body problem, maybe, the mind is part of the world as much as material is. Some kind of panpsychism. I am not a philosopher of mind. I have not thought this through in any real way. I have not done any real work on it.

It does seem to me to make sense in certain sorts of ways. Certainly, it is something that I found very interesting. If you were thinking about what I have found as one of the most interesting projects in recent years, I was in South Africa about 5 years ago. I wanted to work on a project.

I was at Stellenbosch University. It is the Afrikaans university. The required library materials were just not there. I retooled things as it were. I wrote a book on Darwin and literature.

If I wanted to read a book on Emily Dickinson, I could do it in 10 seconds, and so on. I found it incredibly exciting working on Victorian and later things, and seeing what creative artists had done with Darwin.

One thing that was exciting were that there were so many women involved in it, like George Eliot, Emily Dickinson, and Edith Wharton and Mrs. Gaskell. So, I found that was probably the most exciting experience that I’ve had, certainly, in the last 10 years if not long before that.

I found that really was, almost, turning a corner and finding a whole new world, which I didn’t realize existed. Quite frankly, I don’t think that any of my fellow historians of science realized it existed. Obviously, some of the literary people knew about it.

They weren’t relating this back to the history of science. It was tremendously exciting coming in as a historian of philosophy and science and finding this whole dimension that was there. I felt like the soldier in the tinderbox. Every time, I went into a room.

I wanted to empty my pockets and then fill them up with what was there.

5. Jacobsen: [Laughing] people with long successful careers get awards. What accolade are you most proud of?

Ruse: I have four honorary degrees. I am not bragging about it. I have done pretty well. I have not won a Nobel Prize. I do not expect to. I have been acknowledged for what I have done. But in some sort of way, what I do, I do for myself.

I really do. I do this because it is important to me. Of course, one likes to have some acknowledgement of what one is doing. Particularly when people disagree with you, it is terrific. I don’t want to pretend that I am perfect on this.

But by and large, I don’t spend my time doing that. I have never asked any of my publishers to hook me up to book awards. Some want to do that and get some awards. I have never, ever said to one of my publishers, “I think we should hook me up to that.”

It is not where I am at.

6. Jacobsen: Did you have any mentors?

Ruse: When I was younger, some of my professors were very helpful and said, “Ruse, you’re better than you let yourself be.” I think that they weren’t necessarily important. Perhaps some.  Stephan Körner who was a Kantian at Bristol.  He was, certainly, a very kind man in my life. I wouldn’t say that he was a mentor in teaching.

As I say, I am a bit of an autodidact. My oedipal issues, I am not that good at doing that sort of thing. John Thomas at McMaster, he’s the father of Dave Thomas, the comedian.  He was awfully supportive of me. Coming to Canada on my own, it was a very lonely experience. It was very rough at times. John Thomas, I found tremendously supportive. I had mentors in that way. But never had someone who I feel I could be a disciple of, or who pushed me in certain directions.

I’ve always been, to a great extent, my own person. Coming to Canada when you’re 22 on your own, it rather inclines you that way [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: It really does. It really, truly does. Leaving England and everything like that, and striking out on my own, everything that I do; I have to do with my own bare hands. I did.

7. Jacobsen: What books have been most impactful on you?

Ruse: Obviously, The Origin of Species, I would not necessarily say The Critique of Pure Reason as such. Although I do love the Prolegomena.  Shorter and simpler! However, I would say Kant’s philosophy, as a whole, particularly the third critique. For many years, I taught Plato’s Republic. I would say that has been important for me and as a teacher.

Another one, I did, very early in my philosophical career, Descartes’s Meditations. I found that I wasn’t the only person thinking if they were sleeping or awake. My wife tells me, ‘Everybody does that when they’re 9. Then they grew out of it.” Neither Descartes nor I did.

You asked me about other things. I found that very eye-opening if you like. I get such pleasure of reading Bleak House by Dickens or The Last Chronicle of Barset by Anthony Trollope.

8. Jacobsen: What do you make of the current scientific state of America?

Ruse: It is up and down. With the charter schools, I suspect that there is more creationism being taught now than at any other time in the country. I think there is an awful lot of creationism going on in these charter schools.

By and large, my experience of public-school education in America has not been glowing. My kids, to a certain extent, had to overcome their high-school educations. My youngest son did his high school at Tallahassee and went university at Toronto to read physics.  He realized in the first week that he did not have the background and then switched to philosophy and did very well in Philosophy.

Without being a Jeremiah, I am not overly impressed by the quality of public education in America at the moment. It is difficult. Isn’t it?  If we send our kids to private schools, it means that so many of the parents who really care are no longer around and supporting the public schools.

When I grew up in England, we had the grammar schools. They gave a terrific education. We know that they gave it through a certain or great extent at the cost of everyone else. It went into the 20%. If you went into a secondary mod., they lost it by the time they were 12.

It does not mean that it is necessarily a good thing. I remember state education as very good. I’m sure the same in New England. I’m sure a lot of good public schools in and around Boston. But if you look at Tallahassee or Florida, you don’t expect to find excellence – and you don’t.

9. Jacobsen: How important are secular alliances for keeping a secular place on campuses?

Ruse: It is difficult to say. My campus is probably way more religious than Simon Fraser University or others, or UBC. But there’s no question about that. I think they’re important. But quite frankly, we have this secular society, which I am the mentor of. I try to help.

I don’t get the feeling that an awful lot occurs through it. I think that we do better in trying to direct students to certain courses or programs, or things of that nature, than anything else. It is difficult to say. If I was probably younger, I would be more enthusiastic about these things.

I’ve done the job for 50-odd years now. I never found these things tremendously helpful. But to a certain extent, that is probably me. I am not much of a joiner. I am not social. I do not feel an inclination to join a church group or the Unitarians.

I just don’t seem to work that way.

10. Jacobsen: What piece of evolutionary research most astonished you, in the 20th century?

Ruse: The implications of the double helix. I think this opened up huge insights into the ways evolution works. I think of the work of people like Dick Lewontin in the 1960s and 70s. I am quite happy to say, going on to do the Human Genome Project.

Things like that. As I say, this whole question about homologies between insects and humans opens up things and surprised the hell out of me. It doesn’t surprise me like an explanation of consciousness would. But I think it has been tremendously exciting that way.

Again, I think that’s the way it goes. I think most people would want to say that. Biology gained a whole lot more status in the second half of the 20th century than the first. When I went to school in the 50s, by and large, biology was not a very high-status science.

Whereas, I think, any student today who says, “I want to be a molecular biology student,” or have an interest in ecology in nature, is onto a good thing. I think it is a lot more exciting, generally, as it were, without necessarily picking on one particular thing.

But if you’re going to talk about one discovery, then the double helix would be it.  If you are going to broaden the question out to the history of science, I discovered that E. Ray Lankester, an eminent evolutionist at the end of the nineteenth-century could not get erections with women of his own class and had to go to Paris to find sexual relief in the brothels?   I discovered this from some very private letters he wrote to a friend in Naples, Italy.  Of course, I introduced it immediately into the book I was writing and made a big thing about it all being a metaphor for general feelings of decay – H. G. Wells, and the Time Machine, sort of thing.  I wonder what posterity will make of me?  I can assure you that there are no letters in Naples and I never had trouble with erections!  That time between wives might bear closer examination!!

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Lucyle T. Werkmeister Professor, Philosophy, Florida State University; Director, HPS Program, Florida State University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: December 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-three; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Biology and Philosophy, Teaching, Accolades, Mentors, and Modern American Science (Part Three) [Online].December 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, December 1). An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Biology and Philosophy, Teaching, Accolades, Mentors, and Modern American Science (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Biology and Philosophy, Teaching, Accolades, Mentors, and Modern American Science (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, December. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Biology and Philosophy, Teaching, Accolades, Mentors, and Modern American Science (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Biology and Philosophy, Teaching, Accolades, Mentors, and Modern American Science (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (December 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Biology and Philosophy, Teaching, Accolades, Mentors, and Modern American Science (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Biology and Philosophy, Teaching, Accolades, Mentors, and Modern American Science (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Biology and Philosophy, Teaching, Accolades, Mentors, and Modern American Science (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):December. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Biology and Philosophy, Teaching, Accolades, Mentors, and Modern American Science (Part Three) [Internet]. (2019, December 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Creationism, Intelligent Design, and Evolution, and History and the Future (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: November 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,175

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC is a British-born philosopher of science who lived and worked for a significant period of time in Canada, as a Canadian. He works on the lines and overlaps between religion and science, on the socio-political controversy between creationism and evolution (not intellectual or scientific controversy), and the line between science and non-science. He is the Lucyle T. Werkmeister Professor of Philosophy at Florida State University. He discusses: orthogenesis, not believing in spiritual religions or secular religions, intelligent design, and evolution via natural selection; philosophy of science; creationism as not science; debates and dialogues with creationists; Dembski’s note on the god of intelligent design as, ultimately, the Christian God; and history as a window into the possibilities for the future..

Keywords: creationism, epigenetics, evolution, Florida State University, intelligent design, Michael Ruse, natural selection, philosophy of science, religion, science.

An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Creationism, Intelligent Design, and Evolution, and History and the Future: Lucyle T. Werkmeister Professor of Philosophy, Florida State University (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When it comes to orthogenesis and not really believing in spiritual religions or secular religions, what do you make of the current state of the sociopolitical context of the fringes of intelligent design and the modern progress and research of evolution via natural selection, and some of the advances in genetics, epigenetics, and so on?

Professor Michael Ruse: That’s a good question. In some way or another, I talk about it. That’s all I almost do. My own feeling is that biologists have made huge advances in the last 200 years, not only with evolutionary theory but with the double helix. There’s no question.

This has led to huge new insights. Are we going to have a whole new paradigm somewhere down the road? I would be very surprised if we did. It is to say. There might be an obvious big switch like with the Newtonian mechanics in the 19th century. Everything was still fine. Then it collapsed in the 20th century. Could it happen in the 21st century?

Of course, it could. However, I, myself, am not worried as a conventional Darwinian by epigenetics. I think we’ve always known that development one of the big – what shall we say? – unknown areas of evolutionary biology or molecular biology, which was formulated in the 1960s.

We tend to treat organisms as black boxes. Genes and phenotypes and that sort of thing. By and large, not everybody, we tend to ignore what goes between them. Clearly, with molecular genetics, they’re starting to find out a huge amount of the ways organisms work. These homologies between humans and fruit flies.

[Laughing] how amazing can it be? Yet, evolutionary biologists and molecular biologists would pull back and say, “Hey now! That’s an incredible finding. But it doesn’t make me go, at the end of the day, ‘Oh my God! Everything I thought was completely wrong. It will never be fixed.”

Obviously, it is going to lead into another area of research and that sort of thing. Somehow, it is not worrying. In this sense, let’s build on what we’ve got, we can take all sorts of new directions because of it.

If you say to me, “Ah, yes! This could include some kind of Lamarckism,” which a lot of people are hoping. That it will lead to some kind of direction that Darwinian evolution does not have and then lead to some progression. I very much doubt it.  I could be wrong. However, I would be surprised.

My feeling: it will give us a hell of a lot of insight into the way selection works. We think this fits, eventually, in the context rather than start all over again. That’s my personal feeling about it. We know damn well selection works pretty well.

We run experiments. We learn so much about natural selection, e.g., skin color. All of those sorts of things. Natural selection is not going to be given up. The question, “Is it going to be pushed to one side?” As in, “There is selection, but…” It could be.  But I will wait and see. I am not anticipating it in the next week or two. How does that sound?

I don’t like the idea that sunsets aren’t meaningful. I think we can put meaning into it. I think we can understand nature in our own ways. I think we can say, “Ah yes! This is why certain organisms have certain adaptations.” But it is a meaning that we ascribe to it. There is no meaning there that is put onto us. That’s why I call humanism a secular religion in this sense. It is not God. It is religion in some sort of way.

Gods don’t survive. But religions do. Catholic priests will die.

2. Jacobsen: How did you work on philosophy of science?

Ruse: I worked as a philosopher. Thanks to the influence of people like Thomas Kuhn, I got very interested in history. So, I worked on Darwin. It led me into sociobiology, whether or not biology applies to humans.

At the same time, I was getting involved in the creationism debate. It was something I really enjoyed. [Laughing] being a prof. could be awfully ivory tower at times.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: [Laughing] it appealed to the kind of personality I’ve got. Nobody ever calls me at 2 in the morning and says, “Oh my God, professor, I am worried about the synthetic a priori.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse:  I am not in a profession where somebody might call at 2 in the morning and say, “Doctor, the baby is coming!” Not that I do not want to get up every night. I was certainly drawn to doing things a little more publicly. At the psychological level, if you like, I found this very rewarding.

The other thing, which I also found rewarding, it brought me back into contact with liberal Christians. I never felt, and still don’t feel, any urge to join them in their beliefs. Having grown up among the Quakers, it was really almost like coming home to spend time with these people.

Usually, I go to a conference with them in New England and have done for the last 40 years. I find that very enjoyable. In this sense, this is what I grew up with. It is my kind of people. I like that. There’s always been that.

I’ve always been prolifically working on books. Certainly, it led me to working on science and religion in the last 20 years or so. That, of course, is what I have been writing on a lot now. For instance, a book that I did on war. That is why I took my students through the war battlefields of the First World War.

I never do anything without writing a book. So, I wrote a book on Darwinism and Christianity, and their treatment of war. I found doing those sorts of things very rewarding. I don’t pretend that I am a mega-brain.

But I think that I have been damned lucky in that way, to be both a researcher and a teacher.

3. Jacobsen: If we look at young earth creationism, a Bishop James Ussher point of view, as well as old earth creationism, for those who may not have unpacked the reasons for why these are not scientific ideas, why aren’t they? For instance, why is prediction important in science?

Ruse: One thing that you’ve got to take into account is the peculiar state of America compared to Canada or Great Britain. Neither Canada or Great Britain do you have the absolute division between the secular and the religious.

Where you cannot bring religion in any sense into the general pool, for instance, in Ontario, you have a Catholic school system. When I grew up in England, we learned religion from a Church of England point of view. Unless, your parents said that you couldn’t be there, which most didn’t [Laughing].

In Canada and Britain, there has a been more comfortable relationship between science and religion. As you know, in America, it is absolutely forbidden to teach religion in state schools.

But as we know, the Americans tend to be a hell of a lot more religious than the rest of us. If you look at Canada 50 or 60 years ago, there was more religion.  Today, Canada is not, basically, a religious country. Things are different in the US, particularly if you can look at the American South, where I live. There is effort to put religion in schools one way or another.

There is great tension about the teaching of evolution is taught. Evolution taken literally is against religion taken literally. You cannot have a world founded in 6 days and humans just a unique pair and then believe in modern evolutionary theory.

You need a hell of a lot of time. You never have a single pair of humans. They were not made out of mud. They were made out of monkeys. There is bound to be those sorts of clashes. There is always an effort to put religious ideas alongside or even instead of those evolutionary claims in the classroom.

You cannot say, “Just support religious schools.” Although, they’re trying to do it. They do this through charter schools. I think they’re succeeding. Note however is that what is going on is that the creationists don’t simply say, give us religion, they claim that, in some sense, their beliefs are equally validated by science.

Of course, this is what creation science was all about. It was trying to give creationism a justification with gaps in the fossil record showing evolution didn’t occur. These sorts of things. And because this is so obviously a move that flies in the face of conventional science, I would want to say that this shows that we have more of a political battle than an intellectual battle.

This all said, although I spend quite a bit of time fighting creationists, I have not spent the last 40 years working exclusively on creationism. Because, basically, I do not find it that interesting. Epigenetics, which you talked about 15 or 20 minutes ago, I find this much more interesting. I am not sure this has the implications that people think it has or hope it has. I think there is real science there and real philosophical questions.

So much of the creationism there, it is important to fight it. A lot of the work is not philosophical or intellectual, but political. That is not to say that it is not important work.

4. Jacobsen: In your debates and dialogues, and discussions, with Dr. William Dembski, and creationists, what have been the pluses and minuses of those debates, dialogues, or conversations?

Ruse: With the creationists, and the intelligent design people, by and large, we haven’t spent a great deal of time batting heads over the age of the Earth or the Adam and Eve thing. It is more on the question of design, which is the thing that intelligent design theorists seized upon.

On one level, they said, “We do not care that the Bible is literally true. What we want to argue for is some kind of design force through the world, which can only be explained by the invocation of a supernatural being.”

I think the intelligent design people go all the way from the hard six-day creationism perspective to those who are almost evolutionists, but guided evolution. I think someone like Michael Behe falls on that end of the spectrum as opposed to some of the others who, I think, like Paul Nelson, fall more on the literal side of the spectrum.

There’s no question. It has been the whole question with the matter of design, which has been the really crucial thing. I think, to be fair, this is an interesting philosophical problem. But there is only so far that you can take it. I look at this historically.

I wrote a whole book on purpose, for instance. It came out a couple of years ago. I am interested in the more historical level. I don’t find a great deal of joy or intellectual risk by spending time talking about design principles.

Because it does [Laughing] seem Darwin’s theory of natural selection moved that conversation along.

5. Jacobsen: Also, there have been admissions. Dr. William Dembski noted the designer of the intelligent design movement is the Christian God. So, it is every explicit.

Ruse: This is the thing. They do think it is the Christian God. They do not think it is a graduate student on Andromeda do an experiment on planet Earth.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: So, I won’t call them hypocrites. But the intelligent design that they talk about is the tip of a much larger iceberg. There’s no question about that. It is interesting. Dembski, basically, has withdrawn from this whole conversation over the last ten years or so.

At some level, he feels, on the other side, much as I do. We have had out say about it. There is not much more to say at this level. It is time to move onto other issues. So, Bill Dembski, whom I have a good relationship with, was, particularly, like me.

He felt that we battled for ten years or so. We got to the point where, clearly, if we could not beat one another on things. Then we wouldn’t. I was happy to write a book on purpose. But I am a historian of ideas.

For me, writing about purpose in Plato or something like that, that’s not just intelligent design today with people like Dembski or Mike Behe.

6. Jacobsen: History can provide insights into possibilities for the future. If we’re looking at the development of scientific ideas, whether it’s in revolutions via Kuhn or in developments in evolutionary biology, providing insights into things as important as the development of vaccines.

Ruse: Yes. As I say, I have the feeling that you and I may not see eye-to-eye on this. I am pretty hard line against trying to find any kind of meaning in the world. Atheism is less important, to me, than anti-religionism in some sort of sense.

I don’t find meaning in the world. Let’s face it, Buddhists are atheists in some very important sense, but they find meaning. You can find meaning in some sense. That’s my point. That’s what I don’t want to do.

I don’t want to find meaning in the world. For me, this is being an existentialist. That means, if I am going to find meaning, I am going to find meaning within myself. For me, not finding meaning in the world, it is a very positive thing as well as, if you like, a negative thing.

It liberates me from what I think is a false way of doing things. It forces me back onto the right way of doing things. I look back on my life. To say, “It is meaningless.” It is bullshit. It is like saying, “Is there free will?” Of course, there is free will. The question is, “How do you analyze it?” Of course, my life has been meaningful.

It is how I analyze it. This is, for me, what is so important. It is the liberation of not having to find it from outside. In this sense, I do not find it in a deity or in nature. Of course, I can give meaning to nature. Of course, I can.

Of course, I convey meaning and find meaning, but I do not find the meaning in nature. That’s the thing telling me what to do. Of course, my wife tells me what to do all the time. Bu you know what I mean.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: The key part of existentialism is that you are condemned to freedom. You, and you alone, have the obligation and the possibility to make meaning out of your own life. You are not going to find it outside. So, as I say, I find this kind of atheism about religion or meaning, external meaning, is liberating as much as a disappointment. How does that sound?

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Lucyle T. Werkmeister Professor, Philosophy, Florida State University; Director, HPS Program, Florida State University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: November 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-two; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Creationism, Intelligent Design, and Evolution, and History and the Future (Part Two) [Online].November 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, November 22). An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Creationism, Intelligent Design, and Evolution, and History and the Future (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Creationism, Intelligent Design, and Evolution, and History and the Future (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, November. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Creationism, Intelligent Design, and Evolution, and History and the Future (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Creationism, Intelligent Design, and Evolution, and History and the Future (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (November 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Creationism, Intelligent Design, and Evolution, and History and the Future (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Creationism, Intelligent Design, and Evolution, and History and the Future (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Creationism, Intelligent Design, and Evolution, and History and the Future (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):November. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Creationism, Intelligent Design, and Evolution, and History and the Future (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, November 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Personal Background and Intellectual History, and the Flavours of Belief (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: November 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,636

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC is a British-born philosopher of science who lived and worked for a significant period of time in Canada, as a Canadian. He works on the lines and overlaps between religion and science, on the socio-political controversy between creationism and evolution (not intellectual or scientific controversy), and the line between science and non-science. He is the Lucyle T. Werkmeister Professor of Philosophy at Florida State University. He discusses: personal background and intellectual history; and the flavours of belief structures influential on him.

Keywords: Britain, Canada, creationism, evolution, Florida State University, Michael Ruse, philosophy of science, religion, science.

An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Personal Background and Intellectual History, and the Flavours of Belief: Lucyle T. Werkmeister Professor of Philosophy, Florida State University (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start from personal history, which is online. It is a question, in a way, that answers itself. Are there any parts of personal history and intellectual life that are not online that should be told, to start?

Professor Michael Ruse: I don’t really think so. Basically, my life has been pretty uncomplicated, starting with the first quarter of my life – I am 79 now – until 22; I was born and living in England and then moved to Canada.

It was rather fortuitous. It was not a long-thought-through decision.  Because I had the opportunity to do an MA at McMaster University and financial support for it. I made the move. Like a lot of people who came to Canada in the 60s, or the 50s too, as soon as I got to Canada, I never thought of moving back [Laughing].  It seemed like my kind of place.

Going back to the life in England, I was raised very intently as a Quaker. That is a 2-fold thing. On the one hand, certainly, in my days, they were very intensely, not only theistic but, Christological. They believe in Jesus as the Son of God. On the other hand, Quakers are strange. They have no dogma and no priests. That sort of thing.

There are three parts to Quakerism that affected me. One, just mentioned, is dislike of the formal nature of religion – priests, ceremonies and that sort of thing.  Second, is the intense urge for social work. I don’t mean to be a social worker.  But to reach out to serve others.  The pacifism is very much part of this. I do not think it is any chance that I would be a professor or a teacher than, say, a used-car salesman [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: Nothing against car salesmen. I’m sure you know what I mean. There are plenty of good Quaker salesman. But the urge to help others was very strong in my childhood. I never wanted to be a schoolteacher, but, as soon as I walked into the classroom in 1965, I knew that was what I would be doing for the rest of my life. That’s what I have been doing.

The third thing is that Quakerism is very much Apophatic Theology. Quakers are very much better at saying what God is not rather than what God is. To Quakers, God is much more of a mystical experience; an old man in the sky with a long sheet and a long beard is not it.

Quakers believe in a theistic God. But they were very loath to say, “God is clearly good, all-powerful, and the Creator.” Exactly pinning God down on his nature.  There was not much enthusiasm for law-breaking miracles. They didn’t deny the resurrection.  They tended to interpret the resurrection more in naturalistic terms; the disciples were, on the third day, desperately downcast and suddenly felt, “Our Saviour lives.” The actual body was totally irrelevant.  That was the third thing. It was important to me.

The Quakers are absolutely adamant about not asking or expecting children to believe what they believe. In other words, it is not like being Presbyterian or being a Catholic, where you’re taught what to believe like the Catechism. Quakers are loath to do that.

Like I say, by my early 20s, I was basically starting to lose my faith. My Quaker mentors, if you like, were incredibly sympathetic about that. They didn’t think that I was wrong in any sense or anything like that. That is what happened to me.

By the time I went to Canada, I thought, “When I get to 70, I can’t afford to not believe it.” [Laughing] You cannot afford to make too many mistakes there by the time that you meet Saint Peter. What is interesting, I do not feel any stronger urge to believe in God than I have for the last – well – 60 years.

I think this reflects my Quakerism too. I do not think that I have ever been a hardline atheist, like Richard Dawkins or others like him. If I were Thomas Henry Huxley, I would be called an agnostic. But think what this means.  I’m sure as you know. To many, it means, “I don’t give a bugger.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: Not me.  Like Thomas Henry Huxley and his grandson, Julian Huxley, I am a deeply religious person, but without theology. I don’t know if there is something. I very much doubt that Christianity is true. If you want to pin me down on atheism, I would, by and large, say that I do not believe that Jesus was the Son of God or that his death on the Cross made possible my eternal salvation. I do not buy any of that.

By that standard, I am pretty atheistic. When I die, I rot. I would be less uncomfortable about saying that than when I made the joke about Saint Peter or sitting on the cloud playing the harp sitting on a sheet.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: I think the other thing is becoming a philosopher was, if you like, not chance. The whole thing about being a Quaker was that we were expected to do this thinking for ourselves and try to think what it means, what God means, and, particularly, after Second World War.

Because unlike the First World War, this was a good war in that one really had to fight for one’s land. This was important. The First World War was also tremendously important. But in a different way.  You as a Canadian would know this. In some ways I think Canada was defined by the First World War.  It was a growing-up experience.  Basically, you turn around to the other country and say, “We have left the Mother Country and turn our own way.” Other countries said, ‘You’re damn right.” Every day, I used to walk past John McCrae’s [Laughing] birthplace – “in Flander’s fields the poppies grow.”

The Second World War, Canada was fighting as an equal and not just as an extension of the Mother Country.

Jacobsen: [Laughing] right.

Ruse: As I say, growing up in the 40s, the Second World War was a good war – Hitler had to be fought and beaten — in that sense. It wasn’t easy to be a pacifist. You are working these things through. By chance, I took a couple of philosophy courses, a subject in which you spend all day working things through.

Again, it was like teaching.  It was my destiny, as it were. I was pre-adapted for it. I always felt that being a philosophy professor was something that I clearly enjoy, as I am still doing this at 79 [Laughing]. In spite of having to support my children having children in their 30s with babies, and all busy with their lives.

Oh dear, my wife is listening into this. She has heard me say this stuff so many times [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: She is awful cynical about this whole thing [Laughing]. The whole thing made sense to me. I had gone to Canada. In ’65, I got a job at the newly formed University of Guelph. It was formed on the backs of the Ontario Agricultural College, the MacDonald Institute, and the Ontario Veterinary College. I taught there until 2000 quite happily. I taught philosophy.

I became interested in philosophy and science, and Darwin. I became interested in philosophy of science and its relationship to religion more. You cannot do Darwin without science and religion being a major factor. Whether that was part of my destiny, I am not sure.

Growing up in Britain, I loved the Victorian novels like Dickens and others. Not because I am an Empire loyalist or anything like that; rather, there always seemed to be something interesting about Victorians. I liked the Victorian architecture. I remember being a teenager in London and standing at the top of Parliament Hill Fields, which is at the bottom of Hampstead Heath. I was looking across London and seeing St. Pancras Station, which, in those days, they were threatening to knock down.  Now, it is, of course, much beloved and the terminal for the Eurostar.

That whole Victorian thing appealed to me. Working on Darwin, it became natural for me. Like I say, once you get into working on Darwin, you don’t have any choice but to look at science and religion. As you may know, by the end of the 1970s, in other words halfway through my life, the creationists became a major force, particularly in America.

Obviously, I am not saying that I am especially talented. But I was called down from Guelph to Arkansas to challenge the idea of teaching creationism in schools. I felt strongly there. You should understand. The people fighting it. The ACLU had many expert witnesses who were Christians. They were not agnostics or atheists.

One of our big witnesses was Langdon Gilkey who was the eminent Protestant theologian from Chicago Divinity School. It was not atheism versus Christianity. It was certainly science versus a particularly dogmatic form of Christianity. That, as I say, is where I felt comfortable. I never felt threatened or hostile to religious people as such. I got along well with the creationists.

I have always been ecumenical. At the same time, I never felt as though I want to change the views from my early 20s. In that, I don’t believe in the existence of God. Certainly, I do not believe in the Christian God. On a more fundamental level, as I have said, I am an agnostic. The well-known geneticist J.B.S. Haldane said, “My own suspicion is that the Universe is not only queerer than we suppose, but queerer than we can suppose.”

I agree. Something like quantum entanglement blows my mind. Something happening on one side of the universe immediately impacting the other side. Possibly, I think the world is potentially queerer than I think it is. I am saying that it is a happy view, but it is not a bad view.

It means, at least, that God is not like my late headmaster who hated me on spot.  God, for some reason, was always a bit of a Calvinist. He created human beings [Laughing] and rather disliked them.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: He didn’t want them to get into heaven. Obviously, I have written extensively in the second half of my life. It was the case that before the call south and part of the reason for the call south.  I was working on a book, where I was talking about morality and why we can have a morality without God. Still am writing that sort of stuff.  Yesterday, I was quoting C.S. Lewis who wants to argue that ethics proves a God. I want to say, “It bloody well does not.”

What shall I say?  I am orthodox enough for Canadian atheists, which says I am not all-the-way atheist [Laughing]. How does that sound?

2. Jacobsen: [Laughing] it sounds reasonable to me. In my experience, I note flavours of atheism. Even flavours of agnosticism, it really depends on the premise or the premises.

Ruse: Yes, I think it does. I really think it does. It depends on what you are asserting. As I say, I have always been firm on what I don’t believe in. Certainly, I do not believe in the conventional Christian God. Yet, I was raised a traditional Christian. The most important parable for me is the parable of the talents. That, if we given these talents, then we not expected to do nothing but to do something with them [Laughing]. I don’t think that makes me a Christian. It means at that level I am very strongly influenced by Christian thought.

On the other hand, am not influenced by St. Paul when he said that you have to believe in order to get into heaven. That never appealed to me. But many aspects of Christianity, I imbibed as a child and still feel very comfortable with. But I am very surprised if Richard Dawkins rejected the parable of the talents. Anyone who works harder on this Earth, like Richard Dawkins, it would be hard to imagine. Wouldn’t it?

Jacobsen: When it comes to the idea orthogenesis and progress in biology…

Ruse: …this is the thing. This is when my agnosticism kicks in. I’m sure I talk about Dawkins, but I certainly talk about in the past people like Julian Huxley. Or my friend E.O. Wilson at Harvard. It seems, at some level, that these people are working to develop a secular alternative to Christianity. Often, these people call themselves secular humanists.

I feel that these people are attempting to create a secular religion with humanism.  Some, like Philip Kitcher, are pretty explicit about this. I have always pulled back from that. I always said, “Having given up one religion, I do not want to take up another religion, even a secular one.” I have felt rather strongly about that.

Being Unitarian has absolutely no attractions to me, apart from the fact, that I have no desire to put ribbons on from Oak trees. It is pagan-like.  Although let me add that there are aspects of paganism I find rather attractive.  I think, “The Unitarians have a moral sense. But if being anything, then I will be a pagan and shag myself silly.” I have to say. Polyandry  was a lot more attractive when I was 15 than when I am 79 now. You know what I mean.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: I have always been uncomfortable in trying to get meaning out of the world. We cannot get this out of God. So, we look to the world. We look to humans to provide moral insights. Which, of course, people like Herbert Spencer find.

But people like Julian Huxley and Edwin Wilson were also very keen on the idea of morality as not a subjective thing. That morality is laid on us, but not by God. It is laid on us by the way nature is. We see nature is, at some level, progressive, aiming for the good. It is our moral obligation to help this. It is a natural thing.

I am comfortable with that. Although, I am agnostic, at certain levels, I am rather Calvinistic agnostic, as you might say. In other words, my agnosticism is not an easy way out. In other words, I do not think of my agnosticism as a basic of way saying, “I don’t know. I don’t care. So, whatever.” I do not think in those terms at all.

That’s why I don’t believe in spiritual religions. I don’t believe in secular religions. That’s, basically, where I stand. That, to me, almost is more important than God exists or God doesn’t exists. Even if God exists, I describe myself as an existentialist, a Darwinian existentialist. There is a pretentious name.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Ruse: I am very empathetic to Sartre. He said, ‘As an atheist existentialist, the atheism isn’t really the point of my existentialism. My existentialism says, ‘Whether a God exists or not, that’s not the issue. The issue is that we get to freedom, if you like, and have our freedom, and what we do with our lives is what’s important and not somebody else’s.’”

I am empathetic to that view. I spent most of my life in Canada. Can you think, basically, of a better country to live in than Canada? Really, maybe Norway, or somewhere like that, Canada is a wonderful country.

I have had health.  I have had a wonderful job. I enjoyed my job. My first marriage wasn’t very happy, but my second was. I practiced polyamory between them. I will put it this way. I do not have any regrets. I have been very fortunate.

I have this strong moral urge. I have these opportunities. I ought to do something with them. If you like, it is selfish in a sense. I think only through some self-realization is one going to find any kind of happiness.

I don’t think there is any question about that. I find working with my students, for instance, on the Second World War and taking them on a trip to the battlefields of the First World War, deeply fulfilling. I look at this. I say, “My goodness me, that is something which gives me John Stuart Mill kind of happiness.” Socrates is satisfied, but not in the way a pig is satisfied. I think that is true. It is trying to express yourself as a human being.

Kant said, “Two things fill the mind with ever new and increasing admiration and awe, the more often and steadily we reflect upon them: the starry heavens above me and the moral law within me.”  I agree with Kant on this. Trying to understand the world through a good book or something like this, I think some of my books haven’t been quite all that bad, in a modest English sort of way.

At the same time, my wife and I have built a family together. It has been a very worthwhile relationship. As I say, the joy I have with my students and working with them, and the joy of family, are what count for me. I don’t go and build houses for the indigent in Uganda or other sorts of things. The very thought of doing that; it is just not me.

I do think that I have been able to give a lot to a lot of young people. That’s what I have done with my life. It really has meaning. It is so complex. Maybe, there is a God. Maybe, there is not. That is not the point of living.

It is not to get brownie points for the future. I think the point of living is to live it. That’s why I call myself a Darwinian existentialist. How is that?

Jacobsen: It’s excellent.

Ruse: I don’t know many people who talk as much as I do.

Jacobsen: It’s good. It is a richer reservoir of life experience than I have.

Ruse: That’s right.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Lucyle T. Werkmeister Professor, Philosophy, Florida State University; Director, HPS Program, Florida State University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: November 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-one; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Personal Background and Intellectual History, and the Flavours of Belief (Part One) [Online].November 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, November 15). An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Personal Background and Intellectual History, and the Flavours of Belief (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Personal Background and Intellectual History, and the Flavours of Belief (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, November. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Personal Background and Intellectual History, and the Flavours of Belief (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Personal Background and Intellectual History, and the Flavours of Belief (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (November 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Personal Background and Intellectual History, and the Flavours of Belief (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Personal Background and Intellectual History, and the Flavours of Belief (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Personal Background and Intellectual History, and the Flavours of Belief (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):November. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Personal Background and Intellectual History, and the Flavours of Belief (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, November 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/ruse-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Graham Powell on Immanuel Kant, the Logic of the Nonexistent, and Major Milestones and Developments (Part Eight)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: November 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 5,915

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

His Lordship of Roscelines, Graham Powell,earned the “best mark ever given for acting during his” B.A. (Hons.) degree in “Drama and Theatre Studies at Middlesex University in 1990” and the “Best Dissertation Prize” for an M.A. in Human Resource Management from the University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England in 1994. Powell is an Honorary Member of STHIQ Society, Former President of sPIqr Society, Vice President of Atlantiq Society, and a member ofBritish MensaIHIQSIngeniumMysteriumHigh Potentials SocietyElateneosMilenijaLogiq, and Epida. He is the Full-Time Co-Editor of WIN ONE (WIN-ON-line Edition) since 2010 or nearly a decade. He represents World Intelligence Network Italia. He is the Public Relations Co-Supervisor, Fellow of the Royal Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce, and a Member of the European Council for High AbilityHe discusses: patterns in the issues; additions to the formats and changes to the structure of the leadership; Kant and the highest good; meeting like-minded people; more on Kant’s highest good; corporations, British Mensa; the logic and philosophy of the nonexistent; and puzzles.

Keywords:  AtlantIQ Society, British Mensa, editor, Graham Powell, Kant, puzzles, WIN ONE, World Intelligence Network.

An Interview with Graham Powell on Immanuel Kant, the Logic of the Nonexistent, and Major Milestones and Developments: Editor, WIN ONE & Vice President, AtlantIQ Society (Part Eight)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: (Apology for the thick text in advance.) Issue IX was published on 12/12/12, as some may see the patterns – if they looked into the publication dates on the cover pages – of the materials with the publishing dates: 10/10/10, 4/4/11, 11/11/11/, 6/6/12, and 12/12/12, and so on. Why these patterns? A fine touch to the ideas of problem solving with numeric sequences within the dates of the publication too. So, in another tone of not only the fact of the patterns themselves, why these patterns, too?

Graham Powell: When I agreed to take over the role of WIN ONE editor, Evangelos Katsioulis mentioned that the date of publication could have some numerical sequence. Since that conversation, I have gained a certain amount of joy continuing the tradition, the first one having the obvious value of being all 10s. The second series is more subtle, 4 divided by 4 and then divided by 11 coming out with the series 0.09090909 (recurring). Some later dates, which you have not quoted, were Fibonacci sequences; others were prime number sequences; one was International Pi Day – which is also Einstein’s birthday. Therefore, it’s mainly just a quirky feature of the magazine. We’ve tended to produce the magazine every six months, so finding a sequence within a particular period of the year is a challenge. It is, in fact, what dictates the publication date. The next publication date will be 3-11-19, these being prime numbers.

2. Jacobsen: This issue works within the framework of “philosophical notions” challenging to “ardent intellectual brains” with an emphasis on the “thought-provoking” and “amusing” nature of the works. This issue continues to represent a stabilization in issue size and the complement to the eighth issue with the inclusion of the post-reportage on the 12th Asia Pacific Conference on Giftedness and announcements from WIN, including the appointment of Dr. Manahel Thabet as the Vice-President of the World Intelligence Network or WIN and the continuation of efforts by Dr. Katsioulis (the President) on work for WIN. How did these additions improve the format, the content, and the generality of the presentation to the WIN membership? How does the inclusion of a Vice-President help with the organization?

Graham Powell: Manahel Thabet has been a stalwart of the WIN for many years and she finances many aspects to it, which is very generous of her. She advises on how to run the WIN more efficiently and, though it is primarily a charitable, online entity, she makes it run in a more economically sound manner. This is mainly regarding the maintenance of the website – which inevitably had costs covered by the WIN administration, that is, before she intervened. I volunteered to help her organise the conference in Dubai and that developed into a series of workshops, which for me was a chance to put out into the world some thoughts, especially ones I had been developing during a sabbatical from work. I also wanted to include photographs from the conference and the cover shows the waterfall by the entrance to Dubai Mall, a place where Evangelos and I had dinner. It was a special few days during which we enjoyed each other’s company. From our discussions, a few more ideas became projects, the appointment of Manahel, for example, stemming from one such talk. I think overall, the WIN website is much better now than it was, the earlier versions being cumbersome and overly complex to navigate around easily. People just didn’t bother much – or took the easy route by asking me to advise them. Access to the magazine is also easier as a consequence of all that I’ve mentioned about the site.

3. Jacobsen: “The Importance of Kant’s Concept of the Highest Good (Pt. 1)” by Paul Edgeworth contained sections 8 through 11. He begins the issue with a philosophical mind wallop, with Kant’s conceptualization of virtue, happiness, and the highest good with fancy terminology including supremumconsummatumoriginariumperfectissimum, phenomenal, noumenal, and so on, where focus is on the modern commentators’ neglect of “his conception of the highest good.” Within the context of the nature of the think-piece, one idea comes from the idea of existence, personality, and rational being with the existence of a rational personality. Another comes from the Stoic idea of virtue and the Epicurean concept of happiness as an interplay and a hybrid between Stoicism and Epicureanism to come to the “highest good,” which appears to take on the Aristotelian maxim of moderation between virtue and happiness. Even so, Edgeworth places virtue as “cause” and happiness as “effect.” For the true attainment of the highest good, Kant requires the existence, through reason, of the soul and God. Without the eternality of the soul and the absolute existence of God, the cause of virtue and the effect of happiness cannot lead to the highest possible good. It begins to sound like lay notions of a Christian heaven. The rational being, through the eternality of the soul, must continue endlessly for the existence of the highest good. The complete subsuming of the will to the moral law for achievement of moral perfection becomes impossible in one’s own lifetime (thanks, Kant). However, one can strive towards the highest good through pure reason, as “the pursuit of the highest good.” As Edgeworth quotes in a statement, “Thus Kant declares, ‘We ought to strive to promote the highest good (which must therefore be possible).’”[3] This highest good is permitted in the light, as aforementioned, of an ultimate cause of “supreme being.” This may hold bearing on some of the previous articles on atheism. I like the explanation of the co-incident nature of nature and human rational beings as enacted virtue in line with moral law to produce happiness closer to the highest good with the explanatory framework around which nature’s larger manifestation – in a manifestor, i.e., God.  Humans co-incide in the Good with God.

Edgeworth brings forth the work of Terry Godlove, Jr.[4] An argument for the non-coherence of moral acts by non-theists, not a-theists interestingly, without the supreme being, God, because the ultimate cause for a penultimate end of good acts in a highest good requires an omnipotent unifier of moral virtue, for moral law, where non-theist moral acts, even if moral, become disjunct from one another and in some sense foundational sense dis-unified and, therefore, worthless in an eternal view. This, to Edgeworth and Kant, paves the road to the “Kingdom of God” in which “nature and morals come into a harmony through a holy author who makes the derived highest good possible.” Intriguingly, Edgeworth describes the Christian ethic as heteronomous, or non-theological (counter-intuitively), and autonomous pure practical reason with devotion duly placed in duty. Happiness does not become the goal, but the result of a partial achievement in attainment of a targeted objective, the highest good: some worthy of happiness; others not worthy of happiness in proportion to their attainment of the good oriented towards the highest possible good bound to the eternality of the soul and the absolute existence of God and, in the end, leading to the necessity in some practical  philosophic sense to the need for proper religion for proper moral virtue and real happiness of which one becomes worthy.

What was the reaction of the community to this article? What changed the orientation to a philosophically heavy one in this issue as an executive editorial decision? What seems right in Kant’s thinking about the highest good? What seems incomplete, if at all? What about a non-theist religion? Would this – a non-theist religion – by definition become impossible to attain in some manner?

Powell: Firstly, Scott, I must congratulate you on what is, without doubt, the longest introduction terminating with questions that I have ever had put to me. I will try to break it all down a little, and, indeed, this was the main factor in presenting this essay in the magazine. The notion of “an author who makes the highest good possible” summarises neatly the article, though the reaction of the community to the article was, as usual, not specific. Only Evangelos Katsioulis expressed appreciation of the content and tipped his intellectual hat towards the contributors, particularly Paul Edgeworth. Paul is a good friend – as are, still, the majority of people who contributed to edition IX. I think this steered the content towards the philosophical, it being part of the friendship I share to this day. As to what is ‘right’ in Kant, well, in retrospect, my girlfriend believes in the kind of predetermination that Kant and Paul describe, Lena being convinced that we are destined to emerge with our good intentions made reality, primarily by God’s will. This approach has fortified my altruistic mental framework, if I can express it that way for now. I sense that many people prefer to act on behalf of an extraneous force, or being, which, when genuine and demonstrable by action, is implicitly of ‘a higher good’. I think the current Pope, Francis, is of a similar line of thinking, the majority of great religious figures too. To have a sense that you are primarily doing things and creating thoughts for the benefit of the universe outside yourself, in whatever way that manifests itself (and towards whichever essence) is the highest good. I don’t necessarily believe that a god is necessary to attain that supreme level of goodness, to the point where I think such thinking is restrictive and ultimately, risks divisiveness. “Divine, divisive, divide” to summarise in three words. In short, I think a non-theist interpretation of the highest good is possible. Buddhism is a non-theist “religion”, though (and hence) the word “religion” is not usually ascribed to it by those who practice Buddhist thought. Taoism is also, by definition, “of the way”, to give another example. I don’t usually discuss religion in everyday life because, in my mind, I have a caveat that I call “Powell’s Law”, put simply, that discussing religion inevitably leads to division. I try to live peacefully and have no problem, per se, that people believe differently from each other, believe differently from me. I consider that the highest good. 

4. Jacobsen: “Meeting of Minds” images presented interesting displays from the 12th Asia Pacific Conference on Giftedness. Christina AngelidouDr. Evangelos KatsioulisJonathan WaiMarco Ripà, and yourself can be seen in some. I like the one with the gargantuan Burj Khalifa behind Wai and Katsioulis. What was meeting everyone in person like for you?

Powell: I have no doubt in placing the experience of meeting all the people you mention, plus colleagues from the European Council for High Ability, right at the pinnacle of my joyous existence. It was just wonderful! Everyone was so enthusiastic and ready to make a difference in the world. Meeting Christina Angelidou, then going around the arena at the centre of the conference, was delightful, and we discussed my first workshop too, which was intellectually rewarding. Christina is the founder member of Mensa Cyprus and she was introduced to me via my contacts in America: I was interested in getting Mensa members to the event, Mensa International being based in the USA. British Mensa, which I joined in January 1987, directed me to liaise with the Americans about attendance at the conference. Christina and I are still in regular contact. Dr Jonathan Wai was also a joy to meet, so calm and mild mannered, yet with a subtle, incisive sense of humour. We got on very well. I was also very pleased to meet Marco Ripà in person, something Evangelos arranged. I helped Marco with his presentation, which he was nervous about, quite naturally, because English is his second language and he doesn’t get a great number of opportunities to speak it. I was happy to reassure him about his ability to communicate, which he did very well in the end. It was also an opportunity for me to speak Italian, which was useful for me. Quintessentially, it was astonishing to reflect on the fact that I was often standing in front of four people, knowing that the SD 15 IQ points of those four people added up to well over 650. That is truly tremendous brain power! 

5. Jacobsen: “The Importance of Kant’s Concept of the Highest Good (Pt. 2)” continued with sections 9 through 16 of the essay. Edgeworth starts with some commentary of the highest good made apparent, as a transcendent object, to the rational being through pure practical reason. This gives grounds to actualize the highest good here-and-now, to bring the Kingdom of God, according to Kant, into the present and the future. He – Kant – makes immanent the highest good. I like this point in the argument for extension from the theoretical into the practical with a Kantian ethic meaning someone must act in such a way as to do that which they have not ever done if it leads them into a state of approximation of the highest possible good further than before. A sub-argument for individual growth as axiomatic, or at least derivatively unavoidable. In describing the base of transcendent moral law, Kant eked out some normatives. In a sense, every individual rational being becomes, or can become, a locus of the highest good in the real world on the condition of promoting it “with all his capabilities.” The idea implied before through the endlessness of the soul becomes explicit with mention of an afterlife. Edgeworth notes a limitation or blindspot in the thought process of Kant with “the highest good” implying “the reincarnation or rephenomenalization of the moral self.” Only infinite existence, hence the soul, permits the arena in which the endless striving for moral perfection or towards the moral law exists. Edgeworth provides a tip of the hat to an accurate description of a physicalistic, naturalistic, and secular interpretation to ethics-in-action with morals as something achieved in the here-and-now by human beings, where Kant’s first two, earlier, works began as more theological and latter, and third, work began to lean more secular in orientation in the morality. In short, a secular interpretation of the targeted objective of Kant becomes social ethics. Also, the, apparent, in-between comes in the form of an ethical commonwealth, which reminds one of The Commons from Anglo-American law in which everyone contributes and all benefit. This ethical commonwealth as a means by which to attain a status of a “rational church,” back to religion as a foundation for a unified ethic with God and an eternal soul. As Edgeworth states, “We can therefore state without fear of contradiction that Kant’s formulation of the highest good makes it abundantly clear that it is fundamentally about a common and shared human destiny,” whether secular or religious and, in this sense, more humanistic but atemporal too. What was the final takeaway from this extensively researched and well-written academic essay for you? Of those in the community who read some or all of it, what was their commentary on it? By chance, any commentary by scholars of Immanuel Kant?

Powell: With these points that you make, Scott, I am now of the mind that a review and a prompting of discussion would be beneficial, a kind of ‘afterword’, as I would call it. The production of the WIN book was intended to put these notions out into the general public and to stimulate discussion and some reassessment of the current milieu. The most apparent result of publishing such well-researched  pieces was, I think, the generation of enthusiasm to read further and to attempt to produce work of a high standard to publish on the internet, whether for the WIN ONE, or on other sites, in other blogs. I still wish to produce books that will have more of an impact on broader society, but the acceptance of that is still being negotiated. As mentioned earlier, from my part, ‘peacefulness’ as immanent in the highest good was what I carried away from the essay, though I remain sceptical about any eternality of self regarding that. 

6. Jacobsen: “The Corporate Strategy Column” by Elisabetta di Cagno gives a punchy set of thou shalts and thou shalt nots about corporate culture – take from it what you may, I suppose. “Differentiating features of gifted children and dealing with high IQ societies” by Marco Ripà examined giftedness, identification, and, sometimes, problems, even “big PROBLEMS” encountered by the gifted young with some connection to hyperactivity. The orientation of the academic article comes in the form of a human rights perspective and a compassionate one, too, in which myths abound about the gifted and their needs in life. Does di Cagno miss anything about corporate culture and output? Does the article on giftedness sufficiently differentiate the identifications of the different levels of the gifted? How does British Mensa, of which you remain a member, help the gifted and talented and distinguish the needs of the levels of gifted, of cognitive rarity and exceptional mentation?

Powell: Elisabetta’s piece is fictional, yet with overtones from reality, as the best fiction does – it’s part of what makes prose ‘literature’. Having read it again, I see it primarily as a statement about preparing for an interview and how that asks people to transcend, even betray, their inherent instincts in the name of ‘Business’. As a postgraduate student of Human Resource Management, I was most interested in Organisational Culture as part of the course. Dr Jackson liked my contributions and essays. Even Hugh Scullion, Senior Lecturer in Human Resource Management, admitted to the class that the best way to earn a promotion and ‘getting on’ in an organisation was via getting involved in events outside of work hours. Elisabetta’s piece hints at that, plus an inordinate display of knowledge and expression about share pricing (which she calls ‘stock’) and basically kow-towing to those in a position of power. If I may enlarge the discussion for a moment, this pays homage to what we talked about earlier on in this series of interviews, when we talked about Hollingworth and the difficulties of communicating and relating across broad spans of intelligence. In the context here, the more recent writing of Michael Ferguson and his popular essay about The Inappropriately Excluded has many ‘hits’ on his blog, so I recommend people to read it, plus the discussion pieces that surround it. 

Marco’s article was originally his presentation at the 12th Asia-Pacific Conference on Giftedness, a presentation I helped him with just prior to him delivering it. It helped forge our friendship. In no way is it an attempt to cover all aspects of giftedness in youth and the associated problems; it was more an attempt to open people’s minds to some of the almost universal aspects of giftedness, especially prejudices and the lack of understanding and identification of hypersensitivities. British Mensa does contribute to the aspects you mention, especially via its promotion of national entities which are dedicated to provision for the gifted. I contacted British Mensa with a view to it sending people to Dubai for the aforementioned conference, but I got deferred to Mensa International in order to get contributors. Amongst my numerous friends in the high IQ community, the most ardent people who are transforming matters for fellow high IQ folk are not members of Mensa anymore, if, indeed, they ever were.  

7. Jacobsen: Dr. Manahel Thabet wrote “Organizing the 12th Asia-Pacific Conference on Giftedness.” A significant event, as stated, “6,000 participants, all of them experts, teachers, researchers, decision makers, parents and educators. 325 papers were presented, from 42 countries.” Dr. Chris FischerChristina AngelidouDr. Evangelos KatsioulisJonathan WaiDr. Lianne HoogeveenMarco Ripà, and yourself took part in the event as well. “Artistic License,” “Between You and You,” “Seventy Shades of Gray,” Safe Between the Fluffy Covers,” “The Sleeping, Roving Genius Among Us” in “Poems” by Dr. Greg A. Grove provided some reflection on, in many cases, stark contrasts without direct opposites. What did “Poems” evoke for you? How important was the post-event reportage of Dr. Thabet for wrapping up the event? Any further developments since that time?

Powell: I asked Doctor Thabet to write something, which I could have done myself, having been heavily involved in the organisation and supply of people for it, but I was already contributing much to the IX edition, so I wished for someone else to write an article. As it was, she was busy, so I outlined for her what I considered should be written, then added the summary at the end anyhow. I had hoped that the filming of the event would produce extensive courses and presentations for posterity, but that never happened. Several of the WIN members put their presentations on Youtube, but that was it. I was really looking forward to seeing my presentations, especially the second one: it went down really well and Manahel’s assistant came running up to me afterwards saying what fantastic feedback I had received. It’s all part of the low-key work I have done in the eyes of the majority these last ten years. As for Greg’s work, they were extracts from a book he produced and it is still available in Kindle format. They form part of a total assessment and expression of psychological states and attitudes. I enjoyed the read and have the entire kindle book “Leopards in the Sky” on my computer. I recommend people look for it and make what they want of it. It’s subtitle is “For the Preconscious Mind”.

8. Jacobsen: Then we come to “On the Epistemic Standing of Claims of the Nonexistent” by Phil Elauria. Another interesting twist on the content of old, often boring and sterile, debates found only in philosophy classes and theology seminars. The first two points remain salient with principles of non-contradiction as a point of thought contact for existence as a property and the knowledge of the non-existent, as in the statement of “formal (deductive) logic and mathematics are, when applicable, the highest form of certainty.” Paraconsistent logic in Dialetheism is an interesting notion. However, Elauria finds this dishonest approach dishonest. He runs through the logic of non-contradiction with the famous problem of evil, often seen as the most difficult problem to theologians within Abrahamic traditions in search of an omnibenevolent, omniscient, and omnipotent self-existent (with property aseity) being. Elauria asserts, “Indeed, the fact that there is apologetics concedes my point. For, if reason weren’t important in the defense of theistic claims, then apologetics would be a waste of time at least, and an elaborate red herring constructed to mislead people from the fact that reason actually plays no role in coming to the conclusion about the existence of God,” as Elauria identifies as an atheist (one can assume an absolute atheist). Does this problem of evil in the midst of the Law of Non-Contradiction seem like a serious problem to the hypothesis of a God? He makes other examples with 2-dimensional objects and the statements of a single object having the complete set of properties of two 2-dimensional objects at the same time: a square and a circle, which amounts to a contradiction, e.g., a square circle or a circle square. His next methodological placeholder ideas become plausibility and likelihood. Is a God plausible? Is a God likely? He presents science and fallibilism as the next premises.[5] These through contacts of plausibility, likelihood, science, and fallibilism form the basis for the argument called the Weak Knowledge of Non-Existents. Much of modern science seems premised on the opposite secondary part of the title with tentative of weak knowledge, ever-improving and searching and refining, of the existent. This becomes the basis for the doubt inherent in the position of atheism for Elauria. Does this argument convince you? The argument for the non-existence of God. Also, in personal experience with 2-sigma and higher high IQ community, what tendencies in religious and non-religious beliefs exist among them? Does a tendency exist more towards theism, whether mono-theism or poly-theism, or a-theism, or an agnosticism amongst members? Does Elauria’s professed atheism seem as if atheistic as an assertion in a philosophical sense and then agnosticism in an empirical – plausibility, likelihood, science, and fallibilism – sense?

Powell: In a literary context, the notion of evil was an initial criticism of John Milton’s Paradise Lost, his stated aim of ‘justifying the ways of God to man’ faltering because many thought the depiction of the Devil more engaging than that of God. People empathised with the fallen angel, who reacted to the vicissitudes of God and was punished eternally for it. The Epicurean Paradox, which Phil Elauria alludes to, has often fascinated me and I have talked to Phil about choices and how they make for life’s experience, because in life, we have choices, right up until our death – and even then, perhaps, there are more choices to take. We can not be certain about that, as we cannot be certain of the existence of God. I favour an approach which (to paraphrase Pascal) does not concern itself so much as to whether or not there is a god, but rather, focuses on the notion that we should behave as if there is one. 

As for the ‘Weak Knowledge’ and the your interpretation that science proceeds via searching with the ever improvement and refinement of knowledge of the extant, again, this is a linear progression as stated, but knowledge does not proceed like that, according to Popper and Kuhn – for example. Phil Elauria chooses, as a corollary of his arguments, to be atheistic, though I prefer the agnostic stance whereby there is still a possibility of an alternative existence, even if it must remain within the realm of post-death. I actually think the confrontation with what is regarded as an inevitable in life (death) is the reason why mankind has confronted existence with the idea that there is something after death, preferably something good.  

As for the high IQ community, discussions on belief and the existence of God always divide vehemently, the arguments for and against often becoming so intense that even the highly intelligent start resorting to ad hominem after ad hominem. I am loathed to try and define trends in the high IQ community regarding this topic, but most of the people I respect express strong arguments in their particular paradigm (as I wish to express it here) and that is intrinsically what retains my respect for them. My experience notes that those who believe in a god believe that there is only one, so they have monotheistic beliefs, and, moreover, this places them within a deistic stance. Those who counter the argument for the existence of God take a similar line of argument as Phil Elauria, so are atheistic. That’s my experience, Scott, especially online. 

To summarise, your notion about atheism having a philosophical sense, agnosticism an empirical one, has credence, based, again, on my experience.

9. Jacobsen: Finally, we come to the “3D Lego Griddler ‘Chasing Nessie’” of Alan Wing-lun. Are puzzles an important inclusion for each issue? How do you vary the puzzles in order to maintain interest in these sections of the issues?

Powell: I like to have puzzles in the magazine, yes, the magazine genre demanding them to a certain extent. Most of the magazines pitched towards the high IQ sector have puzzles and quizzes and I produce most of them myself, which I also enjoy. Akin to the concept of having a series of numbers in the publication date (which began this interview) I like the inherent creativity involved in creating diverse and interesting puzzles. Alan certainly veers into the esoteric, which is very much his personality too. I was very pleased to meet him in London and we had a lively discussion about many things. I hope more people will contribute puzzles in the near future to maintain a diversity of interest and an enhanced expression of puzzle creativity. Most puzzles are derived from others. I read quite widely and, if I like a puzzle, I try to adapt it into something not seen before. I especially like puzzles which also tell a story.

10. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Graham.

Powell: You are welcome, Scott. It has been a very enjoyable interview.

References

Di Cagno, E. (2012, December 12). The Corporate Strategy Column. Retrieved from http://winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_09.pdf.

Edgeworth, P. (2012a, December 12). The Importance of Kant’s Concept of the Highest Good (Pt. 1). Retrieved from http://winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_09.pdf.

Edgeworth, P. (2012b, December 12). The Importance of Kant’s Concept of the Highest Good (Pt. 2). Retrieved from http://winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_09.pdf.

Elauria, P. (2012, December 12). On the Epistemic Standing of Claims of the Nonexistent. Retrieved from http://winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_09.pdf.

Grove, G.A. (2012, December 12). Poems. Retrieved from http://winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_09.pdf.

Thabet, M. (2012, December 12). Organizing the 12th Asia-Pacific Conference on Giftedness. Retrieved from http://winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_09.pdf.

Powell, G. (2012a, December 12). Introduction. Retrieved from http://winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_09.pdf.

Powell, G. (2012b, December 12). A Meeting of Minds: pictures from Dubai.. Retrieved from http://winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_09.pdf.

Ripà, M. (2012, December 12). Differentiating features of gifted children and dealing with high IQ societies. Retrieved from http://winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_09.pdf.

Wing-lun, A. (2012, December 12). 3D Lego Griddler “Chasing Nessie”. Retrieved from http://winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_09.pdf.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Editor, WIN ONE; Text Editor, Leonardo (AtlantIQ Society); Joint Public Relations Officer, World Intelligence Network; Vice President, AtlantIQ Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: November 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-eight; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[3] Edgeworth in “The Importance of Kant’s Concept of the Highest Good” states:

Accordingly, the highest good in the world is possible only insofar as a supreme cause of nature having a causality in keeping with the moral disposition is assumed. Which is to say that the supreme cause of nature, if it is to be presupposed for the highest good, must be a being that is the cause of nature by understanding and will, that is to say, God.

Edgeworth, P. (2012, December 12). The Importance of Kant’s Concept of the Highest Good. Retrieved from http://winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_09.pdf.

[4] “The Importance of Kant’s Concept of the Highest Good,” in full, states:

This question has both been raised and answered by Terry Godlove, Jr. In his response, he notes that while both the theist and non-theist may share an immediate action, only the former may undertake the moral life, for only he can truly intend to further the highest good. Thus without the hope of success in his moral life (since only an omnipotent moral law-giver could bring about such a state of nature), the non-theist cannot in actuality describe himself as working toward a unified moral end, the highest good, for he cannot intend to do what he knows to be impossible. Nor can he regard his conduct as furthering anything more than immediate ends, since he cannot aim at the final end of moral conduct. Consequently, the non-theist cannot set out to lead a moral life, where by “moral life” we signify “more than a brute concatenation of otherwise independent moral actions.”

Edgeworth, P. (2012, December 12). The Importance of Kant’s Concept of the Highest Good. Retrieved from http://winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_09.pdf.

[5] “On the Epistemic Standing of Claims of the Nonexistent,” in full, states:

We can reject any claim involving the existence of some object or being to the extent that we can justifiably maintain confidence in a given scientific thesis that contradicts or refutes some necessary property of the object or being in question, which is to say, a property that the object or being must possess in order for us to continue to identify it as such…

…We can say that no object or being exists, with confidence, to the extent that we are epistemically justified in accepting a given scientific thesis that refutes or contradicts properties that are said to be necessary to identify some claimed object or being as such.

Elauria, P. (2012, December 12). On the Epistemic Standing of Claims of the Nonexistent. Retrieved from http://winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_09.pdf.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Aubrey de Grey on Longevity and Biomedical Gerontology Research Now [Online].November 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-eight.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, November 8). An Interview with Graham Powell on Immanuel Kant, the Logic of the Nonexistent, and Major Milestones and Developments (Part Eight). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-eight.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Graham Powell on Immanuel Kant, the Logic of the Nonexistent, and Major Milestones and Developments (Part Eight). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, November. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-eight>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Graham Powell on Immanuel Kant, the Logic of the Nonexistent, and Major Milestones and Developments (Part Eight).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-eight.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Graham Powell on Immanuel Kant, the Logic of the Nonexistent, and Major Milestones and Developments (Part Eight).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (November 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-eight.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on Immanuel Kant, the Logic of the Nonexistent, and Major Milestones and Developments (Part Eight)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-eight>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on Immanuel Kant, the Logic of the Nonexistent, and Major Milestones and Developments (Part Eight)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-eight.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Graham Powell on Immanuel Kant, the Logic of the Nonexistent, and Major Milestones and Developments (Part Eight).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):November. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-eight>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on Immanuel Kant, the Logic of the Nonexistent, and Major Milestones and Developments (Part Eight) [Internet]. (2019, November 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-eight.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Robertson (and Teela) 14 — Adlered with Eclecticism: A Confidence of Riches

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson and Teela Robertson

Numbering: Issue 4: Everyone Has Their Specialty

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: November 4, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,680

Keywords: Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Teela Robertson.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is a Registered Doctoral Psychologist with expertise in Counselling Psychology, Educational Psychology, and Human Resource Development. He earned qualifications in Social Work too. Duly note, he has five postsecondary degrees, of which 3 are undergraduate level. His research interests include memes as applied to self-knowledge, the evolution of religion and spirituality, the aboriginal self’s structure, residential school syndrome, prior learning recognition and assessment, and the treatment of attention deficit disorder and suicide ideation. In addition, he works in anxiety and trauma, addictions, and psycho-educational assessment, and relationship, family, and group counselling.

Our guest today is Teela Robertson, M.C., who earned a B.A. in Psychology from MacEwan University and an M.C. in Counselling Psychology from Athabasca University. She has been a Board Member of the Center to End All Sexual Exploitation (CEASE), and a Transitional Support Worker through the E4C Youth Housing Program. Now, she is a Registered Provisional Psychologist with a non-profit community agency.

Here we talk about religious and non-religious background in the context of counselling, a culture of one, secular and faith-based approaches, and men and women in counselling/being counselled.

*Listing of previous sessions with links at the end of the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the risks of personal religious or non-religious background influencing the professional work of a counselling psychologist while in session with a client — in general terms?

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: I attended a cousin’s wedding during the 1980s officiated by an Evangelical Christian minister. As part of the ceremony, the minister advised the happy couple that disagreements were part of marriage, and that if they had problems that they cannot resolve they should go see a pastor, a church elder, or a trusted family member. He advised them to never see a psychologist. There is a tension between psychology and religion that is often not recognized and is even less often addressed, and that tension stems from conflicting worldviews. I make no apologies for expressing a worldview of client individuality, empowerment, and self-actualization. The imposition of my worldview beyond this fundamental understanding would be unethical.

Our worldview is a kind of map of our understandings and expectations that, in turn, colours and even distorts our perceptions of reality. Our worldview begins with our childhood experiences and our interpretations of those experiences. Psychology is premised on the view that humans are volitional individuals capable of discerning reality acting in the social interest, and as I have argued, psychology is largely about teaching those skills to our clients (see: free will). Religion is premised on the view that humans are not up to this task, and that we need external direction on questions such as good and evil, ultimate meaning, and transcendence. Religion is inherently directive, and while psychology is not always non-directive, client empowerment is its core objective. Psychotherapists must bracket other aspects of our worldviews that might interfere with client self-actualization. There are obvious limits to this approach. For example, it would be unethical for me to help a sociopath become more successful in systematically harming other people. Instead I should offer to help the client overcome whatever pathology presents with the hope of self-actualization within a socially useful frame. This places me in the role of the expert with respect to diagnoses.

Teela Robertson, M.C.: One’s cultural background influences their perceptions and meaning making of situations. This includes faith, ethnicity, local culture, family culture, and so on. Psychologists are not immune to the effects of how our personal perspective influences our perceptions of clients, the trick is to ensure we are self-aware and able to monitor when it is our beliefs coming through versus the clients. Ideally we work with a client based on their cultural background and beliefs regardless of how this fits with our personal beliefs. This is not always an easy task. When the beliefs of the psychologist and client do not align, we not only have to be aware of where our biases come in, but also the limits to our knowledge about the client’s belief system. So to answer your question, the main risk I see is that the psychologist may start to impose their own beliefs upon the client.

Jacobsen: Dr. Robertson, you work with each client as a culture of one. How does this approach respect clients with unique versions of common and uncommon personal issues? Teela, in conversations with your father, how does one incorporate secular and faith-based approaches to suit the preferences and background of clientele in counselling sessions?

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: My “culture of one” approach assumes the uniqueness of each individual. By understanding individualized inner motivations, we will often find that behaviour that otherwise presents as abnormal is really a logical attempt to satisfy basic needs. Therapy then consists of brainstorming with the client alternative ways to meet these needs.

It may be that the client most at-risk for culturally inappropriate counselling has a therapist who is a member of the same racial, cultural, or religious group. The risk here lies in the therapist assuming an understanding of the client’s personal culture. If that happens, the client will likely feel compelled to “go along with” the therapist’s assumptions for fear of being labelled a deficient member. The second biggest risk might be for clients of culturally sensitive counsellors who have taken a workshop on the culture of the client. Let me use the example of a hypothetical non-aboriginal therapist counselling a person with ancestry that is indigenous to Canada.

Such a therapist will likely have learned about sweat lodges, a ceremony indigenous to most aboriginal cultures in northern North America. The sweat lodge ceremony may be used to connect to a transcendent power, heal certain ailments, or bond with fellow community members. Asking an aboriginal client whether they attend sweat lodges might be off-putting to those aboriginal people who view such ceremonies to be witch craft. Such people might be particularly sensitive to such a question because some Aboriginal Spiritualists have referred to them as “apples” for not following their traditions. Asking a woman if she attends sweats might be an insult if she is from a more traditional community that practises male only sweats. It is better to understand the personal culture of the individual before exploring behavioural alternatives, and it is safer to come from a perspective of “not knowing” where the client is considered to be the expert on him or herself.

Teela Robertson, M.C.: Whether one is religious or not I try to match the counselling tools to the client’s needs and beliefs, I believe my dad does the same. One way we have discussed incorporating faith into counselling is through the tools they already have that they find helpful, a common one is prayer. I think the trick is to ensure that the client is using tools in a healthy way. For instance, if a client were to tell me that they pray to God to take away all their negative emotions, we will need to modify the expectation that they can stop feeling any negative emotion and engage in psycho-education about emotion. Something like prayer can be quite healing in providing people with a sense of hope that positive change can happen.

Jacobsen: Speaking of differences in background, in general, do men and women require different counselling methodologies based on different needs? If so, how, and why?

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: There are statistically significant differences between men and women for a number of behaviours, but the range is such that you cannot predict the values, attitudes, and behaviours of any one individual based on their sex or gender. Again, I would recommend that each client’s personal culture be explored without presuppositions. Following exploration of the client’s worldview and agreement of presenting issues, I like to offer the client a range of possible interventions drawn from Cognitive Behavioural Therapy, Adlerian Psychotherapy, and Narrative methods, and then have the client co-construct a treatment plan.

Teela Robertson, M.C.: In my opinion the differences in approach I take lie more with personality. I find a greater proportion of my male clients than female clients have been taught not to show “weak” emotions such as sadness, and anxiety, instead they may show these as anger or a lack of emotion. To combat this I often find I spend more time with males working on the basics of learning to identify and name emotions, as well as creating a supportive relationship where it is safe for them to share these emotions with me. I commonly explore how they learned about emotions and what they were taught about how to deal with them, as well as how they were treated when they showed emotions. As a whole I don’t find a great deal of difference between treating men and women.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Robertson and Teela.

Teela Robertson, M.C.: Thank you.

Image Credit: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Does God exist and what can science say about it?

Interviewer: Dr. Mir Faizal and Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.B, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: November 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,796

ISSN 2369-6885

Keywords: atheism, God, Mir Faizal, science, theism.

Does God exist and what can science say about it?[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When people talk about atheism or theism, it is important to know what is being asked. So, I would like to start the discussion with you by directly asking you if you think God exists.

Dr. Mir Faizal: To answer this question, we need to first define what we mean by God. The problem with this question is that the word ”God” has been used for so many different concepts, that it is hard to understand what one is talking about. This also causes problems in the discussion. It is known in physics that you cannot derive consistent results from a system, with unphysical gauge degrees freedom in it. So, to derive consistent results in such a system, we need to follow a procedure called gauge fixing to fix these unphysical degrees of freedom. Now in this question, we actually have unphysical degrees of freedom. This question actually contains two different questions. The first is about the meaning of the word “God,” and the second is about the existence of God. Usually, people try answering the second one without answering the first one, and this causes confusion. So, let us discuss the first question, then we will be more precise about better understand what we are discussing.

2. Jacobsen: So, you want to start by defining what you mean by the word “God.” Ok, then tell us, how would you define God? 

Faizal: I would define God as the most fundamental aspect of reality from which all other aspects of reality are derived, and it is not derived from anything more fundamental. If it can be derived from something more fundamental, then it is not God, according to my definition, but that something from which it is derived is God. In other words, God by definition cannot “not” exist and everything that exists, exists because of God, and God does not exist because of anything more fundamental. Now this definition is pure tautology, and it does not provide any new information. It only fixes the unphysical degrees of freedom, and so we are now only left with one well defined question. Now we have assumed by definition that God is the most fundamental aspect of existence, it is meaningless to ask if God exists, as by definition it is equivalent to asking if existence exists. Now we are left with the unambiguous question about the nature of the most fundamental aspect of existence. This question is much more well defined than an ambiguous question about the existence of God, when we have not even fixed a definition of God.

3. Jacobsen: So, what is the most fundamental aspect of existence? May be start from telling us, what is the most fundamental aspect of physical reality?

Faizal: Well to understand that we need to understand an important concept in physics called as the effective field theories. If you are seeing any object around you, say a ball, it is actually a complex system of interacting atoms. But you do not need to know about atomic physics to know how the ball will move at your scale. All only need to know is Newton’s laws at that scale, as Newton’s laws are a good approximation to atomic physics. Going deeper, it is known that atoms are also made of fundamental particles. However, atomic physics is a good approximation to that system of fundamental particles. Now if you keep going deeper and deeper, you will come to a Length scale called the Planck scale. The physics here would be described by quantum gravity. Even though we do not have a full theory of quantum gravity, we have various approaches to it. String theory and loop quantum gravity are two famous approaches to quantum gravity, but there are several other approaches too. A universal prediction of quantum gravity is that space-time should break down at Planck scale. So, if you really look deep enough, you will discover that space-time and all objects in it are approximations to something more fundamental, and this fundamental aspect of existence is information. In other words, information is more fundamental than substance. In technical terms it is described as “it (substance) from bit (information), not bit from it.” So, the laws governing nature are more fundamental than nature itself. Instead of relativity existing because of space-time, space-time exists because of relativity. Physically the most fundamental aspect of reality is information, which is a mathematical structure. This structure is more fundamental than any physical structure like space-time, and hence cannot be possible derived from it. Even the multiverse exists as the level of it, and comes from some bit.

4. Jacobsen: So, would you say this is God? 

Faizal: Well there is even a problem with that. A mathematical structure is an axiomatic structure. So, we start from some axioms, and derive consequences from those axioms. The problem now comes from Gödel’s incompleteness theorems. The first theorem states that any axiomatic structure is incomplete, or in simple words there are things which cannot be proved within an axiomatic structure. The second theorem states that the consistency of an axiomatic structure is one of those things. In other words, the consistency of a mathematical structure cannot be proved within that structure. Penrose has argued that even though formal proof cannot be provided for Gödel’s unprovable statements because of Gödel’s incompleteness theorems, human mathematicians can still prove them. In other words, we need consciousness to do mathematics, but reality is mathematics, and so I would say we also will need consciousness there to overcome this problem. However, it should be known that human consciousness occurs at low energies due to neurons in our brain, and now we are talking about a scale at which even space-time does not exist. So, rather the statement should be that a better linguistic approximation for the most fundamental aspect of reality is it has consciousness rather than the lack of it. However, this is still an approximation, and the actual nature of what produces this mathematics structure cannot be accurately expressed in language, which has evolved to express simple human actions.

5. Jacobsen: Can you give a simpler explanation about existence of God? 

Faizal: We again start from the definition that God as the most fundamental aspect of existence. Then we can look at our universe and try to infer the nature of God from it. Now in popular discourse, theism is the assertion that the fundamental aspect of reality is infinitely intelligent, and atheism is the assertion that the fundamental aspect of reality has zero intelligence. It is difficult to deal with zero or infinity, and in physics usually a finite number is assumed during calculations, and this finite number is set to zero or infinity at the end of calculation. So, let us also do it here, and make the argument more precise. Let us assume that our universe is a simulation, and now what can we say about aliens who have simulated it. Well if they can simulate an complex living system, they would be intelligent. If they can simulate evolution on a planet, by which complex living system will evolve, they will be very intelligent. Finally, if they can write an mathematical structure, which produce correct physics, and which will cause the big bang and the right evolution of galaxies, and finally cause complex life to evolve from evolution, they have to be hyper-intelligent. If those aliens would be stupid, the universe would be full of inconsistencies, and would require corrections. As our universe is free from such inconsistencies, we can infer that the reality behind this universe is very intelligent. However, we cannot still prove if it is not a simulation, but that does not change the argument. As if this is a simulation, then the arguments just shift to the universe, where aliens have simulated us. Even if this is an infinite sequence, the argument will still hold using limits. After all infinite is just another number, and we can consistently deal with it using limits. Furthermore, the multiverse will just add another layer to it, as to simulate physics which will generate a multiverse is more difficult than to simulate physics which will generate a single universe. The problem with naive creationist argument is that they get stuck on biological evolution, and try to assume a God who breaks natural laws to spontaneously create complex life. The whole nature is exists because of God, and in this there is no need to assume that God will perform some miracle and spontaneously create complex life.

6. Jacobsen: How does this idea of God relate to the common religious ideas of God? 

Faizal: There are again two aspects to it. Now in almost all religions there is a concept of the most fundamental aspect of existence, from which other existence proceeds, and it does not proceed from anything more fundamental. Interestingly it is also assumed that it conscious and it is not an object in space-time. So, Yahweh/God in Judaism, the Heavenly Father in Christianity, God/Allah in Islam, Ahura Mazda in Zoroastrianism, Brahnam in Hinduism, Tian in Confucianism all represent this idea. It may be noted that as in Christianity both Word and Spirit have a non-temporal causal origin from the Heavenly Father, who in turn does not have a causal origin from anything more fundamental, Heavenly Father in Christianity is linguistically equivalent to other terms in this list. Also it may be noted Tian in Confucianism has a will, and so again has consciousness and thus linguistically equivalent to other terms in the list. But then there is another aspect of these religions, in which earth or even humans are made the centre of existence. We humans are an insignificant species, living on an insignificant planet in an insignificant solar system in an insignificant galaxy, in possibly an insignificant universe. It is one thing to get inspiration from Moses or Jesus or Muhammad or Zoroaster or Confucius or Ram or Krishna or Buddha, and it is another thing to say that one of them is the most important being in the whole multiverse. There will be countless alien species, billions of times more intelligent than us. This anthropocentric view seems to be the result of our own imagination. Furthermore, the idea that a human is the most fundamental aspect of reality is totally meaningless. It is like saying a human being is gravity, or human being is evolution, which if taken literally is totally meaningless. It is not even wrong; it is simply meaningless.

7. Jacobsen: In this definition of God, how do you address the problem of evil, or the paradox relating to God’s ability to create a stone which God cannot lift? 

Faizal: We have to differentiate between the most fundamental aspect of existence being conscious, and the linguistic approximation of this most fundamental aspect of reality in theology as God. The problem is that our language only evolved with us to express objects at our scale, and when we are dealing with such a fundamental reality, it breaks down. So, it is important to understand that any description of God, in any language is only a linguistic approximation of reality. So, as any approximation, this approximation will also break creating apparent paradoxes. Now these paradoxes occur due to breaking of linguistic structure rather than the concept that is being described. It is well known that deterministic mathematical structure cannot consistently explain nature. If we try to answer the question regarding the exact position and momentum of a quantum particle, we will not get consistent answers. It is not that we cannot obtain such information, but such information does not exist in the system. If we extract information about position, we are not left with any information about momentum. Now we cannot even ask this question. Similarly, we can adopt a non-deterministic language to solve such paradoxes. For example, God is good and God is powerful, but you cannot linguistically ask both questions at the same time. It is just like asking about momentum and position of a particle at the same time. Similarly, can God create any stone, and can God lift any stone, are two questions which cannot be asked at the same time. I think it would be nice to try to see how for such a non-deterministic language can be developed to rule out such paradoxes. But in any case, it is important to distinguish between fundamental reality and its linguistic approximation.

8. Jacobsen: How do you see miracles that break physical laws, which some religious people talk about? 

Faizal: Another aspect that seems to be strange is to assume that certain miracles break natural laws. In our definition, God is the most fundamental aspect of reality. Now we also expected that space-time to break down at Planck scale, so this fundamental aspect of reality cannot be constrained by time. In other words, God’s nature would not change with time. As God’s action do not change with time, similar causes lead to similar effects, and this is why science works. However, it is possible that improbable events can occur (without breaking natural laws), and they can be interpreted as miracles. It may be noted that both the idea of God interfering only at specific points of time to do miracles, and God only interfering at the beginning of universe, as if that point is special, does not fit with this description of God. This is because in this description of God, as God is defined as the most fundamental aspect of existence, so linguistically we can say that God does everything. However, God does everything consistently, and there are no inconsistencies in the universe. So, even though we do not still have a consistent physical understanding of the physics at the point of big bang, big bang has to be explained physically. In simple words, God is not the God of gaps, with big bang being a big gap, but a God whose intelligence is so perfect that no gaps are left.

9. Jacobsen: Thank you!

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Adjunct Professor, Physics and Astronomy, University of Lethbridge; Visiting Professor, Irving K. Barber School of Arts and Sciences, University of British Columbia – Okanagan.

[2] Individual Publication Date: November 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/faizal-jacobsen; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Faizal M, Jacobsen S. Does God exist and what can science say about it? [Online].November 2019; 21(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/faizal-jacobsen.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Faizal, M. & Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, November 1). Does God exist and what can science say about it?Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/faizal-jacobsen.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): FAIZAL M.; JACOBSEN, S. Does God exist and what can science say about it?. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.B, November. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/faizal-jacobsen>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Faizal, Mir, and Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “Does God exist and what can science say about it?.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.B. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/faizal-jacobsen.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Faizal, Mir, and Jacobsen, Scott. “Does God exist and what can science say about it?.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.B (November 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/faizal-jacobsen.

Harvard: Faizal, M. and Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘Does God exist and what can science say about it?In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.B. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/faizal-jacobsen>.

Harvard, Australian: Faizal, M and Jacobsen, S 2019, ‘Does God exist and what can science say about it?In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.B., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/faizal-jacobsen.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Faizal, Mir and Scott D. Jacobsen. “Does God exist and what can science say about it?.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.B (2019):November. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/faizal-jacobsen>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Faizal M, Jacobsen S. Does God exist and what can science say about it? [Internet]. (2019, November 21(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/faizal-jacobsen.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Mir Faizal, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Gayleen 5 — Mandela’s Hope for the Bright Tomorrow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Gayleen Cornelius

Numbering: Issue 4: Everyone Has Their Specialty

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: October 30, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 467

Keywords: Gayleen Cornelius, Nelson Mandela, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Gayleen Cornelius is a South African human rights activist from Willowmore; a tiny town in the Eastern Cape province. She grew up a coloured (the most ethnically diverse group in the world with Dutch, Khoisan, Griqua, Zulu, Xhosa Indian and East Asian ancestry). Despite being a large Demographic from Cape Town to Durban along the coast, the group is usually left out of the racial politics that plague the nation. She has spoken out against identity politics, racism, workplace harassment, religious bigotry and different forms of abuse. She is also passionate about emotional health and identifies as an empath/ humanist. Here we talk about Mandela.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How is Nelson Mandela viewed in black, Afrikaaner, and colored communities in South Africa?

Gayleen Cornelius: Mandela is and will always be an icon. Very few people know enough about the struggles that brought them freedom. Lately for the most part his status is that of a celebrity. This is the general consensus in South Africa. Regardless of our backgrounds.

Jacobsen: How alive is the universality of vision of Mandela in the minds of South Africans?

Cornelius: In reality it is far fetched. It is the same as christians idolizing Jesus without living by his words in reality. South Africans idolize Mandela but few of them follow his example.

Jacobsen: Who has been an important bulwark against forces of repressive narrow visions of the world?

Cornelius: There has been a lot of entities and individuals pushing for various progressive reforms for decades. The civil society in South Africa is remarkably diverse. That is the best thing about our democracy.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Gayleen.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com

Image Credit: Gayleen Cornelius.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Aubrey de Grey on Longevity and Biomedical Gerontology Research Now

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: October 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,701

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Aubrey de Grey is a biomedical gerontologist based in Cambridge, UK and Mountain View, California, USA, and is the Chief Science Officer of SENS Research Foundation, a California-based 501(c) (3) charity dedicated to combating the aging process. He is also Editor-in-Chief of Rejuvenation Research, the world’s highest-impact peer-reviewed journal focused on intervention in aging. He received his BA and Ph.D. from the University of Cambridge in 1985 and 2000 respectively. His research interests encompass the characterisation of all the accumulating and eventually pathogenic molecular and cellular side-effects of metabolism (“damage”) that constitute mammalian aging and the design of interventions to repair and/or obviate that damage. Dr. de Grey is a Fellow of both the Gerontological Society of America and the American Aging Association, and sits on the editorial and scientific advisory boards of numerous journals and organisations. He discusses: new research on longevity and longevity escape velocity; promising anti-aging research; research all over the place; advancing research into the Hadwiger-Nelson problem; organizations to look into; books to look into; and final feelings and thoughts on the conversation.

Keywords: Aubrey de Grey, longevity, Rejuvenation Research, SENS Research Foundation.

An Interview with Dr. Aubrey de Grey on Longevity and Biomedical Gerontology Research Now: Chief Science Officer & Co-Founder, SENS Research Foundation; Editor-In-Chief, Rejuvenation Research[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is new about longevity escape velocity and research into it?

Dr. Aubrey de Grey: I could spend a half-hour just talking about that question. It has been a while. Remind me, how long ago was our last interview?

Jacobsen: 2014.

de Grey: All right, things are unrecognizable now. There is a private industry in this. In 2014/2015, it was the time when we created our first spinout. We took out a project philanthropically at SENS Research Foundation. An investor found us.

Jacobsen: Is this Peter Thiel?

de Grey: No, no, another person who had been one of our donors. A guy who was our second biggest donor back then. A guy named Jason Hope. He decided that one of our projects that we had been supporting at Rice University in Texas was ready to be commercialized.

Of course, it was early in terms of becoming a project. He felt that it was far enough along to invest as a project with his own money rather than as a donation. He created a biotech company of his own. He hired our people. He gave us a percent of the company and went off and tried to do it.

He did not have the faintest clue to run a biotech company.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

de Grey: It changed our attitude to the whole thing. Since then, our business model has been to pursue this kind of thing. It is to pursue projects that are too early to be investible. It is to be in parallel with conversations with potential investors and to identify the right point, where the thing has achieved enough proof of concept.

So, it can be spun out into a company and can receive considerable amounts of support, more than can be provided philanthropically. We have done this half a dozen times. We have been able to do this due to increasing investments at an increasing rate, including deep pocketed ones.

Something that happened 3 years ago with an investor named Jim Mellon who had made his money in a variety of other completely unrelated fields decided that he wanted to get into this. It was the next important thing to him.

He approached me. We started talking. We became very good friends, very quickly. The long of the short is he is the chair of a company called Juvenescence. Its model is basically to invest in other companies.

So, they have already put quite a bit of money into quite several start-ups. Some are spinouts of SENS. Others are closely aligned with what we do. It is transforming everything. It is fantastic. Around the same time, a guy came to us from Germany. A guy named Michael Greve who made his fortune in the early days of the German internet.

He made some of the most successful German websites. He has wanted to do this for a while. He has been investing in a variety of start-ups. The good news is most of these new investors, especially Michael Greve, have been also donating to the foundation as well as investing in companies.

That is very, very important, of course. For the near future, there will be projects that are not far enough along to really join the dots to make a profit. They will need to be funded philanthropically. We try to make the case to investors, even if they are inherently more in an investor mindset than a donor.

We try to make the case. Even if they donate a smaller amount than they are investing, they have as much of my time as they want. They will have the opportunity to have the information, so they will be the founding investor of the next startup.

For me, it is extraordinarily gratifying. I am at the nexus of all of this. Everyone comes to me, whether the investors or the founders of companies who want to find investments. I spend a ridiculous amount of my time just making introductions.

What had not changed, we are still woefully low on the money throughout the foundation. Even though, I have been able, as I say, to put some money in; and we have some money from elsewhere. Nevertheless, it is far less than we need.

I am constantly spending my time on the road and camera trying to change that. That is the biggest thing that has changed. The next thing that we are changing is the huge spike in the value of cryptocurrencies. We benefitted quite a lot from that. Several of our investors who used to be relatively penniless and had not funded us financially suddenly became rather wealthy.

They ended up with a lot of money. We had four 7-digit donations adding up to a total of 6.5 million dollars. So, obviously, this was a windfall. That we are making us of now. Only one of the donors is likely to be a repeat donor because the others decided to give away most of their fortune.

That guy created Ethereum, Vitalik Buterin. He, basically, read my book when he was 14. He is now 26.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

de Grey: He is one of these true children of the revolution who never had to change their mind about anything. They always grew up knowing it was a sad thing and tried to fix it. So, that is cool. My life is largely the same in broad strokes, but, in the specifics, in terms of the ways in which I can bring the right money to the right people; it has improved a lot.

2. Jacobsen: As aging is numerous processes, what programs of anti-aging, given individual processes of aging, seem the most promising within your remit?

de Grey: When I talk about what is more promising and less promising, I am always looking at the research. I am looking at how SENS is moving forward. Of course, there is a big spectrum to how far along things are.

On the easy end of the spectrum, we have hardly done anything throughout our 10-year existence on stem cell research, even though it is a key area of damage repair. It is a place for others too. Almost every area of stem cell research is important for cell damage and aging, which is being done by others and not us.

While at the other end of the spectrum, things like making backup copies of Mitochondrial DNA, hardly anyone else is working on it. That is a big spectrum. But if I look at the rate of progress, it is not the same at all.

One gratifying thing is making great advances in some difficult areas over the last few years. For mitochondrial DNA, we published a paper about 2 and a half years ago that sounded like only a modest step forward.

Basically, out of the 13 protein coding genes that we need to work in the nucleus, we were able to make two of them work at the same time, in the same cell. It sounds modest, but it is a huge progression from before. With the result now, we have a paper in review, which is a huge step forward from there.

We have these genes working now. We are understanding how we are getting them working. It is not so much trial-and-error now. More of the same thing is crosslinking. So, as you know, the extracellular matrix, this lattice of proteins that gives our tissue their elasticity. It gets less elastic over time because of chemical reaction with circulating sugar.

So, in 2015, the group that we were funding in that area, at Yale University, were able to publish a paper – our first paper in Science magazine – on the huge advance in that area. The advance sounded tangential at first hearing with the structure, which is one of the structures responsible for the loss of this elasticity. We want to break it, therefore.

The advance made that was published was ways to create it, to synthesize it, from simple agents. As it turns out, there is an enabling step. It allows us to perform experiments that would be impossible with the very trace amounts of this material that would have been previously available, just making antibody tissue or finding bacterial enzymes that break it down.

That work is proceeding very much faster now, as well. That is one of the companies that we are in the process of spinning out.

3. Jacobsen: If you look at the projections of research that looked very promising, what ones were very disappointing? What ones came out of nowhere and were promising?

de Grey: Of course, they are all over the place. Some of the most important ones were the ones no one cares about. One is pluripotent stem cells created 13 years ago, and CRISPR, which was very much more recent, like 6 years ago.

We have been exploiting those advances. Same with the entire medical profession. But there are also isolated things that have been unexpected. Let us go back to mitochondrial mutations, one thing that we were kicking ourselves over. It will be talked about in the upcoming paper.

It is codon optimization. It is well-known. Mitochondrial DNA has a separate DNA. Codons code different things, different amino acids, compared to the nucleus (in the mitochondria by comparison). One thing is true, which we thought was relevant.

Out of the range of the codons that code for a given single amino acid, let us say the 4 that encode for lysine, there may be one of them used more often than others. This will affect the speed of translation of the messenger RNA among other things.

Nobody had bothered to try to optimize that for expression of these genes in the nucleus. It turns out that if you do then things go far, far better. It was a serendipitous discovery. Science, itself, is full of serendipitous discoveries.

4. Jacobsen: Also, you solved a math problem, recently. What was it?

de Grey: [Laughing] right, that was about 18 months ago. It is a problem called the Hadwiger-Nelson problem named after some mathematicians from 1950s. The question is normally stated, “How many colors do you need to color all of the points on the plane in order that no pair of points that is one inch apart is the same color?”

The answer was immediately shown back in 1950 to be somewhere between 4 and 7 inclusive. I was able to exclude the 4 case. Many, many, many mathematicians have worked on this in the interim. So, it was quite surprising that I was able to do this, as I am a recreational mathematician. I got lucky, basically.

I would describe this as a game. What you do is, you have a two-player game. The playing surface is an initial blank sheet of paper. Player 1 has a black pen. Player 2 has a bunch of colored pens. The players alternate. When player 1 makes a move. The point is to make a new dot wherever player 1 likes.

Player 2 must color the dot. He must take one of his pens and put a ring around the new dot. The only thing that player 2 is not allowed to do is to use the same color as he used for a previous dot that is exactly one inch away from the new dot.

Of course, there may be more than one dot. Player 1 wins the game if he can arrange things so that the new dot cannot be covered. All the player 2’s pens have been used for other dots that are exactly an inch away from the new dot, right?

The question is, “How many pens does player 2 need to have in order so that player 1 cannot win?”

Jacobsen: Right.

de Grey: So, if player 2 only has one pen, obviously, player 1 can win with just two dots. He puts a dot down. Player 2 uses the red pen. Player 1 puts down a second dot exactly an inch away. Player 2 cannot move. If player 2 has two pens, then player 1 can win with three dots by just placing a dot; player 2 can uses the red pen, places another dot an inch away.

Player 2 uses the blue pen. Player 1 uses third dot in the triangle with the two, so an inch away from both oft hem, then player 2 cannot move. So, then, it turns out. If player 2 has 3 pens, player 1 can also win. It is a little more complicated.

Player 1 needs seven dots. But again, it is not very complicated. It was already worked out back in 1950 as soon as humans started thinking about this kind of question. The natural question would be the number of dots go up in some exponential way, but player 1 can always win.

It turns out that that is not true. It turns out if player 2 has seven pens. Then player 1 can never win, no matter how many dots that he puts down. But what I was able to show, if player 2 has 4 pens, then player 1 can win, but with a lot of dots.

The solution that I found took more than 1,500 dots. It has been reduced by other people since then, but it is still over 500 is the record.

5. Jacobsen: [Laughing] if we are looking at the modern landscape, especially with the increase in funding, what organizations should individuals look to  – other than your own as well?

de Grey: Things are looking good. There is a huge proliferation of investment opportunities as well, in this area. They are certainly raising money, as they are investing in more start-ups. In the non-profit world, there are plenty of organizations as well.

I should probably mention the Methuselah Foundation, which is the organization from which SENS Research Foundation arose. They are funding a bunch of research as well as doing prizes. They are choosing well and the right things to fund.

Then there is the buck institute, which is a much more traditional organization on the surface. In other words, it is mostly funded by the NIH and by relatively conservative funding sources. But! They understand the scientific situation. It has become much more acceptable to do work that is overtly translational, even if you are getting money from these types of sources.

We work closely with them. We have two ongoing projects there. We send summer interns there. We have been able to work with them on funding, in terms of bringing in new sources of funding. That is something hat I would include.

In terms of the world, one important organization is called LEAF or Life Extension Advocacy Foundation. One in the UK. One in the US. One in Russia. They focus on advocacy and outreach. They are extraordinarily good and play a key role in elevating the level of debate in this whole area.

In Europe, the Healthy Life Extension Foundation was founded by two people from Belgium. They run a nice conference every year, every couple of years anyway. They have a vibrant mailing list and spread useful information about this area. They could use some more money. The list goes on now.

There are increased organizations, now, not just in this space but really know what they are doing. They know what the priorities ought to be. One thing I have always known since the beginning. No matter how good I get at outreach and advocacy. I could never do this all myself, not just for lack of time, but because different people resonate with different audiences.

So, there are people who will overall inspire. Others will not like people with beards.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

de Grey: People may not like my act. So, there are people around now who are very capably complementing the kind of style that I have in communicating the value of this work. That is also extraordinarily important.

6. Jacobsen: Any new books that can provide a good introductory foundation into this kind of research? Also, what about advanced texts as well?

de Grey: On the introductory side, there is one guy named Jim Mellon. So, Jim, this businessperson, has a very interesting of going about his job. He preferentially gets into very emerging new sectors. What he does is, he creates his own competition.

He, essentially, writes newsletters and blogs and books about this new area whose intended audience is other investors. That is what I mean by making his own competition. The reason he does this is, basically, that when a sector is just beginning. That the faster it grows, then the better.

Essentially, it is floating all boats by increasing the buzz around something. He wrote a book based on conversations with me over the previous year or so. It is called Juvenescence, which is the same as the name as his company. It is targeted to other investors.

It is very good. I was able to help with this a fair bit with the technical part. But it is written in a style that is very, very appealing, which is not a way that I would be able to write. He has a second edition upcoming. This is one that I would highlight.

In terms of advanced texts, I would not move to texts right now. Things are moving so fast. One simply needs to read the primary literature. One needs to identify that, which is not necessarily an easy thing to do. I would point to our community’s effort.

Probably, the most important one is to fight aging in the blog done by Reason. Even though he has become one of the CEOs of our start-up companies, he is running the blog. He is extremely good at highlighting the important points of the research.

7. Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion based on the conversation today?

de Grey: I would say, “Thank you for having me on your show again,” and for the opportunity to give an update to your audience. I think, really, the conclusion that I would give is that it is extremely exciting that things are moving much faster than before. But we must not be complacent.

There is still a long way to go. My estimation for how long we must go has gone down, but it has not nearly gone down enough. We still need to be putting in every effort that we possibly can in whatever way.

8. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. de Grey.

de Grey: My pleasure, Scott, thank you!

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Chief Science Officer & Co-Founder, SENS Research Foundation; Editor-In-Chief, Rejuvenation Research.

[2] Individual Publication Date: October 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/grey; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Aubrey de Grey on Longevity and Biomedical Gerontology Research Now [Online].October 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/grey.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, October 22). An Interview with Dr. Aubrey de Grey on Longevity and Biomedical Gerontology Research NowRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/grey.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Aubrey de Grey on Longevity and Biomedical Gerontology Research Now. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, October. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/grey>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Aubrey de Grey on Longevity and Biomedical Gerontology Research Now.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/grey.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Aubrey de Grey on Longevity and Biomedical Gerontology Research Now.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (October 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/grey.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Aubrey de Grey on Longevity and Biomedical Gerontology Research NowIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/grey>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Aubrey de Grey on Longevity and Biomedical Gerontology Research NowIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/grey.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Aubrey de Grey on Longevity and Biomedical Gerontology Research Now.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):October. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/grey>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Aubrey de Grey on Longevity and Biomedical Gerontology Research Now [Internet]. (2019, October 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/grey.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with John Collins and Jennifer Hamilton on the Women in “The Message,” Casting Pearls Project, Abuse, and William Marrion Branham (Part Four)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: October 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,068

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

John Collins is an Author, and the Webmaster of William Branham Historical Research. Jennifer Hamilton runs Casting Pearls Project. They discuss: the overview of the abuse, the sexual abuse, of those who were or are followers of “The Message”; common sentiments among ex-followers; standard reaction to victims and individuals making claims of sexual abuse within “The Message” community; the activity of law enforcement; the consequences of the sexual assaulters, the rapists, and the sexual sadists abusing men and women, boys and girls, within “The Message” community; and facing justice.

Keywords: abuse, Christianity, John Collins, justice, Seek The Truth, sexual abuse, The Message, webmaster, William Marrion Branham, women.

An Interview with John Collins and Jennifer Hamilton on the Women in “The Message,” Casting Pearls Project, Abuse, and William Marrion Branham: Webmaster, William Branham Historical Research; Lead, Casting Pearls Project (Part Four)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Do many ‘Message’ followers of WMB raise issues or concerns about the sexual abuse in the community?  What is the overview in terms of the abuse?

John Collins: For this portion of the interview, I’ve asked my friend and colleague Jennifer Hamilton for input.  Jennifer has experience working with former members of William Branham’s “Message” cult, specifically with females who suffered many forms of abuse while they were part of the cult group.  Jennifer runs the Casting Pearls Project, which is a safe place for women who suffered abuse in the “Message”.

According to Jennifer, victims are pressured into keeping silent about abuse.  As a result, many members of the group are unaware that sexual abuse exists.  Worse, some people that are aware of the abuse have become accustomed to it and view the abuse is “normal”.  Some message followers rarely speak up against sexual abuse within the church because they are conditioned to keep silent.  In many cases, there seems to be an unspoken rule that “if you speak about the problem, then you are the problem”.

When a religious cult becomes destructive, members of the group willingly submit supreme authority to a central figure (or figures) and do so without applying critical thought or raising questions when situations arise worth questioning.  This often leads to sexual, physical, verbal, and emotional abuse by those with unquestioned power or control over their members.

2. Jacobsen: What is the common sentiment among ex-followers?

John: In my experience working with former members of the “Message” and other religious cult groups, it takes time before former members recognize the existence of abuse.  With the conditioning for acceptance of certain types of abuse, some former members are unaware their environment was abusive until adjusting to a non-abusive environment.  This is especially true of second and third-generation cult members who were raised under abuse.  Those raised under parents practicing verbal or physical abuse as means of “correction” have limited or no understanding of positive reinforcement and continue the tradition with their own children.  As awful as it sounds, some former members describe the transition from thinking sexual abuse was “normal” to realizing they were abused.  Years of sexual molestation had become their “normal” life.

Jennifer Hamilton: Because abuse is so normalized within the church, it takes some time of de-programing to understand how toxic their church environment really was.  For other former members, surfacing stories of sexual abuse may come as a shock because of the required silence of victims and families involved.

3. Jacobsen: What is the standard reaction to victims, or individuals making claims to being victims at least, of sexual abuse within the “Message’ community?

Collins: I personally know abuse victims whose “Message” cult pastor became informed of the situation during private consultation and was asked to intervene.  One case in particular, the father was abusive to the mother and children.  The pastor further victimized the mother and children by shaming them further into submission.  In many cases, victims are shamed into silence, no matter how they badly were abused.

Hamilton: Typically, one of three scenarios happen when sexual abuse occurs.  Unfortunately, more often than not, the victim of rape or sexual assault is afraid to speak up and the abuse is never mentioned to anyone in church authority.  The second scenario is that the victim does speak to their pastor or church leader, but the pastor ‘handles’ the situation by either admonishing the abuser privately or dismissing the situation all together.  The third scenario is the less common of the three, but the pastor might bring the offender before the congregation to reprimand them openly. In both instances of speaking out, the victim is almost always shamed and found at some fault.  For sexual abuse towards girls and women, teachings of WMB place blame on the female body for being seductive and therefore a temptation.

Because of victim shaming and lack of appropriate response, there is a psychological sense of no escape for victims.  If they did speak up at one time, they eventually feel trapped into silence.  This creates the vicious cycle of abuse in some cases to continue on for years.

4. Jacobsen: Has law enforcement been active or not?

Collins: I know only of a few situations where law enforcement was involved, and only at the request of victims.  “Message” cult churches are not properly trained in how to properly respond to abuse, and in many cases, make attempts to conceal abuse rather than report it.  In most cases the statute of limitations has expired long before the victim escapes the cult, and correction is outside of the boundaries of the law.

Hamilton: Leaders and members distrust the secular legal and social services system. Very rarely is law enforcement involved.  Therefore, when sexually abused members do speak out, the leader dictates complete control of the situation without reporting it to the local authorities. 1 Corinth 6:1-2 is most often used to justify this: “Does any one of you, when he has a case against his neighbor, dare to go to law before the unrighteous, and not before the saints? Or do you not know that the saints will judge the world? And if the world is judged by you, are you not competent to constitute the smallest laws courts?” Message pastors have no theological or counseling education and erroneously fail to understand that this passage is about settling civil cases, not criminal ones. In a criminal case, such as physical or sexual abuse, the state opposes the perpetrator in court, not the victim.

5. Jacobsen: What have been the consequences of the sexual assaulters, the rapists, and the sexual sadists abusing men and women, boys and girls, within the “Message” community?

Collins: There have been a handful of convictions in cases involving sexual abuse, usually in cases where the pastor or an elder in the church victimized others.  Because of the shaming and silencing of victims by pastors, most cases reported by former members result in little more than a slap on the wrist.  In one case, a pastor’s daughter was abusing male children in the church and was allowed to keep her position.  In other cases, the fathers were not properly reported to authorities, and continued to abuse their daughters.  Unfortunately, most of the situations described to me by former members were past the statute of limitations for the State they lived at the time.

Hamilton: Consequences for rapists and sexual assaulters is rarely appropriate for their actions.  Most are never confronted, and if they are approached by church leadership, they are usually verbally admonished in private. In the cases of the abuser being the pastor or in leadership, the victims are likely labeled liars and disregarded.  Abusers in the Message are more protected than their victims through the forced silence. The Message teaches that if the rapist or assaulter confesses, their sin is “placed under the blood of Jesus”, making them as “blameless” as if the crime literally had never happened. Therefore, anyone who speaks about it is shamed for bringing that sin “back out from under the blood”.  In some very rare instances, law enforcement may be involved with or without the pastor’s consent.

6. Jacobsen: For those who have not faced justice, how can they face it?

Hamilton: Time unfortunately impedes most abusers from facing the justice they deserve.  Victims that are now speaking out about the abuse are sometimes unfortunately past their state’s statute of limitations.  After leaving the cult, there is a processing period for de-programming and realizing that the abuse had been normalized and that justice was not served.  No matter the length of time, victims can contact their local police station or Salvation Army for resources and advocates.

Collins: The only way justice can be served is through education and accountability.  Members of any church – cult or not – must hold elders of the church to an acceptable standard of accountability.  Leaders of church bodies must be trained in how to respond to abuse, when to report abuse, and how to properly warn members of their church when another member has abusive tendencies.  As the proverbial “shepherd of the flock”, they must be held accountable to provide protection for their congregation.

At the same time, members of the church must be educated to recognize signs of abuse and recognize abuse of power.  This becomes problematic for leaders, however, in the case of a destructive cult.  In all cases where members are trained to recognize abuse of power, those same members become former members.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, John and Jennifer.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Author; Webmaster, William Branham Historical Research; Lead, Casting Pearls Project.

[2] Individual Publication Date: October 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-four; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with John Collins and Jennifer Hamilton on the Women in “The Message,” Casting Pearls Project, Abuse, and William Marrion Branham (Part Four) [Online].October 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, October 15). An Interview with John Collins and Jennifer Hamilton on the Women in “The Message,” Casting Pearls Project, Abuse, and William Marrion Branham (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with John Collins and Jennifer Hamilton on the Women in “The Message,” Casting Pearls Project, Abuse, and William Marrion Branham (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, October. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with John Collins and Jennifer Hamilton on the Women in “The Message,” Casting Pearls Project, Abuse, and William Marrion Branham (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with John Collins and Jennifer Hamilton on the Women in “The Message,” Casting Pearls Project, Abuse, and William Marrion Branham (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (October 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with John Collins and Jennifer Hamilton on the Women in “The Message,” Casting Pearls Project, Abuse, and William Marrion Branham (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with John Collins and Jennifer Hamilton on the Women in “The Message,” Casting Pearls Project, Abuse, and William Marrion Branham (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with John Collins and Jennifer Hamilton on the Women in “The Message,” Casting Pearls Project, Abuse, and William Marrion Branham (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):October. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with John Collins and Jennifer Hamilton on the Women in “The Message,” Casting Pearls Project, Abuse, and William Marrion Branham (Part Four) [Internet]. (2019, October 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on EBM and Too Much Medicine (Part Three)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: October 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,859

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC is a Distinguished University Professor is the Department of Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact at McMaster University. He discusses: Cochrane Collaboration and EBM; Too Much Medicine; and the start of the Too Much Medicine movement.

Keywords: Canada, evidence-based medicine, Gordon Guyatt, medicine.

An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on EBM and Too Much Medicine: Distinguished Professor, Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact, McMaster University; Co-Founder, Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Three)[1],[2],[3],[4]

*Footnotes in & after the interview, & citation style listing after the interview.*

*This interview has been edited for clarity and readability.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Before the last calls over the last several months; we have talked about how to do effective speeches, for instance. We have talked about some of the talks that you have given on EBM. Some of the other things we could probably talk about would be the areas in which the Canadian public is known not to have a savvy attitude about science, as close to as desired as possible.

It hasn’t been talked about before, but it is something that they need to know. So, strongly, a bit of apart from this conversation on supplements and Chinese medicine compared to the methodology of EBM, in terms of getting some good information out.

Distinguished Professor Gordan Guyatt: So, in fact, I do not have much to say. That is not an area of my particular investigation now. There is attention being given to getting the information to the doctors and the other health professionals. There is work going on; they’re getting it out to patients,

Is there is much less being done and being studied in terms of how to get an opt out to patients? People are hoping that if you get it out to the health providers; the health providers will effectively communicate it to the patients.

Now, that may or may not be the case.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: That is the hope. So, what do I do about this? The Cochrane Collaboration, which puts together systematic reviews, as plain language summaries for patients up to date, this electronic textbook now has hired somebody to try and get the material in a way that it can be communicated well to patients. So, you have a few initiatives like this, but nobody is doing an up to date for patients exclusively. Nobody is, I do not think that nobody is taking it seriously.

Having them helping patients to dealing with the incredible profusion of sometimes valuable, sometimes misleading, information on the internet, for instance. So long way, long way to go, in terms of there as well, so, one of my colleagues now has a focus on this. You said earlier on the skeptics about science.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: So, the skeptics about science: their problem may be that they do not understand that there are ways of getting accurate, reliable, trustworthy inferences, in ways that aren’t useful. Their skepticism may be from not being able to make that distinction, or thinking it is impossible to make that distinction.

So, this colleague of mine by the name of Andy Oxman, he is about my age. So, he is in the latter part of his career. For the last few years, he has been focusing on getting – his goal is people – getting people to be able to assess health claims, to have the wherewithal. He has decided, looking at the world, that the only way to do this is to get them while they’re in school. When they’re out, subsequent to that, it is pretty difficult. Maybe not hopeless, but pretty difficult.

Although his research states, so I’ll show you. I’ll tell you about one of those results that suggests it is not complete.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: He remarkably asked: where if you wanted to do this, where would you start?

He said, “Let’s start in grade schools in Uganda.” So, he goes; he teaches grade school kids in Uganda on how to assess health claims. He creates material that is appropriate for assessing health claims. Among again, school children.

And the he did a big randomized trial, where they went to their regular schools. They went to the schools where the teachers were provided with the materials to teach children how to assess health claims: big effects, big positive effects on children being assessed and able to assess health claims. Where the other interesting finding, the kids got to take their material home to the parents, show their parents the material, then there was some little extra material that they could give to the parents. Against all odds, the parents’ ability to assess health claims improved as well, having been taught by their children.

Jacobsen: Statistically, scientifically.

Guyatt: Interesting. So, he is now saying, “Now that we have done the easy part with Uganda, let’s take it to the Western world.” Now, we have done the easy part with the great school kids, let’s take it to the kids in high school. That is where he is doing ongoing work at the moment.

Jacobsen: That is interesting.

Guyatt: Yes.

2. Jacobsen: That is interesting. I recall some research, it was around that type of math, and then the age of the person in terms of their future interest in sciences, the STEM fields. So, if someone – it was Algebra, and it was age 12, I think, one is starting to learn some of these slightly more advanced math concepts relative to their age.

If they learn that, and they get the principles down, it is something about early, abstract manipulation of variables. That becomes a strong predictor for interest in Science. So, I’d be curious to know what the end result of all this research is, in terms of knowing; maybe, there is a general curve of possibility and then the decline.

Because you are noting after school, you are getting older, then more established cognitively. So, they’re more fixed in terms of their, unfortunately, sometimes non-critical thinking about what we were talking before alternative epistemologies.

Guyatt: Non-predictable, or sets of rules, they’re very critical but misguided.

Jacobsen: That is a good way to put it. What are some extra topics? We could cover the pressure research out all these new aspects, especially NMAs and, and then alternative medicine, big data, “Chinese medicine for 6,000 years,” outreach in Uganda.

Guyatt: Something else occurs to me. So, there is now a movement called Too Much Medicine.

Jacobsen: You are kidding.

Guyatt: No, no, no, a big movement, Too Much Medicine.

3. Jacobsen: Where did it start?

Guyatt: It started in the Clin-Epi (Clinical Epidemiology) in the EBM Clin-Epi world, or I would say this is the source of it. There is a campaign called Choosing Wisely. That is a related thing. Then it comes from an awareness that we are doing too many tests where are the benefits are questionable and we are giving up treatments where the benefits are questionable.

So, there is now a whole movement to say, “Wait a minute, we have gone too far. We need to scale back.” So, I’ll tell you about three of our relevant BMJ rapid recommendations. So, it used to be that when you hurt your knee, torn meniscus, as they say, the cartilage.

So, before the surgeons would operate, they had to be sure. It was hard to be sure, because the X rays can only show the bones; they cannot show the soft tissues. If you had an operation, it was a big deal. It took weeks to recover from your surgery. So, two things happened there. One was, we had MRI that could show the soft tissue. So, you can say, “Aha, that cartilage looks torn.”

We can fix that, arthroscopic surgery. We do not have to open anymore. We can stick the little thing. We can operate arthroscopically. A gigantic expansion in the surgeries, hundreds of thousands of them all the time, taking tens of millions of dollars. The patients go to the surgeon and they said, “Oh, thank you, doctor, I am better.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: They get going, and so a randomized trial. People are doing randomized trials of mock surgery, or placebo surgery.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: What they do is they, for instance, whether you are getting real surgery or not, they will put up a screen between you and your knee.

Either they will do the real thing, or they will splash around some water to simulate this though, they will give you a little plat. Now, you need a little anesthesia to do this thing. Move your knee around, in the end, the patient does not know whether they got the surgery or not. As it turns out, the first one of these trials shows no benefit from the surgery. Surgeons do not want to hear this. They have all sorts of reasons.

All sorts of reasons not believe it. But then, there is a second trial, showing no difference. The third and the fourth and the fifth, and the surgeons won’t still believe it. So, now, we have about 10 trials.

Jacobsen: Wow.

Guyatt: By 10 of them, we can do a meta-analysis. So, now, we are able to pick up small effects. There is a small transient benefit. So, three months, people with the surgery do a little better, the effect seems to disappear by six months, but it is trivial. Our guideline panel, our rapid recommendations guideline panel, thought so clearly trivial that they were making a strong recommendation against this search.

Worldwide, there are probably, literally, millions of these surgeries happening every year that they are doing and having marginal, trivial benefit. So, this is an example of too much medicine. Then another one, when you break your bone, this putting a particular type of ultrasound is supposed to help heal and, maybe, radiologically it does. We did the biggest trial so far of this ultrasound machine. We failed to show any difference on radiologic healing, but clearly absolutely no difference in terms of function.

We did the meta-analysis and randomized trials, no difference in function, again, millions of dollars being spent on this stuff that isn’t doing anybody any good. I made a strong recommendation against this. Our latest one is shoulder. So, it is the same story as the knee. It used to be that you had to operate the shoulder, big deal. Surgeons were quite hesitant to do this.

We didn’t have the radiologic tools to investigate it. Then we got the MRI to show exactly what’s going on with shoulder. We can now do arthroscopic. So, so this takes off., bunch of randomized trials show a small benefit, then people do two of these blinded placebo surgery trials – no benefit.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: So, and what we are finding out is surgery has substantial placebo effects. Right? Yes, people do feel better. But it isn’t the surgery. It isn’t. It isn’t that somebody with something biological happened. It is that surgery has big placebo effect. So, anyway, all these shoulders, so the latest it is not out yet being not quite out yet, it will be soon.

But our latest BMJ rapid recommendation is a strong recommendation against doing this surgery. So, our rapid recommendations have three examples, so far, of too much medicine.

4. Jacobsen: When did this movement start with Too much Medicine?

Guyatt: Five years ago.

Jacobsen: Who was the founder?

Guyatt: Oh, there is no one individual. If there is, I do not think there is one individually. There are a lot of people who contributed. I was at this too much medicine conference. So, there is now a regular too much medicine conference. People come together. They share stories of too much medicine. So, here is another, here is a good one that I heard of. So, a drug company starts to think that, “Well, first, there are these stories of how the companies, the first thing they do is they do a campaign to create a disease that was not there before.”

This disease that was not there before, is dry, itchy, uncomfortable eyes. Then they say, “There is an epidemic of this dry, itchy, uncomfortable eyes.” Then they have a drug, “This is what you need for your dry, itchy, uncomfortable eyes.” Again, randomized trials are in our margins, no benefits. But nevertheless, they have been able to create a big industry. Now, the funny part of this, so they were telling the story and it is probably problematic.

So, again, millions of people using this, huge amounts of money spent on this stuff. It is a drug that you use for chemotherapy that they’re putting in people’s eyes, believe it or not. Then thousands of people are doing that. Now, the funniest part is as we are talking about this, my eyes start to feel quite uncomfortable.

Anyway, I was talking to one of my various seniors. He said the same thing. I started on the power of suggestion, “Isn’t it?” So you have these advertising campaigns? “Oh, I feel my eyes like this. It is a little uncomfortable.” It is funny. I mean, I do not know.

Every time I talk about it, I get the same sensation in my eyes, not when I am not talking about what I am talking about it.  So, here is another example, here is another example of too much medicine. So there are lots of these, there are real problems with too much medicine.

Jacobsen: Fair enough. When we talk of the grade, the NMA, the EBM, of either acronyms or initialisms coming into the medical fields, now, when a lot of this almost a medical yawn effect. So, maybe if someone’s reading this, they can come up with a YAWN acronym for this effect of someone yawning, it is contagious. Contagious, but not innocuous.

Guyatt: Good point. It is contagious the way the audience is contagious.

Jacobsen: That is stunning.

Guyatt: There was one, this conference and one story after another of these things.

Jacobsen: That I would like to explore next, if possible.

Guyatt: All right.

5. Jacobsen: Excellent. Thank you much for your time. Appreciate that.

Guyatt: Pleasure. Take care. Bye for now.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Distinguished Professor, Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact, McMaster University; Co-Founder, Evidence-Based Medicine

[2] Individual Publication Date: October 8, 2019, at http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-three; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020, at https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[3] B.Sc., University of Toronto; M.D., General Internist, McMaster University Medical School; M.Sc., Design, Management, and Evaluation, McMaster University.

[4] Credit: McMaster University.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on EBM and Too Much Medicine (Part Three) [Online].October 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, October 8). An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on EBM and Too Much Medicine (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on EBM and Too Much Medicine (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, October. 2019. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on EBM and Too Much Medicine (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on EBM and Too Much Medicine (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (October 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on EBM and Too Much Medicine (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on EBM and Too Much Medicine (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on EBM and Too Much Medicine (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):October. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on EBM and Too Much Medicine (Part Three) [Internet]. (2019, October 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Chinese Traditional Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: October 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,439

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC is a Distinguished University Professor is the Department of Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact at McMaster University. He discusses: chinese medicine and evidence-based medicine; modern science and modern medicine; prognostic models; and PJ Devereaux.

Keywords: Canada, Chinese, Chinese medicine, evidence-based medicine, Gordon Guyatt, medicine.

An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Chinese Traditional Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine: Distinguished Professor, Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact, McMaster University; Co-Founder, Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Two)[1],[2],[3],[4]

*Footnotes in & after the interview, & citation style listing after the interview.*

*This interview has been edited for clarity and readability.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Now with regards to other methodologies, as you are methodologist, as others are statisticians. I remember taking a directed studies course in the epistemology of psychology, the foundations of psychology.

It was one-on-one with a professor of psychology, he was the chair of the department.  He said, “We sneak in epistemology classes into psychology. We call them statistics and methodology.”

So, in a way, both the statisticians and methodologists in medicine, it makes you a medical technologist. In that sense, what other more speculative epistemologies in medicine are coming down the pipeline for evidence-based medicine, if any.

Distinguished Professor Gordon Guyatt: When I talk epistemology to people, it is all the threats to evidence-based medicine by alternative epistemologies.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

It the most interesting in that regard, which is a big way the world is changing. It is the prominence of China.

I joke to people that in my research outfit here. There is a Chinese invasion going on. I know, it would take me a minute to try and figure out how many Chinese and Korean students and faculty members, and postdoctoral fellows.

One of the things is, some of them come from traditional Chinese medicine backgrounds. So, there is now this split within Chinese medicine. Even so, there is Western medicine and traditional Chinese medicine, and they have different epistemologies. Even within the traditional Chinese medicine, there are some people gravitating toward the EBM epistemology, and epistemology the way I understand it,

It is the science of how we know things. How do we know that something’s true? How do we know that is not true? So, evidence-based medicine has a particular epistemology, so traditional Western sides had an epistemology that was focused on basic science and biological action now.

EBM has an epistemology that is much more focused on experiments of human beings looking at patient important outcomes, randomized trials, and observational studies. So, that’s ok, little physiology is fine, but that only gets you so far.

How do you know things? You need to test them out in human beings in the real world. So, that is the EBM epistemology for when you go to traditional Chinese medicine. They know it, because it is being done for 6,000 years. 6,000 years of experience cannot be wrong. So, that is a different way of knowing.

Some of my Chinese colleagues are trying to rationalize these two ways of knowing. I may be wrong. I may be pessimistic, but I am telling them, “You’ve got two different epistemologies here, which will never come together. They represent different ways, different ideas of how things in the world work.”

So, that is my most dramatic epistemological issue that is around at the moment.

2. Jacobsen: Historically, we can look at the Western tradition going through its developments and even regression. There was a long period of regression. Where now someone’s frothing at the mouth on the ground, we go, “That person is having an epileptic seizure.”

Go back sufficient number of centuries, and people hadn’t known the answer in their own epistemology, the answers they came to were, “They’re possessed by the devil, or a demon.”

So I mean, that is a massive regression. But things have changed, become more concrete and EBM-based. So, outside of NMAs (Network Meta-Analyses), and the alternatives coming from of East Asia and general, China in particular, are there any others?

Guyatt: So, there is something called, there is a push toward, real world data and big data. You have these huge databases. You can then use machine learning. People think that you can figure out what treatments work out in the real world by looking at this real world data.

We do not think so. So, we point to the problems with this real data. Patients may do better if exposed to one treatment versus the other. But it may not have anything to do with the treatment.

It may be because the people who took the particular treatment, you are destined to do better, they took, and the one example that I… so I’ll give you two. I’ll give you one primitive example, then one that people thought, something works or didn’t. So, the primitive example is, let’s look at hospitalization as an intervention? Does hospitalization make people better?

Well, as it turns out, people die an awful lot in the hospital much more than they die out in the community. Therefore, clearly, hospitals are harmful. So, that is a vivid illustration that because people do badly in this environment, and not so badly in this environment, it may have nothing to do with the environment.

It might be the nature of the people who got into that environment. So, obviously, we know, “No, people do not die in hospitals because hospitals kill you. It is because the people who go to hospitals are sick.”

So, that when everybody sees that it is a mistake to think that hospitals kill people. It is not too difficult. But there was another one, dramatic one of antioxidant vitamins. Vitamin C, antioxidant vitamins, have what we call observational studies, you look at a big population who take antioxidant vitamins.

A big population does not take antioxidant vitamins. You look at what happens. These antioxidant vitamins, if you looked at the report, were supposed to do good things for you. It turned out that when they did the observational studies.

People with the antioxidant vitamins had less cancer and less cardiovascular disease than people who didn’t take antioxidant vitamins. Message, we should all take antioxidant vitamins. It will reduce cancer and cardiovascular disease. Fortunately, they decided to do the randomized trials.

The randomized trials showed no difference between people who took and did not take the antioxidant vitamins in, either cancer and cardiovascular disease, and in some instances, a possible suggestion of harm.

So, it was true that people in the real world who took antioxidant vitamins had less cancer and cardiovascular disease than people who did not. It had nothing to do with the antioxidant vitamins.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: What it has to do with is the nature of the people who took antioxidant vitamins were different than the people who didn’t take antioxidant vitamins, we needed randomized trials to store data. Now, there is a push with this big data of real world data, which will tell us about treatments.

People do not seem to have learned the lesson of the antioxidant vitamins example. Yes, they may do better when they’re exposed or not exposed or more primitively to lessen the hospitalization.

They’re ready to attribute it to the treatment, but it may not be the treatment at all. Sometimes, it is. Sometimes, it isn’t. We would argue that you need randomized trials to be definitive to know whether it is or it isn’t. If we believe those observational studies, we would all be taking antioxidant vitamins, too, and no one would be benefiting.

So that is an interesting epistemological debate now. Can this big data that tell us what’s true? Or we need randomized trials?

3. Jacobsen: What were some of the more overblown claims?

Guyatt: That they can tell you what works and what does not work? That is the fundamental overblown.

Jacobsen: What are some secondary ones?

Guyatt: The other things that it is useful for is, for instance, development of prognostic models. So, it is often important to say, “Is this person at high risk or low risk of something?” The big data potentially can, by having huge amounts of data, they can come up with great prognostic blocks.

So, that is something. The only problematic part is the claim that it can tell us what works and what does not work.

4. Jacobsen: Are there any other areas in professional life that you want to explore?

Guyatt: I can do something more. As I say, I am methodologist, but I work with people who do, fortunately, frontline research. That is practical. I can tell you about one of my colleagues by the name of PJ Devereaux.

10 or 15 years, probably 15 years ago, now, maybe more, PJ, started to focus on non-cardiac surgery. So, people go into surgery. They’re not going for their heart. They’re going for all sorts of other regions.

So, the first big discovery that PJ made was lots of people are having heart attacks. Nobody is noticing. The reason they do not notice is you come out of undergoing this non-cardiac surgery, which has the metaphor of running a marathon.

Most of the people who go to non-cardiac surgery have not been training for six months to run a marathon.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: A matter fact, they may not have been getting out there. Getting out of their seats in front of the television set much, so, now, you put them to a marathon and – lo and behold, perhaps no big surprise – a fair number are having heart attacks that nobody was noticing. Why not?

Because they come out of the operating room, they’re sedated. They’re out of it. If they were awake, they’d be saying, “Doc, I am having this terrible chest pain,” but they can tell you they do not know. They’re asleep or sedated.

What PJ said, “Hey, wait a minute, let’s take everybody or at least these high risk people coming, and let’s do electrocardiograms. Let’s do enzymes, which tells us what’s going on too hard.” He found out that 80% of the people having heart attacks were missed.

If you did the regular clinical day, you were missing 80% of people that had heart attacks. So, that was interesting; that was important. But the issue still remained, we know what to do with you. If you come into the emergency department with a heart attack, we have a hundred thousand people studied in randomized trials.

We know what to do with that. Should we be doing the same thing with people who are having these heart attacks coming out of surgery?

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: Maybe, but maybe they’re different. So, now we have to find out. We have to find out what we should do about that. Now, he is done the first big important study showing that if you give these people anticoagulants, blood thinners sometimes we called them, they do better.

The implications of that, I do not think we need to stay informed that the most important things we do for people coming to the emergency room with heart attacks, is give them aspirin and drugs to lower their lipids, the fats in the blood those things. We should be doing those things.

It is clear from the results of PJ’s works that we should be doing that to these people who have these otherwise unrecognized heart attacks after they’re not a cardiac surgeon, so PJ with his work is revolutionizing the perioperative medicine.

Of all the people I work with in terms of doing the biggest impact work with immediate impact in terms of medical care and improving outcomes, PJ’s doing the best stuff.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Distinguished Professor, Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact, McMaster University; Co-Founder, Evidence-Based Medicine

[2] Individual Publication Date: October 1, 2019, at http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-one; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020, at https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[3] B.Sc., University of Toronto; M.D., General Internist, McMaster University Medical School; M.Sc., Design, Management, and Evaluation, McMaster University.

[4] Credit: McMaster University.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Chinese Traditional Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Two) [Online].October 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, October 1). An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Chinese Traditional Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Chinese Traditional Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, October. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Chinese Traditional Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Chinese Traditional Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (October 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Chinese Traditional Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Chinese Traditional Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Chinese Traditional Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):October. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on Chinese Traditional Medicine and Evidence-Based Medicine (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, October 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

 

Ask Linda 2 — Backlash to Burke’s MeToo Movement

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Linda Louis

Numbering: Issue 4: Everyone Has Their Specialty

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: September 23, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,821

Keywords: Linda Louis, MeToo, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, women’s rights.

Beatrice Linda Louis is a long-time friend and colleague. She is an Indian and a trained lawyer who is the Business Editor for Uncommon Ground Media Ltd. and an activist against sexual violence and exploitation. Louis can be found on Twitter with the caption quote by Mariane Wright Edelman, “If you don’t like the way the world is, you can change it. You have an obligation to change it. You just do it one step at a time.”

Here we talk about the backlash to the #MeToo movement.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the backlash to the #MeToo movement?

Linda Louis: Right, so, as you know, the MeToo movement started with people sharing their experiences. It started with Harvey Weinstein. Although, there was a woman who started the movement herself, Tarana Burke. The MeToo movement, itself, is largely self-driven. It is driven by social media. It is driven by people talking about their experiences.

That has to be understood first. It was not started by a particular group of people or an organization. It picked up steam. The reason that it became so powerful was because the momentum it picked up was a surprise, because normal people — guys especially — were surprised to see their friends and childhood friends come out with all these traumatizing experiences saying, “Me too, I experienced this too.” It became clear.

Because there were almost no women who had not been harassed. The backlash, I would say, started in the English-speaking world with publications like Spiked & Quillette, which talked about the MeToo movement being too big. Before that, Peter Hitchens wrote a piece talking about how if this is considered sexual harassment then women need to be in burkas.

That is because there was a sub-wave of the MeToo movement happening in the UK. Several members of parliament were accused of harassment. There was this piece by Peter Hitchens. There was another by Douglas Murray, which I cannot recall at the moment. It was an acidic publication. It is saying, “Oh my God, what are you guys talking about? It is just flirtation. It is just men showing their appreciation. If you do not like this, basically, you’re insisting on dragging us back to an age of puritanism.”

One allegation in the UK related to someone placing a hand on the knee of a junior writer. This is how it started. Then Quillette, you have this whole antifeminist wave. Primarily, it is spearheaded by Christina Hoff Sommers, Helen Pluckrose, Kathy Young, Lionel Shriver at times. So, what they came out and said was three things: 1) MeToo started out with Harvey Weinstein level crimes was starting to become too broad and include flirtation as harassment, 2) the effect of this movement would be to shove women into the homes again, and 3) this was a demonstration of what they thought of as victimhood.

Women in the West — they said — with this current wave of feminism have been trained or conditioned to see themselves as victims, which is why they complain about all these nasty little problems. They said, “In our times, we brushed it off. We put down our hand and said, ‘No, this is not how things are going to be.’” You have to remember. Sexual harassment in the workplace, since it started in Hollywood. It all came out, “He did not force himself on you. You consented at the time. You did have consent. You do have agency. That was their argument.”

This was the backlash. From there, it picked up. Spiked, especially, came out with almost a dozen articles. They had an article almost every second day with MeToo becoming a witch hunt or not focusing on the right victims. For example, in the UK at the time, I believe the Telford case of grooming gangs broke. So, Brendan O’Neill would write a lot of pieces asking, “What does MeToo do for the Telford girls?” On the face of it, it is unreasonable.

We will get to that. The point was MeToo was about high-class elite urban women fussing about small things and ignoring the real victims. That was another criticism. What the backlash escalated into was saying, “MeToo is a witch hunt. Due process was not followed. Men having their rights ruined over their allegations. Women are unnecessarily stretching the concept of sexual harassment to anything they didn’t like.”

As you know, it picked up quite a bit of traction. Areo Magazine picked up several articles critical of it. National Review and the regular rightwing press were like “Oh my God, these feminists.” I think there were a lot of these articles accusing MeToo as being a witch hunt without due process.

Jacobsen: What demographics of Indian society are pushing back against it?

Louis: In India, MeToo has taken off. Some allegations have been made against prominent figures in the media. The pushback is of the same type: “How are we supposed to believe these things? This is not sexual harassment. Why are these women coming out with this now? I would say the backlash has been of the same nature but not as much as the West.

Primarily, India is, obviously, a very patriarchal society. Women are extremely unsafe. The levels of sexual harassment and rape are very high. They cannot push back too much. It is too incredible. But they can push back, but it is of the same variety.

Jacobsen: What are the reasons for pushing back against it? What have been other reasons surmised as to the reasons for the pushback? In other words, the ones explicitly given and the ones you can infer.

Louis: I would not go as far as to say that they have an ulterior motive. This is the difference between feminists and people on the outside. When you know even a little bit of the history of misogyny and female oppression, you start to realize society, as it exists, has a trend. The trend is to want to keep things undisturbed. This is not entirely unnatural. Systems scientists speak a lot about this.

When a system is disturbed, it will try to reach equilibrium. Historically, most of our societies, not just East and the West, almost all societies have been extremely reluctant to acknowledge rape or sexual harassment because it is so endemic, so widespread. What if we treated it with the censure that we should; that would stain a ridiculously high number of men in society.

Of course, society cannot have that. Human nature, human fear, the fact that we have brothers, fathers, and sons. Society or, rather, the flow of human society has never allowed us to treat this problem to its fullest extent. I would say with the backlash. It is rooted in very well-known reasons. There is a tendency to want to disbelieve women, whether people admit it or not.

There is a tendency when a woman comes up and says something happened to her to respond, “Are you sure? What occurred?” Because, at some level, we know this is a vile crime. So, society has tried to blame the woman who is complaining. As late as the 90s, in many jurisdictions in the world, a word of a rape victim was not treated as the equivalent of other crime victims.

This tells you this resistance is so deeply embedded in society. Secondly, it is popular to be anti-feminist. If you are anti-feminist, you are a hero, you are popular, and you are a contrarian because you went against the feminist monsters. Many of these women: Joanna Williams, Ella Wheelen. Their online profile has risen almost exclusively on being antifeminists.

If you are a woman and antifeminist, you are beloved. Men love you, obviously. Also, many women are disillusioned with what is known in the West as Third Wave Feminism. Again, it comes down to the fact that, as humans, we want to believe our species is good. We want to believe the men in our lives are great. That is always something feminism needs to fight against, the shattering of the illusion. People cling desperately to the illusion.

A lot of it has been that resistance. Take, for example, the case with Spiked. They had an article lamenting MeToo every two to three days. Why should a publication focus so much on one movement? It was almost as if people felt threatened. I would say, “Yes, a lot of the men felt threatened.” Maybe, they had a history of inappropriate behaviour. Maybe, it would catch up with them. The women who came out against it are women who are part of the standard human nature thing.

Women who have been through harsh lives and who are proud of themselves for having come through it. Who tell themselves, “I went through a man’s world and made it,” they are often very harsh towards younger women because “I did this. I suffered. Things were difficult for me. Why can’t you?” So, some of the backlashes of women were also because of it.

They felt since women were driving the movement should not complain about it, but simply handle it or brush it off. The idea: no, we should not have to handle it. It is, apparently, too much to ask for. To run that out, there is a backlash. One is this deep-set resistance to believing women or to dealing with compassion towards them. There is a resistance to treating any sexually inappropriate behaviour with disgust and censure.

Because there is a realization that many, many men would fall in that net. Thirdly, some of it is women who have not felt harassed but who have enjoyed the uninvited attention. They feel as if they need to defend the actions of those people, “Oh, some of it is complimentary. It is not that big of a deal. There is a competition among women to not be man-haters. That is also part of it.”

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Linda.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Qualifying and Disqualifying Business Ideas, Advice to Students, and Concluding Thoughts (Part Six)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: September 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,844

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Sarah Lubik is the Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & Innovation Concentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship. She discusses: qualifying or disqualifying a business idea; advice to impart to students; and final feelings and thoughts.

Keywords: Canada, Hariri, Industry, Kurzweil, Sarah Lubik, technology.

An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Qualifying and Disqualifying Business Ideas, Advice to Students, and Concluding Thoughts: Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & InnovationConcentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship (Part Six)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: These are more or less obscure to someone that doesn’t have their ear to the ground as you do with your position. I want to also go back to the undergraduate students.

When you’re working with them, they come with an idea. What’s the process that you’re running through your mind to qualify or disqualify a particular idea, whether it be a product or a business idea?

They’re pitching to you either for a course project or for some extracurricular thing that they’re trying out. They want to run it by you.

Lubik: I try to keep an open mind about every idea because one of the things that you learn when you spend that time around entrepreneurs is that you haven’t heard of everything yet. So, because it doesn’t make sense to me in my frame of reference doesn’t mean that it’s not a good idea. That’s how I teach and how we teach here.

So, what I’m looking for, have they done their homework? Have they gone out to talk to experts? Have they asked all of the questions that I’ll ask them? So, rather than me making a decision, my job is to help them reach a decision whether they should stop and pivot, stop entirely, go full force, or go but there is a good chance that you can hit a wall.

So, my job is less of a stage gate and more of a guide to that process. The things I would ask is, “Who have you talked to?”, “Why do this?”, “Have you thought of this?”, “What about other markets?”, “What about other people?”, “If you changed something in the health field, have you tried to make life better for doctors? Did you make life harder for nurses?”, “Have you spoken to people who are experts?”

So, I spent a lot of time saying, “Why do you think that?” Withy expertise is in advanced materials and advanced technologies; I can tell you how those work. I can give you an opinion based on my experience that I think ‘that’ will work’, ‘I haven’t seen that work’, and ‘this is why this is setting off a yellow or red light for me.’”

But if it’s a case of ‘I want to find a way to use food that might otherwise be thrown away to keep it out of the landfill and also to do some good with it, whether it’s how to feed other people or whether it’s turn it into a certain product.’

My answer is going to be: “Talk through the logic with me, then I will point you at someone who is in that industry.” Because it’s important for us; not as entrepreneurs, but as coaches, to realize where the limitations of our knowledge are and rather than be the be-all and end-all of entrepreneurship to say, “Why?”

I can guide you through the process, to tackle the challenges and gather all of this information. I will put you in touch with everyone that I know who can validate your assumptions. That can help you validate whether you are on the right path.

But I can still be surprised.  I watched some students presenting and gave them some feedback

I thought, “I probably wouldn’t be going with that target market. They said, “We’re not in the class yet we sold 12.” I was like, “Fair enough, yes, I was wrong. I’m not the target market for this.”

That means my next job is to put them in touch with someone who might know more about that industry.

2. Jacobsen: So, we touched briefly now on what will be considered a reference frame for considering business ideas from students and not taking into account necessarily qualifying or disqualifying something based on the current reference frame, but taking into account would this potentially sell and keeping in mind that I might be wrong. 

What advice, in general, do you try to impart to students either through an example of yourself or through simply telling them a narrative, “This was a successful business. They did X, Y, and Z,” or saying, “This principal will get you pretty far in the innovation and entrepreneurship fields?”

Lubik: It’s a good question. So, in the classes that I teach, part of delivering the content is all about being like a business coach and saying, “Here’s a different framework that you can employ and here’s how it works.”

But one of the things that I try to do, and this comes back to always questioning whether you’re right or not, is I immediately say, “Here’s the place that I found that this doesn’t necessarily work and here’s how I’ve modified the models for myself.” What I’m hoping will happen when I do that, they realize that absolutely nothing should be taken as gospel and never questioned, even the models that we use to explore these things.

For example, there’s the business model canvas, which is like a map of the different parts of your business. It’s taken as a standard tool no matter where you go and where you’re doing entrepreneurship, where the business model canvas is incomplete in my opinion is that it doesn’t asks for your vision for your company.

I ask my students to immediately draw another box, which is, “Tell me, rather than I’m going to make a thing because it’s cool, what problem are you trying to solve? What does the world gain if you’re successful? What is the vision that’s going to drive you?”

So, that’s probably one of the most important things I can impart. Figure out why you’re doing what you’re doing, what drives you and figure out that you can question pretty much everything, and that you should because nothing is perfect and no one is infallible.

3. Jacobsen: Last question. Based on what we’ve discussed today, do you have any thoughts or feelings in conclusion?

Lubik: Yes, one of the most important places that we can invest in is to create a more competitive society as well as a more compassionate society. We should look at the big picture, to create more people with those entrepreneurial skills that have tolerance for ambiguity and a desire to use them to make things better.

Most of the world is made up of people who don’t think like you, problems are only getting more complex, and we need to have the humility to understand that most of those big problems take time to sort out and take A wide range of expertise working together.

I think that’s one of the reasons why as the world changes we need an education that can let us keep up- be it a university education or any type of education –

That to understand how to question yourself, to keep an open mind, to search out people who don’t think like you, to understand what we’ve done in the past, understand how ideas fit together, to understand how you might use cutting-edge knowledge and cutting-edge technology, and also if you can use the resources of the university – whether it’s their networks or their internal resources – to help you to make a difference in the world, whether it’s as an organization or an entrepreneur or social innovator.

The reason entrepreneurship is all about teamwork and impact at SFU is that we all need this mindset and we all need each other if we are going to tackle future opportunities and take on serious challenges.

4. Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Dr. Lubik.

Lubik: Thank you for the enjoyable conversation.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & Innovation Concentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Beedie School of Business, Simon Fraser University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: September 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-six; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Qualifying and Disqualifying Business Ideas, Advice to Students, and Concluding Thoughts (Part Six) [Online].September 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-six.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, September 22). An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Qualifying and Disqualifying Business Ideas, Advice to Students, and Concluding Thoughts (Part Six)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-six.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Qualifying and Disqualifying Business Ideas, Advice to Students, and Concluding Thoughts (Part Six). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, September. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-six>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Qualifying and Disqualifying Business Ideas, Advice to Students, and Concluding Thoughts (Part Six).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-six.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Qualifying and Disqualifying Business Ideas, Advice to Students, and Concluding Thoughts (Part Six).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (September 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-six.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Qualifying and Disqualifying Business Ideas, Advice to Students, and Concluding Thoughts (Part Six)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-six>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Qualifying and Disqualifying Business Ideas, Advice to Students, and Concluding Thoughts (Part Six)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-six.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Qualifying and Disqualifying Business Ideas, Advice to Students, and Concluding Thoughts (Part Six).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):September. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-six>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Qualifying and Disqualifying Business Ideas, Advice to Students, and Concluding Thoughts (Part Six) [Internet]. (2019, September 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-six.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Linda 1 — India and Women’s Rights, and the Law

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Linda Louis

Numbering: Issue 4: Everyone Has Their Specialty

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: September 21, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,777

Keywords: law, Linda Louis, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, women’s rights.

Beatrice Linda Louis is a long-time friend and colleague. She is an Indian and a trained lawyer who is the Business Editor for Uncommon Ground Media Ltd. and an activist against sexual violence and exploitation. Louis can be found on Twitter with the caption quote by Mariane Wright Edelman, “If you don’t like the way the world is, you can change it. You have an obligation to change it. You just do it one step at a time.”

Here we talk about women’s rights and India, and the law, and more.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How does the history of women’s rights around the world and, in particular, in India give hope or optimism for the possibility of progress for the knowledge about and subsequent implementation of women’s rights in India, especially where the rights become the most consequential on a girl’s and a woman’s life with education and reproductive health rights?

Beatrice Linda Louis: Is there hope for optimism? Yes, despite the waves of news currently being covered by the media, women still are making gains. We are making slow progress. What is cause for optimism, in the private sector in terms of the workplace, entering the workforce, those things are certainly on the upswing. That is one of the major achievements the women’s movement everywhere can rely on.

More women are being educated. They are doing better. The confidence in women’s education is rising. Resistance is going down. So, both education and economic empowerment, the veritable upswing in that, is cause for hope. In India, it is even truer. Because women have entered the workforce more. There is still a gap to cover. I believe the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation has recorded the level of unpaid labour for Indian women and what that means for them — and for economic loss faced by women, and the economy.

The fact is participation is also increasing overall. I would say that is cause for optimism. As for the implementation of rights, it is a different kettle of fish from giving them rights or changing laws. The changing of laws requires activism, political pressure, and political mobilization. Implementation requires systemic change, systems to work, public sector to be improved, and for mindsets to change.

In that sense, you can see a rollback of women’s status all over the world. One should not be surprised. When women’s movements began in the 1950s and 1960s and earlier, the inequality of women was blatant. They did not have the right to vote, work, or study. It could be easily pointed to and noted as “these things are unequal, and we have to fix them.” In that time, men were in favour of equality because it was simply so logical.

However, what you are seeing now is extreme resistance because having accomplished rights on paper, women are now pushing for substantive equality, where all the gazillion trivial things that facilitate equality are being challenged and men do not like it. Now, it is not so obviously illogical. So, they prefer to support equality when it did not affect their interests. Now that it is, women are not only racing neck-and-neck, but point out flaws in companies and society.

There is considerable resistance to that now. That is the challenge. Society needs more introspection. We see a lot of resistance to that. In terms of implementing women’s rights, it is the biggest thing. This resentment and pushback to what they see as overreach, when it is women simply getting substantive equality rather than formal equality.

In India, you can see the microcosm of the anger seen at the global level. There is considerable anger against women. There is a considerable backlash. I would say that that does pose a threat to the implementation of women’s rights. Apart from that, the larger obstacle to women’s rights lies in systems. In this sense, public services are corrupt. It is a toss of a coin with a police officer. If bad, you might as well say, “Goodbye,” to justice. There is a hampered police force. There is an ineffective bureaucracy. There are funds that never get dispersed. These are the main obstacles to the implementation of women’s rights.

These are not for women. These are systemic problems. The delivery of public services and government officials in developing countries. These will not be solved; unless, we solve the bigger issues.

Jacobsen: What are the firm legal victories for women’s rights in India?

Louis: One of the most recent victories women had was the Supreme Court upheld the right of women to enter a temple in the Southern Indian state of Kerala called Sabarimala. They were not allowed before. Now, they are allowed. So, that is a substantial victory. Apart from that, there were colonial laws in place, which made adultery out to be a crime.

Except, it was extremely badly phrased. It made the adulterer, or the man, a criminal, but only because the woman was viewed as chattel, basically. They viewed the man as the owner of the woman’s body and responsible for adultery. So, it was a crime and not grounds for divorce. In a way, it is a win for women.

By removing this as a crime, it is a social aberration and social crime. It no longer treats women as chattel or animals. It treats both parties in a marriage as equal partners. Another such victory was when the courts, recently, held that if old parents had a daughter; the daughter could be held responsible for the maintenance of the old parents.

It does not sound like a victory. But it is. Prevailing laws held that only sons could be made responsible for their old parents or expected to take care of old parents. Whereas, women were considered as minors. Once they were married, they were not considered as economic agents. They were not considered responsible adults. That has been rolled back.

More women are being recognized as economic agents. That is a good thing. Another thing, this has not come to fruition. The opposition to triple talaq. The option of male Muslim divorce by simply pronouncing the word divorce three times. Muslim women have been fighting against this option for quite a long time.

But because of partisan politics and male-dominated religious bodies, it has been a long fight. However, there is a case in court. So far, the signs look good. I would say, those are the more significant victories in the last few days and months. If we go back further, we have good laws on sexual harassment

Or a good law, which was descriptive. For the first time, it included unorganized workers or domestic workers. Those who were not given any labour rights because you could not see them as being part of a larger employed group. They were house cleaners and cooks, and not exactly factory workers.

But the law against sexual harassment in the workplace did include unorganized workers as well. [Laughing] it is revolutionary because many of the laws on sexual harassment in the workplace, even in more developed countries, do not adequately deal with unorganized workers, e.g., nannies, house cleaners, and so on. Yes, it is a legal victory.

Jacobsen: What is the current battleground? How can activists mobilize to combat against the self-identified foes of women’s rights in these modern domains?

Louis: The current battleground has been and will be for many years to come violence against women, e.g., sexual violence against women in India. It is harder to say if it is increasing. But there are, certainly, more gruesome attacks. The number of gang rapes is rising. The number of rapes of children is rising. Is this gender malaise in society? Yes. What can activists do now? They can stop looking at only the legal system as a solution.

They can start more top-down efforts to change mindsets. The government must be taking the lead and funding, not even educational programs, but, rather, cultural programs that challenge masculine ideas, masculine mindsets, and actively undo the damage of a patriarchal society.

Because violence is rising. It is not going down. That is profoundly scary. Of course, another factor is pornography. Which, I am sure if I say this or write this down; people will say, “There is no proof that porn increases sexual violence.” In fact, yes, there is, especially when it is given untrammelled access to — as it is currently with even violence debasing porn.

There are events of young boys attacking young girls, even children, literally after consuming a porn video [Laughing]. Porn, in India, has caused damage. Nobody is willing to admit it. The elite has subscribed to the overall theory or studies done in the West and in limited sample sizes about pornography not causing sexual violence.

Most are highly fraught. But that is a different topic. The problem is, in India, a poor, repressed population. They have little in terms of sexual outlets. The culture does not allow you to grow into your sexuality in a responsible way. Pornography has worsened things. Eventually, activists will have to confront this and find ways of combatting the damage.

Because the laws at this point are good. There are not detailed laws in place to prosecute and punish people accused of rape. However, again, this goes down to systems. If we do not want to pick up the piece after its done, but, rather, prevent it, we will have to look at social initiatives and not the legal system.

The legal system only comes in after the damage is done. That is not going to be enough. That would be the current battleground.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Linda.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Robertson 12 — Fault and Responsibility: If You Pass the Sentence, Then You Should Swing the Sword

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 26, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,103

Keywords: Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, personal responsibility, psychology, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, victim mentality.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is a Registered Doctoral Psychologist with expertise in Counselling Psychology, Educational Psychology, and Human Resource Development. He earned qualifications in Social Work too. Duly note, he has five postsecondary degrees, which is a lot, of which 3 are undergraduate level. His research interests include memes as applied to self-knowledge, the evolution of religion and spirituality, the aboriginal self’s structure, residential school syndrome, prior learning recognition and assessment, and the treatment of attention deficit disorder and suicide ideation. In addition, he works in anxiety and trauma, addictions, and psycho-educational assessment, and relationship, family, and group counselling.

Here we talk about personal responsibility, victim culture, and more.

*Listing of previous sessions with links at the end of the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You comment on a couple of cases of personal responsibility and, more particularly, personal fault passed onto others or systems & institutions. How can institutional systems and legacies completely disempower parts of new generations of peoples?

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: As I re-read the commentary I wrote nearly twenty years ago, it seems, sadly, to be even more relevant today. At the time I viewed the legal cases from lawsuit happy U.S. America, as bizarre and slightly humorous anomalies. For example, the thief who got trapped in a garage and subsisted on Pepsi and dog food until the home owner came back from holidays, and then had the nerve to sue for unlawful confinement, had to be one of a kind. So I thought. But it is like a mental virus that has grown and evolved into something quite dangerous.

My original conclusion was that if we blame others then we are basically saying they have power over us and we are mere victims. About a dozen years after I wrote that an indigenous man murdered his wife and kidnapped his stepdaughter in my home community. After the man was apprehended, his sister told the press that her brother was the real victim because he had gone to an Indian residential school. My point is that yes, bad things have happened in the past, but that is not an excuse bad behaviour in the present. We have the power to choose how we will respond, and from that realization comes our own empowerment. We may not be able to control what others do, but we can always choose how we will react. And we can react with dignity in a way that makes the world a better place. Unfortunately, there are psychological reasons, and sometimes money, to be made from playing the role of disempowered victim, and this has contributed to the rise of a victim culture in Canada.

Jacobsen: Please explain what you mean by “victim culture.”

Robertson: Certainly, Scott. I operate from a humanist perspective that accords every individual worth and dignity by virtue of being human with the implication that people should conduct themselves accordingly. But if your self-identity is moulded around being a victim, you are proclaiming that power rests with the perceived victimizers. The victim then attempts to persuade people with even more power to punish the victimizers and redress the wrongs, often through financial compensation. But this comes at great cost to the individual. Let me give you the example of marriages. I have found marriage counselling to become more challenging over the past thirty years despite the fact that I have become more skilled with experience. Half the battle in marriage counselling is communication and developing the ability to understand the other’s perceptions with empathy. Increasingly I find that one or both partners have developed narratives of being a victim. And when they are presented with an alternative perception they simply repeat their own victim narrative verbatim, only more loudly. And when this does not work they declare themselves to have “not been heard,” and this further increases their sense of victimization. A couple of years ago I published some research on secular weddings and I found that people are as likely to have been legally married at least once by the time they reach my age, as they were 50 years ago, but at any given time over half the adult population is single. There is a reason for that.

We have evolved to the point where people’s primary identity is as a member of a victim group who have been considered historically wronged. Academics have even coined the word “transectionality” to describe people who are simultaneously members of multiple victim groups thereby attaining a higher ranking in the world of victimology. This is not to say that some of the victimization isn’t real. Even white males can point to accurate examples of victimization. But if our primary identity is based on something negative as opposed to something positive, then we pay a heavy psychological price.

You asked about the role of institutions. Ultimately, victim culture leads people to become helpless victims waiting for the state, or others, to make things right. Whole classes of victim groups have emerged with status accorded to ascribed degree of victimhood. Some politicians are only too happy to gain votes by acknowledging various groups sense of victimization and even apologizing for it. They may even pay compensation. But in the end this only reinforces dependency and disempowerment. Which suits the politicians because then they can go after the same votes, in the same way, time and again.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Robertson, again.

Image Credit: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Panayote 3 — Greek Orthodox Orthodoxy

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Panayote Dimitras

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 19, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 314

Keywords: Greece, Greek, Greek Orthodox Church, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Panayote Dimitras is the Co-Founder and Spokesperson of the Humanist Union of Greece, and a Board Member of the European Humanist Federation.

Here we talk about Greek Orthodoxy, Greek ethno-national identity, and the Greek Orthodox Church.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Now, many believe in a singular, interventionist being in the Eastern Orthodox tradition of Greek Orthodox Christianity. What defines this God in Greek culture? Also, how does this God — or belief in this assertion of this God, and this Greek Orthodox Religion, influence Greek culture?

Panayote Dimitras: Religiously, the unique God is defined in Greece as in most other monotheistic religions. But in Greek culture Orthodoxy is defined as a quintessential element of the ethno-national identity, Hellenism.

There are people who may not believe in, or may have doubts about, God but still consider Orthodoxy as a quintessential element of the ethno-national identity.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Panayote.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Robertson 13 — A Hawk’s Eye on Counsellors’ Professional Ethics and Morals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson

Numbering: Issue 4: Everyone Has Their Specialty

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: September 17, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,466

Keywords: counselling, ethics, Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is a Registered Doctoral Psychologist with expertise in Counselling Psychology, Educational Psychology, and Human Resource Development. He earned qualifications in Social Work too. Duly note, he has five postsecondary degrees, which is a lot, of which 3 are undergraduate level. His research interests include memes as applied to self-knowledge, the evolution of religion and spirituality, the aboriginal self’s structure, residential school syndrome, prior learning recognition and assessment, and the treatment of attention deficit disorder and suicide ideation. In addition, he works in anxiety and trauma, addictions, and psycho-educational assessment, and relationship, family, and group counselling.

Here we talk about counselling and ethics.

*Listing of previous sessions with links at the end of the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You give insight into counselling in the fact that, in general, advice is not given, as in counsellors do not tell clients what they should or should not do.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: That is correct, Scott. As explained previously in this series, I practise in Adlerian tradition where advice giving is anathema, and this view comes from a humanistic view that we, as a species, are defined by our ability to reason in an objective, volitional and internally consistent way. I made the argument that psychology, as a profession, seeks to teach people to reach this human potential in their individual lives (see: Free Will). While the advice giver is usually well-meaning, advice giving puts the receiver in a dependent position. In its most extreme form, advice giving reduces the receiver to an automaton waiting for direction. The advise that is given is necessarily from the perspective of the one who is giving it, not from the perspective of the receiver.

Often counselling and psychotherapy are considered to be synonyms, but Adlerians make a distinction: counselling is essentially joint problem solving done with clients who have intact selves while psychotherapy involves the reconstruction of part of the self (for a discussion of reconstructing the self see: Self-mapping). In either case the psychologist acts as a kind of consultant who has expertise in change while the client is recognized in having expertise in understanding himself. The counselling session becomes the collaboration of two experts.

I think the notion that counselling is advice giving comes from outside the profession, but is popular enough that some psychologists accept that definition. But they then typically view themselves as psychotherapists. As I said, the professional ideal is to promote individual volition, and this typically involves constructing alternatives with the client mapping pros and cons and deciding on a plan.

Jacobsen: What is a way in which counsellors violate professional ethics and codes of conduct here? How have things gone wrong in the past? What examples speak to this in the history of counselling?

Dr. Robertson: Were the therapist to impose his views on a client, that would be unethical. We need to understand that the client is in a vulnerable position, and that is why they are seeking counselling or psychotherapy. A therapist with the best of intentions may think that the answer is obvious, but unless the client arrives at that conclusion by considering his or her alternatives, priorities, goals and worldview then the imposition of a “solution” that appears right to the therapist does nothing to build the client’s capacities as an independent volitional individual. I think this is a standard understanding of most historic schools of psychotherapy, but there are exceptions.

Soviet psychology of the 20th century provides an example of systemic unethical diagnosis. Soviet psychologists viewed the communist man (inclusive of women) to be more collectivistic and altruistic than others. It seemed to them self-evident that the mentally healthy person, if given the opportunity, would want to participate in such a society. Those who did not agree with this worldview and were in conflict with the authorities were deemed to suffer from what was termed “sluggish schizophrenia.”

When an ideology or religion is used to modify terms like “psychology,” “counselling” or “psychotherapy,” I become wary. For example, how does “Christian Counselling” differ from counselling? Christian counsellors I have talked to define their religion as having certain superior attributes with respect to love and spiritual fulfillment. But a secular counsellor, on finding that a client believed in prayer, for example, might invite the client to pray as part of his or her therapeutic plan. A difference might be that if the prayer does not work to the client’s satisfaction, the secular counsellor might be more willing to explore other alternatives while the Christian counsellor might be more prone engage in self-limiting platitudes such as, “Maybe God does not want this for you.” Counsellors employed by Catholic Family Services are routinely required to sign a statement stating they will respect the Church’s beliefs regarding “the sanctity of life.” This is regularly interpreted to mean that counsellors in their employ may not explore the option of abortion with pregnant clients, and if a client chooses that option, she will do so without the support of her counsellor or therapist. Counsellors from a variety of Christian denominations actively discourage people who are non-heterosexual. A particularly unethical practice is encapsulated in the oxymoron “Conversion Therapy.” Conversion implies a template outside of the individual to which the individual converts. It is, therefore, the opposite of therapy where the client defines his own template. Overall, Christian counselling does not add to the professional practice but is subtractive, limiting the options permitted clients.

The notion of limiting psychology’s ability to increase to individual choice and volition is pervasive. Feminist Psychotherapists argue for equality between the sexes, but most psychotherapists already embraced this ideal long before there was Feminist Psychotherapy; indeed, Alfred Adler introduced the idea to the Viennese psychological circle founded by Sigmund Freud in 1911. The purpose of Feminist Psychotherapy has not been to develop new therapeutic techniques since the methods typically used, such as journaling, re-framing, assertiveness training were all initially developed by other schools of psychotherapy. We are left, therefore with an ideological reason for its existence, as one feminist writer of textbooks noted (Corey, 2001) “A goal of feminist therapy is to replace patriarchal ‘objective truth’, with feminist consciousness…” In this formulation, objective reality is deemed to be patriarchal, and since most schools of psychotherapy assume that there is an objective reality to which the client may reference (Narrative Therapy being an exception), then those schools are, by this definition, patriarchal. In a decision that reminds us of the Soviet diagnosis of “sluggish schizophrenia,” the American Psychological Association has decided to recognize a category called “toxic masculinity.” In a move that reminds us of Conversion Therapy, the Canadian government has decided to fund feminist organizations and therapists to convert toxic men into… something else. I have demonstrated that male stigmatization exists (see: Stigma), and my fear is that a purpose of this conversion therapy will be to have men internalize this stigma whith the long term effect of further eroding their mental health.

Scott, you asked me about professional codes of ethics. Codes of ethics are written by those with the power to do so. Conversion Therapy as practiced by some Christian groups has been ruled unethical. The feminist version has not. I believe that freedom of conscience involves a duty to conduct oneself to a higher ethic, and in my case that ethic involves supporting individual volitional empowerment. Individual volition operates within the constraint that there is a reality outside ourselves and if we stray too far from that reality we will harm ourselves and others. We cannot gain empowerment by feeding a delusion.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Robertson, again.

Image Credit: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Universal Basic Income, Strongmanism, Human Rights, and Fearlessness (Part Five)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: September 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,940

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Iona Italia is an Author and Translator, and a Sub-Editor for Areo Magazine, and Host of Two for Tea. She discusses: incentivization of the arts and humanities; responding to those who do not see the value in the arts and the humanities; varieties of strongmanism; the whys of the current situation and how to get out of it; and final feelings or thoughts in conclusion.

Keywords: Areo Magazine, human rights, Iona Italia, Two for Tea, UBI, strongmen.

An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Universal Basic Income, Strongmanism, Human Rights, and Fearlessness: Host, Two for Tea & Sub-Editor, Areo Magazine (Part Five)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If we’re looking to incentivize, in some manner, civic culture, arts and humanities culture, how do we do it? There is the obvious answer of it is coming out of the intrinsic need to express oneself, explore the world of ideas, of the history of the world. However, what else?

Dr. Iona Italia: I suggest UBI. I think that is currently the best, most practical suggestion. Of course, like any system, some people will “abuse” it. I do not think it is abuse. Some people will choose to live on the low income that UBI provides. I think it is $1,000 a month they are suggesting for the US, which is a small income for the US. That is about what I currently live off, but I live in Argentina.

I think most people will either go and get a job that earns much more than that or they will take the UBI and they will use it as that safety net to be able to put energy into things like Areo Magazine, into podcasts, into writing, into art. Those are all things that we cannot seem to monetize easily but which do enrich our lives. It will also enable people to do things like care for their elderly parents, disabled partners, et cetera, and it will cut down on bureaucracy, enormously.

It will not punish people for going back to work, for example, because if you go to work and earn your salary, you will still receive your $1,000 in UBI, so you will not be tempted to stay on welfare because otherwise you will be penalized financially for going to work. So, I am a big fan. I think that would be one good start.

2. Jacobsen: What would be a proper response to individuals who completely see no value, or little value in the arts and humanities and productions for or coming out of civic culture?

Italia: If people see no value in something, it is rather hard to persuade them. All you can say is, “You live in civil society and other people value this.” You can, I think, though, see a good example of what happens when education is entirely technical with the kinds of things that are coming out of India and the movement on the Indian far-right, which is very much driven by young men from technical colleges, who have degrees, who have PhDs but they have absolutely zero humanities education at all.

They know how to do programming or to build a bridge, but they have no background in literature or history. They’ve become absolute fodder for this worrying, troubling strong rise of a violent terrorist, ethnonationalist, far-right movement in India. That’s one cautionary tale, there.

3. Jacobsen: Also, we’re seeing this in many forms when we’re seeing it a form of strongmanism, and then men who identify with the form of strongmanism. 

We can see this in a secular garb with Xi Jinping in mainland China with the elimination of terms limits. We can see the imposition of that through re-education camps, or at least, a million.

We can see this with Orbán in Hungary, saying the state stance is there are only male and female, which is a traditional fundamentalist Abrahamic religious stance. We can see this with, I think, Theresa May, in a bit. I think she’s one that comes up. We can also see this with Bolsonaro.

Italia: Bolsonaro.

Jacobsen: Who was at the top of the polls? Lula. Who is in prison? Lula. What happens when Bolsonaro gets into office? Immediately within a week, LGBTI+ rights and indigenous land rights are the first things to be targeted, in certain ways.

Italia: And of course, throughout the Muslim world you, you have strongmen in most of those countries. We’re already talking about the movement in India and “Modi the strongman”. You have Putin.

Jacobsen: Duterte.

Italia: Yes. You have people from the left, as well, who are doing this, left-wing authoritarians like Maduro. You already mentioned China.

Jacobsen: The typical story is men in most positions of power and influence and most of the men making those important decisions. We’re seeing a rise in the aggressive form of that, where it is you were noting it as “ethnonationalism,” sometimes connected to religious fundamentalist revivalism, or something like this.

Italia: Yes, in some African countries also.

4. Jacobsen: Two questions, whys and hows there, we have got a few minutes left. One, why? Two, how do we get out of it?

Italia: [Laughing] What an easy couple of questions! Why? I do not know. I officially studied English literature, but I did, of course, study lots of history because of my specialist period interest. One thing I can tell you is that history is highly contingent. You have one accidental event happening.

I am often asked to decide, for example, on Twitter, people often ask me, which is the greater threat, the far right or ultra-woke Social Justice excesses. I find the far right a bit scarier, but which is the greater threat? I have no idea because I do not have a crystal ball. It is impossible to predict the future. It is hard to know, even, how historical things happened. We can trace how but we cannot trace the why.

Perfect storms happen all the time. This thing happened. It led to this. That led to that. There are many, many feedback loops and snowball effects. I do not have a good answer to the “why”. “How”. I do not have a good answer to the “how” except that I think that we must keep returning—and it sounds so corny, I know—but we must keep returning to universal little humanism.

I used to think the liberal part of that was the most important part, but now I tend to think that the universal part may be the most important. I am currently reading Nick Christakis’s book, Blueprint, which is very much about this. We must abandon identity politics of all stripes, and we must return to a strong focus on the things that unite us.

5. Jacobsen: Does a return to human rights, or maybe a re-emphasis on human rights, provide such a framework? We see this in specific documents, for instance, on women’s rights with the Beijing Declaration from 1995. We can also see this 71 years ago with the foundation of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, December 10, 1948. Would these suffice as bases?

Italia: No. Legislation never suffices on its own without cultural change, as well, but, as I said before, both cultural changes can drive legislation, also, legislation can drive cultural change. On its own, no, but it is a start.

Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts, in conclusion, based on the conversation today?

Italia: I guess my final thought is that I think that one big problem is that there is too much fear around speech. Even when people’s free speech rights are guaranteed, people are, of course, and always will be, in certain situations, careful about what they say, and this can be a good thing.

But when you are discussing bigger philosophical or political or social issues, it is important to be fearless, to explore ideas by talking through them, i.e. to work out what you think about the issue over the course of discussion rather than coming with a fixed agenda, with your conclusions already in place, and then presenting that as if you were…This is the difference between real political discussion and high school debating, the type that Ben Shapiro does. You stand up and you’re going to win your point.

Not for reasons of ego, but also that means that you must even contemplate some ideas that are either politically incorrect, or that are evil-adjacent, let’s say, but are not actually evil. Sometimes the right answer is close to a wrong answer. That is the way that things are.

We need more fearlessness in what we’re willing to talk about and how we’re willing to talk about it. Only then will we come to the good solutions and will we be able to debunk the bad ones.

6. Jacobsen: Thank you much, and best of wishes with your chocolate chai and your keto diet.

Italia: Thanks. Bye-bye.

Jacobsen: Bye.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Host, Two for Tea; Sub-Editor, Areo Magazine.

[2] Individual Publication Date: September 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-five; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Universal Basic Income, Strongmanism, Human Rights, and Fearlessness (Part Five) [Online].September 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-five.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, September 15). An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Universal Basic Income, Strongmanism, Human Rights, and Fearlessness (Part Five)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-five.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Universal Basic Income, Strongmanism, Human Rights, and Fearlessness (Part Five). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, September. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-five>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Universal Basic Income, Strongmanism, Human Rights, and Fearlessness (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-five.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Universal Basic Income, Strongmanism, Human Rights, and Fearlessness (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (September 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-five.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Universal Basic Income, Strongmanism, Human Rights, and Fearlessness (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-five>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Universal Basic Income, Strongmanism, Human Rights, and Fearlessness (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-five.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Universal Basic Income, Strongmanism, Human Rights, and Fearlessness (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):September. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-five>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Universal Basic Income, Strongmanism, Human Rights, and Fearlessness (Part Five) [Internet]. (2019, September 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-five.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on GOBSAT, Guidelines, Living Documents, and Network Meta-Analysis (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: September 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,181

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC is a Distinguished University Professor is the Department of Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact at McMaster University. He discusses: professional research in the fall of 2018; hopes of a reduction in the timelines of publication of guidelines; reducing communication time and update time; message to skeptics of medicine in the mainstream; other professional areas to explore; early hypothesized applications of network meta-analysis or NMA; limits to pairings of NMAs; 2010s as the decade of NMAs; and the integration of NMAs into guideline methodologies.

Keywords: Canada, evidence-based medicine, Gordon Guyatt, medicine, network meta-analysis, NMA.

An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on GOBSAT, Guidelines, Living Documents, and Network Meta-Analysis: Distinguished Professor, Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact, McMaster University; Co-Founder, Evidence-Based Medicine (Part One)[1],[2],[3],[4]

*Footnotes in & after the interview, & citation style listing after the interview.*

*This interview has been edited for clarity and readability.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With regards to professional research for the fall of 2018, what are some of the new projects arising? What are the new questions being asked?

Gordon Guyatt: I will tell you some, what I would consider highlights. So, clinicians nowadays are relying heavily on guidelines. So, there is a medical electronic textbook called up to date that provides recommendations.

That is probably the number one resource in the world, certainly in North America, and provides recommendations. There are specialty societies in heart and lung and kidney and everything else. Young and older clinicians are paying great attention to these guidelines.

Over the last 20 years, there have been standards developed for trustworthy guidelines. There was an older model of guidelines, which was affectionately referred to as “GOBSAT”.

Jacobsen: [Laughing]

Guyatt: GOBSAT means good old boys sitting around a table.

Jacobsen: [Laughing] That is right.

Guyatt: That is how guidelines used to be developed but now we have a science of producing guidelines. I have been fortunate to be involved in the development of some of those standards. So, you have these up to date standards. It produces recommendations quickly. I do consult for them, trying to make them more evidence-based.

So, they do a pretty good job, but the nature of what they do, they do not adhere fully to the standards of trustworthy guidelines. Pretty good. Then some, not far from all, but some of the specialty societies adhere to the standards of trustworthy guidelines.

But they put together a team and it is a big production and it takes them a year to get there to get their guideline together, and then they’re so exhausted that they have to wait another two years before they start the process again.

So, the guidelines, many of them become quickly out of date. So, the question is, “Can one have trustworthy guidelines that are also updated when there is new evidence that is quickly updated?” So, there is also a science of pulling together the literature.

We call it systematic reviews. Again, I have been privileged too, as that science has developed over, starting a little farther ago, maybe 30 years ago. We know how to do that. I have been involved.

So, it was a systematic review out there. A new piece of evidence, we can update it quickly. So, it is good to know. Then a colleague who trained with me from Norway, who was interested in the whole guideline endeavour. He said, “Somebody’s got to do it, so that we follow the trustworthy guidelines standards. We update quickly, you and your team show we can update our systematic reviews quickly.”

We do have a process for producing this the trustworthy guidelines quickly. I said, “Pierre, you are right, but who’s gonna listen to us? We are not up to date. We are not the American Thoracic Society or the American Heart Association, who is going to listen to us?”

So Pierre said, “What if one of the top journals put out our new recommendations and published it as their endorsed recommendations?” He persuaded the BMJ to buy into the idea. So, for the last couple of years, we have been producing what we call BMJ rapid recommendations. So, a new study is published, we think it’s practicing changing information. We get our systematic review done in a matter of several weeks.

We put our guideline panel together and target within 90 days of the publication then we have our updated recommendation. Ideally, it would come in that time frame, as we think we have done our part. BMJ [Laughing] has been a little slow.

But producing these BMJ rapid recommendations, it is exciting. We have provided the ability once before to say that success will be when and with a particular activity, we become redundant. It felt good at the time, 20 years later, when we start to become redundant; it does not feel quite so good.

So, I shouldn’t be worn. But hopefully, these BMJ rapid recommendations someday will be redundant, when they went out of date then they can bump up their standards of maybe making theirs more trustworthy, and or the sub-specialty societies realize that they shouldn’t be putting out these guidelines every two years.

They should be making them living guidelines and updating. But until they do that, and we become redundant, it is fun leading the field and providing a model that this can be done, and how it should be done.

2. Jacobsen: With some software, people do open source. So, you have these, as you phrase it “living documents,” but software. So, people have continually updated and improved, basically, algorithms to perform a specific task, which is an idea built into that.

By analogy is interesting, if you were to smooth out some of the rough edges of process, and, into 2020 say, what will be your hope in terms of not only reduction of the 90 days, but also in terms of big journals, like BMJ, in terms of their process of publication?

Guyatt: They could. It is tough for them. But I could tell them ways that they could do it. It requires resources. Even the top journals have limited resources and require a level of commitment and devoted staff, which is resource-intensive, it couldn’t be done.

It would be better if it didn’t need to be the journals. So, the specialty societies have their ‘why we gave up on them’ is they have their bureaucracy. As they pass through their board before it gets out, they need a way of streamline.

Because they should all have teams our BMJ rapid recommendation team ready to update continuously. It started, the journal publication process slows things down. They have their bureaucracy. They need to streamline that to get their living guidelines out quickly.

So, that is what we would hope would happen in the future. That is still the model we want to provide that will help them do that.

3. Jacobsen: Can there be a way in which to use something like an open-source platform to reduce, for instance, communication time and update time?

Guyatt: We have something called the system of developing these recommendations. It has been around for 15 years or so. We call it GRADE. So, it is a way of looking at the quality of the evidence and the strength of recommendations. It is this graded approach that is a crucial part of trustworthy guidelines. Pierre and his colleagues in Norway have come up with a nonprofit company that they call MAGIC, for “making great the irresistible choice.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: It includes the MAGIC app, which is an electronic platform.

And we think this platform is there. As soon as we finished, we have it on the platform. It can be disseminated. It is out there. As a link anybody can go to, but before we can put it out, we would likely have to get the pass to go through the BMJ peer review process.

Jacobsen: Yes.

Guyatt: We could do it for specialty societies and put it out in the same way. But it has to go through their process. So, we have got to the electronic communication part of it. We have got that. It is that the bureaucracy is saying, “Yes, you can disseminate it now.”

4. Jacobsen: This brings to mind something like a mild peripheral question. When people are excessively skeptical about the scientific process, especially in medicine, often, I get the sense that they do not understand how difficult getting good-quality evidence and robust guidelines of research out are in the end analysis. What will be your short message to them?

Guyatt: These are people who are skeptical about the whole medical scientific endeavour?

Jacobsen: Yes.

Guyatt: The fraud is extremely unusual – unusual, but it happens. Overwhelmingly, scientists are interested in making the world a better place. Where they need to be cautious is financial conflicts of interest, researchers being attached to their own research; everybody thinks that their study is the greatest.

That is the problem. So, there are dangers. But there is such a thing as high-quality science, which, as you say, is challenging to produce, challenging to summarize. But there are trustworthy sources of evidence. They have to get some help in recognizing them.

5. Jacobsen: Is there anything else that in the professional areas we want to explore?

Guyatt: Trouble is, I am not sure what; I am what’s called a methodologist. So what turns me on is not the latest discovery of this, that, and the other thing, which might be the general audience thing, but advancing the methods.

So, at the expense of not necessarily being the most interesting finding, we came up with systematic reviews, which take all the best evidence and have a scientific standard for putting together all the best evidence.

Now, we know how to do that and with a set of rigorously. But then we summarize it, we can get each outcome for death, heart attack, stroke. We have a summary that says, “Here is our best estimate of the effect of the treatment on mortality, sorry it does not affect mortality, on stroke it reduces stroke by a small amount. Sorry, it affected myocardial infarction. Oh, there is a big effect in reducing myocardial infarction,” so hard at times.

So, we have got the system and it is called meta-analysis. Meta-analysis is the statistical approach, where you put all the evidence together, and you come up with the best estimate of effect.

But you could compare two treatments. But now often we have six treatments, or sometimes 12 alternatives. So, for instance, there are probably 20 drugs out there. When you are depressed, there are 20 drugs out there.

You’ve got rheumatoid arthritis, we have these new biologic agents, there are 10 of these biologic agents. Which one is the best? Or what are the best?

What are the collections of ones that do better than others?

We didn’t have a way of doing this. In the last decade, the statisticians have come up with something called network meta-analysis, where you can simultaneously compare all these treatments.

This is new science. We are figuring out how to do it well, how to interpret the results. The results are coming out in these huge tables that are completely uninterpretable to anybody. How do we take that? How do we take that and summarize it in a way that is true to the data and is still useful to the condition?

This is all an adventure to get these networks. This network meta-analysis optimized, and to find ways of having an output that is true to the data and still makes sense so the conditions in our health are helpful to the conditions and to the patients. Our group was involved in that process. That is exciting for us.

6. Jacobsen: What are some of the early applications hypothesized with regards to network meta-analysis?

Guyatt: So here’s one of the things. It is an initially misguided approach. We thought that this will tell you the best treatment; seldom is there a best treatment, so it needs to be reframed as, “Here are the three that you might want to consider for these reasons. You probably do not want to even think about these other three.” So, your patient may fit best with one of these three, which have their merits.

So, we are able to say, “Here, of these dozen things out here, here’s the two or three that you might want to take that you are that are thought to be best for your patients.” So, there is an explosion of these network meta-analysis, providing that advice.

So, without this approach, it was much, much more difficult when you have a dozen things out there. You have this paired comparison with A versus B, and then another C versus D. But the drug companies all compared to placebo, they do not have too many comparisons of these things. When they do you have A to B, B to C, but he hasn’t been compared to D, and so on.

Jacobsen: Right.

Guyatt: So, how do you make sense of this? The network meta-analysis allows one to make sense of it.

7. Jacobsen: Is there a limit to the pairings in the network meta-analysis?

Guyatt: No. There is no limit to network meta-analysis.

Jacobsen: That is exciting.

Guyatt: The limits are when you have a net we have meta-analysis with a dozen treatments or 15 treatments, the output is this…

Jacobsen: …[Laughing]…

Guyatt: …gigantic, take A versus B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, and CB vs. blah, blah, blah. Anyways, these giant tables reach outcomes that are extremely difficult to make any sense out of. Also the limitation, the arithmetic, the statistic goal, work and handling of any numbers comparisons.

It is more difficult to make sense with the more comparisons there are; the more difficult it is to make sense of the network that emerges. Our work is in making some things about the statistics and how to do that best, but also interpreting and making sense of the whole thing, and interpreting in a way that makes sense to clinicians.

8. Jacobsen: With regards to evidence-based medicine, could the 2010s be considered the network meta-analysis decade?

Guyatt: Yes, yes, yes, yes. There are other things. There are other things that I hope will be part of the next decade. But yes, definitely, meta-analysis itself, the first was a huge advance. This network meta-analysis definitely takes things forward.

Jacobsen: So if these updates to these rapid-fire guidelines happen, and if we do them in 90 days, we send them off to the journal; and they have their own margin of error.

Guyatt: 90 days is supposed to take into account the journal processing.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Guyatt: We had one or two that have made the 90 days, but not quite. We are supposed to do ours in 60 days. They give them 30.

Jacobsen: So then 60-120 days. The 60-120 days’ rapid-fire updates. So, basically getting, somewhere between six and three of these per year, given that timeline.

Guyatt: But we are working on some of them simultaneously.

Jacobsen: [Laughing] So, even more.

Guyatt: But, our capacities are limited, 6 to 9 per year.

9. Jacobsen: That is cool. So, you are doing this in the 2010s, with a network meta-analysis, and you are having these guidelines updated nine to 12 per year. How integrated is network meta-analysis into this guideline methodology in terms of producing them?

Guyatt: Good question, makes it more challenging. We have had two. We have done definitely closer to the 6 per year. So, we have done a dozen or so of them, which have involved network meta-analysis.

So, but again, we are getting better at doing the NMAs quickly. I must admit, the NMAs, the Network Meta-Analysis, that we have done has already involved a few treatments. We can try to do one quickly with a dozen treatments.

We’ll get there. But we need more experience before we can take that on. But we have done them with relatively small networks, and we have done NMAs in the updating process.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Distinguished Professor, Health Research Methods, Evidence, and Impact, McMaster University; Co-Founder, Evidence-Based Medicine

[2] Individual Publication Date: September 8, 2019, at http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-one; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020, at https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[3] B.Sc., University of Toronto; M.D., General Internist, McMaster University Medical School; M.Sc., Design, Management, and Evaluation, McMaster University.

[4] Credit: McMaster University.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on GOBSAT, Guidelines, Living Documents, and Network Meta-Analysis (Part One) [Online].September 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, September 8). An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on GOBSAT, Guidelines, Living Documents, and Network Meta-Analysis (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on GOBSAT, Guidelines, Living Documents, and Network Meta-Analysis (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, September. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on GOBSAT, Guidelines, Living Documents, and Network Meta-Analysis (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on GOBSAT, Guidelines, Living Documents, and Network Meta-Analysis (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (September 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on GOBSAT, Guidelines, Living Documents, and Network Meta-Analysis (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on GOBSAT, Guidelines, Living Documents, and Network Meta-Analysis (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on GOBSAT, Guidelines, Living Documents, and Network Meta-Analysis (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):September. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Distinguished University Professor Gordon Guyatt, OC, FRSC on GOBSAT, Guidelines, Living Documents, and Network Meta-Analysis (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, September 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/guyatt-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Cynical Smile Of A Solitary Head

Author(s): Ismail Hamaamin Hamalaw

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: The Kurds (Part One)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Indigenous Middle East

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: September 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,926

Keywords: Baldin, Ahmed, head, Ismail Hamaamin Hamalaw.

The Cynical Smile Of A Solitary Head[1],[2],[3]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Originally published in Culture Project.*

On the artwork of Baldin Ahmed,

“The spirit moves the matter…”

Peter Sloterdijk*

An essay by Ismail Hamalaw

A solitary head sits atop a chair, face smiling, eyes observing the space ahead of it, dividing it into two spheres–historical and artistic. I found the sculpture difficult to decipher initially, its right cheek resting against the metal of the chair, face fixed in a gentle smile that seemed to communicate tranquility at the crowded main street, as if nothing had happened, no one had been harmed, no tragedy had occurred. It even seemed romantic, the quietly smiling head of the Ahmadi Dalak monument, a creation by renowned Kurdish artist Baldin Ahmed.

The sculpture was erected on (29.10.2019) and is located in Sulaymaniyah, on the west side of the sizable hill not far from the city’s main street. Above it, on top of the hill, sits the hotel Share Jwan, or “beautiful city”.

Ismail Hamaamin Hamalaw

Sulaymaniyah: birthplace of Ahmad Dalak

Ahmadi Dalak (Ahmad Mahmoud Ahmad) is the eldest son of Mahmoud Dalak, the first barber of the city. Ahmad was born in the neighbourhood of Kani Askan, in the city of Sulaymaniyah, in 1928.

The city, which served as inspiration for the sculpture, was founded in the late eighteenth century. It was caught politically between the Ottoman Empire and Safavid Dynasty. The Ottoman Empire controlled the city until the end of World War I, at which point the British took over. Most of the soldiers in the British forces were poor men from India, who arrived accompanied by “civilised” officers, whose presence would only establish political chaos. The bombardment of Sulaymaniyah in 1924 by the British RAF was the introductory gift to the Kurdish city that would set the stage for things to come.

The bloodbath of 1930 in Sulaymaniyah was another, similarly gentle answer to the peaceful demonstration of the city’s inhabitants, who had called for an end to the colonial domination and occupation of the city. (Andrew Green, 2014([i])

The tragedy began with the bombardment of the city simply because the Kurdish people disagreed with the new geopolitical map suggested by British officer (Gertrude Bell) and war generals, which forced Arabs and Kurds, Assyrians, Yazidis, Shiites, Sunnis, Christian, Jews, and other ethnic groups to live forcibly together under the umbrella of King Faisal, whom the British had brought from Saudi Arabia. The British army squashed the resistance of the 1920s, which arose in protest of the British colony in southern Iraq. They also killed and bombed the Kurdish people in their own homes. Even Winston Churchill suggested the use of chemical weapons to put an end to the Kurdish struggle in the North, which would force them to abide by the new British map and abandon any hopes of an independent Kurdistan.

From that time, within the newly created state of Iraq, there raged a battle between the central government and the inhabitants. (Raed Asad Ahmed, 2014)[ii]

The military coup in Baghdad, on 14 July 1958, resulted in overthrowing the Hashemite monarchy, which had been established by King Faisal I in 1921 under the auspices of the British. Afterwards, there was the coup of 1963, followed by the 1967 coup in which the Baath party took power.

It is against this historical backdrop that the story behind the sculpture “Ahmadi Dalak” took place. (Moments in U.S. Diplomatic History)[iii]

In this bloody period of Iraqi history, during the struggle for liberation and independence, especially post-World War II, Ahmadi Dalak appeared on the political stage as a leftist, active in the Iraqi communist party.

His family name, Dalak, means “barber” in Kurdish. His father was the first one in Sulaymaniyah to establish a shop especially for the purpose. Prior to that, barbers carried their equipment in a small bag, and they brought their work with them to customers’ homes, to street corners, to door fronts, working wherever they could. Ahmad Dalak’s father brought a special chair and large mirror from Baghdad. He rented a shop in the 1930s, which became the first barbershop in Sulaymaniyah. In honour of this, the family received the name of Dalak.

Ahmadi Dalak would help his father in the shop. Throughout his childhood, he came into contact with many special customers, including politicians, writers, and poets such as Abdulla Goran and Fayaq Bekas. The conversations he overheard, on politics, poetry, dreams of an independent Kurdistan, of modern life, democracy, and the need to resist against British colonial rule, would all have a significant influence on the young Ahmadi Dalak.

The political body and the invisibility of the real body

Ahmadi Dalak in prison in 1950’s.

Dalak became a member of the Iraqi communist party, actively participating in demonstrations against the colonial power of the central government in the 1950s. In 1952, a demonstration took place in Baghdad, during which police shot a young Kurdish demonstrator from Sulaymaniyah. On the day of the funeral parade in Sulaymaniyah, Ahmadi Dalak gave a speech that would make him a target of the Iraqi intelligent service. This forced him to go underground, moving from city to city in Iraq and changing his name and identity many times.

During the era of military coups, he was the most wanted man on the list of the brutal intelligence service. He led a secret life, resorting to clandestine action. The secret police managed, nevertheless, to capture him many times. They placed him in prison and tortured him repeatedly. He was in prison during the monarchy and even during the coup of 1963. His last imprisonment was in 1969, when the Baath Party was in power.

That year, his execution was ordered. Nazim Guzar, his executioner, ordered that his body be slowly emerged in a bath of acid. It was this defining moment that served as inspiration for Baldin Ahmad’s sculpture of the disembodied head.

The artistic moment of Baldin Ahmad

Baldin Ahamad & the statue of Ahamadi Dalak.

The passage from historical to artistic moment occurred at this point, with the disembodied head, as artist Baldin Ahmad recalled forty years later.
Baldin Ahamad & the statue of Ahamadi Dalak.

The pleasant, handsome face of the revolutionary man whose smile perished through brutal, Soviet-style torture and who fought for liberation, not only for a Kurdish nation but for the working classes of the world, is immortalised through this sculpture.

To understand the historical encounter between executioner Nazim Guzar and revolutionarily prisoner Ahmadi Dalak, it is necessary to examine the macabre moment that the artist would capture, the moment in which Ahmadi Dalak’s body separated from his head, the last part to remain above the acid bath.

Ahmadi Dalak’s execution was the result of millions of dollars spent by Saddam Hussein to finance apprenticeship programmes in the “Soviet Union” to train the secret police in torture.

Guzar was one of the officers whom Saddam Husain had authorised to kill, torture, mutilate, melt, and crush anyone who dared to whisper against him and his Ba’ath party (Shawkat xaznadar,2005 )[iv].

If we look back at the history of Ba’ath Party, from when it first came to power in 1967, Saddam Hussein’s first urgent decision as vice president was to bestow the rank of general on Nazim Guzar, despite the latter not receiving formal training at any military or police academy.

Nazim Guzar became the director general of the secret police in Iraq. According to former Baath member Hadi Alawai who was also journalist at the time, in 1969, Saddam was convinced that Nazim Guzar could achieve the best results in bringing political prisoners, especially members of the Communist Party, to confess and give up the names of their comrades who were clandestinely active against Baath regime. (Hadi Alawai,1990)[v]

Guzar’s brutality, ruthlessness, and bloodthirsty character was enough for him to attain this position as general director of the Iraqi Secret Police. His brutality was exactly what Saddam Hussein needed at the time, but it was also the nature of Saddam Hussain to kill anyone who tried to achieve more than what he had ordered them to do.

According to the Baath government official story, Nazim Guzar had tried to assassinate Iraqi’s president general Ahmed Hassan al-Bakr on 30 Jun 1973, when he returned from an official visit to Bulgaria. He was captured after trying to escape to Iran. In an ironic twist, Saddam employed the same method to execute Nazim Guzar which the latter had used against prisoners in his time of glory. There is a rumor that Nazim Guzar was raped repeatedly before his execution. In only this brief history, the cruelty of the Baath party is abundantly evident.

The historical moment

In order to understand the sculpture, it is necessary to examine the historical context that led to the fatal encounter between Nazim Guzar and Ahmadi Dalak.

In 1967, there was a split within the Iraqi Communist Party. The group that left called themselves the “Central Command”. They tried to established connections with partisan cells in the south of Iraq, especially in the Marsh areas of Nasiriyah.

Ahmadi Dalak was one of these leaders who engaged in partisan actions against the Iraqi secret police in the Marsh areas. In a short time, however, the Ba’ath regime managed to capture all the leaders of Central Command and put them in Baghdad’s secret police prison. The members of the Central Command were tortured, and many of them gave up the names of their comrades, or were killed under torture. Nazim Guzar spearheaded the confession processes.

It was essential for the Ba’ath party that the leaders of the Central Command give up the names of their comrades and confess publicly that they had made a mistake in opposing the government. Saddam Hussain promised the leaders that he would spare their lives, offering to secure their financial futures too, in addition to giving them positions within the government. Aziz Al Hajh, Secretary General of the Central Command, confessed publicly, and Saddam rewarded him and sent him to Paris as Iraqi ambassador in (UNESCO) until his retirement. (Aziz Al Hajh, Interview)[vi]

It is clear that Ahmadi Dalak had the chance not only to keep his life, but to exploit that generous opportunity that Saddam had offered. He ultimately refused, insisting that the Ba’ath party and its government–especially Saddam Hussein–were leading the country to war and destruction. He posed a challenge to the bloodthirsty Nazim Guzar, refusing to name any of his comrades. Nazim Guzar ordered that he have one of his eyes removed, leaving him to bleed in his dirty cell for many days. After that, they put him on a chair to be displayed to his comrades in the prison. This act of terrorizing other prisoners was method for which Nazim Guzar became famous. It led many to confess, not just to save their own lives but at the very least to ensure a quick death, free of brutal torture.

Aziz Al Hajh was one of the prisoners who saw Ahmadi Dalak. After witnessing this, he confessed publicly on an Iraqi TV channel. Which eye was removed remained a mystery; not even Dalak’s family was given any information. They did not receive his corpse for the simple reason that there was nothing left to hand over, except the acid water in Baghdad’s secret police headquarters’ torture chamber, which was used to melt many a prisoner before Dalak.

The solitary head and the “anatomic” chair

At the intersection of history and art, artist Baldin Ahmed captured the last moments of Ahmedi Dalak, the moment of the prisoner’s last sentences, of his cynical smile on the confession chair in the torture room.

It was the fact that Ahmadi Dalak was smiling all the time, never displaying any weakness or regret, that made Nazim Guzar lose his mind and torture him even further.

At last Ahmadi Dalak agreed to confess, but on one condition: that all the higher officers should be present in the room. According to many accounts, Saddam was convinced that Ahmadi Dalak was not the sort of man to back down easily. It was for this reason he didn’t appear in the acid room, which was the last stage of the tragic theatre.

The day came. In addition to Nazim Guzar, there were many officers present at the scene, who would later go on to recount this story after witnessing it. They put Ahmadi Dalak on the small, dirty, bloodstained chair. He was in a profoundly lamentable condition. There was a cold silence in the acid bath room at the time of confession. The officers for waited the moment of victory, when at last Dalak would confess. A cynical smile appeared on his face and he spoke his last words: “As a communist, I fought all my life for equity and liberation. Even if I were to be born again, I would relish being born as a communist to continue the fight for liberation. Gentleman, this is my first and last confession”.

According to the many witnesses, Dalak did not lose his temper, his cynical smile, his confidence, even when he was on the horrible, small chair, his eye, his face, his nose, his entire body covered with blood from continual torture.

At that moment, the chair and the body fused together, melted together, historically and biologically, for two reasons. Firstly, the small chair offered him the last historical stage, the last battlefield against dictatorship, the last chance to valiantly defy the chauvinism of the Baath party in their proud terror castle, personified in Nazim Guzar and his master Saddam Husain. Secondly, the chair was the last object, to touch his body, his biological roots. More precisely, the small chair is proof that the body was here with the entirety of its flesh and blood. The chair was the last place to hold Dalak after his torture and confession.

The chair was a witness–everyone who related his story mentioned how Nazim Guzar avenged his defeat, ordering his men to take Ahmadi Dalak and dive him in the acid bath, gradually, from his feet to his head.

Two things remained from Ahmadi Dalak. One was the chair, which was covered with his blood. The other, was the solitary head without a body. These two objects engendered the moment of the sculpture called “Ahmadi Dalak”.

Talking to death

Anatomic chair sketch by Baldin Ahamd.

Our artist Baldin Ahmad described the chair. It was no mundane chair; it was covered with Dalak’s blood, with his DNA. Baldin Ahmad recalls that the family did not receive the body simply because nothing from his body remained after the acid bath.

Baldin remembered his early years and how his brother “Ahmadi Dalak”  had gifted him a pen; he recalled the smile that would come to his face when they spoke about different matters in life. After his execution, the entire family lived under horrible shock because there was no grave to go to; there were only shadows, sounds, whispers, stories about him and Nazim Guzar in which Ahmadi Dalak turned into a dead shadow who would visit and speak with Baldin.

This artwork is based on one such a conversation from beyond death, the conversation that Ahmadi Dalak was not able to finish with his brother, the sort of conversation the living sustain with their loved ones who have travelled to the world of the dead. Baldin was greatly impressed with Pier Paolo Pasolini, Italian film director, novelist, writer, and intellectual (1922 – 1975) who worked on this subject. Pasolini’s death itself was an unsolved mystery, a conversation left unfinished.

In one of our many conversations, Baldin Ahmed said: “When I lived in Italy, I was–and still am– impressed with Pier Paolo Pasolini. I followed most of his works. His ideas on death had a profound influence on me: He believed that everyone, at some point in their lives, has the power to hear the dead who have left them. For this reason, I endeavored in my sculpture not to personify any kind of heroism, though Ahmadi Dalak is a universal, revolutionary hero who fought against chauvinism and fascism. I wished, instead to convey this vital energy of life, which emanated from his death. I didn’t want to push any kind of heroism on the surface, no, I wanted to represent his optimistic energy, his warm conversations about the best future for a human being, his exuberant dedication to equality. I wanted to bring to life his conversation from death, which gave me hope and helped me through my darkest moments.”

The hero in empty space

Reliving the historical moment means recalling the hero after his journey in the ocean of the unwritten history. Peter Sloterdijk in his book Weltfremdheit – Unworldlinessrefers to this kind of hero “who is the man who goes ashore from the ocean of despair. In him begins the adventure of civilization as the colonization of the Ego – mainland” (Sloterdjik, 2003)[vii]

Our hero vanished in the chaos of accumulated historical events–wars, mass murders, revolutions, social conflicts–after his death in 1969. After forty years, however, the hero returned to the mainland, not with his entire body, but with his last, remaining part after the acid bath, his head, which rests on what Baldin refers to as the “anatomic” chair–the part that Dalak’s body melted into and which preserved his DNA, the print of his life and existence.

Peter Sloterdijk refers to “the birth of hero”  in the momentum of self-discovery, “Selbstfindung” through   Suddenness “Plötzlichkeit”.  This momentum is “being” or “being’s reflection”–“Sein – Being”–which is the birth’s momentum of the hero in their “I – being / Ichsein”.

Anatomic chair sketch by Baldin Ahamd.

Precisely, to understand this in relation to the two moments, historical and artistic, we imagine two sorts of births in two different times. One is the birth of the hero in their authentic historical ground. The second is the birth of the cynical smile on the face of our sculpture.

Of course, the first Suddenness “ Plötzlichkeit” by Ahmadi Dalak was the tragic moment one of his eyes was removed and shown to other prisoners. This was the birth of a hero who “discovered himself” and stood tough against all the tortures and humiliation. He decided, nonetheless, to stay in his chosen path, which would ultimately lead to his death but also to his birth as a hero.

The second symbolic birth was that of his cynical smile, which our artist Baldin Ahmad immortalised some forty years after. The hero interacts with the empty space of his torture and turns it into a stage. “The hero picks up the trail that leads him to the site of the pristine malefaction. He thus returns to the scene his exposure, his bellicose alienation.” (Sloterdjik, 2003)[viii]

Dalak himself created the stage; he was the “stage maker” in the empty space in which he led his killers to sit opposite him and to turn the myth of Nazim Guzar into a historical jock. Through the creation of the cynical smile on Dalak’s face, we perceive the historical moment in which the hero interacts with the empty space of fascism and turns the dead element, the empty space, into a living element.

In order to explain the empty space and dead elements, we may consult Peter Brook’s book ‘The Empty Space” in which he refers to the stage as not only something physical within a theatre, but something that exists everywhere in life. He said: “I can take any empty space and call it a bare stage. A man walks across this empty space whilst someone else is watching him, and this is all that is needed for an act of theatre to be engaged” (Peter Brook, 1968)[ix]

He also imagined that “There is a deadly element everywhere; in the cultural set-up, in our inherited artistic values, in the economic framework, in the actor’s life, in the critic’s function. As we examine these we will see that, deceptively, the opposite seems also true, for within the Deadly Theatre there are often tantalizing, abortive or even momentarily satisfying flickers of real life” (Peter Brook, 1968)[x]

Our hero walked through the empty space and lived with the deadly element that was embodied in Nazim Guzar– the killer, the torturer, the executor, the most frightening man in the history of Iraq. But our hero Ahmadi Dalak did not let the deadly element of fascism fade his vitality, his true optimism, his ironic smile. He turned the empty space of torture chambers, He turned the empty space of the torture room, the empty space of deadly theatre to the living theatre, to the historical moment of self-discovery of his being a hero who sits on the anatomic chair and smiles so cynically at his executors.

References

*Sloterdijk Peter, 2009:p.195 Du mußt dein Leben ändern, Shurkamp. German

[i] Green, Andrew, 2014, Bombs over Iraq, then and now, accessed website 20.12.18.

http://gwallter.com/history/bombs-over-iraq-then-and-now.html

[ii]Asad, Raed Ahmed 2/11/2014, Churchill, the Kurds and poison gas, accessed website 23.12.18.

http://www.rudaw.net/english/opinion/02112014

[iii]The Iraqi Revolution — of 1958, Moments in U.S. Diplomatic History, access website 23.12.18.

https://adst.org/2014/07/the-iraqi-revolution-of-1958/

[iv]. Alhiwar al Mutamden, Shawkat xaznadar, Sadaam Hussian and Name Guzar and the painful memory – Online magazine -22.11.2018 http://www.m.ahewar.org/s.asp?aid=72137&r=0.

[v]. Hadi Alawai, ,1990 page 47 -48., Iraq as a state of secret organization, Arabic, London

[vi]. Al Iraqia IMN TV – Pr ‘step’ program – Interview with Aziz Al Hajh – part 1- 3

قناةالعراقيةالدوليةIMN– Published on 27 Jun 2018 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VX7L89SQ5iE

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1iUnE6xywUQ

[vii]. Sloterdijk Peter 2003 Page 24. Weltfremdheit, Shurkamp Verlg German,

[viii]. Sloterdijk Peter, 2003 Page 21, Weltfremdheit, Shurkamp Verlg German,

[ix]. Peter Brook, 1968, page7.The empty space, Touchstone

[x]. Peter Brook, 1968, page10.The empty space, Touchstone

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Manager, Culture Project.

[2] Individual Publication Date: September 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/head

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. The Cynical Smile Of A Solitary Head [Online].September 2019; 1(B). Available from: www.in-sightjournal.com/head.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, September 8). The Cynical Smile Of A Solitary HeadRetrieved from www.in-sightjournal.com/head.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. The Cynical Smile Of A Solitary Head. 1.B, September. 2019. <www.in-sightjournal.com/head>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “The Cynical Smile Of A Solitary Head.” Indigenous Middle East. 1.B. www.in-sightjournal.com/head.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “The Cynical Smile Of A Solitary Head.” Indigenous Middle East. 1.B (September 2019). www.in-sightjournal.com/head.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘The Cynical Smile Of A Solitary HeadIndigenous Middle East, vol. 1.B. Available from: <www.in-sightjournal.com/head>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘The Cynical Smile Of A Solitary HeadIndigenous Middle East, vol. 1.B., www.in-sightjournal.com/head.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “The Cynical Smile Of A Solitary Head.” Indigenous Middle East 1.A (2019):September. 2019. Web. <www.in-sightjournal.com/head>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Cynical Smile Of A Solitary Head [Internet]. (2019, September; 1(B). Available from: www.in-sightjournal.com/head.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Indigenous Middle East by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, In-Sight Publishing, and Indigenous Middle East 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Dr. Norman Finkelstein and Professor Alan Dershowitz, American and British Academe, and Trends in Tenure (Part Four)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: September 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,498

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Iona Italia is an Author and Translator, and a Sub-Editor for Areo Magazine, and Host of Two for Tea. She discusses: Dr. Norman Finkelstein and Professor Alan Dershowitz; academe and probabilities of tenure; a trend in academe; and the how and why of the devaluing of the arts and the humanities.

Keywords: academe, Alan Dershowitz, American, Areo Magazine, British, Iona Italia, Norman Finkelstein, Two for Tea.

An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Dr. Norman Finkelstein and Professor Alan Dershowitz, American and British Academe, and Trends in Tenure: Host, Two for Tea & Sub-Editor, Areo Magazine (Part Four)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: One, I am thinking of individuals who, either due to life circumstance or a change of purpose in life, made a deliberate choice to leave academe. A second category, I am thinking of individuals who were either blacklisted, kicked out, or defamed in some way such that they could not recover from it.

Italia: Of course, there are also people who did not get tenure, did not get enough publications et cetera, the usual things. In academe, that is common.

Jacobsen: That third category can relate to the second category. I think of the case of Norman Finkelstein at DePaul University. Here was a case of someone several books in, well-published, going for tenure at DePaul, not going for tenure at Yale or something, but a decent university.

Harvard’s youngest full law professor ever, Professor Alan Dershowitz, starts spreading rumours and lies, and defaming him, saying, “Do not let him get tenure.” Why does he say this? Because he was critical of some aspects of not necessarily Holocaust memorializing, but abusing the use of it for financial or political gain, and said The Case for Israel (2003) contained plagiarisms.

One example was a book called From Time Immemorial (Ed. Joan Peters). He went through the citations and references in the book. He found out the whole thing was one big, fat fraud. Professor Chomsky tells him, ‘You can do it, but if you do, you are going to show a certain category of intellectuals as frauds, and they are not going to like it, and they are going to come after you.’ He went ahead and did it anyway. He’s been maybe 10, 15 years, in his words: not unemployed, alone, but unemployable.

That third category can relate to the second category. There are not distinct cases of it.

Dr. Iona Italia: In the early 2000s, I taught at a liberal arts college in the US. I probably will not say the name, I think, even though I have nothing particularly bad to say about it, but it was one of the top-ten ranked colleges in the States. My CV is online, so if anybody wants to know, they can go and look. It is not secret. Then I taught at UEA.

In the UK, the atmosphere is much more relaxed in academe than it is in the US. In the US, at teaching colleges, you must pretend that you are ready to give a kidney for the students, as necessary. If you are not yet tenured, you are much on your best behaviour in all kinds of ways.

This was before Social Justice began taking off. The Social Justice movement with a capital S and a capital J. Nevertheless, toeing the line, being seen to agree with everybody, being decorous, it is a hierarchical system. Whether or not you get tenured, things like whether people like you are important to that. I can see that being a factor.

In the UK, academics are much more cynical. They tend to bitch about students and about each other. We had big fights at faculty meetings. People are relaxed. Your tenures depend on one thing, and one thing alone, and that is the number of publications that you have within that RAE cycle—Research Assessment Exercise cycle—because the department’s funding is dependent on the results of the RAE, so your job is also dependent on the results of the RAE.

That is a difference in emphasis which might well affect the atmosphere in the UK versus the US. Now, Social Justice has entered the mix as one of the ways in which you have to be on your best behaviour, I imagine, at many schools. It must depend on the department, the individuals there, et cetera.

I think that back when I was teaching, I do not recall it being an issue at all. I do remember that when I was teaching there, The Bell Curve came out, Charles Murray’s book. I read it. I thought it was boring. I read it because I had seen in the New York Times that it was some scandalous book, so I decided to read it.

I remember having this sudden shock when I got to the part where he surveys the IQ of the different groups. I thought, “I do not like this idea at all.” Then I turned the page and he was talking about how nobody knows if this is genetics, or environment, or some mixture, or whatever, and I disregarded it. A couple of other people in my department read it. They were like, “Nah.” Then it was never mentioned again, for example.

I do remember that somebody in the department used the word “fist-fuckers” in the title of one of their courses.

Anyway, the title of the course was “Dykes, Something, and Fist-Fuckers.” I cannot remember what the third thing is. The board of directors objected to this. Some parental committee objected. The Dean stood up for the person’s academic freedom. The course continued to have the word “fist-fuckers” in the title.

I think it was in sociology, or maybe it was in English. [Laughing] I cannot remember even which department, whether it was in our department or not. I do remember that being the one time that something blew up that was freedom of speech-related, at the college, whilst I was there.

We did have sexual harassment training, which was fun. We had to do roleplaying. I enjoyed that because I used to be a keen thespian. I used to do a lot of theatres when I was an undergraduate. I remember how enjoyable that was. Afterwards, though, I heard that—although there had been a couple of cases in which students had brought suits against other students—no student in the history of the college had brought a sexual harassment suit against a professor, so I relaxed again.

We did also have the instruction that you must never close the door when you are with a student, which was awkward because I was a student advisor. Sometimes students came to talk about personal things and the whole corridor was open plan, so it was easy to be overheard. Those students would immediately close the door. I would spring up and open the door again. Then they would spring up and close the door. I would spring up and open the door.

Those are the only work-related things I remember happening on campus. We also did have affirmative action. A few people whispered in a quiet voice that because of affirmative action, all the few African American students we had in the college were also always among the worst-performing students because they had all come from affirmative action.

I think there was one professor in our department who rarely came to social events with us, although he played on the faculty baseball team, for whom I scored a home run in our match against the students. We beat the students because the students were so drunk [Laughing] that we beat them. I scored the winning run.

Sorry, I am rambling a little bit. He was on that team but otherwise did not join us socially. It was whispered that this was because he was a Republican. Those are the anecdotes that I have about Social Justicey things.

I think the other thing that was vaguely related is that there was a compulsory literary theory course on the syllabus. Nobody wanted to teach literary theory, so always people who weren’t tenured had to teach literary theory. It was a poisoned chalice because most of us did not enjoy teaching it, but more importantly, the students mostly hated it, and then they would give us poor student evaluations, and that could put you at risk of not getting tenure.

Everybody was always trying to avoid having to teach that course. I had to teach it and it is tough. When you have to teach material you yourself hate or do not feel is worth learning but you have to convey that it is worth learning because the students have no choice but to take the course, that is a tough situation to be in pedagogically.

2. Jacobsen: How many would-be professors get tenure?

Italia: I do not know what the proportion is. Whilst I was there, three or four people came up for tenure. I think two were granted and two were refused, including one in my department. I think this wasn’t the case where I was, but at some of the Ivy League and other similar universities, they operate a shark embryo system, where there is one tenure position and four people are up for it. I think a lot of people do not get tenure.

I do not know what proportion of academics who fail to get tenure one place never manage to get tenure elsewhere. I knew a lot of people who never managed to get a tenure track position and who simply had one short-term position after another.

3. Jacobsen: Has this been a worsening trend? If so, what does this portend for the next five years?

Italia: I haven’t followed it closely, so I do not know. I haven’t been following the stats. I suspect so. My belief, my feeling, and what I gathered from a couple of articles I read is that colleges are hiring more and more admin in order to comply with diversity requirements and legal requirements that are Social Justice related.

Admin salaries are much, much higher than academic staff salaries. A lower and lower percentage of student fees are going towards academic salaries, so I am sure more people are being laid off. I think that, in general, there has been a strong devaluing of the arts and humanities.

4. Jacobsen: How? Why?

Italia: How? “How” is simply a question of money. Why? On the one hand, I think in general, there is a devaluation of writing. There is a sense that you can read everything you need to read online, and people will write for free.

I think that also there is a lack of understanding of what education is about, which to me, is not about sitting on your own, reading things and then writing your thoughts. What is crucial is having your thoughts challenged. The important thing is the feedback from the professor and from other people in your supervision group, or whatever you call it in your country, from professors and from other students, and that is something that you cannot get as an autodidact.

I think that is why so many people who are autodidacts have crazy opinions. Those opinions have never had to sustain the rigor of being strongly questioned. I think that is part of it. In the US it is such a harshly plutocratic, capitalist culture. I believe in capitalism. Communism is a failed system which doesn’t work. It goes against human nature. You need capitalism for wealth generation.

But I would like to see capitalism in which things are not only valued on their monetary value. So, “You have cancer, but your monetary value is low, so you can die.” “You cannot monetize the Shakespeare sonnets. There is no point in studying it.” That attitude, I feel, has been destructive.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Host, Two for Tea; Sub-Editor, Areo Magazine.

[2] Individual Publication Date: September 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-four; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Dr. Norman Finkelstein and Professor Alan Dershowitz, American and British Academe, and Trends in Tenure (Part Four) [Online].September 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, September 8). An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Dr. Norman Finkelstein and Professor Alan Dershowitz, American and British Academe, and Trends in Tenure (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Dr. Norman Finkelstein and Professor Alan Dershowitz, American and British Academe, and Trends in Tenure (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, September. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Dr. Norman Finkelstein and Professor Alan Dershowitz, American and British Academe, and Trends in Tenure (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Dr. Norman Finkelstein and Professor Alan Dershowitz, American and British Academe, and Trends in Tenure (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (September 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Dr. Norman Finkelstein and Professor Alan Dershowitz, American and British Academe, and Trends in Tenure (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Dr. Norman Finkelstein and Professor Alan Dershowitz, American and British Academe, and Trends in Tenure (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Dr. Norman Finkelstein and Professor Alan Dershowitz, American and British Academe, and Trends in Tenure (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):September. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Dr. Norman Finkelstein and Professor Alan Dershowitz, American and British Academe, and Trends in Tenure (Part Four) [Internet]. (2019, September 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on Theories of Intelligence, Sex Differences, and Issues of IQ Test Takers and Test Creators (Part Three)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,936

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin founded the Prometheus Society and the Mega Society, and created the Mega Test and the Titan Test. He discusses: faux and real genius; validity to Professor Robert Sternberg’s Triarchic Theory of intelligence with practical intelligence, creative intelligence, and analytical intelligence; validity to Multiple Intelligences Theory of Professor Howard Gardner with musical-rhythmic, visual-spatial, verbal-linguistic, logical-mathematical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal, intrapersonal, naturalistic, existential, and teaching-pedagogical intelligences; validity to general intelligence, or g, of the late Charles Spearman; the general opinion on the three main theories of intelligence; self-identification as a genius; personal opinions on the state of mainstream intelligence testing and alternative high-range intelligence testing; statistical rarity for apparent and, potentially, actual IQ scores of females who score at the extreme sigmas of 3, 4, and 5, or higher; reducing or eliminating social conflicts of interest in test creation; multiple test attempts; data on the Mega Test and the Titan Test; pseudonyms and test scores; and possible concerns of the test creators at the highest sigmas.

Keywords: Charles Spearman, Francis Galton, Hereditary Genius, Howard Gardner, intelligence, IQ, Mega Society, Mega Test, Robert Sternberg, Ronald K. Hoeflin, The Encyclopedia of Categories, Titan Test.

An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on Theories of Intelligence, Sex Differences, and Issues of IQ Test Takers and Test Creators: Founder, Prometheus Society; Founder, Mega Society (Part Three)[1],[2],[3]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Caption provided to the photo from Dr. Hoeflin in the third footnote.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Before delving into the theories, so a surface analysis, what defines a faux genius? What defines a real genius to you? Or, perhaps, what different definitions sufficiently describe a fake and a true genius for non-experts or a lay member of the general public – to set the groundwork for Part Three? 

Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin: I would say that genius requires high general intelligence combined with high creativity. How high? In his book Hereditary Genius, Francis Galton put the lowest grade of genius at a rarity of one in 4,000 and the highest grade at a rarity of one in a million. Scientists love to quantify in order to give their subject at least the appearance of precision. One in 4,000 would ensure one’s being noticed in a small city, while one in a million would ensure one’s being noticed in an entire nation of moderate size.

2. Jacobsen: By your estimation or analysis, any validity to Professor Robert Sternberg’s Triarchic Theory of intelligence with practical intelligence, creative intelligence, and analytical intelligence?

Hoeflin: I like Sternberg’s attempt at analyzing intelligence, but clearly just three factors seems a bit skimpy for a really robust theory.

3.Jacobsen: Any validity to Multiple Intelligences Theory of Professor Howard Gardner with musical-rhythmic, visual-spatial, verbal-linguistic, logical-mathematical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal, intrapersonal, naturalistic, existential, and teaching-pedagogical intelligences?

Hoeflin: Here we have a more robust set of factors, but Gardner fails to show how his factors cohere within a single theory.

4. Jacobsen: Any validity to general intelligence, or g, of the late Charles Spearman?

Hoeflin: General intelligence was based on the fact that apparently quite diverse forms of intelligence such as verbal, spatial, and numerical have positive correlations between each pair of factors, presumably based on some underlying general intelligence.

5. Jacobsen: Amongst the community of experts, what is the general opinion on the three main theories of intelligence listed before? What one holds the most weight? Why that one?

Hoeflin: These are three theories in search of an overarching theory of intelligence. My guess is that the so-called “experts” lack the intelligence so far to create a really satisfactory theory of intelligence, perhaps analogous to the problem with finding a coherent theory of superstrings.

6. Jacobsen: Do you identify as a genius? If so, why, and in what ways? If not, why not?

Hoeflin: I think my theory of categories shows genuine genius. It even amazes me, as if I were just a spectator as the theory does its work almost independently of my efforts.

7. Jacobsen: Any personal opinions on the state of mainstream intelligence testing and alternative high-range intelligence testing now? 

Hoeflin: I’m not up on the current state of intelligence testing. I do feel that it has focused way too much on the average range of intelligence, say from 50 to 150 IQ, i.e., from the bottom one-tenth of one percent to the top one-tenth of one percent. Testing students in this range is where the money is in academia. It’s like music: all the money to be made is in creating pop music, which is typically of mediocre quality. Background music for movies is probably as close as music comes these days to being of high quality, presumably because there is money to be made from the movie studios in such music. I saw a movie recently called “Hangover Square,” which came out in 1945. The title is unappealing and the movie itself is a totally unsuspenseful melodrama about a homicidal maniac whose identity is revealed right from the start. The one amazing thing about the movie was that the composer, Bernard Herman, composed an entire piano concerto for the maniac to purportedly compose and perform, with appropriate homicidal traits in the music to reflect the deranged soul of the leading character, the maniac. One rarely sees such brilliant musical talent thrown at such a horrible film. So I guess genius can throw itself into things even when the audience it is aimed at is of extremely mediocre quality. Maybe intelligence tests, even when they are aimed at mediocre students, can show glints of genius. The fact that I could attain the 99th percentile on tests aimed at average high-school students despite my slow reading due to visual impairment suggests that some psychometrician (or group of psychometricians) must have been throwing their creativity and intelligence into their work in an inspired way that smacks of true genius!

8. Jacobsen: Do the statistical rarities at the extreme sigmas have higher variance between males and females? If so, why? If not, why not? Also, if so, how is this reflected in subtests rather than simple composite scores?

Hoeflin: By “variance between males and females,” I presume you are alluding to the fact that there tend to be more men at very high scores than women. This is especially obvious in spatial problems, as well as kindred math problems, presumably due to men running around hunting wild game in spatially complex situations while women sat by the fireside cooking whatever meat the men managed to procure. But it is also true that men outperform women on verbal tests. On the second Concept Mastery Test, a totally verbal test, of the 20 members of Terman’s gifted group who scored from 180 to 190, the ceiling to the test, 16 were men but only 4 were women. This is a puzzling phenomenon, given women’s propensity for verbalizing. Perhaps chasing game involves verbal communication, too, so that nature rewards the better verbalizers among men in life-or-death situations. Warfare as well as hunting for game probably has a significant role in weeding out the unfit verbalizers among men.

9. Jacobsen: Following from the last question, if so, what does this imply for the statistical rarity for apparent and, potentially, actual IQ scores of females who score at the extreme sigmas of 3, 4, and 5, or higher?

Hoeflin: It obviously would be possible to breed women eugenically to increase the percentage of them with very high IQ scores. Even now, there are more women graduating from law school than men in the United States, which suggests no deficit in verbal intelligence at the high end of the scale. Although, there may be other reasons why men of high verbal intelligence avoid law as a career compared to women. Maybe, they are drawn away by other lucrative careers, such as business or medicine.

10. Jacobsen: In the administration of alternative tests for the higher ranges of general intelligence, individuals may know the test creator, even on intimate terms as a close colleague and friend. They may take the test a second time, a third time, a fourth time, or more. The sample size of the test may be very small. There may be financial conflicts of interest for the test creator or test taker. There may be various manipulations to cheat on the test. There may be pseudonyms used for the test to appear as if a first attempt at the alternative test. There are other concerns. How do you reduce or eliminate social conflicts of interest?

Hoeflin: Some people have used pseudonyms to take my tests when they were afraid I would not give them a chance to try the test a second or third time. There is not much incentive to score very high on these tests, except perhaps the prestige of joining a very high-IQ society. People cheat on standardized college admission tests, as we know from news reports, by getting other people to take the tests for them, for example. Considering how expensive colleges have become these days, my guess is that they will go the way of the dodo bird eventually, and people will get their education through computers rather than spending a fortune in a college. One guy cheated on my Mega Test by getting members of a think tank in the Cambridge, Massachusetts area to help him. He was pleased that I gave him a perfect score of 48 out of 48. He admitted cheating to Marilyn vos Savant, who informed me, so I disqualified his score. This was before my Mega Test appeared in Omni. Why he wanted credit for a perfect score that he did not deserve is beyond my understanding. I’d be more proud of a slightly lower score that I had actually earned. Another person has kept trying my tests, despite a fairly high scoring fee of $50 per attempt. I finally told him to stop taking the tests. His scores were not improving, so his persistence seemed bizarre.

11. Jacobsen: The highest score on the Mega Test on the first attempt by a single individual with a single name rather than a single individual with multiple names was Marilyn vos Savant at 46 out of 48. Similarly, with other test creators, and other tests, there were several attempts at the same test by others. Do the multiple test attempts and then the highest of those attempts asserted as the score for the test taker present an issue across the higher sigma ranges and societies?

Hoeflin: Some European guy did achieve a perfect score on the Mega Test eventually, about 20 years after the test first came out in 1985. The test is no longer used by any high-IQ societies that I know of due to the posting of mostly correct answers online by a malicious psychiatrist. He probably needed to see a psychiatrist to figure out what snapped in his poor head to do such a thing. I guess it’s a profession that attracts people with psychological problems that they are trying to understand and perhaps solve.

12. Jacobsen: What were the final sample sizes of the Mega Test and the Titan Test at the height of their prominence? How do these compare to other tests? What would be a reasonable sample size to tap into 4-sigma and higher ranges of intelligence with low margins of error and decent accuracy?

Hoeflin: A bit over 4,000 people tried the Mega Test within a couple of years of its appearance and about 500 people tried the Titan Test within a similar time period. Langdon’s LAIT test is said to have had 25,000 participants. His test was multiple choice, whereas mine were not. A multiple-choice test is easier to guess on than a non-multiple-choice test. My tests were normed by looking at the previous test scores that participants reported and then trying to create a distribution curve for my tests what would jibe with the distribution on previously-taken tests. So I did not need to test a million or more people to norm my tests up to fairly high levels of ability.

13. Jacobsen: What are the ways in which test-takers try to cheat on tests? I mean the full gamut. I intend this as a means by which prospective test takers and society creators can arm themselves and protect themselves from cheaters, charlatans, and frauds, or worse. Same for the general public in guarding against them, whenever someone might read this.

Hoeflin: If people’s wrong answers are too often identical with one another and out of sync with typical wrong answers, that is a clue that they are copying from one another or from some common source.

14. Jacobsen: Why do test takers use pseudonyms? How common is this practice among these types of test-takers? It seems as if a brazen and blatant attempt to take a test twice, or more, and then claim oneself as smart as the higher score rather than the composite of two, or more, scores, or even simply the lower score of the two, or more, if the scores are not identical.

Hoeflin: I know of a group of 5 M.I.T. students who collaborated and gave themselves the collective name of Tetazoo. There was also a professor at Caltech who tried the test but did not want his score publicized so he used the pseudonym Ron Lee. In both cases, the score just barely hit the one-in-a-million mark of 43 right out of 48. One person scored 42 right and wanted to try again so he used a pseudonym and managed to reach 47 right out of 48 on his second attempt.

15. Jacobsen: What have been and continue to be concerns for test creators at the highest sigmas such as yourself or others, whether active or retired? This is more of a timeline into the present question of the other suite of concerns.

Hoeflin: I do not know what are the main concerns of test designers, past or present, other than myself. I was fortunate to have Triple Nine members as guinea pigs to try out my trial tests, so I could weed out the less satisfactory problems. One could usually tell just by looking at a problem whether it would be a good one or not, but the inspiration to come up with good problems would involve steady effort over the course of a year or so, yielding for me on average about one good problem per week, plus about four not too good problems per week.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Mega Society (1982); Founder, Prometheus Society (1982); Founder, Top One Percent Society (1989); Founder, One-in-a-Thousand Society (1992); Founder, Epimetheus Society (2006); Founder, Omega Society (2006); Creator, Mega Test (April, 1985); Creator, Titan Test (April, 1990); Creator, Hoeflin Power Test; Author, The Encyclopedia of Categories; Ph.D., Philosophy, The New School for Social Research.

[2] Individual Publication Date: September 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-three; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[3] Image Credit: Ronald K. Hoeflin. Caption: “Kitty porn? No, just the author and his pals.”

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on Theories of Intelligence, Sex Differences, and Issues of IQ Test Takers and Test Creators (Part Three) [Online].September 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, September 1). An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on Theories of Intelligence, Sex Differences, and Issues of IQ Test Takers and Test Creators (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on Theories of Intelligence, Sex Differences, and Issues of IQ Test Takers and Test Creators (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, September. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on Theories of Intelligence, Sex Differences, and Issues of IQ Test Takers and Test Creators (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on Theories of Intelligence, Sex Differences, and Issues of IQ Test Takers and Test Creators (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (September 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on Theories of Intelligence, Sex Differences, and Issues of IQ Test Takers and Test Creators (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on Theories of Intelligence, Sex Differences, and Issues of IQ Test Takers and Test Creators (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on Theories of Intelligence, Sex Differences, and Issues of IQ Test Takers and Test Creators (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):September. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on Theories of Intelligence, Sex Differences, and Issues of IQ Test Takers and Test Creators (Part Three) [Internet]. (2019, September 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Pascal Landa on Real Successes and Honest Failures, Bad Things in History, and Book Recommendations (Part Four)

Numbering: Issue 21.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Seventeen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,299

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Pascal Landa is the Founder and President AAVIVRE (Association qui Accompagne la Volonté des Individus a Vivre selon leur Ethique – Association that Accompanies the Will of those wishing to Live according to their personal Ethics). He discusses: real successes in the international community, honest failures in the international community, and the ways in which people can build on the successes and learn from the failures; bad things that have happened in history; and books recommended for people interested in the right to die, dying with dignity, euthanasia, and medical assistance in dying.

Keywords: AAVIVRE, dying with dignity, early life, euthanasia, France, medical assistance in dying, religion, right to die, Pascal Landa.

An Interview with Pascal Landa on Real Successes and Honest Failures, Bad Things in History, and Book Recommendations: Founder and President AAVIVRE (Association qui Accompagne la Volonté des Individus a Vivre selon leur Ethique – Association that Accompanies the Will of those wishing to Live according to their personal Ethics) (Part Four)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let me think. In an international context, given that we have the history, given that we have the organizations, given that we have the progress in France. What have been real successes in the international community? What have been honest failures in the international community? How can people build on those successes and learn from those failures?

Pascal Landa: You are asking that question in the relationship of the right to die or in general?

Jacobsen: Yes. Right to die policies being implemented or furthered in some way.

Landa: The Oregon law, for example, and the Swiss practice and Holland practice that has now been there for the last what, 20 years, practically, those are major advances that have influenced the world. Every country, I think, today, is considering this question and understanding that this is an important issue.

We are no longer, at all, in the same situation as I remember it being in 1980. 1980, we were looking at death and dying and we were all studying Elisabeth Kübler-Ross books and fabulous reflections on death and dying.

Today, there are still some battles being fought. Look at our president of the World Federation who is being attacked in South Africa for having presumably murdered three persons while in fact, he just helped people die. Look at how hard it is in France to get legislation voted even though people have been asking for this for the last 30 years.

I am not sure how to answer your question clearly. I am just saying that there are some momentous decisions. There are some situations that have made us backtrack a lot. I am thinking of Doctor Death in America.

I believe, personally, that Philip Nitschke, for example, is not doing any good to the movement. That is a very personal feeling. He is interested in his own personal interest and his own personal glory but it is not helping the society evolve. I cannot abide by what he is doing even if his last “invention,” the death capsule, is a marketing beauty. I do not know everything he is doing, but the few exchanges I have had with him have not made me confident in his approach.

I think the Canadian government recently enacted an important law. I have cousins who are in the medical profession over there and who are saying that it is working out quite well, that people are getting to it. But again, we see that for the medical doctors trained in a “scientific way”, it is going to be a slow process for them. They were not educated for caretaking, only scientific knowledge. You must understand that medical doctors were never educated to help people die. It was never considered as part of their profession even if every doctor learned during his practice to accompany people all the way to their death.

It is like a mother raising her daughter and saying nothing about sex. Obviously, the girl must discover it by herself and it may take some time. She may have some bad experiences. The real fault is her mother not having a frank discussion with her about it. That can be dramatic. She can get pregnant without knowing that she is going to get pregnant and have consequences for the rest of her life.

The same thing with a man, a father that doesn’t tell his son that ejaculation is not a bad thing, and that becoming a person who’s copulating all over the place, you’d better well protect yourself otherwise you might get AIDS. Those are important things to tell people.

That is the case with dying with dignity. We do not teach doctors to face death, which poses big problems. We must remember doctors are human beings, first. They may be good and professional people, but if they cannot face their own death, then facing a patient who’s dying is a traumatic experience. In medical education in France, we are fighting to get doctors to have more than just a 2-hour course in 5 years on death and dying. To protect them we must limit their realm of the decision to medical decisions and not allow them to substitute themselves to their patients in deciding about treatment or care.

You might consider 3 periods for your life. One-third you are being born and growing up, one-third, you are being an adult in the achievement processes, and one-third you are declining physically heading towards death. [Laughing] That is basically what life is all about.

We can discuss and segment life much more, but really life is a series of phases in which we can live fully and each is important. I spend a lot of time working with people, helping them to understand that. This is the reason I am writing that book on the end of life. When you are 30, 40, you are in full expansion. You buy a house, you have a big house because you have got kids, you have got lots of friends coming over. When you get to be 60, 65, the kids are gone. You have this house with five bedrooms and three bathrooms, or whatever. You do not need all that. All it is is keeping you down. All those things, those things that you have around you that are just encumbering your life, you do not need them anymore. You better adapt your environment to your needs and live now if you want to live, daily, your own life. Too many live in an imagined life and not an experiential daily life of discoveries, pain, pleasure, emotions.

Younger generations know that much better. For example, they do not like old furniture. You know why? Because they can go to Ikea, buy the brand-new stuff for real cheap, and they can throw it away in 3 years and not worry about it. The new generations have learned, and are learning every day, I think, still, to get rid of stuff, to unburden their lives.

The old generations do not know that. The old generations just accumulate, accumulate, accumulate. One of my favourite statements is, “Why in the hell when I die, should I leave a bunch of shit behind me for my kids to deal with?”

Jacobsen: The Egyptians were the biggest example of this, in history, the pharaohs. They brought their slaves with them, sometimes their cats.

Landa: The Chinese, as well. Look at their armies.

Jacobsen: Right [Laughing].

Landa: To answer your question about what the biggest advance is. What is interesting in France is that you have had terrible cases, obvious cases of people suffering, and people eventually helping somebody die in a terrible situation, et cetera. Each time that those cases have come up, somehow or another, we have had legislators make a law, a good or a bad law, it doesn’t matter, but make a law to try to deal with it.

I think that is not the way to make laws. Laws should be long-term reflections and should envision all the systemic repercussions. That is why we have a lot of laws that are manipulated by rich people. When you are rich, you can have a good lawyer. If you have a good lawyer, he can have thousands of people working for him. You can always take all the texts of law and transform them because they are contradictory, and present to a judge a reading of the law that suits you. If you are poor, you cannot do that.

I think one of the biggest problems facing society today is that as we have computerized, we have become more and more complex. As we become more and more complex, we become more and more contradictory or we open loopholes for people to pass through beyond the will of the majority. Therefore, some people are getting rich on the backs of others without doing anything.

What is your next question, doctor?

2. Jacobsen: If an academic, or researcher, works on these specific topics and even potentially works with people at the end of life, what are some bad things that have, in the history, happened to their academic careers? Have they been torpedoed?

Landa: That is an interesting question. I am not sure I am competent to answer that. You are hitting the limits of my knowledge, there. I think I could answer that by taking the ball in another way. I have, in the last 30 years of working on this movement, been torpedoed by big bosses of the medical profession who have tried to ridicule me because I was a young punk, a 30-year-old, talking about something that was important. With their stature and their maturity, they simply dismissed me and I did not have the guts or assurance to tell them they were abusive.

I have had ministers basically tell me that I was a shit. Even though I am a courageous guy, and so forth, it is true that when you are 30 and you have got a 65-year-old guy who is a minister saying, “What does he know about this?” “Yes, it is true. I have only 30 years’ worth of knowledge about life. You have 65. You should know better, but you shouldn’t be such an asshole, either.” [Laughing] That is basically my encounters.

I think one of the things, to answer your question about intellectuals looking into subjects and being torpedoed initially and then veneered later.  It is true of any subject that you open and then you achieve progress in. I made my career out of doing things that IT professionals were too scared of doing. I had the intuition things could be done because I had the right human contact with the knowledgeable people, I knew sufficiently the subjects through my readings, to know that what I proposed was possible and I had perseverance and essential quality for success. I had a successful career due to that.

When Windows 95 came out, which was a brand-new operating system, I was asked if it should be deployed. Apple, up to then, was considered the most user-friendly but in 1995 had been taken over by financiers with no vision. Windows 3.11 was just a piece of shit in terms of end-user interaction, but it worked well. It was just no longer viable. I had to put people who were using Macs into a Windows environment.

I went to Windows 95 and migrated 1700 people into that environment in 6 months, even though Windows 95 only had three or four months of age and was unproven. I became a hero because of that. I did it because I knew the guys who developed 95 and I knew the tests that had been made and I had confidence, but people around me were scared as hell.

In any profession, when you go into uncharted grounds, when you go into situations where you say things that are not the common way of saying things, you get to sometimes have broken careers and sometimes be put into the cupboard.

Look at the way the people who have revealed the Panama Papers, how they’ve been destroyed, or their lives have been impaired, it was the same thing in our movement, I think. When you are honest and you say things, clearly, you are putting souls who are dishonest into bad situations and they’ll use all their power to try to get to you.

Jacobsen: Why?

Landa: Because you are undermining their power. Simple. Their stature. What does a person have? He has money, or he has recognition. If you attack one of those two elements, you are attacking the individual. You cannot help but attack the individual on those bases if he is being an asshole saying stupid things, or if he is making money off the back of people that he is exploiting. There’s just no way you can avoid it.

The biggest war tomorrow is between the rich and the poor. The rich tomorrow are going to consider that the poor are using too many natural resources, so the survival of their well-being is going to dictate to eliminate the poor. It’s a natural selection process.

Jacobsen: We see this in many contexts, just in terms of clean water, drinking water.

Landa: Absolutely.

Jacobsen: There are places like Gaza. About one million kids, 70% identified as refugees since the 1948 situation. 97% of the water is unfit for human consumption. It is contaminated. In other words, of the approximate two million people there, one million who are children, one million children are being slowly poisoned by contaminated water. That is a microcosm of probably a larger context and concern around clean drinking water.

Landa: Sure. The Jewish extremists are happy to kill off as much as they can and contain the Gaza Arabs so that they can continue their expansion. It is a war between two populations. That war is being supported by the authorities that are in power all over the world, which is completely ludicrous but that is the way it is.

Which doesn’t mean that I am against the Jews! I am Jewish myself. My name is Landau originally, but during The Inquisition in the 1470’s, and they changed it to Landa to try to avoid being killed by the extremist Catholics.

3. Jacobsen: Just being mindful of time. With respect to becoming more informed in the international lingua franca, in terms of reading, what are some articles or books you would recommend for people interested in the right to die, dying with dignity, euthanasia, medical assistance in dying, and so on?

Landa: I would refer you to Derek Humphry for all his writings. I think he covers a large spectrum. I would recommend going to Elisabeth Kübler-Ross and to quite a few of the philosophers who have written on the subject, the social workers or the philosophers. Specific ones, I would not remember off hand. It depends on your culture, depends on your ability to read in different languages. I think there are thousands and thousands of books on the subject today.

I think also I would recommend films. There are some, good films at the end of life decision and why people have done it and taken it, Million Dollar Baby. Some are more big, public and big show kind of stuff, and others… but they’re all putting together this question about, “What is the meaning of life?”

I have put together in the past, and it can be found on most internet sites from associations on this subject, a bibliography for the French people. I would go to the World Federation web site WFRtD.

With the Internet today, it is so easy to get good reading material, and there’s so much of it. The problem is there’s too much of it. [Laughing] That is probably my answer to there’s too much of it, so anywhere you pick, you probably will fall, 80% of the time, on the good stuff.

Obviously, those who are more recognized philosophers, more recognized social workers, more social scientists, those who are more affiliated to a movement, probably have written most of the most accessible, easy material. The film “Jean’s way”, or Derek’s own autobiography is interesting. Finally, there is a landmark book that I would recommend. The Tibetan Book of the Dead, that is a fabulous book.

Jacobsen: How?

Landa: That is an immemorial book that one should have read as it dwells into the dimensions of life. But again, you can also read some of the religious philosophers of the 17th century, or 18th century – 18th century more likely, who have good questions about this stuff. [Laughing] It is a vast subject. What is life about?

Boudewijn Chabot wrote an interesting book on dying painlessly from hunger, another method I recommend for those who have time.

4. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Pascal.​

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder and President AAVIVRE (Association qui Accompagne la Volonté des Individus a Vivre selon leur Ethique – Association that Accompanies the Will of those wishing to Live according to their personal Ethics).

[2] Individual Publication Date: September 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-four; Full Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2020: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Pascal Landa on Real Successes and Honest Failures, Bad Things in History, and Book Recommendations (Part Four) [Online].September 2019; 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, September 1). An Interview with Pascal Landa on Real Successes and Honest Failures, Bad Things in History, and Book Recommendations (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Pascal Landa on Real Successes and Honest Failures, Bad Things in History, and Book Recommendations (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A, September. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Pascal Landa on Real Successes and Honest Failures, Bad Things in History, and Book Recommendations (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Pascal Landa on Real Successes and Honest Failures, Bad Things in History, and Book Recommendations (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 21.A (September 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Pascal Landa on Real Successes and Honest Failures, Bad Things in History, and Book Recommendations (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Pascal Landa on Real Successes and Honest Failures, Bad Things in History, and Book Recommendations (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 21.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Pascal Landa on Real Successes and Honest Failures, Bad Things in History, and Book Recommendations (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 21.A (2019):September. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Pascal Landa on Real Successes and Honest Failures, Bad Things in History, and Book Recommendations (Part Four) [Internet]. (2019, September 21(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on High-IQ Societies’ Titles, Rarities, and Purposes, and Personal Judgment and Evaluations of Them (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,638

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin founded the Prometheus Society and the Mega Society, and created the Mega Test and the Titan Test. He discusses: inspiration for the Mega Society – its title, rarity, and purpose; inspiration for the Prometheus Society – its title, rarity, and purpose; inspiration for the Top One Percent Society – its title, rarity, and purpose; inspiration for the One-in-a-Thousand Society – its title, rarity, and purpose; inspiration for the Epimetheus Society – its title, rarity, and purpose; inspiration for the Omega Society – its title, rarity, and purpose; the developments of each society over time; communications of high-IQ societies, and harshest critiques of high-IQ societies; overall results of the intellectual community facilitated for the gifted; Prometheus Society and the Mega Society kept separate from the Lewis Terman Society, and Top One Percent Society, One-in-a-Thousand Society, Epimetheus Society, and Omega Society placed under the aegis of the “The Terman Society” or “The Hoeflin Society”; disillusionment with high-IQ societies; notable failures of the high-IQ societies; changing norms of the Mega Test and the Titan Test; the hypothetical Holy Grail of psychometric measurements; other test creators seem reliable in their production of high-IQ tests and societies with serious and legitimate intent respected by Dr. Hoeflin: Kevin Langdon and Christopher Harding; societies societies helpful as sounding boards for the Encyclopedia of Categories; librarian work helpful in the development of a skill set necessary for independent psychometric work and general intelligence test creation; demerits of the societies in personal opinion and others’ opinions; virtues and personalities as mostly innate or inborn, and dating and mating; and publications from the societies attempted to be published at a periodic rate.

Keywords: Christopher Harding, Giftedness, intelligence, IQ, Kevin Langdon, Mega Society, Mega Test, Prometheus Society, Ronald K. Hoeflin, The Encyclopedia of Categories, Titan Test.

An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on High-IQ Societies’ Titles, Rarities, and Purposes, and Personal Judgment and Evaluations of Them: Founder, Prometheus Society; Founder, Mega Society (Part Two)[1],[2],[3]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Caption provided to the photo from Dr. Hoeflin in the third footnote.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Perhaps, we can run down the timeline of the six societies in this part with some subsequent questions: Prometheus Society (1982), Mega Society (1982), Top One Percent Society (1989), One-in-a-Thousand Society (1992), Epimetheus Society (2006), and Omega Society (2006). What was the inspiration for the Mega Society – its title, rarity, and purpose?

Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin: Kevin Langdon had a list of 600 or so people who had qualified for his Four Sigma Society from the 25,000 Omni readers who tried his LAIT (Langdon Adult Intelligence Test) that appeared in Omni in 1979. Four Sigma was given a cut-off of four standard deviations above the mean, which on a normal curve would be about one-in-30,000 in rarity or the 99.997 percentile. So approximately one-thirtieth of them should have been qualified for a one-in-a-million society. I suggested to him that he might ask the top 20 scorers if they’d like to form the nucleus of a one-in-a-million society, but he evidently thought this cut-off was too high to be practical. So when he let his Four Sigma Society languish, I decided to start Prometheus as a replacement for it, with the Mega Society as a follow-through on my suggestion to him about starting a one-in-a-million society, where “mega” means, of course, “million,” indicating how many people each member would be expected to exceed in intelligence. With slightly over 7 billion people, there would be a pool of about 7,000 potential Mega Society members, or slightly less if we exclude young children. I knew of a statistical method by which several very high scores from several tests could be combined to equal a one-in-a-million standard, as if the several tests constituted a single gigantic test. So I accepted members using this statistical method until my Mega Test appeared in Omni in April 1985. I put the cut-off at a raw score of 42 out of 48 initially, but then increased this to 43 after getting a larger sample. The test was eventually withdrawn from official use for admission to the Mega Society because some psychiatrist maliciously published a lot of answers online that others could search out and copy. At this time my other test, the Titan Test, is the only one that the Mega Society will accept, again at a raw score of 43 out of 48.

2. Jacobsen: What was the inspiration for the Prometheus Society – its title, rarity, and purpose?

Hoeflin: The Prometheus Society, as mentioned above, was intended as a replacement for the Four Sigma Society, which Langdon had allowed to languish. Prometheus was a figure in Greek mythology who was punished by the gods for giving fire to humans. I told Kevin, half in jest, that I was stealing his idea for the Four Sigma Society from him like Prometheus stealing fire from the gods! On my Mega and Titan Test, the qualifying score for Prometheus is a raw score of 36 out of 48, roughly equivalent to a rarity of one-in-30,000 or the 99.997 percentile, the same as Four Sigma’s cut-off, i.e., a minimum qualifying score.

3. Jacobsen: What was the inspiration for the Top One Percent Society – its title, rarity, and purpose?

Hoeflin: I wanted to make a living publishing journals for high-IQ societies. I initially was able to do so as the editor for the Triple Nine Society, for which I was paid just $1 per month per member for each monthly journal I put out. When I started as editor in late 1979, there were only about 50 members, but once Kevin’s test appeared in Omni the number of members swelled to about 750. With $750 per month, I could put out a journal and still have enough left over to live on, since my monthly rent was just $75 thanks to New York City’s rent laws. When Kevin heard that I was able to do this, he was not amused, since he thought the editorship should be an unpaid position. So I started the Top One Percent Society from people who had taken my Mega Test in Omni in April 1985 and my Titan Test in April 1990, thus removing myself from any disputes with Kevin or other members of the Triple Nine Society. I liked being self-employed rather than work as a librarian, which had been my profession from 1969 to 1985, because difficulties with higher-ups in the library field could crop up if there were personality conflicts.

4. Jacobsen: What was the inspiration for the One-in-a-Thousand Society – its title, rarity, and purpose?

Hoeflin: I started the One-in-a-Thousand Society when income from my Top One Percent Society started to seem insufficient, even when I put out two journals per month rather than one for the Top One Percent Society. The third journal per month was a bit more hectic, but within my capacity.

5. Jacobsen: What was the inspiration for the Epimetheus Society – its title, rarity, and purpose?

Hoeflin: In Greek mythology, Epimetheus was a brother to Prometheus. I’d let the Prometheus and Mega societies fall into the control of other people, so I decided to create new societies at their same cut-offs but with different names and under my control. I don’t recall the motivation for founding Epimetheus, since starting in 1997 I qualified for Social Security Disability payments due to my poor vision and low income, and that completely solved all my financial worries, even when my rent gradually crept up from $75 to $150 from 1997 to around 2003. It is now permanently frozen at $150 a month due to an agreement with an earlier landlord, who wanted the City to give him permission to install luxury apartments where I live, for which he could charge $2,000 to $4,000 a month due to the proximity to Times Square, which is just ten minutes’ walk away. I think that the Prometheus Society was restricting the tests it accepted to just a very small number of traditional supervised IQ tests, excluding unsupervised amateur-designed tests like mine. I wanted my tests to still serve a practical purpose at the Prometheus and Mega cut-offs.

6. Jacobsen: What was the inspiration for the Omega Society – its title, rarity, and purpose?

Hoeflin: Chris Harding of Australia was forever founding new high-IQ societies with new names but whose existence was largely known only to him and the people he awarded memberships to. He founded an Omega Society at the one-in-3,000,000 cut-off, but I assumed after several years of hearing nothing about it that it must be defunct, so I decided to call my new one-in-a-million society the Omega Society, since “Omega” seemed a nice twin word for “Mega” just as “Epimetheus” served as a twin word for “Prometheus.” Chris wrote to me about this appropriation of his society’s name and I explained my reason for adopting it. He offered no further complaint about it.

7. Jacobsen: What were the developments of each society over time?

Hoeflin: I decided to devote my full-time attention to a massive multi-volume opus titled “The Encyclopedia of Categories,” of which I’d published a couple of one-volume versions in 2004 and 2005. When I noticed that Samuel Johnson’s great unabridged dictionary of 1755 could now be bought for just $9.99 from Kindle, the computer-readable format that avoids paper printing, I decided I could make an affordable multi-volume treatment of my “Encyclopedia of Categories.” I’d also discovered that quotations from collections of quotations could be analyzed in terms of my theory of categories, giving me a virtually inexhaustible source of examples considering how many quotation books there are out there. So I sold the four societies that were still under my control to Hernan Chang, an M.D. physician living in Jacksonville, Florida, as well as all of my IQ tests. Although, he lets me score the latter for him and collect the fee, since he is too busy to handle that. I began my multi-volume opus in late 2013 and believe I can complete a 10-volume version by the end of this year, 2019. I was initially aiming at a 13-volume version, in harmony with the number of basic categial niches I employ, but it would take until early 2021 to complete the extra 3 volumes, so I’ll publish a 10-volume version in January of 2020. The year 2020 as a publication date appealed to me because of its irony, given that my visual acuity falls far short of 20/20, and the year 2020 rolls around only once in eternity, if we stick to the same calendar. I could still put out more volumes in later editions if I felt so inclined, but I let readers voice an opinion on the optimum number of volumes.

8. Jacobsen: What was the intellectual productivity and community of the societies based on self-reports of members? What have been the harshest critiques of high IQ societies from non-members, whether qualifying or not?

Hoeflin: I think the focus of the higher-IQ societies has been on communication with other members through the societies’ journals. I never tried to keep track of the members’ “intellectual productivity.” As for harsh critiques of the high-IQ societies, the only thing that comes to mind is Esquire magazine’s November 1999 so-called “Genius” issue. It focused on four high-IQ-society members, including myself. I never read the issue except for the page about myself, and it took me two weeks to get up enough nerve to read even that page. I was told by others that the entire issue was basically a put-down of high-IQ societies and their members, although people said the treatment of me was the mildest of the four. I did notice that they wanted a photo of me that looked unattractive, me using a magnifying glass to read. I suggested a more heroic picture, such as me with one of my cats, but they kept taking pictures of me peering through that magnifying glass in a rather unflattering pose, with zero interest in alternative poses. Kevin Langdon was sarcastic about our willingness to expose ourselves to such unflattering treatment. (He was not among the four that they covered in that issue.)

9. Jacobsen: What have been the overall results of the intended goals of the provision of an intellectual community of like-gifted people who, in theory, may associate more easily with one another? I remain aware of skepticism around this idea, which may exist in the realm of the naive.

Hoeflin: I had found that I could not interact with members of Mensa, who generally treated me as a nonentity. I was also very shy and unable to put myself forward socially in Mensa groups. At the higher-IQ levels, however, I had the prominent role of editor and even founder, which made it possible for others to approach me and break through that shyness of mine. So I did manage to meet and interact with quite a few people by virtue of my participation in the high-IQ societies, although the ultimate outcome seems to be that I will probably end my life in total isolation from personal friends except a few people who reach out to me by phone or email, as in the present question-and-answer email format. As for other people, they will have to tell you their own stories, since people are quite diverse, even at very high IQ levels.

10. Jacobsen: Why were the Prometheus Society and the Mega Society kept separate from the Lewis Terman Society? Why were the Top One Percent Society, One-in-a-Thousand Society, Epimetheus Society, and Omega Society placed under the aegis of the Lewis Terman Society? Also, what is the Lewis Terman Society?

Hoeflin: I think Hernan Chang adopted the name “The Hoeflin Society” in preference to “The Terman Society” as an umbrella term for the four societies he purchased from me.

11. Jacobsen: What have been the merits of the societies in personal opinion and others’ opinions?

Hoeflin: Speaking personally, I have lost almost all interest in the high-IQ societies these days, although I am still a nominal, non-participatory member of several of them. One group I joined recently as a passive member named the “Hall of Sophia” unexpectedly offered to publish my multi-volume book in any format I like for free. The founder had taken my Mega or Titan test earlier this year (February 2019) and did quite well on it, and was sufficiently impressed to classify me as one of the 3 most distinguished members of his (so far) 28-member society. I was going to send out my book for free as email attachments fo people listed in the Directory of American Philosophers as well as to any high-IQ-society members who might be interested. So for me, the one remaining merit of the high-IQ societies would be to have a potential audience for my philosophical opus.

12. Jacobsen: When did you begin to lose interest or become disillusioned, in part, in high-IQ societies? My assumption: not simply an instantaneous decision in 2019.

Hoeflin: Editing high-IQ-society journals from 1979 onwards for many years, at first as a hobby and then as a livelihood, kept me interested in the high-IQ societies. I gave up the editing completely around 2009. Thirty years is plenty of time to become jaded. Getting Social Security Disability payments in 1997 removed any financial incentive for publishing journals. Over the years I’d travelled to such destinations as California and Texas and Illinois for high-IQ-society meetings, not to mention meetings here in New York City, when I had sufficient surplus income, but all things peter out eventually.

13. Jacobsen: What have been the notable failures of the high-IQ societies?

Hoeflin: There was actually talk of a commune-like community for high-IQ people, but after I saw how imperious some high-IQ leaders like Kevin Langdon were, this would be like joining Jim Jones for a trip to Guyana–insane! That’s hyperbole, of course. Langdon actually ridiculed the followers of Jim Jones for their stupidity in following such a homicidal and suicidal leader, not to mention his idiotic ideas. Langdon advocates a libertarian philosophy, but in person he is very controlling. I guess we just have to muddle through on our own, especially if we have some unique gift that we have to cultivate privately, not communally. Langdon often ridiculed my early attempts to develop a theory of categories, but I’m very confident in the theory now that I have worked at it for so long. Human beings tend to organize their thoughts along the same systematic lines, just like birds instinctively know how to build nests, spiders to build webs, and bees to build honeycombs. My analyses are so new and startling that I’m sure they will eventually attract attention. If I’d been an epigone of Langdon, I’d never have managed to develop my theory to its present marvellous stage.

14. Jacobsen: With the Flynn Effect, does this change the norms of the Mega Test and the Titan Test used for admissions purposes in some societies at the highest ranges? 

Hoeflin: A lot of people suddenly started qualifying for the Mega Society, perhaps from copying online sources or perhaps from the test suddenly coming to the attention of a lot of very smart people. So initially higher scores on that test were required and then the test was abandoned entirely as an admission test for the Mega Society. Terman found that his subjects achieved gradually higher IQ scores on his verbal tests the older they got. One theory is that as people gradually accumulate a larger vocabulary and general knowledge (crystallized intelligence) their fluid intelligence, especially on math-type tests, gradually declines, so that if one relies on both types of intelligence, then your intelligence would remain relatively stable until extreme old age. There has been no spurt in extremely high scores on the Titan Test, however.

15. Jacobsen: What would be the Holy Grail of psychometric measurements, e.g., a non-verbal/culture fair 5-sigma or 6-sigma test?

Hoeflin: The main problem with extremely difficult tests is that few people would be willing to attempt them, so norming them would be impossible. I was astonished that the people who manage the SAT have actually made the math portion of that test so easy that even a perfect score is something like the 91st percentile. Why they would do such an idiotic thing I have no idea. Terman did the same thing with his second Concept Mastery Test, so that a Mensa-level performance on that test would be a raw score of 125 out of 190, whereas a Mensa-level performance on the first CMT was 78 out of 190. Twenty members of his gifted group had raw scores of 180 to 190 on the second CMT whereas no member of his group had a raw score higher than 172 out of 190 on the first CMT. His reason was to be able to compare his gifted group with more average groups such as Air Force captains, who scored only 60 out of 190 on the second test, less than half as high as Mensa members. A lot of amateur-designed intelligence tests have such obscure and difficult problems that I am totally unable to say if those tests have any sense to them or not. Perhaps games like Go and Chess are the only ways to actually compare the brightest people at world-record levels. But such tests yield to ever-more-careful analysis by the competitors, so that one is competing in the realm of crystallized intelligence (such as knowledge of chess openings) rather than just fluid intelligence. Even the brightest people have specialized mental talents that help them with some tests but not with others, like people who compete in the Olympic Decathlon, where some competitors will do better in some events and others in other events, the winner being the one with the best aggregate score. General intelligence means that even diverse tests like verbal, spatial, and numerical ones do have some positive intercorrelation with each other–they are not entirely independent of each other. The best tests select problems that correlate best with overall scores. But few if any of the amateur-designed tests have been subjected to careful statistical analysis. Some people did subject my Titan Test to such statistical analysis and found that it had surprisingly good correlations with standard intelligence tests, despite its lack of supervision or time limit.

16. Jacobsen: Other than some of the work mentioned. What other test creators seem reliable in their production of high-IQ tests and societies with serious and legitimate intent? Those who you respect. You have the historical view here – in-depth in information and in time. I don’t.

Hoeflin: I think Kevin Langdon’s tests are very well made and intelligent, but he tends to focus on math-type problems. Christopher Harding, by contrast, focuses on verbal problems and does poorly in math-type problems. For international comparisons across languages, I guess one would have to use only math-type problems, as I did in my Hoeflin Power Test, which collected the best math-type problems from the three previous tests (Mega, Titan, and Ultra). But English is virtually a universal language these days, so perhaps verbal tests that focus on English or perhaps on Indo-European roots could be used for international tests, except that Indo-European languages constitute only 46% of all languages, by population. I think Chinese will have difficulty becoming culturally dominant internationally because the Chinese language is too difficult and obscure for non-Chinese to mess with.

17. Jacobsen: Were the societies helpful as sounding boards for the Encyclopedia of Categories?

Hoeflin: I used high-IQ-society members as guinea pigs to develop my intelligence tests, but my work on categories I have pursued entirely independently, except for the precursors I rely on, notably the philosopher Stephen C. Pepper (1891-1972), who taught at the University of California at Berkeley from 1919 to 1958. Oddly enough, in his final book titled Concept and Quality (1967) he used as a central organizing principle for his metaphysics what he called “the purposive act,” of which he said on page 17: “It is the act associated with intelligence”!!! I simply elaborated this concept from 1982 when I first read Concept and Quality onward, elaborating it into a set of thirteen categories by means of which virtually any complete human thought or action, as in a quotation, can be organized. In my introductory chapter, which currently traces the development of my theory from William James last book, A Pluralistic Universe, to the present, I now plan to trace the thirteen categories not just to the Greeks and Hebrews but back to animal life and ultimately back to the Big Bang, breaking the stages of its development into 25 discrete ones including my own contributions toward the end. I may begin with Steven Weinberg’s book The First Three Minutes and end with Paul Davies kindred book, The Last Three Minutes, if I can manage to extract convincing 13-category examples from each of these books.

18. Jacobsen: How was librarian work helpful in the development of a skill set necessary for independent psychometric work and general intelligence test creation?

Hoeflin: It was mostly helpful to me because I could work part-time during the last ten years of my 15 or 16 years as a librarian, which gave me the leisure for independent hobbies, thought, and research.

19. Jacobsen: What have been the demerits of the societies in personal opinion and others’ opinions?

Hoeflin: There tends to be a lot of arrogance to be found among members of the high-IQ societies, so charm is typically not one of their leading virtues. They generally assume that virtually everyone they speak to is stupider than they are.

20. Jacobsen: How can members be more humble, show more humility? Also, what are their leading virtues?

Hoeflin: I think personalities are largely inborn and can’t be changed much. Perhaps there should be sister societies, analogous to college sororities, for women who have an interest in socializing with high-IQ guys for purposes of dating and mating. In the ultra-high-IQ societies, women constitute only about 6% of the total membership. (Parenthetically, if you look at the Wikipedia list of 100 oldest living people, one usually finds about 6 men and 94 women.) In Mensa, the percentage of women typically ranges from 31% to 38%.

21. Jacobsen: How many publications come from these societies? What are the names of the publications and the editors in their history? What ones have been the most voluminous in their output – the specific journal? Why that journal?

Hoeflin: Each society generally has a journal that it tries to publish on a regular basis. Kevin Langdon puts out Noesis, the journal for the Mega Society, about twice per year. I also get journals from Prometheus and Triple Nine and Mensa. The four societies Hernan Chang operates all function entirely online, and I have never seen any of their communications. Even the journals I get I only glance at, never read all the way through. Due to my very slow reading speed, I tend to focus my reading on books that seem worthwhile from which to collect examples for my “Encyclopedia of Categories.”

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Mega Society (1982); Founder, Prometheus Society (1982); Founder, Top One Percent Society (1989); Founder, One-in-a-Thousand Society (1992); Founder, Epimetheus Society (2006); Founder, Omega Society (2006); Creator, Mega Test (April, 1985); Creator, Titan Test (April, 1990); Creator, Hoeflin Power Test; Author, The Encyclopedia of Categories; Ph.D., Philosophy, The New School for Social Research.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[3] Image Credit: Ronald K. Hoeflin. Caption: “Kitty porn? No, just the author and his pals.”

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on High-IQ Societies’ Titles, Rarities, and Purposes, and Personal Judgment and Evaluations of Them (Part Two) [Online].August 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, August 22). An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on High-IQ Societies’ Titles, Rarities, and Purposes, and Personal Judgment and Evaluations of Them (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on High-IQ Societies’ Titles, Rarities, and Purposes, and Personal Judgment and Evaluations of Them (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, August. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on High-IQ Societies’ Titles, Rarities, and Purposes, and Personal Judgment and Evaluations of Them (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on High-IQ Societies’ Titles, Rarities, and Purposes, and Personal Judgment and Evaluations of Them (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (August 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on High-IQ Societies’ Titles, Rarities, and Purposes, and Personal Judgment and Evaluations of Them (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on High-IQ Societies’ Titles, Rarities, and Purposes, and Personal Judgment and Evaluations of Them (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on High-IQ Societies’ Titles, Rarities, and Purposes, and Personal Judgment and Evaluations of Them (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):August. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on High-IQ Societies’ Titles, Rarities, and Purposes, and Personal Judgment and Evaluations of Them (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, August 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 15 — Scribble Me This, Mathman!

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 19, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,076

Keywords: divine interventionism, divine texts, Herb Silverman, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about the highly probable human interventionism mistaken for divine interventionism and human literary productions mistaken for divine texts, and a whole lot more.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: At the end of the day, ancient peoples, human beings, probably men — males, wrote books in a illiterate period, in an illiterate part of the world, before the understandings of the modern scientific revolutions, where mystical beings did magical things and the ancient peoples believed supernatural things and in personalized amorphous forces and entities fighting for them and against them, above and below them, even through them. Those personal beings who could be petitioned with, who one could argue with, and who held the fortunes and fates of one’s life in their hands in some way; all the way up to the self-existent penultimate. To this day, these books have a professional protectorate class, scribes and priests and religious authorities and institutions of males — men, who provide the proper interpretations of the texts. Human books by natural-world-ignorant people. They could have known better if they had the information and the tools. They just didn’t. Some make logical rather than emotional or authority-based arguments for gods. Even if in some future context such gods were shown provable or, in some sense, modestly empirically reasonable, these would be reinterpretations unintended by the original authors. What does this mean for the North American favourite religions? How would this reasoning extend to the world’s religions? What makes this an unpalatable drink to swallow for the world’s faithful? How can secular and freethought people be polite and respectful in appropriate contexts and steadfast in equality in other proper moments? When our knowledge of things hits a wall, whether by talent or ability or interest, when can the religious and secular show proportionate humility to the evidence of the day on hand or, more properly, in hands? What might future religions become with reinterpretations or the crushing non-viability of some paths of argumentation and reasoning given recent discoveries and correlates between previously vastly different fields or disciplines of human endeavour — artificially separated mind us?

Dr. Herb Silverman: I think I speak for many atheists who, while browsing the religion section in bookstores and noticing a portion of books set aside for religious fiction, say to themselves, “Isn’t that redundant?” Apparently, authors can usually choose whether to call their books fiction or nonfiction. But we don’t always know the author’s true identity, as with most of the books contained in the Bible. We recognize that some of the biblical writers made up stories, some composed nice poetry, some described events that likely occurred, and some wrote “just so” stories to explain what they didn’t understand. I would classify nearly the entire Bible as fiction, especially the God stories. However, since many believe the Bible to be factual, bookstores won’t risk community outrage by filing it under “religious fiction.”

It is difficult to identify some portions of the Bible with a loving deity, considering events like killing witches, slaying all women and children in a city, the blood of Jesus being on all Jews and their children, and killing homosexuals. The God of the Bible is no role model. That God can be a tyrant who orders the enslaving or killing of innocent people (including children) because they worship the wrong gods or live in lands that God wants his chosen people to occupy. God commands the Israelites to kill everything that breathes in Canaan. I agree with Richard Dawkins in The God Delusion: “The God of the Old Testament is arguably the most unpleasant character in all fiction: jealous and proud of it; a petty, unjust, unforgiving control-freak; a vindictive, bloodthirsty ethnic cleanser; a misogynistic, homophobic, racist, infanticidal, genocidal, filicidal, pestilential, megalomaniacal, sadomasochistic, capriciously malevolent bully.”

So what about modern-day people who believe that the entire Bible is the inspired word of God? Even many of those biblical literalists now try to interpret some of these passages in more enlightened ways.

I identify more with progressive Christians who see countless biblical contradictions, as well as historical and scientific falsities. Such Christians do not attempt to make sense out of nonsense. I also like what the Dalai Lama said about his religion, “If science proves facts that conflict with Buddhist understanding, Buddhism must change accordingly.”

A number of my liberal Christian friends not only ignore uncomfortable passages, but also agree with me on most progressive issues. One friend who favors gay marriage pointed out that that the Bible has countless passages about social justice and only five that condemn homosexuality. He didn’t have a good answer when I asked how many condemnations of homosexuality it would take to reverse his position. In comparison, the Bible has many passages in support of slavery, with nary a verse that condemns it.

Either the Bible is the inspired word of God, or it’s not. If it is, then it should only take one passage to condemn an action or an entire class of people. If it isn’t, then a reader should choose only what make sense from the Bible or any other book. Fortunately, liberal Christians often focus on passages where God acts like a mensch, and ignore the rest. Perhaps these Christians are on a slippery slope that will lead them to secular humanism, which sounds to me like the real “Good News” — but that’s probably what literalists fear is happening to thoughtful and questioning non-literalists.

How should we treat the Bible? I like what Thomas Jefferson did. He amended the Christian Bible by writing a version that left out miracle stories and included only what made sense to him. Jefferson referred to what remained as “Diamonds in a dunghill.” Here’s another possibility — an amended bible devoid of passages that many God believers ignore, are embarrassed by, or interpret as the opposite of what the words say. This would not be a bible where poet William Blake could say, “Both read the Bible day and night, but thou read black where I read white.”

Who should write this new bible? Perhaps a committee of God believers who view the traditional Bible as inspired, but not inerrant, along with scientists and ethicists as advisors. After discussion, they could vote on what to include and exclude.

Is this heresy? No, it’s tradition! Roman Emperor Constantine in the 4th century brought church leaders together at the Council of Nicaea, and they voted the “word of God” into existence. And so it could be with my proposed second-chance bible for progressive religious believers, who have been informally amending the Bible with their thoughts and behavior. I’m just suggesting that such amendments be written on paper, not tablets.

Here’s how I might start a bible from the perspective of a scientifically literate God believer. Delete “In the beginning, God created the heavens and the earth,” and replace it with “In the beginning of time, about 13.7 billion years ago, God created our universe with a big bang.”

I don’t believe the “God” part, but at least this bible can begin more accurately and move on to God’s “creating” the earth some 9 billion years after the Big Bang. The traditional Bible fits comfortably with the views of those who wrote it in a pre-scientific and misogynistic era. Scientists and humanists have since filled in many “God of the gaps” and moral gaps by biblical writers some 2000 to 3000 years ago.

Any second-chance bible would be far from perfect. Future generations would look back and laugh about some of our current misconceptions and prejudices, which would inspire them to write a more perfect third bible. And so on. Maybe a day will eventually come when people will accept a godless bible.

As a child, I enjoyed reading Aesop’s fables and biblical stories. Both have talking animals, along with moral lessons and universal truths. Leaving aside the question of which imparts better advice (though no Bible story was as consequential for me as Aesop’s “The boy who cried wolf”), at least Aesop’s stories are recognized as fables. One of the most productive ways to read the Bible is by identifying and discussing its fables. So I would like to propose a biblical fables book, which could stimulate conversation between atheists and theists.

Here are just three examples from well-known stories in Genesis, followed by my moral lessons.

1. Snake fable

God tells Adam he may eat anything in a garden but the fruit from one tree, saying he will die on the day he eats it. A snake convinces Eve that she will gain knowledge after eating the forbidden fruit. Eve eats, likes what she learns, and encourages Adam to partake. They discover many things, including sex, and God banishes Adam and Eve from the garden and tells them they need to work for a living.

My moral: God makes blind obedience the supreme virtue, assuming ignorance is bliss. God either lied or was mistaken when he said humans would die on the day they received knowledge. So don’t blindly believe, even if you pay a price for independent thought. It’s better to have freedom without a guarantee of security than to have security without freedom.

2. Cain and Abel fable

Adam and Eve’s two sons bring offerings to God, but God gives no reason for accepting Abel’s and rejecting Cain’s. Cain gets jealous and kills Abel. When God asks Cain where Abel is, Cain responds, “Am I my brother’s keeper?” God curses Cain, who must then wander the earth, but God places a protective mark on Cain.

My moral: The first worship ceremony is followed immediately by the first murder, which shows we must not put our love and worship of a God above our love for human beings. Cain belatedly learns that humans should look out for one another, making each of us our brother’s and sister’s keeper. God recognizes his culpability in the first murder and puts a mark on Cain as a sign to those he meets that they must not do to Cain what Cain did to Abel.

3. Binding of Isaac fable

God commands Abraham to kill his son Isaac. Abraham acquiesces, but God stops Abraham as he lifts his knife, and provides a lamb to take Isaac’s place.

My moral: God tests Abraham, who fails the test. Nobody should commit an atrocity, no matter who makes the request. It is better to do good than to have faith.

Atheists almost never put the character “God” in a good light, and God’s behavior is particularly egregious in Genesis. But as the Bible proceeds, God learns from some of his early mistakes and improves, as pointed out in Robert Wright’s, The Evolution of God. There are hundreds of biblical fables, and atheists might find some in which to “praise God.” Such praise would show that atheists don’t hate God any more than they hate Zeus.

An atheist’s insights into the Bible would be different from those of either liberal or conservative religionists. But if we start with the assumption that the Bible is an important book, this common bond might help atheists articulate their differences more effectively with at least some theists. And I think such enhanced communication would be a worthwhile experience for all participants.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Silverman.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 14 — The Logician, The Philosopher, the Scientist, and The Theologian

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 16, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,580

Keywords: Herb Silverman, philosophy, science, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, theology.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about science, religion, philosophy, and logic.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As far as I can discern, in professional/non-mediocre academic circles, oftentimes, theologians simply get put in the position of philosopher, where philosophers cover a wider range of material unencumbered by religious dogma, e.g., assertions of the inspiration of purported holy texts by the divine or the transcendent and fundamentally mysterious, and theologians amount to philosophers plus religious strictures of one form or another in the guise of “the study of God” and its relation to the world & humanity/”Mankind.” The logician dealing with a branch of philosophy. A scientist using the tools of the logician, intuitions and inferences of the philosopher, and then with the inclusion of the scientific method in a 21st-century sense with advanced algorithms and vast computational power (both continuing to improve) and large expert teams with wads of cash. Science is powerful, but theology is not in it. Unless, one sees one’s work as a devotion to God or the universe as God and, therefore, one’s work as delving into the nature of God through examining the nature of nature. What are some of the last refuges of theology in the academy? How did science annihilate most of the theological explanations of the world? How does the work to re-establish theology from the inside of the academic system through, for example, philosophy tread a thin line of intellectual legitimacy and illegitimacy? We see, as well, charlatans, cranks, and grifters in pseudointellectual movements attempting to garner legitimacy through, often, discounted or non-scientific untenable stances cooked up with some margins of truth to become palatable to a desirous few. It creates problems for the general population listening to and respecting science, and scientists, and creating minor to medium openings for the forced insertion of supernatural notions of God back into the academic system. I suspect this will be taken advantage of — for political and social reasons for fear of increasing irrelevance of theology and its associated worldview and comprehensive life practices seen in much of the world and history.

Dr. Herb Silverman: It has been said, with some justification, that philosophy is questions that may never be answered, and religion is answers that may never be questioned. But some questions in philosophy have been answered — by science. Branches of science sprang out of philosophical questions, many of which were once thought to be empirically impossible to test, such as the idea of an atom propounded by Greek philosopher Democritus. Ancient Greek philosophers concerned themselves with deducing what matter is made of, what the nature of the stars is, and considered concepts like taxonomy, chemistry, and physics. These were regarded as philosophical issues, but such questions have been explored and answered by scientists.

Philosophy, religion, and science form the basis of humanity’s search for truth. Science describes the way the world is. Philosophy describes the way the world should be, can be, and is thought about. Philosophy and religion attempt to answer questions about what ought to be and why. But religion, unlike philosophy and science, is usually based on divine revelation and authority.

The word “theology” comes from two Greek words, theos meaning God and logos meaning the word about (or the study of) God. Theology assumes that the divine exists in some form and that evidence for and about it may be found through personal spiritual experiences or historical records of such experiences as documented by others. In short, theology is the study of God and of God’s relationship to the world.

I consider myself to be an expert on theology. Why? Because I think the number of experts on any topic is inversely proportional to the evidence available on that topic. And by that criterion, we are all experts on God because there is absolutely no evidence for her/his existence. Many theologians make up stuff about God or quote stuff from books made up by others. In fact, my acknowledgement that I know nothing about God makes me more of an expert than those who claim to know God or to know about him.

Nobody can produce evidence even as large as a mustard seed that God is more than a thought. Scientists can see stars that have been dead for billions of years and can document microscopic bacteria that lived on earth eons ago. But of God we have no trace, except reports that neither the writers nor those around them ever witnessed, and the faith of millions who convinced themselves that God lives and reigns somewhere in the sky. If told people I had an unverifiable, invisible friend that I spoke with, they would think I had an overactive imagination, if not outright insanity, unless I named this friend “God.”

Most theists recognize how intellectually feeble faith is when they see it applied to anything other than their personal god belief. Competing and contradictory claims for thousands of gods by billions of people throughout history says only that humans are capable of believing just about anything. Religious belief is not a logical conclusion arrived at after researching all the world’s faiths and deciding on the most sensible one. It usually comes from childhood indoctrination and wrapped up with many values and loyalties developed at the time. A believer who does not make a rational choice to believe is unlikely to make a rational choice to stop believing.

In debates I’ve had with Christian theologians, my opponents use what is called “apologetics,” a branch of Christian theology that defends Christianity against objections. Scientists don’t need apologetics, because nobody has to believe in science for it to exist. When I would provide debate opponents with biblical contradictions or questions they couldn’t answer because no answer would match reality, I would sometimes hear the unfalsifiable response, “God works in mysterious ways.”

I think confirmation bias also plays a large role when interpreting passages in “holy” books. For example, some theologians claim that the Bible has it right in ways that prominent scientists had it wrong, scientists who once believed in an eternal universe. Genesis opens with “In the beginning,” which some allege to be scientific evidence that the Bible describes the Big Bang. I point out that Genesis goes on to say that God then created two lights, the greater to rule the day, and the lesser the night. Almost as an afterthought, God then made stars (which biblical writers did not know were actually other suns, many larger than our sun). The Bible contains so much anti-scientific nonsense because it’s a product of an Iron Age culture, and has no more knowledge in it than people of Mesopotamia had at that time.

When it comes to academia, I think there is definitely a place for teaching the philosophy of religion, including in religious studies departments at public universities, and perhaps theology departments, depending on how the topics are taught. Philosophy of religion is a branch of philosophy concerned with questions regarding religion, including the nature and existence of God, the examination of religious experience, analysis of religious vocabulary and texts, and the relationship of religion to science. A good religious studies program should expose students to all kind of religious beliefs, and some students might realize that the one in which they were raised makes no more sense than do a lot of other religions. A fine book for philosophy of religion or religious studies is Karen Armstrong’s, A History of God, though more accurately it should be called “A History of God Belief.” Within legitimate academia, in the absence of proof of the existence of something, that something must be deemed not to exist until verifiable proof is found. So “God” should be held not to exist pending some sort of verifiable evidence.

When it comes to college theology departments that mainly promote apologetics in religion-affiliated schools, I doubt that they undertake a legitimate search for truth. At such schools, I also like to see what science courses, if any, are in the curriculum. Some religion-affiliated schools “teach” why evolution is wrong. I don’t so much mind theological viewpoints that incorporate legitimate science, but too many don’t. It is difficult, even for apologists, to show how their “holy” book is consistent with modern scientific findings.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Silverman.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Language, a Book, and Conatus News & Uncommon Ground Media Ltd. (Part Three)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,827

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Iona Italia is an Author and Translator, and a Sub-Editor for Areo Magazine, and Host of Two for Tea. She discusses: emergent of linguistic talent and capitalizing on it; a book published; and coaching people for writing.

Keywords: Areo Magazine, Book, Conatus News, Iona Italia, Language, Two for Tea, Uncommon Ground Media Ltd.

An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Language, a Book, and Conatus News & Uncommon Ground Media Ltd.: Host, Two for Tea & Sub-Editor, Areo Magazine (Part Three)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s take a step back. We have some of the religious and ethnic background – Gujarat, Bombay, Zoroastrianism, Parsi. We also have some of the background with regards to the doctorate level research, earned, we should note, at the University of Cambridge, in English Lit.

Italia: In English Literature, yes.

Jacobsen: If we’re looking at the breadth of background, and a high-level education at one of the world’s most prestigious institutions, you also do translation work from Spanish and German to English.

Italia: That is correct.

Jacobsen: Most people cannot speak two languages or multiple languages, and at the level of translation, in a professional way. When did this talent emerge, and how did you find a way to capitalize on it?

Italia: I did German at school, and French. My French is not so good, though. I can converse in French, but it is not good enough to do translation. Then I learned Spanish when I moved here to Argentina, which was in 2006. I’ve been here, mostly, in Buenos Aires since 2006. I spent two years in India, and I returned in October of last year, from India. Most of the time, I have been here, in Buenos Aires. That is how I learned the languages. I also speak a bit of Gujarati. Those are my languages.

How did I develop the skill? I have had a misspent life in which I have made many bad decisions.

What happened was in 2006, I made this huge mistake. Up until then, I was a respectable member of society. I was married and living in London. I was an academic. I taught at the University of East Anglia. I taught 18th century English Literature at UEA.

2. Jacobsen: You published a book on it?

Italia: I published a book, yes. In 2003, I published my Ph.D. in book form. It was published by Routledge. It is still in print, but it is an academic book, so it is ridiculously expensive. It was mostly sold to libraries. It is called Anxious Employment, which, unfortunately, has become an extremely autobiographical title [Laughing].

In 2006, my then-husband and I both took a year out. I took an unpaid sabbatical from my academic job. Medics in the UK can get what is called a “work-life balance year”. He took a “work-life balance year.” We came here to Argentina because we both danced the tango. We were both passionate about dancing the tango. We came here to do an intensive year of studying tango.

At the end of that year, I really did not want to go back. At that time, I was married, and my husband earned a good income and he really enjoys his job. He works now in neuroscience research. He did some work here, and some in London. He went back and forth. I stayed here. We lived off his salary plus the rent of the London flat, which was also his flat.

I lived like that for a few years, and then, unfortunately, for reasons I am not going to get into, but I got divorced, which I was never expecting. Suddenly, I had given up my academic career, which was totally my choice, but it is almost impossible to go back to academe once you have left. I had no money because the flat does not belong to me. The money did not belong to me. I was in this completely penniless situation.

In fact, my ex helped me out for a little while I had no money and was trying to find my feet, but basically, I had to reinvent myself, so I decided to do something I could do online so I could stay in Argentina. I started doing translation work from German, at that time. I worked for a friend of mine who had a little, small translation company. I worked for him. I also taught tango. That is what happened.

My friend’s company, though, folded, and so I ended up with little translation work. I started also doing professional editing work. I do, now, editing for academics and fiction writers and people, freelance. I still teach a bit of tango. I am also doing the copy editing for Areo magazine. I am the subeditor of Areo. And I have a podcast.

That is what I am doing to try to make ends meet. It is only possible here. I would not be able to live back in the First World. That would be impossible on my salary. Here, it is possible. I am contemplating perhaps going back to India because I do not know that I can financially survive in Argentina. India is cheaper. My life has gone wrong, unfortunately, as far as professional achievements have gone.

I published a book on tango culture, which is called Our Tango World. I published with a small press in the UK, but it is not being marketed well, and so I do not think it has sold so many copies.

I would like to write a third book now. I made a start towards that. I am not publishing it as I go along, but I published a few small extracts. I also read and made a Youtube video of the preface to the third book, which is about mixed-race identities, which I am calling The Half Caste. That is the working title.

Jacobsen: You did some writings in Conatus News, now Uncommon Ground Media Ltd., on some of this.

Italia: Yes. I’ve written about 5 articles for Conatus News, and probably 12 to 15 articles for Areo. Before I had written all academic articles and the academic book, and a lot more creative writing about dance, which is what grew into the book Our Tango World. I write poetry and short sci-fi fiction. I would like to publish a volume of … I have a volume of short stories, which is unpublished.

But I had never written any political commentary at all until about two years ago. Then, Malhar Mali, who was the founder of Areo and the previous editor, was following me on Twitter. That time I had like 40 followers or something. It was tiny, but I used to write these long threads.

He liked my threads and my approach to thinking about things. He asked me to write a film review for Areo, as it was then, under the old gubernatorial period. I did and then I started writing more political commentary stuff. That is what has happened in my trajectory.

Now I try to do little bits of various things to keep body and soul together. I teach business English. I am, once a week, doing that. I have also, recently, been coaching people who are writing essays and dissertations for their MBA.

3. Jacobsen: How do you coach someone in terms of writing for an MBA?

Italia: I do not try to teach them the MBA material. I am not an expert on that; although, I have now read a lot of books about business, so that I, at least, can have some feedback as to what they are referring to. I try to help them organize their thoughts. I do not write the essays for them, but I help them create an essay plan.

A lot of people, first, are not sure what topic to pick. I help them to find a topic. Then I help them to structure it into a plan. I help them to think about what material they are going to use to illustrate their arguments there. Then I polish the prose. That is what it involves. It is essay coaching, but more specialized.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Host, Two for Tea; Sub-Editor, Areo Magazine.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-three; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Language, a Book, and Conatus News & Uncommon Ground Media Ltd. (Part Three) [Online].August 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, August 15). An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Language, a Book, and Conatus News & Uncommon Ground Media Ltd. (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Language, a Book, and Conatus News & Uncommon Ground Media Ltd. (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, August. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Language, a Book, and Conatus News & Uncommon Ground Media Ltd. (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Language, a Book, and Conatus News & Uncommon Ground Media Ltd. (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (August 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Language, a Book, and Conatus News & Uncommon Ground Media Ltd. (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Language, a Book, and Conatus News & Uncommon Ground Media Ltd. (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Language, a Book, and Conatus News & Uncommon Ground Media Ltd. (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):August. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Language, a Book, and Conatus News & Uncommon Ground Media Ltd. (Part Three) [Internet]. (2019, August 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on “The Encyclopedia of Categories,” Family History and Feelings, Upbringing and Giftedness, and Aptitudes (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,137

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin founded the Prometheus Society and the Mega Society, and created the Mega Test and the Titan Test. He discusses: family geographic, cultural, linguistic, and religious background; depth of known family history; feelings about some distinguished family members in personal history; upbringing for him; discovery and nurturance of giftedness; noteworthy or pivotal moments in the midst of early life; and early aptitude tests.

Keywords: Giftedness, intelligence, IQ, Mega Society, Mega Test, Prometheus Society, Ronald K. Hoeflin, The Encyclopedia of Categories, Titan Test.

An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on “The Encyclopedia of Categories,” Family History and Feelings, Upbringing and Giftedness, and Aptitudes: Founder, Prometheus Society; Founder, Mega Society (Part One)[1],[2],[3]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Caption provided to the photo from Dr. Hoeflin in the third footnote.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In due course of this personal and educational comprehensive interview, we will focus, in-depth, on the monumental life work of the (currently) 10-volume The Encyclopedia of Categories – a truly colossal intellectual endeavour. You founded some of the, if not the, most respected general intelligence tests in the history of non-mainstream general intelligence testing: The Mega Test and the Titan Test. Also, you founded the Mega Society in 1982. Another respected product of a distinguished and serious career in the creation of societies for community and dialogue between the profoundly and exceptionally gifted individuals of society. Before coverage of this in the interview, let’s cover some of the family and personal background, I intend this as comprehensive while steering clear of disagreements or political controversies between societies, or clashes between individuals in the history of the high IQ societies – not my territory, not my feuds, not my business. Almost everything at the highest sigmas started with you [Ed. some integral founders in the higher-than-2-sigma range include Christopher Harding and Kevin Langdon], as far as I can tell, I want to cover this history and give it its due attention. What was family background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof? 

Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin: I recently wrote a 51-page autobiographical sketch for inclusion in my upcoming multi-volume treatise titled The Encyclopedia of Categories, a 10-volume version of which will probably be available for free as ten email attachments by January of 2020. I was aiming for a 13-volume version, but I don’t think I can complete that length before the end of 2020. Given that my vision is way below 20/20, I liked the irony of publishing this final magnum opus of mine in the year 2020. I can always stretch it to 13 or more volumes in subsequent editions. I will not quote what I say in that autobiographical sketch, although the information provided will be roughly the same. My mother’s ancestors came from the British Isles (England, Scotland, and Ireland) mostly in the 1700s. My mother’s father was a hellfire-and-brimstone Southern Methodist itinerant preacher in the state of Georgia. He’s the only one of my four grandparents I never met. My mother brought me up as a Methodist, but I asked a lot of questions by my mid-teens and became a complete atheist by the age of 19, which I have remained ever since (I’m now 75). I gave my mother Bertrand Russell’s essay “Why I Am Not a Christian” to read aloud to me so we could discuss it. It seemed to convince her to give up religion, which shows unusual flexibility of mind for a person in her 50s. She had previously read such books as The Bible as History and Schweitzer’s Quest of the Historical Jesus, his doctoral dissertation in theology. My father’s parents came to this country in the late 1890s, his mother from the Zurich region of Switzerland and his father from the Baden region of Germany. His father was a pattern maker, a sort of precision carpentry in which he made moulds for machine parts to be poured from molten metal in a foundry. My father became an electrical engineer, initially working on power lines in the state of Missouri, then becoming a mid-level executive for the main power company in St. Louis, Missouri, doing such things as preparing contracts with hospitals for emergency electrical power generation if the main city-wide power cut off. He had worked his way through college by playing the violin for dance bands, and as an adult he taught ballroom dancing in his own studio as a hobby. My mother was an opera singer. In my autobiography, I list the 17 operas she sang in during her career, usually with leading roles due to the excellence of her voice. My father initially spoke German up to the age of 2, but his parents decided they did not want their daughter doing so, so they started speaking English at home, so she never learned German. My father’s mother became a devoted Christian Scientist and got her husband and two daughters to adopt this religion. My father became an atheist, and when he heard that my brother was thinking of becoming a Methodist minister sent him a copy of Thomas Paine’s book The Age of Reason, which promotes Paine’s deism, in which he accepted a deity and an afterlife but rejected the Bible as a guide, regarding the universe itself as God’s true bible. My brother never read the book but I did, and I told my father I enjoyed the critique of the Bible but did not accept a God or afterlife, and my father said that these two beliefs could readily be discarded, but that Paine should be given credit for his advanced thinking in an era and country that so fiercely rejected atheism. My brother ultimately became a computer programmer for the pension system for employees of the state of California. My sister became a ballet dancer for the Metropolitan Opera in New York City. I list 25 operas she danced in in my autobiography. She went on to teach ballet at an upstate New York college, being honored one year as the college’s most distinguished teacher.

2. Jacobsen: How far back is knowledge of the family history for you?

Hoeflin: I don’t know much beyond what is stated above. My sister has more detailed records. One of my mother’s grandfathers apparently owned over a hundred slaves in the South before the Civil War. My mother was occasionally treated badly in St. Louis due to her Southern accent, but she actually was very kindly toward black people and she once gave a black woman a ride in her car for a mile or so while I moved to the back seat. I do have memories of visits to my mother’s mother in Atlanta, Georgia. She died before my third birthday, but my memories go back much further than is normal with most people. I liked to swing on the swing in my mother’s mother back yard with one of her chickens in my lap. She raised the chickens to sell their eggs, but evidently also killed them for dinner. I am even now very tender-hearted towards animals and would never kill a chicken or cow or what have you. But I still do eat meat out of habit, even though I regard it as not very ethical to do so. If I had a better income I’d arrange to eat just a vegetarian diet, mostly fruits and oatmeal. I loathe cooked green vegetables except in soups.

3. Jacobsen: Some harbour sentiments and feelings based on distinguished family members from centuries or decades ago. Those who died with great achievements or honourable lives in the sense of a well-lived life – whether prominent or not. Any individuals like this for you? Any sentiments or feelings for you?

Hoeflin: A genealogist traced my mother’s ancestors to a close relative of a governor of Virginia. My mother said some of her relatives were distinguished doctors (M.D.s). I have a close friend who lives in Poland now, where she was raised, who is a great-great-great-great granddaughter of Catherine the Great (one of her great-grandmothers was a great-granddaughter of Catherine the Great). She shares a surprising number of characteristics that Catherine had despite the rather distant ancestry: a significant talent for learning languages, a love of art, an imperious attitude, and an embarrassing number of superstitions. I also dated a woman who was an out-of-wedlock daughter of Pablo Picasso, and there again there were striking similarities between the daughter and her father, even though she did not learn from her mother that he was her real father until 1988, some 15 year after his death in 1973. She started out as a virtuoso violinist, but by her 20s became a painter and had works of art in five different museums by the time she learned who her true father was. She also had facial features very much like Picasso’s, even though she was raised in a German family. I am proud that my mother and sister were so gifted in their respective arts (singing and ballet). When I drew up a list of my favourite classical musical pieces for my autobiography, I looked at YouTube to see the actual performances, and it struck me what a lot of amazingly talented people could perform these magnificent pieces of music, and I regret how limited I am in my talents. I can’t even drive a car due to my poor eyesight! It is chiefly or only in these incredible aptitude test scores that I seem to shine way beyond the norm. I read when I was in high school that the average high-school graduate could read 350 words per minute, so I tested myself, and I found that on a few pages of a very easy sci-fi novel I could read only 189 words per minute at top speed, which works out to just 54% as fast as the average high-school graduate. Yet on timed aptitude tests as a high-school sophomore, I reached the 99th percentile in verbal, spatial, and numerical aptitude despite this huge speed deficit. And on the verbal aptitude section of the Graduate Record Exam I reached the top one percent compared to college seniors trying to get into graduate school, an incredible achievement given my dreadful reading speed. As I mention in my autobiographical sketch, if I had to read aloud, even as an adult I read so haltingly that one would assume that I am mentally retarded if one did not know that the cause is poor eyesight, not poor mental ability.

4. Jacobsen: What was upbringing like for you?

Hoeflin: My parents were divorced when I was 5 and my mother went through hours-long hysterical tantrums every 2 or 3 weeks throughout my childhood, which were emotionally traumatic and nightmarish. My father had an affable and suave external demeanour but was very selfish and cruel underneath the smooth facade. My brother pushed me downstairs when I was 3 and I stuck my forehead on the concrete at the bottom, causing a gash that had to be clamped shut by a doctor. It was discovered that I had a detached retina when I was 7 (because I could not read the small print in the back of the second-grade reader that the teacher called on me to read), and I spent my 8th birthday in the hospital for an eye operation, for which my father refused to pay since he did not believe in modern medicine, just healthy living as the cure for everything. So even though he was an engineer, my mother had a more solid grasp of physical reality than he did, as I mentioned to her once. I flunked out of my first and third colleges due in large measure to my visual problems, but I eventually received two bachelor’s degrees, two master’s degrees, and a doctorate after going through a total of eight colleges and universities. So all in all my childhood was rocky and unpleasant. As an adult, I took the personality test in the book Personality Self-Portrait and my most striking score was on a trait called “sensitivity,” on which I got a perfect score of 100%. On the twelve other traits, I scored no higher than 56% on any of them. I never tried sexual relations until the age of 31, and I found that I could never reach a climax through standard intercourse. I had a nervous breakdown after trying group psychotherapy for a few sessions when the group’s criticism of the therapist after he left the room reminded me of my mother’s criticisms of my father, crying for 12 hours straight. When I mentioned this at the next therapy session, one of the other people in the group came up to me afterward and told me he thought I was feeling sorry for myself, despite the fact that my report to the group was very unemotional and matter-of fact, not dramatic. I accordingly gave up group therapy after that session. On the personality test, on the trait called “dramatic”, I actually scored 0%, probably because pretending to be unemotional discourages needling from sadistic people who love to goad a highly sensitive person like me.

5. Jacobsen: When was giftedness discovered for you? Was this encouraged, supported, and nurtured, or not, by the community, friends, school(s), and family?

Hoeflin: At the age of 2 my mother’s mother picked me up when I was running to her back yard upon arriving in Atlanta to grab one of her chickens to swing with it on my lap. At first I ignored her, but then I surmised that she wanted to ask me a question, so I looked at her face, waiting for her question, which never came. Maybe she didn’t realize that my command of the language had improved since my previous visit. She eventually tapped me on the head and told my mother “You don’t have to worry about this one, he’s got plenty upstairs.” My mother told me this story several times over the years, and I finally put two and two together and told my mother I recalled the incident, which shocked her considering how young I had been. I told her that her mother had probably been impressed by my long attention span. My mother then thought that the incident was not as important and mysterious as she has thought, but actually a long attention span at such a young age is probably a good sign of high intelligence. It was not until I was in the fifth grade that I was given aptitude tests and the teacher suddenly gave me eighth-grade reading books and sixth-grade math books. This was in a so-called “sight conservation class” for the visually impaired that I attended in grades 3 through 5. The teacher taught students in grades 1 through 8 in a single classroom because very poor vision is fairly rare even in a city as large as St. Louis, at that time the tenth-largest city in the United States. That gave me plenty of time to explore my own interests, such as geography using the world maps they had on an easel. In grade 8, back in a regular classroom, we were given another set of aptitude tests, and the teacher mentioned to the class that I had achieved a perfect score on a test of reading comprehension, meaning I was already reading at college level. The teacher gave us extra time on the test so I would have time to finish the test. A problem toward the end of the test clued me in on how to solve a problem that had stumped me earlier in the test, so I went back and corrected that previous answer. Then there were those three 99th percentile scores as a high-school sophomore that I’ve already mentioned. When I learned that my reading speed was so slow compared to others, I realized that my true aptitudes (minus the visual handicap) must be well within the top one percent on each of the three tests.

6. Jacobsen: Any noteworthy or pivotal moments in the midst of early life in school, in public, with friends, or with family?

Hoeflin: In the seventh grade I suddenly started creating crossword puzzles and mazes, a harbinger of my later creation of the two tests that appeared in Omni magazine in April 1985 and in April 1990. I also collected lists of fundamental things such as independent countries of the world, the Western Roman emperors, the chemical elements, the planets and their moons, etc., in keeping with my much earlier childhood ambition to know everything. If you can’t know everything, then at least know the basic concepts for important subjects like geography, history, chemistry, astronomy, etc. These lists were a harbinger of my current multi-volume treatise on categories.

7. Jacobsen: Were there early aptitude tests of ability for you? What were the scores and sub-test scores if any? Potentially, this is connected to an earlier question. 

Hoeflin: The only other test I should mention is the Concept Mastery Test. Lewis Terman collected a group of 1,528 California school children in grades 1 through 12 with IQs in the 135 to 200 range. To test their abilities as adults he and his colleagues constructed two 190-problem tests covering mostly vocabulary and general knowledge, which are easy problems to construct but are known to correlate well with general intelligence, the first test (Form A) administered to his group in 1939-1940 and the second one (Form B, latter called Form T) in 1950-52. About 954 members of his group tried the first one and I think 1,024 tried the second test. But Terman made the second test much easier than the first in order to make it easier to compare his group to much less intelligent groups such as Air Force captains. So the Mensa (98th percentile) cut-off would be a raw score of about 78 out of 190 on the first test and about 125 out of 190 on the second. I was editor for the Triple Nine Society (minimum requirement: 99.9 percentile) for a few years starting in 1979, and some members sent me copies of the two CMT tests so I could test TNS members. Since the CMT tests were untimed, I was not handicapped by the speed factor. Compared to Terman’s gifted group I reached the top one percent on both tests. According to Terman’s scaling of Form A, my raw score of 162.5 would be equivalent to an IQ of 169.4 (assuming a mean of 100 and a standard deviation of 16 IQ points), where an IQ of 168.3 would be equivalent to the 99.999 percentile or one-in-100,000 in rarity. By comparing adult CMT IQs with childhood Stanford-Binet IQs for Terman’s group, I calculated that my adult 169.4 IQ would be equivalent to a childhood IQ of 192. The one-in-a-million level on the two tests (the 99.9999 percentile) would be about 176 IQ on the CMT and 204 IQ on the Stanford-Binet, respectively.

The Guinness Book of World Records abandoned its “Highest IQ” entry in 1989 because the new editor thought (correctly) that it is impossible to compare people’s IQs successfully at world-record level. The highest childhood IQ I know of was that of Alicia Witt, who had a mental age of 20 at the age of 3. Even if she had been 3 years 11 months old, this would still amount to an IQ of over 500! At the age of 7, she played the super-genius sister of the hero in the 1984 movie Dune. On a normal (Gaussian) curve such an IQ would be impossible since an IQ of 201 or so would be equivalent to a rarity of about one-in-7-billion, the current population of the Earth. But it is well known to psychometricians that childhood IQs using the traditional method of mental age divided by chronological age fail to conform to the normal curve at high IQ levels. The Stanford-Binet hid this embarrassing fact in its score interpretation booklet (which I found a copy of in the main library of the New York Public Library) by not awarding any IQs above 169, leaving the space for higher IQs blank! The CMT avoids the embarrassment of awarding IQs of 500 or more by having a maximum possible IQ on Form A (the harder of the two CMTs) of 181. Leta Speyer and Marilyn vos Savant, both of whom I had dated for a time, had been listed in the Guinness Book of World Records as having world-record IQs of 196 and of 228, respectively, Marilyn having displaced Leta in the 1986 edition. Leta felt that the 228 IQ of Marilyn was fake, but I was aware that these childhood scores could go well beyond 200 IQ because they fail to conform to the normal curve that Francis Galton had hypothesized as the shape of the intelligence curve in his seminal book Hereditary Genius (first edition 1869, second edition 1892). I was unable to contact Alicia Witt to see if she would be interested in joining the Mega Society. I should note that the three key founders of the ultra-high-IQ societies (99.9 percentile or above) were Chris Harding, Kevin Langdon, and myself. Harding founded his first such society in 1974, Langdon in 1978, and myself in 1982. Mensa, the granddaddy of all high-IQ societies with a 98th percentile minimum requirement, was founded in 1945 or 1946 by Roland Berrill and L. L Ware, and Intertel, with a 99th percentile minimum requirement, was founded in 1966 or 1967 by Ralph Haines. I don’t care to quibble about the precise dates that Mensa and Intertel were founded, so I have given two adjacent dates for each. In its article “High IQ Societies” Wikipedia lists just 5 main high-IQ societies: Mensa, Intertel, the Triple Nine Society, the Prometheus Society, and the Mega Society (minimum percentile requirements: 98, 99, 99.9, 99.997, and 99.9999, respectively; or one-in 50, one-in-100, one-in-1,000, one-in-30,000, and one-in-1,000,000; dates founded: roughly 1945, 1966, 1979, 1982, and 1982; founders: Berrill and Ware, Haines, Kevin Langdon, Ronald K. Hoeflin, and Ronald K. Hoeflin, respectively.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Mega Society (1982); Founder, Prometheus Society (1982); Founder, Top One Percent Society (1989); Founder, One-in-a-Thousand Society (1992); Founder, Epimetheus Society (2006); Founder, Omega Society (2006); Creator, Mega Test (April, 1985); Creator, Titan Test (April, 1990); Creator, Hoeflin Power Test; Author, The Encyclopedia of Categories; Ph.D., Philosophy, The New School for Social Research.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[3] Image Credit: Ronald K. Hoeflin. Caption: “Kitty porn? No, just the author and his pals.”

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on “The Encyclopedia of Categories,” Family History and Feelings, Upbringing and Giftedness, and Aptitudes (Part One) [Online].August 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, August 15). An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on “The Encyclopedia of Categories,” Family History and Feelings, Upbringing and Giftedness, and Aptitudes (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on “The Encyclopedia of Categories,” Family History and Feelings, Upbringing and Giftedness, and Aptitudes (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, August. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on “The Encyclopedia of Categories,” Family History and Feelings, Upbringing and Giftedness, and Aptitudes (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on “The Encyclopedia of Categories,” Family History and Feelings, Upbringing and Giftedness, and Aptitudes (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (August 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on “The Encyclopedia of Categories,” Family History and Feelings, Upbringing and Giftedness, and Aptitudes (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on “The Encyclopedia of Categories,” Family History and Feelings, Upbringing and Giftedness, and Aptitudes (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on “The Encyclopedia of Categories,” Family History and Feelings, Upbringing and Giftedness, and Aptitudes (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):August. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin on “The Encyclopedia of Categories,” Family History and Feelings, Upbringing and Giftedness, and Aptitudes (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, August 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoeflin-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Robertson 11 — Smells Like Teen Spirit: Hell Hath No Fury Like a Youth Scorned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 13, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,122

Keywords: Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, psychology, Satanism, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is a Registered Doctoral Psychologist with expertise in Counselling Psychology, Educational Psychology, and Human Resource Development. He earned qualifications in Social Work too. Duly note, he has five postsecondary degrees, which is a lot, of which 3 are undergraduate level. His research interests include memes as applied to self-knowledge, the evolution of religion and spirituality, the aboriginal self’s structure, residential school syndrome, prior learning recognition and assessment, and the treatment of attention deficit disorder and suicide ideation. In addition, he works in anxiety and trauma, addictions, and psycho-educational assessment, and relationship, family, and group counselling.

Here we talk about the youth and attraction to Satanism, Christmas, pagans, Christianity, the Devil, gossip, and more.

*Listing of previous sessions with links at the end of the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You have commented on the ways in which gossip can even move to the point of Satanic cults and the like. You have remarked on Satanic beliefs among youth and the reasons for the attraction of it.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: I wrote the first column a couple of years after a child was murdered in La Ronge, Saskatchewan by two older children, age 14 and 8. The murderers believed that if they drank the rendered fat of a virgin they would gain the power to fly. The victim had been dead for a couple of days before his family realized he was missing and reported his disappearance to the police. Nonetheless, the story was circulated that the police would have acted more quickly if the victim were “white.” Then the story was circulated that a Satanic cult was operating in the community and the perpetrators had been “possessed.” Fingers were pointed at adult individuals who were seen to be potential cultists.

Several years later, I was asked to do workshops on Satanic cults in two communities of the Peter Ballantyne Cree to the east of La Ronge. Some youth had murdered several cats and smeared the blood in a local church. Soon after, Satanic symbols were found scrawled on walls in a second community. The RCMP, at the time, had a special unit to deal with cults and that unit was brought in. The Department of Indian Affair funded cult experts to come in. I had a chance to talk to some of the youth involved. In a nutshell, they were angry with their parents and the adults in their communities and this was seen as a way of giving expression to their anger. But to this day, you will find adults believing that some mysterious cult had entered their community and possessed the minds of their youth.

I would like to update an account I gave in the second article linked to your question, Scott. The account given, that Satanism is a mutated form of early paganism involving pagan survivors of Christian persecution, was an accepted narrative within anthropology. But I now believe that the vast majority of women and men who were burnt at the stake during the 16th and 17th century European witch-hunts were, in fact, Christians who had no connection to either pagan or Satanic beliefs. A kind of malignant gossip mutated and spread inciting fear and the need for drastic action engulfing, in some cases, whole communities. You can read my recent work on mind viruses here: Viruses.

The “Scott Boyes” mentioned in the first article was the editor of The Northerner that originally published this series. He had final say on whether my teasing him about hypothetical gossip would be seen by the readers.

Jacobsen: Your writing on Christmas and its history is of interest here too. Is there a common system of belief around oppositions? In that, those leaving Christianity may be more attracted to inverted belief systems, where negative valence beliefs become positive in the newer worldview, e.g., the interest in the archetype of evil in Christianity in the Devil seen as representative of the highest good. Is this particularly the case among the young?

Robertson: That certainly was the case with respect the Peter Ballantyne youth. Their parents were all Christian as were the authorities against which they rebelled. Although there is no evidence that the Church of Satan was involved in their activities, having looked at their website, I believe that church represents an inversion of Christianity as well. To be clear, if Christians are seen to do evil, as they did with the Indian Residential Schools for example, then that which the Christians fear must be good. Of course, the logic does not necessarily follow.

There is no evidence that the boys who murdered and ate the flesh of the young virgin were operating from any inverted belief system. The Christianity of their parents simply made magical or supernatural thinking acceptable, so their actions must be seen within the same paradigm that allowed for the burning of the witches. Immoral superstitious actions done out of fear or opportunism have the same result to the victim. The antidote for such viral thinking is a healthy dose of rational and scientific thought. I think that critical thinking should be taught at all levels in our educational systems and that no topics should be exempted from rational inquiry.

By the way, in my seven years of writing for The Northerner, there were only two articles they refused to print. One of them was this article on the history of Christmas. I was told it would offend some Christians. The other was an article critical of Toshiba.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Robertson, again.

Image Credit: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask MUNers 1 — Becoming Involved

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Andy Barazza, Gabi Coueille, Megan Eu, Katja Sluga, Jiani Wang, Katie McNall, and Terrah Short

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 12, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 574

Keywords: Andy Barazza, Gabi Coueille, Megan Eu, Katja Sluga, Jiani Wang, Katie McNall, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Terrah Short.

Andy Barazza, Gabi Coueille, Megan Eu, Katja Sluga, Jiani Wang, Katie McNall, and Terrah Short are colleagues from Model United Nations, which is a simulation of the United Nations.

Here we talk about how they became involved.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you become involved in MUN?

Andy Barazza: I joined the Model UN club in my high school when I was in 9th grade and did it all through high school. When I came to University, the club president at UBC was an orientations leader and I joined the club when memberships opened up that year.

Gabi Coueille: I always wanted to do MUN, but they didn’t have it as a program at my high school. I came to UW last year and saw an add for an intro meeting to the club on campus, and I’ve been in it ever since.

Megan Eu: I first started MUN through my high school club. I didn’t really know what MUN was but I joined the club since I thought the people in it were pretty cool. After being a junior page at NWMUN Seattle, I got more interested in MUN and began to really love it after some conferences. So when I went to UW I had to join the MUN club there as well.

Katja Sluga: I actually joined MUN this year at UBC MUN 2019. I have no experience with MUN, but I have been involved in logistics in the past and was therefore able to provide logistical support of this year’s conference.

Jiani Wang: My friend asked me to join.

Katie McNall: I became involved in Model United Nations in high school. I lived overseas and just about every school activity involved travel. I tried MUN out and loved it! We unfortunately only did MUN for two years before switching to model congress. When I went to college I made sure to look up the MUN team there and join!

Terrah Short: I became involved in MUN when my roommate at the time, Katie McNall, came back in November following her first trip to NWMUN Seattle in 2013. I asked her what she had been doing that weekend and she explained to me what Model UN was. I thought it sounded interesting, and so I joined the club and found myself at a conference a couple of months later.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Panayote 2 — Ancient Greek Gods

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Panayote Dimitras

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 9, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 292

Keywords: Greece, Panayote Dimitras, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Panayote Dimitras is the Co-Founder and Spokesperson of the Humanist Union of Greece, and a Board Member of the European Humanist Federation.

Here we talk about Greek culture and freethought, and more.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Greek culture invented many gods in ancient history. What did the gods represent to the ancient Greeks? What do those gods represent to the Greeks, in general, now?

Panayote Dimitras: Gods in polytheistic cultures, ancient and/or contemporary, in my opinion reflect people’s needs to manage phenomena they could not explain and/or fear.

In contemporary Greece for a very small minority ancient gods are venerated as such by “dodecatheists” [followers of twelve gods]; for the majority they are part of ancient history and elements of the tourist industry.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Panayote.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Panayote 1 — Greece and Freethought

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Panayote Dimitras

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 9, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 358

Keywords: Greece, Panayote Dimitras, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Panayote Dimitras is the Co-Founder and Spokesperson of the Humanist Union of Greece, and a Board Member of the European Humanist Federation.

Here we talk about Greek culture and freethought, and more.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What has been the historical acceptance of atheism and theism in Greece? How do these impact political, social, and family life?

Panayote Dimitras: Greece is a country where theism is a near-universal value and atheism is broadly perceived as an anti-Hellenic value or “heresy” or “insult.”

As the President of the Republic, the Government, the Parliament are sworn in not only invoking God etc but also in the presence of priest, bishops, and often the Archbishop; as in all birth, religious but also civil marriage, and cohabitation partnership certificates it is mandatory to declare one’s religion; and so on; it is asphyxiating to be an “out-atheist” in Greece.

It is indicative that the former Prime Minister Alexis Tsipras and the former Mayor of Athens George Kaminis once stated that they were atheists but this was not evident at all in the day toi day functioning of the Government and the City of Athens.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Panayote.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Pascal Landa on Right to Die France, Collective Religion and Individual Choice, and Philosophy, Wisdom, and Poetry (Part Three)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,663

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Pascal Landa is the Founder and President AAVIVRE (Association qui Accompagne la Volonté des Individus a Vivre selon leur Ethique – Association that Accompanies the Will of those wishing to Live according to their personal Ethics). He discusses: central opposition to the work of the right to die in France; religion and choice; and Philosophy, Wisdom, and Poetry.

Keywords: AAVIVRE, dying with dignity, early life, euthanasia, France, religion, right to die, Pascal Landa.

An Interview with Pascal Landa on Right to Die France, Collective Religion and Individual Choice, and Philosophy, Wisdom, and Poetry: Founder and President AAVIVRE (Association qui Accompagne la Volonté des Individus a Vivre selon leur Ethique – Association that Accompanies the Will of those wishing to Live according to their personal Ethics) (Part Three)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Who has been central opposition to the work of right to die in France?

Pascal Landa: I think the central opposition has been multiple but similar to anywhere else that I can see. There are, obviously, the religious, who still have this belief that redemption comes from suffering, still have this belief that God has made you, and therefore you should not touch what God has made. You have no right to disturb. Et cetera. That is the religious communities.

You have also, I think, a big lobby from the financial groups. As I mentioned, the end of life is big business. If we start touching that and saying it is the individual concerned that decides, which we are doing more and more, financial groups could lose 30% to 60% of their revenues. We are recognizing that the individual has a right to say what he thinks is right about his health, but not yet to decide. That is starting to pose problems for those who are using us as test cases for their drugs or for their equipment. The equipment makers, for example, the sophisticated scanners, or the expensive drugs; some drugs cost more than $100,000 a month for the person to take for cancer. Those people are saying, “If we let people decide when they want to die, we won’t get the last 6 months where we can test equipment and amortize it”.

Basically, today, the medical profession just has to say “We are trying to keep Mr. Landa alive a little longer.” Who can object to that? And yet, in reality, more than 50% of even the doctors say that of operations and medical acts realized in the last 6 months, 50% of those acts are totally useless.

If 50% are totally useless and this represents billions of dollars, well, A, as good managers and caretakers we should be eliminating those useless acts. B, those medical industries impacted need to invest differently to maintain revenue. C, we should be re-allocating that money to preventative care, to the kind of care like dental care, eyeglasses, … the kind of care that is going to make that the individual lives better. The lobbies I believe are still today over influencing our legislators.

Religion, finance and thirdly the fact that we are directed by people who are old. People who are old are of a generation that has basically played the game of, “I am not going to die. Never. I am going to stay forever young,” like Bob Dylan sang; the myth of that kind of culture.

This is less the case with the younger generation. A little bit less. When elected, people get into positions of power, voting law for the right to die with dignity means that they must confront themselves to their own death, and they can’t escape it. That is a difficult thing if they’re not properly prepared to face their own destiny.

I think those are the three major reasons. You could also say that now, there are multiple cultural phenomena that join religious concepts. I know in France, for example, the Muslims and the Catholics are against it, the religious authorities, not the individuals, but the religious authorities are basically against it.

The religious authorities used to shut their eyes on the fact that priests were violating young kids. Things change. We are starting to see that issue come out of the woods. Well, we’ll see death come out of the woods at some point, as well.

2. Jacobsen: In the United States, there’s a group called “Catholics for Choice”. The group focuses on pro-choice policies and implementation and initiatives, and programs, and so on. One thing that came through in an interview with the president of the organization was the split between the Roman Catholic Christian hierarchs, even with the pope putting out these turgid encyclicals, and then the laity, where if an advanced industrial economy and an accessible, the women will get contraceptives and reproductive health in spite of those dry encyclicals.

Landa: Absolutely. In France over 60% of “Catholics”, people who claim to be Catholics, are for legislation that allows medically assisted dying at the request of the individual.

There’s something else that deserves to be mentioned. If you lived as close as 50 years ago, we considered the elders to be people with wisdom and with things to teach us and things to tell us about.

But the world since 1950 has been speeding up at the rate of what we call, “Moore’s Law”. Initially, it was computer science that moved at that speed for the first 20 or 30 years but since the 21st-century computerization has entered the life of every profession, of the activity of humankind, we are moving at an incredible pace.

That means that the old people are less competent than the new ones at an ever-increasing pace. Especially since the old people are getting older and even older since we started prolonging their lifespan. That means that when you need to deal with society, need to deal with major issues like climatic change or human welfare, the knowledge of the elders is no longer relevant because the world has changed too much. It is the knowledge of those that are 30, or, 40, or 50 that is pertinent, or even 20 to 30.

I think that this is a major change in our society and a big change in everyday life. We are still living under the old habits of thinking that the old are wise. We are being led by people who are 60 or often much older, which is ludicrous. We can see that when you get a person like Barack Obama or Macron in France. Their vision and comprehension of things compared to guys like Trump or Bush illustrates the generation gap. It’s not only age, more a question of mentality.

Most of our elected representatives, at least in Europe- I think it is getting less and less so in America- have traditionally been old people. We speak of the “old Europe”. Society needs to go at the same rhythm as the rhythm in which jobs change and the rhythm in which discoveries are made, and the rhythm in which processes and methodology and everything that makes modern life. Difficult to face this everchanging world for most people. Hard to manage a society which is condemned to change or else to be obsolete.

Ecological concerns are part of that process. We are still living in a world that considers that nature is here to serve us. If we do not start thinking that we are a partner of nature, and no longer the oppressor of nature, then we are not going to survive, ourselves. Then we have got a real problem.

This thing about the old people directing the world or at least being in positions of importance is a real the handicap for moving forward, and for the right to die with dignity, of course.

3. Jacobsen: I like an easy argument for what you have presented. It goes like this. It is basically an argument for age independence of wisdom or correct views of the world. If an individual is 15 and they believe in Young Earth creationism, that person ages 60 years. Now, they’re 75-years-old. They’re still a Young Earth creationist. Does this ageing make Young Earth creationism any more correct?

Landa: Of course not.

Jacobsen: In that way, I think it is with wisdom as well.

Landa: For me, what you are touching on is the fact that one of the things that we have lost in the last 40 years, is we have lost the respect for philosophy. Poetry, which has been the mouthpiece of emotions, philosophy, which has been the mouthpiece of values. Those are things that through zero and one of the computer ages, we have put aside, and considered were unimportant.

I am absolutely convinced that we will soon be coming back to that because we must face a certain number of issues which can only be solved by respecting emotions, philosophy, intellectual honesty.

Those issues are all linked to Quality of life. A good illustration of this is the “augmented man” debate. Today, we can put an electronic piece in a person’s brain and enable him to drive mechanical arms. Today We are able to replace the leg of a guy, that got amputated and put in a leg that makes him run faster than a human being. Today We are able to make a human being see in the dark where he couldn’t see before, through the red-light spectrum.

The augmented man is clearly “more powerful” than the natural man. We can see that in those people who have used cocaine. Cocaine allows you to be more efficient, more effective- amphetamines as well, but only for a certain period. It destroys you, but “economic society” does not give a damn about destruction. Remember, the only law of nature is self-reproduction.

We are facing with the augmented man a new big dilemma. Is being human a specific value or are we just on the verge of a new evolutionary landmark, the meeting between the organic world and the mineral world of computer chips. Remember, silicon is a mineral, right? What we are discovering is that the organic world augmented by the silicon world, organic and mineral, is more powerful and more capable of dealing with things that either the organic or the mineral world, by itself.

What We are maybe experiencing is a whole new evolutionary process, where man will no longer be what we know as man, homo sapiens, but he will be “homo mineralis”, and we will replace defective parts either by organic or mineral elements either to correct of to improve the individual. As a joke, I suggest to manual workers (cooks, plumbers, woodworkers, gardeners…) that they could use 6 arms like Shiva!

Look at how many people are being, today, surgically modified to look better. Millions, and young people. How many people tomorrow will say, “Put a chip in my arm. That way I can go and pay without having to bring out my chip card. I can go to the night club and be recognized like in Mexico” How many people will say, “Put a chip in my brain? I am going to be much more intelligent when plugged into the internet.”

When you look at big data, imagine having the knowledge of the world as part of yourself. Observe how we already react today. Today, if I ask you a question and you do not know the answer, what do you do? You go on the Internet and you find the answer. Big data could be implemented in your head so that whenever you think of something, you go to big data to get it. That is a real possibility.

The question is, “What is it to be human?” Where are the emotions in this? Where is the philosophy? At what point do you say, “Whoa. I am being manipulated.” At what moment in time do you enter the perfect world of Hitler with his blonde, blue-eyed perfect race? In the world of Google, Apple, Microsoft etc., where if you do not accept “cookies” (electronic spies) then you are simply excluded from the joys of the NET. Look at the Japanese creation of an electronic pet or the proposed inflatable sexual objects with sensual electronics. Those are the issues that face you in which we as old people can contribute by giving perspective … a little bit. But the real issue is for you the individual to act upon daily.

The biggest revolution in the next 40 years is going to be the medical revolution. In 40 years, we’ll look at medicine as practiced today and consider it the same way as medicine was practiced in the 1700s.

Your lifespan as a 20-year-old born in the year 2000 is most likely going to be 150 years. It is no longer 100 years. My life expectancy is probably 100 years. My father’s life expectancy was probably 50, 60 years. We are in an incredibly revolutionary world.

Any other questions? I seem to be making you perplexed. [Laughing]

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder and President AAVIVRE (Association qui Accompagne la Volonté des Individus a Vivre selon leur Ethique – Association that Accompanies the Will of those wishing to Live according to their personal Ethics).

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-three; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Pascal Landa on Right to Die France, Collective Religion and Individual Choice, and Philosophy, Wisdom, and Poetry (Part Three) [Online].August 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, August 8). An Interview with Pascal Landa on Right to Die France, Collective Religion and Individual Choice, and Philosophy, Wisdom, and Poetry (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Pascal Landa on Right to Die France, Collective Religion and Individual Choice, and Philosophy, Wisdom, and Poetry (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, August. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Pascal Landa on Right to Die France, Collective Religion and Individual Choice, and Philosophy, Wisdom, and Poetry (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Pascal Landa on Right to Die France, Collective Religion and Individual Choice, and Philosophy, Wisdom, and Poetry (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (August 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Pascal Landa on Right to Die France, Collective Religion and Individual Choice, and Philosophy, Wisdom, and Poetry (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Pascal Landa on Right to Die France, Collective Religion and Individual Choice, and Philosophy, Wisdom, and Poetry (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Pascal Landa on Right to Die France, Collective Religion and Individual Choice, and Philosophy, Wisdom, and Poetry (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):August. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Pascal Landa on Right to Die France, Collective Religion and Individual Choice, and Philosophy, Wisdom, and Poetry (Part Three) [Internet]. (2019, August 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Technology Innovation, Kurzweil and Diamandis and Hariri, the Future of Technology, and Canadian Industry (Part Five)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,195

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Sarah Lubik is the Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & Innovation Concentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship. She discusses: the next big trends in technology innovation and the impact on North American lives into the future; personalized medicine, Moore’s Law, The Law of Accelerating Returns, Ray Kurzweil, Hariri, and X Prize founder Peter Diamandis, and the future of technologies; and an impressive entrepreneur and entrepreneurship from Canada.

Keywords: Canada, entrepreneurship, Yuval Noah Hariri, innovation, Peter Diamandis, Ray Kurzweil, Sarah Lubik, science, SFU, technology.

An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Technology Innovation, Kurzweil and Diamandis and Hariri, the Future of Technology, and Canadian Industry: Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & InnovationConcentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship (Part Five)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What do you think is the next big trend in technology innovation? What will impact North American lives the most as a technology and as an industry in the next ten years?

Dr. Sarah Lubik: To be totally honest with you, our ability to predict what’s going to happen in the next ten years has gotten worse and worse because humans tend to think only in a linear way, but technology is moving faster and faster.

We need to be mindful that technology is not a single thing anymore. That technology underpins, whether we like it or not, everything that we do. So, what that means is that, when we look at some of the fastest-growing businesses in Canada.

they don’t say they’re in the tech sector, but they’re heavily underpinned by tech. So, something that’s an HR company, but online, may be underpinned by a business model that means I can access a great deal more data than anyone else because of the technology they use, for example, employing artificial intelligence or machine learning.

Things that claim to be health companies are often technology companies now. One of the trends we’re going to see is that we’re going to need tech in education systems and in businesses that have traditionally just been about having highly trained people. For example, if easier tasks can be automated, the people in those jobs are going to need new skills and hopefully, have the mindset to learn those skills.

In the next ten years, I would hope to see changes to the health system, and to health innovation and to the energy sector.

One of the interesting possible advantages I’ve heard health entrepreneurs talk about for Canada is that we have an opportunity as a country with a single healthcare system.  If we can organize it properly, that would make us a fantastic place to innovate in areas like personalized medicine, which is where a great deal of interest is. That could mean nationwide improvements to health through the use and integration of health better data.

Where these things are coming together will be places with the need for other technologies, and so, we are back to comment about interdisciplinarity. This is going to a place where material science meets big data meets genomics meets personalized medicine, meets social innovation and more.

So, this is why those skills and that mindset can be so important because you can only imagine the things are coming out now. I was reading in the New Scientist there is always some new use for technology that could have serious implications for the world and the economy. For example, tracking your health so precisely your watch knows when you’re going to get sick before you do.

So, it can alert you that you’re starting a fever before you feel anything. So, those are the places where all of those technologies come together and that’s the part that much excites me. So, I’m not sure that I can say what you would see in ten years. I keep being surprised, thinking, “What will come out now?”

2. Jacobsen: Much of the subject matter you’re touching on now, such as personalized medicine, is a big trend, also one minor phenomenon, but growing among people that were previously on the fringe.

So, some of the names that come to mind would be people that talk typically about information technology along Moore’s Law, The Law of Accelerating Returns, for instance, of Ray Kurzweil, as well as the X Prize founder Peter Diamandis.

Do these people have an influence on your view of where the future of these technologies will go?

Lubik: Ray Kurzweil does for sure. He speaks often about how human beings usually think in a linear fashion, which is fine for simple things but not for envisioning the future.

But if you look at technology and innovation, it happens exponentially. So, when it comes to my teaching, I’m increasingly asking people to think not what’s happening now. But can you try to forecast where things are going to be when you’d actually be in the market? How about past that?

One of our alumni who now works for a big European company heading up their cloud division because, back in the day in Vancouver, he sat down and thought to himself, “What will the next big thing be?”

Then he’d heard about the cloud. He started a company based on the technology, sold the company, now runs those divisions in large firms.

There’s an ambition that comes with that, which is that whatever happens, it’s going to be bigger and faster than you think. So, to be aware of that and excited about that, those people with those mindsets are going to be the ones to watch

That said, I’m also influenced by the work of Yuval Noah Harari, who wrote Sapiens.  He cautioned that humans don’t usually see the repercussions of our actions when we innovate and we often make further problems for ourselves, so it’s important to realize there may also be negative consequences to innovation, too, and think about what they can be and what we can do about them.

3. Jacobsen: Who’s an entrepreneur in Canada that impresses you? Either the scale of their industry that they possibly founded, the product that they’re selling that might not be large, or the way they are able to collaborate with a broad swath of different industries to bring about their vision?

Lubik: Oh wow! That’s an excellent question. Who impresses me? Oh! So many people, but still, I’d like to try and pick a famous star in the sky. People impress me for a lot of different reasons. Greg Malpass who is the CEO of Traction on Demand, which is one of the fastest-growing companies in Canada and based here in Vancouver.

He’s an SFU alumnus. He impresses me with both the vision he has for his company and the humility with which he leads it. So, it’s not all about him. It’s about creating this environment and creating a fantastic workplace in the place that he lives and grew up.

They also started Traction for Good, which is the arm of Traction that tries to do good things in their communities. I’m impressed with having a locally created, growing company that hasn’t lost sight of why it’s doing what it’s doing.

That it is part of its community and wants to give back and create those great jobs. Greg has been vocal about not having interest in selling the company There are not many players that grow to that size and remain independent rather than selling.

Then I have early-stage entrepreneurs who impress me as much as the big companies.

They impress me with their vision and with what it is they want to achieve in the world. a few years ago we had a team from the Technology Entrepreneurship at SFU program made up of entrepreneurship students and mechatronics engineers Their goal was to create a hearing device that doesn’t require an audiologist and can be self tuned because people in developing countries have so little access to hearing care.

They were inspired to create a solution because trouble hearing isolates you from your community and your family. So, they were interested in figuring out how you create a business model that lets you go into the world with a product like that and move it into the places in the world that need it the most, not necessarily the places in the world that’ll pay the most for it.

So, I’m impressed with the many early-stage companies. I’m also impressed with the late-stage companies. There’s a number of Internet of Things companies that are doing incredible things. I might be spoiled for choice at the moment.

Then I’m always impressed by social movements and by the people who want to make systems change because those companies have fantastic potential. For example, people trying to take charge of their own genomic information for health.

There are those movements within the research that are all so intriguing. As to where is this going to go next, I’m impressed with people who are creating non-humanoid robots realizing that our first interest in robotics seems to be building machine versions of ourselves.

For example, you see marine biologists working with engineers, working with artificial intelligence, in order to do things like U-CAT (Underwater Curious Archaeology Turtle). They realized that for underwater archaeology, using drones with propellers meant moving too fast to properly scan what’s happening in the sea.

So, they created a robot with flippers that swims like a turtle. Then looks for anything that’s out of the ordinary, then goes and investigates.

I mentioned that to a friend of mine who works here in the environmental physiology lab.

She told me that researchers are thinking of using something like that to explore water moons on other planets. All of a sudden you realize quite how far this research can go when we collaborate across fields.

So, I suppose that’s one of the greatest things about the job that I have is I get to hear about these things and watch people do them and help where I can.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & Innovation Concentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Beedie School of Business, Simon Fraser University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-five; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Technology Innovation, Kurzweil and Diamandis and Hariri, the Future of Technology, and Canadian Industry (Part Five) [Online].August 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-five.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, August 8). An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Technology Innovation, Kurzweil and Diamandis and Hariri, the Future of Technology, and Canadian Industry (Part Five)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-five.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Technology Innovation, Kurzweil and Diamandis and Hariri, the Future of Technology, and Canadian Industry (Part Five). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, August. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-five>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Technology Innovation, Kurzweil and Diamandis and Hariri, the Future of Technology, and Canadian Industry (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-five.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Technology Innovation, Kurzweil and Diamandis and Hariri, the Future of Technology, and Canadian Industry (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (August 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-five.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Technology Innovation, Kurzweil and Diamandis and Hariri, the Future of Technology, and Canadian Industry (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-five>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Technology Innovation, Kurzweil and Diamandis and Hariri, the Future of Technology, and Canadian Industry (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-five.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Technology Innovation, Kurzweil and Diamandis and Hariri, the Future of Technology, and Canadian Industry (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):August. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-five>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Technology Innovation, Kurzweil and Diamandis and Hariri, the Future of Technology, and Canadian Industry (Part Five) [Internet]. (2019, August 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-five.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Graham Powell on Issue VI and Issue VII, Production Methodology and Design, and Published Content of WIN ONE (Part Six)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,758

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

His Lordship of Roscelines, Graham Powell,earned the “best mark ever given for acting during his” B.A. (Hons.) degree in “Drama and Theatre Studies at Middlesex University in 1990” and the “Best Dissertation Prize” for an M.A. in Human Resource Management from the University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England in 1994. Powell is an Honorary Member of STHIQ Society, Former President of sPIqr Society, Vice President of Atlantiq Society, and a member ofBritish MensaIHIQSIngeniumMysteriumHigh Potentials SocietyElateneosMilenijaLogiq, and Epida. He is the Full-Time Co-Editor of WIN ONE (WIN-ON-line Edition) since 2010 or nearly a decade. He represents World Intelligence Network Italia. He is the Public Relations Co-Supervisor, Fellow of the Royal Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce, and a Member of the European Council for High Ability. He discusses: issues VI and VII; the production methodology and design of WIN ONE; and more content of the publication issues.

Keywords: AtlantIQ Society, editor, Graham Powell, WIN ONE, World Intelligence Network.

An Interview with Graham Powell on Issue VI and Issue VII, Production Methodology and Design, and Published Content of WIN ONE: Editor, WIN ONE & Vice President, AtlantIQ Society (Part Six)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We examined, in part or in brief, issues I (Florian Schröder)II (Florian Schröder)III (Florian Schröder)IV (Owen Cosby), and V (Graham Powell). Let’s move the sixth issue and the seventh issue, all editorial work in future issues done by you, so no parenthetical explicit mentions needed now. Issue VI was about half the size of the bumper issue, but substantially larger than the other editors’ issues too. 

By the sixth issue, WIN reached a staggering 170 countries. The content included commentary on different strengths of learners in different areas including verbal and visualization, auditory and visual, awareness of space and time, whole versus sequential apprehension, eureka versus linear learning, and more. It’s a nice point-by-point breakdown. 

Other parts included a nice homage Sudoku puzzle, different forms of visual art productions, announcement of a prize winner, poetry, commentary on signification and African-American or black literary expression in America in addition to the Afro-American culture, and concluding with more work on contemplation and eudaimonia (well-being or happiness in the broadest sense, which was another long think piece).

What was the frame of mind for this issue?

Graham Powell: The new format and layout was proving popular, for the reasons already stated. The sixth edition was entirely my own work, as far as editor and illustrator was concerned, plus I put in an essay based on Dr. Elisabetta Basciu’s research, which I had access to. I translated it and made a summary, the sub-motive being a piece which was primarily about literature which had not been discussed previously within the magazine. I wanted to appeal to a broader ethnic group and be didactic too. Your comment about the WIN reaching 170 countries at that point gives credence to this notion of appealing to a broad audience, especially as anyone can access the magazines on the WIN website!

2. Jacobsen: For issue six and seven, what is the production methodology for these issues? How did you produce the design – e.g., the color scheme, the font, font size, and so on – for these issues? Why choose those as the format and that as the production methodology?

Powell: The fundamental colour scheme derives from the cover, the subsequent pages taking on the background colour used for it. I like to use my own photos, especially for the cover, or, as used for the sixth Edition, a beautiful writing paper design which I bought in England. The font has generally been size 12, which is quite easy to read. I also set my target to have at least 40 pages, this being achieved during most of the WIN ONE productions. This is in line with the AtlantIQ Society magazine, which is now called Leonardo. It also has at least 40 pages to each edition. I find the inclusion of photos during essays makes the magazine very much better to read. It also clarifies matters from time to time, or at least makes it more ‘human’ – the reader can see the person being talked about, or who has produced the primary source. The choice of font is usually for clarity, or it combines well with the cover design. Occasionally the font is varied slightly due to typesetting considerations, basically, a case of ‘fitting it all on the page’. Laying it all out on a contents page has also been appreciated, according to feedback. Feedback has also meant encouraging debate, some people contacting me to ask if they can discuss, even dispute things in the magazine. Of course, as long as it is ‘civil’, I encourage that.

3. Jacobsen: Issue VII covered a different set of topics. These were intended to “incite people to comment on the opinions offered.” As can be seen, the content ranges from an argument against “at least one type of God,” two poems by you, a psychological self-analysis, a series of 50-word stories, a “neoclassical criticism method” applied to the Second Gulf War “Ultimatum Speech,” a scholarly look at the conceptualization of truth by Heidegger, and more. 

These move into a puzzle, a cutesy introduction to literary terms in a sketch-based cartoon, reflections on Aristotle and Martin Luther King, Jr., some further commentary on Ishmael Reed, clips of dialogue over coffee at the el Lugar Stop & Shop. What particular articles or publications produced the most waves based on the introductory letter at the outset of the seventh issue?

Powell: It is said to be the sign of intelligence that different views can be held in the mind whilst not agreeing with any of them. There were some contentious opinions raised, in my opinion, from the content commissioned for this Edition, so I anticipated responses by ‘opening the door’ to further comment. I was also beginning to write more and more of the magazine using my own material, or I had to create some in order to achieve the target 40 pages of content. I was trying to encourage more people to give opinions, and hence, give content. In the end, it took a couple more editions to stimulate a little dialogue between Phil Elauria and Claus-Dieter Volko. The ‘waves’ produced were really more of a personal nature, the production of the magazine stimulating me to research more and more and to broaden my intellectual horizons. This edition also forged my friendships with Tahawar Khan, Paul Edgeworth and Eric Trowbridge. Much of this edition went on to appear in the WIN book “The Ingenious Time Machine” – which came out on Amazon this year. That was the biggest post-publication ‘wave’, alongside the presence of the WIN at the 12th Asia-Paciic Conference on Giftedness, which I helped organise in Dubai in 2012. Much of the credence for the WIN’s presence at the conference stemmed from the production of the WIN ONE. Evangelos gave a presentation about the WIN; I spoke specifically about the WIN with reference to the WIN ONE production. It also gave us more opportunities for photos, which had not been the case since Owen Cosby’s edition. These photos appeared in subsequent editions of the WIN ONE and the hierarchy of the WIN increased via the addition of Dr. Manahel Thabet as Vice President. By the end of July 2012, we had a revamped WIN which was looking to expand its influence on the high IQ milieu.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Editor, WIN ONE; Text Editor, Leonardo (AtlantIQ Society); Joint Public Relations Officer, World Intelligence Network; Vice President, AtlantIQ Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-six; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on Issue VI and Issue VII, Production Methodology and Design, and Published Content of WIN ONE (Part Six) [Online].August 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-six.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, August 8). An Interview with Graham Powell on Issue VI and Issue VII, Production Methodology and Design, and Published Content of WIN ONE (Part Six)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-six.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Graham Powell on Issue VI and Issue VII, Production Methodology and Design, and Published Content of WIN ONE (Part Six). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, August. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-six>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Graham Powell on Issue VI and Issue VII, Production Methodology and Design, and Published Content of WIN ONE (Part Six).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-six.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Graham Powell on Issue VI and Issue VII, Production Methodology and Design, and Published Content of WIN ONE (Part Six).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (August 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-six.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on Issue VI and Issue VII, Production Methodology and Design, and Published Content of WIN ONE (Part Six)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-six>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on Issue VI and Issue VII, Production Methodology and Design, and Published Content of WIN ONE (Part Six)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-six.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Graham Powell on Issue VI and Issue VII, Production Methodology and Design, and Published Content of WIN ONE (Part Six).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):August. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-six>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on Issue VI and Issue VII, Production Methodology and Design, and Published Content of WIN ONE (Part Six) [Internet]. (2019, August 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-six.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Krystal Volney on Early Personal Life, and Discovery of Giftedness and Talents (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,127

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Krystal Volney is the new Journal Editor of United Sigma Korea. Volney is known for her computing interviews for WIN ONE Magazine (World Intelligence Network) as a tech writer, Co-Editor and publications in Award-winning/bestselling educational books that can be found in bookstores and libraries around the world, journals, blogs, forums & magazines such as Thoth Journal of Glia Society and City Connect Magazine since 2012-present. She is the author of Cosmos and Spheres poetry book and the ‘Dr. Zazzy’ children’s series. She discusses: writers and fans; early life; general giftedness; talents in writing and poetry; Nancy Drew Files, the Babysitter’s Club, Goosebumps, the Sherlock Holmes Series, and The Famous Five; children’s poetry, the environment, fashion, and romance; human beings exemplifying both emperor butterfly and monarch butterfly characteristics; identifying with the floral; hibiscus flowers and tiger lilies; and Claude Monet, Emily Dickinson, Mozart, and Van Gogh.

Keywords: editor, Krystal Volney, United Sigma Korea, WIN ONE, World Intelligence Network, writer.

An Interview with Krystal Volney on Early Personal Life, and Discovery of Giftedness and Talents: Author & Editor, WIN ONE (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As with many writers, fans emerge. Who is Jessica? How did Jessica come to run a fan site for you, if you happen to know this? The link to the website can be found here: https://www.blogger.com/profile/02970796058419170292.

Krystal Volney: I don’t know of a fan named Jessica. I would like to though.

2. Jacobsen: What was early life like for you? 

Volney: My early life was very restricted as I had a very strict upbringing. I wanted to fit in with my friends so I rebelled against my parents and was closely associated with a pedophile best friend like a ‘Second mother’ as she was trusted who took me places as well to see my ‘friends’ but it was manipulation on her path. How could a pedophile have honestly wished well on me or been like ‘second family’ truly? She wanted me to be a failure in life and be a menace. When I look back at my childhood, I want to inspire children out there and let them know how important it is to tell their parents, guardians or family if someone is child grooming or sexually abusing them even if it means that they would be controlled more. My childhood abuser did not want me to tell my teachers, family, friends or parents and wanted me to see her as my ‘best friend’.

3. Jacobsen: When was general giftedness discovered? What was the reaction of family and friends? Was this nurtured or not?

Volney: Honestly, I am an aspiring polymath and studied various subjects at university but in my opinion, I would have to be like Leonardo da Vinci whose areas of interest included invention, drawing, painting, sculpting, architecture, science, music, mathematics, engineering, literature, anatomy, geology, astronomy, botany, writing, history, and cartography to truly accomplish my goal as an astonishing genius. I know that general giftedness can mean anything once you are outstanding in your respective field such as fashion, the Social Sciences, Medicine, the arts, music, Computing and the list goes on.

4. Jacobsen: When were talents in writing and poetry discovered? What was the reaction of family and friends? Were these nurtured or not?

Volney: When I was 20, I became a poet and I grew to love English, American, French, Caribbean and Russian Literature from reading as an autodidact. In my first poetry book Cosmos and Spheres, I was influenced by William Shakespeare and Lewis Carroll.

5. Jacobsen: How did the Nancy Drew Files, the Babysitter’s Club, Goosebumps, the Sherlock Holmes Series, and The Famous Five influence you?

Volney: I loved those books as a child. Every Friday after school, I would go to the mall and purchase a new Goosebumps book or one of the books from the Famous Five series. Enid Blyton was a grand influence on my sense of belonging in the world as I loved stories about adventure, the dog Timmy and the character Georgina known as George. I was a tomboy as a child like many people who grew up in this way so I related to her character in the book. My favorite book from the series was ‘Five on Kirrin Island again’.

6. Jacobsen: Your subject areas of interest are children’s poetry, the environment, fashion, and romance. Why those particular areas?

Volney: I like trying new things and to me, writing about those subject areas interested me so much that I dedicated my first book of poetry to them.

7. Jacobsen: You consider human beings exemplifying both emperor butterfly and monarch butterfly characteristics. How? Why those examples and not others?

Volney: Emperor butterflies are easily recognized because of their lovely, iridescent blue wings. Monarch butterflies are the loveliest of all butterflies, some say, and are viewed as the “king” of the butterflies, hence the name “monarch”. I compare humans to these type of butterflies because I believe that most people have a story to tell in life and are conflicted. It’s my opinion that people have stages that they go through like butterflies and in the end their experiences make them beautiful as well as mature people like these insects.

8. Jacobsen: At age 21, you identified as a floral character. What does this mean now? What have been some of the metamorphoses over time for you? Any re-evaluation of personal character representation now?

Volney: I saw myself as bright and new, like the flower in the spring at age 21. I used to be easily bothered by what people thought of me, but for years now; I’ve become nonchalant telling myself their opinions don’t matter and the fact that people had negative things to say about me means they obviously feel disheartened by something about my character. There are those so wicked and spiteful that they mock modesty like the ‘branches’ in the ‘Flower poem’ and still want to stand out as something greater than your existence. Most of the time people hate on others because they want what they have, for themselves or they see you as their competitor. You asked what have been some of the metamorphoses over time for me. I can safely say that I’m much older and wiser now than I used to be. I’ve been through a lot of pain and hurt in my life that has shaped who I am today.

9. Jacobsen: Why do hibiscus flowers and tiger lilies better represent the meaning of a lady and a woman to you? In general, why flowers?

Volney: I am a big fan of flowers. Although I grew up as a tomboy, I loved all types of flowers especially hibiscus, white roses, Jasmine, orchids and tiger lilies. They are so beautiful to me is why.

10. Jacobsen: How were Claude Monet, Emily Dickinson, Mozart, and Van Gogh influential on you?

Volney: There is poetic, musical, and painting art. I love those people’s works because I can relate to them. Claude Monet was one of the best artists in the world to me because of his painting style of the landscape and of feminine things. Who can’t relate to Emily Dickinson? Her poem “I’m Nobody! Who are you? Are you – Nobody – too?”; many poets would be able to understand her message and this could be interpreted in many ways. I love her sarcasm. Mozart’s music is breath-taking as well and Van Gogh’s ‘Starry Night’ piece is one of my favourite choices of art in contemporary society.

References

[BookVideos]. (2013, September 26). Cosmos and Spheres Poetry Book by Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fEt22Sx-iEI.

[BookVideos]. (2019, April 26). The Flower Poem by Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p_-aiAs0SkM.

AbeBooks.Com. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.abebooks.com/9781466908871/Cosmos-Spheres-Krystal-Volney-1466908874/plp.

Airbit. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://airbit.com/profile/KrystalVolney.

Allfrey, P.S. (1980). Hurricane David: the skeleton of a survival tale. Retrieved from https://ro.uow.edu.au/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=&httpsredir=1&article=1064&context=kunapipi.

Amazon.Com. (2019a). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.ca/Cosmos-Spheres-Krystal-Volney/dp/1466908874.

Amazon.Com. (2019). Phyllis Shand Allfrey: A Caribbean Life. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.com/Phyllis-Shand-Allfrey-Caribbean-Life/dp/081352265X/ref=sr_1_1?ie=.

Amazon.Com. (2019). Thomas J. Hally. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.com/Thomas-J.-Hally/e/B005WLA28M%3Fref=dbs_a_mng_rwt_scns_share.

Amazon.Com. (2019b). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.com/Krystal-Volney/e/B008JBYVC0%3Fref=dbs_a_mng_rwt_scns_share.

Amazon.Com. (2019). The Shillingfords of Dominica and their Family Tree: With Notes on the Dominica Taverniers. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.com/Shillingfords-Dominica-their-Family-Tree/dp/1985780291.

Barnes & Noble. (2019). COSMOS AND SPHERES. Retrieved from https://www.barnesandnoble.com/w/cosmos-and-spheres-krystal-volney/1109698279.

BOL. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.bol.com/nl/f/cosmos-and-spheres/9200000005007764/.

Booksamillion.Com. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.booksamillion.com/p/Cosmos-Spheres/Krystal-Volney/9781466908871.

Coleman The Group. (2019). Coleman The Group. Retrieved from www.colemangrouptt.com.

Daynco Limited. (2019). Daynco Limited. Retrieved from https://dayncoltd.com.

DESIblitz. (2017, November 27). British Library Exhibition for Mughal India. Retrieved from https://www.desiblitz.com/content/british-library-exhibition-for-mughal-india.

Dymocks.Com. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.dymocks.com.au/book/cosmos-and-spheres-by-krystal-volney-9781466908871.

eBay. (2019). Dr. Zazzy Saves Christmas by Krystal Volney Miss (English) Paperback Book Free S. Retrieved from https://www.ebay.com.sg/itm/Dr-Zazzy-Saves-Christmas-by-Krystal-Volney-Miss-English-Paperback-Book-Free-S-/380905810826.

Elite High IQ Society. (2019). Paul Edgeworth. Retrieved from https://www.eliteiqsociety.org/apps/profile/134808474/.

Fashionaires Model Agency. (2019). Fashionaires Model Agency. Retrieved from https://www.facebook.com/Fashionaires-131449506689/.

FictionDB.Com. (2019). Dr. Zazzy Saves Christmas – Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.fictiondb.com/author/krystal-volney~dr-zazzy-saves-christmas~814830~b.htm.

Gerken, K.J. (2014, March 9). MARCH 2014 ISSUE OF YGDRASIL. Retrieved from https://canada.johntext.de/tag/krystal-volney.

Goodreads.Com. (2019a). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/10302153.

Goodreads.Com. (2019b). Krystal Volney > Quotes. Retrieved from https://www.goodreads.com/author/quotes/4602107.Krystal_Volney.

Google Books. (2019). COSMOS AND SPHERES. Retrieved from https://books.google.ca/books/about/COSMOS_AND_SPHERES.html?id=koC648K7rX8C&redir_esc=y.

GRIQ Society. (2019). Massimo Cliaro. Retrieved from https://gr.iqsociety.org/members/massimo-caliaro/.

HolmesACourt.Com. (2016, April 11). Josephine Allfrey. Retrived from www.holmesacourt.org/hac/3/6910.htm.

Insgain.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney (@krystal_volney_). Retrieved from http://www.insgain.com/user/krystal_volney_/2954215183.

Instagram.Com. (2019). Krystal_Volney_. Retrieved from https://www.instagram.com/krystal_volney_/?hl=en.

ISFDB Science Fiction. (2019). Award Bibliography: Krystal Volney. Retrieved from www.isfdb.org/cgi-bin/eaw.cgi?270246.

Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, April 22). An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Two). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-two.

Kobo. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.kobo.com/us/en/ebook/cosmos-and-spheres-2.

Laurent, N. (2016, May 8). Nina Survived Child Abuse And Is Telling Her Story To Help Other Survive As Well. Retrieved from www.antoinespeaks.co.uk/this-woman-suffered-from-child-abuse-but-is-telling-her-story-to-give-advice-on-how-to-stop-it-and-help-other-victims/.

LinkedIn.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.linkedin.com/in/krystalvolney/.

Lulu.Com. (2019). Dr. Zazzy Saves Christmas. Retrieved from http://www.lulu.com/spotlight/krystalvolney.

Mandy. (2019). Antoine Allen. Retrieved from https://www.mandy.com/actor/profile/antoineallen#.

Maria Regina Grade School. (2019). Maria Regina Grade School. Retrieved from www.mariaregina.edu.tt.

MDC (Metal Designs & Concepts Limited). (2019). MDC (Metal Designs & Concepts Limited. Retrieved from https://www.mdc-um.com.

Medical Associates Hospital. (2019). Medical Associates Hospital. Retrieved from www.medicalassociatestt.info.

MySpace.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://myspace.com/krystalvolneyjapan.

One Great Family. (2019). Henry Alfred Alford Nicholls. Retrieved from https://www.onegreatfamily.com/fh/Henry-Nicholls/603343518.

Oxford Theatre Review. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from oxfordtheatrereview.co.uk/p/UH3BkL3URcy_pBdOXDx6yg.

Paravisini-Gebert, L. (1996, April 1). Phyllis Shand Allfrey: A Caribbean Life: Page 11, Empress Josephine. Retrieved from https://books.google.ca/books/about/Phyllis_Shand_Allfrey.html?id=Ybump8V_hmoC&printsec=frontcover&source=kp_read_button&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=empress%20josephine%20uncle&f=false.

Paravisini-Gebert, L. (1996, April 1). Phyllis Shand Allfrey: A Caribbean Life: Page 12, Marianne Felicité. Retrieved fromhttps://books.google.com/books?id=Ybump8V_hmoC&pg=PA11&dq=marianne+felicite&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=marianne%20felicite&f=false.

Picdeer. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from www.picdeer.com/krystal_volney_.

PoemHunter.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.poemhunter.com/krystal-volney/.

Rizzoni’s Ristorante Italiano. (2019). Rizzoni’s Ristorante Italiano. Retrieved from https://www.rizzoni-italiano.com.

Robinson, D. (1986, May 15). BYU’s Angel(a). Retrieved from https://news.google.com/newspapers?nid=336&dat=19860515&id=peRNAAAAIBAJ&sjid=SYQDAAAAIBAJ&pg=3259,6287685&hl=en.

Safeway Access and Support Systems Limited. 92015). Safeway Access and Support Systems Limited. Retrieved from www.safewayaccesstt.com.

Science Fiction & Fantasy Poetry Association. (2019). 2019 Rhysling Award Candidates For poems published in 2018. Retrieved from https://www.sfpoetry.com/ra/rhyscand.html.

Seelal, N. (2003, June 2). Shot five times, jumps 20 feet to escape. Retrieved from https://archives.newsday.co.tt/2003/06/02/shot-five-times-jumps-20-feet-to-escape/.

SheWrites.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.shewrites.com/profile/KrystalVolney.

Siegmund, M. (n.d.). I.Q. 160-179 Exceptionally Gifted 180+ Profoundly Gifted?. Retrieved from tetworld.tripod.com/gifted.html.

St. Dominic’s Children’s Home. (2019). St. Dominic’s Children’s Home. Retrieved from https://www.bordeglobal.org/dominic/index.php.

Stuart, A. (2011, May 16). Josephine: The Rose of Martinique: Empress Josephine. Retrieved from https://books.google.com/books?id=5tSq5awNgXUC&pg=PA1&dq=phyllis+allfrey+empress+josephine&hl=en&sa=X&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=phyllis%20allfrey%20empress%20josephine&f=false.

Stuart, A. (2011, May 16). Josephine: The Rose of Martinique: One, Childhood by Phyllis Allfrey. Retrieved from https://books.google.com/books?id=5tSq5awNgXUC&pg=PA1&dq=phyllis+allfrey&hl=en&sa=X&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=phyllis%20allfrey&f=false.

The Barbados advocate. (1951, March 2). The Barbados advocate ( Friday, March 02, 1951 ). Retrieved from https://ufdc.ufl.edu/UF00098964/02522/2j.

The Enid Blyton Society. (1938). The Secret Island. Retrieved from Retrieved from https://www.enidblytonsociety.co.uk/book-details.php?id=289.

The Glasgow Herald. (1983, August 18). George bridges a 26-year gap in his athletics career. Retrieved from https://news.google.com/newspapers?nid=2507&dat=19830818&id=wMFAAAAAIBAJ&sjid=66UMAAAAIBAJ&pg=5100,3607284&hl=en.

The Nobel Prize. (2019). All Nobel Prizes in Physics. Retrieved from https://www.nobelprize.org/prizes/lists/all-nobel-prizes-in-physics.

ThriftBooks.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.thriftbooks.com/a/krystal-volney/2453750/.

Trafford Publishing. (2019). Trafford Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.trafford.com.

TRINRE Insurance Company Ltd. (2018). TRINRE Insurance Company Ltd. Retrieved from https://www.trinre.

Twitter.Com. (2019a). Krystal Volney: @KrystalVBooks. Retrieved from https://twitter.com/KrystalVbooks.

Ultra-Pharm Marketing Limited. (2019). Ultra-Pharm Marketing Limited. Retrieved from https://www.ultra-pharm.com.

United Sigma Korea. (2019). Krystal Volney: Journal Editor, USK (Editor, World Intelligence Network). Retrieved from https://unitedsigmakorea.org/organizer/.

Volney, K. (2019, July 13). Album. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/pictures/2850.

Volney, K. (2013, December 1). Art, Philosophy and Poetics. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/feature/6341-art-philosophy-and-poetics.

Volney, K. (2014, March). Art, Philosophy and Poetics. Retrieved from users.synapse.net/kgerken/Y-1403.pdf.

Volney, K. (2019). Calendar. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/calendar.

Volney, K. (2012, June 20). Chronicles of Caniche. Retrieved from www.relatemag.com/tag/krystal-volney/.

Volney, K. (2011, February). Cosmos and Spheres. Victoria, BC: Trafford Publishing.

Volney, K. (2013, November 7). Dr. Zazzy Saves Christmas. Valley, California, US: CreateSpace Publishing.

Volney, K. (2014, March). For the elderly. Retrieved from users.synapse.net/kgerken/Y-1403.pdf.

Volney, K. (2014, June 1). For the Elderly. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/feature/9440-for-the-elderly.

Volney, K. (n.d.). Follow the Fashion. Retrieved from jazzwritesandsingsforyou.com/Poetry-Krystal_Volney-fashion.html.

Volney, K. (2014, February 7). Global Communication and Mail. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:eeKxTxfojW8J:www.city-connect.org/global-communication-and-mail/+&cd=266&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney K. (2014, April 1). Global Communication and Mail. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/science-and-technology/8334-global-communication-and-mail.

Volney, K. (2014, March). Golf. Retrieved from users.synapse.net/kgerken/Y-1403.pdf.

Volney, K. (2014, October 1). Golf. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/sport/11150-golf.

Volney, K. (2019). Krystal Volney: Home. Retrieved from www.krystalvolney.com.

Volney, K. (n.d.). Krystal Volney’s blog. Retrieved from https://krystalvolney21.tumblr.com.

Volney, K. (2012, September 17). Krystal Volney photos. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/pictures/10.

Volney, K. (2012, June). Human Cloning. Retrieved from https://paulcooijmans.com/others/krystal_volney/human_cloning.html.

Volney, K. (2016, August 12). Interview with Dr. Vinton Cerf. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:FK17Dh5j4AYJ:www.city-connect.org/interview-with-dr-vinton-cerf/+&cd=256&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2013, February). INTERVIEW WITH PAUL COOIJMANS, ADMINISTRATOR OF THE GIGA SOCIETY. Retrieved from https://paulcooijmans.com/interviews/volney.html.

Volney, K. (2013, August 30). Interview with Paul Cooijmans, Administrator of the Giga Society. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:cr65IbgWRSAJ:www.city-connect.org/interview-with-paul-cooijmans-administrator-of-the-giga-society/+&cd=267&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2013). Krystal Volney (Author Summary). Retrieved from http://www.krystalvolney.blogspot.com.

Volney, K. (2019). Krystal Volney Books: @KrystalVolney. Retrieved from https://twitter.com/krystalvolney.

Volney, K. (2012, August 16). Krystal Volney pictures. Retrieved from krystalvolneyfanclubworldwide.blogspot.com/2012/08/krystal-volney-pictures_16.html.

Volney, K (2018, December 2). KV’S BIOGRAPHY AND OTHER INFORMATION: FOR FANS AND FRIENDS. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/88.

Volney, K. (2019). Message board. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/forum.

Volney, K. (2013, October 4). Oil and Gas Exploration into the Arctic. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:7FdTjV7e4GMJ:www.city-connect.org/oil-and-gas-exploration-into-the-arctic/+&cd=265&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2018, December 21). Perception and Impressions in Society. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:RqlxVuUQwLIJ:www.city-connect.org/perception-and-impressions-in-society/+&cd=6&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2012, June 20). Poem: Chronicles of Caniche. Retrieved from www.relatemag.com/2012/06/poem-chronicles-of-caniche/.

Volney, K. (n.d.). Poetry-Krystal Volney. Retrieved from jazzwritesandsingsforyou.com/Poetry-Krystal_Volney-nature_love_life.html.

Volney, K. (n.d.). Poetry by Krystal Volney. Retrieved from www.jazzwritesandsingsforyou.com/Poetry-Krystal_Volney-fashion.html.

Volney, K. (2015, February 24). Poets Corner: The Bubo Scandiacus. Retrieved from https://www.caribbeannewsnow.com/2015/02/24/poets-corner-the-bubo-scandiacus/.

Volney, K. (2013, October 26). Quantum Computing in 2013. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:jO6BVfUQO9kJ:www.city-connect.org/quantum-computing-in-2013/+&cd=264&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. & Anja, J. (2019, March 11). Race. Retrieved from winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_16.pdf.

Volney, K. (2018, March 27). Random photographs. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/pictures/1293.

Volney, K. (2019). Sign-up sheet. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/signup.

Volney, K. (2018, March 27). Some of the Caribbean Volneys. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/pictures/1281.

Volney, K. (2019). Store. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/store.

Volney, K. (2012, August 21). Technology, Time and Ageing. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:SYlmQg8GvMgJ:www.city-connect.org/technology-time-and-aging/+&cd=3&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2015, October 5). The Big Bang Theory. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:lg9mCDlhjNIJ:www.city-connect.org/the-big-bang-theory/+&cd=268&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2017, May 25). The Flower poem(2010): (Published in Vogue Italia). Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/69.

Volney, K. (2010, March). The Flower Poem by Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.frostmagazine.com/2015/03/the-flower-poem-by-krystal-volney/.

Volney, K. (2018, August 24). The Mysterious Hermit. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfanssite.blogspot.com/2018/08/the-mysterious-hermit.html.

Volney, K. (2014, May 1). Thoughts in a minor. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/feature/8828-thoughts-in-a-minor.

Volney, K. (2013, July 30). Wall Street Money: never sleeps. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/feature/4556-wall-street.

Volney, K. (2013, December 11). WIN ONE issue XI: Quantum Computing. Retrieved from winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_11.pdf.

Volney, K. (2014, July 7). WIN ONE issue XII: Global Communication and Mail. Retrieved from winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_12.pdf.

Volney, K. (2017, May 13). WIN ONE issue XV: Interview with Dr. Vinton Cerf. Retrieved from winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_15.pdf.

Wall Street International. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/authors/83-krystal-volney.

Wikipedia. (2019). Aruba. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aruba.

Wikipedia. (2019). Author Solutions. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Author_Solutions.

Wikipedia. (2019). Child grooming. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Child_grooming.

Wikipedia. (2019). Child sexual abuse. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Child_sexual_abuse.

Wikipedia. (2019). Claude Monet. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Claude_Monet.

Wikipedia. (2019). Dominica. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dominica.

Wikipedia. (2019). Edgar Degas. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.

Wikipedia. (2019). Edison Pioneers. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Edison_Pioneers.

Wikipedia. (2019). Email. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Email.

Wikipedia. (2019). Frederic Thomas Nicholls. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frederic_Thomas_Nicholls.

Wikipedia. (2019). Henri François Pittier. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Henri_François_Pittier.

Wikipedia. (2019). International Society for Philosophical Enquiry. Retrieved from https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Society_for_Philosophical_Enquiry.

Wikipedia. (2019). Jean-Marc Nattier. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jean-Marc_Nattier.

Wikipedia. (2019). John Wyndham. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Wyndham.

Wikipedia. (2019). Leonardo da Vinci. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Leonardo_da_Vinci.

Wikipedia. (2019). Lewis Carroll. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lewis_Carroll.

Wikipedia. (2019). Martinique. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Martinique.

Wikipedia. (2019). Mira Publishing. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mira_Books.

Wikipedia. (2019). Oba (ruler). Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oba_(ruler).

Wikipedia. (2019). Phyllis Shand Allfrey. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phyllis_Shand_Allfrey.

Wikipedia. (2019). Saint Kitts. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saint_Kitts.

Wikipedia. (2019). Silversmith. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Silversmith.

Wikipedia. (2019). Sunsilk. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sunsilk.

Wikipedia. (2019). The Gaylords (Dominican band). Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Gaylords_(Dominican_band).

Wikipedia. (2019). The Legend of Zelda. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Legend_of_Zelda.

Wikipedia. (2019). Trafford Publishing. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trafford_Publishing.

Wikipedia. (2019). Turing Award. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turing_Award.

Wise Famous Quotes. (2019). Krystal Volney Quotes. Retrieved from https://www.wisefamousquotes.com/krystal-volney-quotes/.

Yggdrasil: A Journal of the Poetic Arts. (2014, March). March 2014 VOL XXII, Issue 3, Number 251. Retrieved from users.synapse.net/kgerken/Y-1403.pdf.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Author; Tech Writer & Part-Time Co-Editor, WIN ONE (WIN-ON-line Edition); Journal Editor, United Sigma Korea; Writer, Planet Ivy Magazine [Planet Ivy]; Writer, Desiblitz Magazine; Writer, Relate Magazine; Writer/Journalist, City Connect.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Krystal Volney on Early Personal Life, and Discovery of Giftedness and Talents (Part Two) [Online].August 2019; 20(A). Available from: https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, August 8). An Interview with Krystal Volney on Early Personal Life, and Discovery of Giftedness and Talents (Part Two)Retrieved from https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Krystal Volney on Early Personal Life, and Discovery of Giftedness and Talents (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, August. 2019. <https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Krystal Volney on Early Personal Life, and Discovery of Giftedness and Talents (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Krystal Volney on Early Personal Life, and Discovery of Giftedness and Talents (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (August 2019). https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Krystal Volney on Early Personal Life, and Discovery of Giftedness and Talents (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Krystal Volney on Early Personal Life, and Discovery of Giftedness and Talents (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Krystal Volney on Early Personal Life, and Discovery of Giftedness and Talents (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):August. 2019. Web. <https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Krystal Volney on Early Personal Life, and Discovery of Giftedness and Talents (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, August 20(A). Available from: https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Silver Linings, Secularism and South Africa, and Community (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,117

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Rick Raubenheimer is the President and Jani Schoeman is the Former President of the South African Secular Society. They discuss: silver linings; niche needing filling by SASS; freedom from and to religion, and secularism; representation; fun activities of community; and final thoughts.

Keywords: Jani Schoeman, Rick Raubenheimer, secularism, South African Secular Society.

An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Silver Linings, Secularism and South Africa, and Community: President and Former President, SASS (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I want to focus on two or three gray threads, there. One, unfortunately, you lost your father at age eight. I’m sorry to hear that. But also, when you were going through the Christian education, the Jewish education, transcendental meditation, these yogis, and an IM, you meet your wife, or who would become your wife, Judith.

Rick Raubenheimer: Yes.

Jacobsen: Within that context, you noted that you were consistently skeptical of these belief structures, or these belief structures around these practices, coming to a head with Dawkins and Dennett in the latter 2000s. What does this state about these practices, whether it’s the spiritual but not religious, or the formal religions, as being not entirely bad in terms of some of their consequences or derivatives?

Raubenheimer: Particularly from the i am training, I certainly grew. I think I became a better person. It was said of the i am training that one-third of the people, it had no effect on, one third got worse, and one third got better [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing] That’s good.

Jani Schoeman: Certainly, the techniques didn’t have a favourable effect on everybody. It was derided as a cult at various times, and so on.

I think there’s only one offshoot of it still going, which is called Quest. If you look for that on various blogs, there are people who refer to it as a cult, as well, and using psychological techniques, which is actually illegal in South Africa because there’s this Act which reserves doing psychology for people who are qualified psychologists, or psychotherapists.

2. Jacobsen: What was the niche needing filling through the foundation or the organization?

Schoeman: I think there wasn’t really an existing atheist community, especially in Johannesburg, that regularly met up in person when I first started the group. That was something that I couldn’t find when I was looking, and when I was going through my hard times and my deconversion. That’s why I started the group.

Ever since, we’ve discovered a few more niches within the secular community, I guess you could call it. There’s another organization that we support quite a bit, which is an organization that took the public schools to court last year in order to… Rick maybe you can say what was happening there. I think you will be able to describe it better.

Raubenheimer: Essentially, South Africa, as you probably know, in 1994, had a transition to democracy from the Apartheid system. Along with that came a largely secular constitution, rather like yours. There’s an invocation to God at the beginning, and then after that, it doesn’t get mentioned, basically.

We have a Bill of Rights which says that the state and people in the country may not discriminate against people on various grounds, including religion, belief, lack thereof, sexual orientation, skin colour, age, et cetera. The Constitution, particularly with the background of Apartheid that was based on racial discrimination, the new constitution very much focused on human rights, liberal model of treating everybody equally.

In fact, the orientation of the Constitution was not that difference is tolerated, but that we are the rainbow nation; and our differences are celebrated. This was built into the school curriculum as well. The idea was that schooling would be inclusive. The schools’ policy is such that schools may not favour, push, indoctrinate, proselytize any religion, or lack thereof.

This didn’t find great favour with the people who had come from the Christian National Education background. It’s been an ongoing battle since then to convince them that yes, actually, it’s not okay to state that a school’s ethos is a Christian ethos, that, “We follow Christian principles at this school,” that, “We will start assembly with prayer,” and things like that.

This active gentleman in the Cape, in Stellenbosch, called Hans Pietersen, who has some children in school and was finding this was happening – and he’s an atheist – found a set of pro bono lawyers, and they took six schools to court because they were favouring religion in school which was, in fact, against the state schools policy.

The Department of Education came in as a friend of the court to support the application. The long and the short was that the– A full bench of three judges found that the school’s policy must be upheld, and religion may not be favoured in schools. There may be religious education. In other words, people may be taught about religions, but they may not be religious – I’m looking for the right word here – indoctrination. Jani, give me the right word.

Schoeman: They can’t be coerced into a religion. They can’t be indoctrinated. That’s the right word, I think.

Raubenheimer: In other words, they can’t be taught religious observances, or to observe their religion. They can be taught about what the various religions do. Equal time must be given to all religions, as the court emphasized that our differences are not tolerated, they are celebrated.

They have an ongoing battle where parents of secular humanist children report their schools when the schools try to force religion on the children, which still happens regularly. The organization, which is called OGOD, which is quite a fun acronym, and has offended many people, much to Hans’s delight, then sends them a letter and points out the court judgement to them, and says that, “We will take you to court as well if you do not toe the line.”

3. Jacobsen: One thing, with secularism and the cases you gave, how does that respect the freedom to, and freedom from, religion? How does the principle of secularism do that, in other words, making a fairer society for everyone?

Schoeman: The thing is, secularism is the principle, but in South Africa. I’m thinking again about public schools. Because we have so many religious people, and especially Christians, they just bulldoze over that principle. I don’t know. It’s going to have to be people like us, and people that care to stand up. That try and personally just bring it under people’s attention and then hope; it’s difficult to do in practice.

Raubenheimer: Yes. There’s a lot of work to do because the schools are one issue. As happens in the United States, I’m not too sure what degree in Canada, but the schools tend to support religious activities, like religious camps, and school premises being used for services, even if it’s after hours, which they can do. There are lots of cases where we really need this.

One of our big projects, which I think you need to be aware of, is the secular marriage officers, for example.

Schoeman: Up until now, there have been no secular marriage officers officially in South Africa, up until our organization started registering them a few months ago. This was another battle that we have with the government because we are only the second organization that’s managed to convince Home Affairs to give us the authority to do that. The first institution that did manage to do that only, I think, had two marriage officers, and they weren’t existing for 10 years, so they weren’t really succeeding in that way.

Raubenheimer: They’re Cape-based. They don’t have a national footprint. If you think of the geography of South Africa, there’s Cape Town way at the south-west corner, and we’re more up in the north-east. We’re the economic hub, and Cape Town is more of the holiday hub.

Schoeman: Touristy.

Raubenheimer: There are very different vibes between the two. Cape Town is very laid back. Johannesburg is very industrialized, go-getters and so on. We do have associates in Cape Town, as well, and we’re trying to establish a branch there, as well, but they’re very laid back, as I say.

Schoeman: So, laid back.

Raubenheimer: Just to get back onto the marriage officer. Since we announced that we were able to get marriage officers certified, we’ve had about 20 applications. We’ve got them in various processes. We have our first certified marriage officer certified last year, and we have a few others who must write their exams still with their Department of Home Affairs. 

Jacobsen: Well done.

Raubenheimer: Before that, essentially, if a secular couple wanted to get married, they would need to either find a compliant pastor of some sort of religion, and they do exist- which in fact, Jani did – or one would go to a magistrate for the official ceremony,  and then have somebody do an unofficial ceremony.

Schoeman: You have a court wedding. That was our choice. You have a court wedding, or you convince some sort of pastor to do a lekker secular ceremony for you, which, at Home Affairs, is unlawful.

Raubenheimer: The other thing with Home Affairs is that we have two acts that govern marriages, essentially. There is a Marriage Act. The Marriage Act declared that marriage was between a man and a woman. This fell afoul of the Constitution because it says that there may not be discrimination based on sexual orientation.

What they should have done then, was simply to amend the Marriage Act, but to mollify the churches, they passed a new act called the Civil Union Act, which allows for same-sex marriages, and heterosexual marriages. Our officers are certified under the Civil Union Act. We require them to do both same-sex and heterosexual marriages, which has brought a lot of the gay community in to either want to become marriage officers or essentially support us. That’s been quite handy.

There was an exemption in the Civil Union Act, that a state official, who is officially obliged to marry people, could because of religious convictions, opt out of marrying same-sex couples. In practice, this meant that in pretty much all the smaller Home Affairs offices, anywhere outside the major centres, a same-sex couple couldn’t find anyone who would marry them.

Thanks to one of our smaller political parties (COPE), that provision has now been removed from the act. However, the department has got a year to implement that, so we’re probably still going to be at the forefront of organizing a gay marriage.

4. Jacobsen: With bringing in homosexuals into the fold, through secularism, what has been a relatively perennial issue in the secular community across the globe, as far as I can tell, there tends to be a lack of women being represented in leadership positions. That shows up in who are the public intellectuals, who are the ones doing the speaking tours, and engagements, and who are the ones writing the most popular books. I think that’s generally true.

Jani, as the founder and [Ed. Former] president, as a woman of a secular organization, and to your point, Rick, about bringing homosexuals into the fold, what can we do within community to better represent women in those leadership positions, as well as finding a context in which women feel more comfortable coming into the fold because often neither of those are the case?

Schoeman: I wouldn’t say we are actively doing anything about that right now, which is something for us to consider. It is a difficult thing to do. I don’t know what can be done. I’ll have to think about how we can do this or focus on this a little bit more.

Raubenheimer: In fact, it is so that SASS is largely male and white. We’ve had a lot of good interest from women as secular marriage officers. Several of them are lesbians and active in the gay community. Because our marriage officers will be part of the leadership structure, that will, I think, bring quite a balance in, both from the gender point of view and from the sexual orientation point of view because we haven’t had much representation of gays in leadership in SASS either.

For us, even the more pressing question is how we bring people of another race in. As I say, SASS is largely white now, and that’s a concern for us because the population is largely black and Christian.

Schoeman: I don’t know how much of the SASS leadership knows this, but I’m bisexual. It’s not something I go around advertising but I’m thinking maybe I should do it a bit more. Obviously, we have a lot of overlap when we’re finding that we have overlap with the gay community and the LGBT community.

We have had interested black and Indian people, and Asian people. We’ve had various people come to the meetings, and stuff, and show interest, but I’d like to up that a bit more.

5. Jacobsen: What are some of the fun activities that you do within the community, as the original organization was, essentially, an atheist Meetup?

Jani: We still have that component. We still do our Meetups. It’s a mix between exploring Joburg. We do especially scientifically orientated sorts of outings. Just this Sunday, we went to a science museum called Sci-Bono. It’s mostly for children. There was a rock art expedition there, and a whole thing on archaeology, which I so, so, so loved. It was amazing.

We’ve been to the Cradle of Humankind. I don’t know if you know about the Cradle of Humankind in South Africa. We’ve got some cool paleontological, and archaeological sites in Africa, and specifically South Africa, so we do a lot of those sorts of outings. We’ve done outings where we go to the breweries and just drink beer and gin, and stuff. We do all of it.

The other sorts of things we do are more discussion-orientated Meetups. These normally take place at somebody’s home. Most of the time it’s at Rick’s home, Rick’s and Judith’s home. We’ve had everything from, “Why are you an atheist?”, to secular parenting, is another one. We had a psychologist come and talk to us about secular parenting once. We do all sorts of things.

Raubenheimer: One of our leaders is looking this year at establishing Camp Quest in South Africa. You’re aware of Camp Quest?

Jacobsen: Yes.

Raubenheimer: They’re looking to broaden internationally and we’re looking to possibly, in about a bit short of a year’s time, have the first Camp Quest camp in South Africa. That will be great fun, as well. That joins in with secular parenting.

Schoeman: I must say, something I also discovered quickly upon establishing SASS was that there’s really a need for people, for parents who have no- there are no activities for non-religious activities for children. The Christians and the churches have all their camps, but there’s nothing really for the atheist kids, if you can call them that. Kids of atheist parents. People have a lot of questions around parenting when it comes to secularism and atheism and bringing up your child as a free thinker.

That’s also a niche, I think, that still needs to come to existence in South Africa, that we haven’t really tapped into yet, but we have touched on it.

6. Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion based on the conversation today?

Raubenheimer: I think we should have another one [Ed. Search “Ask SASS…” at www.canadianatheist.com.]

Schoeman: I wanted to mention in my history, quickly, that I was a Young Earth Creationist up until the age of 21. Just something I didn’t say, which I think is significant because I went basically from that to atheism. There was no in-between.

7. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Jani and Rick.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Rick Raubenheimer, President, SASS; Jani Schoeman, Former President, SASS.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Silver Linings, Secularism and South Africa, and Community (Part Two) [Online].August 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, August 1). An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Silver Linings, Secularism and South Africa, and Community (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Silver Linings, Secularism and South Africa, and Community (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, August. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Silver Linings, Secularism and South Africa, and Community (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Silver Linings, Secularism and South Africa, and Community (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (August 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Silver Linings, Secularism and South Africa, and Community (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Silver Linings, Secularism and South Africa, and Community (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Silver Linings, Secularism and South Africa, and Community (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):August. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Silver Linings, Secularism and South Africa, and Community (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, August 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Krystal Volney on Family History (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,096

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Krystal Volney is the new Journal Editor of United Sigma Korea. Volney is known for her computing interviews for WIN ONE Magazine (World Intelligence Network) as a tech writer, Co-Editor and publications in Award-winning/bestselling educational books that can be found in bookstores and libraries around the world, journals, blogs, forums & magazines such as Thoth Journal of Glia Society and City Connect Magazine since 2012-present. She is the author of Cosmos and Spheres poetry book and the ‘Dr. Zazzy’ children’s series. She discusses: intriguing family facts; biggest changes between 18 and 30; definition of genius; family national background meaning for the ethnic background, and some of the linguistic, educational, and religious or lack thereof, influences from them; Dominica important to family history, and Empress Josephine; Robert-Marguerite Tascher, baron de La Pagerie and Marianne Felicité, Henry Alfred Alford Nicholls, and Henri François Pittier; forms of love missing in early life, and moral courage.

Keywords: editor, Krystal Volney, United Sigma Korea, WIN ONE, World Intelligence Network, writer.

An Interview with Krystal Volney on Family History: Author & Editor, WIN ONE (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As a Millennial – using the term to satisfy demographers, or a 30-year-old, the parental background and personal background become more or less better known, statistically speaking. However, some knowledge only becomes understood if presented in the tone of the person. What intriguing family facts emerged later in life for you? Those unknown in youth and unlisted to the public, so far.

Krystal Volney: When I was a child I wasn’t aware. but as a teenager, I was given evidence that my Volney relatives and I are descendants of the notable Count, Count Volney. I only told my close friends and some of my maternal cousins. I did not see it as a big deal. I did not want to be treated differently from other people my age. The person that I once was over 12 years ago is a completely different person to who I am now as a result of experiences in my life. I never aspired to be a genius until my later years and never knew what I wanted to do with my life initially. My family controlled me. When I was very young, I was enthralled by Ancient Egyptian culture and thought of becoming an Egyptologist when I grew up, reading many books on that. I loved the culture of Cleopatra, Nefertiti and the Pharoah Tutankhamun.

Other family facts that emerged later in life for me is information about my Dominican (paternal), Barbadian (maternal) and Martiniquais (paternal) heritage. I read an extraordinary book in 2016 about my grandmother’s first cousin Phyllis Shand Allfrey called A Caribbean Life published in 1996 about my family’s relation to Empress Josephine’s Uncle and her cousin Marianne Felicité through my grandmother Rosalind Enid Alford Nicholls-Volney’s father Ralph Nicholls, grandson of Marianne Felicité. Having a turbulent past, that sort of information was intriguing to me; even though, I did not expect to be treated differently from anyone out there. I prefer having my own achievements; although, I do respect those who want to be elevated because of their families and ancestries. I believe I would make a great impact on the globe, helping others by sharing my childhood issues, so that this useful information would stop innocent minors from being sexually abused by trusted employees in their family homes. I want people to know that child sexual abuse can happen to the most intelligent of people’s children as you can see priests and nuns are trustworthy people and even they have been accused of pedophilia. As a child, I did not know what my childhood pedophile did was wrong but as a mature woman now, I could definitely look back at my past and know that she manipulated and groomed me.

2. Jacobsen: What have been the biggest changes between the ages of 18 and 30?

Volney: I have definitely become a more mature individual and although it is said that ‘Age is just a number’ , the once ‘Being popular and being cool’ vibe from my younger years has definitely changed. I value the friends that I have now and are thankful for them. I live a life of gratitude for what I have and try to not focus on any negativity in life. At the same time, as I get older I try to become more mature but still maintain a youthful mentality in certain aspects.

3. Jacobsen: What defines a genius to you? Or, perhaps, what different definitions of genius suffice for you?

Volney: Someone who is exceptional or gifted in his or her respective field/s.

4. Jacobsen: Some biographical information exists on the website, which states, “Her family comes from Martinique, Venezuela, Dominica island, Montserrat, Barbados, Trinidad, Dominican Republic, Cayman Islands, Scotland, Canada, Aruba, St. Kitts, Jamaica, Norway and USA.” What does this family national background mean for the ethnic background? What were some of the linguistic, educational, and religious or lack thereof, influences from them?

Volney: Oh ethnic background? My family is of Mestizo heritage. My father is Mestizo and my mother has African mainly, Portuguese and British heritage. My maternal grandmother is Biracial and my deceased grandfather was predominantly African. I identify as multiracial race or ‘Black’ physically. However, race and ethnicity should not matter though! Personality is more important than what a person looks like right? Generally, my entire family is well-educated as you asked about educational influences from them. Having a solid education means a lot to my maternal and paternal relatives. However, my personal views are that I stand on my feet independently and have my own achievements than rely on those of my families’. On the other hand, I don’t judge anyone who depends on theirs as it’s not my place to condemn anyone.

5. Jacobsen: Why is Dominica important to family history, i.e., in regards to the Volneys and the Cromptons? Who was Empress Josephine?

Volney: My family history in Dominica is lovely to me as I did not know of it until my mid-twenties. Empress Josephine? Oh, she was a French Queen born on Martinique.

6. Jacobsen: Who were Robert-Marguerite Tascher, baron de La Pagerie and Marianne Felicité? Who was Henry Alfred Alford Nicholls? What was the relationship between Henry Nicholls and Henri François Pittier?

Volney: You will have to ask a historian about that but by reading from distinguished books, Robert-Marguerite Tascher, baron de La Pagerie and Marianne Felicité were relatives of Empress Josephine’s… honestly, I would like to know the intimate relationship myself between Henry Nicholls my great-great-grandfather and Henri François Pittier from Venezuela as they wrote a book on Botany together.

7. Jacobsen: What were the forms of love missing most in early life? As to childhood sexual abuse, we can cover this in one on the next parts more fully. Thank you for sharing this, and with a full name, this takes moral courage and emotional resilience, and the commitment to the truth, to represent oneself this open and vulnerable to the public. 

Volney: Child sexual abuse and child grooming that happened to me as a little girl from 5 to 13 years old secretly gave me a wrong understanding of love from an early age. I enjoy single life as an adult now but don’t need anyone in that regard and if I date the right man, it would be for us to add to each other’s lives not subtract, and grow older together. Otherwise, I can remain single for the rest of my life.

Sure Scott, I enjoyed sharing this and thank you for seeing it as moral courage and being emotionally resilient to represent myself this openly and vulnerably to the public…

References

[BookVideos]. (2013, September 26). Cosmos and Spheres Poetry Book by Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fEt22Sx-iEI.

[BookVideos]. (2019, April 26). The Flower Poem by Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p_-aiAs0SkM.

AbeBooks.Com. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.abebooks.com/9781466908871/Cosmos-Spheres-Krystal-Volney-1466908874/plp.

Airbit. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://airbit.com/profile/KrystalVolney.

Allfrey, P.S. (1980). Hurricane David: the skeleton of a survival tale. Retrieved from https://ro.uow.edu.au/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=&httpsredir=1&article=1064&context=kunapipi.

Amazon.Com. (2019a). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.ca/Cosmos-Spheres-Krystal-Volney/dp/1466908874.

Amazon.Com. (2019). Phyllis Shand Allfrey: A Caribbean Life. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.com/Phyllis-Shand-Allfrey-Caribbean-Life/dp/081352265X/ref=sr_1_1?ie=.

Amazon.Com. (2019). Thomas J. Hally. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.com/Thomas-J.-Hally/e/B005WLA28M%3Fref=dbs_a_mng_rwt_scns_share.

Amazon.Com. (2019b). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.com/Krystal-Volney/e/B008JBYVC0%3Fref=dbs_a_mng_rwt_scns_share.

Amazon.Com. (2019). The Shillingfords of Dominica and their Family Tree: With Notes on the Dominica Taverniers. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.com/Shillingfords-Dominica-their-Family-Tree/dp/1985780291.

Barnes & Noble. (2019). COSMOS AND SPHERES. Retrieved from https://www.barnesandnoble.com/w/cosmos-and-spheres-krystal-volney/1109698279.

BOL. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.bol.com/nl/f/cosmos-and-spheres/9200000005007764/.

Booksamillion.Com. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.booksamillion.com/p/Cosmos-Spheres/Krystal-Volney/9781466908871.

Coleman The Group. (2019). Coleman The Group. Retrieved from www.colemangrouptt.com.

Daynco Limited. (2019). Daynco Limited. Retrieved from https://dayncoltd.com.

DESIblitz. (2017, November 27). British Library Exhibition for Mughal India. Retrieved from https://www.desiblitz.com/content/british-library-exhibition-for-mughal-india.

Dymocks.Com. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.dymocks.com.au/book/cosmos-and-spheres-by-krystal-volney-9781466908871.

eBay. (2019). Dr. Zazzy Saves Christmas by Krystal Volney Miss (English) Paperback Book Free S. Retrieved from https://www.ebay.com.sg/itm/Dr-Zazzy-Saves-Christmas-by-Krystal-Volney-Miss-English-Paperback-Book-Free-S-/380905810826.

Elite High IQ Society. (2019). Paul Edgeworth. Retrieved from https://www.eliteiqsociety.org/apps/profile/134808474/.

Fashionaires Model Agency. (2019). Fashionaires Model Agency. Retrieved from https://www.facebook.com/Fashionaires-131449506689/.

FictionDB.Com. (2019). Dr. Zazzy Saves Christmas – Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.fictiondb.com/author/krystal-volney~dr-zazzy-saves-christmas~814830~b.htm.

Gerken, K.J. (2014, March 9). MARCH 2014 ISSUE OF YGDRASIL. Retrieved from https://canada.johntext.de/tag/krystal-volney.

Goodreads.Com. (2019a). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/10302153.

Goodreads.Com. (2019b). Krystal Volney > Quotes. Retrieved from https://www.goodreads.com/author/quotes/4602107.Krystal_Volney.

Google Books. (2019). COSMOS AND SPHERES. Retrieved from https://books.google.ca/books/about/COSMOS_AND_SPHERES.html?id=koC648K7rX8C&redir_esc=y.

GRIQ Society. (2019). Massimo Cliaro. Retrieved from https://gr.iqsociety.org/members/massimo-caliaro/.

HolmesACourt.Com. (2016, April 11). Josephine Allfrey. Retrived from www.holmesacourt.org/hac/3/6910.htm.

Insgain.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney (@krystal_volney_). Retrieved from http://www.insgain.com/user/krystal_volney_/2954215183.

Instagram.Com. (2019). Krystal_Volney_. Retrieved from https://www.instagram.com/krystal_volney_/?hl=en.

ISFDB Science Fiction. (2019). Award Bibliography: Krystal Volney. Retrieved from www.isfdb.org/cgi-bin/eaw.cgi?270246.

Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, April 22). An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Two). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-two.

Kobo. (2019). Cosmos and Spheres. Retrieved from https://www.kobo.com/us/en/ebook/cosmos-and-spheres-2.

Laurent, N. (2016, May 8). Nina Survived Child Abuse And Is Telling Her Story To Help Other Survive As Well. Retrieved from www.antoinespeaks.co.uk/this-woman-suffered-from-child-abuse-but-is-telling-her-story-to-give-advice-on-how-to-stop-it-and-help-other-victims/.

LinkedIn.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.linkedin.com/in/krystalvolney/.

Lulu.Com. (2019). Dr. Zazzy Saves Christmas. Retrieved from http://www.lulu.com/spotlight/krystalvolney.

Mandy. (2019). Antoine Allen. Retrieved from https://www.mandy.com/actor/profile/antoineallen#.

Maria Regina Grade School. (2019). Maria Regina Grade School. Retrieved from www.mariaregina.edu.tt.

MDC (Metal Designs & Concepts Limited). (2019). MDC (Metal Designs & Concepts Limited. Retrieved from https://www.mdc-um.com.

Medical Associates Hospital. (2019). Medical Associates Hospital. Retrieved from www.medicalassociatestt.info.

MySpace.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://myspace.com/krystalvolneyjapan.

One Great Family. (2019). Henry Alfred Alford Nicholls. Retrieved from https://www.onegreatfamily.com/fh/Henry-Nicholls/603343518.

Oxford Theatre Review. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from oxfordtheatrereview.co.uk/p/UH3BkL3URcy_pBdOXDx6yg.

Paravisini-Gebert, L. (1996, April 1). Phyllis Shand Allfrey: A Caribbean Life: Page 11, Empress Josephine. Retrieved from https://books.google.ca/books/about/Phyllis_Shand_Allfrey.html?id=Ybump8V_hmoC&printsec=frontcover&source=kp_read_button&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=empress%20josephine%20uncle&f=false.

Paravisini-Gebert, L. (1996, April 1). Phyllis Shand Allfrey: A Caribbean Life: Page 12, Marianne Felicité. Retrieved fromhttps://books.google.com/books?id=Ybump8V_hmoC&pg=PA11&dq=marianne+felicite&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=marianne%20felicite&f=false.

Picdeer. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from www.picdeer.com/krystal_volney_.

PoemHunter.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.poemhunter.com/krystal-volney/.

Rizzoni’s Ristorante Italiano. (2019). Rizzoni’s Ristorante Italiano. Retrieved from https://www.rizzoni-italiano.com.

Robinson, D. (1986, May 15). BYU’s Angel(a). Retrieved from https://news.google.com/newspapers?nid=336&dat=19860515&id=peRNAAAAIBAJ&sjid=SYQDAAAAIBAJ&pg=3259,6287685&hl=en.

Safeway Access and Support Systems Limited. 92015). Safeway Access and Support Systems Limited. Retrieved from www.safewayaccesstt.com.

Science Fiction & Fantasy Poetry Association. (2019). 2019 Rhysling Award Candidates For poems published in 2018. Retrieved from https://www.sfpoetry.com/ra/rhyscand.html.

Seelal, N. (2003, June 2). Shot five times, jumps 20 feet to escape. Retrieved from https://archives.newsday.co.tt/2003/06/02/shot-five-times-jumps-20-feet-to-escape/.

SheWrites.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.shewrites.com/profile/KrystalVolney.

Siegmund, M. (n.d.). I.Q. 160-179 Exceptionally Gifted 180+ Profoundly Gifted?. Retrieved from tetworld.tripod.com/gifted.html.

St. Dominic’s Children’s Home. (2019). St. Dominic’s Children’s Home. Retrieved from https://www.bordeglobal.org/dominic/index.php.

Stuart, A. (2011, May 16). Josephine: The Rose of Martinique: Empress Josephine. Retrieved from https://books.google.com/books?id=5tSq5awNgXUC&pg=PA1&dq=phyllis+allfrey+empress+josephine&hl=en&sa=X&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=phyllis%20allfrey%20empress%20josephine&f=false.

Stuart, A. (2011, May 16). Josephine: The Rose of Martinique: One, Childhood by Phyllis Allfrey. Retrieved from https://books.google.com/books?id=5tSq5awNgXUC&pg=PA1&dq=phyllis+allfrey&hl=en&sa=X&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=phyllis%20allfrey&f=false.

The Barbados advocate. (1951, March 2). The Barbados advocate ( Friday, March 02, 1951 ). Retrieved from https://ufdc.ufl.edu/UF00098964/02522/2j.

The Enid Blyton Society. (1938). The Secret Island. Retrieved from Retrieved from https://www.enidblytonsociety.co.uk/book-details.php?id=289.

The Glasgow Herald. (1983, August 18). George bridges a 26-year gap in his athletics career. Retrieved from https://news.google.com/newspapers?nid=2507&dat=19830818&id=wMFAAAAAIBAJ&sjid=66UMAAAAIBAJ&pg=5100,3607284&hl=en.

The Nobel Prize. (2019). All Nobel Prizes in Physics. Retrieved from https://www.nobelprize.org/prizes/lists/all-nobel-prizes-in-physics.

ThriftBooks.Com. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.thriftbooks.com/a/krystal-volney/2453750/.

Trafford Publishing. (2019). Trafford Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.trafford.com.

TRINRE Insurance Company Ltd. (2018). TRINRE Insurance Company Ltd. Retrieved from https://www.trinre.

Twitter.Com. (2019a). Krystal Volney: @KrystalVBooks. Retrieved from https://twitter.com/KrystalVbooks.

Ultra-Pharm Marketing Limited. (2019). Ultra-Pharm Marketing Limited. Retrieved from https://www.ultra-pharm.com.

United Sigma Korea. (2019). Krystal Volney: Journal Editor, USK (Editor, World Intelligence Network). Retrieved from https://unitedsigmakorea.org/organizer/.

Volney, K. (2019, July 13). Album. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/pictures/2850.

Volney, K. (2013, December 1). Art, Philosophy and Poetics. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/feature/6341-art-philosophy-and-poetics.

Volney, K. (2014, March). Art, Philosophy and Poetics. Retrieved from users.synapse.net/kgerken/Y-1403.pdf.

Volney, K. (2019). Calendar. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/calendar.

Volney, K. (2012, June 20). Chronicles of Caniche. Retrieved from www.relatemag.com/tag/krystal-volney/.

Volney, K. (2011, February). Cosmos and Spheres. Victoria, BC: Trafford Publishing.

Volney, K. (2013, November 7). Dr. Zazzy Saves Christmas. Valley, California, US: CreateSpace Publishing.

Volney, K. (2014, March). For the elderly. Retrieved from users.synapse.net/kgerken/Y-1403.pdf.

Volney, K. (2014, June 1). For the Elderly. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/feature/9440-for-the-elderly.

Volney, K. (n.d.). Follow the Fashion. Retrieved from jazzwritesandsingsforyou.com/Poetry-Krystal_Volney-fashion.html.

Volney, K. (2014, February 7). Global Communication and Mail. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:eeKxTxfojW8J:www.city-connect.org/global-communication-and-mail/+&cd=266&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney K. (2014, April 1). Global Communication and Mail. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/science-and-technology/8334-global-communication-and-mail.

Volney, K. (2014, March). Golf. Retrieved from users.synapse.net/kgerken/Y-1403.pdf.

Volney, K. (2014, October 1). Golf. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/sport/11150-golf.

Volney, K. (2019). Krystal Volney: Home. Retrieved from www.krystalvolney.com.

Volney, K. (n.d.). Krystal Volney’s blog. Retrieved from https://krystalvolney21.tumblr.com.

Volney, K. (2012, September 17). Krystal Volney photos. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/pictures/10.

Volney, K. (2012, June). Human Cloning. Retrieved from https://paulcooijmans.com/others/krystal_volney/human_cloning.html.

Volney, K. (2016, August 12). Interview with Dr. Vinton Cerf. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:FK17Dh5j4AYJ:www.city-connect.org/interview-with-dr-vinton-cerf/+&cd=256&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2013, February). INTERVIEW WITH PAUL COOIJMANS, ADMINISTRATOR OF THE GIGA SOCIETY. Retrieved from https://paulcooijmans.com/interviews/volney.html.

Volney, K. (2013, August 30). Interview with Paul Cooijmans, Administrator of the Giga Society. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:cr65IbgWRSAJ:www.city-connect.org/interview-with-paul-cooijmans-administrator-of-the-giga-society/+&cd=267&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2013). Krystal Volney (Author Summary). Retrieved from http://www.krystalvolney.blogspot.com.

Volney, K. (2019). Krystal Volney Books: @KrystalVolney. Retrieved from https://twitter.com/krystalvolney.

Volney, K. (2012, August 16). Krystal Volney pictures. Retrieved from krystalvolneyfanclubworldwide.blogspot.com/2012/08/krystal-volney-pictures_16.html.

Volney, K (2018, December 2). KV’S BIOGRAPHY AND OTHER INFORMATION: FOR FANS AND FRIENDS. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/88.

Volney, K. (2019). Message board. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/forum.

Volney, K. (2013, October 4). Oil and Gas Exploration into the Arctic. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:7FdTjV7e4GMJ:www.city-connect.org/oil-and-gas-exploration-into-the-arctic/+&cd=265&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2018, December 21). Perception and Impressions in Society. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:RqlxVuUQwLIJ:www.city-connect.org/perception-and-impressions-in-society/+&cd=6&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2012, June 20). Poem: Chronicles of Caniche. Retrieved from www.relatemag.com/2012/06/poem-chronicles-of-caniche/.

Volney, K. (n.d.). Poetry-Krystal Volney. Retrieved from jazzwritesandsingsforyou.com/Poetry-Krystal_Volney-nature_love_life.html.

Volney, K. (n.d.). Poetry by Krystal Volney. Retrieved from www.jazzwritesandsingsforyou.com/Poetry-Krystal_Volney-fashion.html.

Volney, K. (2015, February 24). Poets Corner: The Bubo Scandiacus. Retrieved from https://www.caribbeannewsnow.com/2015/02/24/poets-corner-the-bubo-scandiacus/.

Volney, K. (2013, October 26). Quantum Computing in 2013. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:jO6BVfUQO9kJ:www.city-connect.org/quantum-computing-in-2013/+&cd=264&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. & Anja, J. (2019, March 11). Race. Retrieved from winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_16.pdf.

Volney, K. (2018, March 27). Random photographs. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/pictures/1293.

Volney, K. (2019). Sign-up sheet. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/signup.

Volney, K. (2018, March 27). Some of the Caribbean Volneys. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/pictures/1281.

Volney, K. (2019). Store. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/store.

Volney, K. (2012, August 21). Technology, Time and Ageing. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:SYlmQg8GvMgJ:www.city-connect.org/technology-time-and-aging/+&cd=3&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2015, October 5). The Big Bang Theory. Retrieved from webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:lg9mCDlhjNIJ:www.city-connect.org/the-big-bang-theory/+&cd=268&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=ca.

Volney, K. (2017, May 25). The Flower poem(2010): (Published in Vogue Italia). Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfansite.shutterfly.com/69.

Volney, K. (2010, March). The Flower Poem by Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://www.frostmagazine.com/2015/03/the-flower-poem-by-krystal-volney/.

Volney, K. (2018, August 24). The Mysterious Hermit. Retrieved from https://krystalvolneyfanssite.blogspot.com/2018/08/the-mysterious-hermit.html.

Volney, K. (2014, May 1). Thoughts in a minor. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/feature/8828-thoughts-in-a-minor.

Volney, K. (2013, July 30). Wall Street Money: never sleeps. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/feature/4556-wall-street.

Volney, K. (2013, December 11). WIN ONE issue XI: Quantum Computing. Retrieved from winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_11.pdf.

Volney, K. (2014, July 7). WIN ONE issue XII: Global Communication and Mail. Retrieved from winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_12.pdf.

Volney, K. (2017, May 13). WIN ONE issue XV: Interview with Dr. Vinton Cerf. Retrieved from winone.iqsociety.org/issues/WIN_ONE_15.pdf.

Wall Street International. (2019). Krystal Volney. Retrieved from https://wsimag.com/authors/83-krystal-volney.

Wikipedia. (2019). Aruba. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aruba.

Wikipedia. (2019). Author Solutions. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Author_Solutions.

Wikipedia. (2019). Child grooming. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Child_grooming.

Wikipedia. (2019). Child sexual abuse. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Child_sexual_abuse.

Wikipedia. (2019). Claude Monet. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Claude_Monet.

Wikipedia. (2019). Dominica. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dominica.

Wikipedia. (2019). Edgar Degas. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.

Wikipedia. (2019). Edison Pioneers. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Edison_Pioneers.

Wikipedia. (2019). Email. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Email.

Wikipedia. (2019). Frederic Thomas Nicholls. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frederic_Thomas_Nicholls.

Wikipedia. (2019). Henri François Pittier. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Henri_François_Pittier.

Wikipedia. (2019). International Society for Philosophical Enquiry. Retrieved from https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Society_for_Philosophical_Enquiry.

Wikipedia. (2019). Jean-Marc Nattier. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jean-Marc_Nattier.

Wikipedia. (2019). John Wyndham. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Wyndham.

Wikipedia. (2019). Leonardo da Vinci. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Leonardo_da_Vinci.

Wikipedia. (2019). Lewis Carroll. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lewis_Carroll.

Wikipedia. (2019). Martinique. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Martinique.

Wikipedia. (2019). Mira Publishing. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mira_Books.

Wikipedia. (2019). Oba (ruler). Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oba_(ruler).

Wikipedia. (2019). Phyllis Shand Allfrey. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phyllis_Shand_Allfrey.

Wikipedia. (2019). Saint Kitts. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saint_Kitts.

Wikipedia. (2019). Silversmith. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Silversmith.

Wikipedia. (2019). Sunsilk. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sunsilk.

Wikipedia. (2019). The Gaylords (Dominican band). Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Gaylords_(Dominican_band).

Wikipedia. (2019). The Legend of Zelda. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Legend_of_Zelda.

Wikipedia. (2019). Trafford Publishing. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trafford_Publishing.

Wikipedia. (2019). Turing Award. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turing_Award.

Wise Famous Quotes. (2019). Krystal Volney Quotes. Retrieved from https://www.wisefamousquotes.com/krystal-volney-quotes/.

Yggdrasil: A Journal of the Poetic Arts. (2014, March). March 2014 VOL XXII, Issue 3, Number 251. Retrieved from users.synapse.net/kgerken/Y-1403.pdf.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Author; Tech Writer & Part-Time Co-Editor, WIN ONE (WIN-ON-line Edition); Journal Editor, United Sigma Korea; Writer, Planet Ivy Magazine [Planet Ivy]; Writer, Desiblitz Magazine; Writer, Relate Magazine; Writer/Journalist, City Connect.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-jacobsen/; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Krystal Volney on Family History (Part One) [Online].August 2019; 20(A). Available from: https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-jacobsen/.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, August 1). An Interview with Krystal Volney on Family History (Part One)Retrieved from https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-jacobsen/.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Krystal Volney on Family History (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, August. 2019. <https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-jacobsen/>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Krystal Volney on Family History (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-jacobsen/.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Krystal Volney on Family History (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (August 2019). https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-jacobsen/.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Krystal Volney on Family History (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-jacobsen/>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Krystal Volney on Family History (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-jacobsen/.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Krystal Volney on Family History (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):August. 2019. Web. <https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-jacobsen/>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Krystal Volney on Family History (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, August 20(A). Available from: https://in-sightjournal.com/2019/08/01/volney-jacobsen/.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Graham Powell on Editorial Leadership Transition and a New Tone for WIN ONE (Part Five)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,749

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

His Lordship of Roscelines, Graham Powell,earned the “best mark ever given for acting during his” B.A. (Hons.) degree in “Drama and Theatre Studies at Middlesex University in 1990” and the “Best Dissertation Prize” for an M.A. in Human Resource Management from the University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England in 1994. Powell is an Honorary Member of STHIQ Society, Former President of sPIqr Society, Vice President of Atlantiq Society, and a member ofBritish MensaIHIQSIngeniumMysteriumHigh Potentials SocietyElateneosMilenijaLogiq, and Epida. He is the Full-Time Co-Editor of WIN ONE (WIN-ON-line Edition) since 2010 or nearly a decade. He represents World Intelligence Network Italia. He is the Public Relations Co-Supervisor, Fellow of the Royal Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce, and a Member of the European Council for High Ability. He discusses: debut as an editor with the publication on October 10, 2010; content of the fifth issue; most popular points of the publications; and setting a new tone for the leadership of the publication.

Keywords: AtlantIQ Society, editor, fifth issue, Graham Powell, WIN ONE, World Intelligence Network.

An Interview with Graham Powell on Editorial Leadership Transition and a New Tone for WIN ONE: Editor, WIN ONE & Vice President, AtlantIQ Society (Part Five)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Your first editorial production debut was on October 10, 2010, with the fifth issue of WIN ONE, if including Genius 2 Genius Manifest. You characterized this issue as a “bumper issue” at the time, correctly, especially with the massive increase in the size of this particular issue. The largest chunk of the material belongs to the statistical analysis of Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis of the first decade of the World Intelligence Network. What was behind the selection of the particular colour of blue and design of the border, and picture of the village of Oios (Oia) on the island of Santorini, Greece? The border of the issue and the colouring appear decidedly Greek. It sets a tone. The famous picture of Oios may be the giveaway hint.

Graham Powell: I approached Beatrice Rescazzi early in the preparation process of this Edition and asked if she would mind illustrating it. In the end, she reformatted all of it, and, I think under the influence of Evangelos being Greek, chose the font which dominates this issue. Evangelos was the last to submit his huge analysis, after which the edition went to Beatrice – this being within a few days of the publication date. She was suddenly taken ill and the magazine was uploaded a few days after the 10th, with an appropriate note going on the WIN website. When Beatrice sent back the finished copy, the size of the file was immense and covered as many pages as all the previous editions put together. I decided to label it a ‘bumper edition’ at that point. It marked a grand return to the arena and the next few magazines had people eagerly contributing, the feedback about the format being positive. I think the blue and white obviously reflected not only the colours in the Greek flag, but the dominant colours within the photo of Santorini. I also like to have a background colour to the magazine pages, plus a watermark, and often the watermark reflects a deep theme within the edition.

2. Jacobsen: The entrance into the fifth issue includes some work on, appropriately, an invitation to a new IQ test, some things to consider for systematizing the construction of a meaningful life, the ways in which religion may play a role in public life and the formation of the individual citizens’ political and personal choices in the public sphere (long think piece), on divisibility and the number 3, a nice puzzle set, a consideration of the application of the Socratic method – as opposed to rhetoric – to political concerns (with a nice separation between “first-order philosophical knowledge,” “second-order philosophical knowledge,” and “third-order philosophical knowledge”), and the representation of the truly bold vision-in-action for WIN Dr. Katsioulis harbors. If you can recall, granted it has been almost another decade since its publication, what articles took the most negotiation with the authors, e.g., Marco Ripa and the translation from Italian into English? 

Powell: As previously inferred, Marco’s was the most complex composition to interpret and of course translate. I had to liaise with him to make sure it was accurate and indeed I made a slight correction to it, if I remember correctly. (And to be fair to Marco, it was just a typo.) Anyway, the other notable challenge was breaking down the long articles via the addition of illustrative photos and subtitles. I conferred with Paul Edgeworth, though he trusted my judgement from the beginning and after the edition came out, he said how pleased he was with the result. It is also quite noticeable how many errors appear in some essays, so I read them very carefully and researched anything I thought awry. This was also appreciated after the publication date. Rich Stock was particularly thankful for my contribution to his essay, which he wrote specifically for the magazine. It certainly forged our friendship which, as you mentioned, goes back over a decade now.

3. Jacobsen: Within the previous question’s framing, what were the most popular points of the publications in the bumper issue, the fifth issue? 

Powell: Evangelos Katsioulis loved the cover design. He also appreciated the font, which was reassuring. Furthermore, with a huge interest, 2010 was, indeed, the pinnacle of interest and participation, that ‘high curve’ of participation being bolstered by the fact that only a few magazines from the member societies existed at that point in time, plus people were not so interested in writing for cash. That has changed now, as far as I can surmise, the plethora of blogs and magazines created with the raison d’être of earning money, resulting in, I think, the demise of magazines like the WIN ONE. Also, the increase in Asian interest in high IQ societies, from new members without the English skills or easy access to western societies’ discussions, means that the participation in magazines which predominantly promote western culture is considered unwise, or, at least, is not openly encouraged. Additionally, the WIN ONE was a sounding board used by people to show off their skills and talents, which the World Genius Directory “Genius of the Year” award also encouraged in the early years of my tenure as editor. What is more, people expressed their appreciation of the simplicity of design coupled with the large variety of content. The bumper edition set a standard for the way the magazine was now going to be presented and it was liked by most. I also enjoyed creating the puzzles that have become a regular feature. I think, through all of what I have just mentioned, people identified with the person predominantly creating each edition, and they appreciated the guidance given too.

4. Jacobsen: As the publication went on a slight hiatus over time between the fourth and the fifth issues, what were the important points about setting a tone for the new editorial leadership here?

Powell: The Plain English books have long been an influence on me, going back to Sir Ernest Gowers at Oxford. The Critical Sense: Practical Criticism of Prose and Poetry by James Reeves, has also been at the core of how I present myself in writing, resulting in, fundamentally, an ability to adapt and present work that is as easy as possible to access, whilst being fun to experience as well. Going by the feedback I have received over the years, I think I have achieved that goal, that balance between the complexity of content and the clarity of presentation.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Editor, WIN ONE; Text Editor, Leonardo (AtlantIQ Society); Joint Public Relations Officer, World Intelligence Network; Vice President, AtlantIQ Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-five; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on Editorial Leadership Transition and a New Tone for WIN ONE (Part Five) [Online].August 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-five.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, August 1). An Interview with Graham Powell on Editorial Leadership Transition and a New Tone for WIN ONE (Part Five)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-five.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Graham Powell on Editorial Leadership Transition and a New Tone for WIN ONE (Part Five). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, August. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-five>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Graham Powell on Editorial Leadership Transition and a New Tone for WIN ONE (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-five.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Graham Powell on Editorial Leadership Transition and a New Tone for WIN ONE (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (August 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-five.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on Editorial Leadership Transition and a New Tone for WIN ONE (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-five>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on Editorial Leadership Transition and a New Tone for WIN ONE (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-five.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Graham Powell on Editorial Leadership Transition and a New Tone for WIN ONE (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):August. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-five>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on Editorial Leadership Transition and a New Tone for WIN ONE (Part Five) [Internet]. (2019, August 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-five.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 13 — By the Godless Integers, People: Mathematicizing Secular Activism

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 26, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,670

Keywords: Godless, Herb Silverman, integers, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about secularism, mixing with mathematics, and studying effective methodologies in history, and more.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When we think of social dynamics for the secular and the efficacy of forms of social change more in line with the ideals proposed by the secular community, and the founding of the United States, we tend to think of the separation of church and state, where some, though, while espousing the ideal to some public media and lay circles, return to their respective religious communities and proclaim the necessity of getting ‘God back into the homes, the schools, and the government.’ The secular communities require the separation of church and state for equality. Without it, the second-class status becomes a logical implication. If we want to make a modest heuristic science of the work for secularism in America, and Canada too, who studied the history of secularism? What were the conclusions from the research? Whether this has or has not been done, what might provide some interesting insight into the effective secular activism with a mathematicization of activism from the past? The examining and modelling the secular activism that succeeded and failed — in what ways and to what degrees. How might this be done?

Professor Herb Silverman: The concept of separating church and state is often credited to the writings of English philosopher John Locke. According to his principle of the social contract, Locke argued that the government lacks authority in the realm of individual conscience, something rational people could not cede to the government. Locke’s views were influential in the drafting of the United States Constitution. Though the separation phrase is not explicitly in the Constitution, Thomas Jefferson used the metaphor of the “wall of separation between church and state” in an 1802 letter to the Baptist Association in Danbury, Connecticut. This phrase, as the Supreme Court noted, has come to be commonly accepted as an authoritative declaration of the scope and meaning of the First Amendment to the Constitution.

Having seen the religious wars in Europe, our founders viewed religion as a private matter, without government involvement. The U.S. Constitution is a godless document, with no mention of any deities. It begins with the words “We the people,” not with “Thou the deity.” Secular government guarantees freedom to follow any religion or none. It allows people to explore religious questions according to individual conscience, but does not take sides itself. Those who wish to promote Christianity, other religions, or atheism, are free to do so — but without government assistance. All beliefs are protected, which is what guarantees religious freedom.

Article VI of the U.S. Constitution says, “No religious test shall ever be required as a qualification to any office or public trust under the United States.” Article VI was why I ran for governor of South Carolina in 1990 to challenge the provision in the South Carolina State Constitution that prohibited atheists from holding public office. After an eight-year battle, I won a unanimous decision in the South Carolina Supreme Court, striking down this religious test requirement.

Despite the history of success with separation of church and state, some opponents of church-state separation are trying to rewrite American history to promote their assertion that the U.S. is an official “Christian nation.” Many of them claim that the founders formed a Christian nation, and they interpret the First Amendment prohibition against “establishment of religion” to mean that no single Christian denomination could be officially favored. They argue that official prayers, religious monuments, and participation by church bodies in government were all part of the “original intent.” But our founders were careful and thoughtful writers. Had they wanted the U.S. to be a Christian nation they would have mentioned it somewhere in the Constitution. Instead, President John Adams signed (and the U.S. Senate approved unanimously) the 1797 Treaty of Tripoli, which said in part, “the Government of the United States of America is not, in any sense, founded on the Christian religion.

Many Americans wrongly believe that tax dollars should go to support Christian symbols or beliefs. The First Amendment is constantly under attack by religious people — most notably, Evangelical Christians — who want the government to promote religion and, in many instances, give Christians special rights. It doesn’t bode well for separation of church and state that white Evangelical Christians currently have such influence over the government. Supreme Court Justice Sandra Day O’Connor wrote in 2005: “Those who would renegotiate the boundaries between church and state must therefore answer a difficult question: Why would we trade a system that has served us so well for one that has served others so poorly?”

What can those of us who want to keep the wall between church and state strong do? An excellent national organization worthy of support is Americans United for the Separation of Church and State. However, I wish they would change their name to the more accurate and diverse Americans United for the Separation of Religion and Government. Government should also be separate from synagogues, mosques, temples, kingdom halls, and many more religious bodies. Of course, Americans United does use “church” as a metaphor to include all religions.

Separation of religion and government should prevent private citizens, when acting in the role of government officials, from having their private religious beliefs imposed on others. The Establishment Clause limits some free speech rights of public-school teachers, principals, and staff when communicating with students. Teachers can’t promote one religion (or atheism) over another to other people’s children. Local officials can’t require certain religious practices on the part of government employees, for example by hosting specific, approved prayers. Government leaders can’t make members of other religions or no religion feel like second-class citizens by using their position to promote particular religious doctrines. Tax-exempt houses of worship have been violating provisions of the Johnson Amendment, which prohibits them from intervening in elections by endorsing or opposing candidates.

Private religious organizations should not be able to act through the government by having their doctrines and beliefs codified into law or policy. The government must remain a government for all citizens, not a government favoring one denomination or one religious tradition battling for “their share” of the public purse.

Today, many people blame “secularism” for the polarization of politics and Americans, instead of blaming divisions over race, misogyny, immigration, income inequality, and President Trump’s Twitters. For decades, the Religious Right has been blaming secularism for what they consider social ills and have told Americans to embrace their brand of traditional conservative religion to set things right. It’s true that an increasing number of Americans are leaving organized religion, and have become more secular, especially younger people. In part, they are leaving because of church scandals and politicized houses of worship.

One reason secular activism hasn’t been as effective as it should be is that many well-known and admired secularists in the past have been in the closet about their secularism or did not promote it. For instance, leaders of the feminist movement, like Susan B. Anthony and Elizabeth Cady Stanton were agnostics. Many, if not most, of today’s feminists are secular.

The civil rights movement has always been over-represented by secularists. Though Martin Luther King, Jr. was religious, he advocated for the separation of religion and government, and supported the Supreme Court’s decision to prohibit government-sponsored prayer in public schools. Bayard Rustin, who helped organize freedom rides, the Southern Christian Leadership Conference, and King’s March on Washington for Jobs and Freedom, was an atheist. So was A. Philip Randolph, who also helped organize the March on Washington, where King gave his “I have a dream” speech. James Baldwin, civil right leader and author, was an atheist, as were activist W. E. B. DuBois and Alice Walker, author of The Color Purple. Actress Butterfly McQueen, who played a maid in Gone with the Wind, was an atheist, saying in 1989, “As my ancestors are free from slavery, I am free from the slavery of religion.”

A disproportionate number of Jews were involved with the civil rights movement for African Americans. During the 1964 Freedom Summer in Mississippi, three civil rights workers, James Chaney, Andrew Goodman, and Michael Schwerner, were abducted and murdered. They had been attempting to register African Americans to vote. Both Goodman and Schwerner, from New York City, were secular Jews.

An excellent, comprehensive book to read on the history of secularism in the United States is Susan Jacoby’s Freethinkers: A History of American Secularism.

I’m pleased that today so many fine authors write or blog about their atheism, and either inspire others to become atheists or inspire atheists to come out of the closet. I think people “coming out” is the most effective way for secular activists to change society. It worked for the LGBT movement and it can work for secularists.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Silverman.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Secularism, Pluralistic Democracy, and Religious Courts (Part Three)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,238

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Gita Sahgal is the Executive Director of the Centre for Secular Space. She discusses: secularism and pluralistic democracy; Sharia courts; most judges as men in religious courts; impacts of the community through ostracism.

Keywords: Centre for Secular Space, Gita Sahgal, pluralistic democracy, secularism, Sharia Courts.

An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Secularism, Pluralistic Democracy, and Religious Courts: Executive Director, Centre for Secular Space (Part Three)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*This interview edited for clarity and readability. Some information may be incorrect based on audio quality.*

*This interview was conducted November 13, 2016.*

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The roots, by which I mean that which it embeds in, seem two-fold. One, the nature of secularism as a must in pluralistic democracies. On the other hand, the nature of religion. On the first, the former, secularism is a must because this permits everyone freedom to or from religion.

In that, if an individual society, partially or fully theocratic, then it will basically support one religion over all other religions and irreligion. In addition, you can even have a pluralistic but only religion.

In some countries, like the United Arab Emirates, you cannot sign yourself as irreligious in your marking, even if you are an expat and not necessarily an Emirati. On the latter, the nature of religion, to me, seems to be that it is not only a comprehensive worldview theory but also a comprehensive practice.

It embeds itself in all aspects of society. We saw it in Christendom. We see it during the Caliphate. We see it in other parts of the world. Therefore, in secular democracies where they give up their power of secular rule of law and socio-cultural contexts, then religion will begin to fill in the hole that it probably considers itself to have a rightful place too.

Gita Sahgal: Yes, there is an aspect of Britain, which is particularly tragic. Unlike the US, the British, as a whole – and I think this is across minorities, were not religious. One, Britain is not a religious state. Two, the Queen is the head of the Church of England. The Church of England is the established church of the state.

But as a Christian state, you are free to believe what you want. Because it is fundamentally a liberal society, not the state. A lot of social life is lived around the religious community. You have America as a secular state where there is a huge marketplace of religions.

As we found with the Trump campaign, there is an evangelical strong vote. There is no power of evangelicalism in Britain politically. In Britain, Christianity has no real political force. People do not go to church.

Even if they call themselves religious, and then put it down, they tend not to attend church. Society is very secularized. Yet, for political reasons, the government is promoting religious groups. One of the reasons and this is t least related to the Rushdie affair.

“There is the Christian stuff. Therefore, in the interest of equity, we will have other faiths.”

Jacobsen: Right.

Sahgal: We have Christians as lawmakers, not simply Christians who are Christians but Christians who sit in the House of Lords. It is so bloated that it is bigger than the House of Commons. It is mad. It is insane that this is the case.

There are 800 people or something. It is bigger than the House of Commons. It is mad. Bishops are taking up the House. So, they have to put more Muslims, Hindus, other religious people into the Upper House. Not because of the societal reasons, but also because they want more of those religions.

These are state-funded Church of England and Catholic schools, so they had to allow Jewish schools – and so they had to allow Muslim schools. So, in the interest of equity, we have more and more religious discrimination in the religious arena.

[Laughing] that is what will happen with the Sharia courts as they have the Jewish marriage courts. So, they have religious marriage and civil marriage. There are a civil marriage and a religious marriage of minorities.

People are voting to promote religious marriage only. Then they are marrying more and more women because those marriages are recognized as not breaking the law.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Sahgal: It has become a social fact. Women are saying, “We are having these religious marriages to be respectable.” My generation: if you wanted to live with a man, you shacked up with him like a white person in this country, or your boyfriend or girlfriend or whatever.

They may get married or not. They may marry in middle age because their pension is coming up. So, they figure, “I might as well marry now” [Laughing]. They want to stay together anyway.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Sahgal: Muslims are making the same kinds of decisions as other people because of the hassle of their parents and some hide for a while. Then some eventually get married. They settled down. Now, you hear these young people influenced by fundamentalist versions of Islam.

They want to go over with some man who their parents approve of to have a religious marriage. Many feel as though they have to do that. Then the man wants to dump the woman with some children.

Then the woman finds the marriage is not recognized in English law. So, she can claim welfare benefits as a single mother, but she cannot dissolve the marriage and then she has no choice but to go to a Sharia court. People with civil marriages do this too. These are being allowed to exist.

Even though, there hasn’t been a huge demand for them. That is the horror of religion; people are not madly religious. They do not think that if you ask people if they believe in creationism and humans and dinosaurs walked the Earth at the same time. That the world was made exactly as this 6,000 years ago.

A lot of the wrong views are erroneous views rather than strongly held erroneous views, probably. For them to have real influence, they would need to take advantage of the education system.

2. Jacobsen: If you take the Sharia courts or the education system, or arguing for human rights and women’s rights, what are some moves people can do to implement and instantiate women’s rights and provide a feeling of not feeling trapped to not have to go to Sharia courts for some women some of the time?

Sahgal: It is not where the groups exist that provide an alternative to women. The women do not go. The two organizations providing frontline services around domestic violence provide long-term therapeutic work with women.

We have been having a lot of attacks calling us secular extremists on the women, on Twitter and stuff like that. There is one woman who is attacking Maryam. Maryam said to look at these ex-Muslims being murdered. The woman said that this is not her problem.

Jacobsen: [Laughing] Wow.

Sahgal: What kind of response is that? [Laughing] that is anti-human rights approach, where it is not your concern. Nobody has a ban on what politics or views you hold for the provision of a service.

People come because they need a service. They need to leave their husband, have been facing their violence, need therapy, to talk to somebody in a safe space. The women may be religious or not or may move from one to another.

We do not evangelize people in that space. Nobody evangelizes in terms of how we deal with individuals who need help. Unlike, the Christian or the Muslim organizations where evangelization is built into their work.

We provide services where we think there is a need for services. We send them to where we think they will be served properly. We talked to the head of the Sharia council. They are encouraged to head there or told to go there. They may end up there.

But the fact is they do not end up there because they have detailed work and their own court work. Some end up there. It is harder, but then you have to do the level of work that you need. You do not have a one-size-fits-all form of service.

A lot of services that do domestic violence are getting worse and worse. We know it works. We are not talking about something we do not know about. Southall Black Sisters has generations of women. Who come in destitute with their children who are suicidal or contemplated suicide before they came in, this was something I was doing with service delivery in the 80s; their children are grown up and lawyers or things like that.

They do art design or something like that. They survive. Their children survive. They help them stand on their two feet and then get out of these religious services. We know it can be done. It can be done. It is not something out there. We are saying, “We have done it. We are doing it,” to understand that it is possible.

If you get someone who is running a Muslim women’s center and their main job is to keep a woman in Islam, a woman comes in and says, “I need help. I am in distress I need this divorce.” They will say, “Come with us to the Sharia court, we will take you there. We know the guys. They are very nice.”

There was a case of one woman giving evidence to the Home Select Committee. She said that she had taken more than 100 women to the Sharia court. How an organization lost funding because its service was so rotten, they lost funding, which was given to another group to provide for the service.

Nobody knew what was happening to women. There were not dealing properly with the cases because they did not think any religious solutions or putting women in the hands of these so-called Sharia judges.

It was allowed to be rotten. We are talking about basic common sense. We have an evidence base for it. Yet, it seems like something arcane. “Women want these services. We are told.” They want those services because they do not have any other services to go to.

They end up going there as their destination. As I said, one woman who works with the United Iranian-Kurdish Rights organization said, the Sharia councils themselves can be considered violence against women.

It is not some discriminate and others do not. It is systematic of the form of violence against women themselves.

3. Jacobsen: Are these judges mostly or all men?

Sahgal: They are not all men. There are some women. The women are as bad as the men and they out there on TV at the Home Select Committee. While all of the men run these operations. [Laughing] it is very interesting the rebranding going on.

They always call themselves councils. They cheated in divorce courts. They call themselves judges, issue rulings, and issue fatwas, and issue divorce certificates, which are not legal in any sense. However, they are treated as legal tender.

Not money, but no actual document; they say that they are mediation and arbitration courts now. It is getting to understand the endless academic accounts of having these Sharia councils and having women there and having them called mediation services.

These academics are wide-eyed to this [Laughing]. They are legal pluralists. You talk about secular democracy. There is a very, very strong argument for legal pluralism. In Canada, you have it around First Nations as secular groups, which denounce Canada in wanting their own laws.

There is a famous case called Lovelace. I am not sure who it came up in a human rights document. The Lovelace case was a woman who married out and lost her status as an Indigenous woman in a group, in her nation.

She was not allowed to hand down property or something like that. It showed even if the intention is supposedly progressive, which I understand with many of the First Nations is about long histories of oppression and marginalization and so on.

They feel they can best get it if they have their own cultural legal system-services and run internal courts according to norms that they want. They have been extremely restrictive on women’s rights. So, women have to be married within the group to pass on.

They are making things pretty difficult. Since then, they have done marvellous things. However, it is interesting that one of the cases against the human rights framework is by a woman who was denied her rights by the Indigenous court of her own group.

Not by the racist white system in that case. What happens, the racist white system allows people to fall through the cracks. What we find, when you have parallel systems, one system will set you back into the parallel system or will be hands-off.

They do not, in the end, protect your rights. The Supreme Court, they do not protect your rights. So, you have minorities having these systems in lots of different countries because there are whole systems of personal family law in India, Pakistan, Bangladesh.

In India, the Hindu person law got changed. It was not ended, but it ended polygamy. There was a reform in the 50s. In Pakistan, in the early 60s, there was another change. Pakistan-Hindu law, Hindu marriages are only just being allowed to be registered in Pakistan. Hindu law did not change.

It was horrific. In India, the law was not the problem. India was probably the most backward Muslims, or anywhere in the world, in secular India. Because where you have legal pluralism, the laws are not viewed as needed for minorities.

It is precisely a way to keep minority women subjugated in their own communities. The state says, “We are hands-off because we are listening to the community.”

Jacobsen: It is PR on the part of the state.

Sahgal: Yes, the state has always said that.

4. Jacobsen: Canada and the UK are a little different. Things would be different if you were a Brahmin compared to a Harijan in law but also in culture. That makes me think of the United Kingdom, where if a woman goes to a court system and gets the divorce.

Then it is accepted. How does that impact her life within the community in many cases that she has grown up in her whole life? Is there shunning and ostracism in general?

Sahgal: There has been some of that. Some women have to then build their lives. They get some professional qualifications. The two women in the case study. They were two older one. One woman rebuilt her life.

She got herself educated. Late in life, but she got educated, she remarried as well. So, she rebuilt her life. Some women, they may end up pretty isolated and devastated. Even if there is a women’s center in the community, like Southall Black Sisters, it becomes another community.

They have something to celebrate and come together. I am not part of Southall Black Sisters any longer, but I feel very emotionally attached to them. It becomes like an alternative community. I find some women stayed in the area and then do go on living their lives.

They do withstand that. Then there are lots of complicated and different stories. These groups where you can at least create a space like the Center for Secular Space. One is called Secular Spaces: Asian Women Organizing.

S, whatever society is doing, we can create our own space. It was an autonomous group. It was originally a black group – meaning Asian and African. It was a very, very out there space. Now there are a lot of African women because there are more Somali women who have settled in the area, into SPS.

It was autonomous. In that, it was a time when we felt that we were feminists and part of a broader feminist movement. We were not anti-feminist or anti-all white feminists. They were not taking on the same issues as us.

A much more problematic space for us. We wanted to deal more politically with those issues, but along with the domestic violence stuff. We began to raise issues of religious fundamentalism. In Britain, our first meeting had fundamentalism and International Women’s Day. We had the Rushdie days.

Then we were like “Why are we talking about religion?” rather than Solidarity with South Africa [Laughing]]. Why does it have to be about religion? Religion was not felt as much of a that at the time.

It is a threat. Religious fundamentalism is a threat. It was very much from that minority women’s perspective that we began to discuss these issues.

5. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Gita.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Executive Director, Centre for Secular Space.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-four; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Secularism, Pluralistic Democracy, and Religious Courts (Part Three) [Online].July 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, July 22). An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Secularism, Pluralistic Democracy, and Religious Courts (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Secularism, Pluralistic Democracy, and Religious Courts (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, July. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Secularism, Pluralistic Democracy, and Religious Courts (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Secularism, Pluralistic Democracy, and Religious Courts (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (July 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Secularism, Pluralistic Democracy, and Religious Courts (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘AAn Interview with Gita Sahgal on Secularism, Pluralistic Democracy, and Religious Courts (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Secularism, Pluralistic Democracy, and Religious Courts (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):July. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Secularism, Pluralistic Democracy, and Religious Courts (Part Three) [Internet]. (2019, July 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Graham Powell on Dr. Florian Schröder, Owen Cosby, Genius 2 Genius Manifest, and WIN ONE Editorial Direction Set in the Past (Part Four)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,452

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

His Lordship of Roscelines, Graham Powell,earned the “best mark ever given for acting during his” B.A. (Hons.) degree in “Drama and Theatre Studies at Middlesex University in 1990” and the “Best Dissertation Prize” for an M.A. in Human Resource Management from the University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England in 1994. Powell is an Honorary Member of STHIQ Society, Former President of sPIqr Society, Vice President of Atlantiq Society, and a member ofBritish MensaIHIQSIngeniumMysteriumHigh Potentials SocietyElateneosMilenijaLogiq, and Epida. He is the Full-Time Co-Editor of WIN ONE (WIN-ON-line Edition) since 2010 or nearly a decade. He represents World Intelligence Network Italia. He is the Public Relations Co-Supervisor, Fellow of the Royal Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce, and a Member of the European Council for High Ability. He discusses: the first three issues of WIN ONE under the aegis of Florian Schröder and the formats of the issues; the issue under the editorial leadership of Owen Cosby; and the influence of the prior issues on the editorial guardianship of Powell.

Keywords: AtlantIQ Society, editor, Florian Schröder, Graham Powell, intelligence, IQ, Owen Cosby, WIN ONE, World Intelligence Network.

An Interview with Graham Powell on Florian Schröder, Owen Cosby, Genius 2 Genius Manifest, and WIN ONE Editorial Direction Set in the Past: Editor, WIN ONE & Vice President, AtlantIQ Society (Part Four)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If we look at the ways in which the publications have changed over time for the World Intelligence Network, or WIN, one of the more noticeable changes has been the transition from the previous title of Genius 2 Genius Manifest to WIN ONE

The first three issues were under the auspices of Florian Schröder. The fourth issue was under the aegis of Owen Cosby. Now, the formats remained relatively similar for Genius 2 Genius Manifest with a word from the editor, art, poetry, essays, riddles, and then one change with the inclusion of a section for photos. Any idea as to the reason for this specific format to the publication in its prior manifestations?

Graham Powell: Dr. Florian Schröder would have to definitively answer that question, Scott, though the format may have been influenced by Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis as well. Evangelos supervised the early editions I produced, as one might expect from the Founder and President of the WIN. The impression I got from the early magazines was that they were akin to research papers, the origin of some of them coming from research, so I hypothesize that this origin influenced the layout and format.

2. Jacobsen: Also, following from the previous question, we can note the content with Pascal’s Wager and Kraïtchik’s Paradox, Martin Gardner, IQ and EQ, intercultural competence, phenomenology and theology, nonverbal communication, haikus, analysis of the early demographics of WIN (findings: mostly male members in several societies), and intelligence and competence (highly in-depth). 

When Cosby took over as the main editor, the content, for his one issue of editorial leadership, contained some photographs with Chris Chsioufis, Julie Tribes, Thomas Baumer, and Evangelos Katsioulis, part two of the content on intelligence and competence, an interesting take on the ontological status of “GOD” through smushing the lines of epistemology into an penultimate and eternal agnostic epistemic state on the question (can’t say one way or the other), on the work of Descartes, Baruch de Spinoza, and some commentary on intelligence tests in a framework of logical art.

Prior to working on the fifth issue as the editor for WIN ONE, as the name changed – as noted, how did this prior work and content inform the fifth issue?

Powell: I wanted the WIN ONE to be more like a magazine, not a collection of research papers. In May 2010 I helped Beatrice Rescazzi produce the first magazine for the AtlantIQ Society, the layout and colourfulness of the design appealing to me. Beatrice was largely responsible for that, plus I was interested in putting more artistic elements into the WIN ONE. After a near four-year gap in production, I eagerly contacted my friends in the WIN and put advertisements on the website. In a short time, many publications were supplied, most notably, a paper on mathematics in Italian, which I decided to translate. I only had 15 or so days to do that translation, but I liaised with Marco Ripà and we got it done. This increased the content significantly. Evangelos also volunteered to supply an overview of the WIN, largely due to the increase in society membership during the first half of 2010. The average IQ of the meta-society was now lower than before, which also influenced my approach to the design. I wanted it to appeal to a broader spectrum of membership.

3. Jacobsen: Continuing from the last question, how did this begin to inform future issues past the fifth? How did you adapt the content and the format into something entirely personal while within the framework of the World Intelligence Network for WIN ONE?

Powell: In 2011 I took a year out from work, my interests in creativity and innovation occupying my days. I read The Language Instinct by Steven Pinker and extrapolated from it thoughts and ideas which I later found to be aligned with concepts in Positive Psychology and philosophy, the essay by Paul Edgeworth on Contemplation strongly influencing my approach to didactic planning, for example. This was reflected in the WIN ONE production as I wanted creativity to be featured within it much more, the overall layout and design also being quite simple, yet visually appealing, as well as duly stimulating cognitively.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Editor, WIN ONE; Text Editor, Leonardo (AtlantIQ Society); Joint Public Relations Officer, World Intelligence Network; Vice President, AtlantIQ Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-four; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on Florian Schröder, Owen Cosby, Genius 2 Genius Manifest, and WIN ONE Editorial Direction Set in the Past (Part Four) [Online].July 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, July 22). An Interview with Graham Powell on Florian Schröder, Owen Cosby, Genius 2 Genius Manifest, and WIN ONE Editorial Direction Set in the Past (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Graham Powell on Florian Schröder, Owen Cosby, Genius 2 Genius Manifest, and WIN ONE Editorial Direction Set in the Past (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, July. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Graham Powell on Florian Schröder, Owen Cosby, Genius 2 Genius Manifest, and WIN ONE Editorial Direction Set in the Past (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Graham Powell on Florian Schröder, Owen Cosby, Genius 2 Genius Manifest, and WIN ONE Editorial Direction Set in the Past (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (July 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on Florian Schröder, Owen Cosby, Genius 2 Genius Manifest, and WIN ONE Editorial Direction Set in the Past (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on Florian Schröder, Owen Cosby, Genius 2 Genius Manifest, and WIN ONE Editorial Direction Set in the Past (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-four.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Graham Powell on Florian Schröder, Owen Cosby, Genius 2 Genius Manifest, and WIN ONE Editorial Direction Set in the Past (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):July. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on Florian Schröder, Owen Cosby, Genius 2 Genius Manifest, and WIN ONE Editorial Direction Set in the Past (Part Four) [Internet]. (2019, July 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Robertson 10— Real Life Effects of Fantasy Categories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Llowd Hawkeye Robertson

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 21, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,478

Keywords: Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, power dynamics, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, white supremacy.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is a Registered Doctoral Psychologist with expertise in Counselling Psychology, Educational Psychology, and Human Resource Development. He earned qualifications in Social Work too. Duly note, he has five postsecondary degrees, which is a lot, of which 3 are undergraduate level. His research interests include memes as applied to self-knowledge, the evolution of religion and spirituality, the aboriginal self’s structure, residential school syndrome, prior learning recognition and assessment, and the treatment of attention deficit disorder and suicide ideation. In addition, he works in anxiety and trauma, addictions, and psycho-educational assessment, and relationship, family, and group counselling.

Here we talk about racism, white supremacy, power dynamics, sense of unworthiness, cults, dealing with racism and cults, and more.

*Listing of previous sessions with links at the end of the interview.*

By Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: A serious social disorder remains racism. A sense of superiority based on a non-biological, but still sociological and fictitious, category with real-world consequences. For example, you wrote on white supremacist forms of racism.

One correlation or driver is the power dynamics of racism. The power differential, presumed or perceived, may create fertile grounds for the sense of unworthiness described in the writing on cults, too.

What seems like cultural means by which to deal with racism and cults, as a set or separately? What tools of the psychological trade can be useful here?

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: I was hopeful, when I wrote the first article you cited, that racism was in decline. The idea that racial categories were arbitrarily defined was gaining acceptance, laws against racism were being enforced by human rights tribunals, fewer people were spouting racist ideas, and those that were would often be publically challenged. That trend line has been changing. Just this last week a law professor at Penn State in the U.S. said that her country would be better off if it restricted immigration to “whites.” A teaching assistant from the same university said she always asks black females students questions first. From there she ranked a series of minorities based on her estimate of “deserving” ending with white males whom she said she called on only if there is nobody left.

If I was to guess the psychological mechanism prompting the law professor’s racist statement would involve fear — fear that cultural values she holds dear are disappearing. The driving emotion of the teaching assistant’s racism is probably anger. She has a sense of social justice based on real or imagined historical wrongs, and she is intent on using her power to right those wrongs and punish those she sees as evil or in some way responsible. Historically it is not uncommon for the racist to describe the victims of racism as evil.

The law professor may be afraid that the underlying values of her civilization, having built the richest, best-educated and most tolerant civilizations known to mankind according to Steven Pinker, are being challenged in a way that will eradicate those advances. The teaching assistant, also driven by feelings, believes that the whites who have tended to dominate the economic pyramid in that civilization need to be replaced. The two are united in believing that there exists a pendulum with the teaching assistant believing that the pendulum should swing to favour those who have been historically disadvantaged. Those who wish to set the pendulum exactly in the middle like to set quotas for university entrance and various occupations based on population estimates, but the setting of such quotas reward tokenism or place-holding over ability and initiative thereby reinforcing the law professor’s concerns. The only way to eliminate racism is to get rid of the pendulum.

The pendulum is the concept of race, and as I pointed out in my initiating article, race is an illusion. All physical characteristics tend to blend into various population groups and no one set of characteristics is common to any. Anthropologists in the 1970s and 80s tried. By comparing blood type, skin colour, head shape and other physical characteristics they came up with three major races: Negroid, Caucasoid and Mongoloid. But even these categorizations are not discrete. Let me give you an example. In Canada, Jagmeet Singh likes to say he is the first visible minority member to lead a major political party. But his ancestry is Indo-European — he’s a Caucasian. He could still be a member of a visible minority if we define “white” more narrowly than Caucasian — and that is exactly what happens. Racial categories are defined by political expediency with people who would formerly have identified as “white” now claiming aboriginal, Hispanic and black status for the benefits accorded those categories through the quota system. We can remove the pendulum through colour-blindness. One of the participants in my doctoral research refused to identify as Metis because she did not live “Metis culture.” (see: Aboriginal Self). She did not identify as “white” either and when reporting to the census takers she would attempt to list her ethnicity as “Canadian.” What if, in any event, this woman was discriminated against because of her ascribed race? I would propose that laws against discrimination on the basis of race or any other fantasy categories continue.

Jacobsen: Okay, what is the connection between cults and racism, if any?

Robertson: In its original meaning “cult” meant a system of religious veneration directed toward an individual or saint, but in its modern form it connotes a form of mind control. “Mind” as used in this sense is the product of a self that is structured to incorporate elements of individuality, volition, constancy and logically consistent thought. David Martel Johnson, after studying pre-Homeric Greek and Egyptian cultures concluded they did have minds. I think his judgement is a little harsh, but they certainly did not have minds that functioned to differentiate the objective and subjective as we commonly value. Cultists operate by convincing their following to give up their sense of reason, and to trust the leader. Nazi philosopher Martin Heidegger masterfully deconstructed science and reason as flawed, but he was not a relativist. He taught that one who was “Dasein” could determine ultimate truths and, of course, he and the Fuhrer were Dasein. Of concern, Heidegger may be considered the modern founder of postmodernism.

Cultish societies are xenophobic, and this antipathy for the outsider can easily lead to racism. Tribal societies, as existed in all of our pasts, were notoriously xenophobic, so this may be a tendency built into us. One of my concerns is that identity politics may be leading toward a kind of tribalism that involves the demonization of the outsider. The antidote for cultism, tribalism and attendant racism is to help people construct healthy selves that are capable of “minding” that Martell describes. I have argued that the project of psychology is to teach people to exercise free will as is possible with a complete and healthy self (see: Culturally evolved self).

Related to this, I would suggest the terms “western medicine” and “western science” are racist. What is referred to by these terms is a method of streamlining our reasoning processes that occurred as a result of the European Enlightenment, so from a historical sense the use of these terms is defensible. How it is used; however, is to imply that there are “alternate ways of knowing” that are more effective or more appropriate for non-European peoples. It is Heidegger all over again, and it is used to discourage non-European peoples from exercising their individual reason in favour of some collectivist or groupist template. It thus puts those people in a cognitive disadvantage.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Robertson, again.

Robertson: It was my pleasure, Scott.

Image Credit: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Gayleen 4 — Race Relations in South Africa: Reality and Realism

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Gayleen Cornelius

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 18, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 626

Keywords: Gayleen Cornelius, race, race relations, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Gayleen Cornelius is a South African human rights activist from Willowmore; a tiny town in the Eastern Cape province. She grew up a coloured (the most ethnically diverse group in the world with Dutch, Khoisan, Griqua, Zulu, Xhosa Indian and East Asian ancestry). Despite being a large Demographic from Cape Town to Durban along the coast, the group is usually left out of the racial politics that plague the nation. She has spoken out against identity politics, racism, workplace harassment, religious bigotry and different forms of abuse. She is also passionate about emotional health and identifies as an empath/ humanist. Here we talk about race, race relations, and South Africa, and more.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As we both know, the term ‘race’ simply comes from pseudoscientific categories from a bygone era, of which people continue to suffer, whether under delusions about its reality or the effects following from notions of superiority and inferiority of races, i.e., a purported racial hierarchy. As biologists tell us, ad nauseam, surface physiological appearances deceive us; we’re one species or a single human species with the most minor of surface differences. Even with that said, we come to a difficult realization: the real impacts of a false belief on people’s lives for decades and centuries.

Gayleen Cornelius: Race relations in South Africa are filled with tension especially now due to the rise of social media. There is a viral video or picture documenting racial discrimination or racial insults almost every month fuelling public outrage and uncovering the hate between different races as never seen before.

Jacobsen: What is the state of race relations in South Africa? Would scientific training help move things into a more progressive state than currently or ever before?

Cornelius: Scientific training could be helpful if people were willing to learn. The average South African however relates more to his or her experience better than what any rationalist is going to teach them. A strategic program of reconciliation, reparations and national healing would be a lot more effective given the racist nightmare our country has lived through.

Jacobsen: Even as we live with this horror of history, what seems like some glimmers of hope as to progressive change in South Africa in terms of race relations?

Cornelius: The younger generation coming up is a lot more progressive than the previous one that lived through Apartheid. Young South Africans have healthier views about race and they understand the conflict from a neutral perspective. There might be hope for the future as the Apartheid generation slowly gets replaced.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Gayleen.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com

Image Credit: Gayleen Cornelius.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 12 — Nominally Platonic, Platonically Nominal: Fictionalism, Neo-Meinongianism, and Paraphrase Nominalism

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 18, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 907

Keywords: fictionalism, Herb Silverman, neo-Meinongianism, paraphrase nominalism, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about fictionalism, neo-Meinongianism, and paraphrase nominalism, and more.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With mathematical Platonism as the assertion of mathematical objects unbound but working in and through the physical system, materials, and dynamics of the universe, and covered in some of the previous questions, and mathematical nominalism as the opposite of this, we can examine the versions of mathematical nominalism, too: fictionalism, neo-Meinongianism, and paraphrase nominalism. Without the specific terminology in these three aforementioned versions of mathematical nominalism, the educational series responses, from you, covered some of the facets of each. More formally, however, what defines general mathematical nominalism? What defines mathematical nominalism fictionalism? What defines mathematical nominalism neo-Meinongianism? What defines mathematical paraphrase nominalism? How do these apply to some of the other moral, social, and theological and atheological issues within the increasingly secular and scientifically rationalistic West?

Professor Herb Silverman: Mathematical nominalism, also known as mathematical nominalism factionalism, is the view that mathematical entities, such as, numbers, functions, and sets do not exist. The opposing view, mathematical realism or platonism, holds that at least some mathematical entities exist. Nominalists say that mathematical entities do not seem to be the kinds of things that have space-time locations or causal powers. So, if they exist, we can’t have knowledge of them. On the other hand, mathematical entities play crucial roles in any area of science. Nominalists see the benefits of and applicability of mathematics, but refuse to recognize abstract objects. I think these arguments are mostly semantical, and not particularly interesting to me.

Neo-Meinongianism, named after the Austrian philosopher Alexius Meinong, holds that there are non-existent objects, including mathematical and other abstract objects. For example, a round square is a non-existent object. Of course, there are things that could possibly exist, but don’t — like world peace. Everything is an object, even if unthinkable. It then has the property of being unthinkable. I’m not a philosopher, so these arguments don’t interest me either, because they also seem mostly semantical.

There are also objects known as fictional characters, like Donald Duck. Some people (fictional antirealists) believe that there are no fictional entities. They would say that fictional entities do not exist in the actual world but only in some other possible worlds. For instance, talking donkeys and Sherlock Holmes don’t exist in the actual world, although they might exist in a world in which the Holmes stories are factual.

This brings us to creationists, like William Shakespeare, who created wonderful fictional plays, like Hamlet. Of course, not everything in Hamlet is fictional. Countries mentioned in the play, Demark and Norway, are real. Fictional objects come into being once they are conceived by their authors. They are authorial creations. Not only do we say that a fictional object was created at a certain point of time, but we might also describe it as having a certain age. Hamlet is now more than 400 years old.

Creationist authors create fictional characters through the creation of fictional works in which they appear. These characters are not concrete creations. They are non-concrete, abstract creations.

Unknown creationists created the mythical God, Zeus, who was not created by gathering various properties and embedding them in a certain narrative. Which brings us to the Bible. We don’t know who most of the creationists of the Old and New Testaments are. The authors are largely unknown, though Mark, Matthew, Luke, and John get popular credit inaccurately. Most of the Bible’s characters are fictional, including Adam, Eve, Noah, Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and Moses. Some others have been shown through historical and archaeological research to have been real, including David, Paul, James, John the Baptist, and probably Jesus. But there are many fictional stories written about these real characters in the Bible.

Our modern culture refers to Creationists as those who believe the Bible is inerrantly true and that humans originated from supernatural acts of divine creation. I don’t like such terminology because, unlike Shakespeare, these so-called Creationists have created nothing, themselves. They just happen to believe created stories that were handed down to them. I prefer to call such people Fictionalists, those who believe that fiction is true. Unfortunately, I doubt that this more accurate term will catch on.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Silverman.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on 1694-1770, Sex and Gender Dynamics in History, and Universal Sympathy (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,868

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Iona Italia is an Author and Translator, and a Sub-Editor for Areo Magazine, and Host of Two for Tea. She discusses: Margaret Atwood, a feminist frame for research, feminisms, and 1694 to 1770; equality playing out in the daily lives of ordinary women; social equality and legal equality; impacts on the further equality of women; the reaction of men when they came back from the war, and the counter-reaction of women; precedents of women entering into new arenas as a trend; sex and gender divide by disciplines; and sympathy.

Keywords: Areo Magazine, Iona Italia, Margaret Atwood, Parsi, Two for Tea, Zoroastrianism.

An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on 1694-1770, Sex and Gender Dynamics in History, and Universal Sympathy: Host, Two for Tea & Sub-Editor, Areo Magazine (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When you were talking earlier about a feminist frame for the research, what was the understanding of a women’s movement, of feminism, at that time?

Because we live in a time when there are, more properly framed, “feminisms.” I know Margaret Atwood commonly states it is probably at least 50 things, depending on who you’re talking to. At the time, from 1694 to 1770, what did they mean?

Dr. Iona Italia: When I was doing my Ph.D., I was interested in women’s position in society and how the way that they talked about themselves and they represented themselves as women reflected those kinds of stereotypes. The way that they played with those stereotypes, e.g., the old maid being one of the obvious ones.

Jacobsen: Right.

Italia: Yes. It wasn’t necessarily that those stereotypes created a victimhood stance. I was interested in that, in women, their position in society, women as writers, et cetera. I wasn’t exclusively interested in that, but that was what I began being interested in for my Ph.D.

Then I noticed that there were five women – well, four and the maybe. They are all anonymous. The one whose identity we haven’t yet discovered was probably a woman. There are various theories, though. I thought five is the perfect number for a Ph.D. It is one per chapter, and then the introduction and conclusion. That is why I decided to focus on the women essayists, rather than looking at women poets or novelists.

They did not think of themselves as feminist. That term wasn’t used. Feminism as we know it, I would say, did not begin until 1788, with the publication of Mary Wollstonecraft’s A Vindication of the Rights of Woman. What we have in earlier works, pre-Wollstonecraft, with people like Mary Astell, I would say they are classic battle-of-the-sexes style things. It is all about which sex is better, men or women.

There were some people in the early 18th century. A lot of people published. For example, there is one called From Abbasia to Zenobia. It is a biographical mini-encyclopedia or dictionary of famous women. It is a book celebrating famous women throughout history.

There are also some works that are addressed to usually upper-class women, which are educational works, which are encouraging women to study botany or astronomy or mathematics, often framing that as a man teaching his daughter or a brother teaching his sister and it is “The Lady’s Guide to” whatever. There are also those kinds of works.

There are some works, like Mary Astell’s, which advocate a pseudo-nunnery style situation, a pseudo-university for women. (What Mary Astell is advocating is a college.) Then there are also a lot of polemical works that have titles like “The Proof that Woman is Superior to Man,” and things like that. This is the battle of the sexes. None of those things are what I would describe as feminism. Although, you could say that these are women-centric writings and concerns.

But feminism begins where it is not a battle, but it is about equal rights. That begins with Mary Wollstonecraft. The systematic definition of that begins with Mary Wollstonecraft.

2. Jacobsen: How was women’s position in society transitioning towards more equality in the 1694 – 1770 period? How was this played out, not necessarily in thematic things like a battle-of-the-sexes form? How was this playing out in the daily lives of ordinary women?

Italia: I would say that I do not think there were a huge number of legal changes happening, but, of course, the Enlightenment was happening. That had a couple of knock-on effects for women, I think. One was that education became much more highly valued, so the proportion of women who were illiterate went down considerably over this period.

Then also, because of this emphasis on rationality, there was more emphasis on education. I was talking earlier about, mostly for upper-class women, this spread of books teaching women different subjects. That became democratized in the 1760s with the magazines.

The original magazines were huge tomes, monthly tomes. They had lots of this educational material inside them. You would pick up a magazine, open it up. There would be an article on the flora and fauna of Sri Lanka with fold-out illustrations and things like that.

Magazines were affordable. They were often available in public spaces, like cafes and coffee houses and in people’s houses, where domestic servants would have access to reading them. You did not have to buy a copy to be able to see it. I think that also helped women’s education and self-awareness.

The decline in superstition. 1733 was the last time that a witch was burned in Great Britain, in Tring, in Hertfordshire. Clearly, that also improved women’s lots.

In general, during the Enlightenment, there was a strong emphasis on questioning authority, on not accepting authority, of any kind, blindly. That began with not accepting the divine right of kings. That began with The Glorious Revolution.

Then, of course, the questioning of religion and Christianity, which the church was able to fight back against in Europe. But in the UK much less so, the church was so much weakened by what had happened during The Glorious Revolution. Of course, it was a logical next step from there to questioning the authority of husbands over wives.

3. Jacobsen: What came first, social equality or legal equality?

Italia: I think it depends on the specific law. Sometimes, laws are changed to reflect what is already common behaviour. Other times, laws are changed first and then behaviours gradually change.

4. Jacobsen: After 1770, what were some major developments in other parts of the world that were directly or even derivatively impacted by this development of further equality for women?

Italia: That is a good question. If you’re talking globally, then I do not know. If you’re talking about the West, then, eventually, women began to enter the professions. That happened around the 1870s, 1880s, starting with medicine. There were a couple of famous women in the 18th century who dressed and lived as men and entered the medical profession, as everybody knows. Women began officially entering the professions starting with medicine in the 1870s, ’80s.

Then you had the suffrage movement. Women got the vote. I think largely as a result of the First World War; women began entering the workforce in greater numbers. Those are some of the larger developments that happened.

5. Jacobsen: After the world wars, when the men came back, what was the reaction of the men? What was the counter-reaction of the women, in general?

Italia: There was a strong backlash against feminism after the Second World War, after the First World War I think even more so. There was a strong backlash among many men who had been to war who felt that women were complaining about nothing. They had it too easy because they hadn’t had to go to war.

In the meantime, of course, during the war, women had had to take over many jobs that had previously been male jobs. For example, here in Buenos Aires, there is a bridge called Puente de la Mujer, the “Woman’s Bridge,” which was entirely designed by women engineers and built by women construction workers because the men were at war. That was a genie that it was not possible to put back into the bottle.

6. Jacobsen: Does this reflect a common trend for centuries, women seen as not being able to do something, some cultural or historical event requires women to simply do something when the men are not there, or the women making their way in some way and then that basically being continual waves of genies’ bottles being opened up and then the genies not being able to put back into the bottles? I guess the current example is Will Smith now, in the new Aladdin.

Italia: [Laughing] I think so. There is also the question of average preferences. This is the other side to the coin, which is if women are not within a profession, to what extent is that social? To what extent do women prefer certain professions over others?

Also, I do not think there is anything particularly and intrinsically good about every profession having a 50/50 male/female balance. That is only good if otherwise, it is stopping people who would be happier doing that profession from being in that profession. Otherwise, there is no intrinsic reason why every profession must have 50/50.

There may be a reinforcing factor, which, maybe, also, that women prefer to be in professions where there are some other women around. That may also put the brakes on opening of new areas. Then, obviously, there are things that require more upper-body strength, or which call for more risk. Women are less keen to take physical risk than men.

I do not know. I think that it is hard to tell always how much of a thing is socialized and how much is nature. That is an impossible question to answer unless we do “the forbidden experiment.” I do not know if you have heard about this. You would kidnap a bunch of babies and throw them together on a deserted island and leave them with enough food and resources that they wouldn’t die and wait to see what society they would build.

A few people have attempted to do crazy things like this, like Rousseau, on a small scale. Since you cannot do that experiment—it is not ethical—we do not know how that experiment would turn out, so we’re always working with what we have and developing from where we are. I think that there is a tendency in some strings of feminism—I’ve noticed it a lot in the men’s rights movement, as well—to completely disregard biology.

For example, the wage gap may not at all be at all due to discrimination, but it may be due to women’s voluntary choices of certain professions and those professions being less well paid. “Why they are less well paid?” is another question, but it may not be a sexual discrimination factor.

And then men’s rights activists always complaining about men are committing suicide more often, living less time, I think it is a nine-year average shorter lifespan and performing less well in academics during puberty and early adulthood. All of those could be due to biology, for obvious reasons. Testosterone is not conducive to concentrating or focusing. One would expect men to have more trouble focusing during the period when your testosterone is highest, which is school, early university.

Also, men dying sooner than women is what we would expect from biology. There is a cuts-both-ways thing, here, going on. When we see disadvantages, we do not know if disadvantages are the result of discrimination, or the result of biological factors which we could mitigate, as we did, for example, with birth control, or biological factors that we cannot easily mitigate. Hard to say, but it is a complicated issue.

7. Jacobsen: It is a complicated issue. It requires extensive conversation. It also requires a courage, in the current moment somewhat limited, to look at the facts, admit them, of which there are fair points on all sides, not two, and then having a distanced, relatively objective analysis of things insofar as one can attain it.

However, if we look at English literature, or English, psychology, and medicine, we can see a stark split by sex and gender, in general, compared to physics, cosmology, mathematics, engineering. We see these. We note them. In some reportage, there does seem to be an indication of quiet – within admissions offices – selection for more men in certain areas, simply to balance things out in terms of the ledger of gender or sex in the universities.

Italia: There seem to be some preference things at stake, as I understand it, at school, if they are taking sciences. In some educational systems, you can stop taking it at a certain age, like 16. Girls’ and boys’ performances are equal, or girls generally outperform boys in all subjects except maths.

They outperform them in sciences at school, but they do not choose to take science at university in the same numbers. Certain sciences, they do. Biology, I think, is now equal. Medicine has more women than men, but physics, engineering, et cetera. That suggests that something is going on, some factor is going on there that is not aptitude related. It could be socialization. It could be choice. We do not know.

I do slightly have some sympathy with positive discrimination in favour of men in arts and humanities. Because, I feel, in science, it is not important what the sex is of the person doing the work; although, I would love to see more women in science. I do not think science suffers from having fewer women in it.

I do not think there is a feminine approach that would benefit science. However, in arts and humanities, I think that your subjective approach can be much more coloured by your personal experience, so I think it is actually more important to have more gender balance in those subjects. That is my personal feeling. But I do not think it should be forced, either. I do not generally like positive discrimination much because it is unfair, but I have a little more sympathy with it in that case.

8. Jacobsen: In my own perspective, everyone has my sympathy because, in a way, we’re at a historically unprecedented moment. I think everyone is trying to figure it out at the same time, and not on this question or this set of questions alone, and so everyone has my sympathy.

Italia: [Laughing].

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Host, Two for Tea; Sub-Editor, Areo Magazine.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on 1694-1770, Sex and Gender Dynamics in History, and Universal Sympathy (Part Two) [Online].July 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, July 15). An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on 1694-1770, Sex and Gender Dynamics in History, and Universal Sympathy (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on 1694-1770, Sex and Gender Dynamics in History, and Universal Sympathy (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, July. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on 1694-1770, Sex and Gender Dynamics in History, and Universal Sympathy (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on 1694-1770, Sex and Gender Dynamics in History, and Universal Sympathy (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (July 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on 1694-1770, Sex and Gender Dynamics in History, and Universal Sympathy (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on 1694-1770, Sex and Gender Dynamics in History, and Universal Sympathy (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-two

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on 1694-1770, Sex and Gender Dynamics in History, and Universal Sympathy (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):July. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on 1694-1770, Sex and Gender Dynamics in History, and Universal Sympathy (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, July 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Innovation, Science, and Economic Development (Part Four)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,454

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Sarah Lubik is the Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & Innovation Concentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship. She discusses: innovation, science, and economics; and the innovation and entrepreneurship agenda of Canada.

Keywords: Canada, entrepreneurship, innovation, Sarah Lubik, science, SFU, technology.

An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Innovation, Science, and Economic Development: Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & InnovationConcentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship (Part Four)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, there’s an article in 2016, where the first sentence described you as “one of Canada’s 10 Innovation Leaders who will help form the nation’s Innovation Agenda.” (SFU News, 2016). I’m referencing with respect to that time stamp.

This is being spearheaded by Navdeep Bains, the Minister of Innovation, Science and Economic Development. What is your particular role? What is the overall vision? How will this Innovation Agenda be implemented?

Dr. Sarah Lubik: Lot of good questions. Navdeep Bains and his ministry are spearheading the formation and implementation of Canada’s Inclusive Innovation Agenda. This was started in collaboration with the Ministers of Science, and Small Business

Ten leaders were picked from across the country as people who could help, gather, activate, and excite Canadians across the country about innovation and to gather grassroots and bottom-up ideas for what the Innovation Agenda should look like.

One of the things that is important to understand, that I’m glad our government understands, is that you cannot top-down command innovation, at least that I’ve seen. Passion drives innovation and entrepreneurship, if you try to create an innovation strategy nationally without getting buy-in from people in the country, you will end up with a great deal of shelf ware. Recommendations and reports that will be difficult to do anything about in practice.

What you need is to find out what do people actually want to do and what do they see as the challenges and how might you get around those challenges, and when you set that big vision, how will people across the country see themselves in it?

So, our job was to bring together these members of the community across the country and host roundtables and events with experts, one of the other reasons they asked the innovation leaders rather than run it through the government was because they also wanted to get the perspective of people who were not the usual suspects,

That they wouldn’t necessarily have thought of or had access to.

The outside perspectives also led to more outside perspectives. One of the other innovation leaders from back East went down to the States and to learn what we could learn from them. Back to my trend of being opportunistic, I was going over to Cambridge, England to be at an R&D management conference with some European leaders around innovation.

So, I enlisted a roundtable there to talk about what we learned from places around the world and what would be their advice for Canada, given what they’d seen work, and not work, elsewhere.

One of the other things that we did was bring together a number of different communities.

That’s why it can be so helpful to have a university’s backing when you’re doing innovation. SFU actually hosted a sold-out event of 170 people at the Center for Dialogue, partnering with the Center for Dialogue and Public Square at SFU, but also the early stage incubator Venture Connection, RADIUS Futurepreneur, the Beach Association a more. The whole point of this was to get as many different communities as possible. We set the scene, and asked “How do we create a more entrepreneurial and socially innovative society?”

It was a friendly conversation with the public as well as leaders from the First Nations Community and from Social Innovation Community and a Tech Community -To get the public and the experts talking across communities.

What we found from having that event was actually a lot of the challenges these communities of people were facing where the same, and that we could learn a lot for each other.

With regard to wanting people to be more entrepreneurial, no matter what community you came from, people were concerned about things like if you want too entrepreneurial, will there be security for you, what will the rewards be?  Can our national systems be better set up to take care of innovators and entrepreneurs?

If you have come up with a great idea or a great initiative, whether you’re social or tech, do we know how to scale them effectively in Canada? How can we support that? Then how can we create and maintain talents?

We have many fantastic international students with entrepreneurial hopes but then if they come up with a venture they want to take forward, how can they do that if they can only stay if they work for someone else’s company?

How do we bring in leaders? Because again, we’re a small country. The people who have grown 100 million dollar companies in Canada are few and far between us.

The thought process was that if we can bring in more of them, more people can learn at the feet of giants.

A big take away from that event was that these communities have a lot in common and a lot to learn from each other. We need to make sure that in the Canadian Innovation Agenda, we were speaking to a diverse range of people and that the Canadian entrepreneurial community has a lot of communities within it.

These findings were delivered to the ministries to help inform Canada’s next steps around innovation.

There was also a website where Canadians were asked to tweet or submit their ideas for a more innovative is Canada. What can we do to use innovation to make the lives of Canadians better?

There are so many excellent pieces of feedback including “focus on problems that matter to the world”. The innovation leaders have also been invited Ottawa and other ventures to talk to different leaders and communities.

What did we learn? What did we hear? What would our advice be? We came back with more interesting perspectives like from a woman who said, “How do we make innovation as Canadian as hockey? Everyone gets that here. Most Canadians get their first pair of skates or have their first hockey lesson, what’s the innovation equivalent?”

Can we answer that question? I thought that was brilliant. With my own experience of bringing those different communities together, one of the pieces of feedback that I thought was important to give way that is an opportunity for Canada to build its own brand of innovation.

Are we in place that solves problems that matter to Canada and the world? That comes back to your question on why would people stay. That’s also important to say, “What does Canada mean when it says that it’s going to be an innovative nation?”

That we are collaborators and peacekeepers, whether you like that or not; it’s the reputation we have internationally.  There’s a reason why we usually travel pretty happily with a Canadian flag on our back.

So, building on what’s already established as this friendly, collaborative, intelligent country, can we be the place you come to solve problems that matter to Canada and the world? So, those are the pieces of feedback I gave.

Regardless of what innovation leader talked to who and where, coming back to where you and I started, entrepreneurial talent came to the forefront. The culture and the mindset of it.

The culture and the mindset that comes with being entrepreneurial, whether it’s your need to start your own company or being an agent of innovation – being that person that finds a way to make sustainable economic and social value from innovation.

With that definition, you can be an entrepreneur whether you’re in a big company or government or a small company or non-profit.  So, right across the board, no matter what sector you’re in.

When I met different officials, they asked great questions around, “How can we either help or boost with the systems we already have, the resources we already have?”  One of the things that makes me happy is to look at the government and seeing them actively try to strengthen our system of innovation and spurring innovation through investment in talent.

But also, are there systems that need to change?’ Yes, there are.

2. Jacobsen: Where is an area where Canada is a complete whole in its innovation and entrepreneurship agenda? And what are we not succeeding in where you need to get on because it’s one of the major future industries that Canada with its current talent pool could capitalize on?

Lubik: So, I have to unpack that question because with the current talent pool that might be one of the challenges of making sure that those translational skills we talked about at the beginning, that ability to speak across disciplines to deeply understand probable outcomes, etc., haven’t been part of traditional curriculum In particular, it’s important to not to confuse technology talent with entrepreneurial talent. It’s easy to talk about innovation and think we need to learn tech, and we do, but we need entrepreneurs from every sector and background.

We have good schools; we graduate smart people. But are their skills and mindset necessarily the skills and mindset you need for innovation when you look at Canada’s performance on international indexes? We don’t do nearly as well as you’d think. In particular, we don’t rank highly on the commercialization of the world-class research we have, because we do rank pretty highly on global research rankings.

However, on getting that research out into the world, we do poorly. So, we have to get better translating it into a useful application, then into companies or ventures. Hence the commercialization program I mentioned earlier.

This is a place where that talent creation is going to be so critical. It’s also where systems are going to be important because one of the things that is not been happening is what I’ve seen in my own research, and looking in other countries, has been people taking bets on innovation in the earlier, less risky stages.

So, waiting until you get to the point where venture capitalists or at least angel investors can invest and say, “We’re going to put all our money there.” The problem with that, going back to what we originally talked about, is that innovation happens on a continuum and in a social system.

So, if you haven’t built that talent that understands translation and understands how to work in teams and how to actually take those great ideas forward, then none of that moves any farther forward. A lot of that great work and research is going to go nowhere because you don’t have the talent to create those big visions and take them forward. That means pouring investments onto a few good ideas that got through, which is not what we should be doing.

If you look at how innovation usually works, you want a lot of tries. Few people are successful on the first go. So, you want people who have been serial entrepreneurs before they’ve been out of school or people who have tried and learned.

Then by the time you get to that later stage, there should be more to choose from. So, one of the keys of how we could do right with this – one of the things Canada could do – if we looked at innovation as a system, as a continuum, and make sure that investment is going in all the different stages.

You need quality and quantity is the beginning, those people who can be serial entrepreneurs or serial innovators, who have taken shots and created teams.

They’ve dealt with ambiguity, who have connections into the ecosystem, who have connections into all the resources that they need and then you’re going to get a bigger quantity of saleable businesses and of high growth and high impact businesses etc.

That will help take the Innovation Agenda forward and help, I hope.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & Innovation Concentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Beedie School of Business, Simon Fraser University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-four; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Innovation, Science, and Economic Development (Part Four) [Online].July 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-four.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, July 15). An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Innovation, Science, and Economic Development (Part Four)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-four.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Innovation, Science, and Economic Development (Part Four). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, July. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-four>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Innovation, Science, and Economic Development (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-four.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Innovation, Science, and Economic Development (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (July 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-four.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Innovation, Science, and Economic Development (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-four>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Innovation, Science, and Economic Development (Part Four)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-four

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Innovation, Science, and Economic Development (Part Four).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):July. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-four>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Innovation, Science, and Economic Development (Part Four) [Internet]. (2019, July 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-four.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Canadian Muslim Narratives and Theology (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,249

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy is the Founder of the Islamic Supreme Council of Canada and the Founder of the Muslims Against Terrorism. He discusses: narratives of Canadian Muslims; certain media outlets or anchors who are fanning the flames of anti-Muslim sentiment; countering hate groups and hate movements; conversations within Islamic theology; leading Sufi scholars; concerns and hopes as we’re moving forward as a country further into 2019; and negotiable and non-negotiable aspects of Islamic theology.

Keywords: Islam, Islamic Supreme Council of Canada, Muslim, Muslims Against Terrorism, Sufi, Syed Soharwardy.

An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Canadian Muslim Narratives and Theology: Founder, Islamic Supreme Council of Canada; Founder, Muslims Against Terrorism[1],[2],[3]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If you were to relay some stories or narratives in conversation with Canadian Muslims about their own experiences, what would those be? What would their experiences be of a rise of hate crimes, of the experiences of some Canadian Muslims in Canada?

Imam Syed Soharwardy: With the rise in Islamophobia and hate crimes, we still believe Canada is the best country on the planet. We believe in the Canadian system and the Canadian leaders, whether the background is religious or ethnic.

It is a place where people of faith and non-faith can come together and live in peace and harmony. There are some people who come and spread hate, who are in the minority. Unfortunately, hate and violence are more viable than love and peace. The stories of this country for Canadian Muslims is that we live in the best country; that God has blessed us with a place like Canada as a home.

2. Jacobsen: Are there certain media outlets or anchors who are fanning the flames of anti-Muslim sentiment? Or is this something simply coming out in the media more?

Soharwardy: Yes, I know there are some outlets. I don’t want to give them an advertisement.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Soharwardy: I have confronted them. They have confronted me, in the past. They dislike Islam anywhere. No matter how good a Muslim becomes. They hate him, or her. In the past, when I had to face these people, they are 25 or 30 people at most.

They were putting anti-Muslim comments on websites. They are very active. It looks like a lot. But no, they are very small. We have seen the Yellow Vest movement in Canada. The Yellow Vest movement was all about the economic prosperity and the crunch Canada is facing, as in France.

Those kinds of things have all symptoms of being frustrated within the nation; thus, they became anti-immigrant. Those people are very small. They can get into many of the good organizations and then contaminate the whole environment.

But we are not represented by those people. Even though, they cause concern. The majority of Canadians are decent people, tolerant and accepting people. They have no problem with ant segment of the society.

We stand side by side. Those who are hatemongers. We pray for them that God changes their heart.

3. Jacobsen: Who has been important in the efforts to counter hate groups and hate movements, or those who want incite, very consciously, hatred against individuals or groups in this country?

Soharwardy: I think it is at all levels of the government being worked on, as they can. I always say, “They are not doing enough.” But the law enforcement is doing their best to monitor and see those people who are inciting violence against anybody.

They are the ones who have the responsibility to protect all Canadians equally. But the same, Muslims in this place of the world acknowledge the Indigenous peoples have been here since God knows when.

Muslims know the history of this part of the world. Whenever we come, we had to face a hard time. When the Jews came, they had to face a hard time. When the Sikhs from India came, we know what happened to them. When the Japanese came, we know what happened to them.

When the Chinese came, we know what happened to them. We did not face a hard time like the Chinese, Sikhs, Jews, and others, in the past. We were lucky. Civilization has matured. People understand diversity.

There are bad elements that cause racism and violence against minorities anyway.

4. Jacobsen: When it comes to the more advanced and graduate-level, professional theologian levels, of Islam, what is the conversation right now? How are things developing along those more advanced lines? The nuances of the faith being discussed intellectually. I mean the specialist-intellectuals who professionally read, research, and think about Sufi Islam.

Soharwardy: I think it people who research and have a modern interest. People are getting inclined towards the Sufi interpretation of Islam, especially Sunni-Sufi Islam. It focuses on the main meditation and centrality of the person and life of the Prophet (pbuh).

There is quite a bit of research happening in theology departments around the world. There are all levels of degrees offered in many places around the world. There were many Ph.D. students working on various Sufis of Islam and Sufi theology of Islam.

They were doing those things. There was a tremendous interest in the Sufi interpretation of Islam. I am so happy that several bridge-minded academics who used to be in their past life quite supportive of Salafi-Wahabbi school of thought are changing their mind.

I see it in Pakistan, where, in the past, even currently, there is a lot of Saudi influence. It has brought Wahabbism in Afghanistan and Iraq, and elsewhere. People are realizing that this Salafi-Wahabbism is violent, the Devil’s interpretation of Islam.

They are coming back to the Sufi version or interpretation of Islam; that this is the correct or true interpretation of Islam. That is what caused Muslim deaths. We never hated God’s creation. We live in peace with our Christian, Jewish, and other people of different faiths.

They have a different faith than us. They practice their faith. We practice our faith. It depends on the faith. We still love each other as creations of God.

5. Jacobsen: Who would you consider some of the leading Sufi scholars today?

Soharwardy: There are many Sufi scholars, especially in North Africa. There is Shaykh Abdalqadir as-Sufi who is very respected in Morocco. He lives in France. There is the chancellor at Al-Azhar. There are several scholars in Egypt.

I met some scholars in Syria. I met some who came as refugees in Canada. They have been quite intellectual on the Sufi Islam. So, there are many others in Pakistan. There are people who are quite learned people of the Sufi version of Islam.

Shaykh Habib in Yemen, he is a very good Sufi person. There are many in Canada now. It is a growing population around the world.

6. Jacobsen: If we’re now back to Canada rather than the international perspective, as we’re moving more into 2019, what are your concerns and hopes as we’re moving forward as a country further into 2019?

Soharwardy: 2019 is going to be a very important year because there are the federal elections upcoming. We hope that the next government, whoever the government will be, will stay on the path of tolerance and diversity.

That they do not take an extreme path and do not follow the Donald Trump line. Our government in Canada should continue in the way of our traditions. We are peacemakers and not warriors.

We do not get into wars. We work towards peace. This is the stance of Canada in the world. We hope the economic prosperity will continue. In Alberta, we have problems because of this oil price and the pipeline.

I am hoping that because I am Albertan and have been here more than a quarter of a century. It is my home. [Laughing] I would hope the government would realize that it is affecting thousands and thousands of families in Alberta because of this pipeline issue.

It is a survival issue for many, many families. I know many families. They have no jobs. They are hand to mouth. They are below the poverty level. I know how many Muslim families are depending on the food banks.

They can even be professionals. This is the issue in Alberta. I would hope 2019 would bring some senses to the people who are causing these kinds of uncertainties in our country. And that the federal government continues on the path of immigration.

I know Mr. Trudeau stated that they will bring 1,000,000 immigrants in the next 2-4 years. I think this is good for making a good tax base for the government. This is the secret of the United States being the world power. It is immigration.

With Canada, it is on the right path. Hopefully, this continues and the economic prosperity will help each and every Canadian be treated with dignity and respect. I want people to realize that this pipeline issue should be resolved.

It is 2019. I think in British Columbia; they’re seeing this as an environmental issue. We are concerned about it. It is my faith requirement to keep the environment clean because it is God’s gift to us.

We should not be polluting the environment. But there are thousands and thousands and thousands of families who should not be deprived of their basic needs.

7. Jacobsen: Now, if you looked at, let’s say, primary aspects of the faith, and if you looked at secondary aspects of the faith, of the Sufi interpretation of Islam, what is negotiable? What is non-negotiable?

Soharwardy: What is non-negotiable is the teachings of the Holy Quran and the life and teachings of Prophet Muhammad (pbuh), those cannot be interpreted. That is totally unacceptable. I will not allow others to misinterpret it, as with this Victoria, B.C. imam. This thing about Christmas.

It is non-negotiable. I am 100% sure that he is wrong. It is against our scriptures. It is against the prophet’s teachings (pbuh). It is against the faith. What is negotiable within the Muslim community, we have been different definitions and different internal positions and perspectives, and way of life, as long as we are law-abiding citizens of this country.

We can accept and disagree. What I cannot accept, violence against innocent people, hatemongering, or rigged and narrow-minded views towards any segment of the society; this goes against basis and the foundation of my society.

This is what the Sufis always believe. You have to always believe to accept diversity and acceptance. You have to understand all humanity has created differences intentionally, not all people are the same. The Quran says that God created us different nations, and colours, and peoples so that we can unite. This has to happen.

This is the Sufi tradition, which is the basic Islamic tradition.

8. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Imam Soharwardy.

Soharwardy: Thank you very much, Scott, thank you very much, bye.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Islamic Supreme Council of Canada; Founder, Muslims Against Terrorism.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/an-interview-with-sufi-imam-syed-soharwardy-on-canadian-muslim-narratives-and-theology-part-two/; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[3] Image Credit: Imam Syed Soharwardy.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Canadian Muslim Narratives and Theology (Part Two) [Online].July 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/an-interview-with-sufi-imam-syed-soharwardy-on-canadian-muslim-narratives-and-theology-part-two/.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, July 15). An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Canadian Muslim Narratives and Theology (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/an-interview-with-sufi-imam-syed-soharwardy-on-canadian-muslim-narratives-and-theology-part-two/.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Canadian Muslim Narratives and Theology (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, July. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/an-interview-with-sufi-imam-syed-soharwardy-on-canadian-muslim-narratives-and-theology-part-two/>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Canadian Muslim Narratives and Theology (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/an-interview-with-sufi-imam-syed-soharwardy-on-canadian-muslim-narratives-and-theology-part-two/.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Canadian Muslim Narratives and Theology (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (July 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/an-interview-with-sufi-imam-syed-soharwardy-on-canadian-muslim-narratives-and-theology-part-two/.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Canadian Muslim Narratives and Theology (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/an-interview-with-sufi-imam-syed-soharwardy-on-canadian-muslim-narratives-and-theology-part-two/>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Canadian Muslim Narratives and Theology (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/an-interview-with-sufi-imam-syed-soharwardy-on-canadian-muslim-narratives-and-theology-part-two/

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Canadian Muslim Narratives and Theology (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):July. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/an-interview-with-sufi-imam-syed-soharwardy-on-canadian-muslim-narratives-and-theology-part-two/>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Canadian Muslim Narratives and Theology (Part Two)[Internet]. (2019, July 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/an-interview-with-sufi-imam-syed-soharwardy-on-canadian-muslim-narratives-and-theology-part-two/.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 11 — Nature: Antirealism and Realism

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 12, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,401

Keywords: Herb Silverman, realism, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, anti-realism.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about Platonism, the nature of mathematics, the real and the unreal, and more.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What defines Platonism? How does this relate to the nature of mathematics? What defines antirealism? How does this relate as a counter to the previous descriptions about the nature of mathematics — and a previous session’s definition of numbers? What seems like the majority view of the practicing mathematicians now? Are numbers in the head, in the world, or both?

Professor Herb Silverman: Platonism says abstract objects exist even when they do not exist in space or time, and so they are therefore non-physical and non-mental. For instance, numbers are abstract, non-physical objects. Most mathematicians probably think that mathematical objects exist (as concepts) independent of our human intellect, and that such mathematical objects can be used in determining how any conceivable universe would work. This is an example of Platonism.

However, the existence of mathematical objects, as mathematicians understand the notion of existence, is based on the set of axioms mathematicians use. Different axiomatic theories can be useful to model different physical processes, and mathematics is the combined set of all mathematical theories. While we can postulate any axioms we wish, we usually choose only sets of axioms that yield theories we find useful. Platonists would probably try to find an axiomatic theory that is the theory of the universe.

Platonists contend that abstract objects exist in a framework of reality beyond the material world. Platonism argues that these abstract objects do not originate with creative divine activity. There appears to be no place for a divine being in Platonism. Theism, on the other hand, contends that God is uniquely necessary, eternal, uncaused, and is the cause of everything that exists. Some theists, however, try to reconcile theism and Platonism by concluding that necessarily existing abstract objects have their origin in the creative activity of God.

Before discussing anti-realism, we need to define realism. Realism is the belief that reality can lie outside the human mind. Realism focuses on what can be observed, as well as things that exist independently of what the human mind believes to be true. An example of realism is that a tree exists in nature whether or not a human is able to recognize it as a tree. Realism has nearly nothing to do with the human mind, but has everything to do with the way the world functions outside of the mind. Realists believe in rational thought and will only perceive things the way that they are truly seen, without any type of interpretation. Realists tend to believe that whatever we believe now is only an approximation of reality, whose accuracy and understanding can be improved. Realism can be applied to the past and the future as well as mathematical entities like natural numbers

In anti-realism, the truth of a statement can be demonstrated through internal logic, in contrast to the realist notion that the truth of a statement must correspond with an external, independent reality. For the anti-realist, most of what we believe to be the case about the world is due to how our minds project or create certain features or characteristics of what we perceive. Anti-realist arguments contend that natural thought processes can account for mathematical reasoning. Because anti-realism encompasses statements containing abstract ideal objects, like mathematical objects, anti-realism may apply to a wide range of philosophical topics, including science, mathematical statements, mental states, the past and the future.

Realism is also sometimes applied to moral categories. Moral realism is the belief that ethical positions exist objectively, independent of subjective opinion. Moral anti-realism and moral skepticism deny that moral propositions refer to objective facts. I’ve been in several debates about whether humans can be moral without input on morality from a supreme being (God). My opponent always takes the position that an objective morality exits and it comes from God.

What follows is the more nuanced view I’ve taken in debates about whether there is an objective morality.

Most atheists believe that ethical values are derived from human needs and interests; are tested and refined by experience; and that morality should be based on how our actions affect others. I think morality is a necessary invention of humans to construct a livable society. But morality requires flexibility because circumstances under which we live continue to change and we discover what works better. So I don’t think there’s the kind of objective morality that can be attributed to a deity.

But suppose, for the sake of argument, that we could demonstrate the existence of objective morality. I’ll first give a math analogy. There are essentially two kinds of mathematical proofs: Constructive and Existential. Here’s an example of a constructive proof, which shows that between any two numbers there’s another number. We simply construct the new number by taking the average of the two. So a new number between 7 and 8 is 7.5. On the other hand, Euclid gave an existential proof that there are infinitely many prime numbers. His proof did not give us a way to actually make such an infinite list. We only know in theory that such a list exists.

Suppose we could carefully define “morality” and come up with a set of axioms on which we could all agree. Then we might, and I stress might, be able to show that there is some sort of objective morality. But that would be an existence proof, not a constructive proof. In other words, it would be a theoretical objective morality and not one that we could readily apply to our daily lives.

Different people today and in past centuries have claimed an objective morality, but these sets of objective morals often contradict one another. They were handed down by different gods or religious authorities, all claiming to have the objective Truth with a capital “T.” And deviations from these so-called objective moralities often had dire consequences for heretics.

Our morality today differs significantly in many ways from biblical morality. Throughout history, the Bible has been quoted to justify slavery, second-class status for women, anti-Semitism, executing blasphemers and homosexuals, and burning witches and heretics. Some actions that were deemed moral 2000 years ago are considered immoral today. Morality evolves over time as our understanding changes about human needs within a culture.

Christians who claim to have the one true universal morality can’t seem to agree on what it is. The same occurs within other religions. Associating God with morality can be very problematic, especially for those who view this life as just a prelude to an afterlife. To put love of an imagined god above the love of real human beings is immoral. One biblical character, Abraham, is revered as a prophet in all three monotheistic religions: Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. He is admired for having such great faith that he was willing to kill his son because God told him to do it. Reasonable people may disagree on the right thing to do in a given situation, but there is no reason to imagine that a supernatural belief system, based what you think a god wants, can offer anything over a secular morality based on reason and compassion.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Silverman.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 10 — Mathematical Objects: Number-ology, Not Numerology

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 335

Keywords: America, Herb Silverman, mathematical objects, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about mathematical objects in brief.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the types of mathematical objects, e.g., functions, sets, vectors, and so on? What makes each distinct? What is there role in math?

Professor Herb Silverman: Mathematicians don’t much think about types of mathematical objects. A mathematical object can be anything that mathematicians work on, including functions, sets, vectors, numbers, points, lines, circles, ellipses, matrices, infinite series, and so on.

The various specialties of mathematics, like linear algebra, abstract algebra, topology, real analysis, complex analysis, geometry, combinatorics, and many more, can be organized by the type of mathematical objects they primarily concentrate on.

Different areas of mathematics have some objects in common. For instance, most mathematical areas deal with objects like numbers, functions, and sets.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Silverman.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence, Academic Freedom, and Life’s Work (Part Three)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,848

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ is an Emeritus Professor of Political Studies at the University of Otago in Dunedin, New Zealand. He discusses: declines or apparent declines in IQ over the last decade or so; the changes in the notions, or the formal definitions, and research, and trends into race, class, and IQ over time; general thoughts about the state of academic freedom and the state of graduates; modern developments of things like research ethics boards, REB and IRB; what the socio-political left and right are doing right and wrong in the academic system, in the humanities, regarding academic freedom; justifications for an ethics review or not; historical precedents of adherence to the principles of freedom of academic inquiry; persecution comparable to The Red Scare and the McCarthy Era; egregious cases in the modern period of persecution; trajectories into research on IQ and intelligence; the future of the academic system regarding freedom of expression (and so freedom of speech); and overall thoughts on life’s work. 

Keywords: academic freedom, general intelligence, intelligence, IQ, James Flynn, political studies.

An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence, Academic Freedom, and Life’s Work: Emeritus Professor, Political Studies, University of Otago in Dunedin, New Zealand (Part Three)[1],[2],[3]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What about the declines, or apparent declines, in IQ over the last decade or so?

Professor James Flynn: People have never understood that the factors that feed into IQ gains are quite complex and interlinked. I do not know if you have seen the article with the very distinguished British psychologist, Michael Shayer, that we published in Intelligence.

People focus on Scandinavia but most of the Scandinavian data are young adults taking military tests, and it could well be that the environmental triggers for IQ gains have declined for that age-group while they have not declined for other age-groups. For example, in all cultures today, including Scandinavia, there is much more emphasis on cognitive exercise in old age. This may still be progressing today and if you looked at the aged in Scandinavia, you would find gains.

I have studied the Dutch. I suspect that the Dutch are still treating their aged better, making them healthier, and giving them more food, and more cognitive stimulation. Then we go down to mature adults who are in the world of work. There is some Wechsler data showing that in that age group, IQ gains are still proceeding, meaning the world of work in Holland is still more cognitively challenging than it was 30 years ago.

Then you come down to the kids just out of school who aren’t in the world of work. There is overwhelming data that in most Western societies, males are interfacing with formal education worse than they did in the past: more expulsions, less homework, more rebellion. At that age, Dutch IQ may be slightly lower than in the previous generation.

Then you look at the Dutch down at preschool and you find, essentially, stasis. This is before kids go to school. It appears that their environment is neither better nor worse. Perhaps parents have exhausted their bag of tricks for making the childhood environment cognitively demanding, but they haven’t lost any ground either.

The question of IQ gains over time must be looked at in the light of full data that involves all age groups. Remember, again, my point, that whether we have slight increases in IQ during the 21st century, is far less important than the level of ignorance during the 21st century.

2. Jacobsen: [Laughing] Looking at the research since 2000, how have the notions, or the formal definitions, and research, and trends into race, class, and IQ changed over time as further research has been done?

Flynn: As for race, those who want to evade the issue still say, “Oh, the races just differ in term of class.” This is ludicrous because as you know, if you match black and whites for socioeconomic status, it does almost nothing to eliminate the IQ gap.

Then you say: “But the black class is more insecure, they are more recently arrived at middle-class status, and thus class does not mean the same thing for black and white.” Note those words. Although it is never admitted, you have slipped from a class analysis into a black subculture analysis. You are saying that you can no longer look at this issue purely in terms of socioeconomic status. You must look behind matching for SES and see what is going on in the minds and hearts of people. Despite this, there is an enormous inhibition against using the notion of subculture. This has to do with weird notions about praise and blame.

If you look at Elsie Moore, you think, “Isn’t she saying that black mothers are less efficient mothers than white mothers? Isn’t she saying that they are more negative? Isn’t more corporal punishment waiting in the wings?” Maybe there is. If so, these things must be isolated and altered. But they make white scholars shudder. If they talk about black subculture, they will be accused of “blaming the victim”.

The cover is to talk vaguely about the fact that blacks have a history of slavery for which they are not to blame. And that they are poor for which they are not to blame. This is a sad evasion. Unless the history of blacks has current effects on their subculture, it would be irrelevant. Once again, you must come back to subculture. Note that the Chinese have a history of persecution but that is irrelevant because their subculture today is not affected in a way that lowers their mean IQ.

I do think that there has been a rise in the number of people who take Jensen’s hypotheses seriously. I have. Dick Nisbett has. Steve Cici has. Bill Dickens has. How do you balance that against this deeply rooted feeling that any investigation in this area has to be subject to a moral censor?

Jacobsen: This leads into the book you are going to be publishing later.

Flynn: The one on the universities?

3. Jacobsen: Yes. It has to do with academic freedom and the prevention of certain research. Also, in terms of what is coming out of the universities in terms of the graduates, what are your first general thoughts about the state of academic freedom and the state of graduates?

Flynn: There is a sad intolerance on the parts of students when they encounter people who hold ideals or ideas that they find repugnant. Look at the persecution of Charles Murray. I do not, by the way, deny that this sort of thing happened in the past. When I was a young academic, I was persecuted for being a social democrat and driven out of US academia, so I am not one of these elderly people who say, “It was nice in my day.”

It is ironic that the left today seem as intolerant as the right were in my day. When students banished Charles Murray at Middlebury University, they merely proved they were more powerful than he was and could threaten him with violence. There was not one person in that mob educated enough to argue effectively against his views. They did not know what he had to say and never having heard him, they will never know. They mimicked lecturers who said, “This man is a racist. Let us keep him off campus.” That is one force against academic freedom.

The is also the fact that no young academic has security. Over half of the courses in America today are taught by adjunct professors.

They have no tenure and can be fired at the drop of the hat. They know where their careers lie. Imagine giving a vita to a university and saying on it, “One of my chief interests is research into racial differences and intelligence and the necessity of an evidential approach to the work of Arthur Jensen.” What chance do you think you would have? You wouldn’t get hired. You wouldn’t get given tenure. You might as well jump off a bridge.

People are being fired in American universities today, merely because they use the term “wetback” in a lecture, which is considered so offensive that they could not possibly apologize for it.

The administrators, of course, are supine. They just want as little trouble as possible, and the least trouble possible is to have a speech code. When a student is upset, you get the lecturer fired. If the lecturer remains, there is trouble and controversy. What other people do to academics is one source.

The second source is what academics do to themselves. There are certain departments where there is what I call “a Walden Code”. The phrase is taken from Skinner’s book Walden Two, which has a code that describes what is permissable. Various academic departments tend to enforce such a code.

In anthropology, if you are a Piagetian, and you think that societies could be ranked in terms of mental maturity, you are considered unholy. If you are in education and you think that IQ tests have a role to play, people recoil in horror. IQ tests rank people, and what education is all about is producing a society in which no-one ranks anyone else.

Then there are the new groups like black studies where there is often a fierce fight between ideologies as to who gets control. Who gets control is very likely to banish the others. Whether you are a revolutionary black Marxist, or whether you are this or that. There is a great deal of intolerance.

The same is true of women’s studies, though by no means in all departments. My department here at Otago is good. But in many of them, you cannot seriously investigate the reasons why women have less pay than men. It is automatically attributed to male malice without looking at all the sociological variables.

There is also the larger issue of what universities are doing to their students in general. They do not educate them for critical intelligence but to just get a certificate for a job. And some departments see themselves as sending out missionaries, for example, Schools of Education send students out to turn the schools into an imitation of a “liberated” society.

The teachers and students bat ideas around, but the teacher steers the conversation toward America’s ills points out that there are poor people in America, and that rich people profit from the poor, and that blacks and gays suffer. All very true. But the students arrive at university without learning what they need to cope.

My book gives a classical defence of free speech. It details the knowledge I would have been cheated out of had I not benefited from arguing against Jensen, and Murray, and Lynn, and Eysenck. It details all the threats to free speech posed by the university environment.

4. Jacobsen: How important are modern developments of things like research ethics boards, REB and IRB?

Flynn: Some of these, of course, are appropriate. You do not want psychologists experimenting with how students perform at various levels of inebriation, and then let them drive home and kill each other in traffic accidents. Certain ethical codes are important. The abuse is when they are used to ban research that the university knows is unpopular.

A point that I haven’t touched on. The natural sciences, the mathematical sciences, and professions like law and medicine are not exempt from pressures toward conformity, but they do have to educate for the relevant knowledge, and they are less subject to corruption. I guess you could take an ideological line in favour of Newton, an Englishman, and against Leibniz, a Frenchman. I once knew a lecturer who turned his Accounting classes into a plea for Social Darwinism. But still, students have got to learn to do the math.

In physics, it is hard to take an ideological line when you teach the oxygen theory of combustion against the phlogiston theory. The same is true of chemistry. After all, your graduates go on to graduate schools and you don’t want them to embarrass you by seeming woefully inept. Someone must be able to do surgery without always nicking the tonsils in the process.

The hard sciences have an incentive to maintain a higher standard of intellectual training than the humanities and social sciences. Yet they can easily be corrupted by the fact that they usually require lots of money. The government put strings on what money it is willing to give, and corporations put strings on what money they are willing to give. They can effectively forbid research that they dislike.

My book does not go into that. It is mainly about the humanities and the social sciences. I am told that the Trump administration is trying to do awful things to the biological sciences when funding the National Health Foundation. He is certainly discouraging research into climate change.

5. Jacobsen: If you were to take what would be termed the socio-political left and the socio-political right in the academic system, in the humanities, what are they doing right and what are they doing wrong regarding academic freedom?

Flynn: They are doing something right insofar as they are scientific realists, and they are doing something wrong insofar as they are not. [Laughing] Of course, that is not purely a political divide. There are plenty of people both on the so-called left and on the right who live in an ideological dream world, an image of man and society which they try to “protect” by getting people fired they disagree with.

But fortunately, on both right and left, there are people who say, “We have got the scientific method. It is the only method that actually teaches us what the real world is like, and we’re going to fight like crazy to apply it despite all of the forces against us.

6. Jacobsen: If an academic on either side of the aisle want to make a point as in the ends justify the means, is it justified for them to simply ignore or skip an ethics review and potential need for ethics approval in a university when they are doing research?

Flynn: The notion that the end justifies the means, if stretched far enough, will open the door to censorship. There are limits, of course. I wouldn’t be in favour of a physics department that spent all of its time trying to develop a doomsday machine: how to dig a hole, and put enough nuclear weapons in there, so that any nuclear attack on your soil would trigger a nuclear explosion that would tilt the earth on its axis. [Laughing]

There are also limits in the humanities. To have a whole department of geology dominated by people who believe in crop circles, would also be bizarre. What you have got to do is say, “The scientific community recognizes that there are screwballs out there. We have got to take efforts to try to limit their presence in the classroom. But we must always, always be alert to the difference between necessary guidelines and censorship guidelines that allow us to shut up people we disagree with.”

Aristotle called finding this balance “practical wisdom”. I do not know how to give say 90% of academics practical wisdom so they can tell the difference between the two, but it is what academics have got to strive for whether they are right or left.

7. Jacobsen: In what contexts in history have there been academics as a majority who have adhered to those freedom of academic inquiry principles?

Flynn: I am not sure that they have ever been a majority. It is better to ask, “Are there universities today that sin less than others?” I would say that the University of Chicago sins much less than Harvard or Yale. In my book, I detail the extent to which the University of Chicago tries to deal with the forces against free speech on campus, and the extent to which Yale and Harvard have succumbed to these.

When you look at the history of universities, there sure as hell was not much tolerance before let us say about 1920, if only because of the influence the churches and their respectable members. In the 1920s, the Red Scare intimidated thousands of academics. Later, there was the McCarthy period. But in all those periods, there were academics who fought for free speech come hell or high water.

It is hard for me to say what the ebb and flow has been over history. It is much better to look at universities today and see who the worst sinners are.

8. Jacobsen: If you were to take a period-based qualitative analysis, is the persecution now from the so-called left, as you labelled them, worse than those from the so-called right towards the left during, for instance, The Red Scare, or the McCarthy era?

Flynn: I am trying to say that it is too hard to tell. I lived through the McCarthy period. I was damaged by it. My wife was damaged by it. My friends were damaged by it. Obviously, it has an immediacy for me. But at that time, even then, I felt I could probably find somewhere in the academic world where I might find a home.

Today, I look at the young adjunct professor in Virginia frantically trying, despite being an outstanding researcher, to find a berth somewhere, and being terrified of being thought unorthodox. I think today is at least comparable to what went on in the McCarthy period. It shouldn’t be thought of as somehow a lesser influence against freedom of inquiry than what went on then.

9. Jacobsen: What are the more egregious cases in the modern period that come to mind regarding this?

Flynn: The continual firing of adjunct professors because of a slip of the tongue. In my book, I also examine cases in which tenured professors have either been fired or have had their research curtailed. All sorts of things are done to them because they were investigating the wrong issue at the wrong time. Hiring policies. The banning of speakers on campus. All these things are at present in full swing.

10. Jacobsen: What do you see as the trajectory of research into the 2020s on IQ and on intelligence?

Flynn: If you look at problems that do not raise the spectre of race, there’ll be very considerable progress, particularly from the brain physiologists. Also people are becoming more sophisticated in understanding that you must deal with g and not be hypnotized by it.

11. Jacobsen: What about the future of the academic system regarding freedom of expression, not just freedom of speech?

Flynn: There is a real reaction against what is going on. The interesting thing will be to see how far it will go. It will go far only if principled university lecturers get behind the various groups that are fighting like crazy to have a more open university. Heterodox Academy is one such.

I do not know how many university staff still retain academic integrity. I do not know how many of them, integrity aside, can no longer think clearly about issues. I do not know how many of them have sold out to careerist interests, but there do seem to be encouraging signs. A lot of academics are saying, “We’d rather teach in a place like Chicago, and not a place like Yale.” Let us just hope we can turn the tide.

A lot of it will have to do with exterior events. If you get a wartime climate, all reason goes out of the window. What the effects will be of global warming, I would hate to guess. I have no crystal ball, but the universities are in the balance. There are significant pressures against the forces of reaction.

12. Jacobsen: Do you have any further thoughts, overall, just on your life’s work?

Flynn: I do not want to comment on my life’s work. Either it has had an influence, or it hasn’t. [Laughing]

Jacobsen: I think it has. It was nice to talk to you again. Take care. I hope you have a wonderful evening.

Flynn: We will be in touch.

13. Jacobsen: Excellent. Thank you very much.

Flynn: Good-bye.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Emeritus Professor, Political Studies, University of Otago in Dunedin, New Zealand.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-three; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[3] Image Credit: James Flynn.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence, Academic Freedom, and Life’s Work (Part Three) [Online].July 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, July 8). An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence, Academic Freedom, and Life’s Work (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. AAn Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence, Academic Freedom, and Life’s Work (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, July. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence, Academic Freedom, and Life’s Work (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence, Academic Freedom, and Life’s Work (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (July 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence, Academic Freedom, and Life’s Work (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence, Academic Freedom, and Life’s Work (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-three

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence, Academic Freedom, and Life’s Work (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):July. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence, Academic Freedom, and Life’s Work (Part Three) [Internet]. (2019, July 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Mahua Mukherjee on Life Story, the Times of India, Religion and Politics in India, and Journalism

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,145

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Mahua Mukherjee is a Reporter for The Times of India. She discusses: family background; personal story; the Times of India; religion in Indian politics; Hindu nationalism; favourite professional moments; becoming involved in India’s journalistic world as a foreigner; and final feelings and thoughts.

Keywords: journalism, Mahua Mukherjee, politics, religion, reporter, Times of India, writing.

An Interview with Mahua Mukherjee on Life Story, the Times of India, Religion and Politics in India, and Journalism: Reporter, The Times of India[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let us start from the top. What is family background, geography, culture, language, and so on?

Mahua Mukherjee: Well I am Mahua Mukherjee and I am from Bihar. I was born in a small border town of Farakka in West Bengal and was brought up in Patna the capital city of Bihar. My parents are from Bengal and shifted to Patna when my father joined the State Bank Of India. I was educated in Notre Dame Academy and then went To Patna Women’s College. Thereafter, I did a crash course in Business Journalism from the Times Centre of Media Studies and joined the Times of India. I can speak three languages English, Hindi and Bengali.

2. Jacobsen: What is your personal story? How did you become involved in journalistic and other work?

Mukherjee: There is nothing great about my personal story. It is an endless saga of trials and tribulations. I wanted to go into academics and had started writing about offbeat stuff right from my college days. I was supported by Mr Uttam Sengupta the resident editor of Patna Times of India. My first story was about A homeopathic doctor Dr Bandhu Sahani who transmitted homeo drugs through hair and you can get cured any where across the globe provided your hair is with him. It sounded fascinating as I was his patient, so I did it I got very good response and he literally long queues outside his clinic in Shivpuri way back in 1990s. Thereafter Uttam sir kept on giving me assignments and I would travel across  the city in search of stories. I got into the mode of being the first one to get the news and tell others. It was like an opium for me. So much so that even after getting a chance to join the prestigious Jawaharlal Nehru University I opted for Times of India. I broke many important stories as a business journalist and one of my stories about McKinsey report revamp of State Bank Of India was raised in the Parliament and I was very scared. I also received death threats for breaking a major fraud and thereafter I switched to desk reporting. It was during this period I decided to be less adventurous and stay grounded. I wanted to do something different and was given the task of conceptualizing the NIE (Newspaper in education) edition. It was great fun as well as learning experience. All my experiments of telling the news items as stories to my daughter came to use. It was well appreciated. I have also written and   designed a kid’s magazine and want to distribute it free of cost to under privileged kids from government aided schools, but I do not have enough funds to do it. As of now I am working  on the political desk and cater to Western Uttar Pradesh in northern part of the sub-continent.

3. Jacobsen: You have written for the Times of India (TOI). It is huge and prominent Indian publication. To give a sense to the audience here, what is the level of influence of the Times of India on public and public intellectual discourse in the world’s largest democracy?

Mukherjee: It is very true that TOI is very prominent not only in India but also in this part of the globe. Many a times during my stint as a business journalist on global junkets, fellow journalists were literally in awe of the paper and that gave me a kick. We do have various campaigns by our paper, and it acts as a pressure group on the government of the day. Also, some of our campaigns like the current organ donation helps in putting across the message loud and clear to the masses who come forward in large numbers to be a part of the movement initiated by the paper. Also, many a times our human-interest stories have a significant impact on the people. Once a journalist did a story on how an Olympic level archer Limba Ram was living a life of penury and was very unwell. Within 24 hours the apex Olympic Body  got him admitted to the All India Institute of Medical Sciences in new Delhi. The minister announced ex-gratia and numerous individuals and NGOs came forward to help him. Not only in India but people across the globe follow Times of India. Way back in 1997 I did a story based on NIMHANS study about nearly 80 percent of Delhi Police personnel being depressed. The next day I got a call from BBC London about how they had got a call from some NGO there who wanted to help the Delhi Police personnel come out of their depression and what was the route they should take and the best way they found was to contact the Times of India through their London office. What I want to prove that Times of India is still followed by the elite and we do make a difference in people’s lives so our stories and whatever we report must be true. We cannot afford to be casual because if we dare to the next day we are literally torn apart. Even small thing like a single column picture of African elephant instead of Indian one tucked somewhere down the inside pages is noticed by our readers. Yes, it feels great to be a part of tradition called the Times of India.

4. Jacobsen: You have written a bit on religion and its influence on politics, where personal identity impacts political trajectory. How important is religion in today’s India?

Mukherjee: Frankly speaking it is some stupid notion fed by some equally stupid journalist to the world and it refuses to go. I have been closely associated with Syed Shah Nawaz Hussein, who being a staunch Muslim, is the national spokesperson the BJP, which for some very strange reason is a communal party. And let me assure you that I have not seen religion being so important to overshadow his political life. Well the great Karl Marx was very right when he said ‘Religion is the opium of the masses’ but here I need to define the word masses. In Indian context masses are the illiterate people who are literally herded by the political leaders for their petty gains. For the educated Indian youth religion is to be practiced inside the four walls of your homes and left there only when you step out. Because they have understood religion is not going to lead them anywhere, so it is very personal. Talking of Shahnawaz Hussein, his wife is a Hindu Brahmin and their sons, studying in London, think religion is as personal as your body. As you do not take off your clothes before everyone, so your belief and how you follow your religion should not be of concern to anybody. On the other end of the spectrum we do have a sizable chunk of the so-called masses for whom religion and politics are the same thing and want to garner votes by dividing the voters. It might work in the interiors of the nation but certainly not among the educated ones.

5. Jacobsen: Is the influence of Hindu nationalism healthy or unhealthy, overall, in India?

Mukherjee: I do not think there is any thing called Hindu nationalism as I have said before for the educated Indian there is no concept of Hindu nationalism. Only because some not so great leader coined some stupid term does not mean it rules our lives. If some government takes steps to protect the cow or clean the Ganga river it does not make them Hindu nationalist. We are secular country and I am very proud of the fact in my country every person is free to follow his or her religion without any fear. Some stray incidents here and there do not make the country Hindu nationalists. Nationalism is just nationalism and religion have no place in it. I refuse to believe in the concept of Hindu nationalism.

6. Jacobsen: What have been your favored moments in professional life so far? What writings are you most proud of looking back now?

Mukherjee: The Mckinsey report,

MS shoes fraud

Urea fraud

Launching of NIE

Branding of Apollo Hospitals

Conceptualising of my kid’s magazine ‘Kalpana’ (PDF Attached)

7. Jacobsen: If a foreigner wanted to become involved in Indian political culture, writing, and journalism, how would they do it? Any recommendations for them?

Mukherjee: To begin with you must become a part of India. You must understand the nuances of the Indian culture which varies from state to state to be able to do justice to your writings. You must learn to love and accept India and Indians with all their shortcomings and follies and begin by reading a lot about India. Where do you start well, come to India be a part of it and the best place to start would be to begin with writing blogs and take it forward and the best place of course in The Times of India .

8. Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion?

Mukherjee: Journalism is a great responsibility so one must choose their words carefully. A casual question mark at the end of a sentence can create havoc. Be impartial and just be a reporter. We must report facts and do not try to colour your reports with your own thoughts.

9. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mahua.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Reporter, Times of India.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mukherjee; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Mahua Mukherjee on Life Story, the Times of India, Religion and Politics in India, and Journalism [Online].July 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mukherjee.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, July 8). An Interview with Mahua Mukherjee on Life Story, the Times of India, Religion and Politics in India, and JournalismRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mukherjee.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Mahua Mukherjee on Life Story, the Times of India, Religion and Politics in India, and Journalism. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, July. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mukherjee>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Mahua Mukherjee on Life Story, the Times of India, Religion and Politics in India, and Journalism.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mukherjee.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Mahua Mukherjee on Life Story, the Times of India, Religion and Politics in India, and Journalism.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (July 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mukherjee.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Mahua Mukherjee on Life Story, the Times of India, Religion and Politics in India, and JournalismIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mukherjee>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Mahua Mukherjee on Life Story, the Times of India, Religion and Politics in India, and JournalismIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mukherjee

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Mahua Mukherjee on Life Story, the Times of India, Religion and Politics in India, and Journalism.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):July. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mukherjee>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Mahua Mukherjee on Life Story, the Times of India, Religion and Politics in India, and Journalism [Internet]. (2019, July 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mukherjee.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Alix Jules on American Secular Communities, Positive Work, Secularization of Communities, and Communication (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,396

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Alix Jules is a Writer at Patheos Nonreligious. He discusses: secular communities and positive work; the proportion of African Americans who identify, not simply as secular, but as an atheist, in America; the slower trajectory for the black community compared to the white community in America in secularization; and communicating and socializing.

Keywords: Alix Jules, atheism, Catholic, intellectual trajectory, Patheos, secularism.

An Interview with Alix Jules on Background and Meeting an Atheist: Writer (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In terms of the narrative or story provided before, or the personal ups and downs about the trajectory of world view, this has a lot of overlays. Some of them not necessarily stated explicitly, but they’ve come up in other conversations in personal journalistic work, for me, talking to other people in secular communities.

One of them has to do with the explicit and implicit bias, if not outright prejudice, against the secular from the nonsecular, from the religious. Sometimes, it can go the other way. That’s an internal conversation secular communities need to have about civility standards, providing dignity to even those one opposes.

However, in other conversations, we could find sectors of the secular community having conversations about inclusion, the inclusion of more women, the inclusion of more people of colour, not simply having the conversations, but actually doing things about it. In terms of American secular communities, for those who would like to help or include more people of colour, and more women, what would be a baseline recommendation? What has been some positive work that has been done?

Alix Jules: That is a tough one. I used to travel, talking about how we need to build bridges in the secular community. This was one of the first things I did in terms of outreach. My guidance then was first an explanation to these communities as to why it is so difficult to build these bridges.

Even though you’re an atheist- and you may be a white atheist, however you identify, ethnically- when you take a look at black atheists, or atheists of colour, and women, we still exist in a much broader context. This one thing that we share in common, may not be enough to bring us together. In fact, that’s what we’ve seen. If you consider that there was a much larger, much broader big-time atheist movement in the US. There’s been a lot of fracturing and factionalization.

I would argue, no, it’s just what someone would call “dividing lines” have been defining lines, all along. Just because you’re an atheist on those side of the tracks, doesn’t mean that you’re going to cross those tracks to come to see me. So, just saying that, “Hey, I’m an atheist now and we should all just come together and form a large community,” doesn’t work.

The first thing that I tell people is, “You’ve got to be cognizant of all the biases that still exist, even within your own community.” Even if we just say, “I’m a big atheist community.” But 98% are white males. That’s not necessarily inviting because there is the rest of who I am that is built, as a black person, or a person of colour, around the identity of being an atheist.

I have not been profiled in the US driving while being an atheist. I’ve been profiled driving while being black. I’ve been pulled over because I was black. I’ve been stopped in the street because I was black. I was followed in stores because I was black. I had to run away from groups of Confederate-wielding youth because I was black, not because I was an atheist. We have not addressed those issues within the larger context.

If you want me to meet you where you’re at, the first thing you have to do, not necessarily ideologically, but physically, is meet me where I’m at. You need, because of the issue of trust that just exists between these communities, plain black communities. Within those subsets, there are groups of atheists, humanists, et cetera.

First, you’ve got to break down that barrier, which in itself, is very difficult. You’ve got to show up on my other issues, what you would call “fringe issues” or what others have just called “identity politics”. Those “identity politics” allow me to vote, allow me to buy and purchase equally, allow me to scream and get heard when police are harassing me. That’s the first thing, is meet me where I’m at.

The second one is to realize that these what you call “fringe issues”, or what some call “fringe issues”, aren’t. They’re issues that define my humanity. I didn’t ask for them. I didn’t ask for them. I want them gone, as much as anyone else.

I often get into the discussion. “Why are we all so hung up on race? Race is a social construct.” Well, we live in a society. The beginning of the word “society” is S-O-C. It’s all a related social construct. It exists in society. We are social creatures. We are influenced by societal norms. You can’t say that you’re immune to them just because you’re an atheist.

Just like Christianity, there was magical thinking. In various religious thought and circles, there’s magical thinking. You can’t have the same magical thinking in the atheist community if you say that you are evidence-based. It’s incongruent. It doesn’t happen.

If you can look at me and say, “I understand that you have issues outside of Christianity, regardless of what the root cause is. If you take a big step back, yes, absolutely, in the beginning, when we take a look at how we even define what race is, you take a look at The Inquisition; how do we define bloodlines, and “the other”? Yes, it’s tied to race, but the racial construct is more tied to religion that most people will even acknowledge. Sure, I get that, totally.

But regardless of where it came from, where we are today being this is still my reality. Acknowledge the reality. You want to be an ally; you have to show up. Once you gain that trust, I’ll meet you where you want me to be.

2. Jacobsen: One thing pointed out to me. It was the notion, or the idea, or the reality of if in the African American or the black community in America, not religious, then not fully black, or African American. How does this play out in practical terms in the life of an African American male, or a black woman?

Jules: I can say that, for me, in my generation- I’m Generation X, if that means anything. Previous generations, it was infinitely more taboo to be non-religious. In fact, it was once you become a doubting Thomas, you become an Uncle Tom. That’s true.

We saw that in the ‘60s and ‘70s. You get a little bit of education from the white man. I’ll be blunt. You come back home and you’re doubting God. How dare you? It doesn’t matter who gave you the god. All those arguments just do not matter because the identity of being black, or African American, in the United States, is so tied to religion. It’s Moses. It’s Harriet Tubman. Her story is tied to lore, of course, or the meso-self of the Bible and the Christian Moses.

The fact that so much of the civil rights movement itself was enabled, to a certain extent, by black churches. Of course, you had really strong secular influences, as well, that just never got the attention as secular influences. It was “brethren so-and-so”, “pastor so-and-so”. We can’t ignore the truth that the church has played a galvanizing force in the African America community for so long. You just can’t undo that.

I think that was generational. “You say that you don’t believe. I say that you’re not black.” I think that’s changed. I think we’re changing. I think a lot of what we’re seeing, in the US anyway, is an artefact of the black civil rights movement, where we are beginning to see, even in the streets when there were significantly more protests, or significant more coverage regarding the protests.

I would talk to young organizers and they would tell me, “God hasn’t done anything for me. The church isn’t here. They’re not doing anything. Why would I believe in that?” So, there are challenges that we’re seeing with the younger generation, the Millennials and younger, that show a significant dip in religiosity in the African community. It’s significant. Even if it’s single-digit, 5%, 8%, 9%, that’s pretty significant given that when you take a look at their cohorts in different strata.

Whites, we’re seeing 70% religiosity, 30% “nones” or atheists, if you lump it all together. Even the Hispanic community was actually more or less secular than the white community. What we saw, at least if you use solid polls, is within the African American community, we saw about a 95% of the African American community identified as being heavily religious. That’s changed. It’s below 90%. I think it’s 80-something percent. That’s a big change. That’s a big shift.

The churches we still have, obviously, they’re strong church groups. That’s not going to go away but we’re not seeing the coherence to that identity as much. It is loosening. That, right there, has also, in the US, played a role in why we’ve seen it be so sticky. When you had your identity taken from you, stolen from you, and a new one given to you, or you created one and even the one that you created, you were told was ugly, and lazy, and dumb.

Again, many of those are Christian sentiments from the past and the South in the US that were just pushed onto the negro from about the 1600s all the way through to Jim Crow. It’s the reason why those stereotypes still exist, this identity that African Americans were able to cohere. Identity is complex. It just stuck. Yes, black is beautiful but black also includes this. Fortunately, we’re seeing that black identity is no longer monolithic. It’s wonderful.

3. Jacobsen: What would be the proportion of African Americans who identify, not simply as secular, but as an atheist, in America?

Jules: I think it’s still less than 1% It’s been a while since I looked up the numbers but it’s hovered around the 1% to 2%. It’s going to be low. It’s going to be low, but the ones that identify as “nones”, or say that– I think we’ve reached a tipping point in the US, as a whole, where secularism is just becoming significantly more wide-spread.

We are seeing the lashing out from the other side, especially the evangelical movement. They’re not happy about it. I don’t believe it’s in the death throes. I think we still have a few generations of them being there, but white evangelical children are not going to church anymore. They’re just not.

As that becomes more common, I think we’ll see more of that on the African American side. It’ll be slower but as those numbers really begin to dip, I think you’ll see more people identify as atheist. Even if they won’t call themselves atheist, they’ll know that they are. Just like me. I stayed in that bubble for years.

4. Jacobsen: Why is that trajectory slower for the black community compared to the white community in America?

Jules: I think one of them is the need for the church. The church has been there for childcare. It has been there for education. It’s been there as a safe haven. There’s a lot of reasons why the church exists in some communities, as well. Good and bad comes with the church.

The idea of community itself is necessary with the church. You have the moms. You have the grandmas, the aunts. “We’re going to see you in church, right? I’m taking her to church.” Continuously. It’s a conveyor belt system, to that extent. [Laughing]

Just wanting to continue to be part of that community. That community has, in numbers, been able to push the needle on civil rights movements where no other driving, massive force has. It is still going to be a little bit.

Jacobsen: I’m out of questions. I’m trying to think of another one.

Child: Dad.

Jacobsen: Is that your kid?

Jules: You heard that. Yes. She just ran in from one room to the other.

Jacobsen: Kids are almost like apparitions, sometimes. They just go in and out.

Jules: Yes.

5. Jacobsen: Aside from internal demographic, and inclusion, and dignity issues, and civility issues of the secular communities in North America, how can secular people, for want of better terminology, learn, potentially, some better social skills in communicating, in socializing, and in interacting with those who harbour more supernatural sentiments than them, in public, and in private? This has come up as an issue in some commentary.

Jules: I don’t know that there is a lot of work outside of the human dignity piece that is going to drive people together. One of the problems with not being able to bridge that first. If an outside group comes knocking on a black door, you wind up having the concerns about a white saviour. “Why are you here? Why are you trying to deconvert me? Why are you doing this?” Again, the trust issue is a significant issue. “Why are you trying to sell me this?”

Regardless of the fact that you were sold on the opposite message by the same person, or your core belief system. That’s really difficult. I think it still winds up being interfaith issues or interfaith initiatives. If you can find the white youth in the US, some of them- I know a lot of atheists have issues with churches and their acceptance of magical thinking, or just the acceptance of everyone, but those wind up being really fertile grounds for cross-cultural communication and “contamination”, in the best way.

I will drive down in some areas around here and I will see a huge “black lives matter” banner out front on the church. I already know that’s a UU church, right there, and they’re at least 70% white. I walk in there. Maybe it’s 90% white, but they’re taking the initiative to roll out the carpet and say, “Number one, I hear you. Number two, I acknowledge what’s going on. Three, if you want a place to be, here I am.” That’s something that UUs, Unitarian Universalists, have done well.

In fact, I guess it was in Ferguson, and during the uprising in Ferguson, Missouri, after the Michael Brown murder, and then again in Baltimore, after the Freddie Gray murder. The people that are out there, if they were white, they usually were carrying a UU pin or UU banner. If you are able to get close to them and build enough bridges there, sometimes it comes.

I have got a very quick story. A few years ago, we did- it was The North Texas Food Bank. They had what was called a “full on faith” week, where they would invite all these churches to work at the food bank and package food and ship food, et cetera.

One of my colleagues, Dr. Zachary Moore, found out about it, and said, “Wait a minute. Why aren’t we doing this as well?” He reached out to them. They said, “You’re not really a church. You’re faithless. It’s like, “Yes, but it doesn’t mean that we don’t do exactly the same thing. It’s not that we aren’t without charity, without motivation. We’re humanist as well.”

The first event that we went to, I want to say there were maybe 30 people that showed up, which I thought was a great number. We were there and we were mixing it up with other- Christians. Maybe five people, one person, in particular, asked me, “What church are you with?” I explained the organization that I was with. I said “atheist” and “humanist”. She said, “I’m not familiar with that denomination.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing]

Jules: Right. Exactly. I enjoyed the internal giggles for about a good 15 minutes, maybe, but as we worked together, as we were bumping into each other and helping each other, at the end of that, we were, “Where do we learn more about you all?” They had questions. I was probably one of the only black atheists there. There were maybe one or two more.

Even the black church members were very generous and wanted to talk. Some of them kept in contact. One of them is no longer Christian. She was like, “I knew I had questions but I didn’t know who to ask.” That’s one person that was able to leave religion and say, “It’s not that I hate religion. It’s just I don’t need it for what I thought I needed it for.”

That’s a great example of bumping into people doing service, and just being out where people are and having an atheist spin, a human spin. You don’t necessarily need to be competition. You just need to show them that you’re there, and you’re there to help. Sometimes it just takes that much, or at least, that’s a good first step.

6. Jacobsen: I think that’s a perfect place to end on. Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Alix.

Jules: You’re very welcome. It was fun. [Laughing] I get to go back. It’s been a very long work day. I was like, “Wait. What’s going on?” [Laughing] This was good, thank you. I appreciate the conversation.

Jacobsen: It’s one drop at a time.

Jules: All right. Yes, absolutely.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Writer, Patheos Nonreligious.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Alix Jules on American Secular Communities, Positive Work, Secularization of Communities, and Communication (Part Two) [Online].July 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, July 8). An Interview with Alix Jules on American Secular Communities, Positive Work, Secularization of Communities, and Communication (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Alix Jules on American Secular Communities, Positive Work, Secularization of Communities, and Communication (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, July. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Alix Jules on American Secular Communities, Positive Work, Secularization of Communities, and Communication (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Alix Jules on American Secular Communities, Positive Work, Secularization of Communities, and Communication (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (July 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Alix Jules on American Secular Communities, Positive Work, Secularization of Communities, and Communication (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Alix Jules on American Secular Communities, Positive Work, Secularization of Communities, and Communication (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-two

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Alix Jules on American Secular Communities, Positive Work, Secularization of Communities, and Communication (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):July. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Alix Jules on American Secular Communities, Positive Work, Secularization of Communities, and Communication (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, July 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life, Some More (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,037

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Pascal Landa is the Founder and President AAVIVRE (Association qui Accompagne la Volonté des Individus a Vivre selon leur Ethique – Association that Accompanies the Will of those wishing to Live according to their personal Ethics). He discusses: early life, or his superhero origin story, some more.

Keywords: AAVIVRE, dying with dignity, early life, euthanasia, France, religion, right to die, Pascal Landa.

An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life, Some More: Founder and President AAVIVRE (Association qui Accompagne la Volonté des Individus a Vivre selon leur Ethique – Association that Accompanies the Will of those wishing to Live according to their personal Ethics) (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Pascal Landa: To backtrack a little bit. While I was the President of AAVIVRE, which I founded five years ago, I wrote two booklets. One is a new self-deliverance booklet in which I explain clearly, with all the precautions and so forth, about life being precious, that how, if one wants to end his life, he can do it easily, safely and with no investment. It is not difficult to do that.

I detail what we call “the plastic bag method” originally promoted by Dereck Humphry. It is the method where you inhale your own carbon dioxide which puts you into a deep coma and in a matter of generally less than an hour, kills you. The advantage of that is that everybody can get a plastic bag. Everybody can get a scarf to put it around your neck for comfort and scotch tape to make sure it is held in place. Everybody can take sleeping pills, which you do beforehand so that you are sure to sleep throughout the process.

The nice thing about it is when you take the bag off the person’s head, he looks like he is just gone to sleep and had an easy death. What is most important about that method is that most people are horrified about it, and that is essential because of those people who are horrified are clearly not people who are in a phase of their life where they are facing the fact that their life needs to end.

If you are facing, either through pain, or loss of consciousness, or knowing that you are going to be completely debilitated, you are no longer worried about the plastic bag. You are worried about being sure to end your life. I only sell the book to people who are members of an association affiliated to the World Federation of Right to Die with Dignity and any profit is used to finance the movement.

I have observed that experience myself many times while accompanying people. Frankly, the fear that you have of not being able to breathe is not right at all. You breathe easily. You are breathing your own carbon dioxide, but you are breathing and there is NO suffocation. You go progressively. First, you go into sleep because you have taken the right number of pills to go long-term into deep sleep. Then your breath becomes shorter and shorter until you are into a deep coma and you die.

That is good for people who can still manipulate things enough to be able to do that process, but it is not good for those people who are paraplegics, who are unable to physically handle their own lives. Therefore, the law is still needed for those who want or need to be assisted. In the last 35 years, I have spent probably 25 years saying we need a law called “the right to die with dignity law”.

Finally today, I have become aware that we were going the wrong path for legislation. We were going the wrong path because the opponents to our movement oppose us on two principles. The first principle is that a society of persons is a contract between people who live together. One of the foundation stones of that contract is, “Thou shalt not kill.” If we want a law that says we can kill, we are obviously stepping into the mouth of the wolf who is then able to say, “This is not the right way to go.”

However, there is a good way to go. The good way to go, as far as I am concerned, and particularly in Southern European mentalities, which are emotional rather than rational. Latins are a different type of society than the puritan, rather logical and strict mechanical societies that we know in America, in Australia, in England. In France and in Italy and in Spain, the mentality is such that- and it is not just playing on words. It reveals the real basic issues that rule those societies.

The right path is to write a law for the irreversible medical acts. Know that in France, one specialist out of two every year, gets attacked in court. One generalist out of ten, every year, gets attacked in court. All of that is because the powers of the medical profession have been trying to sell us the idea that medicine is a science, which it is not.

Medicine is not a science by the simple fact that drugs that operate on you and drugs that operate on me are going to act differently. We are, each of us, individuals. We are, each of us, different. So the act of medical caring is not just a mechanical process of distributing drugs or operating. It is primarily a human adaptation and accompaniment process. We know that psychology also plays a large part of human well-being or not well-being. Thus medicine is an art.

If we understand that medicine is an art, then we cannot guarantee the results. If we cannot guarantee the results, then we need to have a process when we do a medically irreversible act. A codified process for the amputation of an arm, a leg, the extraction of part of a liver, the extraction of whatever it is, the replacement of a heart ….something that irremediably changes a person’s life.

Several things qualify an “irreversible medical act”. One is that the person is going to change his life fundamentally, for the rest of his life. We need social accompaniment, but a doctor is not a social worker. We need a social accompaniment of that process. We need to guarantee that a diagnostic of the doctor is a good diagnostic. That means that we need to have a second opinion that confirms the first opinion. “This is what is going on and this is what the problem is.”

The third thing is we need to be able to offer, as a professional medical practitioner, a large set of solutions. One is to do nothing. The other is to amputate. The third is to try to treat with drugs but with the risk of having gangrene and dying. Et cetera.

One of the options that doctors often must face is there is that there are no treatment issues to your problem. I am thinking of sicknesses such as those in which you die of suffocation because your lungs cannot do it anymore, which are terrible deaths, or those in which you cannot control the pain anymore because drugs do not work. Despite all the false data and the statements of lobby paid researchers, we know that about 5% – 6% of painful situations cannot be dealt with at end of life. In those situations, one of the options must be assisted medical dying.

Who are we to say when is the right time to say, ‘Deciding to die is the right option?” I am sure you would not want me to tell you when it is the right option for you. I can tell you that I do not want you to tell me what the right option for me. In fact, I want to protect you so that you can also decide that until every single cell in your body is dead, you are alive, and you want medical treatment. That is fine for you. But it is not fine for me.

Me I want the law to state that in a medical process of the irreversible act, that if a certain protocol is followed that guarantees all of the protection of the individual, then we should be in a situation where I can ask for medically assisted dying, and you, the doctor, can give me that prescription or do the actual injection if I choose it. That must be one of the options for care at end of life.

This is what happens in Switzerland. When you go to Switzerland, you provide a medical record that shows that you are in a terminally ill situation of one way or another. It doesn’t have to be terminally ill in the next six months. It just must be terminally ill. But remember, life is a terminal illness. We are all going to die. If we are in a situation where that is the case, and if the patient is not mentally disturbed, and is capable of making concious decisions, then he can choose to have a doctor prescribe a death giving cocktail, but only the patient can “open the valve” or drink the substance. It does not work for those who cannot even move a finger.

I am thinking of, for example, the young man who says, “She has left me. Life is no longer worth living because my sweetheart has left me,” or vice versa. Those kinds of situations are psychological situations where the person has not the required perspective to decide to die. We need, as a responsible society, to be able to determine those cases. Yet we must also be able to say, “You have the right to decide what is a life worth living and what is a life not worth living.” Only a well-codified process can allow this.

You should be able to die with your friends around you. I know a lot of people who like to play cheerful, joyful music. I have friends who said to me, “Pascal, I want you to drink champagne on the day of my death because it is the end of my life and I think everybody should celebrate the fact that I have had a good life.”

To make a long story short, I think that is one of the rights that we will have to recognize, and it is being recognized by more and more people. Unhappily, there’s a lot of issues with the way it is being recognized. For example, in America, they want you to sign off a list of situations in which you say you want to die. That is stupid. The one thing we know is that we do not know when or in what context with what situation we are going to die.

In the French law today, we have been able to get the right for terminal sedation under specific circumstances, and more importantly, the right for a person to say that he is not willing to accept certain types of medical treatment. That includes force-feeding and all treatments that do not pertain to his total recovery. But you can never anticipate, so anticipated directives, as we call them, are just a philosophical statement to guide the persons around you as to how you would like to end your life.

The real key is having somebody who is your person of confidence, a person with whom you have talked and who is going to be a valid person to talk with for the medical profession because the medical profession facing somebody dying has got a huge problem. The huge problem is that he can act like a professional, but he is being asked to make decisions as if he was the person. These are two different roles that require a dialogue and cannot be assumed by a single person.

What he needs is he needs a person to talk to. Often, the patient is no longer able to communicate correctly. What he needs is for the patient to have named somebody who is a person of confidence, who has his full confidence, and who is able to adjust the patient’s will to the real situation.

The real situation could be a car accident and to find yourself in a coma. Do we decide, because you marked on the questionnaire, “I do not want artificial respiration”, that we should decide to let you die? Even though if we give you artificial respiration for three weeks or even two weeks, you’ll be able to recuperate fully and then he’ll be able to live? NO!

We need to have somebody who is fully conscious, fully aware of the person’s wishes and desires, of course, and who can speak for the person. That seems to me more important than anticipated directives.

We must avoid, also, the bad path that codifies what the medical professional one has to do the multiple response questionnaire. Do you want us to do this? Do you want us to do that? Do you want us to do this?” That is ludicrous because the situation is in constant evolution. Those questionnaires only pertain to things that are black and white, but life is not black and white. Life is always specific to the individual, specific to the case at a moment in time.

Exchange and participation are essential. We know, for example, that a person going to see a doctor, when the doctor talks with him and has an exchange, he has 30% more chance of recovery than a person who doesn’t talk to his doctor because medical care is a mutual trust space between a practitioner who knows medical practices and a patient who knows himself. We also know that it reduces costs by 30%, as well, which is an impressive amount.

Last, of all, I think one of the important things we need to keep in mind is that end of life today represents somewhere between 60% and 80% of all medical expenses during your whole lifetime. That means that the end of life is big business for some people. We cannot let financial big business interests be above concerns for that a person that is supplicating that he wants to end his life because he has had enough, enough of suffering, enough of mental torture, enough of seeing those around him suffer, et cetera.

As a responsible society, we also must remember that a person who is in a situation of sickness or end of life, has tremendous pressures from external sources, the wife that tells the doctor, “I want you to keep him alive by all means because as long as he is alive, I am getting my pension. The day he dies, I get nil.” Or the kids who say, “Speed him up. I want to get that inheritance. I can use the money dads got better than he does. Look at what condition he is in.” I just gave examples, but there are millions of motivations.

As a responsible society, we must have a law that saves the individual from torture by the medical industry. End of life people today are test grounds for lots of medications. That is not acceptable unless the person says it is okay but often, they never ask the person or omit this experimental aspect for a proposed treatment.

Today in France, 30,000 people die because doctors, mostly by compassion, help them die. Even that is not acceptable because, first of all for 1% or 2%, we question the fact that is the right decision, but more important, is that they never asked the opinion of the person concerned, and there is no reason we should allow this, it’s like playing “god”. When you do not have the agreement or request of the person, it is called murder. If you ask the person and the person wants it, it is called assisted dying and compassion. Two different concepts.

The other reason is that as a society, we cannot let the medical profession be attacked permanently because people think that medicine is a science and not an art. If we develop a the protocol that protects the medical profession, we’ll find more and more medical professionals having human compassion, human interest in their patients, and doing their job which is helping us to live as well as we can, as long as we can, and in a state that is compatible with an individual’s will to live.

I think I have covered the three basic subjects. My own personal life is not interesting in all this except to say that perhaps I started this movement when I was 30, replacing my father as president of the association in France, and that I have done a successful IT career as an international director of IT while continuously being an active member of the right to die with dignity movement in France and internationally.

That shows that I am not interested in glamour. I just want that law, some day or another, to be enacted. I wrote a book on how to write your personal directives and how to designate the person of confidence so that people can read that book and know how to do that because it seems to be a difficult thing for people to do. It is a book written in French and if you turn the book around, it is in English because I am both a French and English speaker.

I think I have covered the law in France today. In 2005, the law allowed recognition for anticipated directives and the fact that a person you choose “personne de confiance” (person you trust) could be more important than the family as advice for the medical profession.

In 2016, it reinforced the law and said, “Directives are now an obligation for the medical profession and the person of trust is still an advisory, but a much more an important advisory than it ever was stated before.” Otherwise, the law used to say, “We cannot kill people. We can just put them in terminal sedation.” The 2016 law said, “Terminal sedation, the doctor does not have to wake up the patient regularly to check that he is not killing him.”

But terminal sedation today, as practiced in France, can take one day to one month, depending on the state of health of the individual. We think that is totally unacceptable. It is unacceptable for the individual because we cannot say that he is not suffering. It is unacceptable for the family and those around them because we know that they are suffering. We can see it clearly.

There’s still a long way to go but I think this road must pass through a protocol for irreversible medical acts and not a law for directing doctors on how we can kill people when they choose it. That will neither be accepted by the doctors, nor by the religious people, nor by the basic community, even though 90% of the French citizens all say, since about 30 years now, that they want legislation for the right to die with dignity.

Dying is not an easy thing. I am in the middle of writing a book on how you live the best way the last part of your life. Living at the end of your life is a tremendous adventure. At the end of your life, one of the things that happen, whether we like it or not, is you can no longer lie to yourself.

All our lives, we can lie to ourselves, and say, “Life, it is going to continue. I am not going to die,” or any other lies that we do for ourselves, but the one thing that you can no longer do when you are nearing death is you can no longer lie to yourself. That is a period when you can do a lot of progress in your own mentality and on your own awareness of life.

It is too bad you do not do it beforehand. So many people would rather act like the ostrich and keep their heads in the sand until the moment arrives. That is not acceptable, for me. If somebody else wants to live that way, I have no objections. A corner stone of the right to die movement is: We are not asking that others live the way we want to, we are just asking that we be able to live the way we want.

We defend also the person that wants to live until the last second of the last cell that survives in his body. One of the things that I wanted to do at one point was to attacked the state because in today’s life, today’s scientific community knowledge about organisms and their way of living, we are able to grow meat, we are able to grow skin, we are able to grow organs, we are able to create stem cells out of any other cell in the body. We can now, very recently, replace parts of the DNA. In fact, we could say that we shouldn’t ever let anybody die. We could keep a body alive forever. Is living being just a body and the cells that function? We do not think so.

An important issue that is being raised today by the right to die with dignity movement is what is the real meaning of life? Is the real meaning of life having cells that are alive or is the real meaning of life that of being conscious, being able to love, being able to have emotions? Those are the real questions that we must deal with as a society.

Do you have any other questions?

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder and President AAVIVRE (Association qui Accompagne la Volonté des Individus a Vivre selon leur Ethique – Association that Accompanies the Will of those wishing to Live according to their personal Ethics).

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life, Some More (Part Two) [Online].July 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, July 8). An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life, Some More (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life, Some More (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, July. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life, Some More (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life, Some More (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (July 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life, Some More (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life, Some More (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-two

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life, Some More (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):July. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life, Some More (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, July 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

 

An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Stories and Cultural Differences (Part Three)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,400

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Faisal Saeed Al Mutar is the founder of Ideas Beyond Borders and Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0, Global Secular Humanist Movement, and a columnist for Free Inquiry. He discusses: stories, religions, cultural differences, and science.

Keywords: Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0, Faisal Saeed Al Mutar, Global Secular Humanist Movement, Ideas Beyond Borders.

An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Stories and Cultural Differences: Founder, Ideas Beyond Borders & Founder, Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0 (Part Three)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Also, Mohammed’s story in another respect, in a minor way. It is teaching Canadians that they also have secret service.

Faisal Saeed Al Mutar: [Laughing].

Jacobsen: It is important to know about CSIS. I did an interview with her. I quoted this part of the interview as the title. It is a beautiful quote. Most Canadians do not know about it. It is important to know in a similar way.

For instance, by analogy, when people used to talk about these pseudoscientific categories of race, in terms of Caucosoid, Mongoloid, and Negroid, they were shown relatively clearly as pseudoscience in a similar way as Phrenology in psychology.

It is the ‘science’ of bumps on the head corresponding to traits of an individual such as intelligence or various personality aspects. In evolutionary theory, if you look at geographies over time, what they talk about more is, traits in a species that differ geographically along a gradient.

Those are called clines. I think in a similar way. It is looking at the stories common to us all. It is just the different ratios you’re going to get in different parts of the world. So, it is not going to happen as much in Canada. But it is going to happen in Canada.

Al Mutar: It already happened in Canada few times. There are definitely chances that it is going to happen more. Despite the signs of the world getting better, less poverty, less hunger, and so on, I do not see signs of extremism declining.

I would argue political extremism and polarization is on the rise.

Jacobsen: I agree.

Al Mutar: In Europe, you can see parties. Marine le Pen is in the parliament. You can see Jeremy Corbyn with the Far Left in the Labour Party openly saying crazy things. That can be perceived as antisemitic by many people.

While Canada remains a beacon of hope in some regards, the UK was a beacon of hope for many years. But it is not working well for them right now. There’s nothing in Canada that makes it immune to being a crazy place.

I have been to Canada many times. Yes, because of their geography and America being on South of them, it is different than America having South America on the South of them. It makes them an obscure place. They Canada enter Canada without a visa.

It puts them in a position that attracts fewer individuals from other parts of the world. They are lucky in that regard. But I do not if there is anything in Canada that makes them immune from really going through the deep end in terms of extremism.

Canadian is not that different from American DNA.

Jacobsen: You could have someone moving from Nova Scotia to Iqaluit. They are cranky because they are cold.

Al Mutar: [Laughing].

Jacobsen: “There’s not even a Tim Horton’s, eh? I don’t even know” [Laughing].

Al Mutar: Especially in big cities like Montreal or Toronto, or Vancouver, they look as American as they can get.

Jacobsen: Yes, different labels of companies and corporations.

Al Mutar: Yes, very similar, almost the same thing, it is almost the same diversity. I would say Vancouver is more Asian than the rest.

Jacobsen: The closer you get to Richmond for sure.

Al Mutar: That has always been my hypothesis, in a way, for extremism or resentment. Canada compared to America has a better welfare system. With the recent migration, Justin Trudeau accepted many Syrian refugees.

Jacobsen: That started with Brian Mulroney at quarter of a million per year.

Al Mutar: Many of the Syrian refugees, not negatively but, coming from the different country will not see the welfare system as a welfare system but as a way of life. As a result, it is possible that many will use the welfare system.

Because many are refugees and need time to move up in the economic ladder. As a result, the people who pay taxes in Canada will be angry. I can see that happening a lot in Scandinavia. Every time I go there and call a friend from Sweden or Denmark, social welfare is above what I would consider normal.

There is a lot of resentment from many Danish citizens, Norwegian citizens who say, “I work my ass off all the time. I pay 50% income tax,” which is crazy already and in America 30% considered insane.

“Then I am guaranteed this social contract. I will get education for my son. My neighbours’ sons will get an education. We have a social contract in which we help each other out. They are homogeneous. They know each other. They help each other. They form the social contract.”

Then there are people coming from different culture who do not even know the social contract. Because of the cultural difference, they will say, “I can live and not work for $5,000 per month. Cool!”

Especially in this age of polarization, they do not see themselves as part of the social contract. They see themselves Syrians who think, “Why the fuck should I pay for other people at 50% of my income? Why am I doing this? I do not know anybody. Most of my friends are Syrians. Why am I paying into this system?”

I am afraid Canada will have the same problem. That many Canadians will think, “I am working my ass off all the time. I am barely able to buy a house, maybe not even an apartment or condo. Then there are people who come from overseas and who do not pay taxes and then live on welfare.”

That is the right-wing rhetoric. There are many refugees who do not live on welfare. I am an Iraqi refugee myself. I do not live on welfare. I have a salary. I pay taxes as well. But that is the stereotype of living on welfare. They (the right-wing) can find examples that they can utilize. I am afraid that rhetoric will gain steam in Canada.

Where if you give Canada 10 or 20 years, you might have a Far Right party.

Jacobsen: It is usually 10 years after the US. There was a split with the People’s Party of Canada founded by Maxime Bernier splitting off the Conservative Party of Canada of Andrew Scheer.

Al Mutar: Yes, also, centre-left will be considered right-wingers by the far-left and centre -right will be considered cucks by the far-right [Laughing].

Jacobsen: It will be more egregious in America. We know the ‘news networks’ that will use that as political ammo for a right-wing narrative. In Canada, we have some similar ones. But they are too obviously bombastic and not big enough.

As well, Fox News tried to get a branch over here. It didn’t turn out well [Laughing]. It didn’t start. That kind of sentiment, at least among the portion of North American and Western European examples.

But it can be stoked by fanning those flames in, back to the example, Canada. I see some of it being used. For instance, there was a young Canadian woman. She was murdered by a refugee. So, that was used as a news story to demonize Syrian refugees as group.

One person does it. Therefore, the group is bad, which is the basis of xenophobia.

Al Mutar: Yes, I am afraid some of these groups will do it. Then we will face some bad consequences.

Jacobsen: Back to clines, gradients, as the analogy of phenomena, there are human universals. There are different ratios of people’s experiences. You lived in a liberal household. Yasmine Mohammed lived in a more fundamentalist household, especially with her mom. Honey I Married a Jihadi, basically [Laughing].

Al Mutar: [Laughing] yes.

Jacobsen: The experience of people. To bridge the gap with telling the stories across the language, culture, and religion divide, a good way to do this. It is looking at your own experience in 2010 of fear simply through going onto a religion forum or fora.

It is similar to the founder of the Council of Ex-Muslims of France, Waleed Al-Husseini, when he was in Palestine territories. He was in a coffee shop because he didn’t want to be home writing these blogs.

He got fond out and placed into a military tribunal and tortured for several months. I think the more common example, in either case of Canada or Palestine or others throughout the MENA region, is the social bullying, being afraid.

Al Mutar: Yes.

Jacobsen: People who are openly secular in Canada. If they work in a student union, in a campus, in a profession, if they are in a church community but lost their faith, they will undergo social bullying in the family, the community, at work, and in the school.

Those stories bridge the gap. A similar phenomena of bullying – public humiliation and so on – to prevent them from being open about their own beliefs. With the barrier, in the extreme cases, with death threats and actions following them, which make the threats legitimate, for the most part, there is the big hunk of sameness.

Al Mutar: One of the reasons why I prior to starting IBB that I started the Global Secular Humanist Movement was to make the people share stories of how much suffering they’re facing or persecution from different parts of the world and make them connected to each other.

People really realizing how they can inspire each other. The ways people can inspire each other. I get emails many times, mostly from individual from the Middle East but also from the West. They say, “Faisal, I saw what you have been through. You have courage to go through what you went through. You are inspiring me to do this for other people and pay it forward. Also, I am not afraid now.”

I always get questions from ex-Muslims in the region, who I always happy mentor. I have 5 activists who I always mentor on how to be safe. I always get the question, “So, my cousin saw me drinking beer. Should I apologize to him and say I will never do it again? Or should I own it?”

I try to listen to them and see their situation, ask them not to do something crazy, and figure out a way to survive until their cousin becomes more secular. I am constantly reminded that there are many people who are facing persecution because of their beliefs.

These people always are looking for stories to be inspired by. There were times when they were constantly thinking and reached a point of depression & defeatism. They need each other. We always need to pull them out and prove them again, and get them optimistic about life.

A life without goals and optimism is not a life worth living to me. It is torture.

Jacobsen: Shakespeare had the phrase, “Oh Friar, damned souls use the word banishment to describe hell.” No community is hugely painful for people.

Al Mutar: Of course, it is. We are social animals. We get our energy from other people. There are people who live on farms. But they get contact with other people, not as much as us in the cities. But they still have human interaction.

They cannot live by themselves because we need each other for survival and mental-social reasons.

2. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Faisal.

Al Mutar: Wonderful, thank you, Scott!

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Ideas Beyond Borders & Founder, Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0; Founder, Global Secular Humanist Movement.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-three; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Stories and Cultural Differences (Part Three) [Online].July 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, July 8). An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Stories and Cultural Differences (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Stories and Cultural Differences (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, July. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Stories and Cultural Differences (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Stories and Cultural Differences (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (July 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Stories and Cultural Differences (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Stories and Cultural Differences (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-three

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Stories and Cultural Differences (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):July. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Stories and Cultural Differences (Part Three) [Internet]. (2019, July 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 9 — Numbers, Numbers, Numbers

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 7, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 914

Keywords: Herb Silverman, mathematical objects, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about the meaning of numbers and delve somewhat into the notions, or the formal mathematical concepts, of mathematical objects, and more.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What makes a number, a number? How does this relate to the discrete or continuous nature of the world?

Professor Herb Silverman: A number is a mathematical object used to count, measure, and label. The original examples are the natural numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, …., which were extended to take in 0 and the negative integers. This later included rational numbers (fractions), irrational numbers (real numbers that are not rational) like pi and the square root of 2, and complex numbers like the square root of -1.

Besides their practical uses, numbers have cultural significance throughout the world. For example, in Western society, the number 13 is regarded as unlucky. Some people also believe in numerology, which attributes a divine or mystical significance to numbers. One such example, espoused by many Christian fundamentalists, is fear of the number 666, which they refer to as the Mark of the Beast. Numerology is also associated with the paranormal and astrology. Of course, numerology is a pseudoscience, a superstition that uses numbers to give their subject a veneer of scientific authority.

The question about the discrete or continuous nature of the world is an important one, with many implications. By discrete, we mean something we can count and that can’t be further divided. An example would be the number of students in a class. Continuous is the opposite of discrete. It can always be divided into finer levels.

How old are you? I could say that I’m 77 years old, but it would be a lie. Though I recently celebrated the seventy seventh anniversary of my birth, it would be impossible to say how old I am. The same with you. As of this writing, I’ve been alive approximately 77 years, 20 days, 6 hours, 7 seconds, 5 milliseconds, 3 nanoseconds, 1 picosecond (a trillionth of a second)…and so on. I would be simply 77 if time were measured only in years, which it is not.

We treat time as if it is continuous, not discrete. The same with height and weight. It is impossible to know exactly how tall you are or how much you weigh. Similarly, when we see a movie the time it portrays looks continuous, though we know it was made with discrete scenes. In classical and quantum mechanics, time is treated as continuous. Otherwise, the physics would not be applicable. Nevertheless, we don’t really know if time (or space) is discrete or continuous.

Max Planck was a theoretical physicist who did revolutionary work in quantum theory. Planck time (approximately 10 to the — 43 seconds) is the shortest possible time interval that can be measured. With its associated Planck length (approximately 10 to the -35 meters), the Planck time defines the scale at which current physical theories fail. On this scale, the entire geometry of spacetime as predicted by general relativity breaks down. It is possible that time might be advancing forward in tiny but discrete time intervals, or time might be continuous. We just don’t know. The same is true about space.

All scientific experiments and human experiences occur over time scales that are many orders of magnitude longer than the Planck time, making any events happening at the Planck scale undetectable with current scientific knowledge. The smallest time measurement has been approximately 10 to the -21 seconds. Before Planck time all matter, energy, space, and time are presumed to have exploded outward from the original singularity (a point or region in spacetime in which gravitational forces cause matter to have an infinite density, associated with black holes). Nothing is known of this period. Looking backward, the idea is that back beyond a Planck time we can make no meaningful observations within the framework of classical gravitation.

Rather than thinking of discrete intervals, we should recognize that it is not possible for us to make a measurement of length or time smaller than Planck values for length and time. Physics can say nothing about shorter intervals, which is why we can’t go back to time zero of the Big Bang. I think that someday more will be discovered, but not in my lifetime and maybe not in yours. It will take a serious amount of time for humans to understand time.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Silverman.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Nikolai Rozov 1 — Philosophy, Russia, and Secularism

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Nikolai Rozov

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 7, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,531

Keywords: history, Nikolai Rozov, philosophy, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Dr.Sc. Nikolai S. Rozov is a Professor of Philosophy at the Novosibirsk State University. He is the Head of Department for Social Philosophy and Political Sciences. As well, Rozov is the Principal Research Scientist in the Institute for Philosophy and Law (Siberian Branch of Russian Academy of Sciences).

Here we talk about Russia and philosophy.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If we look at the rich intellectual history of philosophy in Russia, sometimes neglected, denied, or forgotten by the West, what have been the most significant contributions to the philosophical oeuvre of humanity from Russias, whether nationals or those within the diaspora?

[Ed. Dr. Rozov corrected a misconception of mine in the question. That is to say, the question is incorrect and probably, the only prominent individuals have been Tolstoy and Dostoevsky.]

Dr.Sc. Nikolai S. Rozov: One of the streams of Russian philosophy was really born and lived in a wider stream of Russian literature and literary criticism. The main figures here are Dostoevsky and Tolstoy. But also Pogodin, Pisarev, Belinsky, Dobrolyubov, Herzen, Chernyshevsky, Merezhkovsky, Rozanov, Bakhtin, Pasternak, Solzhenitsyn belong to the series, despite the huge differences in the ideological direction, the scale of talents, etc. Of course, this is not the case in the “redundancy”, and in the weakness and semi-prohibition of philosophical activity, to the point of overt repression in relation to free thought, both in royal and Soviet times. Under these conditions, literature was the main channel for talking with the public about social, moral, ideological issues.

Along with this, the academic “professorial” philosophy developed, but with its own stops and failures. So far, the most striking figure here is Vladimir Solovyov. He was no stranger to literature, wrote poems, but here, rather, poetic creativity seemed to spill out of his powerful and good philosophy (despite the fact that I disagree with him on almost all points). Despite the repressiveness and suffocating regime of the Soviet era, such major figures as Losev, Asmus, Kopnin, Ilyenkov, Mamardashvili appeared in the academic tradition. There was no involvement in the literary process.

Modern philosophy in Russia is experiencing the same protracted decline, a disastrous period, as world philosophy, but still with many complications: the consequences of the Soviet era, when the “only true” philosophy was forced in all schools and universities, are not eliminated. Marxist-Leninists almost everywhere “reforged” into Orthodox patriot-state officials, into “political scientists” and “culturologists”, which already discredited in public consciousness both patriotism and corresponding disciplines.

To ask a philosopher about significant contemporaries — has always been, is and will be a thankless task. As you know, we really only honor dead colleagues.

To get away from the always dubious subjectivity in the distribution of reputational “elephants”, I will try to apply the operational criterion. To the ideas and books of which of my Russian colleagues, I turned to clarifying some philosophical questions and whose book I seriously recommended to students preparing master’s, candidate’s, doctoral dissertations?

Alas, there is only one name, and I call it with pleasure: Vyacheslav Stepin, academician of the Russian Academy of Sciences, former director of the Institute of Philosophy of the Russian Academy of Sciences. Just the other day, I recommended my undergraduate book “Theoretical Knowledge” to my undergraduate.

I recall right away that it was with Stepyn who, almost every time I came to Moscow, we had lengthy philosophical discussions. When I came to the institute, he locked his director’s office, we talked for a long time. It turns out he read all my recent books. We rarely agreed with him, but his sincere interest in the merits of the case, the solidity of the philosophical basis of reasoning cause great respect.

When I brought Randall Collins to Moscow, Stepin presided over the discussion of the book “Sociology of Philosophy”, sat with us all day, then in his office we sat with him and Collins late into the night and, encouraged by strong drinks, continued the discussion.

Many people know how high I put Collins, who invariably admires with his power, freshness and constructiveness of creative thinking, but on that day the conversation was conducted on Stepin’s “field”. It was about the driving forces behind the development of experiments in natural science. The main driving force behind the development of experimental practice in physics was either the independent development of laboratory equipment (Collins thesis) or the autonomous development of physical theoretical thinking (Stepin’s thesis). It was interesting and instructive to observe how Stepin, relying on his undisputed erudition in the history of physics, overcame Collins with his arguments. It was an intellectual duel at the highest level, and I felt quite patriotic pride, seeing as our native philosopher, even in his own “field,” upset the factual and logical argument of the objection of the star of the American intellectual world — Collins, who in fact largely uses the strategy “cream collector” and sometimes lends credibility to its sources.

Один из потоков русской философии действительно рождался и жил в более широком потоке русской литературы и литературной критики. Главными фигурами здесь являются Достоевский и Толстой. Но к тому же ряду принадлежат и Погодин, Писарев, Белинский, Добролюбов, Герцен, Чернышевский, Мережковский, Розанов, Бахтин, Пастернак, Солженицын, несмотря на огромные различия в идейной направленности, масштабе дарований и т. п. Конечно же, дело здесь не в «избыточности», а в слабости и полузапрещенности философской деятельности, вплоть до откровенных репрессий по отношению к свободной мысли как в царское, так и в советское время. В этих условиях литература была главным каналом разговора с публикой об общественных, нравственных, мировоззренческих вопросах.

Наряду с этим, развивалась, но со своими остановками и провалами, академическая «профессорская» философия. До сих пор самой яркой фигурой здесь остается Владимир Соловьев. Он был не чужд литературе, писал стихи, но здесь, скорее, поэтическое творчество как бы выплескивалось из его мощной и добротной философии (притом, что я почти по всем пунктам с ним не согласен). Несмотря на репрессивность и удушающий режим советской эпохи, в академической традиции появлялись такие крупные фигуры, как Лосев, Асмус, Копнин, Ильенков, Мамардашвили. Никакой включенности в литературный процесс здесь уже не было.

Современная философия в России переживает тот же затяжной упадок, провальный период, что и мировая философия, но еще со многими отягощениями: не изжиты последствия советской эпохи, когда «единственно верная» философия принудительно вдалбливалась во всех школах и вузах. Марксисты-ленинцы почти повсеместно «перековались» в православных патриотов-державников, в «политологов» и «культурологов», что уже дискредитировало в общественном сознании как патриотизм, так и соответствующие дисциплины.

Спрашивать философа о значимых современниках — всегда было, есть и будет делом неблагодарным. Как известно, по-настоящему мы чтим только мертвых коллег.

Чтобы уйти от всегда сомнительного субъективизма в раздаче репутационных «слонов», попробую применить операциональный критерий. К идеям и книгам какого моего российского коллеги я обращался для прояснения каких-то философских вопросов и чью книгу я всерьез рекомендовал ученикам, готовящим магистерские, кандидатские, докторские диссертации?

Увы, возникает только одно имя, и я его с удовольствием называю: Вячеслав Семенович Степин, академик РАН, бывший директор Института философии РАН. Буквально на днях я рекомендовал моему магистранту его книгу «Теоретическое знание».

Сразу вспоминаю, что именно со Степиным почти в каждый мой приезд в Москву у нас были продолжительные философские дискуссии. Когда я приезжал в институт, он запирал свой директорский кабинет, мы подолгу беседовали. Оказывается, он читал все мои последние книги. Мы редко с ним соглашались, но его искренний интерес к существу дела, солидность философской базы рассуждений вызывают огромное уважение.

Когда я привозил в Москву Рэндалла Коллинза, Степин председательствовал на обсуждении книги «Социология философий», просидел с нами целый день, потом уже в его кабинете мы с ним и Коллинзом просидели допоздна и, взбадриваемые крепкими напитками, продолжали дискуссию.

Многим известно, насколько высоко я ставлю Коллинза, неизменно восхищающего силой, свежестью и конструктивностью творческого мышления, но в тот день беседа велась на «поле» Степина. Речь шла о движущих силах развития экспериментов в естествознании. Главным движителем развития экспериментальной практики в физике было либо самостоятельное развитие лабораторного оборудования (тезис Коллинза), либо автономное развитие физического теоретического мышления (тезис Степина). Интересно и поучительно было наблюдать, как Степин, опираясь на свою бесспорную эрудицию в истории физики, одолевал своими аргументами Коллинза. Это была интеллектуальная дуэль на самом высоком уровне, и я испытал вполне патриотическую гордость, видя как наш отечественный философ, пусть и на своем «поле», опрокидывает фактической и логической аргументацией возражения звезды американского интеллектуального мира — Коллинза, который ведь во многом использует стратегию «собирателя сливок» и иногда поддается авторитету своих источников.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 8 — Infinity: Behind Every Real Infinite is a Silver Lining Infinite

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,056

Keywords: Herb Silverman, infinite, infinities, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about infinity in a finite way (you’re welcome).

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What types of infinity exist in the real world if any? What types of infinity exist in the abstract world? Why do some of those abstract infinities exist in the real world? Why do some of those abstract infinities not exist in the real world?

Professor Herb Silverman: Early puzzles about the infinite might have begun with the ancient Greek philosopher Zeno. One version of his paradox of the infinite is this: “An arrow goes halfway to its target. It then goes another halfway, and repeats the process an infinite number of times. Therefore, it can never reach its target.”

But, of course, the arrow does reach its target. Zeno lived long before the concept of a limit (the basis of calculus) was discovered independently by Newton and Leibniz. They showed that infinite sums can converge to a finite limit. In Zeno’s case, we can begin with one half, then add half of that (one fourth) and keep adding halves. This infinite series has the limit 1, which is the Zeno target.

As a youngster I was fascinated and puzzled by an infinite God with infinite power who lived in infinite space for an infinite amount of time. I felt that studying “infinity” would help me understand God. I later learned that infinity is a theoretical construct created by humans, and that the number “infinity” does not exist in reality (as a real number). Infinity, like gods, is not sensible (known through the senses). Mathematically there are many types of infinities, just as people believe in many gods. Religious believers assume their god is real and infinite because a finite god would be limited. However, we can show mathematically that there can’t be a largest infinity. In fact, there are infinitely many infinities. So, any infinite god could theoretically be replaced by a more powerful infinite god.

The concept of infinity in mathematics is sometimes called potential infinite, as opposed to an actual infinite. The question arises as to whether an actual infinite exists. The answer is in dispute. Some argue that the continuity of space and time entails the existence of an actually infinite number of points and instants. So the continuity of spacetime provides evidence of an actual infinite in our universe. Others argue that it has never been proved that space and time are composed of real points and instants.

Einstein’s theory of general relativity suggests that an expanding universe (as we observe ours to be) started at a time in the finite past when its density was infinite. Einstein’s theory also predicts that the center of a black hole has infinite density. These infinities, if they do exist, would be actual infinities.

Another question is whether our universe is spatially finite or infinite. The idea of a finite universe raises the question of what is beyond. As far as we know, the universe is everything there is. Also, based on the Big Bang, our universe has been around a finite amount of time (approximately 13.8 billion years), but there might have been infinitely many big bangs and big crunches before that.

Why do people other than mathematicians and scientists care whether there is an actual infinity or just a potential infinity? Because there are many religious people who equate God with the only actual infinity. If an actual infinite can’t exist, and God is infinite, then God can’t exist.

Probably the most popular argument for the existence of God is a form of the Kalam Cosmological Argument, popularized by well-known Christian apologist William Lane Craig. It can be stated as the following brief syllogism.

1. Whatever begins to exist has a cause;

2. The universe began to exist;

Therefore:

3. The universe has a cause.

Craig concludes that the cause of the universe had to be an uncaused, personal creator of the universe who apart from universe is beginningless, changeless, immaterial, timeless, spaceless, enormously powerful, and known as God.

Note that this argument says that God doesn’t need a cause because God has always existed. Since time began with the Big Bang, it would be difficult to say that God has been living infinitely long. Further, I would argue that the first premise is wrong. Not everything that begins to exist need have a cause. That appears to be the case in the quantum world of subatomic bits of matter. Since the Big Bang was a quantum event, there is no reason to say that our universe needed a cause.

Moreover, I find it interesting that those who try to argue rationally for the existence of a creator always seem to accept that creator through faith. Even if the Kalam argument worked, which it doesn’t, why conclude that there was a single personal creator of the universe? Who knows — there could have been trillions of agents involved in the creation of our universe (or even infinitely many).

It’s hard for us to wait for science to come up with definitive answers about the universe, so we speculate about some of them. I say, stay tuned.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Silverman.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Stacey Piercey on True Self, Newfound Joy, and Daily and Dating Life (Part Five)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,857

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Stacey Piercey is the Co-Chair of the Ministry of Status of Women Sub-Committee of Human Rights for CFUW FCFDU and Vice Chair of the National Women’s Liberal Commission for the Liberal Party of Canada. She discusses: true self; newfound joy; changes in daily life; things to do on a Friday evening, a Saturday afternoon, and a Sunday morning; dating life now – difficulties, novelties, and amusing stories; and enough money, time, and access for an ideal life.

Keywords: Co-Chair, Liberal Party of Canada, Ministry of Status of Women, Stacey Piercey, Vice Chair.

Interview with Stacey Piercey onCommunity: Co-Chair – Ministry of Status of Women Sub-Committee of Human Rights, CFUW FCFDU; Vice Chair National Women’s Liberal Commission at Liberal Party of Canada | Parti libéral du Canada (Part Five)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s focus on the woman you are now. For those who have made a comfortable transition, what are the last parts of your true self to come forward and integrate with the new life?

Stacey Piercey: Well to truly understand where I am in life, you must realize in my mind, I am making up for lost time. When I presented as a male, there were many opportunities that I could not pursue in the past. While I was on this road of discovery, I was learning for myself who I was again. I was not available in many ways. Then I started to rebuild my life as a woman. My career lagged, but I was fortunate to have travelled so all was not lost.

I believe, my life is starting to reflect who I am. I have gone through some significant changes in just a few short years. I have my doubts and wonder what the future may hold. I have friends, but I don’t have that special someone in my life. I am terrible at dating, and I’m busy as an entrepreneur. To be true to who I am, I am re-establishing a career and home life that I consider to be mine, as it would have been as if I was born a woman.

2. Jacobsen: For those reading this at the moment or at some future present, what is the newfound joy in being your real self?

Piercey: Within the last while, I moved to Newfoundland where I grew up. It is familiar, yet I am having a different experience than before. Most of the people I knew from my past are gone, and I have lost touch with many from my travels. At the same time, I am meeting all new people from Newfoundland as the woman I am now. It is an excellent time to be here as I am getting grounded in what is familiar. It is a much quieter life, and it suits me just fine.

I did some living these past twenty years. I understand that now as I have had time to reflect. I am putting everything together that I was, and that I did. I see it for myself, who I have become. Funny how you are always the last to know. That transgender girl, human rights advocate, board room executive, former Judge and political candidate, plus everything I was before my transition is coming together fast. That person lives in St. John’s, NL and she has been around the block. I can say that I like who I am and where I am going in this life again.

3. Jacobsen: This may be banal or trite. However, some may wonder: how does everyday life change when you’re finally able to have acceptance, in general, within the culture as your true gender?

Piercey: My life took off when I accepted who I was. It was never about what other people or society thinks. I have my journey to live. I remember a time when I was ashamed of being feminine, and I would hide that part of me. I find it liberating to be myself. I don’t have to worry about a secret or that someone might expose me. That followed me for years. Then I found my way as a woman. I am more comfortable with myself, and I do have my confidence back.

I know that I did struggle with survivors’ guilt. For a while, I felt like one of the lucky ones that made it. Then I realized I was a trailblazer, creating the way for others to follow. I changed when I decide to live for those who couldn’t. Then I was happy that I woke up every morning and I try to see the sunrise every day. I don’t think about my gender anymore, and I am glad that is behind me.

4. Jacobsen: What do you like to do on a Friday evening, a Saturday afternoon, and a Sunday morning?

Piercey: I appreciate it when I get to unplug. I like listening to the radio, going for walks, and finding art. I have adventures, where I go out and do my thing. I go with the flow, talk to the people, and drift impulsively. That is the Trans girl; her street nickname was ”Mary Poppins,” and that was me, popping into different worlds, expressing different sides of myself. Her free spirit will rule me forever. She has a different life than most, that is the executive having fun and using her powers for good. I am always learning and growing as an individual. It amazes me what I stumble into at times.

5. Jacobsen: How is dating life now – difficulties, novelties, and amusing stories?

Piercey: As with dating, I am terrible at expressing my sexuality. I worry more about being taken advantage of, and therefore I am guarded. I have talked to some men, and I have been on a few dates in the past years. I’m just getting to know myself. I do wonder how does a relationship fit into my life. I know that it is where I am going, as I was married before. I have been thinking about who Mr. Right is, and I can’t wait to meet him. It will take a while for me to find someone to spend my life with and I am okay with that.

As for exciting stories, I think I managed to talk to someone for two weeks. It was nice to have someone to look forward to chatting too. I have lots of people that ask me out, but not anybody serious about a relationship. I did have a spell where I was getting hit on and asked out so much that I felt like prey. I became shy from all the attention. I don’t see it myself. I even dress down now when I go out to avoid such silliness. I meet so many people, as I run around town. I am honest in saying, I can’t wait to see on my calendar “Coffee with Husband 3:00 pm and don’t be late this time, or he will ask questions.”

6. Jacobsen: If you could have enough money, time, and access in the future, what would be your ideal life? How would you go about building it?

Piercey: This Newfoundland version of me is that of a writer and business owner. It is the life that I always wanted. I am rather new at it, and I haven’t received the benefits as of yet. I feel as if I am so far behind compared to my peers in many ways. Mostly though, I am starting a new career after some life changes. I have been building my ideal life, and I have been busy too. I like it, I walk out on the streets, and I know everyone. I feel safe in my neighbourhood, and I feel safe online too with the friends I made away. I have street smarts, excellent credentials and great potential.

I know many people in my new town. I see familiar faces everywhere, and I have some social groups that I joined that I like. In this next year, I will be putting together my business, finding associates and I am extremely confident I will be successful in this endeavour. I hope to have a great life as well to go with that.

7. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Stacey.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Co-Chair – Ministry of Status of Women Sub-Committee of Human Rights, CFUW FCFDU; Vice Chair National Women’s Liberal Commission at Liberal Party of Canada | Parti libéral du Canada; Mentor, Canadian Association for Business Economics.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/piercey-five; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Stacey Piercey on True Self, Newfound Joy, and Daily and Dating Life (Part Five) [Online].July 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/piercey-five.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, July 1). An Interview with Stacey Piercey on True Self, Newfound Joy, and Daily and Dating Life (Part Five)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/piercey-five.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Stacey Piercey on True Self, Newfound Joy, and Daily and Dating Life (Part Five). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, July. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/piercey-five>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Stacey Piercey on True Self, Newfound Joy, and Daily and Dating Life (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/piercey-five.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Stacey Piercey on True Self, Newfound Joy, and Daily and Dating Life (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/piercey-five.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Stacey Piercey on True Self, Newfound Joy, and Daily and Dating Life (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/piercey-five>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Stacey Piercey on True Self, Newfound Joy, and Daily and Dating Life (Part Five)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/piercey-five

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Stacey Piercey on True Self, Newfound Joy, and Daily and Dating Life (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):July. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/piercey-five>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Stacey Piercey on True Self, Newfound Joy, and Daily and Dating Life (Part Five) [Internet]. (2019, July 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/piercey-five.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0 (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,701

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Faisal Saeed Al Mutar is the founder of Ideas Beyond Borders and Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0, Global Secular Humanist Movement, and a columnist for Free Inquiry. He discusses: clever obstacles placed by governments; books being translated through Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0; and selection of who leads the conversations.

Keywords: Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0, Faisal Saeed Al Mutar, Global Secular Humanist Movement, Ideas Beyond Borders.

An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0: Founder, Ideas Beyond Borders & Founder, Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0 (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the clever obstacles some of the governments are putting up or would potentially put up?

Faisal Al Mutar: One of the main things is the tracking stuff. These governments track behaviour. They are able to see what other people see. They can track the location and then be able to arrest the perpetrators. One of the other main things; that many, at least 100, people I know get exposed.

One of my writer friends, two months ago, is a Tunisian. Not through Al-Qaeda, but there were many extremist websites sharing her name and address on webpages, they said, “She is an infidel, kill her.” They do not say, “Kill her.” They say, “Do something,” with the implication there.

That way, Facebook cannot track them as easily. This is one of the tactics that the extremists use. I have had this happen many times to me. I “are less, because I live in the West. But there are days when I went to a chat room about religion. Somebody said, “What is your email? I would like to take the conversation to private.” It’s not smart. I know.

I think a guy has a device or something to get the IP Address from the email. He took it to a page. This is when I was living in Malaysia. He took it to a page and out my photo online. They said, “This guy this in this neighbourhood around here.” It got 10,000 likes.

That was in 2010/11. Lots of comments, “I am going to kill this guy.” I freaked out at the time, rightly so. Nothing happened. But I was scared for a week. Because the address put online was within three blocks.

Many of the people saying, “I am going to kill him,” probably lived in Indonesia and not Malaysia. This is the trouble people who consume our content may face death threats, being killed, and so on.

We, as an organization, in terms of dealing with translators is wanting to empower the translators. We want to pay for these people. Other than them working as an Uber driver. We would like them to get as much money as they get from Uber but from us – translating the most important ideas of the 21st century.

Some issues faced by translators, not all. Because of the blasphemy laws, the translator is afraid of translating the book, because they would be breaking the blasphemy laws. We had a translator who lived in Egypt.

He said, “Look, Faisal, I agree with everything. I love Steven Pinker. But I cannot translate it. There are blasphemy laws. I can be persecuted in my country, even though these things are not my ideas. I can be punished through blasphemy laws for translating.”

For example, they cannot make a contract with us. We have to work entirely on trust. They translate the book. We give them money. If there was a physical contract, their lives would be in danger. This has been one of the issues faced by us. It is looking for translators.

Most of our translators live in the Middle East. It is the policy that I take. One is the lower cost. Another is empowering those people over there. It has been a big obstacle. But so far, we have been really successful in finding really high-quality translators, who are so excited.

They are probably so much more excited than me. Because they are translators. They speak the same language. They recognize that many people because of language barriers, blasphemy laws, and so on, cannot access this stuff and need it.

It is about stopping extremism before it takes root. This is the idea behind IBB.

Jacobsen: By the way, 35 million people, that is the size of my country [Laughing].

Al Mutar: [Laughing] there are many people who speak Arabic. There are about 500 million people who speak Arabic, but not all of them are experts. It is good. One of our policies is generally not reinventing the wheel.

We are trying to improve the already existing systems. The people who are bloggers and have pages related to our cause. We are partnering all together to distribute each others’ content.

Jacobsen: It centralizes through an umbrella but decentralizes because it is distributed as a network.

Al Mutar: Exactly, yes. 

2. Jacobsen: Why start with Lying by Sam Harris? Why The Future of Tolerance, which is a conversation between Maajid Nawaz, former extremist, and Sam Harris, an inactive neuroscientist?

Al Mutar: There was no holy reason why we started with lying. It is a small book. We wanted to test the model with small books before moving to big ones. The reason why I think this book is important, whether we started with it or not.

Many people who live in authoritarian regimes, like my own, Iraq, live with a constant state of fear. They don’t trust anyone. My mom, who I adore a lot, lived through the revolution before the Iraq-Iran War, the Iraq-Iran War, the Gulf War, then the sanctions, then the Second Gulf War.

In a lifetime, she lived through all these things. Her generation who grew up in the 1950s. They live in a constant state of fear of each other. Because the neighbour may be part of the militia. As a result of the climate, there is a climate of lying.

You lie about how much money you make. If you are rich, you say you’re poor; if you’re poor, you are you’re rich. Because the whole of society is based on lies. Many of the things people talk to each other about are not true.

When I grew up, people ask, “Do you like Saddam Hussein?” Of course, I say, “Yes, I love Saddam Hussein.” I have to lie. This book by Sam Harris really explores many of these dimensions of really lying for survival to white lies if your girlfriend asks, “Do I look fat in this dress?”

It even asks if white lies are good for society or not. Even though, they are not detrimental in terms of consequences. I think the Arab audience will learn a lot by looking at the different dimensions of the concept of lying and white lies, and others.

As for Islam and the Future of Tolerance, it is the right audience, in my opinion [Laughing]. There are three things that I think people can learn from it. Number one, it is that you can have a civil discourse about one of the most complicated and also emotional cases of our time.

It is Islam, Islamism, and so on, in which it is so easy for emotions to run high and so easy for people to get defensive/offensive – to advocate for barbaric policies. It is so easy for things to go crazy. The fact two people come from two different sides of the world. A neuroscientist atheist who studied at Stanford and went with Buddhist monks.

Jacobsen: Being a security guard for the Dalai Lama.

Al Mutar: [Laughing] yes, being a security guard for the Dalai Lama, then writing a book about a call for the end of religion. Then there is Maajid Nawaz who grew up in a moderate family but gets radicalized.

His life mission became political from being a minority Muslim in Britain to being beaten up by neo-Nazis, being an Islamist and recruiting people to destroy his home country that he is born in, and into being jailed in Egypt.

Sam Harris went to overseas to study Buddhism. Maajid Nawaz went overseas to establish a Caliphate [Laughing]. These are people from completely different backgrounds.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Al Mutar: I am honoured to know them personally. They are able to maintain a civil discourse. Maajid is really trying to change the Muslim world from within. His point of addressing abrogation and extremism, and the diversity in the Muslim or the lack of it.

It is something many Muslims need to listen to the perspective. Hopefully, it is bringing the conversation together. This is an example of a conversation. I am hoping through the translation work getting the word out there is good.

I am hoping there will be Lebanese Christian and Syrian Muslim having a conversation. They can take the example of Maajid and Sam and people of different backgrounds into having their own conversations about the future of tolerance, whether about Islam or other subjects.

It is a region filled with civil wars and other conflicts.

3. Jacobsen: If we look at the mainstream conversation of the secular community in North America and Western Europe, more often, it’s led by men. There’s a number of reasons for that, at least arguments put forward about it.

Not in favour of it, but in terms of description. Would it be powerful to some of the audience, the 35 million or the 8-10% of people reached, via people like Harris and Nawaz but with a woman who was a former Buddhist and a woman who was a former Muslim?

Al Mutar: Sure, definitely, I am very honoured by some of the translators and the lead advisor in the Advisory Board, including a woman, Dr. Nadia Owediat. She has an incredible story and courage.

I am in favour of empowering. It is far more difficult to come out. It is so difficult to be a woman in the Middle East.

Jacobsen: That’s boilerplate.

Al Mutar: Add to that, it is to be an uncovered woman in the Middle East. If you are a woman who didn’t wear a hijab, you are also at a disadvantage because people think less of you. Some may see you as a prostitute, at least in some parts of the Middle East.

Others will be more liberal and more open-minded on that subject. Let’s say you’re an ex-Muslim, a liberal Muslim, and so on, through my organization, I am in favour of empowering these voices of courage and inspiration.

There are some new voices popping up in the Middle East including Manal al-Sharif. A Saudi woman who led the driving campaign. I saw her speaking at the Lincoln Center in New York There is Yasmine Mohammed travelling across the United States and Europe to give talks and not to forget, also, Ayaan Hirsi Ali who has been outspoken about this stuff.

We definitely need more. I think that we are definitely a community and need to help each other out in this regard. I am always looking for helping out. This is out of the organization. But as an individual, I have 400,000 followers on Facebook and 30,000 on Twitter.

I am always willing to retweet or share other voices, whether men or women, LGBT, and so on. Those underrepresented groups. I am a straight male. I am happy being one. But I am definitely in favour of getting these underrepresented voices more representation.

I do not know how much a retweet can help. But I am followed by many journalists and many people who book events and many organizers, and many CEOs. All of that. Just giving some exposure to them and hoping they will be picked up by someone else, it would be incredible.

I am doing my part. I am asking all of the others, not necessarily leaders as there is no leadership here but those, with influence to try to create more influencers. There are two reasons. Obviously, there is a collectivist reason.

We try to help each other out. Also, I think it is in the benefit of us as a cause and individually to help one another. For example, one of the main things I have been facing in North America. Whenever I talk about extremism, Al-Qaeda, etc., people say, “You have an accent. You’re from Iraq. It is too far. You do not know what you’re talking about. We do not have extremism here.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Al Mutar: They look at me as some sort of alien, as if I am from some foreign land. My issues aren’t relevant here. One of the best counterexamples to that is Yasmine Mohammed.

Jacobsen: Yes.

Al Mutar: She was married to an extremist guy. This was in fucking North America. She didn’t grow up in Egypt or Palestine. She grew up in Vancouver (Canada). This is in the context of North America.

People like her and others. Those who live and grow up here. They have been helping me as well. Because when I speak about extremism, I can speak about them with extremism here. I have been dismissed in the terms mentioned before.

I get a personal benefit, not simply the charitable benefit of helping these people out. But I get the benefit of saying, “Okay, my friend grew up in an extremist household.” If someone says, “You have a foreign problem,” I can reply, “No, my friend grew up here and had the same problem.”

In fact, I would argue that I grew up more liberal in Baghdad than Mohammed in Vancouver. My parents were more liberal. So, what the fuck are you talking about here? Extremism, as with IBB, is also beyond borders.

Now, most of the world is infected by it. There needs to be a holistic and global solution to this international problem of extremism.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Ideas Beyond Borders & Founder, Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0; Founder, Global Secular Humanist Movement.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0 (Part Two) [Online].July 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, July 1). An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0 (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0 (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, July. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0 (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0 (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0 (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0 (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-two

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0 (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):July. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0 (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, July 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 7 — Infinity: 1, 2, 3, 4… Until, You Can’t Count Anymore

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 29, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 848

Keywords: Herb Silverman, infinite, infinity, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about infinity.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What makes infinity, infinite? What makes the finite, finite? Does a middleground exist, at all, between the infinite and the finite? Common sense says, “No.” However, mathematical conclusions can produce anti- or non-intuitive results through basic logical implications of the formulations of the mathematics and the conceptualizations behind them.

Professor Herb Silverman: There is no middle ground between the finite and the infinite, but there are some strange, non-intuitive things we can say about infinity, some of which I’ll describe.

In mathematics, a set (of numbers) is said to be infinite if it can be put into a one-to-one correspondence with a proper subset (not all the numbers) of itself. For instance, the positive integers (1, 2, 3, 4, …) form an infinite set because there is a one-to-one correspondence between them and the proper subset of positive even integers (1~2, 2~ 4, 3~6, 4~8, 5~10, etc.).

A set of numbers that is not infinite is called finite. There is no one-to-one correspondence between the set of numbers {1, 3, 7, 13, and 18} and a proper subset of itself. We say that the cardinality of this set is 5 because it has 5 elements, the same as the cardinality of {10, 20, 30, 40, 50}.

Since there is a one-to-one correspondence between the positive integers and the positive even integers, we say there are as many even integers as integers (the same cardinality). The question is whether there are infinite sets with larger cardinality than the integers. What about the rational numbers (fractions)? As it turns out, there are no more rational numbers than integers. On the other hand, not all infinities are equal. There can be no one-to-one correspondence between the integers and the real numbers (rational and irrational). An irrational number, like pi and the square root of two, is a real number that is not rational.

Furthermore, we say that an infinite set is countable if there is a one-to-one correspondence between the set and a subset of the positive integers. If not, we say the infinite set is uncountable. So the rational numbers form a countably infinite set, while the real numbers are uncountable. (The numbers between 0 and 1 are uncountable, as well as the numbers between any other two numbers.) This means that the cardinality of the real numbers is larger than the cardinality of the integers. Are there larger uncountable sets than the real numbers? The German mathematician Georg Cantor showed that there are infinitely many cardinalities larger than the cardinality of the set of real numbers because the set of subsets of a set has a greater cardinality than the set. Stated another way, there are infinitely many different kinds of infinities.

There is also the concept of infinitely small, which involves limits (the basis of calculus). For instance, it’s easy to see that there is no smallest positive number because we can divide any number by 2 and get a smaller positive number. The sequence {1/n}, (n = 1, 2, 3, 4, …), comes arbitrarily close to 0 (and has 0 as the limit) but never reaches 0.

There is still a lot that is unknown in mathematics about infinity. For instance, a prime number is divisible only by 1 and itself. The first few are 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, and 13. Euclid proved that there are infinitely many prime numbers. What mathematicians have not yet been able to solve is whether there are infinitely many twin primes (two consecutive odd primes like (3,5), (5,7), (11,13), (17,19) …). If you can solve this, you will become very famous in the math world.

There are simpler non-intuitive examples that deal with the infinite. For example, did you know that 0.99999999… = 1, where the dots mean you continue the 9’s forever?

You learned to accept in elementary school that 0.33333333333 = 1/3, so just multiply this equation by 3 to obtain the previous equation.

This is all based on properties of infinite series, which I won’t get into here. On the other hand, I’ll let you know that the infinite series 1/2 + 1/4 + 1/8 + 1/16 + …. = 1, while

1/2 + 1/3 + 1/4 + 1/5 + 1/6 + …. = infinity.

Any other questions?

Jacobsen: Yes. Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Silverman.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 6 — Absolutes: Math as Science

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 27, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 732

Keywords: Herb Silverman, mathematics, science, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about math as a science.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What makes math a science? Does pure mathematics, in a way not seen in physics, biology, and chemistry, derive absolute statements about an abstract world of numbers? Even though, these systems of formal expression may be incomplete and consistent, or complete and inconsistent.

Professor Herb Silverman: Although the 19th-century mathematician Gauss crowned mathematics the “queen of the sciences” because mathematics is essential in the study of all scientific fields, an argument can be made that mathematics is not really a science. Science is empirical, meaning based on observations of nature, and it is potentially falsifiable by new observations of nature. In other words, new evidence can lead us to revise scientific theories, so scientific ideas can never be proved absolutely. Some mathematical ideas, on the other hand, can be absolutely proved.

For a mathematical statement to be accepted as a theorem, its conclusion must be known to always be true whenever its hypotheses are satisfied. Mathematicians accept that a conclusion must be true based on a proof rather than empirical evidence. The Pythagorean Theorem, for example, can be proved.

Since mathematics provides the language in which the natural sciences try to describe and analyze the universe, there is a natural link between mathematics and the natural sciences. The natural sciences investigate the physical universe but mathematics does not, so in that sense, too, mathematics is not a natural science. Science is testable because it usually deals with real world phenomena, while mathematics can be quite abstract, and its validity need not have anything to do with the real world. While mathematics may not be a science, mathematics is the language that science speaks in.

To complicate things, though, a case might be made that at least some mathematics can be called science. We roughly classify mathematics as either pure (or theoretical) and applied. Pure mathematics is studied primarily for its own sake, while applied mathematics is the application of mathematical methods to specific fields including science, engineering, business, computer science, and industry. Pure mathematicians prove theorems that have no apparent and clear application, though many such theorems proved by pure mathematicians have later become useful in the real world. The search for practical applications also motivates the development of mathematical theories, which then become the subject of study of abstract concepts in pure mathematics. So activity in applied mathematics may be intimately connected to research in pure mathematics. There is a lot of gray area between pure and applied mathematics.

Some mathematics might be viewed as a bridge between art and science. The famous mathematician G. H. Hardy said, “There is no permanent place in the world for ugly mathematics.” Mathematicians are often guided by aesthetics, and look for beauty in their proofs. Proofs and methods are routinely referred to as elegant.

Mathematics and science have had a long and close relationship. Mathematics is the universal language and indispensable source of intellectual tools for science. On the other hand, science has inspired and stimulated mathematics, posing new questions, and bringing new ways of thinking. Science and mathematics have certainly been good for one another.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Silverman.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Robertson 9 — The Age of Psychology, Low Self-Esteem, Crazy Making, Schizophrenia, Racism, and Religious Fundamentalism

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 26, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,051

Keywords: counselling psychology, Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, self-esteem.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is a Registered Doctoral Psychologist with expertise in Counselling Psychology, Educational Psychology, and Human Resource Development. He earned qualifications in Social Work too. Duly note, he has five postsecondary degrees, of which 3 are undergraduate level. His research interests include memes as applied to self-knowledge, the evolution of religion and spirituality, the aboriginal self’s structure, residential school syndrome, prior learning recognition and assessment, and the treatment of attention deficit disorder and suicide ideation. In addition, he works in anxiety and trauma, addictions, and psycho-educational assessment, and relationship, family, and group counselling.

Here we talk about psychology, low self-esteem, crazy, and more.

*Listing of previous sessions with links at the end of the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In “The Age of Psychology,” you describe, in brief, the ways in which psychology is utilized in the modern world. The “Epidemic of Low Self-Esteem” described how this age of psychology can be used for the positive.

“Crazy Making in Our Communities” talks about the ways in which individuals can go wrong, act strangely, or malfunction depending on the frame, as in the case of schizophrenia.

“From Lloydminster to Lenningrad” spoke to the manifestations of the social illness of racism reflected in certain psychologies, which seems to reflect religious fundamentalism.

If we look to treat extreme mental or social illnesses, how can the age of psychology, moving forward, help with their treatment — either reduction or even eventual elimination?

Humanist Canada Vice-President Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: Scott, you honour me by referencing articles I wrote for the now defunct weekly newspaper, The Northerner, 20 years ago. The main theme of The Age of Psychology seems to be even more apropos today. As a heuristic, if you read something, don’t learn anything new, but feel angry, chances are someone has been pushing your psychological buttons to get you to do something. My views on self-esteem have broadened substantially since I wrote Epidemic. I continue to recommend that parents spend considerably more time finding what is good and positive about their children than the negative; however, I believe that the self-esteem movement has gone too far producing people who overestimate their abilities while feeling entitled to the benefits that come with greater achievement. Studies comparing U.S. American and Japanese high school students, for example, have found that the U.S. students have higher self-esteem as related to their abilities in mathematics but their math achievement is substantially lower. Yes, we need to praise people, particularly for effort, but they also need to be grounded in reality. I am sorry, but we cannot all be whatever we want to be, we each have limitations, and in any case it requires work to accomplish that which is worthwhile. Our reluctance to give negative feedback has resulted in people with fragile egos who cannot handle criticism and have learned to treat negative feedback as “traumatizing.”

I was fascinated in the Lloydminster to Leningrad article to observe two people separated by 50 years and 7,000 kilometres who held identical racist views about Jews. Efforts to have them question their biases with facts just led to a series of rationalizations, often based on conspiracy theories, to explain away those facts. Those mechanisms are also used by the religious fundamentalists described in the article of that name. In his book The Deadly Doctrine Canadian psychologist and humanist Wendell Watters described religion as a kind of mental illness and in this he is in the company of Sigmund Freud who viewed religion as a kind of mass hysteria.

All of this speaks to my favourite article you referenced, Crazy Making. What is “crazy?” It is not being in touch with reality. The antidote is to teach reality testing skills based on natural rather than supernatural explanations using the rational and scientific skills honed in the Enlightenment. These skills need to be coupled with the belief that one can always choose courses of action that will make one’s future better instead of worse. This is the positive in self-esteem. But Crazy Making goes beyond this simple analysis. Communities, even societies, “make crazy” selected people they choose to demonize. The people could be Jews, Muslims, right-wingers, left-wingers, men or any other identifiable group viewed as “toxic” in some way. The 1960s rock band Jethro Tull, in their song Aqualung, sang of demonizing the homeless as a way of making the majority feel good about themselves. As a humanist, I don’t believe in demons. I believe people are essentially good and I agree with something Jordan Peterson said that we should approach every encounter with the attitude that here is a human being who knows something I do not yet know. I think that if we hold our own beliefs to be tentative dependent on further evidence, and that the people holding contrary believes are, nonetheless, good in their intentions, that we will have done a lot to improve mental health in the world.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Robertson, again.

Robertson: Thank you for this opportunity to go down memory lane, Scott. I hope my reflections will help others to also reflect, each in their own way. The ability to reflect is in effect, the ability to reprogram ourselves, and that is a key part of what it means to be human.

Image Credit: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Parsi and Zoroastrianism (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,241

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Iona Italia is an Author and Translator, and a Sub-Editor for Areo Magazine, and Host of Two for Tea. She discusses: personal background, and ethnicity and religion; Zoroastrianism; approximate global population; outside of Bombay; Ph.D. from Cambridge; reclusive caves of doctoral students; and 1694 and the Scottish Enlightenment.

Keywords: Areo Magazine, Iona Italia, Parsi, Zoroastrianism.

An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Parsi and Zoroastrianism: Host, Two for Tea & Sub-Editor, Areo Magazine (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is personal background for you? How is ethnicity and religion intertwined in this backdrop?

Dr. Iona Italia: Parsi is the ethnicity. Zoroastrianism is the religion. It is ethnic religion. You cannot convert to Zoroastrianism. Your father must have been Parsi – it is patrilineal – for you to be Parsi and Zoroastrian. You can, obviously, also be Parsi and be an atheist, but you cannot be Zoroastrian. Unless you are Parsi.

The requirements are that your father was Parsi. It doesn’t matter whether or not your father was an atheist, but the requirements are that your father was Parsi and that you have had an initiation ceremony which we call the Navjote, which literally means “new flame” and which is usually performed in the ancestral homeland of Iran at around age 15, 16, but now in India, usually between ages 8 and 12.

I had it done originally in Karachi at age 8. You can have it done at any time in life. There is a famous example of someone who had his Navjote at age 70.

Once you have had your Navjote, if you are Parsi and you have had your Navjote, then you are a Zoroastrian and at that point, you can enter the Agiary. Obviously, you can enter to have your actual Navjote, but until the ceremony is done, you cannot otherwise enter the Agiary, which is the fire temple. We have a ritual garment. It is called the Sudreh Kusti. It is a cotton “wife-beater,” I rather irreverently call it, with a string belt.

The main worship that we do involves going to the Agiary, and then there is a ritual you follow with handwashing and various things. You wear this Sudreh Kusti and you undo the belt and you re-tie it, and as you re-tie it, you recite certain prayers. There are a few little gestures that go along with it, as well.

You tie and then you take off your shoes, you go inside, and there are a few other little gestures like touching the painting of Zoroaster, which we always have in the Agiary, and going into the place where the actual fire is, saying a small prayer at the fire, and putting a little bit of ash on your forehead. That is the main mode of worship. This is probably way more information than you need.

It is not like church, where there is a service. We do have a few servicey-style things, but mostly you go in and it is like visiting a shrine. You go in, you say your prayers, and you sit for a while, if you feel like it, or not, and you leave.

Zoroastrianism was the ancestral religion of Iran until the Islamization of Iran in the 8th century. When Islam arrived in Iran and everyone was converted by the sword, a group of Zoroastrians, so legend has it, got into a boat and fled to India to the Gujarat coast, where they settled. They agreed that they would follow the Indian customs, wear the Indian clothes, eat Indian food and have weddings after sunset, which is a Hindu thing – if they could follow their religion. The Parsis are mostly settled in India now, for more than a millennium, and mostly in Bombay. That is a little tale, maybe rather too long an answer about Parsis and Zoroastrianism.

2. Jacobsen: When was Zoroastrianism originated? What’s the – if known – definitive point?

Italia: It is not known. It probably predates Judaism. Whether or not it predates Hinduism is unknown, it is one of the oldest world religions.

3. Jacobsen: What is the approximate global population at this point, in terms of the Zoroastrian diaspora?

Italia: It depends if you count Iranians as ancestral Zoroastrians, as some people do. I said that you cannot convert, but there is an exception, which is if you are Iranian, so some people are attempting to revive this in Iran, which is why Armin [Navabi] wanted to talk to me. [Please note: Armin and I discussed this here, https://soundcloud.com/user-761174326/episode-028-armin-navabi-the-battle-for-iran, from around the 32–53 minute marks).]

If you do not count that, then the population is small. We have always been a tiny, tiny minority. We have always been a small group. Probably in the 8th century when the Parsis arrived, there were probably only 4,000, 5,000. I think now there is around 100,000. Half are in India, and the other half are in the diaspora.

4. Jacobsen: Outside of Bombay, where else do you find those who have that form of ethnic/religious background?

Italia: The majority are in Bombay. There are a few scattered around elsewhere in India. Then there are some small diaspora communities in London, I know there is one in Toronto, and, for example, there is a small community in Texas. There is one in upstate New York, which I have visited. I have been to the temple in upstate New York. That is the only diaspora community that I visited, in fact.

5. Jacobsen: In the UK, when you did your Ph.D. in Cambridge, did you happen to meet some of the diaspora there, as well?

Italia: No. I did not meet anybody in Cambridge, no Parsis. [Please note that I met many other people!]

6. Jacobsen: Is part of that a consequence of being in the reclusive caves that doctoral students put themselves in when they are doing their research and their work?

Italia: I was, at that stage, not interested in exploring that side of my heritage. My parents died when I was young. My father died in 1980. After I came to the UK, and my parents died, I was 11 at this stage, and I went to boarding school. I had a complete break from that entire side of my family. I grew up with no Indian relatives, with no Parsi relatives.

I was at boarding school. In the holidays, I spent time with my much older sister. She was 19 years old, my half-sister on my mother’s side, who I did not consciously meet until that stage, and with a few aunts, and a few times with non-relatives also assigned by the state. I left that entire culture behind at that stage. I rediscovered it much, much later.

7. Jacobsen: What was your doctorate question or research? What was the answer or the findings?

Italia: I did my doctorate in English literature, so we do not have a question, like that. I do not know if that is a social sciences thing.

I did my undergraduate degree in English literature. I did my Ph.D. on 18th-century periodical essays. I began my writing on women writers from the period, so I looked at five journalists. Then I later, after I finished my Ph.D., expanded it into a book. I looked at ten journalists for the book. I had them all in sexed pairs, so there were one man and one woman in each, as the feature of each chapter.

Journalism as we know it began in the 1690s, in 1694. Before that there were broadsides and pamphlets that were issued in response to specific events, so they were like one-off flyers. What we would think of as a periodical, is a regular publication, those began coming out in 1694. I will not go into the whole history.

There was a reason for the specific date. The things that I was interested in were not news reporting. They were essay periodicals, as they were called. Later, I also looked at magazines, which were basically social and political commentary. The writers that I looked at approached that in an especially witty way. They usually had pseudonyms. They invented backstories for themselves. They wrote in the voices of these sometimes ludicrous figures.

One of them, for example, wrote as “Miss Mary Singleton, Spinster.” They wrote about how they conceived of their role as social and political commentators, which was a new role at that time.

At first, my approach was more of a feminist approach, so I was interested in women writers. Four of them women and one was probably a woman. We cannot tell because men did often write under female pseudonyms, too, in this period. Women writers negotiated that and represented themselves. [This doesn’t make sense—maybe the tape is unclear? I’d leave it out.] Later, I was more interested in, in general, how writers saw their role during this period when journalism was beginning.

I looked at the period in London from 1694 up to 1770. It is in London, the main chunk of the Enlightenment period in the UK, in England. The Scottish Enlightenment got going a little later towards the end of the period. This is the core period of the English Enlightenment.

8. Jacobsen: Two questions: Why 1694? Why did the Scottish Enlightenment take a little bit longer to get online?

Italia: 1694 was the lapse of the licensing act, which meant that the government was no longer pre-censoring printed material. Up until 1694, you could not publish things without having them first pass the government censors. That made it impossible to run a newspaper. That was one thing.

The other thing was some major technological innovations that made it possible to print off more copies of one thing at once. If you’re printing a book, then it doesn’t matter so much if it takes you six months to print off 500 copies because the book is not going to go out of date, but you cannot run a newspaper that way. You must be able to print enough copies at once.

There were technological innovations. Also, before the licensing act lapsed, the government had control of all printing presses, as well. If you wanted to print something, you had to get it past the censors and then get the government to print it on their press. Once that ceased to be the case, people started buying their own presses. Then they were able to create their own journals.

As for the Scottish Enlightenment, I do not know that it took longer to get going, as such. It is that these things tend to be virtuous circles, where you have people who are influential, and they encourage others. Then you get a burgeoning group of thinkers and writers. A similar thing happened, for example, with the Lunar Men in Derby in the 1760s.

That is what happened in Scotland, in Edinburgh, and in Aberdeen from about the 1770s onwards. There were some Scottish people also involved in the English Enlightenment, but who were based in London. I am talking about a Scotland-based Enlightenment when I talk about the Scottish Enlightenment.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Host, Two for Tea; Sub-Editor, Areo Magazine.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Parsi and Zoroastrianism (Part One) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 22). An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Parsi and Zoroastrianism (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Parsi and Zoroastrianism (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Parsi and Zoroastrianism (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Parsi and Zoroastrianism (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Parsi and Zoroastrianism (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Parsi and Zoroastrianism (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-one

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Parsi and Zoroastrianism (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Iona Italia on Parsi and Zoroastrianism (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/italia-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on IQ, g, Racial Differences, Ethnicity, Species, and Affluence (Part Two)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,156

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ is an Emeritus Professor of Political Studies at the University of Otago in Dunedin, New Zealand. He discusses: IQ gains as not necessarily g, or general intelligence, gains; racial differences and definitions in intelligence research; and ethnic groupings, species, and getting to the roots of the research regardless.

Keywords: ethnicity, g, general intelligence, intelligence, IQ, James Flynn, morals, political studies, race.

An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on IQ, g, Racial Differences, Ethnicity, Species, and Affluence: Emeritus Professor, Political Studies, University of Otago in Dunedin, New Zealand (Part Two)[1],[2],[3]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Why are IQ gains not g gains, that is, general intelligence gains?

Professor James Flynn: Simply because IQ gains over time have occurred on all IQ subtests and have not been greater on those subtests that are of the greatest cognitive complexity. However, I do not think that the fact that IQ gains fail to particularly load on g (or cognitive complexity) is a reason to discount their significance. IQ gains on subtests like vocabulary (among adults), matrices, block design, classification, should be very important even if gains are equivalent on other less demanding subtests like digit span, which mainly tests rote memory.

G has an appeal as a concept of intelligence. It shows that individuals who do well on IQ tests beat the average person more and more as problems become more cognitively complex. If you and I were to sit down and say, “What would be one of the characteristics of intelligence?”, we would probably reply, “The person who is intelligent can beat the average person more on complex problems than easy problems,” wouldn’t we?

This mistakenly leads to the conclusion that IQ gains are not really “intelligence” gains and must lack significance. I am not going to get into defining intelligence, but certainly gains on vocabulary are highly socially significant no matter what has happened to other cognitive skills. If you really want to see why IQ gains have not been as significant as they might be, you would do better to focus on the fact that universities are doing such a bad job of educating.

I have a book coming out this year, in September, called In Defence of Free Speech: The University as Censor. At present, universities spend as much time censoring as teaching. Anyone who has unpopular views on race or gender or practically anything is banned: they can’t speak on campus, they are not read, they are derided ignorantly.

In my book, I detail all the things I learned, precisely because I read Jensen, and Murray, and Lynn, and Eysenck. It is wonderful when you encounter a highly intelligent, highly educated opponent, who takes a point of view contrary to your own. You must reassess your arguments. You often find that you have been simplistic, and that arguing with these opponents teaches you ten times as much as you knew when you were naive.

Let us go back to our friend, g. The is overwhelming evidence that cognitive abilities, even when taken individually, are significant. This is true of individual skill in all areas. If we studied drivers in New York, or in Boston, some would be better drivers and some worse drivers. We could rank driving tasks in terms of complexity. We would probably find a “g pattern: that the better drivers bested the average person the more as the complexity of skills rose. I am sure that the better and the worst drivers would not differ much on the simple task of turning on the ignition. But note that the presence or absence of the g pattern would tell us nothing about the causes at work, not even as often thought whether the causes were environmental or genetic

For ordinary city driving, the better drivers would start to forge ahead of the worse ones. This would become more pronounced if you looked at driving around the cities on beltways: that is one of the first things elderly people give up. There are so many cars coming in so many directions and changing lanes. Many elderly people who still drive will not do beltway driving. The better group would be much better at it. Finally, there is the question of parallel parking, which is the part of the driving test most people fear. The better group might better the average person most of all on that.

When we look at these two groups, how useful would it be to derive a g factor? It would be disastrous to assume that since g is influenced by genes the better drivers were somehow a genetic elite. G would tell you nothing about causes. For example, you may discover that the people who are the worst drivers are new arrivals in New York City who have had no experience in beltway driving. You also find that in their town, you just drove into a parking space and didn’t have to know how to come in on a parallel park.

On the other hand, we might find that none of this is true. We might find that they were equally experienced, and then we would say to ourselves, “I bet there is a genetic factor. Perhaps some of these people are better at spatial visualization. Perhaps some of them are better at information processing. Perhaps some of them are better at manual dexterity.” Our minds would go in the direction of skill influence by genes. But it would depend on the case. You must approach each case with fresh eyes, and not be hypnotized by g.

I am quite sure that any two groups can be differentiated by genetic factors, and that this would affect performance. For example, if one group was a lot taller than another, it would affect their basketball performance. But you must take these cases one by one.

I looked at black/white IQ differences in Germany. Blacks in America fall further behind whites the more cognitively complex the task, which leads some to infer that they are lower on g and are genetically inferior. But then you study Eyferth’s children in Germany. These were half-black and all-white children left behind by black and white Ameican servicemen in post-war Germany. The g pattern had disappeared. There was no tendency whatsoever for the half-black kids to fall behind more and more as you go up the complexity ladder.

That seems to imply that this group difference has something to do with culture. The first thing that comes to your mind is that these half-black kids were raised by white German women. There was no real black subculture in Germany after World War II. The black subculture element is totally absent. Then you go to someone like Elsie Moore.

She did a wonderful study in the 1980s. No-one, of course, will repeat it again because of political correctness. She had, as I recall, it was something like 40 kids – or maybe it was 48, that sounds more like it – all of who were black. Half of them were adopted by black parents of high SES and half of whom were adopted by white parents of high SES. At the age of eight and a half, the black kids adopted by white parents of high SES were 13 points ahead of the black kids adopted by black parents.

Elsie Moore called the mothers and kids in. She found that white mothers were universally positive. “That is a good idea. Why don’t we try this?” The black children came in with their black foster mothers. The mother was negative. “You are not that stupid. You know better than that.”

It became quite clear that even though both sets of families had elite SES, there was something in black subculture that found it unwelcome to confront complex cognitive problems. Once again, by the age of eight and a half, the black children adopted by whites of high education and SES were 13 points above the blacks adopted by blacks

You can say, “Is that evidence enough?” It is not enough, of course, but it does tie in with the German data. There, black subculture was absent, and the g effect was absent. In America, black subculture is thriving. Even the black children being raised by white parents, as they grew up, would tend to merge into the black teenage subculture, the “shopping mall” subculture.

My main point is that we must approach all this with an open mind. I am not saying that Jensen’s concept of g does not pose interesting questions. It does, but it cannot be taken as an automatic piece of litmus paper as to when one group is genetically privileged over another. Both options must be open.

I think that a genetically influenced g effect occurs between individuals. I think that when you have sexual reproduction, the higher cognitive abilities are more at risk of “damage” than the lower ones. You can imagine that would be true. You have two siblings. If one had bad luck, he will have more deleterious recessive genes paired. This may damage complex cognitive skills more than less complex ones. The bad luck twin will probably be below his brother more on Raven’s than on rote memory. I published this opinion recently and Woodley took notice of it. Do you know who Woodley is?

Jacobsen: I have heard that name before, but that is about all.

Flynn: He’s a very prolific British researcher, very good indeed. I supplemented my remarks by saying that it was interesting that the higher cognitive abilities were the ones that would have come along latest in the human evolutionary history and, therefore, they might be more fragile in the genome. Woodley is now pursuing this possibility

The concept of g shouldn’t be dismissed. Whenever anything describes a phenomenon in intelligence, we must probe for its causes. It is terribly sad that it is gotten side-tracked: into a debate over whether the fact one group falls further behind another as cognitive complexity increases is an indication that they’ve got to be genetically defective.

As you know, I have done research with Bill Dickens that showed that blacks gained on whites about 5 points in the generation between 1972 and 2002. This correlated with evidence from educational tests, as well. What are we going to say if they gain another 5 points? Are we going to conclude that the g pattern is not as pronounced as we once thought it was? That would fly in the face of evidence in its favour. So, g, to me, is an interesting concept for research but it is not the be all and end all of what we do when we do intelligence research.

2. Jacobsen: Racial differences also lead to some questions around definitions. For instance, is it a scientific category, race? In other words, is it proper to even talk, in a modern scientific context, about the category “race” when talking about intelligence?

Flynn: I do not have much patience with that. I see that as an evasion of real issues. Imagine that a group of Irish came to America in about 1900. Of course, the Irish have not been a pure race through all of history, but they have much more in common in terms of heredity than they do with Slovaks.

These Irishmen in America settle in a community down by the Mississippi. You will find that when the children send them to school, some Irish kids will do better than others; and the ones who do better will, on average, will grow up to buy more affluent homes.

Thus they divide into two groups. Below the railway tracks near the Mississippi, where it is not so nice, you will have what we used to call “shanty Irish”. Above the railway tracks, where things are much nicer, you will have what we used to call “lace curtain Irish”. If you compare these two groups, you will find an IQ gap between them that has a genetic component.

You can try to dismiss this by repeating the mantra “They are not pure races.” Of course, they are not pure races. They are sociological constructs that have a different sociology because of somewhat different histories. But it still makes perfectly good sense to ask whether there would be a genetic difference in IQ between the shanty Irish and the lace curtain Irish.

When individuals within a group compete, genetically influenced cognitive skills are involved. Some people, as I have said, will do better at school and, on average, they will have a better genetic endowment. It will not be a huge gulf. American children from parents in the top and bottom third of SES tend to have an IQ gap of 10 points; and perhaps 5 of these may be genetic rather than environmental.

I hope this cuts through all of this nonsense. Also, the “irrelevance” of race seems to be special pleading. If we cannot talk about blacks as a “pure race”, and that disqualifies grouping them together, how can we have anything like affirmative action? The answer will be, “Well of course they are not a pure race. But they identify themselves as black, and whites identify them as black, and despite the fact that they are a social construct, they get the short end of the stick.”

If you can compare blacks and whites as to who gets the short end of the stick, you can also give them IQ tests, and you can also ask yourself as to whether in the histories of these two peoples, there has not been sufficient genetic diversity that one has built up an advantage over the other.

The causes of the black-white IQ gap are an empirical question. It has nothing to do with the stuff about pure races. There are groups that are socially identified as different, groups that identify themselves as socially different, groups that have histories that could conceivably lead to a genetic gap between them. You have got to look at the evidence.

It is an evasion. You ignore the fact that there are no pure races when you say, “more blacks live in poverty.” Why drag it in when you compare races for genetic differences?

3. Jacobsen: What about the shift in the conversation in terms of talking more about species rather than races, and then looking at different ethnic groupings? So, it is doing it within what probably are more accurate depictions than terminology such as “race”.

In terms of reframing it within a more modern scientific context, in terms of having species, and then having different groupings, as you noted, it is with ethnic groupings with different histories, rather than talking about races.

Flynn: That is fine. I have no objection to that, but it is not going to make anything go away, is it?

Jacobsen: No.

Flynn: There are still going to be 10% of Americans who self-identify as “black” and virtually all whites will identify blacks as “black”, and then we will still have to ask the question, “Do black and white at this point in time differ for cognitive abilities entirely environmentally?” I do not see how any verbal device will change this

There used to be academics who said that since humans share 99% of their genes with bonobos, you could dismiss the notion that genes have something to do with intelligence. The significance of this was exactly the opposite. If one percent difference made a huge difference in intelligence, then if racial groups differed by 1/100 of a percent, it might create the IQ gap difference that we see today.

I haven’t found any argument yet for sweeping the race and IQ debate under the carpet which is anything but special pleading. I do not think these arguments would be used in any other context whatsoever. They are used in this context so that we can all say, “We do not have to investigate these matters. We can pat ourselves on the back.” When actually, we should feel scholarly remiss.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Emeritus Professor, Political Studies, University of Otago in Dunedin, New Zealand.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[3] Image Credit: James Flynn.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on IQ, g, Racial Differences, Ethnicity, Species, and Affluence (Part Two) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 22). An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on IQ, g, Racial Differences, Ethnicity, Species, and Affluence (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on IQ, g, Racial Differences, Ethnicity, Species, and Affluence (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on IQ, g, Racial Differences, Ethnicity, Species, and Affluence (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on IQ, g, Racial Differences, Ethnicity, Species, and Affluence (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on IQ, g, Racial Differences, Ethnicity, Species, and Affluence (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on IQ, g, Racial Differences, Ethnicity, Species, and Affluence (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-two

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on IQ, g, Racial Differences, Ethnicity, Species, and Affluence (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on IQ, g, Racial Differences, Ethnicity, Species, and Affluence (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on 2019, Vice President Mike Pence, Fervour and Zeal, a Truly Secular Nation, and Women’s Rights (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,661

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Annie Laurie Gaylor is the Co-President of the Freedom From Religion Foundation. She discusses: looking forward into 2019; the Trump Administration Vice President Mike Pence; the dual issues of fervour and zeal; a secular nation; and #MeToo and women’s rights.

Keywords: Annie Laurie Gaylor, Co-President, Freedom From Religion Foundation, women’s rights.

An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on 2019, Vice President Mike Pence, Fervour and Zeal, a Truly Secular Nation, and Women’s Right: Co-President, Freedom From Religion Foundation (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How does this then look going forward into 2019? I do recall a Guttmacher Institute publication noting that legalization of abortion in the cases studied by the Institute, or its team, reduced the instance of abortion, in addition to all the associated harms that come along with illicit abortions that women will get anyway.

Annie Laurie Gaylor: Of course. The Freedom from Religion Foundation wouldn’t exist were it not for the religious battles against abortion and contraceptive rights. My mother and I cofounded FFRF as a regional group in 1976, when I was a college student. She had been, basically, a full-time feminist activist for several years, especially working for abortion rights in Wisconsin.

It opened our eyes to the harm of any kind of religious control over our secular government because we could see very clearly that the only organized opposition to abortion rights was religious in nature. We’re still fighting the same battles.

There’s just no question that we must keep religious dogma out of our secular laws, and that the crusaders against abortion rights are all doing it in the name of religion. It’s fine if they don’t want an abortion, or they don’t want to use contraception, but they should jolly well stop trying to impede the reproductive rights of other people.

Of course, this is a huge fight. It’s a huge battle but most Americans support abortion rights and certainly support contraceptive rights. We’re in danger that we could lose these rights. We think that politicians may have had a wakeup call with the midterm elections, as well.

One out of three women having had an abortion, this is an awful lot of people. That’s why the abortion rights movement encourages people who have had abortions to speak up so that it isn’t stigmatized.

2. Jacobsen: Is Trump Administration Vice President Mike Pence a symbolic threat, a legitimate threat, or both, to those rights?

Gaylor: I think it’s both. I think that Trump has turned over much of his domestic policy to Pence. That was a deal that they made and he has continually reminded the religious right of all the things that he has done for them. He does it almost every time he goes before a religious body and, hence, has wielded a lot of power.

There have been some ruptures that have been gossiped about recently. We were talking about how he might cast aside Pence if he runs again, when he runs again. Who knows what’s going on behind the scenes, but there’s clearly been a deal?

We have seen Mike Pompeo, our top diplomat, Secretary of State, believe in the rapture. There was this expose of his remarks in 2015 to that effect, talking about how he wants to work for Jesus Christ, and how there will be a rapture.

This is a level of ignorance that we have never seen before. We’ve seen the religious right in the Reagan administration, Bush administration, but we have never seen so many foxes guarding the chicken coop as in the Trump administration, so many of them just sincerely fundamentalist Christians.

It’s like you want to be in the Trump administration, you better have that kind of pedigree. He’s just clearly selling out completely to the religious right, and he’s going to continue to do it, and they don’t seem to care a bit about his moral failings. They just want to get their agenda passed. I think that it’s been quite a wake-up for us that the Christian right has completely ceded any moral high ground.

3. Jacobsen: How does a population of secular women, who aren’t necessarily the best represented even within the community, combat the motivational forces of zeal and fervour found unlike any other place in the Western world, as found in evangelical fundamentalist Christian communities in the United States?

Gaylor: We have held a wonderful Women’s March In 2017, with all the Pussy hats, and we have seen continual push-back at the rallies with women dressed like they were part of The Handmaid’s Tale.

Jacobsen: Those are pretty good, actually.

Gaylor: It’s become a very iconic sight.  I think we’re making our position very known and very clear. I think an awful lot of women got a wakeup call. That’s why so many of them, an unprecedented number, and an unprecedented number of minority women did run for office. They didn’t all make it, of course, but it was a tremendous outpouring of legislative activism by women who were fed up.

I think that we’re doing well in terms of making known our dissent from the current administration, as far as we can. Obviously, women are still grossly underrepresented in the House. You can forget about it in the Senate. It was fascinating that there wasn’t any change in the number of Republican women in the US Senate. It’s pathetic. That stayed at 13. The Republican party is obviously losing women.

I wouldn’t be in this business if I wasn’t an optimist.  It’s an uphill battle—

Jacobsen: That’s true.

Gaylor: – working for freethought, being an atheist, working for the separation of church and state in the United States.

I’ve lived through a lot, but we do have to be especially alarmed now that we have the Kavanaugh appointment, and we have several elderly liberal justices in their 80, one of them has just gotten another cancer, on the Supreme Court. There’s just no question that in terms of the Supreme Court, we are in trouble, but I do think that political pendulum can swing back very quickly.

The trouble with the Supreme Court is it will be there for several generations, and there is already talk by the Democrats about what they might do to fix that. They don’t have to have nine members on the Supreme Court. They could add more. They’re talking about different things that they might do. It may come to that. These things get out of hand.

Or it may be that Roberts, who is cognizant of, I think, how he wants to go down in history may be able to guide the court and avert some of the worst disasters. I do not think that separation of church and state, that keeping our country secular, is going to be top of the list on the Roberts court. He may come through for abortion or the worst of the abortion attacks, but I don’t know whether we will be able to salvage as much as we can for a separation of church and state.

If the Supreme Court takes a position with the Bladensburg case that the government can put up a Christian cross as a war memorial, we have lost enormous ground. We are not a secular nation anymore. We will have to see. We fight very hard against that.

4. JacobsenWas America ever a truly secular nation?

Gaylor: Our constitution is truly secular. It is completely godless and the only references to religion are exclusionary, such that there should be no religious tests for public office. It was first among nations to not claim a pipeline to a divinity. There is no god in our constitution. It’s godless.

We, theoretically, are a secular republic, but as soon as it was adopted, there was pushback. The Christian Party in Politics became very active, especially in the 1820s, and one of their first victories was to stop the mail delivery on Sundays, for example.

We were secular. The mail was being delivered on Sundays. Only 7% of Americans were church-going at the time of the adoption of the constitution. That doesn’t mean that they might not have been religious, but it wasn’t a hugely religious country. But we’ve had so many eras of revivals, and it’s taken its toll.

We’ve had so many violations in the 1950s that have rewritten history. “In God we trust” adopted as a motto, putting the words, “under God” in the Pledge of Allegiance. These have had a very deleterious effect because whole generations have grown up thinking that there is a relationship between God and our government, or that somehow, we are a godly country. They assume that if most people are Christian, then we are a Christian nation, but we have a neutral government.

It is an uphill battle reminding people about the secular roots of our country.

5. Jacobsen: I have one more. This is less legal, but more socio-political, or just maybe cultural, secular culture. As we’re seeing the 2006 Tarana Burke #MeToo come forward into October 2017 with Alyssa Milano giving it an extra boost, and then this being taken in various contexts, and particularly some of the religious ones, #MosqueToo, #ChurchToo, and so on, we’re seeing men who have acted badly in their personal or professional lives, being called out in religious and in secular domains.

What can secular men do, but also secular community do, to perhaps give a more sympathetic and respectful ear to women coming forward with claims of sexual mistreatment or mistreatment generally? I take this in a serious note because looking at the FBI reports, they would estimate that about 8% of the rape claims are unfounded. In other words, it’s an extreme form of sexual violence, so any allegation should be taken very seriously in addition to some of the statistics provided by the FBI – and the Home Office of the UK indicating relatively reliable findings on a surface analysis.

Gaylor: At the Freedom From Religion Foundation, in 40 years, we’ve only had a few incidents. In our early days, we had a male speaker who happened to be on our board, accost one of my friends, a young student, in the elevator at the end of our convention, grab her in this bear hug and kiss her all the way down the elevator. She was a rape survivor. She was upset. Fortunately, she told me. My mother called that guy up and said, “You’re off our board. We don’t want to see you again.” We weren’t going to put up with that.

A couple of other minor episodes where we immediately took action. Those are unusual, but we act. We were started by two women. We’ve always had a feminist bent. I don’t think that I would assume that secular groups haven’t been responsive. I think maybe FFRF is unusual, in that we were very feminist-oriented.

I think that American Atheists, I can’t speak for them, but they did get rid of their executive director who was accused of some very nasty things. Maybe it took them a little longer, but apparently, they say the board did not know about these things beforehand. That at least sends a message that you’re not going to tolerate it. Yes, it can happen in secular and religious cultures.

I think secular cultures are more apt to be a little more feminist, but you can’t always count on that. In general, I think that the freethought movement has been such a good friend of feminism. Certainly, when I did a lot of work on a book I edited, Women without Superstition, about 19 to 20th-century feminists, freethinkers, you would run into that repeatedly.

People like Elizabeth Cady Stanton were very lauded by the freethought movement. They loved her. They adopted her. They appreciated her even before she wrote The Women’s Bible. They saw what an asset she was.

I think, in general, the free thought movement has been much more sympathetic to women and women’s rights, of course, partly thanks to the feisty women freethinkers who have started groups and written books, and been activists and made sure that our voices were also heard. But I do think that freethought and feminism are natural allies, whereas religion has got that awful book, the Bible, which is like a handbook for women’s subjection.

That gives religion, a hard way to overcome its past. Certainly, many denominations do embrace some feminism now but it’s not because of their Bible. It’s because of the women activists who forced them to change.

I think that secular government is women’s salvation. When you see what happens around the world, and how women are treated in Islamist nations or theocratic nations, we can see it’s a matter of life and death that we should have secular government.

6. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Annie Laurie.

Gaylor: Thank you for listening. Hope I didn’t talk your ear off.

Jacobsen: It was lovely.

Gaylor: All right. It was a pleasure to talk to you. Thank you.

Jacobsen: Excellent. Pleasure to talk to you too.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Co-President, Freedom From Religion Foundation.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on 2019, Vice President Mike Pence, Fervour and Zeal, a Truly Secular Nation, and Women’s Rights [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 22). An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on 2019, Vice President Mike Pence, Fervour and Zeal, a Truly Secular Nation, and Women’s RightsRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on 2019, Vice President Mike Pence, Fervour and Zeal, a Truly Secular Nation, and Women’s Rights. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on 2019, Vice President Mike Pence, Fervour and Zeal, a Truly Secular Nation, and Women’s Rights.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on 2019, Vice President Mike Pence, Fervour and Zeal, a Truly Secular Nation, and Women’s Rights.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on 2019, Vice President Mike Pence, Fervour and Zeal, a Truly Secular Nation, and Women’s RightsIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on 2019, Vice President Mike Pence, Fervour and Zeal, a Truly Secular Nation, and Women’s RightsIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-two

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on 2019, Vice President Mike Pence, Fervour and Zeal, a Truly Secular Nation, and Women’s Rights.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on 2019, Vice President Mike Pence, Fervour and Zeal, a Truly Secular Nation, and Women’s Rights [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Racism, Change, and Actual Violence (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,997

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Gita Sahgal is the Executive Director of the Centre for Secular Space. She discusses: those forced into change; racism, a collective history; and oppression.

Keywords: actual violence, Centre for Secular Space, change, Gita Sahgal, racism.

An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Racism, Change, and Actual Violence: Executive Director, Centre for Secular Space (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*This interview edited for clarity and readability. Some information may be incorrect based on audio quality.*

*This interview was conducted November 13, 2016.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Are there other groups that are Right or far-Right that are forced to change? Not just a PR campaign by putting a smiley face on it but effectuating proper change.

Gita Sahgal: I do not think they change. What I think what happens with white fascist groups, they do not get the time of day. This is where these issues of no-platforming because difficult to discuss. Or, rather, we need to discuss them.

There is a free speech lobby, which is fine. It says, “Talk to anybody and put anybody on a platform,” but the way people like fascists were marginalized was by not putting on platforms. There was a red line across which we were not really prepared to go.

What has happened now with safe space policies, and no-platforming is that if you’re a white fascist or far-Right as a movement like the English Defense League, that claims it is not fascist and does not Muslims or Islamists very much.

They do not make much of a discussion between Muslims and Islamism, though. They would never, in a British university, think of bringing them to a meeting to hold a meeting. Even the free speech lobbyists would not do it; while, the Islamists are in there all the time [Laughing].

They are connected to movements. That commit mass murder abroad. That is much stronger and more dangerous. I am not saying the EDL is not dangerous. It is dangerous. However, there are other things going on.

Near where I live, there was an Islamic center, which is like an afterschool Mosque type place. It was burned to the ground.

Jacobsen: Ugh.

Sahgal: There was a lot of interreligious violence with shootings in the street. They were very serious levels of violence going on – discrimination and actual violence, and fire bombings of mosques and places of worship and so on.

However, the Islamists are involved with massive hate campaigns. Tonight, I couldn’t make it because there was a huge transport disruption. There is a meeting of Bangladeshis who are highlighting minorities and Buddhists being driven from their homes and attacked.

They are being thrown into the streets with the onset of Winter. This is happening again, and again, and again, and happening more and more. What is supposed to be a secular government, they often standby or do nothing; this is a serious problem.

They connect it here, but they treat it as respectable people to be given platforms. However, it is the no-platforming that helped to make fascism not respectable in places like football clubs, who come down very heavily and fine clubs where people are doing racist chants.

It was one time when racism in a football field against black footballers, and on the terraces, was standard. Black footballers had to play against a barrage of racist insults and things being hurled at them.

It was only by fans of the opposing side, or even by their own side, who did something. They had to work through horrific abuse, but that has been ruled out of order by the football authorities. Also, young people who are football fans themselves went down and protested the racist violence.

The regulatory bodies worked against it because these activists were working against it all the time. We changed these ideas to racism. So, with state attitudes to racism, and so on, there has been progressing.

However, with the Islamists, it is largely ignored because the Islamists are seen as almost analogous to rebellious black youth and, therefore, had a democratic point because, of course, the young black youth kept getting arrested, stopped and search, chucked in jail, beaten up, and so on.

There were police who belonged to fascist groups. It was only when Britain began to crack down on it. The main police are backing down from all that because they think they are moving into Muslim communities.

It is a different picture. So, we cannot do what we did before. But what is interesting now is that the people who did it before, they do not have to go through racist violence. They do not understand what happened. They do not think there is any problem with what happened because of mostly the PC Left.

For those who did fight racism and did fight it back, we always know it is right there around the corner. For the political atmosphere created, and formed on the streets, it is reminiscent to us of the worst days of the 60s and 70s.

I hear young people sneer, “They are going on about it. What do they know?” Because we told them that the 70s were bad. They didn’t know how bad the things were. They do not see the difference. They do not understand white people are being assaulted with Brexit as well.

I have many people who speak various German languages. The Italians speak Italian. It is not simply those of us who speak Hindi or something who bring suspicion. I have been in London for 30 years.

I do not feel treated with suspicion. I dress very conservatively, mostly with Asian clothes – quite often not but mostly. I often have my head covered in a wrap [Laughing] and so on. I do not expect to meet racism.

I don’t on a normal day. I do not expect it. Now, you do wonder. You hear people talking loudly about immigrants sitting next to you, wondering when they are going to leave and things like that. It is not a pleasant atmosphere.

So, we drove it back, but it is back in some ways. However, we got the opposite problem when we succeeded with the state. Obviously, not getting rid of all forms of racism, it was getting them as considering racism as a crime, recognizing hate crimes.

The police are better on homophobia than they used to be. I know friends who have been subject to repeated and recurring homophobic attacks and serious attacks by organized gangs and things of these things.

The police collect evidence and bring them to court. We have had huge changes. But the government acts differently and people act differently. Also because of the challenge to fundamentalism, it is seen as part of a government agenda.

The Left, in general, is not on board with it. Even with the people who are leftist-Islamists, some are not, but they are also anti-government in general. There is a difficulty there in taking a stand. It is difficult.

However, we have built up a voice. Even though, it is difficult. There is an alternate voice out there. It is different than the voice in the States. It is not far-Right. It is Liberal to Left. It is not for any racism or fundamentalism, but it is a small voice.

Of course, those are the people who criticize Islam as such or Islamism, but they are doing it from the point of view that Muslim immigration has to be stopped and the country is unsafe because of Muslims.

We do not buy into any of that. Southall Black Sisters or I, those similar organizations; there is a huge movement in the Kurdish movements connected to the activism going on in Rajavah.

The Sunnis are there, but also the progressives are there. They are still raising the issues of the Bangladeshis, Kurds, Iranians, Indians, Pakistanis [Laughing], and so on. We work together. That is good. All those things are good.

2. Jacobsen: If we take into account the difficulties in conveyance of the emotional problems that are felt when having racist slurs thrown at one being a footballer or when witnessing it in sympathy for the person that is a victim of it, in addition to seeing the change over time and then having young people saying, “It doesn’t really happen.”

The youth tend to be the ones that have more energy, more time, and, therefore, more influence in terms of making effective change in socio-cultural contexts in this particular case, the United Kingdom.

How can we convey to the youth the difficulties of the very real racism? That you witnessed and, possibly, felt yourself in the 70s to the youth now.

Sahgal: There are two different sets of people. There are some people who are completely buried in the racist argument. People think that Britain is a slave country or something. It is a [Laughing] mad argument.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Sahgal: They will talk about slavery and imperialism. Not that these aren’t issues. I am not with the people who say, “This is a load of bullocks. Do not talk about it.” If you look at the slaveholders in Britain, I did not know this, but the government compensated them at the end of slavery.

They have lots of records. They weren’t all super-rich people. They were quite ordinary people many of them. They had this huge project that looked into where they were, where they’d been, and what they were compensated with.

Slavery is embedded in Britain. Not as much as America where the entire economy was run on it, Britain exported it. The British wealth, the Tate is a great museum. It is also the sugar manufacturer, the Tate.

Now, the manufacturer, what does that mean? They, at some stage, must have been involved in the slave trade in the West Indies or something like that. The sugar plantations in the West Indies. You still can’t point fingers.

They will go heavy on trying to talk about it. They do not have the same resonance as the States. It was the form of racial segregation in the same way. The working-class communities have intermarried for a very long time.

My old Caribbean boss said, “You cannot compare it to the American racism because we have always worked in these communities, particularly working-class communities. People who settled here then intermarried here.”

What is happening now, it might be more segregated than people when they first came in large numbers. How do we convey that history? We need to have that cross-conversation. Some people only need to talk about racism.

Some people think talking about racism is a form of racism. Some people who talk about fundamentalism and, therefore, think any talk about racism is changing the subject and is total nonsense, when, in fact, they are on to the worst form of oppression there is.

To me, it is about similar kinds of harms and similar forms of persecution. One based on religious origin. One based on skin and racial origin. We need to be simultaneously opposing both. We worked to do this with a book that we wrote.

Not as a policy paper with recommendations to MPs or anything like that, but more for an intelligence 17, 18, 19, or 20-year-old. A high schooler or a university student, it is called Double Bind: The Muslim Right, the Anglo-American Left, and Universal Human Rights.

That is how you can oppose the war on Terror without being pro-fundamentalist. It looks at the issue of amnesty in this specific organization called GAGE, and now called GAGE. It is a public relations front for Al Qaeda and so on.

Now, they have portrayed themselves as an organization for counter-extremism. They are working with the S. They have a distribution problem. There is a problem of getting it out there.

It is still very relevant. We need that material. I take it to meetings and things like that. There is a problem of getting it out there. We need more of that material, which is written by Meredith Tax. She is American. She lives in New York.

She has been an activist for many years. She is an older woman. She is older than I am. She was there at the start of Second Wave Feminism. She was a Bernie Sanders supporter. She is brilliant at the political writing, which, without dumbing down a subject, can explain the subject without jargon. She explains the mess the left gets into.

I enjoyed it. It is from the left-liberal perspective. She wrote a history on the Kurds. Not many people in North America know about them. The book is called A Road Unforeseen: Women Fight the Islamic State.

It looks at how feminism became central to this. The struggle for Rajah and the enclaves carved out of Syria and so on, which have been done by Kurdish groups. So, she has written a book to cover this complex history.

It is about how to make a new society from where we are, which is quite an amazing idea. So, she is doing that work. So, we go on doing our work. We have not won the argument. But we are providing a space for people to speak up.

For instance, campaigning against Sharia, Maryam Namazie founded the One Law for All campaign. She was quite isolated then. There were women against fundamentalism. I went to one of Maryam’s meetings. I thought she was great.

But much later, there is a coalition for the One Law for All banner with people have and groups have specific expertise. We have all done a huge amount of work as feminists and human rights activists. We come together to work on terrorism and sharing our common understanding of the things with Sharia councils, put different testimonies online, and even carrying an inquiry, recently.

There was a secret inquiry, which we boycotted because it seemed like a theological inquiry. The Home Select Committees across parliamentary groups. I do not know how it works in Canada. You look at certain issues.

Everything that you do then goes on the parliamentary record as part of the parliamentary inquiry. It is an important venue. We have produced a lot of material of thinking that through. For me, it is not so much about winning.

The process is as important as anything else. The tide is still running very strongly against us. But what we have done is built a movement, which is where we trust each other and share a common platform, it is about secularism and opposing all forms of religious fundamentalism as well as racial bigotry.

We trust each other to share information. The thing in the Mail on Sunday is about trying to get out voices out there by being on news interviews. Maryam is the main spokeswoman for the whole thing, but all of us have been trying to help.

She has been amazing in trying to promote our work, even though the media will go to her because she is personable. It is a situation where money is short, and organizations are campaigning for the same small pots of money and trying to put in grant applications.

There is a lot of backbiting and nastiness and things among women’s groups, the Left, among progressive groups, and a lot of different places. To help build that up, it is really important. It is really sad because we cannot relate too much to this huge movement in the Labour Party.

It is now the largest political party in Europe. It has something like half of a million members. The Labour Party is so large, but it is controlled by people who are in bed with Islamists. So, we cannot expect any support from them.

Even though, many of us have known many of the leaders for many years. Jeremy Corbyn has been supportive of the Kurdish issue The Kurdish activists do not talk to him anymore, the Kurdish rebels.

It is sad. This moment when there should be this wonderful alignment with feminists fighting for secular values and particularly those from minority backgrounds. Those who have been labeled and have been supported by the Labour Party.

The Right has this narrative. Because we talked about how we were let down by the Labour Party by these multicultural parties. The Right has this narrative about how the Labour party harms women. But it is a more complicated story.

The Right when they came to power were trying to cut our parties down. We had a difficult relationship with the Labour Party before, but they were the ones who founded and supported us.

When it came to the Hindu Right and the Muslim Right, and the women’s groups, there is a broad umbrella. We have been struggling women being helped. But the Right does not tell that story. It only tells the story of the labor Party being horrible to poor brown women such as myself.

That is not the story that I want to be told. It is hard with the Labour Party because there is such vicious and organized attack on many of us. It is coming specifically within the Labour Party including Muslim Labour MPs.

It is not a good situation at all. So, it is a constant struggle. How do you get to youth? Many of the youth are in the movement. This side movement that has energized the Labour Party and led to Jeremy Corbyn not once but twice in the recent past.

I feel despair the way the Labour Party has gone because the parliamentary Labour Party did not understand the power of this outside movement. They have tried to unseat Corbyn. There are a lot of reasons for them to be pissed off with him, but they also behaved very badly.

A lot of people got fed up with them for that because they were constantly writing in student papers. They thought that they could stage some unseating. But they did not have the strength. It is quite clear. Nobody heard; nobody really wanted to stand against Corbyn.

A lot of precious time when they should have been opposing conservatives was wasted on that. Meanwhile, Corbyn seems not interested in parliament, but in forming a huge movement. It is fine. But why is he the head of the Labour Party? He should be leading some extra-parliamentary party and stomp the country making speeches

It is perfectly okay. He is not forming in parliament. He is all over the place. Those of us who want to see a revival of popular movements in the country – because there are many things to oppose – do not see – and here is where we differ from the counter-extremism people – cuts to welfare, cuts in medical and health services, cuts in services for women as absolutely central to our fight.

Because if you do not have a society, which does this work on the ground, you cannot fight extremism. Our secular services and still have, most have been decimated except for the Southall Black Sisters and the Kurdish Women’s Rights Organizations, which we work within the One Law for All movement.

These are very strongly secular somehow managed to survive all these massive cuts. But many of the groups have gone to the wall. We see our fight as being to defend this kind of work, which the counter-extremism experts have not written one single report about.

They are not even very interested in it. The government is interested in women’s rights. But to criminalize violations of women’s rights, where is the money for it? You can stop it. You could get the campaigners and others excited with the governmental support.

However, if you do not have the other structures and the policies and all of the other boring stuff and actually people doing the work, then having the government does not help. Because having the air of the government, it does not help in these ways without the support structure.

When the Sharia councils were saying that you have to restore legal aid because they cut legal aid for family matters, women are struggling in family courts by themselves. Britain had the gold standard legal aid services. Canada is different. The US, historically, has had it.

In Britain, we had these things. This is a country. We had a free health service, which had some problems. But it was a good service. It is being eroded from within. The government didn’t dare bring in fees.

They had fees for lots of it. But they could not bring fees for use. So, they marketed the services within it. It cost more. It forced closings. What they have done is a disaster, it has made things worse, but what has happened is that most people fighting that stuff think the fundamentalism is irrelevant.

We are saying, “It is absolutely relevant.” You see this in America. The religious groups will provide care homes, hospitals, legal services for marriage, and so on. The Sharia issue is not an issue on its own.

It is intrinsically linked to control of the state through social services. That is what is being pushed. Those are the two things that are going together. It is shrinking the state. It means they seek not just welfare services but the means for people to have lifelines.

They are being smashed. Religious organizations are encouraged to step in when the secularism isn’t supportive. It is terrifying, few people make the connections.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Executive Director, Centre for Secular Space.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Racism, Change, and Actual Violence (Part Two) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 22). An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Racism, Change, and Actual Violence (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Racism, Change, and Actual Violence (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Racism, Change, and Actual Violence (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Racism, Change, and Actual Violence (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Racism, Change, and Actual Violence (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Racism, Change, and Actual Violence (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Racism, Change, and Actual Violence (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Racism, Change, and Actual Violence (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Ideas Beyond Borders (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,815

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Faisal Saeed Al Mutar is the founder of Ideas Beyond Borders and Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0, Global Secular Humanist Movement, and a columnist for Free Inquiry. He discusses: Ideas Beyond Borders and its work; different audiences; and the Reason interview.

Keywords: Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0, Faisal Saeed Al Mutar, Global Secular Humanist Movement, Ideas Beyond Borders.

An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Ideas Beyond Borders: Founder, Ideas Beyond Borders & Founder, Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0 (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, when it comes to some of the more recent initiatives of IBB, Ideas Beyond Borders, what’s going on? What’s new?

Faisal Saeed Al Mutar: There have been some amazing updates. One of the things since we started the organization; it has been important to have a system of translations to me. That the moment we get a book, article, or content.

That it will go through a system and get the highest quality in the fastest time possible. The latest update is that we have built a great system. Once we have a book, we have a deadline for when it will be publishers. We have translators, followed by editors, followed by proofreaders, and followed by linguists to make sure the words used by editors and translators approved, etc., will be the ones used.

We try to produce a piece of art translation. That system has been finalized, roughly, around August and beginning of September (2018). I can, honestly, say that we have two books successfully translated. One is Lying by Sam Harris. Another is Maajid Nawaz and Sam Harris, Islam and the Future of Tolerance.

There will be the premiere of the moving in November. We will launch the book as a celebration alongside the premiere of the movie. There is an Arabic version that will spread across the Arab world like wildfire, for those who desperately need it.

We tried to translate the book Radical from Maajid Nawaz. It is interesting that there is no Arabic translation, which shows we need to exist. Part of Maajid’s life was in jail in Egypt for 4 years. He did a year of college in Egypt.

Yet, he mostly is known to Western audiences. But I think the people who most need to know him are people in the Arab world. For your audience and the others, for getting shit done, there will be, at least, 10 books done by the end of the year.

We are building an online library. We have a company, affiliated with WordPress, who will work pro bono for us, make the access easy for us. Hopefully, it will be designed with quotes and derivatives, small derivatives, an audiobook, a video, and so on, to make the information as accessible as possible.

We are trying to reach as many people as possible. We are an educational organization in the end, try to reach people of all ages and attention spans [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Al Mutar: Those who want to read the whole thing. Those who want to read some of it. We are also tapping into another case, which I realized recently. This is something for people to search today, not when things will be changing.

If you look at Wikipedia, many important pages like the Civil Rights Movement, it is only 1 sentence in Arabic. In English, it is 25 pages.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Al Mutar: It is a movement for anti-racism in America: “Oh, really?” Things to do with human rights, LGBT rights, science, medicine, new discoveries. None of them exist in Arabic. If they exist, they exist as a sentence or two, but not many.

Your audience should also expect that working with many partners across the Middle East who have expertise in writing, translating, and editing. We are hoping for 50 articles per month, maybe 100. Some things may not work as we always want, though – so 50-100 per month.

Articles ranging, as we translate them, from Utilitarianism, scientists who are Arabs but live in the West and the way the people in the Middle East do not know that they exist, e.g., four Iraqis writing about biology and live in the UK. Many do not know about them.

We try to make many of these Arab scientists, liberals, and thinkers to be known in their audiences. We are also translating Arab, liberal, secular, and Enlightenment thought, and open-mindedness of Arab thinkers into English.

There is an Iraqi sociologist who is a pretty amazing person, Ali Al-Wardi. He is not known to many in the West, but he is well-known in Iraq. He wrote a book called The Mockery of the Human Mind (Arabic: مهزلة العقل البشري).

He is a sociologist who tried to understand the nuances and contradictions of Arab society: why would someone want a girlfriend but also a virgin for marriage? He taps into all of these contradictions and tries to explain them.

This is something many in the West would want to understand, because these are complicated. It is seeing things from local writers and authors, which would be fascinating. We are doing a lot of things.

Our campus program with the AHA program expanded from 6 campuses to 24 across the United States, Canada included We have York University in Canada, then we have Harvard, Columbia, Dartmouth, UCBerkley, Texas A&M, and so on. All over the place: South, Midwest, East coast, West coast, and so on.

Now, we are in Toronto. People from other areas of Canada. We are more than happy to reach out to them. The plan is to make 12 events this Fall semester. The conversations that we are mostly interested in is the women’s rights in the Islamic world, female genital mutilation, free speech in the Islamic world, secularism, separation of mosque and state, and the conflicts in the region.

We have a speakers list that is expanding such as Yasmine Mohammed, myself, and others. We are expanding to experts in extremism and experts in defeating and fighting extremism. Unfortunately, many students across the US and Canada and, hopefully, expanding into European, which they are not familiar with.

They are mostly listening to, in my opinion, a narrative that is not the full picture. They listen to people who portray America as racist and Islamophobic, which is, of course, somewhat true. But they portray the Middle East as a beacon of victimhood. And if not for America, then everything would be good.

We say, “Things are more complicated. There were civil wars before even America existed.” It is listening to more than one narrative coming from the Linda Sarsours of the world and others. The goal is to diversify the set of knowledge the Arab youth have access to, but also to those Westerners on campus – especially on the Middle East and elsewhere.

We are in connection with organizations that work on the ground in Iraq, Lebanon, and Kurdistan, and some parts of North Africa. It is starting to do workshops about the books that we translate on the subjects like extremism and others.

We start on campuses because these are the places where people are receptive to ideas, to have a place for conversation and workshops about why we have extremism in the Middle East and how to defeat it.

It is engaging with the local communities, the young people. Many people do not know this. But the Middle East is considered one of the youngest people in the world. Many are wondering about life, more than any other place of the world.

Because they are bombarded with terrorists and with words. Many of them are questioning the old way of life, the extremist way of life. Definitely, we have plans for the end of this year and next year to open branches of Ideas Beyond Borders in Baghdad, Kurdistan, Tunisia, Iraq, and Morocco.

We will start to work underground with people. The translation, campus, and workshops are the main things that we are doing. Hopefully, as we grow, people will be expecting more programs for us.

Hopefully, our programs will be expanded as possible. It is hard to translate these texts into Arabic, where most of the knowledge is not available. Our programs are definitely scalable. There is always a need for transiting more content, more books are being written every day if not every minute.

Lots of the content existing in thee books could be relevant to our target audience, which is, as of now, the Arab youth. This will expand to the Kurdish youth, Iranian youth, Turkish youth, Indonesian youth, and Pakistani youth.

My role as the ED and founder is to build a model that is so successful that can be multiplied in other places. I would rather do one thing super well than do a bunch of things with half-assed work.

We focus on the Arab world. We build a successful model there, where we are at 80% now. Our partners and amazing staff and board have done amazing work. I am proud of them. I think that as we progress; we are going to build the model the world has ever known in terms of the translation and getting access to knowledge there.

2. Jacobsen: People who tend to be more open minded or liberalized in terms of their ideas, or the consideration of new ideas. You noted one of the key demographics, young people, as well as university educated people.

Are metropolis residents another consideration for target audiences?

Al Mutar: A big segment of them are there. Also, one of the main obstacles: because many of the books cannot be published inside of these countries because of blasphemy laws and the banning of content from authoritarian regimes.

It is difficult to get the knowledge available for the places that do have access. That being said, there are multiple developments happening in the region now, which allows rural people to have access to the internet.

Also, the ability of many cheap laptops and many cheap Kindles and all that to be accessible. It would be amazing for a company listening to this interview if they donated more and more laptops and internet access to many of these remote areas.

Because as of now, the only means by which to reach as many people as possible is limited. The influence can be viewed in multiple ways and in multiple directions. As of now, through our partners in the region, distribution partners, we have access to between 25 million and 35 million people.

That’s a lot of people [Laughing]. Many of these people, there are two policies of influence, which I have studied and want to implement. You can either be the influencer or influence the influencers.

Let’s say 30-40 million people having access to the knowledge, they can be influential and can take the knowledge into more remote areas. These individuals can be who are influenced. These can be influencers themselves to influence through recommending a book to a friend, tell a friend about us, print the book and give this to a friend who does not have access to the internet.

Or even, they could take the ideas and absorb and then use them in their own language and in their own way, to the people who live next to them. Even if we don’t influence everybody, everybody can be influenced by an influencer. That is the goal as well.

It is reaching 500 million Arabic speakers. But if we influence 10% of them, and really well, they can take the knowledge, process this in their own way, and then explain it. It is the way I was influenced by other authors.

It is like the way I became an influencer to other people.

3. Jacobsen: Also, a recent Reason interview: you talked about evolutionary theory and its Wikipedia page in Arabic. What is the story there?

Al Mutar: Yes, so, many of my Saudi friends, and Turkish friends, the theory of evolution page has been banned, which is for obvious reasons why. Then Turkey, and Iraq unfortunately, started to remove any reference to evolution in the biology books.

They are afraid the ideas will come to their country. They are trying to ban them. But we are working really hard with a major partner who has a project called The Theory of Evolution Arabic. They are developing Q&As, everything.

It is 0 to 100, from somebody who is a beginner and doesn’t understand anything about evolution into somebody that is advanced. This can answer many of the questions many people have in the region. Are we still monkeys? If you believe in it, does this mean your parents are monkeys?

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Al Mutar: These basic questions that most people do not understand. They try to make this simply understood. They are one of our main partners that are part of this. Hopefully, we will get a digital library built fully fleshed out on evolution.

Maybe, we can tap into other sources like Wikipedia and others, also translating. It is to make the resources available. We are also trying to work with many tech companies over the past few years, where we have developed relationships with software engineers at Facebook and Google.

We want to, hopefully, use some of the tools they developed and then use them for our purposes.  There is a USB drive, where the computer will make its own VPN. That way, the authoritarian governments and others will not be able to track people.

In a meeting, I said I am more than happy to distribute some of these tools, e.g., the VPN self-generating computers, and so on. Also, our website and the digital library, one of the main requirements asked of the engineers and web designers is to create multiple versions of this website.

In a way, the authoritarian regimes – Saudi Arabia and others – will block the website, which I expect to happen. There will be multiple other websites and, constantly, new URLs popping up all the time, of all the PDFs and the things that we do.

That way, the book can be found somewhere else. The idea, we are not making money. We are more than happy to let people upload the books in their own serves, as we are a non-profit. The more servers, the more versions are available elsewhere.

In Saudi Arabia, unless, they decide to block the whole internet.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Al Mutar: There will always be a place or website for people to access our content.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Ideas Beyond Borders & Founder, Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0; Founder, Global Secular Humanist Movement.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Ideas Beyond Borders (Part One) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 22). An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Ideas Beyond Borders (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Ideas Beyond Borders (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Ideas Beyond Borders (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Ideas Beyond Borders (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Ideas Beyond Borders (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Ideas Beyond Borders (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-one

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Ideas Beyond Borders (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Faisal Saeed Al Mutar on Ideas Beyond Borders (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mutar-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Religious Authorities, Age Demographics, and Maryam Namazie (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,722

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Sadia Hameed is a Spokesperson for the Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain. She discusses: religious authorities providing a counter push; age demographics; looking to latter 2019; and Maryam Namazie and other resources.

Keywords: Britain, Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain, Ex-Muslims, Islam, Maryam Namazie, Sadia Hameed.

An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Religious Authorities, Age Demographics, and Maryam Namazie: Spokesperson, Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How are the religious authorities providing any form of counter-push to either effort to support those who are leaving the religion or a religion? What are some communities, religious, across the board supportive of the work of CEMB?

Sadia Hameed: We have been engaging more. I do not know if you attended the 2017 conference. There was a female imam. We always support the progressives and liberals, or the true progressives and true liberals.

They also tend to stab us in the back. Our last conference, we have been trying for an entire year to be part of the inclusive mosque initiative. They are more of a liberal mosque.

They allow transgender and LGBT members to come and pray. It is unheard of. They then through our secular conference held a counter-conference, when we had asked them to engage with us anyway rather than this; they passively aggressively held another conference.

They talked about how secularism was a Western and colonialist, and imperialist, construct. It was not for the brown person. They named and attacked specific speakers. Sometimes, I think what ends up happening is the liberal-progressives, and some of the LGBT Muslim groups; we need to support them wholeheartedly.

We know that the community that they are so desperate to be a part of wants them dead. We do stand in solidarity with them. They attack us. We stand in solidarity with them, because we are both considered unwanted by the community.

It is the same with LGBT Muslims. They think that if they do something that those who are against them do; then they will be accepted. Conservative Muslims are never going to say, “Oh, those LGBT Muslim groups hate CEMB too.”

“We’ve obviously got the one thing in common. We’ll be friends.” It is not going to happen. If you are LGBT, there might be some who accept you. But the conservative and fundamentalist groups in our country, they will not change their mind on you.

The institutions will not, even though the individuals will, because the institutions have made their position very, very clear on that.

2. Jacobsen: What about the age demographics? I note most of those coming to Councils or organizations tend to be on the younger side. I do not hear much from those who may be from the elder set or, at least, the near-retired set.

Hameed: Our age range ranges between 16 and to the oldest member who is 67 or 70. The largest proportion of our members are between 20 and 40.

3. Jacobsen: If we are looking at the latter half or latter portion of 2019, what are some of the other initiatives that are going to be coming online? What will be some of the extensions of some of the programs already in place?

Hameed: We have done Fast Defying for many years. We are carrying on with the asylum seekers. We do quite a lot around misogyny and opening our service and making our service more accessible to women.

It is putting a lot of time and effort into it. We are doing stuff around the rights of children. We were supposed to protest outside the steps of a place that created the child veil to put on 6-year-old children last year.

But because of the weather warnings, we got stuck. We will carry on next year. We also have been doing a lot around child fasting issues. We have some projects coming around later in the year. They are not quite ready enough to announce yet.

There are half-finished projects this year [Laughing].

4. Jacobsen: The main name in my experience with interviews is Maryam Namazie, of course. Who are other inspiring women ex-Muslims? Who are other inspiring men ex-Muslims?

What are some books for individuals who are curious about the issue or for questioning Muslims if they are simply in terms of their freedom of religion rights not seeing that faith as one for them to practice?

Wherein, they simply want to live a life without one.

Hameed: What I would recommend to people to look for inspiring ex-Muslim women, I would look online at past conferences with lists of ex-Muslim women who are phenomenal who you can engage with.

This year’s atheist conference, there was a YouTuber called Mimzy Vidz. She does accessible videos for young people. It is with a lot of videos. She attended a faith school herself. Her dad ran one.

Then they both changed. Her dad is an agnostic. Mimzy is an atheist. They would be really, good people. They are easy to engage when you are young and do not have a lot of time.

Annie Laurie Gaylor, she is the co-president of the Freedom From Religion Foundation. She is a sort of female atheist who is good go to. There was a woman who had her husband murdered in Bangladesh.

She is doing magnificent work now. She has been quite heavily involved in the movement. Now, there is Jamilah Ben Habib. She is a women’s rights activist. There is a Muslim professor and human rights campaigner who is fantastic.

She has written a book about women and Sharia law. It is an academic read; it is very, very wordy. It depends on the type of reader that you are. It took me months, months, and months, to read. It can come across as a bit of an ego-drive flip-flop.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Hameed: If you are interested in that stuff, it is a delightful read. Fauzia Iliyah. She is the Founder of the Atheist and Agnostic Alliance of Pakistan. Deeyah Khan, she is the spokesperson of One Law for All. She is an ex-Muslim herself.

She is a human rights activist and researcher. She is outspoken and a great speaker herself. Gita Saghal is the director of Centre for Secular Spaces. Again, she is fantastic to read.

There is a playwright as well if you are interested in artsy stuff. Her name is Gurpreet Kaur Bhatti who wrote a play called Behzti. It was about “dishonour.” It was about a young woman who was raped in a Sikh Gurdwara. She was attacked. Her play was shut down. There were riots.

There was controversy around the play. Yes, she is one. She is a really, interesting woman. If you are looking for inspiring women, there are so, so many out there. They are worth looking up

If you go to our website, there are plenty. There have been many doing the work that we have been doing for a long time, including Southall Black Sisters. It is about combatting violence in our own communities to do our battle.

Our work on religious fundamentalism and saving apostates; those are our two remits. They fit together quite nicely. There were so many. I had to start reading this literature after I left home.

This would have been problematic in my home. It probably would have gotten me a beating, to be honest. If you look at these sources, there are some to direct you too, e.g., Women Against FundamentalismYour Fatwa Doesn’t Apply Here.

There is so much literature out there. I could send so much to you. I could suggest so much to you, the readers.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sadia.

Hameed: Brilliant, thank you so much.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Spokesperson, Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Religious Authorities, Age Demographics, and Maryam Namazie (Part Two) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 22). An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Religious Authorities, Age Demographics, and Maryam Namazie (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Religious Authorities, Age Demographics, and Maryam Namazie (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Religious Authorities, Age Demographics, and Maryam Namazie (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Religious Authorities, Age Demographics, and Maryam Namazie (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Religious Authorities, Age Demographics, and Maryam Namazie (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Religious Authorities, Age Demographics, and Maryam Namazie (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Religious Authorities, Age Demographics, and Maryam Namazie (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Religious Authorities, Age Demographics, and Maryam Namazie (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 5 — Limits of Mind: Possible Human Science

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 16, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,094

Keywords: Herb Silverman, mathematics, science, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about science, math, and limits (maybe, or maybe not).

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In one view, the limitations of the human mind set boundaries on possible human science. Human empirical methods with the inclusion of artificially constructed structures can extend the reach of the human mind, whether computational constructs, e.g., algorithms or data collection systems, or tools to manifest the world with greater precision to the senses, e.g., telescopes and microscopes. However, these translate the information back into the range of experience and processing of human beings.

In another perspective, the discoveries about the world reflect the tendencies in thought, and so the limitations, of the human mind, whether individuals or groups. What we know to various degrees, seem to know, and think we know, these reflect the form of information processing of human beings at large. Hills and valleys of fidelity and complexity reflecting the internal mechanics of the mind.

Pure mathematics seems to reflect this the most exquisitely. Some discoveries would, probably, remain impossible without the aid of technology. In particular, the world of large data sets, powerful computational systems, and to-the-task algorithms to help teams of professional mathematicians.

As technology advances, and as a practical philosophical inquiry, how will science advance? Where will possible human science hit a wall? Will machines launch independent scientific enquiries in the future to make discoveries barely comprehensible to most human beings?

Professor Herb Silverman: Aristotle pioneered the scientific method in ancient Greece alongside his empirical biology and work on logic, rejecting a purely deductive framework in favor of generalizations made from observations of nature. Modern science began to develop in the scientific revolution of 16th- and 17th-century Europe when the scientific method was formalized.

At this point in 2019, I’m not too worried about the possibility of human scientific discoveries hitting a wall. Based on the progress of the history of science and technology, it is not unreasonable to expect that means will be found to circumvent what appear to us now to be absolute limitations.

Look at all the scientific progress we’ve made in just the last century. People once said that we would never fly, before the Wright brothers did. People said we would never make it into space, until we did. And then that we would never make it to the moon, but we did.

Interstellar travel is one of those future innovations that many people believe will never happen. It won’t happen tomorrow or in the next year, but eventually, if we last long enough, I think we will get to Alpha Centauri, the closest star and closest planetary system to our solar system. It is 4.37 light-years from the sun. Using current spacecraft technologies, crossing the distance between our Sun and Alpha Centauri would take several millennia, which would require generations of people in spaceships. But scientists are now investigating nuclear pulse propulsion and laser light sail technology, which might reduce the journey time between our sun and Alpha Centauri to decades.

Some scientists think there will be an end to physics if a “Theory of Everything” (TOE) is discovered. This would entail an all-encompassing, coherent theoretical framework that fully explains and links all physical aspects of the universe. In particular, such a theory would reconcile general relativity and quantum field theory. General relativity only focuses on gravity for understanding the universe in regions of both large scale and high mass: stars, galaxies, clusters of galaxies, etc. Quantum field theory only focuses on three non-gravitational forces, (strong, weak, and electromagnetic force) for understanding the universe in regions of both small scale and low mass: sub-atomic particles, atoms, molecules, etc. At present, there is no candidate for a TOE that includes the standard model of particle physics and general relativity.

A number of scholars claim that Gödel’s incompleteness theorem suggests that any attempt to construct a TOE is bound to fail. Gödel’s theorem, informally stated, asserts that any formal theory sufficient to express elementary arithmetical facts and strong enough for them to be proved is either inconsistent or incomplete. Stephen Hawking, originally a believer in a TOE, after investigating Gödel’s theorem, concluded that a TOE was not attainable.

In fact, Gödel’s theorem seems to imply that pure mathematics is inexhaustible. No matter how many problems we solve, there will always be other problems that cannot be solved within the existing rules. So, because of Gödel’s theorem, physics is inexhaustible too. The laws of physics are a finite set of rules, and include the rules for doing mathematics, so that Gödel’s theorem applies to them.

Also, just about any problem solved in mathematics or science seems to raise additional questions that we would like to solve. So I expect there are infinitely many questions that we would like answers to, which won’t be found in a finite amount of time. There might even be infinitely many possible theories, not all of which humans can ponder. With or without machines, even now the majority of scientific discoveries are barely comprehensible (or incomprehensible) to most human beings.

The limitations on human scientific and mathematical discoveries, I expect, will be based on the limits to human life — which might end from climate change, an asteroid, nuclear war, or for some reason we don’t yet know about. Now that’s what should probably be a priority for us to address.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Silverman.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Principles of Innovation, Talent Retainment, and China, India, and Canada (Part Three)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,267

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Sarah Lubik is the Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & Innovation Concentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship. She discusses: the principles of an innovation culture; retaining talent; and Canada, China, and India.

Keywords: Canada, entrepreneurship, generational differences, innovation, professional women, Sarah Lubik, SFU, technology.

An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Principles of Innovation, Talent Retainment, and China, India, and Canada: Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & InnovationConcentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship (Part Three)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Then with the broadening of the horizon for looking into various business models as how to build the next generation of entrepreneurs and innovators, what are some principles that we should take into account if we’re wanting to build that culture of innovation aside from those implied from this discussion?

So, modern universities focus on diversity, inclusion, and experimentation.

Dr. Sarah Lubik: Absolutely.  One of the other principles is going to be teams, if you call that a principle or not, but back to the original point: statistically you’re probably not going to make an amazing professor also an amazing entrepreneur.  They exist, but they’re not common.

You’re not going to make a grad student do his or her entrepreneurial venture by themselves. A CEO or a CTO needs a co-founder of their company. That’s where you want those diverse skill sets. So, you want to teach entrepreneurship as something team-based rather than something about just yourself and ideas you can’t take forward alone.

So, building those communication skills and those cross-disciplinary skills early is incredibly important because most people, once they get out of school, they realize quite quickly that not everyone went to business school or engineering, etc. You need people with other skills and they probably don’t think like you.

Not everyone spent four years in engineering or business. Yet, we’ve spent four years in a world where everyone thinks like us. That can be a shock to the system, especially when you’re doing entrepreneurship.

One of the things we often hear from people who started a company is that they need to build a team, but the team needs to understand each other. They need to be able to work effectively with each other.

But you get different work principles and even languages when you’re in different disciplines. So, learning about how to thrive in a diverse team is one of the key things that we work on here.

Another core value is the ability to go out of the world with confidence and to want to go out into the world.

First, make your assumptions about what people want and where problems lie, but then be aware that you need to validate your assumptions and that is not looking for people who agree with you, but also, looking for people who don’t. It is also a challenge.

Because we’re humans and we like to be right.

The final core value is that to be a good entrepreneur, you need to be looking at solving problems that matter and curious mindset deeply understand them. So often, you get entrepreneurs, or would be entrepreneurs, who are interested in solving problems, but because they don’t know much about the problem they’re not humble enough or knowledgeable enough yet to realize what they don’t know and still need to find out.

If they can get a surface impression of a problem, say you’re interested in homelessness and want to help find a solution, it turns out to be a complex problem, and that your solution would make sense for you, but makes absolutely no sense for that community, or for that user.

So, that ability to step back and learn to understand problems and where you might take a wicked problem like climate change or homelessness and deeply understand one piece of it and how that fits into this bigger system and how that might be addressed. But you may also realize that you’re probably not going to solve that entire global problem by yourself, so need to either be really specific about the part of the problem you can solve, or figure out how to be part of something bigger.

2. Jacobsen: Another issue is retainment. So, if a university, a province, territory, or a country at large develops a culture that is inclusive and diverse, provides the ability and citizens with the willingness to work in teams on various projects, then the businesses begin to flourish from small to medium and large.

The transportation between countries is much easier than at any other time, too.

Lubik: Wow! I’m still recovering.

Jacobsen: [Laughing] Yes, point taken. Even with that an individual can travel more or less, compared to 50 years ago, some recent time, it’s easy to travel. So, an entrepreneur and innovator could go to another country and begin a business there.

For instance, the United States has these H-1Bs. So, these probably are what are called the genius passports. People that would previously have stayed in the United States and created multi-million dollar businesses there have gone back to India and China, for examples.

Who are two major countries that the United States gets some brains from, they’re now creating those multi-million dollar businesses within their country that they were born and raised in.

So, it’s a loss of not only talent but also potential innovation and revenue for whatever local industry they have in the United States at large. Another principle that I wouldn’t call secondary, but I wouldn’t necessarily associate it with the other ones because it’s distinct in a way.

So, how do you encourage innovators and entrepreneurs to stay with a particular university or country?

Lubik: It’s a good question. What would make someone stay? I have a couple of colleagues who recently enrolled here. They came here. They loved the culture and the system of SFU. They liked the community.

They like the willingness to be learning and working for meaningful change in the education system and community. They also love the lifestyle of BC, where we get to live, how beautiful it is, and how nice the people are. So, we have a built-in advantage of people wanting to live here.

It’s lovely. The culture is great. It also has had its problems, it’s not Silicon Valley, etc.

So, how you get people to stay here? It totally depends on the person. But some of the things that I’ve been hearing lately, especially as I talk to people across the country about what do we need for entrepreneurship and improved innovation, are around our specific resources and being near things you can’t get elsewhere.

So, for example, if you’re a material science company, you can get access SFU’s facility called 4D labs, it’s a material science facility where industry members use the equipment, work with the students and with cutting-edge researchers.  It’s like having your industry lab but without having to pay for it yourself.

So, there aren’t many places where you can go and get that access to that knowledge, and not many resources. If you start a company here, leaving could be more challenging because you’re going to have to wield those resources yourself.

Another thing that can make people say, and I feel like my culture is my word of the day, is being part of something you believe in.  Beedie put on an event about how to grow large companies in Vancouver. and we asked a number of CEOs who had grown multi-million dollar companies in Vancouver, “How do you get people to stay? It’s an expensive place to live, no start-up company can necessarily pay what a Google or an Amazon could?”

They said, “You have to create the vision. You have to be able to sell the culture. You have to be able to sell being part of something that is bigger than what you are.”

There are companies in Vancouver creating solutions to problems people want to solve, and having a big enough community of leaders in one place can be attractive. How are we going to help with the stress in the workplace? How are we making life better for people in Downtown Eastside? So, being brought into a culture where you’re making a difference, that seems to be worth staying.

We also have a fantastic quality of life, because we are lucky in Canada, we have these systems, whether they are flawed or not, that takes care of people.

having that relatively safe, peaceful place to live with meaningful work appeals to a lot of people.  Then, of course, having those special resources to work with, and creating places where you can work on things that matter, We’ve got a lot going for us.

Another piece that’s come out of the work we’ve been doing in the federal government is talent. As a company or an entrepreneur, you want to be where the great talent is, and the Vancouver area is increasingly known as a place to get fantastic tech and entrepreneurship talents.

For entrepreneurship, that can be incredibly attractive. So, you want to make sure companies know they can access these resources, hire enough talent. You want that lifestyle that attracts more talent. Then these make the area competitive for Canada.

But we also have to take steps to make sure the talent can afford to stay, too.

3. Jacobsen: At the same time, Canada has maybe 37 million people, when compared to the United States’ 325 million people. India and China coming around a billion and a half each. So, their talent pool that they can pull from internally is much bigger.

So, they have a lot more leverage internally with respect to that. Canada’s main strength then would be in the way that it can pull people in based on the quality of life or even basic freedoms that they may not have in their host country, possibly.

Lubik: Yes, we can speak more for the West coast at this point, but we’re right up from one of the biggest markets in the world. We are a short trip from some of the biggest markets in the world. We’re often called the Gateway to The Pacific.  We’re a jumping off point to some of the world’s largest markets and with it becoming easier and easier to telecommute or travel, that better access is a benefit to Canada at large.

But we also have to realize that while we’re a great place to have a company, we also have to help companies access those large markets because our local one isn’t big enough if you what you want to grow is a large company.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & Innovation Concentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Beedie School of Business, Simon Fraser University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-three; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Principles of Innovation, Talent Retainment, and China, India, and Canada (Part Three) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 15). An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Principles of Innovation, Talent Retainment, and China, India, and Canada (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Principles of Innovation, Talent Retainment, and China, India, and Canada (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Principles of Innovation, Talent Retainment, and China, India, and Canada (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Principles of Innovation, Talent Retainment, and China, India, and Canada (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Principles of Innovation, Talent Retainment, and China, India, and Canada (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Principles of Innovation, Talent Retainment, and China, India, and Canada (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-three

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Principles of Innovation, Talent Retainment, and China, India, and Canada (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Principles of Innovation, Talent Retainment, and China, India, and Canada (Part Three) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Some Recent Developments (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,461

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy is the Founder of the Islamic Supreme Council of Canada and the Founder of the Muslims Against Terrorism. He discusses: recent events; similar instances; having difficult conversations; concerns of some Canadian Muslims; and seeing Muslims as Arab and as a bloc.

Keywords: Imam Soharwardy, Islam, Islamic Supreme Council of Canada, Muslims Against Terrorism, Sufi.

An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Some Recent Developments: Founder, Islamic Supreme Council of Canada; Founder, Muslims Against Terrorism (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There was a recent event. It provides an insight into the dynamics of the community. What happened there?

Imam Syed Soharwardy: The imam regarding the Merry Christmas thing. This imam is not part of our organization. He was claiming that saying Merry Christmas to anyone – Christian, Muslim – that it was equivalent to or worse than murder.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Soharwardy: That was a very foolish and ignorant statement made by this person. I have no clue. His statements were absolutely un-Islamic in my opinion and calling “Merry Christman” to Christians or anybody is not equal to murder.

It is not in the Quran or in Sharia. There is no such thing. This is why I condemned it. I challenged him by the way, if he had the guts to come and talk to me face to face. I had the chance to talk to this guy and prove him wrong.

2. Jacobsen: What are some similar instances of things like that in Canada?

Soharwardy: There are people in the Muslim, Christian, Jewish, and atheist community who just take an extreme path and do not take disagreements, take diversity, do not accept difference of opinion.

Those people exist in all communities, including Muslim communities. There are Muslims who say you can not be with Jews and Christians. They misinterpret the verses of the Quran. Muslims have been directed in our scriptures to other Jews and Christians and other faith groups.

Those verses in the Quran have to be taken in a specific context. It cannot be generalized for all Jews, all Christians, and all people of non-faith. There are others who say Muslims cannot celebrate Christmas. But they are already a minority.

There are Muslim scholars from around the world, especially Egypt, Bolivia, and Pakistan, and Canada and the United States who see Christmas as perfectly allowed. It is normal. There is no such thing as not practicing Christmas in Islam. There may be extremists who will disagree with them.

They disagree with us. We disagree with them.

3. Jacobsen: If you were to sit down and converse with someone making essentially something out of nothing, how would you go about inviting them to the conversation? How has that conversation played out in the past?

Soharwardy: I don’t want to debate with anyone for the sake of having a debate. I want to have a fruitful, logical, and so on, debate and dialogue. I don’t have time to waste on moving someone along or somebody moving me along. We can disagree. From what I studied, from what I have learned about my faith, my Islam is common sense, natural, normal way of life.

People do abuse Islam, do abuse the Quran, and do abuse our Prophet’s (pbuh) teachings. It is my obligation as a Muslim to counter them and to refute their interpretation of my faith. I do not want to get into a useless debate.

I am happy to visit anyone. But definitely, it has to be a meaningful and thoughtful, and special dialogue, to learn from one another. If someone has a bad understanding of Islam, I want to teach them, who is rational and will learn – not simply being arrogant and denying all that Quran or Islamic teaching says.

4. Jacobsen: If we expand the question or line of questioning to broader community issues, what are some of the concerns of Muslim communities in Canada insofar as you have found them based on conversations around the country?

Soharwardy: The biggest issue, which we see right now, is not only in Canada, but in the United States and in Europe. I think it is a worldwide problem. The lies of racism, discrimination, and violence.

Muslims in Canada definitely are sensitive about Islamophobia and anti-Muslim sentiment. As you know, there were the latest attacks of law enforcement in Malaysia of a huge increase against Muslims in Canada as well as anti-semitism on the rise and Islamophobia on the rise. Those movements are a huge concern, not only for Muslims for also for a majority of Canadians. That is a concern.

I think the Muslims in Canada have a concern around the issue of what is happening south of the border and its impacts on Canada, in Calgary and elsewhere, and the relations of Canada to China.

It is not just the Muslim community. I say the Muslim community because most people are immigrants, don’t have jobs, and are struggling. This is more impactful compared to those who have been here for five generations.

There are violence and hate. There are global issues of these trade wars, which are a major concern at this time.

5. Jacobsen: Is part of the issue, in this country and elsewhere, the notion of Muslims as a bloc, simply being of Arab ethnic background?

Soharwardy: The overwhelming majority of Muslims are immigrants or ethnic people from the Middle East, South Asia, or Africa. That would be a visible minority regardless of the country of origin.

Muslims have been seen by mainstream Canadians as a block, whether black, brown, or white Muslims. Definitely, it causes a major concern on the part of the people who see that there is a, in a political arena, weight that the Muslims are gaining in Canada. It is maybe 1.2, or 1.3, million Muslims in Canada.

It is good for Canada. Definitely, for Muslims, can cause some reason for concern because Muslims are not going to budge with the discrimination that we’re facing. We are going to stand up against racism, against anybody.

I stand up against violence. I stand up against the anti-Muslims, against the anti-Christians, and so on. The people of faith stand together to fight hatred and violence that is coming at us.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Islamic Supreme Council of Canada; Founder, Muslims Against Terrorism.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/syed-soharwardy-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Some Recent Developments (Part One) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/syed-soharwardy-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 15). An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Some Recent Developments (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/syed-soharwardy-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Some Recent Developments (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/syed-soharwardy-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Some Recent Developments (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/syed-soharwardy-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Some Recent Developments (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/syed-soharwardy-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Some Recent Developments (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/syed-soharwardy-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Some Recent Developments (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/syed-soharwardy-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Some Recent Developments (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/syed-soharwardy-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Sufi Imam Syed Soharwardy on Some Recent Developments (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/syed-soharwardy-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Acquiring Superpowers and Superhero Origin Stories (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,715

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Rick Raubenheimer is the President and Jani Schoeman is the Former President of the South African Secular Society. They discuss: origin story; transition from religion to non-religion; social and family reactions; and another superpower development.

Keywords: Jani Schoeman, Rick Raubenheimer, secularism, South African Secular Society.

An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Acquiring Superpowers and Superhero Origin Stories: President and Former President, SASS (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Start from the top, like a superhero origin to the story. In brief, let’s provide some context. What was your background? Let’s start with the founder, Jani.

Jani Schoeman: How much do you want to know? I could tell you my whole childhood story, but I don’t think I’ll do that. I come from what you guys would perhaps call an evangelical Christian background. My dad is a minister. My mother is a Christian schoolteacher. I was religious up until the time I did my postgraduate degree, and then I fell off the bus.

After a few years of not knowing any other atheists or really anyone who’s non-religious, I, in 2014, started the South African Secular Society. At that time, it wasn’t what it was called. It was just the atheist Meetup group. I think in 2017, we got registered as a Nonprofit Organisation. Rick, is that correct?

Rick Raubenheimer: Yes. We only got our certificate in February 2018.

Schoeman: Yes. We applied in 2017. I don’t know how much more than that you want to know. Do you want to know about the organization or just my history?

2. Jacobsen: Both of your histories first, then that sets a context, so people know a little bit more where you’re coming from. The one thing, you stated it as ‘falling off the bus.’ What was that transition point from evangelical to not-so evangelical?

Schoeman: I think most people would answer in this way. It’s not really a moment where you like, “Oh, okay. It’s all made up.” It’s a slow transition. You lose a little bit. You get a little bit of doubt here, a little bit of doubt there.

I think the main thing that was the nail in the coffin for me was when I did my master’s degree, my thinking started to change in terms of getting a scientific mindset. I was in a scientific degree. I learned about how to test evidence, for example, how to find out if something is truth or a placebo effect, and just general stuff like that.

I don’t know how some people can get an education like that and still be religious. I think they really must compartmentalize, then. That’s not something I could do. If I learn something, your our brain gets rewired, I think. If you’re doing science in an honest way, then you kind of must. That’s where you’re going to end up, I think. That’s where I ended up.

3. Jacobsen: One last question on that note. Was there a difference in the way social and family life, as you made that transition?

Schoeman: Yes. I went to see a psychologist when I realized I had lost my faith because my parents are hectically religious. My entire family is very religious. I was okay with the whole fact of losing my religion and all of that, but the social implications for me was the thing that I really struggled with because I knew I was going to gravely disappoint my parents, and people were going to see me differently in the family, my extended family.

My mum’s parents were missionaries. It’s so much a part of them. They were missionaries in Africa. I grew up with all those missionary stories and things.

My grandparents, right now, I can’t really have a relationship with them anymore. Every time I see them, they’re like, “The Prodigal Son needs to return,” all this type of stuff. They’re really in my face about it. My husband really doesn’t appreciate it. I’m a bit more tolerable, but he really doesn’t like that. So, I don’t really see them that much anymore, unfortunately. They are old now, in their 80s.

My parents, on the other hand, I didn’t immediately tell them that I was no longer a Christian, but at a certain point, about maybe a year or so after I lost my faith. I told my mother, “I’m starting from scratch now. I don’t believe anything anymore. I’m going on a journey now to find truth.” Even saying that, she couldn’t really respond to that. I could see she was very upset.

A year or two later, there was an incident where my grandmother was visiting, and she made a comment at the dinner table about evolution not being true, “People think that humans actually came from fish.” I was like, “You know what?” Then, during that conversation, it came out that I was an atheist. There was a bit of a disagreement.

Then I didn’t speak to my family for about six months, which was very difficult for me. My parents live about 20 minutes away, 25 minutes away from my house, and we did see them quite often. After six months, I wrote them a letter and told them, “Let’s still be friends. I don’t think we have to break up over this.” We gradually got the relationship starting again.

This was maybe three or four years ago. Now, I think I have the best relationship I’ve ever had with my parents, and with my family because it’s honest. I don’t have to pretend anymore.

As a Christian, growing up, I didn’t get with it very well. I had major issues in my teenage years with my mother, and my parents. I ran away from home at a certain point. All that stuff. I was boiling on the inside, and I didn’t know why, but it was from all this Christian guilt that I was carrying around because living according to the Bible, especially the way my parents taught me, was an impossible way to live in a modern society. That really messed me up as a teenager, I think.

All that stuff is history, now. Now that I’m out, my parents don’t ask me to come to church anymore, which I’m so happy about. I have a good relationship now with my parents. My sister is also very religious. I have two brothers as well. They’re both agnostic, but hectically in the closet.

4. Jacobsen: Rick, how did you gain your superpowers?

Raubenheimer: My parents were both schoolteachers. My father was a school principal. They retired from teaching and brought a small holiday resort in the Magaliesberg, which is a mountain range in what was then the Transvaal – which is now Northwest Province.

My father was a free thinker from an Afrikaans background, which was quite unusual. He preferred to be in the English-speaking community, which he found more liberal. My mother was Jewish, and her marrying outside the faith caused quite a rift in the family. Her brothers didn’t speak to her for years, but they eventually reconciled.

I wasn’t brought up with any religion. I encountered religion at school, first, which was in the form of [with accent] Christian National Education. Jani will recognize the accent.

[Laughing]

Jacobsen: I got the accent.

Raubenheimer: Where the schoolteacher, and I say the schoolteacher because it was a very small farm school, which had exactly two members of staff: a teacher, and a principal. The teacher took what was then Grade 1 and Grade 2, Standard 1, Standard 2; and the principal took Standard 3, Standard 4, and Standard 5; and that was where the school got to. That would have taken one to about 12, 13 of age.

When the teacher heard that we didn’t pray at home, she was quite taken aback, and she taught me to pray, which I tried out at home one evening, I think possibly to the consternation of my mother, but she hid it quite well, and spoke to me afterward. I forget what she said, but I didn’t actually pray again. Presumably, she pointed out to me that it didn’t work, or wasn’t necessary, or that we didn’t believe that sort of stuff, or something.

My father then died when I was eight. My mother decided that it would be a good thing if I was brought up Jewish. I, somewhat belatedly, started what was called Haida lessons. That was the equivalent of a Jewish catechism. I had a bar mitzvah at age 13. For a while, I was nominally Jewish.

After school, in matric, we had conscription, so I was taken up into the army, where I was nominally Reform Jewish, which was terribly useful because I was posted to Pretoria. Jani will know Voortrekker Hoogte, as it was called in those days.

We lived in Johannesburg, which is about 50 kilometers away. I would go in from camp on the Friday night bus to attend synagogue. I would then go absent without leave and hitch-hike home to Joburg. I would then hitch-hike back on the Sunday and come in on the bus from church with the Christians. That all worked out very nicely.

I then went to university at Wits University, University of the Witwatersrand where I studied civil engineering. There I encountered Transcendental Meditation which I took up and practiced for seven years, which got me into various advanced techniques. At that stage, they were developing a thing called the Siddhis, which is Sanskrit for “perfections,” which was supposed to be things like “knowing things at a distance”, “walking through solid objects”.

I forget what they all were. I learned the first four of them, which didn’t appear to be terribly successful. The ultimate one was the “flying Siddhi”, as they called it, which was levitation. We went on various retreats for weekends, and weeks sometimes, at a time, and spent a lot of money on the Maharshis organization.

I became disillusioned with it after I had sneaked into one of the advanced ones where they had the people flying, and the flying turned out to be essentially sitting on a foam rubber mattress and hopping up and down. They actually produced photographs of people supposedly flying, and they were at a distance above the surface they were on, but if one looked very carefully, one could see that they were in motion because the hair was flying, or their clothes were flying, and so on.

I moved on from there, and I went into other forms of meditation. I had meditation from a chap called Gururaj Ananda Yogi and found that to be too Hindu orientated for my liking.

Somewhere along the lines, I went into a derivative of est, Erhard Seminars Training. Probably doesn’t exist anymore because this was in the 1980s. This one was called the I am training, run by a fellow called Pat Grove, using high-pressure psychological techniques to get people to change their lives.

I was involved in that for quite a long time. I met my wife there. The movement fell apart and schismed into about three different factions, at which point I stopped being actively involved, but I think I got quite a lot of benefit out of that.

Then, Judith and I moved into the New Age movement, and we did things like rebirthing, which was a breathing technique intended to recapture and release the birth trauma. We had groups at our house where we would have fire ceremonies, sitting around a bonfire at night.

Schoeman: I did not know any of this, Rick. I’m just saying. This is so interesting to me now [Laughing].

Raubenheimer: Yes, you missed the meetup where we did our spiritual background. I’ve still got a video of it, which I must still post. I’ve just got a backlog on the videos.

We would have these fire ceremonies. We had a healer called Hilda Light- or so she called herself. That wasn’t her real surname – who did the rebirthing, and talked to us, and brought messages from gurus and things, and told us about supposed prophecies of what was supposed to happen. I’d always regarded this with a degree of skepticism, and gradually became more skeptical about it, and started questioning it more.

Somewhere along the line, I read a book by Dave Mills called “Atheist Universe.” This crystallized for me what I believed, that I preferred reason and science. I went on from there to read most of Richard Dawkins’s work, and Sam Harris, and Christopher Hitchens.

Schoeman: Can I interrupt you?

Raubenheimer: Yes.

Schoeman: When was this, Rick?

Raubenheimer: This was around 2008.

Schoeman: Okay.

Raubenheimer: About age 55 or so. About 10 years ago, or thereabouts. I got involved in online atheist groups. Because I was posting a lot, without being asked at all, I was made an admin of South African Atheist Movement, which is a Facebook group. That’s the public Facebook group, probably the most prominent one, of atheists in South Africa.

There is another one called South African Atheist, which is a closed group, or private group, a secret group. People there discuss more fractious things, and so on, whereas SAAM tends to be more of the public face of atheism. I delete posts that are deliberately provocative and tend to provoke people. I’m still an admin there. 

I think it was through a Meetup that I got to know about Jani wanting to have an atheist Meetup at Zoo Lake and went along to that. Then, from that, we grew that into the South African Secular Society. I think that’s it.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Rick Raubenheimer, President, SASS; Jani Schoeman, Former President, SASS;

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Acquiring Superpowers and Superhero Origin Stories (Part One) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 15). An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Acquiring Superpowers and Superhero Origin Stories (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Acquiring Superpowers and Superhero Origin Stories (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Acquiring Superpowers and Superhero Origin Stories (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Acquiring Superpowers and Superhero Origin Stories (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Acquiring Superpowers and Superhero Origin Stories (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Acquiring Superpowers and Superhero Origin Stories (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Acquiring Superpowers and Superhero Origin Stories (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Rick Raubenheimer and Jani Schoeman on Acquiring Superpowers and Superhero Origin Stories (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sass-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,845

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Pascal Landa is the Founder and President AAVIVRE (Association qui Accompagne la Volonté des Individus a Vivre selon leur Ethique – Association that Accompanies the Will of those wishing to Live according to their personal Ethics). He discusses: early life, or his superhero origin story.

Keywords: AAVIVRE, France, religion, right to die, Pascal Landa.

An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life: Founder and President AAVIVRE (Association qui Accompagne la Volonté des Individus a Vivre selon leur Ethique – Association that Accompanies the Will of those wishing to Live according to their personal Ethics) (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let us start from the top like a superhero origin story. What is early life?

Pascal Landa: Let us start from the genesis of the right to die movement in France, a movement which was created by my father following an article he wrote called “A Right” (Le Monde November 1979) in which he explained that being able to at one point in one’s life say, “Stop,” to a situation of life that is no longer wanted by the individual should be available to all and be accompanied; and that there is no reason we should treat people less well than we treat animals that we euthanize.

The reason he wrote that article was that as he was a philosopher, a Doctor of Philosophy and History of Philosophy, from Berkeley, he had in the Second World War (1943-4), participated in a Maquis at 16. When his fellow mates would be hit in the stomach by German bullets, they would be condemned to a slow death and know that they would die after three, four, five, ten days of tremendous suffering. To avoid the suffering, they asked their fellow members and the head of the group to just put a bullet through their heads, which was regularly done. That impressed him a lot.

In 1959, his mother was dying of generalized cancer in a hospital in Paris. She was screaming in pain most nights. He asked her over time if she wanted to stop this, and she said, of course, yes, so he helped her pass away. You must remember in those days, the common belief was that suffering was a way of gaining redemption in heaven. It is still believed by some people, which is fine, but certainly not our way of seeing things.

In 1977, my grandfather, who had been travelling around the world all his life, came and lived next to us. He arrived in October, ‘77 and quickly we learned he had terminal cancer. We accompanied him until March, to his death. He was a person who refused to look at the fact that he was dying. He refused to look at the fact that he was terminally ill.

One of the experiments that had been done in the Northern countries in Europe, was to help people reconcile themselves with the end of life using LSD, lysergic acid a drug that reduces inhibitions . In fact, it worked extremely well with my grandfather. He did maybe a dozen trips from October to March. It was amazing for me, I was 22 at the time, to see him open up, become a person that would discuss with us, a person that would give us a chance to exchange with him and learn about his emotions, learn about what he felt about life. I had known him as a closed-up human being. Through the LSD experience, he opened and reconciled himself with life. He was a known stock exchange expert. He, at the end of his life, would just make fun of those experts while looking at them on TV.

That shows that one of the issues of the end of life is being able to look at your end of life as another step and another phase of your life. My father helped him die at that time. We all accompanied him. One day out of three, either I or my mother or my father would be alongside him and sleep at night with him and massage him and give him the right kind of food and all the things that made him comfortable. Then one day, he decided that it was just too much pain and my father helped him die.

All of these experiences led my father to write that article in 1979. After his article was published, hundreds of people wrote to him saying, “We should do something about this. You are right. Your article says clearly what we believe. We should not be treating people worse than animals. We should have the individual right to decide about our own end of life, and be accompanied in this.”

He proposed to senator Caillavet in France, who in 1978 had proposed legislation in the Senate asking for the right to die with dignity, to head the movement. The senator said to Michel, my father, “You need to be the president because as a senator, I cannot be both the president of an association and a senator.” My father created this association in June of 1980.

In November of 1980 he fell ill and had to get a triple heart bypass due to a serious heart affection. Right before his operation in December, we discovered he had lung cancer, a tumor as big as an orange. They stopped the operation and he fought against this cancer for the next six months of his life. I myself came back from where I used to work in the US and accompanied him to his death.

He did the treatment, the chemotherapy and all the drug-taking that modern medicine suggests. But at one point, he said, “This is enough. I am not going to do the radiotherapy because things are not improving anyhow. It is just spreading, and now it has metastasized.” He said to his doctors, “Give me the drugs that will keep me alive and clear of mind without intolerable pain as long as possible.”

At that time you must remember, it was 1980, beginning ‘81. Doctors still refused, at least in France, to give you medicine able to keep you intellectually aware without pain because they said, “You are going to become an addict.” There are still some doctors today that say that. “Even though you are six months away from dying, you are still going to get addicted.” This is crazy, insane.

Hopefully, now, most of the doctors understand that pain is not a redeeming value and that people who are near death do not need to be worried about taking too much drug. The objective is to keep them as intellectually aware and able as we can, but not put them into a mindless state.

This is one of the issues with the movement, palliative care. Of course we support palliative care, but palliative care is a phase of treatment, it is not for many the end treatment. Palliative care extremists say, “If the person is not feeling well, we just give him more and more drugs, and then he dies drugged.” We do not want to die drugged. We want to die aware and conscious of what we are doing. There is no meaning in life to lie in drugged unconsciousness for weeks or months.

One day my father said, maybe in June, “The day I can no longer get up and take my shower myself, and the day I have less than one hour of intellectual capacity, is the day I will decide to go away because there’s no reason for me to continue living.’ On the 15th of August, he said, “This is the day.” Remember that he was a political figure or at least a public figure, and it was considered killing people to help somebody die.

He had made everything clear. He was going to take the right drugs and go by himself, but he wanted to have a last dinner with us. My brother and sister are 15 years younger than me, so they were 14 and 15 at the time. We had a last dinner with him and then friends took them away to protect them should the police make an enquiry.

Listening to Bach’s suites for unaccompanied cello, he an insulin overdose meant to bring him into an irreversible coma followed by death. My mother and I were shocked that at one o’clock in the morning, 6 hours after he had taken insulin, we could see he was, agitated. It was that he wanted to go to the bathroom, so that he would not pee under himself.

This is first to remind you that life is tenacious to our bodies. Killing oneself is not an easy thing. We can know how to do it, but life does not give up easily. The second is that the individual is conscious until the end and primarily wants self-respect. That is one of the big issues of ending one’s life.

We brought him to the bathroom and put him back in bed and he fell back into his deep coma. The death process continued and continued. In 1981, the law was so restrictive, and he was such a public figure that at six o’clock in the morning, we decided, my mother and I, that we had to help him. Thank goodness we had a backup solution with morphine. I gave him an intravenous shot of morphine. In 10 seconds, not even, 3 seconds, it was over.

I do not wish for any son to have to do this for his father. It is a terrible thing to kill your own father. I did not kill him. I just gave him what he wanted, ultimately, but it still is a difficult thing for a son to do with a father. It is much better if it is a third party who is not emotionally affected and emotionally implicated. I gave him death with the same love as he gave me life.

As he died, he left the leadership of the right to die movement in France, called the ADMD, bereft. He had asked me to do two things before he died. First thing was to guarantee ADMD would survive him because I had, of course, helped him build the movement. At that time, we had about 600 people in the movement. He wanted me to guarantee him that the movement would become self-sustaining.

The other thing he wanted was for me to publish a little booklet that he had started writing, called Self Deliverance, in which he had written the precepts, well, a few notes on what he wanted to say to people about taking one’s life and deciding to die.

Mostly he had used the work of a Dr Admiral physician in Holland. This man had put together lists of all the drugs witch existed at that time, a lot of barbiturates, that would enable you, in a cocktail, to end your life in a reasonably safe manner. Based on his notes I wrote the booklet. I had a team of pharmacologists review the drugs and make sure that the French drug names and compositions corresponded to the nomenclature of drugs from Holland.

I had the booklet published by the ADMD with a lot of arm-twisting of the Board of Directors of the association because they were all scared of their shadows, but I was 30 at the time, so I was gung-ho and clear about getting things done. I had already created 2 firms at that time so I had some experience in management.

In publishing this booklet, we got hundreds and hundreds of requests for the booklet “Autodélivrance”. To be able to buy the booklet, you had to be a member of the association for at least three months which meant many new members. We sold if for ₣F50 at the time, which in today’s money is $50. This helped finance the association for the long term and made sure that we could hire good lawyers if we were to run into a court case.

I ran the association as its president for two and a half years. At that point, I was 30. I was just starting my career. The old folks on the board of the ADMD wanted to take the lead and continue the movement. I remained as a member of the board as the vice president, for I think ten years or so, and was a member of the board for 30 years.

In my term as President we grew to 17,000. Today that association is 60,000. For over 30 years, we built a reputation for that association that made the Right to Die Movement be recognized and considered as a responsible, reasonable movement. UN-happily, 10 years ago, a politician took over the leadership and he has turned the whole association into his own promotional tool and changed the statutes to enable him to lead without any opposition possible.

That is a frequent issue in the right to die movements. Because of ego issues and greed people fight and cheat financially. We have a lot of members who are old and who do not particularly care or are concerned about how the association works, they just want to contribute to get the right to die legislation in place. Unethical persons then take over and exploit this.

The active persons left the original movement in France because of this. It is of no use spending energy in futile wars. We denounced to the authorities sustained by facts to say, “This guy is doing illegal stuff,” but the authorities have not reacted despite newspaper articles to this effect. We would rather focus on helping the movement move ahead than focus on going against this guy.

To make a long story short, five years ago, I created with a few ex-ADMD members a new association called AAVIVRE (Association qui Accompagne la Volonté des Individus a Vivre selon leur Ethique – Association that Accompanies the Will of those wishing to Live according to their personal Ethics). That went on for 3, 4 years, but since my retirement, I have been sailing. I had to pass the hand on to other people, who decided to create a new association called Citizens for Choice at the End of their Lives “LE CHOIX” (The Choice).

I joined this association because they have the same spirit as those who originally created the movement. They are working for the right thing: The right for an individual to be able to choose, not to impose, but to choose. We are now on 10,000 people in that movement and it is growing fast, it is only a year old. I think it will be the new right to die movement in France, as time goes on.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder and President AAVIVRE (Association qui Accompagne la Volonté des Individus a Vivre selon leur Ethique – Association that Accompanies the Will of those wishing to Live according to their personal Ethics).

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life (Part One) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 15). An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Pascal Landa on Early Life (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/landa-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Advice, Developments for Humanism and Secularism, and a Historical Perspective (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,679

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Leo Igwe is the Founder of the Humanist Movement in Nigeria. He discusses: recommendations for leaving religion; exciting developments of humanism and secularism in Nigeria; and a historical perspective.

Keywords: Christianity, humanism, Islam, Leo Igwe, Nigeria, religion.

An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Advice, Developments for Humanism and Secularism, and a Historical Perspective: Founder, Nigerian Humanist Movement (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: For those men who are leaving religion and looking for a safe place when they leave religion, what are recommendations for them? For women who are looking for a safe place when they are leaving religion, what are recommendations for them as well? 

My assumption is such that women and men leaving religion will different difficulties on average. Of course, there will be overlap.

Dr. Leo Igwe: Religious people are usually not happy when one renounces religion. Both men and women are usually unpleased to hear that one no longer believes. They find it annoying and regard it as a form of betrayal. They can respond subtly in terms of severing family ties or relationships, refraining from helping the person when he or she is in need.

So there is a price to pay for leaving religion. Incidentally, men do not get the same treatment as women because men are in a stronger social and cultural position. So, it is always important for people who leave religion to try and become independent in terms of finance and other means of livelihood. They have to be in a position to fend for themselves, to exert material and financial independence otherwise they could come under pressure and persecution, even to the point of religious people denying them familial or social support.

2. Jacobsen: What are some exciting developments of humanism in Nigeria now? What, also, are some positive developments of secularism in general?

Igwe: There are many positive developments. One of them is the fact that today there is a space for nonreligious persons, an official platform for those who are critical of religion or of religious ideas in Nigeria. People are expected in many countries to simply believe, and not question. But today, things have changed. We have a space for people who are non-believers including those who are undecided, those who are “confused.” People who are questioning their beliefs or who are unsure about the existence of the supernatural. Those who do not want to be associated with religion. This is one exciting development.

We also have the benefit of having a forum to challenge religious claims. Very often, you can’t question religious beliefs in many places. You either believe or preach one or another religion. Right now, we have a trend of challenging and questioning openly the existence of God, Islamic teachings, Christian teachings, the idea of an afterlife and the content of the Quran, the Bible, and all these holy books (if they make sense or if we find them reasonable, ethical, or moral), and so on.

Non-religion has gone to the table of religious discourses. So, this is a very important development. Also, we are seeing humanism recognized and being a significant part in the campaign against superstition in the region, against witchcraft related abuses, and the campaign against harmful traditional practices. We are witnessing a kind of cultural renaissance. Some reformation, an intellectual awakening that seeks to liberate people from religious chains and shackles is sweeping across the region. I think that as the movement grows and blossoms, we will see some more positive developments.

Jacobsen: Can you hear me now?

Igwe: It is clear now.

Jacobsen: One last question keeping in mind the time limit.

Igwe: It is very clear now [Laughing].

Jacobsen: I know! Finally, right [Laughing]? You know what, I paid $10 million for my new WiFi. It was due to the wonderful Nigerian prince who sent me a Spam email was desperately saying, “Sir, I have to give you money.” He said, “Dear Brother, Mr. Scott…”

Igwe: Yes [Laughing].

3. Jacobsen: Let’s take a serious historical perspective, if we are looking at individuals who are seen as emancipatory figures, whether intellectually or by their life, individuals like Kwame Nkrumah or Nelson Mandela. 

We are looking at people providing an image of an Africa in a post-colonial or, at least, slowly exiting a colonial context, not simply on paper, but the derivative impacts that are noticeable. 

If we are looking at a Nigerian context, of a post-colonial context, what can be done to make that transition more rapid, more healthy, for Nigerian citizens on Nigerian citizenry’s terms?

Igwe: I think it is very complicated, okay? Because, first of all, many people try to survive. For them, it is a case of: “Let’s see what we can do and make the best of the situation.”

Sometimes, they find their efforts encumbered by other interests, by global-international schemes, by cultural policing forces from the east and the west. Many Nigerians are fighting for the basics of life in terms of food, shelter, and clothing.

They want to enjoy what life has to provide, the innovations and inventions of this world. They want to move around freely. They want to have a vibrant economy. They do not want an economy that continues to worsen daily, weekly, and yearly.

They want an economy that provides the basics of life. Unfortunately, things are getting worse. Every change that has been made in the post-colonial context has not yielded the benefits of emancipation and economic empowerment.

We have seen more devastation, more poverty, more penury, suffering, despair, hopelessness. This is how the whole trajectory has played out. The basics of housing, better salaries, food, good living standards have continued to elude many.

Living conditions continue to worsen. This is not only encumbered by local conditions but also by global forces of greed and deceit, by interests driven by profit and the quest to exploit whatever can be exploited in the region. People find themselves in a hostage situation which they cannot break away. The goods of this life are not translatable at least on account of their own efforts or aspirations. They hear about prosperity, wealth, and development, but never possess them.

Sometimes, these goods are only in the West or come only to the West, not to the rest. The good of this world has eluded the most in the world. People feel disconnected, and disempowered. They do not see how the efforts that they are making would help them connect or live well, or help them realize their basic yearnings and aspirations. That is why today; we are seeing the waves of migration of those most affected by the prevailing global inequalities. Global equality is forged and maintained by the powerful nations who gain most from it. But many African people are making perilous journeys across the desert and the Mediterranean because they have been betrayed; they have been left behind by the world. They have been duped by the east and the west, by the north and the south. They feel that the whole project of African emancipation has failed. Globalization is a pernicious process that has brought alienation and devastation. African development has become an illusion.

4. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Igwe.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Nigerian Humanist Movement.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Advice, Developments for Humanism and Secularism, and a Historical Perspective (Part Two) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 15). An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Advice, Developments for Humanism and Secularism, and a Historical Perspective (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Advice, Developments for Humanism and Secularism, and a Historical Perspective (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Advice, Developments for Humanism and Secularism, and a Historical Perspective (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Advice, Developments for Humanism and Secularism, and a Historical Perspective (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Advice, Developments for Humanism and Secularism, and a Historical Perspective (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Advice, Developments for Humanism and Secularism, and a Historical Perspective (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Advice, Developments for Humanism and Secularism, and a Historical Perspective (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Advice, Developments for Humanism and Secularism, and a Historical Perspective (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Climate Change, Indigenous Traditions, Myths and Truths, and Scientific Methodology and Findings (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,164

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Sheryl Fink is the Director of Canadian Wildlife Campaigns for IFAW – International Fund for Animal Welfare. She discusses: climate change; indigenous traditions; myths and truths around sealing in Canada; becoming involved; recommended people; final feelings or thoughts; science now; and the main reason for the rejection of science.

Keywords: Canada, Canadian Wildlife Campaigns, International Fund for Animal Welfare, Sheryl Fink.

An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Climate Change, Indigenous Traditions, Myths and Truths, and Scientific Methodology and Findings: Director, Canadian Wildlife Campaigns, IFAW (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What about issues around climate change? Although, I note a mis-reportage in the title when individuals in the news may say, “Climate change,” or, “Global warming.” They should say, “Anthropogenic climate change,” or , “Human-induced global warming,” for clarity.

Sheryl Fink: Totally.

Jacobsen: How does this play into the long-term future impacting the population levels and health and wellness of seals?

Fink: We have been seeing climate change impacts on seals in 2006. Because we were waking up to it. The ice is not there on the East Coast like it used to be. Harp seal are an ice dependent species. They need a stable ice surface to give birth to their pups.

They do not give birth on land or have not been found to do so. If there is no ice or if the ice is not thick enough, the moms will abort the pups in water rather than go on land. We have increased abortions of pups in recent years.

Another thing that will happen is the mother will give birth on ice. But if it is not thick enough, and if it breaks up in the storms before the pups are weaned and able to feed themselves, a lot will be crushed or starved to death on shore.

We saw that several years in the past. That is going to have an impact. We are not seeing it so much in the population. Yet, I do not think. As it takes them a bit to mature and for these to show in the adult population, these things are highly variable and thought to be dependent on the ice conditions.

We are seeing years with climate change the numbers being hunted. In some years, the complete set of cubs born in a class year may be wiped out.

2. Jacobsen: What about Indigenous traditions around or my involved sealing? How can we respect those as well?

Fink: We are not against Inuit seal hunting. The Inuit hunt seal in Northern Canada. It is a different seal. It is a different hunt. It is a hunt for food. They use the skin to make clothing and other artifacts. We do not campaign against that.

They have the right to harvest seal. It is their culture, their tradition. We generally are not seeing the large-scale slaughter as seen on the East Coast, which is, as I said, profit-driven. 92% of the meat is wasted and then left on the ice. That is why we focus on the East Coast hunt.

It is unnecessary. It costs Canadian taxpayers dollars to run this year to year. We can find people another source of income rather than paying them to club seals.

3. Jacobsen: Often, or sometimes, there can be a variety of misrepresentations, lies, obfuscations, and so on. At the same time, there can be very good reportage. To the former category, what are some around sealing in Canada? What are some truths that dispel them, just to clear the water?

Fink: We went through a period where the media was content to repeat the Canadian Government talking points. It is humane. It was sustainable. It was well-regulated. They would be repeating this very uncritically. When we showed them the footage of what was happening out there, they would say, “That’s only on a couple of boats. This is not everything.”

We’d say, “This is being captured. The boats know they are being filmed. This is what happens when people know that they are being filmed. I am sure it is not much better when people aren’t being filmed.”

This is very frustrating. The lack of willingness of certain media outlets to question the government talking points. That what the government was telling you was fact or was truth. But in fact, it was not.

I think it has changed, thankfully, in recent years. We are seeing more balanced reporting. We still see a lot of media covering the position. There are too many fish and need to be hunted. Yet, they are not giving equal or adequate coverage of the scientific side saying, “It is not true. At all. There is no evidence for culling seals helping them to recover their numbers.”

It is repeating one side of the story and not realty digging deep int whether there is any scientific basis for the belief, simply repeating as if it were fact. It is very frustrating [Laughing[.

4. Jacobsen: I can imagine. Are there any ways in which individuals can become involved, donating time or professional networks, volunteering hours, or becoming professional trained and then a staff member, and so on?

Fink: Seals specifically, the most important thing that people can do. The reason for its continuance is politics. It was revived because of politics. Brian Tobin saw this to get easy votes on the West Coast of Canada.

To me, it is a political issue. We need to stop funding this thing and start finding alternatives. We need to contact their member of parliament and the government of Canada. Tell them, the politics and policy need to be based on evidence rather than the opinions of sealers or ones not validated by science.

That there are better ways to use taxpayer dollars such as clubbing seals, which has no future. The markets are gone. The markets are not coming back. We spent tens of millions of dollars trying to fond seal markets over the past decades. All of them have failed [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Fink: Why are we still doing this? Why are we keeping this industry afloat? The answer: the only reason is for votes. We know that politicians, even on the East Coast. In Newfoundland, people say, “It was useful before. It is not the jobs that young people want for the future.”

They need to start providing real alternatives for people.

5. Jacobsen: Ayn recommended authors or speakers?

Fink: Let me look at my book selection here [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Fink: One is Linda Peloso. It looks at the political hypocrisy around the whole situation and how much effort is put into finding ways to killing seals and justify killing seals, to placate a very small but vocal minority. People who want to kill seals.

6. Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion based on the conversation today?

Funk: It is hard to pack into an hour, isn’t it? [Laughing]

Jacobsen: It is.

Fink:  It has gone on for centuries. With some of the schemes over the past couple of years, the idea of killing seals to make aphrodisiacs out of their penises to sell to Asian markets, proposals to kill seals and grind their meat and to make protein powder for body builders.

These were proposals seriously considered by the federal government to justify going out and killing more seals. [You noted sending some more reports to me here.]

This is what the government is spending time and money on, paying for these proposals. They want to slaughter 200,000 seals on Sable Island. It is one of the more popular breeding areas now.

The question is what to do with 200,000 dead seals with no market for it. The idea was what to do with 200,000 dead seals without a market for them. They were going to use modified logging equipment to pick up the bodies and then portable incineration chambers to burn the seals [Laughing] in these incineration chambers, and then dump them in the ocean.

This was going to cost Canadians $26 million dollars. This was the Canadian government [Laughing]. This was back in the Harper days, but still. It is like, really [Laughing]? This is what is going on.

7. Jacobsen: For those who may not be aware, is this a time when science, scientific methodology and facts in other words, were not respect?

Fink: Completely ignored. The Trudeau liberals, they have given a lot of lip service to respecting the science. They have been a lot better. We have a Fisheries Minister who has acknowledged that there is no science supporting the idea of needing to cull seals, kill seals, which is very refreshing.

The role of science plays in policymaking and decision-making is shockingly small in some form. I think particularly in wildlife policy. The other issue that I am working on. Alberta is poisoning wolves.

This is being done because politicians will see endangered Cariboo. We do not see the poisoning the wolves and others with foresting, mining, and all of that. It is killing them. It is killing wolves. Killing wolves is an easy answer and looks good, it makes people think that they are doing something by killing predators.

8. Jacobsen: What is the main reason for the rejection of science? I ask s an expert and as a scientist, to you.

Funk: I think politicians are looking out for themselves. They want to get re-elected in 4 years. It is very difficult for a politician to look beyond the 4-year time frame in a lot of cases. Science is a long-term process.

We need to look at long-term trends to see where things are going. I think all humans have that problem. It is doing what is best in the long-term rather than what seems to be immediately the most gratifying.

In a political sense, getting re-elected or getting the votes, it can often be the main driver in decision-making, not scientific bases or evidence.

Jacobsen: I am out of questions.

Fink: [Laughing] excellent questions.

9. Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Sheryl.

Fink: Well, thank you, I look forward to what comes out of it.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Director, Canadian Wildlife Campaigns, IFAW.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Climate Change, Indigenous Traditions, Myths and Truths, and Scientific Methodology and Findings (Part Two) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 15). An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Climate Change, Indigenous Traditions, Myths and Truths, and Scientific Methodology and Findings (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Climate Change, Indigenous Traditions, Myths and Truths, and Scientific Methodology and Findings (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Climate Change, Indigenous Traditions, Myths and Truths, and Scientific Methodology and Findings (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Climate Change, Indigenous Traditions, Myths and Truths, and Scientific Methodology and Findings (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Climate Change, Indigenous Traditions, Myths and Truths, and Scientific Methodology and Findings (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Climate Change, Indigenous Traditions, Myths and Truths, and Scientific Methodology and Findings (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Climate Change, Indigenous Traditions, Myths and Truths, and Scientific Methodology and Findings (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Climate Change, Indigenous Traditions, Myths and Truths, and Scientific Methodology and Findings (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Alix Jules on Background and Meeting an Atheist (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,312

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Alix Jules is a Writer at Patheos Nonreligious. He discusses: early life, pivotal moments, and intellectual trajectory; and the feeling of meeting an atheist for the first time.

Keywords: Alix Jules, atheism, Catholic, intellectual trajectory, Patheos, secularism.

An Interview with Alix Jules on Background and Meeting an Atheist: Writer (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start with a little bit of background so people know where you’re coming from. What was some early life like? What were some, if there were any, pivotal moments that influenced your own intellectual trajectory and your own outlook on the world, orientation side?

Alix Jules: I grew up very religious. I grew up in New York, grew up in Brooklyn, inner-city kid, child of an immigrant from a specifically West Indian background. It was the ‘70s, ‘90s. I’m more of an ‘80s kid. I grew up Catholic. I grew up very much Catholic. I used to say that going to the schools that I went to, which were private schools, parochial schools, that I wound up praying a significant amount of time. I think I was praying more than five times a day at one point.

I went to Catholic Church, grew up in the Catholic Church. My mother actually didn’t think the Catholic Church did a very good job of teaching the Bible, although she subscribed to the doctrine, and she actually sent me to a Seventh-day Adventist parochial school for the first part of my life.

Still, I wanted to be a Catholic priest. If you understand a little bit of the differences in the doctrine between the SdA, or Seventh-day Adventist and Catholic, they really very much saw the Catholic Church as The Whore of Babylon.

That’s the environment that I went to school in. There was some bullying. I was the shy kid, but I was always curious. I was always really interested in science and math. When I was really young, I said, “I’m going to be Galileo.” Someone pointed out to me, “You know how that ends, right?”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Jules: I really thought that I was going to be able to reconcile my faith and my emerging belief with science and how I was developing my world view. That much more was possible then, than what was allowed in the Catholic Church. Of course, being exposed to some of the Adventist, that was tough because, like I said, it was ongoing bullying.

Then, really around middle school or so, we wound up having too many issues at the Seventh-day Adventist school. My mother sent me to a Lutheran school where I was exposed, once again, to a completely different set of beliefs.

At this point, when I retrospectively look back, although my mother hates the idea that I’m an atheist, I look back at it and say she set me up to be an atheist, specifically because of all the different exposures that she was indiscriminately, and very much unwittingly, exposing me to.

By the time I got into high school, I had really been exposed to several of the various sects in Christendom. For the first time, I wound up really seeing other religions, as well, Abrahamic and non-Abrahamic. I went to a very science-focused high school, a science magnate. I was the kid with the Bible in the backpack because, of course, I was a Christian crusader at that point, still, but when you’re exposed to so many different ideas– I met my first atheist in high school. I didn’t know that that actually existed.

2. Jacobsen: May I pause it? What was the feeling when you met the first atheist in life?

Jules: I didn’t understand how that was possible. You had to believe in something, right? I was like, “What do you mean you don’t believe in a god or a higher being? How did we get there?” It’s funny in a more ironic sense where when I get into those conversations now, I can empathize a little bit because I’ve been there. I understand where it’s coming from. You have such a dominant world view that says, “This is how it’s done, with certainty.”

My particular journey, I went from ready to debate anyone about Christianity- I was like, “Come on. Let’s go. We can do it for days. We can do it for hours.” I was ready. I carried two Bibles. [Laughing] I don’t remember which versions I had, but I know at the end, I needed something else in my backpack.

I think it really hit me when I remember someone asking, “But what if you’re wrong?” I never actually examined that idea. I hadn’t thought about, “What if you and everyone else is wrong?” “Yes, absolutely.” “How do you know?” “Because what tells you so.” I would continuously get into this loop and not able to break out of that thinking. Looking back, it was circular logic, but that was all I knew.

It took a couple of years, still. A Bible-thumper, a holy roller, everything that I’ve heard other people call other Christians, that was me. I was proud to be it, too. It was about my junior year or so, where I had been pushed so far in my belief that I left my Bibles in my backpack. I actually, “This can’t be right. There’s got to be more.”

Again, the exposure to other beliefs really wound up taking me to explore Judaism. I’m like, well, “That’s not right. That’s just the beginning of the story. Christianity, that’s the continuation of the story.” What I’m finding is some of the most basic questions, I got conflicting answers.

I would go to my church parish, and talk to my parish priest and ask him questions on, “What do you think about good and evil? What do you think about the tautology? What do you even think about the creation story? Is that literal or non-literal?” His response was, “It’s a fable. Jesus spoke them all the time, so, of course, we don’t really believe that.”

Then, take a trip to Manhattan, from Brooklyn, to have a conversation with an archbishop at the Catholic diocese, or stroll over to a synagogue somewhere and have a conversation with the rabbi. He’s like, “Of course we don’t believe that that’s literal. It’s figurative. It’s so plain.” Then, go to talk to the bishop. The bishop’s like, “It’s absolutely literal.”  “Wait a minute, I just got a different answer from someone that kind of, sort of, reports to you, in the grand scheme of things. What do you have?”

For me, I actually explored Islam. I went through the process. My mother was very supportive. My family was a little forgiving because I had not walked away from the idea or the conceptualization of this higher being because, of course, “You still believed in something.” I did. I still believed in something. I just was really reaching and struggling to define what that something was, and so it was Allah.

I spent about a good year and a half really exploring Islam. I found myself, on the other side, asking the same questions, with no good answers, just no good answers to submit. It is what it is.” No, that’s not really a good answer because I was still being intellectually stimulated. I was still asking the same stuff. My love of science and belief in God was still there, so what’s next?

I walked away from the church. I walked away from believing, for a while. I did the college thing. What did I call myself? I was “spiritual but not religious” for a long time. Married, children, left New York, came to Texas. One of the first things that they’ll ask you as you walk into your job, it almost doesn’t matter what position you have it’s, “Hey. You’re not from around here.” “No, I’m not. I’m from so-and-so, up north.” “Have you gone to church yet?”

It was stifling. It was suffocating, the level of religiosity that was there but I still had a wife, my ex-wife now, who was a believer. I had my first child. Trying to explain to your mother-in-law that, “I think we’re going to skip baptism because I don’t buy any of that,” that’s just not going to keep the peace. “You’ve already taken the family 1,200 miles away for work and now you’re telling me that you’re taking them away from God, too?”

Mind you, these are some of the same people that go to church three times a year and break every single law out there, or maybe 200 out of the so commandments that are out there. They’ll go break it in a weekend. It is what it is.

In the ‘90s, I was part of the church, but not really. I was more of a social Christian or a cultural Christian, and only in name. I knew what I was becoming. I felt it. I went through some personal tribulation when I was really thinking it through. There were a lot of times I closed the door on questioning because it was just, “I can’t do this anymore because what’s my next step? What am I going to call myself tomorrow? Agnostic? Okay, that’s cool. I can deal with agnostic. I don’t know.”

I was okay up until September 11. Being from New York, I heard about what had happened. Someone calls me up and says, “Have you seen the news as to what’s going on right now?” I was like, “No, I haven’t.” I turn on the TV and I see it. A couple of days later, I’m on a flight to New York.

We couldn’t find a couple of people. I’m there, and I’m walking with people, and I’m talking with people that are looking for their loved ones. By that time, I had given up the idea of becoming a priest. “I can’t. I’m good.” Got married, and the whole thing kind of messes it up. I wanted to be a priest up until high school. I was still saying it in high school.

I was walking and talking to these people who were in pain, and suffering. I knew then because I had studied both sides of the argument. I understood what it was to be a Christian and ask the questions, “Why?” but I also understood why Muslims, although extremist- and these were extremist, these were not just ordinary Muslims. No, this was the extremist faction- I understand why they felt they were emboldened to do this.

At that point, I looked at it and said, “I don’t believe in a god that would justify this, either way, or allow this to happen, either way. Neither one of you can claim this, in any sense.” It was right then that I said, “You know what? I am totally okay with calling myself an atheist, at this point.” It was September 13th that I called myself an atheist. I said it out loud.

It wasn’t long after that. My mom knew that I was drifting, but when I used that word, that was a monumental point in my family relationship. It was like, “We don’t know what to do with you.” From then on, my life has just taken some really interesting twists and turns, much for the good, I think.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Writer, Patheos Nonreligious.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Alix Jules on Background and Meeting an Atheist (Part One) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 15). An Interview with Alix Jules on Background and Meeting an Atheist (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Alix Jules on Background and Meeting an Atheist (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Alix Jules on Background and Meeting an Atheist (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Alix Jules on Background and Meeting an Atheist (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Alix Jules on Background and Meeting an Atheist (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Alix Jules on Background and Meeting an Atheist (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Alix Jules on Background and Meeting an Atheist (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Alix Jules on Background and Meeting an Atheist (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/jules-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Tarek Fatah on God, Universals, Conversations, Rahaf, Rights, and Ethics (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,189

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Tarek Fatah is a Columnist for the Toronto Sun and the Founder of the Muslim Canadian Congress. He discusses: singular secular public school system; a God who needs help; universalization of particulars; Rahaf al-Qunun; rights; men and ideoogies; and final feelings and thoughts.

Keywords: Canada, ethics, God, Islam, Karachi, Pakistan, Rahaf, religion, rights, Tarek Fatah, universals.

An Interview with Tarek Fatah on God, Universals, Conversations, Rahaf, Rights, and Ethics: Columnist, Toronto Sun & Founder, Muslim Canadian Congress (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas ​Jacobsen: What does this mean for the larger conversation around a single secular public-school system?

Tarek Fatah:​ It must be. When you started with the Catholic school system, it began some of the vote banks. Then the Indians and the others started their own.

We learned that there was a subject about character building. We learned how a Muslim, a Christian, and a Jew lived together. They are no longer in Pakistan. We learned what was geography, history, mathematics, geometry, trigonometry, and, also, we had character building, where ethics and morals were taught to us.

We were supposed to write about the character. We had a thing about doing one good deed a day. It did not matter what. My patrol leader was Catholic. The real victims were the Muslims who were willing to become American aid and tanks, and money, to become the foot soldiers of the United States.

Because the Serbs did not want to fight the Soviets after Vietnam. With Afghanistan, Iran, and Pakistan have been ruined now, Iran with Khomeini, The Americans got in there. It is not as if Khomeini was with the USSR.

The Americans overthrew the elected Prime Minister Mohammad Mosaddegh. He was a socialist. It was people sitting in the House of Representatives [Laughing]. If we do not wake up, we might survive – secular democracy and liberalism, and ethics in government by humanity rather than ordered by the divine.

We can get religion as a moral compass. We can get our guidance. I am not going to get guidance necessarily. I am not a copy. I do not think God wanted me to tell people what to do in their backyard, “No pig rolls there!”

2. ​Jacobsen: Some people have an idea of an omniscient and omnipotent, omnibenevolent, and so on, being with property aseity who also needs help. Right? Who can do everything, knows everything, and needs help, as you know, the need for someone to be the police officer for him, in other words?

Fatah:​ There are enough hells on Earth, brother. If you go to the Congo, it is hell. Could it be worse than 30 million people died, and nobody noticed? Imagine a genocide as in Darfur. We had a genocide of Arabs killing African Muslims in 2005, half of a million in one year.

They wanted independence. They are eating each other up as to who is a better Christian over there. For the Christians, it means the more Western, who wears the more Western hat. I do not know about sub-Saharan Africans named Mr. Goodfellow.

Then the Sudanese wearing these hats, hunting somewhere [Laughing], as if in Northern England. It is silly. How many people have died in South Sudan due to tribalism, religion? Look at Rwanda, it was Christian versus Christian, right?

It was a genocide when Christians slaughtered Christians. Look at Bangladesh in 1991, nobody even knows now. George Harrison kept singing about Bangladesh. Ted Kennedy went there. We forget everything.

Nobody would remember the New York Madison Square, where they had the great George Harrison singing about Bangladesh. They raise millions for the children and the orphans who had been slaughtered by the Pakistanis.

A Muslim army killed 3 million Muslims [Laughing]. George Harrison sang. I do not know anyone who else did it in the Islamic world. All of them were supporting Pakistanis. So, religion’s role outside of being a moral compass makes you irrational.

There is always something about the hair and the head as very primitive. That is where the head shines. You put the cloth over the head to absorb it or show it. It is across many religions. But it is symbols of pre-science, “I can’t think. I have a headache. What if I put a piece of cloth over it? If I work in the fields of India or Punjab…”

You would cover the nose if on a camel in the desert. Why cover the nose if in Switzerland?

​Jacobsen: These become signifiers of culture and identity. 

Fatah:​ Yes, you start believing this as God’s deal. What Surah of God talks about this covering hair or nose? Imagine God like this, a God is checking, “Nuh-uh, your eyes. You squinted too hard. I am going to get you.” What about 11-year-old girls are being told that you need to cover yourself at school and the rest of the girls are sluts?

That is said to a lot of girls. “The rest of the Canadian girls are sluts.”

3. Jacobsen: Sorry to interrupt, how do we shift this conversation from where, typically, someone’s own religion is seen as universal into a situation in which humanity is seen as the universal and religion is seen as a flavour – so to speak – or the particulars of that universal?

Fatah:​ You cannot change this overnight. Muslims will be 2 billion soon. Most Muslim imams think that the more Muslims there are the better. 1 billion was not enough. So, they want 2 billion [Laughing]. The only way to do this is to separate religion and state public policy and public life.

You cannot respect someone for being stupid. He has a right. She has a right to be an idiot. You are not asking anyone to take away that right. But to fund it?! You give tax breaks to someone who is cursing Jews. Do you see this?

Can you imagine someone having a memorial for Hitler? India has memorials for Muslim invaders that destroyed their cities! I am visiting India very soon. The holiest place in India is the confluence of three rivers.

Every 12 years when Jupiter and Earth are in line; there is a festival. I have calculated that this could be my last time to visit it, as I am 70. I will 82 next time. I better visit this place now. The holiest place in Hinduism. Guess its name?

Allahabad [Laughing], they put “Allah” right in the name.

​Jacobsen: It is like Lynchburg, Virginia. To have the title “lynch” in the United States, it is dramatic.

Fatah:​  Over here, the invaders came here, took over the holiest city, named it after their God, and then said, “Anyone who changes it is against India.” Give me another example of it. So, it only stems when people either lose self-respect, which I think many Canadians are losing.

They are losing self-respect. They are embarrassed. They do not know what their parents left for them. They did not get it by working hard. Your parents’ generation is responsible for the Charter or the UN Declaration and the concept of individual liberty and the concept of the man and the woman, the respect for the child, the court system that says that you are innocent until proven guilty.

These are new things. It used to be that you are guilty until you are proven innocent. We, as a civilization, turned this around. We are tolerating a king that killed Turkey. We are calling him a reformer. A murder takes place in a sovereign country.

As soon as Trump got in, he is only a one-term president. What is going to do? It is for businesses. This is the level at which we have sunk here. Kudos to our prime minister, I am not much of a liker of the Liberals. But Trudeau gave a kick and stood up; it hurt the Saudis. I salute him for it.

There is one woman. Chrystia Freeland said, “I am getting this girl, giving her citizenship, and making sure that she has full protection. This is Canada.”

4. ​Jacobsen: How is Rahaf doing?

Fatah:​ [Laughing] She is under different imprisonment now. She is under the NGOs.

​Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Fatah:​ They do not want to say she was in trouble to denying Islam. It is punishable by death. The Canadian media said its own lies. I said, “Oh, she is against…” Because that was what they were supposed to accurately report on.

She is not coming from a battered home. They sent her to an Italian neighbourhood. On the record, I was told that she was told not to contact “bad Muslims.” Bad Muslims are Muslims like me. So, she went around. Whoever she has met has been approved by [did not get it], this is how stupid we have become.

That an Italian settlement agency is taking care of a Saudi woman who says, “There is no God. There is no Allah. I reject it.” Don’t you think it would be better if she was with some secular and liberal Muslims who understand her language, joked with her, made her comfortable?

“No, we will send her to an Italian group. This way, one or another organization will get money, social workers will get money.” I would not be surprised if Punjabi workers said, “Come here, it will make you look good.”

I told her, “Good luck, anytime you need help. We will be here. Otherwise, goodbye.” Yasmine Mohammed who is in Victoria. She and I raised $11,000 in 10 hours for Rahaf. I do not want to say some things on the record [Laughing].

She turned it down because there was no acknowledgement from anyone. We could have raised $100,000 for her. It could have gotten her through education, paid for the rental. People from Canada across the spectrum came to help her, sea to sea. They donated money to this case.

5. Jacobsen: I like hearing those type of stories across the board helps. It is showing that notion or, maybe, that value set talked about before, of religion as a particular and human needs and wants and concerns – as exemplified in December 10, 1948, Universal Declaration of Human Rights – becoming more universal, where some religious values are emergent within it.

Fatah:​ Absolutely, I think religion has a significant role to play in the individual’s life as a moral compass. It is not a license to dictate to the village.

​Jacobsen: We get these great traditions. You get the Christian tradition. You see the Song of Songs. You see the Parable of the Hypocrite. You see the Sermon on the Mount. You get the Golden Rule. You get these great guides. But we also get myths as guides.

As Margaret Atwood notes, we eventually all become stories. Our narratives are extraordinarily important to us, especially to the young.

Fatah:​ It is true. Our nursery rhymes, you should look at how Hindus, young kids. There is so much magic in their mythology. 5 or 6 years old, there are so many stories. They are wrapped in the faith without hostility to anyone. The great Buddhist Brahman clashes of the 5th century.

Now, they mesh into one syrup. Even into Islam, it is very different. We have the Hindus praying and others over there. [Laughing] It is wonderful. I am not very religious. I remember going to Delhi and seeing these guys sitting there.

There was one guy from Bangladesh who danced all day. I said, “What are you doing?” He said, “What am I doing?” He was in a trance. He did not think he was dancing. I remember one man with bells between his fingers. He was dancing.

I thought, “This is wonderful. I like this religion. This is my type of Muslim. He is not lecturing everyone.” Like, “Your knees are showing!” I think it is an answer. You can see the Catholics. In Canada, they discovered Christmas when the Europeans came. They were Christian but did not know Christmas.

So, it is breathtaking. People are Jewish. They are also in the South. It is the only place on Earth where the Jews have not been slaughtered. It is amazing. If not slaughtered, those who have been mocked with derision.

​Jacobsen: It is the similar sentiment many women went through for generations prior. It was the sort of jocular contempt [Laughing].

Fatah:​ [Laughing] I know.

6. ​Jacobsen: When we look at the literalists in every tradition or the fundamentalists in the secular and in the ideologies, most of the violent offenders, of those literalist fundamentalist interpreters of a faith, which is not necessarily an interpretation, are men.

Why are men more often attracted to these kinds of interpretations – so to speak – or these ideologies?

Fatah:​ Men and women are very different, constructed in very different ways. I just bought a book on it. The thought processes are different. The entire biologies are different. Women create people. We create a mess. They are supposed to clean it up.

Therefore, you do not have as many female warriors. They are in the business of nurturing. I am strictly speaking of biology and the neuroscience. They are wired differently; the female brain is different. You also must understand that the mobility issues for women were being locked up.

A woman could not go about a month’s travel without a problem. On a horse, probably, she had to sit cross-legged. A major development in women’s independence was the pill; I think it was the pad. I think the mobility was it. The lessened restrictedness at that time and now. Where do you go now?

There was nothing to do. This was in the 20th century. They could not do anything. Women were dependent on men. So, men have dominated and exploited and made sure that the woman does not come up. Therefore, you have polygamy, but you do not have polygyny to the same extent.

There are some places. This needs to be studied more. I am not an expert. But the main impediment in Muslim development has been, even in the Christians in this sense, polygamy, multiple wives and this means multiple heirs to the throne and multiple wars over it.

Europe, you must understand; one wife, one prince, two brothers or three brothers maximum, right? In the European empires, there were the issues of 200 princes fighting it out. I am giving you context at that level. Women, how are they subjugated? It is primarily for this reason. It will take a few hundred years for things to change.

Because this is how a gene pool happened and changed, and how certain traits were passed onto men, how we think of our sons, how we think of our daughters, and so on. Why do men go into bodybuilding? The odd woman will go to work in wrestling.

The most educated and enlightened woman still wear heels. [Laughing] Women, we saw what happened at 9/11. There were hundreds of thousands of heels left over there. The men ran and then women had to throw their stilettoes and others down, so they ran barefoot. They were impeded in running and escaping.

It is a story ongoing of dependency. It will, it will, come to a balance. In many ways, religion, the moment it goes into being a moral compass, will allow women to be free. Imagine Indian women who love to wear black shrouds voluntarily, all their lives; all their lives. That is a great challenge.

If the world cannot stand up and ban the burqa, then they are cowards.

7. Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion based on the conversation today?

Fatah:​​ I am hoping someone will listen. As a Muslim, I am Muslim. I am terrified that future generations of Muslims will not be able to fly planes. I have been in a hospital as a patient, where another patient wanted to know if the guy giving him anesthesia was a Muslim or not.

People are scared sometimes. If it comes to that, it is worrying all of us. What sort of society we have created, where there is fear on our streets, every time a woman in a hijab or a burqa is beaten up; it is a victory for the jihadis. They love it.

Because then, they can say, “You see. I told you. The white man is evil. I am hoping Canada can export its values. I look forward to both Canada, India, in some ways showing a light to the rest of the world.

8. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Tarek.

Fatah: Thank you! Take care.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Columnist, Toronto Sun; Founder, Muslim Canadian Congress.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tarek Fatah on God, Universals, Conversations, Rahaf, Rights, and Ethics (Part Two) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 15). An Interview with Tarek Fatah on God, Universals, Conversations, Rahaf, Rights, and Ethics (Part Two). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Tarek Fatah on God, Universals, Conversations, Rahaf, Rights, and Ethics (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Tarek Fatah on God, Universals, Conversations, Rahaf, Rights, and Ethics (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Tarek Fatah on God, Universals, Conversations, Rahaf, Rights, and Ethics (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Tarek Fatah on God, Universals, Conversations, Rahaf, Rights, and Ethics (Part Two)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Tarek Fatah on God, Universals, Conversations, Rahaf, Rights, and Ethics (Part Two)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Tarek Fatah on God, Universals, Conversations, Rahaf, Rights, and Ethics (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tarek Fatah on God, Universals, Conversations, Rahaf, Rights, and Ethics (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Writing and Documentary Filmmaking (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,642

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Gita Sahgal is the Executive Director, Centre for Secular Space. She discusses: becoming involved in writing and documentary filmmaking; and secularism and Islamism. 

Keywords: Centre for Secular Space, documentary, filmmaking, Gita Sahgal, secularism, writing.

An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Writing and Documentary Filmmaking: Executive Director, Centre for Secular Space (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*This interview edited for clarity and readability. Some information may be incorrect based on audio quality.*

*This interview was conducted November 13, 2016.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you become involved in writing and documentary filmmaking?

Gita Sahgal: I joined a film company in the mid-80s. People thought it was a tourism program. However, it was radical or Left-wing Progressive in the old sense. It is African and Asians producing a black current affairs program. In Britain, I should say, a lot of Asian people call themselves black as part of the broader black movement. Asians tend to refer to East Asians in America. However, in Britain, Asian refers to South Asians, as in Bangladeshis, Indians, Pakistanis, Sri Lankans, by origin, and so on.

They tend to use black as a solidarity term with the black movement. There were a bunch of autonomous organizations that started in the late 70s and early 80s. I was already part of Southall Black Sisters when I was part of this

his television program called Bangdam Files. It was run by a famous Trotskyite who is now appalling on the War on Terror. He was then a very progressive Pakistani who had his hay day in Vienna and the bombing of Vietnam.

We brought together various left-wing groups and a publishing company called Bercer. He had gotten together with another black activist, who had come from left-wing black tradition. That had come out of various confrontations with police.

It was an incredibly exciting time to be an activist on television. Channel 4 is a strange British mix. It is funded commercially. It had a charter with the government. That said it had to deal with minority interests and other issues – a minority in the widest way.

It had very exciting films and obscure documentaries, which were artistically challenging as well as not being straight documentary coverage Documentary filmmaker from all over the world – including North America – looked to Channel 4 to make films with funding – films the way they wanted.

They had films with different takes on things, e.g. feminism, LGBT activism, black things, and so on. Before that, the work was very basic, how to settle into British life. Somehow, we all the sudden had this program that dealt with police violence.

We had investigative stories. One of the first things that it did was an investigation into the influence on Hindu Right and being treated as a cultural group and being given money by labour councils from all over London.

In fact, it is a story still going on. Now, it is the Muslim Right. Under multiculturalism, it is treated as a cultural group and the given money like Labour councils all over London and other places.

Fundamentalist groups have been given money by local councils for ages. We exposed it with the Hindu Right in 1986. Something like that I started by reading the news. I did not want to be doing that, but the job was available.

Then I became a researcher and became a director. Later, I went freelance and became a director and producer and so on. I did these amazing stories on racism in employment. Police racism with the beating of a young man who turned up in prison with a concussion.

The police and prison authorities helped each other. Nobody would have admitted to having been caught in that state. We had a lot of run-ins. We could not go into areas with riots, where the police said that these were no-go areas.

But we went into these areas because we were the people. I did stuff on racism in employment and work practices with Heathrow strikes and other things like women’s rights. I did things on dowry murders in India.

The revival of the practice of Sati that is killing women all over with putting the women on the pyre of the deceased husband. Then later, when the Rushdie affair broke, I was still working with Bangdo. It was public.

There were some rumblings in India and elsewhere. It found its way to Britain from there. There were people marching on the streets in Britain. We started formulating it. I did an interview with Rushdie. I did a program called [… Satanic Verse]. That went out on the 14th of February, which was on the night of the fatwa.

Nobody knew it would grow that large and that bad [Laughing]. I chose passages for Rushdie to read. I was talking to the director. One of that passages I chose was in the Satanic Verses in which a character he jokes about this Khomeini-type character about this stopping history and a blood tide.

The director said, “I do not understand this passage” I said, “We’ve got to have this! This is crucial.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Sahgal: He had no idea what we were up against. It is up on YouTube. Then we did another a few months later, which started being directed by someone else and then I took it over. It was on a demonstration supporting Rushdie. 40 women were protesting and supporting Rushdie against 20,000.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Sahgal: So, I wasn’t filming at that point. As I said, I wasn’t the director. The film was very much about racism, I think. I made a film about secular values and feminism, and secularism, in relation to the Rushdie affair. I did two big films there. I worked with independent filmmakers in India on films.

I worked on various other things. I continued to work on several major films in Britain, which broke new ground, politically. One major film, which became part of a campaign, was about women who kill their husbands because of domestic violence. That was the first done in Britain about that issue.

There had been issues done about this in America. There were several cases. We focused on Kiranjit. He was an old man in jail. We followed their stories. Southall Black Sisters, which I was a part of, campaigned to get her out. Absolutely against the odds, we were able to re-open the case. We had no legal aid.

In Britain, there is no automatic right to appeal, so she was already in jail. It was completely hopeless. Partly because of the film and partly because of intense legal work was mainly done by Southall Black Sisters, we found a way to force the case open.

It became case law. Her sentence was squashed. Then it was sent back to retrial, and then a new retrial. It made case law, changing the law of provocation. That was incredibly exciting work, to be a part of that campaign and being fortunate enough to be through a film and get the work done.

Another central on was called The War Crimes File. It is on YouTube. That was about three British men who were from Bangladesh, who we found were being involved with either issuing fatwas or death squads in Bangladesh, or leading lynch mobs.

The extraordinary thing about that. One of those three now died. The other two rose to high positions in Britain, even though the material was handed to the police. A lot of the films I have done have underlying human rights arguments, not just underlying and even up front. What are these men doing?

They should have been tried under British law of war crimes, which allows for extraterritorial jurisdiction. Some crimes are so serious. Even if they have been committed abroad, they can be tried in the country that they are in now.

So, Britain in this case; some countries have broad definitions like Belgium, but Britain is quite narrow. We tried because we felt at least one could be prosecuted. But there was no political appetite to do that.

One man involved in death squads and taking people to torture centers was eventually convicted in absentia in the tribunal set up in Bangladesh. The film eventually became part of a movement for justice and accountability.

I believe, it became the most popular issue around war crimes that ever existed anywhere in the world. You may not know about it because no one talks about it abroad. There was a film made in the last few years.

The other film was made much more recently with larger international news, which led to huge discussions about genocidal killings in Indonesia in the 60s. I think my film made in the mid-90s was that equivalent.

It energized a movement within Bangladesh. It is interesting to me for people to talk about terrorism, Islam, and Islamic terrorism, but they pay no attention to popular movements against it. None. The whole counter-extremism exercise is totally divorced from where people are.

Not much government backing or help. That movement that I have been a part of has had a lot of problems. I do not believe in the death penalty. But I think they arrested the right people who were the leaders of the Dawateislami.

It was a fundamentalist group acting alongside the Pakistan army, which was the main people who are killing civilians. We do not know how many. We do not have the figures, but thousands of people. 10 million refugees fled.

These are killings on the scale of Syria now, even the refugee crisis was even bigger. The US was backing the Pakistani government. I am trying to shut down this thing. There was a guerilla war with the people in the Bangladesh army.

The government that came to power had a huge democratic landing. Unlike Syria, which went on for four years or something, there was a humanitarian intervention by India, which the elected government got out of the country and ended the slaughter.

Many refugees went back. So, it is an amazing history that is not told. People do not remember it when they talk about Syria or anything. My small part is to be part of this investigative film with these people in Bangladesh and the people who have families killed by the fundamentalists.

People who helped us dig out and find people to interview and who are witnesses. We found journalists and other people who have been eyewitnesses at the time. This was in the mid-90s when there was no political appetite for it.

Later, a friendlier government got elected into power and, as a result, it is never only one thing. However, the film became part of a Campaign in Bangladesh. The government came to power on a promise that they would set up a war crimes tribunal. That is an extraordinary thing. How seldom that happens in history, people get away with murder and governments do not want to take it all up.

Because it can cause a backlash. That backlash against the Bangladeshi bloggers is a big issue. The reason for the backlash is because they were atheists. So, a lot of them were caught up in the movement.

It was an accident when the help came when it did. The War Crimes Files was in the 90s. It was my last big work. After that, I did some other smaller work. I write, occasionally. I have never been able to make a living from writing. I went into Amnesty International for several years.

I was doing policy work rather than writing work. The writing has been quite intermittent, but important to me in talking about issues of fundamentalism. It speaks to fundamentalism. Two people, including myself, wrote something called Holy Rollers, which is available online.

Women Living Under Muslim Rule published an online version of it. That became a point for people to discuss fundamentalism in religions. It has been always important to me to look across religion and not simply at one threat.

2. Jacobsen: I want to touch on something when you talked 1986 and doing an expose on fundamentalist Hindu sectors of the population. You mentioned the reaction to it. What was the reaction to it? Does this reflect a lot of the exposes occurring, and ongoing now, about some fundamentalist Muslims sects with Britain, for instance?

Gita Sahgal: I think the reaction is a lot worse, a lot worse, but a lot of people who are more prominent in the fundamentalist sects get death threats like the activists from the Muslim fundamentalists. If on email, then by email; if on Twitter, then on Twitter.

We have interviewed a person who became the mayor of London. He becomes infamous for being a Holocaust denier and embracing Shayk Qaradawi of the Muslim Brotherhood and hanging out with Hamas and Hezbollah.

It was more Jeremy Corbyn. However, he embraced Qaradawi. He gave him a platform and engaged him on a platform. When we interviewed him about the Hindu right, we did not know that they were fascists. We were mistaken [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Sahgal: He knows what he was doing. They continue to do it. That was pretty much what has happened in Britain since then. The Islamist groups get exposed and then they do not back off. They go online.

They have a lot of supporters in parliament and continue doing what they are doing [Laughing].

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Executive Director, Centre for Secular Space.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Writing and Documentary Filmmaking (Part One) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 15). An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Writing and Documentary Filmmaking (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Writing and Documentary Filmmaking (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Writing and Documentary Filmmaking (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Writing and Documentary Filmmaking (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Writing and Documentary Filmmaking (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Writing and Documentary Filmmaking (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Writing and Documentary Filmmaking (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Gita Sahgal on Writing and Documentary Filmmaking (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/sahgal-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence Research, Evolutionary Biology, and IQ Gains and Advanced Moral Views (Part One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,330

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ is an Emeritus Professor of Political Studies at the University of Otago in Dunedin, New Zealand. He discusses: current intelligence research; evolutionary biology; and the correlation between IQ gains and the advanced moral views.

Keywords: evolutionary biology, intelligence, IQ, James Flynn, morals, political studies.

An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence Research, Evolutionary Biology, and IQ Gains and Advanced Moral Views: Emeritus Professor, Political Studies, University of Otago in Dunedin, New Zealand (Part One)[1],[2],[3]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let us start from the current empirics of intelligence research. What are the overall findings now? What is the consensus of the field, if there is one?

Professor James Flynn: One of the consensuses of the field is one that I will not explore, that is, the relationship of intelligence to brain physiology. People seem to be inventing all sorts of wonderful new tools to investigate the brain beyond magnetic resonance imaging and see what type of thought processes are going on, and that should be extremely illuminating.

Obviously, cognition has a physiological basis. If we have illusions as to just what the physiological basis of certain cognitive abilities are, they certainly need correcting.

As to other areas of research, many people are not sufficiently sophisticated about the phenomenon of IQ gains over time. They do not seem to entirely grasp its significance and its limitations.

For example, the fact that people are better at generalization often produces a rise in moral reasoning. If you talked to my grandfather about race, he had certain fixed racial mores. But if you take a young person today, they are more flexible. If you ask, “Should you be underprivileged because your skin is black?”, and then ask, “What if your skin turned black?”, they would see the point. You must render your moral principles logically consistent.

They would not do what my father would do. He would say, “That is the stupidest thing I have ever heard of. Who do you know whose skin turned black?” He would not take a hypothetical seriously, or the demands it entails for logical consistency. And once you concede that sheer “blackness” does not count, you would have to list personal traits that made someone worthy of persecution. That immediately gets you down to individuals as individuals, not individuals as a member of a particular race.

In my lifetime; students are less subject to racist and sexist stereotypes. That has had a good deal to do with the nature of the IQ gains over time, our ability to take hypothetical situations seriously, our ability to generalize and to see moral maxims as things that ought to have some type of universal applicability, rather than be just a tribal inheritance.

2. Jacobsen: Does a modern understanding of evolutionary biology help with this?

Flynn: They do not need anything as sophisticated as that. However, in saying that people today are better at moral assessments, I may give a false impression. Because they do need basic knowledge about the world and its history. You can have a very enlightened point of view towards social justice, and you can be free of racial stereotypes and yet, you can be colossally ignorant. All recent studies show that Americans are reading less and are less aware of how nations and their histories differ.

I emphasize this point in several of my books such as The Torchlight List and More Torchlight Books. People are surrounded by the babble of the media, Fox News and even CBS News. They are surrounded by the rhetoric of politicians. When people reach false conclusions about what ought to be done, it is often just sheer lack of the background knowledge that will allow them to put their egalitarian ideals to work.

Remember how America was talked into going into Iraq. This was not to wreak devastation on Iraqis, it was going to help Iraqis. This was going to give them a modern, stable society. Put that way, it sounds very good, does it not?

All people would have had to do would have been to have read one book on the Middle East, like Robert Fisk’s The Great War for Western Civilisation. They would have found that no Western power that sent troops into the Middle East has had a credit balance. They have always managed to get more people killed than would have been killed otherwise, and when they left, they left behind nations that had to “nation build” themselves, like every other nation in history.

I have often used an example that any properly educated person would think of immediately. That is The Thirty Years’ War in Germany (1618-1648), between Catholic and Protestant. It killed off half of the population. Let us imagine that a Turkish sultan, who in 1618, looked at Germany and said, “Look at how these Catholics and Protestants are torturing each other. Surely if I go in with a Turkish army, I can punish the wicked ones who do the most drawing and quartering, and I can reward the people who are more tolerant, and I will teach Catholic and Protestant to live to together in a nation-built Germany.”

We can all see the absurdity of this. But we can’t see the absurdity of a “benevolent” America sending an army into the Middle East to punish the bad guys and help the good guys, and make Sunnis and Shias love one another and nation build together.

The Thirty Years’ war also teaches us a lesson about Israel’s policy in the Middle East. What was Cardinal Richelieu’s policy from1618 to 1648? He said, “I am a Frenchman first, and a Catholic second. What I am going to do is meddle in this war and whoever is losing, I will back. I want these wars to go on forever. The more dead Germans, Catholic or Protestant, the better for France.”

This foreshadows Israel’s stand about the wars that rage in the Middle East. Israel believes that the Arabs will never accept them. It will always have to be stronger than the Arab nations to defend itself, and the weaker and the more divided the Arabs the better. This, of course, has nothing to do with the interests of American foreign policy. America must be talked into creating chaos in the Middle East so as “to do good”.

America is going through a trauma now. We backed Saudi Arabia against Iran, and now it turns out that Saudi Arabia is at least as wicked as Iran, killing people by the millions in Yemen. It still lops people’s hands off for theft. The women who pioneered against the restrictions on driving are all in jail. Until recently the Shiite population could not have cellars because they were suspected of conducting filthy rites down there.

Americans do not know enough to assess either US or Israeli policy. The average person’s “knowledge” is limited to what they are told. They may be well-meaning. But they are told that Saddam Hussein is a tyrant. They meet exiles who dress like Westerners and look like themselves. These exiles use the language of democracy and free speech. However, their real goal is to get back into power in Iraq and their only hope of that is American intervention.

Academics are fixated on whether the 21st Century will see IQ gains or IQ losses. The real question for the 21st century is whether we can produce a better-educated population. The odds seem to be all against it.

I have a book coming out this year called In Defense of Free Speech: The University as Censor. More and more of America’s students lack either the knowledge or the critical intelligence to come to terms with the modern world. There is nothing the matter with our hearts but the problem is our heads.

If anyone had told me, 50, 60 years ago, when I began lecturing, that we would double the number of university graduates, and have a smaller elite of well-educated critics of our time, I would say that was insane. But all the studies show that adults today read less serious literature, less history than they did 30 or 40 years ago, that they are at least as ignorant of the same basic facts as they were 30 or 40 years ago.

To some degree, America is a special case – it is strange beyond belief. In other countries, people may not be well-educated. But few of them have an alternative view of the world that challenges science and makes education almost impossible. About 35 percent of Americans are raised in a way that provides them with a kind of world view that makes them suspicious of science.

At least in France, over one-third of people do not believe that the solar system began ten thousand years ago, that dinosaurs and human beings existed at the same time, and that if one species differs from another it was because God designed them that way.

This world-view was typical in many nations in the late 19th century. Take Britain: people were enraged by Darwin and thought their next-door neighbour was going to hell because they didn’t baptize their kids correctly. But slowly this world view faded in Britain, and Canada, and Australia, and England, and Spain, and Portugal. People who thought of modern science as an enemy, and had this 19th-century perspective, began to disappear.

What the hell happened to America? It is as if a third of the population was taken to Mars, and then came back a hundred years later, and their minds had been in a refrigerator. That is a terrible burden America must carry: about a third of its population has a world view that makes them systematically opposed to learning and critical intelligence.

3. Jacobsen: How much is there a correlation between IQ gains and the advanced moral views that you mentioned before?

Flynn: That is hard to tell. I am only familiar with data within the US. The mean IQ is lower in the South than in states like Minnesota, or like Massachusetts. Despite the preaching of the Southern Baptists and Southern Methodists about the value of fundamentalist Christianity, you have more murder, rape, and early pregnancies than you have up north.

You find a correlation that as IQ rises, people have what I would call more enlightened moral judgment. But you must look at all the confounding variables. Ever since the Civil War, the South has been in a state of schizophrenia. Of course, it is a less prosperous part of the nation. It is a more rural part of the nation. It is a more religious part of the nation. How is one to pick out the causes here? I suspect that thanks to IQ gains over time, some kids raised as Southern Baptists, have learned to be skeptical and to think for themselves. But why has the number been so small?

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Emeritus Professor, Political Studies, University of Otago in Dunedin, New Zealand.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[3] Image Credit: James Flynn.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence Research, Evolutionary Biology, and IQ Gains and Advanced Moral Views (Part One) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 8). An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence Research, Evolutionary Biology, and IQ Gains and Advanced Moral Views (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence Research, Evolutionary Biology, and IQ Gains and Advanced Moral Views (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence Research, Evolutionary Biology, and IQ Gains and Advanced Moral Views (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence Research, Evolutionary Biology, and IQ Gains and Advanced Moral Views (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence Research, Evolutionary Biology, and IQ Gains and Advanced Moral Views (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence Research, Evolutionary Biology, and IQ Gains and Advanced Moral Views (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-one

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence Research, Evolutionary Biology, and IQ Gains and Advanced Moral Views (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Emeritus Professor James Robert Flynn, FRSNZ on Intelligence Research, Evolutionary Biology, and IQ Gains and Advanced Moral Views (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/flynn-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Generational Differences of Professional Women (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,892

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Sarah Lubik is the Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & Innovation Concentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship. She discusses: a glass ceiling; generational differences; and large amounts of funding.

Keywords: Canada, entrepreneurship, generational differences, innovation, professional women, Sarah Lubik, SFU, technology.

An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Generational Differences of Professional Women: Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & InnovationConcentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As you mentioned about five to ten minutes ago, the glass ceiling was not an issue for you. It was something that didn’t necessarily come up.

Dr. Sarah Lubik: Oh! It wasn’t something I was introduced to growing up. But I wouldn’t say it was not an issue. I was lucky because I grew up with two sisters, a strong mother and a supportive father. Our family motto might also well have been: “Give ‘em hell.”

Because that’s all we got told when we got dropped off in the morning. So, there was never an issue of not being able to do anything. It was almost taken for granted that we could do whatever we wanted to and should, having a family that was hugely supportive.

A number of my female relatives were also mentors, not necessarily in business, but in how they live. They set examples. It was a culture in my family of being whatever you want. That importance of culture is actually something guiding how we are setting up the programs at SFU.

Even the work that I’m doing now with the federal government, culture might be one of the most important areas we can work on to build a more entrepreneurial society. If you have that culture and resilience, that drive, there is a feeling of security even when bad things may happen around us. That we can handle it.

I was lucky to have grown up with those mentors and that culture, but, when I moved away, that was the first time people just assumed I was my boss’ assistant.” The first time that happened I was shocked.

That was one of my first run-ins with that kind of experience, far from the last, but I didn’t experience a lot of that here. If I can make one more note there, still; I’m lucky and I’m aware of it. Even other women growing up on the west coast at the same time as me have experienced far worse.

And it’s still a challenge.

Jacobsen: Right, it’s one of those things where the trend line is clear, but individually it’s different.

Lubik: The trend line is clear: lots of strong role models. It’s one of some things that I experienced a lot of, but also, my co- my first co-op job was for a company run by women. The job working with SFU, MIT and Cambridge, was working with a strong, impressive woman here in SFU.

The woman I went to work with in Cambridge is also a powerhouse. It’s not all women, had a fantastic gentleman at MIT, but I didn’t spend much time with him. So I did have strong females all the way through.

2. Jacobsen: In the larger perspective, as we have what seems to be a complicated situation with two trend lines, one as we’ve discussed, which is the glass ceiling more seen in previous generations but still seen in current generations for women in, for instance, undergraduate education.

I’ll keep that there: the glass ceiling identified by women in previous generations.

Now, as you’re not only teaching, but you’re also mentoring, I suspect that you’re mentoring people that have had post-undergraduate training. There is in many developed nations more young women in undergraduate training than young men, as they are graduating, as far as I know, with higher honors, better grades, and at higher rates than their male cohort peers.

What seems to be going on there is not necessarily any glass ceiling, of course, it’s more of a motivational ceiling.

Since you have more of an on-the-ground, or your finger-on-the-pulse, interaction with youth in terms of their undergraduate training, does that seem to reflect another trend?

Lubik: So, what I can speak to is my own program at SFU, specifically around entrepreneurship and tech entrepreneurship. I’ve found about 50/50, male and female, in the first, 200-level, entrepreneurship class.

What used to happen was that, in my second and third year entrepreneurship classes, we have about one-third female. When you got to the higher levels, it was usually closer to a quarter. So, while the original trend of women at least having the same graduation level, et cetera, as men is fair enough.  What I was seeing in entrepreneurship was still fewer women going into it; however, that trend might be reversing. My most recent classes had much higher percentages of women, and some of the new tech and social innovation companies being formed do seem to have more women in them, which is encouraging to see.

This might also have to do with role models. When SFU’s early stage incubator came under my portfolio, we immediately increased the number of female mentors to make sure everyone has those role models. There is literature that points to role models being important for career choice. Then if you don’t see an entrepreneurial woman as a young woman, you might be less likely to enter entrepreneurship period.

I’ve been told there is this feeling in a lot of entrepreneurship spaces that this is still a “boys’ club” or because it’s most men, women feel less welcome. which can be off-putting. So, my experience has been that there’s work to do to do in entrepreneurship to make sure that it is an environment that is welcoming to everyone.

We’ve seen from research that women make excellent entrepreneurs, and have some natural or socialized traits like being able to make a connection across different disciplines, building relationships, and so on, that are beneficial in that environment.

These kinds of fields are where women could and do excel, but these aren’t fields that they get into as often as we’d like to see. That said, we’re seeing a rise in women in entrepreneurship at SFU since we’ve started to focus more on social innovation and entrepreneurship in all faculties, including arts, health science.  We also get a good percentage, higher than the national average, in our commercialization programs. That’s very encouraging and it’s better for the community, bringing in lots of diverse views and skills.

It comes back to culture. If you feel like are welcome and valued, and you can see people to look up to, you’re more likely to come and more likely to stay there.

Jacobsen: If those programs aren’t set up to capture that domain of interest for particular entrepreneurs and innovators, Canada does lose out in the long run in that particular domain because we lose out on those innovators and entrepreneurs. Their talent and skills and interest.

Lubik: Absolutely! It’s a conversation that’s being had incredibly publicly right now. The value of diversity. In a lot of other ways, having those different perspectives is key to innovation because innovation happens when new ideas collide. An excellent way to have high quality innovation is to have a whole bunch of people who don’t think like each other in one room.

So, making sure that you always have a different perspective is incredibly valuable, there is research that says companies with more diverse boards and leadership teams are more successful, whether it’s men and women, or whether it’s people from different backgrounds.

That said, it can also be more challenging. You have to spend more time developing empathy and understanding, and realizing the different interpretations or ideas people give might not be what you’re used to. But at the same time that leads to a much stronger performance It leads to far more innovation.

3. Jacobsen: I believe we both know the quote from Prime Minister Trudeau, where “Diversity is Canada’s Strength.” So, it’s reflected in commentary from the highest office in the land, and as you’ve recently earned a ten-million-dollar gift to look at innovation at large.

Can you describe a little bit about what that’s about and where you’re currently exploring its implementation?

Lubik: It’s a ten-million-dollar philanthropic gift that Charles Chang, the alumni of SFU Beedie who founded Vega, the vegan nutrition company. He gave that to the university specifically around fostering the entrepreneurial mindset in all of our students across SFU.

The core of the idea is to support entrepreneurship education across all of SFU.  So the Chang Institute is the interdisciplinary home for entrepreneurship mindset creation. Through the Institute, Beedie, in partnership with all of our other faculties can support entrepreneurship from before students even get here, working with high schools and elementary schools, to bringing together programs and faculty from all disciplines to develop and support programs, to working early stage incubation at Venture Connection and SFU’s social innovation lab and accelerator, RADIUS.  The collaborative approach is getting us known as a leader across Canada, and farther.

Because we’re much stronger together. We’ve come together around four core values: interdisciplinary learning, teams, social impact and experiential education: making sure that our students have hands on experience working and making a difference in the real world.

So we make them leave the classroom almost immediately, getting out and meeting people, experts and possible users in the community, learning what is really needed. That’s fantastic.

We also created, with this funding and some other funding for the provincial government a paid team entrepreneurship co-op. Also a very rare program.

This is a competitive award that allows students or student teams who have an idea they want to take forward, the ability to focus on just that for a semester. They each get a ten-thousand-dollar award, co-op credit, space in the early stage incubator and mentorship in bi-weekly mentorship sessions.

Not having to choose between dropping these fantastic ideas, putting them on the back burner, and getting a job, makes perfect sense in an entrepreneurial school.  We give scholarships to athletic and academic students so they can focus, why not entrepreneurs?

We have also been doing some research on where entrepreneurship is actually coming from in universities.

The short story is that university entrepreneurship and literature around university entrepreneurship until recently focused on first technology transfer, and by that I mean getting intellectual property and research out of the university out, then commercializing it somehow, often through being licensed to companies to integrate into what they do.

Then there is also a fascination with the rockstar scientist, or this idea that you can build an award-winning scientist into an entrepreneur, which has become interesting as people look at places like Cambridge, MIT and Stanford.

It may make sense there, but it’s an unrealistic model in a lot of places because most university systems are set up to reward academics for publishing research and teaching, not spinning off your work into companies. If someone is working toward a successful career in academia and publishing, then stopping all of that to start a business, isn’t usually going to make it have a sense.

So, more recent literature looked at: “Then where should we place our bets?” One of the answers was “We should put them on science and tech grad students.” They are deeply familiar with research, and sadly, we don’t have enough jobs in academia

All people who get a Ph.D. aren’t necessarily going to be professors. So, they’re going to need those transferable skills. And, ideally, there is a great opportunity for someone to take that knowledge out of the university.

For that reason, Professor Elicia Maine, that SFU researcher who was my mentor, started a program here at SFU called Invention to Innovation, which is also supported by the new institute.

That’s where our grad students, postdocs, and even some professors, as well as industry researchers use their own research in the case studies developed commercialization skills, with guidance from thought leaders, professors and serial entrepreneurs.

In that program, one of the things you also see is this mindset shift from the way you think about what you’re going to do in the lab and how you go through research, and toward how you see opportunities for getting thing into the world. For example, what problems you could solve with this how you deal with relationships, users, etc.

Jumping back to the research, I thought, “Why are researchers stopping at science and tech grads? Is entrepreneurship not coming from other faculties, too?”

To put it another way, “Where is the university entrepreneurship is coming from? Is it being tracked?” University entrepreneurship is often measured through technology transfer, as if you count the spin-off companies taking forward research and you can count the patent licensed to companies.

Traditionally, that’s how you tell it whether you’re successful or not as an entrepreneurial university. Usually with some measure of either revenue is coming back to the university or company-created per research dollar or something to that effect.

That is pretty narrow. The research we’ve been doing more has been looking at where such university entrepreneurship is coming from by looking right across the university. It is coming from absolutely everyone. We found people creating companies in every faculty, including undergrads, faculty and staff. Which just makes sense, opportunities can be found everywhere. And in programs like ours where you to start teaching entrepreneurship early, especially if you teach it in a real world way, then you see students who are serial entrepreneurs before they’ve even graduated.

So, the outcome of that is that if you want an entrepreneurial culture you should be focusing as early in the education as possible, and you should be looking at everyone.

Changing those that mindsets early and make those resources and programs available as soon as students get to school or even through high school partnerships, then, by virtue, no matter what students do after that, grad school, jobs, etc, they’re looking for those real-world applications and opportunities.

These are skills to take them further. So, what that suggests is, maybe, depending on what entrepreneurial university you want to be, your focus might be different. If you want to just focus on getting research out through companies and licenses, that’s one thing.  If you want everyone to be able to think like an entrepreneur, that’s more our style. It also means your strategies are going to be different: where you put your resources, how you build your community, how you build your systems.  Hence the very inclusive programs and research at the new institute.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & Innovation Concentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Beedie School of Business, Simon Fraser University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Generational Differences of Professional Women (Part Two) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 8). An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Generational Differences of Professional Women (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Generational Differences of Professional Women (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Generational Differences of Professional Women (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Generational Differences of Professional Women (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Generational Differences of Professional Women (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Generational Differences of Professional Women (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-two

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Generational Differences of Professional Women (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Generational Differences of Professional Women (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on the Work of the Freedom From Religion Foundation (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,929

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Annie Laurie Gaylor is the Co-President of the Freedom From Religion Foundation. She discusses: recent victories; notable cases; and women’s rights.

Keywords: Annie Laurie Gaylor, Co-President, Freedom From Religion Foundation, women’s rights.

An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on the Work of the Freedom From Religion Foundation: Co-President, Freedom From Religion Foundation (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What have been the recent victories?

Annie Laurie Gaylor: We entered the year with a court victory. It was an affirmation by the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals last weeks, that refused to hear a petition for an en banc review. A decision by the Ninth Circuit, earlier this fall, in our favour, with a very firm victory against school board prayer, a lot of devotions and prayer by Chino Valley school district in California where the prayer and religious ritual made the school board meeting opening seem more like a church, more like a revival.

We had had some complaints. When we filed our lawsuit, with just two or three plaintiffs, we were contacted by dozens of parents, and people in the school district who were upset with the practice, to the point where we had 20 plaintiffs.

This is a school district near Los Angeles. The school board had been taken over basically by a megachurch. We trounced them at the federal level, and then we won at the Ninth Circuit, and then the school board asked a whole panel to review it, and so the victory that we had at the end of the year was that they would not take the petition for rehearing, which affirmed our strong decision in our favour.

The school board had voted to take this case to the Supreme Court but we’re glad to report that at the midterm elections, several the school board members that were part of the megachurch were defeated. There’s going to be a meeting next week about whether they will appeal. We’re hoping that they will drop the case, which has already cost the community over $200,000. [Postscript: The U.S. Supreme Court refused to hear the school board appeal and this case is a final victory.]

Jacobsen: Holy smokes.

Gaylor: For our costs. That doesn’t include their costs. It doesn’t include our extra-legal costs for the en banc review petition. That was very expensive even before that we had another victory earlier in December.

The other victory that we had was at the end of the year. We thought we were ending already on a very high note. An appeals court in West Virginia sided with us over a continuation of a very strong lawsuit against a bible class in the schools in Mercer County, West Virginia. This was where very small children, starting at first grade, were being indoctrinated in a fundamentalist Bible curriculum.

Among the curriculum items was something that said to the children, “Imagine how much fun Adam and Eve must have had sliding down the neck of a brontosaurus in the garden of Eden,” so it was creationist as well as fundamentalist. Just appalling.

When we filed the lawsuit, they suspended the classes, but then they refused to put anything in writing that they wouldn’t bring the classes back. Yet, when we continued our lawsuit, they said that our plaintiff did not have standing to sue, so although we had a victory, we had stopped the classes, we were very concerned that they could bring them back. We were concerned, also, with the legal standing that our plaintiff hadn’t been injured.

So, we appealed that to the federal Appeals Court and they strongly agreed with US, and the plaintiff who the school district said didn’t have the right to sue. She was a mother who had had to pull her child out of the school district and go to a different district in order to avoid the religious classes, and there had already been regular bullying that the child had received until she made that decision.

There was a CBS news program, a national program, about it, where they were interviewing a little girl who was talking about how bad it wasif children didn’t take the class. It was obvious what a bad environment this was and how wrong it was. Religion in schools builds walls between children and it’s wrong to proselytize other people’s children in a public-school district.

That case goes back to the federal court, where we hope that we’ll get the school district to go on record that they will not resume these classes.

2. Jacobsen: Are there any other cases that either come to mind or should be noted for the record?

Gaylor: Yes. We won a unanimous decision by the New Jersey Supreme Court in our favour this past year, saying the taxpayer money couldn’t be raided to repair houses of worship. This was a case in the state court in New Jersey. We had lost at the county level, and then it got appealed immediately to the state supreme court, and every single one of them agreed with us. This was where hundreds of thousands of dollars had been used to repair ongoing houses of worship. It was very bad use of taxpayer money.

That’s where the county that we’re suing had appealed to the US Supreme Court. We were represented by Erwin Chemerinsky, who is one of the most distinguished law professors in the United States. We’re very pleased to have him on our side, and pleased that this spring the Supreme Court turned back the appeal.

This had been closely watched for various reasons, because there was a bad decision by the Supreme Court negating state constitutional language barring tax funds going to churches. Our case hinged on the very strict language in the New Jersey state’s constitution, and we’re delighted our side has prevailed.

We have yet another victory at the Appeals Court in the Eleventh Circuit, which is in Atlanta, in a case involving a very large cross in a city park in Pensacola, Florida. We won that last year at the district level, and then we won it at the appeals court level this year, but they were very begrudging decisions in which the judges outright said that they only were ruling in our favour because the precedent forced them to.

Then they wanted the supreme court to overturn precedent against Christian crosses on government property. So, this is a little bit alarming. We are seeing an emboldened judiciary, that the religious right on the judiciary, of course, are emboldened and this is even before we had the latest appointment to the US Supreme Court, which is given the religious right a majority.

It’s very odd. We’re seeing pages and pages where they’re ruling in our favour, and then they’re saying why they wish they didn’t have to. The Appeals Court did that, the Eleventh Circuit did that. The other side, Pensacola with aid of a Christian legal group, is asking the Supreme Court to take our case, but nothing’s happened yet. They haven’t definitively said no, and this could go on for quite a while. We’re watching that one carefully.

That’s quite a concern because we don’t have a supreme court that we think is very friendly right now, but we do think these cases will not be heard by the Supreme Court. We think we will hold onto these rights now.

This year we won at the appeals court level in Lehigh County, Pennsylvania, where they have a cross on the city seal, and then the city seal is used on the flag at the airport. It’s used on letterhead and stationery. It’s very ubiquitous in the county. It’s not just a seal that nobody sees. It has a cross in the middle of it. We’ve won that case.

We won it at the appeals level, and then, when the Supreme Court accepted a different case, not our case, a cross case, it’s been put on hold. The other side is asking the Supreme Court to do something and it’s all just in limbo right now. That case is the Bladensburg case in Virginia. That’s the case by the American Humanist Association, where it’s a large cross that was termed a war memorial. It used to be on private property.

That case is going to be decided by the Supreme Court. FFRF briefed it with several other groups. We have a pro bono representation by a law firm, which we’re very pleased about, that will be writing the brief for us. That case will have a lot of impact for us.

We also won a federal court ruling in 2018 that we were very proud of, which was that Governor Abbott of Texas was found to have violated our rights when he censored our Bill of Rights “nativity display” that we put up in the capitol there in Texas, after they allowed a Christian nativity display to go up. We had a proper sponsorship by a state representative. We had members who wanted it there, and Abbott called it obscene.

I don’t know if you’re familiar with it, but it shows some of the Founding Fathers and the Statue of Liberty. It’s a cartoon. It’s whimsical. They’re gazing adoringly at a manger, which has in it the Bill of Rights. It’s the nativity of the Bill of Rights, which was adopted on December 15th, 1791, so we think that’s appropriate to put in a governmental building, whereas we don’t think Christian crosses are. But why not celebrate the Bill of Rights, which defends all of our rights?

Governor Abbott, who’s a fundamentalist Christian, termed that “obscene” and ordered it removed. In June, we won a firm ruling in our favour. Abbott, of course, is appealing this to the Fifth Circuit. It is a free speech case, and so we think we will win because we think that it’s very clear that he has discriminated. He’s shown preference for one kind of speech over another.

We have a lot of new litigation, as well, a lot of interesting litigation.

One loss that we did have was Barker v. Conroy. That’s where Dan Barker, who is co-president with me at FFRF and is a former minister, was invited by his state Representative, his US Representative, Mark Pocan to give the invocation to be a guest chaplain, they call it, before Congress, to open the house.

He was turned down. He was treated very badly by Patrick Conroy, who was the House Chaplain, who’s the Roman Catholic priest, and he kept putting stumbling blocks in the way of the request. Dan met a lot of these de facto requirements. He does have a good ordination. He was a minister. Conroy said, “You wouldn’t be able to invoke a higher power.” Dan wrote an invocation that invoked the higher power of “We the People” in The Constitution, and Conroy discriminated against him.

We sued and we lost. It’s complicated to sue Congress. We appealed to the DC Circuit. Unfortunately, the DC Appeals Court ruled against us this spring. In any case, we think it’s very important to point out how discriminatory it is that in what’s called the People’s House, an atheist cannot give the opening remarks.

This Chaplain is paid a lot of money, but his only duty is to deliver prayers, but 40% of the prayers every year are delivered by guest chaplains. It has never been done by an “out” atheist, but there have been others done by people who were not ministers and of minority religions. It certainly is a discriminatory situation against atheists and nonbelievers in the United States.

We had been winning our lawsuit against the IRS, wherein ministers of the gospel are given a housing allowance, can be paid through a housing allowance that can be deducted from their taxable income. This is a unique situation, where if you’re a minister, say your salary is $60,000, they can say $20,000 of that is for your housing expenses, so you’ll only be taxed on $40,000.

It’s an enormous benefit because, of course, tax-free dollars go a lot further, so it also benefits the churches. They don’t have to pay them as high a salary. It’s to reward ministers of the gospel for fighting godlessness, according to the Bill’s sponsor in the 1950s.

We’ve tried to fight these various ways. We’re on our fourth permutation. FFRF now pays Dan and me with a housing allowance that we are not able to claim. We asked for a refund. We weren’t given it. That gave us standing to sue. We won at a district level. We won before, but it got thrown out.

Unfortunately, this spring the Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals in Chicago, a not very favourable panel, ruled against us. We’ve been on a winning the streak, but when you count heads, or you look at the Republican versus Democratic majorities on appeals courts, it’s getting to be very ticklish to go to court.

3. Jacobsen: If we also look at what are called David versus Goliath situations post-2016 election results, how are women’s rights, especially secular women, potentially under continual threat with that emboldened fundamentalism that you were talking about before?

Gaylor: There’s no question that women’s reproductive rights are in jeopardy in the United States. Nothing’s going to happen immediately, but we saw that an anti-abortion referendum, for example, passed in November in Alabama. We see legislatures in conservative states passing anti-abortion legislation and saying outright that these are intended to go to the Supreme Court.

We’ve managed to hold firm to most of Roe. v Wade this way, but there’s no question that they are gunning for Roe v. Wade, and that we are now in a situation where the swing vote is going to a very conservative person, and we’re hoping that Chief Justice Roberts will come forward for us, because Kavanaugh was replacing Kennedy, who was firmly pro-choice. He wasn’t that great a swing vote. He didn’t usually swing the right way, but he had held firm on abortion rights. We do not expect that to be true for Kavanaugh.

But we also don’t think that anything’s going to happen immediately. There’s a lot of speculation that Supreme Court Justice Roberts is going to try to make sure that the court doesn’t take a lot of controversial cases right away, following that very controversial hearing. Of course, we are sustained by the midterm elections.

It was very exciting to see our first two Native American women, very exciting to see a much higher percentage of African American women, all the women, much more of a cross-section of America in the US House than we’ve ever had before, and a lot of that a reaction to Trump and Kavanaugh. They’re going to be fighting very hard for our rights.  I was very thrilled to see it.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Co-President, Freedom From Religion Foundation.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on the Work of the Freedom From Religion Foundation (Part One) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 8). An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on the Work of the Freedom From Religion Foundation (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on the Work of the Freedom From Religion Foundation (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on the Work of the Freedom From Religion Foundation (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on the Work of the Freedom From Religion Foundation (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on the Work of the Freedom From Religion Foundation (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on the Work of the Freedom From Religion Foundation (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-one

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on the Work of the Freedom From Religion Foundation (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Annie Laurie Gaylor on the Work of the Freedom From Religion Foundation (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/annie-laurie-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Md. Sazzadul Hoque on Personal Journey

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,177

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Md. Sazzadul Hoque is the Founder of the Council of Ex-Muslims of Bangladesh. He discusses: early life; tenets and beliefs of Islam; reaction of family to non-belief; story now; media coverage; founding the Council of Ex-Muslims of Bangladesh; overarching purpose; planned developmental stages of the council; councils; general public support; expected difficulties and risks; prominent ex-Muslims; and learning more.

Keywords: Bangladesh, blogger, Council of Ex-Muslims of Bangladesh, human rights, Md. Sazzadul Hoque.

An Interview with Md. Sazzadul Hoque on Personal Journey[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Md. Sazzadul Hoque is an exiled Bangladeshi secularist blogger, human rights activist, and atheist activist. His writing covers a wide range of issues, including religious superstition, critical thinking, feminism, gender equality, homosexuality, and female empowerment. He’s protested against blogger killings and past/present atrocities against Bangladeshi minorities by the dominant Muslim political establishment. He’s also written about government-sponsored abductions and the squashing of free speech; the systematic corruption in everyday life of Bangladeshis; and the denial of the pursuit of happiness.

In 2017, after receiving numerous threats, he was forced to leave Bangladesh out of safety concerns.

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you?

Md. Sazzadul Hoque: I grew up in a conservative religious inclined family and also the place where we used to live is one of the centers of Bangladesh fundamentalism historically. Growing up, I had an insatiable quest for knowledge always asked, why this or why that. When I was in 8th grade I was lucky to have a teacher, with whom I argued a lot about theology and the existence of God, it was He who triggered the fire in my head. Since then I could not simply keep my little mouth shut. I have been talking and running from being decapitation by the Islamist.

2. Jacobsen: How did you come to question the tenets and beliefs of Islam?

Hoque: Primarily when I was able to empathize with the minority of Bangladesh. That’s how these people are treated by a fellow human being just because they simply believe something else.

3. Jacobsen: What was the reaction of family to this non-belief?

Hoque: Violent rejection, for which I had to flee my home country. Now I do not have any communication with my immediate and distant family member or my friends.

4. Jacobsen: What has been the story on the run now? What countries have you been to now?

Hoque: To run has been bittersweet adventure, an uphill learning curve, I travel to India and Nepal so far.

5. Jacobsen: Who else has interviewed you? What publications have documented the story of yours?

Hoque: I was interviewed by

  1. Times of India
  2. The Washington Times
  3. Business Standard
  4. New Humanist
  5. Conatus News

6. Jacobsen: What triggered the need to found the Council of Ex-Muslims of Bangladesh?

Hoque: There is no unified platform for ex-Muslim in Bangladesh.

7. Jacobsen: What is the overarching purpose of Council of Ex-Muslims of Bangladesh?

Hoque: To reach the undeveloped mind who needs a little nourishment like I have received in the past.

8. Jacobsen: What will be the planned developmental stages of Council of Ex-Muslims of Bangladesh?

Hoque: Create information that is easily accessible to the people of Bangladesh in their own native language. And to create a support system and network of people who is willing to lend their hand when one is in dire need.

9. Jacobsen: How can other councils help it?

Hoque: Recognition, and help with material which they already have posted can be translated into Bangla and technical knowledge transfer so we can effectively work to propagate information we with people to see.

10. Jacobsen: How can the general public support Council of Ex-Muslims of Bangladesh?

Hoque: Unless social, political view changes general public will never openly support such council, but their support would be silent, they would be reading, they will be watching, the intent of this council is to trigger General people mind to ask questions. It is that question that would lead them to enlightenment.

11. Jacobsen: What will be the expected difficulties and risks of it?

Hoque: The difficulties are to stay alive on Facebook, the way Islamist is organizing their attack on organization for digital association is unprecedented, the difficulties are to reach the general masses, the difficulties become time tested,

12. Jacobsen: Who are prominent ex-Muslims to read and listen to now?

Hoque: There are many out there, Taslima Nasrin, Asif Mohiuddin, Susupto Pathok.

13. Jacobsen: How can others learn more about the story of you?

Hoque: Not sure how but I think it depends on my writing. If I can continue to write and write well that measure up to the test of the readers, then perhaps they will tell their friends and that is how it may reach to others.

14. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sazza.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Council of Ex-Muslims of Bangladesh.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoque; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Md. Sazzadul Hoque on Personal Journey [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoque.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 8). An Interview with Md. Sazzadul Hoque on Personal JourneyRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoque.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Md. Sazzadul Hoque on Personal Journey. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoque>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Md. Sazzadul Hoque on Personal Journey.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoque.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Md. Sazzadul Hoque on Personal Journey.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoque.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Md. Sazzadul Hoque on Personal JourneyIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoque>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Md. Sazzadul Hoque on Personal JourneyIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoque

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Md. Sazzadul Hoque on Personal Journey.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoque>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Md. Sazzadul Hoque on Personal Journey [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hoque.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Weld 5 — Complete Suite: Patois for the Demographic Categois

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Madeline Weld

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 6, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 341

Keywords: demography, Madeline Weld, patois, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Madeline Weld, B.Sc., M.S., Ph.D., is the President of the Population Institute Canada. She worked for and has retired from Health Canada. She is a Director of Canadian Humanist Publications and an editor of Humanist Perspectives.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How important is the complete suite of vernacular relevant to the patois of Demography for proper understanding of where the professionals are coming from when they say things?

Dr. Madeline Weld: It is, of course, a good thing to understand the patois on demography. But an informed layperson doesn’t have to know every term in the demographic lexicon to obtain basic ecological literacy or to understand the correlation between rapid human population growth and environmental decline. And people would be much better informed if the topic of population growth were allowed out of the closet and scientists and environmental groups, among others, became more proactive in promoting awareness of this issue.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Weld.

Image Credit: Madeline Weld.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen is the Founder of In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Weld 4 — Malthus King’s Demographic Men (and Some Women)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Madeline Weld

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 6, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 5,896

Keywords: Madeline Weld, Malthus, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Madeline Weld, B.Sc., M.S., Ph.D., is the President of the Population Institute Canada. She worked for and has retired from Health Canada. She is a Director of Canadian Humanist Publications and an editor of Humanist Perspectives.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Who else was important alongside Malthus in the history of provoking thought about demographics?

Dr. Madeline Weld: In answering this question, I’m going to list some of the better known people that someone who delves into the population field is likely to encounter. In fact, some of the names (e.g., Paul Ehrlich, Club of Rome) are likely to be familiar to people who don’t know much about the subject.

But I want to give a shout out to those whose names are unknown who are helping people and doing something about population growth. These are the front line workers such as teachers, health care workers, and non-governmental organizations who provide family planning services where they are needed and might otherwise not be available. The International Planned Parenthood Federation and Marie Stopes International are two organizations that come to mind (and we owe a lot to Margaret Sanger, who founded Planned Parenthood, and Marie Stopes, after whom MSI is named). Another organization that also deserves special mention is the Vermont-based Population Media Center. Headed by Bill Ryerson, the PMC creates “stories that change the world” in the form of radio and TV dramas that weave issues such as women’s rights, reproductive health, and girls’ education into the storyline and motivate audiences to adopt new behaviours. In discussing the dramas (as people will) they are inevitably compelled to think about their own assumptions and beliefs. PMC develops its dramas with the collaboration of local people familiar with culture and social norms.

As for those “better known” people: most are from the 20th century, but that is the century when the global population went on its meteoric rise. It took over 200,000 years of human history for the human population to reach one billion (1804) and under 200 to reach 7 billion (2011). I can’t possibly include every person who had something important to say about population in my discussion, so some readers may ask: “Why did you leave out So-and-So?” So I’ll just apologize in advance that my list is incomplete — and the more that readers are aware of this, the happier I am. It means they’re aware of population matters.

I’ll also note that I’m including a few “population villains,” people — and ideas — that have influenced the general public and political and economic leaders into believing that population growth is not a problem, or one that will take care of itself, or will be solved by technology and human ingenuity.

Charles Darwin (1809–1882):

Most people probably don’t think of Darwin as provoking thought on demographics. But in fact in developing his theory of evolution, Darwin was strongly influenced by Malthus, who thought that starvation would always be a part of human life (unless humans controlled their population growth). Darwin recognized that more organisms are born than can survive and that evolution occurs in the context of this “struggle for existence.” Darwin’s theory was also influenced by Charles Lyell, who noted that the changes that the Earth undergoes (i.e., the environment is not constant).

Paul Ehrlich (born 1932):

Many people will recognize the name Paul Ehrlich as the author of the 1968 best seller, The Population Bomb. (In fact, the book was co-written with Ehrlich’s wife Anne Ehrlich, but the publisher insisted on one author, and also changed the original title, Population, Resources, and Environment to the more emotive The Population Bomb.) The book’s prologue began with “The battle to feed all of humanity is over. In the 1970s the world will undergo famines — hundreds of millions of people are going to starve to death in spite of any crash programs embarked upon now.” Little did Ehrlich know that the “Green Revolution,” which would massively increase agricultural production, was already in progress and would prove his prediction wrong. While some people dismissed Ehrlich as a doomsayer, others pointed out that his book caused governments to change policies to avert disaster.

In 1980, Ehrlich made a bet with cornucopian economist Julian Simon on whether the prices of five metals would increase (Ehrlich) or decrease (Simon) during the next 10-year period. All five commodities had declined in price by 1990. Asset manager Jeremy Grantham pointed out that Ehrlich would have won had a different period been selected (1980–2011) and that if the bet had been expanded to include “all the most important commodities” rather than just five metals over that longer period, Simon would have lost “by a lot.” Simon declined to bet with Ehrlich and climatologist Stephen Schneider on environmental trends over a ten-year period.

Paul Ehrlich, an entomologist and evolutionary biologist, is the Bing Professor of Population Studies at the Department of Biology at Stanford University (Stanford, California) and president of its Center for Conservation Biology. He has co-authored over ten books and, together with Anne, continues to research and educate on population, environmental and resource issues.

Norman Borlaug (1914–2009):

Norman Borlaug was an American agronomist and is known as “the father of the Green Revolution,” which refers to the tremendous increases in agricultural production that resulted from the semi-dwarf, high-yield, disease-resistant wheat varieties he developed in Mexico, combined with modern agricultural techniques including fossil fuel-derived fertilizer. Borlaug led the introductions of these new wheat varieties and modern agricultural technology to Mexico, Pakistan, and India. As a result, Mexico became a net exporter of wheat in 1963 and wheat yields in India and Pakistan nearly doubled between 1965 and 1970, greatly increasing their food security (and averting the starvation predicted in The Population Bomb). Borlaug was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 1970 in recognition of his contribution to world peace by increasing the food supply.

However, Borlaug did not think that he had solved humanity’s problems with hunger. In his acceptance speech for the Nobel Peace Prize, he said: “There can be no permanent progress in the battle against hunger until the agencies that fight for increased food production and those that fight for population control unite in a common effort.”

In a 1972 article (The Green Revolution, Peace and Humanity), he said: “The Green Revolution has won a temporary success in man’s war against hunger and deprivation; it has given man a breathing space. If fully implemented, the Revolution can provide sufficient food for sustenance during the next three decades. But the frightening power of human reproduction must also be curbed; otherwise the success of the Green Revolution will be ephemeral only.” The frightening power of human reproduction (words Malthus would surely have approved of) has since then increased the world population by 4 billion, from 3.84 billion to 7.7 billion. In his later years, Borlaug held out hope that genetically modified foods would prevent mass starvation as the world runs out of unused arable land.

Garrett Hardin (1915–2003):

Garrett Hardin was an American ecologist, philosopher and writer who was concerned about the dangers of overpopulation. His most famous piece is probably The Tragedy of the Commons, published in the prestigious journal Science in 1968. In it, he argued that a resource that no individual has a claim to (and therefore has no special incentive to protect) but that many people use (i.e., the commons), will be depleted as each individual maximizes his use of that resource without considering long-term consequences. In his 1974 article Lifeboat Ethics: the Case Against Helping the Poor, he argued that “a nation’s land has a limited capacity to support a population and as the current energy crisis has shown us, in some ways we have already exceeded the carrying capacity of our land.” In Hardin’s analogy, a lifeboat with 50 people that only has the capacity for 10 more is in a sea of 100 swimmers. The ethics of the situation pertain to the dilemma of whether to take more people on the boat and which ones. In a 1971 article about the cyclone that devastated Bangladesh (then known as East Pakistan) in November of 1970 (Nobody Ever Dies of Overpopulation), he argued that people would not have been living on a flood plain were it not for population pressure. His belief that many of the things we do to help people actually cause harm by increasing the population is encapsulated in the quote, “There is nothing more dangerous than a shallow thinking compassionate person.”

William R. Catton Jr. (1926–2015):

Catton was an American sociologist known primarily for his 1980 book Overshoot: The Ecological Basis of Revolutionary Change. Some population activists have argued that Catton makes Malthus seem like an optimist. While Malthus described a human population that continually bumped against the limits of its food supply, resulting in misery and starvation for many (after which the cycle repeats itself), Catton described a human population that had vastly exceeded its long-term capacity to provide food all, resulting in a population crash when the temporary enabler of the previously growing food supply is exhausted. In Catton’s scenario, it is oil that provided the tremendous increase in energy that made possible the spectacular growth of the human population and the global economy and sent the human population into overshoot. Catton argued that the human population was “drawing down” many of the resources on which it depends (not just food resources) and that ceasing the flow of any of them could have devastating consequences. The “exuberance” (his word) permitted by the age of oil would inevitably come to an end as fossil fuels became economically unviable (when extracting a unit of fossil fuel cost more energy than that unit provided). Malthus, Catton said, was right that human populations would exceed the capacity of their food supply to sustain them. What Malthus did not understand from his 18th century perspective on technology, said Catton, was that the population could actually grow significantly beyond a key resource limit. Malthus did not foresee how industrial societies would make prodigal use of fossil energy and other non-renewable resources, which greatly lengthened the “feedback loops” that would normally keep a human population in check.

M. King Hubbert (1903–1989):

M. King Hubbert was a Shell Oil geologist who in 1956 first articulated the concept of “peak oil,” that is, that there would come a time when the oil on which our civilization depends would become economically unviable. Hubbert predicted that the total production of several oil sources would form a curve resembling a bell (Hubbert curve) and the top of the bell curve would be peak oil. In general, the time when the production of a single oil field or an entire oil-producing region has reached its maximum is when about 50% of the recoverable oil has been extracted. Hubbert became famous when his prediction that US oil production would peak in 1970 and then began to decline came to pass.

In recent years, advances in extraction technology, especially those leading to the extraction of oil from shale, have resulted in an increase in US oil production, such that in November, 2017, the US again surpassed the 10 million barrel per day mark for the first time since 1970. Nevertheless, the demand for oil has resulted in efforts to extract it from ever more inaccessible places (e.g., deep water, Arctic) and with considerable environmental costs. Humanity can’t get around the fact that oil, and the rest of our non-renewable resources, are finite. In a 1976 article, Exponential Growth as a Transient Phenomenon in Human History, Hubbert said:

“During the last two centuries we have known nothing but exponential growth and in parallel we have evolved what amounts to an exponential-growth culture, a culture so heavily dependent upon the continuance of exponential growth for its stability that it is incapable of reckoning with problems of non growth.”

Limits to Growth, commissioned by the Club of Rome, published in 1972. Authors: Donella H. Meadows (1941–2001)Dennis L. Meadows (b. 1942)Jørgen Randers (b. 1945), and William W. Behrens III:

Limits to Growth (LTG) was published by a systems analysis group at MIT, representing a team of 17 international workers, and was a report on the results of computer simulations of the global economy. The simulations were based on data obtained for five parameters (population, agricultural production, natural resources, industrial production, and pollution) between 1900 and 1970; projections were then made using computer-generated values for these parameters for the period 1970 to 2100. The authors made a wide range of input assumptions, but regardless of the assumptions, the projections predicted a major collapse of the world population in the mid 21st century.

LTG created a sensation. It sold 30 million copies and was translated into 30 languages. It was praised by scientists and environmentalists, but attacked by much of the global economic community, which argued that human ingenuity could overcome all shortages — in other words that there were no limits. The most famous of the limit deniers was Julian Simon, who wrote The Ultimate Resource, that of course being humans themselves. The book’s message was sidelined by economic and political decision-makers. Those who dismissed LTG noted all the progress humanity has made in science, technology and medicine, and argued that substitutes could be found for scarce resources, all of which, they insisted, proved that its “prophesies of doom” were wrong. Those who supported LTG argued that the constraints that the book predicted were becoming increasingly evident and that humanity was using its ingenuity to increase the drawdown of resources and would indeed experience limits to growth.

LTG played a big role in launching the discussion about the concept of sustainability. Limits to Growth: the 30-Year Update was published in 2004 by Donella Meadows (posthumously), Jørgen Randers, and Dennis Meadows. The authors asserted that the symptoms of a world in overshoot were evident; these symptoms included the impact of human activities on climate, a widening gap between the rich and poor, overfishing, soil loss, degradation of agricultural land, and the general drawdown of resources. The authors concluded that humanity had squandered the opportunity to correct course since 1972.

Aurelio Peccei (1908–1984):

Possibly unknown to most people, Peccei was an Italian industrialist and scholar who founded and served as first president of the Club of Rome, made famous by Limits to Growth. The Club was launched when, through a series of coincidences, a transcript of a keynote speech by Peccei to an investment company about global problems landed on the desk of Scottish scientist Alexander King in 1967. King contacted Peccei and suggested a meeting, and at their invitation, about 30 scientists, economists and industrialists gathered in Rome in 1968. The Club was initially run as a “non-organization,” an informal group of individuals who met frequently to discuss global problems (the global problematique). But as the Club grew bigger, it was decided to create a legal structure and appoint Peccei as the first president. At the invitation of the Swiss government, the Club held its first official meeting in Bern, where there was discussion of a model to study humanity’s predicament. One of the attendees, MIT professor Jay Forrester, proposed computer models, and the Club decided to commission a group of MIT researches to develop the World3Model to produce the first Report to the Club of Rome. This report was Limits to Growth.

Al Bartlett (1923–2013):

Al Bartlett was a University of Colorado (Boulder) physics professor with a strong interest in population. His most famous lecture is “Arithmetic, Population, and Energy: the Forgotten Fundamentals of the Energy Crisis” (later renamed “Sustainability 101”). He started giving this lecture, which warned of the unsustainability of exponential growth in population and aggregate consumption of natural resources, in 1969. It is still relevant because the exponential function hasn’t changed. He gave the lecture 1,742 times.

Bartlett lamented that “The greatest shortcoming of the human race is our inability to understand the exponential function.”

Al Bartlett also asked the famous “Great Challenge” question that no one has yet been able to answer in the affirmative: “Can you think of any problem in any area of human endeavor on any scale, from microscopic to global, whose long-term solution is in any demonstrable way aided, assisted, or advanced by further increases in population, locally, nationally, or globally?”

Bartlett’s collected writings have been published in the book The Essential Exponential! For the Future of Our Planet.

Dr. William Rees (b. 1943) and Mathis Wackernagel (b. 1962):

Rees and Wackernagel developed the concept of the Ecological Footprint (EF). The EF concept and calculation method was developed by the Swiss-born Wackernagel as his Ph.D. dissertation under the supervision of Rees at the University of British Columbia in Vancouver, from 1990–1994. The EF was originally called the “appropriated carrying capacity.” In 1996, Wackernagel and Rees published the book Our Ecological Footprint: Reducing Human Impact on the Earth.

The EF measures human demand for nature, that is, the quantity of nature required to support people or an economy. It tracks this demand through an ecological accounting system. On the demand side, the EF measures the ecological assets that a given population requires to produce the natural resources it consumes (plant-based food and fibre products, livestock and fish products, timber and other forest products, space for urban infrastructure) and to absorb its waste, especially carbon emissions. The EF tracks the six categories of productive surface area: cropland, grazing land, fishing grounds, built-up land, forest land, and carbon demand on land. On the supply side, a city, state, or nation’s biocapacity represents the productivity of its ecological assets (including cropland, grazing land, fishing grounds, built-up land, forest area, and carbon demand on land). These areas, if left unharvested, can absorb much of the waste humans generate.

The Global Footprint Network, founded in 2003 by Wackernagel, who serves as its president, is an international sustainability think tank that tracks the ecological footprint of countries and allows individuals to assess their own ecological footprint. It has offices in Oakland, California; Brussels, Belgium; and Geneva, Switzerland.

Lester R. Brown (b. 1934):

Brown is an American agronomist and environmentalist, who in 1974 founded the Worldwatch Institute with a grant from the Rockefeller Brothers Fund. The Worldwatch Institute was the first research institute devoted to the analysis of global environmental issues. It produced an annual series of reports called State of the World, and later a second series called Vital Signs: the Trends that are Shaping our Future, among much other literature. In 1986, Brown received a $250,000 “genius award” from the MacArthur Foundation. In 1991, in his acceptance speech for Humanist of the Year Award by the American Humanist Foundation, Brown spoke about the challenges of population growth and global environmental decline. In 2001, Brown left the Worldwatch Institute to found the Earth Policy Institute, a non-profit research organization based in Washington, DC, dedicated to finding a plan to save civilization. The Earth Policy Institute published several books as well as the Plan B series of reports. On June 30, 2015, Brown officially retired and closed the Earth Policy Institute. Brown is the author or co-author of over 50 books. Much of his work focussed on the geopolitical effects of fast-rising grain prices and how the “geopolitics of food” could contribute to upheaval and revolutions in various countries.

E.F. Schumacher (1911–1977):

Schumacher was a German statistician and economist who advocated human-scale, decentralized, and appropriate technologies. He studied in Bonn and Berlin, and from 1930 in England as a Rhodes Scholar at New College, Oxford, and later at Columbia University in New York City. He moved back to England before World War II, not wanting to live under the Nazis, and was interned on an isolated English farm as an “enemy alien.” Between sessions of working in the field, Schumacher wrote a paper called “Multilateral Clearing” that captured the attention of John Maynard Keynes, who was able to have Schumacher released from internment. Schumacher helped the British government mobilize economically and financially during World War II and Keynes found him a position at Oxford University. After the war, Schumacher worked for the British Control Commission, charged with rebuilding the German economy, and became its Chief Statistician, and from 1950 to 1970 was Chief Economic Adviser to the National Coal Board. In 1955, he travelled to Burma as an economic consultant and while there, helped develop the principles known as Bhuddist economics, based on the belief that individuals need good work for proper human development. He also advocated for production from local resources for local needs and encouraged third world governments to create self-reliant economies. In 1966, he founded the Intermediate Technology Development Group. Schumacher is probably best known for his 1973 book Small is Beautiful: a study of economics as if people mattered. One of its main arguments is that we cannot consider the problem of technological production solved if it requires the reckless erosion of finite natural capital that will deprive future generations of its benefits.

Herman Daly (b. 1938):

Herman Daly is an emeritus professor at the School of Public Policy of University of Maryland, College Park. He is an “ecological economist” and one of the world’s leading proponents of a steady-state economy. Current economic models are based on the idea of perpetual growth, which cannot continue indefinitely in a finite world. Daly helped to found the Center for the Advancement of the Steady-State Economy (CASSE). The premise underlying the concept of the steady-state economy is that the economy is an open subsystem of a finite and non-growing ecosystem (Earth’s natural environment).

In a 2008 article in the Ecologist, Daly wrote:

“We have lived for 200 years in a growth economy. In this time we have come to believe that all our major economic ills — from unemployment and poverty to overpopulation and even environmental degradation — can be solved by more growth. And if the global economy existed in a void perhaps that would be true. But it does not.

“Instead the economy is a subsystem of the finite biosphere that supports it. When the economy’s expansion encroaches too much on the surrounding biosphere, we begin to sacrifice natural capital (animals, plants, minerals, and fossil fuels) that is worth more than the manmade capital (roads, factories, appliances) added by ‘growth.’…

“In the last 60 years the global population has tripled and the amount of things our population has produced has increased by many times more, increasing our draw on natural capital, as well as on the earth’s capacity to deal with the waste produced by all that we produce.

“This huge shift from an empty to a full world is truly ‘something new under the sun’ as historian JR McNeil calls it. But the facts are plain and incontestable: the biosphere that supports us is finite, non-growing, closed and constrained by the laws of thermodynamics. Any subsystem, such as the economy, must at some point cease growing and adapt itself to the dynamic equilibrium — the steady state — of the planet….”

Jane O’Sullivan:

Dr. Jane O’Sullivan is an Honorary Senior Research Fellow at the University of Queensland, Australia. O’Sullivan has looked for, and found wanting, the evidence that greater economic development leads to better education which in turn leads to lower fertility as a fail-safe formula for slowing population growth in developing countries (i.e, she challenged the “demographic transition theory”). The belief in the demographic transition theory has led to placing emphasis on promoting ‘development’ to take care of population growth. At the 21st IUSSP (International Union for the Scientific Study of Population) International Population Conference in Busan, South Korea, in 2013, O’Sullivan presented a paper titled Revisiting the demographic transition: correlation and causation in the rate of development and fertility decline.” She used data from the UN Population Division, World Bank and Population Reference Bureau on total fertility rates (TFRs), per capita GDP, and GNI (gross national income) per capita (dollar value of a country’s final income in a year divided by population), and girls’ primary school enrolment and completion to look at TFRs and per capita GDPs in several countries over the period of 1950 to 2010. She contrasted countries with strong family planning programs with a similar country (about the same TFR and per capita GDP in 1950) in the same region which did not explicitly or consistently promote family planning and smaller family norms.

O’Sullivan found that countries that implemented strong population-focussed voluntary family planning programs showed an abrupt decrease in the TFR following the introduction of the program. This rapid decline was in contrast to the slow and sometimes stalling decline in less developed and least developed countries in aggregate. When she compared pairs of similar countries, with and without explicit family planning programs, she found a more rapid increase in wealth in the country with family planning programs. Economic development was substantially accelerated when the TFR fell below 3 children per woman. The countries she compared over the period 1950 to 2010, were (richer country listed first) Tunisia and Syria, Thailand and the Philippines, Costa Rica and Guatemala, and China and India. (Regarding China, O’Sullivan noted that the introduction of the one-child policy in 1979 did nothing to accelerate the rate of fertility decline that had begun some ten years earlier and was neither a necessary nor successful contributor to China’s fertility decline.)

O’Sullivan data showed that improvements in girls’ education were inconsistent in terms of leading to a lower TFR. While closely correlated in some cases, in others, high or rising female participation in schooling did not lead to concomitant declines in fertility (e.g., Philippines and Malaysia, some countries in sub-Saharan Africa with improving female education), whereas fertility reductions could occur even if countries (initially) had low levels of female education (e.g., Thailand, Indonesia, Morocco). Furthermore, a rapid improvement in female education was not always followed by an immediate (e.g., Libya) or consistent (e.g., Laos, Cambodia) decline in fertility.

O’Sullivan concluded that the mantra “Development is the best contraceptive” should be replaced with “Contraception is the best economic stimulus.”

O’Sullivan has also pointed out that immigration-driven population growth in developed countries like Australia (and one might add Canada, the US and the UK) decreases the lifespan of infrastructure such as roads and buildings by increasing the use of and stress placed on these facilities. She cites economist Lester Thurow of MIT, who used US data to estimate that it requires 12.5% of GDP to expand capacity at 1% annually, which for the developed world was over $200,000 per person of net population growth. The cost of population growth on infrastructure is yet another reason to challenge the “growth brings prosperity” dogma.

And there are many more:

Many authors have written on the population and resource crisis, including Marq de Villiers (Water, 1999), Richard Heinberg (The Party’s Over, 2003), John Howard Kunstler (The Long Emergency, 2005), and Ronald Wright (A Short History of Progress, 2005), Jared Diamond (Collapse, 2005), Chris Clugston (Scarcity: Humanity’s Final Chapter?, 2012 ), Philip Cafaro and Eileen Crist (editors of Life on the Brink, 2012), Peter Goodchild (Tumbling Tide: Population, Petroleum and Systemic Collapse, 2013) and Dave Foreman (Man Swarm: How Overpopulation is Killing the Wild World, 2014).

Howard T. and Elizabeth C. Odum, in their 2001 book A Prosperous Way Down, consider ways in which a future with less fossil fuel can be peaceful and prosperous. This would require the population t shrink more quickly than available energy and other resources.

Patrick Curry’s book Ecological Ethics (2006) argues that ethical questions can no longer be restricted to how to treat other human beings, or even animals, but must embrace the entire natural world.

Filmmakers, broadcasters, researchers, and educators, such as Sir David Attenborough, Dr. David Suzuki, and Dr. Jane Goodall have also been speaking out about population.

The above list is by no means to be considered exhaustive on the subject of people who have provoked thought about population.

And now it’s time to mention the population villains!

The Vatican:

Many religions are pronatalist, but the Vatican is the only religious organization that has “Observer” status at the United Nations. It was through the efforts of the Vatican that family planning was expunged from the accepted agenda of the World Health Organization when it was created after World War II. (The failure of the WHO to provide family planning in the 1960s led to the creation of the United Nations Fund for Population Activities — UNFPA, now known as the UN Population Fund.) The Vatican has also kept population growth off the agenda at UN meetings on biodiversity and the environment and opposed family planning at all UN population conferences.

Julian Simon (1932–1998):

Julian Simon was a professor in economics and business at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, later a professor of business administration at the University of Maryland, and was a Senior Fellow at the Cato Institute at the time of his death. He wrote many books and articles on economic subjects. Simon was a cornucopian and is most famous for his book The Ultimate Resource (1981), which unfortunately was very influential. He rejected concerns about resource scarcity and argued that increasing wealth and technology would make more resources available. Even though supplies may be limited, they may be regarded as economically indefinite as old resources are recycled and new alternatives developed by the market. Simon argued that population is the solution to resource scarcity and environmental problems, since people and markets innovate. Every mouth to feed comes with a pair of hands to work and a brain to solve problems, he said. Al Bartlett dismissed Simon’s cornucopian school of thought as “The New Flat Earth Society.”

Hans Rosling (1948–2017):

Hans Rosling was a Swedish physician, academic, statistician and public speaker. His son Ola built the Trendalyzer software to animate data compiled by the UN and the World Bank . Together with his son and daughter-in-law Anna he co-founded the Gapminder Foundation to develop Trendalyzer to convert international statistics into moving interactive graphics. Presentations using these graphics to visualize world development were very popular and won awards.

Rosling was a charming gentleman and entertaining speaker (who gave many TED talks), and did good things in the health field (studied disease in Africa, was one of the initiators of Médecins Sans Frontiers in Sweden), so one hates to say bad things about him. But he downplayed the urgency of the population issue, as in his 2014 documentary Don’t Panic — The Truth about Population. Rosling relied heavily on the demographic transition taking care of the population problem, and seemed to ignore the fact that that scenario was not occurring in some countries — most notably in many countries in sub-Saharan Africa.

The Demographic Transition Theory

The DTT describes the fall in fertility as it occurred in the West during the industrial revolution. Such fertility declines later also occurred in many developing countries. The DTT is generally described as having four stages. In the first stage, the population is relatively stable because, although birth rates are high, so are death rates, through infant and child mortality, disease, famine and war (the “Malthusian” situation). In the second stage, the population grows rapidly, as birth rates remain high but death rates fall through better sanitation and medicine, higher child survival rates and longer lives. In the third stage, birth rates also start to fall with better education, more urbanization, and greater participation of women in the work force. Consequently, population growth slows down. In the fourth stage, birth rates are similar to or even below death rates, and the population becomes stable or even declines (in the absence of immigration) as is currently happening in Japan and some European countries.

The DTT fairly accurately explains what happened in the West as it went through the industrial revolution. The problem occurs when the demographic transition theory is treated as a “law of physics” — as something that will inevitably occur and which therefore eliminates the need to actively promote a reduction in population growth. The DTT actively promoted the idea that “development is the best contraceptive” and that wealth and education would take care of the population problem. But as it happens, the DTT did not go according to script in many cultures and societies, and lack of action on population growth even resulted in backsliding and increases in birth rates in some cases. As reported by the Population Media Center, the desired family size remains far above replacement in many countries.

Any number of Marxists, feminists and social justice warriors:

Marxists or cultural Marxists, who are very influential in our society, place the fault for all of society’s ills on capitalism. Marxism has also permeated many of the movements of our age, such as feminism, the civil rights movement, and even the environmental movement (and thus we hear terms like “climate justice”). Capitalism is therefore also blamed for the problems of overpopulation and rapid population growth in developing countries is not recognized as a problem. It seems irrelevant to the Marxists that many pre-capitalist societies suffered decline and collapse when their populations exceeded the ability of the resource base to sustain them. It is Marxist feminists who, working together with the Vatican and also some Muslim countries, kept any government or international (e.g., UN-led) initiatives on population control off the agenda at the International Conference on Population and Development (Cairo conference) in 1994. A by no means exhaustive list of prominent proponents of the idea that capitalism is the cause of all overpopulation problems would include Betsy HartmannJohn Bellamy FosterIan Angus and Simon Butler.

Capitalism and the theory of perpetual growth:

It is true that capitalism has succeeded in delivering more goods to more people than any other system. It is also true that capitalism is predicated on perpetual growth and places no value on any environmental destruction that occurs in the harvesting of raw material for human consumption. (For that matter, in practice, communism, socialism, or any other forms of government do not do so either.) The giant corporations that control much of the global economy want open borders and the free flow of labour and goods. Ironically, with regard to open borders, the Marxists are in line with the capitalists whom they allegedly despise.

But clearly, Julian Simon notwithstanding, there cannot be perpetual growth on a finite planet. Communism offers no solution, inasmuch as it has proven itself in practice to be every bit as environmentally destructive as capitalism while operating under politically repressive regimes that have resulted in the deaths of tens of millions of people and that tend to send environmental activists to gulags or re-education camps.

Let us hope that capitalism can evolve into a no-growth or de-growth system that values the natural world on which we depend for our survival. Whatever science fiction writers or cornucopians may say, other planets do not, in the foreseeable future, provide a safety valve for a humanity that has overrun its one and only home, Planet Earth.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Weld.

Image Credit: Madeline Weld.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen is the Founder of In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Developments for Ex-Muslims in Britain (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,510

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Sadia Hameed is a Spokesperson for the Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain. She discusses: asylum seeker screening and key issues; English and language issues; assistance within and across organizations; women and men coming to CEMB; and handling of male and female cases by the British authorities.

Keywords: Britain, Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain, Ex-Muslims, Islam, Sadia Hameed.

An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Developments for Ex-Muslims in Britain: Spokesperson, Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In terms of the Spring of 2019, what have been some of the more prominent initiatives that are a continuation of initiatives that have been ongoing before? What have been some of the outcomes?

Sadia Hameed: One of the things that the CEMB has done is work with refugees and asylum seekers and working in an advocacy capacity. People are wanting help all over the world to get in touch with us.

If they are coming into the countries, it is making sure that they are safe and writing letters of support for their asylum, letters of support for their cases. That is grown quite substantially in the last couple of years.

When I first joined the CEMB, we were working on 300 cases per month. Now, we work on 600 cases per month. Generally, our workload is 50% international and 50% national.

So, my asylum seeker caseload has doubled in the last two years as well. We are doing more advocacy work as well. We are doing more campaigning around the asylum issue as well.

The issue of Home Office treatment of asylum seekers. That has grown quite substantially as well.

2. Jacobsen: In terms of the asylum seekers as well, what is the screening process for them coming to you? What are their key issues?

Hameed: So, we do not have an official screening process because we do not need one. When someone has been in touch with us internationally, largely, we take this at face value. There is no one.

Thankfully, we have no one who wants to cause us harm from the international community. Nationally, we have a couple of basic screen questions. They are more questions to assess what the support needs are.

Through that, if there is not anyone that is not genuine, this helps generally sift those out as well. We ask them about how they became atheists and what made them become atheists. The basic questions around that and what their family situation is like.

It is less of a vetting process and more of a risk assessment to find out what their needs are. That they are safe. It is trying to find out what they are needs are. If it is an issue that we can meet it, we can meet their needs. But if we cannot, then what additional services can help them.

3. Jacobsen: For those, does the English language as a lingua franca become an issue for them?

Hameed: Not always, largely, the people who get in touch with us speak English. On the occasion that someone emails in another language, we have Google translate and bilingual or trilingual staff.

If we do have any issues, then we can outsource interpreters for that. But largely, I would say it does not happen. Maybe, 1% of my caseload has this happen.

4. Jacobsen: If you are looking at the reasons for coming to CEMB rather than other organizations, if they are looking for asylum or assistance, why CEMB? What have been some of the feedback based on some of their stories?

Hameed: I have never asked why someone went to CEMB and not another organization. It would not seem like a question to ask someone when they are asking you for help.

I would assume it is because we are quite visibly people who have left Islam specifically. Also, there are atheist, secularist, and humanist organizations out there. But we focus on people who have left Islam specifically. We challenge Islamic states like Iran.

Religion and religious institutions have been, unfortunately, simply used to making interfaith stuff rather than continuing the stuff for specifically atheists. There is a stigma for atheists. It seems like we are going backwards. There always has been a stigma for atheists.

Those organizations wanting to distance themselves from atheism and apostasy. Apostasy not so much, they can come out in apostasy – they feel, but do not find the word helpful.

To me, as an atheist, I find this as a huge betrayal of the atheists who come to us. Because those atheists who get the support of their loved ones on the grounds that they believe what their family members believe.

If the nonbelieving community all the sudden says, “We’re not atheists. It is a dirty label,” they are being re-victimized, essentially. They are being told once again, as they have been told all their lives.

That they are not believing exactly as what they believe; that something is wrong with them. It is confirmed again, essentially, when the nonbelieving community also does that. Who cares how people want to identify?

If they want to identify as atheist, that is their fucking right. I think it is just as disgusting when a lot of nonbelieving organizations are proselytizing. I know a lot of atheists who want to turn the entire world atheist.

It is not your problem. It is not your job. You could have behaved badly as a religious or a nonreligious person. It is allowing anybody to identify how ever they want whether belief or nonbelief.

If they call themselves an atheist, I think it is a huge betrayal if organizations call atheist a dirty word. You should use an alternative label. That must change. That must change right now.

Because, right now, atheists are still being killed around the world.

5. Jacobsen: Are more men or women coming to you? Why?

Hameed: Largely, we have more men. It is growing more in terms of the females coming to our service. We have done everything that we can to make it more accessible for female atheists.

When a few years ago, it was largely men. Because it is easier. When women become atheists in the Muslim community, they are visibly distancing themselves. They start challenging the whole modesty culture.

Their appearance; their personality, shifts. For men, it is always easier. It always has been easier for them. They are visibly becoming different. A man and a woman who both pretend to pray or not pray. They lie to their families saying, “We are praying.”

Women change their attire. Their behaviour changes. The basic things that change for them. It is much, much harder for them. It incurs a backlash, which it would not do for the men. There is a saying. After marriage, the men come back into line.

So, they must be patient with the men, but they are not patient when it comes to the women. Women are a commodity in our community. The modest, quiet, meek, virgin as it were, is more sellable.

You must think about her marriage. If she is too loud, too abrupt, too brash, she is not going to get married. There is no hope if she has left Islam. Although, we do have one of those key issues that ex-Muslims in Britain face.

It is not so easy to kill an ex-Muslim in Britain. I am not saying that it has not happened. We have families secretly killing their kids. We have honour killings. It happens, but rarely in comparison to Pakistan or Afghanistan, or Iraq or Iran, where the state condones the murder of apostates.

It gives small protection. In Britain, we see forced marriages to bring women back in line – men too, but mostly women. We see statistics with the male-female ratio as the same with a 1% fluctuation.

We see 80% more women and 20% men. You can see that it is a larger number of men. But for our cases, forced marriage, it is a huge, huge, huge risk, which then entails daily rape. If you have corrective rape, too, in one instance, it is raping girls to bring them back to faith and bring them back into line.

I have a case in Pakistan; I am working on where the dad tried to rape his daughter to bring her back in line. The brother had to rescue her. The brother had to escape the house with her three sisters. The dad and family are hunting them like dogs.

Then we see corrective rape in the LGBT cases, largely lesbian cases. Obviously, there are some gay cases as well. There are cases of raping lesbians to make them straight again. This is happening again right in Britain.

6. Jacobsen: How are the authorities in Britain handling the male cases and the female cases? What are the consequences in the differential if there is one?

Hameed: It is a bit of a lottery. It depends entirely on where you are in the country. If you are in London, you will get the same shit response. They will give the same shitty response every time. “We haven’t got the resources. We haven’t got the workforce.”

Who does not? I am working on my own time. I get calls 2, 3, or 4 in a night when somebody needs help. But that is not a good enough excuse anymore. Nobody has the money or the resources. The failing of victims. Other excuses are about not enough training, etc.

In one part of the country with a lot of cases, they do not have the workforce or the resources. It depends on the willingness on the constabulary to deal with it. Outside of London, I have spent the last 10 years working with the police to understand some of the cases that we work with.

Their response is much, much better. However, when you focus on some place like London, it is its own standalone place. It is like its own country. Nobody can compare themselves to it.

I had a case last year. An ex-Muslim told me that a Muslim attendant said, “I will kill you.” The police said, “He hasn’t killed him yet. There is no crime yet. There is nothing that we can do.” He was a male.

In terms of male-female response, again, it is the same. It depends on the constabulary and the willingness to learn. Some constabulary knows this is an issue in their part of the country. But there is not a willingness to learn.

You point out the mistakes. But they get defensive; that is not the time to become defensive. How many more of our members need to be killed before they take us seriously? It is an issue.

Most of our ex-Muslims face honour crimes. It could be forced marriage, honour crimes, and honour-based depression. It has not gotten to abuse. But they know that they have instilled enough fear and terror in their kids; they know that they will not kick back.

Then they know that they are not a problem. We have done all of that. However, in cases of honour killings with honour killings painted as not existing, it is an apostasy issue. One of my female clients contacted an organization focusing on honour-based violence, and so on.

They become the famous face of it in the UK. However, the moment that she mentioned apostasy. She ran away from home to make a call and got home before anybody noticed. The woman on the phone said, “Parents and children have disagreements all of the time. It is best to go back home and try harder.”

If this is the police response, how is it that organizations that focus on honour crimes do not understand these issues? If we put apostasy to one side for one moment, if you look at the number one cause for honour-based crimes and honour violence in the UK, it is ideological differences between parent and children: how they believe, what they believe, or a different way to live one’s life.

We have seen this in the country. One girl was murdered wearing jeans and a t-shirt and was living a more Western style of life. Those who were Pakistani Muslims. This problem is that apostasy fits into that category.

That’s why maybe all of our cases have this honour-based violence and aggression, and problem; however, people are willing to turn a blind eye when it comes to ex-Muslims when it comes to apostates and ex-Muslims because they do not want the tough challenge of challenging religion and the religious community.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Spokesperson, Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Developments for Ex-Muslims in Britain (Part One) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 1). An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Developments for Ex-Muslims in Britain (Part One). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Developments for Ex-Muslims in Britain (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Developments for Ex-Muslims in Britain (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Developments for Ex-Muslims in Britain (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Developments for Ex-Muslims in Britain (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Developments for Ex-Muslims in Britain (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Developments for Ex-Muslims in Britain (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Sadia Hameed on Developments for Ex-Muslims in Britain (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/hameed-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Canadian Wildlife Campaigns and the International Fund for Animal Welfare (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,393

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Sheryl Fink is the Director of Canadian Wildlife Campaigns for IFAW – International Fund for Animal Welfare. She discusses: family background; building a specialization and a reputation; pivotal moments regarding seal hunts; an ethic around cruelty to non-human animals; important collaborations; blunt force trauma; the developmental trajectory of seals; clubbings gone wrong; ignoring an issue as a culture; noteworthy cruelties; impacts of seals; and appeal to reason rather than pity.

Keywords: Canada, Canadian Wildlife Campaigns, International Fund for Animal Welfare, Sheryl Fink.

An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Canadian Wildlife Campaigns and the International Fund for Animal Welfare: Director, Canadian Wildlife Campaigns, IFAW (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let us start from the top to provide some background for the audience. What is some personal or familial background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and so on?

Sheryl Fink: Personal stuff, I do not even know my culture. I am a cishet white girl [Laughing]. I live in Ontario. I did not know what I wanted to be growing up. I wanted to help animals at the time.

I thought the only way to do that was to be a veterinarian or work at the zoo. I realized at university that I could get into wildlife biology. I did that. I did an undergraduate at the University of Guelph. I did not really know what I want to do. I wanted to work for the government of natural resources or something.

It did not work out that way. I found IFAW. I describe myself as an animal wildlife advocate now. We try to make better policies and better legislation for animals and wildlife around the world.

2. Jacobsen: In term of your own focus in Canada, how are you building a reputation in addition to a specialization in work within Canada?

Fink: IFAW was founded in Canada in 1969. It was started by one man named Brian Davies who was with the New Brunswick SPCA. He went out to the ice flows on the East Coast. He saw the seal hunt there.

He was brought by the government of Canada to see how the hunt could be more humane. After seeing the hunt, he saw that the hunt could never be humane. He donated his life to stopping it. Our first campaign was 50 years ago with it.

We are still fighting the fight in Canada today and others too. We have expanded in Canada. We are working to protect the endangered North Atlantic Right Whale.

3. Jacobsen: What was a pivotal moment in terms of seal hunts becoming a danger to the populations in general, especially in terms of simply unreasonable amounts of seal hunting?

Fink: Seal hunts are interesting in Canada. They have hunted seals off the East Coast for hundreds of years back to the 1700s and 1800s for the blubber rendered down into blubber and then sent to Europe to fuel lights and make all sorts of products.

But with the advent of electricity, the demand for seal blubber dropped, obviously. It shifted in the early 1900s to a hunt for fur. The Norwegian companies primarily run it. So, the hunt continued for fur up until the 80s when the world became aware of what was happening on the East Coast of Canada with the images of seal cubs being clubbed and slaughtered on the ice in front of their mothers and the mothers chasing the skinned carcass of the seal cub as the hunters dragged it away.

These images quickly made their way across the world through television and journals. The seal hunt was one of the first animal welfare issues that took the international stage, which is interesting.

Because of the public outcry and groups like IFAW, Europe banned the import of white coat seal products in 1983. That had the effect of almost ending the hunt here in Canada. Canada stopped hunting white coats. They stopped the large vessel hunt for seals.

The hunt pretty much died down to a few tens of thousands of animals each year. The pivotal moment – and the only reason we have the seal hunt now is because of the Liberal Government and Brian Tobin – was the Cod fisheries around 1992. Tens of thousands of fishers being put out of work. Brian Tobin promised the moratorium on the cd fisher would be 2 years.

Then it was like 20-25 years until we can fish these areas again. A politician does not want to hear that or deliver that message; that you are going to be out of a job for 20 years. But 2 years came and went, and the cod stocks had not recovered. He stood up and blamed seals.

He literally stood up and said, “There is one player in fish stocks. His first name is harp. His second name is seal.” Not taking any responsibility for mismanagement or overfishing, it was the seals.

He increased the quota for seals. He started putting tens of millions of dollars into the seal hunt to have seal products, developing marketing campaigns for seal products. They started paying individual sealers a per pound subsidy for meat that was landed.

That was what reinvigorated the seal hunt in the 1990s. It brought it back up. It had the highest quota of seals in the world, 400,000 seals. 400,000 seal pups could be killed every now. It reinvigorated the seal hunts to levels that had not been seen before. In 2009, the EU banned seal products once again. This time banning products from all seals, not just white coat seals.

This brought the seal hunt number down to tens of thousands. We are working again today to bring it lower than that. We are at a position in which there is no need to be killing seals for their fur to make luxury products. It is not a hunt for meat or sustenance.

It is to make purses, coats, and mittens. Those sorts of things.

4. Jacobsen: What about an ethic around the cruelty down to animals? How does this play into living in an age of less innocence, especially as per the note about the documentation, the video documentation, of the clubbings? How does an ethic of reduced cruelty to animals and seals play into some of the work of IFAW and others?

Fink: The seal hunt, I have been part of this for 12 years and witnessed this firsthand. Even if you are in the position of thinking that it is okay to eat and use animals, I think most people would agree that it needs to be done in the most humane way possible if you want to kill another creature.

It should be for a good purpose. I do not think purses and multi-thousand-dollar coats are good examples. Some will say, “It is humane. It is well-regulated.” Being there, it is not. I have seen some horrible disrespect for the lives of these animals.

People chasing them and swinging their clubs like a bat, tossing them on the ice. People hooking animals through the face with a steel hook while they are still alive and conscious. They are barking and biting at the hook trying to defend themselves.

To hook an animal and haul it onto a boat while it is alive and conscious, it is one of the most horrible things that you can ever view. I do not think that is a situation that could be called human, necessary, or justified in any way.

5. Jacobsen: What are some important collaborations that may be necessary to reduce the amount of clubbings, killings, and post-hoc justifications given for the violence against seals in Canada at least?

Fink: The thing that has been most successful in our experience is reducing the demand for seal products and closing the markets for seal products. A lot of people are not aware of where the big seal products or seal products come from; they are not aware of the suffering going into the product.

Getting people to think about where their clothing comes from, where that fur comes from, how was it obtained? Once they realize that, once they see that, once they are faced with the video footage, it is compelling. I think helps to pack a lot of people to change their position on wearing fur.

6. Jacobsen: As a biologist, what does, as one example, blunt force trauma from clubbing to various parts of a seal’s body do to it?

Fink: It is horrible. By law, they are supposed to club the animal on the skull. These are very young animals. The skulls are not completely formed yet. It is a relatively soft thing. In a perfect world or a laboratory setting, if you are clubbing the skull of an animal, crushing both hemispheres of the brain, the death could be relatively quick and painless.

What we see on the ice, this does not happen. Because you are not in a laboratory setting; you are chasing an animal fleeing on the ice with a bat. It is hard to get a clean or accurate blow. We see seals beaten all over their body with this bat or a pick. It is a stick with a spiked metal end on it.

It is horrible. Seals are being bashed alive. They are not being killed quickly and cleanly, as the government would have you believe. It is a horrible thing to watch.

7. Jacobsen: What is the developmental trajectory of the seals in question here? What timeline does it take for them to become adults? What is a relative estimate at to when their skulls, for instance, in an ideal situation of this form, are being clubbed in, to crush the hemispheres?

Fink: That is a good question. Harp seals live to 20 to 25 years of age and are sexually mature at around 5 or 6 years of age. It is a long-lived species. The adults give birth to one pup per year. When the pups are born, they are born with this white, fluffy coat that people are familiar with.

They have the coat for 2 weeks after they are born and nurse with their mother. After 2 weeks, the mothers will leave the pups and leave off to mate with the males for the next season. Currently, the pups are not feeding. They are lying there and feeding off their blubber supplies from the mother.

This is a time when the seal hunt opens. They are 2-3 weeks old. They have been abandoned by their mothers. They are trying to shed their coat. A new silvery coat will come in. That is why the hunters get them currently. It is fresh and new fur. It has not been scarred by life in the water.

The pups are helpless. They have not learned to swim yet. They are lying on the ice when they were born. That makes it easy for the hunters to go out and kill the seals in a brief period. I get criticized a lot for calling them baby seals.

The government will say, “We don’t kill baby seals anymore.” They do not kill the white coat seals anymore, during the first 2 weeks of life, but 98% of the animals are killed between 3 week and 3 months of age. For an animal that is not sexually mature until 5 or 6, I would say very much that they are baby seals.

8. Jacobsen: In a non-laboratory setting, in other words, in the real-world setting in which the clubbings are taking place with the bat or the bat with spikes, what are some things that can go wrong in terms of people thinking they’re working within the bounds of the law but also enacting violence against harp seals or other seals?

Fink: The thing is that these are mostly within the bounds of the law. Sealers can go out and club seals in this way. There are two big causes of the problems and why this cannot be conducted humanely and why mane veterinarian experts say that it cannot be done humanely.

One is the competitive nature of the hunt. It is not about a hunt for food or feeding family. It is about getting as many pelts as quickly as possible before the weather turns bad, before the seals learn to swim and get to the water and are hard to find, before the quota is reached some years and the hunt is turned down.

It is basically getting in, kill as much as you can, and then get out. Killing methods are not a priority and the welfare is not a priority, the main purpose is profit-making. That is why we see a lot of killing. It is about killing quickly rather than properly.

The second thing that we see is because for the weather conditions here with a boat or a slippery ice flow. In the case of clubbing, you are on a slippery ice flow with an animal that is panicked and trying to get away while trying to get at it with a club.

They also shoot seals in some circumstances. In which case, you are trying to shoot an animal from a moving boat with a moving animal, on a moving ice flow, trying to get a shot that will kill quickly. It is very, very difficult. We see animals shot and left to suffer, trying to escape again, until the hunter gets another shot, or the sealer needs to club the seal after getting off the boat. Then it is finally killed.

You cannot control many variables. There are many things out there. Those combine to make for a horrible experience on the ice.

9. Jacobsen: Does the culture consciously ignore this issue or simply not have it brought to their attention in a proper way?

Fink: People want things to be done humanely. They do not want to believe things are being done cruelly. They want to believe they are being done quickly and humanely. That is part of it. That is why it was important for IFAW to go, get the footage, and show what is going on out there.

Another part of it. There is still a feeling that seals are different. They are considered fish under the law. There is this feeling seals are fish. It had to do with Easter. It goes back to a Pope declaring seals are fish, so Catholics could eat them on Good Friday. It is called a “Seal Fishery.”

Many people do not recognize the fact that these are sentient animals. They are mammals [Laughing]. It is interesting. You see how fishers feel about whales and how they feel about seals. Whales are given more respect. Seals are treated as another fish that should be fished.

10. Jacobsen: Have there been any noteworthy cases of obscene levels of cruelty to any of the seal species?

Fink: Yes. A lot of it before my time. I will speak to it. I have seen animals hooked through the face while alive. We filmed a sealer’s boat that had an animal pup in the bottom of the boat. It was sliced open from the belly to its throat, to its tail. It was still alive. It was breathing.

It was clenching its fore flippers. It was gasping for air. The sealers, I do not understand. They could see the animal was alive in their boat. They were not doing anything about it. They were going along and shooting more animals

We have come across stockpiles of seal carcass on the ice. This used to happen a lot while we were there. There would be on there still alive, gasping, trying to breathe, crying out. They just left it there.

There is some horrible stuff that you find out there.

11. Jacobsen: Some individuals in popular culture or the general citizenry in some sub-cultures. They may say, “Do not appeal to my pity. Do not appeal to my emotions. I want to know the facts.” Thus, I ask you. What are the facts in terms of the extent of the issue around seal populations and the impacts on the ecosystem, on other species, and potentially on human beings as well?

Fink: In terms of the population, I think it is interesting. We hear a lot of fishers say that there are too many seals. We need to kill them. They are eating too many fish. If you want to talk about the facts, the government scientists have been looking at this for three or four decades now.

There is no suggestion, no scientific suggestion, or evidence that there are too many seals. We are seeing a recovery of seal populations to the pre-exploitation levels before humans drastically overexploited them.

Almost everyone alive today, we have never lived with healthy abundant populations of marine mammals on any of our coast because we have overexploited them for so long. So, it is easy to look out and say, “There are more seals than when I was a kid.”

Of course, they were overexploited in the 60s and 70s. 70% of the population was depleted. The populations are in recovery. There is nothing o suggest that there is too many or the ecosystem is in balance or that we need to kill seals to maintain some mythical balance in nature.

As far as the facts go and as far as science goes, we are returning to a normal and healthy ecosystem. I think that if we can manage our activities and make sure that we leave enough fish for the other creatures in the ocean rather than keeping them all for ourselves.

Nature has a way of finding its own resilience and a way to maintain.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Director, Canadian Wildlife Campaigns, IFAW.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Canadian Wildlife Campaigns and the International Fund for Animal Welfare (Part One) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 1). An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Canadian Wildlife Campaigns and the International Fund for Animal Welfare (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Canadian Wildlife Campaigns and the International Fund for Animal Welfare (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Canadian Wildlife Campaigns and the International Fund for Animal Welfare (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Canadian Wildlife Campaigns and the International Fund for Animal Welfare (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Canadian Wildlife Campaigns and the International Fund for Animal Welfare (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Canadian Wildlife Campaigns and the International Fund for Animal Welfare (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-one

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Canadian Wildlife Campaigns and the International Fund for Animal Welfare (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Sheryl Fink on Canadian Wildlife Campaigns and the International Fund for Animal Welfare (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fink-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Tarek Fatah on Personal and National Trajectory (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,822

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Tarek Fatah is a Columnist for the Toronto Sun and the Founder of the Muslim Canadian Congress. He discusses: personal background; national trajectory; walking on eggshells; examples of some religious rhetoric in prayers; mixed ordering of the surahs; contextualization of religious stances; and building bonds and creating secular and progressive changes.

Keywords: Canada, Islam, Karachi, Pakistan, religion, Tarek Fatah.

An Interview with Tarek Fatah on Personal and National Trajectory: Columnist, Toronto Sun & Founder, Muslim Canadian Congress (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was personal background?

Tarek Fatah: I was born in Karachi, which is now Pakistan. It used to be the capital of the part of British India. I grew up there. I went to a Catholic School. I went to college over there. I went to prison over there. I got thrown out from Pakistan television in 1979.

It was a charge of sedition or treason, but formally “sedition.” I spent about 10 years in Saudi Arabia doing advertising. I have spent 30 years now in Canada, living one day at a time, watching things go down the drain.

2. Jacobsen: Over those 30 years, in reflection, based on the phrase, “Going down the drain,” can you unpack that for us, please?

Fatah: When I came here in 1987, you had leaders like Jean Chretien, Brian Mulroney, Joe Clark, the Quebec Separatists, the BQ. Everything was discussed was political in nature, whether the Oka Crisis or otherwise.

It was about ideas across social, political, and economic issues. Mr. Broadbent from Oshawa had one aspect. Mr. Mulroney had a different one. Mr. Clark had a different one. The British Columbians had a viewpoint. Over the last 30 years, it has descended into a very low standard of leadership, where ethnic vote banks have risen.

There always used to be. The Orange Order would determine who ran Toronto. The Catholics must live North of a certain street in Toronto [Laughing]. I used to get bashed by the Orange Order. The Jews got beaten up in a very famous place, a park in Toronto.

All that aside, most were small. It came down to the idea of this as a battle of ideas. All the concepts settled down into a balance, then came the collapse of the Soviet Union. Now, the ideas do not matter anymore.

The background matters more, “I am proud to be from Latvia.” What does that mean?!

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Fatah: Everyone is proud to be a Lithuanian. How does it matter between Bolivian, and an Ecuadorian, or an Indian and a Pakistani? But the crafty manner, the dumbest of political activists manipulated the nominated system of the political party candidates.

To be very honest, a white person cannot get nominated from any part of Mississauga or Brampton. White people do not have tribes anymore. So, the Sikhs can get anyone elected, even anyone as right-wing as Jagmeet Singh.

By “right-wing,” his thinks in terms of religion. It means he is medieval rather than right-wing and can pose as a left-wing activist. He can afford to say, “Who said what to whom about white supremacy?”

Now, it is the latest. He can become the leader of the NDP. In 1988, can you imagine Broadbent stepping down and being replaced by Jagmeet Singh or Brian Mulroney being replaced by Mr. Scheer who has no personality?

Or the Conservative Party leader who has become a leader in Brampton. You simply must have props with you, to look more exotic. People like me are like circus animals. We need to stand behind politicians. You are younger than me.

You would not know that there was never a time to stand behind politicians as props and not look someone in the face and cheering him. That is the norm today! You have been selected to sit or stand at the back of the person speaking without watching their face and getting enamoured. That is dumb! – Capital D.

That’s where we are today. The mayor of the City of Toronto does not know about the major issue of the Saudi woman landing in her city. He does not know which vote bank to get. It is hilarious.

You can do the Oka Crisis today. You would not know who to deal with. It is like the pipeline. The band councils think it is fine. Then you find out about the other issue o the heritage treaties. No one is interested in factual issues.

It is how you cajole how you were born. The disgrace has been that ideas went away for my DNA. It means a person cannot speak, cannot have ideas. We have dropped that way in 30 years before my eyes.

I ran for politics on the NDP ticket. I voted NDP most of my life. I cannot imagine voting for someone who thinks hair is the most important thing to them in a turban. I cannot say that. What I would be, anti-Sikh?

A high percentage of the Sikhs do not wear turbans. Similarly, I cannot be taken as a Muslim because I am not ugly enough to be considered Muslim so far. To be a Muslim, I must have a beard, no moustaches.

The moment I do that. I will have MPs standing next to me. I can put on a guttural accent. We cannot even stand up and say that a burqa is a disgrace on the face of women. We cannot say that. I can say that. Nobody else can say that.

The layers of the burqa. Someone asked me if it was a choice. I said, “Next time some drug addict walks into a train. You say, ‘Oh, he made a choice. It is a democracy!'” When someone wants to commit suicide, back in Toronto, they made a choice.

A person who disguises a persona, not showing their face, is being tolerated. Because otherwise, you would be called a racist. Nobody wants to be a racist. This is what we are facing as crises.

3. Jacobsen: You could get Regis Philbin for Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? but Who Wants to Be a Racist? People could be duelling up [Laughing].

Fatah: It could be a popular game [Laughing].

Jacobsen: If we are looking at the growth of arguments dependent on identity, something that someone was not merited with; they were born with it. It is congenital rather than acquired in this sense. 

With this, it makes conversations more difficult, more fraught, and, in the phrase, as if one is ‘walking on eggshells.’ How does this prevent, as you are noting and getting at, more serious political conversations and social dialogues?

Fatah: We are at war. There is a world war ongoing between international Islamism and secular liberal Western democracy. Effectively, the enemy, which is essentially The Muslim Brotherhood, the Taliban, or ISIS, there are 50 different bodies that are enemy Muslims within our countries.

They can shut us down. It has become the story. A Muslim woman who is a young student refused to go to the prom but is perfectly happy to become the wife of the jihadis under ISIS. The places like Tunisia have tens of thousands of pregnant women coming back after willingly, accepting, that rape by jihadis as an act of worship.

It is half of a million dead in Syria. They cannot seem to figure out that what we own today has been inherited by those who worked in the far North over 200-300 years ago. They would lay down their workers who did not have central heating.

When people say, “I pay my taxes.” Those assets were invested by people who did not have running water. I lived in a neighbourhood called Cabbagetown in Toronto. It is not a joke there. People over there literally grow cabbages in their front yards.

That is what their food was, Irish, and others. Other than getting beat up by the Orange Order. They made food to make liberal democracy what it is today, especially after the Second World War. The idea of individual liberty got embedded in the United Nations 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

This is core to civilization. It is the crystallization of Britain, France, and the United States. Even after Osama Bin Laden comes in a burqa, we say, “Who could that be behind it? Is it a bank robber?” You cannot say it. But that guy wears a leather jacket and rides a motorbike.

Therefore, we better take him down. That is how stupid we are. To sum, we are going downhill. Unless, we recognize the idea that our enemies are in philosophy in a way. The fighting of Nazis before fighting the Nazis.

As with the First World War, how many millions died? We still have not learned. We keep going back to the same thing. 17 times a day, Jews are cursed in Muslim prayer. Every mosque.

4. Jacobsen: Is this in Canada as well?

Fatah: Every mosque around the world. 17 times a day, a Muslim denigrates the Jews.

Jacobsen: What would be an example of this?

Fatah: It is the opening prayer of Islam. Surah Al-Fatiha, “The path of those on whom You have bestowed your grace, not (the way) of those who have earned Your anger, nor of those who went astray.” [Not the one used, I had trouble finding it, and hearing it properly.]

It is the opening thing. Now, if the mullahs say, ‘We denounce the hadiths.” It becomes a different story. Then it becomes, “Well, the short and straight path,” but not the path of the murderer, of the pedophile, of the smuggler. Right?

But when you publicly say one thing when the microphone is on, then someone asks. You say, “Brother, it is the Jews.” Every Muslim knows that this is going on. On Fridays, we literally pray to Allah to give Muslims the better treatment over the kafirun. That is, you, the kafir.

Nobody is coming to speak out against it, and saying, “Don’t spread hate. We will not finance you with taxpayer money.” The cooperation of the government is funding a situation. There are the issues of anti-Semitism in the 1930s. They would rather have that conversation.

We are focusing on the Maple Leafs, the Blue Jays, and so on. Everyone wearing the same hat. The gladiators who are coming home, the BBQ. People are laughing at us. There is nobody in Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Iran, Yemen, who believes 9/11 happened.

There is nobody. I can tell you 90% of Canadian Muslims, in my community, who openly say, “5,000 Jews didn’t die.” As soon as you ask them, “Do you condemn it?” They say, “Yes, it is very bad.” They say one thing in one context and another thing in another context.

The leaders, no one believes anyone unless they are a Saudi style or other dress. They see this as the Islam way. Most of what is Islam has no relation to any Islamic ideology. There were Muslims before the Quran was written.

There were Muslims who did things before fasting, praying, and the like. How did they become Muslims? The Quran is not a chronological order in which it was revealed. But we shall make you memorize it. It makes it hard to learn. The mullah says, “You do not have read the book in Arabic.”

Because many have memorized it. We can not go back. Because the people who have memorized it will fail the test.

Jacobsen: Right [Laughing].

Fatah:​ They have memorized it in an order, which is incorrect. Something fundamental to Islam is no priest class. There is nothing between yourself and the divine. The Pope, the priest, the rabbi, the mullah, this was an attraction; you were free.

The some said, “The Christians have a good thing going. They have a Dome.” This is how this came. There was no Dome in Islam. It was the Eastern Orthodox. The Sikhs took it, too. It is an Eastern Orthodox Church replica from Damascus.

What I am saying, it is historically accurate, but, from the Islamic point of view, blasphemy. To save ourselves from blasphemy, we have been becoming dumber and dumber, day by day.

Jacobsen: By which you mean, more historically illiterate in its development and history.

Fatah:​ I have never met an illiterate radical Muslim. 80% of Muslims still cannot read or write. You will never find a terrorist who cannot read or read. It means all jihadis and others come from the educated class.

When Malala says, “Give me a book, give me a book,” nothing!​ The moment you read the book; you become crazy because you have enemies. You realize, “Th computer, I have nothing to with it. The light, no! The chair, no!” There is no contribution to our community to any invention in the last 200 years.

What do we have? We have the 8th century to look up to. So, should we move forward or put the car in reverse gear? Then we complain. Gear number one should be forward. The Sun does not set in a rule of mud.

It is not fair. I have seen it. Why would I believe in scholars who believe the world was flat? Can some imam ride a bicycle in the 8th century or 9th century? I can; therefore, I am better than him. Just because he had a guttural accent and a long name, a name that never ends.

Who is he? There are 17 diverse types of the same guy. Tell that to a Pakistani, they will say, “Tarek is lying.” Why? Because that person has the imam telling them. Because Islam came to ordinary men from the priests.

Islam’s last verse – it is very interesting – or the last words of the revelation are “I have completed the faith for you.” The Arabs said, “No, no, no.” 100% of the text has been written after supposedly God said, “Today, I have finished everything.”

By the way, what I am discussing with you, there is no place on Earth that this can be discussed.

5. Jacobsen: What is the last Surah given the mixed ordering?

Fatah:​ I do not memorize, but I know. It says, “In the name of God who created you.” They preach it. For people who have been asked to read and write, they are 80% illiterate. That is a problem! [Laughing] When you proclaim, “My God told me to read and write. But I have decided not to do it.”

It is the first verse. It is absolutely stunning in its beauty. What did Muslims do? It probably means the guy who compiled by size did not know how to read and write. It is very primitive thought, “Big is better. Small is not so better.”

​6. Jacobsen: If you look at the Eastern Orthodox Church and its very satellites, they have their own issues with the Russian Orthodox and the Ecumenical Patriarch Bartholomew.  If you look at the Roman Catholics and Protestants, etc., we can note the same issue of textual analysis. 

Them asking themselves, at least the scholars or theologians, tacitly, “How do we properly contextualize this within our particular dogmatic stance?” I would not apply this to the liberal-progressive branches of these.

Fatah:​ But this has happened in Islam. It happened in the year 900. The rationalists of Islam were slaughtered. In fact, there were a couple of Caliphs who were declaimed as apostates because they nurtured the rationalist view.

The whole debate was if the Quran was a created book or a divine book, the debates of the 10th century were far more progressive than the 20th century. They were brighter than the dumb people now who go around in robes.

So, the Christian divide is, essentially, a European awakening based on Greek thought and Roman tradition. All of that is a European tradition. I keep reminding my Muslim friends. There is a world East of Greece and Japan; that is a different world altogether.

No John Smith is ashamed to be a John Smith. No one says, “I am not going to name my son John. It is a good name.” If you go to Pakistan, you can find people looking for names. It shows the weakness of your identity. “Who are we?”

We cannot even invest in making a bicycle. Imagine if you are an idiot, you find out nothing that works is made in your country; other than bombs that explode. Even those too, we smuggle through deliveries through the Merchants of Death bring Russian materials through Yemen and elsewhere.

We know how to use AK-47s. We just do not know how to make them. We have become so stupid that we fire the AK-47s during weddings. I asked, “Why?” He said, “This is our tradition.” I said, “No, your tradition is in bows and arrows. You did not make them. The Chinese made gunpowder. The Westerners made the cannon. You had spears and bows and arrows. I would you see bows and arrows at your sister’s wedding and then tearing things up.”

Imagine the concept that says, at your wedding, “You need to hear gunfire.” It is bizarre, but true.

7. ​Jacobsen: For any long-term civilization or culture, there will, typically, whether the Navajo, the Orthodox Jewish community, the Hopis, have strong bonds between generations. 

In terms of the more sophisticated secularist, typically, branches of faiths, which implies a certain respect for other people’s beliefs by having that separation, what do you think that we can do in our own countries and in our own communities to build those bonds to make that more progressive and secular branch of faiths more robust across time?

Fatah:​ It is very simple. There must be no road of religion in any political area of life from the school trustees. The infiltration is taking place. The political party memberships as well, I will give an example of the recent nomination listing in Mississauga-Erindale.

1 in 3 is a sitting liberal. There was one MP He is a former sitting MP [Didn’t get the name], sitting MP who came 3rd. The nomination was won by the group candidate who only had Egyptian Coptic Christians in the nomination.

Number 2 was only a candidate who had Vietnamese people. The two tribes and white Canadians fought. The white Canadians cannot go out and fight with their tribe. People would laugh in their tribe, “Let’s get together” [Laughing].

This is happening now. The Conservative Party nominated someone solely based on being an Egyptian Coptic Christian who would fight against the Muslim Pakistani woman who wants Sharia. Is this what we turned this country into?

The Egyptian Copts and the Pakistani Muslims [Laughing] are contending the next Mississauga-Erindale election. To answer your question, there must be religion taken out of schools. There should be one school board. There should not be a prayer room.

Every prayer room means one thing. Muslims monopolize it. How many Buddhists stop work to stop for prayer? This is how you capture power, by taking over public tax money and every high school in Ontario, all over North America; public money is being taken by Muslims in high schools to take over a room at taxpayer expense.

It does not just become a prayer room. There is a newspaper office with a prayer room. When was the last time that you found a Catholic who says, “Uh oh, I need to prayer”? Go home and pray.

Who are we feeling Why are we lying? York University has a prayer hall. The city of Toronto has the prayer hall. Who is there? No Baha’is are coming and demanding, “We want to pray. We want to pray!”

Canada is being screwed by making sure that it gets screwed well. Hockey players brandish their hockey sticks like gladiators from the Roman days. Get religion out of public life. If you want to survive, if you introduce religion, it becomes one religion.

That is not even Islam. It is what enemies of Muslims made, wrote of Sharia, and The Muslim Brotherhood, and, by the way, backed the CIA to combat communism, “Use Muslims, they are idiots.”

We turned this USSR issue with Iran, Pakistan, and Turkey, and then make them fight the communists because it was crazy. Ours will not die. Muslims will die fighting communists. Muslims turned out to be people who love to die because they believe life begins after death there.

This may sound bizarre to listeners or you. The Earth is a transit lounge. “You want to live. We want to die.” Who is going to win?

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Columnist, Toronto Sun; Founder, Muslim Canadian Congress.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tarek Fatah on Personal and National Trajectory (Part One) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 1). An Interview with Tarek Fatah on Personal and National Trajectory (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Tarek Fatah on Personal and National Trajectory (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Tarek Fatah on Personal and National Trajectory (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Tarek Fatah on Personal and National Trajectory (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Tarek Fatah on Personal and National Trajectory (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Tarek Fatah on Personal and National Trajectory (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Tarek Fatah on Personal and National Trajectory (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Tarek Fatah on Personal and National Trajectory (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/fatah-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Founding the Nigerian Humanist Movement (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,882

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Leo Igwe is the Founder of the Humanist Movement in Nigeria. He discusses: family background; personal background; benefits and downsides of conversion; and how one founds a national humanist movement.

Keywords: Christianity, humanism, Islam, Leo Igwe, Nigeria, religion.

An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Founding the Nigerian Humanist Movement: Founder, Nigerian Humanist Movement (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You’re from Nigeria. You’re the founder of the humanist movement in Nigeria. It’s the most populated African nation-state as well.

Dr. Leo Igwe: Yes.

Jacobsen: There is a there, there. What is geographic, cultural, religion or lack thereof, background for you?

Igwe: I was born into a religious family in a village in Southeastern Nigeria. Nigerian villages are known to be more religious for many reasons. Sometimes, it is because of a lack of effective education, and necessary infrastructure.

Sometimes, development comes with infrastructure that makes people question and that liberates them from primitive fears and uncertainties. Born shortly after the Nigerian civil war, life was very hard. My part of the country was devastated. Life was very challenging for me and my family members. Religion was what gave a lot of people some sense of hope and enabled them to cope with the dire situation. Religion per se may not have delivered substantial relief. Religious organizations were providing humanitarian aid to my part of Nigeria. So, a lot of people were moved by such initiatives.

As we all know, religion is not only all about charity. Religion is about so many other things. So, as I was also growing up, I started noticing a lot of abuses, a lot of excesses in the name of religion. Rampant imputations of magic, witchcraft and superstition, claims of faith healing, as the case may be, made me question religious and supernatural notions.

I started to question things as I advanced in my education. Eventually, everything translated into my founding the humanist movement in Nigeria.

2. Jacobsen: For those who grew up in a non-religious home in Nigeria, and became religious, what are their reasons for doing so, typically? Also, when someone grows up in a religious home in Nigeria, leaves the religion later on, and then rejoins another religion at a later point, what are their reasons for doing so as well?

Igwe: I must say that people who describe themselves in Nigeria as non-religious are in the minority. Those who veer from religion to non-religion are “first-generation” humanists. These persons constitute the humanist or the non-religious movement today. Otherwise what applies is more of people moving from one religion to another religion.

Conversion by force and by choice has been going on since the Western missionaries came to Nigeria and Africa, and Islamic and Arab colonizers came from the Middle East. But what we have is mainly people moving from African traditional religion to Christianity, or people moving from Christianity to Islam or Islam to Christianity as the case may be.

I have known people who moved from being non-religious to being religious. It is not something very significant in our own part of Nigeria. What happens more often is people changing from one religion to another. Switching religion is risky but it depends on which religion and in which part of Nigeria the switching is done.

In terms of people leaving from non-religion to religion, we don’t have this tradition yet. People in most cases are born into one religion or the other. Even though, recently, there are people who say to me: “Yes, I used to be like you. I used to be an atheist. But now I have found God.”

As I have earlier noted the risk in changing religion depends on where one resides and which religion is dominant there. Is a Christian converting to Islam in a Christian environment or in a Muslim dominated area? When persons who profess Christianity change to another religion or non-religion, they face persecution if they live in predominantly Christian areas; it is the same for Muslims converting to Christianity or non-religion in a Muslim dominated environment. Comparatively, those who renounce Islam are worse of.

3. Jacobsen: What are the benefits of conversion to a Nigerian citizen? What are the costs that they may not be taking into account?

Igwe: The benefits are enormous because religion constitutes the basis of identity and solidarity. Religion makes people feel at home and become socially connected. People risk a lot by converting or leaving religion. It is like disconnecting from society. Religion makes it easier for people to access certain amenities more easily, e.g., education, because the schools are controlled by religious organizations. If you want to teach or attend these schools, there is enormous pressure to convert to the school’s religion. Sometimes, religion can help access healthcare programs because missionaries introduced these healthcare centres. Hospitals have become platforms for the propagation of religion. People are under pressure to take on the religion of the institution that owns these places. Religion has enormous political value. Political Christianity and political Islam are immersed in a stiff battle to dominate Nigeria. If you want to succeed politically, a former president of Nigeria once said, “You cannot oppose Islam”. And I want to add, you cannot oppose Christianity.

So, religion is a potent tool for political mobilization and legitimation. “I am a Muslim like you.” “I am a Catholic like you.” “Yes, let’s have a Catholic for president.” “Yes, let’s have a Muslim for president.” A one time governor of Zamfara campaigned on the platform to introduce sharia law which he eventually did. So politicians find religion useful. During the election period, the politicians become more religious. They go to church or mosque more often. They do a lot to appeal to the religious voters; to the religious base.

4. Jacobsen: Founding a freethought movement via humanism in Nigeria, that’s an incredible feat. It is unusual. By implication, it makes you an outstanding person. How did that happen for you, in terms of finding humanism? How did this happen for a Nigerian subculture in terms of founding the humanist community there?

Igwe: Yes, I am happy that you used the word “subculture.” That is the way that I describe humanism or the irreligious culture. Humanism could become the dominant culture some day. There are subcultural trends that are critical of religion. They’re not very visible. They are not prominent. While growing up in this society, a lot of people were critical of religious claims. But they were not outspoken and did not found a movement. At best they were individual freethinkers. This is because a lot of stigma is attached to atheism, irreligion or religious criticism.

While growing up, I studied the works of many philosophers. I noticed that the subculture of humanism has reached a point where it could be more visible than in the  past. I thought that humanism could be brought to the cultural table, to compete with the dominant culture, religion. If possible, humanism could beat back the religious cultural trend and check its excesses.

What made me do it is because there is a lot of benefit in founding a humanist movement in a religious country such as Nigeria. I found it socially valuable, beneficial, and advantageous. I think that my own society would be better off if the subculture of freethought and critical thinking get noticed and gets positioned at the table, and able to challenge the dominant religious culture and its excesses.

Look at the world and how the forces of religious extremism are ravaging different parts of the globe. Look at the horrific scale of human sacrifice and persecution of women,  the abuse of children, and inhumane and degrading treatment going on in the name of religion.

When religious bandits perpetuate these abuses, they think that they can get away with them. Religion operates with this veneer of unquestionability and impunity. Religious claims are presented as if they are eternally right and true. With this, religious actors, experts, or personalities get away with a lot, a lot of lies and falsehoods, a lot of criminalities and atrocities.

Because they know that nobody can question those things.

I found questioning religious claims liberating. In a situation where these claims are not questioned, a lot of people are misled. A lot of people suffer. A lot of people have been unable to question religious claims in my society. If they had done so, they could have known that one cannot make money using human body parts. They won’t engage in the murder and mutilation of human beings. The subculture of critical thinking and freethought is gaining ground and inspiring cultural renaissance. I founded the humanist movement for this purpose, to help move the society forward.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Nigerian Humanist Movement.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Founding the Nigerian Humanist Movement (Part One) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 1). An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Founding the Nigerian Humanist Movement (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Founding the Nigerian Humanist Movement (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Founding the Nigerian Humanist Movement (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Founding the Nigerian Humanist Movement (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Founding the Nigerian Humanist Movement (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Founding the Nigerian Humanist Movement (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Founding the Nigerian Humanist Movement (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Leo Igwe on Founding the Nigerian Humanist Movement (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/igwe-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Three)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,504

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Tim Moen is the President of the Libertarian Party of Canada. Dr. Oren Amitay, Ph.D., C.Psych. is a Registered Psychologist and a Media Consultant. Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is the Vice-President of Humanist Canada. David Rand is the President of Atheist Freethinkers of Canada. Dr. Rick Mehta is a Former Professor at Acadia University. They discuss: moments in national political history represent pivotal moments in the fight for one basic right: freedom of expression; moments in national social history representative of pivotal moments in the fight for one basic right: freedom of expression; moments in Academia representative of pivotal moments in the fight for one basic right: freedom of expression; and important aspects of the work to create more freedom of expression for more citizens.

Keywords: David Rand, freedom of expression, freedom of speech, Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Oren Amitay, Rick Mehta, Tim Moen.

On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Three)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Interviewees only answered questions in which they felt appropriate for them.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What moments in national political history represent pivotal moments in the fight for one basic right: freedom of expression?

Tim Moen: In Canada the Charter of Rights and Freedoms was passed in 1982 and instantiated freedom of expression as a fundamental freedom. Unfortunately, Section 1 of the Charter allows government to find exceptions where the rights enumerated may be violated by government.

Most provinces have Human Rights Commissions which are quasi-judicial bodies that pass judgement on perceived human rights violations. There have been a number of complaints about speech adjudicated by these Commissions including fining comedians for offensive speech. So freedom of expression is certainly not protected in Canada like it is in the US.

Dr. Oren Amitay: In Canada, it has been Bill C16 in July 2017 (it was introduced by Trudeau’s government in May 2016) and M103 in March 2017; this latter one is not a law but a non-binding resolution or “motion.” Still, it sets the stage to prevent anyone from holding honest, important and fact-based discussions about Canadian policy because anyone who does raise relevant questions will be branded an Islamophobe and potentially face dire personal, social, professional and/or legal consequences.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: In Canada, I think it would be the invocation of the War Measures Act in 1970. By way of background, a terrorist group, La Front de liberation du Quebec, kidnapped two people – a Quebec cabinet minister and a British diplomat. The then prime minister, father of our current prime minister, declared this to be an armed insurrection. The War Measures Act was invoked suspending civil liberties across the nation. This allowed police to arrest people without charge and without recourse to legal counsel, allowed for press censorship, and allowed the federal cabinet to run the country without having to go through parliament. Nearly 500 people were arrested incognito, often because they were believed to have voiced sympathy for some of the aims of the FLQ. Union literature that had nothing to do with the FLQ but which was deemed to be offensive was seized outside of Quebec.

The lesson I take from all this is how fragile our freedoms are. In the hysteria that was whipped up after these kidnappings the public overwhelmingly supported the suspension of their own civil liberties. This hysteria was shared by the Canadian parliament that voted overwhelmingly to make itself irrelevant and invest all power in the prime minister. Today we see an erosion of due process in Canada, following a similar dynamic. Due to a hysteria whipped up by generally unsubstantiated allegations, our present government has amended the criminal code to force defence counsel to share evidence that complainants in sexual abuse cases are lying with the prosecution and complainant’s lawyers before trial. This ultimately allows complainants to know what evidence the defence has so that they can modify their testimony accordingly. This aspect of Bill-C51 to amend Canada’s criminal code only applies to charges of sexual assault and not to other crimes like murder, arson or theft. It’s an erosion of due process.

Dr. Rick Mehta: Probably, in Canada, it would have to be Jordan Peterson’s stand on Bill C-16.

2. Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, what moments in national social history represents pivotal moments in the fight for one basic right: freedom of expression?

Moen: A recent example that comes to mind is the controversy that Jordan Peterson triggered when he refused to be compelled to use pronouns of choice at the University of Toronto.

Robertson: Delbert and Laroche were Metis brothers from northern Saskatchewan, Canada, in the 1960s. Laroche was a swarthy, dark-skinned man with a zest for life sports. Delbert suffered from asthma and had not done well in school as compared to his brother. He was light-skinned and could pass for “white.” They applied for jobs at the mine in Flin Flon on the Saskatchewan-Manitoba border. Delbert was hired, Laroche was not. This was part of a pattern where the good jobs generally went to Delbert. Their example was used as evidence for anti-racism funding and legislation.

About a decade later I participated in a social experiment. It had been rumoured that a lounge in Regina was using a dress code as a pretext for discriminating against aboriginal people. We recruited a group of dark-skinned aboriginals and had them dress in sports jackets and dress pants. We also recruited some lighter skinned people and had them dress in blue jeans. The aboriginal people were turned away while the non-aboriginal appearing people were not. We used this as a case with the Human Rights Commission and the establishment was forced to change its practices.

Today examples of overt discrimination are comparatively rare. A recent study by John Richards as Simon Fraser University has shown, for example, that aboriginal people with university degrees are just as likely, even slightly more likely, to be employed at a level commensurate with their degree as compared to non-aboriginal Canadians. The pivotal moment involved the activism of the 60s and 70s. Our society is so lacking in racism that people who for personal or political reasons want to find it have been reduced to looking for it in the innocuous names of sports teams and in the so-called “dog whistle” communication of their political opponents where nothing racist is actually said but the words are supposed to connote some secret signal. A short while ago a leader of one of Canada’s political parties was accused of being racist because while he condemned a mass murderer in New Zealand and expressed sympathy for the victims, he failed to mention that the victims were Muslim. I am sorry, but irrespective of the fact that Islam is a religion not a race, the failure to recite some political script is not evidence of racism. I am angry at the racialists who engage in this behaviour. They are basically saying that someone who cheers for the McGill Varsity Redmen (a name chosen because their earliest sports teams included Irish immigrants with red hair) are equally guilty of racism as the employer who hires people based on the depth of brown that makes up their skin colouring. Frankly, it trivializes racism and brings disrespect to the once honourable term “social justice advocate.”

David Rand: (Canada) Motion M-103 (adopted by federal parliament) and other motions (e.g. adopted by National Assembly in Quebec) which condemn the fictional “racism” known as “Islamophobia” are examples of major threats to freedom of expression here in Canada. The recent repeal of Canada’s anti-blasphemy law is very good news, but much mitigated by the previously mentioned motions. In summary: “Islamophobia” is the blasphemy of the 21st century.

Amitay: At the risk of appearing self-congratulatory, the largest Free Speech talk in Canada was held on November 11, 2017, in Toronto, Canada. It was organized entirely by one woman, my former student Sarina Singh, and featured myself and Drs. Jordan Peterson and Gad Saad.

3. Jacobsen: Also, what moments in Academia represent pivotal moments in the fight for one basic right: freedom of expression?

Moen: The seemingly endless examples of censorship of conservative and classically liberal speakers in North America seems to be bringing attention to the degradation of expression and speech in the Academy.

Amitay: I know there are earlier moments but I cannot invest the time in recalling them. So, more recently, I would say the Evergreen State College debacle beginning in May 2017, whereby Dr. Bret Weinstein and his wife, Dr. Heather Heying, fought against the insanity of their College colleagues and students. I would also say Dr. Jonathan Haidt’s efforts to bring sanity to College Campuses, including his formation of Heterodox Academy, and perhaps most importantly, the Chicago Principles established following the University of Chicago’s engagement with Foundation for Individual Rights in Education in 2014.

Robertson: I think we are in such a moment right now, and I don’t know how it will end. Let me back up for a moment. The Enlightenment that I referred to earlier began in academia over the nature of knowledge. Enlightenment scholars viewed knowledge as something humans could attain through application of reason and observation. Our human rights that are centered on the respect given individuals and their ability to ascertain for themselves truth is grounded in this Enlightenment ideal.

Post Modernism holds that truth cannot be ascertained through reason and empiricism. For example, one of my old post-modernist university professors stated, in a journal article, that science is “just a white, male way of knowing.” Well, if you remove the authority of reason and empiricism, how does one settle competing truth claims? The answer is, of course, through appeals to authority that ultimately rest on naked power, which was the system used by monastic universities to maintain doctrinaire purity prior to the Enlightenment.

Just how this anti-intellectual way of maintaining academic didactic purity operates may have been illustrated by Acadia University’s firing of a tenured professor. Rick Mehta publicly disagreed with the findings of Canada’s “Truth and Reconciliation Commission” into historical grievances faced by people who are indigenous to this country. He also refused to bend grammatical rules to use words like “they” when referring to transsexual people, nor did he use newly invented pronouns like “ze.” This all is evidence that he failed to follow the party line. The university was not forthcoming in releasing the reports they used to justify his firing, but the seriousness of firing a tenured professor demand transparency.

The improper disciplinary action against Lindsay Shepherd by Wilfred Laurier University leads to further questions of academic freedom. In this case, Shepherd was a teaching assistant who showed a debate between two University of Toronto professors on the use of special transgender pronouns to her students. As a professional educator, I can tell you that this is sound educational practise; however, Shepherd’s supervisors disagreed and said the showing of the debate was like showing a video of Adolph Hitler. Although the university subsequently apologized to Shepherd for this improper disciplinary hearing, she reports that she is now blacklisted from Canadian universities. Her supervisors, Nathan Rambukkana and Herbert Pimlott, still have tenure.

An irony in all this is that the leading post-modernist of the twentieth century was Martin Heidegger, a Nazi. He argued that human reason was deficient and that the German volk should put their trust those who were “Dasein,” specifically, himself and the Fuehrer, to determine ultimate truth. While Hitler described himself as a Roman Catholic and was totalitarian in his approach, Shepherd describes herself as an atheist who believes in diversity and the use of reason and science. But she evidently receive the memo from the modern “Dasein” that some people were to be censored even if in debate with a person holding an opposing view. Will this pivotal moment in our history end with a return to authoritarian universities, or will we retain the humanist vision of the Enlightenment? I believe our continuing civilization will ultimately be determined by how we answer that question.

Rand: Here in Canada, freedom of speech and expression are threatened mainly by social censorship, not political (government) censorship. Specifically, social censorship is imposed via overwhelming waves of gratuitous and defamatory accusations of “racism” or “xenophobia” or “Islamophobia” or “far-right” tendencies or various other slanderous insults. The result is to poison any debate and bully dissenters into silence. This is what the regressive pseudo-left is all about. It has ruined the left. The question remains: Is there any left left? The two most important moments in recent Canadian history where this occurred both involve Quebec: (1) 2013-2014, when the government (PQ) attempted to pass a secularism charter and (2) currently, 2019, as the government (CAQ) plans to pass a new law implementing State secularism in Quebec. In both situations, the media, especially the English-language media went (and continue to go) ballistic.

Mehta: That one, I am not sure if they is anyone pivotal big moment because there are so many. I think it is a lot of small moments that build on one another. I think it is partly because, in Canada, we do not have an equivalent in Canada, as they do in America like the Chronicles of Higher Education. It is hard to really know, because I do not really know all the ins-and-outs of what is happening in Academia. All I can tell is the limited information from Facebook groups like Academics for Academic Freedom.

It is hard to give an informed answer because I do not have the data or the information to give an articulate answer.

4. Jacobsen: On the international level, and as a final question, what have been important aspects of the work to create more freedom of expression for more citizens, as a branch of social justice – understood as human rights and equality? That is to say, more equality in the provision of the right to freedom of expression.

Moen: The biggest boon to social justice has been markets and entrepreneurship. The decline of absolute poverty and access to devices that allow more individuals around the world to broadcast their ideas and content has done more to empower expression than anything else. Governments around the world continue to be tempted to use their power to limit speech, and many people are pushing back, however I think the increasing access to technology and wealth and more speech innovations will make it nearly impossible to stifle expression. Government is just too cumbersome to keep up.

Amitay: I do not quite understand the question, but I would say that we have not seen much impact of such efforts with respect to compelling people to accept that such freedoms are perhaps the most important element of “social justice” or human rights and equality. If anything, we have seen a significant degradation of such principles internationally. Unfortunately, the result has been the boomerang ascent of a number of *truly* “far right” and/or “White Supremacist” organizations, political parties and ruling governments, particularly in Eastern Europe. This is highly predictable because, although “the powers that be” in numerous countries have inexplicably determined that a lot of non-hateful speech somehow constitutes “hate speech” or some other form of “criminal” expression, this is true only if the recipients of the supposedly “offensive” speech are not White, heterosexual, non-Transgender (Christian/Catholic/Protestant/Baptist) males and sometimes females. In other words, it is “open season” against White, heterosexual, non-Transgender (Christian/Catholic/Protestant/Baptist) males and sometimes females, hence they seek out and/or support those who appear to represent and to defend their own interests. If Free Speech or Free Expression were embraced by all, most people who are *not* hateful or bigoted would not feel they need to seek refuge among “extreme/radical” groups such as those mentioned above. Instead, they would feel that they could have honest and fact-based discussions about important issues in any context, rather than being called hateful, racist, sexist, bigoted, misogynistic, misanthropic, homophobic, Transphobic, Islamophobic or any other kind of ___ist/___phobic for daring to say anything that does not conform exactly to what is currently deemed as “proper.”

Robertson: Although the United Nations is much maligned, and sometimes deservedly so, it has served as a conduit for communication from different societies and this has facilitated a common ethic governing such communication. The default for such communication is secular because the organization cannot privilege one religion above another and continue to function. Thus the U.N. through its advocacy of human rights, and its communication generally, has advanced secularism. The greatest threat to freedom of expression is religionism. Without religion, dictators lack moral authority and rule through brute force. Religion provides the moral authority whereby good hearted people do evil things. It worries me that we do not support sufficiently secularists from priest and imam ridden countries. I commend the work of Humanists International, but we need to do more.

Rand: First of all, the very expression “social justice” has become suspect because it has been hijacked by the regressive pseudo-left in the form of “social justice warriors” who in practice enforce, dogmatically and aggressively (and sometimes with violence), the repressive politics of that movement, including social suppression of freedom of speech and expression. This is happening in several countries: Canada, USA, UK, France and other European countries. At the international level, one very important issue is efforts by the OIC (Organisation of Islamic Cooperation) to impose an international anti-blasphemy law under the guise of proscribing “defamation of religion.” The work of the IHEU to document anti-atheist persecution around the world is a very important aspect of the fight against this kind of campaign for censorship.

Mehta: I think what is happening internationally, to make sure I understand the question, is that right now with the social justice movement. It is actually the antithesis of more freedom of expression. Your right to speak, your right to express yourself, is a function of your identity. So, how much you deviate from being a white, heterosexual, Christian male, who is in good shape? Probably, too, if we are going to include physical fitness, that is deemed the enemy.

The more you deviate from that in the so-called hierarchy of power. That then gives you the greater right to speak. The social justice movement is the exact opposite to giving one’s right to freedom of expression. This could be answer to an earlier question. The University of Chicago’s Principles on Freedom of Expression. That’s probably the one set of principles that is allowing for the greatest expression of freedom of expression in the academic setting, in the universities right now.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, everyone.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Tim Moen, President, Libertarian Party of Canada; Dr. Oren Amitay, Ph.D., C.Psych., Registered Psychologist and Media Consultant; Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Vice-President, Humanist Canada; David Rand, President, Atheist Freethinkers of Canada; Dr. Rick Mehta, Former Professor, Psychology, Acadia University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: June 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Three) [Online].June 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, June 1). On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, June. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (June 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):June. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Three) [Internet]. (2019, June 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 4 — Embedment: A Tale of Matrioshka

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 24, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 740

Keywords: Herb Silverman, philosophy of mathematics, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about mathematics and its fields.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: To simplify the universes of discourse for disciplines, one automatic maneuver comes from segmentation of the the natural sciences into further specialties, sub-disciplines, and so on. What have been the staples of mathematics? How have segmentation help organization ideas and research into mathematics? What fields comprise fundamental areas but remain more fringe as they’re a more niche discipline or sub-field of mathematics?

Professor Herb Silverman: After receiving my master’s degree in mathematics from Syracuse University in 1965, I passed the qualifying exam for my PhD, which I received in 1968. Students at that time took a qualifying exam in four mathematics specialties in which they could earn a PhD at the university –Algebra, Topology, Real Analysis, and Complex Analysis. Remember there were no computers back then, so the fields of investigation were somewhat limited.

Algebra at the university level is quite different from what you learned in high school. It investigates topics called groups, rings, fields, and other entities too complicated to define here. Topology is a branch of mathematics concerned with the properties of space that are preserved under continuous deformations such as stretching or twisting, but not tearing. An old joke is that a topologist does not know the difference between a doughnut and a coffee cup (because the coffee cup can be topologically transformed into its handle (a doughnut). Real Analysis studies the behavior of real numberssequences and series of real numbers, and real-valued functions. Complex Analysis deals with the study of complex numbers and their functions.

Whichever of these branches of mathematics people chose, they always specialized in a subfield because the whole field was too large. I did my PhD thesis in Complex Analysis, doing research in a subfield called Geometric Function Theory.

Today many more fields with related subfields exist in which to do mathematical research, especially in applied mathematics. When a new PhD mathematician applies at a university, he or she usually gives a research talk to the math department before being hired. The applicant is often warned by an advisor, not completely in jest, to divide the talk into thirds. The first third of the talk should be understood by just about all the mathematicians in the department to show that you are a good teacher. The second third should be understood by about half. And the last third should be understood by almost nobody, indicating that your research is deep.

It’s not easy to say which areas of mathematics are fringe and which are not. Beautiful mathematical results have often been found in areas not considered part of the mainstream. Some so-called fringe areas today will likely become more mainstream when people see how they might be useful in solving a host of other problems. So I wouldn’t denigrate any research area in mathematics, no matter how fringe-like they might appear to some.

As with research in science, I would say regarding what should be considered mainstream in math, “Follow the money.” Areas in which there are a lot of substantial research grants can be called mainstream.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik on Background, Qualifications, and Upbringing (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,569

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Dr. Sarah Lubik is the Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & Innovation Concentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship. She discusses: background; qualifications and intentions behind the credentials; and the importance for a variety of experiences for a diverse upbringing.

Keywords: business, Canada, entrepreneurship, innovation, Sarah Lubik, SFU, technology.

An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik Background, Qualifications, and Upbringing: Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & InnovationConcentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, we will start at the beginning naturally. Tell us a little bit about your background in terms of family environment, upbringing, so culture, geography, language.

Dr. Sarah Lubik: I grew up in Coquitlam, in the suburbs of Vancouver. I’m lucky to have had a mom at home and a father with a job at Imperial Oil and all the benefits that come along with it.

So, I’m not sure it was that exciting in upbringing as far as the story goes, but I can tell what’s one of the things that has been interesting for me, and that I like to think has shaped me.  My parents both come from very hardworking families.  My father is the second generation from Eastern European.

They were all entrepreneurs and were always hard workers. That’s something that’s been passed on to my sisters and I. We’ve never had brothers and had a matriarchal family. Mom’s family, in particular, is strong.

So, there’s never been any question for my sisters and I of not being able to do anything or ever being restricted because we are women. We were lucky enough to have a cabin that my father built, up in Indian Arm, when we were growing up, where we would spend the summers.

Being in a place without electricity, you constantly have use of your imagination, like building houses for plastic dinosaurs out in the back with leaves and sticks, and helping dad fix things. So, we started off feeling empowered and capable. It wasn’t until I ended up going away to school in England for my Master’s and Ph.D. that I fully realized there was still a long way to go in many places.

I’d heard of glass ceilings, but I didn’t have much experience it Until much later.

2. Jacobsen: When you were getting your qualifications, what was the intention there? What were those degrees’ purposes towards what you had as a long term vision, if there was one at the time?

Lubik: Your last point was incredibly relevant. There was not much in the way of vision, more a series of opportunities that makes sense in hindsight. There were never questions in my house growing up that we wouldn’t go to University. We were going to University. The question was where.

I was told that my grades are good in science, which meant I could probably get a science scholarship. When I wrote a scholarship essay, I showed it to my English teacher and he said, “Cool! You’re going not going to SFU.”

I was shocked. I said, “No, I wanted to go to SFU, how would I change this?”, and he told me to rip it up. “Because they’re looking for something interesting, they’re looking for someone who thinks differently. This is a -written, structured essay. It’s not particularly insightful or genuine. It’s not going to get their attention.”

Having heard that SFU was a place where they wanted people who thought differently and wanted people to be themselves, immediately, SFU was, even more, my school of choice, and I was accepted with a science scholarship. Interestingly, the scholarship essay was about how I might not say in science, because the most important part of the university was self-discovery, and I might discover science wasn’t where my heart was.

While I had good grades in science and was interested in experiments, I knew was it was unlikely that I was going to stay because I used to like to debate with people, so I wanted to be a lawyer. My grade 12 law teacher was a hero of mine, he even helped me get into some legal public speaking competitions.

I didn’t do well in them, but I enjoyed it, so at the time, I wanted to be a lawyer. So, I transferred from science to business and liked marketing. There was room for creativity in it, and I took international business because, wrongly, I thought that it helped you travel for work.

It wasn’t until my mother came home with the story of ‘my friend’s son is in co-op, loves it, so you need to be in a co-op.’ I wasn’t originally convinced, but I did not win that argument with my mom and ended up in co-op. It was transformative.

I went out and experienced a bunch of different work environments, then found out that there’s a whole bunch of things that I didn’t want to do at all. I learned that event management was not glamorous and how to survive a toxic work culture before I landed what surprisingly became my dream job: I was hired as a research assistant for a professor at SFU, who was studying the commercialization of fuel cells and materials.

My job was to call companies who were coming up with things that sounded like science fiction at the time, to call up their founders and CEOs and say, “Tell me your story and tell me what your challenges were. Let’s see if we can draw conclusions. Maybe, we can find patterns or strategies with other companies that might be able of help ot you.”

It never occurred to me that this was a career option before. No one had ever told me that. I absolutely loved it. I didn’t want the co-op term to end. As it turned out, this project was between SFU, MIT, and Cambridge University in England, and there was more work to do.

I asked my supervisor, “If I do a good job, for me, can you help me go see some of our partners in other parts the world?” She said, “Sure, where?” So, she helped me visit Cambridge for a semester to do the same thing, visiting those amazing companies and calling these incredible entrepreneurial people to find out their stories,

I had a high success rate with getting interviews, enthusiasm goes a long way, and that got the attention of people who we were working with. One day my supervisor in England brought me out into her garden for tea, as you do, and said, “We have some money for around this research. You clearly love what you’re doing. Have you ever considered doing a master’s degree?”

That was the first time I’d actually thought of it, but when someone says, “Do you want a master’s degree from Cambridge?” You don’t say, “No.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Lubik: So, we thought we’ll try it. It was incredibly fun. It was a fantastic way to see the world.

So, I got a way to travel after all, and I got to learn from experts and entrepreneurs all across Europe, which was amazing. Then part way through, I realized that I wanted to do a Ph.D. I wondered, “How do I tell [my supervisor] that I want to do a Ph.D.? Where are we going to find the money for this?”

Then she sat down in a meeting one day and told my department head, “We’re looking for money for Sarah to do her Ph.D.” I realized that she’s known for quite a while. So, that got past the problem of having to tell anyone or having to explain to her that I needed finances.

So, that was what happened. I loved the research side of things, but I also needed a job. I got the job supporting start-up companies because I walked into my advisor’s office and said, “I probably need to get a job to pay the rent, etc. Do you have anyone that you know who needs help?”

He checked post-it note on his office computer and said, “Actually, I do. He works helping startups for start-ups. You work on startups. So, here you go.” It all snowballed. That job was administration, which turned into coordinating pan-European projects and turned into working with all the different tools to support start-up companies and becoming a business coach.

Becoming a business coach let me meet a lot of interesting startups, one of my clients was fantastic, technologically, but could use help, commercially. So, I ended up getting together with those guys and we used their technology to start a new venture

So, I suppose my journey so far is opportunistic. I love supporting entrepreneurship. I love the creativity that comes with being in that world and being part of creating a lot of different opportunities

In line with that, I was studying commercialization of advanced materials through university ventures. The support structures and ecosystems that need to be built to support the university on innovation and entrepreneurship were key.

When I was thinking of whether or not I should move home to Canada, that was about the same time friends back at SFU, the Beedie School, in particular, were talking about how we need someone to lead the charge in this.

3. Jacobsen: When you were having a regular upbringing relative to Canada, you’re going to the cabin, exploring and using your imagination, as well having a key mentor in high school for law, do you think that you would be able to launch into innovation and entrepreneurship as a career path without those experiences?

Lubik: Interesting question.  In my journey mentorship has definitely played a significant role, employers and teachers, but also peers.

I did get some exposure to entrepreneurship at the end of my undergraduate career in case competitions, but this was before entrepreneurship was sexy and before our school had entrepreneurship programs. I had already done my first co-op and experienced what I didn’t want to do. When I came back to school, I wanted to make sure that I made the most of the rest of my university experience because I wanted to have a meaningful life and job.

After my first co-op job, I knew nine-to-five job didn’t appeal to me, I wasn’t seeing my friends at school, I was only taking one class. I thought, “How boring and unfulfilling.”

So, I watched other people who were excelling in school. One of the things that was common was they were doing case competitions. I thought, “I’m going to get into that. That’s where the ambitious people are”. They were recruiting for a large case competition: the first JDC West. We had an entrepreneurship team, but we had no entrepreneurship classes.

The person who was creating the team who said, “Sarah thinks on her feet, put her in entrepreneurship.” I went, “I don’t know anything about that, but sure.” I loved it. I loved the problem-solving aspect of it. I loved the strategy aspect of entrepreneurship, but at that point, I’d never studied it or spend time with entrepreneurs.

When I studied it later, I spent a lot of time with start-up companies and with the academics and entrepreneurs who were starting them. So, in a lot of ways, I learned at the feet of the giants.  Many of those companies are still going today.

The mentor that I had running the European projects in Cambridge whose mentorship style was the better I did then the more stuff he gave me. That was also experienced with a different kind of entrepreneurship, being let loose to create my own path as long as I got things done.

I’ve been lucky that the person who employed me at SFU also had a similar standpoint on mentorship, which was, “I’m going to give you things that excite you. I’m going to tell you what you need to get done, but how you do it is up to you.”

That’s one of the most important things that I now teach. I want some ambiguity and flexibility. Learning to just start when you don’t know how to start or where to start is a key entrepreneurial trait.

The other thing that took me down this path is that I was in a place like Cambridge. Cambridge is one of the biggest start-up hubs. Maybe not the biggest, one of the most thriving start-up hubs.

The energy and culture there are that people start start-up companies for fun. There are people who you’ll meet who you would not think, “This is an entrepreneur.”  But even those people are thinking t, “I’m going to see if I can commercialize my Ph.D. research.” Why? Everyone around you is doing it.”

So, being in that setting, where this is not just possible, it’s the norm, energizes you to take that leap.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Director of Entrepreneurship, SFU Co-Champion, Technology Entrepreneurships Lecturer, Entrepreneurship & Innovation Concentration Coordinator, Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Beedie School of Business, Simon Fraser University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik Background, Qualifications, and Upbringing (Part One) [Online].May 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, May 22). An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik Background, Qualifications, and Upbringing (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik Background, Qualifications, and Upbringing (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, May. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik Background, Qualifications, and Upbringing (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik Background, Qualifications, and Upbringing (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (May 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik Background, Qualifications, and Upbringing (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik Background, Qualifications, and Upbringing (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik Background, Qualifications, and Upbringing (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):May. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Dr. Sarah Lubik Background, Qualifications, and Upbringing (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, May 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/lubik-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

 

An Interview with Graham Powell on Cognitive Limitations, WIN ONE Content, “Leonardo” and Sidis, and AtlantIQ Society (Part Three)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,218

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

His Lordship of Roscelines, Graham Powell,earned the “best mark ever given for acting during his” B.A. (Hons.) degree in “Drama and Theatre Studies at Middlesex University in 1990” and the “Best Dissertation Prize” for an M.A. in Human Resource Management from the University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England in 1994. Powell is an Honorary Member of STHIQ Society, Former President of sPIqr Society, Vice President of Atlantiq Society, and a member ofBritish MensaIHIQSIngeniumMysteriumHigh Potentials SocietyElateneosMilenijaLogiq, and Epida. He is the Full-Time Co-Editor of WIN ONE (WIN-ON-line Edition) since 2010 or nearly a decade. He represents World Intelligence Network Italia. He is the Public Relations Co-Supervisor, Fellow of the Royal Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce, and a Member of the European Council for High Ability. He discusses: cognitive and written content in WIN ONE; English as a second language, intelligence, and other barriers to some content; mental attributes tied to higher intelligence; Text Editor for Leonardo of AtlantIQ Society (WIN registered) work; the (Joint) Public Relations Officer for WIN, and the Vice President of the AtlantIQ Society, work; most exhausting and try parts of the jobs; most rewarding aspects of the jobs; and intelligence and creativity.

Keywords: AtlantIQ Society, creativity, editor, Graham Powell, intelligence, IQ, language, WIN ONE, World Intelligence Network.

An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Three)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s dig deeper into the form of thought represented in the written word with a focus on English in WIN ONE and then the differentiation of sigma levels. Mostly, adults will write for it. Therefore, the sigmas per individual will not fluctuate much. 

There may not exist a definitive metric in terms of the written word for some of the aforementioned reasons, by you, in Part Two of the interview. However, upper limits will exist on content complexity or cognitive load, for example, for lower sigmas. We can start there. 

What subject matter may be out of the cognitive reach of some in the community submitting to WIN ONE – not as a judgment of character or virtue, but, rather, a possible fact of life?

Graham Powell: I appreciate both your diplomacy and candour, Scott. It is indeed, not about virtue or about being judgemental regarding a person’s character. Previously, however, I said that philosophical texts, plus other articles and essays which have a highly mathematical content, distinguish the work produced by the high IQ community from other members of society. Both these types of text can get very complicated, even for people at the 2 sigma level above the mean IQ of the general population, the oft-quoted research by Hollingworth indicating that a 30 point gap between intelligence scores is likely to present an impenetrable barrier to cognitive understanding. Secondly, research by Dean Keith Simonton brings into question the level of creativity that can be gained at higher intelligence levels, the mode of expression and need for intricacy in both detail and precision being too much for many people with very high IQs to deviate from. So, though very high IQ people will probably understand highly creative content, they will not be as good at producing it, and perhaps restrictively critical of the content that is produced. To further illustrate my first point, “Being and Time”, “Sein und Zeit”, by Heidegger presents an ardent challenge to even the most intelligent of individuals, so any further discussion and extension of Heidegger’s concepts and conclusions is likely to be incomprehensible to many readers, including WIN ONE readers and contributors; however, to put things more in perspective for your readers, Scott, the WIN is now open to people to join if they have an IQ from 115 SD15 and upwards. Some of the members of the WIN are leading proponents in their fields, so potentially they can produce work which is too specialized and, in colloquial terms, too esoteric for the majority to fully understand, or even relate to sufficiently – again, talking within the parameters that you state in the question.

2. Jacobsen: After a certain sigma, barring extenuating circumstances of a barrier to English as an understood language, what level of intelligence provides a general ability to comprehend all possible content reasonably published in WIN ONE?

Powell: It has been my experience that those within the three sigma range of IQ can fully understand the kind of content that is submitted. I remember statistics produced in 2010, which evaluated the average IQ within the World Intelligence Network, put it at around the 140 mark, SD 15, the original WIN which was conceived and created by Evangelos Katsioulis having a minimum IQ requirement stipulated by the CIVIQ Society, so at 3 Sigma, though by May 2010, other societies with lower IQ entrance requirements had joined the meta-society. Most contributions to the WIN ONE, in my experience, have been summaries with conclusions gained from that particular approach to subjects. New, wholly original written content, is not usually submitted, mainly because other avenues for that kind of material are preferred by WIN members – though I have assisted in producing that kind of work. Quintessentially, then, work of a complexity which is beyond the understanding of those within the 3rd Sigma level of IQ scores does not appear in the WIN ONE.

3. Jacobsen: Do any negative mental attributes positively, and statistically significantly, correlate with higher intelligence levels? When do these, if they exist, manifest to egregiously bad levels? Or is this an incorrect framing, where intelligence simply acts as an amplifier of regular human vices or negative traits?

Powell: Wow, Scott! That is a broad question which would require a substantial answer covering the equivalent of several theses; but I shall attempt to answer it as succinctly as possible, steering readers towards other sources which will give them further information on the issues.

Firstly, on a neurological level, the areas of the brain responsible for cognitive function have been found to have shorter axons and a myelin sheath which affords quicker responses. In fact, the notion of ‘a big brain’ does not usually correspond to actuality, the neurological structure of grey and white matter being more compact

In terms of mental attributes, the speed of response to impulses produces hypersensitivities which can be detrimental to a tranquil existence. Existential angst, as it is often termed, is a corollary of the deeper, more extensive analysis of what Heidegger named Dasein. Reading any of the biographies of one of the most famous people with a high IQ (perhaps a person who had the highest ever IQ) William James Sidis, will inform people interested in this topic. The Sidis family were prone to exaggeration, yet the core analysis of the life of William Sidis reveals a man of considerable talents, plus lamentable eccentricities and a tragically early death.

As for egregiously bad traits, well, these appear in all parts of society and not wholly due to intelligence levels, though the most common trait that I have experienced and consider lamentable is an overly inflated opinion concerning ability (most commonly cited at lower intelligence levels as the Dunning Kruger Effect, yet applicable to higher levels of cognitive ability too). It’s an unwise person who exhibits this effect within an environment where they are likely to have their limitations made apparent, something which often results in an exchange of insults and, as I have also experienced, a person deliberately creating some alternative profiles on-line to give the impression that others are fully backing up their claims.

Aside from this, autism, though not egregious in itself, of course, has a 25% positive correlation with higher cognitive abilities, according to research done in 2015 by Edinburgh University (so I read recently) especially amongst those who are classified with Asperger’s Syndrome. As a teacher, I always flagged up these youngsters in the class register, because, though I taught English and Drama, their perspective was likely to develop and be influenced greatly via their mathematical ability, plus evolve with some difficulty when they had trouble empathising with other opinions. In general, they tend to be reticent about expressing themselves as a result.

As for ‘framing’, as you express it, noting attributes as ‘positive’ or ‘negative’ is open to interpretation, the positivist perspective on intelligence veering towards the phenomenological, or the Marxist. If someone perceives something to be real, it is real in its consequences, as a contemporary statement of the Thomas Theorem would have it. Intelligent people tend to question everything and not to take things for granted, nor register matters as eternally how the majority perceive them. This can be resented and be seen as ‘bad’ within the milieu of the majority, and, in history, I instantly think of Pythagoras, of Socrates, of, even, the ‘upstart’ Shakespeare and the watchmaker Harrison, the last example producing extraordinarily complex timepieces that revolutionized horology, yet upset the upper echelons of British society because he was, to put it simply, ‘not one of them’.

My research into group dynamics has also revealed that highly intelligent people tend not to work very well collectively compared with other more diversely comprised groups. Basically, having highly smart people gathered in a room will not necessarily produce the best results in every situation and discussion. In conclusion, then, I think both broad aspects to your line of inquiry are correct: intelligence in itself has negative traits and can amplify other detrimental factors in society as well.

4. Jacobsen: As the Text Editor for Leonardo of AtlantIQ Society (WIN registered), what have been notable projects and initiatives, publications and experiences, from this station?

Powell: My involvement in the production of this journal, Scott, occurs over a brief number of hours close to the publication date, and this is something I have committed myself to almost every three months, towards the end of February, May, August and November, since May 2010. Beatrice Rescazzi does a really great job pulling together the content and I work on the journal utilizing Publisher. On the first of June, September, December and March, the Leonardo magazine is uploaded. In it we have promoted science initiatives, most notably IQ For Science, whereby participants can use their skills to resolve gene-related problems or abnormalities.  We have a competition running at the moment which is centred around high IQ people proposing solutions to world problems, ‘real ones’, not ones of the hypothetical variety.  Leonardo is a magazine which represents the members of three societies, AtlantIQ (as you note) the STHIQ Society, plus The Creative Genius Society. I am proud to be an Honorary Member of the STHIQ Society. The founder of STHIQ is a genius named Gaetano Morelli, whose work on dynamic IQ tests, called “Retro-analytical Reasoning IQ Tests” (which he did with European Genius of the Year, 2014, Marco Ripà) I am also proud to say I helped with, if only minimally. I would not have interacted with Gaetano if it were not for the Leonardo magazine. My most amazing memories are of the places in which I have done the text editing, a kitchen in Tecom, Dubai, at 2 am being one of them, then an apartment in Izmir, Turkey, after an argument with my girlfriend about my commitment to the magazine – and not to her! (This was part of the joy of having a girlfriend with Narcissistic Personality Disorder!) My latest editing session was done in the Heraldic Room of The Bugibba Hotel, Malta, just a few hours before midnight. Some of the articles have been very difficult to correct. Correcting anacoluthon, which means the incorrect syntax of sentences, is very difficult when coupled with incorrect word choice. One recent article took hours to get into a readable state, but, ho hum, I did it! It’s also quite an art correcting poetry, the intentions of the poet being uncertain sometimes, and, of course, it is their work of art. As a poet, I am especially aware of how a piece of verse is a unique, personal mode of expression. If I have time, I contact the poet, but sometimes it is not possible. It is then that the art of the editor is an acutely diplomatic one.

5. Jacobsen: As the (Joint) Public Relations Officer for WIN, and the Vice President of the AtlantIQ Society, what tasks and responsibilities come with these positions?

Powell: To be honest, the positions are rather benign ones, though I suppose my help in organising the 12th Asia-Pacific Conference on Giftedness, seven years ago, was, in effect, done in the name of the WIN, so constituted me fulfilling the role of Joint Public Relations Officer whilst in Dubai. As for the AtlantIQ Society, Beatrice Rescazzi is the society President and we sometimes talk via Skype and are in monthly contact via e-mail. We often decide on competitions and discuss how to adapt and refresh the look and purpose of the society. The AtlantIQ Society, like any social entity, needs to be changed as time passes and the zeitgeist of the high IQ planet varies. Evangelos Katsioulis and I met in Dubai and spent wonderful evenings discussing how the WIN might develop. This later involved Manahel Thabet as well and, as I mentioned before, I hope this role of getting people together will flourish this year.

6. Jacobsen: What are the most exhausting or trying parts of the jobs?

Powell: I like to think I am diplomatic when dealing with disputes within the societies. Some egos in the high IQ world are ‘stratospheric’, which links with the earlier discussion about some egregious manifestations of being labelled ‘intelligent’. Some members have been disqualified due to cheating, which is just plain disappointing. Some members have shared their problems with us, sometimes at an extremely deep, emotional level. That takes a lot of energy, sometimes, but I don’t wish to give the idea that the notion of support is necessarily a terrible burden. It can be very rewarding.

7. Jacobsen: What are the most rewarding aspects of the jobs?

Powell: For me, it has been the varied opportunities to meet the members, then further interact, help, encourage and appreciate what they have to offer the world. Being supportive during what are, occasionally, tragic circumstances, I have found to be rewarding and truly memorable. The opportunities for working in five different countries have arisen during my tenure in these posts and I am thankful for that broadening of horizons and cultural experience.

8. Jacobsen: Does intelligence level correlate with creativity? Who are the most creative people that you have ever met in life? Why them?

Powell: As inferred earlier, it’s a moot point that I don’t hold as having been validated definitively. I read that to a certain extent, the structures of the brain which afford more creative, divergent thinking are antagonistic to the kind of structures which promulgate fast thinking. It’s partly why studying Einstein’s brain holds such an interest, he being a man of intelligence and creativity – especially via his visions and intuitive insights. Poincaré was a far superior mathematician than Einstein, in my opinion, with similar intuitive, creative solutions to problems. Later physicists of disputed IQ levels, yet with tremendous impacts within their specific fields of study (and here I’m thinking, in particular, of Richard Feynman) also developed a flair for art. I wish I’d been able to meet Goethe and to have seen him in action. I have seen Evangelos assimilate and compile large amounts of data in a short time, but I could not say how creative I think he is. I’ve worked with the chess Grandmaster Raymond Keene, who certainly played some creative games, and I’ve met mind mapping world champions; but, as regards the most creative people that I’ve met, I must admit, I have a higher opinion of the young French boy who did my task in class of creating an island of his dreams. For a start, he put it on a cloud… he certainly proposed ideas never seen by me before and I have never seen since. I think of my friend Gillian “Wiggy” Wilson, an artist, scenery designer, costume maker and modeller: whatever comes to her mind she seems able to make. My fellow drama student, Brian McDermott (who I recently connected with once more on social media) was, and I believe, still is, an original thinker with a strong sense of wonder akin to a youngster’s… I think of my marvellous friend Martine, who is a foreign languages and computing teacher. Her linguistic ability and her fervour for communicating ideas, plus her enjoyment of nature, is exemplary. I will see Martine soon. I hope to see Brian and “Wiggy” again too. They make every day like the first day of your life. Everything is out there, ready to explore. I love that!

9. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Graham.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Editor, WIN ONE; Text Editor, Leonardo (AtlantIQ Society); Joint Public Relations Officer, World Intelligence Network; Vice President, AtlantIQ Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-three; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Three) [Online].May 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, May 22). An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, May. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (May 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):May. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Three) [Internet]. (2019, May 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 20.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Sixteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,480

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Tim Moen is the President of the Libertarian Party of Canada. Dr. Oren Amitay, Ph.D., C.Psych. is a Registered Psychologist and a Media Consultant. Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is the Vice-President of Humanist Canada. David Rand is the President of Atheist Freethinkers of Canada. Dr. Rick Mehta is a Former Professor at Acadia University. They discuss: authors and speakers on freedom of expression and freedom of speech now; issues of freedom of expression and freedom of speech affecting their personal lives; and freedom of expression and freedom of speech affecting professional lives.

Keywords: David Rand, freedom of expression, freedom of speech, Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Oren Amitay, Rick Mehta, Tim Moen.

On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Interviewees only answered questions in which they felt appropriate for them.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Who are authors or speakers who represent high-level thoughts on the importance of freedom of expression and freedom of speech now?

Tim Moen: I think most free speech authors and speakers today are generally pretty boring in that they aren’t saying anything new. At best they are regurgitating work of previous scholars and sometimes they are advocating for the undermining of property rights in the name of “free speech”.

I think that Jordan Peterson has said some interesting things on the importance of speech ie “Freedom of speech is freedom to engage in the processes that we use to formulate the problems in our society, to generate solutions to them and reach a consensus. It’s actually a mechanism, it’s not just another value.”

A little known author and thinker that I think is breaking new ground is Stephan Kinsella who is an IP lawyer and libertarian scholar. Kinsella makes a compelling argument that Intellectual Monopoly law is one of the most destructive violations of freedom of expression.

Dr. Oren Amitay: I consider Dave Rubin and Ben Shapiro to be important voices in this regard. Given my work schedule, I do not invest any effort into remembering names of others who would be further examples.

David Rand: Djemila Benhabib, Zineb El Rhazoui, Sam Harris, Normand Baillargeon, spokespersons for the magazine Charlie Hebdo, as well as anyone who criticizes the regressive pseudo-left, sometimes called the identitarian pseudo-left or the Islamolatric pseudo-left.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: In response to this question, I immediately thought of Roy Bhaskar who said that human freedom depends upon understanding the truth about reality and acting towards it. Ultimately, then science is, as he contended, about human liberation.

My life has been significantly informed by Eric Fromm who said in the now classic, Escape From Freedom, that people fear the conflicts, risks, doubts and aloneness that individual freedom implies, and that the wish to submit to an overwhelmingly strong power, a religion or a totalitarian ideology, is a function of wanting to annihilate that unwanted self and so enjoy the bliss of unthinking certainty and the shared glory of a righteous collectivity.

Dr. Rick Mehta: I think in the present time. I would be remiss if I did not say, “Jordan Peterson,” as we he was a big motivation for me and a big motivation to speak out. The big speakers, definitely, Jordan Peterson, and Janice Fiamengo was one of the pioneers in Canada. Gad Saad is one of the big name figures.

Then there are others who may not have the same fame, but are doing excellent work, e.g., Mark Mercer at St. Mary’s University who is the president of the Society for Academic Freedom and Scholarship. One person from the University of British Columbia. He is in the philosophy department.

I think many are from the philosophy department. Because it means tackling a problem from all different angles. They are in favour of free speech to allow them to do their thinking.

2. Jacobsen: How have issues around freedom of expression and freedom of speech impacted personal life for you?

Moen: I can’t think of any instances where my negative rights have been violated for expressing myself.

Amitay: My upbringing does not allow me to sit around silently as extremely manipulative, dubious, self-serving, nonsensical and/or pernicious machinations develop and flourish around us.

I have seen ostensibly “good” people and organizations become corrupted and tyrannical after having been granted even a tiny semblance of some form or perception of “power” or “authority.”

They believe (only) *they* (should) have the intelligence, wisdom, virtue, righteousness and right to determine who should be allowed to say what to whom. I have spoken out about such matters on Twitter and Facebook (my personal and professional pages), as well as in the media, on many podcasts, on my professional listserv (the Ontario Psychological Association) and in my classes–when I can show that it is relevant in some manner to the course, especially with respect to critical thinking.

Thus far, I have been suspended from Twitter on four occasions—I am still suspended—and have been banned from the OPA listserv at least four times; they have also censored my messages to the listserv, including not allowing *any* of them to make it through for the past two months.

I consequently quit the OPA in protest this month but may have to return because my only other option (the Canadian Psychological Association; I need to belong to at least one of them) does not have a referral service as the OPA does. In addition, several people have made official Complaints to my regulatory body, the College of Psychologists of Ontario, about my online conduct.

Thus far, I have suffered no sanctions from the CPO. Lastly, I have lost a number of “friends” in real life and on Facebook, but I have no time, use nor patience for such people if they cannot handle the Truth I convey.

Robertson: I marched with Women’s Liberation back in the 1960s as much for my own liberation as for equality for women. While the women wanted equal opportunity to establish careers, I wanted the equal right to not have a career.

I had watched my stepfather have the stress of being solely responsible for the family finances while attempting to satisfy society’s (and my mother’s) definition of “good provider.” He died young from a heart condition.

I wanted relationships where women were equally responsible. To some extent we have achieved that but throughout the 1990s I counselled men who had severe self-identity issues because they stayed at home raising their children while their wives were the breadwinners.

I hoped this would change in the 21st century; however, in a recent study (Robertson, 2018) I interviewed men who were still described socially as “deadbeats,” because they stay at home while their wives work.

What does all of this have to do with freedom of expression? Well, about a quarter of the people who marched with Women’s Liberation were men. Then at one meeting I attented, a series of women got up to say that some women were afraid to speak because there were men present, and they asked the men to leave. Without protest, we left.

This was repeated at meetings across North America. Since then, the discourse has been rather one-sided. Men who do speak about men’s issues are often derided, even shamed, in so-called “progressive” circles. It is time to use our freedoms to restart the dialogue.

Rand: As a secular activist, I have been subjected to social censorship (but not legal censorship by government) by anti-secular regressive pseudo-leftists, some of whom claim hypocritically to be secularists.

Mehta: Probably loss of friends in real life or in social media. But also, it is made up for by gains in friends. I think that is how it is. Your interaction with others. Your friends and neighbours.

In my own context, mostly, as a professor who had Facebook friends, especially when I started speaking out. Former students, even those who had written letters of thanks, suddenly unfriended me on Facebook as an example.

On the other hand, I gained other friends who replaced them. I probably had more gains than losses in speaking out.

3. Jacobsen: How have issues around freedom of expression and freedom of speech impacted professional life for you?

Moen: At a previous job I have been threatened with termination and ultimately took an unpaid suspension for writing an article as a concerned citizen critical of land expropriation by my Municipal government. I was a Municipal employee at the time but didn’t think I was prohibited from expressing a political opinion about my employer.

Corporate language is much more generic and careful these days for fear of accidentally offending someone. As a firefighter some degree of hazing (ie doing menial chores, taking some ribbing etc) is a rite of passage, this is now heavily frowned upon and you could face discipline.

This seems like a good idea on the surface, it limits the corporations liability and has good intentions, however when your job is to fight fires where team members safety and effectiveness depends on a high level of trust, rites of passage are often an important mechanism to establish that trust and bond with your team.

None of the examples I listed require a law to correct. I think employers are well within their rights to expect certain types of speech and not tolerate others and I wouldn’t want to see this undermined. However, this shift in culture is worrisome in that it is likely to migrate into law that compels or prohibits certain types of speech.

Amitay: Please see above (Ed. his response above, or in the previous questions.)

Robertson: I was Director of Health and Social Development for the Federation of Saskatchewan Indian Nations during the early 1980s. We did some good research on such issues as alcoholism and child welfare. I had discussed running for the NDP nomination in a provincial constituency with the Vice-Chief to whom I reported, and he supported the idea.

A month into the campaign he told me I would have to withdraw because the FSIN chief had negotiated a political deal with the Liberals promising to deliver the “Indian vote” to that party. I protested that the deal was with the federal Liberals and I was running provincially, but my boss said that did not matter. I refused to withdraw and some time later I won an unjust dismissal case against the FSIN.

At this time a lot of federal money was flowing to indigenous organizations to do research, and frankly many of the recipients just did not have the skills to deliver. So I became a private consultant.

A tribal council or FSIN bureaucrat would accept research dollars from the feds, spend half of it, then a month or two before the deadline hire my associates and I to do the work. This is how I worked my way through university to get my masters.

In attempting to deny my right to run for office due to a backroom deal, was an attempt to deny my right to political expression. One of my objectives as Vice-President of Humanist Canada is to protect the rights of people to freedom of speech and freedom of expression, and to define reasonable limits to those rights.

Mehta: As I had an extended period of opposition to what I was saying, most of the academic mobbing was via email and happening behind the scenes. From an average person’s view, from the outside, they would not see as much compared to what you might see on YouTube with video footage of being recorded in class. There were some incidences in class. I have audio recordings but not video recordings of those incidents. Most of mine came from colleagues at university.

They ended up being complainants in confidential reports that were the grounds for my dismissal. There were accusations that I was creating a climate of fear. Some saying that they did not feel comfortable staying late at night working or that they had panic buttons in their offices.

One person saying there was a fear of terrorism. Although, the probability of that is low based on my conduct. Yes, there was that aspect. Another questioned my professional credentials, the recordings of my classes and every word was used against me, to say that I was not teaching psychology as an example or saying what I was saying was bogus. Or, they said I used my classroom for my personal politics.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, everyone.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Tim Moen, President, Libertarian Party of Canada; Dr. Oren Amitay, Ph.D., C.Psych., Registered Psychologist and Media Consultant; Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Vice-President, Humanist Canada; David Rand, President, Atheist Freethinkers of Canada; Dr. Rick Mehta, Former Professor, Psychology, Acadia University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-two; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Two) [Online].May 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, May 22). On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, May. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (May 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):May. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, May 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 19.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Fifteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,929

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Tim Moen is the President of the Libertarian Party of Canada. Dr. Oren Amitay, Ph.D., C.Psych. is a Registered Psychologist and a Media Consultant. Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is the Vice-President of Humanist Canada. David Rand is the President of Atheist Freethinkers of Canada. Dr. Rick Mehta is a Former Professor at Acadia University. They discuss: freedom of speech and freedom of expression in general; freedom of speech and freedom of expression in practice and in theory; and thinkers and writings on the topic in the current moment.

Keywords: David Rand, freedom of expression, freedom of speech, Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Oren Amitay, Rick Mehta, Tim Moen.

On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Interviewees only answered questions in which they felt appropriate for them.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Freedom of speech is protected within the First Amendment to the American constitution. Freedom of expression, internationally and nationally, is protected in other nations around the world. These different phrases have different meanings. In a coarse view or general perspective, what makes them more the same than different?

Tim Moen: Freedom of speech and freedom of expression in the legal sense are negative rights. Negative rights are essentially an obligation to not physically violate another person, or by extension, their property. So freedom of speech would be an obligation to not physically violate a person or their property for speech. The term “freedom of expression” is likely an attempt to ensure this negative right applies to all forms of communication including non-verbal.

So freedom of speech and expression ultimately means that neither individuals, nor the government they delegate authority to, have the right to use physical force to violate your person or confiscate your property for speech/expression. I think its important to note that the right to be left alone means that I cannot confiscate your property or punch you for insulting me on your property, or in the public space, but it also means that I don’t have to tolerate your insults at my dinner table and can exclude you from my domain.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: Freedom of speech is a subset of freedom of expression; that is, freedom of expression includes freedom of speech along with other ways of communicating.

David Rand: Obviously, speech is a very common mode of expression, so that the two freedoms overlap greatly.

Dr. Rick Mehta: The way I see it. Freedom of speech has to do with the means of communication being a bit more narrow. It is about how you express yourself verbally, through written or oral forms of communication. Freedom of expression, my understanding is more general. It could include arts, such as painting as an example.

It could include sculptures too. Freedom of expression can include music. It covers much more and a much wider base with freedom of speech being one specific example within the broad realm of expression.

2. Jacobsen: In a more nuanced view, what separates freedom of speech from freedom of expression in theory and in practice?

Moen: Often freedom of speech and expression are used outside the legal concept of negative rights and individuals think it is a good policy for private institutions to promote or tolerate all types of speech. I think it is dangerous to conflate the two ideas because it undermines the legal foundation of freedom of speech (negative rights) to suggest that I must tolerate insults at my dinner table in the name of “free speech”. I often see free speech advocates promote government interference in the private domain because private property owners won’t tolerate certain types of speech. Using threats of physical force or confiscation of property to prevent exclusion from the private domain is an equally dangerous threat as using threats of physical force or confiscation of property to prevent certain types of speech.

Conflation of these two ways in which the “freedom of speech” is used also creates confusion around other issues. It’s not clear on what basis a “free speech absolutist” (ie someone who thinks property owners should be required to tolerate all speech) would argue that falsely yelling “fire” in a crowded theatre would be a problem. It’s not clear how they would argue in favour of rules of debate where speakers are each allotted time to speak and time to be silent, or how rules about the audience being required to be silent wouldn’t be a violation of their conception of free speech.

In my conception of free speech falsely yelling “fire” in a crowded theatre is a violation of negative rights for the theatre owner who relies on an enjoyable experience for his patrons, and a violation of the rights of paying customers to enjoy the product they paid for. Likewise having rules around debate in a public forum is necessary to properly communicate ideas and violating these rules violates the negative rights of the debate organizers and everybody who came to enjoy the debate.

Dr. Oren Amitay: We do not have “freedom of speech” in Canada, as we have hate laws in place. We consequently do not really have “freedom of expression” either, as saying “the wrong thing” can result in harsh legal, professional and/or financial consequences, for instance being dragged to the Human Rights Tribunal (provincial or federal) or taken to criminal or civil court. Others have lost their jobs. To be clear, these are not always cases in which someone has called for the outright harming of identifiable groups or individuals.

Robertson: I don’t think they can be separated in practise. In a nuanced view, freedom of speech has to do with the uncensored communication of ideas whereas freedom of expression also includes the ideal of living one’s life according to one’s beliefs. The first is essential to democracy, the second to diversity. But of course, that diversity includes diversity of belief which, if uncommunicated, is inert.

Rand: Freedom of expression may also include modes of expression other than speech, such as dress, music or other art forms.

Mehta: In theory, we’re supposed to be able to express ourselves freely. Basically, freedom of speech and freedom of expression means that you will not get intervention from the government. In practice, that doesn’t protect you from social norms. If people don’t like your painting, and if they decide to have it removed as an example, it protects from the state, not necessarily from what others may do or in social media with increasing regulation on Twitter, YouTube, Facebook. On YouTube, they demonetize videos within minutes of being released.

In practice, it can work very differently. Some service workers, we’re told the customer is always right. So, employers can tell employees how to behave on the job. In theory, we’re supposed to have freedom of expression in all areas of life. But depending on the workplace and social norms, there can be consequences for the actions if they are offended.

3. Jacobsen: What thinkers and writings represent crystalline and comprehensive statements on freedom of expression and freedom of speech? 

Moen: “To suppress free speech is a double wrong. It violates the rights of the hearer as well as those of the speaker.” – Frederick Douglass

“My own opinion is a very simple one. The right of others to free expression is part of my own. If someone’s voice is silenced, then I am deprived of the right to hear. Moreover, I have never met nor heard of anybody I would trust with the job of deciding in advance what it might be permissible for me or anyone else to say or read. That freedom of expression consists of being able to tell people what they may not wish to hear, and that it must extend, above all, to those who think differently is, to me, self-evident.” – Christopher Hitchens

https://www.dartmouth.edu/~milton/reading_room/areopagitica/text.html – John Milton

https://www.utilitarianism.com/ol/two.html – John Stuart Mill

https://mises.org/library/human-rights-property-rights – Murray Rothbard

Robertson: Humanist thought is predicated on the Enlightenment idea that knowledge creation is done by people. We may consider this axiomatic now; however, through much of human history knowledge was considered to be given through divine revelation. All ideas that did not conform to such revealed truths were, at best, folly and at worst, the work of evil. Enlightenment thinkers like Voltaire, Locke and Spinoza rebelled against the resultant culture of censorship which served to stunt the growth of knowledge. Spinoza in particular held the view, still radical to this day, that no ideas should be censored.

David Rand: Not sure. Perhaps John Stuart Mill.

Mehta: I think probably our earliest were the people who said something. One quote is credited to Voltaire, “I wholly disapprove of what you say and will defend to the death your right to say it.” So, that’s probably the classic line. I hope that I am citing and giving credit to the right person.

That, I think, is an age-old adage. Now, whether that happens in practice, I think this comes and goes with the times. Right now, we are living in a time of a moral panic with the Me Too movement and the social justice movement.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, everyone.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Tim Moen, President, Libertarian Party of Canada; Dr. Oren Amitay, Ph.D., C.Psych., Registered Psychologist and Media Consultant; Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Vice-President, Humanist Canada; David Rand, President, Atheist Freethinkers of Canada; Dr. Rick Mehta, Former Professor, Psychology, Acadia University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-one; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part One) [Online].May 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, May 15). On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, May. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (May 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):May. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. On Free Speech and Free Expression (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, May 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/speech-expression-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Robertson 8 — A Social Work Betrayal of Male

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 14, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,619

Keywords: Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, male, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, social work.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is a Registered Doctoral Psychologist with expertise in Counselling Psychology, Educational Psychology, and Human Resource Development. He earned qualifications in Social Work too. Duly note, he has five postsecondary degrees, of which 3 are undergraduate level. His research interests include memes as applied to self-knowledge, the evolution of religion and spirituality, the aboriginal self’s structure, residential school syndrome, prior learning recognition and assessment, and the treatment of attention deficit disorder and suicide ideation. In addition, he works in anxiety and trauma, addictions, and psycho-educational assessment, and relationship, family, and group counselling.

Here we talk about male stigma in social work and more.

*Listing of previous sessions with links at the end of the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You wrote an article, recently, which is associated with Humanist Canada. What was the research question around male stigma? What was the tentative conclusion from the article published in Humanist Perspectives?

Humanist Canada Vice-President Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: Scott, you always tend to, and I shouldn’t overgeneralize and I’ve heard you do this before, but you tend to ask big questions that take a long time to answer.

The first part of the answer to my question is that the definition of “stigma” has to be clear. It is not the same thing as “discrimination.” Certainly, where stigma occurs, you expect discrimination to follow, but you can have discrimination without stigma.

Stigma, in the definition that I am using, is the imputation of a character defect, which when believed renders members a targeted group to be unfit, not also for interactions but, for particular social interactions.

I was looking for examples of stigma that fit that definition in the population. So, using that definition, I wanted to know when gendered stigmatization occurs. That was the research question.

To do that, I had to examine the experiences of a group of men. I had a sample of 16 men who agreed to partake of in-depth interviews on their experiences. I matched those experiences to the definition of stigma.

The conclusion was that stigma does occur. Now, given the restrictions of the research method, I am not able to say how prevalent that stigma is in society. That can be answered by future research.

Jacobsen: If we’re looking at those 16 men, what are some highlights from their self-reports?

Robertson: The two takeaways, the 16 men had some overlap. Some men experienced two forms of stigmatization. One was stigmatization with respect to role as parents. Men are less responsible, less able, or less reliable to be good parents and more of a threat, therefore, to children and women in general.

The other form of stigma, which was related to that. It is more about the threat rather than the ability level. Certain jobs, men had to prove that they were not a danger to functional success in those jobs.

One of the jobs being social work.

Jacobsen: How is this reflected in the numbers of men entering those professions in history as well as the present day?

Robertson: Overwhelmingly, in social work, men are underrepresented. Some of this underrepresentation can be traced to stigma. In my study, for example, I found that two men who were in the social work profession were judged to be in the first case not able because men don’t relate as well, and don’t communicate as well.

(Ed. Robertson interviewed two social workers, two social work students, and three social work clients totalling 7 individuals or almost half of the sample in the study, who all experienced or reported stigma from members of the profession.)

Therefore, this man had difficulties and was treated differently than if he had been female in the same position. As I said, discrimination, itself, is not by itself the same thing as stigma.

But if it is believed that because of men as a class have a particular characteristic that can be stigmatic, in the second case, a man graduated from social work. In his first job, and in his first job as a matter of fact, he was given the responsibility for assessing a woman, a single parent, and the women complained to his supervisor that he reminded her of an abusive uncle or an abusive family member in other words.

The supervisor asked as a claim of sexual harassment and was unwilling to interview the woman earlier for fear of furthering her trauma. As, not the male but the, female members of this persons team in social work who he had just started to work with, whether they felt comfortable with him given that he had been accused of sexual harassment, he lost his job.

I don’t believe a woman who some man said, “Well, she reminds me of an abusive aunt.” I don’t believe that woman may have been treated the same way with those suppositions. That is, supposition of being dangerous. Now, this is a complete surprise.

I didn’t, at any point, in the survey ask whether a particular profession was possibly had stigmatic views against men. I, certainly, did not single out social work. But it kept coming up. Remember, these are 16 men.

Two of them were students. In one case, the man in class argued against what was being presented; that domestic violence was a male event perpetrated by women. He brought forward evidence in terms of research that showed that domestic violence as 50–50. Most of the research that I have seen is 50–50.

It can be initiated by males or females in the domestic situation. He provided an argument. He defended his position. By the end of the conversation, he was compared to mass murderer Marc Lepine.

There is a suggestion here that because of a man disagrees with the stats being used; therefore, he is, now, like a mass murderer. It may be hard to understand the leap. But we can understand what happens, subsequently. He was drummed out of the profession.

He was kicked out of school. He was later won on a settlement because it was unjust, clearly. Why would this happen? Is it that only women can challenge such statistics on domestic violence without getting a reaction of this sort?

Noting only 16 men in the study, 3 of them were in events, where they were in custody battles with their ex-spouses. In each case, a bias was evident. I’ll give you one example. This example is, actually, from your province of British Columbia.

The male, in this case, bought a house close to the school, where his children went, because he wanted them to be comfortable going to school. He wanted to make this transition as easy as possible for the kids, because he knew a divorce is difficult on the children.

The social worker, in this case, said to him; that he was wasting his money. Because, in her opinion, the woman gets the children pretty much all the time. That can be an example of discrimination and not necessarily stigma.

But then, the same social worker about a month later after the woman in question had ignored an order with regard to visitation rights and the man complained. The social worker says, “Well, you are the man. In my opinion, I have to go with the lesser of two evils.”

There you have evidence of a stigmatic attitude. This kind of things happened over and over in the study. There was surprise that one profession should be mentioned so often in such a small sample.

Jacobsen: Even though, we have preliminary findings on some male stigma in social work in particular. What would be further directions of research deeper into the subject matter of social work male stigma or into male stigma in other domains of work?

Robertson: This method used in this study established that the conditions satisfying the definition of stigma exist as applied men. Quantitative methods are needed to establish how prevalent this stigma is found in Canadian society.

It was significant that nearly half the men in this sample recounted examples of stigma in their experiences as workers, students and clients of the social work profession; however, this does not prove that the profession as a whole is rife with this stigmatization.

The stigma could be limited to time or place or to, for example, men of a particular personality type. A study aimed specifically at the social work profession is needed answer these questions. It would then be possible to replicate such a study on other domains of work.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Robertson.

Robertson: Okay!

Image Credit: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 3 — Myths and Legends

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 14, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,165

Keywords: Herb Silverman, legends, mathematics, myths, philosophy, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about the myths, the legends, and the myths behind the legends, and more.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: For girls and boys, they take in the stories of Einstein, Newton, and Curie. Singular minds achieving great things in science and mathematics. They are proper science and math legends, but they retain mythological status, too. What is the truth in the legends? What did each discover or create?

Professor Herb Silverman: Albert Einstein, Isaac Newton, and Marie Curie certainly deserve to be honoured, though not deified, as innovative scientists.

Newton was a physicist and mathematician who developed the principles of modern physics, including the laws of motion and the theory of gravity. Along with the mathematician Leibniz, Newton is also credited with developing calculus. Newton said in 1675, “If I have seen further than others, it is by standing upon the shoulders of giants.” He was saying what all scientists recognize, that they discover truths by building on previous discoveries. This idea extends beyond science. There is no such thing as a self-made person. We all benefit from what others have contributed. Learning is cumulative, built from what came before it.

Newton got many of his ideas after studying Descartes and astronomers like Copernicus, Galileo, and Kepler. This is not to imply that people like Newton and others don’t deserve enormous credit for their groundbreaking contributions.

Einstein built on Newton’s concepts and the work of many others, especially Lorentz, to develop something greater and more general, and paved the way for modern cosmology. Lorentz derived the transformation equations underpinning Einstein’s theory of special relativity. Because Lorentz laid the fundamentals for the work by Einstein, this theory was originally called the Lorentz-Einstein theory. Einstein also said his work would not have been possible without the brilliant minds and the works of Isaac Newton, Michael Faraday and James Clerk Maxwell.

The mathematician Hermann Minkowski is best known for his work in relativity, in which he showed in 1907 that his former student Albert Einstein’s special theory of relativity (1905) could be understood geometrically as a theory of four-dimensional space-time, since known as the “Minkowski spacetime.”

Einstein said, “Since the mathematicians have invaded the theory of relativity, I do not understand it myself anymore.” Einstein also made vain attempts to unify all the forces of the universe in a single theory, which he was still working on at the time of his death.

Marie Curie conducted pioneering research on radioactivity. She was the first woman to win a Nobel Prize, the first person and only woman to win twice, and the only person to win a Nobel Prize in two different sciences (physics and chemistry). She was part of the Curie family legacy of five Nobel Prizes. She actually gave her life in the course of her scientific research and radiological work at field hospitals during World War I, dying from exposure to radiation.

Jacobsen: Following from the last question, what are the myths behind the mythology?

Silverman: One way that Newton was different from Einstein and Curie was that Newton believed in God, conforming to the time in which he lived. Newton’s religious beliefs were complicated, but he did believe a monotheistic God was a masterful creator whose existence couldn’t be denied in the face of the grandeur of all creation. Newton also dabbled in the occult, including the study of alchemy. Newton’s writings suggest that one of the main goals of his alchemy may have been the discovery of the philosopher’s stone (a material believed to turn base metals into gold), and perhaps to a lesser extent, the discovery of the highly coveted Elixir of Life.

Albert Einstein, on the other hand, said in 1954, “The word god is for me nothing more than the expression and product of human weaknesses, the Bible a collection of honourable, but still primitive legends which are nevertheless pretty childish. No interpretation no matter how subtle can (for me) change this.” He added, “I believe in Spinoza’s God who reveals himself in the orderly harmony of what exists, not in a God who concerns himself with the fates and actions of human beings.”

Marie Curie abandoned her family’s Roman Catholicism to become an atheist as a teenager. She spent much of the remainder of her life pursuing her humanitarian goal of easing human suffering. She had a non-religious marriage to her atheist husband. Here’s one of her quotes that describes for her the difference between science and religion. “Nothing in life is to be feared, it is only to be understood. Now is the time to understand more, so that we may fear less.”

Jacobsen: What would be a proper means by which to teach science and mathematics to encourage future generations of mathematicians and scientists?

Silverman: As far as advice to future generations of mathematicians and scientists, I would tell them not to expect to become another Einstein, but to listen carefully to what he said about himself: “It’s not that I’m so smart, it’s just that I stay with problems longer.” Of course, he is being overly modest. He was really smart, but also spent a lot of time working on problems. As with all scientists, most of the time he was on the wrong track. But look what he discovered when he was right. So block out some time daily to think about the problems you are working on and how best to solve them. And remember, when you chase after knowledge, you strategically position yourself on the shoulders of giants. You may then one day be able to see what others have not seen.

Incidentally, the phrase “standing on the shoulders of giants” did not originate with Isaac Newton. It is attributed to a 12th-century French philosopher named Bernard de Chartres.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Silverman.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Amanda Parker on the Ayaan Hirsi Foundation, Violence Against Women, FGM, and Child Marriage

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 19.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Fifteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,115

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Amanda Parker is the Chief Financial Officer and Senior Director of the AHA Foundation. She discusses: background; tasks and responsibilities; prevalence of FGM, clitoridectomy, infibulation, and so on, other organizations; mental health and physical and sexual health problems, and negative outcome for girls and women who have undergone FGM; parsing of the context, or the environment in which this occurs, whether within the US or around the world; moving into 2019 and 2020; and final feelings and thoughts.

Keywords: Amanda Parker, Ayaan Hirsi Ali, child marriage, FGM, girls, violence against women, women.

Interview with Amanda Parker on the Ayaan Hirsi Foundation, Violence Against Women, FGM, and Child Marriage[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is background life, e.g., geography, culture, religion or lack thereof?

Amanda Parker: I am originally from Southwest Kansas. I am a Christian, Protestant. I moved from Southwest Kansas to New York City after college. I worked in finance. I worked in Residential Mortgage-backed Securities before the Subprime Crisis.

My entire department closed. I was telling a girlfriend of mine. I was interested in doing something more warm and fuzzy in terms of the content of the work. I was thinking of going into publishing or the nonprofit world. Because I could imagine getting out of bed for either of those things in the world.

My friend said, “Oh! You have to meet my friend, Ayaan Hirsi Ali. She is a New York Times bestselling author. She has a women’s rights foundation.” She introduced me to Ayaan. Ayaan and I hit it off right away.

The foundation, however, didn’t yet have staff. It was still in the process of getting itself organized. The board was forming. They were getting all the necessary insurance and bylaws. Those sorts of things.

I have been working with Ayaan personally to help her be organized on a personal level. Then when the foundation had seed money, I shortly moved over to the foundation. I have been there since.

2. Jacobsen: If you’re looking at some of the tasks and responsibilities of the position, what have been the impacts of those on the development of the organization?

Parker: That’s a great question. Our primary focus is to protect women and girls here in The United States from honor violence, forced marriage, female genital mutilation, and child marriage. We have a second wing of work. It deals with Islamism in the United States.

My focus is the women’s rights side of the work. I oversee all of our women’s programs. Those include honor violence, forced marriage, female genital mutilation, and child marriage. Within those areas of focus, what we do, we work to raise awareness, particularly with professionals, but also in general or with a general audience.

Those professionals who are likely to encounter survivors or at-risk individuals of the specific nature of these types of abuses and best practices for handling cases, and how to work with communities in a culturally sensitive manner.

We also work to educate legislators and encourage them to put in place laws that protect women and girls from these issues in the U.S. That is both on the federal and the state level. Our focus in those two areas are, really, mostly female genital mutilation and child marriage legislation in the U.S.

We do some research. It is new. We have done preliminary studies on forced marriage and honor violence in the United States. Finally, we work directly with women and girls facing these issues in the U.S. to find appropriate services, wherever they are.

To clarify, when I say women and girls in the U.S., it is primarily women and girls in the U.S. It is a sweet spot. But we have worked with men and boys who are facing these issues in the U.S., forced marriage and honor violence.

We also occasionally work with individuals who are overseas, because there are so few organizations working to fight these issues that we do have individuals coming to us from overseas to find support in whatever they are looking for.

I am going to bring this back to the U.S. It could be anything from someone needing legal help to get an order or protection or looking for a domestic violence shelter, or it could be someone who has been taken overseas for help to get repatriated to the United States and getting back on their feet here.

It could be someone facing a crisis of honor violence who needs immediate law enforcement help. All of this is based on a case-by-case, never know what you’re going to get, when people reach out for help.

We do not know what to expect every time. It is a lot of problem-solving and figuring out what each individual needs and then supporting them. That is the overall of our women’s program. I do a lot of policy work.

I do a lot of the training myself, whether working with professionals on how to handle these cases. We have had a lot of successes in all the areas that I mentioned. We worked with a number of states to put in anti-female genital mutilation laws.

We have, recently, worked with Michigan to put in place the most comprehensive laws on the books to protect women and girls from female genital mutilation. We have also worked in a number of states to encourage them, and successfully so, to limit or ban child marriage and have done some federal work on these issues as well.

We have had a lot of successes there. We have trained between 2,000 and 3,000 professionals on how to appropriately handle these cases. I know that those professionals are saving lives. One of the things that we talked to them about is that an individual facing these issues might only have one chance to ask for help.

When they do, they need to encounter a professional who understands the danger that they facing and to take them seriously. That is the main issue in working to protect these girls. There have, unfortunately, been these cases in all the ones mentioned.

People reach out to teachers, law enforcement, or some adult; that should have been able to help them or find help. Unfortunately, that is just not happening in every case. It is raising awareness and helping every professional in the United States understand that these should be taken seriously, which is important.

I used to be the person who handled help requests. Now, we have a couple of therapists who work with us to do that, which is terrific. In all of our programmatic areas, we have had a lot of success. I am proud of each of the individuals we have worked with.

I know the laws we are helping to put in place are having a big impact, and so is the training of the professionals.

3. Jacobsen: I have seen statistics of female genital mutilation of women and girls running from 100 million and 200 million in the world.

This also relates to the general categorization of FGM, of clitoridectomy, of infibulation, and so on, as, in essence, extreme forms of violence against women committed by families, communities, men and women elders within the family even, and so on.

With the United States, as this is the focus of the AHA, what is the prevalence of FGM, clitoridectomy, infibulation, and so on? And what other organizations are impactful in coordination against this extreme form of violence against girls and women?

Parker: Unfortunately, we cannot know exactly how prevalent FGM is, because it is held so much behind closed doors. It is so underground. However, the CDC estimates there are 513,000 women and girl in the US who have gone through FGM or who are at risk of the procedure.

That is and should be shocking to most Americans. That there are half of a million women and girls in this country. There are a number of organizations doing really terrific work on the ground in the United States on this.

One is SAHIYO – United Against Female Genital Cutting. It is founded by a survivor and works particularly with those looking for community. It does amazing work around helping survivors to get their stories out and to empower them.

They also do some legislative work as well. There’s an organization called Equality Now. It does international work and on the federal herein the US. They are doing great work to end FGM. Then there are some smaller players.

There is an organization called Forma founded by Joanna Berkoff, who is an amazing psychotherapist who has done a lot of really amazing work to support women and girls who have undergone female genital mutilation.

There are a number of organizations working on this and we’re coordinating to be complimentary and supportive of each others’ work.

4. Jacobsen: Even with the difficulty of finding those estimates, and even though we have those approximations at an international level, or in the US with 513,000 through the CDC, if we look at the mental health and physical and sexual health problems that follow from this extreme form of violence against women, what are they?

What provisions seem to work for the very negative outcome for girls and women who have undergone FGM?

Parker: I think that that’s a really important topic to talk about. I think that one thing that we should clarify is, as you mentioned, the WHO said this is an extreme form of violence against women and girls. An extreme form of gender discrimination.

We’re not talking about male circumcision; I am not suggesting that we’re pro-male circumcision at the AHA Foundation. The underlying reason for FGM is to control the sexuality of women and girls.

There are no health benefits and potentially lifelong health and psychological consequences that come along with it. Immediately following the procedure, it can include extreme pain, shock, hemorrhage, sores, infection, injury to nearby tissue, and so on.

Long-term women and girls suffer from urinary and bladder infections, infertility. Obviously, if you have gone through a more severe form of FGM, there is scarring, difficulty during childbirth, and so on. There are higher rates of death for babies born via women who have gone through FGM.

Even in a world where FGM is not causing any form of physical impact on the individual, which happens but it is difficult, if you speak with a medical provider about how possible and easy it is to perform the least physically invasive form of FGM, e.g., pricking, nicking, and piercing types labelled Type IV by the WHO, it is very, incredibly difficult to even those less severe forms to perform on an infant girl without causing scar tissue or some more of damage to the area – in a way that is not intended.

Back to the WHO, they make it very clear that it is a procedure that is not to be done in any of its forms, even by a healthcare provider. With that as an understanding, even if there are no physical impacts to a woman or girl who has gone through FGM, she could undergo lifelong psychological consequences, e.g., PTSD, depression, suicidal ideation, anxiety, guilt.

Obviously, this is not in every case, but in many cases, I’ve seen. Women face retraumatization in many different instances throughout their lifetime following FGM. That first instance of trauma was when they were cut initially. Following that, they may be retraumatized when they get first their period or when they’re married.

Their first sexual encounter could be an event that is traumatizing to them. Going to an obstetrician or gynecologist can be difficult. We have heard horror stories when they go to a gynecologist.

When they are being examined, the physician, if they are not expecting to see a girl who has undergone FGM, they have audibly gasped or made a facial reaction, a normal human reaction, to something disturbing to them.

We have had doctors have their colleagues come in to be an educational experience to them. All of this can be incredibly traumatic to them. Women and girls who come to us following FGM are seeking medical care and psychological care in many cases.

In looking for medical care, they are looking for someone who can alleviate the symptoms of what I am looking for, in the cases of infibulation. All possible flesh is removed: clitoris and inner and outer labia are removed. The wound that is left is almost entirely closed except a small hole for menstruation or urination

Many women experience an infection due to urine and fluids being backed up, and not released. Many women will have symptoms. There are women who go to doctors that provide something called reconstructive surgery following FGM.

If you have had the tissue removed, obviously, it is not something that you can add back to someone who has had healthy parts of their anatomy removed. You cannot put it back. There are doctors do what they can, doing great work, trying to restore a woman back to the way she was born to what was originally formed, as well as helping alleviate the physical symptoms.

Certainly, psychological support is called for, in many cases. We have women and girls reaching out to us to have a therapist to help with the trauma and the PTSD, and the guilt, anxiety, and other issues that I have talked about.

5. Jacobsen: If we look at the parsing of the context, or the environment in which this occurs, whether within the US or around the world, some will claim this happens within the context of religion. Others will claim this happens within the context of culture.

What is the general ratio there in terms of the context as a source of this form of acceptance in many subcultures or in many cultures around the world?

Parker: FGM is a practice, or a cultural practice, that predates all major religions. It is not mandated by any major religion. But there are certainly patriarchal societies and religious sects that have picked this up and promote it.

It is not required by Islam for example. However, the Bohra sect of Islam has picked up this practice in India. It now has that as part of their religious practices. When you talk to families about why they are doing this, the underlying reason for FGM in almost all cases is to control sexuality of women and girls.

They are trying to prove virginity on the wedding night, in the more severe forms. They are trying to curb a woman’s libido, so she is not having sex outside of marriage. Even given these ideas, there are a number of old wives’ tales that the families think are their reason behind why they need to perform female genital mutilation.

That can include things like removing body parts that are considered unclean. They are afraid the clitoris will turn into a tail if not cut. This is what they think of as far as what beautiful women look like; someone who has been cut.

In many cultures where FGM is practiced, a girl is not considered marriageable until she has been cut. So, I think that’s something that we should talk a little bit about, because when I started working at the AHAH Foundation.

I would wonder how a mom could do this to her daughter – the moms, grandmoms, and females perpetuating the practice, and the men and boys, the family, and the society. How is it that a mother can do this to her child? Why would they ever do this?

After working in this field for a while, I realized they do not do this to hurt their child. They love their children. They are not trying to do something harmful to them. They are doing what they think is best as a parent.

Someone who has undergone FGM. This might seem like the only instance of abusive experience in their family. It can be a completely loving family. It can be mothers do what they think can do to ensure a future for their daughters.

In these cultures, they’re not considered marriageable until they have been cut. It is important for the daughter and her future, and the family as a whole. Marriage is, in addition to being a way to provide for your daughter’s future, an alliance between families.

It is important for the family as a whole. These are families doing this to protect their daughters and to do the best for their families as a whole.

6. Jacobsen: Looking ahead into 2019 and even 2020, what seem like some of the more and major initiatives and programs, and partnerships, of the AHA Foundation?

Parker: We are, this year, working on a number of initiatives in terms of policy; that we are feeling really hopeful about. There is a trial happening in Michigan of the doctor who has been accused of cutting girls in the state of Michigan in a medical clinic there.

This went to trial and the doctor may have cut over 100 girls over the course of a decade according to the prosecutors. There are 9, I think, involved in the case. The judge in the federal female genital mutilation charge said that it is the anti-FGM law is unconstitutional due to federalism. It is the job of the states, they said, to outlaw and ban FGM.

During that case, the AHA Foundation submitted an amicus or friend of the court brief to support the prosecution, which, in this case, is the government. The government is appealing the case. We will submit another brief.

The result of the case is, certainly, going to be hugely impactful in the US. This is something that could be appealed up to the Supreme Court. If it is, and if the law is struck down, which we are very hopeful that it won’t be struck down, it could render the federal anti-FGM law to be null and void, which would be sad and send a horrible message.

The judges initial ruling, I think, already sends a bad message; that the US is not serious enough about protecting girls and women from this abusive practice. The appeals will be hugely impactful on women and girls in the US.

From working with women and families in the US through the AHA Foundation, the law will be something they use as an excuse or as family members, even if they are on the fence. They can get in trouble. It could be a ‘great’ tool for families to avoid cutting their girls.

One result that we have seen from this case. There is some great momentum on the state level. We have worked all along on the state level to encourage lawmakers to put in place state anti-FGM laws. This is something important for a lot of reasons.

It sets precedence in law that is not filled. It is law enforcement and prosecutors who have the tools to deal with this on a state level, which is most likely where this would be handled. Following the judge’s ruling in Michigan, that the anti-FGM law is unconstitutional; we have seen some good momentum.

Some lawmakers realizing that this is something that they need to pick up and run with if they want to protect the girls in their state. This is something that we’re excited about, including Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, California which has a law and we’re helping to strengthen it, and Utah.

We’re working with a lot of states. We are working with them to make sure that they are putting in place strong laws that act as the punishment for the perpetrators and also include education and outreach for professionals and communities to prevent this practice.

We are also putting in measures to help survivors in the court of law and empowers them to take action when they become an adult if they want to do it. There are more pieces of the legislation that we would like to see put in place.

That is a big part of our work in 2019 and beyond, to make sure that the girls are protected from FGM to the extent that we can; we are also working on the state level on the child marriage issue as well.

There are also federal efforts as well; that are hugely important to us. One is to clarify the existing federal anti-FGM law. That it is okay for Congress to put in place due to the commerce clause of the constitution.

We are also looking to include FGM as part of VAWA (Violence Against Women Act) in 2019. Even though, as we discussed, this is an extreme form of violence against women and girls. It is not eligible for VAWA funding. It is a huge thing for us, and definitely a priority.

7. Jacobsen: Any feelings or thoughts in conclusion based on the conversation today?

Parker: Honestly, I just want to say, “Thank you,” to you, for bringing awareness to this. Every person that understands that this is an issue in the United States, understands that there are no health benefits and lifelong health and psychological benefits that can come along with it.

It is one more person that we can reach with this message who can talk about this with our president, hopefully, share on social media, and, maybe, call their congressperson and say they want to see the end to this in the United States.

I am super grateful to you for helping to raise awareness about this, because it is personally important to me; it is something that is really under-recognized in the US as something that might be impacting our neighbours, our classmates, our coworkers, our colleagues.

It is not something simply happening overseas. It is happening here. It is happening to American citizens. It is something that we should care about. It is something right on our doorstep and to people that we care about. We really need to start acting like it.

8. Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Amanda.

Parker: Thank you so much, Scott.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Ayaan Hirsi Ali Foundation

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/parker; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Interview with Amanda Parker on the Ayaan Hirsi Foundation, Violence Against Women, FGM, and Child Marriage [Online].May 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/parker.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, May 8). Interview with Amanda Parker on the Ayaan Hirsi Foundation, Violence Against Women, FGM, and Child MarriageRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/parker.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Interview with Amanda Parker on the Ayaan Hirsi Foundation, Violence Against Women, FGM, and Child Marriage. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, May. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/parker>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “Interview with Amanda Parker on the Ayaan Hirsi Foundation, Violence Against Women, FGM, and Child Marriage.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/parker.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Interview with Amanda Parker on the Ayaan Hirsi Foundation, Violence Against Women, FGM, and Child Marriage.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (May 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/parker.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘Interview with Amanda Parker on the Ayaan Hirsi Foundation, Violence Against Women, FGM, and Child MarriageIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/parker>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘Interview with Amanda Parker on the Ayaan Hirsi Foundation, Violence Against Women, FGM, and Child MarriageIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/parker.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Interview with Amanda Parker on the Ayaan Hirsi Foundation, Violence Against Women, FGM, and Child Marriage.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):May. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/parker>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Interview with Amanda Parker on the Ayaan Hirsi Foundation, Violence Against Women, FGM, and Child Marriage [Internet]. (2019, May 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/parker.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 2 — Epistemology and Metaphysics: How You Know, What You Know, and What You Only Think You Know

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 3: Mathematics, Counselling Psychology, and More

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 5, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 907

Keywords: Herb Silverman, mathematics, philosophy, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about the epistemology and metaphysics.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If we are looking at the formal structure of the field of philosophy of mathematics, it exists within or as a subset of the philosophy of science. How can the philosophy of mathematics provide some deeper comprehension, as alluded in session 1, of epistemology and metaphysics, especially as traditional endeavors, including theology, tend to assert knowledge where none seems apparent?

Professor Herb Silverman: Before trying to answer a question involving metaphysics, epistemology, and the philosophy of mathematics, I feel the need to define these terms, or at least as I understand them.

Metaphysics is a branch of philosophy that studies questions related to what it is for something to exist, what types of existence there are, and the fundamental nature of reality.

Epistemology is a branch of philosophy that studies knowledge, how it is acquired, and what distinguishes justified belief from opinion. It asks how we know what we know.

The philosophy of mathematics is a branch of philosophy that studies the assumptions, foundations, and implications of mathematics, and attempts to understand the place of mathematics in people’s lives. It looks into questions about mathematical theories and practices, which may include the nature or reality of numbers, the nature of different mathematical disciplines, and limits of formal systems.

What makes mathematical knowledge unique among philosophies is that mathematical knowledge is certain. We know that 3+2=5 is always true. You may call this an eternal truth. Mathematical knowledge comes from pure thought, not from anything in the real world. We gain knowledge of mathematics by thinking, not by using our senses. Most people are interested in mathematics because it is so useful in describing reality. In fact, part of the philosophy of mathematics deals with why it is so useful. For instance, mathematics has nothing to do with space and time, but mathematics seems necessary to learn deep information about these concepts.

Mathematics does not necessarily give us truths about the real world. If an axiom in a mathematical system happens to be false in some sense, then the conclusion is not applicable in the real world. This is not a problem in mathematics, since it is only required that the conclusion follow logically from the assumptions (axioms).

Mathematics differs from other forms of knowledge, like metaphysics and epistemology, where people reach tentative conclusions based on assumptions they believe to be true and apply what they learn from experience. This is not to make light of these other forms of knowledge. We need to learn better ways to distinguish belief from opinion, and try to answer fundamental questions about existence.

In one sense, mathematics has nothing to do with theology. The truths of mathematics remain true whether or not there is a god. We still know that 3+2=5. However, both metaphysics and epistemology often attempt to provide information about theology. They deal with how we distinguish fact from fiction and what we might know about the existence of supernatural beings. Done correctly, I don’t think metaphysics or epistemology can give us any information about the existence of such gods. We can examine theological assumptions, and test whether the conclusions follow from the assumptions. If they do, that means the argument is logical. For instance, you can conclude that God exists by making the theological assumption that every word in the Bible is true.

But we also need to examine whether theological assumptions make sense in the real world. If not, then it doesn’t matter what conclusions follow from the assumptions. I’ve never seen a logical argument for the existence of a god where the assumptions made sense. I hope that most practitioners of metaphysics and epistemology agree with me.

Finally, science does not seek to prove or disprove the existence of gods, but it does help us understand our physical universe. How it’s put together, how it works. Many mathematicians have solved such problems, which means there is a large body of mathematics that has been used in science to show that many theological beliefs are false.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Silverman.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Sandy Marshall on Project Scientist, Girls and Women in STEM, and Mentorship

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 19.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Fifteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,582

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Sandy Marshall is the Founder and CEO of Project Scientist. She discusses: numbers leaving programs; retention; major initiatives and programs of Project Scientist; partnerships with individuals and educational institutes; expanding the scope for boys and girls; analysis of effects; countermovements, and counter trends and organizations; abilities versus preferences; and organizations, books, and speakers.

Keywords: Girls, Mentorship, Project Scientist, Sandy Marshall, STEM, Women.

An Interview with Sandy Marshall on Project Scientist, Girls and Women in STEM, and Mentorship[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start on the pivotal moment, in personal life for you.

Sandy Marshall: Having the child, I was instantly overwhelmed. I don’t know if this was hormones or what. Once I had this child, “Oh my God, I only have 18 years to solve so many global issues. Where do I put my time?” It was a real concern.

I started to do the research. Why do we have hunger? Why do we have climate issues and environmental issues? Why do we even have those when we have pharmaceutical drugs? How do we get that when we can’t fix hunger?

I started to research into if I had continued on to my STEM major. I wanted to be a doctor. When I hit some challenges with Organic Chemistry, and if I had continued and was an engineer, I certainly would use that knowledge for good, especially if you’re having children.

So, why aren’t more women doing that? I started to research what happens to girls and women in STEM. From ages 4 through Ph.D. and working, there’s a variety of reasons why they drop out and don’t get to where they want to get, and can’t solve these issues that most women have concerns about.

I wanted to change that, at least as young as 4, 5, and 6 when everyone has an interest in science and mathematics. It is such a good tool to grab these girls by the hand and continue with their confidence and interest through middle school and high school.

So, they can solve these issues one day. It is a huge hurdle for representation and the top seats. Even in Academia, the way women are seen, treated and valued. There is a lot of work.

2. Jacobsen: If you were looking or are looking at adolescent girls in STEM and young women in their first years of college who are thinking, maybe, of changing a major into a STEM major, what do you see as their barriers based on the research or the anecdotal evidence that has come to you?

Marshall: With the middle school girls, if you have an interest by the time you get to middle school, which is unusual, you continue with it. What happens in middle school, most kids are challenged by math.

If you’re a bright kid with an aptitude for math, somewhere around middle school, you might finally be challenged. With the research on the boys, they take that challenge on, “Oh, if I work hard enough. I can get through this. If I get a C, it means I can be okay. It means I won’t be a doctor or a chemist.”

With girls, we don’t find that growth mindset. The research says, “Oh, I wasn’t born good at math. I need to change majors to English or walk down the hall to English.” We are trying to change that.

There is a ton of research, by Carol S. Dweck from Stanford. She coined the term “Growth Mindset.” Not bad! That is some of the work that we do with girls, especially around math. We have female STEM professionals come and talk to them.

They talk about math, whether they were good or not. Even if you got through it, with a C, it doesn’t mean that you can’t be whatever you want to be. It takes practice: “I had to get a tutor. I had to work hard.”

A lot of time, that is what happens in middle school. Of course, you don’t have a lot of female instructors around STEM subjects in middle school and high school. An absence of that. If you have a male instructor and mostly male in the classroom, especially an AP class, you start to lose confidence.

You don’t have anyone to study with, or who thinks like you or represents you. You start to lose confidence. We need more female teaching. We need more female professors in STEM. Taking that perspective to girls and that orientation.

As far as the college is interesting, I am U of C tomorrow, which is for undergraduate female scientists. They are already in STEM. Switching to STEM, obviously, you will have fewer female classmates and fewer female professors.

The stereotyping is still there. I was at a party before Thanksgiving. I met a prominent neuroscientist, a professor. When my husband told him what I do, he said, “There is only one thing women need to worry about in science. And that’s menstruation.”

He is a professor at a prominent school. We all need, unfortunately, our scripts. I still need them. You practice them with their colleagues, how women react to those things. You still don’t know how to react to those things.

You fall into these patterns of how we have always reacted to it, I guess. “I guess they’re right. I need to change my major. I need to change my class. I need to change my this.” We start developing scripts for girls and women to practice in these situations, so it starts from a better place.

3. Jacobsen: What about guidance to young women, say college age, by older women, whether in or out of university, in terms of what they might expect as they’re moving through their early professional lives, in their training, in their education?

Now, they may not necessarily expect the young women to get through the exact same things that they went through, say two generations ago, but they can, certainly, expect, and, therefore, guide them with anecdotes about what they might expect similarly in a, maybe, marginally attenuated form.

So, there is a certain psychological preparedness for it, similar to what you’re saying about having those scrips.

Marshall: There are a lot of programs out there like that. There is one called WISTEM. Their pilot is program is doing exactly that. It is connecting professional women with college-age women, to mentor them.

I want to preface. This conversation is around what girls and women can do with the current state, to make it a better situation. There’s equal input, equal value, equal time to both. I am not saying it should all fall on women’s shoulders to solve it.

It is super valuable. Some of the schools, like the engineering schools. Where, in recent years, the statistics have been deplorable. One in having women accepted. Once accepted, how many change majors? A lot of engineering schools are having mentoring programs for it.

4. Jacobsen: Is it large numbers leaving it?

Marshall: The numbers have improved. In Cal Tech, their numbers have jumped, how many females they’re accepting. I know UCIrvine for engineering has increased. USC has too. We will see in the next few years if they can maintain those numbers by their senior year.

5. Jacobsen: What have been shown, empirically, as effective retention methodologies apart from more women professors graduate students who can mentor or friendly policies for better environments? That may be more conducive to healthy college life, engineering school life, for young women.

Marshall: The challenges come with more postdocs and female professors. There are policies around sexual harassment and gender equality. It is still hard for people to come forward. The stories are not public.

They are not coming out. Because people [Laughing] don’t want to lose their jobs. At least, it is better. There are policies in place. At least, there are departments that people are told to go to. It is mostly women telling other women what is happening.

But people are not comfortable with it. There needs to be more active.

6. Jacobsen: If we are looking at major programs and initiatives of Project Scientist, what are those?

Marshall: [Laughing] Yeah! [Ed. There was an approximately hour-long in-depth discussion prior to the interview.]

So, we target young girls. Obviously, we work with women at the university level and in countries all over the world. Our goal at Project Scientist is to grab girls at 4, 5, and 6 when everyone has an interest in science.

It is to make sure they are confident in their interest and do not lose it by middle school. We are the only program nationally (US) to focus on girls as young as 4, 5, and 6. We go to age 12. We have a program just for girls on university campuses.

Every day, male and female STEM professionals talk to them about their careers, their educations, failures they have had to overcome, and really build that resiliency and variety in STEM careers and majors.

Wednesdays, our girls get on a bus and visit STEM companies and universities, so girls can see women firsthand in this space. What they do and excelling in this space, we also only hire teachers, because we want to help that workforce be better as well.

To make them more confident in their skills, so the girls are as confident as the boys, it is bringing that attitude back into it. In elementary school, there is research. When girls have a female teacher that says, “I was never good at math.” That resonates with them, “Oh, girls aren’t good at math.”

We are working to help elementary teachers feel more confident. We run 6-week summer academies on university campuses like Cal Tech, USC, LSU, North Carolina, and in Orange County California.

We serve 40% of our girls coming from low-income households. We have a very diverse group of girls. That is intentional as well. The girls in our program are the girls that really love math and science, and want to be there.

They are in there all day for 6 weeks, every day. They are meeting other girls from other neighbourhoods, other income levels, and other schools. Those who have the same interest. It normalizes that.

Especially if you’re a Latina girl in a low-income school, you may 1) not get recognized that you might have an aptitude. So, you’re not given the challenge that you need. 2) There might not be other kids with interest or knowledge.

You might feel like an outsider. Those lifelong friendships through the Ph.D. It can help keep them on task and pulling through. We work with a lot of women who inspire girls and then women in a variety of fields that STEM encompasses.

It is not only during the school year but also when the school year is over. Martin Luther King Day, for example, we had 50 girls in Irvine visit Johnson&Johnson. We have them go to Google and Medtronic. A ton of companies that specialize.

Then we do pre- and post-testing for our research purposes to prove our outcomes. The first day, girls will draw a scientist. The last day, they will draw too. It is looking for a change in gender, in ideas of what is a scientist and what a scientist does.

Often, we will have girls who say, “I am a scientist on the first day.” On the last day, they are drawing themselves out in the field, in the ocean studying ocean life. They learn. You don’t have to wear a lab coat. You don’t have to be a male.

You don’t have to have glasses. There are a variety of fields in STEM. So, now, when I first started Project Scientist, it was, “How do we build girls’ confidence in their voice.” So, they go back to school in the Fall and work in groups.

Boys say, “I will do the math part. You do the writing.” The girls that we work with are, potentially, better at math or want to do the math more than the writing. It is helping build their voice to say, “I am going to do the math part. I am going to do the engineering part.”

Now, we see with the Me Too movement. Things are changing. Girls are coming in way more confident. Our college interns are way more confident. We are seeing a big change in that, in their confidence level.

For me, I am seeing more work for us to work with the parents, really. A lot of our parents work at STEM companies. We do a family orientation before the Summer starts. It is logistics. We give the parents tools at home.

So, they can inspire the girls in the home and work against the stereotypes that the girls are having. We are having to work more with our parents and have them understand; the STEM companies that they work at, “These are some things that you may not be seeing.”

We make it a better place for women. Even with the girls there, they are thriving, have them be comfortable. This is something that we can probably do more. We have these really brilliant STEM professionals.

7. Jacobsen: Have there been partnerships with, in two ways, from individuals and educational institutes to groups of girls? For instance, as we know, an older woman scientist mentor can make a huge difference in the trajectory, success trajectory, of a girl or young woman who is interested in pursuing a STEM field.

Is there a similar way in which it’s, for instance, a Latina girl or someone who comes from a lower SES or background, matching up with someone older who knows the struggles and has overcome them? The institute to group question: is their partnerships with institutes or centres with girls who are interested in STEM with these co-op opportunities, these intern opportunities.

Marshall: There are some programs out there. As our girls age out, for example, we are working more with the university campuses and the other programs that exist, to make sure our girls are ageing into the STEM programs.

Some of them focus on exactly what you’re talking about. At CalTech, for example, our girls are starting to age into hands-on research in CalTech labs with postdocs and professors. We are doing that.

Our college internships is a big program for us. They are influencing the girls during the Summer. They are meeting the STEM professionals every day. They visit these companies. They are making relationships and mentorships on their own. We have had some post-interviews with them, with these interns.

How Project Scientist has impacted them, and their interest in their major in STEM, they stated two ways. One way is when they work with the younger students and inspiring them. They are inspiring themselves.

They are gaining confidence in themselves. I am teaching them and talking to them about what they do, how the young girls look up to them. That is good in terms of keeping them on track. They have also mentioned seeing and speaking with these women in the field.

They are learning from them and making relationships as they see fit. That is one thing. We have also started a new relationship with an organization called Boundless Brilliance. It was started by females that attend Occidental College in LA.

They were all STEM majors and started it for themselves. They created a curriculum with Occidental professors around building confidence, leadership skills, interest in STEM for girls, and the women in this program are training on these tools and techniques.

They are also training on a variety of experiments. They go into schools a couple of times a month. Typically, it is lower income schools. They will teach them these skills. Their experience of that.

The classroom is mixed with boys and girls. But again, bringing out these women to show boys and girls, these are women in the field and in these majors. It is normalizing that. So, we are working with them to help to train our interns and then hire their trained undergraduates to serve as our interns here into the summer.

It is giving us better interns, more experienced and better trained. It is giving us a year-round reach with our schools.

8. Jacobsen: What indirect ways in which to advance what is, for the most part, what the international community is aiming for, which is the empowerment of girls of women? Certainly, they have been disenfranchised in many ways to varying degrees.

For instance, could an indirect way to empower girls and women come through almost encouraging the men who have a mediocre talent for engineering but they have a great talent for the caring professions, e.g., nursing? It is encouraging boys and young men into the fields requiring skills not necessarily core requirements for engineering.

You might find someone with a wonderful bedside manner as a GP, a nurse, a nurse practitioner, and so on. The guys that would be going into engineering, but instead are going into the caring professions.

In that way, it is providing almost an example of the flexibility and better balance within the general culture compared to what we currently have, which, as we both know, guys simply have to achieve, achieve, achieve in just one domain.

It is a very narrow of things, but it is also doing whatever you want – but along certain stereotypical patterns. It may not be healthy for them. It may not be healthy examples for the women and men in their lives, or the culture in general.

Marshall: You’re absolutely right. It all needs to be normalized, right? [Laughing] Both sides. It is funny. My 8-year-old was in a talent show for their elementary school. I said to my sister, “It is so sad. 80% of the participants were female. Why aren’t there more boys?”

Jacobsen: What was the special talent?

Marshall: It was anything: puppet show, anything. There is still competition to get into it. As long as you’re confident, you can get into it. There was one boy group. I think it’s just women are conditioned more to do it.

I don’t know. It isn’t normalized. So, to have that culture where boys can do that too, it is interesting. The backbone of our product is SciGirls, which is a PBS show out of Minneapolis, Minnesota. It is really great shows featuring girls ages 12 to 13 doing real science with women in the field and real research.

Off those shows, they build the curriculum. It is free for any school, anyone, to use. But we are trained in the SciGirls curriculum. We train teachers to use it, to utilize the videos and the curriculum.

The SciGirls 7 is based on research on how to best teach girls STEM. Girls like to be collaborative. Many boys, whether it is taught/learned or not, prefer competition to excel; whereas, most girls would prefer to collaborate.

Our projects are done in groups of 4. They take turns collaborating. They seem to enjoy that. You don’t have coding competitions or things like this on Project Scientist. Girls, in STEM, like to know what they are learning is going to further help them or help someone improve the world.

Whether the experiments will have a dotted line to, “Okay, you learned about buoyancy. Here is a quick clip about a woman who works with buoyancy in her field. How is learning about buoyancy help you help the world?” Then we discuss that.

It really engages the girls into why they’re learning things, what it could potentially mean for them the world and the future. There is a good study from the Girl Scouts. It is, I think, 90% of STEM girls want to use the knowledge to help people solve the world’s problems.

9. Jacobsen: That makes me think back to the example of the drawings. When girls enter the drawings, they draw a scientist. When they leave, they draw themselves. You have a pre and post set of conditions.

What about a post-post condition in a similar time frame as between the pre and the first post? Where they are outside and not connected directly to the program. But then, they are brought back in, and they draw pictures under similar conditions again, to see if this has been a relatively crystallized internalization or something that has dissipated completely or has dissipated to some degree in between.

Marshall: Yes, you mean if they have aged out of the program.

Jacobsen: Yes.

Marshall: I would love that. If you could talk to the National Science Foundation, we would love a longitudinal study [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Marshall: We would love it. We want a longitudinal study. Are we really having an impact? The first cohort of girls I had in the guest house. They are ageing out this year. They are just ageing out. Those girls, they are phenomenal. They are going to gifted charter schools and winning international innovation competitions.

But as we grow, and as we serve a wider group of girls and cities all over, it would be really interesting, especially as they are hitting that middle school age when girls drop out. It would be useful to compare girls who had our program and girls did not have our program.

Our theory is that we’re building up their confidence in a variety of ways. They are seeing these women in research. If you see these women in so many careers, so many fields, and so many companies, you should be able to lay back on that, as you encounter some challenges in middle school and high school.

10. Jacobsen: So, of course, with any social good movement or institution, there, typically, is a concomitant countermovement or set of counter-institutions that can arise in culture. Typically, this will arise in a culture with the finances to found both.

This raises some questions. I will try to narrow down to one if I can. Who, or what, tend to be trends or organizations within American society that work against the advancement and empowerment of girls in STEM, basically, as a whole? And why those particular trends and forces, and organizations?

Marshall: It is the fact that our transparency and policies have not caught up with what we’re saying and trying to do if that makes sense. It is still not a safe place to be a whistleblower in a variety of instances [Laughing].

Even if, as we highlight girls from our program doing amazing things, for example, two sisters from Santa Ana who have scholarships. One of them got accepted to a very prestigious private middle school-high school, full ride, which is 6 years: transportation, computers, sports, whatever she needs.

We love to highlight those stories. When we talk so much in the media where we’re failing, we lose sight of where we’re succeeding. Girls need to hear and see the success stories. We also need to have a way for people to come forward. It’s not working.

I am not sure anything is there yet in corporate America or Academia. People are trying. But there’s a lot of people being silent about what is really happening.

11. Jacobsen: That’s a topic that needs to be talked about more. That’s where the damage is being done, for sure. It seems like conscious negligence in many instances. “Why should we empower them? Haven’t you seen these innate differences?” These sorts of argument. I think they have dropped the argument.

Now, “it’s innate preference differences,” which sounds like some of these forces are losing a lot of ground. 

Marshall: If a company were to excel at this and truly have this transparency, a lot of them are trying. They are talking about it. They have learned through [Laughing] lawsuits and other high-profile instances.

There is a shortage of – they all say – female talent. They are all clamouring to get these women coming out of college. They would attract these women. They are super successful if they were to have a culture like this.

That goes to all the research on women employees and how productive, more efficient, and the team players in culture. All the benefits this produces.

12. Jacobsen: What organizations or books, or speakers, would you recommend for the audience today?

Marshall: For parents, the girls 4 to 12. There is a website called Mighty Girl. They have a great Facebook and newsletter. We are constantly reposting their information. It is a great resource. They have a book resource by age. It is anything from STEM to bullying to issues around girls.

Mighty Girls is a great organization to look at resources for parents. For women, as you mentioned earlier, especially the college women, find a mentor, there is the Million Mentors program.

To find a mentor to go to, for all of us, even internally in companies, it is important. That’s it.

13. Jacobsen: Thank you much for the opportunity and your time, Sandy.

Marshall: Yes! Thank you.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder and CEO, Project Scientist.

[2] Individual Publication Date: May 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/marshall; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Sandy Marshall on Project Scientist, Girls and Women in STEM, and Mentorship [Online].May 2019; 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/marshall.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, May 1). An Interview with Sandy Marshall on Project Scientist, Girls and Women in STEM, and MentorshipRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/marshall.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Sandy Marshall on Project Scientist, Girls and Women in STEM, and Mentorship. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A, May. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/marshall>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Sandy Marshall on Project Scientist, Girls and Women in STEM, and Mentorship.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/marshall.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Sandy Marshall on Project Scientist, Girls and Women in STEM, and Mentorship.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 20.A (May 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/marshall.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Sandy Marshall on Project Scientist, Girls and Women in STEM, and MentorshipIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/marshall>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Sandy Marshall on Project Scientist, Girls and Women in STEM, and MentorshipIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 20.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/marshall.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Sandy Marshall on Project Scientist, Girls and Women in STEM, and Mentorship.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 20.A (2019):May. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/marshall>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Sandy Marshall on Project Scientist, Girls and Women in STEM, and Mentorship [Internet]. (2019, May 20(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/marshall.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Two)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 19.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Fifteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,683

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

His Lordship of Roscelines, Graham Powell,earned the “best mark ever given for acting during his” B.A. (Hons.) degree in “Drama and Theatre Studies at Middlesex University in 1990” and the “Best Dissertation Prize” for an M.A. in Human Resource Management from the University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England in 1994. Powell is an Honorary Member of STHIQ Society, Former President of sPIqr Society, Vice President of Atlantiq Society, and a member ofBritish MensaIHIQSIngeniumMysteriumHigh Potentials SocietyElateneosMilenijaLogiq, and Epida. He is the Full-Time Co-Editor of WIN ONE (WIN-ON-line Edition) since 2010 or nearly a decade. He represents World Intelligence Network Italia. He is the Public Relations Co-Supervisor, Fellow of the Royal Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce, and a Member of the European Council for High Ability. He discusses: the current trajectory of WIN ONE; prolific contributors to WIN ONE; differentiation of gifted and talented, and not, content; striking poems; soliciting material; selection processes; and determination of an aspect of mind behind produced content.

Keywords: content, contributors, editor, Graham Powell, IQ, WIN ONE, World Intelligence Network.

An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Two)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Now, with the current trajectory of WIN ONE, what will be the plans for 2019/2020?

Graham Powell: I am about to collaborate with Krystal Volney, a long-time member of the WIN, on the production of the WIN ONE. Some ideas that are proposed include getting experts from outside the WIN to contribute, the magazine up to now consisting exclusively of material from WIN members. This will involve Evangelos Katsioulis too, the WIN being his creation, and it will need his approval. As hinted at earlier in this interview, I think the WIN ONE will express the results of one-to-one meetings and the results of discussions. Projects will also be relayed. I wish that real life problems be addressed by members and that active participation from WIN members will be encouraged. The high IQ network of societies is large; but the solitary nature of high IQ people in general, as the protagonists for change at the WIN see matters, means that encouraging participation is to be increased.  

2. Jacobsen: Who have been prolific contributors to WIN ONE?

Powell: Aside from my own contributions, which have been substantial, the main contributors over the years have been Paul Edgeworth, Marco Ripà, Phil Elauria, Claus-Dieter Volko, Gwyneth Wesley Rolph and Krystal Volney. Paul Edgeworth has been the most prolific contributor over the entire time that I have been the WIN ONE editor.

3. Jacobsen: What seems to differentiate the content produced by the High-IQ community and the non-gifted & talented community?

Powell: The philosophical nature of the contributions, especially ones which question the role of people in society, or papers which attempt to apply complex mathematical or linguistic theories to societal problems (or existential states) all seem to distinguish the contributions from high IQ individuals from non-gifted people, though, as a person from a professional, didactic background, I wish to point out that talents are multifarious and not limited to the ones which can be expressed in a magazine. It is another reason I want the WIN ONE to evolve and attempt to communicate more widely, gaining insights and contributions from those outside what is labelled “The High IQ Community”.

4. Jacobsen: What poems struck a chord with you?

Powell: I delight in reading the poems by Therese Waneck, one of the few high IQ poets I currently rate very highly. Her poems are short, yet gems at capturing moments of emotive intensity.

“Child Carries the Lullaby”, “Umbrella Clown” and “Educated Mime” spring to mind, each one appearing in the WINtelligence Book “The Ingenious Time Machine”. Obviously, my own poems strike a chord, that’s largely why I wrote them, the most endearing being “As promised, a soldier’s love visits in the rain”, “The Physics of Love” and “Reflections on Time and Darkness”.

5. Jacobsen: What are the main pathways for garnering or soliciting material for WIN ONE?

Powell: Most contributors have become friends over the years and I message them individually. They usually respond favourably. I also put adverts in the Facebook groups and on the WIN website. I hope this interview also inspires people to approach me. In the past, the conferences I have attended and the meetings in real life have also spurred people to write for the WIN ONE.

6. Jacobsen: In the process of accepting or rejecting material, aside from formal processes, there is, as an editor, an intuitive, even emotive, selection process within the framework or bounds of the criteria for submissions. Can you explain some of this non-verbal, or pre-verbal, selection process happening alongside regular choosing of content, please?

Powell: The G2G Manifest and the first WIN ONE were in existence prior to me becoming the editor, so people were aware of the content that had been accepted up to the beginning of my tenure. Firstly, I skim the proposed contributions and note my emotive response to them, as well as my cognitive appreciation of what is expressed. As said previously, I have never rejected a contribution, though sometimes the work has been modified in collaboration with the author. Most authors have trusted my judgement on the presentation and ease of reading that is necessary because even the most intelligent and diligent of reader needs guidance in order to get through an in-depth, complex series of concepts. It is also a question of what I would call ‘the greyness’ of a text, the addition of some illustrations or graphics making the experience for the reader more pleasurable. This is an intuitive reaction to the work that is submitted. I see the editor as a guide throughout the magazine and someone who eases the transition from one part of the magazine to the next. The overall style and look of the magazine should be appealing, and it is the same for a teacher as each lesson proceeds. Like any good lesson, or, indeed, novel, the ending should be clear, plus satisfying. It is also a tradition regarding the WIN magazine that the date of publication follows some kind of a sequence, this also influencing the arrangement and presentation of the content. International Pi Day dominated one edition, for example; another had prime numbers as the date… quirkiness seems to appeal to the High IQ community.

7. Jacobsen: In terms of written content, could one, theoretically or actually, differentiate the content produced by someone at 2-sigma, 3-sigma, 4-sigma, 5-sigma, and 6-sigma above the norm – without prior knowledge of the individual’s general intelligence score?

Powell: Within a high IQ group, this was proffered as a discussion piece a few days ago. My initial reaction was that a precise identification of IQ would not be possible based solely on written content, mainly due to the complexities and varieties of language being diverse and non verifiable diachronically, nor upon transcribing from one language to another – I.E., many people write in a second or even third language, or they demand that their original text be translated. This mediates their expressiveness in terms of complexity, lucidity and profundity. Placing the individual within a sigma level, as you query, however, is possible, in fact, most of the time I already know that information regarding a contributor. So, in other words, based on my experience, could someone make a shrewd assessment of another based on their written contribution? Well, yes, I think they could.

8. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Graham.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Editor, WIN ONE; Text Editor, Leonardo (AtlantIQ Society); Joint Public Relations Officer, World Intelligence Network; Vice President, AtlantIQ Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-two; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Two) [Online].April 2019; 19(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-two.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, April 22). An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Two)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-two.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Two). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.A, April. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-two>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-two.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.A (April 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-two.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 19.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-two>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Two)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 19.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-two.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Two).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 19.A (2019):April. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-two>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on WIN ONE, Contributors, and Selection (Part Two) [Internet]. (2019, April 19(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-two.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Moral Arguments and Humanism – A Review

Author: Kwabena Antwi Boasiako

Numbering: Issue 1.A, Idea: Ghanaian Secular Leaders and Thought

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Ghana’s 5%

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,847

ISSN 2369-6885

Keywords: Ghana, Kwabena “Michael” Osei-Assibey, morality, theories.

Moral Arguments and Humanism – A Review[1],[2]

*Original publication in Humanist Association of Ghana.*

Morality – the principles concerning the distinction between right and wrong, good and bad, ethical and unethical – has always been at the top of philosophical discourse. For as long as we have been asking questions, and discussing ideas, we has been fascinated with the concept of right and wrong. The many moral theories – a framework upon which we think and discuss in a reasoned manner allowing evaluation on specific moral issues – not only help describe how thoughts are formed around issues of morality, but also prescribe how our actions including thoughts should be shaped. Before getting into my personal stance on morality, let us walk the path of the various frameworks I have come across. These may not be exhaustive.

The most common I have heard is the Divine Command Theory. This framework claims that there is a connection between morality and religion and that without God(s) there is no morality. The conclusion drawn from this framework is that right and wrong comes from the commands of God(s). In other words, an action is right (obligatory) if commanded, wrong if commanded to be refrained from, and permissible if not covered in commandments. The obvious flaw to this is the presupposition that there is a God or gods or that we can know what they command. In Plato’s dialogue Euthyphro, he asks “Is the pious loved by the gods because it is pious or is it pious because it is loved by the gods?”.  If our belief is that actions are pious because it is loved by God(s) then pious actions or otherwise are independent of divine commandments. If we, however, think that pious actions are loved by the divine because they commanded it, we must conclude that right and wrong are but arbitrary dictates from the divine. If we, however, can agree that an action is right or wrong based on a reason, then the notion that it is arbitrary also goes out the window. Divine command theory falls under a group of theories known as deontological ethics in which the morality of an action is based on whether it is right or wrong based on a set of rules, rather than based on the consequences of the action. The opposite umbrella of theories is consequentialism which considers the moral worth of action as determined by its potential consequence.

Moral subjectivism tells us that right and wrong is determined by what we (the individual) think is right or wrong. Moral subjectivism ultimately denies the existence of any moral principle or the possibility of criticism outside the self. Thus one can not criticize actions outside self or take criticism from the outside.  Cultural relativism makes the same argument but replaces the individual with a particular set of principles or rules that the relevant culture happens to hold at the time. Similar issues of criticism and moral growth make subjectivity a less plausible framework. In addition, this implies that a person or a culture cannot be mistaken about what is right or wrong, and thus denies the possibility of moral advancement.  On the same wavelength as cultural relativism is Virtue Ethics which argues that right and wrong are characterized in terms of acting in accordance with traditional virtues that are considered to make one a good person. We run into the problem of cultural differences in what constitutes a virtue.

Similar to but largely different is Ethical Egoism; the argument that right and wrong is determined by what is in our (individual) self-interest. The idea is that we are driven by nature to act selfishly. Selfishness does not imply that we aim for hedonistic outcomes but that we may sometimes forego immediate pleasures for the sake of some long term goals. Ethical egoism does not also exclude helping others but assumes that people do so for selfish reasons.  To the ethical egoist, there is nothing like altruism. This is the greatest flaw in the argument; that a person who helps others at the expense of their self-interest is actually acting immorally.  If we agree that morality’s role is to help guide and constrain our self-interest and not further it, as well as the fact that altruism is possible and very common, we see that ethical egoism is implausible. All arguments presented thus far have been deontological.

Utilitarianism argues that right and wrong is determined by the overall goodness of the consequences of an action. The idea is that all actions lead to an end but there is the highest good (pleasure or happiness). Earlier proponents of the idea proposed an index to maximize happiness to the greatest number. That is, we have to act so as to maximize human welfare and consider including all sentient animals in that matrix too. We do this by choosing the action that maximizes pleasure/happiness and minimizes suffering. Current interrogations of the idea yielded a few results. First, the idea of maximizing pleasure was replaced with the satisfaction of all relevant people’s preferences and interests. Also, a distinction between Act Utilitarianism, which is what has been described above, and Rule Utilitarianism, was made. Rule utilitarianism was to address the concern that act utilitarianism may result in harming one for the greater good. Rule Utilitarianism advocates that rules of governing society should be such that they result in the greatest good for all. This may however also create a deification of rules. A more realistic proposal is the Quality of Character Utilitarianism. This proposes that the primary objective of the moral assessment is neither actions nor rules, but qualities of character. The idea is that our primary duty is to develop qualities of character – dispositions of thought and feeling – whose possession is likely to produce the greatest overall utility. Such an account would be supposed to be grounded in a more realistic view of human rationality, and of the springs of human action, that is presupposed by act-utilitarianism. For utilitarians, no action is intrinsically right or wrong,  and no persons preference or interests carry greater weight than the other.  It will be difficult to apply utilitarian principles after the fact so utilitarians use rules of thumb to assess their actions.  Democracy and economic principles reflect utilitarianism.

The final idea that I will review is Contractarianism– the idea that principles of right and wrong are those which everyone in society would agree upon in forming a social contract. Contractarianism holds that persons are primarily self-interested and that a rational assessment of the best strategy for attaining the maximization of their self-interest will lead them to act morally. The idea is to start by thinking, hypothetically, that we are at the beginning of forming a society and we want to know which principles of justice to ground the society. However, in this ‘original position’ we do this without knowing which position we will occupy in the future society; we don’t know if we will be rich or poor, male or female, old or young, etc. We then advocate those principles that will be in our self-interest (though we don’t know what ‘self’ that will be). This forces us to be impartial, and if we are rational, to propose universal principles. The idea of the thought experiment is not to think that we actually begin again and construct a society from scratch. Rather, we can use the thought experiment as a test of actual principles of justice. If a principle is one that would not be adopted by people in the original position, behind the ‘veil of ignorance’ (about who they will be), then it is unjust and should be rejected.

From a humanistic standpoint, both deontological and consequential theories are up for debate as long as humans are at the centre of the decision making. However, humanism has other values such as empathy, justice, freedom, etc., which will rule out all deontological arguments. Both consequential theories offer arguments that play into what defines my humanism. As primary agents of change, I believe our goal is to create a system that considers the needs of the few with respect to the needs of many. We need a system that has checks for bias and allows growth as our societies evolve. A combination of the tenets of quality-of-character utilitarianism: the ability to develop traits that will generate the greatest good for all, and the unbiased solution of contrarianism, I believe will be the best way forward. The only way however for a collective agreement or movement in a positive direction with respect to our understanding of morality is for the subject to be taught as early as possible. Morality and ethics should not be treated as high school or university subjects but as ideas that children as young as can communicate are taught. To build quality of character as is required in utilitarianism, parent, family and the entire community has to play a role. We have to be each other’s keeper, constantly reminding each other of the greater good – the well-being of the ecosystem that supports us.

Kwabena Antwi Boasiako (11/04/2019)

Kwabena Antwi Boasiako is the current President of the Humanist Association of Ghana and a Building Services Professional.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] President, Humanist Association of Ghana.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/review.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Boasiako K. Moral Arguments and Humanism – A Review [Online].April 2019; 1(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/review.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Boasiako, K. (2019, April 22). Moral Arguments and Humanism – A ReviewRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/review.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): BOASIAKO, K. Moral Arguments and Humanism – A ReviewGhana’s 5%. 1.B, April. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/review>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Boasiako, Kwabena. 2019. “Moral Arguments and Humanism – A Review.Ghana’s 5%. 1.B. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/review.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Boasiako, Kwabena “Moral Arguments and Humanism – A Review.Ghana’s 5%. 1.B (April 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/review.

Harvard: Boasiako, K. 2019, ‘Moral Arguments and Humanism – A Review, Ghana’s 5%, vol. 1.B. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/review>.

Harvard, Australian: Boasiako, K. 2019, ‘Moral Arguments and Humanism – A Review, Ghana’s 5%, vol. 1.B., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/review.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Kwabena Boasiako. “Moral Arguments and Humanism – A Review.” Ghana’s 5% 1.B (2019):April. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/review>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Boasiako K. Moral Arguments and Humanism – A Review [Internet]. (2019, April; 1(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/review.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Ghana’s 5% 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Graham Powell on Gifted and Talented Life & Publications (Part One)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 19.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Fifteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2019

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,641

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

His Lordship of Roscelines, Graham Powell,earned the “best mark ever given for acting during his” B.A. (Hons.) degree in “Drama and Theatre Studies at Middlesex University in 1990” and the “Best Dissertation Prize” for an M.A. in Human Resource Management from the University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England in 1994. Powell is an Honorary Member of STHIQ Society, Former President of sPIqr Society, Vice President of Atlantiq Society, and a member ofBritish MensaIHIQSIngeniumMysteriumHigh Potentials SocietyElateneosMilenijaLogiq, and Epida. He is the Full-Time Co-Editor of WIN ONE (WIN-ON-line Edition) since 2010 or nearly a decade. He represents World Intelligence Network Italia. He is the Public Relations Co-Supervisor, Fellow of the Royal Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce, and a Member of the European Council for High Ability. He discusses: background, pivotal moments, and educational attainments; becoming a member of the high-IQ community; becoming the main editor for World Intelligence Network ONline Editions (WIN ONE), formerly Genius To Genius Manifest (G2G); tasks and responsibilities; developments in his tenure right into the present; and the most read articles.

Keywords: editor, Genius To Genius Manifest, geophysics, Graham Powell, IQ, World Intelligence Network, WIN ONE.

An Interview with Graham Powell on Gifted and Talented Life & Publications (Part One)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In terms of the background, what is it? What are the pivotal moments and educational attainments forming you?

Graham Powell: What an intriguing question, Scott. My first thought is that the immediate aftermath of my birth was especially significant as my mother suffered from depression and I was looked after by my grandparents while my mother spent months in hospital. This meant that I did not get baptised – though my brother and sister were. I later went to Sunday School with my brother, yet my foremost memory is of coming home to help my father rebuild the garage. We were clearly sent to Sunday School to be out of the way as my father did the vast amount of cement mixing, then the two of us did the more intricate jobs. We worked very much around the house and I learnt carpentry and other building skills from age four. We always worked with the end result in mind and little else, my father also being a perfectionist. I remember him shouting at me to keep things still as he laboured to fit everything together. He shouted at me one time because I was not supposed to move, despite him falling over. I had to keep the post straight! Perhaps it helped induce in me an autotelic personality type, something prevalent to this day as I do my daily duties. I also developed an early life with a more philosophical outlook than a religious one. Life has never involved earning money as a main goal.

My mother volunteered as a Saint John’s Ambulance nurse and I read all the books she had on it, gaining an excellent knowledge of first aid and anatomy. It was about this time that she told me about when the doctor performed the post-natal checks and commented on how well co-ordinated I was. I think this influenced my father giving me football training in the field next to our house, sport featuring heavily in my youth. I learnt to play football equally with either foot and was very good at heading the ball, even though I was only average height when young.

At Primary School I was popular, and meeting various teachers clearly forged my mental and physical development. Mrs. Bert took us for creative writing and I emerged as a poet. I was often asked to write poems because my schoolmates knew Mrs. Bert would like them and give us ‘House Points’. On one occasion, she gave Haxted House four points for a poem about a giant bird landing and befriending a poet, so we won the House Competition for that term. Mr. Apps, the science and PE teacher at Middle School, also liked me, my prowess at football suddenly being eclipsed by my exceptional ability at cross country running. Bernard Apps became my trainer and I ended up representing my county at the sport.

At Senior School I broke the school record for 800 metres and was one of the few victors in my House that day. Indeed, I became something of a ‘hero’ within Grants House, though I was shy and in no way ardent in pursuing such adulation.

By age 15 I had added cycling to my sporting repertoire, my father rekindling his youthful enthusiasm for the sport. It was a significant time, in hindsight, because during those three years I met people who are now well-known in their fields, one person in cycling itself, another in politics. Knowing them during more humble times helps keep me grounded.

I also went into the Sixth Form, but was disillusioned by the experience as we seemed to be persecuted for being the ‘Punk Year’, so different from any previous academic group at the school. Just before the first year exams, I had an accident on my bicycle and ended up in hospital, the week spent there influencing my choice to leave school and emerge into the working world. Overall, I was tired of being with teenagers who just seemed so infantile, though maybe their bravado and confidence in social situations also jarred, my struggle through that period being mainly one involving extreme introversion. Most of the times I just didn’t want to speak.

I left school and immediately got a job in geophysics, my rise in that area being quite phenomenal. I developed as a communicator and within three years became proficient in social situations. My new confidence made me want to self actualize, the way of doing this coming via two means: a journey around Europe and a return to academia. I eagerly arranged both.

My ten-week hitch-hiking tour of Europe made me realise that I was exceptionally bright and able to communicate across the continent, even if many languages were known minimally by me. I also developed amazing endurance and could walk for many kilometres each day, if required. I carried most of the kit which my work colleague and I had, which was also an ego-blow to that colleague, so much so that he became jealous and resentful – even violent. Towards the end of the tenth week away, we separated and I went straight back home to Surrey, England, from northern Luxembourg. It took 27 hours!

Shortly after my return, I decided to go to college and my aim was to attend university. I met Dorothy Humphrey, a 53-year-old English teacher from Glasgow. I owe her an immeasurable debt in life for taking what was, in essence, a kindling love of my language and transforming it into a raging fire of desire for it. This has never left me and I know it never will.

About this time, I also joined a theatrical group and my love of acting supplemented my studies in language and literature. Several in the drama group said how brilliant I was and after a few years of saving, I applied and was accepted onto the Drama and Theatre Studies course at Middlesex University. I learnt many new aspects to drama and theatre and I am happy to say that I am still in contact with many from that course. It was an incredibly stimulating, creative and rewarding time in every respect!

My post-graduate desire to fuse personal development with creativity and innovation made me take an MA in International Human Resource Management. At the University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, I won the academic prize for Best Dissertation. Disappointingly, however, I never got a job within that specific area. Instead, after a few years of retail management, I qualified as a teacher and until recently taught English both in England and abroad. The last few years have seen me develop as an English teacher at university, then advise C.E.O.s and civil servants on how to present themselves, plus create and innovate within their respective areas of competence and responsibility. It’s merges many aspects to my career, which I enjoy.

2. Jacobsen: How did the high-IQ community become part of life? How did you find it, in other words?

Powell: At East Surrey College (where I met Dorothy Humphrey) I made friends with a man who had recently finished a relationship with a member of British Mensa. He was convinced that I would be able to join, so he encouraged me to apply. After finishing college (which drained me of all my financial resources) I resumed work for a while and became a paid-up member of Mensa in January 1987. My interest in the high IQ community really expanded, however, when I got the internet connected within my home in Sardinia. That was 20 years after joining Mensa and by 2009 I had joined a few on-line societies. None of them were in the World Intelligence Network, but, in 2010, I saw a message from Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis, the founder of the WIN, about translating the WIN site into Italian. I volunteered to do that, and, just as I was about to finish the translation, more societies joined the WIN and I was suddenly a member.

3. Jacobsen: How did you become the main editor for World Intelligence Network ONline Editions (WIN ONE), formerly Genius To Genius Manifest (G2G)?

Powell: Immediately after finishing the voluntary translation work, Evangelos invited me to resurrect the WIN ONE, which had not been published for over three years at that point, and I took up the editorship, advertising for contributions. They came in rapidly, even a paper in Italian, which I translated. My first WIN ONE was as big as all the previous editions put together, so I was obviously pleased about that.

4. Jacobsen: What tasks and responsibilities come with the position?

Powell: The editor not only advertises for contributions; the role also involves checking each contribution for accuracy, decency and appropriateness – though I must admit that these aspects have never been imposed to refuse publishing anything. The editor collates the content and, especially, corrects the texts, many being written by people whose mother tongue is not English. The editor augments the content, introduces each part and improves the readability of each article, putting in subtitles (for example) or dividing the content into sections. This is all done whilst liaising with the original writer. The last few magazines have seen me contribute a major percentage of the content, especially the puzzles. The editor also decides on the style of the magazine and most of the covers have been designed by me during my tenure.

5. Jacobsen: What have been the main developments of WIN ONE in personal tenure?

Powell: The main development from the WIN ONE has been the WIN Books Project, the first “WINtelligence Books” publication coming out earlier this year as a Kindle book. “The Ingenious Time Machine” is an expression of the talents and ideas within the World Intelligence Network and it took four years to develop and publish the volume. The physical copy of this book should be made available later this year, or at least, that is my goal.

I am also about to publish the WIN ONE more often, though discussions with new collaborators are going ahead now, so I can’t give away too many details… Maybe we can talk again in a few months’ time, Scott… I’d certainly like that.

It has been via my WIN ONE activities that I have made friends and a few times this has evolved into inviting contributors to conferences and meetings, mainly in Dubai and London. It is a personal dream to invite to members to Malta at some point in the not too distant future… Promoting this will be a development within the pages of the WIN ONE. I think the WIN ONE will evolve to be a vehicle for getting people together. Face to face meetings seem more popular in the High IQ World these days, not the production of long, written articles.

6. Jacobsen: What have been the most read articles? Why?

Powell: Though specific data is not available to affirm which articles have been the most read, I can give personal feedback on what you ask. Most people seem to like the philosophical articles, especially the ones by Paul Edgeworth, whose brilliant analyses of philosophers and aspects to their work, such as Aristotle’s writing on contemplation, Cartesian Motion and Heidegger’s Dasein, have been appreciated very much. I know this because readers have contacted me about them. I also appreciate Paul’s work and my own writing has sometimes, serendipitously, evolved to be akin to Paul’s explorations. Rich Stocks’ writing about practical philosophy has been praised too, something I am pleased to have contributed to as well, his work being a commentary on current events in America and the dialectical implications of them, to crudely summarise some of the work he has done. The poetry published in the WIN ONE is popular too. Much of it is also an expression of the zeitgeist prevalent today, which is satisfying to experience.

Above all, Scott, I thank you for your questions and hope that you have gained much from our exchange. I certainly have.

7. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Graham.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Editor, WIN ONE; Text Editor, Leonardo (AtlantIQ Society); Joint Public Relations Officer, World Intelligence Network; Vice President, AtlantIQ Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 15, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-one; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on Gifted and Talented Life & Publications (Part One) [Online].April 2019; 19(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-one.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, April 15). An Interview with Graham Powell on Gifted and Talented Life & Publications (Part One)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-one.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Graham Powell on Gifted and Talented Life & Publications (Part One). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.A, April. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-one>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Graham Powell on Gifted and Talented Life & Publications (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-one.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Graham Powell on Gifted and Talented Life & Publications (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.A (April 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-one.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on Gifted and Talented Life & Publications (Part One)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 19.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-one>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Graham Powell on Gifted and Talented Life & Publications (Part One)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 19.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-one.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Graham Powell on Gifted and Talented Life & Publications (Part One).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 19.A (2019):April. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-one>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Graham Powell on Gifted and Talented Life & Publications (Part One) [Internet]. (2019, April 19(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/powell-one.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Existence, Mathematics, and Philosophy (Part Five)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 18.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Fourteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 8,513

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Rick Rosner and I conduct a conversational series entitled Ask A Genius on a variety of subjects through In-Sight Publishing on the personal and professional website for Rick. Rick exists on the World Genius Directory listing as the world’s second highest IQ at 192 based on several ultra-high IQ tests scores developed by independent psychometricians. Erik Haereid earned a score at 185, on the N-VRA80. Both scores on a standard deviation of 15. A sigma of ~6.13 for Rick – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 2,314,980,850 – and ~5.67 for Erik – a general intelligence rarity of 1 in 136,975,305. Of course, if a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population. This amounts to a joint interview or conversation with Erik Haereid, Rick Rosner, and myself.

Keywords: America, Erik Haereid, Norway, Rick Rosner, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Existence, Mathematics, Philosophy (Part Five)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How do philosophy and mathematics mix with one another? How do philosophy and mathematics not mix with one another? What insights into reality emerge from philosophy and not mathematics, or from mathematics and not from philosophy? Or do these seem inextricably linked to one another? 

Traditionally, philosophy breaks into several disciplines: ethics, aesthetics, epistemology, metaphysics, and so on. Do some of these distinct fields seem unnecessary in philosophy? In that, some sub-disciplines in philosophy seem already explained within others.

Also, what seems like the limits of mathematics and philosophy in providing some fundamental explanation about the world? In that, the rules and principles of mathematics remain non-fundamental. 

Same with the purported big questions of philosophy. They remain important. They give insights, even a sense of grandeur about existence. However, they fail, at least at present, for a complete explanation about the world – assuming such a thing exists in principle.

Erik Haereid: Mathematics is an abstract, logical, cognitive tool based on numerical symbols, based on some assumptions, axioms that we agree on. Whether the assumptions are proper or not is a philosophical issue. Mathematics is about structures and exact relations.

Philosophy is some logical investigation into what’s true and false, and what’s right and wrong. It’s a compass in life. We use it trying to finish our mental map. It’s a cognitive tool that helps us directing our lives more proper, as we see it, than lives that are lived in the present and based on pure intuition and urges.

Philosophy and mathematics go hand in hand thus that we begin with some philosophical inquiries, then we put some mathematics to those thoughts, then we make new philosophical inquiries and so on. An example is the Big Bang theory. It’s reasonable that there many years ago were as many ideas of the Universe, what was outside the human perceptions when watching the sky at day and night, as there were humans. That is, basic for philosophizing is our fantasy; thoughts and emotions in a mental soup based on our genes and experiences. The yellow light we saw at day time on the sky, and we thought were god’s candle or whatever, became through philosophy, mathematics, and science to a massive spherical plasma object consisting of such as hydrogen and helium.

Einstein philosophized through his experimental thoughts about how the Universe could function and look like, and he had, for instance, Newton’s work in his mind. He got some ideas, like that space is curved and cause gravity, which were reasonably for him, and he put mathematics to it. He also philosophized over that the three-dimensional space and time were not independent, but one four-dimensional phenomenon (spacetime). That kind of philosophy and related mathematics created new thoughts about how the Universe looked like, and what was beyond our perceptions.

Who could think of the Universe as a 13-14-billion-year-old highly dense little object exploding into a vast mess of matter and energy, impossible to imagine, thousand years ago? It was the philosophy and mathematics that dug the ditch. And still are. Because we don’t know what’s beyond the Big Bang. And probably, if we look to for instance Gödel’s incompleteness theorems, we will never know. At least never get the whole picture.

Let’s say we could explain the Universe; find some formulas that explained everything (determinism). Then we could explain, prove (based on some axiomatic, logical framework), every statement we had. There wouldn’t be any statements that couldn’t be proved. But according to Gödel, within any axiomatic, logical framework there are statements that cannot be proved and therefore human can never prove a deterministic Universe even though the Universe is deterministic.

But since we are curious, and maybe naive, we still dig. And then we make new and more fantasies, restrict it into some logical, philosophical frame of thoughts, put some mathematics, even more strict relations and order, to it, call them theories and try to prove them. The final act is to observe it; experience that the empirical observations are in accordance with the philosophy and mathematics. Then it’s true, in our understanding of truth. When we have revealed the truth, we don’t need to philosophize about it any more. Of course that’s not completely true, because we don’t believe in our perceptions, and/or we don’t know what they are (what is a thought?). So we will continue philosophizing over that, until we get tired and give up, or get mad.

A harmonic alternation between fantasies (chaos), philosophy (order), mathematics (detailed and more order, relations) and empirical experiences (perceptual truth) is the track here.

Humans tend to try to see the surface of the three-/four-dimensional space we are confined in, from the outside. But there is no surface. What is “no surface?” And so on. The only possibility is to make fantasies about it, philosophize about it, create some mathematical formulas to it, but it’s confined within our perceptions and abstract images. Our desire for knowing exceeds our possible limits of knowledge. Maybe this drive is crucial for human’s evolution

AI and technology, build on better abilities, amplifiers, processors and storage possibilities than we have, could be fruitful for human evolution. We have to respect our limitations, like we do when we make cars, planes, telephones and binoculars. And I think we also do.

I also think we should extend our mind and cognitive abilities to its limit. It’s rewarding when mathematicians (and other scientists) find new solutions, invent new concepts or numbers (like when introducing irrational numbers, and later complex numbers).

We need philosophy as long as we don’t know everything we want to know, independent of which philosophical field we talk about. In this context a single philosophical discipline’s existence is a function of if we still see it proper to try to answer more questions about these topics.

When I know how trees grow, through photosynthesis, and am satisfied with that answer, I don’t need philosophizing about trees and growth anymore. It fulfills my needs. But that’s subjective, because the process, any process, has no end in the human mind. There are always questions to ask, even when we know “everything” about that topic.

If you see a tree, you can see it as timber to build houses, as a plant that grow and live through photosynthesis, as an imaginary picture of the phylogenetic development, as a family tree, as a nightmare, as beautiful, as a wish, as an oxygen producer, as a producer of apples and fruits, as x times heavier and higher than a human, etc. To discover all these angles and views is the aim of philosophy, in all areas and with everything we have any real perception or imaginary idea of.

To understand is beauty. We have to respect that we will never understand everything, and at the same time respect that there are always new things to learn. It’s about a balance. It’s like building a monument, like an enormous cathedral or tower; it takes hundreds, thousands, millions of years, but by putting one brick systematically on top of another we know that we each day get closer to the product; by creating time through successive events we experience that we can reach our goal. And until we know how to live forever, we reproduce and let our children continue the job.

What’s the final point? Maybe to reveal a global truth. To reach the very end, where the illuminated revelation is right in front of us. Is this what life is about? Or is it just an uncorrelated mess, with seemingly none or few relations, no goal, a nihilistic travel through emptiness? Shall we reduce life to simple, cynical social maneuvers that suck all the beauty out of it? I choose not to reduce humans to a harsh evolution process, because it’s meaningless, it’s messy and violent, and it’s logical in the simplest way. This makes me religious even though I don’t believe in God. This also elevates my experience of life.

It’s complicated to see the beauty in everything, and on that road we limit us to exclude what we have not understood yet. But still we unconsciously work towards that goal, because we know on an unconscious level that we need to see everything that exists in relation to each other.

In general we philosophize about everything and anything, and related to math about such as black holes and singularity, how to express the primes in a formula, multiple universes, artificial superintelligence, and how to travel and meet the aliens somewhere in the Andromeda Galaxy. Dreaming about travelling to the Moon was one thing, philosophizing about it another and the next step, and then calculating how to do it and doing it the final steps.

Obviously, as we can see when we are at AI’s kickoff, the human brain has many limitations concerning perceiving, storing and processing data. The black boxes are mentioned, and our lack of knowledge of what is going on there even though we have created these devices.

One of the blessings by being a child was the large quantity of fantasies. In books, stories told, dreams, what we saw in the nature we yet didn’t restrict to pure science (Some trees grew into heaven, didn’t they?).

Inventions are made by grown up “children”. There is one person now and then through history that revealed something important, that made his/her fantasy becomes real; like that we can talk to each other from one side of the world to the other, or travel in space. The impossible became possible. This is an ongoing process which we all are a part of all the time.

Maybe our search for objectivity and truth, a real Universe, has something to do with us, our mind more than it’s about if the Universe is objective or subjective. Of course, how is it possible to travel in a subjective Universe? Who are you if my mind is the only mind? How can I interact with something else if this is a part of me?

It’s convenient to look at it as me and the surroundings, as different entities, subject and object, because that’s how we experience it naturally. But when we go into it, philosophizing, exploring it with our thoughts and logic, it could be that everything “else” is sort of an unconscious part of ourselves. “We” are not confined in our body.

We just don’t experience it like that, because we are not aware of it. But by putting it into a thought, we can think of it as a possibility, or just a fantasy. When you travel or do things, I do it, but as during surgery and anesthesia. It’s a matter of consciousness and not. Or several levels of consciousness; I am not aware that I think your thoughts.

Don’t misunderstand this; it sounds narcissistic. But it’s not, it’s a philosophical inquiry. If the person thinks he/she is God, then he/she tries to control all other’s cognition, acts, behavior. But we don’t control each other’s thoughts and behavior. It’s in this context the philosophical inquiry is done.

Maybe we are tricked by the fact that we experience that something is outside our own control, and therefore experience it as what we call objectivity. If I can’t remember that I wrote that sentence or did that thing, how can I then claim that it’s my act? How can I be certain of that me is confined within “my” body, “my” senses, “my” emotions and thoughts, “my” free will? It could happen that I am something else than I experience that I am, even everything. This is about how we identify ourselves, and what kind of responsibility we take.

Let’s say that we all are the same. If everyone and everything are a part of you and you are a part of everything and everyone, then all the interactions are a part of us and we are not limited to our bodies. Subject is object. When you speak to me, even though I can’t imagine or sense that this spoken sentence came from myself, I have no control over it, I don’t know where it came from within what I define as “me”, I have to think, from this point of view, that your voice is my voice. It could be a voice from my unconscious part, like my autonomic nervous system.

It’s not the chaos that is beautiful, but our adaptation to it in the sense of understanding and accepting the volatility in the surroundings, the magnitude of the Universe and life. This is what make logical practices like math and philosophy beautiful; they are tools evolving our understanding, abstract and not, and revealing that life is more than we have ever thought of before.

We talk a lot about what technology can do for us in the future, and obviously we need some kind of cognitive and emotional amplifiers to be what we want to be.

Inventions like social media, internet, shows creativity and that we are capable of doing almost what we want to. I am sure that evolution has its right pace, also related to technology.

[Ed. Further commentary]

We humans have the ability to think we are something we are not; we have the ability to believe we are gods and devils, for instance, that we are everything and nothing, abstractions or concrete manifestations different from which we really are, and base our existence on that false identity. The advantage of this feature is that we can create great ideas that can be converted into practical use. The downside is that we kill each other; become more destructive than necessary. Great ideas are also created by people that are self-aware, so let’s stick with this.

I am in favor of self-awareness, to use a word that is not sufficient and do not cover what I mean; but that’s the best word I came up with. It’s about knowing that you are an entity, existence, and who you are, as best you possible can achieve that self-awareness through all your identity-changes through your life. It’s a continuous struggle. And it’s the best way to live your life, if you ask me; for you and the society. It’s a state of contemplation, and maybe the Buddhist monks are the best achievers of that state, I don’t know. We in the western cultures are not very good at it, though.

When we discuss ontological, epistemological, ethical or aesthetical issues, I choose to start with this: We have to know that we are and approximately who we are; for real, not as abstract or false features. If not, we are driven into insanity.

When I discuss whether ideas exist or not, I have to profoundly feel that I am the entity that thinks of and discuss this problem with myself or others. If not, I get lost.

If abstraction exists per se, beyond our abilities to think abstract, is a function of what concepts we so far in evolution have developed and defined, and which logical inference and irrational beliefs we have established (knowledge).  Proofs of for instance abstractions’ existence are based on our, humans, innate abilities and learned knowledge. The core is how we humans define proof. And this is about feelings, experiences, profound feeling of and so on; the core inside us (i.e. self-awareness), which is irrational as such.

It’s possible to disagree about anything and everything, even though one wizard claims his or her right (like it seems I do here; I underline that this is my experience), and even “proves” it. Bottom line is that it ends here; reality, existence, truth cannot be proved as anything else than that we experience it and call it “truth, reality” and so on. Something is difficult to contradict as real, though, like physical events that “everyone” sees and experience. The closest we get to reality is therefore our experience of it. Do you see what I mean?

I think we have to see knowledge as a human phenomenon, a mental ability that helps advanced organisms like us to provide better identities and lives. Humans should focus more on what is real and not, and what is me and what is someone and something else; who are we, and how shall we capture a sense of that?

It’s not about living all life in contemplation, but to evolve the ability to slow down the chaotic lives when needed, and find that inner peace or understanding of whom one is; a meditation skill.

We all change identities every minute, every day, all life, and it’s a struggle knowing who we are on this bumpy travel. And since humans have these complex mental abilities, we also have the ability to dissociate, create several personalities, thinking we are something we are not and make a mess for ourselves and each other. I don’t say that I think we would be angels if we all had this continuously inner contact with who we are, but I guess we certainly would have been nicer and lived better lives and also chose the right path; because we would have the inner knowledge and wisdom of “here I am, and that is who I am just now”. Then the future would be easier regardless obstacles we met on the road. 

So, if there is one certain achievable knowledge, it is the knowledge of who we are. No one can take that inner experience away from anybody (even though we try and succeed…). But we have to believe in it; it’s not proved mathematically or a result from a syllogism. It’s an experience. It’s beyond thoughts and emotions, which are tools to gain that inner knowledge and wisdom.

If you want to be rich or a king, go for it, but the point is to experience and achieve an inner peace about who you are on that road. It’s not about restraining our lives, on the contrary, but about achieving goals through self-awareness. Do you see what I mean? I don’t believe in piety in the strictest meaning of the word, because that’s a wrong approach to inner peace. I am more in favor of hedonism, but with that extra ability to always know who you really are, and not the narcissistic or ascending self.

Maybe I am a bit off-road concerning the topic in this thread, but when we talk about philosophy and what kind of mindful activities humans should strive for in the future, I have to mention this which I strongly believe in. We can ask ontological and epistemological questions about reality, existence and knowledge, and questions about what is beautiful and not, and what is good and not, but anyway we end up with ourselves. That kind of self-awareness is the key to evolve on every other area we deal with. Being human is not only to gain knowledge but also wisdom, and that is to know when enough is enough.

Because we tend to blend our abstractions of who we are with who we really are, also because other people, the culture, plant ideas in our mind about who we are and should be, we build a distance between our perception of who we think we are and who we really are. This creates chaos in our minds and in the culture; socially.

It’s the culture, family, friends, activities and your surroundings that function as mirrors, that make you be self-aware or not. If this culture make you believe that you are something else than you really are, then you go out searching for someone and something that mirrors the real you, that make you find yourself, until you find it; because we all have that inner profound wisdom about whom we are, all the time. We just need help; mirrors that lead us towards it.

Self-awareness is also about understanding ones limitations. If you are far away from knowing who you are, you are not capable of capturing your possibilities. It’s like a child’s growth: The child develops best when its parents function as mirrors for that child; sees it as it is. Then the child is open-minded for strangers and differences, curious about it, and is driven towards new phenomenon. It changes identity every second. And because its parents sees it whatever what (not accept everything it does, though), it will continue being self-aware. It’s a process through life. When we get older other people function as mirrors, the culture does, and the same rules exists. When we are not seen as we are, when we cannot see ourselves in a film, a book or in a neighbor, we get lost in our minds and develop other and alternative pictures of who we are than we really are. When the culture contains many such individuals and features, then it gets messy.

One of my points is that we become xenophobic and hateful against each other when we abstract from our true self. And the contrary; friendly and inviting when we know who we are. Then ethics is to build a community and culture which embrace values that enhance each individual’s self-awareness. A culture that motivates everyone to be something one impossibly can be is an unethical culture, and the opposite. It’s not about restriction, but a consciousness about whom we are and who we can be. The sky’s the limit in our mind, but not in real life. And I think that is crucial to understand, and making good citizens; people that know how to treat each other with respect and good. And even though it sounds imprisoning, it works opposite; you will actually achieve more in life when you are aware of this. Self-confidence is å product of being self-aware.

You can create a justice system that controls people’s actions until a degree, but the basic problems are still the same; the system does not prevent violence. That’s because it’s still unfair; no such system embraces everyone. The thing, if you ask me, is not to prevent violence and make good citizens by telling people who they are and should be, but letting them be who they are. Then our natural social collisions will make us adapt properly. I think this is a path to more empathy and understanding, as I said before: Egoism is altruism. This is what I mean by that. I don’t say this will prevent violence completely, not at all. But it is, in my opinion, the best way to achieve cultures where all live their best lives and that is inside the acceptable for almost everyone. Statistically spoken the expected value, the average, of life quality could be the same but the standard deviation much less. There would be shorter distance between the extremities. We (think) we need more rules and limitations and governmental institutions because we are less in contact with whom we really are, and more in contact with an abstract, false identity; that’s my point.

About aesthetics: The idea with art is to elevate us, bring us into the contact I speak about, to our true self. So the idea of aesthetics, say art, is to bring us closer to mutual love and respect, understanding and behavior that we all can accept.

It’s about making the right picture, mirroring ourselves. I think it’s not a question if, let’s say in painting, impressionism is better for us than expressionism, or if that abstract art is better than figurative art, but what that piece of painting and sculpture does with us; like the book we read. I read novels that enhance my feelings of being, existing. It’s like travelling and being aware of that. And as with esthetics, it’s not possible to draw general and absolute rules. It’s individual.

When that is said it’s obvious that some with knowledge about paintings can help people to see things in the painting, and through that new insight evolve and appreciate that piece of art. Like in architecture, where you can look at a building and feel that it’s ugly until the architect wizard tell you about the details, the reasons; why, where, how. Then it becomes beautiful, as the zoologist thinks when he watches tarantulas.

Should we draw a painting and write a novel as beautiful as possible, far from reality, to enhance our good feelings that we get when we watch beautiful things; idealizing? Or should we paint and describe reality, with the chaotic mix of ugliness and beauty, reflecting our real emotions in our real lives?

If everything in a culture is about creating idealistic, always beautiful art and social installations, we get lost in our hopes and wishes, in our abstractions and thoughts about how we want our lives to be. If we don’t create any counterpoise to this, we will probably evolve abstract selves and huge distance to our true selves, and without the opportunity to evolve our true selves as we wish. To gain the optimal evolution we have to create idealistic art and art reflecting reality.

Being a true romantic, as an example, is not about being bohemian or poet, but being bohemian in the weekends, so to speak. Hedonism is a spare time phenomenon. It’s about having this inner switch turning you self on and off. A naturalist, a person that embraces things as they are, has also to turn his and her romantic-switch on now and then. Art is not about destruction, but about making us understand that no one survives if life is pure destructive. We have to see, to internalize, that there are good as well. If we don’t, it’s not because of our existence but because of our culture, art, communications and perceptions of life. It’s an illusion that reality is pure destructive. And it’s an illusion that it’s pure good.

[Ed., further additions]

We can divide reality into a concrete and an abstract world, where the abstractions meet the concretions now and then. It is “impossible” to claim that something created or perceived in the abstract world don’t have the opportunity to appear in the concrete world, such as time travels.  We don’t know the range of the concrete possibilities that lie in our abstractions. We profit from distinguishing between our abstract and concrete identities. The abstractions as phenomenon are far ahead of us, far beyond, but at the same time provide us vast amounts of opportunities in the concrete world.

Example quantum physics: The fact that two particles can function completely synchronized on different physical places, with no concrete relation, is an example of changes in our perception of reality based on evolved abstractions (math). When I say that we must be aware of our limitations, I mean strive for being self-aware, and not that we shall not endeavor and evolve through our abstractions; including convert from abstract concepts to real experiences like time travels. Abstractions are about aspiring, setting goals, and respect that we reach them when and if we do.

The very first grounds for anything is “because it is like that”. Axioms are established because we feel and experience that this is right, and not because it’s a logical context that leads to the axioms. My point is that all explanations, all mathematics and philosophy are based on an irrational, emotionalized elastic floor that we never can get under or beyond.  

Math is about developing numerical logical coherences, formulas, based on some basic rules, axioms that we agree in. When we bump into problems that involve lack of concepts and definitions, we create them. That’s the advantage by abstractions; it’s quite easy to expand and evolve. When mathematicians stop developing concerning formulas containing strange numbers that they until then did not have defined in their number system, they invent new number concepts and symbols (i.e. from natural to rational, rational to irrational and further to complex numbers). They adapt to their abstract needs by expanding their abstract world. Even though complex numbers (square root of negative numbers) seem illogical and incomprehensible by first glimpse, based on traditional mathematical rules, it’s about amplifying the system by thinking beyond what the mind think is possible.   

In logical, abstract activities we have the possibility to achieve new coherences and correlations, after developing new abstract concepts, definitions and symbols and the logical rules we attend to, that we possibly couldn’t within the frame of concepts and symbols we are captured into at that time.

It becomes a kind of abstract nanotechnology; we distort basic structures, and create new concepts, definitions and logical rules that we accept.

An intriguing thought: Maybe the prime numbers are math’s enigma to mankind; we have to reveal the formula explaining the primes to understand what life is about; what is meaningful and not. If I was a zoologist I would probably have found another example, though. But maybe it’s impossible to find that formula concerning the prime numbers without expanding into new mathematical concepts.

Maybe rhythm, logic, coherences actually is about developing concepts and symbols, enlarging our abstract world more than trying to gain control over the already existing abstractions we know of. That is, every lack of rhythm and understanding is a lack of new concepts, lack of abstract expansion. If that’s so, it’s not about what we want and not want, but how we can achieve that expanded wisdom.

Rick Rosner: I agree with Eric that our philosophizing about the nature of the world has been recently constrained in the last hundred years by our finally having a first overall picture of the structure of the universe.

Although, I would say that our first conclusions, including the Big Bang, are likely not going to turn out to be as right as we currently think they are. But until a hundred years ago, we didn’t even know there were other galaxies.

It was less than a hundred years ago that the expansion of the universe was discovered. A hundred years ago, we didn’t know that stars ran on fusion. That’s less than ninety years ago. There was no way we would be even anywhere close to right in philosophizing about the universe because we had a very incomplete picture.

Our picture is still well short of, in our current philosophies and science, the overall structure and behavior of the universe; it is still off in the weeds. But it is closer to correct than ever before because we have more observational evidence than ever before, and it is not even a gradual incremental increase in accuracy.

It is an explosive increase in understanding over the past 100 years. We had Newton’s universal gravitation, which itself was a huge step and then we had the relativities but they were brand new.

So, anyway we’re living in a new era of philosophy and science on the largest scales and philosophy can be considered for science on the largest possible scale with an observational foundation for the first time ever.

Ten thousand years of trying to imagine the universe with some explosive steps towards understanding from time to time going from an earth-centered universe to a sun-centered universe, the discovery of the elements and all that stuff, but we’ve only gotten the tools for any observation and information based global philosophizing in the past few generations.

And this coincides with the idea that what science is supposed to do is boil everything down to a single general set of principles or a single theory; unification in general. Let’s see how many things we can put under a single umbrella.

We wouldn’t get arguments from many scientists if you said that biology and chemistry are at their most fundamental levels just physics. And they need to have some quibble saying there are emergent principles in biology and chemistry that you’d have a hard time predicting from physics. So, you can’t do away with biology and chemistry.

Then if you came back and said, “Yes but all the physical interactions from which these emergent phenomena arise, that’s still all physics.” They might have to grudgingly say, “Yeah.” You could argue that evolution is a unifying principle of life on earth.

Now still, you can take it all back on physics, but evolution is the framework that encompasses all that and gives you a philosophical structure for understanding what’s going on. Evolution is still subject to severe revision.

It wasn’t until the 60’s and 70’s when Stephen Jay Gould came on with punctuated equilibrium. Before that most people and still, most people have the idea that evolution, if they believe in it at all, is this gradual thing that cuts along with occasional mutations being helpful and being integrated into net of life.

Whereas punctuated equilibrium says the species generally go on without changing much for tens and even hundreds of thousands or even millions of years until special circumstances permit for rapid change in evolution on change in a few hundred, a few thousand, or a couple ten thousand years based on either a changing environment or a small segment of a population being isolated.

If you were to graph somehow one finch changing into another finch, it wouldn’t be a gradual transformation of one finch into the other. Instead, it would be finch A going along for fifteen thousand, twenty-five, or fifty-five thousand years and then all of a sudden part of that finch population, something happens to it; it gets isolated or the weather changes or some crap happens and then within fifteen hundred years finch B emerges.

But anyway, that’s a recent addition to evolutionary theory and then epigenetics is probably even more recent, not that I can even talk about that in any decent terms but I think epigenetics is like Lamarckism that isn’t wrong.

Lamarckism is the idea that an organism’s life history is somehow incorporated into what it passes on genetically with the standard example being that if a giraffe has to reach higher and higher to get to stuff on trees that reaching is somehow going to be incorporated, it is going to be passed on to its kids because the giraffe had to be so reachy all its life.

It wants to have longer necks, which survive better and pass on their long neck genes. So, it is not individual experience changing, it is the better-adapted creatures pass on their genes and if this happens in enough increments; if there’s a niche for longer-necked creatures, then longer-necked creatures are going to have more life success.

That is, they’ll get more food. They’ll be able to get laid better because they are healthier than the short-necked giraffes. So, the long-necked giraffes will have more descendants than the short-necked giraffes.

What I think epigenetics says, I should probably read the Wikipedia article so I’m not wrong, is that our genome; it has a bunch of junk genes. The genes that are expressed to make us and operate us are like in a teamwork with all the genes we have.

Most of the genes are right along those that have just been passed along because there’s no reason for them to be knocked out across several billion years of evolution. But some of these genes can be turned on based on life experience, so you do have an options package based on your life experience because you have all these templates to express other stuff if you run into the right circumstances.

I’m not sure that this means that these will be passed on based on your life experience, except that there will be bias if you survive better because your genes have been turned on. But anyway, that’s a whole new area of genetics that would’ve surprised the shit out of Darwin; he didn’t even know we had genes.

We have the bias towards unification looking for overall principles in philosophy, in math, in science and this unifying philosophy is generally successful. You’ve got the deductive principle and the inductive principle.

I don’t know which is which, but like one is looking to generalize and the other is you’re looking to specialize; take general principles and make new inventions from what you know. And science has had huge amounts of success going in both directions.

You’re going to make a bunch of money going from the general to the specific and they are making these stuff, but you’re going to get tenure and by going from this specific to the general.

I agree with most of what he says. It reminds me of three possible future paths for science which we talked about, which is:

1)      We complete science and know everything.

2)      We complete science without knowing everything because there are things beyond what we can know.

3)      Science proceeds to acquire a more and more complete picture of the universe but never reaching 100% completeness. There’s always more to know.

That seems the most reasonable path that we’ll render with AI, big data. So, our descendants and the things and people that will come after us will find all sorts of relationships in the world that we had no idea existed, probably don’t even have the mental capacity to process.

But it is still part of the ongoing but never complete process of understanding the world. Eric also talks about the importance of beauty and emotion and it used to be a stereotype when presenting robots in science fiction that they would be emotionless.

They would make dispassionate judgments just based on algorithms. Some of these judgments would be horrifying. The Terminator series with this cold logic tells the robots to eradicate the humans.

I think you can’t operate in the world effectively without assigning values to events and things and ideas and link to those values or emotions feeling good when positive things happen and bad when negative things happen and feeling good when you see something that appeals to your sense of aesthetics.

I think that the beings that come after us with much larger information processing capacity will continue to have emotions but emotions that will probably be even deeper than our own. If you can say something like our emotions are deeper than a dog’s emotions because our emotions are informed from more angles and based on more information, very few dogs write poetry and I think it makes sense to extrapolate from that that the beings who come after us with their bigger brains will have emotional structures that are bigger and deeper still.

The half robots of the year 2115 will feel deeply and have relationships among themselves and other beings that are as intricate and feeling and reflecting of values as our own and more so. Emotions and values are part of the toolkit that let you operate in the world. They are not for fun.

We as evolved beings; our emotions and values are largely evolved. Love is a cultural overlay; the feelings of love and the idea of love is a cultural overlay on our evolved drives to reproduce and to care for our offspring.

Future emotions and future values will have some of those same structures. People in the future may feel things strongly and the more stoic people of the future may feel emotions as being frippery but, in general, emotions help you navigate the world and help order emerge into the world.

They are a necessary part of conscious life and consciousness itself is probably a near necessary part of increasing order in the world. The point of view now is that everything boils down to physics. If you take biology apart everything happens because of physics, chemistry; because of physics.

So, all the more complicated sciences boil down to complicated instances of the simplest most basic science. I would say that similarly some of the complicated ideas of philosophy may be seen as boiling down to the more basic principles that might be found in math and in physics or even more basic than that in the principles of existence.

The consequence of this scientific program for the past few centuries has been to search for and boil everything down to essential principles and when you can’t do that you look for more macro explanations and overarching systems of values and beliefs.

But those overarching systems are subject to being boiled down to more essential principles as those principles are discovered and expanded upon. The current dominant belief of our time is scientism. The belief in science is the dominant and most dynamic belief system of our time.

Humans and human society and the universe itself has been increasingly subject to scientific analysis and most scientifically educated people believe that we are the entirely biological products of billions of years of evolution rather than being imbued with certain magical properties by God.

Now, that doesn’t mean that values have to be discarded, instead, we have to discover values within the more scientific framework and there is a lazy default form of science that says everything is random and nothing means anything but that is a misunderstanding of what goes on in an information-based universe.

It is hard to pull a bunch of values from a purely scientific point of view but you can pull some values and then you can build upon those like one value you can pull is that increasing order seems to be good, given how we fit into the world and the desires we’ve evolved to have.

If you can pull out that you want the preservation of order unless it is corrosive dictatorial preservation of order that’s at the expense of other values. You can pull out the golden rule because we know from personal experience that we want certain things and we can assume that other beings share many of the same things, the same desires we have.

And from the preference for order and from the golden rule you can build more complicated philosophies.

Even though we’re building not from benevolent God, His goodness, the magic property of consciousness and souls and all, you can still build from basic principles out to an entire philosophy, which will be helpful and necessary when we start to have to deal with the ethics of the new existences; new beings that we will bring into existence via AI and also the future humans and their future multiplicious forms and their augmentation and the new relationships among augmented humans and AI and the whole mess that’s going to coming in the next century. 

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Erik Haereid: “About my writing: Most of my journalistic work I did in the pre-Internet-period (80s, 90s), and the articles I have saved are, at best, aged in a box somewhere in the cellar. Maybe I can find some of it, but I don’t think that’s that interesting.

Most of my written work, including crime short stories in A-Magasinet (Aftenposten (one of the main newspapers in Norway, as Nettavisen is)), a second place (runner up) in a nationwide writing contest in 1985 arranged by Aftenposten, and several articles in different newspapers, magazines and so on in the 1980s and early 1990s, is not published online, as far as I can see. This was a decade and less before the Internet, so a lot of this is only on paper.

From the last decade, where I used more time doing other stuff than writing, for instance work, to mention is my book from 2011, the IQ-blog and some other stuff I don’t think is interesting here.

I keep my personal interests quite private. To you, I can mention that I play golf, read a lot, like debating, and 30-40 years and even more kilos ago I was quite sporty, and competed in cross country skiing among other things (I did my military duty in His Majesty The King’s Guard (Drilltroppen)). I have been asked from a couple in the high IQ societies, if I know Magnus Carlsen. The answer is no, I don’t :)”

Haereid has interviewed In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal Advisory Board Member Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis, some select articles include topics on AI in What will happen when the ASI (Artificial superintelligence) evolves; Utopia or Dystopia? (Norwegian), on IQ-measures in 180 i IQ kan være det samme som 150, and on the Norwegian pension system (Norwegian). His book on the winner/loser-society model based on social psychology published in 2011 (Nasjonalbiblioteket), which does have a summary review here.

Erik lives in Larkollen, Norway. He was born in Oslo, Norway, in 1963. He speaks Danish, English, and Norwegian. He is Actuary, Author, Consultant, Entrepreneur, and Statistician. He is the owner of, chairman of, and consultant at Nordic Insurance Administration.

He was the Academic Director (1998-2000) of insurance at the BI Norwegian Business School (1998-2000) in Sandvika, Baerum, Manager (1997-1998) of business insurance, life insurance, and pensions and formerly Actuary (1996-1997) at Nordea in Oslo Area, Norway, a self-employed Actuary Consultant (1996-1997), an Insurance Broker (1995-1996) at Assurance Centeret, Actuary (1991-1995) at Alfa Livsforsikring, novice Actuary (1987-1990) at UNI Forsikring, and a Journalist at Norsk Pressedivisjon.

He earned an M.Sc. in Statistics and Actuarial Sciences from 1990-1991 and a Bachelor’s degree from 1984 to 1986/87 from the University of Oslo. He did some environmental volunteerism with Norges Naturvernforbund (Norwegian Society for the Conservation of Nature), where he was an activist, freelance journalist and arranged ‘Sykkeldagen i Oslo’ twice (1989 and 1990) as well as environmental issues lectures.

He has industry experience in accounting, insurance, and insurance as a broker. He writes in his IQ-blog the online newspaper Nettavisen. He has personal interests in history, philosophy, reading, social psychology, and writing.

He is a member of many high-IQ societies including 4G, Catholiq, Civiq, ELITE, GenerIQ, Glia, Grand, HELLIQ, HRIQ, Intruellect, ISI-S, ISPE, KSTHIQ, MENSA, MilenijaNOUS, OLYMPIQ, Real, sPIqr, STHIQ, Tetra, This, Ultima, VeNuS, and WGD.

Rick G. Rosner: “According to semi-reputable sources, Rick Rosner has the world’s second-highest IQ. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. He has received 8 Writers Guild Award and Emmy nominations, and was named 2013 North American Genius of the Year by The World Genius Registry.

He has written for Remote ControlCrank YankersThe Man ShowThe EmmysThe Grammys, and Jimmy Kimmel Live!. He worked as a bouncer, a nude art model, a roller-skating waiter, and a stripper. In a television commercial, Domino’s Pizza named him the “World’s Smartest Man.” The commercial was taken off the air after Subway sandwiches issued a cease-and-desist. He was named “Best Bouncer” in the Denver Area, Colorado, by Westwood Magazine.

Rosner spent much of the late Disco Era as an undercover high school student. In addition, he spent 25 years as a bar bouncer and American fake ID-catcher, and 25+ years as a stripper, and nearly 30 years as a writer for more than 2,500 hours of network television. He came in second or lost on Jeopardy!, sued Who Wants to Be a Millionaire over a flawed question and lost the lawsuit. He won one game and lost one game on Are You Smarter Than a Drunk Person? (He was drunk). Finally, he spent 37+ years working on a time invariant variation of the Big Bang Theory.

Currently, Rosner sits tweeting in a bathrobe (winter) or a towel (summer). He lives in Los Angeles, California with his wife, dog, and goldfish. He and his wife have a daughter. You can send him money or questions at LanceversusRick@Gmail.Com, or a direct message via Twitter, or find him on LinkedIn, or see him on YouTube.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-five; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Existence, Mathematics, Philosophy (Part Five) [Online].April 2019; 19(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-five.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, April 8). Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Existence, Mathematics, Philosophy (Part Five). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-five.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Existence, Mathematics, Philosophy (Part Five). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.A, April. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-five>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Existence, Mathematics, Philosophy (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-five.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Existence, Mathematics, Philosophy (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.A (April 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-five.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Existence, Mathematics, Philosophy (Part Five)‘In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 19.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-five>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Existence, Mathematics, Philosophy (Part Five)‘In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 19.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-five.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Existence, Mathematics, Philosophy (Part Five).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 19.A (2019):April. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-five>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Ask A Genius (or Two): Conversation with Erik Haereid and Rick Rosner on Existence, Mathematics, Philosophy (Part Five) [Internet]. (2019, April; 19(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/haereid-rosner-five.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Robertson (and Teela) 7 — Elate, Hawkeye on Roberts: A Happy Counselling Psychology Family Affair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewees: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson and Teela Robertson

Numbering: Issue 2: Here We Go

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 2, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,846

Keywords: generational differences, Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Teela Robertson.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is a Registered Doctoral Psychologist with expertise in Counselling Psychology, Educational Psychology, and Human Resource Development. He earned qualifications in Social Work too. Duly note, he has five postsecondary degrees, of which 3 are undergraduate level. His research interests include memes as applied to self-knowledge, the evolution of religion and spirituality, the aboriginal self’s structure, residential school syndrome, prior learning recognition and assessment, and the treatment of attention deficit disorder and suicide ideation. In addition, he works in anxiety and trauma, addictions, and psycho-educational assessment, and relationship, family, and group counselling.

Our guest today is Teela Robertson, M.C., who earned a B.A. in Psychology from MacEwan University and an M.C. in Counselling Psychology from Athabasca University. She has been a Board Member of the Center to End All Sexual Exploitation (CEASE), and a Transitional Support Worker through the E4C Youth Housing Program. Now, she is a Registered Provisional Psychologist with a non-profit community agency.

Here we talk about generational differences in educational training, and private practice counselling psychology work in comparison to non-profit community work.

*Listing of previous sessions with links at the end of the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start some of this within the context of a generational difference, for one, Lloyd and Teela, you come from different generations of counselling psychology. For two, you are a father and a daughter. You’re family. Any points to make at the outset here?

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: Issues such as those involving gender diversity, transsexuality, changing male roles and multiple lifetime careers were, I think, normative markers for Teela’s generation, and I consult with her regularly to avoid a feeling of being “stuck in the past.” I have talked before in this series about treating every client as a culture of one and the process of exploring each person’s unique culture has saved me from a lot of grief; however it is good to know what the client is talking about. I consult with Teela regularly about new and changing perspectives, and newer communication patters by which those perspectives are transmitted. I think I bring a historical perspective to the table.

Teela Robertson, M.C.: Given my dad raised me, I was influenced by his Adlerian approach, specifically regarding beliefs about human nature such as people are unique given their context, goal oriented, and capable of change. In my training I found myself automatically ascribing to an Adlerian framework which was pointed out by a professor early in my Masters. It was no surprise, but of course we typically try to differentiate from our parents. I agree my generation and particularly my personal experiences offered a different perspective for me to draw on when consulting with my dad. On the other side, my dad’s range of professional experience and expertise is a platform for me to draw on as I continue to learn and develop my professional self.

Jacobsen: Another difference, though not necessarily or, at least, fully based on generations, is the private practice versus not for profit professional lives in the latter-2010s. Lloyd, you work through Hawkeye Associates, i.e., a private practice. Teela, you work with a not for profit agency.

Lloyd, how does private practice possibly provide more in-depth and intimate experiences with clients or patients in comparison to not for profit agencies? Teela, does a not for profit potentially give a more consistent and narrow range of possible issues and concerns of patients compared to a private practice clientele?

Lloyd: Although I have maintained a private practice under a registered business name since 1985, I have also worked for the provincial government, indigenous band governments, school boards and a community college. I have experience as a psychologist in each of those settings. While the private practise route allows the practitioner more flexibility in controlling his or her schedule, it also has some drawbacks. For example, if the client is a “no-show” normally the practitioner does not get paid for that missing hour; Further, most private practice work is funded through various plans each of which has their own limitations. For example, one Employee and Family Assistance Provider limits paid sessions to three every calendar year. Successful therapy usually takes longer than three sessions. Of course, there may also be limitations when employed as a psychologist by an agency. For example, the provincial mental health program had a policy that therapists were not to do marriage counselling or ability assessments. School boards often did not like their psychologists doing mental health work. In private practice, I could do it all.

Teela Robertson, M.C.: Working in a community agency with accessible services that includes a sliding scale we see a wide range of client issues and concerns. Often this means clients who might otherwise only receive 3–5 sessions through insurance or employee assistance programs can continue therapy at a reduced rate. I am typically able to see my clients until we agree services are no longer required. Being in an agency there are some practice expectations to follow, however, at least in the agency I work there is a large amount of flexibility in terms of working with clients in our own style as opposed to having to conform to a specific modality or approach. What is somewhat unique although not exclusively, is that the agency I work for is faith-based and encourages us to take into consideration the client’s cultural and spiritual beliefs to the extent we are competent to and the client wants us to. This is an area I believe my dad and I practice very similarly. In that we may intentionally included a client’s cultural or spiritual practices as a strength they can draw on, something they may already be doing that they find helpful, prayer is a common example. Often times it is helpful to help clients consciously identify what it is they are already doing to get through tough times and do those things more intentionally, as long as they are productive for them.

Lloyd: There is research demonstrating that prayer can be effective in treating certain conditions such as depression and anxiety. But when you break down the results of that research you find that prayer involving a request that a deity give them something or do something to change their circumstance is not very effective. The prayer that is effective is non-demanding and contemplative, something like the notion of mindfulness. But often that is not sufficient. Psychotherapy is a value added process focusing on client empowerment and self-change. Using myself as an example, I was raised in a very religious family. Being a nervous sort, I found a quiet prayer to myself before each exam calmed me down and gave me the confidence to do my best. And it worked! I graduated from high school with a B average. Then I went to university and eventually decided I had the ability to do better by establishing my learning goals and sticking to a plan to reach those goals. In the process, I no longer needed the prayer to calm me down because I was now confident in my knowledge and ability. Since then, with one exception in my masters program, I have had straight As. Adler said we all have within an innate drive he called “striving for perfection.” The client who has stopped striving is discouraged. Our job, in part, is to help the client see that he or she has the capability to make a meaningful difference and to develop a plan to be the difference he has already decided is meaningful. As Teela said, that decision needs to be grounded in whatever cultural norms with which the client has chosen to self-identify.

Jacobsen: Lloyd and Teela, from educational experiences at the time of graduate training, what techniques were emphasized as core and then others as more secondary, even experimental — to provide a sense of the development of the discipline of counselling psychology over time?

Lloyd: In my masters program, it was emphasized that a psychotherapist had to pick one so-called “theory” of practise and learn it well. Eclectic practitioners were viewed as muddled and slightly irresponsible. In fact, these were not theories at all but competing schools of practise that regularly, and shamelessly, appropriated techniques from each other. Most psychologists today describe themselves as eclectic, and this has allowed for an evolving disciplinary paradigm that I described in my article on free will. This paradigm will, I think, allow for the development of psychology as a science, and has already allowed practitioners to refine their craft using best practices from a variety of schools.

Teela Robertson, M.C.: In my program Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) and Solution-Focused Therapy (SFT) were the popular choices. I believe this is due to the evidence backing CBT as well as the clear tools in each approach to help clients in very few sessions, this can be less intimidating for novice therapists. Another popular approach is mindfulness based techniques, I often draw on mindful techniques. Similarly to my dad’s experience I was told to pick a theory I most closely prescribe to as many still hold a negative view of eclecticism as an approach but acknowledge most therapists draw on tools from multiple theories. I am technically eclectic, although an Adlerian approach allows for this in terms of drawing on various techniques helpful for the client.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Robertson and Teela.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: You are very welcome.

Teela Robertson, M.C.: Thank you for having me.

Image Credit: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Charlotte 5 — Processes Behind Funding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee: Charlotte Littlewood

Numbering: Issue 2: Here We Go

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 947

Keywords: Become The Voice CIC, Charlotte Littlewood, communities, Palestinians, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Charlotte Littlewood is the Founding Director of Become The Voice CIC. A grass roots youth centred community interest company that she has built in response to the need to tackle hate, extremism and radicalisation within communities and online.

Here we talk about the processes unlying funding.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The funding took a bit of time. But we’re back. What is the process there?

Charlotte Littlewood: Hi, Scott, last time we spoke, I was preparing for a presentation in front of potential non-profit fundraisers who would be willing to donate. I had meetings with an organization that I could pitch to. One of my directors was looking to build something around that. We had the funding dinner, which was pretty well received. We had discussions about what happens in Palestine. The work that we did do around women’s rights and work around youth activists, and going out and doing domestic violence awareness training.

It is about activists who stood up for women’s rights and went out and did awareness training. We saw an issue with extremism and extremist organizations pushing against the oppression and repression of women’s rights. We are working on that. We are working on creating a youth activist group. We are prepared to counter the extremists through creating foundations with capacity.

There are some young who heads of counter-extremists and organization through the Palestinian Authority. It is about better training, better coordination, and linking them to the right organizations and to help make the PA efforts in these areas better. There were some journalists and media there. We will be speaking to a funder. Others considered that what we are asking now very much.

I was offered a job on the back of this as well. It is unlikely a job that I will be able to take. It would be an interesting work. However, it would hinder my ability to grow the company. The grassroots company being bottom-up and the job being top-down, which would be a conflict of interest and make the operations of the grassroots harder. The grassroots work is based on interfaith dialogue.

We will have interfaith dialogues in Exeter. We have been invited to pitch more education programs down in the southwest. Again, that was something that we piloted. That went well. We are waiting to hear the official leadup of the schools. Then we will be able to pitch that to Exeter. Again, nothing is certain; still, we have the cutoff in January. I am looking for part-time work at the moment. That will complement the values. I am looking for an employer that understands and sympathizes with the ambitions and has invested interested in the work in Palestine. I am looking for an organization that will be able to give me the value in part-time work while still trying to grow the CIC.

It is important to know to go into these things that they what you like and then growing something from the very, very beginning within large groups behind you. It is hard. We are hoping to make or break before January. I need some kind of income. That is what we are looking for at the moment. It will help me grow with the exposure. I am offered jobs. But I am having to turn them down, as they are not aligned value-wise and may not be offering any time for other work.

And I really interested in the January deadline. It is an important thing to do. If anyone is out there interested in growing their own charities, the purpose is to set yourself a timeline, goals, and targets, and work as hard as you can to achieve it, but be ready to take a huge turn if it doesn’t happen in a set amount of time. Be willing to take part-time and supporting work to help you continue to try and grow your organization.

Jacobsen: What then is the current status of the funding for BTV CIC?

Littlewood: So, pending! [Laughing] I spoke with people and chased emails and thanked them for support when they did. Most of the work is skills work. It is about debate and public speaking skills. We have the funding pitch that will hopefully be in November. I am working in schools. We are continuing to set up funders who are looking to give to Palestine work, once we identify what is relevant.

As I said, it is giving ourselves a deadline of January/February.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Charlotte.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com.

Image Credit: Charlotte Littlewood.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Takudzwa Mazwienduna from the Zimbabwean Secular Alliance

Author: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,503

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Takudzwa Mazwienduna is the informal leader of the Zimbabwean Secular Alliance. He discusses: early life; formal education; role in the Zimbabwean Secular Alliance; social and communal activities of the secular alliance; important activist efforts; views of the secular by the general public; important activists, writers, speakers, and thinkers in the secular movement and community in Zimbabwean history; hopes and fears; becoming involved; and final thoughts or feelings.

Keywords: Canadian Atheist, Catholic, Mutare, Takudzwa Mazwienduna, Zimbabwe, Zimbabwean Secular Alliance.

An Interview with Takudzwa Mazwienduna from the Zimbabwean Secular Alliance[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

*Original Publication in Canadian Atheist.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?

Takudzwa Mazwienduna: I was born in Mutare; the Zimbabwean city that borders Mozambique, to a Catholic family. I grew up as the only child to David Mazwienduna and Abigail Kamundimu Mazwienduna, thanks to Catholic school, I was just as devout as my mother.

I did my primary education in Mutare and Kwekwe respectively before going to Catholic boarding school at Marist Brothers Nyanga Boys High School. I fell in love with the school library during this period and I developed an appetite for knowledge.

There were pressures from my family to take up a scientific career like my father who was a Chemist, but I loved writing and dreamt of being a journalist. I went on to study Literature, Divinity, and History at Advanced level in High School and this was the first time I read the Bible as a practical book to study leading to my doubts about my faith.

Journalism is not a rewarding profession in Zimbabwe, so my parents persuaded me to do something else other than that after high school. I went on to study Development Studies at Midlands State University and worked for the International Institute for Development Facilitation as an intern.

I got to meet chiefs and rural communities in Zimbabwe during Work Related Learning in the course of this degree and was horrified by the religious witch hunting practices that were common. This lack of morality evident in most religious doctrines led me to question and eventually lose my religion.

2. Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?

Mazwienduna: I graduated with an honours degree in Development Studies from Midlands State University in 2016. I love reading and learning new ideas and skills however. I have learnt more on my own than I did in my 17 years of formal education.

3. Jacobsen: What have been the tasks and responsibilities as an executive of the Zimbabwe Secular Alliance?

Mazwienduna: The Zimbabwean Secular Alliance hasn’t been formal as yet but we have done a lot as a community.

We never appointed tasks to each other but we took turns to represent the secular community on radio, in religious discussions and in decision making bodies taking advantage of the various connections and opportunities our members have.

4. Jacobsen: What are the important social and communal activities of the Zimbabwe Secular Alliance?

Mazwienduna: Some of our members donate blood every year to help reduce the child birth related deaths in rural Zimbabwe. We have also started community libraries and created platforms on social media to raise civic awareness; something that is not very common in Zimbabwe

5. Jacobsen: What have been important activist efforts in its history? What have been the successes and failures of these efforts?

Mazwienduna: Zimbabwe doesn’t have a long history of secular activism. We are the first to emerge. This might be because our constitution is secular, the government and society however are not and this gave us the need to.

We have managed to increase awareness about Secularism on national radio and we have managed to get one of our own included on the National Censorship Board. Due to our lack of funding however, we got kicked off national radio on the command of the Christians who sponsored the shows.

Secularism is still a far fetched dream in Zimbabwe and no one cares that the constitution protects it, that kind of shows how low civic awareness is and also explains why the Zimbabwean government gets away with so many atrocities.

6. Jacobsen: In terms of the ways in which the general public views those working for more secularism in Zimbabwe, how are they viewed? How are the secular and the non-religious as a community treated in Zimbabwe?

Mazwienduna: Secularists are automatically viewed as Satanists or Anti Christs. Most Zimbabwean Atheists are still in the closet because they know for a fact that they will be harassed, humiliated or even disowned by their families.

I, for instance, have grown distant from my own family because of my outspoken secularism. I haven’t seen them for 2 years since I’ve been living in South Africa; a more secular community.

Zimbabwean society also doesn’t tolerate LGBTQ rights (gay people are still sent to jail if discovered) and angry mobs will harass any woman they see wearing a short skirt (a very common occurrence). Zimbabwe is exactly like the 21st century version of 17th century Salem.

7. Jacobsen: Who have been the important activists, writers, speakers, and thinkers in the secular movement and community in Zimbabwean history right into the present?

Mazwienduna: There hasn’t been anyone advocating for secularism in Zimbabwe before our community was formed. While there might be Atheists and Agnostics in Zimbabwe, most of them are still in the closet and awareness is very low when it comes to secular issues.

8. Jacobsen: As we move further into 2019, what are your hopes and fears for secularism in Zimbabwe?

Mazwienduna: We want to have more media presence and we hope a culture of tolerance will build up and that Zimbabweans respect human diversity.

We remain uncertain of the political climate however, the current government doesn’t respect the rule of law and they have committed gross human rights violations in the past 2 years.

The authoritarian government is least likely to support secular concerns; the only language they understand is war and terror.

9. Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?

Mazwienduna: We are registering the Humanist Society of Zimbabwe as an organisation for the first time. Any contribution of any form will be welcome. You can contact us on the Zimbabwean Atheist Facebook page.

10. Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?

Mazwienduna: For secularism to be attainable in most African societies, there is a need for civic awareness to be raised in communities so that the rule of law gets backing from the people and become established.

11. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Takudzwa.

Mazwienduna: It is my pleasure, Scott. Thank you.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Informal Leader, Zimbabwean Secular Alliance.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mazwienduna.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Takudzwa Mazwienduna from the Zimbabwean Secular Alliance [Online].April 2019; 1(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mazwienduna.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, April 1). An Interview with Takudzwa Mazwienduna from the Zimbabwean Secular AllianceRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mazwienduna.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S., An Interview with Takudzwa Mazwienduna from the Zimbabwean Secular Alliance African Freethinker. 1.A, April. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mazwienduna>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with Takudzwa Mazwienduna from the Zimbabwean Secular Alliance.African Freethinker. 1.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mazwienduna.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Takudzwa Mazwienduna from the Zimbabwean Secular Alliance.African Freethinker. 1.A (April 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mazwienduna.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Takudzwa Mazwienduna from the Zimbabwean Secular Alliance, African Freethinker, vol. 1.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mazwienduna>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Takudzwa Mazwienduna from the Zimbabwean Secular Alliance, African Freethinker, vol. 1.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mazwienduna.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Takudzwa Mazwienduna from the Zimbabwean Secular Alliance.” African Freethinker 1.A (2019):April. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mazwienduna>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Takudzwa Mazwienduna from the Zimbabwean Secular Alliance [Internet]. (2019, April; 1(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/mazwienduna.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with John Collins on the Theology of “The Message” and William Marrion Branham (Part Three)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 19.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Fifteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2019

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 7,897

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

John Collins is an Author, and the Webmaster of Seek The Truth. He discusses: false claims and lies of William Marrion Branham; central false claims by Branham about Christianity; the central false claims by Branham about the role of men and women within the church; the central false claims about the nature of the world and the nature of Christ by Branham (compared to mainstream interpretations of the Bible and the narrative of the life of Christ); the main lies by Branham to the followers of The Message; the peripheral but noteworthy false claims by Branham made about the Bible; the peripheral but noteworthy false claims by Branham made about Christianity; the peripheral but noteworthy false claims by Branham made about the nature of the world and the nature of Christ by Branham (compared to mainstream interpretations of the Bible and the narrative of the life of Christ); the peripheral but noteworthy lies by Branham to the followers of The Message; and the single false claim or lie that tends to be the most powerful in deconverting members from the cult or cult-like community.

Keywords: Christianity, faith healing, John Collins, Seek The Truth, The Message, webmaster, William Marrion Branham.

An Interview with John Collins on the Theology of “The Message” and William Marrion Branham (Part Three)[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s talk about specific instances of false claims and lies by the late William Marrion Branham. What have been the central false claims by Branham about the Bible?

John Collins: For any who have never spent any significant time learning or indoctrinated in the theology of William Branham’s “Message” cult theology, it would sound very strange to review Branham’s false claims about the Bible. To the casual listeners of his sermons, those who are familiar with the Bible and its teachings, William Branham’s theology is only slightly off in many cases. The casual listener might recognize erroneous statements but would be unfamiliar with the doctrinal positions built upon those same errors.

I differ with some of my colleagues in their opinion of the nature of these errors. Some who are both familiar with Christian theology and Branham’s errors are of the opinion that Branham was simply an uneducated man who did not understand the Biblical text and made some false claims that are in three categories: trivial mistakes, unorthodox doctrine based solely upon his religious affiliation, and in later years, destructive doctrine. My research has painted a much different picture. His early communication skills, as both a speaker and a writer, suggest that he was educated much more than his latest iteration of stage persona described. His religious doctrine and affiliation are far more fluid than most are aware, as are his doctrinal positions. And the errors that some might consider trivial are the building blocks that were used to eventually lift himself into position as the central figure of a destructive cult that has been the tree from which several other destructive cult branches were created. There definitely appears to have been strategy and purpose behind even these false claims.

For example, William Branham falsely claimed that the Biblical stories of Enoch and Noah intersected[i], and that Enoch lived five hundred years until the days of Noah[ii]. To the casual listener, this is a simple mistake. The Bible states that Enoch was taken by God after 365 years and is very clear on the timeline from Enoch to Noah. According to Genesis chapter 5, Enoch fathered Methuselah at age 252, Methuselah fathered Lamech at age 187, and Lamech fathered Noah at age 182 – placing Noah’s birth approximately seventy years after Enoch left the earth.

Those who are familiar with Branham’s indoctrination strategy, however, recognize this “simple mistake” as one of the primary building blocks for a destructive cult. Branham used this “mistake” to claim that Noah symbolically represented mainstream Christianity, while Enoch symbolically represented the “Bride”, which he considered to be his “Message” cult.[iii] This parallel was used by Branham to later claim that mainstream Christianity must suffer while his cult would escape unharmed before the End of Days.

2. Jacobsen: What have been the central false claims by Branham about Christianity?

Collins: During the formation of the “Message” cult, as William Branham was establishing a group of followers from which to recruit, most of Branham’s claims about Christianity were general observations that could seemingly be verified by a large population of the Christian community. His claims against mainstream Christianity were mostly limited to statements against cold, formal religion[iv], hypocrisy[v], and complacency[vi]; claims that many of his listeners could easily recognize. He rarely spoke against the Christian denominations of faith, as many attendees to his highly advertised revival meetings were from mainstream Christianity. Instead, he promoted his campaigns as “inter-evangelical”[vii] and “inter-denominational”[viii], showing support for the overall non-Catholic Christian community. His sermons contained an inviting, all-are-welcome theme of unity.[ix]

During this time, Branham tailored the theology in his sermons to match the beliefs of the majority of people in his revivals and appeared to have understood what he preached. In a prayer while standing before a Trinitarian crowd in Erie, PA, Branham asked the “Third Person of the Trinity”, the “Holy Spirit” to come.[x] In New York, NY, he announced that he had accepted the Trinity.[xi] In Saskatoon, SK, he attempted to unite Oneness Pentecostalism with Trinitarianism, explaining that Trinitarians believed in One God, and that Oneness theology was mistakenly missing the distinction between the Father and the Son.[xii] Yet Branham is mistakenly remembered by most religious historians as a Oneness Pentecostal.[xiii]

When speaking before non-Trinitarian crowds, however, Branham would reject Trinitarianism, claiming that he believed in three “dispensations” of God instead of three “Persons”.[xiv] While doing so, he often implied that Trinitarian Christians believed in “three gods”.[xv] Over the years, Branham’s doctrine continued to display signs of destructive theology, causing even his closest affiliations to sever ties.[xvi] Invitations to speak before Trinitarian churches would decrease, leaving his anti-Trinitarian statements the more popular doctrine among his diminishing population of listeners. As a result, his false claims comparing Trinitarianism to polytheism would eventually become a fundamental part of “Message” theology.

Branham’s false claim that denominational Trinitarians believe in “three gods” is the central core to several trails of very destructive theology, each trail another false claim that is built upon that false idea. From this claim, he linked mainstream Christianity to the Serpent in the Garden of Eden[xvii]. He claimed that the Bible prohibited baptism in the name of the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, which was common among his Oneness Pentecostal peers, but took it a step further by claiming Protestantism would eventually merge with the Catholic Church[xviii] to begin the battle of Armageddon[xix].

3. Jacobsen: What have been the central false claims by Branham about the role of men and women within the church?

Collins: William Branham’s church organization theology, commonly referred to as “Church Order Doctrine”, was the basis for the organization, structure, and governance of his religious cult. Within this theology Branham established the hierarchy and rank of his cult pyramid, placing himself as the central figure while positioning key individuals as watchers over the ranks as is commonly done among many destructive cults. This hierarchy had no position for women, which was common among Christian Fundamentalism at the time. Branham’s Creation theology was uncommon, however, as he claimed that women were designed by Satan to deceive men.[xx] Therefore, instead of placing women at the bottom of the pyramid in the cult structure, he appears to have demoted women to a lesser position than even the rank-and-file cult member.

The Bible describes multiple women in leadership positions. Deborah, a female prophetess, was the fourth judge and leader of Israel.[xxi] Junia was an apostle, praised by the Apostle Paul.[xxii] Paul describes Phoebe’s role as a deacon[xxiii], and evidence suggests that Pheobe may have also done the work of an evangelist.[xxiv] [xxv] Priscilla[xxvi] [xxvii], Mary,[xxviii] Chloe[xxix], and others[xxx] ministered or served from their homes. William Branham falsely claimed that the Bible forbade women from participating in these roles, carefully avoiding these particular passages when describing his church organization.[xxxi]

Branham claimed governance of the church body was authoritative rather than servant leadership. According to Branham, even the deacons of the cult churches had roles of authority, and he described their role as that of “police officers”.[xxxii] This is vastly different from the role of the deacon in mainstream Christianity. The word “deacon” is derived from the Greek word diákonos (διάκονος)[xxxiii], which meant “servant”.

4. Jacobsen: What have been the central false claims about the nature of the world and the nature of Christ by Branham (compared to mainstream interpretations of the Bible and the narrative of the life of Christ)?

Collins: William Branham made several extra-biblical claims about Jesus Christ as he compared Christ’s days on earth to his own. According to Branham, eighty-six percent of Christ’s ministry was focused upon “divine healing”.[xxxiv] Rather than an eternally-existing Person of the Godhead, Branham taught that Christ was the archangel Michael from Jude 1:9 in the Bible.[xxxv] Similar to many ancient mythologies, Branham taught a version of Christianity wherein both the good deity and evil deity were equal. According to Branham, Satan was once equal in power to God.[xxxvi]

As a result, Branham’s doctrine over-emphasized the forces of evil, under-emphasized the forces of good, and drew attention to himself as the rising “spiritual” champion. The worldview his extra-biblical claims created was very disturbing, one he considered to be “Satan’s Eden”.[xxxvii] As the cult’s destructive nature began to progress towards doomsday predictions,[xxxviii] Branham’s opinion of the world further declined while his claims about himself grew more egotistical. After convincing his followers that he was the return of “Elijah the prophet”, Branham began to claim that the “Elijah” of today was “Jesus Christ” in the form of a prophet.[xxxix] Branham’s central false claim about the nature of Christ was that he, himself, was the Christ. He was very strategic in how these claims were made; building blocks of doctrine were spread across several sermons, and one must be fully indoctrinated to understand or believe all of his claims about himself.

Mainstream interpretations of the world and nature of Christ are literally reversed. Most people in mainstream Christianity believe Jesus to be eternally God,[xl] and believe any person claiming to be Jesus Christ to be an inspired voice of Satan.[xli] If you examine the core, fundamental elements of mainstream Christianity and Branham’s “Message” cult doctrine, the two appear to be direct opposites.

5. Jacobsen: What have been the main lies by Branham to the followers of The Message?

Collins: Similar to the strategy of introducing a biblical error into the doctrine, growing acceptance, and building tiers of other doctrinal errors upon it, Branham’s stage persona was created by introducing a series of factual errors. Each error appears to be minor when examined alone, but when examined as a collection, one factual error is fully dependent upon another. Yet they are equally as important. All factual errors appear to serve the purpose of giving his stage persona “supernatural” and authoritative characteristics.

At its core, the “Message” belief system has been based upon the idea that William Branham was the reincarnation of the “spirit” of the prophet Elijah from the Old Testament[xlii], and that a series of life-changing “supernatural” events were all part of “God’s plan” to lift William Branham into power as the “prophet messenger” sent to condemn the world and announce the return of Jesus Christ. The factual errors surrounding these events, however, are significant when considering their importance to the “Message”. If these elements of Branham’s stage persona are not true, then Branham’s importance in Church history is diminished to nothing more than a religious grifter.

Branham claimed to have been a Baptist minister[xliii] who ignored the “Pentecostal calling”[xliv], and claimed that as a result, God killed his father, brother, first wife, and daughter during the time of the 1937 flood of the Ohio River.[xlv] He also claimed that as a result of these two events, several “supernatural” events took place redirecting him back into “God’s plan”, which his cult believes (based upon his doctrine) was to become the final “messenger” before the destruction of the world.

Many people influenced by Branham’s “Message” cult theology are surprised to learn that many of the details in these claims are either inaccurate or fabricated for the sake of molding his stage persona. When Branham first started his church in Jeffersonville, Indiana, he inherited a Pentecostal congregation from his mentor: Pentecostal minister and Ku Klux Klan leader Rev. Roy E. Davis.[xlvi] [xlvii] [xlviii] The 1936 deed, plat map, and newspaper advertisements were for the “Billie Branham Pentecostal Tabernacle”[xlix] instead of “Baptist Church”, and he had been affiliated with the Pentecostal faith as early as 1928.[l] [li] His wife was diagnosed with the disease that led to her death in January 1936[lii], and she died long after the 1937 flood subsided. When one takes the time to examine the historical data concerning each claim, it is evident a majority of claims regarding himself and the events surrounding his ministry were both creations of his own imagination and accounts containing many incorrect details.

6. Jacobsen: What have been the peripheral but noteworthy false claims by Branham made about the Bible?

Collins: There are too many peripheral claims to examine in one conversation, however there is one peripheral claim that is significant when considering the creation of the cult structure. William Branham claimed that the Bible text describes a timeline of succession of prophets, one “major prophet” per “age”[liii], each described as the human through which came salvation, and without which came destruction.[liv] He often used symbology to compare this scenario to present times, suggesting that he was the “prophet” for this “age” while other evangelists of the era who were claiming prophecy would lead “their people” to destruction.[lv] In doing so, Branham changes the Biblical narrative such that it makes the role of Biblical prophets authoritative rather than supportive and creates dependencies on human leadership rather than divine. Branham’s theology concerning Biblical prophets described that of the central figure of a cult, and once indoctrinated with these false claims, his followers use these them to defend Branham’s authoritative leadership.

If one simply searches for ‘Cyrus’ and ‘Darius’ in the Old Testament, it is evident that the Biblical narrative describes multiple major and minor prophets that were alive and active at the same time. Major prophets Jeremiah, Daniel, and Ezekiel were prophesying at the same time minor prophets Obediah, Habbakuk were prophesying, and the only theological distinction between a “major” and a “minor” prophet is the number of pages available to us in the Bible canon.[lvi]

So Daniel prospered during the reign of Darius and the reign of Cyrus the Persian

Daniel 6:28

In the first year of Cyrus king of Persia, in order to fulfill the word of the Lord spoken by Jeremiah, the Lord moved the heart of Cyrus king of Persia to make a proclamation throughout his realm and also to put it in writing:

2 Chronicles 36:22

Are you wiser than Daniel? Is no secret hidden from you?

Ezekiel 28:3

7. Jacobsen: What have been the peripheral but noteworthy false claims by Branham made about Christianity?

Collins: Branham’s peripheral claims about Christianity were typically statements that appear to have been made in an attempt to create a distaste in mainstream Christianity. Inaccurate statements can be found through Branham’s recorded sermons ranging from modern theology to ancient Church history. When examined as a whole, the combination of false claims promotes his notion that Protestantism would eventually merge into Catholicism leaving only his “Message” cult as the single body of “Christians” that will stand against the Roman Catholic Church – which he claimed to be inspired by Satan.[lvii] Chronologically speaking, this trail of reasoning begins with his inaccurate description of the First Council of Nicaea (325 A.D.)

In Branham’s version of history, the Council gathered to force Trinitarianism upon the body of Christians, introducing the notion of Pagan polytheism into Church doctrine.[lviii] This, he claimed, was Satan’s disguising himself in the form of Christian religion to later deceive those who did not accept “their prophet for the age” (himself). Many people influenced with Branham’s theology are surprised to learn that the intentions of the Nicene Council were almost the exact opposite; they organized to prevent the influence of Arianism, which many claimed to be the influence of Greek mythology (polytheism) into Christianity.[lix]

Arius, from which the Arianism doctrine originated, believed Jesus Christ to be a creature distinct from God the Father, and therefore subordinate to Him. He believed that God the Father existed eternally, but that the Son did not. According to Arius, John 3:16’s description of “God’s only begotten Son” was to be interpreted literally; that God literally fathered a subordinate Son. He believed that the Holy Spirit was not part of the Godhead, rejecting the Trinitarian views for a form of Dualism, or two gods. According to Christian historians, Arius’ theology was quite popular. So much so that the notion of a “God of our God”[lx] was seen as a threat to the existence of Christianity. A council of Christian bishops met in the Bithynian city of Nicaea to squash the quickly growing sect. After much debate, they declared that there was only One God, and that Arius’ notion of two Gods was heretical. This resulted in the Niceno-Constinopolitan Creed, and ultimately the preservation of Christian monotheism in the form of Trinitarianism.[lxi]

It is interesting that William Branham used false claims about the Nicene Council and Nicene Creed to support the Oneness Pentecostalism theology he is remembered for preaching, because Branham himself was not beholden to any specific belief concerning the Christian Godhead. Depending upon his audience, Branham preached Modalism[lxii], Arianism[lxiii], and Trinitarianism.[lxiv]

8. Jacobsen: What have been the peripheral but noteworthy false claims by Branham made about the nature of the world and the nature of Christ by Branham (compared to mainstream interpretations of the Bible and the narrative of the life of Christ)?

Collins: The “Gospel”, in its simplest form, is the idea that God walked among man, in human flesh, to offer Himself as a sacrifice to take the place of the sins of the world.[lxv] In Oneness Pentecostalism William Branham is almost universally remembered as preaching, there is no distinction between God the Father or God the Son; Oneness theology believes simply that “God” died on the cross for the transgression.[lxvi] Trinitarian theologians also believe that “God” died on the cross for the transgression, but that Jesus Christ is one third, or one Person, in a triune Godhead.[lxvii]

In most cases, William Branham agreed with either the Oneness[lxviii] or the Trinitarian[lxix] theological view. To specific crowds however, Branham deviated from both of these theological views to claim that God left Jesus shortly before the crucifixion, and that Jesus was a mortal human at the time of his death.[lxx] Most ministers in mainstream Christianity would argue that the death of a mortal on a cross would be simply that: the death of a mortal on a cross. God offering Himself as a sacrifice in human flesh has significant meaning to most Christians.[lxxi]

9. Jacobsen: What have been the peripheral but noteworthy lies by Branham to the followers of The Message?

Collins: When I first started my research, a minister who had recently left the “Message” presented me with a list of questions that he had accumulated during his years promoting William Branham and his ministry. The list was several pages long. When I first examined the list, I discounted a majority of the issues raised because they seemed insignificant. “Is it true that John the Baptist only had – six converts?” “Are UFO’s really investigating angels of judgment?” “Is Capernaum, today at the bottom of the sea?” The full list, including many of William Branham’s quotes raising the questions, can be viewed on my website at seekyethetruth.com/Branham/resources-deep-questions.aspx.

Over time, and as my understanding of the research material increased, I realized that these were not insignificant questions. Yes, they were peripheral to Branham’s fundamental doctrine, but each question about each false statement made by William Branham was detrimental to the structural integrity of the cult’s theology. Some of the points listed were not even specifically questioning William Branham; they were questioning statements made by William Branham during times Branham claimed that God was speaking through him – they were allegedly statements made by God Himself!

Branham’s claim that the city of Capernaum lies beneath the sea, for instance, seems to be a simple error in geographical and historical knowledge when taken at face value. This statement was made, however, as Branham claimed to be “prophesying” condemnation for the city of Los Angeles.[lxxii] [lxxiii] The “Voice” claimed that the cities of Sodom, Gomorrah, and Capernaum lie at the bottom of the sea, and that Los Angeles would suffer the same fate unless the people of the city repented.

This is significant, because the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah have yet to be discovered. Only a divine voice could know that the cities were in the depths of the sea, if this is actually the case. Capernaum, on the other hand, has never been submerged, and is a famous site for tourists to visit locations where the Apostles held meetings. The city lay in ruins from about the third century to 1839 when it was discovered by a visiting scholar. Recent excavations have identified St. Peter’s home, where Jesus would have visited.[lxxiv]

10. Jacobsen: Of all the false claims and lies by Branham, what single false claim or lie tends to be the most powerful in deconverting members from the cult or cult-like community?

Collins: I wish that I could say that one single area of research could lead to the awakening of those under the undue influence of this or any destructive cult. I wish that I could create one single document or brochure describing the issue and why it is false, providing all of the many resources available to allow members to examine the false claim for themselves. The sad truth is that this is not how it works. There is a reason why the term “brainwashing” is used by some people to describe this process; those subjected to this type of manipulation over long periods of time are unable to follow logic or reason concerning the cult, its leader, or its history.

Of the hundreds of issues identified with William Branham’s claims, there are several undeniable, critical flaws. Each false claim is either related to, supported by, or supporting another false claim, opening the door to circular reasoning. Members cannot reject one claim while supporting another, because each claim has been inter-connected in their mind. Should any single issue be identified to the programmed mind, it is quickly absorbed, devalued, and forgotten through cognitive dissonance.

A member who has fully immersed themselves into a cult has formed a new identity, and that identity is constructed from a blend of both cult doctrine and personal experience. The de-conversion of any victim of this type of mind control requires great effort and much patience. The cult identity that has formed must be separated from the true, authentic self, and this process is an appeal to the human buried deep inside the identity – not a debate with the outer shell of the cult identity over false claims. Sure, the claims must be examined, but it is unlikely that a single claim will unravel the cocoon spun by cult indoctrination. The authentic self must first be seeking for answers, and that authentic self must still retain enough sanity to comprehend the questions.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Author; Webmaster, Seek The Truth.

[2] Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-three; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

[i] Branham, William. 1956, Jan 15. The Junction of Time. “There was Noah and Enoch, preaching, at the same time.”

[ii] Branham, William. 1963, March 18. The First Seal. “Enoch typed the Bride. Enoch! Noah went over, through the Bride…went over, through the tribulation period, and suffered, and become a drunk, and died. But Enoch walked before God, for five hundred years, and had a testimony, “he pleased God,” with rapturing faith; and just started walking right out, and went up through the skies, and went Home without even tasting death; never died, at all.”

[iii] Branham, William. 1964, Aug 2. The Future Home of the Heavenly Bridegroom and the Earthly Bride. “Yet, Noah was a type of the remnant that’s carried over, not the translated bunch. Enoch, one man, went in the Rapture before the flood came, showing that the Church does not go into the tribulation or anything around it. Enoch was translated, one man. Oh, the church may be a number; but the Bride is going to be a very small group that’ll make up the Bride. Now, the church may be a great number; but, the Bride, you see, compare eight with one. Eight times less, will be the Bride, than the church.”

[iv] Branham, William. 1950, Jan 15. Believest Thou This? “That’s what’s the matter with down in these countries now, and all around over the world. We got too many old cold formal churches, having a form of godliness and denying the power thereof.”

[v] Branham, William. 1954, Oct 3. The Word Became Flesh. “And I said, “That’s not true representation of Christianity.” I said, “That’s a form of hypocrisy.”

[vi] Branham, William. An Exposition of the Seven Church Ages. Ch9. “You can express this any way you want, and it all adds up to the fact that the church is complacent.”

[vii] Branham, William. 1948, Apr. The Voice of Healing: An Inter-Evangelical Publication of the Branham Healing Campaigns.

[viii] Branham, William. 1951, May 5. My Commission. “But coming into Divine healing services, I make it a inter-evangelical, just a interdenominational for everybody.”

[ix] Example: Branham, William. 1961, Apr 25. The Godhead Explained. “He said, ‘You know what we’re going to do?’ Said, “We’re drawing a little ring, and drawing you right out of our circle.’ ‘Then,’ I said, ‘I’m going to draw another one, and draw you right back in again.’ I said, “You can’t draw me out, ’cause I love you. See, you just can’t do it.’

[x] Branham, William. 1951, July 29. The Resurrection of Lazarus. “And may the Holy Spirit, the third Person of the Trinity, come in now, the Promise, the Comforter, that You said You would send. “

[xi] Branham, William. 1951, Sept 29. Our Hope is in God. “Then suffered under Pontius Pilate, crucified, died, buried, rose the third day, setting at the right hand of God the Father, making intercessions now for we who’ve accepted the Holy Spirit, the third Person of the Trinity”

[xii] Branham, William. 1957, May 19. Hear Ye Him. “Trinity, they don’t believe there’s three Gods. That is heathenism. And the Oneness don’t believe that Christ was His Own daddy. So, what would that be? See? But you both believe the same thing.”

[xiii] What Is Branhamism. Accessed 2019, Mar 1 from https://www.gotquestions.org/Branhamism.html

[xiv] Branham, William. 1959, Aug 23. Palmerworm, Locust, Cankerworm, Caterpillar. “You say, ‘The blessed holy trinity.’ Find me the word ‘trinity’ anywhere in the pages of God’s Bible. It’s a man-made scheme, an old dirty church rag wrapped around, to take the place of the sap Line of God’s Holy Spirit. No such a thing. There’s no such a thing. You find it and come to me. You’re duty bound to do it, as a Christian, if you find it. It’s not in God’s Holy Writings. And the “Father, Son, and Holy Ghost” is hatched out of hell, there’s no such a thing as three Gods. Now, I believe in the Fatherhood of God. I believe in the Sonship of God. I believe in the Holy Ghost dispensation of God. But It’s the same God in every dispensation, not three Gods.”

[xv] Branham, William. 1958, May 8. The Expectations. “There’s no three Gods. There’s only one God, three offices of the same God. Father, Son, and Holy Spirit don’t mean three Gods. If we’ve got three Gods, we’re heathens. See? Like the Jew says, “Which one of them is your God?” There’s no three Gods. There’s one God in three offices of the same God: the Fatherhood, and the Sonship. This is the Holy Spirit dispensation.”

[xvi] Example: Barnes III, Roscoe. Why Ern Baxter Left the Ministry of William Branham. Accessed from http://ffbosworth.strikingly.com/blog/why-ern-baxter-left-the-ministry-of-william-branham. “Baxter said that in Branham’s case, faith was “becoming a metaphysical thing – it was becoming a form of Couism.” In other words, he seemed to teach, “If I keep repeating day by day that I’m getting better and better” – it was a kind of metaphysical positivism,” Baxter explained. He noted: “This bothered me and I saw it was an ‘out’ to accommodate people who weren’t getting healed. ‘There must have been something wrong with their faith.’ And so that disturbed me.”

[xvii] Branham, William. 1958, Sept 28. The Baptism of the Holy Spirit. “Then, then, in here they lost it, went into a Catholic denomination; come out in a Lutheran denomination, come out in a Wesley denomination, then they’re going right into the Pentecostal then. But, just before the end time, the Seed is almost gone from the earth. It’s waded out, the Seed of the righteous. The seed of the serpent is just accumulating faster and faster and faster, getting ready for this atomic age, to be destroyed.”

[xviii] Branham, William. 1962, Dec 16. The Falling Apart of the World. “It’s another Babylon that must fall. Peace on earth? A false messiah! An anti-christ in its teaching. How you going to throw these denominations together when they won’t even…They can’t even agree with one another now when they broke up in little systems like that, how about all joining together and getting over there? Yes. See, it’s a false setup. It’s all done to throw Protestantism into Romanism. A false, anti-christ teaching.”

[xix] Branham, William. 1961, Aug 8. Thy House. “Now, the Bible predicts that in the last days that He will trap Catholicism, Romanism, and all those things, and them—communism, and all of them together in the valleys of Megiddo there, until there will be such a slaughter amongst them, until the blood will flow to a horse’s bit”

[xx] Branham, William. 1965, Feb 21. Marriage and Divorce. “But in the human race, it’s the woman that’s pretty, not the man; if he is, there is something wrong, there is crossed-up seed somewhere. Originally it’s that way. Why, why was it done? To deceive by. Her designer, Satan, is still working on her, too, in these last days.”

[xxi] Judges 4:4. “And Deborah, a prophetess, the wife of Lapidoth, she judged Israel at that time.”

[xxii] Romans 16:7. “Greet Andronicus and Junias, my kinsmen and my fellow prisoners, who are outstanding among the apostles, who also were in Christ before me.”

[xxiii] Romans 16:1-2. “commend to you our sister Phoebe, who is a servant of the church which is at Cenchrea;

that you receive her in the Lord in a manner worthy of the saints, and that you help her in whatever matter she may have need of you; for she herself has also been a helper of many, and of myself as well.”

[xxiv] Phoebe: Deacon of the Church in Cenchrea. Accessed 2019, Mar 10 from https://margmowczko.com/was-phoebe-a-deacon-of-the-church-in-cenchrea-part-1/

[xxv] Women Church Leaders in the New Testament. Accessed 2019, Mar 10 from https://margmowczko.com/new-testament-women-church-leaders/

[xxvi] 1 Corinthians 16:19. “The churches of Asia greet you. Aquila and Prisca greet you heartily in the Lord, with the church that is in their house.”

[xxvii] Romans 16:3-5. “Greet Prisca and Aquila, my fellow workers in Christ Jesus, who for my life risked their own necks, to whom not only do I give thanks, but also all the churches of the Gentiles; also greet the church that is in their house.”

[xxviii] Acts 12:12. “And when he realized this, he went to the house of Mary, the mother of John who was also called Mark, where many were gathered together and were praying.”

[xxix] 1 Corinthians 1:1. “For I have been informed concerning you, my brethren, by Chloe’s people, that there are quarrels among you.”

[xxx] Women Church Leaders in the New Testament. Accessed 2019, Mar 10 from https://margmowczko.com/new-testament-women-church-leaders/

[xxxi] Example: Branham, 1965. Feb 21. “Marriage and Divorce”. “They make her pastors, evangelists, when the Bible completely forbids it. And the Bible said, “as also saith the Law,” making it run in continuity, the whole thing.”

[xxxii] Branham, William. 1963, Dec 26. Church Order. “A policeman (or the deacon) is a military police to the army, courtesy, but yet with authority. See? You know what a military police is, is actually, if he carries out his rights, I think he’s just like a chaplain. You see? It’s courtesy and everything, but yet he has an authority. See, you must mind him. See, he puts…These rookies get out there and get drunk, why, he puts them in their place. And so is the deacon to put them in their place. 133 Now, remember, the deacon is a policeman, and a deacon’s office is actually more strict than most any office in the church.”

[xxxiii] “deacon”. The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language (4th ed.). Bartleby. 2000.

[xxxiv] Branham, William. 1964, March 18. “Jesus used about eighty-six percent of His ministry was upon Divine healing, that He might attract the attention of the people, then explain what His purpose was there. And, that’s the same thing, we’re trying to continue His ministry in the best way that we know how, believing that He still remains the same yesterday, today, and forever.”

[xxxv] Branham, William. 1955, July 9. Beginning And Ending Of The Gentile Dispensation. ““And at that time, Michael shall stand, the great prince.” Michael was Christ, of course, Who fought the Angelic wars in Heaven, with the devil. Satan and Michael fought together, or fought against each other, rather.”

[xxxvi] Branham, William. 1965, Feb 21. Marriage and Divorce. “Did you know Satan was co-equal with God one day? Sure was, all but a creator; he was everything, stood at the right hand of God, in the Heavens, the great leading Cherubim.”

[xxxvii] Branham, William. 1965, August 29. “Satan’s Eden”.

[xxxviii] The Basics: William Branham’s Doomsday Predictions. Accessed Mar 10 from http://seekyethetruth.com/Branham/resources-basics-doomsday.aspx

[xxxix] Branham, William. 1965, Nov 27. Trying to Do God A Service Without it Being God’s Will. “But the Elijah of this day is the Lord Jesus Christ. He is to come according to Matthew the seventeen-…Luke 17:30, is, the Son of man is to reveal Himself among His people. Not a man, God! But it’ll come through a prophet.”

[xl] Ham, Jeremy. Is Jesus All-Powerful and Eternal. Accessed 2019, Mar 10 from https://answersingenesis.org/answers/biblical-authority-devotional/is-jesus-all-powerful-and-eternal/

[xli] How can one recognize a false Christ?. Accessed 2019, Mar 10 from https://www.bibleinfo.com/en/questions/how-can-one-recognize-false-christ

[xlii] Elijah Has Already Come. Accessed 2019, Mar 14 from https://branham.org/articles/20130520_ElijahHasAlreadyCome. “God does not play with words, as we are rightly taught by the Prophet Elijah for our day, Brother William Marrion Branham.”

[xliii] Branham, William. 1949, July 18. I Was Not Disobedient to the Heavenly Vision. “When I was a minister, a Baptist preacher in my church for twelve years, I never even received one red penny of salary.”

[xliv] Branham, William. 1951, April 15. Life Story. “She said, “Today she might have something to eat, and tomorrow she might not have nothing to eat.” But brother, I come to find out what she called “trash” was “the cream of the crop.” And bless my heart…?… And said, “You mean to tell me that you’d take…” Said… And Hope started crying. And she said, “Mother…” She said, “I—I—I want to go with him.” And she said, “Very well, Hope. If you go, your mother will go in a grave heartbroken. That’s all.” And then Hope started crying. 80 And—and there, friends, is where my sorrows started. I listened to my mother-in-law in the stead of God. He was giving me the opportunity. And there this gift would’ve been manifested long time ago, if I’d just went ahead and done what God told me to do.”

[xlv] Branham, William. 1955, June 26. My Life Story. “Now, from here, listen. I listened to my mother-in-law instead of God, and forsaken the church, and went on back with the Baptist people. Right away, plagues hit my home. My wife took sick; my father died on my arm; my brother was killed. And everything happened just in a few days. A great flood hit the country and washed away the homes. My wife was in the hospital. And I was out on a rescue with my boat.”

[xlvi] Davis, Roy. 1950, Oct. Wm. Branham’s First Pastor. Voice of Healing. “”I am the minister who received Brother Branham into the first Pentecostal assembly he ever frequented. I baptized him, and was his pastor for some two years. I also preached his ordination sermon, and signed his ordination certificate, and heard him preach his first sermon.”

[xlvii] Being Fingerprinted. 1961, Apr 7. Shreveport Times. “Being fingerprinted at the city police station is R. E. Davis (center), self-described leader of the Ku Klux Klan who was arrested by city police and questioned here today.

[xlviii] Deep Study: Roy E. Davis, Imperial Wizard of the Original Knights of the Ku Klux Klan. Accessed 2019, Mar 14 from http://seekyethetruth.com/branham/resources-deep-davis.aspx

[xlix] 1936, Nov 9. Warranty Deed, Lot 16, Block 4, Ingram & Reads Subdivision to E.A. Seward, George DeArk, Frank Weber, Trustees of the Billie Branham Pentecostal Tabernacle Church

[l] Davis Revival in North Nashville Not Union Affair. 1928, Sept 9. The Tennessean.

[li] Branham describes Nashville Parthenon where Davis’ Revival was held: Branham, William. 1962, Sept 9. In His Presence. “One day down in Memphis, Tennessee, or one…I don’t think it was in Memphis. It was one of the places there. I was with Brother Davis and was having a—a revival. It might have been Memphis. And we was, went to a coliseum, and they had in there, not a coliseum, it was kind of an art gallery, and they had the—the great statues that they had got from different parts of the earth, of different, Hercules and so forth, and great artists had painted.”

[lii] Certificate of Death: Hope Branham. 1937, July 21. “Date of onset: 1-1936”

[liii] Example: Branham, William. 1951, Sept 29. Our Hope is in God. “There never was in the age, any two major prophets on the earth at one time. There were many minor prophets, but there were one major prophet.”

[liv] Branham, William. 1963, Jun 28. A Greater Than Solomon Is Here. “God always in every age dealt with man through signs, because He is supernatural. And where supernatural God is, there is bound to be supernatural things going on. Then we find, in the days of Noah, those who believed his message and come in, was saved, and those that rejected his message perished. He give them a sign of building an ark. In the days of Moses, God’s speaking through human lips could call flies, fleas, frogs, close the heavens, make it dark, by a prophet that was thoroughly a vindicated. Those who believed and come out of Egypt, across the dividing line of the Red Sea, was saved. Those who was on the other side, perished.”

[lv] Example: Branham, William. An Exposition of the Seven Church Ages. “And people will go to them, and bear with them, and support them, and believe them, not knowing it is the way of death. Yes, the land is full of carnal impersonators. In that last day they will try to imitate that prophet-messenger.”

[lvi] Austin-Lett. Major and Minor Prophets. Accessed 2019, Mar 14 from https://www.biblewise.com/bible_study/questions/major-minor-prophets.php

[lvii] Branham, William. An Exposition of the Seven Church Ages. Ch 6. “This chapter shows the power of the Roman Catholic Church and what she will do through organization. Remember this is the false vine. Let it name the Name of the Lord, it does so only in a lie. Its headship is not of the Lord but of Satan.”

[lviii] Branham, William. 1961, Jan 8. Revelation, Chapter Four #3. ““Trinitarianism is of the devil!” I say that THUS SAITH THE LORD! Look where it come from. It come from the Nicene Council when the Catholic church become in rulership. The word “trinity” is not even mentioned in the entire Book of the Bible. And as far as three Gods, that’s from hell.”

[lix] Nelson, Ryan. 2018, Sept 14. What Was the Council of Nicaea?. Accessed 2019, Mar 14 from https://overviewbible.com/council-of-nicaea/

[lx] Heather and Matthews. Goths in the Fourth Century. p. 143.

[lxi] Arius. New World Encyclopedia. Accessed 2019, Mar 14 from http://www.newworldencyclopedia.org/entry/Arius

[lxii] Branham, William. 1956, April 20. When Their Eyes Were Opened. “The same was God the Father, leading Moses, called God the Father, the three dispensations, Fatherhood, Sonship, and Holy Ghost. See? It’s just three offices of the same self God.”

[lxiii] Branham, William. 1957, June 30. Thirsting For Life. “And they use the word of eternal sonship of God. The word don’t even make sense to me. The word “eternal” means “eternity, which had no begin or has no end.” And “son” means “had a beginning.” So how could it… It could be a eternal Godship, but never an eternal sonship. A son is one that’s begotten of. So it had a beginning.”

[lxiv] Branham, William. 1952, July 13. God Testifying of His Gifts. “Then Jesus Christ comes into His Church, to His people, to manifest Himself out through the people, while He, Himself, is setting at the right hand of the Father, sending back the Holy Spirit, the third Person of the trinity, to live in human beings, to work through them, to show the same works that He did in the beginning, making Him, “the same yesterday, today, and forever.”

[lxv] What is the Gospel. Accessed from https://www.thegospelcoalition.org/what-is-the-gospel/

[lxvi] Slick, Matt. What is Oneness Pentecostal Theology. Accessed 2019, Mar 14 from https://carm.org/oneness-pentecostal-theology

[lxvii] Our Triune God. Accessed 2019, Mar 14 from https://www.gty.org/library/articles/A215/our-triune-god

[lxviii] Example: Branham, William. 1965, August 1. God of This Evil Age. “And then, if that be so, the whole Godhead bodily shaped up in the Person of Jesus Christ. And then when Jesus died at the cross, I died with Him, for I was in Him then; for He was the fullness of the Word, manifested, knowing that we would be manifested later.”

[lxix] Example: Branham, William. 1950, July 16. Believest Thou This. “I believe He was a God-man. He was more than a man. He was the Divine One that God sent from out of heaven. Yes, sir. I know He cried like a man when He was dying at the cross, mid rendering rocks and darkening skies, my Saviour bowed His head and died. That’s right. He was a man when He was dying. But when He rose on the third day, He proved He was God. That’s right. God was in His Son. He raised Him up. He was Divine.”

[lxx] Branham, William. 1965, April 18. It Is the Rising of the Sun. “The Spirit left Him, in the Garden of Gethsemane. He had to die, a man.”

[lxxi] Example: Graham, Billy. 2016, March 24. Did God Abandon Jesus on the Cross? Billy Graham Answers. Accessed 2019, Feb 13 from https://billygraham.org/story/did-god-abandon-jesus-on-the-cross-billy-graham-answers

[lxxii] Branham, William. 1965, April 29. The Choosing of a Bride. “Oh, Capernaum,” said Jesus, “thou who exalted into heaven, will be brought down into hell. For, if the mighty works had been done in Sodom and Gomorrah, it’d have been standing to this day.” And Sodom, Gomorrah lays in the bottom of the Dead Sea. And Capernaum is in the bottom of the sea. 231 Thou city, who claims to be the city of the Angels, who has exalted yourself into heaven, and sent all the dirty, filthy things of fashions and things, till even the foreign countries come here to pick up our filth and send it away, to your fine churches and steeples, and so forth, the way you do. Remember, one day you’ll be laying in the bottom of the sea, your great honeycomb under you right now. The wrath of God is belching right beneath you. How much longer He will hold this sandbar hanging out over that? When, that ocean out yonder, a mile deep, will slide in there, plumb back to the Salton Sea. It’ll be worse than the last day of Pompeii. Repent, Los Angeles.”

[lxxiii] Branham, William. 1965, July 11. Ashamed. “And while in there, Something struck me, and I didn’t know nothing for about thirty minutes. There was a prophecy went out. First thing I remember, Brother Mosley and Billy, I was out on the street, walking. And It said, “Thou Capernaum, which calls yourself by the name of the Angels,” that’s Los Angeles, city of angels, see, the angels, “which are exalted into heaven, will be brought down into hell. For, if the mighty works had been done in Sodom, that’s been done in you, it would have been standing till this day.” And that was all unconsciously, to me. See?”

[lxxiv] Capernaum. Accessed 2019, March 13 from https://www.seetheholyland.net/capernaum

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with John Collins on the Theology of “The Message” and William Marrion Branham (Part Three) [Online].April 2019; 19(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-three.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, April 1). An Interview with John Collins on the Theology of “The Message” and William Marrion Branham (Part Three)Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-three.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with John Collins on the Theology of “The Message” and William Marrion Branham (Part Three). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.A, April. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-three>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2019. “An Interview with John Collins on the Theology of “The Message” and William Marrion Branham (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-three.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with John Collins on the Theology of “The Message” and William Marrion Branham (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.A (April 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-three.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with John Collins on the Theology of “The Message” and William Marrion Branham (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 19.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-three>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with John Collins on the Theology of “The Message” and William Marrion Branham (Part Three)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 19.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-three.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with John Collins on the Theology of “The Message” and William Marrion Branham (Part Three).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 19.A (2019):April. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-three>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with John Collins on the Theology of “The Message” and William Marrion Branham (Part Three) [Internet]. (2019, April 19(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/collins-three.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Charlotte 4— Palestinian Collective Self-Determination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee: Charlotte Littlewood

Numbering: Issue 2: Here We Go

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 31, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 837

Keywords: Become The Voice CIC, Charlotte Littlewood, communities, Palestinians, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Charlotte Littlewood is the Founding Director of Become The Voice CIC. A grass roots youth centred community interest company that she has built in response to the need to tackle hate, extremism and radicalisation within communities and online.

Here we talk about work and BTV.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You got some part-time work. Why is it important for BTV?

Charlotte Littlewood: I am now working part-time for Faith Matters that brings faith together to combat extremism. In particular, the program is Muslims Against Anti-Semitism. It is about promoting positive relations between Muslims and Jews, as we have been seeing a rise of anti-semitism in the UK — and in the left-wing and Labour Party. This project is about challenging that and tackling the rise in anti-semitism through Jews and Muslims working together.

It aligns well with BTV because it will be about empowering young people and also cohesion and counter-extremism, which is what BTV is about. My new employer, he is very positive about BTV and wants to support what we’re doing. We are already developing a fundraiser together for the work in Palestine. He suggested cross-populating the work with Faith Matters. Hopefully, things we do can go on the Faith Matters site as well.

We are hoping for a productive relationship. I am very much looking forward to supporting their project once we get that getting off the ground. It will also give me invaluable experience working with a charity far more advanced than my own. I essentially look up to him as a mentor. I am grateful to the organization for the opportunity. I am excited to see what it can do for them through BTV.

Jacobsen: How does this all link to women’s rights work, women’s empowerment work?

Littlewood: We tend to do women’s empowerment work in Palestine. It was a natural area to work. There are organizations already out there working on it. The Islamists in Palestine are pushing against gender equality. They are mostly one of these Islamist organizations like Hizb ut-Tahrir. They are protesting against mixed gender marriages and against famous Western females coming over to Palestine, for music or other reasons.

Work in gender equality and women’s empowerment combats extremism in the area. The extremist organizations in the area are anti-gender equality and anti-women’s rights. Also, it also kept us in a human rights space. One that wasn’t related to the occupation. I have to be careful in Palestine in not getting involved in platforming and providing a voice for those who may be unsafe for me and may cause problems for the organization.

So, it is one reason to be focused on women’s rights over there. BTV is broader than that. It is a lead for tackling extremism but we also go beyond looking at far-right extremism, LGBT rights, and other rights like individual liberty. We look at minorities within minorities. One is the Ahmadiyya rights. One is the blasphemy laws. The ideology of that affecting the laws in the UK. One of the scariest things that we have seen is a Christian woman who was convicted on blasphemy in Palestine.

She was released, thankfully. She sought asylum in Norway. She sought asylum in the UK but we were concerned about security. We are going beyond women’s rights. It is a concern about the UK in its ability to stand up for some minorities and the wider community, and the uprisings against us standing for human rights because of a hateful extremist ideology that is affecting our communities.

It has been very much a place to be in Palestine to continue working on women’s rights and combatting extremism, and where extremist manifestations or shown especially here in the UK because that is where I am based. So, that was a very long answer! [Laughing]

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Charlotte.

Littlewood: That was a hugely long answer, Scott.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com.

Image Credit: Charlotte Littlewood.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with Ruth Henrich on Individualism, Women’s Rights, and Morgentaler

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 19.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (Part Fifteen)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,010

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract 

Ruth Henrich is the Treasurer of Humanist Canada and a Humanist Officiant. She discusses: personal origins; North American culture and the individualism emphasis; early life choices and trajectory; reasoning and intuitiveness and influence on postsecondary education; significant secular advancement in Canada over time; the rhetoric coming through the media, the dog whistling, the religious fundamentalist, the anti-science movements often grounded in fundamentalist faiths; hopes and fears; concision in the mainstream media; finding Humanist Canada; tasks and responsibilities as the Treasurer for Humanist Canada; input into policy; concerns about reactionary forces; anti-science and anti-human rights sources in Canada; its legal context; evidence-based sexual education curricula; the Morgentaler Scholarship; concerns of women and girls; medical ethics and”do no harm”; concluding thoughts; and shout outs to other organizations.

Keywords: Canada, Humanism, Humanist Canada, Media, Morgentaler, Ruth Henrich, Science.

An Interview with Ruth Henrich on Individualism, Women’s Rights, and Morgentaler[1],[2]

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your origin story?

Ruth Henrich: [Laughing] it starts with, I am a twin.

Jacobsen: Really?

Henrich: Yes, who would have thought it? We are not identical in personality. She is more right brain. I am more left brain. We were classified earlier in a study as mirror image twins.

Jacobsen: What does that mean?

Henrich: It means that when we were in the womb one side was stronger than the other. In that, it means that we are identical. If I look in the mirror, I see my sister.

Jacobsen: Does this impact neurological development as well?

Henrich: Yes.

Jacobsen: Does this impact the different trajectories of interests?

Henrich: Yes, very much so, she is very artistic. We call her the “oblivious one” [Laughing]. I am the more logical and intuitive one. So yes, it did have a bearing on how we developed as people. But it is also another thing trying to an individual when you are a twin.

It can be very difficult to find yourself as an individual instead of always being a twin.

2. Jacobsen: Is it difficult in North American culture where we emphasize the individual?

Henrich: I would think so. I would think this has a bearing on things. You dab. You learn. I learned that moving out of the same city did a great deal for my development and interests. It did not feel like I was held back in any way, in terms of what the expectations were – because everyone knew who we were.

3. Jacobsen: At that time in Canadian history, women were limited consciously via culture. How did this impact early life and trajectories of where you could go, could not go, could do, could not do?

Henrich: I think it was more about freedom of choice growing up in the 60s and then teen years being in the 70s, where you are very cognizant of what is going on around you. There is sexual freedom. That had more to do with informing me about what possibilities there were as opposed to anything within the family structure.

As kids, we were never told that we could do anything that we wanted. I was a wife very early. I was a mother very early. It was to get out of that situation, which was very stupid. When you are a teenager, you do not think about it.

When I got into my 20s, it meant a lot to me to be able to make choices and what choices I was making, even just choices as to how many children was I going to have. A choice to go into the workforce. It did make a difference, culturally, as opposed to the family thing.

4. Jacobsen: In terms of being on someone high in reasoning and intuitive traits, how did this impact efforts at postsecondary education?

Henrich: It took me quite a while. I had attempted postsecondary education on 2 or 3 various times. I found that I had too many different family pressures, where I could not give school the time that it needed the first time.

The second time, I was probably in my late 20s or early 30s. I went to York University for a while. I found that my interest level was not what I thought was going to take my career further, in terms of interest level in English Literature.

At that time, I found money to be an issue. I did stick with it the third time. I completed my culinary arts certification art George Brown. I finished in 2004. It was later in my life that I completed the certification.

5. Jacobsen: As you have seen more of Canadian culture develop and adapt over time, we still have developments, even recently, into 2018 with the repeal of the Blasphemy Law. It leads to some obvious questions. With some time to reflect, what do you notice as some of the more significant secular advancement of the country over time?

Henrich: There are times when I think secular advancement has taken a backseat to special interest religious groups. I have seen things go backward instead of going forward when it comes to our governance.

I would say in the 80s or 90s when there seemed to be more perceived freedoms as an individual. There was a lot of things happening with the Charter of Rights and Freedoms. There was a lot happening in terms of the Canadian government. There was more happening in terms of separation of Church and State.

It is interesting because, at that point in time, I was in my 30s and 40s. As an individual, you realize that things are bigger than what is going on in your own life. You begin to pay attention. We saw a lot of advancement. A lot of it had to do with technology. Technology has taken us into a secular world, as it is bigger than any of us. I think this has been the impetus to allow us to think and be for ourselves; whereas, before, it is do as I say and not as I do.

We are going to bring all of these advancements forward. But there will be so many things to hold people back. I think that technology has opened people up to degrees of freedom that they didn’t think were possible.

6. Jacobsen: With some of the rhetoric coming through the media, the dog whistling, the religious fundamentalist, the anti-science movements often grounded in fundamentalist faiths, was the language, the rhetoric, and the tricks used by people in the media coming from that angle less obvious back in the day or, maybe, more taken for granted as the water of the culture?

Henrich: Yes, I think things were taken as part of the culture. This is just the way it is, unless, you’re going to start protesting over each and every little thing.  The fundamentalist rhetoric wasn’t something that became part of the lexicon. I am finding now, with the social media, the cultural influence through media is different, more immediate.

Those things didn’t seem that important before has definitely changed. I anticipate what it will be in the future. How are those changes from the 70s, 80s, 90s, and 2000s, and into the second decade of the 2000s going to come about now? What will they be in 2030?

My grandchildren will be coming of age when this stuff is going to be prevalent. There will be a point in time when they are in charge. That is really where I think we are going to see leaps and bounds. There is going to be so much change.

7. Jacobsen: What about the mirror of that, to reflect this to the earlier part of the conversation? The positive, from our perspective, is the next generation with humanistic values as explicit values rather than something that bubbles around. But the inverse of the image of that is reactionary forces not liking it.

We have seen some of this in this country. We have seen this below the border. We have also seen this in characters like Bolsonaro. What do you feel less hope for and more fear for, on that angle?

Henrich: My biggest fear in all of that is that the rhetoric and attitudes are going to become more prevalent. That “consciousness” – that’s the wrong word – or that rhetoric, the hate stuff, and the racism; we have to get so far past that.

I don’t know how we can do that if we cannot bring people into thinking that we are all in this together as opposed to people thinking that we are all so very different that we can’t get along. I am fearful of what is happening in our world and North America – to bring it closer to home.

Where is the Reason? Where are the logical minds? Will we have enough academics and freethinkers to change minds? Or are they going to be drowned out? My fear is that we are going to be drowned out. I think that we have to be thinking together about what our purposes are.

Instead of having fractured groups within the secular and humanist organizations, that is where we really need to come together; our talking points have to be more succinct. They need to be more prevalent. They need to be more forceful.

8. Jacobsen: Noam Chomsky notes in the media. That “concision” is the term within the mainstream media system. We make people say things in only a couple of sentences. Then you can keep them within the beltway. Anything outside of it; it requires further justification, because it goes outside of the beltway. We’re swimming upstream in a sense.

Henrich: Yes.

Jacobsen: It makes the job much harder. But if you look at the progressive change in the country, they have often been humanists, along the lines of human rights and women’s rights.

Henrich: Yes.

9. Jacobsen: So, how did you find Humanist Canada?

Henrich: It was a circuitous route. Here in Grey and Bruce Counties, it is a fairly conservative – if this gets out publicly – backwards area.

Jacobsen: Backwards in what way?

Henrich: People thump their Bibles without knowing what is in them. It is repeating what everyone else has heard without thinking of the ramifications. It is always the “us against them” and a lot of uneducated or undereducated people.

Jacobsen: These are the people getting mad about virtue signalling while themselves using the oldest forms of Western virtue signalling.

Henrich: [Laughing] exactly, I found this disconnect. If you are in this area, if you are not being married by a religious official, then you cannot get married here. I thought that I would do something about it. I looked into becoming a marriage commissioner, which is a whole other story.

When the thing came around, they said, “This is a good idea,” but they did not have a vetting process for who would conduct these marriages. It was at that point that I began to seek out if there was something else out there.

That is when I reached out to Humanist Canada. I like what I heard. It synced with my values and what I was thinking and how I lived my life. Then I found they had an officiant program. I became licensed throughout the Ontario Humanist Society prior to coming over to Humanist Canada.

The reason I did that was that I could get there faster. It didn’t end up that way. I found with Ontario Humanist Society and Humanist Canada that there were some philosophical differences between the two organizations; only later finding out about the fracturing of Ontario Humanist Society doing their own thing from Humanist Canada.

That is how I found Humanist Canada. I found something that actually worked for me. In the process, I found the Grey Bruce Humanists. We do social things together. We have really dynamic meetings once per month.

They now have a discussion group going on. I am finding that I wasn’t alone in what I was searching for; that there are other people in my area who are now starting to advocate more for what we think is possible.

10. Jacobsen: Now, in your role as treasurer in Humanist Canada, what are the tasks and responsibilities coming along with it?

Henrich: [Laughing] I make sure the bills get paid. I look after all the bookkeeping. I also do contract management and financial management. I am an active member of the board. I also have input into policy.

11. Jacobsen: If you’re looking at policy, how does your input play out?

Henrich: In terms of making policy, it comes down to what is our strategic plan and is this within the strategic plan. It is about developing a plan, as we’re developing the new strategic plan.

I also make sure the money is being spent properly. So, we have the money to undertake those projects. My goal as treasurer is making sure any fundraising that we’re doing does not go against any CRA regulations or that it does not impede our charitable status.

Jacobsen: How important is the charitable status to the general operation, functioning, scope, and outreach of Humanist Canada?

Henrich: I think it is incredibly important that we have a charitable status. It gives credibility to our aims and the public give more when they get something in return for their giving.  It is being able to substantiate what people spend their money on. That is important to people.

12. Jacobsen: Moving into 2019, what are the concerns with – let’s call them – reactionary forces, typically, standing against things humanists, traditionally, stand for, including human rights, science, reproductive health rights for women, and concerns of the more marginalized within society?

Henrich: One of our concerns is going to be: are we attracting members? It is the members that finance all of the things that we are trying to do. It is trying to get our message out. That we do look at things from a human rights perspective and are all about choice, personal choice.

Our main concern as an organization is reaching out to the general public. When I was looking for an organization it was difficult to find. As an organization, we need to ramp this up. We need to let people know what we are doing and why we are doing it.

It is about getting the message out.

13. Jacobsen: Within the history of this country right into the present, what tend to be the main sources of anti-science and anti-human rights?

Henrich: Religion, and the evangelicals, those are one of the biggest sources standing in the way. They can’t do anything that flies in the face of religious virtue or however they are going to term it. Those are our big obstacles.

14. Jacobsen: How is this played out in a legal context?

Henrich: Let’s take an example, the BC Humanists have tried twice to become an organization to license officiants. It is being able to marry people because that is a legal state. They have been denied twice because they are not a religious body.

It is that religious body in the context of the law that is the problem, which is what we need to overcome. When it comes to that sort of thing, there are so many instances of religiosity being part of the law and having protections; those are the things that we need to go after, to get them repealed.

Because humanists, agnostics, secularists, and atheists are now being discriminated against; it comes down to discrimination under the law.

15. Jacobsen: For the younger generations, not only the non-religious and the religious, in general for their health and wellness, what are your concerns with regards to updates and refinements based on evidence of sexual education curricula throughout the country?

Henrich: Oh wow, we had this conversation with family over the dinner table when celebrating together. It is paramount that we have a curriculum that teaches our children. It is not just about sex. It is not just about gender.

It is so much bigger than that. It is what becomes the norm in society. It is how do people face those types of things. It is taking into account that there are so many groups that have a special interest in this; it is being able to be informed and having our children informed.

We can’t leave that kind of thing up to parents, because parents will provide what they think is appropriate. But there is so much, again coming back to the technology and what is available information to our children.

That they need to get the right information and need to make decisions for themselves, which means providing information. That means parents must stand behind the information. I think that is paramount. If we do not do something that is logical in the teaching, we will be in a for a lot of social problems, because we will be going back to the substandard social norms of before.

That is a real problem.

Jacobsen: Those prior norms mean higher teen pregnancy rates and higher STI/STD rates based on simply not being given proper, updated, modernized, evidence-based information from adults.

Henrich: Absolutely, you can anticipate higher levels of sexual predatorships. It is probably the wrong word for it. But there will be more of it. You are going to be seeing more prostitution and more forced prostitution. It will keep happening at a younger and younger age.

We need to equip the children; we, as parents, need to back up the information. As the parents, we are the ones who are teaching how to advance in our world, and what is accepted and what is not accepted. It is taking that stuff out in Ontario that is scary.

It is very scary.

Jacobsen: Given the down the road potential damage to the lives of some non-trivial amount of youth who do not get this information in high school, could this amount to a certain form of criminal negligence.

Henrich: Wow! You know what…

Jacobsen: Sorry to interrupt. But if you look at the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, it speaks to the best interests of the child. This could, in a way, be looked at as a regression against the best interests of the child.

Henrich: Yes! Yes, absolutely, would it be criminal? Could it be criminal? Wow, what a question, when you consider the laws, and such, that have been undertaken because they are not in the best interests of the child, it will not be in the best interests of our children to not provide them with information, in my estimation.

Whether or not it will be, that will be up to our legislators, but as Humanist Canada, should we be taking that on as something that we can something about? Perhaps, that needs to be a broader discussion.

16. Jacobsen: What is the Morgentaler Scholarship?

Henrich: It is a partnership with Ontario Coalition of Abortion Clinics. Henry Morgentaler was our first president and was a driving force and women’s reproductive rights advocate. This scholarship will enable medical students to further their advancement in the study of women’s reproductive health and choice.

It can be anything from obstetrics to gynecology, but it goes beyond that. It has to do with infant mortality. It has to do with women-to-women relations, puberty, adulthood, menopause. It is something that needs to be more prevalent and thought about; women are not a general collective.

There are so many things that have to do with how women are viewed within the medical community. I think this scholarship can help with this. We must change our perspective. We must change how women are perceived in the medical profession.

17. Jacobsen: In your opinion, in a qualitative, reflective, retrospective opinion based on the conversations you have had with women in your life, what are some of the nuanced concerns that women and girls have about the treatment in the medical community? That simply are talked about in the community.

Not necessarily out of conscious negligence but simply missing it.

Henrich: It is access. It is someone who knows what you are asking and know what you are experiencing. It is access without being demeaned. Access without judgment.

18. Jacobsen: What would be an alteration of that within medical ethics of “do no harm” in the Hippocratic Oath with further emphasis on access and on non-demeaning treatment?

Henrich: There must be more training within the medical community itself, at the university level. It has to do with removing your own bias. If you are going to be a medical professional and are going to be taking that oath, then you can identify your bias as yours.

That is becoming a huge problem, not just in women’s health. Not only, how do we live? But also, how do we die? It must permeate down to the university level and in what they are being trained in. it is more than just ethics.

19. Jacobsen: Any concluding thoughts?

Henrich: I am looking forward to what we will accomplish in the next decade. We have dynamic people. And I want to be a part of that! [Laughing]

20. Jacobsen: Any shout outs to affiliates or other organizations?

Henrich: There is the Edmonton Humanists. There is the BC Humanists. There is the Winnipeg Humanists. There is a number in Ontario. SOFREE out of Kitchener, Waterloo, and Guelph. There is the Grey Bruce Humanists. We need more local groups, more groups in the Maritimes, in Nunavut, in the Northwest Territories, and so on. We need it coast-to-coast-to-coast.

If we can get local people doing humanistic things in local ways, then we are here to help.

21. Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Ruth.

Henrich: You’re welcome. My pleasure, Scott.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Treasurer, Humanist Canada.

[2] Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/henrich; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2019: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. An Interview with Ruth Henrich on Individualism, Women’s Rights, and Morgentaler [Online].March 2019; 19(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/henrich.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2019, March 22). An Interview with Ruth Henrich on Individualism, Women’s Rights, and MorgentalerRetrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/henrich.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. An Interview with Ruth Henrich on Individualism, Women’s Rights, and Morgentaler. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.A, March. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/henrich>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2018. “An Interview with Ruth Henrich on Individualism, Women’s Rights, and Morgentaler.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/henrich.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “An Interview with Ruth Henrich on Individualism, Women’s Rights, and Morgentaler.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 19.A (March 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/henrich.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Ruth Henrich on Individualism, Women’s Rights, and MorgentalerIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 19.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/henrich>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2019, ‘An Interview with Ruth Henrich on Individualism, Women’s Rights, and MorgentalerIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 19.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/henrich.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “An Interview with Ruth Henrich on Individualism, Women’s Rights, and Morgentaler.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 19.A (2018):March. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/henrich>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. An Interview with Ruth Henrich on Individualism, Women’s Rights, and Morgentaler [Internet]. (2019, March 19(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/henrich.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Mahojiano Na Profesa Alex L Mwakikoti Juu Ya Maisha Ya “Maadili Bila Dini” Anayoishi, Na Mengineyo – Jee Inawezekana Kwa Wengine Pia?

Author: By Nsajigwa I.Mwasokwa (Nsajigwa Nsa’sam) with Lucas A. Isakwisa

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2019

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 7,696

ISSN 2369-6885

UTANGULIZI

Karibuni tena Wandugu. Sisi ni Jamaa Watafiti wa Jichojipya-Think Anew, Taasisi iliyosajiriwa rasmi yenye malengo ya Kielimu ya kueneza elimu ya falsafa kwa ujumla, kuondoa hofu ya kufikiri na kuchochea FikraHuru kwenye jamii kwa lengo la kuwa na mabadiliko chanya ya enzi za Mwangaza (enlightenment) katika jamii, kwa kutumia njia ya urasini – mantiki na ushaidi (rationalistic, logic, empirically-based secular values)…

Kazi yetu ya kujitolea tunayoifanya;- Kuwatambua, Kuwaibua na Kuwaunganisha Watanzania ambao ni Wanafikra huru – freethinkers…hawa ni wale wasio-ogopa kujiuliza maswali mwanzo mwisho, wanaofikiri nje ya box la mazoea ya utamaduni mila na desturi zake, ikiwa ni pamoja na utamaduni wa dini. Kwa kimombo hawa ni Freethinkers, Rationalists, Sceptics, Secular Humanists, Agnostics and Atheists, wanaoishi kwa “Maadili bila dini”. Jichojipya ndio tuliofanya mahojiano ya kifalsafa na Mzee Kingunge Ngombale-Mwiru wakati wa uhai wake (tafuta kwa google makala hii – Mahojiano yaliyogeuka kuwa majadiliano na Kingunge Ngombale Mwiru Mkongwe Mwanafikrahuru wa Tanzania) na alitueleza kuwa yeye alikuwa ni Mwanafikra huru (independent thinker and a freethinker) ikiwa ni kinyume na watu walivyomkisia. Ilikuwa siku ya nadra mahojiano yale, na inakuwa nadra tena ambapo tumepata wasaa mwingine kufanya mahojiano na Mtanzania mwingine kwa jina, Profesa Alex L Mwakikoti, ambaye anayaishi maisha yake kama ya falsafa ya Kingunge Ngombale Mwiru, yakiwa ni sawa pia na yule Profesa na Mwandishi maarufu wa vitabu, Okot p’Bitek, aliyeandika kitabu cha “Song of Lawino and Okol”, pia utafiiti wake katika kitabu “African religions in western scholarship” na pia “Towards Africa’s cultural revolution”. Okot p’Bitek kutoka kanda yetu ya Africa Mashariki (alikuwa Mganda) alifunguka waziwazi kuwa yeye ni Mwanafikra huru aliyeishi bila dini…vile vile Profesa na mwandishi wa vitabu wa Nigeria Afrika magharibi Wole Soyinka, mshindi wa kwanza toka Afrika kwa tuzo ya Nobeli (1986) kwa upande wa uandishi/lugha, aliyeandika kitabu “The Trial of brother Jero” na vinginevyo.

Jee inawezekana kuishi kwa Maadili bila dini..? Tusome mahojiano haya kujua hilo,

Mwalimu Prof Alex Mwakikoti, sisi ni Jichojipya-Think Anew, tuna furaha sana kuwa na wewe, karibu sana…

                                                              MASWALI NA MAJIBU

An Interview to a Tanzanian Emeritus Professor Alex L. Mwakikoti on Living Without a Religion and More Scott Douglas Jacobsen In-Sight Publishing

Wana fikrahuru wa Jichojipya Tanzania, Nsajigwa Mwasokwa (kushoto) na Prof Alex Mwakikoti (kulia).

1) ( a) Mwalimu Profesa, wewe ni MwanafikraHuru (an independent thinker and a Freethinker), kwani ni nini, yamaanisha nini kuwa hivyo..?
(b) Ilikuwaje mpaka ukafikia hatua hiyo ya kuwa MwanafikraHuru? ni nini kinachosababisha mtu kama wewe kuwa MwanafikraHuru? Ulikuwa hivyo katika umri gani? Tunaomba tujue maisha yako kwa upande huo Mwalimu.

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Asante sana kunikaribisha.  Ninachoweza kusema ni kuwa, MwanafikraHuru ni yule ambaye hawi na uegemezi, hakwazwi katika kufikiri kuhusu suala lolote; akitumia njia ya urasini – mantiki (Rationalism). Ni tabia ya toka utoto ya kujiuliza maswali kwa udadisi wa kutaka kujua tu. Bahati mbaya sana tabia hiyo ya utotoni, taratibu inafutika jinsi wengi wetu tunavyokua wakubwa kwa kuwa, njia zetu za kufikiri (mental capacity) zinakuwa zimejengeka kutokana na tamaduni na desturi za jamii zetu ambazo tunajikuta tumekulia.  MwanafikraHuru kwa uelewa wangu, ni yule mtu ambaye, baada ya kujengwa na malezi ya jinsi ya kufikiri juu ya  tamaduni na desturi ya makuzi ya mahali alipokulia, anarudia tabia ya udadisi ya utotoni na kujiuliza maswali, lakini sasa akiwa na uhuru wa kuuliza juu ya chochote hata yale ambayo jamii imefundisha kuwa ni “hatari” kujiuliza (yasiulizwe). Na kwa kuwa sasa yeye ni mtu mzima, hakuna tena mipaka ya kumzuia asiulize na kutafuta majibu kwa maswali hayo (yasiyoulizika) katika jamii. Hakuna tena cha kumzuia kujiuliza. Kwa dunia ya leo, MwanfikraHuru kama huyu anatambulika kuwa Atheist, Agnostic (asiye na dini, asiye na Mungu) au Humanist M-binadamu nk.

Safari yangu mpaka kuja kuwa MwanafikraHuru ilikuwa ni hatua (process). Haikuwa kitu kilichotokea sehemu moja au mara moja ghafla. Ebu niwaelezeni kidogo maisha yangu kwa ufupi.  Mimi nilizaliwa na Muinjilisti / mhubiri mahili wa kanisa la Kilutheri, Yehoswa Mwakikoti – ndiye aliyekuwa baba yangu.  Alikuwa ni mtu aliyejitolea sana kueneza injili eneo kubwa kule Udzungwa mkoani Iringa, Tanzania.  Nikiwa nakua, nilifuata hatua za baba yangu kwa mambo mengi kama alivyoyafanya yeye. Wapo waliotabiri kuwa nitajakuwa Mhubiri kama baba yangu. Nilibatizwa nikiwa mdogo, na baada ya kupata kipaimara (hatua ya kuwa mkristo kamili) nikiwa na umri wa miaka 13 nilianza kujiuliza maswali kuhusu baadhi ya hadithi za kwenye biblia.  Nilizifurahia hadithi hizo, lakini pia niliona zingine zilikuwa ni za matisho sana, na kwa kweli zikaishia kunifanya niwe muoga – mwenye hofu ya adhabu za Mungu kwa wale ambao hawamtii. Nilipomaliza shule ya msingi, nilihisi kanisa la Kilutheri halikufundisha biblia kiusahihi, hivyo mwaka 1967 niliamua kuliacha kanisa hilo lakini sikujua niende kanisa gani. Baada ya kujisomea mwenyewe biblia, niliamua, badala ya kupumzika siku ya Jumapili, nipumzike siku ya Jumamosi ikiwa ndiyo siku ya sabato, kama vile biblia inavyofundisha.  Baadae nilikuja kutambua kuwa kumbe kuna watu wanaitwa Wasabato (Seventh-day Adventists) ambao walikuwa wanafuata mafundisho hayo ya kupumzika Jumamosi. Baadae nilijiunga na kanisa hilo. Nilipomaliza elimu yangu ya sekondari, Mmissionari mmoja toka Marekani aliniuliza kama ningekuwa tayari kujitolea kuanzisha na kueneza kanisa la Wasabato huko Mufindi, Iringa, na kuniahidi angenitafutia/angenipeleka chuoni baada ya hapo.  Nilikubali hilo na kweli Mmissionari naye alitimiza ahadi yake. Nilikwenda kusoma mafunzo ya cheti cha Diploma miaka miwili huko Uganda, nikarudi Tanzania na kufanya kazi kama Pastor huko Lindi and Temeke, Dar es Salaam.  Baada ya hapo nilikwenda kumaliza degree ya kwanza katika somo la Thiolojia katika chuo cha Newbold College Uingereza. Sikutaka kuachia masomo yangu kwa shahada ya kwanza, niliamua sasa kutafuta njia yeyote kujisomesha mwenyewe kwa masomo ya juu.  Ilikuwa nilipokuwa nasoma degree ya pili (Masters) ya somo la Thiolojia ndipo tena hulka ya udadisi ikaibuka tena na kwa nguvu mpya, na nikawa na maswali mengi juu ya biblia na wahusika wake.  Kama nilivyokwisha sema, siwezi nikaisema siku moja hasa ya kubadilika kwangu na kuwa MwanafikraHuru, ila ninachoweza kusema ni kuwa baada ya kumaliza shahada ya juu – PhD kwenye somo la Sociology – ustawi wa jamii, maswali zaidi yakazidi kuibuka, hasa pale nilipojifunza kuwa kumbe ni jamii yenyewe ndiyo inayounda dini, na sio dini inayounda jamii. Hatimaye mwaka 2007, niliachana na dini zote, nikajiita Humanist, M-binadamu.  Waweza kusema nilikuwa MwanafikraHuru na M-binadamu (Humanist) nilipokuwa katika kilele cha kazi yangu profesheni kama Mwalimu, Profesa wa somo la ustawi wa jamii (sociology) na mawasiliano (communication).

Jichojipya – Think Anew: Ahaa, Mwl Profesa, umekumbusha kabisa mahojiano yetu na Mzee Kingunge Ngombale Mwiru (Tafuta kwenye google“Mahojiano yaliyogeuka majadiliano na  Kingunge Ngombale Mwiru Mkongwe Mwana fikra huru wa Tanzania ”). Naye alisema safari yake kama vile yako wewe, kwamba alikuwa anajiuliza maswali juu ya imani yake tokea anakua ngazi zote shuleni, na ni pale aliposoma vitabu vya falsafa, cha Thomas Paine na hasa kile cha Ludwig Feuerbach (tafsiri yake kwa kiingereza “The “Essence of  Christianity”) ndipo alipong’amua alaa, hivi kumbe siyo kuwa Mungu kamu-umba binadamu kwa mfano wake ila ni kuwa binadamu ndiye kamu-unda Mungu kwa fikra zake mwenyewe…kwamba kumbe ni jamii ndiyo inayounda Miungu yake…kuanzia pale naye akawa MwanafikraHuru..!

2) Mwl Profesa, nini uzoefu wako wa kuwa MwanafikraHuru? Utakuwa umeishi maisha ya upweke sana sivyo..?  una akili sawasawa..?

Prof A Mwakikoti:  Mimi kama MwanafikraHuru (independent thinker and a freethinker), niliona / nilijihisi jinsi nilivyokuwa mpweke.  Marafiki zangu wengi walikuwa ni watu walio kwenye dini, wengine waliozama ndani ya dini sana, wakiwemo wana familia yangu, hasa mke wangu. Nakumbuka sana maongezi ya uzuni kati yetu, nilipoamua kuwa MwanafikraHuru wa wazi hadharani- public, bila kificho (an open freethinker).  Biblia yafundisha kuwa watu wenye imani tofauti wasioane, tutaishije maisha yetu baada ya ukweli huu kuwa mmoja wetu sasa haamini tena mambo ya dini – ni MwanafikraHuru?  Tulifikia muafaka ya kuwa, kila mmoja wetu ataenda njia ya imani yake lakini tutabaki kwenye ndoa yetu. Hii ina changamoto yake.  Kwa sasa sijioni mpweke kuwa MwanafikraHuru.  Kutokana na tekinolojia ya mawasiliano ya sasa, Intaneti inaleta taarifa mbalimbali na links – makutano kwenye mtandao kwa makundi ya aina mbalimbali. Ilikuwa ni kwa njia hiyo ya mtandao nilipokuja kujua kuwepo makundi mengine ya WanafikraHuru – Freethinkers – Atheists -Humanists. Nilifurahi sana nilipokutana kwenye mtandao na Nsajigwa Nsa’Sam Mwasokwa, na kuelewa kuwa, kumbe yawezekana kuanzisha rasmi taasisi ya WanafikraHuru – freethinkers Tanzania, ambayo ninajivunia kuwa mmojawapo katika kuwezesha kuwepo kwake rasmi toka hatua za mwanzo.  Kwa sasa “sipo tena peke yangu”,  Na kiakili, kimawazo na kihisia, na uhusiano wangu na WanafikraHuru wengine wenzangu ni nzuri kuliko nilivyoanza safari yangu. Nipo vizuri.

Jichojipya-Think Anew: Profesa, Ni Nsajigwa huyu huyu au kuna mwingine..?
Prof A Mwakikoti…Ni huyu huyu Nsajigwa wetu…yeye kwa kweli ndiye Pioneer kwa wakati wa kizazi chake na cha chini ya hapo, ukienda kwenye mtandao kutafuta habari za FikraHuru Tanzania, Nsajigwa Nsa’Sam Mwasokwa atakuwa ndio wa kwanza kutokea…WanafikraHuru Tanzania tunajivunia Nsajigwa mmoja wetu.

ALL PICHA FROM TABLET KUBWA 1077

Waasisi wa Taasisi ya Wanafikrahuru Tanzania, Jichojipya, Profesa Alex Mwakikoti (kushoto) Nsajigwa Nsa’sam Mwasokwa (katikati) na Wakili Isakwisa A Lucas (kulia).

3) Jee wasomi wenzio (Academicians) walikuchukuliaje (kisomi, kijamii, kidini) kwa wewe sasa kuwa MwanaFikraHuru? Hakukuwa na unyanyapaa kwa aina yoyote..?
Na umesema umeshiriki uanzilishi wa Jichojipya -Think Anew, tueleze ulikuwaje Mwanajichojipya  – Think Anew, na uzoefu wako ndani ya Jichojipya ni upi? Unaonaje kazi ya Jichojipya mpaka sasa, na matarajio yake baadae..?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Kwanza nilikuja kujua kuwa kumbe katika chuo – University of Texas kilichopo Arlington, ambapo nilifundisha kabla, kulikuwa na tawi la Wanafikrahuru – Atheists; laiti ningelijua wakati nipo pale, ningekuwa nimekwisha jiunga nao kuwa mwanachama mara moja.  Waalimu wasomi ngazi ya juu Marekani (Academicians), wanamkubali mtu bila kujali dini au kutokuwa na dini.  Ni muendelezo wa katiba ya nchi ya Marekani kwamba, shirika lolote pamoja na vyuo, haviwezi kubagua mtu yeyote kwa sababu ya imani yake au kutokuwa na imani yoyote ya dini. Lakini ni kweli pia kuwa unaweza kujihisi kutengwa kunapokuwa na matukio/sherehe za kidini, ila sasa pia vyuo vikuu vingi vinatofautisha matukio hayo ya kidini nje ya utendaji wa kila siku wa vyuo, kama vile ambavyo kuna kutofautisha mambo ya kanisa (dini) na yale ya dola/serikali. Ingawa pia nilipofundisha chuo kilicho chini ya taasisi ya kidini – a religious affiliated institution (Wiley College), kulikuwa na hali ya mvuto kumfanya mtu yeyote pale awe mmoja wao, achanganyike katika desturi hiyo (ingawa pia hawakumlazimisha/hawakumshurutisha mtu) kwani wangekwenda kinyume na serikali.  Ninakumbuka tukio ambapo Chaplain wa chuo aliniomba nishiriki mada na zungumzo kwenye assembly ya chuo.  Nilipomueleza mimi sifungamani na dini yoyoye, aliniomba niseme tu kitu chochote, sababu alisema, “wanafunzi wengi wa faculties – vitengo mbalimbali hapa chuoni wanakuheshimu sana”. Niliamua kukubali ombi lake, na kwa uzoefu wangu wa elimu yangu ya Thiolojia nikazungumzia somo toka kwenye biblia, “ukweli utakuweka huru.” Alifurahi kuona nimeleta mtazamo ambao wengi kwenye dini hawafikirii sana juu yake, akili ya utoto ya kujiuliza maswali kuufikia ukweli.  Ukiwa kwenye Taasisi yenye muegemeo wa kidini, MwanafikraHuru unatafuta njia kwa fursa inapopatikana kama ile, kuelezea tunautafutaje na kuufikiaje ukweli.  Nakumbuka baada ya maongezi yale, wanafunzi wawili walinijia na kuniambia nao pia ni wasioamini dini (freethinkers nonbelievers) na walishangaa sana kujua mimi ni mmoja kama wao!

Na pia kama nilivyokwisha sema, ilikuwa wakati najiuliza na kutafuta kwenye mtandao kama kuna Wanafikrahuru – freethinkers wowote Tanzania ndipo nikakutana na jina Nsajigwa Nsa’Sam Mwasokwa. Baada ya mawasiliano ya muda mfupi, niliamua nitamtafuta tukutane ana kwa ana nitakapokwenda Tanzania . . . mengineyo ni historia.  Unaweza fikiria, nilivyokuwa “motomoto” nikitaka tuwe na Taasisi itakayokwenda “mwendokasi”, lakini uhalisia haukuwa hivyo.  Uzoefu wangu kama MwanafikraHuru ndani ya Jichojipya – Think Anew ni kuwa, imekuwa kitu kizuri sana.  Hakika, hamna Taasisi isiyo na changamoto zake; lakini kuwepo kwa changamoto ndio kunawafanya watu wafikiri.  Nikipima shughuli ambazo Taasisi Jichojipya imefanya mpaka sasa, naona ni hatua kubwa, lakini zaidi pia, ninaangalia mbele nikiamini kwa pamoja nini zaidi tunaweza tukafanikisha kama Taasisi. Unaona, mimi kama M-binadamu (Humanist) naona kwamba, kama Taasisi, tunaweza kuleta kile kinachokosekana sasa ktk jamii yetu.  FikraHuru…Elimu, Elimu – Vitendo inayowapa uwezo watu hasa vijana, waweze kuwa wazalishaji kwenye jamii yetu —hasa wawe wajasiliamali katika nyanja mbalimbali.  Ndiyo maana nadhani wakati tunaanza na hatua ndogo ndogo, matarajio na maono lazima yawe kufanya makubwa bila mpaka.  Ninafikra kuwa tunaweza kuunda jamii ambazo zinajitegemea, kuanzia Taasisi yetu wenyewe (Jichojipya) inayoweza kuzalisha mali na kusaidia jamii kwa wahitaji kwa njia tofauti mbalimbali, kama vile elimu, afya, kipato na mengineyo.  Hivyo ni lazima, ni budi kwetu kupanga ramani ya wapi tunataka kwenda na kufika katika miaka mitano, kumi, ishirini na hamsini kuanzia sasa.

4) (a) Mwl Profesa, Wewe ni MTanzania msomi uliyebobea wa elimu jamii – sociology…jee uliwahi kukutana na pengine kujadiliana na Baba wa Taifa Mwalimu J.K Nyerere? (b)Vipi kuhusu hili ambapo Baba wa Taifa Mwalimu Nyerere aliposema (katika mojawapo ya hotuba zake) kwamba ikitokea tutamchagua Mtanzania asiye na dini – ambaye si muumini wa ukristo au uislamu kuwa Rais wa Nchi, tutatafuta utaratibu mwingine wa kumuapisha, bila ya biblia au Koran…jee unasemaje kwa hili la Mwalimu..?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Kwa bahati mbaya sikuwahi kukutana na Mwalimu J. K. Nyerere ana kwa ana, ila nimesoma maandishi yake na kusikiliza hotuba zake.  Muda wote nashangazwa kwa kweli kwani yeye alikuwa mjumuishi – inclusive bila ubaguzi, kwenye fikrahuru na maono yake kwa nchi ya Tanzania na kwa Watanzania.  Kwa mfano wake wa kauli hiyo ya kuangalia mbele, kwamba ije siku ambayo kumchagua mwongozi wa nchi ambaye hata kuwa na dini.  Hii inaonyesha jinsi alivyokuwa na upeo mkubwa wa kuona mbele kwa uwezekano huo wa wapi Tanzania itaweza kujikuta imefika siku moja, mbeleni. Kwa kauli hiyo yaonyesha wazi alivyo Kiongozi mwenye maono na busara.

Jichojipya – Think Anew: Ila lakini pamoja na wewe kuto-kukutana naye ana kwa ana, jee unadhani mafundisho/falsafa yake imekushawishi – influence wewe kwa namna yoyote ile..?

Profesa A Mwakikoti…Ndiyo…hasa mawazo yake kuhusu Elimu ambayo ni kama yale ya Paulo Freire wa Amerika ya Kusini – kwenye kitabu Pedagogy of the oppressed. Elimu isiwe nadharia tu, bali iende na vitendo, isiwe “elimu kwa minajiri ya elimu tu”.

(c) Profesa,  Kwingine wapi, ikiwa nje ya hivyo vitabu (vya dini), mtu ambaye ni MwanafikraHuru asiye muumini wa hivyo, atapata maadili..?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Nikiwa ni mmoja wapo niliyekuwa ndani sana kwenye dini, naweza kusema kwa ushuhuda kuwa, hivyo vitabu vinavyoitwa vya dini, mfano biblia, havina ulazima wa maadili ambayo mtu atayategemea kumuongoza.  Hivi unaelezaje kwa mfano, maadili ya kulazimisha mtu akuabudu na asipofanya hivyo unamuadhibu?  Vipi unawezaje kulazimisha upendo kwa mtu? Jee hayo ni maadili..?  Ni vipi unamuadhibu au kumuua mtu ambaye hajafanya kosa lolote, ila kwa niaba ya mwingine aliyefanya kosa..?  Achilia mbali hadithi za mauaji mengi kama yalivyo kwenye vitabu hivyo “vitakatifu”, yaliyohalalishwa (ruksiwa) na mungu..? – Hayo kweli ni maadili..?  au la vinginevyo, hivi tunapo-maanisha “maadili” tunazungumzia nini hasa? Kutokana na uzoefu wangu, ninaweza kuwa shuhuda kwamba, ni baada ya kuachana na dini ndipo nilipoona inawezekana na ni asilia kabisa kuwa na maadili bila dini – ‘good’ without a god.  Kufanya mema kwa uhuru bila tazamio la zawadi au woga wa adhabu. Upendo wa kweli unapatikana pale ambapo unafanyika kwa uhuru bila masharti.

(d) Ingawa Watanzania kama Waafrika wengi wapo kwenye dini sana “notoriously religious”, (kwa maneno ya  Profesa John Mbiti) lakini Tanzania ni nchi isiyo na dini (yaani ni “secular state”) kwa katiba yake na pengine kwa uenendaji (practice) wa katiba hiyo. Wewe kama MwanafikraHuru, una maoni – uchambuzi gani kuhusu hili…ni kwa kiasi gani ni kweli kikatiba na kivitendo?
Jee hudhani kwa namna moja au nyingine, kuna mgongano ambapo wakati mwingine dini inajipenyeza kwenye mambo ya dola/serikali Tanzania?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Ingawa nadhani Profesa John Mbiti ali rahisisha – simplify sana uhalisia wa Waaafrika kwa kufikiri kwamba kwa kuwa Waafrika walikuwa na imani za kiasili – faith traditions, basi walikuwa wenye imani sana ‘notoriously religious’.  Anaweza kuwa sawa kwa maana ya kuwa, Kanuni fulani (principles) zinarithishwa kutoka kizazi kimoja kwenda kingine –  iwe ni desturi za kidini au zinginevyo. Hiyo ni asili tu kwenye jamii (natural societal dynamics).  Lakini pia huwezi kuyaweka yote hayo kwenye kapu moja na kusema ni dini. Jamii yenyewe kwa makusudi / kusudio – consciously ndiyo inatengeneza  dini kupitia kwa kiongozi mwenye mvuto – notorious charismatic leader kueneza na kuendeleza ujumbe (kama wao binafsi, au la wakisema/wakifikiriwa / ikiaminishwa kuwa wametumwa na Mungu.  Lakini pia Mbiti kwa kauli yake hiyo (kuwa Waafrika ni “notoriously religious”) yaweza kuwa ilikuwa ni njia yake ya ku challenge – kukinza dhumuni la watu toka magharibi wakija Afrika na picha ya “kuleta dini kwa wasio na dini – wapagani”.  Pale desturi au dini inapotengenezwa na jamii, inarithishwa kutoka kizazi kimoja kwenda kingine, na ni wazi inaweza kuathiri Taasisi zingine katika jamii ikiwemo dola na serikali yake. Kumbuka kuwa serikali zote zinatokana na (ni matokeo ya / zinatengenezwa na) jamii.

(e) Mawazo yako Profesa kwa  “Dua la kuliombea Bunge”, na pia wimbo wa Taifa ambapo kwa yote hayo Mungu anatajwa wakati Taifa/dola ni secular – halina dini, siyo theocracy…vipi hii Profesa, siyo utata, kujichanganya..?)

Profesa A Mwakikoti: Jamii nyingi, ikiwemo ile inayosemekana ni huru sana (Nchi ya Marekani) bado zina struggle – hangaika inapokuja hilo la desturi ya dua, au kuwepo neno Mungu kwenye nyimbo zao za Taifa na kwenye kula kiapo cha ofisi.  Binafsi nina amini ni kutokana na nguvu (dynamics) za jamii. Watu wengi katika jamii si Wakushuku, Wadadisi (not critical thinkers)—Yahitaji nguvu ya ziada kuwa MwanafikraHuru.  Kwa wengi, tunachukulia vitu kama vilivyo bila kujiuliza maswali juu ya huo utamaduni mila na desturi tunazofuata, kwa kurithishwa.  Hapo ndipo penye utata —sisi kweli ni secular? – bila dini au ni theocracy – ndani ya dini?  Ikiwa ni Tanzania au Marekani, kwangu mimi huu ni utata.

Jichojipya – Think Anew: Kwa hili hata Mwalimu Nyerere aliwahi kulizungumzia kwenye moja ya hotuba zake. Naye aliona ni “utata” tunaposema nchi haina dini wakati huohuo wimbo tunasema “Mungu ibariki”..!

5) Profesa, Wewe kama MwanafikraHuru (a freethinker) wa muda mrefu, tunaomba utueleze uzoefu wako;- nini uzuri wa kuwa MwanafikraHuru? Na pia nini changamoto zake..?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Mimi kama MwanafikraHuru, ninapenda kuangalia vitu kwa hulka ya usawa / hakisawa na uhuru (fairness and freedom).  Pamoja ya kuwa si muda mrefu sana, nimependa ile hali ya kuwa Mhusika – responsible wa maamuzi yangu ninayoyachukua, bila ya kumuogopa kiumbe aliye mahali (sijui wapi) ambaye atanipa zawadi au adhabu kwa fikra na matendo yangu. Ninajitegemea!  Hali hii ya fikra imeniweka huru kweli.  Huu ndio uzuri wa kuwa MwanafikraHuru. Siogopi vitisho vya moto wa milele huko kuzimu.  Changamoto kwangu ni kuwa mwenzangu mke wangu ambaye yeye ni muumini wa dini.  Inanibidi nifikirie sana kabla ya kufanya vitu fulani ili nisim-kere. Lakini sasa pia, mimi kama MwanafikraHuru ambaye ninaishi kwa Ubinadamu – natanguliza Ubinadamu kwanza. Ninafikiria na wengine pia kwa athari za maamuzi yangu ninayoyafanya. Wakati mwingine hii inapelekea nikubali kufanya muafaka.  Mfano  tunapokuwa na wageni na mke wangu anatutaka tusimame, tufumbe macho na tukiombee chakula; hata kama sifumbi macho, lakini kwa Heshima nitasimama.  Na huo ndio umekuwa utaratibu wangu kwa Taasisi ambazo zinaanza kikao kwa sala.

6) Profesa, Kwa mtazano wako wa  FikraHuru, miaka 50 na ushee ya Uhuru sasa, unaionaje baadae (picha yake) ya Tanzania na Afrika katika suala la Uhuru wa mtu (binafsi) – Liberty na suala la maisha bora?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Uhuru na maisha bora ni watu wanaotengeneza hali hiyo.  Miaka 50 ya Uhuru wa Tanzania na nchi zinginezo za KiAfrika iwe ni mwanzo wa tafakari na mipango kwa miaka mingine 50 ijayo..ni vipi Afrika na Tanzania ya kesho ije kuwa.  Mwalimu J K Nyerere alifungua njia kwa namna mbalimbali, Wakuu wengine baada yake wamefanya yaliyowezekana kwa wakati wao.
Ni muda muafaka sasa kwa Tanzania na nchi nyinginezo za Kiafrika, kufikiri zaidi nini nchi zao zataka viongozi wake wafikiri ziwe miaka 50 ijayo, na si tu kila mmoja kwa wakati wa kipindi cha miaka yake ya uongozi. Fikra hizo lazima ziangalie uchumi, elimu, kupunguza umasikini, ustawi wa jamii na mengineyo.  Tanzania na nchi nyingi za Afrika ni tajiri sana kwa rasilimali, ujuzi na nguvukazi za kutosha kutengeneza vitu vyetu wenyewe kwa hitaji lolote na hata kuuza nje vingine vingi. Hakuna sababu kwa kweli kwa nchi zetu kuendelea kutafuta / kuomba misaada kutoka nchi nyingine—ilitakiwa nchi zetu ndiyo zingekuwa zinatoa misaada kwingineko.  Na kukiwa na utoshelevu kwenye uchumi na kwingineko, uhuru na maisha bora vitafikiwa.

An Interview to a Tanzanian Emeritus Professor Alex L. Mwakikoti on Living Without a Religion and More 2 Scott Douglas Jacobsen In-Sight Publishing

7) Profesa, nini maoni yako kama MwanafikraHuru kuhusu (a) kushindwa kwa Tanzania na nchi zingine za Afrika kupata maendeleo ya viwanda, pamoja na juhudi zote za huko nyuma? Na vipi maoni yako juu ya falsafa ya Mwl Nyerere, ya kujitegemea?

Profesa A Mwakikoti: Ninadhani Tanzania na nchi zingine za Afrika zipo kwenye safari ya kujenga uchumi wa viwanda. Ni muhimu hapa kuangalia nyuma na kujifunza kwanini imeshindikana kuwa na viwanda ndani ya miaka 50 ya Uhuru?  Wapo wanaosema ni muda mfupi unapolinganisha, kwa mfano, na Marekani kwa miaka yao zaidi ya 250 ya Uhuru.  Lakini mtu anaweza kujiuliza hili; Ni muda gani ilichukua kwa tekinolojia ya mawasiliano ya simu za mkononi kuenea? Mbona hatukusema tufuate mwendo wa kinyonga (pole pole) kwa hilo, kama ambavyo Marekani ilichukua muda mpaka kuwa na mawasiliano hayo? Mbona kwa hilo tulikwenda mwendo-kasi tukarukia treni mara moja? Nakumbuka nilipokuja Tanzania nikakuta tayari kuna watu hapa walikuwa na simu za mkononi kabla hata ya wengi wetu sisi huko Marekani!). Vitu vinakwenda kasi leo hii, nasi lazima twende (tubadilike) hivyo.  Tuna wajuzi, tuna rasilimali, tuna vifaa vya kuzibadili malighafi kutoka kwenye utajiri wetu asilia, kwanini ichukue miaka mingi mingine?   Mimi nina-amini ni suala la kubadili jinsi tunavyofiikiri, tufikiri upya. Hilo likifanyika, ujenzi wa viwanda na uendelevu wake utakuja kwa haraka zaidi.  Ninaona ya kuwa, msisitizo wa falsafa ya kujitegemea wa JICHO JIPYA kama Taasisi iwe ni kielelezo cha kuchochea kuleta mabadiliko katika jamii yetu ambapo, itaonyesha “forward thinking”  – kuona mbali kwa Mwalimu Nyerere na viongozi wengineo wa serikali kwa sasa.

(b) Kuongezeka kwa  fikra za imani za wakati wa giza – “Dark age attitude” – kuamini katika ushirikina, miujiza, uchawi, msukule, ndondocha, kumchukia bundi, kuwa na “kamati ya ufundi-uganga na ramli” ili kushinda mechi za mpira wa miguu, “ufreemasoni” – kama unavyoelezwa hapa kwetu, mpaka hata mauaji ya watu (hata watoto, na wenye ulemavu wa ngozi) kutokana na imani hizo… Jee, hii ni kiashiria kwamba zile juhudi za Elimu bure ikiwemo ile ya “Ngumbaru” ya watu wazima kupigana dhidi ya “adui ujinga” zilipotea patupu..? Au la, Ni wapi tulikosea?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Hizi imani zote za hulka ya “enzi za giza” orotheshwa hapo ninaziona ni kutokana na elimu – ukosekanaji wake.  Kwa Tanzania, nafikiri, vita dhidi ya ujinga haiwezi semwa ilikuwa ni “patupu”, ila tuseme haikuwa yenye uwiano. Swali ni kuwa, elimu izungumzie nini? Elimu ili iweje? elimu ifanye nini? lengo lake liwe nini? Matokeo yake? Kwa kimombo ‘what should education address?’ hili ndio la kuangaliwa sana, kinaga-ubaga, kiutafiti, na Taasisi zote husika (za elimu).
Kwa muda mrefu sana na mpaka hivi karibuni, elimu imefuata utaratibu wa / desturi ya mkondo wa enzi za ukoloni ambao haujatoa masuluhisho ya kutosheleza kwa jamii yetu na wanafunzi wetu.  Mfano, kuna tija gani, faida gani kuwa na vyuo vingi – vya kati na vyuo vikuu Tanzania, vyote vikitoa aina ile ile ya elimu – silabasi ya kikoloni, inayopelekea kuwepo na wanafunzi wengi kuliko, wahitimu wa vitu hivyo hivyo, na hawapati kazi..?  yabidi sasa tufikiri upya – critically rethink mahitaji ya Tanzania ya miaka mitano, kumi na hata ishirini au zaidi toka sasa wakati tuna amua silabasi – curriculum  ya shule zetu.  Vijana wetu wapohitimu shahada zao, wasianze mahangaiko ya kusaka ajira zisizojulikana, za mashaka na hata ambazo ni za uvunjaji wa sheria.  Ni lazima kuweka mazingira ambapo kuna aina nyingi na tofauti za ajira ambazo zimechunguzwa mbeleni (have been carefully forecast) miaka mingi kabla wahitimu hawajamaliza elimu/mafunzo yao.  Hii yahitaji fikra mpya fikra pevu (critical thinking) toka kwa Taasisi zote husika Tanzania, na JICHO JIPYA nayo hakika ni mdau katika hili.  Tukirudi nyuma kidogo, kisomo cha Ngumbaru kilitakiwa, na kinatakiwa kuwa endelevu; si tu kujua kusoma na kuandika, bali na kuambatana na matumizi ya elimu hiyo katika maisha ya kawaida.  Na hili pia linahitaji majibu ya swali la ‘elimu ya ngumbaru kwa lengo gani’.  Tukijua jibu lake, elimu hiyo pia itakuwa ina umuhimu na endelevu.

8) Mwalimu Profesa, Wewe kama MwanafikraHuru, nini ushauri wako kwa  vijana ambao ni WanaFikra Huru Chipukizi? (Wapo hata kama ni wachache, hamna jamii isiyo na watu wanaofikiri nje ya box la mazoea na desturi ya jamii hiyo, hivyo hata hapa Tanzania lazima wapo!) Jee WanaFikra Huru wa Tanzania wanaweza kuwa na mchango chanya wowote katika jamii..? kwa vipi? Jee wanaweza kuwa ni “galimoto” la kuelimisha dhidi ya imani za “enzi za giza” – uchawi, kwa jamii yetu ambayo yaelekea kwa kiasi kikubwa haitumii njia ya fikra ya urasini-mantiki (rationalism)..?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Kwa ujumla wake, Vijana ndio waleta mabadiliko katika jamii. Ushauri wangu kwa vijana ambao ni WanafikraHuru ni kuwa, wawe pragmatist – waishi kimatendo kuendana na uhalisia katika maisha yao ya kila siku.  Na wawe mifano kwa wao kuendelea kujifunza wenyewe bila kuchoka kuhusu kila kitu, na kutafuta maelezo na majibu ya urasini mantiki (rationalism) katika hali zote zozote wanazokutana nazo.  Nina imani hii itapelekea galimoto la fikra kuielimisha jamii dhidi ya fikra za imani potofu katika matukio ya kimaisha.  Kwa upande mwingine, tuna bahati Tanzania na nchi nyingine kwingineko kuwa, tayari tuna vijana wenye nguvu na hari, ambao wapo katika nyanja mbalimbali katika jamii, mstari wa mbele wa nyanza hizo.  Tutumie nafasi hii, si kuhubiri ili kubadili watu wafuate njia yako ya kufikiri, la, ila ishi maisha yako, na wengine watataka kujua na kujifunza falsafa gani inaongoza maisha yako na mafaniko yake.

9) Kwa maoni yako Profesa Mwalimu, kama MwanafikraHuru, jee hili la “hulka ya lawama” kwa magharibi,  kwa sasa kete hii bado ina mantiki? – “blame game’ to the west still relevant? Jee ni sawa kuendelea kuwalaumu wakoloni (kama ambavyo Pan Africanists imekuwa tabia yao mara zote) kwa kutoendelea kwa Afrika kwa sasa, miaka 50+ baada ya UHURU? Jee ni vipi njia hii ina tija? Upande wa pili Mwalimu Nyerere alipendekeza falsafa ya kujitegemea…kwanini hata sasa bado Afrika yaonekana ni ngumu kujitegemea (hata basi kwa baadhi ya vitu tu)? kifanyike nini..? tunasongaje mbele toka hapa kati ya njia hizi mbili;- aidha kuendeleza lawama kwa mkoloni (Pan Africanism) au ya Mwalimu Nyerere kujitegemea kwa upande mwingine?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Karata ya lawama (‘blame game’ or rather, an excuse for development and growth that is cast toward the west) kwa makisio yangu si urasini-mantiki, ni irrational.  Tuna miaka 50 na zaidi ya Uhuru Tanzania na nchi nyingi za Kiafrika.  Pan Africanist yoyote asiendelee kujificha kwa kivuli cha karata ya lawama kwa sasa..imetosha! Kabla ya uhuru na baada kwa miaka kadhaa sawa, ilionekana ina maana, mashiko, kuwalaumu magharibi.  Kwa sasa tujilaumu wenyewe kwa kutokuwa na mikakati kuchambua nini tunataka kufanikisha kama WaAfrika kwenye nchi zetu.  Mwalimu Nyerere aliona sawa kwamba, tuelekee kwenye wakati wa kujitegemea ambapo, kesho yetu haitaamuliwa tena na magharibi, kwa sisi kuzalisha wenyewe na kugawana kutokana na mipango yetu ya maendeleo ya Nchi.  Inanishangaza kwamba leo hii (mwaka 2019), bado sehemu kubwa ya bajeti yetu inategemea kupata michango (donations), mikopo na zaidi kutoka magharibi.
Wapi duniani ambapo mtu mzima wa fikra za urasini – mantiki (rational minded person) anapanga bajeti yake, akijumlishia kiasi anachotegemea kupata kama mchango toka kwa mjomba, jamaa na wapita njia watakaomsaidia kuzibia  pengo – balance ya bajeti yake..? hamna kitu kama hicho!
  Taasisi na hasa JICHO JIPYA lazima iweke kiwango – set standards, kuonyesha njia, kuishi kama watu wazima kwa kujitahidi kuwa na uhuru wa kiuchumi na kuiacha tabia hii ya karata ya lawama kwa magharibi.

10) Je, nini maoni yako juu ya Utamaduni – cultural revival? Unadhani kwa sasa lugha za kiasili (mfano Kihehe) zinaweza kuruhusiwa kama njia ya mawasilino pamoja na kiswahili na kiingereza hata kwenye matangazo ya Radio na TV, bila “woga” kuwa hiyo italeta / itachochea “ukabila”..?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Mimi ni mpenzi wa (proponent of) utalii wa kiutamaduni – local cultural tourism, na hivyo nafikiri lugha za kiasili nazo ziishi, ziendelee kuwepo ili kudumisha utamaduni asilia wa sehemu zetu.  Sio kitu cha ajabu kwamba katika kila lugha kuna maneno ambayo hayawezi kutafsirika kiufasaha kwa Kiswahili au Kiingereza (au kwa lugha nyingine yoyote) bila ya kupoteza maana yake asilia kwa sababu ya unadra wa utamaduni (culturally specific).  Kwa hiyo lugha asilia ziwe na nafasi katika mawasiliano kwa namna mbalimbali ikiwemo matangazo ili zidumishe utamaduni.  Ikiwa tunaweza kuwaheshimu watu waliohamasisha “utaifa” lakini wakati huo huo kuwa wazi (open) kwa mataifa mengine, kwanini isiwe hivyo kwa makabila pia, wakati huo huo ikiruhusu mahusiano chanya na makabila mengine?  Kwa kipimo changu, ukabila ni mbaya pale tu unapopelekea hali ya kabila kujiona lenyewe ni bora kuliko lingine/mengine, kwa kutumia vipimo vya kabila hilo kupima mambo yote ya makabila mengine.  Hii ni mfano mmoja wa fikra ambazo zinarithishwa kutoka kizazi kimoja kwenda kingine, na kuchukuliwa kama ndiyo “kawaida”, sheria, bila ya kujiuliza maswali magumu kuhusu uhalali, ukweli, urasini – mantiki wake.

Jichojipya Think Anew: Na vipi hili linalosemekana kuwa kwa kufundisha kwa lugha ya Kiingereza, kumesababisha wanafunzi wengi katika ngazi ya sekondari, chuoni mpaka vyuo vikuu Tanzania kuwa na wakati mgumu kuelewa kiufasaha kinachofundishwa, ikisemekana kuwa ingekuwa ni kwa Kiswahili pengine mambo yangekuwa bora..?

Profesa  A Mwakikoti: Tatizo la lugha lipo. Kuna wanafunzi wa Tanzania wanao hangaika kujieleza kwa lugha ya Kiingereza. Ukweli ni kuwa, nchi nyingine mfano Mexico, Nchi za Waarabu na Asia, zinajifunza na kutumia lugha zao pamoja na Kiingereza wakati huo huo. Yahitajika balance, uwiano kwa lugha zote mbili. Hatuwezi tukatumia Kiswahili tu na kujitenga kwa mawasiliano ya kimataifa.
Wataalamu wanasema kwamba watoto wana uwezo wa kujifunza vizuri lugha mpaka 10 kwa wakati mmoja. Hivyo yaonyesha ni suala la msisitizo wetu sisi watu wazima, kupelekea lugha gani watoto wanajifunza. Ni suala la lugha tunazifundishaje.

Jichojipya -Think Anew: Ndiyo…katika moja ya hotuba zake ya miaka ya 1990, Baba wa Taifa Mwl Nyerere  akizungumzia suala hilo alisema, sisi Tanzania tumebarikiwa kuwa na “Viswahili” vyote viwili, cha kwetu na cha dunia – akimaanisha Kiingereza, akaongeza kuwa tujifunze vyote na tutumie vyote. Kwamba juhudi za kuendeleza Kiswahili chetu, sisimaanishe kudhoofisha Kiingereza, la hasha.
Hivyo ni kweli, ni suala zaidi la njia, jinsi ya ufundishaji.

11) Hapa Tanzania, kuna watu wachache sana ambao wanajulikana wazi katika jamii kuwa ni WanafikraHuru – wanaoishi bila dini (na ndiyo sababu ya kuwatafuta hao na kuweka kumbukumbu za maisha yao – kama alivyofanya Mwana falsafa Henry Odera Oruka miaka ya zamani ya 70)…
Jee kuna WanafikraHuru wengine kama wewe ambao unawajua? (Hata mzee Kingunge tulimuuliza swahi hili) na jee una mawasiliano, link na WanafikraHuru wengine wowote duniani? (Mzee Kingunge alituambia yeye alikuwa peke yake hata katikati ya Ma “comrade” wenzake – yeye akiwa Marxian anayekubaliana tu na dhana ya nguvu za ukinzani  – “dialectic approach” katika kuichambua jamii, lakini kamwe hakuwa Mmarxist kama ambavyo makomredi wenziwe walivyomdhania kuwa..!)

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Ninawafahamu wachache WanafikraHuru, hasa wa Marekani ambao nina link na kukutana nao mara chache kadhaa.  Wachache hao ni wanachama wa “Freedom From Religion Foundation” (FFrF), na “American Humanist Association” ambapo nami ni mwanachama.  Ninatumiwa matoleo/maandishi ya Taasisi hizo, na nimewahi kuudhuria mikutano waliyoiandaa.  Ninafikiri ni muhimu sana kufanya utafiti mfano kwa hapa Tanzania, kujua idadi ya WanafikraHuru hapa, ingawa katika sensa, Mwalimu Nyerere alisema hakukuwa na haja ya kuwauliza watu imani/dini zao, akisema hiyo ni kazi ya viongozi wa dini kujua waumini wao.  Lakini, hili ni jibu sahihi?  Kutakuwa na madhala gani kuwa na taarifa hizo kwa Taifa kama swali hilo lingeulizwa? Hata hivyo kwa sasa, JICHO JIPYA yaweza kutafuta njia ya kiutafiti kukusanya taarifa muhimu ambazo zitatumika kwa malengo yenye tija kwa jamii.

12 ) Kama MwanafikraHuru, unatoa ushauri gani katika kukuza Sayansi na Tekinolojia, kutoka ngazi ya chini na sekta isiyo rasmi?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Sayansi na Tekinolojia na mambo mengineyo ya kielimu yenye tija kwa jamii, lazima yaangaliwe kwa ufasaha. Utafiti ufanyike, halafu mkakati na kupima wapi itapofaa ktk mpango wa muda mrefu.  Elimu iwe ni kwa faida ya jamii, isiwe elimu kwa maana ya elimu tu basi.  Nina maanisha elimu yoyote ya maana lazima iwe na mpango wa vipi itainufaisha jamii – Mwanafunzi na jamii kwa ujumla.  Bila ya utafiti wa kiufasaha na mipango, jamii yaweza kuishia kuzalisha wahitimu wa mashahada katika nyanza zilezile, huku ikishindwa kuwaajiri au kuwawezesha (empower) wajiajiri wenyewe (kama wajasiliamali).  Elimu ya aina yoyote lazima iwe inakwenda na uhalisia / hali halisi – pragmatic, na wanafunzi wajue mwanzo kabisa kabla wataitumia vipi elimu hiyo kivitendo, mapema wanapoanza safari ya kusoma hicho wanachosomea.  Zaidi ni kuwa, elimu isiyotumika baada ya kuhitimu ni upotevu wa rasilimali, mbaya zaidi kuliko hata ya kutoipata.   Elimu ya Sayansi na Tekinologia ndio mchezo wa sasa, hatuwezi kuishi bila, na ni lazima ikuzwe.  Na uko sawa kabisa, ukuzaji huo lazima uwe kwa ngazi zote; kwa sekta rasmi na ile isiyo rasmi.  Sekta rasmi ishughulikie zaidi utafiti ulio kiuhalisia, pragmatic, kwa lengo la kufikia kwa uvumbuzi utokanao na utafiti.  Lakini pia ni muhimu kusema kwamba tuna Watanzania vijana walio na vipaji vya kuzaliwa hata kama wana elimu ya chini, au hawakwenda shule kabisa.  Cha ajabu ni kwamba vijana hawa wamevumbua na kutengenea kila aina ya vitu ambavyo wengi wetu hatuna habari.  Mfano mzuri ni mmojawapo wa JICHO JIPYA, Bwana Ntubanga Beleng’anyi –ambaye ametengeneza kutoka mwanzo garimoto linalofanya kazi.  Watu kama hawa, yafaa wawezeshwe – wapewe incentive and encouragement it waendelee na uvumbuzi wao.

13) Kwa maoni yako kama MwanafikraHuru, unadhani kuna haja ya kuwa na vijiji vinavyo lea na kukuza sayansi na tekinolojia, kama ilivyokuwa kwa kijiji cha Isansa kule mbozi kwa suala la kilimo na ufugaji wa kiushirika? Jee kuwe na “Silicon-valley ya Tanzania? Kama Ilivyowahi kufikiriwa siku za nyuma na Prof Shayo..?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Binafsi sielewi sana kuhusu Isansa – Mbozi ulivyokuwa, ila kwa wazo la kulea na kukuza sayansi na tekinolojia hili ni muhimu.  Lakini kabla ya hapo, mtu lazima ajiulize kwanza kwanini tunahitaji sayansi na tekinolojia—ili iweje – kwa kutaka matokeo gani – for what end results? Jee tumefanya tafiti zozote kwa hilo kwamba, ikiwa tutawaelimisha / kuwapa mafunzo vijana  elfu moja, asilimia fulani itakwenda kuajiriwa kwenye viwanda fulani kadhaa ambavyo tuna uhakika huo, na asilimia nyingine itaanzisha shughuli zao wenyewe katika maeneo ya sayansi na tekinolojia? Kama hatujafanya hivyo, hatujakusanya taarifa hizo, kwanini basi twende kichwa – kichwa kwenye elimu hiyo/mafunzo hayo?  Kwa sasa tunaishi katika zana za ulimwengu wa tekinolojia ambapo, inawezekana kabisa kutafuta majibu, matokeo kwa kitu chochote kabla ya kupeleka nguvu na pesa zetu kwenye kitu hicho.

Jichojipya Think Anew: Isansa ilikuwa ni kijiji ambacho Mwl Nyerere alikiona ni mfano wa alichotaka kiwe kwa siasa ya ujamaa, ushirika na kujitegemea. Kilikuwa huko Mbozi mkoani Mbeya.

14) Mwl, Profesa, vitabu vyasemekana kuwa ni virutubisho vya ubongo. Wewe kama Mwana fikraHuru, una mapendekezo gani kuhusu nini kifanyike kuchochea na kuendeleza tabia ya kujisomea vitabu ili iwe “utamaduni” hapa Tanzania, nje ya kusoma ili tu kufaulu mitihani shuleni?
Na kwako binafsi, ni kitabu gani ambacho unadhani baada ya kukisoma kilichochea wewe kuwa Mwana fikraHuru kama ulivyo sasa?

Profesa A Mwakikoti: Kwa kweli tabia ya kupenda kujisomea vitabu inajengeka kwa mafunzo ya malezi, haiji tu yenyewe.  Kwa dunia ya leo kuna namna mbalimbali ambazo mtu anaweza kusoma vitabu, vingi, na kwa urahisi.  Tabia ya kujisomea vitabu kwa vijana katika jamii nyingi inaonekana kupotea. Lakini ni kwa kusoma vitabu ndio tunapata kujua mambo mengi zaidi na zaidi yaliyo katika jamii.  Ikiwa kusoma kitabu yaonekana inachosha – boredom, mtu anaweza badala yake kusikiliza vitabu kwa njia ya sauti – kama audio books – wakati huohuo akifanya mengineyo mfano kutembea au kuendesha gali.  Kwangu binafsi, Biblia ni kitabu kimojawapo kilichonitoa / fukuza nje ya Ukristo, Kiukweli kabisa.  Makinzano – contradictions zilizomo mule zatosha kabisa kumsukuma mtu nje ya imani.  Halafu vitabu kama The God Delusion cha Richard Dawkins, God is not Great: How Religion Poisons Everything cha Christopher Hitchens, na Misquoting Jesus: The Story Behind Who Changed the Bible and Why cha Bart D. Ehrman, vilikuwa vitabu vyangu vya kwanza kuvisoma na kupata ahueni kutoka miaka yangu ya mahangaiko katika ukristo.  Baada ya hapo zaidi, nimesoma vitabu kadhaa kutoka kwa waandishi mahili. Kusoma vitabu yaleta haueni / afueni – comforting –  inajenga na kusaidia kuweka sawa uelewa, kwa maswali ambayo Mwana fikraHuru daima anajiuliza na kuwa na kiu isiyokatika ya kutaka majibu.

Jichojipya – Think Anew: Mwl, kitabu hiki ambacho Mzee Kingunge alitueleza tulipomhoji kuwa alipokisoma ndipo akang’amua kuwa alaa, kumbe ni binadamu ndiyo wametengeneza miungu kwa mawazo yao..! ni kitabu cha Ludwig Feuerbach “Essence of Christianity”, nyuma kinasoma hivi: “did god create man? Or did man create god”? – nani alimuumba nani? Mungu kaumba binadamu, au binadamu kamuumba mungu?

15) Profesa, Nini maoni yako juu ya nadharia ya Mtafiti charles Darwin, ya zamadamu…kama ilivyo kwenye kitabu chake “origin of species”?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:
Binafsi ninafikiri nadharia ya zamadamu – evolution and the origin of species ya Charles Darwin ina mashiko kwa maelezo ya kifikra – urasini mantiki kuliko imani za kufikirika bila sayansi, mfano imani ya kuwepo kwa Mungu. Ijulikane kuwa, mimi kama mwana sociolojia na mwanafikra huru, nina amini uwepo kwa miungu iliyotengenezwa na binadamu katika jamii nyingi, kwa taswira (image) ya jamii yenyewe.

16)  Profesa, Wewe kama MwanafikraHuru, unafikiri ni muhimu kuzisoma dini mbalimbali kwa ulinganisho (comparative religion study) pamoja ya kuwa wewe si muumini wa mojawapo yoyote?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Kuzisoma dini mbalimbali, kwangu mimi naona inafaa kama wewe ni mchambuzi au mtu wa midahalo kwa mada hizo.  Elimu hiyo inasaidia kuwaelewa watu na imani zao vizuri zaidi, na hii inapelekea kujua mitazamo yao. Nilipokuwa Pastor, niliwahamasisha waumini kusoma na kuzijua dini zingine—ila kusudio langu lilikuwa kujua jinsi ya kubishana na kushinda midahalo ninapofanya hivyo, na wazungumzaji wa dini au mahehebu mengine. Sijutii safari yangu iliyonipeleka kusomea elimu ya dini – Thiolojia. Leo nikiangalia nyuma, ninajua ilichangia kunisaidia niweze kuidadisi imani ya ukristo kwa undani zaidi.  Pia, kusoma dini mbalimbali kunamfanya mtu awajue vizuri wafuasi wa dini hizo, na hiyo inasaidia katika kuwasiliana nao.

Ndoto ya watoto kutengeneza galimotokali wakiwa wakubwa, ilitimia kwa Ntubanga Beleng'anyi Scott Douglas Jacobsen In-Sight Publishing

Ndoto ya watoto kutengeneza galimotokali wakiwa wakubwa, ilitimia kwa Ntubanga Beleng’anyi.

17) Mwl Profesa, kama MwanafikraHuru, una maoni gani kuhusu “Hero – worship”? Kumuona shujaa hana kosa…Yupo sawa kwa kila kitu…lini tutaanza kuwa “Wanafunzi” wa Mwalimu (na wazuri kwa hilo!) badala ya kuendelea kuwa “Wafuasi” ritual disciples – Kwa maana ya kuwa ni vipi tunaweza kumuangalia Mwalimu kifalsafa zaidi, critically, badala ya sasa ambavyo anaonekana ni political saint,“Mtawa”?

Prof A Mwakikoti:  WanafikraHuru mara zote lazima waangalie kitu chochote kwa jicho la kinyonga (la kuzunguka pande zote) – critical mind.  Tunapomuheshimu mtu mpaka hali ya kumuabudu – worship tunakuwa hatuna tofauti na wale waliotengeneza miungu katika jamii zao.  Viongozi wakubwa – Great leaders wapewe heshima zao na wawe kioo / kiwango / kipimo wakati tuna chambua na kuona ni nini wametusaidia kujifunza, na vivohivyo iwe kwa Mwalimu Julius K. Nyerere.  Pamoja na heshima kubwa niliyonayo kwa Mwalimu Nyerere, lakini alifanya makosa pia na yeye mwenyewe alikubali hilo.  Wakati anastahili sifa kwa mchango wake mkubwa kwa Taifa Tanzania, ni budi tujifunze na kuchambua vitu vile ambavyo tunaweza kumuiga, na kuachana na vile ambavyo tunajua haviwezi tena kuwa applicable -kufanyika kwa jamii yetu ya leo, au tuseme vibaki tu kwenye maktaba za kumbukumbu – Museums.

Jichojipya – Think Anew: Ndio, Mwalimu Nyerere mwenyewe kwa mafundisho yake mbalimbali kupitia hotuba na maandishi alionyesha kuwa  jamii ni dynamic..lazima ibadilike kuendana na changamoto mpya. Alilishauri hata kanisa katoliki kuwa tayari kwa mabadiliko kwa sababu kwa maneno yake mwenyewe, “dunia inahitaji mawazo mapya”, na “maendeleo ni uasi”! – Hotuba yake mwaka 1970 katika mkutano wa masista wa kanisa, Maryknoll  New York Marekani). Yeye mwenyewe alianzisha mabadiliko kadhaa makubwa ya kijamii wakati wake, hakuna haja ya kumfanya“dogma.” alikwenda (na alitaka) mabadiliko ya wakati.

18) (a) Profesa, Kutokana na maisha yako kama Mwana fikraHuru, unapopata matatizo kimaisha, watu wenye dini uenda kupata faraja – consolation aidha kanisani, msikitini au kwa waganga wa kienyeji au hata wapiga ramli, sasa kwako wewe MwanafikraHuru unakwenda wapi kwa hilo? Jee si ni mzigo mzito sana kwako? Umewezaje kuendana (to cope) na hali hiyo ya kuwa peke yako muda wote na bado umebaki na akili timamu?
(b) Na kama MwanafikraHuru, unadhani ni wazo zuri kwa MwanafikraHuru kuacha maandishi – Will ili kwamba azikwe nje ya utaratibu wa dini kama vilevile alivyoishi maisha yake nje ya mila / desturi hizo?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Bahati nzuri hata nilipokuwa kwenye dini – ya Ukristo, sikuwa nakwenda kwa mtu au taasisi kupata faraja, ingawa niliuliza wengine kama wangehitaji msaada wangu katika kukabiliana na hali kama hizo. Yangu nilibaki nayo mwenyewe na kuwaeleza marafiki wachache ilipotokea hivyo – wengi wa hao hao marafiki wachache walinigeuka wakaniacha pale nilipoachana na dini na kuwa mwanafikra huru. Nimewahi kuulizwa swali hili linalokwendana na hilo, kwamba ninafanya maandalizi gani kabla sijakutana na kifo, hasa sasa ambapo mimi si muumini – I am an unbeliever? Jibu langu ni kuwa, wala hili halinihangaishi akili, kwa kuwa nina amini maisha ni haya haya, ndiyo pekee tuliyonayo, hamna mengine baada ya haya.

Na ninafikiri MwanfikraHuru ni budi aandike andiko la Will  ili kupunguza utata wa kifamilia, kujua watafanyaje na wewe, mwili wako, pale utakapokufa.  Ni vizuri kuandika, hata kama maandishi yako hayatapewa uzito – kutochukuliwa serious, na wale watakaobaki, hasa pale inapokuwa wao ni waumini wa dini.  Ikitokea hawatataka kufuata mapendekezo ya will yangu, basi, wacha wafanye inavyowapendeza wao, haitabadili mimi ni nani, yote kwa yote nitakuwa tayari mfu, haitabadili kitu.

An Interview to a Tanzanian Emeritus Professor Alex L. Mwakikoti on Living Without a Religion and More 3 Scott Douglas Jacobsen In-Sight Publishing

Jichojipya-Think Anew: Kuna haja kwa WanafikraHuku kuanza kukutana mara kwa mara, kufahamiana. Hii itaondoa “upweke” ambao kila mmoja kati yetu anaupata, akiwa peke yake, kivyake. Tupo wachache lakini ndo tupo. Mzee Kingunge alishauri hivyo. Tutumaini kujenga jamii ya WanafikraHuru tukisaidiana kama ambavyo ni Ubinadamu ambao ni wanyama wanaohitaji kuishi pamoja – human animal social being. Zaidi ya hilo kuna wazo la kuanzisha Humanist Celebrants, itakuwa ni mbadala kwa WanafikraHuru na wengine pia, ambao wangetaka kufanya ndoa za Bomani zikienda na sherehe/kumbukumbu zisizo za kidini. Vilevile kwa coming out celebration (mbadala wa ubatizo) kwa watoto. Na pia ikiwa mtu ameacha Will kwa maandishi kwa maziko yake bila kuwepo na mila/desturi za kidini. Inawezekana kabisa kuzaliwa, kukua, kuishi, kuingia kwenye ndoa, kuwa Mzee, kufa na hata kuzikwa bila ya mila na desturi za kidini kukushurutisha. WanafikraHuru yabidi kuya-anzisha haya kati yetu katika jamii hii. Wakati ni huu. Tusaidiane kuweka msingi kwa freethinkers wa vizazi vijavyo, miaka 50 mpaka 100 baada yetu. Mzee Kingunge kwenye mahojiano yake nasi, alitushauri tuwe tunakutana mara kwa mara. Huo ndio “wosia” wake kwetu.

19) Mwisho kwa leo, umeishi maisha marefu kama MwanaFikraHuru, kuna siri gani juu ya kuishi vizuri, muda mrefu, maisha yenye mchango mzuri kwako binafsi na kwa  jamii – productive and useful life?
(b) Neno lolote la mwisho la kuwahamasisha chipukizi, “Young Africans” ambao ni Freethinkers kujifunza toka kwako wewe “Simba – Lion” shujaa wa maisha haya ya kuishi vizuri kwa maadili bila dini…“Living without religion”..?

Profesa A Mwakikoti:  Kwanza, kwa miaka takriban 10 tu ya kuwa MwanafikraHuru si muda mrefu. Lakini kwa kipindi hicho cha kuwa MwanafikraHuru, Ninashukuru kwa kweli kuwa hivyo. Nimepata Uhuru kwa kuwa MwanafikraHuru, Uhuru kutoka kutawaliwa kama “mtumwa” wa dini kwa miaka karibu 50. Siri? Sidhani kama kuna siri yoyote, ila najua kuwa kuishi maisha yako bila woga wowote ni mojawapo ya fanikio la kuwa MwanafikraHuru.  Kwepa hisia ya kutaka kuwabadili wengine wawe kama wewe, badala yake ishi tu maisha yako bila imani ya dini yoyote, na wengine watakutafuta na kutaka kujua zaidi, nini una amini.  Na kama nilivyokwisha sema, vijana ndio chachu – champion wa mabadiliko kwenye jamii, watafute njia zao wenyewe kuongoza fikra za urasini-mantiki critical & rational thinking ambayo ndiyo njia MwanafikraHuru uitumia katika kuyakabili matukio ya maisha.

                                 Shukrani sana Mwl Profesa A Mwakikoti

An Interview to a Tanzanian Emeritus Professor Alex L. Mwakikoti on Living Without a Religion and More 4 Scott Douglas Jacobsen In-Sight Publishing

Ndoto ya utoto ya Ntubanga Beleng’anyi kutengeneza gali ukubwani iliyotimia.

Jichojipya-Think Anew: Tunajiona wenye bahati tena, kwa kuweza kuwa na haya mahojiano nadra sana ya kifalsafa na Mwl Profesa, mahojiano ya kiwango  kile-kile, upeo ule-ule tuliofanya na Mzee Kingunge Ngombale Mwiru. Shukrani sana Mwalimu.

Wapendwa, tunawashukuru wote kwa interest na attention yenu. Tafadhalini, fuatilieni Jichojipya katika social media sites, tukiendelea kuwatambua, kuwaibua na kuwaunganisha WanafikraHuru wa Kitanzania – “identify, unearth and connect Tanzanian freethinkers”. Hawa ni watu nadra wadadisi wasiochoka kujiuliza maswali, ambao kwa kutumia njia ya kusoma na kujisomea vitabu, wakang’amua kuwa kumbe inawezekana kabisa kuishi maisha ya Maadili bila dini, ukiongozwa na urasini -mantiki usio na woga wa kuhoji chochote na usioamini imani za kusadikika, “supernatural” hata zile ambazo ni za kidini. Asanteni tutakutana kwenye mahojiano mengine..! Wanafikra huru wapo, hata hapa Tanzania, ni haki yako kujiuliza maswali bila kuchoka, haupo peke yako, na wengine kama wewe wapo, kujiuliza maswali siyo “kuchanganyikiwa”, ni kielelezo cha juu kabisa – fullest expression cha Ubinadamu wako..!
Ni Nsajigwa I (Nsa’Sam) Mwasokwa and Isakwisa A Lucas, jichojipya-Think Anew..!
+255767437643    +255714437643   + 255742674383 +255754326296 jichojipya@gmail.com

Vitabu vilivyoambatana na mahojiano haya: –
1) Eupraxsophy – Living without religion – Mwandishi Profesa Paul Kurtz,
2) The Tanzania (1977) constitution, toleo la 2005
3) Essence of Christianity – Mwandishi Ludwig Feuerbach.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Individual Publication Date: March 22, 2019: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/Mwakikoti-kiswahili.

Appendix II: Citation Style Listing

American Medical Association (AMA): Mwasokwa I, Isakwisa A Mahojiano Na Profesa Alex L Mwakikoti Juu Ya Maisha Ya “Maadili Bila Dini” Anayoishi, Na Mengineyo – Jee Inawezekana Kwa Wengine Pia? [Online].March 2019; 1(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/Mwakikoti-kiswahili.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Mwasokwa, N. I., Isakwisa, L. A. (2019, March 22). Mahojiano Na Profesa Alex L Mwakikoti Juu Ya Maisha Ya “Maadili Bila Dini” Anayoishi, Na Mengineyo – Jee Inawezekana Kwa Wengine Pia?Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/Mwakikoti-kiswahili.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): MWASOKWA, N.I.; ISAKWISA, L.A., Mahojiano Na Profesa Alex L Mwakikoti Juu Ya Maisha Ya “Maadili Bila Dini” Anayoishi, Na Mengineyo – Jee Inawezekana Kwa Wengine Pia? African Freethinker. 1.A, March. 2019. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/Mwakikoti-kiswahili>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Mwasokwa, N.I., Lucas A. Isakwisa, Isakwisa. 2019. “Mahojiano Na Profesa Alex L Mwakikoti Juu Ya Maisha Ya “Maadili Bila Dini” Anayoishi, Na Mengineyo – Jee Inawezekana Kwa Wengine Pia?.African Freethinker. 1.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/Mwakikoti-kiswahili.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Mwasokwa, N.I., Lucas A. Isakwisa “Mahojiano Na Profesa Alex L Mwakikoti Juu Ya Maisha Ya “Maadili Bila Dini” Anayoishi, Na Mengineyo – Jee Inawezekana Kwa Wengine Pia?.African Freethinker. 1.A (March 2019). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/Mwakikoti-kiswahili.

Harvard: Mwasokwa, N. I. and Isakwisa, L. A. 2019, ‘Mahojiano Na Profesa Alex L Mwakikoti Juu Ya Maisha Ya “Maadili Bila Dini” Anayoishi, Na Mengineyo – Jee Inawezekana Kwa Wengine Pia?, African Freethinker, vol. 1.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/Mwakikoti-kiswahili>.

Harvard, Australian: Mwasokwa, NI & Isakwisa, LA 2019, ‘Mahojiano Na Profesa Alex L Mwakikoti Juu Ya Maisha Ya “Maadili Bila Dini” Anayoishi, Na Mengineyo – Jee Inawezekana Kwa Wengine Pia?, African Freethinker, vol. 1.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/Mwakikoti-kiswahili.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Mwasokwa, N. I. and Isakwisa, L. A. “Mahojiano Na Profesa Alex L Mwakikoti Juu Ya Maisha Ya “Maadili Bila Dini” Anayoishi, Na Mengineyo – Jee Inawezekana Kwa Wengine Pia?.” African Freethinker 1.A (2019):March. 2019. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/Mwakikoti-kiswahili>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Mwasokwa NI and Isakwisa LA Mahojiano Na Profesa Alex L Mwakikoti Juu Ya Maisha Ya “Maadili Bila Dini” Anayoishi, Na Mengineyo – Jee Inawezekana Kwa Wengine Pia? [Internet]. (2019, March; 1(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/Mwakikoti-kiswahili.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker 2012-2019. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Silverman 1 — The Philosophy of Mathematics: Its Faces and Facets

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee: Dr. Herb Silverman

Numbering: Issue 2: Here We Go

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 20, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,302

Keywords: Herb Silverman, mathematics, Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about the philosophy of mathematics, science, and theology in a new series on the philosophy of mathematics.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Mathematics works within the constraints of structure or order, relationships between and within structure and order, and the changes in structure or order and the relationships between structure and order.

Philosophy of mathematics deals with the meanings of mathematics, whether its interpretations or its assumptions and derivations. It asks fundamental questions relatable to the structure of the universe, as these question the basic operations behind science in many ways.

What are some basic principles of mathematics? How does this relate to the philosophy of mathematics and, more generally, the philosophy of science? Where does mathematics reach a limit and philosophy of mathematics some extra legs, in some fundamental and important ways?

Dr. Herb Silverman: I’ll begin by describing some differences between mathematics and the sciences, mathematics and philosophy, and how they approach fundamental questions like the structure of the universe. I’ll then bring in theological approaches to the same fundamental questions.

Mathematicians begin with assumptions (axioms) and try to discover what may logically be deduced from the axioms. Theoretical mathematicians are not concerned with whether the axioms are true. Axioms in some branches are contradictory to axioms in others. The axioms in Euclidean geometry have led to discoveries on planet Earth; results from the axioms in non-Euclidean geometry were applied many years later by Einstein for his general theory of relativity, when he showed we live in a non-Euclidean four-dimensional universe, consisting of three-dimensional space and one-dimensional time.

The 19th-century mathematician Gauss referred to mathematics as the “queen of the sciences,” perhaps because mathematics is essential in the study of all scientific fields. And physicist Eugene Wigner wrote “The Unreasonable Effectiveness of Mathematics in the Natural Sciences.” Unlike mathematicians who are free to begin with any consistent set of axioms, scientists always begin with axioms (hypotheses) they believe to be true. Using the scientific method (collecting data and testing empirically), they hope to find sufficient evidence for their hypotheses to be elevated to theories (like gravity, natural selection, big bang, general relativity). When scientific statements are translated into mathematical statements, including about the structure of the universe, we apply mathematics to solve scientific problems. Perhaps that’s why Galileo referred to mathematics as the language in which the natural physical world is written.

Philosophy of mathematics looks into questions about mathematical theories and practices, which may include the nature or reality of numbers, the nature of different mathematical disciplines, limits of formal systems, and why mathematics coming from human minds can have such a relationship with reality. Philosophers, like scientists and unlike many mathematicians, care about whether their axioms are true and what implications they have in the real world. Philosophers, like most mathematicians and unlike scientists, stay mostly in their mind and don’t draw conclusions based on applying the scientific method. College courses in logic are taught in either philosophy or mathematics departments.

Kurt Gödel, a mathematician/logician, made a ground-breaking discovery in mathematics that also has implications to both science and philosophy. And it’s a rather disturbing discovery.

Gödel showed that with just about any set of axioms there must be at least one true but unproveable statement. In other words, not all true statements in mathematics have formal proofs. Furthermore, we have no way of knowing in advance whether a statement is really hard to prove (or disprove), or whether it is impossible. For instance, mathematician Andrew Wiles proved Fermat’s Last Theorem 358 years after it was proposed by Fermat in 1637. The proof was difficult but provable. We don’t know if questions about the beginning of our universe and multiverses is really hard to answer completely or is logically unanswerable. Or maybe the human mind is not bright enough to figure it out. I’d say my cat is incapable of learning integral calculus, just as humans might be incapable of answering some deep questions about the universe. And then there’s artificial intelligence.

To give more complete answers about math, science, and philosophy, I’d have to be an expert in all those fields, which I am not. I’m a research mathematician specializing in Complex Variables, but I’m not an expert. I’m not quite an expert in the subfield of Geometric Function Theory, but I might be considered an expert in a much smaller subfield of GMF in which I proved the first theorems. But very few mathematicians work in that area, which has no known applications to other branches of mathematics or usefulness other than to help me get tenure.

Deciding on who are “experts” in a field is not clear cut, but I think the number of experts on any topic is inversely proportional to the evidence available on that topic. And by that criterion, we are all experts on God because there is absolutely no evidence for her/his existence. Anyone can make up stuff about God or quote stuff from books made up by others. In fact, acknowledging my ignorance qualifies me as a top God expert. To paraphrase Socrates: “He who believes he knows something when he knows nothing is less wise than he who knows he knows nothing.”

This brings me to debates I’ve had with some religious people about fundamental questions. They differ considerably from discussions I’ve had with scientists and philosophers. When these theists were given contradictory or unanswerable questions that didn’t match reality, a response was often the unfalsifiable, “God works in mysterious ways.” Assertions about holy book predictions coming true are usually post-dictions (written after the event) or interpretations that they try to make say what they don’t say. While all of us are susceptible to confirmation bias, I think that’s particularly true in religion. One theologian claimed that the Bible had it right in ways that prominent scientists who believed in an eternal universe had it wrong. Genesis opens with “In the beginning,” which was alleged to be scientific evidence that the Bible described the big bang. I pointed out that Genesis goes on to say that God then created two lights, the greater to rule the day, and the lesser the night. Almost as an afterthought, God then made stars (which biblical writers did not know were other suns, many larger than our sun).

To describe a significant difference between mathematicians and theologians, I’ll close with a popular cartoon on the door of many mathematicians. It shows one mathematician explaining his complicated multi-step proof. Another mathematician interrupts, and says, “I think you should be more explicit here in step two.” Step 2 says, “Then a miracle occurs.”

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Silverman.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ask Dr. Robertson 6 — It’s All About Me, Me, Meme, and the Self: From First Nations to Second Nations, Building Third Culture Counselling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson

Numbering: Issue 2: Here We Go

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: Question Time

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: March 19, 2019

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2019

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 5,125

Keywords: aboriginal, Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson, memes, Scott Douglas Jacobsen, self.

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson is a Registered Doctoral Psychologist with expertise in Counselling Psychology, Educational Psychology, and Human Resource Development. He earned qualifications in Social Work too.

His research interests include memes as applied to self-knowledge, the evolution of religion and spirituality, the Aboriginal self’s structure, residential school syndrome, prior learning recognition and assessment, and the treatment of attention deficit disorder and suicide ideation.

In addition, he works in anxiety and trauma, addictions, and psycho-educational assessment, and relationship, family, and group counseling. Please see Ask Dr. Robertson 1 — Counselling and PsychologyAsk Dr. Robertson 2 — PsychotherapyAsk Dr. Robertson 3 — Social and Psychological Sciences Gone WrongAsk Dr. Robertson 4 — Just You and Me, One-on-One Counselling, and Ask Dr. Robertson 5 — Self-Actualization, Boys, and Young Males: Solution:Problem::Hammer:Nail as these are the previous sessions in this educational series. Here we talk about memes, the self, and Aboriginal or Indigenous issues.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start with memes and the self in relation to the Aboriginal self this session, please. The self is a cognitive structure and, thus, in part, a cultural construct. It also links to memes.

A meme is described as “an elemental unit of culture that exhibits referent, connotative, affective and behavioural properties. Connotation and affect were assumed to be the source of the attractive and repellent “forces” identified by Dawkins.

In addition, the self exists as non-static.[1] This view of the self as a dynamic whole within an environment is reflected in the eco-maps idea and cultural construction.[2] You have described one caveat of the self-stability as important as our selves evolving through time, or the dynamism of the self, too.

Also, the self, as it has evolved, is a reflective project. As noted, there can be consistency in the memeplexes, and so the average self across selves, e.g., consistency in volition in spite of cultural repression in the case of Maomao. In a way, the self remains not entirely a cultural construct in this resistance to cultural repression.

You explain the modern self as follows, “The modern self may be understood as a self-referencing cognitive feedback loop having qualities of volition, distinctness, continuance, productivity, intimacy, social interest, and emotion.”

The self, as a referent point, simply seems non-trivial as a point of contact here. Adler stated the self is core in worldview. Obviously, this links worldview to culture, the cultural construction of the self, the average self across selves, the dynamic self evolving through time, and, ultimately, the reflection in the structure and dynamics of the brain and so the mind.

Thus, these diverse points of contact centered on the self may be a means by which to help patients, as some work shown by you.

What other contexts provide explanation of the self and memes as further background — ignoring for the moment other work by Blackmore and others on technology and “memes”?

Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson: Thank you for that intricate summary of my work in this area Scott. I am not going to accept your suggestion that we ignore Blackmore for the moment, because I think that she offers a good starting point to understanding my contribution to self studies. Briefly, she viewed the self to be an illusion created by complexes of memes infesting human bodies turning us into “meme machines.” Given that the self is not a material thing, but an entity consisting of units of culture that describes a relationship with one material human body, hers is not, at first glance, an unreasonable metaphor. But we cannot be the corporeal body Blackmore assumes us to be because such bodies, by themselves, lack self-awareness or consciousness, and we have both. In the alternative, we might be the memeplexes so visualized, but that leads to the image of ethereal bodies waiting to infest some unsuspecting dumb brute in a kind of non-theistic dualism. From whence did such ethereal bodies come? The answer, of course, is that the memeplexi had to come from the bodies to begin with, which means there could be no infestation, no take over, no dualism between the two. Our bodies and our minds co-evolved and the distinctions we make between the two are simplifications that may benefit our analysis in some ways but cannot completely or holistically describe the phenomena.

When did the first self emerge? Well, I could say when the first ape-like creature recognized his reflection in a pool of water, but an argument could be made for millions of years earlier — when the first organism recoiled when penetrated by a foreign object. Of course, neither the ape nor the organism had a self we would recognize as such. The evolution of the self was aided by the invention of language that allowed for increasingly sophisticated conceptualizations, and equally important, a process whereby phonemes can be recombined to create new meanings — a process that is mimicked in the process of recombining memes in new and novel ways. The modern self with elements of uniqueness, volition, stability over time, and self descriptors related to productivity, intimacy and social interest, is one such recombination that proved to be such value that it was preserved in culture and taught to succeeding generations of children. This modern self occurred as recently as 3,000 years ago, but had such survival value that it spread to all cultures.

When I use the term “modern self” it should not be confused with “modernity” which is said to have occurred with the European Enlightenment. Foucault mistook the ideology of individualism that flowed from the Enlightenment with self-construction in declaring the self to be a European invention. Let me explain. To engage in volitional cognitive planning each person must first situate themselves within a situational and temporal frame. Even when engaged in group planning, each individual must so situate themselves in determining their contribution to the group effort. The Europeans did not invent this. While the potential benefits to societies containing individuals who can perform forward planning are obvious, the individualism inherent in defining oneself to be unique, continuous and volitional are potentially disruptive. I have argued that the rise of the great world religions was an effort to keep the individualism inherent in the modern self in check. Confucians sublimated the self to the family and tradition. Buddhists declared the self to be an illusion. Christians instructed the devout to give up their selves. Hindus controlled self-expression through an elaborate caste system. One of the accomplishments of the Enlightenment was to reverse the moral imperative. The individualism inherent in the self was now seen as a good and the enforced collectivism restricting the freedoms of the self, especially with regard to freedom of thought, was deemed to be oppressive. It is with this background early psychologists like Adler were able to declare the self to be central to a unique worldview.

Jacobsen: This can relate to Aboriginal peoples too, especially in the forced attempts at construction of new selves for the Aboriginal peoples in Canada with the sanction of both the churches — in general — and the government of Canada.

You stated, “The botched church-directed attempt to re-make the selves of aboriginal children led to the distinctive symptoms of Residential School Syndrome even in individuals who were not sexually or physically abused at school. Since the self both creates and is created by the surrounding culture…”

That links to the individual and cultural construction of the self in an Aboriginal mistreatment context. However, nuances exist here. The history remains gray rather than black and white — so to speak. In “The Residential School Experience: Syndrome or Historic Trauma,” you state, “…the residential school experience traumatized a generation of children without the necessary pre-condition that each one experienced physical or sexual abuse.”

Robertson: If I can interject here, I was engaging in literary hyperbole in the last quote you correctly attributed to me. Not every residential school was the same during all periods in which they existed, and not every child who attended an Indian Residential School was traumatized. I have worked with a number of adults who report good experiences at such schools. Having said that, there are numerous examples of physical and sexual abuse, but that is not the whole story. The point I was making here is that the system itself was potentially traumatizing without the necessity of introducing those “life and death” causal factors necessary for a traditional diagnosis of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder.

All trauma can be viewed as damaging to the self of the individual who experiences it. In the case of Residential School Syndrome, children were removed from their families and their communities for extended periods of time. The churches wanted to minimize familial influence that might negate their sacred mission to proselytize. Isolated individuals have difficulty maintaining their sense of self. In the residential school environment students would not have typically received such reinforcement for their self, except possibly from their peers. From the staff, these students were treated like different persons from who they were in their communities and this was in an environment where they were disempowered. The new self was often grafted on to the old self but often without a good fit, or in some cases, the old self was discarded entirely. If we were only talking about physical or sexual assault then a diagnosis of PTSD would be sufficient to understand the condition. Considerations of self expand the range of recognized triggering events and expands the range of symptoms. It also introduces the possibility of intergenerational transmission.

Jacobsen: Also, you noted the possibility, as when Waldram reviewed the work of Manson (a study of U.S. high school students) and 8 other studies, of low rates of exhibited PTSD in Aboriginal peoples — because they simply have low rates of PTSD. In other words, it’s not everyone.

That is to say, there is a difference between the Aboriginal sub-populations who have and have not gone through Residential Schools, and differentials between individuals and people groups who went through the Residential School system. (All this skipping over issues of blood quantum and status, as described.)

Robertson: The mixing of “blood quantum” and culture invariably leads to racism, but for this discussion, we do not need to go there. At the time that I wrote the article to which you refer, the research on PTSD in aboriginal populations consistently showed lower rates of PTSD despite a higher proportion of potentially traumatizing incidents with survivors of residential schools in Canada being an exception. Since Waldram’s work, Brave Heart, who popularized the notion of “Historic Trauma,” has argued that PTSD in indigenous American populations is much higher than had been diagnosed, but this argument is based on the idea that high rates of alcoholism, domestic violence and crime are evidence of trauma. In my opinion, there are other possible reasons for such destructive activities.

Jacobsen: For example, there will be differences in the efficacy of methodologies between, for example, the Cree and the Blackfeet. It can be the same with different methodologies for men and women too.

As we discussed in the last session on pornography and video games and young men, described in the case of international students who were middle eastern men, you explain, “In the new, unmonitored environment, their post-secondary studies suffered because they spent several hours per day gaming and viewing pornographic websites.”

This may need a different intervention than with women who may be less likely to have these problems and different issues, if they do have them, manifesting with them, too.

One practical therapeutic example included a woman. You researched the construction of the map of the self, where the map of the self may help youth with the serious issue of suicidal ideation, as in the case of “Suzie,” alongside CBT and EMDR.[3]

However, males may respond in different ways. Therefore, different cultural groups and sexes & genders may require different methodologies. How can the ideas of memes and the self incorporate into different therapeutic methodologies for different Aboriginal peoples — and for Aboriginal men and women?

Robertson: There is an assumption in your question that different methodologies are appropriate for different classes of people. I treat each client as a culture of one with that culture identified through exploration. Once the client’s personal culture is understood, or in the process of developing that understanding, we co-construct treatment plans based on the uniqueness that is inherent. When we talk about differences between the sexes, or between racial and ethnic groups, these differences are merely averages and cannot describe any one person within the group. Any attempt to define people by their membership to an ascribed identity ends up being oppressive. People must define themselves.

Jacobsen: Further on the issues of men and women, and Aboriginal peoples, you have explained, in part, how this church (and state) imposition impacts the ways in which PTSD-like or PTSD symptomatology can be passed through the generations. You have described some of the atrocious outcomes:

The churches’ plan to pay for school maintenance costs through the labour of the students was unsuccessful, and this resulted in cutbacks to diet and health care. A 1941 study found that half the children who entered residential schools prior to that date did not survive to adulthood.

This relates to the cultural construction of the self passed through peoples with the trauma generated and delivered socioculturally down the generations. Also, as you note, ideological stances, such as some feminisms, may impute selves into men as a category, causing real-life havoc and lifelong damage.

This may become an issue or concern, or a reality, for many Indigenous peoples within the bounded geography of Canada, as they may be imputed, by the wider non-Aboriginal culture, with certain selves with damage to healthy senses of self. The aforementioned trauma, obviously, can impact the sense of self.

As noted in counselling services, the ethnicity and sexual orientation of the counsellor can influence who shows up, where, in a North American context, similar “ethnicity appeared to be more important to Amerindian than to Caucasian students…”

Dealing with aforementioned points of contact at the outset, for those Indigenous youth, or even older, affected with PTSD or PTSD symptomatology, could the storytelling and metaphors, e.g., the medicine wheel, help in the discovery of the newer healthier self, especially if done through an Amerindian counsellor as an example?

Robertson: My concern is not so much that people who are not aboriginal to North America would impute damaged selves to those who are, but that aboriginal people make the imputation to themselves. For example, when Waldram first suggested we consider that lower rates of PTSD have been diagnosed among Amerindian populations because they actually have lower rates of PTSD, there was a huge outcry, not from the non-indigenous populations, but from indigenous academics. These academics and others in the indigenous community believed that Waldram was minimizing the effects of colonialism, but this interpretation was a misreading of his work. His actually said that we should explore resiliency factors in aboriginal cultures that lead to a greater ability of members of those communities to cope with potentially traumatizing events, and I agree. We need to explore community strengths instead of focusing exclusively on weaknesses or past wrongs. Indeed, a focus on weakness can be damaging irrespective of the money and resources thrown at that weakness. Let me give an example.

Supposing there is a terrible death in a community and the grieving family invites me to help them with the grieving process. I let them know I will be right over. While they are assembled in the front room waiting for me, Aunt Mary arrives with a cake. We can all recognize that Aunt Mary is not there to show off her baking. She is there to provide comfort and support to the grieving family. Now, supposing instead of inviting Aunt Mary in, the family tell her they are waiting for this expert on grieving to arrive, and they ask her to come back later. What Aunt Mary has learned is that her approach, what she has to offer, is not good enough. She is less likely to offer her coping skills in the future and less likely to pass her skills on. One of the co-constructed community activities that we developed to combat high rates of youth suicide in Stanley Mission during the 1990s was to have elders teach the wilderness survival skills. These camps proved to be very popular with the males and therapeutic. When we asked the elders why they had not taught these skills to their grandchildren previously they replied that in this modern age they didn’t think anyone would be interested.

The storytelling tradition runs deep in cultures indigenous to the Americas, and indeed, one of the ways we make sense of the world is to tell stories to ourselves. Usually, in these stories, we are either the protagonist or the story is told from our perspective. The first task is to gain an understanding of the meaning of the metaphors and images embedded in the story. Then I look for evidence of the protagonist overcoming great difficulty. If the self that is in evidence from these narratives does not evidence the ability to overcome obstacles, then that is an area of self-definition that needs to be addressed. Over time, the self-narrative will change to include empowered self-volition, and with that change the individual can assess their circumstance from new perspectives.

The medicine wheel concept offers the promise of understanding complex situations; however, the medicine wheel as is popularly used falls short of that ideal. If you believe that the medicine wheel is always divided into four and that the primary constituents of that fourplex include physical, mental, emotional and spiritual then you have moved it from being a useful construct for understanding complexity to a simplistic dogma. In any case that medicine wheel is not particularly traditional. For one thing, there is no word for mental in the Algonquian family of languages, nor in any other indigenous language as far as I know. In Cree a word meaning “He is crazy” is usually used much to the chagrin of mental health workers. Second mental disorders are usually inabilities to modulate, control or act on emotions so “mental” necessarily includes both cognitive and emotional functioning. Finally, and most tellingly, the wheel is not indigenous to Amerindian cultures. There has been a lot of cultural appropriation going on in the construction of the modern medicine wheel. There are hundreds of ancient stone circles stretching across the length of the Great Plains of North America that are too big or too intricate to be tepee rings, the stones that hold the flaps of a tepee down and are left when a camp moves. These ancient circles were divided in many ways and not always from the center like spokes in a wheel. Following that older tradition, I invite clients to construct their own personal medicine wheel using whatever symbolism that fits with their history and worldview.

Jacobsen: Herein, we have a deeper question about the necessity of the categories of the Aboriginal self and non-Aboriginal self, or, rather, the selves. The important part seems the development of a functional self in the first place.

As you noted, cultures evolve. Or, more quotable, “As culture is the collective expression of the people who constitute it, cultural evolution is tied to self-change.” Static assumptions do no one good here, described earlier; either at the individual or the collective levels.

Some examples of this include Indigenous Christianity exemplified by Dr. Terry LeBlanc, Dr. Raymond Aldred, the late Rev. Richard Twiss, and others. Cultures collide and third ones arise. You posed the question, “How many non-aboriginal memes can be incorporated into a self before it ceases to be aboriginal?”

Looking into the future, the First Nations cultures will remain. The Second Nations or settler-colonialist cultures will stay. Simultaneously, a third set of cultures will emerge from this history. What might be the next manifestation of a third culture?

Robertson: During the 1960s Anishinaabe Duke Redbird used to say that the truck is a very important part of Amerindian culture. “How do I know that?” he would rhetorically ask, only to answer “Because whenever I visit a reserve anywhere in Canada, there are old half tons and plenty of reserve mechanics who know how to keep them running.” I would add that the trucks are a lot newer these days.

It is not so much that Amerindian or First Nations cultures will remain as that they will continually be co-constructed and reconstituted by the members that identify with those cultures. Those reconstructions will inevitably involve cultural appropriation. The concept of nation as applied to Amerindian peoples in Canada is one such appropriation. The idea of the nation began with Joan of Arc who rallied people who spoke various dialects of French to oppose the British. Although French forces eventually repelled the British, the idea that the French were a nation that owed each other and the nation allegiance did not take root until the French Revolution and was exploited by Napoleon to almost conquer all of Europe. Arguably, however, the first nation occurred earlier in the form of the Dutch Republic. The Anishinaabe could be a nation if they defined themselves as such, and if they did they would organize something like an Anishinaabe national council. Irrespective of issues of sovereignty and self-government, a band that may consist of two or three extended families, is not the same thing as a nation so when the term “First Nation” is used at that level it represents a misappropriation. It seems that the term “First Nations” represents a conflation of “first peoples,” but even here we have waves of migration so that the descendents of the Clovis peoples would be arguably the first, the Dene the second and the Inuit the third.

Given the historical record your use of the term “Second Nations” is confusing. You may be referring to the formation of Canada led by John A. Macdonald. He attempted to form a nation out of British North America but in his attempt to assimilate French and English speakers into that nation he was extending the definition of the term. In any event, the experiment did not work as planned. Beginning with Rene Leveque, the Quebecois defined themselves as their own nation but English speaking Canadians have never defined themselves as an English speaking nation. All of this prompted Justin Trudeau to describe Canada as a post-national formulation in a New York Times interview. In Trudeau’s opinion, the Canadian nation no longer exists.

You asked about the emergence of a third culture, but that has already happened and is continuing to happen. Canadian culture has been evolving from a “mosaic” pattern distinctive from the U.S. American “melting pot.” It is descended from the fur trade and the mercantile system that distinguished British North America heavily influenced by geography, climate, and cultures that were indigenous to the land. It is also a culture that is descended from the European Enlightenment as well as its Christian traditions. It will continue to evolve as a negotiation between its peoples.

Jacobsen: As you imply, the objective world matters, as objective truth provides the basis for empirical models for comprehension of the natural world. However, the work with Indigenous or Aboriginal peoples with PTSD symptomatology can become a difficulty.

As you explained, “The scientific method developed as a way of reducing subjectivity in our quest for the objectively real. Rational thought is anathema to thought systems that propagate through non-rational means.”

How can healthy concepts of self and, with them, reliance on approximations of objective truth derive a basis for a third culture — secular and religious — more constructive and positive than destructive and negative of relations between the First Nations and Second Nations — so to speak — or the settler-colonialists and, in fact, a basis for different and innovative forms of treatments oriented with the context and conceptualizations of memes the self?

Robertson: First I would like to explain that I am not a post-modernist. I had a professor who said science is just a “white male way of knowing.” I countered that if this was true then accounts of colonialism are just a “Politicized Indian way of knowing.” For the very same reasons why I believe there exists an objective reality outside ourselves, I believe the holocaust and the colonization of the Americas occurs irrespective of the race, gender or ethnic membership of the speaker. “His truth” or “her truth” is always trumped by “the truth.” It is our challenge to find what is true, and that is the mission of science.

Instinctively, we know this is true. Clients with very low self-esteem don’t change just because the therapist tells them they are worthy and capable. They change only when they see sufficient evidence that counters their low self-evaluation. It is not that they are afraid to believe in themselves, it is that they are afraid to believe in themselves falsely. They take a theory as to who they are and they keep to that theory until it is overwhelmed by evidence to the contrary. They are scientists.

Evidence that is based on blaming others is self-defeating because the act of blaming transfers one’s personal power to those who are blamed. A problem with victim culture is that it depends on redress from the more powerful with the result that it breeds perpetual dependency. PTSD is characterized by a disempowered self surrounded by a worldview that is hostile to the individual and unpredictable. The anecdote for both those with PTSD and those immersed in victim culture is to define oneself as capable of contributing to a secure future within a world that is mostly, but not always, supportive and predictable. The positive self-esteem that results is then a result of one’s own efforts within a social interest context.

Blaming or demeaning others is a cheap and ultimately ineffective way of building self-esteem. Let’s deconstruct your use of the term “settler-colonialist.” The 19th century Cree, after they defeated the Dene in most of what is now northern Saskatchewan, settled in the now vacated land building family trap lines and ultimately forming communities. Since they came from what is now northern Manitoba and settled in a land to which they had not previously occupied, they were settlers. But after a generation or two, their descendants could no longer be viewed as settlers because they were born in and were part of the land that was once Dene. The term “settler” only applies to the generation that settled. The notion that white people will always be settlers because of their race is, I think, racist. I am reminded of a political conversation I had with a group of people at the Saskatchewan Indian Federated College back in the early 1980s. At one point a Cree woman who refused to acknowledge that she also had European genes loudly stated, “I wish all the whites went back to where they came from, and you Metis should go half way back.” We all laughed. In those days we were not so sensitive to humour. But when you think about it, the idea that the Metis should drown in the North Atlantic is a racist idea, but at the time we knew she didn’t really mean that. The fact is, the whites aren’t going anywhere. Calling them “settlers” only breeds a perpetual sense of self-defeating disempowering victimization.

I notice that when the words aboriginal and settler are used in the same sentence, the word “aboriginal” is usually capitalized while the word “settler” is never capitalized. This is rather curious because both words are descriptive adjectives. Why would adjectives describing one people be treated differently than adjectives describing another? Now, in fact, in English adjectives that end in “al” are never capitalized, but in Canada we have recently ignored that convention. Perhaps we believe that by capitalizing the word aboriginal we will build the self-esteem of people who are aboriginal to this land. I think there are more meaningful ways of building self-esteem. As a person with such ancestry, I don’t need to capitalize a self-referencing adjective to build my self-esteem.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Robertson, again.

[1] It is referenced in other research by Dr. Robertson, “…this understanding explains how the syndrome may be transferred intergenerationally. That being said, it would be a mistake to assume that all who went to residential school suffer from the associated syndrome or that therapeutic self-reconstruction can be done by PLAR facilitators.”

[2] Interestingly, as a small point, the self can have implications for how one views the need for weddings too. Dr. Robertson states, “It is postulated that marriage ceremonies have persisted among the non-religious due to needs to authenticate or recognize transitional changes to the self, but these needs have been met through ad hoc strategies as opposed to a uniform demand for humanist services.”

[3] Ignoring the prior learning assessment, though intriguing, as this does not suit the needs of the educational series here, the work with Dianne Conrad repeats the other interesting points about the need for integration into the models, of the practitioner of “self-development,” of a dynamism in other words.

Some interesting commentary, “The literature of higher education and adult learning has long recognised the value of providing adults with not only cognitive and workplace skills but also with tools for development in the affective — social and emotional — domains of learning.”

Some more intriguing commentary, “…the practice of recognising prior learning, as a means of credentialing and a form of validation, must be rigorously and ethically administered to ensure appropriate recognition of real achievement.” How does one keep the accurate conception of self mapped to the notion of the “self”?

Image Credit: Dr. Lloyd Hawkeye Robertson.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing and Question Time by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightjournal.com and https://medium.com/question-time

Copyright 

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time 2012-2020. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and Question Time with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.  All interviewees co-copyright their interview material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.